diff --git a/.tx/config b/.tx/config index dae10d60866..d4ca5e73180 100644 --- a/.tx/config +++ b/.tx/config @@ -170,12 +170,6 @@ source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/hrm.lang source_lang = en_US type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES -[dolibarr.intracommreport] -file_filter = htdocs/langs//intracommreport.lang -source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/intracommreport.lang -source_lang = en_US -type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES - [dolibarr.install] file_filter = htdocs/langs//install.lang source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/install.lang @@ -188,6 +182,12 @@ source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/interventions.lang source_lang = en_US type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES +[dolibarr.intracommreport] +file_filter = htdocs/langs//intracommreport.lang +source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/intracommreport.lang +source_lang = en_US +type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES + [dolibarr.knowledgemanagement] file_filter = htdocs/langs//knowledgemanagement.lang source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -392,18 +392,18 @@ source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/stripe.lang source_lang = en_US type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES -[dolibarr.suppliers] -file_filter = htdocs/langs//suppliers.lang -source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/suppliers.lang -source_lang = en_US -type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES - [dolibarr.supplier_proposal] file_filter = htdocs/langs//supplier_proposal.lang source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/supplier_proposal.lang source_lang = en_US type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES +[dolibarr.suppliers] +file_filter = htdocs/langs//suppliers.lang +source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/suppliers.lang +source_lang = en_US +type = MOZILLAPROPERTIES + [dolibarr.ticket] file_filter = htdocs/langs//ticket.lang source_file = htdocs/langs/en_US/ticket.lang diff --git a/dev/tools/fixaltlanguages.sh b/dev/tools/fixaltlanguages.sh index 955552940a9..e10207ff51a 100755 --- a/dev/tools/fixaltlanguages.sh +++ b/dev/tools/fixaltlanguages.sh @@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ then if [ "$aa" != "$bblower" -a "$dirshort" != "en_US" ] then reflang="htdocs/langs/"$aa"_"$aaupper + echo $reflang" "$aa"_"$bb != $aa"_"$aaupper + + # If $reflang is a main language to use to sanitize the alternative file if [ -d $reflang -a $aa"_"$bb != $aa"_"$aaupper ] then echo "***** Search original into "$reflang diff --git a/htdocs/core/class/commonobject.class.php b/htdocs/core/class/commonobject.class.php index 52e27d89c87..a6d0717f411 100644 --- a/htdocs/core/class/commonobject.class.php +++ b/htdocs/core/class/commonobject.class.php @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ abstract class CommonObject */ protected $table_ref_field = ''; - /** + /** * @var integer 0=Default, 1=View may be restricted to sales representative only if no permission to see all or to company of external user if external user */ public $restrictiononfksoc = 0; diff --git a/htdocs/core/modules/DolibarrModules.class.php b/htdocs/core/modules/DolibarrModules.class.php index ab0e3c8508a..a54fb54b36c 100644 --- a/htdocs/core/modules/DolibarrModules.class.php +++ b/htdocs/core/modules/DolibarrModules.class.php @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ class DolibarrModules // Can not be abstract, because we need to instantiate it } else { $file = $this->boxes[$key]['file']; } - + //$note = $this->boxes[$key][2]; // TODO If the box is also included by another module and the other module is still on, we should not remove it. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/am_ET/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/am_ET/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/main.lang index 44cf90cc973..e83f01bc8a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/main.lang @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p +Closed=مقفول Closed2=مقفول CloseAs=اضبط الحالة على RefSupplier=المرجع. مورد diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/ticket.lang index 9aadaa6918b..efabefc1d94 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_EG/ticket.lang @@ -1,3 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ticket -Closed=مقفول TicketSettings=الإعدادات diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/holiday.lang index 2393a02ee50..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/trips.lang index 1f53a5737ff..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/withdrawals.lang index 7d5b57f7da9..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_IQ/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/accountancy.lang index e5a969a85ad..d1ec3a1f82d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=ليس ضمن دول الاتحاد الأوروبي CountriesInEECExceptMe=البلدان في المجموعة الاقتصادية الأوروبية باستثناء %s CountriesExceptMe=جميع الدول باستثناء %s AccountantFiles=تصدير مستندات المصدر -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=باستخدام هذه الأداة ، يمكنك تصدير الأحداث (القائمة وملفات PDF) التي تم استخدامها لإنشاء المحاسبة الخاصة بك. لتصدير دفاتر اليومية الخاصة بك ، استخدم إدخال القائمة %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=باستخدام هذه الأداة ، يمكنك تصدير الأحداث (في شكل قائمة او بصيغة ملفات متنقلة ) التي تم استخدامها لإنشاء قيودك المحاسبية . +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=لتصدير دفاترك المحاسبية ، إستخدم القائمة %s - %s . VueByAccountAccounting=عرض حسب الحساب المحاسبي VueBySubAccountAccounting=عرض حسب الحساب المحاسبة الفرعي @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=راجع هنا قائمة العملاء والموردي ListAccounts=قائمة الحسابات المحاسبية UnknownAccountForThirdparty=حساب طرف ثالث غير معروف. سوف نستخدم %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=حساب طرف ثالث غير معروف. خطأ في المنع -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=حساب طرف ثالث غير محدد أو طرف ثالث غير معروف. سوف نستخدم %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=طرف ثالث غير معروف ودفتر الأستاذ الفرعي غير محدد في الدفعة. سنبقي قيمة حساب دفتر الأستاذ الفرعي فارغة. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=حساب طرف ثالث غير محدد أو طرف ثالث غير معروف. خطأ في المنع. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=حساب طرف ثالث وحساب قيد الانتظار غير معرّفين. خطأ في المنع PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=الدفع غير مرتبط بأي منتج / خدمة OpeningBalance=الرصيد الافتتاحي @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=تصدير كلاسيكي Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog @@ -417,8 +418,8 @@ FECFormatSubledgerAccountLabel=Subledger account number (CompAuxLib) FECFormatPieceRef=Piece ref (PieceRef) FECFormatPieceDate=Piece date creation (PieceDate) FECFormatLabelOperation=Label operation (EcritureLib) -FECFormatDebit=Debit (Debit) -FECFormatCredit=Credit (Credit) +FECFormatDebit=مدين (مدين) +FECFormatCredit=دائن (دائن) FECFormatReconcilableCode=Reconcilable code (EcritureLet) FECFormatReconcilableDate=Reconcilable date (DateLet) FECFormatValidateDate=Piece date validated (ValidDate) @@ -430,4 +431,4 @@ WarningReportNotReliable=تحذير ، هذا التقرير لا يستند إ ExpenseReportJournal=تقرير دفتر المصاريف InventoryJournal=دفتر الجرد -NAccounts=%s accounts +NAccounts=%s حساباً diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/admin.lang index eb996d30b78..152d4d8b861 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=غير متوفر عندما يكون أجاكس معطلاً AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=الجافا سكربت معطل UsePreviewTabs=إستخدم زر المعاينة ShowPreview=آظهر المعاينة @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=إعدادات تعدد العملات MenuLimits=الحدود و الدقة MenuIdParent=رمز القائمة العليا DetailMenuIdParent=رمز القائمة العليا (فراغ للقائمة العليا) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=رتب الرقم لتعريف موقع القائمة AllMenus=الكل NotConfigured=الوحدة النمطية | التطبيق غير مهيأ @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=البريمجات هي المكونات البرمجية التي تُظهر بعض المعلومات في بعض الصفحات. يمكنك اختيار إظهار أو إخفائها بإختيار الصفحات المطلوبة و الضغط على 'تنشيط', او بالضغط على الزر الآخر لتعطيلها. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=فقط العناصر من النماذج المفعلة سوف تظهر. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=القسمان التاليان إلزاميان (المدخل SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

تُستخدم المعطيات الأساسية لتخصيص السلوك الافتراضي لتطبيقك (على سبيل المثال للميزات المتعلقة بالبلد). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

هذا البرنامج عبارة عن مجموعة من العديد من الوحدات | التطبيقات. يجب تمكين وتكوين الوحدات النمطية التى تحتاجها. ستظهر فى القائمة بعد تمكين هذه الوحدات. SetupDescription5=قائمة الإعدادات الأخرى تقوم بإدارة المعطيات الاختيارية. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=انقر لإعداد وحدة الاتصال الهاتفي ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=مجرد استخدام الرابط "الهاتف:" على أرقام الهواتف -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=الهامش العلوي لصيغة المستندات ال MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=الهامش العلوي لصيغة المستندات المتنقلة MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=ارتفاع الشعار على صيغة المستندات المتنقلة MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/cashdesk.lang index dcd981dcd3e..06ba1491bbd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/deliveries.lang index 920fa226b0f..166abea9cb4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/deliveries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/deliveries.lang @@ -30,3 +30,4 @@ NonShippable=غير قابل للشحن ShowShippableStatus=إظهار علامة قابل للشحن ShowReceiving=عرض إيصال الاستلام NonExistentOrder=امر غير موجود +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Stock quantities already allocated on previous lines diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/errors.lang index d962819af12..e762b822b8b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/eventorganization.lang index baecd63a8b0..8061d761e48 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = نوع الحدث LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/holiday.lang index 94b2c77ee12..523ab75ec40 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/holiday.lang @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - holiday HRM=HRM -Holidays=Leave -CPTitreMenu=Leave +Holidays=الاجازات +CPTitreMenu=الاجازات MenuReportMonth=البيان الشهري MenuAddCP=طلب إجازة جديدة NotActiveModCP=You must enable the module Leave to view this page. @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=انتظر القبول ApprovedCP=وافق CancelCP=ألغيت RefuseCP=رفض -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=ترك الطلب LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=ترك الطلب TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=عدد أيام عطلة تستهلك -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=تحرير @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=حذف طلب إجازة ConfirmDeleteCP=تأكيد حذف طلب إجازة هذا؟ ErrorCantDeleteCP=خطأ لم يكن لديك الحق في حذف طلب إجازة هذا. CantCreateCP=ليس لديك الحق في تقديم طلبات الإجازة. -InvalidValidatorCP=يجب عليك اختيار approbator لطلب الإجازة الخاصة بك. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=يجب تحديد تاريخ البدء. NoDateFin=يجب تحديد تاريخ انتهاء. ErrorDureeCP=لا يحتوي طلب إجازة الخاص يوم عمل. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=مستخدم ErrorAddEventToUserCP=حدث خطأ أثناء إضافة إجازة استثنائية. AddEventToUserOkCP=تم الانتهاء من إضافة إجازة استثنائية. MenuLogCP=وبالنظر إلى سجلات التغيير -LogCP=سجل التحديثات من أيام عطلة المتاحة -ActionByCP=يؤديها -UserUpdateCP=للمستخدم +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=الرصيد السابق NewSoldeCP=توازن جديد alreadyCPexist=وقد تم بالفعل طلب إجازة في هذه الفترة. -FirstDayOfHoliday=اليوم الأول من العطلة -LastDayOfHoliday=آخر يوم عطلة +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=تحديث شهري ManualUpdate=التحديث اليدوي @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=تم التحديث بنجاح. Module27130Name= إدارة طلبات الإجازة Module27130Desc= إدارة طلبات الإجازة @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=تم إلغاء طلب إجازة لمدة٪ s إلى٪ s. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/interventions.lang index 29d2ccb839a..2412062f9e9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=تدخل مدة خط InterLineDesc=خط وصف التدخل RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=إعادة فتح ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/knowledgemanagement.lang index 0da74f0cde6..c0f253ffacf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = حول KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = عنصر KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/languages.lang index 4095d271fb8..076fa6ba1a2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=إثيوبي Language_ar_AR=العربية Language_ar_EG=العربية (مصر) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=العربية Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=أذربيجان Language_bn_BD=بنغالي Language_bn_IN=البنغالية (الهند) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=النيبالية Language_nl_BE=الهولندية (بلجيكا) Language_nl_NL=اللغة الهولندية Language_pl_PL=بولندي +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=البرتغالية (البرازيل) Language_pt_PT=البرتغالية Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/mails.lang index d01d415c937..40b52a35c17 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/main.lang index 1916ea03ef3..6af8e31a86e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=تم النسخ الى الحافظة InformationOnLinkToContract=هذا المبلغ هو مجموع بنود العقد . دون مراعاة قيمة الزمن ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/other.lang index 74e9f082e39..d2e2ca15ce6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = إغلاق diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/partnership.lang index 63cfa214cad..b30bc585f2a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/products.lang index 2a5a6c2feff..57896db9573 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/projects.lang index bbf4f98c732..917c42793e9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=أية مهام لهذا المشروع LinkedToAnotherCompany=ربط طرف ثالث آخر TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=الوقت الذي يقضيه فارغة +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=وهذا العمل أيضا حذف كافة مهام المشروع (%s المهام في الوقت الحاضر) وجميع المدخلات من الوقت الذي تستغرقه. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=إذا كانت بعض الكائنات (فاتورة، والنظام، ...)، الذين ينتمون إلى طرف ثالث آخر، يجب أن تكون مرتبطة بمشروع لإنشاء، والحفاظ على هذا فارغة لديها مشروع كونها متعددة الأطراف الثالثة. CloneTasks=استنساخ المهام @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=قضى وقتا TimeSpentForInvoice=قضى وقتا OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=فاتورة جديدة +NewInter=التدخل الجديدة OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/stocks.lang index 0cc423b3543..b3874a3c3c2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=قيمة المستودعات UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=نقل الأسهم من الناتج٪ الصورة إل InventoryCodeShort=الجرد. / وسائل التحقق. رمز NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=هذا الكثير / الرقم التسلسلي (٪ ق) موجودة بالفعل ولكن مع eatby مختلفة أو تاريخ sellby (وجدت٪ الصورة ولكن قمت بإدخال%s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/ticket.lang index 970f7bef887..69c2a5b5944 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=انتظار -Closed=مغلق +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=إنشاء التدخل -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/trips.lang index 8d9f41b165d..2416cea40f8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=تقرير حساب الهوية -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=شخص إبلاغ عن التحقق من الصحة. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=شركة المعلومات TripNDF=المعلومات تقرير حساب PDFStandardExpenseReports=قالب قياسي لتوليد وثيقة PDF لتقرير حساب @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=تاريخ ينكر DATE_SAVE=تاريخ التحقق من الصحة DATE_CANCEL=تاريخ الإلغاء DATE_PAIEMENT=تاريخ الدفع -BROUILLONNER=إعادة فتح ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=التحقق من صحة ويقدم للموافقة عليها ValidatedWaitingApproval=التحقق من صحة (في انتظار الموافقة) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=دفع تقرير حساب ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=تقارير النفقات لدفع ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/withdrawals.lang index de0c72a1e64..cbf62c2b2ac 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/withdrawals.lang @@ -1,152 +1,152 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - withdrawals -CustomersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Direct debit orders -SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Credit transfer -StandingOrdersPayment=Direct debit payment orders -StandingOrderPayment=Direct debit payment order -NewStandingOrder=New direct debit order -NewPaymentByBankTransfer=New payment by credit transfer -StandingOrderToProcess=لعملية -PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders -PaymentByBankTransferLines=Credit transfer order lines -WithdrawalsReceipts=Direct debit orders -WithdrawalReceipt=Direct debit order -BankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders -BankTransferReceipt=Credit transfer order -LatestBankTransferReceipts=Latest %s credit transfer orders -LastWithdrawalReceipts=Latest %s direct debit files -WithdrawalsLine=Direct debit order line -CreditTransferLine=Credit transfer line -WithdrawalsLines=Direct debit order lines -CreditTransferLines=Credit transfer lines -RequestStandingOrderToTreat=Requests for direct debit payment order to process -RequestStandingOrderTreated=Requests for direct debit payment order processed -RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=Requests for credit transfer to process -RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=Requests for credit transfer processed -NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=لم يكن ممكنا حتى الآن. سحب يجب أن يتم تعيين الحالة إلى "الفضل" قبل أن يعلن رفض على خطوط محددة. -NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=No. of qualified customer invoices with waiting direct debit order -NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=No. of customer invoice with direct debit payment orders having defined bank account information -NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=No. of qualified supplier invoices waiting for a payment by credit transfer -SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Vendor invoice waiting for payment by credit transfer -InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Invoice waiting for direct debit -InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Invoice waiting for credit transfer +CustomersStandingOrdersArea=المدفوعات بأوامر الخصم المباشر +SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=المدفوعات عن طريق تحويل الائتمان +StandingOrdersPayment=أوامر الدفع بالخصم المباشر +StandingOrderPayment=أمر دفع الخصم المباشر +NewStandingOrder=أمر خصم مباشر جديد +NewPaymentByBankTransfer=سداد جديد عن طريق تحويل الرصيد +StandingOrderToProcess=لمعالجة +PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=أوامر تحويل الرصيد +PaymentByBankTransferLines=بنود أوامر تحويل الرصيد +WithdrawalsReceipts=أوامر الخصم المباشر +WithdrawalReceipt=أمر الخصم المباشر +BankTransferReceipts=أوامر تحويل الرصيد +BankTransferReceipt=أمر تحويل رصيد +LatestBankTransferReceipts=أحدث %s أوامر تحويل الرصيد +LastWithdrawalReceipts=أحدث %s ملفات الخصم المباشر +WithdrawalsLine=بند أمر الخصم المباشر +CreditTransferLine=بند تحويل الرصيد +WithdrawalsLines=بنود أوامر الخصم المباشر +CreditTransferLines=بنود تحويل الرصيد +RequestStandingOrderToTreat=طلبات معالجة أمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر +RequestStandingOrderTreated= الطلبات الخاصة بأمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر معالجة +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=طلبات تحويل رصيد للمعالجة +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=طلبات تحويل الرصيد معالجة +NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=ليس من الممكن بعد. يجب ضبط حالة السحب على "مدين" قبل التصريح عن الرفض في بنود معينة. +NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=عدد فواتير العميل المؤهلة بانتظار أمر الخصم المباشر +NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=رقم فاتورة العميل مع أوامر الدفع بالخصم المباشر التي تحتوي على معلومات حساب مصرفي محددة +NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=عدد فواتير الموردين المؤهلين التي تنتظر الدفع عن طريق تحويل الرصيد +SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=فاتورة المورد بانتظار الدفع عن طريق تحويل الرصيد +InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=فاتورة بانتظار الخصم المباشر +InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=فاتورة بانتظار تحويل الرصيد AmountToWithdraw=سحب المبلغ -NoInvoiceToWithdraw=No invoice open for '%s' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. -NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=No supplier invoice with open 'Direct credit requests' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. -ResponsibleUser=User Responsible -WithdrawalsSetup=Direct debit payment setup -CreditTransferSetup=Credit transfer setup -WithdrawStatistics=Direct debit payment statistics -CreditTransferStatistics=Credit transfer statistics +NoInvoiceToWithdraw=لا توجد فاتورة مفتوحة لـ "%s" في الانتظار. انتقل إلى علامة التبويب "%s" في بطاقة الفاتورة لتقديم طلب. +NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=لا توجد فاتورة مورد مع "طلبات ائتمان مباشرة" مفتوحة في انتظارك. انتقل إلى علامة التبويب "%s" في بطاقة الفاتورة لتقديم طلب. +ResponsibleUser=المستخدم المسؤول +WithdrawalsSetup=إعداد دفع الخصم المباشر +CreditTransferSetup=إعداد تحويل الرصيد +WithdrawStatistics=إحصائيات دفع الخصم المباشر +CreditTransferStatistics=إحصاءات تحويل الائتمان Rejects=ترفض -LastWithdrawalReceipt=Latest %s direct debit receipts -MakeWithdrawRequest=Make a direct debit payment request -MakeBankTransferOrder=Make a credit transfer request -WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded -BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded -ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code -NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +LastWithdrawalReceipt=أحدث %s إيصالات الخصم المباشر +MakeWithdrawRequest=تقديم طلب دفع الخصم المباشر +MakeBankTransferOrder=قدم طلب تحويل رصيد +WithdrawRequestsDone=%s تم تسجيل طلبات الدفع بالخصم المباشر +BankTransferRequestsDone=%s تم تسجيل طلبات تحويل الرصيد +ThirdPartyBankCode=كود بنك الطرف الثالث +NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=لم يتم الخصم من فاتورة بنجاح. تحقق من أن الفواتير موجودة في الشركات التي لديها رقم IBAN صالح وأن IBAN يحتوي على UMR (مرجع تفويض فريد) بالوضع %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=تم بالفعل تمييز إيصال السحب هذا على أنه مدين ؛ لا يمكن القيام بذلك مرتين ، حيث من المحتمل أن يؤدي ذلك إلى إنشاء مدفوعات وإدخالات بنكية مكررة. ClassCredited=تصنيف حساب -ClassCreditedConfirm=هل أنت متأكد من أن يصنف هذا الانسحاب كما تلقي على حساب حسابك المصرفي؟ +ClassCreditedConfirm=هل أنت متأكد من أنك تريد تصنيف إيصال السحب هذا على أنه مقيد في حسابك المصرفي؟ TransData=تاريخ الإرسال -TransMetod=طريقة البث +TransMetod=طريقة الإرسال Send=إرسال -Lines=خطوط -StandingOrderReject=رفض إصدار -WithdrawsRefused=Direct debit refused -WithdrawalRefused=سحب Refuseds -CreditTransfersRefused=Credit transfers refused -WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=هل أنت متأكد أنك تريد الدخول في رفض الانسحاب للمجتمع +Lines=بنود +StandingOrderReject=إصدار رفض +WithdrawsRefused=رفض الخصم المباشر +WithdrawalRefused=رفض السحب +CreditTransfersRefused=رفض تحويلات الائتمان +WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=هل أنت متأكد أنك تريد الدخول في رفض سحب المجتمع RefusedData=تاريخ الرفض RefusedReason=أسباب الرفض -RefusedInvoicing=رفض الفواتير -NoInvoiceRefused=لا تهمة الرفض -InvoiceRefused=رفضت فاتورة (اشحن الرفض للعملاء) -StatusDebitCredit=Status debit/credit +RefusedInvoicing=فوترة الرفض +NoInvoiceRefused=لا تتهم الرفض +InvoiceRefused=تم رفض الفاتورة (فرض رسوم الرفض على العميل) +StatusDebitCredit=حالة الخصم | الائتمان StatusWaiting=انتظار StatusTrans=أحال -StatusDebited=Debited -StatusCredited=الفضل -StatusPaid=دفع +StatusDebited=خصم +StatusCredited=قبد +StatusPaid=سدد StatusRefused=رفض StatusMotif0=غير محدد -StatusMotif1=توفير insuffisante -StatusMotif2=Tirage conteste -StatusMotif3=No direct debit payment order -StatusMotif4=Sales Order -StatusMotif5=الضلع inexploitable +StatusMotif1=رصيد غير كاف +StatusMotif2=طلب متنازع عليه +StatusMotif3=لا يوجد أمر دفع الخصم المباشر +StatusMotif4=امر بيع +StatusMotif5=RIB غير قابل للاستخدام StatusMotif6=حساب بدون رصيد StatusMotif7=قرار قضائي StatusMotif8=سبب آخر -CreateForSepaFRST=Create direct debit file (SEPA FRST) -CreateForSepaRCUR=Create direct debit file (SEPA RCUR) -CreateAll=Create direct debit file (all) -CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create file for credit transfer -CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create credit transfer file (SEPA) -CreateGuichet=مكتب فقط -CreateBanque=البنك الوحيد -OrderWaiting=الانتظار لتلقي العلاج -NotifyTransmision=Record file transmission of order -NotifyCredit=Record credit of order -NumeroNationalEmetter=رقم المرسل وطنية -WithBankUsingRIB=عن الحسابات المصرفية باستخدام RIB -WithBankUsingBANBIC=عن الحسابات المصرفية باستخدام IBAN / BIC / SWIFT -BankToReceiveWithdraw=Receiving Bank Account -BankToPayCreditTransfer=Bank Account used as source of payments +CreateForSepaFRST=إنشاء ملف الخصم المباشر (SEPA FRST) +CreateForSepaRCUR=إنشاء ملف الخصم المباشر (SEPA RCUR) +CreateAll=إنشاء ملف الخصم المباشر (الكل) +CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=إنشاء ملف لتحويل الرصيد +CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=إنشاء ملف تحويل رصيد (SEPA) +CreateGuichet=فقط المكتب +CreateBanque=فقط البنك +OrderWaiting=في انتظار المعالجة +NotifyTransmision=تسجيل ملف نقل الامر +NotifyCredit=تسجيل ائتمان الامر +NumeroNationalEmetter=رقم الارسال الوطني +WithBankUsingRIB=للحسابات المصرفية باستخدام RIB +WithBankUsingBANBIC=للحسابات المصرفية باستخدام IBAN / BIC / SWIFT +BankToReceiveWithdraw=استلام حساب مصرفي +BankToPayCreditTransfer=استخدام الحساب المصرفي كمصدر للمدفوعات CreditDate=الائتمان على -WithdrawalFileNotCapable=غير قادر على توليد ملف استلام الانسحاب لبلدكم٪ الصورة (لا يتم اعتماد البلد) -ShowWithdraw=Show Direct Debit Order -IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=However, if invoice has at least one direct debit payment order not yet processed, it won't be set as paid to allow prior withdrawal management. -DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a direct debit payment order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by direct debit to generate and manage the direct debit order. When direct debit order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. -DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a credit transfer order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by credit transfer to generate and manage the credit transfer order. When credit transfer order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. -WithdrawalFile=Debit order file -CreditTransferFile=Credit transfer file -SetToStatusSent=تعيين إلى حالة "المرسلة ملف" -ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=This will also record payments on invoices and will classify them as "Paid" if remain to pay is null -StatisticsByLineStatus=إحصاءات عن طريق وضع خطوط +WithdrawalFileNotCapable=تعذر إنشاء ملف إيصال السحب لبلدك %s (بلدك غير مدعوم) +ShowWithdraw=عرض أمر الخصم المباشر +IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=ومع ذلك ، إذا كانت الفاتورة تحتوي على أمر دفع خصم مباشر واحد على الأقل لم تتم معالجته بعد ، فلن يتم تعيينها على أنها مدفوعة للسماح بإدارة السحب المسبق. +DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=تتيح لك علامة التبويب هذه طلب أمر دفع الخصم المباشر. بمجرد الانتهاء من ذلك ، انتقل إلى القائمة بنك-> الدفع عن طريق الخصم المباشر لإنشاء أمر الخصم المباشر وإدارته. عند إغلاق أمر الخصم المباشر ، سيتم تسجيل الدفع على الفواتير تلقائيًا ، وإغلاق الفواتير إذا كان الباقي للدفع فارغًا. +DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=تتيح لك علامة التبويب هذه طلب أمر تحويل رصيد. بمجرد الانتهاء من ذلك ، انتقل إلى القائمة بنك-> الدفع عن طريق تحويل الرصيد لإنشاء أمر تحويل الرصيد وإدارته. عند إغلاق أمر تحويل الرصيد ، سيتم تسجيل الدفع على الفواتير تلقائيًا ، وإغلاق الفواتير إذا كان الباقي للدفع فارغًا. +WithdrawalFile=ملف أمر الخصم +CreditTransferFile=ملف تحويل رصيد +SetToStatusSent=تعيين إلى الحالة "ملف مرسل" +ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=سيؤدي هذا أيضًا إلى تسجيل المدفوعات على الفواتير وسيصنفها على أنها "مدفوعة" إذا بقيت للدفع لاغية +StatisticsByLineStatus=الإحصائيات حسب حالة البنود RUM=UMR -DateRUM=Mandate signature date -RUMLong=Unique Mandate Reference -RUMWillBeGenerated=If empty, a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) will be generated once the bank account information is saved. -WithdrawMode=Direct debit mode (FRST or RECUR) -WithdrawRequestAmount=Amount of Direct debit request: -BankTransferAmount=Amount of Credit Transfer request: -WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Unable to create direct debit request for empty amount. -SepaMandate=SEPA Direct Debit Mandate -SepaMandateShort=SEPA Mandate -PleaseReturnMandate=Please return this mandate form by email to %s or by mail to -SEPALegalText=By signing this mandate form, you authorize (A) %s to send instructions to your bank to debit your account and (B) your bank to debit your account in accordance with the instructions from %s. As part of your rights, you are entitled to a refund from your bank under the terms and conditions of your agreement with your bank. A refund must be claimed within 8 weeks starting from the date on which your account was debited. Your rights regarding the above mandate are explained in a statement that you can obtain from your bank. -CreditorIdentifier=Creditor Identifier -CreditorName=Creditor Name -SEPAFillForm=(B) Please complete all the fields marked * -SEPAFormYourName=Your name -SEPAFormYourBAN=Your Bank Account Name (IBAN) -SEPAFormYourBIC=Your Bank Identifier Code (BIC) -SEPAFrstOrRecur=Type of payment -ModeRECUR=Recurring payment -ModeFRST=One-off payment -PleaseCheckOne=Please check one only -CreditTransferOrderCreated=Credit transfer order %s created -DirectDebitOrderCreated=Direct debit order %s created -AmountRequested=Amount requested +DateRUM=تاريخ توقيع التفويض +RUMLong=مرجع التفويض الفريد +RUMWillBeGenerated=إذا كانت فارغة ، فسيتم إنشاء UMR (مرجع التفويض الفريد) بمجرد حفظ معلومات الحساب المصرفي. +WithdrawMode=وضع الخصم المباشر (FRST أو RECUR) +WithdrawRequestAmount=مبلغ طلب الخصم المباشر: +BankTransferAmount=مبلغ طلب تحويل الرصيد: +WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=تعذر إنشاء طلب الخصم المباشر لمبلغ فارغ. +SepaMandate=تفويض الخصم المباشر لمنطقة الدفعات الأوروبية الموحدة (SEPA) +SepaMandateShort=تفويض SEPA +PleaseReturnMandate=يرجى إعادة نموذج التفويض هذا بالبريد الإلكتروني إلى %s أو بالبريد إلى +SEPALegalText=من خلال التوقيع على نموذج التفويض هذا ، فإنك تفوض (أ) %s لإرسال تعليمات إلى البنك الخاص بك للخصم من حسابك و (ب) البنك الذي تتعامل معه للخصم من حسابك وفقًا للتعليمات الواردة من %s. كجزء من حقوقك ، يحق لك استرداد الأموال من البنك الذي تتعامل معه بموجب شروط وأحكام اتفاقيتك مع البنك الذي تتعامل معه. يجب المطالبة باسترداد الأموال في غضون 8 أسابيع بدءًا من تاريخ الخصم من حسابك. يتم توضيح حقوقك فيما يتعلق بالولاية المذكورة أعلاه في بيان يمكنك الحصول عليه من البنك الذي تتعامل معه. +CreditorIdentifier=معرف الدائن +CreditorName=اسم الدائن +SEPAFillForm=(ب) الرجاء استكمال جميع الحقول المعلمة * +SEPAFormYourName=اسمك +SEPAFormYourBAN=اسم حسابك المصرفي (IBAN) +SEPAFormYourBIC=كود معرف البنك الخاص بك (BIC) +SEPAFrstOrRecur=طريقة السداد +ModeRECUR=السداد المتكرر +ModeFRST=السداد مرة واحدة +PleaseCheckOne=يرجى تحديد واحد فقط +CreditTransferOrderCreated=تم إنشاء %s أمر تحويل الرصيد +DirectDebitOrderCreated=تم إنشاء %s أمر الخصم المباشر +AmountRequested=المبلغ المطلوب SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST -ExecutionDate=Execution date -CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer -END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction +ExecutionDate=تاريخ التنفيذ +CreateForSepa=إنشاء ملف الخصم المباشر +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS +END_TO_END=علامة "EndToEndId" SEPA XML - معرف فريد يتم تعيينه لكل معاملة USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag -ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date -NoDefaultIBANFound=No default IBAN found for this third party +ADDDAYS=أضف أيام إلى تاريخ التنفيذ +NoDefaultIBANFound=لم يتم العثور على رقم IBAN افتراضي لهذا الطرف الثالث ### Notifications -InfoCreditSubject=Payment of direct debit payment order %s by the bank -InfoCreditMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been paid by the bank
Data of payment: %s -InfoTransSubject=Transmission of direct debit payment order %s to bank -InfoTransMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been sent to bank by %s %s.

+InfoCreditSubject=دفع البنك لأمر الدفع %s بالخصم المباشر +InfoCreditMessage=تم دفع أمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر %s من قبل البنك
بيانات الدفع: %s +InfoTransSubject=تحويل أمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر %s إلى البنك +InfoTransMessage=تم إرسال أمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر %s إلى البنك عن طريق %s %s.

InfoTransData=المبلغ: %s
Metode: %s
تاريخ: %s -InfoRejectSubject=Direct debit payment order refused -InfoRejectMessage=Hello,

the direct debit payment order of invoice %s related to the company %s, with an amount of %s has been refused by the bank.

--
%s -ModeWarning=لم يتم تعيين خيار الوضع الحقيقي، ونحن بعد توقف هذه المحاكاة -ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Company with id %s has more than one default bank account. No way to know wich one to use. -ErrorICSmissing=Missing ICS in Bank account %s -TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Total amount of direct debit order differs from sum of lines +InfoRejectSubject=تم رفض أمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر +InfoRejectMessage=مرحبًا ،

رفض البنك أمر الدفع بالخصم المباشر للفاتورة %s المتعلقة بالشركة %s ، مع مبلغ %s من قبل البنك.

-
%s +ModeWarning=لم يتم تعيين خيار الوضع الحقيقي ، نتوقف بعد هذه المحاكاة +ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=تمتلك الشركة ذات المعرف %s أكثر من حساب مصرفي افتراضي. لا توجد طريقة لمعرفة أي واحد يستخدم. +ErrorICSmissing=ICS مفقود في الحساب المصرفي %s +TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=يختلف المبلغ الإجمالي لأمر الخصم المباشر عن مجموع البنود diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/workflow.lang index d8b35f8cfe8..b20685899d3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ar_SA/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/az_AZ/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/accountancy.lang index 1fc1c6ca5b9..008cb7da5e5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Държави извън ЕИО CountriesInEECExceptMe=Държави в ЕИО, с изключение на %s CountriesExceptMe=Всички държави с изключение на %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Преглед на списъка с клиенти и д ListAccounts=Списък на счетоводни сметки UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Неизвестна сметна на контрагент. Ще използваме %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Неизвестна сметка на контрагент. Блокираща грешка. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Сметката на контрагента не е определена или контрагента е неизвестен. Ще използваме %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Неизвестен контрагент или недефинирана счетоводна сметка за това плащане. Ще запазим счетоводната сметка без стойност. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Сметката на контрагента не е определена или контрагента е неизвестен. Блокираща грешка. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Неизвестна сметка на контрагент и сметка за изчакване не са определени. Блокираща грешка. PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Плащането не е свързано с нито един продукт / услуга OpeningBalance=Начално салдо @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Класическо експортиране Modelcsv_CEGID=Експортиране за CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Експортиране за Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Експортиране за Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Експортиране за Sage Ciel Compta или Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Експортиране за Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Експортиране за EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Експортиране за Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/admin.lang index f1cdcc5ab95..30f91c0d821 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Брой байтове SearchString=Низ за търсене NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Не е налице, когато Ajax е деактивиран AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=В документ на контрагент може да бъде избран проект, свързан с друг контрагент +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript е деактивиран UsePreviewTabs=Използвайте разделите за преглед ShowPreview=Показване на преглед @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Настройки на различни валути MenuLimits=Граници и точност MenuIdParent=Идентификатор на основно меню DetailMenuIdParent=Идентификатор на основно меню (празно за главно меню) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Номер за сортиране, за определяне на позицията на менюто AllMenus=Всички NotConfigured=Модулът / приложението не е конфигуриран(о) @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Функцията се предлага само BoxesDesc=Джаджите са компоненти, показващи информация, които може да добавите, за да персонализирате някои страници. Можете да избирате между показване на джаджата или не, като изберете целевата страница и кликнете върху 'Активиране', или като кликнете върху кошчето, за да я деактивирате. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Показани са само елементи от активни модули. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Може да намерите още модули за изтегляне от външни уеб сайтове в интернет... ModulesDeployDesc=Ако разрешенията във вашата файлова система го позволяват, можете да използвате този инструмент за инсталиране на външен модул. След това модулът ще се вижда в раздела %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Намиране на външно приложение / модул @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Следните две секции са задължител SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Основни параметри, използвани за персонализиране на поведението по подразбиране на вашата система (например за функции, свързани с държавата). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

Този софтуер е пакет от много модули / приложения. Модулите, свързани с вашите нужди, трябва да бъдат активирани и конфигурирани. С активирането на тези модули ще се появят нови менюта. SetupDescription5=Менюто "Други настройки" управлява допълнителни параметри. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Настройка на модула за набиране (Cli ClickToDialUrlDesc=URL, който се извиква при кликване върху телефонен номер. В URL адреса може да използвате маркери
__PHONETO__, който ще бъде заменен с телефонния номер на лицето, на което ще се обаждате
__PHONEFROM__, който ще бъде заменен с телефонния номер на обаждащия се (вашият)
__LOGIN__, който ще бъде заменен с clicktodial потребителско име (дефиниран в картата на потребителя)
__PASS__, който ще бъде заменен с clicktodial парола (дефинирана в картата на потребителя). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Просто използвайте връзката "tel:" за телефонни номера -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Точка за продажба CashDeskSetup=Настройка на модул Точка за продажби @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Горна граница в PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Долна граница в PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=За този модул не е необходима специфична настройка. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Посочете стойност 'Да', ако тази група е съвкупност от други групи. @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=По-голям от IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=С GMail акаунт, ако сте активирали валидирането в 2 стъпки е препоръчително да създадете специална втора парола за приложението, вместо да използвате своята парола за акаунта от https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Може да използвате това действие, за да намерите и заредите съществуващ контрагент във вашата база данни, чрез съдържанието на имейла. Намереният (или създаден) контрагент ще бъде използван при следващи действия, които се нуждаят от това. В полето на параметъра може да използвате, например 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)', ако искате да извлечете името на контрагента от низ 'Name: name to find', който е открит в съдържанието на имейла. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Крайна точка за %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Изтриване на имейл колекционер ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Сигурни ли те, че искате да изтриете този колекционер на имейли? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/cashdesk.lang index a838c1ce385..3b4e6651634 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/errors.lang index 71d9682f0f2..019b89c1747 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Вашата стойност на PHP параметър upload_max_filesize (%s) е по-голяма от стойността на PHP параметър post_max_size (%s). Това не е последователна настройка. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/eventorganization.lang index ccbae792a36..5b03e2a63a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Тип събитие LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/holiday.lang index c07dc764791..f1e21a78ad3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Очаква одобрение ApprovedCP=Одобрена CancelCP=Анулирана RefuseCP=Отхвърлена -ValidatorCP=Одобряващ +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=Списък с молби за отпуск Leave=Молба за отпуск LeaveId=Идентификатор на молба за отпуск @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Молба за отпуск TypeOfLeaveId=Идентификатор за вид отпуск TypeOfLeaveCode=Код за вид отпуск TypeOfLeaveLabel=Име на вид отпуск -NbUseDaysCP=Брой дни използвани за отпуск -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Изчисляването отчита неработните дни и празниците, определени в речника. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Използвани дни -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Използвани дни в месеца -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s е неработен ден +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Начална дата в месеца DateEndInMonth=Крайна дата в месеца EditCP=Промяна @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Изтриване на молба за отпуск ConfirmDeleteCP=Сигурни ли сте, че искате да изтриете тази молба за отпуск? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Грешка: нямате необходимите права, за да изтриете тази молба за отпуск. CantCreateCP=Нямате право да създавате молби за отпуск. -InvalidValidatorCP=Трябва да изберете потребител, който да одобри вашата молба за отпуск. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Необходимо е да изберете начална дата. NoDateFin=Необходимо е да изберете крайна дата. ErrorDureeCP=Вашата молба за отпуск не съдържа работен ден. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Потребител ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Възникна грешка при добавяне на извънреден отпуск. AddEventToUserOkCP=Добавянето на извънредния отпуск е завършено. MenuLogCP=История на промените -LogCP=Списък с актуализации на наличните почивни дни -ActionByCP=Изпълнено от -UserUpdateCP=За потребител +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Предишен баланс NewSoldeCP=Нов баланс alreadyCPexist=Вече е създадена молба за отпуск в този период. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Първи ден от отпуск -LastDayOfHoliday=Последен ден от отпуск +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Молби за отпуск: %s последно променени HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Месечна актуализация ManualUpdate=Ръчна актуализация @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Болничен отпуск LEAVE_OTHER=Друг отпуск LEAVE_PAID_FR=Платен отпуск ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Последно автоматично актуализиране на разпределението на отпуските -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Месец на последната автоматична актуализация на разпределението на отпуските +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Успешно актуализирано. Module27130Name= Молби за отпуск Module27130Desc= Управление на молби за отпуск @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Вашата молба за отпуск от %s до %s FollowedByACounter=1: Този вид отпуск е необходимо да бъде проследяван от брояч. Броячът се увеличава ръчно или автоматично, а когато молбата за отпуск е валидирана, броячът се намалява.
0: Не се проследява от брояч. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Няма дефинирани видове отпуск, които трябва да бъдат проследявани от брояч GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Отидете в Начало -> Настройки -> Речници -> Видове отпуски , за да настроите различните видове отпуски. -HolidaySetup=Настройка на модул Молби за отпуск -HolidaysNumberingModules=Модели за номериране на молби за отпуск +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=PDF шаблон за молби за отпуск FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Свободен текст в молби за отпуск WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Воден знак върху чернови молби за отпуск HolidaysToApprove=Молби за отпуск за одобрение NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Никой няма права за валидиране на молби за отпуск +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/interventions.lang index beb459423df..f663bbaef23 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Продължителност на реда в интерве InterLineDesc=Описание на реда в интервенцията RepeatableIntervention=Шаблон на интервенция ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=За да създадете предварително определена или повтаряща се интервенция, създайте интервенция и я превърнете в шаблон за интервенция. -Reopen=Повторно отваряне ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/knowledgemanagement.lang index 334e6163401..2eadd0af48e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Относно KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Артикул KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/languages.lang index 2e3038b26e1..beedb980c6f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Арабски Language_ar_EG=Арабски (Египет) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Арабски Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Бенгали Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Холандски (Белгия) Language_nl_NL=Холандски Language_pl_PL=Полски +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Португалски (Бразилия) Language_pt_PT=Португалски Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/mails.lang index 17867c701c8..09d57ac8ac6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Изтриване на филтър AdvTgtSaveFilter=Съхраняване на филтър AdvTgtCreateFilter=Създаване на филтър AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Име на новия филтър -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Няма намерен контакт/адрес с тази категория -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Няма намерен контакт/адрес с тази категория +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/main.lang index 51ba4c03587..9fb4f65fd47 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/other.lang index 7c4755661ad..4dbe82ac235 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Продукти / Услуги по популярност в поръ ProductStatistics=Статистика за продукти / услуги NbOfQtyInOrders=Количество в поръчки SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Приключване diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/partnership.lang index 023f855d0c1..b70c2d51fea 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/products.lang index dfca8e63815..8c453982c80 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Спецификация на продукт ServiceSheet=Спецификация на услуга PossibleValues=Възможни стойности GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Отидете в менюто %s - %s, за да подготвите атрибутите на варианта (като цветове, размер, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Добавяне на функция за дефиниране на описания на продуктите, определени от доставчици като допълнение към описанията за клиенти +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Описание на продукта от доставчик UseProductSupplierPackaging=Използване на пакетиране по цени на доставчик (преизчислява количествата според пакетирането, определено чрез доставната цена, когато добавяте / актуализирате ред в документите на доставчика) PackagingForThisProduct=Пакетиране diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/projects.lang index 1e901a03f08..0d23aee7dba 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Няма задачи за този проект LinkedToAnotherCompany=Свързано с друг контрагент TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Задачата не е възложена на потребителя. Използвайте бутона '%s', за да възложите задачата сега. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Отделеното време е празно +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Това действие ще изтрие всички задачи по проекта (%s задачи в момента) и всички въвеждания на отделено време. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ако някои обекти (фактура, поръчка, ...), принадлежащи на друг контрагент, трябва да бъдат свързани с проекта за създаване, запазете това празно, за да бъде проектът мулти-контрагентен. CloneTasks=Клониране на задачи @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Проекти: %s последно променени OtherFilteredTasks=Други филтрирани задачи NoAssignedTasks=Не са намерени възложени задачи (възложете проект / задачи на текущия потребител от най-горното поле за избор, за да въведете времето в него) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Трябва да бъде определен контрагент по проекта, за да може да генерирате фактура. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Трябва да бъде определен контрагент по проекта, за да може да генерирате фактура. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Изберете задача, която все още не ви е възложена # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Разрешаване на потребителски коментари в задачите @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Информация за проект %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Модулът 'Заплати' трябва да бъде активиран, за да дефинирате почасова ставка на служителите, за да оценените отделеното по проекта време NewTaskRefSuggested=Номера на задачата вече се използва, изисква се нов номер. TimeSpentInvoiced=Фактурирано отделено време +TimeSpentForIntervention=Отделено време TimeSpentForInvoice=Отделено време OneLinePerUser=Един ред на потребител ServiceToUseOnLines=Услуга за използване по редовете InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Фактура %s е генерирана въз основа на отделеното време по проекта +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Маркирайте, ако въвеждате график на задачите в проекта и планирате да генерирате фактура(и) за клиента от графика на задачите в проекта (не маркирайте, ако планирате да създадете фактура, която не се основава на въведеният график на задачите). Забележка: За да генерирате фактура, отидете в раздела "Отделено време" на проекта и изберете редовете, които да включите. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Проследяване на възможности ProjectFollowTasks=Проследяване на задачи или отделено време @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Употреба: Възможност UsageTasks=Употреба: Задачи UsageBillTimeShort=Употреба: Фактуриране на време InvoiceToUse=Чернова фактура, която да използвате +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Нова фактура +NewInter=Нова интервенция OneLinePerTask=Един ред на задача OneLinePerPeriod=Един ред на период OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/stocks.lang index d46dc25e21e..5b1348de275 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Складова стойност UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Автоматично създаване на личен потребителски склад при създаване на потребител AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Управляване също и на стойност за минимална и желана наличност за двойка (продукт - склад) в допълнение към стойността за минимална и желана наличност за продукт RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Прехвърляне на наличност за про InventoryCodeShort=Движ. / Инв. код NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Не се очаква получаване, тъй като поръчката за покупка е активна ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Тази партида / сериен № (%s) вече съществува, но с различна дата на усвояване или дата на продажба (намерена е %s, но вие сте въвели %s). -OpenAll=Активно за всички действия -OpenInternal=Активно само за вътрешни действия +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Използване на статус на изпращане (одобряване / отхвърляне) за продуктови редове при получаване на поръчка за покупка OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Опцията 'Няколко цени за сегмент' е включена. Това означава, че продуктът има няколко продажни цени, така че стойността за продажба не може да бъде изчислена ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Минималното количество за предупреждение и желаните оптимални наличности са правилно създадени @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/ticket.lang index a9c3d96b21c..5d243c43aca 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Отговорен Waiting=В изчакване -Closed=Приключен +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Изтрит # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Приоритет ShowTicket=Преглед на тикет RelatedTickets=Свързани тикети TicketAddIntervention=Създаване на интервенция -CloseTicket=Приключване на тикет -CloseATicket=Приключване на тикет +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Потвърдете приключването на тикета +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Потвърдете изтриването на тикета TicketDeletedSuccess=Тикетът е успешно изтрит TicketMarkedAsClosed=Тикетът е маркиран като приключен diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/trips.lang index b8d6575eeda..1d08a0906e0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Разходният отчет %s е анулир ExpenseReportPaid=Разходният отчет е платен ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Разходният отчет %s е платен.
- Потребител: %s
- Платен от: %s
Кликнете тук, за да видите разходният отчет: %s TripId=Разходен отчет № -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Лице за информиране, което ще одобри или отхвърли разходния отчет. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Информация за фирма TripNDF=Информация за разходен отчет PDFStandardExpenseReports=Стандартен шаблон за генериране на PDF документ на разходния отчет @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Дата на отхвърляне DATE_SAVE=Дата на валидиране DATE_CANCEL=Дата на анулиране DATE_PAIEMENT=Дата на плащане -BROUILLONNER=Повторно отваряне ExpenseReportRef=Разходен отчет № ValidateAndSubmit=Валидиране и изпращане за одобрение ValidatedWaitingApproval=Валидиран (очаква одобрение) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Плащане за разходен отчет ExpenseReportsToApprove=Разходни отчети за одобрение ExpenseReportsToPay=Разходни отчети за плащане ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Сигурни ли сте, че искате да клонирате този разходен отчет? -ExpenseReportsIk=Индекс за отчитане на разходите +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Правила за отчитане на разходите ExpenseReportIkDesc=Може да променяте изчисляването на разхода по километри, въз основа на категория и обхват, които са определени предварително. км е разстоянието в километри. ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Може да създавате или променяте правилата за изчисляване. Тази част ще се използва, когато потребител създаде разходен отчет. @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=по ден (без ограничение) nolimitbyEX_MON=по месец (без ограничение) nolimitbyEX_YEA=по година (без ограничение) nolimitbyEX_EXP=по ред (без ограничение) -CarCategory=Категория на автомобил +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Размер на офсета: %s RangeIk=Обхват на пробега AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Прикрепете реда към свързан документ diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/withdrawals.lang index 6f07b1f1877..537c3f10244 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s заявления за плащане с директе BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Банков код на контрагента NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Няма успешно дебитирани фактури. Проверете дали фактурите са на фирми с валиден IBAN и дали този IBAN има UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) в режим %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Класифициране като 'Кредитирана' ClassCreditedConfirm=Сигурни ли сте, че искате да класифицирате тази разписка за теглене като кредитирана по вашата банкова сметка? TransData=Дата на изпращане @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Дата на изпълнение CreateForSepa=Създаване на файл с директен дебит -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END='EndToEndId' SEPA XML таг - Уникален идентификатор, присвоен на транзакция USTRD='Unstructured' SEPA XML таг ADDDAYS=Добавяне на дни към датата на изпълнение diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/workflow.lang index 82e4a079ac2..3b0a44ec6d1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bg_BG/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Класифициране на св descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Класифициране на свързана клиентска поръчка - първоизточник като фактурирана след валидиране на клиентска фактура (и ако стойността на фактурата е същата като общата сума на свързаната поръчка) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Класифициране на свързана клиентска поръчка - първоизточник като фактурирана след плащане на клиентска фактура (и ако стойността на фактурата е същата като общата сума на свързаната поръчка) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Класифициране на свързана клиентска поръчка - първоизточник като изпратена след валидиране на доставка (и ако количеството, изпратено, чрез всички пратки е същото като в поръчката за актуализиране) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Класифициране на свързаното за запитване към доставчик - първоизточник като фактурираното след валидиране на доставната фактура (и ако стойността на фактурата е същата като общата сума на свързаното запитване) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Класифициране на свързаната поръчка за покупка - първоизточник като фактурирана след валидиране на доставна фактура (и ако стойността на фактурата е същата като общата сума на свързаната поръчка) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/main.lang index 207f7f5f1d7..874a211ca2b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/trips.lang index e34078e8fc2..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/withdrawals.lang index 0e84cc071d2..d310e53a6e0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_BD/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bn_IN/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/accountancy.lang index 5348ec9819a..93806a055f7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasični izvoz Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/admin.lang index 1a7ee492870..a1a5b1b29bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nije moguće kada je Ajax isključen AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=Onemogućena JavaScript UsePreviewTabs=Koristi kartice pretpregleda ShowPreview=Prikaži pretpregled @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Ograničenja i preciznost MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=Sve NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/cashdesk.lang index b06c19dd478..da9330ffd89 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/errors.lang index 608b3e3a4e6..d67c63b1854 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/eventorganization.lang index 0c98795cac1..c71829ad561 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Vrsta događaja LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/holiday.lang index cb631ad553b..ee1f7d74028 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Čeka na odobrenje ApprovedCP=Odobren CancelCP=Otkazan RefuseCP=Odbijen -ValidatorCP=Osoba koja odobrava +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Izmjena @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Morate odabrati datum početka. NoDateFin=Morate odabrati datum završetka. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Korisnik ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Došlo je do greške prilikom dodavanja izuzetnog odsustva. AddEventToUserOkCP=Dodavanje izuzetno odsustva je kopmletirano. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Izvršeno od strane -UserUpdateCP=Za korisnika +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Prethodno stanje NewSoldeCP=Novo stanje alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Mjesečno ažuriranje ManualUpdate=Ručno ažuriranje @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Uspješno ažuriranje. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/interventions.lang index e5117f053f0..881e5c1e1db 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/knowledgemanagement.lang index 151ffbf2def..b7b5f217bdd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = O programu KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Proizvod KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/languages.lang index bea0d9ba760..6bf3b7be7e6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arapski Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arapski Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgija) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Poljski +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalski (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portugalski Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/mails.lang index aeb2ddc8ca3..317fac2dde8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/main.lang index 27cae4b3571..9b6fc2cc457 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/other.lang index 1c650cd61ec..3ac3e657cb8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/partnership.lang index 31eba053e31..142dc7b33fb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/products.lang index 8c2e39f7547..43d76e8f125 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/projects.lang index 30ccf8cfa4d..8e0a3dc1805 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nema zadataka za ovaj projekat LinkedToAnotherCompany=U vezi sa drugim subjektom TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Vrijeme provedeno je prazno +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Ova akcija će također izbrisati sve zadatke projekta (%s zadataka u ovom trenutku) i sve unose provedenog vremena. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ako neki objekti (faktura, narudžbe, ...), pripadaju drugom subjektu, mora biti u vezi sa projektom za kreiranje, ostavite ovo prazno da bi imali projekat što više subjekata. CloneTasks=Kloniraj zadatke @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Vrijeme provedeno TimeSpentForInvoice=Vrijeme provedeno OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nova faktura +NewInter=Nova intervencija OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/stocks.lang index cf41fd8cc2e..e2fb16c2d36 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Skladišna vrijednost UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/ticket.lang index acc22788781..d80d951da9b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Čekanje -Closed=Zatvoren +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/trips.lang index bcc9b13b1bb..5bdd5d96547 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Datum potvrde DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Datum uplate -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/withdrawals.lang index 67fafcf5faa..1c2e604815d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Označi na potraživanja ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Datum izvršenja CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/workflow.lang index 713199e5ec9..97c471f8c7c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/bs_BA/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/accountancy.lang index 46b9ee6c75f..a5c2edabc9e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Països no integrats a la CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Països a la CEE excepte %s CountriesExceptMe=Tots els països, excepte %s AccountantFiles=Exporta documents d'origen -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Amb aquesta eina, podeu exportar els esdeveniments d'origen (llista i PDF) que es van utilitzar per a generar la vostra comptabilitat. Per a exportar els vostres diaris, utilitzeu l’entrada de menú %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Amb aquesta eina, podeu exportar els esdeveniments d'origen (llista en format CSV i PDF) que s'han utilitzat per generar la vostra comptabilitat. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=Per exportar les vostres revistes, utilitzeu l'entrada de menú %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Veure per compte comptable VueBySubAccountAccounting=Veure-ho per subcomptes comptables @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulteu aquí la llista dels clients i proveïdors de ter ListAccounts=Llistat dels comptes comptables UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Compte comptable de tercer desconeguda, utilitzarem %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Compte comptable de tercer desconegut. Error de bloqueig -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Compte de tercers no definit o tercer desconegut. Utilitzarem %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tercer desconegut i subcompte comptable no definit al pagament. Es manté buit el valor del subcompte comptable. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Compte de tercers no definit o tercer desconegut. Error de bloqueig. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Compte de tercers desconegut i compte d'espera no definit. Error de bloqueig PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pagament no vinculat a cap producte / servei OpeningBalance=Saldo d'obertura @@ -328,9 +329,9 @@ ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_PURCHASES=Desactiva la vinculació i transferènci ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_EXPENSEREPORTS=Desactiva la vinculació i transferència de comptes en els informes de despeses (els informes de despeses no es tindran en compte a la comptabilitat) ## Export -NotifiedExportDate=Notified export date (modification of the entries will not be possible) -NotifiedValidationDate=Validation of the entries (modification or deletion of the entries will not be possible) -ConfirmExportFile=Confirmation of the generation of the accounting export file ? +NotifiedExportDate=Data d'exportació notificada (no serà possible modificar les entrades) +NotifiedValidationDate=Validació de les entrades (no serà possible la modificació o supressió de les entrades) +ConfirmExportFile=Confirmació de la generació del fitxer d'exportació comptable? ExportDraftJournal=Exporta els esborranys del llibre Modelcsv=Model d'exportació Selectmodelcsv=Selecciona un model d'exportació @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Exportació clàssica Modelcsv_CEGID=Exporta a CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exporta a Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exporta a Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exporta a Sage Ciel Compta o Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Exporta a Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exporta a EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exporta a Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/admin.lang index 527d2c0450e..254d22b41dc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Usuari intern ExternalUser=Usuari extern InternalUsers=Usuaris interns ExternalUsers=Usuaris externs -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Interfície d'usuari GUISetup=Entorn SetupArea=Configuració UploadNewTemplate=Carrega plantilles noves @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Nombre de bytes SearchString=Cerca cadena NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=No disponible quan Ajax estigui desactivat AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=En un document d'un tercer, pots triar un projecte enllaçat a un altre tercer +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Eviteu el temps de gravació passat el següent nombre de mesos JavascriptDisabled=Javascript desactivat UsePreviewTabs=Veure fitxes "vista prèvia" ShowPreview=Veure previsualització @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Configuració multidivisa MenuLimits=Límits i precisió MenuIdParent=Id del menú pare DetailMenuIdParent=IDr del menú pare (buit per a un menú superior) +ParentID=ID del pare DetailPosition=Número d'ordre per a la posició del menú AllMenus=Tots NotConfigured=Mòdul/Aplicació no configurat @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funcionalitat disponible únicament en versions est BoxesDesc=Els panells són components que mostren algunes dades que poden afegir-se per a personalitzar algunes pàgines. Pots triar entre mostrar el panell o no seleccionant la pàgina de destí i fent clic a 'Activar', o fent clic en la paperera per a desactivar. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Només els elements de mòduls activats són mostrats ModulesDesc=Els mòduls/aplicacions determinen quines funcions estan disponibles al programari. Alguns mòduls requereixen que es concedeixin permisos als usuaris després d'activar-lo. Feu clic al botó d'encesa/apagada %s de cada mòdul per a habilitar o desactivar un mòdul/aplicació. +ModulesDesc2=Feu clic al botó de la roda %s per configurar el mòdul / aplicació. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=A internet podeu trobar més mòduls per a descarregar en pàgines web externes... ModulesDeployDesc=Si els permisos del vostre sistema de fitxers ho permeten, podeu utilitzar aquesta eina per a desplegar un mòdul extern. El mòdul serà visible a la pestanya %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Trobar mòduls/complements externs @@ -222,7 +225,7 @@ NotCompatible=Aquest mòdul no sembla compatible amb el vostre Dolibarr %s (Mín CompatibleAfterUpdate=Aquest mòdul requereix actualitzar el vostre Dolibarr %s (Mín. %s - Màx. %s). SeeInMarkerPlace=Veure a la tenda d'apps SeeSetupOfModule=Vegi la configuració del mòdul %s -SetOptionTo=Set option %s to %s +SetOptionTo=Estableix l'opció %s a %s Updated=Actualitzat AchatTelechargement=Comprar / Descarregar GoModuleSetupArea=Per a desplegar/instal·lar un mòdul nou, aneu a l'àrea de configuració del mòdul: %s . @@ -563,7 +566,7 @@ Module53Desc=Gestió de serveis Module54Name=Contractes/Subscripcions Module54Desc=Gestió de contractes (serveis o subscripcions recurrents) Module55Name=Codis de barra -Module55Desc=Barcode or QR code management +Module55Desc=Gestió de codis de barres o codi QR Module56Name=Pagament per transferència bancària Module56Desc=Gestió del pagament de proveïdors mitjançant comandes de transferència de crèdit. Inclou la generació de fitxers SEPA per a països europeus. Module57Name=Cobraments per domiciliació bancària @@ -593,7 +596,7 @@ Module240Desc=Eina d'exportació de dades Dolibarr (amb assistent) Module250Name=Importació de dades Module250Desc=Eina d'importació de dades Dolibarr (amb assistent) Module310Name=Socis -Module310Desc=Gestió de socis d'una entitat +Module310Desc=Gestió de persones sòcies d'una entitat Module320Name=Fils RSS Module320Desc=Afegeix un fil RSS a les pàgines de Dolibarr Module330Name=Marcadors i Dreceres @@ -850,10 +853,10 @@ Permission402=Crear/modificar havers Permission403=Valida els descomptes Permission404=Eliminar havers Permission430=Utilitzeu la barra de depuració -Permission511=Read salaries and payments (yours and subordinates) -Permission512=Create/modify salaries and payments -Permission514=Delete salaries and payments -Permission517=Read salaries and payments everybody +Permission511=Llegiu els sous i els pagaments (vostres i subordinats) +Permission512=Crear / modificar salaris i pagaments +Permission514=Suprimiu els sous i els pagaments +Permission517=Llegiu tots els sous i pagaments Permission519=Exportació salaris Permission520=Consulta préstecs Permission522=Crear/modificar préstecs @@ -1190,9 +1193,12 @@ SetupDescription2=Les dues seccions següents són obligatòries (les dues prime SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Paràmetres bàsics utilitzats per a personalitzar el comportament per defecte de la vostra aplicació (per exemple, per a funcions relacionades amb el país). SetupDescription4=  %s -> %s

Aquest programari és un conjunt de molts mòduls / aplicacions. Els mòduls relacionats amb les vostres necessitats s’han d’activar i configurar. Les entrades del menú apareixen amb l’activació d’aquests mòduls. SetupDescription5=Altres entrades del menú d'instal·lació gestionen paràmetres opcionals. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Esdeveniments de seguretat que s’auditen NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No s’audita cap esdeveniment de seguretat. Podeu activar-les des del menú %s -Audit=Security events +Audit=Esdeveniments de seguretat InfoDolibarr=Quant al Dolibarr InfoBrowser=Quant al Navegador InfoOS=Quant al S.O. @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=Funcions SSL no disponibles al vostre PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Més temes per a descarregar SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Retorna el número de referència en el format %syymm-nnnn on yy és l'any, mm és el mes i nnnn és un número d'increment automàtic seqüencial sense restablir SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Retorna el número de referència en el format %s-nnnn on nnnn és un número d’increment automàtic seqüencial sense restablir -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Mostra el DNI professional amb adreces +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Amaga el número d’IVA intracomunitari TranslationUncomplete=Traducció parcial MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Desactiva la visualització meteorològica MeteoStdMod=Mode estàndard @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Configuració del mòdul Click To Dial ClickToDialUrlDesc=Es crida l'URL quan es fa un clic a la imatge miniatura de telèfon. A l'URL, pots utilitzar les etiquetes
__PHONETO__ que serà reemplaçada pel número de telèfon de la persona a trucar
__PHONEFROM__ que serà reemplaçada pel número de telèfon de la persona que truca (el vostre)
__LOGIN__ que serà reemplaçada pel teu usuari d'inici de clicktodial (definit a la fitxa d'usuari)
__PASS__ que serà reemplaçada per la contrasenya de clicktodial (definida a la fitxa d'usuari). ClickToDialDesc=Aquest mòdul canvia els números de telèfon, en utilitzar un ordinador de sobretaula, a enllaços on es pot fer clic. Un clic trucarà al número. Es pot utilitzar per a iniciar la trucada quan s'utilitza un telèfon suau a l'escriptori o, per exemple, quan s'utilitza un sistema CTI basat en el protocol SIP. Nota: Quan feu servir un telèfon intel·ligent, sempre es pot fer clic als números de telèfon. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Utilitzar sols l'enllaç "tel:" als números de telèfon -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Punt de venda CashDeskSetup=Configuració del mòdul de Punt de venda @@ -1988,7 +1994,9 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_RIGHT=Marge dret al PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Marge superior al PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Marge inferior al PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Alçada del logotip en PDF -MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Afegeix una imatge a la línia de proposta +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Afegir signe electrònic en PDF NothingToSetup=No hi ha cap configuració específica necessària per a aquest mòdul. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Estableixi a SÍ si aquest grup és un càlcul d'altres grups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Major que IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Tingueu en compte que si es troba un identificador de seguiment d’un objecte al correu electrònic o si el correu electrònic és una resposta d’un correu electrònic que ja està recollit i enllaçat a un objecte, l’esdeveniment creat s’enllaçarà automàticament a l’objecte relacionat conegut. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Amb un compte de GMail, si heu activat la validació de dos passos, es recomana crear una segona contrasenya dedicada a l’aplicació en comptes d’utilitzar la contrasenya del vostre compte des de https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Pot ser un comportament desitjat traslladar el correu electrònic a una altra etiqueta/directori quan s'ha processat correctament. Només heu de definir el nom del directori per a utilitzar aquesta funció (NO utilitzeu caràcters especials en el nom). Tingueu en compte que també heu d'utilitzar un compte d'inici de sessió de lectura/escriptura. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Podeu utilitzar aquesta acció per a utilitzar el contingut del correu electrònic per a trobar i carregar un tercer existent a la vostra base de dades. El tercer trobat (o creat) s'utilitzarà per a seguir les accions que ho necessitin. Al camp del paràmetre podeu utilitzar, per exemple, 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' si voleu extreure el nom del tercer d'una cadena 'Name:name to find' que es troba al cos. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Podeu utilitzar aquesta acció per utilitzar el contingut del correu electrònic per trobar i carregar un tercer existent a la vostra base de dades. El tercer trobat (o creat) s'utilitzarà per seguir les accions que ho necessitin.
Per exemple, si voleu crear un tercer amb un nom extret de la cadena "Nom: nom per trobar" al cos, utilitzeu el correu electrònic del remitent com a correu electrònic, podeu configurar el camp del paràmetre així: ^ De: (. *); Nom = EXTRACTE: COS: Nom: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *); client = SET: 2; '
EndPointFor=Punt final per %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Suprimeix el recollidor de correu electrònic ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Esteu segur que voleu suprimir aquest recollidor de correu electrònic? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Poseu-vos en contacte amb el vostre banc per a obtenir aques AdvancedModeOnly=El permís està disponible només en mode de permís avançat ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Els usuaris poden llegir o escriure el fitxer conf. Doneu permís només a l'usuari i al grup del servidor web. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organització d'esdeveniments +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Estat de l'esdeveniment per defecte en crear un esdeveniment des del formulari YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Hauríeu de desactivar les funcions PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Excepte si heu d'executar ordres del sistema en codi personalitzat, hauríeu de desactivar les funcions PHP @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Per al propòsit de l'intèrpret d'ordres (com fer c NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=No s'ha trobat cap fitxer ni directori d'escriptura dels programes comuns al directori arrel (Bo) RecommendedValueIs=Recomanat: %s Recommended=Recomanada -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=No es recomana ARestrictedPath=Un camí restringit CheckForModuleUpdate=Comproveu si hi ha actualitzacions de mòduls externs CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Aquesta acció es connectarà als editors de mòduls externs per comprovar si hi ha disponible una nova versió. @@ -2143,8 +2152,10 @@ ModuleUpdateAvailable=Hi ha disponible una actualització NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=No s'han trobat actualitzacions per a mòduls externs SwaggerDescriptionFile=Fitxer de descripció de l'API Swagger (per utilitzar-lo amb redoc per exemple) YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=Heu activat l'API WS obsoleta. Haureu d’utilitzar l’API REST. -RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Randomly selected if several pictures are available -DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file -DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file -APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled -YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Seleccionat aleatòriament si hi ha diverses imatges disponibles +DatabasePasswordObfuscated=La contrasenya de la base de dades està ofuscada al fitxer conf +DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=La contrasenya de la base de dades NO està ofuscada al fitxer conf +APIsAreNotEnabled=Els mòduls API no estan habilitats +YouShouldSetThisToOff=Hauríeu d'establir-lo a 0 o desactivar-lo +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/bills.lang index 7cdd422fee0..c1155fab9d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/bills.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/bills.lang @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ DateMaxPayment=Venciment de pagament DateInvoice=Data facturació DatePointOfTax=Punt d'impostos NoInvoice=Cap factura -NoOpenInvoice=No open invoice +NoOpenInvoice=No hi ha factura oberta ClassifyBill=Classifica la factura SupplierBillsToPay=Factures de proveïdors pendents de pagament CustomerBillsUnpaid=Factures de client pendents de cobrament diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/cashdesk.lang index b3e90a478d1..a653bfaac51 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Permet un pagament retardat PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Imprimeix el mètode de pagament en els tiquets/rebuts WeighingScale=Balança de pesatge ShowPriceHT = Mostra la columna amb el preu sense impostos (a la pantalla) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Mostra la columna amb el preu sense impostos (al rebut) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/deliveries.lang index b6d8fbf55f8..3c59789962a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/deliveries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/deliveries.lang @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ NonShippable=No es pot enviar ShowShippableStatus=Mostra l'estat d'enviament ShowReceiving=Mostra el rebut d'entrega NonExistentOrder=Comanda inexistent -StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Stock quantities already allocated on previous lines +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Quantitats d’estoc ja assignades en línies anteriors diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/errors.lang index 55600b5fe64..6bbb3360b46 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/errors.lang @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ErrorBadValueForParamNotAString=Valor incorrecte del paràmetre. Acostuma a pass ErrorRefAlreadyExists=La referència %s ja existeix. ErrorLoginAlreadyExists=El nom d'usuari %s ja existeix. ErrorGroupAlreadyExists=El grup %s ja existeix. -ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=Email %s already exists. +ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=El correu electrònic %s ja existeix. ErrorRecordNotFound=Registre no trobat ErrorFailToCopyFile=No s'ha pogut copiar el fitxer " %s " a " %s ". ErrorFailToCopyDir=No s'ha pogut copiar el directori ' %s ' a ' %s '. @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, l'import és obligatori ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, empleneu el percentatge correctament ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Primer heu de configurar el vostre pla de comptes ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=No s'ha pogut trobar la plantilla amb el nom de codi %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Durada no definida al servei. No hi ha manera de calcular el preu per hora. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=El paràmetre PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) és superior al paràmetre PHP post_max_size (%s). No es tracta d’una configuració consistent. @@ -301,4 +302,4 @@ ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=El propietari de l'usuari és oblig ErrorActionCommBadType=El tipus d'esdeveniment seleccionat (identificador: %n, codi: %s) no existeix al diccionari del tipus d'esdeveniment CheckVersionFail=Error de comprovació de versió ErrorWrongFileName=El nom del fitxer no pot contenir __COSA__ -ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=No es troba al Diccionari de condicions de pagament, modifiqueu-lo. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/eventorganization.lang index a2e1c0b648f..5c100e38bae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/eventorganization.lang @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ PriceOfBoothHelp=Preu de la subscripció per a estand EventOrganizationICSLink=Enllaç ICS per a esdeveniments ConferenceOrBoothInformation=Informació sobre conferències o estands Attendees = Assistents -DownloadICSLink = Download ICS link +DownloadICSLink = Descarregueu l’enllaç ICS EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Clau segura de l'enllaç de registre públic a una conferència SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Servei que s'utilitza per a la fila de factures sobre una ubicació de l'estand SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Servei que s'utilitza per a la fila de factures sobre una subscripció d'assistent a una conferència -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Nombre de vots # # Status # @@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ EvntOrgCancelled = Cancel·lat # # Public page # -SuggestForm = Suggestion page +SuggestForm = Pàgina de suggeriments RegisterPage = Pàgina per a conferències o estand -EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Here, you can vote for an event, or suggest a new conference or booth for the project -EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new conference for the project -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new booth for the project -ListOfSuggestedConferences = List of suggested conferences -ListOfSuggestedBooths = List of suggested booths +EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Aquí podeu votar per un esdeveniment o suggerir una nova conferència o estand per al projecte +EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Aquí podeu suggerir una nova conferència per al projecte +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Aquí podeu suggerir un nou estand per al projecte +ListOfSuggestedConferences = Llista de conferències suggerides +ListOfSuggestedBooths = Llista de casetes suggerides SuggestConference = Suggereixi una conferència nova SuggestBooth = Suggereixi un estand ViewAndVote = Consulteu i voteu els esdeveniments suggerits @@ -114,22 +114,24 @@ MissingOrBadSecureKey = Falta la clau de seguretat o no és vàlida EvntOrgWelcomeMessage = Aquest formulari us permet registrar-vos com a nou participant a la conferència: '%s' EvntOrgDuration = Aquesta conferència comença el dia %s i finalitza el dia %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Tarifa de l'assistent a la conferència per a l'esdeveniment: "%s" que passa de %s a %s. -BoothLocationFee = Booth location for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s +BoothLocationFee = Ubicació de l'estand per a l'esdeveniment: "%s" que passa de %s a %s EventType = Tipus d'esdeveniment -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Etiqueta de l'estand +LabelOfconference=Etiqueta de conferència +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=La subscripció no està disponible, la conferència encara no està confirmada +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page # EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Benvingut a la pàgina de suggeriments de conferències o estands. -EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference suggestion page. -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the booth suggestion page. -EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Here, you can view and vote for the suggested events for the project -VoteOk = Your vote has been accepted. -AlreadyVoted = You have already voted for this event. -VoteError = An error has occurred during the vote, please try again. +EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Benvingut a la pàgina de suggeriments de conferències. +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Benvingut a la pàgina de suggeriments de l'estand. +EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Aquí podeu veure i votar els esdeveniments suggerits per al projecte +VoteOk = El vostre vot s’ha acceptat. +AlreadyVoted = Ja heu votat per aquest esdeveniment. +VoteError = S'ha produït un error durant la votació. Torneu-ho a provar. # # SubscriptionOk page @@ -142,6 +144,6 @@ ConfAttendeeSubscriptionConfirmation = Confirmació de la subscripció a una con # # Payment page # -Attendee = Attendee -PaymentConferenceAttendee = Conference attendee payment -PaymentBoothLocation = Booth location payment +Attendee = Assistent +PaymentConferenceAttendee = Pagament dels assistents a la conferència +PaymentBoothLocation = Pagament de la ubicació de l’estand diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/exports.lang index f0ebbe4d451..31779252544 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/exports.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/exports.lang @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ TypeOfLineServiceOrProduct=Tipus de línia (0=producte, 1=servei) FileWithDataToImport=Arxiu que conté les dades a importar FileToImport=Arxiu origen a importar FileMustHaveOneOfFollowingFormat=El fitxer a importar ha de tenir un dels següents formats -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information -StarAreMandatory=* are mandatory fields +DownloadEmptyExample=Baixeu el fitxer de plantilla amb informació de contingut del camp +StarAreMandatory=* són camps obligatoris ChooseFormatOfFileToImport=Trieu el format del fitxer que voleu utilitzar com a format de fitxer d'importació fent clic a la icona %s per seleccionar-lo ... ChooseFileToImport=Pengeu un fitxer i feu clic a la icona %s per seleccionar el fitxer com a fitxer d'importació d'origen ... SourceFileFormat=Format de l'arxiu origen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/holiday.lang index f93986fe6ef..deb0f0d1c0f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Text gratuït a PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Marques d'aigua sobre esborranys de sol·licituds de dies lliures HolidaysToApprove=Vacances per a aprovar NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Ningú no té permís per a validar les vacances +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Actualització mensual del saldo de vacances +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/interventions.lang index 53f60c17df9..cdb63941d43 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Durada de la línia de la intervenció InterLineDesc=Descripció de la línia de la intervenció RepeatableIntervention=Plantilla d’intervenció ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Per a crear una intervenció predefinida o recurrent, creeu una intervenció comuna i convertiu-la en plantilla d'intervenció -Reopen=Reobrir ConfirmReopenIntervention=Esteu segur que voleu tornar a obrir la intervenció %s ? +GenerateInter=Generar intervenció diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/languages.lang index 0c33e6cf384..e8ed960b4e3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etíop Language_ar_AR=Àrab Language_ar_EG=Àrab (Egipte) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Àrab -Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_TN=Àrab (Tunísia) +Language_ar_IQ=Àrab (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaidjan Language_bn_BD=Bengalí Language_bn_IN=Bengalí (Índia) @@ -83,9 +85,10 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepalí Language_nl_BE=Neerlandès (Bèlgica) Language_nl_NL=Holandès Language_pl_PL=Polonès +Language_pt_AO=Portuguès (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguès (Brasil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguès -Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) +Language_ro_MD=Romanès (Moldàvia) Language_ro_RO=Romanès Language_ru_RU=Rus Language_ru_UA=Rus (Ucraïna) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/mails.lang index 74ec3988880..63168dbd762 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Elimina filtre AdvTgtSaveFilter=Desa filtre AdvTgtCreateFilter=Crea filtre AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nom del filtre nou -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No s'han trobat contactes/adreces amb categoria -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No s'han trobat contactes/adreces amb categoria +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Correus electrònics de sortida InGoingEmailSetup=Correus electrònics entrants OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Correu electrònic de sortida (per al mòdul %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/main.lang index 642168d2711..eb207b037ea 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/main.lang @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ MenuMembers=Socis MenuAgendaGoogle=Agenda Google MenuTaxesAndSpecialExpenses=Impostos | Despeses especials ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetup=Límit Dolibarr (Menú inici-configuració-seguretat): %s Kb, límit PHP: %s Kb -ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limit (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limit (Param %s): %s Kb +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Límit Dolibarr (menú %s): %s Kb, límit PHP (Param %s): %s Kb NoFileFound=No s'ha penjat cap document CurrentUserLanguage=Idioma actual CurrentTheme=Tema actual @@ -1136,4 +1136,16 @@ CategTypeNotFound=No s'ha trobat cap tipus d'etiqueta per al tipus de registres CopiedToClipboard=Copiat al porta-retalls InformationOnLinkToContract=Aquest import només és el total de totes les línies del contracte. No es té en compte cap noció de temps. ConfirmCancel=Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar-la? -EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +EmailMsgID=Envia un correu electrònic a MsgID +SetToEnabled=Estableix a activat +SetToDisabled=Estableix a desactivat +ConfirmMassEnabling=confirmació d'activació massiva +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Esteu segur que voleu habilitar els registres seleccionats %s? +ConfirmMassDisabling=confirmació de desactivació massiva +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Esteu segur que voleu desactivar els registres seleccionats %s? +RecordsEnabled=S'han activat els registres %s +RecordsDisabled=%s registres desactivats +RecordEnabled=S'ha activat el registre +RecordDisabled=El registre s'ha desactivat +Forthcoming=Pròxim +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/other.lang index 5d71c2826ba..33c697f72be 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Productes / Serveis per popularitat a les comandes ProductStatistics=Productes / Serveis Estadístiques NbOfQtyInOrders=Quantitat en comandes SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Seleccioneu un objecte per veure'n les estadístiques ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Esteu segur que voleu "%s"? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirmeu la vostra acció +CloseDialog = Tancar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/partnership.lang index 6b0ec8a7271..8de98fc01c4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/partnership.lang @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ ModulePartnershipName=Gestió de la col·laboració PartnershipDescription=Mòdul Gestió de la col·laboració PartnershipDescriptionLong= Mòdul Gestió de la col·laboració -AddPartnership=Add partnership -CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Partnership: Cancel partnership of members with expired subscriptions -PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnership: Check referring backlink +AddPartnership=Afegiu associació +CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Associació: cancel·leu l'associació de membres amb subscripcions caducades +PartnershipCheckBacklink=Associació: consulteu l'enllaç de retrocés de referència # # Menu @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ ListOfPartnerships=Llista d'associació PartnershipSetup=Configuració de l'associació PartnershipAbout=Quant a Partnership PartnershipAboutPage=Associació sobre la pàgina -partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partner status must be set on a 'thirdparty' or a 'member' +partnershipforthirdpartyormember=L'estat de soci s'ha de definir en un "tercer" o un "membre". PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Associació gestionada per PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Enllaços enrere per comprovar -PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb of days before cancelling status of a partnership when a subscription has expired -ReferingWebsiteCheck=Check of website referring -ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=You can enable a feature to check that your partners has added a backlink to your website domains on their own website. +PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb de dies abans de cancel·lar l'estat d'una associació quan la subscripció ha caducat +ReferingWebsiteCheck=Comprovació de referència del lloc web +ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=Podeu habilitar una funció per comprovar que els vostres socis han afegit un enllaç de retrocés als dominis del vostre lloc web al seu propi lloc web. # # Object @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ DatePartnershipEnd=Data final ReasonDecline=Rebutjar la raó ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Rebutjar la raó PartnershipAlreadyExist=L’associació ja existeix -ManagePartnership=Manage partnership +ManagePartnership=Gestioneu l'associació BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Enllaç de retrocés no trobat al lloc web associat ConfirmClosePartnershipAsk=Esteu segur que voleu cancel·lar aquesta associació? -PartnershipType=Partnership type +PartnershipType=Tipus de col·laboració # # Template Mail @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Us informem que la vostra sol·licitud de col·lab YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Us informem que la vostra sol·licitud de col·laboració ha estat acceptada. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Us informem que la vostra associació s’ha cancel·lat. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Rebutjar la raó + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/products.lang index 8c795d2e6eb..cfcaec92e86 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/products.lang @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ PriceByCustomer=Preus diferents per cada client PriceCatalogue=Un preu de venda simple per producte/servei PricingRule=Regles per preus de venda AddCustomerPrice=Afegir preus per client -ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Set same price on customer's subsidiaries +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Fixeu el mateix preu a les filials del client PriceByCustomerLog=Registre de preus de clients anteriors MinimumPriceLimit=El preu mínim no pot ser inferior a %s MinimumRecommendedPrice=El preu mínim recomanat és: %s @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ComposedProductIncDecStock=Incrementar/Disminueix estoc en canviar el seu pare ComposedProduct=Productes Fills MinSupplierPrice=Preu mínim de compra MinCustomerPrice=Preu mínim de venda -NoDynamicPrice=No dynamic price +NoDynamicPrice=Sense preu dinàmic DynamicPriceConfiguration=Configuració de preu dinàmic DynamicPriceDesc=Podeu definir fórmules matemàtiques per a calcular els preus del client o del proveïdor. Aquestes fórmules poden utilitzar tots els operadors matemàtics, algunes constants i variables. Aquí podeu definir les variables que voleu utilitzar. Si la variable necessita una actualització automàtica, podeu definir l'URL extern per a permetre que Dolibarr actualitzi el valor automàticament. AddVariable=Afegeix variable @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Fulla de producte ServiceSheet=Fulla de servei PossibleValues=Valors possibles GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Aneu al menú %s - %s per a preparar variants d’atributs (com ara colors, mida...) -UseProductFournDesc=Afegiu una funció per a definir les descripcions de productes definides pels proveïdors, a més de les descripcions per a clients +UseProductFournDesc=Afegiu una característica per definir la descripció del producte definida pels proveïdors (per a cada referència del proveïdor), a més de la descripció per als clients ProductSupplierDescription=Descripció del venedor del producte UseProductSupplierPackaging=Utilitzeu els envasos als preus del proveïdor (calcular les quantitats segons els envasos fixats al preu del proveïdor quan afegiu / actualitzeu la línia dels documents del proveïdor) PackagingForThisProduct=Embalatge diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/projects.lang index e1b96348abc..63dc5e7c139 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Cap tasca per a aquest projecte LinkedToAnotherCompany=Enllaçat a una altra empresa TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Tasca no assignada a l'usuari. Utilitza el botó '%s' per assignar una tasca ara. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=El temps dedicat està buit +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=La gravació del temps està restringida a %s mesos enrere ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Aquesta operació també destruirà les tasques del projecte (%s tasques en aquest moment) i tots els seus temps dedicats. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Si alguns objectes (factura, comanda...), pertanyents a un altre tercer, han d'estar vinculats al projecte a crear, manteniu-los buits perquè el projecte sigui multitercers. CloneTasks=Clonar les tasques @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Darrers %s projectes modificats OtherFilteredTasks=Altres tasques filtrades NoAssignedTasks=No s'ha trobat cap tasca assignada (assigneu el projecte/tasques a l'usuari actual des del quadre de selecció superior per a introduir-hi l'hora) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Cal definir un tercer en el projecte per a poder facturar-lo. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Cal definir un tercer en el projecte per a poder facturar-lo. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Trieu una tasca que encara no us ha estat assignada # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Permet comentaris dels usuaris a les tasques @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informació del projecte %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=El mòdul "Salaris" ha d'estar habilitat per a definir la tarifa horària dels empleats per tal de valorar el temps dedicat NewTaskRefSuggested=Tasca ref en ús, es requereix una nova tasca ref TimeSpentInvoiced=Temps de facturació facturat +TimeSpentForIntervention=Temps dedicat TimeSpentForInvoice=Temps dedicat OneLinePerUser=Una línia per usuari ServiceToUseOnLines=Servei d'ús a les línies InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=La factura %s s'ha generat a partir del temps dedicat al projecte +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=La intervenció %s s'ha generat a partir del temps dedicat al projecte ProjectBillTimeDescription=Comproveu si heu introduït el full de temps en les tasques del projecte I teniu previst generar factures des del full de temps per a facturar al client del projecte (no comproveu si voleu crear la factura que no es basa en els fulls de temps introduïts). Nota: Per a generar la factura, aneu a la pestanya "Temps introduït" del projecte i seleccioneu les línies que cal incloure. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Segueix l’oportunitat ProjectFollowTasks=Seguir les tasques o el temps dedicat @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Ús: Oportunitat UsageTasks=Ús: Tasques UsageBillTimeShort=Ús: temps de facturació InvoiceToUse=Esborrany de factura a utilitzar +InterToUse=Esborrany d’intervenció a utilitzar NewInvoice=Factura nova +NewInter=Intervenció nova OneLinePerTask=Una línia per tasca OneLinePerPeriod=Una línia per període OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Una línia per cada declaració dedicada diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/stocks.lang index 51a77751113..405727c0c77 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valor d'estocs UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Crea un usuari de magatzem automàticament quan es crea un usuari AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Gestioneu també valors mínims d'estoc desitjat per emparellament (producte-magatzem), a més de valors mínims d'estoc desitjat per producte RuleForWarehouse=Regles per als magatzems -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Configureu un magatzem a tercers +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Establir un magatzem a tercers WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Estableix un magatzem en pressupostos WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Estableix un magatzem per a les comandes de venda UserDefaultWarehouse=Estableix un magatzem per Usuaris @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transferència d'estoc de producte %s a un altre magatzem InventoryCodeShort=Codi Inv./Mov. NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No hi ha cap recepció pendent deguda a l'ordre de compra obert ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Aquest número de lot/sèrie ( %s ) ja existeix però amb diferent data de caducitat o venda (s'ha trobat %s però heu introduït %s ). -OpenAll=Actiu per a totes les accions -OpenInternal=Actiu sols per accions internes +OpenAnyMovement=Obert (tot moviment) +OpenInternal=Obert (només moviment intern) UseDispatchStatus=Utilitzeu un estat d'enviament (aprovació / rebuig) per a les línies de productes en la recepció de l'ordre de compra OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=L'opció "diversos preus per segment" està actiu. Això significa que un producte té diversos preus de venda, per tant el preu de venda no pot ser calculat ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Estoc límit per llançar una alerta i estoc òptim desitjat creats correctament @@ -255,4 +255,9 @@ MakeMovementsAndClose=Generar moviments i tancar AutofillWithExpected=Ompliu la quantitat real amb la quantitat esperada ShowAllBatchByDefault=Per defecte, mostreu els detalls del lot a la pestanya "existències" del producte CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Podeu configurar la visualització predeterminada del detall del lot a la configuració del mòdul d'existències -FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +FieldCannotBeNegative=El camp "%s" no pot ser negatiu +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/ticket.lang index 89936f1b6eb..a6424452f2d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Usuari assignat TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Contacte de clients / seguiment d'incidents TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Col·laborador extern -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Correu electrònic del reporter Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Envia el missatge del tiquet per correu electrònic # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Esperant els comentaris del informador NeedMoreInformationShort=Esperant comentaris Answered=Respost Waiting=En espera -Closed=Tancat +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Esborrat # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Gravetat ShowTicket=Consultar tiquet RelatedTickets=Tiquets relacionats TicketAddIntervention=Crea intervenció -CloseTicket=Tanca el tiquet -CloseATicket=Tanca el tiquet +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirma el tancament del tiquet +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Si us plau, confirmeu l'esborrat del tiquet TicketDeletedSuccess=Tiquet esborrat amb èxit TicketMarkedAsClosed=Tiquet marcat com tancat diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/trips.lang index a4017243620..6684c899165 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Data de denegació DATE_SAVE=Data de validació DATE_CANCEL=Data de cancel·lació DATE_PAIEMENT=Data de pagament -BROUILLONNER=Reobrir ExpenseReportRef=Ref. de l'informe de despeses ValidateAndSubmit=Validar i sotmetre a aprovació ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validat (pendent d'aprovació) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/withdrawals.lang index d41189fe88b..0cb77002bbe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/withdrawals.lang @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Factura de venedor en espera de pagament mitjanç InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Factura esperant per domiciliació bancària InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Factura en espera de transferència bancària AmountToWithdraw=Import a domiciliar -NoInvoiceToWithdraw=No hi ha cap factura oberta per a '%s'. Vés a la fitxa "%s" de la targeta de factura per sol·licitar una sol·licitud. +NoInvoiceToWithdraw=No hi ha cap factura oberta per a '%s'. Aneu a la pestanya "%s" de la fitxa de factura per a fer una sol·licitud. NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=No hi ha cap factura de proveïdor pendent amb "sol·licituds de crèdit directe" obertes. Aneu a la pestanya "%s" de la fitxa de la factura per a fer una sol·licitud. ResponsibleUser=Usuari responsable WithdrawalsSetup=Configuració del pagament mitjançant domiciliació bancària @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s domiciliacions registrades BankTransferRequestsDone=S'han registrat %s sol·licituds de transferència ThirdPartyBankCode=Codi bancari de tercers NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Cap factura s'ha carregat amb èxit. Comproveu que els tercers de les factures tenen un IBAN vàlid i que IBAN té un RUM (Referència de mandat exclusiva) amb mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=Aquesta domiciliació ja està marcada com a cobrada; això no es pot fer dues vegades, ja que això podria generar duplicats de pagaments i entrades bancàries. ClassCredited=Classifica com "Abonada" ClassCreditedConfirm=Esteu segur de voler classificar aquesta domiciliació com abonada al seu compte bancari? TransData=Data enviament @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ StandingOrderReject=Emetre una devolució WithdrawsRefused=Domiciliació bancària refusada WithdrawalRefused=Devolució de domiciliació CreditTransfersRefused=Transferències bancàries rebutjades -WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=¿Està segur de voler crear una devolució de domiciliació per a l'empresa +WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=Esteu segur que voleu introduir una devolució per a l'empresa? RefusedData=Data de devolució RefusedReason=Motiu de devolució RefusedInvoicing=Facturació de la devolució @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ StatusWaiting=En espera StatusTrans=Enviada StatusDebited=Debitat StatusCredited=Abonada -StatusPaid=Tractada +StatusPaid=Pagat StatusRefused=Tornada StatusMotif0=No especificat StatusMotif1=Provisió insuficient @@ -95,9 +96,9 @@ BankToPayCreditTransfer=Compte bancari utilitzat com a font de pagaments CreditDate=Abonada el WithdrawalFileNotCapable=No es pot generar el fitxer de rebut de domiciliació del vostre país %s (El vostre país no és compatible) ShowWithdraw=Mostra l'ordre de domiciliació -IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=Tanmateix, si la factura té com a mínim una ordre de pagament de domiciliació bancària que encara no ha estat processada, no es definirà com a pagament per permetre la gestió prèvia de la retirada. +IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=Tot i això, si la factura té com a mínim una ordre de pagament per domiciliació bancària encara no processada, no s’establirà com a pagament per a permetre la gestió prèvia de la retirada. DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=Aquesta pestanya us permet sol·licitar una ordre de pagament per domiciliació bancària. Un cop fet això, aneu al menú Banc-> Pagament mitjançant domiciliació bancària per a generar i gestionar l’ordre de domiciliació bancària. Quan es tanca la comanda de domiciliació bancària, el pagament de les factures es registrarà automàticament i es tancaran les factures si la resta de pagament és nul·la. -DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=Aquesta pestanya et permet sol·licitar una ordre de transferència bancària. Un cop feta, ves al menú Banc->Pagament per transferència bancària per agenerar i gestionar l’ordre de transferència bancària. Quan es tanqui l’ordre de transferència bancària, es registrarà automàticament el pagament de les factures i es tancaran les factures si no queda cap pagament pendent. +DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=Aquesta pestanya us permet sol·licitar una ordre de transferència bancària. Un cop feta, aneu al menú Banc->Pagament per transferència bancària per a generar i gestionar l'ordre de transferència bancària. Quan es tanca l'ordre de transferència bancària, el pagament de les factures es registrarà automàticament i es tancaran les factures si no queda cap pagament pendent. WithdrawalFile=Fitxer de comanda de dèbit CreditTransferFile=Fitxer de transferència de crèdit SetToStatusSent=Estableix l'estat "Fitxer enviat" @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Data d'execució CreateForSepa=Crea un fitxer de domiciliació bancària -ICS=Identificador de creditor CI per domiciliació bancària -ICSTransfer=Identificador de creditor CI per transferència bancària +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=Etiqueta XML "EndToEndId" de SEPA - Id. Única assignada per transacció USTRD=Etiqueta XML de la SEPA "no estructurada" ADDDAYS=Afegiu dies a la data d'execució @@ -149,4 +149,4 @@ InfoRejectMessage=Hola,

el rebut domiciliat de la factura %s relacionada ModeWarning=No s'ha establert l'opció de treball en real, ens aturarem després d'aquesta simulació ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=L’empresa amb l’identificador %s té més d’un compte bancari per defecte. No hi ha manera de saber quin utilitzar. ErrorICSmissing=Falta ICS al compte bancari %s -TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Total amount of direct debit order differs from sum of lines +TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=La quantitat total de l'ordre de domiciliació bancària difereix de la suma de línies diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/workflow.lang index a673ed97ca0..c1d604493ae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ca_ES/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classifica els pressupostos vinculat descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classifica les comandes de client vinculades d'origen com a facturades quan la factura del client es validi (i si l'import de la factura és igual a l'import total de les comandes vinculades) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classifica les comandes de client vinculades d'origen com a facturades quan la factura del client es posi com a pagada (i si l'import de la factura és igual a l'import total de les comandes vinculades) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classifica les comandes vinculades com a enviades quan l'expedició es validi (i si la quantitat enviada per totes les expedicions és igual que la comanda a actualitzar) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classifica el pressupost de proveïdor vinculat com facturat quan la factura de proveïdor és validada (i si l'import de la factura és igual a l'import total del pressupost vinculat) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classifica la comanda de proveïdor vinculada com facturada quan la factura de proveïdor és validada (i si l'import de la factura és igual a l'import total de la comanda vinculada) @@ -22,4 +23,4 @@ descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Tanca totes les intervencions vinculades AutomaticCreation=Creació automàtica AutomaticClassification=Classificació automàtica # Autoclassify shipment -descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classifica com a tancat l'enviament d'origen enllaçat quan es validi la factura del client diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/accountancy.lang index bc374006f1c..bb770c22e88 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Země, které nejsou v EHS CountriesInEECExceptMe=Země v EHS kromě %s CountriesExceptMe=Všechny země kromě %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Zde naleznete seznam zákazníků a prodejců subjektů a j ListAccounts=Seznam účetních účtů UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Neznámý účet subjektu. Použijeme %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Neznámý účet subjektu. Chyba blokování -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Účet subjektu není definován nebo subjekt je neznámý. Použijeme %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Neznámý a vedlejší účet subjektu pro platbu není definován. Hodnotu účtu vedlejších účtů ponecháme prázdnou. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Účet subjektu není definován nebo neznámý subjekt. Chyba blokování. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Neznámý účet subjektu a účet čekání není definován. Chyba blokování PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Platba není spojena s žádným produktem / službou OpeningBalance=Počáteční zůstatek @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasický export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export pro CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export pro společnost Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export pro Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export pro Sage Ciel Compta nebo Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export pro Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export pro EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export pro Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/admin.lang index 705459f3449..7e16fe52072 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Počet bytů SearchString=Vyhledávací řetězec NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Není k dispozici při vypnutém Ajaxu AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Na dokumentu subjektu si může vybrat projekt propojený s jiným subjektem +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript zablokován UsePreviewTabs=Použijte náhled ShowPreview=Zobrazit náhled @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Nastavení více měn MenuLimits=Limity a přesnost MenuIdParent=ID nadřazeného menu DetailMenuIdParent=ID nadřazeného menu (nechte prázdný pro top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Řadicí číslo pro nastavení pozice v menu AllMenus=Vše NotConfigured=Modul/aplikace není nakonfigurován @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funkce je k dispozici pouze v oficiálních stabiln BoxesDesc=Widgety jsou oblasti obrazovky, které ukazují krátké informace na některých stránkách. Můžete si vybrat mezi zobrazením/schováním boxu zvolením cílové stránky a kliknutím na 'Aktivovat' nebo kliknutím na popelnici ji zakázat. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Pouze prvky z povolených modulů jsou uvedeny. ModulesDesc=Moduly / aplikace určují, jaké funkce jsou v softwaru k dispozici. Některé moduly vyžadují oprávnění, která mají být udělena uživatelům po aktivaci modulu. Kliknutím na tlačítko zapnutí / vypnutí %s každého modulu povolíte nebo zakážete modul / aplikaci. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Více modulů naleznete ke stažení na externích webových stránkách ... ModulesDeployDesc=Pokud to umožňují oprávnění vašeho souborového systému, můžete pomocí tohoto nástroje nasadit externí modul. Modul bude potom viditelný na kartě %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Najděte externí aplikaci / moduly @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Následující dvě části jsou povinné (první dvě položk SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Základní parametry používané k přizpůsobení výchozího chování aplikace. (například pro funkce související se zemí) SetupDescription4=  %s -> %s

Tento software je sada mnoha modulů / aplikací. Moduly související s vašimi potřebami musí být povoleny a nakonfigurovány. Po aktivaci těchto modulů se zobrazí položky nabídky. SetupDescription5=Ostatní položky nabídky nastavení řídí volitelné parametry. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Klepněte na tlačítko Nastavení vytáčení modulu ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url volal po kliknutí na telefonní pikto. V URL, můžete použít tagy
__PHONETO__ který bude nahrazen s telefonním číslem osoby volat
__PHONEFROM__ , které budou nahrazeny telefonní číslo volajícího (vy)
__LOGIN__ , které budou nahrazeny clicktodial přihlášení (definováno na uživatelské kartě)
__PASS__ , který bude nahrazen heslem pro heslo (definováno na kartě uživatele). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Na telefonních číslech použijte pouze odkaz "tel:" -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Prodejní místa CashDeskSetup=Nastavení modulu Prodejní místo @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Nejvyšší okraj ve formátu PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Dolní okraj v PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Pro tento modul není požadováno žádné zvláštní nastavení. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Pokud je tato skupina výpočtem jiných skupin, nastavte to na ano @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Větší než IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Pokud jste s účtem GMail povolili ověření ve 2 - dvou krocích, doporučuje se pro aplikaci vytvořit vyhrazené druhé heslo namísto použití hesla pro vlastní účet z adresy https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Po úspěšném zpracování může být žádoucí chování při přesunu e-mailu do jiné značky/adresáře. Chcete-li tuto funkci použít, stačí zadat název adresáře (NEPOUŽÍVEJTE v názvu speciální znaky). Musíte také použít přihlašovací účet pro čtení a zápis. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Pomocí této akce můžete pomocí obsahu e-mailu najít a načíst existující třetí stranu ve vaší databázi. Nalezená (nebo vytvořená) třetí strana bude použita pro následující akce, které ji potřebují. V poli parametrů můžete použít například 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)', pokud chcete extrahovat jméno třetí strany z řetězce 'Name: name to find' nalezeného do tělo. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Koncový bod pro %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Smazat sběratele e-mailu ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Opravdu chcete smazat tohoto sběratele e-mailů? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/cashdesk.lang index 9b1678106d2..72283642cc4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/errors.lang index 315df28cd99..722d6b7084b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Váš parametr PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) je vyšší než parametr PHP post_max_size (%s). Toto není konzistentní nastavení. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/eventorganization.lang index 6b4eacb533e..a9d983c8e4f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Typ události LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/holiday.lang index 5d626140fcd..2be3bf23557 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Čeká na schválení ApprovedCP=Schválený CancelCP=Zrušený RefuseCP=Odmínutý -ValidatorCP=Schválil +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=Seznam dovolených Leave=Nechat žádost LeaveId=Zanechte ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Nechat žádost TypeOfLeaveId=Typ ID dovolené TypeOfLeaveCode=Typ kódu dovolené TypeOfLeaveLabel=Typ štítku na dovolenou -NbUseDaysCP=Počet dní vyčerpané dovolené -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Výpočet zohledňuje dny pracovního klidu a svátky definované ve slovníku. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Počet spotřebovaných dnů -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Dny spotřebované v měsíci -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s je nepracovní den +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Datum zahájení v měsíci DateEndInMonth=Datum ukončení v měsíci EditCP=Upravit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Smazat požadavek na dovolenou ConfirmDeleteCP=Potvrďit odstranění této žádosti o dovolenou? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Chyba: Nemáte oprávnění smazat tuto žádost o dovolenou. CantCreateCP=Nemáte právo podávat žádosti o dovolenou. -InvalidValidatorCP=Musíte vybrat schvalujícího pro vaši žádost o dovolenou. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Musíte vybrat počáteční datum. NoDateFin=Musíte vybrat datum ukončení. ErrorDureeCP=Vaše žádost o dovolenou neobsahuje pracovní den. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Uživatel ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Došlo k chybě při přidávání požadavku na výjimečnou dovolenou. AddEventToUserOkCP=Přidání výjimečné dovolené bylo dokončeno. MenuLogCP=Zobrazení protokolů změn -LogCP=Log aktualizací dostupných prázdninových dnů -ActionByCP=Účinkují -UserUpdateCP=Pro uživatele +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Předchozí zůstatek NewSoldeCP=Nový zůstatek alreadyCPexist=Žádost o dovolenou pro toto období již byla provedena. -FirstDayOfHoliday=První den dovolené -LastDayOfHoliday=Poslední den dovolené +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Nejnovější %s upravené žádosti o dovolenou HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Měsíční aktualizace ManualUpdate=Ruční aktualizace @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Nemocní dovolenka LEAVE_OTHER=Další dovolená LEAVE_PAID_FR=Placená dovolená ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Poslední automatická aktualizace přidělení dovolené -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Měsíc poslední automatické aktualizace přidělení dovolené +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Aktualizováno úspěšně. Module27130Name= Správa žádostí o dovolenou Module27130Desc= Správa požadavků dovolené @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Vaše žádost o dovolenou pro %s na %s byla zrušena. FollowedByACounter=1: Za tímto typem dovolené musí následovat přepážka. Počítadlo se zvyšuje ručně nebo automaticky a po ověření požadavku na dovolenou se počítadlo sníží.
0: Nesleduje počítadlo. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Neexistují definované typy dovolených, které musí následovat počítadlo GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Přejděte do Domovská stránka - Nastavení - Slovníky - Typ dovolené a nastavte různé typy listů. -HolidaySetup=Nastavení modulu Dovolená -HolidaysNumberingModules=Zanechat modely číslování žádostí +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Šablona pro žádosti o dovolenou PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Volný text ve formátu PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Vodoznaky na žádosti o povolení dovolené HolidaysToApprove=Svátky ke schválení NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nikdo nemá povolení k ověření svátků +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/interventions.lang index 44e1d44bfa5..5bebd024405 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Linka trvání intervence InterLineDesc=Linka popis intervence RepeatableIntervention=Šablona intervence ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Chcete-li vytvořit předdefinovaný nebo opakující se zásah, vytvořte společný zásah a převeďte jej na intervenční šablonu -Reopen=Znovu otevřeno ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/knowledgemanagement.lang index a2e2cc970fc..c1f01de85d5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = O aplikaci KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Článek KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/languages.lang index 8bbeef4a376..4427b892274 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopský Language_ar_AR=Arabština Language_ar_EG=Arabština (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabština Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Ázerbájdžán Language_bn_BD=Bengálština Language_bn_IN=Bengálština (Indie) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Nizozemí (Belgie) Language_nl_NL=holandský Language_pl_PL=Polsky +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalština (Brazílie) Language_pt_PT=Portugalština Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/mails.lang index f48a41b0f85..1161bcfe2b3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Odstranit filtr AdvTgtSaveFilter=Uložit filtr AdvTgtCreateFilter=Vytvořte filtr AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Název nového filtru -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Žádný kontakt / adresa s nalezenou kategorií -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Žádný kontakt / adresa s nalezenou kategorií +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/main.lang index 0a5f48135c4..8e3ce832a9b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/other.lang index 5fdddc15b1f..e1a1ce8ad00 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produkty / služby podle oblíbenosti v objednávkách ProductStatistics=Statistika produktů / služeb NbOfQtyInOrders=Množství v objednávkách SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zavřít diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/partnership.lang index 55dfa1d391a..df5c9705784 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/products.lang index 4629fa9065d..9501c240076 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Produktový list ServiceSheet=Servisní list PossibleValues=Možné hodnoty GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Přejděte do nabídky %s - %s a připravte varianty atributů (například barvy, velikost, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Přidání funkce pro definování popisů produktů definovaných dodavateli vedle popisů pro zákazníky +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Popis dodavatele produktu UseProductSupplierPackaging=Použijte obaly na dodavatelské ceny (při přidávání / aktualizaci řádku v dodavatelských dokumentech přepočítávejte množství podle balení stanoveného na dodavatelskou cenu) PackagingForThisProduct=Obal diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/projects.lang index 3d357dcbcc9..854a8267e59 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Žádné úkoly na tomto projektu LinkedToAnotherCompany=Připojené k jiné třetí straně TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Úkol nebyl přiřazen uživateli. Pomocí tlačítka ' %s ' nyní přiřadíte úlohu. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Čas strávený je prázdný +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Tato akce rovněž odstraní všechny úkoly projektu (%s úkolů v tuto chvíli) a všechny strávené časy vstupující do projektu. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Pokud je k projektu třeba připojit některé objekty jiných třetích stran (faktury, objednávky, ...), ponechte toto prázdné (projekt bude moci obsahovat více třetích stran) CloneTasks=Duplikovat úkoly @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Nejnovější %smodifikované projekty OtherFilteredTasks=Další filtrované úkoly NoAssignedTasks=Nebyly nalezeny žádné přiřazené úkoly (přiřadit projekt / úkoly aktuálnímu uživateli z horního výběrového pole pro zadání času na něm) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Subjekt musí být definován na projektu, aby mohl fakturovat. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Subjekt musí být definován na projektu, aby mohl fakturovat. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Vyberte úkol, který vám ještě nebyl přidělen # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Povolení uživatelských komentářů k úkolům @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informační projekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modul "Platy" musí být povolen tak, aby definoval hodinovou sazbu pro zaměstnance, aby získal čas strávený valorizací NewTaskRefSuggested=Referenční úloha již byla použita, je vyžadován nový úkol ref TimeSpentInvoiced=Čas strávený účtováním +TimeSpentForIntervention=Strávený čas TimeSpentForInvoice=Strávený čas OneLinePerUser=Jeden řádek na uživatele ServiceToUseOnLines=Služba pro použití na tratích InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Faktura %s byla vygenerována z času stráveného na projektu +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Zkontrolujte, zda zadáváte časový rozvrh úkolů projektu A máte v úmyslu vygenerovat faktury z časového rozvrhu, abyste fakturovali zákazníkovi projektu (nekontrolujte, zda máte v úmyslu vytvořit fakturu, která není založena na zadaných časových rozvrzích). Poznámka: Chcete-li vygenerovat fakturu, přejděte na kartu „Čas strávený“ projektu a vyberte řádky, které chcete zahrnout. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Následujte příležitost ProjectFollowTasks=Sledujte úkoly nebo čas strávený @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Použití: Příležitost UsageTasks=Použití: Úkoly UsageBillTimeShort=Použití: Vyúčtování času InvoiceToUse=Návrh faktury k použití +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nová faktura +NewInter=Nová intervence OneLinePerTask=Jeden řádek na úkol OneLinePerPeriod=Jeden řádek za období OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/stocks.lang index 5586158d9cd..1840a29d975 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Hodnota skladů UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Vytvoření uživatelského skladu automaticky při vytváření uživatele AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Spravujte také hodnotu pro minimální a požadovanou zásobu na párování (produktový sklad) kromě hodnoty pro minimální a požadovanou zásobu na produkt RuleForWarehouse=Pravidlo pro sklady -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Nastavit sklad na prodejní objednávky UserDefaultWarehouse=Nastavit sklad na Uživatelé @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Přenos skladových produktů %s do jiného skladiště InventoryCodeShort=Inventární/pohybový kód NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Neexistuje nepřijatý příjem v důsledku otevřené objednávky ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Toto množství/sériové číslo (%s) už ale s odlišnou spotřebou nebo datem prodeje existuje (found %s ale zadáte %s). -OpenAll=Otevřený pro všechny akce -OpenInternal=Otevřít pouze pro vnitřní akce +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Použijte stav odesílání (schválení / odmítnutí) pro produktové řady při příjmu objednávky OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Možnost "několik cen za segment" je zapnutá. To znamená, že výrobek má několik prodejních cen, takže hodnota pro prodej nelze vypočítat ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Limit zásob pro výstrahu a požadovanou optimální zásobu vytvořenou správně @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/ticket.lang index 5469bfa567a..535aa89c69d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Odpovězeno Waiting=Čekání -Closed=Zavřeno +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Smazáno # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Vážnost ShowTicket=Viz lístek RelatedTickets=Související vstupenky TicketAddIntervention=Vytvořit intervenci -CloseTicket=Zavřete lístek -CloseATicket=Zavřete lístek +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Potvrďte uzavření lístku +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Potvrďte prosím vymazání lístku TicketDeletedSuccess=Lístek byl vymazán s úspěchem TicketMarkedAsClosed=Lístek označený jako zavřený diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/trips.lang index 8c2edad907c..a22ae7c90e7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Zpráva o výdajích %s byla zrušena.
- Uživ ExpenseReportPaid=Zpráva o výdajích byla zaplacena ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Zpráva o výdajích %s byla zaplacena.
- Uživatel: %s
- Zaplaceno: %s
Kliknutím zobrazíte zprávu o výdajích: %s TripId=ID zprávy výdajů -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Informovat osobu o schválení. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Informace o firmě TripNDF=Informace o správě nákladů PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standardní šablona pro vytvoření PDF dokumentu pro zprávy o výdajích @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Datum zamítnutí DATE_SAVE=Datum schválení DATE_CANCEL=Datum přerušení DATE_PAIEMENT=Datum platby -BROUILLONNER=Znovu otevřeno ExpenseReportRef=Ref. zpráva o výdajích ValidateAndSubmit=Kontrola a odeslání schválení ValidatedWaitingApproval=Ověření (čekání na schválení) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Platební výkaz výdajů ExpenseReportsToApprove=Zprávy o výdajích ke schválení ExpenseReportsToPay=Zprávy o výdajích placeno ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Opravdu chcete tuto zprávu o výdajích klonovat? -ExpenseReportsIk=Zpráva o výdajích miluje index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Pravidla pro výkaz výdajů ExpenseReportIkDesc=Můžete upravit výpočet výdajů na kilometry podle kategorií a rozsahu, kteří byli dříve definováni. d je vzdálenost v kilometrech ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Můžete vytvořit nebo aktualizovat pravidla výpočtu. Tato část bude použita, když uživatel vytvoří nový výkaz výdajů @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=denně (bez omezení) nolimitbyEX_MON=měsíčně (bez omezení) nolimitbyEX_YEA=podle roku (bez omezení) nolimitbyEX_EXP=po řádku (bez omezení) -CarCategory=Kategorie auta +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Vyvážená částka: %s RangeIk=Rozsah kilometrů AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Připojte řádek k nahranému dokumentu diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/withdrawals.lang index 3e1ffcb7b3c..b2aff70562e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s zaznamenané žádosti o inkaso BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Kód banky subjektu NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Žádná faktura nebyla odepsána úspěšně. Zkontrolujte, zda jsou faktury u společností s platným IBAN a zda má IBAN UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) s režimem %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Označit přidání kreditu ClassCreditedConfirm=Jste si jisti, že chcete zařadit tento výběr příjmu jako připsaný na váš bankovní účet? TransData=Datum přenosu @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Datum provedení CreateForSepa=Vytvořte soubor s inkasem -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - jedinečný identifikátor přiřazený ke každé transakci USTRD="Nestrukturovaná" značka SEPA XML ADDDAYS=Přidání dnů do data provedení diff --git a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/workflow.lang index 748bd0e27d6..4348c679b87 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/cs_CZ/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Zařadit návrh propojeného zdroje descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Zařadit propojenou prodejní objednávku jako fakturovanou při ověření faktury zákazníka (a pokud je částka faktury shodná s celkovou částkou propojené objednávky) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Zařadit propojenou prodejní objednávku jako fakturovanou, když je zákaznická faktura nastavena jako zaplacená (a pokud je částka faktury shodná s celkovou částkou propojené objednávky) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Klasifikujte propojenou prodejní objednávku dodávanou při ověření zásilky (a pokud je množství odeslané všemi zásilkami stejné jako v aktualizovaném pořadí) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Označte návrh dodavatele propojeného zdroje jako fakturovaný při validaci dodavatele (a pokud je částka faktury shodná s celkovou částkou propojeného návrhu) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Zařadit propojenou objednávku zdroje jako fakturovanou fakturaci dodavatele (a pokud je částka faktury shodná s celkovou částkou propojené objednávky) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/accountancy.lang index 4153f9133a9..4e590956f4d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Se her listen over tredjepartskunder og leverandører og de ListAccounts=Liste over regnskabskonti UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Ukendt tredjepartskonto. Vi bruger %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Ukendt tredjepartskonto. Blokeringsfejl -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Tredjepartskonto ikke defineret eller tredjepart ukendt. Vi bruger %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Fremlejerkonto ikke defineret eller tredjepart eller bruger ukendt. Vi vil bruge %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tredjeparts ukendt og subletger, der ikke er defineret på betalingen. Vi vil holde subledgerkontoen værdi tom. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Tredjepartskonto ikke defineret eller tredjepart ukendt. Blokeringsfejl. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Fremlejerkonto ikke defineret eller tredjepart eller bruger ukendt. Blokeringsfejl. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Ukendt tredjepartskonto og ventekonto er ikke defineret. Blokeringsfejl PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Betaling er ikke knyttet til noget produkt / tjeneste OpeningBalance=Åbnings balance @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klassisk eksport Modelcsv_CEGID=Eksport til CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Eksport til Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Eksport til Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Eksport til Sage Ciel Compta eller Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Eksport til Sage50, Ciel Compta eller Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Eksport til Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Eksport til EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Eksport til Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/admin.lang index aab902e6f74..a13aa73e4c8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Intern bruger ExternalUser=Ekstern bruger InternalUsers=Interne brugere ExternalUsers=Eksterne brugere -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=brugergrænseflade GUISetup=Udseende SetupArea=Indstillinger UploadNewTemplate=Upload nye skabelon(er) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Antal byte SearchString=Søg streng NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ikke tilgængelige, når Ajax er slået fra AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=På tredjeparts dokument kan man vælge et projekt knyttet til en anden tredjepart +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Undgå optagetid brugt efter det følgende antal måneder JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript slået UsePreviewTabs=Brug forhåndsvisning faner ShowPreview=Vis forhåndsvisning @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-valuta opsætning MenuLimits=Grænseværdier og nøjagtighed MenuIdParent=Moderselskab menuen ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID for moder menu (0 for en top-menuen) +ParentID=Forældres ID DetailPosition=Sorter antallet at definere menuen holdning AllMenus=Alle NotConfigured=Modul/Applikation ikke konfigureret @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funktionen er kun tilgængelig på officielle stabi BoxesDesc=Widgets er komponenter, der viser nogle oplysninger, som du kan tilføje for at tilpasse nogle sider. Du kan vælge mellem at vise widgeten eller ej ved at vælge målside og klikke på 'Aktiver' eller ved at klikke på papirkurven for at deaktivere den. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Kun elementer fra de aktiverede moduler er vist. ModulesDesc=Modulerne / applikationerne bestemmer, hvilke funktioner der er tilgængelige i softwaren. Nogle moduler kræver tilladelse for at blive tildelt brugere efter aktivering af modulet. Klik på tænd / sluk-knappen%s for hvert modul for at aktivere eller deaktivere et modul / program. +ModulesDesc2=Klik på hjulknappen %s for at konfigurere modulet / applikationen. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Du kan finde flere moduler som kan downloades på eksterne hjemmesider på internettet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Hvis tilladelser i dit filsystem tillader det, kan du bruge dette værktøj til at installere et eksternt modul. Modulet vil så være synligt på fanen %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Finde eksterne app/moduler @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Følgende to afsnit er obligatoriske (de to første indgange i SetupDescription3=%s->%s

Grundlæggende parametre, der bruges til at tilpasse din applikations standardopførsel (f.eks. For landrelaterede funktioner). SetupDescription4=%s->%s

Denne software er en pakke med mange moduler / applikationer. Modulerne relateret til dine behov skal være aktiveret og konfigureret. Menuposter vises ved aktivering af disse moduler. SetupDescription5=Andre opsætningsmenuindgange styrer valgfrie parametre. +SetupDescriptionLink= %s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Grundlæggende parametre, der bruges til at tilpasse standardapparatet for din applikation (f.eks. For landrelaterede funktioner). +SetupDescription4b=Denne software er en pakke med mange moduler/applikationer. Modulerne relateret til dine behov skal være aktiveret og konfigureret. Menuposter vises med aktivering af disse moduler. AuditedSecurityEvents=Sikkerhedshændelser, der revideres NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Ingen sikkerhedshændelser revideres. Du kan aktivere dem fra menu %s Audit=Sikkerhedsbegivenheder @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL-funktioner ikke er tilgængelige i dit PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Find flere skind på Dolistore.com SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Returnerer referencenummeret i formatet %syymm-nnnn hvor yy er året, mm er måneden og nnnn er et sekventielt auto-stigende nummer uden nulstilling SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Returnerer referencenummeret i formatet %s-nnnn hvor nnnn er et sekventielt automatisk stigende nummer uden nulstilling -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Vis professionelt id med adresser +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Skjul momsnummer inden for Fællesskabet TranslationUncomplete=Delvis oversættelse MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Deaktiver meteorologisk visning MeteoStdMod=Standard-tilstand aktiveret @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Opsætning af Klik-for-at-ringe-modulet ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url kaldes, når man klikke på telefon billed. I URL kan du bruge tags
__ PHONETO __ , der vil blive erstattet med telefonnummeret til den person, der skal ringe
__ PHONEFROM __ , der vil blive erstattet med telefonnummeret til opkaldet person (din)
__ LOGIN __ , der vil blive erstattet med clicktodial login (defineret på brugerkort)
__ PASS __ , der vil blive erstattet med clicktodial adgangskode (defineret på bruger kort). ClickToDialDesc=Dette modul ændrer telefonnumre, når du bruger en stationær computer, til klikbare links. Et klik ringer op til nummeret. Dette kan bruges til at starte telefonopkaldet, når du bruger en blød telefon på skrivebordet eller når du f.eks. Bruger et CTI-system baseret på SIP-protokol. Bemærk: Når du bruger en smartphone, er telefonnumre altid klikbare. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Brug kun et link "tel:" på telefonnumre -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Brug denne metode, hvis dine brugere har en softphone eller et softwaregrænseflade, installeret på den samme computer som browseren og kaldes, når du klikker på et link, der starter med "tel:" i din browser. Hvis du har brug for et link, der starter med "sip:" eller en komplet serverløsning (intet behov for lokal softwareinstallation), skal du indstille dette til "Nej" og udfylde næste felt. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Brug denne metode, hvis dine brugere har en softphone eller en softwaregrænseflade, installeret på den samme computer som browseren og kaldes, når du klikker på et link, der starter med "tel:" i din browser. Hvis du har brug for et link, der starter med "slurk:" eller en fuld serverløsning (ikke behov for lokal softwareinstallation), skal du indstille dette til "Nej" og udfylde det næste felt. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Opsætning af Point of Sales-modul @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin på PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bundmargen på PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Højde for logo på PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Tilføj billede på forslagslinjen +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Skjul betalingsbetingelser +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Skjul betalingsmetode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Tilføj elektronisk login i PDF NothingToSetup=Der kræves ingen specifik opsætning for dette modul. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Indstil dette til ja, hvis denne gruppe er en beregning af andre grupper @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Større end IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Bemærk, at hvis et sporings-id for et objekt findes i e-mailen, eller hvis e-mailen er et svar fra en e-mail-område, der er indsamlet og linket til et objekt, vil den oprettede begivenhed automatisk blive linket til det kendte relaterede objekt. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Hvis du aktiverer valideringen af 2 trin med en GMail konto, anbefales det at oprette en dedikeret anden adgangskode til applikationen i stedet for at bruge dit eget kontos kodeord fra https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Det kan være en ønsket opførsel at flytte e-mailen til et andet tag/bibliotek, når den blev behandlet med succes. Angiv blot navnet på kataloget her for at bruge denne funktion (Brug IKKE specialtegn i navnet). Bemærk, at du også skal bruge en læse/skrive logind konto. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Du kan bruge denne handling til at bruge e-mail-indholdet til at finde og indlæse en eksisterende tredjepart i din database. Den fundne (eller oprettede) tredjepart bruges til følgende handlinger, der har brug for det. I parameterfeltet kan du bruge f.eks. 'UDTAGELSE: KROPP: Navn: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)', hvis du vil udpakke navnet på tredjeparten fra en streng 'Navn: navn for at finde' fundet i legeme. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Du kan bruge denne handling til at bruge e-mail-indholdet til at finde og indlæse en eksisterende tredjepart i din database. Den fundne (eller oprettede) tredjepart vil blive brugt til at følge handlinger, der har brug for det.
Hvis du f.eks. vil oprette en tredjepart med et navn, der er ekstraheret en streng 'Name: name to find' fundet i kroppen, skal du bruge afsender-e-mail som e-mail, kan du indstille parameterfeltet således:
'email = HEADER: ^ Fra: (. *); Navn = UDTRÆK: KROPP: Navn: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *); klient = SET: 2; '
EndPointFor=Slutpunkt for %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Slet e-mail-indsamler ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne e-mail-indsamler? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Kontakt din bank for at få dette ID AdvancedModeOnly=Tilladelse er kun tilgængelig i udvidet tilladelsestilstand ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Conf-filen kan læses eller skrives af alle brugere. Giv kun tilladelse til webserverbrugere og -grupper. MailToSendEventOrganization=Begivenhedsorganisation +MailToPartnership=Partnerskab AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Standardhændelsesstatus, når du opretter en begivenhed fra formularen YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Du skal deaktivere PHP-funktioner IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Bortset fra hvis du har brug for at køre systemkommandoer i brugerdefineret kode, skal du deaktivere PHP-funktioner @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Til shell-formål (som planlagt jobbackup eller kørs NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=Ingen skrivbare filer eller mapper til de almindelige programmer blev fundet i din rodkatalog (God) RecommendedValueIs=Anbefalet: %s Recommended=Anbefalet -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Ikke anbefalet ARestrictedPath=En begrænset sti CheckForModuleUpdate=Se efter opdateringer til eksterne moduler CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Denne handling opretter forbindelse til redaktører for eksterne moduler for at kontrollere, om en ny version er tilgængelig. @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Databaseadgangskode er tilsløret i conf-fil DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Databaseadgangskode er IKKE tilsløret i conf-fil APIsAreNotEnabled=API-moduler er ikke aktiveret YouShouldSetThisToOff=Du skal indstille dette til 0 eller fra +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Installer og opgraderinger låses af filen %s +OldImplementation=Gammel implementering diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/banks.lang index 66976d5916c..0b9eb1f20bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/banks.lang @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ TransferTo=Til TransferFromToDone=En overførsel fra %s til %s af %s %s er blevet optaget. CheckTransmitter=Sender ValidateCheckReceipt=Bekræft denne kvitteringskvittering? -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Er du sikker på, at du vil indsende denne checkkvittering til validering? Ingen ændringer er mulige, når de er valideret. DeleteCheckReceipt=Slet denne kvittering for kvittering? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Er du sikker på, at du vil slette denne kvittering for kvittering? BankChecks=Bankcheck diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/boxes.lang index f5948e8f72d..d8e1da69fce 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Leverandør Ordrer: senest %s ændret BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Kundefakturaer: sidst %s ændret BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Salgsordrer: sidst %s ændret BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Seneste %s tilrettede tilbud -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Seneste %s ændrede jobstillinger +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Seneste %s ændrede jobansøgninger ForCustomersInvoices=Kundernes fakturaer ForCustomersOrders=Customers orders ForProposals=Tilbud diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/cashdesk.lang index 11448c5488a..73d602350e5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Tillad forsinket betaling PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Udskriv betalingsmetode på billetter | kvitteringer WeighingScale=Vægt skala ShowPriceHT = Vis kolonnen med prisen ekskl. Moms (på skærmen) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Vis kolonnen med prisen ekskl. Moms (på kvitteringen) +CustomerDisplay=Kundevisning diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/errors.lang index b5b51ba5676..569d011f5fd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Fejl, beløb er obligatorisk ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Fejl, udfyld venligst procentdelen korrekt ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Du skal først konfigurere din kontoplan ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Kunne ikke finde skabelon med kodenavn %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Varighed er ikke defineret i tjenesten. Ingen måde at beregne timeprisen på. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Din PHP-parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) er højere end PHP-parameter post_max_size (%s). Dette er ikke en ensartet opsætning. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/eventorganization.lang index 0829cb87e9c..ae193c48024 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = Download ICS-link EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Sikker nøgle til linket til offentlig registrering til en konference SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service, der bruges til fakturarække om en standplacering SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service, der bruges til fakturarække om et deltagerabonnement på en konference -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Antal stemmer # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Denne konference starter på %s og slutter på %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Konferencedeltagergebyr for begivenheden: '%s', der forekommer fra %s til %s. BoothLocationFee = Standplacering for begivenheden: '%s' der forekommer fra %s til %s EventType = Begivenhedstype -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Båsetiket +LabelOfconference=Konference label +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Abonnement ikke tilgængeligt, konference er endnu ikke bekræftet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s skal være før %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s skal være efter %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/holiday.lang index 644e44ffa7e..e8aa6f8161e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Godkendt CancelCP=Aflyst RefuseCP=Afviste -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Godkender ListeCP=Liste over orlov Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Forlad ID @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type orlov ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type orlovskode TypeOfLeaveLabel=Orlovsetikettype -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Beregningen tager hensyn til den ikke arbejdsdage og helligdage, der er defineret i ordbogen. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Dage forbrugt -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Dage indtages i måneden +NbUseDaysCP=Antal brugte orlovsdage +NbUseDaysCPHelp=Beregningen tager højde for ikke-arbejdsdage og helligdage defineret i ordbogen. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Feriedage +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Feriedage i måned DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s er en ikke-arbejdsdag DateStartInMonth=Startdato i måned DateEndInMonth=Slutdato i måned @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=Du skal vælge godkenderen til din orlovsanmodning. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Bruger ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log over alle opdateringer til "Status af Feriedage" +ActionByCP=Opdateret af +UserUpdateCP=Opdateret til PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Begyndelsesdag for orlovsanmodning +LastDayOfHoliday=Afslutningsdag for orlovsanmodning BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sygeorlov LEAVE_OTHER=Anden orlov LEAVE_PAID_FR=Betalt ferie ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Seneste automatiske opdatering af orlovallokering -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Måned for seneste automatiske opdatering af tilladelse til orlov +LastUpdateCP=Sidste automatiske opdatering af orlovstildeling +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Måned med sidste automatiske opdatering af orlovstildeling UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Gå ind i Hjem - Opsætning - Ordbøger - Typen af ​​orlov for at opsætte de forskellige typer blade. -HolidaySetup=Opsætning af modul Ferie -HolidaysNumberingModules=Efterlad anmodning om nummerering af modeller +HolidaySetup=Opsætning af modul Forlad +HolidaysNumberingModules=Nummereringsmodeller til orlovsanmodninger TemplatePDFHolidays=Skabelon til Ferie anmodninger PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Fri tekst på PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Vandmærker på udkast ferie anmodninger HolidaysToApprove=Ferie til at godkende NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Ingen har tilladelse til at validere helligdage +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Månedlig opdatering af feriesaldo +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s er sædvanligvis en IKKE arbejdsdag diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/install.lang index 3814996ecda..3215d065d2f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migration af foto stier til brugere MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migration af brugerfelter sociale netværk (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Reload module %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Nulstil modul BlockedLog for v7 algoritme -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migrering af import- eller eksportprofiler (%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Vis utilgængelige muligheder HideNotAvailableOptions=Skjul utilgængelige muligheder ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Fejl (er) blev rapporteret under migrationsprocessen, så næste trin er ikke tilgængeligt. For at ignorere fejl kan du klikke her , men programmet eller nogle funktioner fungerer muligvis ikke korrekt, før fejlene er løst. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/interventions.lang index fbb71445739..7e56e3c5bcb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Linje varighed indgreb InterLineDesc=Line beskrivelse af ingreb RepeatableIntervention=Skabelon for intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=For at oprette en foruddefineret eller tilbagevendende intervention skal du oprette en fælles intervention og konvertere den til interventionsskabelon -Reopen=Genåben ConfirmReopenIntervention=Er du sikker på, at du vil åbne interventionen %s ? +GenerateInter=Generer intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/languages.lang index 1ca08b5f366..baf0f53dfec 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=etiopiske Language_ar_AR=Arabisk Language_ar_EG=Arabisk (Egypten) +Language_ar_MA=Arabisk (Marokko) Language_ar_SA=Arabisk Language_ar_TN=Arabisk (Tunesien) Language_ar_IQ=Arabisk (Irak) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/mails.lang index 3832bf3c5fd..42cc6f745a7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=Ingen kategori fundet knyttet til nogle kontakter/adresser +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Ingen kategori fundet knyttet til nogle tredjeparter OutGoingEmailSetup=Udgående e-mails InGoingEmailSetup=Indgående e-mails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Udgående e-mails (for modul %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/main.lang index 59e838a08b0..4a95de86074 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Kopieret til udklipsholderen InformationOnLinkToContract=Dette beløb er kun summen af alle linjer i kontrakten. Der tages ikke hensyn til tid. ConfirmCancel=Er du sikker på at du vil annullere EmailMsgID=E-mail MsgID +SetToEnabled=Indstil til aktiveret +SetToDisabled=Indstillet til deaktiveret +ConfirmMassEnabling=masse muliggør bekræftelse +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Er du sikker på, at du vil aktivere den / de valgte %s valgte poster? +ConfirmMassDisabling=masse deaktiverende bekræftelse +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Er du sikker på, at du vil deaktivere den / de valgte %s valgte poster? +RecordsEnabled=%s post (er) aktiveret +RecordsDisabled=%s post (er) deaktiveret +RecordEnabled=Optagelse aktiveret +RecordDisabled=Optagelse fra valgt +Forthcoming=Kommende +Currently=I øjeblikket diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/other.lang index 557b05e072d..d7fb0c3fcae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produkter/tjenester efter popularitet i ordrer ProductStatistics=Produkter / services statistik NbOfQtyInOrders=Antal i ordrer SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Vælg et objekt for at se dets statistik ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Er du sikker på, at du vil "%s"? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Bekræft din handling +CloseDialog = Luk diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/partnership.lang index 358e2ab28aa..13f1309464d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Vi informerer dig om, at din partnerskabsanmodning YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Vi informerer dig om, at din partnerskabsanmodning er accepteret. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Vi informerer dig om, at dit partnerskab er annulleret. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Antal fejl ved sidste URL -kontrol +LastCheckBacklink=Dato for sidste URL -kontrol +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Afvis grund + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/productbatch.lang index 247a697d078..a19d6c673b9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/productbatch.lang @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=Lager detaljer pr. Parti Serie SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Serienummer %s bruges allerede til produkt %s TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=Du kan kun have et produkt %s til serienummer %s ManageLotMask=Brugerdefineret maske -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=Mulighed for at definere en anden nummereringsmaske for hvert produkt +BatchLotNumberingModules=Nummereringsregel til automatisk generering af partinummer +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Nummereringsregel til automatisk generering af serienummer (for produkter med ejendom 1 unikt parti / serienummer for hvert produkt) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Mængde, der skal tilføjes for hver stregkode / parti / seriel scannet LifeTime=Levetid (i dage) EndOfLife=udløbet på dato diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/products.lang index d1400e80b09..7bbb9cf0727 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Vareside ServiceSheet=Serviceblad PossibleValues=Mulige værdier GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Gå på menu %s - %s for at forberede attributvarianter (som farver, størrelse, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Tilføj en funktion for at definere produktbeskrivelsen defineret af leverandørerne (for hver leverandørreference) ud over beskrivelsen for kunder ProductSupplierDescription=Leverandørbeskrivelse for produktet UseProductSupplierPackaging=Brug emballage til leverandørpriser (genberegn mængder i henhold til emballage, der er angivet på leverandørpris, når du tilføjer / opdaterer linje i leverandørdokumenter) PackagingForThisProduct=Emballage diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/projects.lang index f15e5b3477f..01a2e0d67f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ingen opgaver for dette projekt LinkedToAnotherCompany=Knyttet til tredjemand TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Opgave ikke tildelt brugeren. Brug knappen ' %s ' for at tildele opgaven nu. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Tilbragte Tiden er tom +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Tidsregistrering er begrænset til %s måneder tilbage ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Denne handling vil også slette alle opgaver i projektet (%s opgaver i øjeblikket), og alle indgange af tid. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Hvis nogle objekter (faktura, ordre, ...), der tilhører en anden tredjepart, skal knyttet til projektet for at skabe, holde denne tomme for at få projektet er flere tredjeparter. CloneTasks=Klonopgaver @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Seneste %s ændrede projekter OtherFilteredTasks=Andre filtrerede opgaver NoAssignedTasks=Der blev ikke fundet nogen tildelte opgaver (tildel projekt / opgaver til den aktuelle bruger fra det øverste valgfelt for at indtaste tid på det) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=En tredjepart skal defineres på projektet for at kunne fakturere det. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=En tredjepart skal defineres på projektet for at kunne fakturere det. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Vælg en opgave, der endnu ikke er tildelt dig # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Tillad brugernes kommentarer til opgaver @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informationsprojekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modul 'lønninger' skal være aktiveret for at definere medarbejderens timepris for at få brugt tid valideret NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref allerede brugt, en ny task ref kræves TimeSpentInvoiced=Faktureret tid +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tid brugt TimeSpentForInvoice=Tid brugt OneLinePerUser=En linje pr. Bruger ServiceToUseOnLines=Service til brug på linjer InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Faktura %s er genereret fra tidsforbrug til projektet +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s er genereret fra tid brugt på projektet ProjectBillTimeDescription=Tjek om du indtaster timeseddel på opgaver projekt og du planlægger at generere faktura (er) fra timeseddel til regningen kunden af projektet (ikke kontrollere, hvis du planlægger at oprette faktura, der ikke er baseret på indgåede timesedler). Bemærk: For at generere faktura, gå på fanen 'Tidsforbruget' af projektet og vælg linjer til at omfatte. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Følg muligheden ProjectFollowTasks=Følg opgaver eller tidsforbrug @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Anvendelse: Mulighed UsageTasks=Brug: Opgaver UsageBillTimeShort=Anvendelse: Faktureringstid InvoiceToUse=Udkast faktura til brug +InterToUse=Udkast til intervention, der skal bruges NewInvoice=Ny faktura +NewInter=Ny intervention OneLinePerTask=En linje pr. Opgave OneLinePerPeriod=En linje pr. Periode OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=En linje for hver gang brugt erklæring diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/stocks.lang index 05a8fbbf978..f10b10bb31a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fyld den virkelige mængde med den forventede mængde ShowAllBatchByDefault=Vis batchoplysninger som standard på produktfanen "lager" CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Du kan indstille standardvisning af batchdetaljer i lagermodulkonfiguration FieldCannotBeNegative=Feltet "%s" kan ikke være negativt +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Ukendt stregkode -tilstand +ProductDoesNotExist=Produkt findes ikke +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Samme batchnummer findes på lagerlisten +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Produkt med batch/serie findes ikke +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Produkt med stregkode findes ikke diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/ticket.lang index 059ca7abeb4..6bf044bf571 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Tildelt bruger TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Kundekontakt / hændelsesporing TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Ekstern bidragyder -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Reporter-e-mail Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Send opgaver besked via Email # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Venter på reporterfeedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Venter på feedback Answered=Besvaret Waiting=Venter -Closed=Lukket +SolvedClosed=Løst Deleted=Slettet # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Alvorlighed ShowTicket=Se opgave RelatedTickets=Relaterede opgaver TicketAddIntervention=Opret indgreb -CloseTicket=Luk opgave -CloseATicket=Luk en opgave +CloseTicket=Luk | Løs billet +AbandonTicket=Forlad billet +CloseATicket=Luk | Løs en billet ConfirmCloseAticket=Bekræft afslutningen af opgaven +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Bekræfter du lukningen af billetten til status 'Forladt' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Venligst bekræft sletning af opgaven TicketDeletedSuccess=Opgave slettet med succes TicketMarkedAsClosed=Opgaven mærket som lukket diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/trips.lang index 5270587fe71..8fb4629114e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Udgiftsrapporten %s blev annulleret.
- Bruger: ExpenseReportPaid=En udgiftsrapport blev betalt ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Udgiftsrapporten %s blev betalt.
- Bruger: %s
- Betalt af: %s
Klik her for at vise udgiftsrapporten: %s TripId=Id udgiftsrapport -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person til oplysning om bekræftelse. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person, der skal informeres om validering af anmodningen. TripSociete=Informationsselskab TripNDF=Informationsomkostningsrapport PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard skabelon til at generere et PDF-dokument til udgiftsrapport @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Nægte dato DATE_SAVE=Bekræftelsesdato DATE_CANCEL=Annulleringsdato DATE_PAIEMENT=Betalingsdato -BROUILLONNER=Åbn ExpenseReportRef=Ref. udgiftsrapport ValidateAndSubmit=Bekræft og indsend for godkendelse ValidatedWaitingApproval=Bekræftet (venter på godkendelse) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Udgift rapport betaling ExpenseReportsToApprove=Udgiftsrapporter til at godkende ExpenseReportsToPay=Udgifter rapporterer at betale ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Er du sikker på, at du vil klone denne omkostningsrapport? -ExpenseReportsIk=Udgiftsrapport milles indeks +ExpenseReportsIk=Konfiguration af kilometertal ExpenseReportsRules=Regnskabsregnskabsregler ExpenseReportIkDesc=Du kan ændre beregningen af ​​kilometerudgifter efter kategori og rækkevidde, hvem de tidligere er defineret. d er afstanden i kilometer ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Du kan oprette eller opdatere nogen beregningsregler. Denne del vil blive brugt, når brugeren opretter en ny udgiftsrapport @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=om dagen (ingen begrænsning) nolimitbyEX_MON=efter måned (ingen begrænsning) nolimitbyEX_YEA=efter år (ingen begrænsning) nolimitbyEX_EXP=efter linie (ingen begrænsning) -CarCategory=Kategori af bil +CarCategory=Køretøjskategori ExpenseRangeOffset=Forskudsbeløb: %s RangeIk=Mileage rækkevidde AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Fastgør linjen til et uploadet dokument diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/withdrawals.lang index 7ddd6401d6f..50545680f48 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s anmodninger om direkte debitering indbetalt BankTransferRequestsDone=%s kredit overførselsanmodninger registreret ThirdPartyBankCode=Tredjeparts bankkode NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Ingen faktura debiteres med succes. Kontroller, at fakturaer er på virksomheder med en gyldig IBAN, og at IBAN har en UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) med tilstanden %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=Denne kvittering for tilbagetrækning er allerede markeret som krediteret. dette kan ikke gøres to gange, da dette potentielt kan skabe dobbeltbetalinger og bankindtastninger. ClassCredited=Klassificere krediteres ClassCreditedConfirm=Er du sikker på at du vil klassificere denne tilbagetrækning modtagelse som krediteres på din bankkonto? TransData=Dato Transmission @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Udførelsesdato CreateForSepa=Opret direkte debitering fil -ICS=Kreditor identifikator CI til direkte debitering -ICSTransfer=Kreditor identifikator CI til bankoverførsel +ICS=Kreditoridentifikator - ICS END_TO_END=SEPA XML-tag "EndToEndId" - Unikt id tildelt pr. Transaktion USTRD="Ustruktureret" SEPA XML-tag ADDDAYS=Tilføj dage til udførelsesdato diff --git a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/workflow.lang index c129a7244fb..922b7225ae2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/da_DK/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/da_DK/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Klassificer tilsluttet kildeforslag descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klassificer den tilknyttede kildes salgsordre, som faktureres, når kundefakturaen er valideret (og hvis fakturabeløbet er det samme som det samlede beløb for den tilknyttede ordre) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klassificer den tilknyttede kildes salgsordre, som faktureres, når kundefakturaen er indstillet til betalt (og hvis fakturaforholdet er det samme som det samlede beløb for den tilknyttede ordre) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Klassificer den tilknyttede kildes salgsordre, som sendes, når en forsendelse er valideret (og hvis den mængde, der er sendt af alle forsendelser, er den samme som i opdateringsordren) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Klassificer tilknyttet kildesalgsordre som afsendt, når en forsendelse lukkes (og hvis mængden, der sendes af alle forsendelser, er den samme som i ordren, der skal opdateres) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Klassificer tilsluttet kildeleverandørforslag som faktureret, når leverandørfakturaen er bekræftet (og hvis fakturaens størrelse er det samme som det samlede beløb for det linkede forslag) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Klassificer købt købsordre med kilden som faktureret, når leverandørfakturaen er bekræftet (og hvis fakturaens størrelse er den samme som det samlede beløb for den tilknyttede ordre) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/accountancy.lang index 1a3c7a47694..f2d0909a71e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/accountancy.lang @@ -1,3 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. MenuBankAccounts=Kontonummern diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/admin.lang index 34368689cf1..4d4d8fa6c0e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/admin.lang @@ -50,7 +50,6 @@ DaylingSavingTime=Sommerzeit Language_en_US_es_MX_etc=Sprache (de_AT, en_UK, ...) PurgeNothingToDelete=Kein Verzeichnis oder Dateien zum Löschen. GenerateBackup=Erzeuge Datensicherung -Backup=Datensicherung RunCommandSummary=Die Sicherung wurde mit dem folgenden Befehl gestartet BackupResult=Ergebnis Datensicherung YouCanDownloadBackupFile=Die generierte Datei kann jetzt heruntergeladen werden @@ -128,6 +127,7 @@ SummaryConst=Liste aller Systemeinstellungen Skin=Oberfläche DefaultSkin=Standardoberfläche CompanyCurrency=Firmenwährung +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. WatermarkOnDraftInvoices=Wasserzeichen auf Rechnungsentwürfen (alle, falls leer) WatermarkOnDraftProposal=Wasserzeichen für Angebotsentwürfe (alle, falls leer) BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Fragen Sie nach dem Bestimmungsort des Bankkontos der Bestellung @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ MailToSendIntervention=Eingriffe OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORCOLORBLINDDesc=Aktiviere diese Option wenn Sie Farbenblind sind, in machen Fällen wird die Farbeinstellung geändert um den Kontrast zu erhöhen. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Wenn Sie bei einem GMail-Konto die Überprüfung in zwei Schritten aktiviert haben, wird empfohlen, ein dediziertes zweites Kennwort für die Anwendung zu erstellen, anstatt Ihr eigenes Kontokennwort von https://myaccount.google.com/ zu verwenden. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Endpunkt für %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=E-Mail-Sammler löschen ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Möchten Sie diesen E-Mail-Sammler wirklich löschen? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/cashdesk.lang index 039571d9f7f..f94589a8423 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/cashdesk.lang @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk CashDeskProducts=Produkte und Services +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/main.lang index b00bc342fde..14d6d3654f8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/main.lang @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ ErrorFailedToSendMail=Fehler beim Senden des Mails (Absender=%s, Empfänger=%s) ErrorDuplicateField=Dieser Wert muß einzigartig sein LevelOfFeature=Funktions-Level NotePublic=Notiz (öffentlich) +Closed=geschlossen Closed2=geschlossen ToClone=Klonen Of=Von diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/stocks.lang index e275257795e..fdeeecd2640 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/stocks.lang @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks Location=Ort -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party AverageUnitPricePMPShort=Warenwert -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/ticket.lang index 05da15d6036..a2d09284492 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_AT/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_AT/ticket.lang @@ -1,3 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ticket Waiting=Wartestellung -Closed=geschlossen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/accountancy.lang index 1252de13360..b10e1916c46 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/accountancy.lang @@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ CountriesInEECExceptMe=Länder im EWR ausser %s CountriesExceptMe=Alle Staaten, ausser %s AccountantFiles=Geschäftsvorgänge exportieren ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Hier kannst du die zu deinen Buchungen gehörenden Geschäftsfälle als Liste exportieren. Du hast die Wahl zwischen den Dateiformaten CSV und PDF. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=Die Journale exportierst du im Menu %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Anzeigen nach Buchhaltungskonto VueBySubAccountAccounting=Anzeigen nach Nebenbuchkonto MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Es ist kein kein Buchhaltungskonto für Kunden eingerichtet. @@ -83,7 +84,6 @@ MenuTaxAccounts=Steuerkonten MenuExpenseReportAccounts=Spesenabrechnungskonten MenuLoanAccounts=Darlehenskonten MenuProductsAccounts=Produktkonten -MenuAccountancyClosure=Abschluss MenuAccountancyValidationMovements=Kontobewegungen freigeben TransferInAccounting=Umbuchung RegistrationInAccounting=Verbuchen @@ -183,9 +183,7 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Liste der Geschäftpartner (Kunden und Lieferanten) mit der ListAccounts=Liste der Buchhaltungskonten UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Den Partner kenne ich nicht - wir nehmen %s. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Den Partner kenne ich nicht. Zugriffsfehler. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Geschäftspartner-Konto nicht definiert oder Geschäftspartner unbekannt. Wir werden %s verwenden ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Der Geschäftspartner und das Nebenbuch sind unbekannt. Ich mache keinen Eintrag in das Nebenbuchkonto. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Der Partner ist nicht definiert oder unbekannt. Zugriffsfehler. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Mir fehlt der Partner und das Wartestellungskonto. Zugriffsfehler. PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Die Zahlung ist mit keinem Produkt oder Service verknüpft. Pcgtype=Kontengruppe @@ -238,7 +236,6 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Standard - Export Modelcsv_CEGID=CEGID - Expert kompatibler Export Modelcsv_COALA=Sage Coala kompatibler Export Modelcsv_bob50=Sage BOB 50 kompatibler Export -Modelcsv_ciel=Sage Ciel Compta & Compta Evolution - Format Modelcsv_quadratus=Quadratus QuadraCompta - Format Modelcsv_ebp=EBP - Format Modelcsv_cogilog=EBP - Format diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/admin.lang index f044cdfe8ca..eebb505613f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/admin.lang @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ SessionSaveHandler=Handler für Sitzungsspeicherung ConfirmPurgeSessions=Wollen Sie wirklich alle Sessions beenden ? Dadurch werden alle Benutzer getrennt (ausser Ihnen) NoSessionListWithThisHandler=Wegen der aktuellen PHP-Konfiguration kann ich die aktuellen Sitzungen nicht anzeigen. ConfirmLockNewSessions=Bist du sicher, dass du jede neue Dolibarr - Verbindung auf dich selbst einschränken willst? Danach kann nur noch der Benutzer %s zugreifen. +WebUserGroup=WebServer Benutzer/Gruppen NoSessionFound=Die PHP - Konfiguration erlaubt wahrscheinlich die Anzeige aktiver Sitzungen nicht.\nDas Verzeichnis "%s" könnte geschützt sein - durch eingeschränkte Ordnerberechtigungen durch das Serverbetriebssystem, oder durch PHP selbst via der Direktive "open_basedir". DBSortingCharset=Zeichensatz der Datenbank-Sortierung ClientCharset=Benutzer-Zeichensatz @@ -79,6 +80,7 @@ PurgeNDirectoriesDeleted=%s Dateien oder Verzeichnisse gelöscht. PurgeNDirectoriesFailed=Löschen von %s Dateien oder Verzeichnisse fehlgeschlagen. PurgeAuditEvents=Bereinige alle Sicherheitsereignisse ConfirmPurgeAuditEvents=Möchten Sie wirklich alle Sicherheitsereignisse löschen? Alle Sicherheits-Logs werden gelöscht, aber keine anderen Daten entfernt. +Backup=Sichern YouCanDownloadBackupFile=Du kannst die erstellte Sicherungsdatei jetzt herunterladen NoBackupFileAvailable=Keine verfügbare Sicherungsdatei ExportMethod=Export-Methode @@ -261,7 +263,6 @@ Module10Name=Buchhaltung einfach Module10Desc=Einfache Buchhaltungsberichte (Journale, Umsätze) auf Basis von Datenbankinhalten. Es wird keine Hauptbuch-Tabelle verwendet. Module20Desc=Angeboteverwaltung Module22Desc=E-Mail-Kampagnenverwaltung -Module25Name=Kundenaufträge Module25Desc=Kunden - Auftragsverwaltung Module40Name=Lieferanten Module49Desc=Bearbeiterverwaltung @@ -549,5 +550,6 @@ DisabledResourceLinkUser=Verknüpfungsmöglichkeit zwischen Ressource und Benutz DisabledResourceLinkContact=Verknüpfungsmöglichkeit zwischen Ressource und Kontakt unterbinden. ConfirmUnactivation=Bestätige das Zurücksetzen des Moduls. ExportSetup=Modul Daten-Export einrichten -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
FeatureNotAvailableWithReceptionModule=Diese Funktion ist nicht verfügbar, wenn das Modul 'Lieferungen' aktiv ist +DictionaryProductNature=Produktart diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/boxes.lang index 95018f3b6c2..21c3fbc23d8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/boxes.lang @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ BoxTitleLastModifiedSuppliers=%s zuletzt bearbeitete Lieferanten BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomers=%s zuletzt bearbeitete Kunden BoxTitleLastCustomersOrProspects=%s neueste Kunden oder Interessenten BoxTitleLastModifiedProspects=Interessenten: zuletzt %s geändert +BoxTitleLastModifiedMembers=%s neueste Mitglieder BoxTitleLastFicheInter=%s zuletzt bearbietet Eingriffe BoxTitleOldestUnpaidCustomerBills=Älteste %s offene Kundenrechnungen BoxTitleOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=Älteste %s offene Lieferantenrechnungen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/cashdesk.lang index 2c7addd512e..c75b1b42815 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/cashdesk.lang @@ -4,4 +4,5 @@ CashDeskBankCheque=Bankkonto(Scheckzahlung) TotalTicket=Gesamtanzahl Ticket BankToPay=Zahlungskonto FilterRefOrLabelOrBC=Suche (Art-Nr./Name) +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: Receipt=Beleg diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/commercial.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/commercial.lang index 6fc35f57797..5b4f447d547 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/commercial.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/commercial.lang @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ SaleRepresentativesOfThirdParty=Vertriebsmitarbeiter des Partners ShowCustomer=Zeige Kunden ShowProspect=Zeige Interessent LastDoneTasks=Die neuesten %s erledigten Aufgaben. +LastActionsToDo=%s älteste nicht erledigte Aufgaben +SendPropalRef=Einreichung der Angebote %s +SendOrderRef=Einreichung der Bestellung %s StatusActionDone=Abgeschlossen ActionAC_FAX=Fax versenden ActionAC_PROP=Angebot senden @@ -24,6 +27,8 @@ ActionAC_CLO=Schliessen ActionAC_COM=Kundenbestellung per Post verschicken ActionAC_SUP_ORD=Lieferantenbestellung per Post senden ActionAC_SUP_INV=Lieferantenrechnung per Post senden +ActionAC_OTH_AUTO=Andere (automatisch erzeugt) +ActionAC_EVENTORGANIZATION=Event organization Ereignisse Stats=Verkaufsstatistik StatusProsp=Interessenten Status NoLimit=Kein Limit diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/holiday.lang index 4e5aba9eb1b..15c991cf42b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/holiday.lang @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ DateDebCP=Ferienbeginn DateFinCP=Ferienende ToReviewCP=Genehmigung ausstehend CancelCP=widerrufen -ValidatorCP=Genehmiger Leave=Ferienantrag LeaveId=Ferien ID ReviewedByCP=Wird genehmigt von @@ -26,9 +25,6 @@ TitreRequestCP=Ferienantrag TypeOfLeaveId=Ferientyp ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Feriencode TypeOfLeaveLabel=Ferienbezeichnung -NbUseDaysCP=Bereits bezogene Ferien -NbUseDaysCPShort=Bezogene Ferientage -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Bezogene Ferientage in Monaten DateStartInMonth=Startmonat DateEndInMonth=Endmonat DeleteCP=Löschen @@ -37,7 +33,6 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Ferienantrag löschen ConfirmDeleteCP=Wollen Sie diesen Ferienantrag wirklich löschen? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Fehler: Sie haben nicht die Berechtigung, diesen Ferienantrag zu löschen. CantCreateCP=Sie haben nicht die Berechtigung Ferien zu beantragen. -InvalidValidatorCP=Sie müssen einen Vorgesetzten wählen, der Ihre Urlaubsanfrage genehmigt. NoDateDebut=Sie müssen ein Ferienbeginn Datum wählen. NoDateFin=Sie müssen ein Ferienende Datum wählen. ErrorDureeCP=Ihr Ferienantrag enthält keine Werktage. @@ -57,10 +52,7 @@ NotTheAssignedApprover=Du bist nicht der zugewiesene Genehmiger. UserCP=Benutzer ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Ein Fehler ist beim Erstellen der Sonderferien aufgetreten. AddEventToUserOkCP=Das Hinzufügen der Sonderferien wurde abgeschlossen. -LogCP=Protokoll über Aktualisierungen von verfügbaren Ferientagen alreadyCPexist=Ein Ferienantrag wurde für diese Periode bereits erstellt. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Erster Tag des Ferien -LastDayOfHoliday=Letzter Tag des Ferien BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Die %s zuletzt bearbeiteten Ferienanträge HolidaysCancelation=Stornierte Ferienanträge EmployeeLastname=Nachname Mitarbeiter diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/interventions.lang index 0d019fe62b8..4daf054e896 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/interventions.lang @@ -60,4 +60,3 @@ InterLineId=ID der Einsatzposition InterLineDate=Datum der Einsatzposition InterLineDuration=Dauer der Einsatzposition InterLineDesc=Beschreibung der Einsatzposition -Reopen=entwerfen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/mails.lang index 27833290138..d63fa8e39f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/mails.lang @@ -37,5 +37,3 @@ AdvTgtMinVal=Minimalwert AdvTgtSearchDtHelp=Intervall verwenden um den Datumswert auszuwählen RemoveAll=Alle entfernen ItemsCount=Eintrag/Einträge -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Keine Kontakte/Adresse mit einer Kategorie gefunden -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Keine verlinkte Kontakte/Adresse mit einer Kategorie gefunden diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/main.lang index 38c206b7ed4..bc7e9f43d64 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/main.lang @@ -192,6 +192,7 @@ Refused=zurückgewiesen ResultKo=Fehlschlag Validated=Freigegeben Opened=Offen +OpenAll=Offen (alle Typen) ClosedAll=Geschlossen (alle Typen) Size=Grösse OriginalSize=Originalgrösse diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/orders.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/orders.lang index 5455bdff8b9..e0ae97c660d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/orders.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/orders.lang @@ -3,7 +3,6 @@ OrdersArea=Kundenauftrags-Übersicht SuppliersOrdersArea=Lieferantenbestellungen OrderCard=Bestell-Karte CustomerOrder=Kundenbestellungen -CustomersOrders=Kundenaufträge CustomersOrdersAndOrdersLines=Kundenbestellungen und Details OrdersDeliveredToBill=Zu verrechnende, gelieferte Kundenbestellungen OrdersToBill=Ausgelieferte Kundenbestellungen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/other.lang index f1244585ec1..d931c69bab6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/other.lang @@ -28,3 +28,4 @@ WebsiteSetup=Einstellungen des Webseitenmoduls WEBSITE_PAGEURL=URL für Seite WEBSITE_TITLE=Titel WEBSITE_KEYWORDS=Stichworte +CloseDialog =Schliessen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/productbatch.lang index 53cdcf4be92..368b9da3a4d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/productbatch.lang @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - productbatch ManageLotSerial=Verwende Lot / Seriennummer +ProductStatusOnBatch=Ja (Lot erforderlich) +ProductStatusOnSerial=Ja (eindeutige Seriennummer nötig) ProductStatusNotOnBatch=Nein (Lot / Seriennummer nicht verwendet) Batch=Lot / Seriennumer atleast1batchfield="Verbrauchen bis:" - oder "Verkaufen bis:" - Datum. Oder Lot / Seriennummer @@ -16,3 +18,15 @@ ProductLotSetup=Einstellungen Modul Lot / Seriennummer ShowCurrentStockOfLot=Zeige aktuellen Lagerbestand von Produkt / Lot Paaren ShowLogOfMovementIfLot=Zeige Lagerbewegungen von Produkt / Lot Paaren StockDetailPerBatch=Lagerdetails pro Lot +ManageLotMask=Benutzerdefiniertes Schema +CustomMasks=Option, um für jedes Produkt ein anderes Numerierungsschema zu verwenden +BatchLotNumberingModules=Numerierungsschema für automatische Lot - Nr. Vergabe +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numerierungsschema für automatisch erzeugte Seriennummern (für Produkte mit aktivierter Option, Benutzerdefiniertes Schema) +QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Einzutragende Menge pro Strichcode / Lot / Seriennummer - Scan +LifeTime=Gültigkeit (in Tagen) +EndOfLife=Betriebsende (End of life) +DestructionDate=Ablaufdatum +FirstUseDate=Erstgebrauchsdatum +QCFrequency=Qualitätsprüfungsintervall (in Tagen) +OutOfOrder=Ausser Betrieb +InWorkingOrder=In Betrieb diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/products.lang index dda8a451ab4..517a1033c08 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/products.lang @@ -5,6 +5,8 @@ Reference=Referenz ProductVatMassChange=Globale MWST - Änderung ProductVatMassChangeDesc=Dieses Werkzeug ändert den MWST Satz aller Produkte und Dienstleistungen im ganzen System! ProductAccountancyBuyCode=Buchhaltungskonto (Einkauf) +ProductAccountancyBuyIntraCode=Buchhaltungskonto (Einkauf innergemeinschaftlich) +ProductAccountancyBuyExportCode=Buchhaltungskonto (Importkauf) ProductAccountancySellCode=Buchhaltungskonto (Verkauf) ProductAccountancySellIntraCode=Buchhaltungskonto (innergemeinschaftlich EU) ProductAccountancySellExportCode=Buchhaltungskonto (Verkauf Export) @@ -19,6 +21,7 @@ ServicesOnPurchase=Dienstleistungen für den Einkauf ServicesOnSaleOnly=Dienstleistungen nur für den Verkauf ServicesOnPurchaseOnly=Dienstleistungen nur für den Einkauf ServicesNotOnSell=Dienstleistungen weder für den Ein-, noch Verkauf +LastModifiedProductsAndServices=Die %s zuletzt geänderten Produkte / Dienstleistungen LastRecordedProducts=%s zuletzt erfasste Produkte LastRecordedServices=%s zuletzt erfasste Leistungen MenuStocks=Warenbestände @@ -27,8 +30,10 @@ AppliedPricesFrom=Angelegt von SellingPriceHT=Verkaufspreis (exkl. MWST) SellingPriceTTC=Verkaufspreis (inkl. MwSt.) SellingMinPriceTTC=Mindestverkaufspreis (inkl. MWST) +CostPriceDescription=In dieses Feld kannst du deinen freien Durchschnittspreis dieses Produktes eintragen.\nZum Beispiel den durchschnittlichen EP plus deine Verarbeitungs und Vertriebskosten. CostPriceUsage=Dieser Wert hilft bei der Margenbestimmung PurchasedAmount=Eingekaufte Menge +MinPrice=Mindestverkaufspreis EditSellingPriceLabel=Preisschild anpassen CantBeLessThanMinPrice=Der Verkaufspreis darf den Mindestpreis für dieses Produkt (%s ohne MwSt.) nicht unterschreiten. Diese Meldung kann auch angezeigt werden, wenn Sie einen zu hohen Rabatt geben. SupplierRef=Verkäufer SKU (Artikelnummer) @@ -36,8 +41,17 @@ ServicesArea=Leistungs-Übersicht SupplierCard=Anbieterkarte SetDefaultBarcodeType=Wählen Sie den standardmässigen Barcode-Typ MultiPricesAbility=Preisstufen pro Produkt / Dienstleistung\n(Kunden werden einem Segment zugewiesen) +DefaultPriceType=Standardpreis für neue Verkaufspreise (inkl. / exxkl. MWST) +AssociatedProductsAbility=Aktiviere Produktpakete (Kits - mehrere Produkte in einem Satz) +VariantsAbility=Aktiviere Produktvarianten (gemäss selbst definierten Kriterien, wie: Farbe, Grösse usf.) +AssociatedProducts=Pakete +AssociatedProductsNumber=Anzahl Produkte in diesem Paket ParentProducts=Übergeordnetes Produkt +IfZeroItIsNotAVirtualProduct=Wenn hier "0" steht, ist es kein Produktpaket. +IfZeroItIsNotUsedByVirtualProduct=Wenn hier "0" steht, kommt dieses Produkt in keinem Produktsatz vor. ListOfProductsServices=Liste der Produkte und Dienstleistungen +ProductAssociationList=Produkte und Diensleistungen in diesem Paket +ProductParentList=Produktsätze mit diesem Produkt darin QtyMin=Mindestmenge PriceQtyMin=Mindestmengenpreis PriceQtyMinCurrency=Mengenpreis (gem. Währung) Brutto @@ -45,19 +59,31 @@ VATRateForSupplierProduct=MWST - Satz (Anbieter / Produkt) DiscountQtyMin=Mengenrabatt NoPriceDefinedForThisSupplier=Ich habe weder Preis- noch Mengenangaben für diesen Anbiter und seine Produkte. NoSupplierPriceDefinedForThisProduct=Ich habe weder Preis- noch Mengenangaben für diesen Anbiter und seine Produkte. +PredefinedItem=Vordefinierter Artikel PredefinedProductsToSell=Vordefiniertes Verkaufsprodukt PredefinedServicesToSell=Vordefinierte Dienstleistung zum Verkauf PredefinedProductsAndServicesToSell=Vordefinierte Produkte/Leistungen für Verkauf PredefinedProductsToPurchase=Vordefinierte Einkaufs-Produkte PredefinedProductsAndServicesToPurchase=Vordefinierte Produkte / Dienstleistungen für den Einkauf +Finished=Fertigprodukt ConfirmCloneProduct=Bist du sicher, dass du diese Position %s duplizieren willst? +CloneContentProduct=Dupliziere alle Hauptinformationen dieser Position ClonePricesProduct=Übernehme alle Preise +CloneCategoriesProduct=Dupliziere Tags und Kategorien dieser Position +CloneCompositionProduct=Dupliziere virtuelle Produkte / Dienstleistungen +CloneCombinationsProduct=Dupliziere Produktvariante NewRefForClone=Artikel-Nr. des neuen Produkts/Leistungen SellingPrices=Verkaufspreise BuyingPrices=Einkaufspreise CustomerPrices=Kunden Preise SuppliersPrices=Lieferantenpreise SuppliersPricesOfProductsOrServices=Anbieterpreise +CustomCode=Zolltarifnummer (z.B. HSN) +RegionStateOrigin=Region +StateOrigin=Herkunftsland / Provinz / Kanton +Nature=Produktart (Rohmaterial / Fertigprodukt +NatureOfProductShort=Produktart +NatureOfProductDesc=Rohmaterial oder Fertigprodukt set=gesetzt se=gesetzt kilogram=Kilo @@ -71,6 +97,7 @@ unitCM3=Kubikcentimeter unitMM3=Kubikmillimeter ServiceCodeModel=Vorlage für Dienstleistungs-Referenz DisablePriceByQty=Staffelpreise sperren +MultipriceRules=Regeln für automatische Preissegmente UseMultipriceRules=Mit diesen Regeln für Preisstufen kann man automatisch von der ersten Stufe aus die Preise der folgenden Stufen ausrechnen lassen.\nDie Regeln werden im Modul - Setup hinterlegt. KeepEmptyForAutoCalculation=Für automatische Berechnung kannst du das einfach leer lassen. VariantRefExample=Zum Beispiel: Col, Gr. @@ -87,14 +114,17 @@ ResetBarcodeForAllRecords=Neuen Strichcode für alle Einträge setzten (alle ber PriceByCustomer=Unterschiedliche Preise je nach Kunde PriceCatalogue=Ein einziger Verkaufspreis pro Produkt/Leistung PricingRule=Regeln für Verkaufspreise +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Übertrage diesen Preis auf die Subpartner dieses Kunden MinimumRecommendedPrice=Der hinterlegte Mindestpreis ist: %s PriceExpressionEditorHelp2=Sie können auf die ExtraFields mit Variablen wie #extrafield_myextrafieldkey# und globale Variablen mit #global_mycode# zugreifen PriceExpressionEditorHelp3=Für alle Preise (Produkte / Dienstleistungen / Anbieter) stehen diese Variablen zur Verfügung
#tva_tx# #localtax1_tx# #localtax2_tx# #weight# #length# #surface# #price_min#. PriceExpressionEditorHelp4=Für Produkt- / Dienstleistungspreise gibt es zusätzlich #supplier_min_price#
Für Anbieterpreise gibt es zusätzlich #supplier_quantity# and #supplier_tva_tx# PriceMode=Preisfindungs-Methode +DefaultPriceLog=Verlauf der Standardpreise ComposedProductIncDecStock=Erhöhen/verringern Lagerbestand bei verknüpften Produkten ComposedProduct=Unterprodukt MinCustomerPrice=Mindestverkaufspreis +NoDynamicPrice=Kein variabler Preis AddUpdater=Aktualisierung hinzufügen VariableToUpdate=Zu aktualisierende Variablen NbOfQtyInProposals=Menge in Angebot diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/projects.lang index 86b76e8b882..0a2729396ab 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/projects.lang @@ -26,4 +26,6 @@ CloneTaskFiles=Aufgabe (n) clonen beigetreten Dateien (falls Aufgabe (n) geklont ProjectModifiedInDolibarr=Projekt %s bearbeitet ProjectReferers=Verknüpfte Objekte ResourceNotAssignedToTheTask=Nicht der Aufgabe zugewiesen +TimeSpentForIntervention=Zeitaufwände TimeSpentForInvoice=Zeitaufwände +NewInter=Neuer Einsatz diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/stocks.lang index e1cda080461..a1800db5e01 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/stocks.lang @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ NumberOfProducts=Anzahl der Produkte CorrectStock=Lagerbestand anpassen TransferStock=Lagerumbuchung MassStockTransferShort=Massen Lagerumbuchungen -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party QtyDispatched=Versandmenge DeStockOnShipment=Verringere reale Bestände bei Bestädigung von Lieferungen StockOnReception=Lagerbestand anpassen, sobald Lieferung frei gegeben wird. @@ -26,7 +25,6 @@ StockMovementRecorded=aufgezeichnete Lagerbewegungen InventoryCodeShort=Inv. / Mov. Kode NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Keine ausstehenden Lieferungen auf dieser Lieferantenbestellung ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Diese Charge- / Seriennummer (%s) ist bereits vorhanden, jedoch mit unterschiedlichen Haltbarkeits- oder Verfallsdatum. \n(Gefunden: %s Erfasst: %s) -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions UseDispatchStatus=Auslieferungs - Status (frei gegeben / zurückgewiesen) für Lieferantenbestellungen führen. inventoryDraft=Läuft inventoryOnDate=Inventar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/trips.lang index ba56acdd741..33e5c61c47d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_CH/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_CH/trips.lang @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ ShowTrip=Spesenreport anzeigen NewTrip=neue Reisekostenabrechnung ListTripsAndExpenses=Liste Reise- und Spesenabrechnungen ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=Eine neue Reisekostenabrechnung ist zur Genehmigung vorgelegt worden -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Zu informierende Person für die Bestätigung TripSociete=Information Firma TF_TRIP=Spedition ErrorDoubleDeclaration=Sie haben bereits eine andere Spesenabrechnung in einem ähnliche Datumsbereich erstellt. +VALIDATOR=verantwortlicher Benutzer für Genehmigung AUTHOR=gespeichert von BrouillonnerTrip=Spesenabrechnung rückgängig, auf den Status "Entwurf" ExpenseReportsToPay=Spesenabrechnungen zu entrichten diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/accountancy.lang index 7f4bcd3b2b7..9a4007d723f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Nicht-EU Länder CountriesInEECExceptMe=EU-Länder außer %s CountriesExceptMe=Alle Länder außer %s AccountantFiles=Belegdokumente exportieren -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Quellereignisse (Liste und PDFs) exportieren, die zum Generieren Ihrer Buchhaltung verwendet wurden. Verwenden Sie zum Exportieren Ihrer Journale den Menüeintrag %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Quellereignisse (Liste in CSV und PDFs) exportieren, die zur Erstellung Ihrer Buchhaltung verwendet wurden. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=Um Ihre Journale zu exportieren, verwenden Sie den Menüeintrag %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Ansicht nach Buchhaltungskonto VueBySubAccountAccounting=Ansicht nach Buchhaltungsunterkonto @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ MenuExpenseReportAccounts=Spesen-Konten MenuLoanAccounts=Darlehens-Konten MenuProductsAccounts=Produkterlös-Konten MenuClosureAccounts=Abschlusskonten -MenuAccountancyClosure=Schließung +MenuAccountancyClosure=Abschluss MenuAccountancyValidationMovements=Bewegungen validieren ProductsBinding=Produktkonten TransferInAccounting=Überweisung im Rechnungswesen @@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_AACCOUNT=Länge der Geschäftspartner-Konten in der Buchhaltun ACCOUNTING_MANAGE_ZERO=Verwalten der Null am Ende eines Buchhaltungskontos. \nIn einigen Ländern notwendig (zB. Schweiz). \nStandardmäßig deaktiviert. \nWenn ausgeschaltet, können die folgenden 2 Parameter konfigurieren werden um virtuelle Nullen anzuhängen BANK_DISABLE_DIRECT_INPUT=Deaktivieren der direkte Aufzeichnung von Transaktion auf dem Bankkonto ACCOUNTING_ENABLE_EXPORT_DRAFT_JOURNAL=Entwurfexport für Journal aktivieren -ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX=Enable combo list for subsidiary account (may be slow if you have a lot of third parties, break ability to search on a part of value) +ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX=Combo-Liste für Nebenkonto aktivieren (kann langsam sein, wenn Sie viele Geschäftspartner haben; verhindert die Suche nach Teilwerten) ACCOUNTING_DATE_START_BINDING=Definieren Sie ein Datum, an dem die Bindung und Übertragung in der Buchhaltung beginnen soll. Transaktionen vor diesem Datum werden nicht in die Buchhaltung übertragen. ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_PERIOD_ON_TRANSFER=Bei der Übertragung der Buchhaltung standardmäßig den Zeitraum anzeigen auswählen anzeigen @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Kontieren Sie hier die Liste der Kunden und Lieferanten zu ListAccounts=Liste der Abrechnungskonten UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unbekanntes Geschäftspartner-Konto. Wir werden %s verwenden. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=unbekanntes Geschäftspartner-Konto, fortfahren nicht möglich -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Geschäftspartner-Konto nicht definiert oder Partner unbekannt. \nWir werden %s verwenden. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Nebenbuchkonto nicht definiert oder Geschäftspartner oder Benutzer unbekannt. Wir verwenden %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Geschäftspartner unbekannt und Nebenbuch nicht in der Zahlung definiert. Wir werden den Nebenbuchkontowert leer lassen. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Drittanbieter-Konto nicht definiert oder Drittanbieter unbekannt. Fehler beim Blockieren. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Nebenbuchkonto nicht definiert oder Geschäftspartner oder Benutzer unbekannt. Nicht behebbarer Fehler. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unbekanntes Drittanbieter-Konto und wartendes Konto nicht definiert. Fehler beim Blockieren PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Zahlung ist keinem Produkt oder Dienstleistung zugewisen OpeningBalance=Eröffnungsbilanz @@ -328,17 +329,17 @@ ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_PURCHASES=Deaktivieren Sie die Bindung und Übertr ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_EXPENSEREPORTS=Deaktivieren Sie die Bindung und Übertragung in der Buchhaltung für Spesenabrechnungen (Spesenabrechnungen werden bei der Buchhaltung nicht berücksichtigt). ## Export -NotifiedExportDate=Notified export date (modification of the entries will not be possible) -NotifiedValidationDate=Validation of the entries (modification or deletion of the entries will not be possible) -ConfirmExportFile=Confirmation of the generation of the accounting export file ? +NotifiedExportDate=Gemeldetes Ausfuhrdatum (Änderung der Einträge ist nicht möglich) +NotifiedValidationDate=Festschreiben der Einträge (Änderung oder Löschung ist danach nicht mehr möglich) +ConfirmExportFile=Bestätigung der Generierung der Buchhaltungsexportdatei ? ExportDraftJournal=Entwurfsjournal exportieren -Modelcsv=Exportmodell -Selectmodelcsv=Wählen Sie ein Exportmodell +Modelcsv=Datenformat für den Export +Selectmodelcsv=Wählen Sie ein Datenformat für den Export Modelcsv_normal=Klassischer Export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export zu CEGID Expert Buchhaltung Modelcsv_COALA=Export zu Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export für Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export für Sage Ciel Compta oder Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export für Sage50, Ciel Compta oder Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export für Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export für EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export für Cogilog @@ -416,12 +417,12 @@ FECFormatSubledgerAccountNumber=Nebenbuchkontonummer (CompAuxNum) FECFormatSubledgerAccountLabel=Nebenbuchkontonummer (CompAuxLib) FECFormatPieceRef=Stück Referenz (PieceRef) FECFormatPieceDate=Stück Erstellungsdatum (PieceDate) -FECFormatLabelOperation=Label operation (EcritureLib) +FECFormatLabelOperation=Etikettenoperation (EcritureLib) FECFormatDebit=Lastschrift (Lastschrift) FECFormatCredit=Kredit (Kredit) FECFormatReconcilableCode=Abgleichbarer Code (EcritureLet) FECFormatReconcilableDate=Überbrückbares Datum (DateLet) -FECFormatValidateDate=Piece date validated (ValidDate) +FECFormatValidateDate=Stückdatum validiert (ValidDate) FECFormatMulticurrencyAmount=Mehrwährungs-Betrag (Montantdevise) FECFormatMulticurrencyCode=Mehrwährungs-Code (Idevise) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/admin.lang index 6ae42df9c91..15930b2aa7c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/admin.lang @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ ConfirmLockNewSessions=Möchten Sie wirklich alle Sitzungen bis auf Ihre eigene UnlockNewSessions=Sperrung neuer Sitzungen aufheben YourSession=Ihre Sitzung Sessions=Benutzersitzungen -WebUserGroup=WebServer Benutzer/Gruppen +WebUserGroup=Webserver Benutzer/Gruppen PermissionsOnFiles=Berechtigungen für Dateien PermissionsOnFilesInWebRoot=Berechtigungen für Dateien im Stammverzeichnis Web PermissionsOnFile=Berechtigungen für die Datei %s @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Interner Benutzer ExternalUser=Externer Benutzer InternalUsers=Interne Benutzer ExternalUsers=Externe Benutzer -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Benutzeroberfläche GUISetup=Benutzeroberfläche SetupArea=Einstellungen UploadNewTemplate=Neue Druckvorlage(n) hochladen @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Anzahl an Bytes SearchString=Suchbegriff NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nicht verfügbar, wenn Ajax deaktiviert AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Bei den Elementen eines Partners, ist es möglich Projekte von anderen Partnern zu verlinken +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Nach der folgenden Anzahl an Monaten soll keine Erfassung von Zeitaufwänden mehr möglich sein JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript deaktiviert UsePreviewTabs=Vorschau-Tabs verwenden ShowPreview=Vorschau anzeigen @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Modul Mehrfachwährungen - Einstellungen MenuLimits=Genauigkeit - Toleranz MenuIdParent=übergeordnete Menü-ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID des übergeordneten Menüs (0 für einen Eltern-Menü) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sortierungsnummer für die Position des Menüpunktes AllMenus=Alle NotConfigured=Modul/Applikation nicht konfiguriert @@ -168,7 +170,7 @@ PurgeNDirectoriesFailed=%s Datei(en) oder Verzeichnis(se) konnte(n) nicht PurgeAuditEvents=lösche alle Sicherheitsereignisse ConfirmPurgeAuditEvents=Möchten Sie wirklich alle Sicherheitsereignisse löschen ? GenerateBackup=Sicherung erzeugen -Backup=Sichern +Backup=Datensicherung Restore=Wiederherstellen RunCommandSummary=Die Sicherung wird über folgenden Befehl ausgeführt BackupResult=Sicherung Ergebnisse @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Diese Funktion steht nur in offiziellen stabilen Ve BoxesDesc=Widgets sind Komponenten, die komprimierte Informationen aus aktivierten Modulen anzeigen können. Mit deren Hilfe können individuelle Dashboards / Startseiten zusammengestellt werden.\nUm ein Widget zu aktivieren klicken sie auf "Aktivieren" im Bereich Verfügbare Widgets.\nUm ein Widget zu deaktivieren klicken sie auf den Papierkorb in der entsprechenden Widget-Zeile im Bereich Aktivierte Widgets. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Nur Elemente aus aktiven Module werden angezeigt. ModulesDesc=Die Module / Anwendungen bestimmen, welche Funktionen in der Software verfügbar sind. Bei einigen Modulen müssen Benutzern nach Aktivierung des Moduls Berechtigungen erteilt werden. Klicken Sie auf die Ein / Aus-Schaltfläche %s jedes Moduls, um ein Modul / eine Anwendung zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren. +ModulesDesc2=Klicken Sie auf die Radschaltfläche %s , um das Modul/die Anwendung zu konfigurieren. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Sie finden weitere Module auf externen Web-Sites... ModulesDeployDesc=DateiWenn es die Berechtigungen in Ihrem Dateisystem zulassen, können Sie mit diesem Tool ein externes Modul bereitstellen. Das Modul ist dann auf der Registerkarte %s sichtbar. ModulesMarketPlaces=Zusatzmodule / Erweiterungen @@ -222,7 +225,7 @@ NotCompatible=Dieses Modul scheint nicht mit ihrer Dolibarr Version %s kompatibe CompatibleAfterUpdate=Dieses Modul benötigt ein Upgrade ihrer Dolibarr Installation %s (Min %s - Max %s). SeeInMarkerPlace=siehe Marktplatz SeeSetupOfModule=Finden Sie im Modul-Setup %s -SetOptionTo=Set option %s to %s +SetOptionTo=Setzt die Option %s auf %s Updated=Aktualisiert AchatTelechargement=Kaufen / Herunterladen GoModuleSetupArea=Um ein neues Modul zu installieren/verteilen, gehen Sie in den Modul-Setup Bereich %s. @@ -352,8 +355,8 @@ LastActivationAuthor=Benutzer der letzten Aktivierung LastActivationIP=IP der letzten Aktivierung UpdateServerOffline=Update-Server offline (nicht erreichbar) WithCounter=Zähler verwenden -GenericMaskCodes=You may enter any numbering mask. In this mask, the following tags can be used:
{000000} corresponds to a number which will be incremented on each %s. Enter as many zeros as the desired length of the counter. The counter will be completed by zeros from the left in order to have as many zeros as the mask.
{000000+000} same as the previous one but an offset corresponding to the number to the right of the + sign is applied starting on the first %s.
{000000@x} same as the previous one but the counter is reset to zero when month x is reached (x between 1 and 12, or 0 to use the early months of fiscal year defined in your configuration, or 99 to reset to zero every month). If this option is used and x is 2 or higher, then the sequence {yy}{mm} or {yyyy}{mm} is also required.
{dd} day (01 to 31).
{mm} month (01 to 12).
{yy}, {yyyy} or {y} year over 2, 4 or 1 numbers.
-GenericMaskCodes2={cccc} the client code on n characters
{cccc000} the client code on n characters is followed by a counter dedicated to the customer. This counter dedicated to customer is reset at same time as the global counter.
{tttt} The code of third party type on n characters (see menu Home - Setup - Dictionary - Types of third parties). If you add this tag, the counter will be different for each type of third party.
+GenericMaskCodes=Sie können ein beliebiges Nummerierungsschema eingeben. Folgende Tags können verwendet werden:
{000000} steht für eine 6-stellige Nummer, die sich bei jedem neuen %s automatisch erhöht. Wählen Sie die Anzahl der Nullen je nach gewünschter Nummernlänge. Der Zähler füllt sich automatisch bis zum linken Ende mit Nullen, um das gewünschte Format abzubilden.
{000000+000} führt zu einem ähnlichen Ergebnis, allerdings mit einem Wertsprung in Höhe des Werts rechts des Pluszeichens, der beim ersten %s angewandt wird.
{000000@x} wie zuvor, jedoch stellt sich der Zähler bei Erreichen des Monats x (zwischen 1 und 12) automatisch auf 0 zurück, bei setzen von 0 wird der Anfangsmonat des Fiskaljahrs für das Rücksetzen verwendet, mit dem Wert 99 erfolgt jeden Monat ein Rücksetzen auf 0. Ist die Rücksetzoption gewählt und x hat den Wert 2 oder höher, ist die Folge {mm}{yy} or {mm}{yyyy} ebenfalls erforderlich.
{dd} Tag (01 bis 31).
{mm} Monat (01 bis 12).
{y}, {yy} or {yyyy} Jahreszahl 1-, 2- oder 4-stellig.
+GenericMaskCodes2= {cccc} Kundencode mit n Zeichen
{cccc000} Kundencode gefolgt von einer dem Kunden zugeordneten Partner ID. Dieser Zähler wird gleichzeitig mit dem globalen Zähler zurückgesetzt.
{tttt} Der Code für die Partnerart, abgeschnitten nach n Zeichen (siehe Menü Start - Einstellungen - Stammdaten - Arten von Partnern). Wenn diese Option aktiv ist, wird für jede Partnerart ein separater Zähler geführt.
GenericMaskCodes3=Alle anderen Zeichen in der Maske bleiben erhalten.
\nLeerzeichen sind nicht zulässig.
GenericMaskCodes3EAN=Alle anderen Zeichen der Maske bleiben unberührt (außer * oder ? an 13. Stelle in EAN13).
Leerzeichen sind nicht erlaubt.
Für EAN13 sollte das letzte Zeichen nach der letzten } an 13. Stelle ein * oder ? sein. Dies wird durch den berechneten Wert ersetzt.
GenericMaskCodes4a=Beispiel auf der 99. %s des Drittanbieters DieFirma, mit Datum 2007-01-31:
@@ -400,7 +403,7 @@ SecurityToken=Schlüssel um die URLs zu entschlüsseln NoSmsEngine=Kein SMS-Sendermanager verfügbar. Ein SMS-Sendermanager gehört nicht zum Standardumfang von Dolibarr, da er von einem externen Anbieter abhängig ist. Passende Module können Sie hier finden: %s PDF=PDF PDFDesc=Globale Einstellungen für die PDF-Erzeugung -PDFOtherDesc=PDF Option specific to some modules +PDFOtherDesc=PDF-Option spezifisch für einige Module PDFAddressForging=Regeln für die Auswahl der Adressen HideAnyVATInformationOnPDF=Alle Informationen zu Steuern und MWSt. im generierten PDF ausblenden PDFRulesForSalesTax=Regeln für Umsatzsteuer / MwSt. @@ -451,7 +454,7 @@ ExtrafieldParamHelpPassword=Wenn Sie dieses Feld leer lassen, wird dieser Wert u ExtrafieldParamHelpselect=Die Liste der Werte muss aus Zeilen mit dem Format Schlüssel, Wert bestehen (wobei Schlüssel nicht '0' sein darf)

zum Beispiel:
1, value1
2, value2
Code3, Wert3
...

Damit die Liste von einer anderen ergänzenden Attributliste abhängt:
1, value1 | options_ parent_list_code : parent_key
2, value2 | options_ parent_list_code : parent_key

Um die Liste von einer anderen Liste abhängig zu machen:
1, value1 | parent_list_code : parent_key
2, value2 | parent_list_code : parent_key ExtrafieldParamHelpcheckbox=Die Liste der Werte muss aus Zeilen mit dem Format Schlüssel, Wert bestehen (wobei Schlüssel nicht '0' sein darf)

zum Beispiel:
1, value1
2, value2
3, value3
... ExtrafieldParamHelpradio=Die Liste der Werte muss aus Zeilen mit dem Format Schlüssel, Wert bestehen (wobei Schlüssel nicht '0' sein darf)

zum Beispiel:
1, value1
2, value2
3, value3
... -ExtrafieldParamHelpsellist=List of values comes from a table
Syntax: table_name:label_field:id_field::filtersql
Example: c_typent:libelle:id::filtersql

- id_field is necessarly a primary int key
- filtersql is a SQL condition. It can be a simple test (eg active=1) to display only active value
You can also use $ID$ in filter which is the current id of current object
To use a SELECT into the filter use the keyword $SEL$ to bypass anti-injection protection.
if you want to filter on extrafields use syntax extra.fieldcode=... (where field code is the code of extrafield)

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
c_typent:libelle:id:options_parent_list_code|parent_column:filter

In order to have the list depending on another list:
c_typent:libelle:id:parent_list_code|parent_column:filter +ExtrafieldParamHelpsellist=Die Liste der Werte stammt aus einer Tabelle
Syntax: table_name:label_field:id_field::filtersql
Beispiel: c_typent:libelle:id::filtersql

- id_field ist notwendigerweise ein primärer int-Schlüssel
- filtersql ist eine SQL-Condition. Dies kann ein einfacher Test sein (z. B. aktiv = 1), um nur den aktiven Wert anzuzeigen
Sie können auch $ID$ in Filtern verwenden, wobei es sich um die ID des aktuellen Objekts handelt
Verwenden Sie $SEL$, um ein SELECT im Filter durchzuführen (Vermeidung von Anti-SQL-Injection-Maßnahmen)
Wenn Sie nach Extrafeldern filtern möchten, verwenden Sie die Syntax extra.fieldcode = ... (wobei fieldcode der Code des Extrafelds ist)

Damit die Liste von einer anderen ergänzenden Attributliste abhängt:
c_typent:libelle:id:options_ parent_list_code |parent_column:filter

Um die Liste von einer anderen Liste abhängig zu machen:
c_typent:libelle:id: parent_list_code |parent_column:filter ExtrafieldParamHelpchkbxlst=Die Liste der Werte stammt aus einer Tabelle
Syntax: table_name: label_field: id_field :: filter
Beispiel: c_typent: libelle: id :: filter

Filter kann ein einfacher Vergleich sein (z. B. aktiv = 1), um nur den aktiven Wert anzuzeigen
Sie können $ID$ auch in Filtern verwenden, hierbei handelt es sich um die aktuelle ID des aktuellen Objekts
Verwenden Sie $SEL$, um ein SELECT im Filter durchzuführen
Wenn Sie nach Extrafeldern filtern möchten, verwenden Sie die Syntax extra.fieldcode = ... (wobei fieldcode der Code des Extrafelds ist)

Damit die Liste von einer anderen ergänzenden Attributliste abhängt:
c_typent: libelle: id: options_ parent_list_code | parent_column: filter

Um die Liste von einer anderen Liste abhängig zu machen:
c_typent: libelle: id: parent_list_code | parent_column: filter ExtrafieldParamHelplink=Die Parameter müssen ObjectName: Classpath
sein. Syntax: ObjectName: Classpath ExtrafieldParamHelpSeparator=Für ein einfaches Trennzeichen leer lassen
Setzen Sie diesen Wert für ein ausblendendes Trennzeichen auf 1 (standardmäßig für eine neue Sitzung geöffnet, der Status wird für jede Benutzersitzung beibehalten)
Setzen Sie diesen Wert für ein ausblendendes Trennzeichen auf 2 (standardmäßig für ausgeblendet) neue Sitzung, dann bleibt der Status für jede Benutzersitzung erhalten) @@ -540,8 +543,8 @@ Module22Name=E-Mail-Kampagnen Module22Desc=E-Mail-Kampagnen-Verwaltung Module23Name=Energie Module23Desc=Überwachung des Energieverbrauchs -Module25Name=Verkaufsaufträge -Module25Desc=Auftrag- und Verkaufsverwaltung +Module25Name=Kundenaufträge +Module25Desc=Auftrags- und Verkaufsverwaltung Module30Name=Rechnungen Module30Desc=Verwaltung von Rechnungen und Gutschriften für Kunden. Verwaltung von Rechnungen und Gutschriften für Lieferanten Module40Name=Lieferanten/Hersteller @@ -563,7 +566,7 @@ Module53Desc=Management von Dienstleistungen Module54Name=Verträge / Abonnements Module54Desc=Verwaltung von Verträgen (Dienstleistungen oder wiederkehrende Abonnements) Module55Name=Barcodes -Module55Desc=Barcode or QR code management +Module55Desc=Verwaltung von Barcodes bzw. QR-Codes Module56Name=Zahlung per Überweisung Module56Desc=Verwaltung der Zahlung von Lieferanten durch Überweisungsaufträge. Es beinhaltet die Erstellung von SEPA-Dateien für europäische Länder. Module57Name=Zahlungen per Lastschrifteinzug @@ -850,10 +853,10 @@ Permission402=Rabatte erstellen/bearbeiten Permission403=Rabatte freigeben Permission404=Rabatte löschen Permission430=Debug Bar nutzen -Permission511=Read salaries and payments (yours and subordinates) -Permission512=Create/modify salaries and payments -Permission514=Delete salaries and payments -Permission517=Read salaries and payments everybody +Permission511=Leseberechtigung für Gehälter und Zahlungen (eigene und von Untergebenen) +Permission512=Gehälter und Zahlungen erstellen/ändern +Permission514=Gehälter und Zahlungen löschen +Permission517=Leseberechtigung für alle Gehälter und Zahlungen Permission519=Löhne exportieren Permission520=Darlehen anzeigen Permission522=Darlehen erstellen/bearbeiten @@ -967,8 +970,8 @@ Permission23003=Geplante Aufgabe(n) löschen Permission23004=Geplante Aufgaben ausführen Permission50101=Verwenden des Kassenmoduls (SimplePOS) Permission50151=Verwenden des Kassenmoduls (TakePOS) -Permission50152=Edit sales lines -Permission50153=Edit ordered sales lines +Permission50152=Zeilen Verkauf bearbeiten +Permission50153=Zeilen bestellte Verkäufe bearbeiten Permission50201=Transaktionen einsehen Permission50202=Transaktionen importieren Permission50330=Lesen Sie Objekte von Zapier @@ -1048,7 +1051,7 @@ DictionaryOpportunityStatus=Verkaufschancen für Projekt/Lead DictionaryExpenseTaxCat=Spesenbericht - Mobilität DictionaryExpenseTaxRange=Spesenreport - Bereich pro Transportkategorie DictionaryTransportMode=Intracomm-Bericht - Transportmodus -DictionaryBatchStatus=Product lot/serial Quality Control status +DictionaryBatchStatus=Status der Qualitätskontrolle für Produktcharge/Serie TypeOfUnit=Art der Einheit SetupSaved=Einstellungen gespeichert SetupNotSaved=Einstellungen nicht gespeichert @@ -1190,9 +1193,12 @@ SetupDescription2=Die folgenden zwei Punkte sind obligatorisch: SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Grundlegende Parameter zum Anpassen des Standardverhaltens Ihrer Anwendung (z. B. für länderbezogene Funktionen). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Diese Software ist eine Suite vieler Module / Anwendungen. Die auf Ihre Bedürfnisse bezogenen Module müssen aktiviert und konfiguriert sein. Menüeinträge werden mit der Aktivierung dieser Module angezeigt. SetupDescription5=Andere Setup-Menüs verwalten optionale Parameter. +SetupDescriptionLink= %s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Grundlegende Parameter, um das Standardverhalten Ihrer Anwendung anzupassen (z. B. für länderbezogene Funktionen). +SetupDescription4b=Diese Software umfasst zahlreiche Module/Anwendungen. Die von Ihnen benötigten Module müssen aktiviert und konfiguriert werden. Bei der Aktivierung dieser Module erscheinen entsprechende Menüeinträge. AuditedSecurityEvents=Sicherheitsereignisse, die überwacht werden NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Es werden keine Sicherheitsereignisse überwacht. Sie können sie über das Menü %s aktivieren -Audit=Security events +Audit=Sicherheitsrelevante Ereignisse InfoDolibarr=Über Dolibarr InfoBrowser=Über Ihren Webbrowser InfoOS=Über Ihr Betriebsystem @@ -1200,7 +1206,7 @@ InfoWebServer=Über Ihren Webserver InfoDatabase=Über Ihre Datenbank InfoPHP=Über PHP InfoPerf=Leistungs-Informationen -InfoSecurity=Über Sicherheit +InfoSecurity=Sicherheitsbericht BrowserName=Browsername BrowserOS=Betriebssystem des Browsers ListOfSecurityEvents=Liste der sicherheitsrelevanten Ereignisse @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=Ihre PHP-Konfiguration unterstützt keine SSL-Versc DownloadMoreSkins=Weitere grafische Oberflächen herunterladen SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Gibt die Referenznummer im Format %syymm-nnnn zurück, wobei yy das Jahr, mm der Monat und nnnn eine fortlaufende automatisch inkrementierende Nummer ohne Zurücksetzen ist SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Gibt die Referenznummer im Format %s-nnnn zurück, wobei nnnn eine fortlaufende automatisch inkrementierende Nummer ohne Zurücksetzen ist -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Erweiterte Kundendaten (geschäftliche ID-Nummern) im Adressfeld anzeigen +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Umsatzsteuer-ID ausblenden TranslationUncomplete=Teilweise Übersetzung MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Wetteransicht deaktivieren MeteoStdMod=Standart Modus @@ -1324,12 +1330,12 @@ ConditionIsCurrently=Einstellung ist aktuell %s YouUseBestDriver=Sie verwenden den Treiber %s, dies ist derzeit der best verfügbare. YouDoNotUseBestDriver=Sie verwenden Treiber %s, aber es wird der Treiber %s empfohlen. NbOfObjectIsLowerThanNoPb=Es existieren nur %s %s in Ihrer Datenbank. Dies erfordert daher keine speziellen Optimierungsmaßnahmen. -ComboListOptim=Combo list loading optimization +ComboListOptim=Optimierung beim Laden von Combo-Listen SearchOptim=Such Optimierung -YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can go into setup of module to enable loading of combo list on key pressed event. -YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can add the constant %s to 1 in Home-Setup-Other. -YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=This limits the search to the beginning of strings which makes it possible for the database to use indexes and you should get an immediate response. -YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=You have %s %s in the database and constant %s is set to %s in Home-Setup-Other. +YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=Sie haben %s %s in der Datenbank. Sie können im Setup des Moduls das Laden der Combo-Liste auf Tastendruck aktivieren. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=Sie haben %s %s in der Datenbank. Sie können in Start-Einstellungen-Erweiterte Einstellungen den Wert %s auf 1 setzen. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=Beschränkung der Suche auf den Anfang von Zeichenketten. Dadurch kann die Datenbank Indizes verwenden, was die Antwortzeiten deutlich beschleunigt. +YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=Sie haben %s %s in der Datenbank und die Konstante %s ist in Start-Einstellungen-Erweiterte Einstellungen auf %s gesetzt. BrowserIsOK=Sie verwenden %s als Webbrowser. Dieser ist hinsichtlich Sicherheit und Leistung ausreichend. BrowserIsKO=Sie verwenden %s als Webbrowser. Dieser ist bekanntlich eine schlechte Wahl wenn es um Sicherheit, Leistung und Zuverlässigkeit geht. Wir empfehlen Firefox, Chrome, Opera oder Safari zu benutzen. PHPModuleLoaded=PHP Komponente %s ist geladen @@ -1415,8 +1421,8 @@ WAREHOUSE_ASK_WAREHOUSE_DURING_ORDER=Frage nach Lager für Aufträge ##### Suppliers Orders ##### BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Frage nach der Ziel-Bankverbindung der Lieferantenbestellung ##### Orders ##### -SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInOrder=Vorgeschlagener, standardmäßiger Zahlungsmodus für Verkaufsaufträge, falls nicht in der Bestellung definiert -OrdersSetup=Einstellungen für die Verwaltung von Verkaufsaufträgen +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInOrder=Vorgeschlagener, standardmäßiger Zahlungsmodus für Kundenaufträge, falls nicht in der Bestellung definiert +OrdersSetup=Einstellungen für die Verwaltung von Kundenaufträgen OrdersNumberingModules=Nummernvergabe für Bestellungen OrdersModelModule=Dokumentenvorlage(n) FreeLegalTextOnOrders=Freier Rechtstext auf Bestellungen @@ -1441,7 +1447,7 @@ MemberMainOptions=Haupteinstellungen AdherentLoginRequired= Verwalten Sie eine Anmeldung für jedes Mitglied AdherentMailRequired=Für das Anlegen eines neuen Mitglieds ist eine E-Mail-Adresse erforderlich MemberSendInformationByMailByDefault=Das Kontrollkästchen für den automatischen Versand einer E-Mail-Bestätigung an Mitglieder (bei Freigabe oder neuem Abonnement) ist standardmäßig aktiviert -MemberCreateAnExternalUserForSubscriptionValidated=Create an external user login for each new member subscription validated +MemberCreateAnExternalUserForSubscriptionValidated=Externes Benutzer-Login für jedes validierte neue Mitgliedsabonnement erstellen VisitorCanChooseItsPaymentMode=Der Besucher kann aus verschiedenen Zahlungsmethoden auswählen MEMBER_REMINDER_EMAIL=Aktivieren Sie die automatische Erinnerung per E-Mail an abgelaufene Abonnements. Hinweis: Das Modul %s muss aktiviert und ordnungsgemäß eingerichtet sein, damit Erinnerungen gesendet werden können. MembersDocModules=Dokumentvorlagen für Dokumente, die aus dem Mitgliedsdatensatz generiert wurden @@ -1589,7 +1595,7 @@ ForANonAnonymousAccess=Für einen authentifizierten Zugang (z.B. für Schreibzug PerfDolibarr=Leistungs-Einstellungen/Optimierungsreport YouMayFindPerfAdviceHere=Auf dieser Seite finden Sie einige Überprüfungen oder Hinweise zur Leistung. NotInstalled=Nicht installiert. -NotSlowedDownByThis=Nicht dadurch verlangsamt. +NotSlowedDownByThis=Die Leistung wird hierdurch nicht beeinträchtigt. NotRiskOfLeakWithThis=Hiermit keine Verlustgefahr. ApplicativeCache=geeigneter Cache MemcachedNotAvailable=Kein Cache Anwendung gefunden. \nSie können die Leistung durch die Installation des Cache-Server Memcached und die Aktivierung des Moduls Anwendungscache
hier mehr Informationen http://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php/Module_MemCached_EN.
\nverbessern.\nBeachten Sie, dass viele Billig-Provider keine solche Cache-Server in ihrer Infrastruktur anbieten. @@ -1772,14 +1778,14 @@ AGENDA_DEFAULT_VIEW=Welche Standardansicht soll geöffnet werden, wenn das Menü AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER=Aktiviere die Ereigniserinnerung im Browser des Benutzers. (Wenn das Erinnerungsdatum erreicht ist, wird vom Browser ein Popup angezeigt. Jeder Benutzer kann solche Benachrichtigungen in seinem Browser-Benachrichtigungs-Setup deaktivieren.) AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER_SOUND=Aktiviere Tonbenachrichtigung AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL=Aktiviere die Ereigniserinnerung per E-Mail (Erinnerungsoption / Verzögerung kann für jedes Ereignis definiert werden). -AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL_NOTE=Note: The frequency of the scheduled job %s must be enough to be sure that the remind are sent at the correct moment. +AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL_NOTE=Hinweis: Die Häufigkeit des geplanten Jobs %s muss ausreichend sein, um sicherzustellen, dass die Erinnerung zum richtigen Zeitpunkt gesendet wird. AGENDA_SHOW_LINKED_OBJECT=Verknüpfte Objekte in Agenda anzeigen ##### Clicktodial ##### ClickToDialSetup=Click-to-Dial Moduleinstellungen ClickToDialUrlDesc=URL, die bei einem Klick auf das Telefonsymbol aufgerufen werden soll. In dieser URL können die folgenden Tags verwendet werden:
__PHONETO__ Telefonnummer des Angerufenen
__PHONEFROM__ Telefonnummer des Anrufers (Ihre)
__LOGIN__ Ihren Benutzernamen für Click-to-Dial (siehe Benutzerdaten)
__PASS__ Ihr Click-to-Dial-Passwort (siehe Benutzerdaten). ClickToDialDesc=Dieses Modul formatiert Telefonnummern als direkt anklickbare Links auf Desktop-PCs. Ein Klick wählt die Nummer. Damit kann ein Telefonanruf direkt gestartet werden, wenn Softphones oder SIP-Telefone verwendet werden. Hinweis: Auf Smartphones sind Telefonnummern immer anklickbar. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Nur einen Link "Tel:" bei Telefonnummern verwenden -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Verwenden Sie diese Methode, wenn Ihre Benutzer ein Software-Telefon oder ein Interface für ein Telefon auf demselben Computer installiert haben, auf dem der Browser läuft. Dieses Telefon/Interface wird aufgerufen, wenn Sie im Browser auf einen Link klicken, der mit "tel:" beginnt. Wenn Sie einen Link verwenden wollen, der mit "sip:" beginnt, oder wenn Sie eine vollständige Serverlösung nutzen (ohne lokale Software-Installation), wählen Sie hier "Nein" und füllen das nächste Feld aus.\n ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Kasse CashDeskSetup=Kassenmoduleinstellungen @@ -1926,7 +1932,7 @@ ExpectedSize=Erwartete Größe CurrentSize=Derzeitige Größe ForcedConstants=Erforderliche Parameter Werte MailToSendProposal=Kunden Angebote -MailToSendOrder=Verkaufsaufträge +MailToSendOrder=Kundenaufträge MailToSendInvoice=Kundenrechnungen MailToSendShipment=Lieferungen MailToSendIntervention=Serviceaufträge @@ -1988,7 +1994,9 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_RIGHT=Rechter Rand im PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Oberer Rand im PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Unterer Rand im PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Höhe des Logos im PDF -MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Angebotszeile um Bild ergänzen +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Zahlungsbedingungen ausblenden +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Zahlungsmodus ausblenden MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Füge elektronische Signatur zu PDF hinzu NothingToSetup=Dieses Modul benötigt keine speziellen Einstellungen. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Setzen Sie dieses Fehld auf Ja, wenn diese Gruppe eine Berechnung von anderen Gruppen ist @@ -2077,7 +2085,7 @@ WarningValueHigherSlowsDramaticalyOutput=Warnung, höhere Werte verlangsamen die ModuleActivated=Modul %s is aktiviert und verlangsamt die Overfläche ModuleActivatedWithTooHighLogLevel=Das Modul %s wird mit einer zu hohen Protokollierungsstufe aktiviert (versuchen Sie, eine niedrigere Stufe für bessere Leistung und Sicherheit zu verwenden). ModuleSyslogActivatedButLevelNotTooVerbose=Das Modul %s ist aktiviert und die Protokollstufe (%s) ist korrekt (nicht zu ausführlich). -IfYouAreOnAProductionSetThis=Wenn Sie sich in einer Produktionsumgebung befinden, sollten Sie diese Eigenschaft auf %s setzen. +IfYouAreOnAProductionSetThis=Wenn Sie sich in einer Produktivumgebung befinden, sollten Sie diese Eigenschaft auf %s setzen. AntivirusEnabledOnUpload=Antivirus für hochgeladene Dateien aktiviert SomeFilesOrDirInRootAreWritable=Einige Dateien oder Verzeichnisse sind nicht schreibgeschützt EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS=Exportmodelle sind für jeden zugänglich. @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Größer als IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Beachten Sie, dass das erstellte Ereignis automatisch mit dem bekannten verwandten Objekt verknüpft wird, wenn eine Tracking-ID eines Objekts in einer E-Mail gefunden wird oder wenn die E-Mail eine Antwort auf eine E-Mail ist, die bereits gesammelt und mit einem Objekt verknüpft wurde. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Wenn Sie bei einem GMail-Konto die 2-stufige Validierung aktiviert haben, wird empfohlen, ein spezielles zweites Passwort für die Anwendung zu erstellen, anstatt Ihr eigenes Konto-Passwort von https://myaccount.google.com/. zu verwenden. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Es kann ein erwünscht sein, die E-Mail in ein anderes Tag / Verzeichnis zu verschieben, wenn sie erfolgreich verarbeitet wurde. Legen Sie hier einfach den Namen des Verzeichnisses fest, um diese Funktion zu verwenden (verwenden Sie KEINE Sonderzeichen im Namen). Beachten Sie, dass Sie auch ein Lese- / Schreib-Anmeldekonto verwenden müssen. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Mit dieser Aktion können Sie den E-Mail-Inhalt verwenden, um einen vorhandenen Dritten in Ihrer Datenbank zu suchen und zu laden. Der gefundene (oder erstellte) Drittanbieter wird für die folgenden erforderlichen Aktionen verwendet. Im Parameterfeld können Sie zum Beispiel 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' verwenden, wenn Sie den Namen des Drittanbieters aus einer Zeichenfolge 'Name: Name zu finden' extrahieren, und in den body einfügen möchten. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Mit dieser Aktion können Sie den E-Mail-Inhalt verwenden, um einen vorhandenen Geschäftspartner in Ihrer Datenbank zu finden und zu bearbeiten. Der gefundene (oder neu erstellte) Geschäftspartner wird durch die nachfolgenden Aktionen modifiziert.
Wenn Sie beispielsweise aus einer empfangenen E-Mail, in der die Zeichenfolge "Name: Peter Lustig" vorkommt, einen Geschäftspartner erstellen möchten, können Sie seinen Namen und seine E-Mail-Adresse durch das entsprechende Setzen der Parameter aus der E-Mail extrahieren:
'email=HEADER: ^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Endpunkt für %s:%s DeleteEmailCollector=Lösche eMail-Collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie diesen eMail-Collector löschen wollen? @@ -2123,28 +2131,31 @@ ModuleActivatedMayExposeInformation=Diese PHP-Erweiterung kann vertrauliche Date ModuleActivatedDoNotUseInProduction=Ein für die Entwicklung entwickeltes Modul wurde aktiviert. Aktivieren Sie es nicht in einer Produktionsumgebung. CombinationsSeparator=Trennzeichen für Produktkombinationen SeeLinkToOnlineDocumentation=Beispiele finden Sie unter dem Link zur Online-Dokumentation im oberen Menü -SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF=Wenn die Funktion "%s" des Moduls %s verwendet wird, werden Details zu Unterprodukten eines Satzes als PDF angezeigt. +SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF=Wenn die Funktion "%s" des Moduls %s verwendet wird, werden Details zu den Unterprodukten eines Kits/Satzes im PDF ausgegeben. AskThisIDToYourBank=Wenden Sie sich an Ihre Bank, um diese ID zu erhalten AdvancedModeOnly=Berechtigung nur im erweiterten Berechtigungsmodus verfügbar ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Die conf-Datei kann von jedem Benutzer gelesen oder beschrieben werden. Geben Sie nur dem Benutzer und der Gruppe des Webservers die Berechtigung. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organisation von Ereignissen +MailToPartnership=Partnerschaft AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Standardereignisstatus beim Erstellen eines Ereignisses aus dem Formular YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Sie sollten PHP-Funktionen deaktivieren -IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions -PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=For shell purpose (like scheduled job backup or running an anitivurs program), you must keep PHP functions +IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Sie sollten die PHP-Funktionen deaktivieren, falls Sie keine Systembefehle in benutzerdefiniertem Code ausführen wollen +PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Für Shell-Zwecke (z.B. geplante Jobs für Sicherungen oder die Ausführung eines Antivirus-Programms) müssen Sie PHP-Funktionen beibehalten NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=In Ihrem Stammverzeichnis wurden keine beschreibbaren Dateien oder Verzeichnisse der gängigen Programme gefunden (gut). RecommendedValueIs=Empfohlen: %s Recommended=Empfohlen -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Nicht empfohlen ARestrictedPath=Ein eingeschränkter Pfad CheckForModuleUpdate=Suchen Sie nach Updates für externe Module CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Diese Aktion stellt eine Verbindung zu Editoren externer Module her, um zu überprüfen, ob eine neue Version verfügbar ist. ModuleUpdateAvailable=Eine Aktualisierung ist verfügbar NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=Für externe Module wurden keine Updates gefunden SwaggerDescriptionFile=Swagger API-Beschreibungsdatei (zum Beispiel zur Verwendung mit Redoc) -YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=You enabled deprecated WS API. You should use REST API instead. -RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Randomly selected if several pictures are available -DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file -DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file -APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled -YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=Sie haben die veraltete WS-API aktiviert. Sie sollten stattdessen die REST-API verwenden. +RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Zufallsauswahl, wenn mehrere Bilder vorhanden sind +DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Das Datenbankpasswort ist in der conf-Datei verschleiert +DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Das Datenbankpasswort ist in der conf-Datei NICHT verschleiert +APIsAreNotEnabled=Es sind keine APIs aktiviert. +YouShouldSetThisToOff=Sollte auf '0' oder 'aus' gesetzt werden +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Installation und Upgrades werden durch die Datei %s gesperrt +OldImplementation=Alte Implementierung diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/banks.lang index 33a989f0409..58e86db14a6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/banks.lang @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ SocialContributionPayment=Zahlung von Sozialabgaben/Steuern BankTransfer=Überweisung BankTransfers=Überweisungen MenuBankInternalTransfer=interner Transfer -TransferDesc=Use internal transfer to transfer from one account to another, the application will write two records: a debit in the source account and a credit in the target account. The same amount, label and date will be used for this transaction. +TransferDesc=Verwenden Sie die interne Überweisung, um von einem Konto auf ein anderes zu überweisen. Die Anwendung schreibt zwei Datensätze: eine Belastung auf dem Quellkonto und eine Gutschrift auf dem Zielkonto. Für diese Transaktion werden derselbe Betrag, Bezeichnung und Datum verwendet. TransferFrom=von TransferTo=bis TransferFromToDone=Eine Überweisung von %s nach %s iHv %s %s wurde verbucht. CheckTransmitter=Absenderadresse ValidateCheckReceipt=Rechnungseingang gültig? -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Möchten Sie diesen Scheckbeleg wirklich zur Validierung einreichen? Nach der Validierung sind keine Änderungen mehr möglich. DeleteCheckReceipt=Wollen Sie diesen Rechnungseingang löschen? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie diesen Rechnungseingang löschen wollen? BankChecks=Bankschecks @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ AllAccounts=Alle Finanzkonten BackToAccount=Zurück zum Konto ShowAllAccounts=Alle Finanzkonten FutureTransaction=Zukünftige Transaktion. Ausgleichen nicht möglich. -SelectChequeTransactionAndGenerate=Select/filter the checks which are to be included in the check deposit receipt. Then, click on "Create". +SelectChequeTransactionAndGenerate=Wählen/filtern Sie die Schecks, die in den Scheckeinzahlungsbeleg aufgenommen werden sollen. Klicken Sie anschließend auf „Erstellen“. InputReceiptNumber=Wählen Sie den Kontoauszug der mit der Zahlung übereinstimmt. Verwenden Sie einen sortierbaren numerischen Wert: YYYYMM oder YYYYMMDD EventualyAddCategory=Wenn möglich Kategorie angeben, in der die Daten eingeordnet werden ToConciliate=auszugleichen ? @@ -181,4 +181,4 @@ BankColorizeMovementName1=Hintergrundfarbe für Debit-Bewegung BankColorizeMovementName2=Hintergrundfarbe für Kredit-Bewegung IfYouDontReconcileDisableProperty=Wenn Sie auf einigen Bankkonten keine Bankkontenabgleiche vornehmen, deaktivieren Sie die Eigenschaft "%s", um diese Warnung zu entfernen. NoBankAccountDefined=Kein Bankkonto definiert -NoRecordFoundIBankcAccount=No record found in bank account. Commonly, this occurs when a record has been deleted manually from the list of transaction in the bank account (for example during a reconciliation of the bank account). Another reason is that the payment was recorded when the module "%s" was disabled. +NoRecordFoundIBankcAccount=Kein Datensatz im Bankkonto gefunden. Dies ist in der Regel der Fall, wenn ein Datensatz manuell aus der Transaktionsliste des Bankkontos gelöscht wurde (z. B. bei einer Abstimmung des Bankkontos). Ein weiterer Grund ist, dass die Zahlung aufgezeichnet wurde, als das Modul "%s" deaktiviert war. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/bills.lang index a20adc16a2a..4b0c1d848f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/bills.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/bills.lang @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ DateMaxPayment=Fälligkeitsdatum DateInvoice=Rechnungsdatum DatePointOfTax=Steuerort NoInvoice=Keine Rechnung -NoOpenInvoice=No open invoice +NoOpenInvoice=Keine offene Rechnung ClassifyBill=Rechnung einordnen SupplierBillsToPay=Unbezahlte Lieferantenrechnungen CustomerBillsUnpaid=Offene Kundenrechnungen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/blockedlog.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/blockedlog.lang index 65396077e9f..a9cadcb60c7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/blockedlog.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/blockedlog.lang @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ BrowseBlockedLog=Unveränderbare Logs ShowAllFingerPrintsMightBeTooLong=Unveränderbare Logs anzeigen (kann lange dauern...) ShowAllFingerPrintsErrorsMightBeTooLong=Non valid Logs anzeigen (kann lange dauern) DownloadBlockChain=Fingerprints herunterladen -KoCheckFingerprintValidity=Der archivierte Protokolleintrag ist ungültig. Dies bedeutet, dass Daten dieses Datensatzes nach der Aufzeichnung geändert wurden oder der vorherige archivierte Datensatz gelöscht wurde (überprüfen Sie, ob die Zeile mit dem vorangestellten # vorhanden ist). +KoCheckFingerprintValidity=Der archivierte Protokolleintrag ist ungültig. Das bedeutet, dass Daten dieses Datensatzes geändert wurden, nachdem er protokolliert wurde, und/oder dass der vorherige protokollierte Datensatz gelöscht wurde (prüfen Sie, dass die Zeile mit der vorhergehenden Zeilennummer existiert) und/oder dass die Prüfsumme des vorherigen Datensatzes nachträglich geändert wurde. OkCheckFingerprintValidity=Der archivierte Protokolleintrag ist gültig. Die Daten in dieser Zeile wurden nicht geändert und der Eintrag folgt dem Vorherigen. OkCheckFingerprintValidityButChainIsKo=Der archivierte Logeintrag scheint im Vergleich zum vorherigen gültig zu sein, aber die vorangehende Eintragskette wurde beschädigt. AddedByAuthority=In der Remote-Instanz gespeichert diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/boxes.lang index 090225768c2..79428ef6fc2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/boxes.lang @@ -35,21 +35,21 @@ BoxTitleLastCustomersOrProspects=Neueste Kunden oder Interessenten (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastCustomerBills=Zuletzt bearbeitete Kundenrechnungen (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastSupplierBills=Zuletzt bearbeitete Lieferantenrechnungen (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastModifiedProspects=Zuletzt bearbeitete Interessenten (maximal %s) -BoxTitleLastModifiedMembers=%s neueste Mitglieder +BoxTitleLastModifiedMembers= Neueste Mitglieder (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastFicheInter=Zuletzt bearbeitete Serviceaufträge (maximal %s) BoxTitleOldestUnpaidCustomerBills=Älteste offene Kundenrechnungen (maximal %s) -BoxTitleOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=älteste offene Lieferantenrechnungen (maximal %s) +BoxTitleOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=Älteste offene Lieferantenrechnungen (maximal %s) BoxTitleCurrentAccounts=Salden offene Konten BoxTitleSupplierOrdersAwaitingReception=Lieferantenbestellungen warten auf Eingang BoxTitleLastModifiedContacts=Zuletzt bearbeitete Kontakte/Adressen (maximal %s) BoxMyLastBookmarks=Meine %s neuesten Lesezeichen BoxOldestExpiredServices=Die ältesten abgelaufenen aktiven Dienste -BoxLastExpiredServices=Letzte %s älteste Kontake mit aktiven abgelaufenen Diensten. +BoxLastExpiredServices=Neueste Verträge mit abgelaufenen Leistungen (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastActionsToDo=Anstehende Termine / Aufgaben (maximal %s) -BoxTitleLastContracts=Letzte %s-Verträge, die geändert wurden +BoxTitleLastContracts=Zuletzt bearbeitete Verträge (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastModifiedDonations=Letzte %s Spenden, die geändert wurden BoxTitleLastModifiedExpenses=Neueste %s Spesenabrechnungen, die geändert wurden -BoxTitleLatestModifiedBoms=Neueste %s-Stücklisten, die geändert wurden +BoxTitleLatestModifiedBoms=Neueste %s Stücklisten, die geändert wurden BoxTitleLatestModifiedMos=Neueste %s Fertigungsaufträge, die geändert wurden BoxTitleLastOutstandingBillReached=Kunden mit überschrittenen Maximal-Aussenständen BoxGlobalActivity=Globale Aktivität (Rechnungen, Angebote, Aufträge) @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ NoTooLowStockProducts=Keine Produkte unter der Minimalgrenze BoxProductDistribution=Verteilung von Produkten/Leistungen ForObject=Auf %s BoxTitleLastModifiedSupplierBills=Zuletzt bearbeitete Lieferantenrechnungen (maximal %s) -BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=zuletzt bearbeitete Lieferantenbestellungen (maximal %s) +BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Zuletzt bearbeitete Lieferantenbestellungen (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Zuletzt bearbeitete Kundenrechnungen (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Zuletzt bearbeitete Kundenaufträge (maximal %s) BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Zuletzt bearbeitete Angebote (maximal %s) -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Neueste %s geänderte Stellenangebote +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Neueste %s geänderte Bewerbungen ForCustomersInvoices=Kundenrechnungen ForCustomersOrders=Kundenaufträge ForProposals=Angebote @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ ChooseBoxToAdd=Widget zu Ihrer Startseite hinzufügen BoxAdded=Widget wurde zu Ihrer Startseite hinzugefügt BoxTitleUserBirthdaysOfMonth=Geburtstage in diesem Monat (Benutzer) BoxLastManualEntries=letzte Einträge in der Buchhaltung, manuell oder ohne Quelldokument eingegeben -BoxTitleLastManualEntries=%s letzter Datensatz, der manuell oder ohne Quelldokument eingegeben wurde +BoxTitleLastManualEntries=%s neueste Datensätze, die manuell oder ohne Beleg erstellt wurden NoRecordedManualEntries=In der Buchhaltung sind keine manuellen Einträge erfasst BoxSuspenseAccount=Zähle die Buchhaltungsoperation mit dem Zwischenonto BoxTitleSuspenseAccount=Anzahl nicht zugewiesener Zeilen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cashdesk.lang index cbb62861688..011065c558c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cashdesk.lang @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ CashDeskGenericMaskCodes6 =  Das Tag
{TN} wird zum Hinzufügen de TakeposGroupSameProduct=Gruppieren Sie dieselben Produktlinien StartAParallelSale=Starten Sie einen neuen Parallelverkauf SaleStartedAt=Der Verkauf begann bei %s -ControlCashOpening=Open the "Control cash" popup when opening the POS +ControlCashOpening=Das "Kasse kontrollieren" Popup-Fenster anzeigen beim Öffnen des POS CloseCashFence=Schließen Sie die Kassensteuerung CashReport=Kassenbericht MainPrinterToUse=Quittungsdrucker @@ -126,5 +126,6 @@ ModuleReceiptPrinterMustBeEnabled=Das Modul Belegdrucker muss zuerst aktiviert w AllowDelayedPayment=Verzögerte Zahlung zulassen PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Zahlungsmethode auf Tickets | Quittungen drucken WeighingScale=Waage -ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHT = Preisspalte ohne Steuern anzeigen (auf dem Bildschirm) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Preisspalte ohne Steuern ausgeben (auf der Quittung) +CustomerDisplay=Kundendisplay diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/commercial.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/commercial.lang index 98276414cc5..8b053d56150 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/commercial.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/commercial.lang @@ -64,10 +64,11 @@ ActionAC_SHIP=Lieferschein senden ActionAC_SUP_ORD=Lieferantenbestellung per E-Mail versenden ActionAC_SUP_INV=Lieferanten-Rechnung per E-Mail versenden ActionAC_OTH=Sonstiges -ActionAC_OTH_AUTO=Automatisch eingefügte Ereignisse +ActionAC_OTH_AUTO=Andere Automatisch ActionAC_MANUAL=Manuell eingefügte Ereignisse ActionAC_AUTO=Automatisch eingefügte Ereignisse -ActionAC_OTH_AUTOShort=Automatisch +ActionAC_OTH_AUTOShort=Sonstige +ActionAC_EVENTORGANIZATION=Ereignisse Veranstaltungsorganisation Stats=Verkaufsstatistiken StatusProsp=Kontaktstatus DraftPropals=Entworfene Angebote diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/companies.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/companies.lang index c768096dfed..c8c60f8995b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/companies.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/companies.lang @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ ListSuppliersShort=Liste der Lieferanten ListProspectsShort=Liste der Interessenten ListCustomersShort=Liste der Kunden ThirdPartiesArea=Partner und Kontakte -LastModifiedThirdParties=Neueste %s Drittanbieter, die geändert wurden +LastModifiedThirdParties=Zuletzt bearbeitete Geschäftspartner (maximal %s) UniqueThirdParties=Gesamtzahl der Drittanbieter InActivity=aktiv ActivityCeased=inaktiv diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/compta.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/compta.lang index df0d32263fa..24183763534 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/compta.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/compta.lang @@ -286,9 +286,9 @@ ReportPurchaseTurnover=Kaufumsatz in Rechnung gestellt ReportPurchaseTurnoverCollected=Kaufumsatz gesammelt IncludeVarpaysInResults = Nehmen Sie verschiedene Zahlungen in Berichte auf IncludeLoansInResults = Kredite in Berichte aufnehmen -InvoiceLate30Days = Invoices late > 30 days -InvoiceLate15Days = Invoices late > 15 days +InvoiceLate30Days = Überf. Rechnungen ( > 30 Tage) +InvoiceLate15Days = Überf. Rechnungen ( > 15 Tage) InvoiceLateMinus15Days = Überfällige Rechnungen -InvoiceNotLate = To be collected < 15 days -InvoiceNotLate15Days = To be collected in 15 days -InvoiceNotLate30Days = To be collected in 30 days +InvoiceNotLate = Fällig in weniger als 15 Tagen +InvoiceNotLate15Days = Fällig in 15 Tagen +InvoiceNotLate30Days = Fällig in 30 Tagen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cron.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cron.lang index c52d1335f8b..ac87713d6b8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cron.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/cron.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ CronErrEndDateStartDt=Enddatum kann nicht vor dem Startdatum liegen StatusAtInstall=Status bei der Modulinstallation CronStatusActiveBtn=Zeitplan CronStatusInactiveBtn=Deaktivieren -CronTaskInactive=This job is disabled (not scheduled) +CronTaskInactive=Dieser Job ist deaktiviert (keine Ausführung geplant) CronId=ID CronClassFile=Dateiname mit Klasse CronModuleHelp=Name des Dolibarr Modulverzeichnisses (auch für externe Dolibarr Module).
Um zum Beispiel die Abrufmethode eines Dolibarr Produkt-Objektes aufzurufen /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, ist der Wert für Modul
product diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/deliveries.lang index e2b3395ea88..03e12567981 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/deliveries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/deliveries.lang @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ NonShippable=Nicht versandfertig ShowShippableStatus=Versandstatus anzeigen ShowReceiving=Zustellbestätigung anzeigen NonExistentOrder=Auftrag existiert nicht -StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Stock quantities already allocated on previous lines +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Bestandsmengen, die bereits in den vorangegangenen Zeilen zugeteilt wurden diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/donations.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/donations.lang index 026e716694c..1b8ccf1dc67 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/donations.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/donations.lang @@ -32,3 +32,4 @@ DONATION_ART238=Zeige Artikel 238 des CGI, falls Sie betroffen sind DONATION_ART885=Zeige Artikel 885 des CGI, falls Sie betroffen sind DonationPayment=Spendenzahlung DonationValidated=Spende %s validiert +DonationUseThirdparties=Verwenden Sie einen bestehenden Geschäftskontakt als Grundlage von Spenderdaten diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ecm.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ecm.lang index 9df6d3767fd..79d642b0603 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ecm.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ecm.lang @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ FileNotYetIndexedInDatabase=Datei noch nicht in Datenbank indiziert (bitte Datei ExtraFieldsEcmFiles=Extrafelder Ecm-Dateien ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=Extrafelder Ecm-Verzeichnisse ECMSetup=DMS Einstellungen -GenerateImgWebp=Duplicate all images with another version with .webp format -ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=If you confirm, you will generate an image in .webp format for all images currently into this folder (subfolders are not included)... -ConfirmImgWebpCreation=Confirm all images duplication -SucessConvertImgWebp=Images successfully duplicated +GenerateImgWebp=Erstelle ein Duplikat aller Bilder im .webp-Format, sofern diese in einem anderen Dateiformat vorliegen +ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=Wenn Sie bestätigen, generieren Sie für alle Bilder, die sich derzeit in diesem Ordner befinden, ein Bild im .webp-Format (Unterordner werden nicht berücksichtigt)... +ConfirmImgWebpCreation=Bestätigen Sie die Duplizierung aller Bilder +SucessConvertImgWebp=Bilder erfolgreich dupliziert diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/errors.lang index c48032ccb9c..cc332a7e843 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/errors.lang @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ErrorBadValueForParamNotAString=Ungültiger Wert für Ihren Parameter. Normalerw ErrorRefAlreadyExists=Die Referenz %s ist bereits vorhanden. ErrorLoginAlreadyExists=Benutzername %s existiert bereits. ErrorGroupAlreadyExists=Gruppe %s existiert bereits. -ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=Email %s already exists. +ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=E-Mail %s existiert bereits. ErrorRecordNotFound=Eintrag wurde nicht gefunden. ErrorFailToCopyFile=Konnte die Datei '%s' nicht nach '%s' kopieren. ErrorFailToCopyDir=Konnte Verzeichnis '%s' nicht nach '%s' kopieren. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ ErrorCantReadFile=Fehler beim Lesen der Datei '%s' ErrorCantReadDir=Fehler beim Lesen des Verzeichnisses '%s' ErrorBadLoginPassword=Benutzername oder Passwort falsch ErrorLoginDisabled=Ihr Konto wurde deaktiviert -ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Failed to run external command. Check it is available and runnable by your PHP server user. Check also the command is not protected on shell level by a security layer like apparmor. +ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Fehler beim Ausführen eines externen Befehls. Überprüfen Sie, ob er verfügbar ist und von Ihrem User des PHP-Servers ausgeführt werden kann. Überprüfen Sie auch, dass der Befehl auf Shell-Ebene nicht durch eine Sicherheitslösung wie apparmor geschützt ist. ErrorFailedToChangePassword=Passwortänderung fehlgeschlagen ErrorLoginDoesNotExists=Benutzer mit Anmeldung %s konnte nicht gefunden werden. ErrorLoginHasNoEmail=Dieser Benutzer hat keine E-Mail-Adresse. Prozess abgebrochen. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ ErrorChooseBetweenFreeEntryOrPredefinedProduct=Sie müssen angeben ob der Artike ErrorDiscountLargerThanRemainToPaySplitItBefore=Der Rabatt den Sie anwenden wollen ist grösser als der verbleibende Rechnungsbetrag. Teilen Sie den Rabatt in zwei kleinere Rabatte auf. ErrorFileNotFoundWithSharedLink=Datei nicht gefunden. Eventuell wurde der Sharekey verändert oder die Datei wurde gelöscht. ErrorProductBarCodeAlreadyExists=Der Produktbarcode %sexistiert schon bei einer anderen Produktreferenz -ErrorNoteAlsoThatSubProductCantBeFollowedByLot=Beachte auch, dass die Verwendung von Sätzen zum automatischen Erhöhen / Verringern von Unterprodukten nicht möglich ist, wenn mindestens ein Unterprodukt (oder Unterprodukt von Unterprodukten) eine Serien- / Chargennummer benötigt. +ErrorNoteAlsoThatSubProductCantBeFollowedByLot=Bei Verwendung von Kits/Sätzen ist das automatischen Erhöhen/Verringern von Unterprodukten nicht möglich, sobald eines der Unterprodukte (auch Unterprodukte von Unterprodukten) eine Serien-/Chargennummer benötigt. ErrorDescRequiredForFreeProductLines=Beschreibung ist erforderlich für freie Produkte ErrorAPageWithThisNameOrAliasAlreadyExists=Die Seite/der Container %s hat denselben Namen oder alternativen Alias, den Sie verwenden möchten ErrorDuringChartLoad=Fehler beim Laden des Kontenplans. Wenn einige Konten nicht geladen wurden, können Sie sie trotzdem manuell eingeben. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ ErrorURLMustStartWithHttp=Die URL %s muss mit http: // oder https: // beginnen. ErrorHostMustNotStartWithHttp=Der Hostname %s darf NICHT mit http: // oder https: // beginnen ErrorNewRefIsAlreadyUsed=Fehler, die neue Referenz ist bereits in Benutzung ErrorDeletePaymentLinkedToAClosedInvoiceNotPossible=Fehler, eine zu einer bereits geschlossenen Rechnung gehörende Zahlung kann nicht gelöscht werden. -ErrorSearchCriteriaTooSmall=Suchkriterium zu klein +ErrorSearchCriteriaTooSmall=Suchbegriff zu kurz ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusActiveToBeDisabled=Objekte müssen den Status 'Aktiv' haben, um deaktiviert werden zu können ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusDraftOrDisabledToBeActivated=Objekte müssen den Status 'Entwurf' oder 'Deaktiviert' haben, um aktiviert werden zu können ErrorNoFieldWithAttributeShowoncombobox=Kein Feld mit der Eigenschaft 'showoncombobox' in Objektdefinition '%s'. Kann keine Combo-Box anzeigen. @@ -263,7 +263,8 @@ ErrorDateIsInFuture=Fehler, das Datum kann nicht in der Zukunft liegen ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Fehler, Betrag ist notwendig ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Fehler, bitte geben Sie den Prozentsatz korrekt ein ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Sie müssen zuerst Ihren Kontenplan einrichten -ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Vorlage mit Codename %s konnte nicht gefunden werden +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Die Dauer für den Service ist nicht definiert. Es besteht keine Möglichkeit, den Stundenpreis zu berechnen. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Ihr PHP Parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) ist größer als Parameter post_max_size (%s). Dies ist eine inkonsistente Einstellung. @@ -300,5 +301,5 @@ WarningModuleXDisabledSoYouMayMissEventHere=Das Modul %s wurde nicht aktiviert. ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=Der Besitzer des Benutzers ist erforderlich ErrorActionCommBadType=Der ausgewählte Ereignistyp (ID: %n, Code: %s) ist im Wörterbuch für den Ereignistyp nicht vorhanden CheckVersionFail=Versionsprüfung fehlgeschlagen -ErrorWrongFileName=Name of the file cannot have __SOMETHING__ in it -ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. +ErrorWrongFileName=Der Dateiname darf nicht __SOMETHING__ enthalten +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Nicht im Dictionary der Zahlungsbedingungen, bitte ändern. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/eventorganization.lang index 1475e171e88..aaab6877700 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/eventorganization.lang @@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ # # Generic # -ModuleEventOrganizationName = Organisation von Ereignissen -EventOrganizationDescription = Organisatio von Ereignissenn durch Projekt-Modul -EventOrganizationDescriptionLong= Verwalten Sie die Ereignisorganisation für Konferenzen, Teilnehmer, Redner und Teilnehmer mit einer öffentlichen Abonnementseite +ModuleEventOrganizationName = Organisation von Veranstaltungen +EventOrganizationDescription = Organisation von Veranstaltungen mittels Projekt-Modul +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong= Verwalten Sie die Veranstaltungsorganisation für Konferenzen (Teilnehmer, Redner) mit einer öffentlichen Buchungsseite. # # Menu # @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ EventOrganizationConferenceOrBoothMenuLeft = Konferenz oder Stand # # Admin page # -EventOrganizationSetup = Einstellungen der Ereignisorganisation +EventOrganizationSetup = Einstellungen für die Organisation von Veranstaltungen Settings = Einstellungen -EventOrganizationSetupPage = Einstellungs-Seite für die Ereignisorganisation +EventOrganizationSetupPage = Einstellungs-Seite für die Organisation von Veranstaltungen EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABEL = Bezeichnung der Aufgaben, die automatisch erstellt werden sollen, wenn das Projekt bestätigt wird -EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = When you validate an organized event, some tasks can be automatically created in the project

For example:
Send Call for Conference
Send Call for Booth
Receive call for conferences
Receive call for Booth
Open subscriptions to events for attendees
Send remind of event to speakers
Send remind of event to Booth hoster
Send remind of event to attendees +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = Wenn Sie eine organisierte Veranstaltung bestätigen, können einige Aufgaben automatisch im Projekt erstellt werden

Zum Beispiel:
Aufruf für Konferenz senden
Aufruf für Standbuchungen senden
Anfragen für Konferenzen empfangen
Anfragen für Stände empfangen
Veranstaltungsbuchung für Teilnehmer freigeben
Veranstaltungserinnerung an Referenten senden
Veranstaltungserinnerung an Standinhaber senden
Veranstaltungserinnerung an Teilnehmer senden EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_CONF = Kategorie, die Drittanbietern hinzugefügt werden soll, wird automatisch erstellt, wenn jemand eine Konferenz vorschlägt EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_BOOTH = Kategorie, die Drittanbietern hinzugefügt werden soll, wird automatisch erstellt, wenn sie einen Stand vorschlagen EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_CONF = Vorlage einer E-Mail, die nach Erhalt eines Konferenzvorschlags gesendet werden soll. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_TYPE = Filtern Sie die Auswahlliste des Dritta # Object # EventOrganizationConfOrBooth= Konferenz oder Stand -ManageOrganizeEvent = Ereignis-Organisation verwalten +ManageOrganizeEvent = Organisation von Veranstaltungen verwalten ConferenceOrBooth = Konferenz oder Stand ConferenceOrBoothTab = Konferenz oder Stand AmountOfSubscriptionPaid = Betrag des bezahlten Abonnements @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ YourOrganizationEventBoothRequestWasReceived = Ihre Anfrage für Stand wurde emp EventOrganizationEmailAskConf = Anfrage für eine Konferenz EventOrganizationEmailAskBooth = Anfrage für Stand EventOrganizationEmailSubsBooth = Abonnement für Stand -EventOrganizationEmailSubsEvent = Abonnement für eine Veranstaltung +EventOrganizationEmailSubsEvent = Buchung für eine Veranstaltung EventOrganizationMassEmailAttendees = Kommunikation mit den Teilnehmern EventOrganizationMassEmailSpeakers = Kommunikation mit den Sprechern @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ PriceOfBoothHelp=Abonnementpreis für einen Stand EventOrganizationICSLink=Verknüpfe ICS für Ereignisse ConferenceOrBoothInformation=Konferenz- oder Standinformationen Attendees = Teilnehmer -DownloadICSLink = Download ICS link +DownloadICSLink = ICS-Link herunterladen EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Sicherer Schlüssel des öffentlichen Registrierungslinks zu einer Konferenz -SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service used for the invoice row about a booth location -SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service used for the invoice row about an attendee subscription to a conference -NbVotes=Number of votes +SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service, der für die Rechnungszeile über einen Stand verwendet wird +SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service, der für die Rechnungszeile über eine Teilnahmebuchung einer Konferenz verwendet wird +NbVotes=Anzahl der Stimmen # # Status # @@ -99,49 +99,51 @@ EvntOrgCancelled = Abgesagt # # Public page # -SuggestForm = Suggestion page -RegisterPage = Page for conferences or booth -EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Here, you can vote for an event, or suggest a new conference or booth for the project -EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new conference for the project -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new booth for the project -ListOfSuggestedConferences = List of suggested conferences -ListOfSuggestedBooths = List of suggested booths -SuggestConference = Suggest a new conference -SuggestBooth = Suggest a booth -ViewAndVote = View and vote for suggested events +SuggestForm = Vorschlagsseite +RegisterPage = Seite für Konferenzen oder Stände +EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Hier können Sie für eine Veranstaltung abstimmen, eine neue Konferenz oder einen neuen Stand für das Projekt vorschlagen +EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Hier können Sie eine neue Konferenz für das Projekt vorschlagen +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Hier können Sie einen neuen Stand für das Projekt vorschlagen +ListOfSuggestedConferences = Liste der vorgeschlagenen Konferenzen +ListOfSuggestedBooths = Liste der vorgeschlagenen Stände +SuggestConference = Eine neue Konferenz vorschlagen +SuggestBooth = Einen Stand vorschlagen +ViewAndVote = Vorgeschlagene Veranstaltungen ansehen und abstimmen PublicAttendeeSubscriptionPage = Öffentlicher Link zur Registrierung zu einer Konferenz MissingOrBadSecureKey = Der Sicherheitsschlüssel ist ungültig oder fehlt -EvntOrgWelcomeMessage = This form allows you to register as a new participant to the conference : '%s' -EvntOrgDuration = This conference starts on %s and ends on %s. -ConferenceAttendeeFee = Conference attendee fee for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s. -BoothLocationFee = Booth location for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s +EvntOrgWelcomeMessage = Mit diesem Formular können Sie sich als neuer Teilnehmer zur Konferenz anmelden: '%s' +EvntOrgDuration = Diese Konferenz beginnt am %s und endet am %s. +ConferenceAttendeeFee = Konferenzteilnehmergebühr für die Veranstaltung: '%s' vom %s bis %s. +BoothLocationFee = Stand für die Veranstaltung: '%s' vom %s bis %s EventType = Ereignistyp -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Stand-Label +LabelOfconference=Konferenz-Label +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Abonnement nicht verfügbar, Konferenz ist noch nicht bestätigt +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s muss vor %s sein +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s muss nach %s sein # # Vote page # -EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference or booth suggestion page. -EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference suggestion page. -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the booth suggestion page. -EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Here, you can view and vote for the suggested events for the project -VoteOk = Your vote has been accepted. -AlreadyVoted = You have already voted for this event. -VoteError = An error has occurred during the vote, please try again. +EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Willkommen auf der Vorschlagseite für Konferenzen und Stände. +EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Willkommen auf der Vorschlagsseite für Konferenzen. +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Willkommen auf der Vorschlagsseite für Stände. +EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Hier können Sie die vorgeschlagenen Veranstaltungen für das Projekt einsehen und für sie abstimmen +VoteOk = Ihre Stimme wurde angenommen. +AlreadyVoted = Sie haben bereits für diese Veranstaltung abgestimmt. +VoteError = Bei der Abstimmung ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut. # # SubscriptionOk page # -SubscriptionOk = Your subscription to this conference has been validated +SubscriptionOk = Ihre Buchung für diese Konferenz wurde bestätigt # # Subscription validation mail # -ConfAttendeeSubscriptionConfirmation = Confirmation of your subscription to a conference +ConfAttendeeSubscriptionConfirmation = Bestätigung Ihrer Buchung für eine Konferenz # # Payment page # -Attendee = Attendee -PaymentConferenceAttendee = Conference attendee payment -PaymentBoothLocation = Booth location payment +Attendee = Teilnehmer +PaymentConferenceAttendee = Zahlung für Konferenzteilnehmer +PaymentBoothLocation = Zahlung für einen Stand diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/exports.lang index 4afed3a9e25..9b91aa0f752 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/exports.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/exports.lang @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ TypeOfLineServiceOrProduct=Art der Zeile (0=Produkt, 1=Leistung) FileWithDataToImport=Datei mit zu importierenden Daten FileToImport=Quelldatei für Import FileMustHaveOneOfFollowingFormat=Die zu importierende Datei muss eines der folgenden Formate haben -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information -StarAreMandatory=* are mandatory fields +DownloadEmptyExample=Vorlagendatei mit Feldinhaltsinformationen herunterladen +StarAreMandatory=* sind Pflichtfelder ChooseFormatOfFileToImport=Wählen Sie das Dateiformat aus, das als Importdateiformat verwendet werden soll, indem Sie auf das Symbol %s klicken, um es auszuwählen ... ChooseFileToImport=Datei hochladen und dann auf das Symbol %s klicken, um die Datei als Quell-Importdatei auszuwählen ... SourceFileFormat=Quelldateiformat diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/externalsite.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/externalsite.lang index 26cabf1b96c..dc88e4308d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/externalsite.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/externalsite.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - externalsite ExternalSiteSetup=Konfigurations-Link auf externe Webseite -ExternalSiteURL=External Site URL of HTML iframe content +ExternalSiteURL=URL der externen Seite zur Einbettung in einen HTML-iframe ExternalSiteModuleNotComplete=Modul ExternalSite wurde nicht richtig konfiguriert. ExampleMyMenuEntry=Mein Menü-Eintrag diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/holiday.lang index 37ef44b5879..3dd5280322d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/holiday.lang @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ LeaveId=Urlaubs-ID ReviewedByCP=Zu genehmigen von UserID=Benutzer ID UserForApprovalID=Benutzer für die Genehmigungs-ID -UserForApprovalFirstname=Vorname des Genehmigungsbenutzers -UserForApprovalLastname=Nachname des Genehmigungsbenutzers -UserForApprovalLogin=Login des Genehmigers +UserForApprovalFirstname=Vorname des Genehmigenden +UserForApprovalLastname=Nachname des Genehmigenden +UserForApprovalLogin=Login des Genehmigenden DescCP=Beschreibung SendRequestCP=Entwurf erstellen DelayToRequestCP=Urlaubsanträge müssen mindestens %s Tage im voraus gestellt werden. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ TypeOfLeaveId=Art der Urlaubs-ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Art des Urlaubscodes TypeOfLeaveLabel=Art des Urlaubslabels NbUseDaysCP=Anzahl genommene Urlaubstage -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Die Berechnung berücksichtigt die arbeitsfreien Tage und Feiertage, die im Wörterbuch definiert sind. +NbUseDaysCPHelp=Die Berechnung berücksichtigt die in den Stammdaten definierten arbeitsfreien Tage und Feiertage. NbUseDaysCPShort=Urlaubstage NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Urlaubstage im Monat DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s ist ein arbeitsfreier Tag @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ HolidaysCancelation=Urlaubsantrag stornieren EmployeeLastname=Mitarbeiter Nachname EmployeeFirstname=Mitarbeiter Vorname TypeWasDisabledOrRemoved=Abreise-Art (Nr %s) war deaktiviert oder entfernt -LastHolidays=%sneuste Ferienanträge -AllHolidays=Allen Ferienanträge +LastHolidays=Neuste %s Urlaubsanträge +AllHolidays=Allen Urlaubsanträge HalfDay=Halber Tag NotTheAssignedApprover=Sie sind nicht der zugeordnete Genehmiger LEAVE_PAID=bezahlter Urlaub @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Krankheit LEAVE_OTHER=Andere Gründe LEAVE_PAID_FR=bezahlter Urlaub ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Letzte automatische Aktualisierung der Urlaubszuordnung +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Monat der letzten automatischen Aktualisierung der Urlaubszuordnung UpdateConfCPOK=Erfolgreich bearbeitet. Module27130Name= Verwaltung von Urlaubsanträgen Module27130Desc= Verwaltung von Urlaubsanträgen @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Ihr Urlaubsantrag vom %s bis %s wurde storniert. FollowedByACounter=0 = Zähler nicht verwenden
1 = Zähler verwenden (diese Art von Urlaub wird mit einem Zähler für den mitarbeiterbezogenen Urlaubsanspruch versehen. Der Zähler wird manuell oder automatisch erhöht oder verringert, wenn der Urlaubsantrag genehmigt wurde.) NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Es sind keine Urlaubsarten definiert, die durch einen Zähler überwacht sind. GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Öffnen Sie das Menü Start - Einstellungen - Stammdaten - Urlaubsarten um die verschiedenen Urlaubsarten zu konfigurieren. -HolidaySetup=Konfiguration des Modul "Urlaubsantrags-Verwaltung" -HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests +HolidaySetup=Konfiguration des Moduls "Urlaubsantrags-Verwaltung" +HolidaysNumberingModules=Nummerierungsschemata für Urlaubsanträge TemplatePDFHolidays=Vorlage für Urlaubsanträge PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Freitext als PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Wasserzeichen auf Urlaubsantragsentwurf (leerlassen wenn keines benötigt wird) HolidaysToApprove=Urlaubstage zu genehmigen -NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Niemand hat die Erlaubnis, Feiertage zu bestätigen. +NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Niemand hat die Erlaubnis, Urlaubstage zu bestätigen. +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monatliche Aktualisierung des Urlaubsguthabens +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s ist normalerweise KEIN Arbeitstag diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/hrm.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/hrm.lang index 964ecea1c7f..7bc68990481 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/hrm.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/hrm.lang @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ ConfirmDeleteEstablishment=Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie diese Einrichtung löschen OpenEtablishment=Einrichtung öffnen CloseEtablishment=Einrichtung schliessen # Dictionary -DictionaryPublicHolidays=Leave - Public holidays +DictionaryPublicHolidays=Urlaub - Feiertage DictionaryDepartment=PV - Abteilungsliste DictionaryFunction=HRM - Stellenangebote # Module diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/install.lang index 4cdd7a6f0d5..b5f0ea99965 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/install.lang @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ConfFileReload=Parameter aus der Konfigurationsdatei neu laden. PHPSupportPOSTGETOk=Ihre PHP-Konfiguration unterstützt GET- und POST-Variablen. PHPSupportPOSTGETKo=Ihre PHP-Konfiguration scheint GET- und/oder POST-Variablen nicht zu unterstützen. Überprüfen Sie in der php.ini den Parameter variables_order. PHPSupportSessions=Ihre PHP-Konfiguration unterstützt Sessions. -PHPSupport=Dieses PHP unterstützt %s-Funktionen. +PHPSupport=Ihre PHP-Konfiguration unterstützt %s-Funktionen. PHPMemoryOK=Die Sitzungsspeicherbegrenzung ihrer PHP-Konfiguration steht auf %s. Dies sollte ausreichend sein. PHPMemoryTooLow=Der maximale PHP-Sitzungsspeicher ist auf %s Bytes gesetzt. Dieser Wert ist zu niedrig. Ändern sie den Parameter memory_limit in der php.ini auf mindestens %s Bytes! Recheck=Klicken Sie hier für einen detailierteren Test. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migration der Foto-Verzeichnispfade für Benutzer MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migration von Benutzerfeldern in sozialen Netzwerken (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Neu Laden von Modul %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Modul BlockedLog für v7 Algorithmus zurücksetzen -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration von Import- bzw. Exportprofilen (1%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Nicht verfügbare Optionen anzeigen HideNotAvailableOptions=Nicht verfügbare Optionen ausblenden ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Während des Migrationsprozesses wurden Fehler gemeldet. Der nächste Schritt ist nicht verfügbar. Um Fehler zu ignorieren, können Sie hier klicken , aber die Anwendung oder einige Funktionen funktionieren möglicherweise nicht richtig, bis die Fehler behoben sind. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/interventions.lang index b380841532e..5bb4fcc450d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Serviceauftragsposition Dauer InterLineDesc=Serviceauftragsposition Beschreibung RepeatableIntervention=Vorlage der Intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Für eine vordefinierte oder wiederkehrende Intervention erstellen Sie zunächst eine gemeinsame Intervention und konvertieren diese dann in eine Vorlage -Reopen=wiedereröffnen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Möchten Sie den Serviceauftrag %s wieder öffnen? +GenerateInter=Serviceauftrag erstellen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/knowledgemanagement.lang index 0488302e764..a23a5ed371c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Über KnowledgeManagementAbout = Über Wissensmanagement KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Über Wissensmanagement Seite -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Wissensmanagement - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Wissensbasis ListKnowledgeRecord = Liste der Artikel NewKnowledgeRecord = Neuer Artikel @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Lösung bestätigen KnowledgeRecords = Artikel KnowledgeRecord = Artikel KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafelder für Artikel +GroupOfTicket=Ticket-Gruppe +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Sie können einen Artikel mit einer Ticket-Gruppe verknüpfen (so wird der Artikel bei der Qualifizierung neuer Tickets vorgeschlagen) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/languages.lang index b4e3aa39c00..6ef532fafff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopisch Language_ar_AR=Arabisch Language_ar_EG=Arabisch (Ägypten) +Language_ar_MA=Arabisch (Marokko) Language_ar_SA=Arabisch -Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_TN=Arabisch (Tunesien) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabisch (Irak) Language_az_AZ=Aserbaidschanisch Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (Indien) @@ -83,9 +85,10 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Niederländisch (Belgien) Language_nl_NL=Niederländisch Language_pl_PL=Polnisch +Language_pt_AO=Portugiesisch (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugiesisch (Brasilien) Language_pt_PT=Portugiesisch (Portugal) -Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) +Language_ro_MD=Rumänisch (Moldavien) Language_ro_RO=Rumänisch Language_ru_RU=Russisch Language_ru_UA=Russisch (Ukraine) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mails.lang index 72eac220a72..5965b92bd02 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mails.lang @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ MailToUsers=An Empfänger: MailCC=Kopie an MailToCCUsers=Kopie an Empfänger MailCCC=Blindkopie an -MailTopic=Email subject +MailTopic=E-Mail Betreff MailText=Inhalt MailFile=Angehängte Dateien MailMessage=E-Mail-Text @@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ NoNotificationsWillBeSent=Für diesen Ereignistyp und dieses Unternehmen sind ke ANotificationsWillBeSent=1 automatische Benachrichtigung wird per E-Mail gesendet SomeNotificationsWillBeSent=%s automatische Benachrichtigungen werden per E-Mail gesendet AddNewNotification=Abonnieren Sie eine neue automatische E-Mail-Benachrichtigung -ListOfActiveNotifications=List of all active subscriptions (targets/events) for automatic email notification -ListOfNotificationsDone=List of all automatic email notifications sent +ListOfActiveNotifications=Liste aller aktiven Abonnements (Ziele/Ereignisse) für die automatische E-Mail-Benachrichtigung +ListOfNotificationsDone=Liste aller automatisch versendeten E-Mail-Benachrichtigungen MailSendSetupIs=Der E-Mail-Versand wurde auf '%s' konfiguriert. Dieser Modus kann nicht für E-Mail-Kampagnen verwendet werden. MailSendSetupIs2=Sie müssen zuerst mit einem Admin-Konto im Menü %sStart - Einstellungen - E-Mails%s den Parameter '%s' auf den Modus '%s' ändern. Dann können Sie die Daten des SMTP-Servers von Ihrem Internetdienstanbieter eingeben und die E-Mail-Kampagnen-Funktion nutzen. MailSendSetupIs3=Bei Fragen über die Einrichtung Ihres SMTP-Servers, können Sie %s fragen. @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Filter löschen AdvTgtSaveFilter=Filter speichern AdvTgtCreateFilter=Filter erstellen AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name des neuen Filters -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Kein Kontakt/Adresse mit einer Kategorie gefunden -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Kein Kontakt/Adresse mit einer Kategorie gefunden +NoContactWithCategoryFound=Keine Kategorie gefunden, die mit Kontakten/Adressen verknüpft ist +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Keine Kategorie gefunden, die mit Geschäftspartnern verknüpft ist OutGoingEmailSetup=Ausgehende E-Mails InGoingEmailSetup=Eingehende E-Mails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Ausgehende E-Mails (für Modul %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/main.lang index ed635ddccd9..329303ce46a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/main.lang @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ LT1IN=CGST LT2IN=SGST LT1GC=Zusätzliche Cent VATRate=Steuersatz -RateOfTaxN=Rate of tax %s +RateOfTaxN=Steuersatz %s VATCode=Steuersatz VATNPR=Steuersatz DefaultTaxRate=Standardsteuersatz @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ MenuMembers=Mitglieder MenuAgendaGoogle=Google-Agenda MenuTaxesAndSpecialExpenses=Steuern | Sonderausgaben ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetup=Gesetzte Dolibarr-Limits (Menü Start-Einstellungen-Sicherheit): %s Kb, PHP Limit: %s Kb -ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limit (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limit (Param %s): %s Kb +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr-Limit (Menü %s): %s Kb, PHP-Limit (Param %s): %s Kb NoFileFound=Keine Dokumente hochgeladen CurrentUserLanguage=Aktuelle Benutzersprache CurrentTheme=Aktuelles Design @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ SearchIntoContacts=Kontakte SearchIntoMembers=Mitglieder SearchIntoUsers=Benutzer SearchIntoProductsOrServices=Produkte oder Dienstleistungen -SearchIntoBatch=Lote / Serien +SearchIntoBatch=Charge / Seriennr. SearchIntoProjects=Projekte SearchIntoMO=Fertigungsaufträge SearchIntoTasks=Aufgaben @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ ValidFrom=Gültig ab ValidUntil=Gültig bis NoRecordedUsers=Keine Benutzer ToClose=Zu schließen -ToRefuse=To refuse +ToRefuse=Ablehnen ToProcess=Zu bearbeiten ToApprove=Zu genehmigen GlobalOpenedElemView=Globale Ansicht @@ -1136,4 +1136,16 @@ CategTypeNotFound=Für den Datensatztyp wurde kein Tag-Typ gefunden CopiedToClipboard=In die Zwischenablage kopiert InformationOnLinkToContract=Dieser Betrag ist nur die Summe aller Vertragszeilen. Zeitbegriff wird nicht berücksichtigt. ConfirmCancel=Bist du sicher, dass du abbrechen möchtest -EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +EmailMsgID=E-Mail MsgID +SetToEnabled=Auf aktiviert setzen +SetToDisabled=Auf deaktiviert setzen +ConfirmMassEnabling=Bestätigung, alle zu aktivieren +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Möchten Sie die %s ausgewählten Datensätze wirklich aktivieren? +ConfirmMassDisabling=Bestätigung, alle zu deaktivieren +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Möchten Sie die %s ausgewählten Datensätze wirklich deaktivieren? +RecordsEnabled=%s Datensatz(e) aktiviert +RecordsDisabled=%s Datensatz(e) deaktiviert +RecordEnabled=Datensatz aktiviert +RecordDisabled=Datensatz deaktiviert +Forthcoming=Bevorstehend +Currently=Zur Zeit diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/margins.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/margins.lang index 38064b81c07..ea58733a879 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/margins.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/margins.lang @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ ProductService=Produkt oder Dienstleistung AllProducts=Alle Produkte und Leistungen ChooseProduct/Service=Produkt oder Service wählen ForceBuyingPriceIfNull=Benutze EK-Preis/Herstellkosten als Verkaufspreis, wenn nicht definiert -ForceBuyingPriceIfNullDetails=If buying/cost price not provided when we add a new line, and this option is "ON", the margin will be 0 on the new line (buying/cost price = selling price). If this option is "OFF" (recommended), margin will be equal to the value suggested by default (and may be 100% if no default value can be found). +ForceBuyingPriceIfNullDetails=Wenn beim Hinzufügen einer neuen Zeile kein Kauf-/Einstandspreis angegeben wird und diese Option „EIN“ ist, beträgt die Marge in der neuen Zeile 0 (Kauf-/Einstandspreis = Verkaufspreis). Wenn diese Option "AUS" ist (empfohlen), entspricht die Marge dem standardmäßig vorgeschlagenen Wert (und kann 100 % betragen, wenn kein Standardwert gefunden werden kann). MARGIN_METHODE_FOR_DISCOUNT=Margin-Methode für globale Rabatte UseDiscountAsProduct=als Produkt UseDiscountAsService=als Dienstleistung diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/members.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/members.lang index a76d0184372..fcf3a219078 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/members.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/members.lang @@ -213,5 +213,5 @@ SendReminderForExpiredSubscription=Erinnerungen per E-Mail an Mitglieder senden, MembershipPaid=Die Mitgliedschaft wurde für den aktuellen Zeitraum bezahlt (bis %s) YouMayFindYourInvoiceInThisEmail=Sie finden Ihre Rechnung anhängend an dieser E-Mail. XMembersClosed=%s Mitglied(er) geschlossen -XExternalUserCreated=%s external user(s) created -ForceMemberNature=Force member nature (Individual or Corporation) +XExternalUserCreated=%s externe(r) Benutzer erstellt +ForceMemberNature=Art des Mitglieds erzwingen (Einzelperson oder Unternehmen) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/modulebuilder.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/modulebuilder.lang index 1900a8b8c50..accd27f4ee6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/modulebuilder.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/modulebuilder.lang @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ ListOfPermissionsDefined=Liste der definierten Berechtigungen SeeExamples=Beispiele hier EnabledDesc=Condition to have this field active (Examples: 1 or $conf->global->MYMODULE_MYOPTION) VisibleDesc=Ist das Feld sichtbar? (Beispiele: 0 = Nie sichtbar, 1 = Auf Liste sichtbar und Formulare erstellen / aktualisieren / anzeigen, 2 = Nur auf Liste sichtbar, 3 = Nur auf Formular erstellen / aktualisieren / anzeigen (nicht Liste), 4 = Auf Liste sichtbar und nur sichtbar bei Formular aktualisieren / anzeigen (nicht erstellen), 5 = Nur im Formular für die Listenendansicht sichtbar (nicht erstellen, nicht aktualisieren).

Wenn ein negativer Wert verwendet wird, wird das Feld standardmäßig nicht in der Liste angezeigt, kann jedoch zur Anzeige ausgewählt werden.)

Es kann sich um einen Ausdruck handeln, z. B.:
preg_match('/public/', $_SERVER['PHP_SELF'])?0:1
($user->rights->holiday->define_holiday ? 1 : 0) -DisplayOnPdfDesc=Display this field on compatible PDF documents, you can manage position with "Position" field.
Currently, known compatibles PDF models are : eratosthene (order), espadon (ship), sponge (invoices), cyan (propal/quotation), cornas (supplier order)

For document :
0 = not displayed
1 = display
2 = display only if not empty

For document lines :
0 = not displayed
1 = displayed in a column
3 = display in line description column after the description
4 = display in description column after the description only if not empty +DisplayOnPdfDesc=Zeigt dieses Feld in kompatiblen PDF-Dokumenten an. Sie können die Anzeigeposition über das Feld "Position" beeinflussen.
Derzeit bekannte kompatible PDF-Modelle sind: eratosthene (Bestellung), espadon (Lieferung), sponge (Rechnung), cyan (Angebot), cornas (Lieferantenauftrag)

Für Dokument:
0 = nicht anzeigen
1 = anzeigen
2 = anzeigen, wenn nicht leer

Für Belegzeilen:
0 = nicht anzeigen
1 = in Spalte anzeigen
3 = in Beschreibungszeile nach der Beschreibung anzeigen
4 = nur falls nicht leer: in Beschreibungszeile nach der Beschreibung anzeigen DisplayOnPdf=Anzeige auf PDF IsAMeasureDesc=Kann der Wert des Feldes kumuliert werden, um eine Summe in die Liste aufzunehmen? (Beispiele: 1 oder 0) SearchAllDesc=Wird das Feld verwendet, um eine Suche über das Schnellsuchwerkzeug durchzuführen? (Beispiele: 1 oder 0) @@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ IncludeDocGeneration=Ich möchte einige Dokumente aus dem Objekt generieren IncludeDocGenerationHelp=Wenn Sie dies aktivieren, wird Code generiert, um dem Datensatz ein Feld "Dokument generieren" hinzuzufügen. ShowOnCombobox=Wert in der Combobox anzeigen KeyForTooltip=Schlüssel für Tooltip -CSSClass=CSS for edit/create form -CSSViewClass=CSS for read form -CSSListClass=CSS for list +CSSClass=CSS zum Bearbeiten/Erstellen von Formularen (edit/create) +CSSViewClass=CSS für das Lesen von Formularen (read) +CSSListClass=CSS für Listen NotEditable=Nicht bearbeitbar ForeignKey=Fremdschlüssel TypeOfFieldsHelp=Feldtypen:
varchar(99), double(24,8), real, text, html, datetime, timestamp, integer, integer:ClassName:relativepath/to/classfile.class.php[:1[:filter]] ('1' heißt, wir ergänzen eine + Schaltfläche nach der Kombobox, um den Eintrag zu erstellen, 'filter' kann sein 'status=1 AND fk_user = __USER_ID AND entity IN (__SHARED_ENTITIES__)' zum Beispiel) @@ -143,4 +143,4 @@ AsciiToHtmlConverter=Ascii zu HTML Konverter AsciiToPdfConverter=Ascii zu PDF Konverter TableNotEmptyDropCanceled=Tabelle nicht leer. Löschen wurde abgebrochen. ModuleBuilderNotAllowed=Der Modul-Generator ist verfügbar, aber für Ihren Benutzer nicht zulässig. -ImportExportProfiles=Import and export profiles +ImportExportProfiles=Profile importieren und exportieren diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mrp.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mrp.lang index 942f6e951b9..0c90379fd43 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mrp.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/mrp.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ BOMsSetup=Stücklisten Modul einrichten ListOfBOMs=Stücklisten-Übersicht ListOfManufacturingOrders=Liste der Fertigungsaufträge NewBOM=Neue Stückliste -ProductBOMHelp=Product to create (or disassemble) with this BOM.
Note: Products with the property 'Nature of product' = 'Raw material' are not visible into this list. +ProductBOMHelp=Mit dieser Stückliste zu erstellendes (oder zu zerlegendes) Produkt.
Hinweis: Produkte mit der Eigenschaft 'Art des Produkts' = 'Rohstoff' sind in dieser Liste nicht sichtbar. BOMsNumberingModules=Vorlage für die Stücklistennummerierung BOMsModelModule=Dokumentvorlagen für Stücklisten MOsNumberingModules=Nummerierungsvorlagen für Fertigungsaufträge @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DateStartPlannedMo=Geplantes Startdatum DateEndPlannedMo=Geplantes Enddatum KeepEmptyForAsap=Leer bedeutet 'So bald wie möglich' EstimatedDuration=geschätzte Dauer -EstimatedDurationDesc=Estimated duration to manufacture (or disassemble) this product using this BOM +EstimatedDurationDesc=Geschätzte Dauer der Herstellung (oder Demontage) dieses Produkts unter Verwendung dieser Stückliste ConfirmValidateBom=Sicher, dass die Stückliste abgeglichen wird mit der Referenz %s (kann genutzt werden, um neue Fertigungsaufträge zu erstellen) ConfirmCloseBom=Soll diese Stückliste wirlich storniert werden (Sie kann nicht mehr zum Erstellen neuer Fertigungsaufträge verwendet werden)? ConfirmReopenBom=Soll diese Stückliste erneut geöffnet werden (Sie können damit neue Fertigungsaufträge erstellen)? @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ ConsumeAndProduceAll=Alles verbrauchen und produzieren Manufactured=Hergestellt TheProductXIsAlreadyTheProductToProduce=Das hinzuzufügende Produkt ist bereits das zu produzierende Produkt. ForAQuantityOf=Für eine zu produzierende Menge von %s -ForAQuantityToConsumeOf=For a quantity to disassemble of %s +ForAQuantityToConsumeOf=Für eine zu zerlegende Menge von %s ConfirmValidateMo=Möchten Sie diesen Fertigungsauftrag validieren? ConfirmProductionDesc=Durch Klicken auf '%s' validieren Sie den Materialverbrauch und / oder die Produktion für die eingestellten Mengen. Dadurch werden auch Bestände aktualisiert und Bestandsbewegungen aufgezeichnet. ProductionForRef=Produktion von %s AutoCloseMO=Automatisch den Fertigungsauftrag beenden, wenn die zu verbrauchenden und zu produzierenden Mengen erreicht sind NoStockChangeOnServices=Keine Bestandsveränderung bei Dienstleistungen ProductQtyToConsumeByMO=zu verbrauchende Produktmenge von offenem Fertigungsauftrag -ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Product quantity still to produce by open MO +ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Noch herzustellende Produktmenge des offenen Fertigungsauftrags AddNewConsumeLines=Eine neue Zeile Verbrauch hinzufügen ProductsToConsume=Produkte zu verbrauchen ProductsToProduce=Produkte zu produzieren @@ -83,21 +83,21 @@ Workstation=Arbeitsplatz Workstations=Arbeitsplätze WorkstationsDescription=Arbeitsplatzverwaltung WorkstationSetup = Arbeitsplatz einrichten -WorkstationSetupPage = Workstations setup page +WorkstationSetupPage = Seite zur Einrichtung von Arbeitsstationen WorkstationList=Liste Arbeitsplätze WorkstationCreate=neuen Arbeitsplatz hinzufügen ConfirmEnableWorkstation=Möchten Sie den Arbeitsplatz %s aktivieren? EnableAWorkstation=einen Arbeitsplatz aktivieren -ConfirmDisableWorkstation=Are you sure you want to disable workstation %s ? +ConfirmDisableWorkstation=Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie die Arbeitsstation %s deaktivieren möchten? DisableAWorkstation=Deaktivieren Sie eine Workstation DeleteWorkstation=Löschen NbOperatorsRequired=Anzahl der erforderlichen Bediener -THMOperatorEstimated=Estimated operator THM -THMMachineEstimated=Estimated machine THM +THMOperatorEstimated=Geschätzter Bediener THM +THMMachineEstimated=Geschätzter Maschinen THM WorkstationType=Arbeitsplatztyp Human=Mensch Machine=Maschine HumanMachine=Mensch & Maschine -WorkstationArea=Workstation area +WorkstationArea=Arbeitsstationsbereich Machines=Maschinen THMEstimatedHelp=Dieser Kurs ermöglicht es, prognostizierte Kosten des Artikels zu definieren diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/orders.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/orders.lang index 89e0f879420..c84c9fab0bc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/orders.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/orders.lang @@ -3,28 +3,28 @@ OrdersArea=Übersicht Kundenaufträge SuppliersOrdersArea=Übersicht Lieferantenbestellungen OrderCard=Bestellung - Übersicht OrderId=Bestell-ID -Order=Bestellung -PdfOrderTitle=Bestellung +Order=Kundenauftrag +PdfOrderTitle=Kundenauftrag Orders=Bestellungen -OrderLine=Bestellservice +OrderLine=Auftragsposition OrderDate=Bestelldatum OrderDateShort=Bestelldatum OrderToProcess=Auftrag zur Bearbeitung -NewOrder=Neue Bestellung +NewOrder=Neuer Auftrag NewSupplierOrderShort=Neue Bestellung -NewOrderSupplier=Neue Auftragsbestätigung +NewOrderSupplier=Neue Lieferantenbestellung ToOrder=Erzeuge Bestellung MakeOrder=Erzeuge Bestellung SupplierOrder=Lieferantenbestellung SuppliersOrders=Lieferantenbestellungen -SaleOrderLines=Sale order lines -PurchaseOrderLines=Puchase order lines +SaleOrderLines=Positionen des Kundenauftrags +PurchaseOrderLines=Positionen der Lieferantenbestellung SuppliersOrdersRunning=Aktuelle Lieferantenbestellungen -CustomerOrder=Bestellung -CustomersOrders=Verkaufsaufträge -CustomersOrdersRunning=Aktuelle Kundenbestellungen +CustomerOrder=Kundenauftrag +CustomersOrders=Kundenaufträge +CustomersOrdersRunning=Aktuelle Kundenaufträge CustomersOrdersAndOrdersLines=Kundenaufträge und Auftragspositionen -OrdersDeliveredToBill=Gelieferte Kundenbestellungen zu verrechnen +OrdersDeliveredToBill=Gelieferte Kundenaufträge zu verrechnen OrdersToBill=Gelieferte Kundenaufträge OrdersInProcess=Kundenaufträge in Bearbeitung OrdersToProcess=Zu bearbeitende Kundenaufträge @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ StatusOrderReceivedAll=Alle Produkte erhalten ShippingExist=Eine Lieferung ist vorhanden QtyOrdered=Bestellmenge ProductQtyInDraft=Produktmenge in Bestellentwurf -ProductQtyInDraftOrWaitingApproved=Produktmenge in Bestellentwurf oder Bestellung benötigt Genehmigung, noch nicht bestellt +ProductQtyInDraftOrWaitingApproved=Produktmenge in Bestellentwurf oder Bestellung benötigt Genehmigung, noch nicht bestellt MenuOrdersToBill=Bestellverrechnung MenuOrdersToBill2=abrechenbare Aufträge ShipProduct=Produkt versenden @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ CancelOrder=Bestellung stornieren OrderReopened= Bestellung %s wieder geöffnet AddOrder=Bestellung erstellen AddSupplierOrderShort=Bestellung erstellen -AddPurchaseOrder=Auftragsbestätigung erstellen +AddPurchaseOrder=Lieferantenbestellung erstellen AddToDraftOrders=Zu Bestellentwurf hinzufügen ShowOrder=Bestellung anzeigen OrdersOpened=Zu bearbeitende Bestellungen @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ OrderByWWW=Online OrderByPhone=Telefon # Documents models PDFEinsteinDescription=Ein vollständiges Bestellmodell (alte Implementierung der Eratosthene-Vorlage) -PDFEratostheneDescription=Ein komplettes Bestellmodell +PDFEratostheneDescription=Ein komplette Bestellvorlage PDFEdisonDescription=Eine einfache Bestellvorlage PDFProformaDescription=Eine vollständige Proforma-Rechnungsvorlage CreateInvoiceForThisCustomer=Bestellung verrechnen @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ OrderFail=Ein Fehler trat beim erstellen der Bestellungen auf CreateOrders=Erzeuge Bestellungen ToBillSeveralOrderSelectCustomer=Um eine Rechnung für verschiedene Bestellungen zu erstellen, klicken Sie erst auf Kunde und wählen Sie dann "%s". OptionToSetOrderBilledNotEnabled=Die Option aus dem Modul Workflow, Bestellung bei Validierung der Rechnung automatisch auf "Abgerechnet" zu setzen, ist nicht aktiviert. Der Status von Bestellungen nach der Rechnungserstellung muss manuell auf "Abgerechnet" gesetzt werden. -IfValidateInvoiceIsNoOrderStayUnbilled=Wenn die Rechnungsprüfung "Nein" lautet, bleibt die Bestellung bis zur Validierung der Rechnung im Status 'Nicht ausgefüllt'. +IfValidateInvoiceIsNoOrderStayUnbilled=Wenn die Rechnungsprüfung "Nein" lautet, bleibt die Bestellung bis zur Validierung der Rechnung im Status 'Nicht abgerechnet'. CloseReceivedSupplierOrdersAutomatically=Schließe Bestellungen mit dem Status "%s" automatisch, wenn alle Produkte erhalten wurden. SetShippingMode=Setze die Versandart WithReceptionFinished=Mit Empfang beendet diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/other.lang index 3cffc5efc10..88406ee3155 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/other.lang @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ DemoCompanyAll=Verwalten Sie ein kleines oder mittleres Unternehmen mit mehreren CreatedBy=Erstellt von %s ModifiedBy=Bearbeitet von %s ValidatedBy=Freigegeben von %s -SignedBy=Signed by %s +SignedBy=Unterzeichnet von %s ClosedBy=Geschlossen von %s CreatedById=Erstellt von User-ID ModifiedById=Letzte Änderung durch Benutzer-ID @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ ClosedByLogin=geschlossen von User FileWasRemoved=Datei wurde entfernt DirWasRemoved=Verzeichnis wurde entfernt FeatureNotYetAvailable=Diese Funktion steht in dieser Version noch nicht zur Verfügung -FeatureNotAvailableOnDevicesWithoutMouse=Feature not available on devices without mouse +FeatureNotAvailableOnDevicesWithoutMouse=Funktion auf Geräten ohne Maus nicht verfügbar FeaturesSupported=Unterstützte Funktionalität Width=Breite Height=Höhe @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ EnableGDLibraryDesc=Installiere oder aktiviere die GD Bibliothek in der PHP Inst ProfIdShortDesc=Prof ID %s dient zur Speicherung landesabhängiger Partnerdaten.
Für das Land %s ist dies beispielsweise Code %s. DolibarrDemo=Dolibarr ERP/CRM-Demo StatsByNumberOfUnits=Statistik zu den Totalstückzahlen Produkte/Dienstleistungen -StatsByNumberOfEntities=Statistics for number of referring entities (no. of invoices, or orders...) +StatsByNumberOfEntities=Statistik über die Anzahl der verweisenden Entitäten (Anzahl der Rechnungen, Bestellungen etc.) NumberOfProposals=Anzahl Angebote NumberOfCustomerOrders=Anzahl der Kundenbestellungen NumberOfCustomerInvoices=Anzahl Kundenrechnungen @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ NewKeyIs=Dies sind Ihre neuen Anmeldedaten NewKeyWillBe=Dies sind Ihre neuen Anmeldedaten ClickHereToGoTo=Hier klicken für %s YouMustClickToChange=Sie müssen zuerst auf den folgenden Link klicken um die Passwortänderung zu bestätigen. -ConfirmPasswordChange=Confirm password change +ConfirmPasswordChange=Passwortänderung bestätigen ForgetIfNothing=Wenn Sie diese Änderung nicht beantragt haben, löschen Sie einfach dieses Mail. Ihre Anmeldedaten sind sicher bei uns aufbewahrt. IfAmountHigherThan=Wenn der Betrag höher als %s SourcesRepository=Repository für Quellcodes @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ ContactCreatedByEmailCollector=Kontakt / Adresse durch das Modul E-Mail-Sammler ProjectCreatedByEmailCollector=Projekt durch das Modul E-Mail-Sammler aus der E-Mail erstellt. MSGID %s TicketCreatedByEmailCollector=Ticket durch das Modul E-Mail-Sammler aus der E-Mail erstellt. MSGID %s OpeningHoursFormatDesc=Benutze unterschiedliche von - bis Öffnungs- und Schließzeiten.
Leerzeichen trennt unterschiedliche Bereiche.
Beispiel: 8-12 14-18 -SuffixSessionName=Suffix for session name +SuffixSessionName=Suffix für Sitzungsnamen ##### Export ##### ExportsArea=Exportübersicht @@ -290,4 +290,8 @@ PopuProp=Produkte / Dienstleistungen nach Beliebtheit in Angeboten PopuCom=Produkte / Dienstleistungen nach Beliebtheit in Bestellungen ProductStatistics=Produkt- / Dienstleistungsstatistik NbOfQtyInOrders=Menge in Bestellungen -SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... +SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Wählen Sie ein Objekt aus, um seine Statistiken anzuzeigen... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie "%s" möchten? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Aktion bestätigen +CloseDialog = schließen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/partnership.lang index f4bdf8ff992..19403120943 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/partnership.lang @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ ModulePartnershipName=Parnterschafts-Verwaltung PartnershipDescription=Modul zur Parnterschafts-Verwaltung PartnershipDescriptionLong= Modul zur Parnterschafts-Verwaltung -AddPartnership=Add partnership -CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Partnership: Cancel partnership of members with expired subscriptions -PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnership: Check referring backlink +AddPartnership=Partnerschaft hinzufügen +CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Partnerschaft: Partnerschaft von Mitgliedern mit abgelaufenen Abonnements kündigen +PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnerschaft: Überprüfen Sie den verweisenden Backlink # # Menu @@ -33,31 +33,31 @@ ListOfPartnerships=Liste der Partnerschaften # # Admin page # -PartnershipSetup=Partnership setup +PartnershipSetup=Partnerschaft einrichten PartnershipAbout=Über die Partschnerschaft -PartnershipAboutPage=Partnership about page -partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partner status must be set on a 'thirdparty' or a 'member' -PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Partnership managed for -PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Backlinks to check -PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb of days before cancelling status of a partnership when a subscription has expired -ReferingWebsiteCheck=Check of website referring -ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=You can enable a feature to check that your partners has added a backlink to your website domains on their own website. +PartnershipAboutPage=Partnerschaft "Über uns"-Seite +partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Der Partnerstatus muss bei einem "Geschäftspartner" oder "Mitglied" gesetzt sein +PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Partnerschaft verwaltet für +PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=zu überprüfende Backlinks +PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Anzahl Tage bis zur Kündigung des Status einer Partnerschaft, wenn ein Abonnement abgelaufen ist +ReferingWebsiteCheck=Überprüfung der verweisenden Website +ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=Sie können eine Funktion aktivieren, um zu überprüfen, ob Ihre Partner auf ihrer eigenen Website einen Backlink zu Ihren Website-Domains hinzugefügt haben. # # Object # -DeletePartnership=Delete a partnership -PartnershipDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Partnership dedicated to this third party -PartnershipDedicatedToThisMember=Partnership dedicated to this member +DeletePartnership=Partnerschaft löschen +PartnershipDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Partnerschaft mit diesem Geschäftspartner +PartnershipDedicatedToThisMember=Partnerschaft mit diesem Mitglied DatePartnershipStart=Startdatum DatePartnershipEnd=Ende -ReasonDecline=Decline reason -ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason -PartnershipAlreadyExist=Partnership already exist -ManagePartnership=Manage partnership -BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Backlink not found on partner website -ConfirmClosePartnershipAsk=Are you sure you want to cancel this partnership? -PartnershipType=Partnership type +ReasonDecline=Ablehnungsgrund +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Ablehnungsgrund +PartnershipAlreadyExist=Partnerschaft besteht bereits +ManagePartnership=Partnerschaft verwalten +BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Backlink auf Partner-Website nicht gefunden +ConfirmClosePartnershipAsk=Möchten Sie diese Partnerschaft wirklich beenden? +PartnershipType=Partnerschaftstyp # # Template Mail @@ -72,10 +72,14 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedTopic=Partnerschaft abgelehnt YourPartnershipAcceptedTopic=Partnerschaft akzeptiert YourPartnershipCanceledTopic=Partnerschaft beendet -YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership will soon be canceled (Backlink not found) -YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been refused. -YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. -YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledContent=Wir informieren Sie darüber, dass Ihre Partnerschaft bald beendet wird (Backlink nicht gefunden) +YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Wir informieren Sie darüber, dass Ihre Partnerschaftsanfrage abgelehnt wurde. +YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Wir informieren Sie darüber, dass Ihre Partnerschaftsanfrage angenommen wurde. +YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Wir informieren Sie darüber, dass Ihre Partnerschaft gekündigt wurde. + +CountLastUrlCheckError=Anzahl der Fehler bei der letzten URL-Überprüfung +LastCheckBacklink=Datum der letzten URL-Überprüfung +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Ablehnungsgrund # # Status diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/productbatch.lang index 97ae8d794df..019531b9be1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/productbatch.lang @@ -27,17 +27,17 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=Lagerdetail nach Chargen SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Die Seriennummer %s wird bereits für das Produkt %s verwendet TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=Sie können nur ein Produkt %s für die Seriennummer %s haben ManageLotMask=Benutzerdefinierte Maske -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=Option, für jedes Produkt ein anderes Nummerierungsschema zu definieren +BatchLotNumberingModules=Nummerierungsregel zur automatischen Generierung der Chargennummer +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Nummerierungsregel zur automatischen Generierung der Seriennummer (für Produkte mit der Eigenschaft 1 eindeutiges Los/Serie für jedes Produkt) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Menge, die für jeden gescannten Barcode / jedes Los / jede Serienummer hinzugefügt werden muss -LifeTime=Life span (in days) -EndOfLife=End of life -ManufacturingDate=Manufacturing date -DestructionDate=Destruction date -FirstUseDate=First use date -QCFrequency=Quality control frequency (in days) +LifeTime=Lebensdauer (in Tagen) +EndOfLife=Ende der Lebensdauer +ManufacturingDate=Herstellungsdatum +DestructionDate=Datum der Vernichtung +FirstUseDate=Datum der ersten Verwendung +QCFrequency=Häufigkeit der Qualitätskontrolle (in Tagen) #Traceability - qc status -OutOfOrder=Out of order -InWorkingOrder=In working order +OutOfOrder=Außer Betrieb +InWorkingOrder=In betriebsfähigem Zustand diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/products.lang index 9901646fce5..39b0bc2dff5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/products.lang @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ FillWithLastServiceDates=Fülle mit Daten der letzten Servicezeile MultiPricesAbility=Mehrere Preissegmente pro Produkt / Dienstleistung (jeder Kunde befindet sich in einem Preissegment) MultiPricesNumPrices=Anzahl Preise DefaultPriceType=Basis der Standardpreise (mit versus ohne Steuern) beim Hinzufügen neuer Verkaufspreise -AssociatedProductsAbility=Aktiviere Kits (Set von mehreren Produkte) +AssociatedProductsAbility=Aktiviere Kits (Sets aus mehreren Produkten) VariantsAbility=Varianten aktivieren (Produktvarianten, z. B. Farbe, Größe) AssociatedProducts=Sätze AssociatedProductsNumber=Anzahl der Produkte, aus denen dieser Satz besteht @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ PriceByCustomer=unterschiedliche Preise für jeden Kunden PriceCatalogue=Ein einziger Preis pro Produkt/Leistung PricingRule=Regeln für die Verkaufspreise AddCustomerPrice=Preis je Kunde hinzufügen -ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Set same price on customer's subsidiaries +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Gleichen Preis für Tochtergesellschaften des Kunden festlegen PriceByCustomerLog=Protokoll der vorangegangenen Kundenpreise MinimumPriceLimit=Mindestpreis darf nicht kleiner als %s sein MinimumRecommendedPrice=minimal empfohlener Preis: %s @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ComposedProductIncDecStock=Erhöhen/Verringern des Lagerbestands bei verknüpfte ComposedProduct=Unterprodukte MinSupplierPrice=Minimaler Kaufpreis MinCustomerPrice=Minimaler Verkaufspreis -NoDynamicPrice=No dynamic price +NoDynamicPrice=Kein dynamischer Preis DynamicPriceConfiguration=Dynamische Preis Konfiguration DynamicPriceDesc=Sie können mathematische Formeln definieren, um Kunden- oder Lieferantenpreise zu berechnen. Solche Formeln können alle mathematischen Operatoren, einige Konstanten und Variablen verwenden. Hier können Sie die Variablen definieren, die Sie verwenden möchten. Wenn die Variable automatisch aktualisiert werden muss, können Sie die externe URL definieren, damit Dolibarr den Wert automatisch aktualisiert. AddVariable=Variable hinzufügen @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Datenblatt ServiceSheet=Wartungsblatt PossibleValues=Mögliche Werte GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Rufen Sie das Menü %s - %s auf, um Attributvarianten (wie Farben, Größe, ...) vorzubereiten. -UseProductFournDesc=Fügen Sie eine Funktion hinzu, um die Beschreibungen der von den Anbietern definierten Produkte zusätzlich zu den Beschreibungen für Kunden zu definieren +UseProductFournDesc=Fügen Sie eine Funktion hinzu, um die von den Anbietern definierte Produktbeschreibung (für jede Anbieterreferenz) zusätzlich zur Beschreibung für Kunden zu definieren ProductSupplierDescription=Lieferantenbeschreibung für das Produkt UseProductSupplierPackaging=Berechne die Verpackung bei Lieferantenpreisen (berechnet neue Mengen / Lieferantenpreise gemäß der eingesetzten Verpackung, wenn Zeilen in den Lieferantendokumenten hinzugefügt / aktualisiert werden). PackagingForThisProduct=Verpackung diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/projects.lang index b29ebd1163a..1b5d42a9a9f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/projects.lang @@ -10,19 +10,19 @@ PrivateProject=Projektkontakte ProjectsImContactFor=Projekte, für die ich ausdrücklich ein Ansprechpartner bin AllAllowedProjects=Alle Projekte die ich sehen kann (eigene + öffentliche) AllProjects=alle Projekte -MyProjectsDesc=This view is limited to the projects that you are a contact for +MyProjectsDesc=Diese Ansicht ist auf die Projekte beschränkt, für die Sie ein Ansprechpartner sind ProjectsPublicDesc=Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Projekte, für die Sie zum Lesen berechtigt sind. TasksOnProjectsPublicDesc=Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Aufgaben der Projekte, für die Sie zum Lesen berechtigt sind. ProjectsPublicTaskDesc=Diese Ansicht ist beschränkt auf Projekt und Aufgaben bei welchen Sie über Leserechte verfügen. ProjectsDesc=Es werden alle Projekte angezeigt (Ihre Berechtigungen berechtigt Sie alle Projekte zu sehen). TasksOnProjectsDesc=Es werden alle Aufgaben angezeigt (Ihre Berechtigungen berechtigt Sie alles zu sehen). -MyTasksDesc=This view is limited to the projects or tasks that you are a contact for +MyTasksDesc=Diese Ansicht ist auf die Projekte oder Aufgaben beschränkt, für die Sie als Ansprechpartner benannt sind OnlyOpenedProject=Nur offene Projekte sind sichtbar. (Projekte mit dem Status Entwurf oder Geschlossen sind nicht sichtbar) ClosedProjectsAreHidden=Abgeschlossene Projekte werden nicht angezeigt. TasksPublicDesc=Diese Ansicht ist beschränkt auf Projekt und Aufgaben bei welchen Sie über Leserechte verfügen. TasksDesc=Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Projekte und Aufgaben (Ihre Benutzerberechtigungen berechtigt Sie alles zu sehen). AllTaskVisibleButEditIfYouAreAssigned=Alle Aufgaben für qualifizierte Projekte sind sichtbar, Sie können jedoch nur die Zeit für die Aufgabe eingeben, die dem ausgewählten Benutzer zugewiesen ist. Weisen Sie eine Aufgabe zu, wenn Sie Zeiten dafür eingeben müssen. -OnlyYourTaskAreVisible=Only tasks assigned to you are visible. If you need to enter time on a task and if the task is not visible here, then you need to assign the task to yourself. +OnlyYourTaskAreVisible=Nur Ihnen zugewiesene Aufgaben sind sichtbar. Wenn Sie Zeit für eine Aufgabe eingeben müssen und die Aufgabe hier nicht sichtbar ist, müssen Sie sich die Aufgabe selbst zuweisen. ImportDatasetTasks=Aufgaben der Projekte ProjectCategories=Projektkategorien/Tags NewProject=neues Projekt @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TimeConsumed=verwendet ListOfTasks=Aufgabenliste GoToListOfTimeConsumed=Liste der verwendeten Zeit aufrufen GanttView=Gantt-Diagramm -ListWarehouseAssociatedProject=List of warehouses associated to the project +ListWarehouseAssociatedProject=Liste der mit dem Projekt verknüpften Lager ListProposalsAssociatedProject=Liste der projektbezogenen Angebote ListOrdersAssociatedProject=Liste der projektbezogenen Kundenaufträge ListInvoicesAssociatedProject=Liste der projektbezogenen Kundenrechnungen @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Keine Aufgaben zu diesem Projekt vorhanden. LinkedToAnotherCompany=Mit Partner verknüpft TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Aufgabe ist keinem Benutzer zugeteilt. Verwenden Sie den Knopf '%s' um die Aufgabe jetzt zuzuweisen. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Zeitaufwand ist leer +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Rückwirkende Zeiterfassung ist auf %s Monate beschränkt ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Diese Aktion löscht ebenfalls alle Aufgaben zum Projekt (%s aktuelle Aufgaben) und alle Zeitaufwände. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Wenn einige Zuordnungen (Rechnung, Bestellung, ...), einem Dritten gehören, müssen Sie erst alle mit dem Projekt verbinden, damit das Projekt auch Dritten zugänglich ist . CloneTasks=Dupliziere Aufgaben @@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ ResourceNotAssignedToTheTask=nicht der Aufgabe zugewiesen NoUserAssignedToTheProject=Diesem Projekt sind keine Benutzer zugeordnet TimeSpentBy=Zeitaufwand durch TasksAssignedTo=Aufgabe zugewiesen an -AssignTaskToMe=Assign task to myself +AssignTaskToMe=Aufgabe mir selbst zuweisen AssignTaskToUser=Aufgabe an %s zuweisen SelectTaskToAssign=Zuzuweisende Aufgabe auswählen... AssignTask=Zuweisen @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Zuletzt bearbeitete Projekte (maximal %s) OtherFilteredTasks=Andere gefilterte Aufgaben NoAssignedTasks=Keine zugewiesenen Aufgaben gefunden (dem aktuellen Benutzer über das obere Auswahlfeld Projekt / Aufgaben zuweisen, um die Zeit einzugeben) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Für das Projekt muss ein Drittanbieter definiert werden, um es in Rechnung stellen zu können. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Für das Projekt muss ein Drittanbieter definiert werden, um es in Rechnung stellen zu können. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Wählen Sie eine Aufgabe, die Ihnen noch nicht zugewiesen ist # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Alle Benutzerkommentare zur Aufgabe @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informationen zu Projekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Das Modul 'Gehälter' muss aktiviert sein, um den Stundensatz des Mitarbeiters zu definieren und den Zeitaufwand zu bewerten NewTaskRefSuggested=Aufgabenreferenz bereits verwendet, eine neue Aufgabenreferenz ist erforderlich TimeSpentInvoiced=Zeitaufwand in Rechnung gestellt +TimeSpentForIntervention=Zeitaufwand TimeSpentForInvoice=Zeitaufwand OneLinePerUser=Eine Zeile pro Benutzer ServiceToUseOnLines=Service für Leitungen InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Die Rechnung %s wurde aus der für das Projekt aufgewendeten Zeit generiert +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Der Serviceauftrag %s wurde aus der für das Projekt aufgewendeten Zeit generiert ProjectBillTimeDescription=Prüfe, ob Arbeitszeittabellen für Projektaufgaben geführt werden UND ob Rechnungen aus dieser Arbeitszeittabelle erstellt werden sollen, um mit dem Kunden des Projekts abzurechnen (Prüfe nicht, ob Rechnungen erstellt werden sollen, die nicht auf Arbeitszeittabellen basieren). Hinweis: Um eine Rechnung zu erstellen, gehe auf die Registerkarte 'Zeitaufwand' des Projekts und wähle einzuschließende Zeilen aus. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Verkaufsmöglichkeiten nachverfolgen ProjectFollowTasks=Befolgen Sie die Aufgaben oder die aufgewendete Zeit @@ -264,14 +268,16 @@ UsageOpportunity=Anwendung: Verkaufsmöglichkeit UsageTasks=Verwendung: Aufgaben UsageBillTimeShort=Verwendung: Zeit abrechnen InvoiceToUse=Zu verwendender Rechnungsentwurf +InterToUse=Interventionsentwurf zu benutzen NewInvoice=Neue Rechnung +NewInter=Neuer Serviceauftrag OneLinePerTask=Eine Zeile pro Aufgabe OneLinePerPeriod=Eine Zeile pro Zeitraum -OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration +OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Eine Zeile für jede Arbeitszeitdeklaration RefTaskParent=Übergeordnete Aufgabe ProfitIsCalculatedWith=Der Gewinn wird berechnet mit AddPersonToTask=Auch zu Aufgaben hinzufügen -UsageOrganizeEvent=Verwendung: Ereignisorganisation +UsageOrganizeEvent=Verwendung: Organisation von Veranstaltungen PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE=Klassifizieren Sie das Projekt als abgeschlossen, wenn alle seine Aufgaben abgeschlossen sind (100%% Fortschritt). PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE_help=Hinweis: Bestehende Projekte mit allen Aufgaben mit dem Fortschritt 100%% sind nicht betroffen: Sie müssen sie manuell schließen. Diese Option betrifft nur offene Projekte. -SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Select lines of time spent that are unbilled, then bulk action "Generate Invoice" to bill them +SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Wählen Sie Positionen mit Zeiten aus, die noch nicht in Rechnung gestellt wurden, und führen Sie dann die Massenaktion "Rechnung erstellen" aus, um sie zu berechnen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/propal.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/propal.lang index 32d5cb7ce29..93e3448451b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/propal.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/propal.lang @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ConfirmClonePropal=Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie dieses Angebot %s dupliziere ConfirmReOpenProp=Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie dieses Angebot %s wieder öffnen möchten ? ProposalsAndProposalsLines=Angebote und Positionen ProposalLine=Angebotsposition -ProposalLines=Proposal lines +ProposalLines=Angebotszeilen AvailabilityPeriod=Gültig bis SetAvailability=Gültigkeitszeitraum definieren AfterOrder=nach Bestellung diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/receptions.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/receptions.lang index 943d0e0da66..ba8a37b0668 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/receptions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/receptions.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - receptions -ReceptionsSetup=Produktempfang einrichten +ReceptionsSetup=Wareneingang einrichten RefReception=Wareneingangs Nummer Reception=Wareneingang Receptions=Wareneingänge @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ ValidateOrderFirstBeforeReception=Sie müssen zunächst die order validate valid ReceptionsNumberingModules=Nummerierungsmodul für Empfänge ReceptionsReceiptModel=Dokumentvorlagen für Empfänge NoMorePredefinedProductToDispatch=Keine vordefinierten Produkte mehr zum Versand -ReceptionExist=A reception exists +ReceptionExist=Ein Wareneingang ist vorhanden diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/salaries.lang index 6cf12b5cf41..3a82100a359 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/salaries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/salaries.lang @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ TJM=Durchschnittlicher Tagessatz CurrentSalary=aktueller Lohn THMDescription=Dieser Wert kann verwendet werden, um die Kosten für die verwendete Zeit eines Anwender zu berechnen, wenn das Modul Projektverwaltung verwendet wird, TJMDescription=Dieser Wert ist aktuell nur zu Informationszwecken und wird nicht für eine Berechnung verwendet -LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries -AllSalaries=All salaries +LastSalaries=Letzte %s Gehälter +AllSalaries=Alle Gehälter SalariesStatistics=Statistik Gehälter SalariesAndPayments=Gehälter und Gehaltszahlungen -ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Möchten Sie diese Gehaltszahlung löschen? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/sendings.lang index 8fceea20bd4..482de9a27e7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/sendings.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/sendings.lang @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ ConfirmValidateSending=Möchten Sie die Lieferung mit der Referenz %s wir ConfirmCancelSending=Möchten Sie diese Auslieferung wirklich abbrechen? DocumentModelMerou=Merou A5-Modell WarningNoQtyLeftToSend=Achtung, keine weiteren Produkte für den Versand. -StatsOnShipmentsOnlyValidated=Statistics are only for validated shipments. Date used is the date of validation of shipment (planned delivery date is not always known) +StatsOnShipmentsOnlyValidated=Versandstatistik (nur freigegebene). Das Datum ist das der Freigabe (geplantes Lieferdatum ist nicht immer bekannt). DateDeliveryPlanned=Geplanter Liefertermin RefDeliveryReceipt=Lieferschein-Nr. StatusReceipt=Der Status des Lieferschein diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/stocks.lang index 11a4ed50c44..f4cb1467ef3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/stocks.lang @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Movements=Lagerbewegungen ErrorWarehouseRefRequired=Warenlager-Referenz erforderlich ListOfWarehouses=Liste der Warenlager ListOfStockMovements=Liste der Lagerbewegungen -ListOfInventories=Inventarliste +ListOfInventories=Liste der Inventuren MovementId=Bewegungs ID StockMovementForId=Lagerbewegung Nr. %d ListMouvementStockProject=Lagerbewegungen für Projekt @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Lagerwert UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Automatisch ein Lager erstellen wenn ein neuer Benutzer erstellt wird AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Verwalten Sie zusätzlich zum Wert für den Mindest- und den gewünschten Bestand pro Paar (Produktlager) auch den Wert für den Mindest- und den gewünschten Bestand pro Produkt RuleForWarehouse=Regel für Lager -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Stellen Sie ein Lager auf einem Drittanbieter ein +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Legen Sie ein Lager für Geschäftspartner fest WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Ein Lager zu dem Angebot einstellen WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Legen Sie ein Lager für Verkaufsaufträge fest UserDefaultWarehouse=Legen Sie ein Lager für Benutzer fest @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Umlagerung des Produkt %s in ein anderes Lager InventoryCodeShort=Bewegungs- oder Bestandscode NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Kein anstehender Wareneingang aufgrund offener Bestellung ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Diese Charge / Seriennummer (%s) ist bereits vorhanden, jedoch mit unterschiedlichen Haltbarkeits- oder Verfallsdatum. \n(Gefunden: %s Erfasst: %s) -OpenAll=Verfügbar für alle Aktionen -OpenInternal=Verfügbar für interne Aktionen +OpenAnyMovement=Offen (alle Bewegungen) +OpenInternal=Offen (nur interne Bewegungen) UseDispatchStatus=Verwende einen Versandstatus (genehmigen / ablehnen) für Produktzeilen beim Bestelleingang OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "Unterschiedliche Preise pro Segment" ist aktiviert. Dadurch hat ein Produkt verschiedene Verkaufspreise, weshalb der Verakufspreis nicht berechnet werden kann ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Bestandeswert für Benachrichtigung und erwünschtem optimalem Lagerbestand erstellt @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ProductStockWarehouseDeleted=Bestandeswert für Benachrichtigung und erwünschte AddNewProductStockWarehouse=Neuen Grenzwert für Benachrichtigung und gewünschtem Lagerbestand setzen AddStockLocationLine=Bestand buchen und danach klicken, um dieses Produkt einem weiteren Warenlager zuzuweisen InventoryDate=Inventardatum -NewInventory=Neues inventar +NewInventory=Neue Bestandsaufnahme inventorySetup = Inventar einrichten inventoryCreatePermission=Neue Inventur erstellen inventoryReadPermission=Inventar anzeigen @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ inventoryValidate=Bestätigt inventoryDraft=In Arbeit inventorySelectWarehouse=Lager auswählen inventoryConfirmCreate=Erstelle -inventoryOfWarehouse=Inventar für Lager: %s +inventoryOfWarehouse=Inventur für Lager: %s inventoryErrorQtyAdd=Fehler: Eine Menge ist kleiner als Null inventoryMvtStock=By Inventar inventoryWarningProductAlreadyExists=Dieses Produkt ist schon in der Liste @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ RegulatedQty=Gebuchte Menge AddInventoryProduct=Produkt zu Inventar hinzufügen AddProduct=Hinzufügen ApplyPMP=Durchschnittspreis übernehmen -FlushInventory=Inventur leeren +FlushInventory=Bestand leeren ConfirmFlushInventory=Bestätigen Sie diese Aktion? InventoryFlushed=Inventar wurde gelöscht ExitEditMode=Berarbeiten beenden @@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ StockIncreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Bestandszunahme durch Korrektur/Transfer StockDecreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Bestandsabnahme durch Korrektur/Transfer StockIncrease=Bestandserhöhung StockDecrease=Bestandsabnahme -InventoryForASpecificWarehouse=Inventar für ein bestimmtes Lager -InventoryForASpecificProduct=Inventar für ein bestimmtes Produkt +InventoryForASpecificWarehouse=Inventur für ein bestimmtes Lager +InventoryForASpecificProduct=Inventur für ein bestimmtes Produkt StockIsRequiredToChooseWhichLotToUse=Ein Lagerbestand ist erforderlich, um das zu verwendende Buch auszuwählen ForceTo=Erzwingen AlwaysShowFullArbo=Anzeige des vollständigen Angebots (Popup des Lager-Links). Warnung: Dies kann die Leistung erheblich beeinträchtigen. @@ -249,10 +249,15 @@ SelectAStockMovementFileToImport=Wählen Sie eine zu importierende Bestandsbeweg InfoTemplateImport=Hochgeladene Dateien müssen dieses Format haben (* sind Pflichtfelder):
Startlager * | Ziellager * | Produkt * | Menge * | Los- / Seriennummer
Das CSV-Zeichentrennzeichen muss " %s " sein. LabelOfInventoryMovemement=Inventar %s ReOpen=wiedereröffnen -ConfirmFinish=Do you confirm the closing of the inventory ? This will generate all stock movements to update your stock to the real qty you entered into the inventory. +ConfirmFinish=Abschluss der Inventur bestätigen? Dadurch werden entsprechende Lagerbewegungen generiert, um Ihren Lagerbestand auf die tatsächliche Menge zu aktualisieren, die Sie als Inventurbestand eingegeben haben. ObjectNotFound=%s nicht gefunden MakeMovementsAndClose=Bewegungen erzeugen und schließen AutofillWithExpected=Füllen Sie die reale Menge mit der erwarteten Menge -ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab -CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration -FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ShowAllBatchByDefault=Standardmäßig die Chargendetails auf der Registerkarte "Lager" des Produkts anzeigen +CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Sie können die Standardanzeige für Chargendetails in der Konfiguration des Bestandsmoduls festlegen +FieldCannotBeNegative=Feld "%s" darf nicht negativ sein +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unbekannter Barcode-Modus +ProductDoesNotExist=Produkt existiert nicht +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Gleiche Chargennummer ist bereits in der Inventurliste vorhanden +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Produkt mit Charge/Serie existiert nicht +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Produkt mit Barcode existiert nicht diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ticket.lang index ca9ae4de706..f984a0646ca 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/ticket.lang @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ TicketDictResolution=Ticket-Auflösung TicketTypeShortCOM=Anfrage an Verkauf TicketTypeShortHELP=Erbitte funktionale Hilfestellung -TicketTypeShortISSUE=Issue or bug +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Problem oder Fehler TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problem TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Änderungs- oder Erweiterungsanforderung TicketTypeShortPROJET=Projekt @@ -55,18 +55,18 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Zugewiesener Benutzer TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Kundenkontakt / Tracking TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Externer Mitarbeiter -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Ersteller E-Mail Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Ticket Nachricht per E-Mail versenden # Status Read=Lesen Assigned=Zugewiesen InProgress=in Bearbeitung -NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback -NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback +NeedMoreInformation=Warten auf Feedback des Erstellers +NeedMoreInformationShort=Warten auf Feedback Answered=Beantwortet Waiting=Wartend -Closed=Geschlossen +SolvedClosed=Gelöst Deleted=Gelöscht # Dict @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ TicketsShowModuleLogoHelp=Aktiviere diese Option um das Logo des Moduls im öffe TicketsShowCompanyLogo=Unternehmenslogo im öffentlichen Interface anzeigen TicketsShowCompanyLogoHelp=Aktiviere diese Option um das Firmenlogo nicht im öffentlichen Interface anzuzeigen TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Sende Benachrichtungen auch an die Hauptemailadresse -TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Enable this option to also send an email to the address defined into setup "%s" (see tab "%s") +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um auch eine E-Mail an die im Setup definierte Adresse "%s" zu senden (siehe Reiter "%s") TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Zeige nur dem Benutzer zugewiesene Tickets an (nicht gültig für externe Benutzer, diese sehen nur die Tickets des eigenen Partners) TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Nur dem aktuellen Benutzer zugewiesene Tickets werden angezeigt. Trifft nicht auf Benutzer zu, die das Recht haben Tickets zu verwalten. TicketsActivatePublicInterface=Öffentliches Interface aktivieren @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ TicketsDisableCustomerEmail=E-Mails immer deaktivieren, wenn ein Ticket über di TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Sende E-Mails, wenn neue Nachrichten oder Kommentare zum Ticket hinzugefügt wurden TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessageHelp=E-Mail (s) senden, wenn eine neue Nachricht von der öffentlichen Oberfläche hinzugefügt wird (an den zugewiesenen Benutzer oder die Benachrichtigungs-E-Mail an (Update) und / oder die Benachrichtigungs-E-Mail an) TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmail=Benachrichtigungen per E-Mail an (Update) -TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Send an email to this address for each new message notifications if the ticket doesn't have a user assigned to it or if the user doesn't have any known email. +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Sende E-Mail-Benachrichtigungen über neue Nachrichten an diese Adresse, wenn dem Ticket kein Benutzer zugewiesen ist oder der Benutzer keine E-Mail hat. # # Index & list page # @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ CreatedBy=Erstellt durch NewTicket=Ticket erstellen SubjectAnswerToTicket=Ticketantwort TicketTypeRequest=Anfrageart -TicketCategory=Ticket categorization +TicketCategory=Ticket-Kategorisierung SeeTicket=Ticket zeigen TicketMarkedAsRead=Ticket als gelesen markiert TicketReadOn=Gelesen um @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Dringlichkeit ShowTicket=Ticket zeigen RelatedTickets=Verknüpfte Tickets TicketAddIntervention=Serviceauftrag erstellen -CloseTicket=Ticket schliessen -CloseATicket=Ein Ticket schliessen +CloseTicket=Ticket als gelöst markieren | schließen +AbandonTicket=Ticket verwerfen +CloseATicket=ein Ticket als gelöst markieren | schließen ConfirmCloseAticket=Tichek schliessen bestätigen +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Bestätigen Sie das Schließen des Tickets mit dem Status 'verworfen' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Soll dieses Ticket wirklich gelöscht werden? TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket wurde gelöscht TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket als geschlossen markiert @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ TicketMessageHelp=Nur dieser Text wird in der Mitteilungsliste auf der Ticketkar TicketMessageSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=Ersetzungsvariablen werden durch generische Werte ersetzt. TimeElapsedSince=Seit TicketTimeToRead=Zeit bis das Ticket gelesen wurde -TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Time elapsed before / since +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Verstrichene Zeit vor / seit TicketContacts=Kontakte zum Ticket TicketDocumentsLinked=Dokumente zum Ticket ConfirmReOpenTicket=Dieses Ticket wirklich wieder öffnen? @@ -307,7 +309,7 @@ BoxLastModifiedTicket=Zuletzt bearbeitete TIckets BoxLastModifiedTicketDescription=Zuletzt bearbeitete Tickets (maximal %s) BoxLastModifiedTicketContent= BoxLastModifiedTicketNoRecordedTickets=Keine zuletzt bearbeiteten Tickets -BoxTicketType=Distribution of open tickets by type +BoxTicketType=Verteilung der offenen Tickets nach Typ BoxTicketSeverity=Anzahl der offenen Tickets nach Schwere BoxNoTicketSeverity=Keine Tickets geöffnet BoxTicketLastXDays=Anzahl der neuen Tickets nach Tagen innerhalb der letzten %s Tage diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/trips.lang index 0a6ad3bad24..4abe4bbd6d7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Datum Ablehnung DATE_SAVE=Freigabedatum DATE_CANCEL=Stornodatum DATE_PAIEMENT=Zahlungsdatum -BROUILLONNER=wiedereröffnen ExpenseReportRef=Belegnummer Spesenabrechnung ValidateAndSubmit=Validieren und zur Genehmigung einreichen ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validiert (Wartet auf Genehmigung) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/users.lang index 4c76a0511c8..74fa4ad1292 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/users.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/users.lang @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ UsePersonalValue=Eigenen Wert verwenden InternalUser=Interne Benutzer ExportDataset_user_1=Benutzer und -eigenschaften DomainUser=Domain-Benutzer %s -Reactivate=Reaktivieren +Reactivate=wieder aktivieren CreateInternalUserDesc=Dieses Formular erlaubt ihnen das Anlegen eines internen Benutzers in ihrem Unternehmen/ihrer Organisation. Zum Anlegen eines externen Benutzers (Kunden, Lieferanten, ...), verwenden sie bitte die 'Kontakt/Adresse erstellen'-Schaltfläche in der Kontaktkarte des jeweiligen Partners. -InternalExternalDesc=An internal user is a user that is part of your company/organization, or is a partner user outside of your organization that may need to see more data than data related to his company (the permission system will define what he can or can't see or do).
An external user is a customer, vendor or other that must view ONLY data related to himself (Creating an external user for a third-party can be done from the contact record of the third-party).

In both cases, you must grant permissions on the features that the user need. +InternalExternalDesc=Ein interner Benutzer ist ein Benutzer, der zu Ihrem Unternehmen/Ihrer Organisation gehört oder ein Partnerbenutzer außerhalb Ihrer Organisation ist, der möglicherweise mehr Daten als Daten zu seinem Unternehmen sehen muss (das Berechtigungssystem legt fest, was er kann oder nicht sehen oder tun kann).
Ein externer -Benutzer ist ein Kunde, Lieferant oder ein anderer, der NUR Daten zu seiner Person anzeigen darf (das Erstellen eines externen Benutzers für einen Geschäftspartner kann über den Kontaktdatensatz des Geschäftspartner erfolgen).

In beiden Fällen müssen Sie Berechtigungen für die Funktionen erteilen, die der Benutzer benötigt. PermissionInheritedFromAGroup=Berechtigung durch eine Gruppenzugehörigkeit geerbt. Inherited=Geerbt UserWillBe=Benutzer erstellen als @@ -95,10 +95,10 @@ ConfirmCreateLogin=Möchten Sie für dieses Mitglied wirklich ein Benutzerkonto ConfirmCreateThirdParty=Möchten Sie für dieses Mitglied wirklich einen Partner erstellen? LoginToCreate=Zu erstellende Anmeldung NameToCreate=Name des neuen Partners -YourRole=Ihre Rolle +YourRole=Ihre Rollen YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=Ihr Kontingent aktiver Benutzer ist erreicht -NbOfUsers=Number of users -NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +NbOfUsers=Anzahl Benutzer +NbOfPermissions=Anzahl Berechtigungen DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=Nur ein SuperAdmin kann einen SuperAdmin downgraden HierarchicalResponsible=Vorgesetzter HierarchicView=Hierarchische Ansicht @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ DateOfEmployment=Anstellungsdatum DateEmployment=Mitarbeiter DateEmploymentstart=Beschäftigungsbeginn DateEmploymentEnd=Beschäftigungsende -RangeOfLoginValidity=Access validity date range +RangeOfLoginValidity=Datumsbereich der Zugriffsgültigkeit CantDisableYourself=Sie können nicht ihr eigenes Benutzerkonto deaktivieren ForceUserExpenseValidator=Überprüfung der Spesenabrechnung erzwingen ForceUserHolidayValidator=Gültigkeitsprüfer für Urlaubsanträge erzwingen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/website.lang index 815aa445fc6..a377c4b07d6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/website.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/website.lang @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AddWebsite=Website hinzufügen Webpage=Webseite / Container AddPage=Seite / Container hinzufügen PageContainer=Seite -PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=Vorschau ihrer Webseite %s ist noch nicht verfügbar. Zuerst muss eine 'Webseiten-Vorlage importiert' oder 'Seite/Container hinzugefügt' werden. RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=Die Seite mit id %s hat keinen Inhalt oder die Cachedatei .tpl.php wurde gelöscht. Editieren Sie den Inhalt der Seite um das Problem zu lösen. SiteDeleted=Website '%s' gelöscht PageContent=Seite / Container @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ ReadPerm=Lesen WritePerm=Schreiben TestDeployOnWeb=Test/Bereitstellung im Web PreviewSiteServedByWebServer=Die Vorschau %s in einem neuen Tab

%s wird durch einen externen Webserver (Wie Apache, Nginx, IIS) ausgeliefert. Dieser Server muss installiert und eingerichtet sein, bevor Sie den Verzeichnis
%s anzeigen können.
URL, die von dem externen Server bereitgestellt wird:
%s -PreviewSiteServedByDolibarr=Preview %s in a new tab.

The %s will be served by Dolibarr server so it does not need any extra web server (like Apache, Nginx, IIS) to be installed.
The inconvenient is that the URLs of pages are not user friendly and start with the path of your Dolibarr.
URL served by Dolibarr:
%s

To use your own external web server to serve this web site, create a virtual host on your web server that points on directory
%s
then enter the name of this virtual server in the properties of this website and click on the link "Test/Deploy on the web". +PreviewSiteServedByDolibarr= Vorschau für %s in einem neuen Tab.

%s wird vom Dolibarr-Server bereitgestellt, so dass kein zusätzlicher Webserver (wie Apache, Nginx, IIS) installiert werden muss.
Der Nachteil ist, dass die URLs der Seiten nicht benutzerfreundlich sind und mit dem Pfad Ihrer Dolibarr-Installation beginnen.
Von Dolibarr bereitgestellte URL:
%s

Um diese Website auf Ihrem eigenen Webserver zu hosten, muss dort ein virtueller Host erstellt werden, der auf das Verzeichnis
%s
verweist. Anschließens den Namen des virtuellen Servers in den Eigenschaften dieser Website eintragen und auf den Link "Im Web testen/bereitstellen" klicken. VirtualHostUrlNotDefined=Die URL des virtuellen Hosts, der von einem externen Webserver bereit gestellt wird, ist nicht definiert NoPageYet=Noch keine Seiten YouCanCreatePageOrImportTemplate=Sie können eine neue Seite erstellen oder eine komplette Website-Vorlage importieren diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/withdrawals.lang index 7f88571f6aa..ddd0f8cf10a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Ausführungsdatum CreateForSepa=Erstellen Sie eine Lastschriftdatei -ICS=Gläubiger-ID CI für Lastschrift -ICSTransfer=Gläubiger-ID CI für Banküberweisung +ICS=Gläubiger-Identifikationsnummer - ICS END_TO_END="Ende-zu-Ende" SEPA-XML-Tag - Eindeutige ID, die pro Transaktion zugewiesen wird USTRD="Unstrukturiertes" SEPA-XML-Tag ADDDAYS=Füge Tage zum Abbuchungsdatum hinzu diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/workflow.lang index 33051a242ed..0b5b69e7e38 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/workflow.lang @@ -8,14 +8,15 @@ descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Erstellt automatisch eine Kundenrechnung, descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Erstelle automatisch eine Kundenrechnung, nachdem der Vertrag bestätigt wurde. descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Erstellt automatisch eine Kundenrechnung, nachdem eine Bestellung geschlossen wurde. Die neue Kundenrechnung lautet über den selben Betrag wie die Bestellung. # Autoclassify customer proposal or order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Setzt das entsprechende Angebot auf "abgerechnet", sofern die Kundenbestellung auf "abgerechnet" gesetzt wurde und sofern der Betrag in der Bestellung gleich dem dem Betrag im Angebot ist. +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Setzt das entsprechende Angebot auf "abgerechnet", sofern der Kundenauftrag auf "abgerechnet" gesetzt wurde und sofern der Gesamtbetrag im Kundenauftrag gleich dem im Angebot ist. descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Setzt das verknüpfte Angebot auf "abgerechnet", sofern die Kundenrechnung erstellt wurde und sofern der Rechnungsbetrag identisch zur Angebotsumme ist. descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Kennzeichne die verknüpfte Kundenbestellung(en) als fakturiert ( = in Rechnung gestellt) sofern die Kundenrechnung als geprüft markiert wurde und die Beträge übereinstimmen. -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Kennzeichne die verknüpfte Kundenbestellung(en) als fakturiert ( = in Rechnung gestellt) sofern die Kundenrechnung als bezahlt markiert wurde und die Beträge übereinstimmen. +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Kennzeichne verknüpfte Kundenaufträge als fakturiert ( = in Rechnung gestellt), sofern die Kundenrechnung als bezahlt markiert wurde und die Beträge übereinstimmen. descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Kennzeichne die verknüpften Aufträge als geliefert wenn die Lieferung erfolgt ist (und die Liefermenge der Bestellmenge entspricht). +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Den zugrundeliegenden Kundenauftrag als versendet kennzeichnen, wenn eine Sendung geschlossen wird (sofern die Gesamtmengen aller zugehörigen Sendungen mit denen des Kundenauftrags übereinstimmen) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Setzt das verknüpfte Lieferantenangebot auf "abgerechnet", sofern die Lieferanrenrechnung erstellt wurde und sofern der Rechnungsbetrag identisch zur Angebotsumme ist. -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Kennzeichne die verknüpfte Einkaufsbestellung als abgerechnet wenn die Lieferantenrechnung erstellt wurde und wenn die Beträge überein stimmen. +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Kennzeichne die verknüpfte Lieferantenbestellung als abgerechnet, wenn die Lieferantenrechnung erstellt wurde und die Gesamtbeträge übereinstimmen. descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Klassifizieren Sie Empfänge als "in Rechnung gestellt", wenn eine verknüpfte Lieferantenbestellung validiert wird # Autoclose intervention descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Schließen Sie alle mit dem Ticket verknüpften Interaktionen, wenn ein Ticket geschlossen wird diff --git a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/zapier.lang b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/zapier.lang index f3a7595f87e..848e52df1d4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/de_DE/zapier.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/de_DE/zapier.lang @@ -18,4 +18,4 @@ ModuleZapierForDolibarrDesc = Modul: Zapier für Dolibarr ZapierForDolibarrSetup=Zapier für Dolibarr einrichten ZapierDescription=Schnittstelle mit Zapier ZapierAbout=Über das Modul Zapier -ZapierSetupPage=There is no need for a setup on Dolibarr side to use Zapier. However, you must generate and publish a package on zapier to be able to use Zapier with Dolibarr. See documentation on this wiki page. +ZapierSetupPage=Es ist kein Setup auf Dolibarr-Seite erforderlich, um Zapier zu verwenden. Sie müssen jedoch ein Paket auf Zapier generieren und veröffentlichen, um Zapier mit Dolibarr verwenden zu können. Siehe Dokumentation auf dieser Wiki-Seite . diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_CY/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_CY/admin.lang index 74ee870f906..3b73be75e16 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_CY/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_CY/admin.lang @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_CY/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_CY/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_CY/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_CY/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_CY/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index c6779157e0f..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_CY/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/accountancy.lang index e3a557a9bdd..6058cefbc2e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Χώρες που δεν βρίσκονται στην ΕΟΚ CountriesInEECExceptMe=Χώρες στην ΕΟΚ εκτός από το %s CountriesExceptMe=Όλες οι χώρες εκτός από το %s AccountantFiles=Εξαγωγή εγγράφων προέλευσης -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Προβολή κατά λογιστικό λογαριασμό VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Συμβουλευτείτε εδώ τη λίστα με τ ListAccounts=Λίστα των λογιστικών λογαριασμών UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Άγνωστο λογαριασμό τρίτων. Θα χρησιμοποιήσουμε %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Άγνωστο λογαριασμό τρίτων. Σφάλμα αποκλεισμού -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Ο λογαριασμός τρίτου μέρους δεν έχει οριστεί ή είναι άγνωστος τρίτος. Θα χρησιμοποιήσουμε %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Άγνωστο το Tρίτο-Mέρος και λογαριασμός Καθολικού Ημερολογίου δεν έχει οριστεί για την πληρωμή. Θα διατηρήσουμε κενή την τιμή του λογαριασμού. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Ο λογαριασμός τρίτου μέρους δεν έχει οριστεί ή είναι άγνωστος τρίτος. Σφάλμα αποκλεισμού. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Ο λογαριασμός λογαριασμού τρίτου μέρους και ο λογαριασμός αναμονής δεν έχουν οριστεί. Σφάλμα αποκλεισμού PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Πληρωμή που δεν συνδέεται με κανένα προϊόν / υπηρεσία OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Κλασική εξαγωγή Modelcsv_CEGID=Εξαγωγή για CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Εξαγωγή για το Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Εξαγωγή για Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Εξαγωγή για Sage Ciel Compta ή Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Εξαγωγή για Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Εξαγωγή για EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Εξαγωγή για το Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/admin.lang index c2cdca932cc..2de6e534670 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Αριθμόςαπό Bytes SearchString=Αναζήτηση συμβόλων NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Δεν είναι διαθέσιμο όταν η Ajax είναι απενεργοποιημένη AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Σε έγγραφο τρίτου μέρους, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα έργο που συνδέεται με άλλο τρίτο μέρος +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=Η JavaScript είναι απενεργοποιημένη UsePreviewTabs=Χρήση καρτελών προ επισκόπησης ShowPreview=Εμφάνιση προ επισκόπησης @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Ρύθμιση πολλαπλών νομισμάτων MenuLimits=Όρια και ακρίβεια MenuIdParent=ID Μητρικού Μενού DetailMenuIdParent=ID του μητρικού μενού (άδειο για το μενού κορυφής) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Αριθμός Ταξινόμησης για να καθοριστεί η θέση του μενού AllMenus=Όλα NotConfigured=Το ένθεμα/εφαρμογή δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Το χαρακτηριστικό είναι δια BoxesDesc=Τα γραφικά στοιχεία είναι στοιχεία που εμφανίζουν ορισμένες πληροφορίες που μπορείτε να προσθέσετε για να προσαρμόσετε ορισμένες σελίδες. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ εμφάνισης του γραφικού στοιχείου ή όχι επιλέγοντας τη σελίδα προορισμού και κάνοντας κλικ στην επιλογή 'Ενεργοποίηση' ή κάνοντας κλικ στο καλάθι απορριμάτων για να το απενεργοποιήσετε. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Μόνο στοιχεία από ενεργοποιημένα modules προβάλλονται. ModulesDesc=Οι ενότητες / εφαρμογές καθορίζουν ποιες δυνατότητες είναι διαθέσιμες στο λογισμικό. Ορισμένες λειτουργικές μονάδες απαιτούν να δοθούν δικαιώματα στους χρήστες μετά την ενεργοποίηση της λειτουργικής μονάδας. Κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί on / off %s κάθε μονάδας για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε μια ενότητα / εφαρμογή. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Μπορείτε να βρείτε περισσότερες ενότητες για να κατεβάσετε σε εξωτερικές ιστοσελίδες στο Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Εάν το επιτρέπουν τα δικαιώματα στο σύστημα αρχείων σας, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την ανάπτυξη εξωτερικής μονάδας. Η ενότητα θα είναι στη συνέχεια ορατή στην καρτέλα %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Βρείτε εξωτερική εφαρμογή / ενότητες @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Οι ακόλουθες δύο ενότητες είναι υ SetupDescription3=  %s -> %s

Βασικές παράμετροι που χρησιμοποιούνται για την προσαρμογή της προεπιλεγμένης συμπεριφοράς της εφαρμογής σας (π.χ. για λειτουργίες που σχετίζονται με τη χώρα). SetupDescription4=  %s -> %s

Αυτό το λογισμικό είναι μια σειρά από πολλές ενότητες / εφαρμογές. Οι ενότητες που σχετίζονται με τις ανάγκες σας πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν και να διαμορφωθούν. Οι καταχωρήσεις μενού θα εμφανιστούν με την ενεργοποίηση αυτών των ενοτήτων. SetupDescription5=Άλλες καταχωρίσεις μενού ρυθμίσεων διαχειρίζονται προαιρετικές παραμέτρ +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Η διεύθυνση URL ονομάζεται όταν γίνεται κλικ στο τηλέφωνο picto. Στη διεύθυνση URL, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ετικέτες
__PHONETO__ που θα αντικατασταθεί με τον αριθμό τηλεφώνου του ατόμου που καλεί
__PHONEFROM__ που θα αντικατασταθεί με τον αριθμό τηλεφώνου του καλούντος (του δικού σας)
__LOGIN__ που θα αντικατασταθεί με σύνδεση με κλικ (καθορισμένη στην κάρτα χρήστη)
__PASS__ που θα αντικατασταθεί με κωδικό πρόσβασης (που ορίζεται στην κάρτα χρήστη). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο έναν σύνδεσμο "τηλ::" σε αριθμούς τηλεφώνου -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Σημείο πώλησης CashDeskSetup=Λειτουργία μονάδας σημείου πώλησης @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Κορυφή περιθώριο σε PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Κάτω περιθώριο σε PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Δεν απαιτείται συγκεκριμένη ρύθμιση για αυτήν την ενότητα. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Ορίστε αυτό το ναι αν αυτή η ομάδα είναι ένας υπολογισμός άλλων ομάδων @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Μεγαλύτερο από IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Με ένα λογαριασμό GMail, εάν έχετε ενεργοποιήσει την επικύρωση 2 βημάτων, σας συνιστούμε να δημιουργήσετε έναν ειδικό δευτερεύοντα κωδικό πρόσβασης για την εφαρμογή αντί να χρησιμοποιήσετε τη δική σας passsword από https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την ενέργεια για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιεχόμενο ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου για να βρείτε και να φορτώσετε ένα υπάρχον τρίτο μέρος στη βάση δεδομένων σας. Το τρίτο μέρος που βρέθηκε (ή δημιουργήθηκε) θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για τις ακόλουθες ενέργειες που το χρειάζονται. Στο πεδίο παραμέτρων μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε για παράδειγμα το EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *) εάν θέλετε να εξαγάγετε το όνομα του τρίτου μέρους από μια συμβολοσειρά 'Name: name to find' μέσα στο σώμα της εντολής. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Σημείο τερματισμού για %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Διαγραφή συλλέκτη ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να διαγράψετε αυτό το συλλέκτη email; @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/cashdesk.lang index 489d7f18694..f2976e6c792 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/errors.lang index 9ccbe17002b..b219780f454 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Η παράμετρος PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) είναι υψηλότερη από την παράμετρο PHP post_max_size (%s). Αυτό δεν είναι μια σταθερή ρύθμιση. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/eventorganization.lang index 29dc08af904..7308291781a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Τύπος συμβάντος LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/holiday.lang index ef576c13d5f..8f5a9ad0d82 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Εν αναμονή έγκρισης ApprovedCP=Εγκεκριμένο CancelCP=Ακυρώθηκε RefuseCP=Απόρριψη -ValidatorCP=Έγκριση +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=Λίστα άδειας Leave=Αφήστε το αίτημα LeaveId=Αφήστε το αναγνωριστικό @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Αφήστε το αίτημα TypeOfLeaveId=Είδος αναγνωριστικού άδειας TypeOfLeaveCode=Τύπος κωδικού άδειας TypeOfLeaveLabel=Τύπος ετικέτας άδειας -NbUseDaysCP=Αριθμός των ημερών για τις άδειες που καταναλώνεται -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Ο υπολογισμός λαμβάνει υπόψη τις μη εργάσιμες ημέρες και τις αργίες που ορίζονται στο λεξικό. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Ημέρες κατανάλωσης -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Ημέρες κατανάλωσης κατά το μήνα -DayIsANonWorkingDay=Η %s είναι μη εργάσιμη μέρα +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Ημερομηνία έναρξης του μήνα DateEndInMonth=Ημερομηνία λήξης μήνα EditCP=Επεξεργασία @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Διαγράψτε την αίτηση άδειας ConfirmDeleteCP=Επιβεβαιώστε τη διαγραφή αυτήν την αίτηση άδειας; ErrorCantDeleteCP=Σφάλμα δεν έχετε το δικαίωμα να διαγράψει αυτό το αίτημα αδείας. CantCreateCP=Δεν έχετε το δικαίωμα να ζητήσετε άδεια. -InvalidValidatorCP=Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα εκπρόσωπο να εγκρίνει την άδειά σας. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια ημερομηνία έναρξης. NoDateFin=Πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια ημερομηνία λήξης. ErrorDureeCP=Η αίτηση άδειας δεν περιέχει εργάσιμες ημέρες @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Χρήστης ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσθήκη τις έκτακτης άδειας. AddEventToUserOkCP=Η προσθήκη της έκτακτης άδειας έχει ολοκληρωθεί. MenuLogCP=Εμφάνιση καταγραφής αλλαγών -LogCP=Αρχείο καταγραφής για ενημέρωση των διαθέσιμων ημερών των αδειών -ActionByCP=Διενεργείται από -UserUpdateCP=Για το χρήστη +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Προηγούμενο Υπόλοιπο NewSoldeCP=Νέο υπόλοιπο alreadyCPexist=Υπάρχει ήδη αίτηση άδειας για αυτήν τη περίοδο. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Πρώτη μέρα των αδειών -LastDayOfHoliday=Τελευταία μέρα των αδειών +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Μηνιαία ενημέρωση ManualUpdate=Χειροκίνητη ενημέρωση @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Αναρρωτική άδεια LEAVE_OTHER=Άλλη άδεια LEAVE_PAID_FR=Διακοπές μετ'αποδοχών ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Τελευταία αυτόματη ενημέρωση της κατανομής άδειας -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Μήνας τελευταίας αυτόματης ενημέρωσης της κατανομής άδειας +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Ενημερώθηκε με επιτυχία. Module27130Name= Διαχείριση των αιτήσεων αδειών Module27130Desc= Διαχείριση των αιτήσεων αδειών @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Η αίτηση αδείας σας για %s στο %s έ FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Πηγαίνετε στο σπίτι - Ρύθμιση - Λεξικά - Τύπος άδειας για τη ρύθμιση των διαφορετικών τύπων φύλλων. -HolidaySetup=Ρύθμιση της λειτουργίας διακοπών -HolidaysNumberingModules=Αφήστε τα μοντέλα αρίθμησης αιτημάτων +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Πρότυπο για αιτήσεις άδειας PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Δωρεάν κείμενο σε μορφή PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Υδατογραφήματα σε σχέδια αιτήσεων άδειας HolidaysToApprove=Διακοπές για έγκριση NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Κανείς δεν έχει άδεια να επικυρώσει διακοπές +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/interventions.lang index a354f293fd4..83169bc1250 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Διάρκεια γραμμής παρέμβασης InterLineDesc=Περιγραφή γραμμής παρέμβασης RepeatableIntervention=Πρότυπο παρέμβασης ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Για να δημιουργήσετε μια προκαθορισμένη ή επαναλαμβανόμενη παρέμβαση, δημιουργήστε μια κοινή παρέμβαση και μετατρέψτε την σε πρότυπο παρέμβασης -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/knowledgemanagement.lang index 440a5617c62..abcd384905d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Πληροφορίες KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Πώληση KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/languages.lang index 2cf888b1131..497b1490ac5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Αραβικά Language_ar_EG=Αραβικά (Αίγυπτος) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Αραβικά Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Ολλανδικά (Βέλγιο) Language_nl_NL=Ολλανδός Language_pl_PL=Πολωνικά +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Πορτογαλικά (Βραζιλίας) Language_pt_PT=Πορτογαλικά Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/mails.lang index feccce11ccf..10c23c42586 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/main.lang index 4af1c73feea..ece63f02e0b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/other.lang index e05bbe7babd..85d2b4fceff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Προϊόντα / Υπηρεσίες κατά δημοτικότητα ProductStatistics=Στατιστικά Προϊόντων / Υπηρεσιών NbOfQtyInOrders=Ποσότητα σε παραγγελίες SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Κλείσιμο diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/partnership.lang index 2a252f47c96..084ffd23102 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/products.lang index 0d3ad72b956..f4bfe6b6a70 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Φύλλο προϊόντος ServiceSheet=Φύλλο εξυπηρέτησης PossibleValues=Πιθανές τιμές GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Πηγαίνετε στο μενού %s - %s για να προετοιμάσετε παραλλαγές χαρακτηριστικών (όπως χρώματα, μέγεθος, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Περιγραφή του πωλητή για το προϊόν UseProductSupplierPackaging=Χρησιμοποιήστε τη συσκευασία στις τιμές προμηθευτή (επανυπολογίστε τις ποσότητες σύμφωνα με τη συσκευασία που καθορίζεται στην τιμή προμηθευτή κατά την προσθήκη / ενημέρωση της γραμμής στα έγγραφα προμηθευτών) PackagingForThisProduct=Συσκευασία diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/projects.lang index 36f534ca2b8..24b83b297c9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Δεν υπάρχουν εργασίες για αυτό το έργο LinkedToAnotherCompany=Συνδέεται με άλλο τρίτο μέρος TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Εργασία δεν έχει εκχωρηθεί στο χρήστη. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί ' %s ' για να εκχωρήσετε εργασία τώρα. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Χρόνος που δαπανάται είναι άδειο +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει επίσης όλα τα καθήκοντα του έργου (%s καθηκόντων προς το παρόν) και όλες οι είσοδοι του χρόνου. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Εάν ορισμένα αντικείμενα (τιμολόγιο, προκειμένου, ...), που ανήκουν σε άλλο τρίτο μέρος, πρέπει να συνδέεται με το έργο να δημιουργήσει, διατηρήσει αυτό το κενό να έχει το έργο να είναι πολλαπλών τρίτους. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Τελευταία τροποποιημένα έργα %s OtherFilteredTasks=Άλλες φιλτραρισμένες εργασίες NoAssignedTasks=Δεν εντοπίστηκαν καθήκοντα που έχουν ανατεθεί (αναθέστε το έργο / εργασίες στον τρέχοντα χρήστη από το κορυφαίο πλαίσιο επιλογής για να εισάγετε χρόνο σε αυτό) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Ένα τρίτο μέρος πρέπει να οριστεί στο έργο για να μπορεί να το τιμολογεί. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Ένα τρίτο μέρος πρέπει να οριστεί στο έργο για να μπορεί να το τιμολογεί. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Επιλέξτε μια εργασία που δεν σας έχει ανατεθεί ακόμη # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Επιτρέψτε στα σχόλια των χρηστών τις εργασίες @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Έργο πληροφοριών %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Η ενότητα "Μισθοί" πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένη για να καθορίζει την ωριαία τιμή του εργαζόμενου ώστε να έχει αξιοποιηθεί ο χρόνος που δαπανάται NewTaskRefSuggested=Η αναφορά εργασίας που έχει ήδη χρησιμοποιηθεί, απαιτείται νέα αναφορά εργασίας TimeSpentInvoiced=Χρόνος που δαπανήθηκε χρεώνεται +TimeSpentForIntervention=Ο χρόνος που δαπανάται TimeSpentForInvoice=Ο χρόνος που δαπανάται OneLinePerUser=Μια γραμμή ανά χρήστη ServiceToUseOnLines=Υπηρεσία για χρήση σε γραμμές InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Το τιμολόγιο %s δημιουργήθηκε από το χρόνο που αφιερώσατε στο έργο +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Ελέγξτε αν εισάγετε φύλλο κατανομής για τα καθήκοντα του έργου και σχεδιάζετε να δημιουργήσετε τιμολόγιο(α) από το δελτίο χρόνου για να χρεώσετε τον πελάτη του έργου (μην ελέγξετε αν σκοπεύετε να δημιουργήσετε τιμολόγιο που δεν βασίζεται σε καταγεγραμμένα φύλλα εργασίας). Σημείωση: Για να δημιουργήσετε τιμολόγιο, μεταβείτε στην καρτέλα 'Χρόνος δαπάνης' του έργου και επιλέξτε γραμμές που θα συμπεριληφθούν. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Ακολουθήστε την ευκαιρία ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Χρήση: Ευκαιρία UsageTasks=Χρήση: Εργασίες UsageBillTimeShort=Χρήση: Χρόνος λογαριασμού InvoiceToUse=Προσχέδιο τιμολογίου προς χρήση +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Νέο τιμολόγιο +NewInter=Νέα παρέμβαση OneLinePerTask=Μια γραμμή ανά εργασία OneLinePerPeriod=Μία γραμμή ανά περίοδο OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/stocks.lang index 5cd59bd0ed5..c64b66dca12 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Αποθήκες αξία UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Δημιουργήστε αυτόματα μια αποθήκη χρήστη κατά τη δημιουργία ενός χρήστη AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Διαχειριστείτε επίσης την τιμή για το ελάχιστο και το επιθυμητό απόθεμα ανά ζεύγος (αποθήκη προϊόντων) επιπλέον της τιμής για το ελάχιστο και το επιθυμητό απόθεμα ανά προϊόν RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Μετακίνηση του προϊόντος %s σε μ InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. κώδικας NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Δεν υπάρχει εκκρεμότητα λήψης λόγω ανοικτής εντολής αγοράς ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Αυτός ο αριθμός παρτίδας / αύξων αριθμός ( %s ) υπάρχει ήδη αλλά με διαφορετική ημερομηνία κατανάλωσης ή πώλησης (βρέθηκε %s αλλά εισάγετε %s ). -OpenAll=Ανοίξτε για όλες τις ενέργειες -OpenInternal=Ανοίξτε μόνο για εσωτερικές ενέργειες +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Χρησιμοποιήστε την κατάσταση αποστολής (έγκριση / απόρριψη) για τις σειρές προϊόντων κατά τη λήψη της παραγγελίας αγοράς OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Η επιλογή "διάφορες τιμές ανά τμήμα" είναι ενεργοποιημένη. Σημαίνει ότι ένα προϊόν έχει πολλές τιμές πώλησης, ώστε να μην μπορεί να υπολογιστεί η τιμή πώλησης ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Το όριο αποθεμάτων για την ειδοποίηση και το επιθυμητό βέλτιστο απόθεμα που δημιουργήθηκε σωστά @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/ticket.lang index c9df30418ee..a88ebeb6995 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Απαντήθηκε Waiting=Αναμονή -Closed=Έκλεισε +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Διαγράφηκε # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Δριμύτητα ShowTicket=Δείτε εισιτήριο RelatedTickets=Σχετικά εισιτήρια TicketAddIntervention=Δημιουργία παρέμβασης -CloseTicket=Κλείστε το εισιτήριο -CloseATicket=Κλείστε ένα εισιτήριο +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Επιβεβαιώστε το κλείσιμο εισιτηρίου +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Επιβεβαιώστε τη διαγραφή του εισιτηρίου TicketDeletedSuccess=Το εισιτήριο διαγράφηκε με επιτυχία TicketMarkedAsClosed=Το εισιτήριο επισημαίνεται ως κλειστό diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/trips.lang index 30ce9189ed1..9bd3a3b6d49 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/trips.lang @@ -7,39 +7,39 @@ TripCard=Κάρτα αναφοράς εξόδων AddTrip=Δημιουργία αναφοράς εξόδων ListOfTrips=Λίστα αναφορών εξόδων ListOfFees=Λίστα φόρων -TypeFees=Types of fees +TypeFees=Είδη αμοιβών ShowTrip=Εμφάνιση αναφοράς εξόδων NewTrip=Νέα αναφορά εξόδων -LastExpenseReports=Latest %s expense reports -AllExpenseReports=All expense reports -CompanyVisited=Company/organization visited +LastExpenseReports=Τελευταίες αναφορές δαπανών %s +AllExpenseReports=Όλες οι αναφορές εξόδων +CompanyVisited=Εταιρεία / οργανισμός επισκέφθηκε FeesKilometersOrAmout=Σύνολο χλμ DeleteTrip=Διαγραφή αναφοράς εξόδων -ConfirmDeleteTrip=Are you sure you want to delete this expense report? +ConfirmDeleteTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να διαγράψετε αυτήν την αναφορά εξόδων; ListTripsAndExpenses=Λίστα αναφορών εξόδων ListToApprove=Αναμονή έγγρισης ExpensesArea=Περιοχή αναφοράς εξόδων ClassifyRefunded=Κατηγοριοποίηση ως «επιστράφει» -ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=A new expense report has been submitted for approval -ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s -ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=An expense report has been submitted for re-approval -ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s -ExpenseReportApproved=An expense report was approved -ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=The expense report %s was approved.
- User: %s
- Approved by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportRefused=An expense report was refused -ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=The expense report %s was refused.
- User: %s
- Refused by: %s
- Motive for refusal: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportCanceled=An expense report was canceled -ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid -ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=Μια νέα έκθεση δαπανών έχει υποβληθεί προς έγκριση +ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=Έχει υποβληθεί νέα αναφορά δαπανών και περιμένει έγκριση.
- Χρήστης: %s
- Περίοδος: %s
Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να επικυρώσετε: %s +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=Έχει υποβληθεί μια έκθεση δαπανών για επανέγκριση +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=Έχει υποβληθεί αναφορά δαπανών και αναμένει επανέγκριση.
Το %s, αρνηθήκατε να εγκρίνετε την αναφορά εξόδων για το λόγο αυτό: %s.
Έχει προταθεί μια νέα έκδοση και περιμένει την έγκρισή σας.
- Χρήστης: %s
- Περίοδος: %s
Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να επικυρώσετε: %s +ExpenseReportApproved=Έχει εγκριθεί έκθεση δαπανών +ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=Η έκθεση δαπανών %s εγκρίθηκε.
- Χρήστης: %s
- Εγκρίθηκε από: %s
Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να εμφανίσετε την αναφορά εξόδων: %s +ExpenseReportRefused=Η αναφορά δαπανών απορρίφθηκε +ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=Η αναφορά δαπανών %s απορρίφθηκε.
- Χρήστης: %s
- αρνήθηκε από: %s
- Αιτιολόγηση απόρριψης: %s
Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να εμφανίσετε την αναφορά εξόδων: %s +ExpenseReportCanceled=Η αναφορά εξόδων ακυρώθηκε +ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Η αναφορά δαπανών %s ακυρώθηκε.
- Χρήστης: %s
- Ακυρώθηκε από: %s
- Αιτιολόγηση για ακύρωση: %s
Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να εμφανίσετε την αναφορά εξόδων: %s +ExpenseReportPaid=Καταγράφηκε μια αναφορά εξόδων +ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Η αναφορά δαπανών %s καταβλήθηκε.
- Χρήστης: %s
- Πληρωμή από: %s
Κάντε κλικ εδώ για να εμφανίσετε την αναφορά εξόδων: %s +TripId=Αναφορά εξόδων ταυτότητας +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Πληροφορίες εταιρίας -TripNDF=Informations expense report -PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report -ExpenseReportLine=Expense report line +TripNDF=Αναφορά εξόδων πληροφοριών +PDFStandardExpenseReports=Πρότυπο πρότυπο για τη δημιουργία ενός εγγράφου PDF για αναφορά εξόδων +ExpenseReportLine=Γραμμή αναφοράς δαπανών TF_OTHER=Άλλο -TF_TRIP=Transportation +TF_TRIP=Μεταφορά TF_LUNCH=Γεύμα TF_METRO=Μετρό TF_TRAIN=Τρένο @@ -49,36 +49,36 @@ TF_PEAGE=Διόδια TF_ESSENCE=Καύσιμα TF_HOTEL=Ξενοδοχείο TF_TAXI=Ταξί -EX_KME=Mileage costs -EX_FUE=Fuel CV +EX_KME=Χιλιόμετρα κόστος +EX_FUE=Βιογραφικό σημείωμα καυσίμου EX_HOT=Ξενοδοχείο -EX_PAR=Parking CV +EX_PAR=Χώρος στάθμευσης αυτοκινήτου EX_TOL=Toll CV -EX_TAX=Various Taxes -EX_IND=Indemnity transportation subscription -EX_SUM=Maintenance supply -EX_SUO=Office supplies -EX_CAR=Car rental -EX_DOC=Documentation -EX_CUR=Customers receiving -EX_OTR=Other receiving -EX_POS=Postage -EX_CAM=CV maintenance and repair -EX_EMM=Employees meal -EX_GUM=Guests meal -EX_BRE=Breakfast +EX_TAX=Διάφοροι φόροι +EX_IND=Αποζημίωση μεταφοράς αποζημιώσεων +EX_SUM=Συντήρηση +EX_SUO=Προμήθειες γραφείου +EX_CAR=Ενοικίαση αυτοκινήτων +EX_DOC=Τεκμηρίωση +EX_CUR=Πελάτες που λαμβάνουν +EX_OTR=Άλλες λήψεις +EX_POS=Ταχυδρομικά τέλη +EX_CAM=Συντήρηση και επισκευή βιογραφικού σημειώματος +EX_EMM=Γεύμα εργαζομένων +EX_GUM=Γεύμα φιλοξενουμένων +EX_BRE=ΠΡΩΙΝΟ ΓΕΥΜΑ EX_FUE_VP=Fuel PV EX_TOL_VP=Toll PV -EX_PAR_VP=Parking PV -EX_CAM_VP=PV maintenance and repair -DefaultCategoryCar=Default transportation mode -DefaultRangeNumber=Default range number -UploadANewFileNow=Upload a new document now -Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Error, the rule for expense report numbering ref was not defined into setup of module 'Expense Report' -ErrorDoubleDeclaration=You have declared another expense report into a similar date range. -AucuneLigne=There is no expense report declared yet -ModePaiement=Payment mode -VALIDATOR=User responsible for approval +EX_PAR_VP=Πάρκινγκ PV +EX_CAM_VP=PV συντήρηση και επισκευή +DefaultCategoryCar=Προεπιλεγμένη λειτουργία μεταφοράς +DefaultRangeNumber=Αριθμός προεπιλεγμένου εύρους τιμών +UploadANewFileNow=Μεταφορτώστε τώρα ένα νέο έγγραφο +Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Σφάλμα, ο κανόνας για την αναφορά αριθμών αναφορών εξόδων δεν καθορίστηκε στη ρύθμιση της ενότητας 'Έκθεση δαπανών' +ErrorDoubleDeclaration=Έχετε δηλώσει μια άλλη αναφορά εξόδων σε ένα παρόμοιο εύρος ημερομηνιών. +AucuneLigne=Δεν έχει ακόμη δηλωθεί αναφορά δαπανών +ModePaiement=Τρόπος πληρωμής +VALIDATOR=Ο χρήστης είναι υπεύθυνος για την έγκριση VALIDOR=Εγκρίθηκε από AUTHOR=Αποθηκεύτηκε από AUTHORPAIEMENT=Πληρώθηκε από @@ -90,62 +90,61 @@ DATE_REFUS=Ημερομηνία απόρριψης DATE_SAVE=Ημερομηνία Επικύρωσης DATE_CANCEL=Ημερομηνία ακύρωσης DATE_PAIEMENT=Ημερομηνία πληρωμής -BROUILLONNER=Reopen -ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report +ExpenseReportRef=Αναφ. ΑΝΑΦΟΡΑ ΕΞΟΔΩΝ ValidateAndSubmit=Επικύρωση και υποβολή για έγκριση ValidatedWaitingApproval=Επικύρωση (αναμονή για έγκριση) -NOT_AUTHOR=You are not the author of this expense report. Operation cancelled. -ConfirmRefuseTrip=Are you sure you want to deny this expense report? -ValideTrip=Approve expense report -ConfirmValideTrip=Are you sure you want to approve this expense report? -PaidTrip=Pay an expense report -ConfirmPaidTrip=Are you sure you want to change status of this expense report to "Paid"? -ConfirmCancelTrip=Are you sure you want to cancel this expense report? -BrouillonnerTrip=Move back expense report to status "Draft" -ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Are you sure you want to move this expense report to status "Draft"? +NOT_AUTHOR=Δεν είστε ο συντάκτης αυτής της έκθεσης δαπανών. Η λειτουργία ακυρώθηκε. +ConfirmRefuseTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να αρνηθείτε αυτήν την αναφορά εξόδων; +ValideTrip=Εγκρίνετε την αναφορά εξόδων +ConfirmValideTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να εγκρίνετε αυτή την αναφορά εξόδων; +PaidTrip=Πληρώστε μια αναφορά εξόδων +ConfirmPaidTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση αυτής της αναφοράς εξόδων σε "Paid"; +ConfirmCancelTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να ακυρώσετε αυτήν την αναφορά εξόδων; +BrouillonnerTrip=Μεταφέρετε την αναφορά δαπανών στην κατάσταση "Σχέδιο" +ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να μετακινήσετε αυτή την αναφορά δαπανών στην κατάσταση "Σχέδιο"; SaveTrip=Επικύρωση αναφοράς εξόδων -ConfirmSaveTrip=Are you sure you want to validate this expense report? -NoTripsToExportCSV=No expense report to export for this period. -ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment -ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve -ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay -ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index -ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules -ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers -ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report +ConfirmSaveTrip=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να επικυρώσετε αυτήν την αναφορά εξόδων; +NoTripsToExportCSV=Δεν υπάρχει αναφορά εξόδων για εξαγωγή για αυτήν την περίοδο. +ExpenseReportPayment=Πληρωμή αναφορών εξόδων +ExpenseReportsToApprove=Αναφορές εξόδων για έγκριση +ExpenseReportsToPay=Αναφορές εξόδων για πληρωμή +ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Είστε βέβαιοι ότι θέλετε να κλωνοποιήσετε αυτήν την αναφορά εξόδων; +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges +ExpenseReportsRules=Κανόνες έκθεσης δαπανών +ExpenseReportIkDesc=Μπορείτε να τροποποιήσετε τον υπολογισμό των εξόδων χιλιομέτρων ανά κατηγορία και εύρος που έχουν οριστεί προηγουμένως. d είναι η απόσταση σε χιλιόμετρα +ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε ή να ενημερώσετε τους κανόνες υπολογισμού. Αυτό το μέρος θα χρησιμοποιηθεί όταν ο χρήστης θα δημιουργήσει μια νέα αναφορά δαπανών expenseReportOffset=Απόκλιση -expenseReportCoef=Coefficient -expenseReportTotalForFive=Example with d = 5 -expenseReportRangeFromTo=from %d to %d -expenseReportRangeMoreThan=more than %d -expenseReportCoefUndefined=(value not defined) -expenseReportCatDisabled=Category disabled - see the c_exp_tax_cat dictionary -expenseReportRangeDisabled=Range disabled - see the c_exp_tax_range dictionay -expenseReportPrintExample=offset + (d x coef) = %s -ExpenseReportApplyTo=Apply to -ExpenseReportDomain=Domain to apply -ExpenseReportLimitOn=Limit on +expenseReportCoef=Συντελεστής +expenseReportTotalForFive=Παράδειγμα με d = 5 +expenseReportRangeFromTo=από %d σε %d +expenseReportRangeMoreThan=περισσότερο από %d +expenseReportCoefUndefined=(τιμή δεν ορίζεται) +expenseReportCatDisabled=Απενεργοποιημένη κατηγορία - δείτε το λεξικό c_exp_tax_cat +expenseReportRangeDisabled=Η εμβέλεια είναι απενεργοποιημένη - ανατρέξτε στη λέξη c_exp_tax_range +expenseReportPrintExample=αντιστάθμιση + (dx coef) = %s +ExpenseReportApplyTo=Εφαρμόζω σε +ExpenseReportDomain=Τομέας για την εφαρμογή +ExpenseReportLimitOn=Περιορίστε το ExpenseReportDateStart=Ημερομηνία Έναρξης ExpenseReportDateEnd=Ημερομηνία λήξης ExpenseReportLimitAmount=Limite amount -ExpenseReportRestrictive=Restrictive -AllExpenseReport=All type of expense report -OnExpense=Expense line -ExpenseReportRuleSave=Expense report rule saved -ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Error: %s -RangeNum=Range %d -ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s -byEX_DAY=by day (limitation to %s) -byEX_MON=by month (limitation to %s) -byEX_YEA=by year (limitation to %s) -byEX_EXP=by line (limitation to %s) -ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s -nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) -nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) -nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) -nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car -ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s -RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +ExpenseReportRestrictive=Περιοριστικός +AllExpenseReport=Όλες οι εκθέσεις δαπανών +OnExpense=Γραμμή δαπανών +ExpenseReportRuleSave=Ο κανόνας αναφοράς δαπανών αποθηκεύτηκε +ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Σφάλμα: %s +RangeNum=Εύρος %d +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Παράμετρος παραβίασης περιορισμού [%s]: %s είναι ανώτερη από %s %s +byEX_DAY=ανά ημέρα (περιορισμός στο %s) +byEX_MON=ανά μήνα (περιορισμός στο %s) +byEX_YEA=ανά έτος (περιορισμός στο %s) +byEX_EXP=ανά γραμμή (περιορισμός στο %s) +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Παράμετρος παραβίασης περιορισμού [%s]: %s είναι ανώτερη από %s %s +nolimitbyEX_DAY=ανά ημέρα (χωρίς περιορισμό) +nolimitbyEX_MON=ανά μήνα (χωρίς περιορισμό) +nolimitbyEX_YEA=ανά έτος (χωρίς περιορισμό) +nolimitbyEX_EXP=κατά γραμμή (χωρίς περιορισμό) +CarCategory=Vehicle category +ExpenseRangeOffset=Ποσό αντιστάθμισης: %s +RangeIk=Εύρος χιλιομέτρων +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Συνδέστε τη γραμμή σε ένα φορτωμένο έγγραφο diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/withdrawals.lang index 69377126e89..70c9f967220 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s καταγράφονται τα αιτήματα πλη BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Τραπεζικός κωδικός τρίτου μέρους NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Κανένα τιμολόγιο δεν χρεώθηκε με επιτυχία. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι τα τιμολόγια είναι σε εταιρείες με έγκυρο αριθμό IBAN και ότι ο IBAN έχει UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) με τον τρόπο %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Ταξινομήστε πιστώνεται ClassCreditedConfirm=Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χαρακτηρίσει την παραλαβή ως απόσυρση πιστώνεται στον τραπεζικό σας λογαριασμό; TransData=Η ημερομηνία αποστολής @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Ημερομηνία εκτέλεσης CreateForSepa=Δημιουργήστε αρχείο άμεσης χρέωσης -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" Ετικέτα XML SEPA - Μοναδική ταυτότητα που αντιστοιχεί σε κάθε συναλλαγή USTRD="Μη δομημένη" ετικέτα XML SEPA ADDDAYS=Προσθήκη ημερών στην Ημερομηνία Εκτέλεσης diff --git a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/workflow.lang index bfad87b4b66..c925cb63ab0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/el_GR/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/el_GR/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Ταξινόμηση της προτ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Ταξινόμηση της εντολής πωλήσεων συνδεδεμένης πηγής ως χρεώνεται όταν έχει επικυρωθεί το τιμολόγιο πελάτη (και εάν το ποσό του τιμολογίου είναι το ίδιο με το συνολικό ποσό της συνδεδεμένης παραγγελίας) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Ταξινόμηση της εντολής πωλήσεων συνδεδεμένης πηγής ως χρεώνεται όταν το τιμολόγιο πελάτη έχει οριστεί για πληρωμή (και αν το ποσό του τιμολογίου είναι το ίδιο με το συνολικό ποσό της συνδεδεμένης παραγγελίας) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Ταξινόμηση της εντολής πωλήσεων συνδεδεμένης πηγής ως αποστολής κατά την επικύρωση μιας αποστολής (και εάν η ποσότητα που αποστέλλεται από όλες τις αποστολές είναι η ίδια με τη σειρά για την ενημέρωση) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Ταξινόμηση της πρότασης προμηθευτή συνδεδεμένης πηγής ως τιμολογίου όταν επικυρωθεί το τιμολόγιο πωλητή (και εάν το ποσό του τιμολογίου είναι το ίδιο με το συνολικό ποσό της συνδεδεμένης πρότασης) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Ταξινόμηση της εντολής αγοράς συνδεδεμένης πηγής ως χρεώνεται όταν επικυρώνεται το τιμολόγιο πωλητή (και αν το ποσό του τιμολογίου είναι το ίδιο με το συνολικό ποσό της συνδεδεμένης παραγγελίας) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/admin.lang index 0980facb414..3f5711e8904 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/admin.lang @@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ OldVATRates=Old GST rate NewVATRates=New GST rate DictionaryVAT=GST Rates or Sales Tax Rates +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OptionVatMode=GST due LinkColor=Colour of links OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/cashdesk.lang index adbd9cf9e57..b18e67a9ff7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/cashdesk.lang @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk NoVAT=No GST for this sale +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/main.lang index 0f669a0306c..dac6a875c2d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/main.lang @@ -34,5 +34,4 @@ TotalVAT=Total GST TTC=Incl GST VAT=GST VATRate=GST Rate -OpenAll=Open for all actions Check=Cheque diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_AU/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_AU/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/admin.lang index 62dd510c5e0..992d58672be 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/admin.lang @@ -1,7 +1,8 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin LocalTax1Management=PST Management CompanyZip=Postal code +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. LDAPFieldZip=Postal code FormatZip=Postal code OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/main.lang index 6af90915e16..6d4ce6e30f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/main.lang @@ -26,4 +26,3 @@ TotalVAT=Total GST TotalLT1=Total PST VAT=GST VATRate=GST rate -OpenAll=Open for all actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_CA/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_CA/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/accountancy.lang index 2ebd845ce64..b14b4ac8f60 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/accountancy.lang @@ -7,7 +7,6 @@ OverviewOfAmountOfLinesBound=Overview of number of lines already bound to an fin DeleteCptCategory=Remove finance account from group JournalizationInLedgerStatus=Status of journals GroupIsEmptyCheckSetup=Group is empty, check setup of the personalised finance group -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Main finance account for customers not defined in setup MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Main finance account for users not defined in setup MainAccountForVatPaymentNotDefined=Main finance account for VAT payment not defined in setup diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/admin.lang index 0ed13e41f0f..33f8a88b77d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/admin.lang @@ -42,8 +42,9 @@ FollowingSubstitutionKeysCanBeUsed=
To learn how to create your .odt document Module50200Name=PayPal DictionaryAccountancyJournal=Finance journals CompanyZip=Postcode +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. LDAPFieldZip=Postcode GenbarcodeLocation=Barcode generation command line tool (used by internal engine for some bar code types). Must be compatible with "genbarcode".
For example: /usr/local/bin/genbarcode FormatZip=Postcode OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/cashdesk.lang index 0188074370e..0db0d2d669e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/cashdesk.lang @@ -6,3 +6,4 @@ NewSell=New sale RestartSelling=Go back to sales NoProductFound=No product found NoArticle=No product +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/main.lang index 1a12820493b..5617fe77778 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/main.lang @@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ VAT=VAT VATRate=VAT Rate Favorite=Favourite GeneratedOn=Built on %s -OpenAll=Open for all actions Canceled=Cancelled Color=Colour NoPhotoYet=No picture available yet diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/stocks.lang index 4d10d134f64..ba358dbb241 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_GB/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_GB/stocks.lang @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks StocksArea=Warehouse area MassStockTransferShort=Bulk stock transfer -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party QtyDispatchedShort=Quantity dispatched QtyToDispatchShort=Quantity to be dispatched OrderStatusNotReadyToDispatch=Order Status does not allow dispatching of products in stock warehouses. @@ -12,6 +11,5 @@ EstimatedStockValueSellShort=Value of stock at selling price RuleForStockReplenishment=Rule for stock replenishment IsInPackage=Packaged ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different useby or sellby dates (found %s but you entered %s). -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so total of stock by sales value can't be calculated AddNewProductStockWarehouse=Set new limit for alert and desired optimal stock level diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/admin.lang index 4b3c42b80b1..4354b1a3b6a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/admin.lang @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Permission25=Send quotations Permission26=Close quotations Permission27=Delete quotations Permission28=Export quotations +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. PropalSetup=Quotation module setup ProposalsNumberingModules=Quotation numbering models ProposalsPDFModules=Quotation documents models @@ -15,4 +16,4 @@ FreeLegalTextOnProposal=Free text on quotations WatermarkOnDraftProposal=Watermark on draft quotations (none if empty) MailToSendProposal=Customer quotations OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/main.lang index 4ccc246c713..46aef779403 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/main.lang @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ FormatDateHourSecShort=%d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p CommercialProposalsShort=Quotations -OpenAll=Open for all actions LinkToProposal=Link to quotation SearchIntoCustomerProposals=Quotations ContactDefault_propal=Quotation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_IN/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_IN/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/main.lang index 71ab1503dbe..2e691473326 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/main.lang @@ -19,4 +19,3 @@ FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p -OpenAll=Open for all actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_SG/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_SG/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_US/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_US/errors.lang index cb97af5c183..2aba5334690 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_US/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/en_US/errors.lang @@ -303,3 +303,23 @@ ErrorActionCommBadType=Selected event type (id: %n, code: %s) do not exist in Ev CheckVersionFail=Version check fail ErrorWrongFileName=Name of the file cannot have __SOMETHING__ in it ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. + +# Validate +RequireValidValue = Value not valid +RequireAtLeastXString = Requires at least % character(s) +RequireXStringMax = Requires % character(s) max +RequireAtLeastXDigits = Requires at least % digit(s) +RequireXDigitsMax = Requires % digit(s) max +RequireValidEmail = Email address is not valid +RequireMaxLength = Length must be less than %s chars +RequireMinLength = Length must be more than %s char(s) +RequireValidUrl = Require valid URL +RequireValidDate = Require a valid date +RequireANotEmptyValue = Is required +RequireValidDuration = Require a valid duration +RequireValidExistingElement = Require an existing value +RequireValidBool = Require a valid boolean +BadSetupOfField = Error bad setup of field +BadSetupOfFieldClassNotFoundForValidation = Error bad setup of field : Class not found for validation +BadSetupOfFieldFileNotFound = Error bad setup of field : File not found for inclusion +BadSetupOfFieldFetchNotCallable = Error bad setup of field : Fetch not callable on class diff --git a/htdocs/langs/en_US/validate.lang b/htdocs/langs/en_US/validate.lang deleted file mode 100644 index bd25b6c0c74..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/en_US/validate.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - users -RequireValidValue = Value not valid -RequireAtLeastXString = Requires at least % character(s) -RequireXStringMax = Requires % character(s) max -RequireAtLeastXDigits = Requires at least % digit(s) -RequireXDigitsMax = Requires % digit(s) max -RequireValidEmail = Email address is not valid -RequireMaxLength = Length must be less than %s chars -RequireMinLength = Length must be more than %s char(s) -RequireValidUrl = Require valid URL -RequireValidDate = Require a valid date -RequireANotEmptyValue = Is required -RequireValidDuration = Require a valid duration -RequireValidExistingElement = Require an existing value -RequireValidBool = Require a valid boolean -BadSetupOfField = Error bad setup of field -BadSetupOfFieldClassNotFoundForValidation = Error bad setup of field : Class not found for validation -BadSetupOfFieldFileNotFound = Error bad setup of field : File not found for inclusion -BadSetupOfFieldFetchNotCallable = Error bad setup of field : Fetch not callable on class diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/accountancy.lang index 825bf36ff2c..96c58aaf400 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/accountancy.lang @@ -16,4 +16,3 @@ Journals=Diarios Contables JournalFinancial=Diarios Financieros AssignDedicatedAccountingAccount=Nueva cuenta para asignar InvoiceLabel=Etiqueta de la factura -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/admin.lang index 628a46dcd9c..b210f358131 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/admin.lang @@ -609,4 +609,4 @@ DisabledResourceLinkUser=Deshabilitar la función para vincular un recurso a los DisabledResourceLinkContact=Deshabilitar función para vincular un recurso a contactos ConfirmUnactivation=Confirmar el reinicio del módulo OnMobileOnly=Solo en pantalla pequeña (teléfono inteligente) -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/cashdesk.lang index b57a3cfc4d9..c978d48fa19 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/cashdesk.lang @@ -2,4 +2,5 @@ CashDeskMenu=Punto de venta CashDesk=Punto de venta CashdeskShowServices=Servicios de Venta +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: History=Historial diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/eventorganization.lang index e6b8e89584c..52934f125f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/eventorganization.lang @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page EvntOrgDone =Hecho diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/holiday.lang index 34bd9f81036..7cf781c4561 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/holiday.lang @@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ ToReviewCP=Esperando aprobación ApprovedCP=Aprobado CancelCP=Cancelado RefuseCP=Rechazado -ValidatorCP=Aprobador ListeCP=Lista de licencias Leave=Solicitud de licencia LeaveId=ID de Licencia @@ -34,8 +33,6 @@ TitreRequestCP=Solicitud de licencia TypeOfLeaveId=ID de tipo de licencia TypeOfLeaveCode=Código de tipo de licencia TypeOfLeaveLabel=Etiqueta de tipo de licencia -NbUseDaysCP=Número de días consumidos de vacaciones -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Días consumidos en el mes DateStartInMonth=Fecha de inicio en elmes DateEndInMonth=Fecha de finalización en el mes EditCP=Editar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/interventions.lang index d2a6549e94a..9a42329ecd2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/interventions.lang @@ -45,4 +45,3 @@ InterLineId=ID de línea de la intervención InterLineDate=Fecha de línea de la intervención InterLineDuration=Duración de la línea de la intervención InterLineDesc=Descripción de la línea de la intervención -Reopen=Reabierto diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/mails.lang index 78901f8e358..33f38e2aabe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/mails.lang @@ -118,6 +118,4 @@ AddAll=Agregar todos RemoveAll=Quitar todos AdvTgtAddContact=Agregar correos acorde al criterio AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nombre del filtro nuevo -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No se encontraron contactos/direcciones con la categoría buscada -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No se encontraron contactos/direcciones con la categoría buscada ContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=Contactos con filtro de terceros diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/projects.lang index a8ae01b6bf8..b0949405e0b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/projects.lang @@ -5,3 +5,4 @@ ProjectLabel=Etiqueta de Proyecto ProjectsArea=Area de Proyectos SharedProject=Todos OppStatusPROPO=Propuesta +NewInter=Nueva intervención diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/stocks.lang index 678594aabe6..073b81ff3d1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/stocks.lang @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks Location=Ubicaciòn -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions inventoryEdit=Editar inventoryDraft=Activos SelectCategory=Filtro por Categoría diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/trips.lang index 864eb785dcb..1a341df69f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_AR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_AR/trips.lang @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=El informe de gastos %s se ha cancelado.
- Usu ExpenseReportPaid=Se ha pagado un informe de gastos ExpenseReportPaidMessage=El informe de gastos %s ha sido abonado.
- Usuario: %s
- Pagado por: %s
Haga click aquí para mostrar el informe de gastos: %s TripId=ID del informe de gastos -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Persona a quién reportar para validación. TripNDF=Detalles del informe de gastos PDFStandardExpenseReports=Template estándar de informe de gastos para generar un documendo PDF ExpenseReportLine=Línea de informe de gastos @@ -68,7 +67,6 @@ MOTIF_REFUS=Motivo MOTIF_CANCEL=Motivo DATE_REFUS=Fecha de rechazo DATE_CANCEL=Fecha de cancelación -BROUILLONNER=Reabierto ExpenseReportRef=Informe de gastos de referencia ValidateAndSubmit=Validar y enviar para aprobación ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validado (a la espera de aprobación) @@ -88,7 +86,6 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Pago de informe de gastos ExpenseReportsToApprove=Informes de gastos para aprobar ExpenseReportsToPay=Informes de gastos para pagar ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=¿Estás seguro que quieres clonar este informe de gastos? -ExpenseReportsIk=Indice de kilómetros Informe de gastos ExpenseReportsRules=Reglas de informe de gastos ExpenseReportIkDesc=Puedes modificar el cálculo del gasto de kilómetros por categoría y rango que fueron definidos previamente. d es la distancia en kilómetros ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Puedes crear o actualizar cualquier regla de cálculo. Esto será utilizado cuando el usuario quiera crear un nuevo informe de gastos @@ -113,6 +110,5 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=por día (sin límite) nolimitbyEX_MON=por mes (sin límite) nolimitbyEX_YEA=por año (sin límite) nolimitbyEX_EXP=por línea (sin límite) -CarCategory=Tipo de auto ExpenseRangeOffset=Monto de compensación: %s AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Adjuntar la línea a un documento cargado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_BO/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_BO/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/accountancy.lang index 7d67cdbec60..c032fe5d36a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/accountancy.lang @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ GroupIsEmptyCheckSetup=El grupo está vacío, verifique la configuración del gr DetailByAccount=Mostrar detalles por cuenta AccountWithNonZeroValues=Cuentas con valores distintos de cero. CountriesInEECExceptMe=Países en EEC excepto %s -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Cuenta de contabilidad principal para los clientes no definidos en la configuración MainAccountForSuppliersNotDefined=Cuenta de contabilidad principal para proveedores no definidos en la configuración MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Cuenta de contabilidad principal para los usuarios no definidos en la configuración @@ -148,8 +147,6 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulte aquí la lista de proveedores y clientes externos ListAccounts=Lista de cuentas contables UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Cuenta de terceros desconocida. Usaremos %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Cuenta de terceros desconocida. Error de bloqueo -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Cuenta de terceros no definida o tercero desconocido. Usaremos %s -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Cuenta de terceros no definida o tercero desconocido. Error de bloqueo. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Cuenta de terceros desconocida y cuenta de espera no definida. Error de bloqueo PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pago no vinculado a ningún producto / servicio TotalVente=Volumen de negocios total antes de impuestos @@ -195,7 +192,6 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Exportación clasica Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportación para Comptabilité Experto CEGID Modelcsv_COALA=Exportación para Salvia Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exportación para Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportación para Sage Ciel Compta o Compta Evolution Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportar para Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportación para EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exportación para Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/admin.lang index d62aad94c5a..be394b057d4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/admin.lang @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ DebugBar=Barra de debug WarningValueHigherSlowsDramaticalyOutput=Advertencia, los valores más altos ralentizan dramáticamente la salida. ModuleActivated=El módulo %s está activado y ralentiza la interfaz EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS=Los modelos de exportación se comparten con todos. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Punto final para %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Eliminar el colector de correo electrónico ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=¿Estás seguro de que deseas eliminar este recopilador de correo electrónico? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/cashdesk.lang index a40760cf590..789d1dbd346 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/cashdesk.lang @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ DolibarrReceiptPrinter=Impresora de recibos Dolibarr PointOfSale=Punto de venta CloseBill=Cerrar bill TakeposConnectorNecesary=Se requiere 'conector TakePOS' +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: Receipt=Recibo Header=Encabezamiento Footer=Pie de página diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/holiday.lang index 80542681b19..b488a22eefe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/holiday.lang @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ ToReviewCP=Esperando aprobacion ApprovedCP=Aprobado CancelCP=Cancelado RefuseCP=Rechazado -ValidatorCP=Aprobador ListeCP=Lista de licencia LeaveId=Dejar ID ReviewedByCP=Será aprobado por @@ -30,7 +29,6 @@ TitreRequestCP=Dejar petición TypeOfLeaveId=Tipo de ID de ausencia TypeOfLeaveCode=Tipo de código de licencia TypeOfLeaveLabel=Tipo de etiqueta de permiso -NbUseDaysCP=Número de días de vacaciones consumidos EditCP=Editar DeleteCP=Borrar ActionRefuseCP=Desperdicios @@ -39,7 +37,6 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Eliminar la solicitud de licencia ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirmar la eliminación de esta solicitud de permiso ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error. No tiene derecho a eliminar esta solicitud de permiso. CantCreateCP=Usted no tiene el derecho de hacer solicitudes de ausencia. -InvalidValidatorCP=Debe elegir un moderador para su solicitud de licencia. NoDateDebut=Debe seleccionar una fecha de inicio. NoDateFin=Debe seleccionar una fecha de finalización. ErrorDureeCP=Su solicitud de ausencia no contiene día laborable. @@ -62,13 +59,9 @@ MotifCP=Razón ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Se produjo un error al agregar la licencia excepcional. AddEventToUserOkCP=La adición de la licencia excepcional se ha completado. MenuLogCP=Ver registros de cambios -LogCP=Registro de actualizaciones de días de vacaciones disponibles -ActionByCP=Interpretado por PrevSoldeCP=Balance anterior NewSoldeCP=Nuevo equilibrio alreadyCPexist=Ya se ha hecho una solicitud de licencia en este período. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Primer día de vacaciones -LastDayOfHoliday=Último día de vacaciones BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Las últimas %s solicitudes de permiso modificadas HolidaysCancelation=Deje la cancelación de la solicitud EmployeeLastname=Apellido del empleado @@ -78,8 +71,6 @@ AllHolidays=Todas las solicitudes de licencia LEAVE_PAID=Vacaciones pagas LEAVE_OTHER=Otra licencia LEAVE_PAID_FR=Vacaciones pagas -LastUpdateCP=Última actualización automática de la asignación de vacaciones. -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Mes de la última actualización automática de la asignación de vacaciones UpdateConfCPOK=Actualizado correctamente. Module27130Name=Gestión de solicitudes de ausencia Module27130Desc=Gestión de solicitudes de ausencia @@ -97,8 +88,6 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Su solicitud de licencia para %s a %s ha sido cancelada. FollowedByACounter=1: este tipo de permiso debe ir seguido de un contador. El contador se incrementa de forma manual o automática y cuando se valida una solicitud de permiso, el contador disminuye.
0: No seguido de un contador. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=No hay tipos de permisos definidos que deban ser seguidos por un contador GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Ir a Inicio - Configuración - Diccionarios - Tipo de permiso para configurar los diferentes tipos de hojas. -HolidaySetup=Configuración del módulo Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Deja peticiones numerando modelos. TemplatePDFHolidays=Plantilla para solicitudes de permisos PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Texto libre en PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Marcas de agua en las solicitudes de permiso de proyecto diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/mails.lang index 8b67f03a848..72c8e1861d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/mails.lang @@ -116,5 +116,3 @@ AdvTgtContactHelp=Úselo solo si dirige el contacto a "Tipo de correo electróni ItemsCount=Artículos) AdvTgtAddContact=Añadir emails según criterio AdvTgtLoadFilter=Filtro de carga -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Sin contacto / dirección con una categoría encontrada -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Sin contacto / dirección con una categoría encontrada diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/projects.lang index d456e3c3ba0..d24822b69ea 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/projects.lang @@ -155,6 +155,7 @@ RecordsClosed=%s proyecto (s) cerrado SendProjectRef=Proyecto de información %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=El módulo 'Salarios' debe estar habilitado para definir la tarifa por hora de los empleados para que el tiempo empleado se valore NewTaskRefSuggested=Referencia de tarea ya utilizada, se requiere una nueva referencia de tarea +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tiempo dedicado TimeSpentForInvoice=Tiempo dedicado InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=La factura %s se ha generado desde el tiempo invertido en el proyecto UsageBillTimeShort=Uso: Bill time diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/stocks.lang index b364505a16b..b2a1784fe85 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/stocks.lang @@ -33,7 +33,6 @@ StockLowerThanLimit=Stock inferior al límite de alerta (%s) EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valor de las bodegas UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Crear un almacén de usuario automáticamente al crear un usuario AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Administre también el valor del stock mínimo y deseado por emparejamiento (almacén de productos) además del valor del stock mínimo y deseado por producto -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party IndependantSubProductStock=El stock de producto y el stock de subproducto son independientes. QtyDispatched=Cantidad despachada QtyDispatchedShort=Cantidad despachada @@ -104,7 +103,6 @@ MovementCorrectStock=Corrección de Stock para el producto %s InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. código NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No hay recepción pendiente debido a la orden de compra abierta. ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Este número de lote/serie (%s) ya existe pero con fecha de consumo o de vencimiento diferente (se encontró %s pero ingresó %s). -OpenInternal=Abierto solo para acciones internas UseDispatchStatus=Utilice un estado de envío (aprobar / rechazar) para las líneas de productos en la recepción de la orden de compra OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=La opción "varios precios por segmento" está activada. Significa que un producto tiene varios precios de venta por lo que el valor de venta no se puede calcular ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Límite de stock para alerta y stock óptimo deseado correctamente creado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/ticket.lang index 1a82967bc5b..ac8f18b0d42 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/ticket.lang @@ -71,8 +71,6 @@ TicketMessagesList=Lista de mensajes NoMsgForThisTicket=No hay mensaje para este ticket LatestNewTickets=Los últimos tickets %s (no leídos) ShowTicket=Ver Ticket -CloseTicket=Ticket cerrado -CloseATicket=Cerrar un Ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirmar el cierre del Ticket ConfirmDeleteTicket=Confirma la eliminación del ticket TicketDurationAutoInfos=Duración calculada automáticamente a partir de intervenciones relacionadas diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/trips.lang index 19aba371335..e2fde3b946f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CL/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CL/trips.lang @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Se canceló el informe de gastos %s.
- Usuario ExpenseReportPaid=Se pagó un informe de gastos ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Se pagó el informe de gastos %s.
- Usuario: %s
- Pagado por: %s
Haga clic aquí para ver el informe de gastos: %s TripId=Informe de gastos Id -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Persona para informar para validación. TripSociete=Empresa de información TripNDF=Informe de gastos de información PDFStandardExpenseReports=Plantilla estándar para generar un documento PDF para el informe de gastos @@ -78,7 +77,6 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Pago del informe de gastos ExpenseReportsToApprove=Informes de gastos para aprobar ExpenseReportsToPay=Informes de gastos para pagar ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=¿Seguro que quieres clonar este informe de gastos? -ExpenseReportsIk=Informe de gastos índice milles ExpenseReportsRules=Reglas de informe de gastos ExpenseReportIkDesc=Puede modificar el cálculo de los gastos por kilómetro por categoría y rango a los que están previamente definidos. d es la distancia en kilómetros ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Puede crear o actualizar cualquier regla de cálculo. Esta parte se usará cuando el usuario cree un nuevo informe de gastos @@ -96,6 +94,5 @@ OnExpense=Línea de gasto ExpenseReportRuleSave=Regla de informe de gastos guardada ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Identificación de infracción de restricción [%s]: %s es superior a %s %s ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Identificación de infracción de restricción [%s]: %s es superior a %s %s -CarCategory=Categoría de automóvil ExpenseRangeOffset=Cantidad de compensación: %s AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Adjuntar la línea a un documento cargado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/accountancy.lang index 2cc7715ef67..04ff5473f96 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/accountancy.lang @@ -167,9 +167,7 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulte aquí la lista de clientes y proveedores externos ListAccounts=Listado de las cuentas contables. UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Cuenta de terceros desconocida. Usaremos %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Cuenta de terceros desconocida. Error de bloqueo -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Cuenta de terceros no definida o desconocida. Usaremos %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tercero desconocido y libro auxiliar no definido en el pago. Mantendremos vacío el valor de la cuenta del libro mayor auxiliar. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Cuenta de terceros no definida o desconocida. Error de bloqueo. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Cuenta de terceros desconocida y cuenta en espera no definida. Error de bloqueo PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pago no vinculado a ningún producto / servicio. OpeningBalance=Saldo de apertura @@ -226,7 +224,6 @@ Selectmodelcsv=Selecciona un modelo de exportación. Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportación para CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exportación para Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exportación para Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportación para Sage Ciel Compta o Compta Evolution Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportar para Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportar para EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exportar para Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/admin.lang index b61704a9436..e6e2e7de2cd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/admin.lang @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ ImportSetup=Configuración de la importación del módulo InstanceUniqueID=ID único de la instancia WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Si habilitó la validación de 2 pasos con una cuenta de GMail, se recomienda crear una segunda contraseña dedicada para la aplicación en lugar de usar la contraseña de su propia cuenta de https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Puede ser un comportamiento deseado mover el correo electrónico a otra etiqueta/directorio cuando se procesó correctamente. Simplemente configure el nombre del directorio aquí para usar esta función (NO use caracteres especiales en el nombre). Tenga en cuenta que también debe utilizar una cuenta de inicio de sesión de lectura/escritura. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Puede utilizar esta acción para utilizar el contenido del correo electrónico para buscar y cargar un tercero existente en su base de datos. El tercero encontrado (o creado) se utilizará para las siguientes acciones que lo necesiten. En el campo de parámetro, puede usar, por ejemplo, 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' si desea extraer el nombre de la tercera parte de una cadena 'Name: name to find' que se encuentra en el cuerpo. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Punto final para %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Eliminar recopilador de correo electrónico ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=¿Está seguro de que desea eliminar este recopilador de correo electrónico? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/cashdesk.lang index 79c2bfe5241..915e04eacf3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/cashdesk.lang @@ -2,3 +2,4 @@ CashDeskStock=Valores Change=Exceso recibido ShowCompany=Mostar empresa +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/projects.lang index ffc9126eff3..b18c33d2591 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/projects.lang @@ -155,4 +155,5 @@ AllowCommentOnProject=Permitir comentarios de usuarios en proyectos DontHavePermissionForCloseProject=No tiene permisos para cerrar el proyecto %s RecordsClosed=%s proyecto (s) cerrado (s) SendProjectRef=Proyecto de información %s +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tiempo usado TimeSpentForInvoice=Tiempo usado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/stocks.lang index 649afed7baf..92856699c76 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/stocks.lang @@ -122,7 +122,6 @@ MovementCorrectStock=Corrección de stock para el producto %s MovementTransferStock=Traslado de stock del producto %s a otro almacén InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. código NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No hay recepción pendiente debido a una orden de compra abierta -OpenInternal=Abierto solo para acciones internas UseDispatchStatus=Utilice un estado de envío (aprobar / rechazar) para las líneas de productos en la recepción de la orden de compra OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=La opción "varios precios por segmento" está activada. Significa que un producto tiene varios precios de venta, por lo que el valor de venta no se puede calcular. ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Límite de stock para alerta y stock óptimo deseado creado correctamente diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/trips.lang index 7095262d44a..7a2a6f65fdb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/trips.lang @@ -37,4 +37,3 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=Por día (sin límite) nolimitbyEX_MON=Por mes (sin límite) nolimitbyEX_YEA=Por (sin límite) nolimitbyEX_EXP=Por línea (sin límite) -CarCategory=Categoría de carro: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/withdrawals.lang index c1004f1fd1a..fbd95aa2fa7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_CO/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_CO/withdrawals.lang @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s solicitudes de pago por débito automático registradas BankTransferRequestsDone=%s solicitudes de transferencia bancaria registradas ThirdPartyBankCode=Código de banco de terceros NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Ninguna factura se debitó correctamente. Verifique que las facturas sean de compañías con un IBAN válido y que el IBAN tenga un UMR (Referencia de mandato único) con el modo %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=Este recibo de retiro ya está marcado como acreditado; esto no se puede hacer dos veces, ya que esto podría generar pagos y entradas bancarias duplicadas. ClassCredited=Clasificar acreditado ClassCreditedConfirm=¿Está seguro de que desea clasificar este recibo de retiro como acreditado en su cuenta bancaria? TransData=Fecha de transmisión @@ -105,8 +106,6 @@ CreditTransferOrderCreated=Se ha creado la orden de transferencia bancaria %s DirectDebitOrderCreated=Se ha creado la orden de débito automático %s AmountRequested=Monto solicitado CreateForSepa=Crear archivo de débito automático -ICS=Identificador de acreedor (IA o CI en inglés) para débito automático -ICSTransfer=Identificador de acreedor (CI) para transferencia bancaria END_TO_END=Etiqueta XML SEPA "EndToEndId": identificación única asignada por transacción USTRD=Etiqueta XML SEPA "no estructurada" ADDDAYS=Agregar días a la fecha de ejecución diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/admin.lang index 6dbaf311a2a..5d3dcc057bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/admin.lang @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ Permission92=Crear/modificar impuestos e ITBIS Permission93=Eliminar impuestos e ITBIS DictionaryVAT=Tasa de ITBIS (Impuesto sobre ventas en EEUU) UnitPriceOfProduct=Precio unitario sin ITBIS de un producto +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OptionVatMode=Opción de carga de ITBIS OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_DO/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_DO/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/accountancy.lang index 5021f5c12b5..4a205f7ef82 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/accountancy.lang @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ JournalizationInLedgerStatus=Estado de la publicación GroupIsEmptyCheckSetup=El grupo está vacío, compruebe la configuración del grupo de contabilidad personalizado DetailByAccount=Mostrar detalles por cuenta AccountWithNonZeroValues=Cuentas con valores distintos de cero. -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Cuenta principal de contabilidad para clientes no definidos en la configuración MainAccountForSuppliersNotDefined=Cuenta contable principal para proveedores no definidos en la configuración MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Cuenta principal de contabilidad para usuarios no definidos en la configuración @@ -150,9 +149,7 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulte aquí la lista de clientes y proveedores de tercer ListAccounts=Lista de las cuentas contables UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Cuenta de terceros desconocida. Usaremos %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Cuenta de terceros desconocida. Error de bloqueo -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Cuenta de terceros no definida o tercero desconocido. Usaremos %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Terceros desconocidos y subledger no definidos en el pago. Mantendremos vacío el valor de la cuenta auxiliar. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Cuenta de terceros no definida o tercero desconocido. Error de bloqueo UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Cuenta de terceros desconocida y cuenta en espera no definida. Error de bloqueo PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pago no vinculado a ningún producto / servicio OpeningBalance=Saldo de apertura @@ -200,7 +197,6 @@ ExportDraftJournal=Exportar borrador de diario Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportación para CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exportación para Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exportar para Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportar para Sage Ciel Compta o Compta Evolution Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportar para Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportar para EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exportar para Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/admin.lang index d8e4e2dbe9c..1f7f805b2ab 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/admin.lang @@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS=Los modelos de exportación se comparten con todos ExportSetup=Configuración del módulo Exportar InstanceUniqueID=ID único de la instancia WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Con una cuenta de GMail, si habilitó la validación de 2 pasos, se recomienda crear una segunda contraseña dedicada para la aplicación en lugar de usar la contraseña de su propia cuenta de https://myaccount.google.com/. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Puede usar esta acción para usar el contenido del correo electrónico para buscar y cargar un tercero existente en su base de datos. El tercero encontrado (o creado) se utilizará para las siguientes acciones que lo necesiten. En el campo de parámetros puede usar, por ejemplo, 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' si desea extraer el nombre del cliente/proveedor de una cadena 'Nombre: nombre para encontrar' que se encuentra en el cuerpo. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Punto final para %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Eliminar recopilador de correo electrónico ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=¿Estás seguro de que deseas eliminar este recopilador de correo electrónico? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/cashdesk.lang index c519dedfc0a..adf4bb0d588 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/cashdesk.lang @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ UserNeedPermissionToEditStockToUsePos=Solicita disminuir el stock en la creació DolibarrReceiptPrinter=Dolibarr Impresora de recibos PointOfSale=Punto de venta TakeposConnectorNecesary=Se requiere 'conector TakePOS' +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: Receipt=Recibo Header=Encabezado Footer=Pie de página diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/eventorganization.lang index e6b8e89584c..52934f125f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/eventorganization.lang @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page EvntOrgDone =Hecho diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/holiday.lang index af17dea9f3b..104119c25e1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/holiday.lang @@ -31,8 +31,6 @@ TitreRequestCP=Dejar petición TypeOfLeaveId=Tipo de ID de salida TypeOfLeaveCode=Tipo de código de salida TypeOfLeaveLabel=Tipo de etiqueta de salida -NbUseDaysCP=Número de días de vacaciones consumidos -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Días consumidos en el mes EditCP=Editar DeleteCP=Borrar ActionRefuseCP=Desperdicios @@ -41,7 +39,6 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Eliminar la solicitud de licencia ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirmar la eliminación de esta solicitud de licencia? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error no tiene derecho a eliminar esta solicitud de licencia. CantCreateCP=Usted no tiene derecho a hacer solicitudes de licencia. -InvalidValidatorCP=Usted debe elegir un aprobador para su solicitud de licencia. NoDateDebut=Debe seleccionar una fecha de inicio. NoDateFin=Debe seleccionar una fecha de finalización. ErrorDureeCP=Su solicitud de permiso no contiene días hábiles. @@ -65,13 +62,9 @@ MotifCP=Razón ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Se ha producido un error al agregar la licencia excepcional. AddEventToUserOkCP=La adición de la licencia excepcional ha sido completada. MenuLogCP=Ver registros de cambios -LogCP=Registro de actualizaciones de los días de vacaciones disponibles -ActionByCP=Interpretado por PrevSoldeCP=Balance anterior NewSoldeCP=Nuevo equilibrio alreadyCPexist=Ya se ha hecho una solicitud de permiso en este período -FirstDayOfHoliday=Primer día de vacaciones -LastDayOfHoliday=Último día de vacaciones BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Últimas solicitudes de licencia modificadas%s HolidaysCancelation=Cancelación de la solicitud de permiso EmployeeLastname=Apellido del empleado @@ -82,8 +75,6 @@ LEAVE_PAID=Vacaciones pagas LEAVE_SICK=Permiso por enfermedad LEAVE_OTHER=Otro permiso LEAVE_PAID_FR=Vacaciones pagas -LastUpdateCP=Última actualización automática de la asignación de vacaciones -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Mes de la última actualización automática de la asignación de vacaciones UpdateConfCPOK=Actualizado correctamente. Module27130Name= Gestión de solicitudes de licencia Module27130Desc= Gestión de solicitudes de licencia @@ -101,8 +92,6 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Se ha cancelado la solicitud de licencia de%s a%s. FollowedByACounter=1: Este tipo de permiso debe ser seguido por un contador. El contador se incrementa manual o automáticamente y cuando se valida una solicitud de permiso, el contador se decrementa.
0: No seguido por un contador. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=No hay tipos de permiso definidos que necesitan ser seguidos por un contador GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Ir a Inicio - Configuración - Diccionarios - Tipo de permiso para configurar los diferentes tipos de permisos. -HolidaySetup=Configuración del módulo Vacaciones -HolidaysNumberingModules=Solicitud de licencia modelos de numeración TemplatePDFHolidays=Plantilla para solicitudes de permisos PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Texto libre en PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Marcas de agua en las solicitudes de permiso borrador diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/mails.lang index 46ccbb2fdf7..81c52702ac9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/mails.lang @@ -113,7 +113,5 @@ AdvTgtContactHelp=Úselo sólo si segmenta el contacto en "Tipo de correo electr ItemsCount=Artículo(s) AdvTgtAddContact=Añadir emails según criterio. AdvTgtLoadFilter=Filtro de carga -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No hay contacto/dirección con una categoría encontrada -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No hay contacto/dirección con una categoría encontrada ContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=Contactos con filtro de terceros Answered=Contestada diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/other.lang index 7d8c9ca8f16..12d22ae617b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/other.lang @@ -186,3 +186,4 @@ RequestDuration=Duración de la solicitud. PopuProp=Productos / Servicios por popularidad en Propuestas PopuCom=Productos / Servicios por popularidad en Pedidos ProductStatistics=Estadísticas de productos / servicios +CloseDialog =Cerrado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/projects.lang index bf86ffc8c2f..f8bb86dc5d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/projects.lang @@ -164,9 +164,11 @@ SendProjectRef=Información del proyecto %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=El módulo 'Salarios' debe estar habilitado para definir la tarifa por hora de los empleados para tener el tiempo gastado valorizado NewTaskRefSuggested=Referencia de tarea ya utilizada, se requiere una nueva referencia de tarea TimeSpentInvoiced=Tiempo gastado facturado +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tiempo usado TimeSpentForInvoice=Tiempo usado ServiceToUseOnLines=Servicio a utilizar en líneas InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=La factura %s se ha generado a partir del tiempo dedicado al proyecto ProjectBillTimeDescription=Verifique si ingresa la hoja de tiempo en las tareas del proyecto Y planea generar factura(s) de la hoja de tiempo para facturar al cliente del proyecto (no verifique si planea crear una factura que no se base en las hojas de tiempo ingresadas). Nota: Para generar la factura, vaya a la pestaña 'Tiempo empleado' del proyecto y seleccione las líneas para incluir. UsageBillTimeShort=Uso: Tiempo a facturar +NewInter=Nueva intervención RefTaskParent=Árbitro. Tarea principal diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/stocks.lang index 599274eef11..ed06080a82f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/stocks.lang @@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ StockLowerThanLimit=Inventario más bajo que el límite de alerta (%s) EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valor de almacenes UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Crear un almacén de usuario automáticamente al crear un usuario AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Administre también el valor del stock mínimo y deseado por emparejamiento (almacén de productos) además del valor del stock mínimo y deseado por producto -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party MainDefaultWarehouse=Almacén predeterminado IndependantSubProductStock=El stock de producto y el stock de subproducto son independientes. QtyDispatched=Cantidad despachada @@ -116,7 +115,6 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transferencia de inventario de producto%s a otro almacén InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. Código NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No hay recepción pendiente debido a una orden de compra abierta ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Este número de lote/número de serie (%s) ya existe pero con fecha de comer o vender diferente (%s pero escribe %s). -OpenInternal=Abrir sólo para acciones internas UseDispatchStatus=Use un estado de despacho (aprobar / rechazar) para las líneas de productos en la recepción de la orden de compra OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=La opción "varios precios por segmento" está activada. Significa que un producto tiene varios precios de venta por lo que el valor para la venta no se puede calcular ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Límite de inventario para alerta e inventario óptimo deseado correctamente creado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/ticket.lang index 4e80f1e8378..237f6e69e58 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/ticket.lang @@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ TicketMessagesList=Lista de mensajes NoMsgForThisTicket=No hay mensaje para este ticket LatestNewTickets=Últimos tickets %s nuevos (no leídos) RelatedTickets=Tickets relacionadas -CloseTicket=Ticket cerrado ConfirmDeleteTicket=Confirma la eliminación del ticket TicketDurationAutoInfos=Duración calculada automáticamente a partir de intervenciones relacionadas SendMessageByEmail=Enviar mensaje por correo electrónico diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/trips.lang index e3976df3b1d..b1d59dbcaa0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_EC/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_EC/trips.lang @@ -31,7 +31,6 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=El informe de gastos %s fue cancelado.
- Usuar ExpenseReportPaid=Se pagó un informe de gastos ExpenseReportPaidMessage=El informe de gastos %s fue pagado.
- Usuario: %s
- Pagado por: %s
haga clic aquí para mostrar el informe de gastos: %s TripId=Informe de gastos de identificación -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Persona a informar para la validación. TripSociete=Empresa de información TripNDF=Informaciones sobre el informe de gastos PDFStandardExpenseReports=Plantilla estándar para generar un documento PDF para el informe de gastos @@ -80,7 +79,6 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Pago del informe de gastos ExpenseReportsToApprove=Informes de gastos para aprobar ExpenseReportsToPay=Informes de gastos a pagar ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=¿Seguro que desea copiar este informe de gastos? -ExpenseReportsIk=Índice de millaje de informes de gastos ExpenseReportIkDesc=Se puede modificar el cálculo de los kilómetros de gasto por categoría y por rango que se definen previamente. d es la distancia en kilómetros expenseReportOffset=Compensar expenseReportTotalForFive=Ejemplo con d = 5 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/accountancy.lang index dfdb3fd42b7..bef3afe0bd2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulte aquí el listado de clientes y proveedores y sus c ListAccounts=Listado de cuentas contables UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Cuenta contable de tercero desconocida, usaremos %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Cuenta contable de tercero desconocida. Error de bloqueo -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Cuenta de tercero no definida o tercero desconocido. Usaremos %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tercero desconocido y cuenta auxiliar no definida en el pago. Se mantendrá vacío el valor de la cuenta auxiliar. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Cuenta del tercero desconocida o tercero desconocido. Error de bloqueo +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Cuenta del tercero desconocida y cuenta de espera no definida. Error de bloqueo PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pagos no vinculados a un producto/servicio OpeningBalance=Saldo inicial @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Exportación clásica Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportar a CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exportar a Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exportar a Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportar a Sage Ciel Compta o Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportar a Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportar a EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Eportar a Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/admin.lang index dc8459672b8..9298219c73f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Usuario interno ExternalUser=Usuario externo InternalUsers=Usuarios internos ExternalUsers=Usuarios externos -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Interfaz de usuario GUISetup=Entorno SetupArea=Configuración UploadNewTemplate=Nueva(s) plantilla(s) actualizada(s) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Número de Bytes SearchString=Buscar cadena NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=No disponible cuando Ajax esté desactivado AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=En un documento de un tercero, puede elegir un proyecto vinculado a otro tercero +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Impedir la introducción de tiempos transcurridos el siguiente número de meses JavascriptDisabled=Javascript desactivado UsePreviewTabs=Ver fichas "vista previa" ShowPreview=Ver vista previa @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Configuración del módulo multidivisa MenuLimits=Límites y precisión MenuIdParent=Id del menú padre DetailMenuIdParent=ID del menú padre (vacío para un menú superior) +ParentID=ID Padre DetailPosition=Número de orden para la posición del menú AllMenus=Todos NotConfigured=Módulo/Aplicación no configurado @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funcionaliad disponible únicamente en versiones of BoxesDesc=Los paneles son componentes que muestran algunos datos que pueden añadirse para personalizar algunas páginas. Puede elegir entre mostrar o no el panel mediante la selección de la página de destino y haciendo clic en 'Activar', o haciendo clic en la papelera para desactivarlo. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Sólo los elementos de módulos activados son mostrados. ModulesDesc=Los módulos/aplicaciones definen qué funcionalidad está habilitada en el software. Algunos módulos requieren permisos que se deben conceder a los usuarios después de activar el módulo. Haga clic en el botón de on/off %sde cada módulo para habilitar o deshabilitar un módulo/aplicación. +ModulesDesc2=Haga clic en el botón %s para configurar el módulo/aplicación. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Puede encontrar más módulos para descargar en sitios web externos en Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Si los permisos en su sistema de archivos lo permiten, puede utilizar esta herramienta para instalar un módulo externo. El módulo estará entonces visible en la pestaña %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Buscar módulos externos... @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Las siguientes dos secciones son obligatorias (las dos primera SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Parámetros básicos para personalizar el comportamiento por defecto de Dolibarr (por ejemplo características relacionadas con el país) SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

Este software es una colección de varios módulos/aplicaciones. Los módulos relevantes para tus necesidades deben ser activados y configurados. Se añadirán nuevas funcionalidades a los menús por cada módulo que se active. SetupDescription5=Las otras entradas de configuración gestionan parámetros opcionales. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Eventos de seguridad que se auditan NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No se auditan eventos de seguridad. Puede habilitarlos desde el menú %s Audit=Eventos de seguridad @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=Funciones SSL no disponibles en su PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Más temas para descargar SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Devuelve el número de referencia en el formato %syymm-nnnn donde aa es el año, mm es el mes y nnnn es un número secuencial que se incrementa automáticamente sin reinicio. SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Devuelve el número de referencia en el formato %s-nnnn donde nnnn es un número secuencial que se incrementa automáticamente sin reinicio -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Mostrar el identificador profesional en las direcciones +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Ocultar el IVA Intracomunitario en las direcciones TranslationUncomplete=Traducción parcial MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Deshabilitar la vista meteorológica MeteoStdMod=Modo estándar @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Configuración del módulo Click To Dial ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url llamada cuando se hace clic en el icono de teléfono. En la URL, puede usar los tags
__PHONETO__ que se reemplazará con el número de teléfono de la persona a llamar
__PHONEFROM__ que será reemplazado por el número de teléfono de la persona que llama (suyo)
__LOGIN__ que se reemplazará con el login clicktodial (definido en la tarjeta de usuario)
__PASS__ que será Sustituido por la contraseña clicktodial (definida en la ficha de usuario). ClickToDialDesc=Este módulo cambia los números de teléfono, cuando se usa una computadora de escritorio, en enlaces en los que se puede hacer clic. Un clic llamará al número. Esto se puede usar para iniciar una llamada telefónica cuando usa un softphone en su escritorio o cuando usa un sistema CTI basado en el protocolo SIP, por ejemplo. Nota: cuando se usa un teléfono inteligente, siempre se puede hacer clic en los números de teléfono. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Utilice el enlace "tel:" que aparece en los números de teléfono -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=TPV CashDeskSetup=Configuración del módulo Terminal Punto de Venta @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Margen superior en PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Margen inferior en PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Altura del logo en PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Agregar imagen en la línea de propuesta +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Agregar firma electrónica en PDF NothingToSetup=No hay ninguna configuración a realizar en este módulo. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Establezca esto a sí si este grupo es un cálculo de otros grupos @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Mayor que IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Tenga en cuenta que si se encuentra un ID de seguimiento de un objeto en un correo electrónico, o si el correo electrónico es una respuesta de un correo electrónico ya recopilado y vinculado a un objeto, el evento creado se vinculará automáticamente al objeto relacionado conocido. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Con una cuenta de GMail, si habilitó la validación de 2 pasos, se recomienda crear una segunda contraseña dedicada para la aplicación en lugar de usar su propia contraseña de https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Puede desear mover el e-mail a otra etiqueta/directorio cuando se procesó correctamente. Simplemente configure el nombre del directorio aquí para usar esta función (NO use caracteres especiales en el nombre). Tenga en cuenta que también debe utilizar un login de lectura/escritura. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Puede usar esta acción para usar el contenido del email para encontrar y cargar un tercero existente en su base de datos. El tercero encontrado (o creado) se utilizará para las siguientes acciones que lo necesiten. En el campo de parámetros puede usar, por ejemplo, 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' si desea extraer el nombre del tercero de una cadena 'Name: nombre a encontrar' encontrado en el body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Puede usar esta acción para utilizar el contenido del e-mail para buscar y cargar un tercero existente en su base de datos. El tercero encontrado (o creado) se utilizará para las siguientes acciones que lo necesiten.
Por ejemplo, si desea crear un tercero con un nombre extraído una cadena 'Nombre: nombre para encontrar' que se encuentra en el cuerpo, use el e-mail del remitente como e-mail, puede establecer el campo de esta manera:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Eliminar el recolector de e-mail ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=¿Está seguro de que querer eliminar este recolector de e-mail? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Comuníquese con su banco para obtener esta identificación AdvancedModeOnly=Permiso disponible solo en el modo de permiso avanzado ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Cualquier usuario puede leer o escribir en el archivo conf. Otorgue permiso al usuario y al grupo del servidor web únicamente. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organización de evento +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Estado de evento predeterminado al crear un evento desde el formulario YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Deberías deshabilitar las funciones de PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Excepto si necesita ejecutar comandos del sistema en código personalizado, debe deshabilitar las funciones PHP @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Para fines de shell (como una copia de seguridad prog NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=No se encontraron archivos o directorios grabables de los programas comunes en su directorio raíz (Bueno) RecommendedValueIs=Recomendado: %s Recommended=Recomendada -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=No recomendado ARestrictedPath=Una ruta restringida CheckForModuleUpdate=Compruebe si hay actualizaciones de módulos externos CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Esta acción se conectará a los editores de módulos externos para comprobar si hay una nueva versión disponible. @@ -2147,4 +2156,6 @@ RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Seleccionado aleatoriamente si hay varias imágenes di DatabasePasswordObfuscated=La contraseña de la base de datos está oculta en el archivo conf DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=La contraseña de la base de datos NO está oculta en el archivo conf APIsAreNotEnabled=Los módulos de API no están habilitados -YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +YouShouldSetThisToOff=Debe configurar a 0 o apagarlo +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/banks.lang index d9615d65255..76eda5dff12 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/banks.lang @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ TransferTo=Hacia TransferFromToDone=La transferencia de %s hacia %s de %s %s se ha creado. CheckTransmitter=Emisor ValidateCheckReceipt=¿Validar esta remesa? -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=¿Está seguro de que desea enviar este recibo de cheque para su validación? No será posible realizar cambios una vez validado. DeleteCheckReceipt=¿Eliminar esta remesa? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=¿Está seguro de querer eliminar esta remesa? BankChecks=Cheques diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/boxes.lang index 4039b93773a..f3142cb5242 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Últimos %s pedidos de clientes modificados BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Últimas %s facturas a clientes modificadas BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Últimos %s pedidos de clientes modificados BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Últimos %s presupuestos modificados -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Últimos%s puestos de trabajo modificados +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Últimas%s solicitudes de trabajo modificadas ForCustomersInvoices=Facturas a clientes ForCustomersOrders=Pedidos de clientes ForProposals=Presupuestos diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/cashdesk.lang index 1021bbdebb0..4c53f3437b3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Permitir pago aplazado PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Imprimir método de pago en tickets|recibos WeighingScale=Balanza ShowPriceHT = Mostrar la columna con el precio sin impuestos (en pantalla) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Mostrar la columna con el precio sin impuestos (en el recibo) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/errors.lang index 1475f7b8dc9..fbe0f965371 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, la cantidad es obligatoria ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, ingrese el porcentaje correctamente ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Primero debe configurar su plan de cuentas ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=No se pudo encontrar la plantilla con el nombre de código %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duración no definida en el servicio. No hay forma de calcular el precio por hora. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=El parámetro PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) es más alto que el parámetro PHP post_max_size (%s). Esta no es una configuración consistente. @@ -301,4 +302,4 @@ ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=Se requiere el propietario del usua ErrorActionCommBadType=El tipo de evento seleccionado (id: %n, código: %s) no existe en el diccionario de tipo de evento CheckVersionFail=Error de verificación de versión ErrorWrongFileName=El nombre del archivo no puede contener __SOMETHING__ -ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=No está en el Diccionario de términos de pago, modifíquelo. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/eventorganization.lang index d2e90e2a51b..b700d6ced23 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = Descargar enlace ICS EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Secure Key del enlace de registro público a una conferencia SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Servicio utilizado para la fila de facturas sobre la ubicación de un stand SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Servicio utilizado para la fila de la factura sobre la suscripción de un asistente a una conferencia -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Número de votos # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Esta conferencia comienza el %s y termina el %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Cuota de asistente a la conferencia para el evento: '%s' que ocurre desde %s a %s. BoothLocationFee = Ubicación del stand para el evento: '%s' que ocurre desde %s a %s EventType = Tipo de evento -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Etiqueta de stand +LabelOfconference=Etiqueta de conferencia +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=La suscripción no está disponible, la conferencia aún no está confirmada. +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/holiday.lang index 7e438f95100..1247dca5def 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=En espera de aprobación ApprovedCP=Aprobada CancelCP=Anulada RefuseCP=Rechazada -ValidatorCP=Validador +ValidatorCP=Aprobador ListeCP=Listado de días libres Leave=Ficha días libres LeaveId=ID Vacaciones @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ TitreRequestCP=Ficha días libres TypeOfLeaveId=ID tipo de vacaciones TypeOfLeaveCode=Código tipo de vacaciones TypeOfLeaveLabel=Tipo de etiqueta de vacaciones -NbUseDaysCP=Número de días libres consumidos -NbUseDaysCPHelp=El cálculo tiene en cuenta los días no laborables y los días festivos definidos en el diccionario. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Días consumidos -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Días consumidos en mes +NbUseDaysCP=Número de días de permiso utilizados +NbUseDaysCPHelp=El cálculo tiene en cuenta los días no laborables y los festivos definidos en el diccionario. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Días de permiso +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Días de permiso en el mes DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s es un día no laborable DateStartInMonth=Fecha de inicio en mes DateEndInMonth=Fecha de finalización en mes @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Eliminar la petición de días libres ConfirmDeleteCP=¿Está seguro de querer eliminar esta petición de días libres? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error, no tiene permisos para eliminar esta petición de días libres. CantCreateCP=No tiene permisos para realizar peticiones de días libres. -InvalidValidatorCP=Debe indicar un validador para su petición de días libres. +InvalidValidatorCP=Debe elegir al aprobador para su solicitud de permiso. NoDateDebut=Debe indicar una fecha de inicio. NoDateFin=Debe indicar una fecha de fin. ErrorDureeCP=Su petición de días libres no contiene ningún día hábil. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Usuario ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Se ha producido un error en la asignación del permiso excepcional. AddEventToUserOkCP=Se ha añadido el permiso excepcional. MenuLogCP=Ver registro de cambios -LogCP=Historial de actualizaciones de días libres -ActionByCP=Realizado por -UserUpdateCP=Para el usuario +LogCP=Registro de todas las actualizaciones realizadas en "Balance de Permisos" +ActionByCP=Actualizado por +UserUpdateCP=Actualizado para PrevSoldeCP=Saldo anterior NewSoldeCP=Nuevo saldo alreadyCPexist=Ya se ha efectuado una petición de días libres para este periodo. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Primer día libre -LastDayOfHoliday=Último día libre +FirstDayOfHoliday=Solicitud del primer día del permiso +LastDayOfHoliday=Solicitud de último de día de permiso BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Últimos %s días retribuidos HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Actualización mensual ManualUpdate=Actualización manual @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Baja por enfermedad LEAVE_OTHER=Otra petición LEAVE_PAID_FR=Vacación ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Última actualización automática de días libres -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Mes de la última actualización automática de días libres +LastUpdateCP=Última actualización automática de la asignación de vacaciones +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Mes de la última actualización automática de la asignación de vacaciones UpdateConfCPOK=Actualización efectuada correctamente. Module27130Name= Gestión de los días libres Module27130Desc= Gestión de días libres @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Su solicitud de días libres retribuidos desde el %s al %s FollowedByACounter=1: Este tipo de día retribuido necesita ser seguido por un contador. El contador se incrementa de forma manual o automáticamente y cuando se valida una solicitud, el contador disminuye.
0: No es seguido por un contador. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=No hay ningún tipo de peticiones definidas que deben ser seguidas por un contador GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Vaya a Inicio - Configuración - Diccionarios - Tipos de días libres para configurar los diferentes tipos. -HolidaySetup=Configuración del módulo Días libres -HolidaysNumberingModules=Modelos de numeración de petición de días libres +HolidaySetup=Configuración del módulo Permisos +HolidaysNumberingModules=Modelos de numeración para solicitudes de permisos TemplatePDFHolidays=Plantilla PDF para petición de días libres FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Texto libre en el PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Marca de agua en las peticiones de días libres HolidaysToApprove=Vacaciones para aprobar NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nadie tiene permiso para validar días libres +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Actualización mensual del saldo de vacaciones +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/install.lang index d755ce26ba3..7132cd93342 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migración de la ruta de las fotos para los usuarios MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migración de campos de redes sociales de usuarios (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Recargar módulo %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Restablecer el módulo BlockedLog para el algoritmo v7 -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migración de perfiles de importación o exportación (%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Mostrar opciones no disponibles HideNotAvailableOptions=Ocultar opciones no disponibles ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Se ha producido un error durante el proceso de migración, por lo que el siguiente paso no está disponible. Para ignorar errores puede hacer clic aquí, pero la aplicación a algunas funcionalidades pueden no funcionar correctamente mientras no se arregle el problema. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/interventions.lang index 3a655b6a95e..83471928031 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Duración línea intervención InterLineDesc=Descripción línea intervención RepeatableIntervention=Plantilla de intervención ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Para crear una intervención predefinida o recurrente, cree una intervención común y conviértala en plantilla de intervención -Reopen=Reabrir ConfirmReopenIntervention=¿Está seguro de querer volver a abrir la intervención %s ? +GenerateInter=Generar intervención diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/languages.lang index 88bd2e399a0..caa82336e49 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=Etíope Language_ar_AR=Árabe Language_ar_EG=Árabe (Egipto) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Árabe Language_ar_TN=Árabe (Túnez) Language_ar_IQ=Árabe (Irak) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/mails.lang index a1db3b633f8..b5bbbccc24b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Eliminar filtro AdvTgtSaveFilter=Guardar filtro AdvTgtCreateFilter=Crear filtro AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nombre del nuevo filtro -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No se han encontrado contactos/direcciones con alguna categoría -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No se han encontrado contactos/direcciones con alguna categoría +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=E-mails salientes InGoingEmailSetup=E-mails entrantes OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=E-mails salientes (para el módulo %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/main.lang index 9fd6092f046..a7b61a9cc82 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copiado al portapapeles InformationOnLinkToContract=Esta cantidad es solo el total de todas las líneas del contrato. No se toma en consideración ninguna noción de tiempo. ConfirmCancel=Estas seguro que quieres cancelar EmailMsgID=MsgID de correo electrónico +SetToEnabled=Establecer como activado +SetToDisabled=Establecer como desactivado +ConfirmMassEnabling=confirmación de habilitación masiva +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=¿Está seguro de que desea activar los registros seleccionados %s? +ConfirmMassDisabling=confirmación de desactivación masiva +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=¿Está seguro de que desea dessactivar los registros seleccionados %s? +RecordsEnabled=%s registro(s) activado(s) +RecordsDisabled=%s registro(s) desactivado(s) +RecordEnabled=Registro activado +RecordDisabled=Registro desactivado +Forthcoming=Próximo +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/other.lang index 21dd0d68338..9454c1be061 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Productos/Servicios por popularidad en Pedidos ProductStatistics=Estadísticas de productos/servicios NbOfQtyInOrders=Cantidad en pedidos SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Seleccione un objeto para ver sus estadísticas ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = ¿Está seguro de que desea "%s"? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirme su acción +CloseDialog = Cerrar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/partnership.lang index 3f28d340235..97ac2461121 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Le informamos que su solicitud de asociación ha s YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Le informamos que su solicitud de asociación ha sido aceptada. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Le informamos que su asociación ha sido cancelada. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Razón de rechazo + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/productbatch.lang index 550e18de2cb..dddcaf6de62 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/productbatch.lang @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=Detalle de stock por lote SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=El número de serie %s ya se utiliza para el producto %s TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=Solo puede tener un producto %s para el número de serie %s ManageLotMask=Máscara personalizada -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=Opción para definir una máscara de numeración diferente para cada producto +BatchLotNumberingModules=Regla de numeración para la generación automática de número de lote +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Regla de numeración para la generación automática de número de serie (para productos con propiedad 1 lote/serie único para cada producto) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Cantidad a agregar para cada código de barras / lote / serie escaneado LifeTime=Vida útil (en días) EndOfLife=Fin de vida diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/products.lang index 06c1af87189..9043a23bf77 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Hoja de producto ServiceSheet=Hoja de servicio PossibleValues=Valores posibles GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Vaya al menú %s - %s para preparar variantes de atributos (como colores, tamaño, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Añade una funcionalidad para definir las descripciones de los productos definidos por los proveedores además de las descripciones para los clientes +UseProductFournDesc=Añade una funcionalidad para definir la descripción del producto definida por los proveedores (para cada referencia de proveedor) además de la descripción para los clientes ProductSupplierDescription=Descripción del proveedor para el producto. UseProductSupplierPackaging=Utilice el embalaje según los precios del proveedor (recalcule las cantidades según el conjunto de envases según el precio del proveedor al agregar / actualizar la línea en los documentos del proveedor) PackagingForThisProduct=Embalaje diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/projects.lang index 6beabd61c1c..851564df180 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ninguna tarea para este proyecto LinkedToAnotherCompany=Enlazado a otra empresa TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Tarea no asignada al usuario. Use el botón '%s' para asignar la tarea. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=No se ha establecido el tiempo consumido +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=La introducción de tiempos está restringida a %s meses atrás ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Esta operación también destruirá las tareas del proyecto (%s tareas) y sus tiempos dedicados. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Si los elementos (factura, pedido, ...) pertenecen a un tercero que no és el seleccionado, debiendo estos estar ligados al proyecto a crear, déjelo vacío para permitir el proyecto a multi-terceros. CloneTasks=Clonar las tareas @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Últimos %s proyectos modificados OtherFilteredTasks=Otras tareas filtradas NoAssignedTasks=Sin tareas asignadas ( Asigne proyectos/tareas al usuario actual desde el selector superior para indicar tiempos en ellas) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Se debe definir un tercero en el proyecto para poder facturarlo. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Se debe definir un tercero en el proyecto para poder facturarlo. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Elige una tarea que aún no te haya sido asignada # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Permitir comentarios de los usuarios sobre las tareas @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Acerca del proyecto %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Debe activarse el módulo 'Pago de salarios de los empleados' para poder definir el precio por hora de los empleados y poder valorar el tiempo empleado NewTaskRefSuggested=Referencia de tarea ya utilizada, se sugiere una nueva referencia de tarea TimeSpentInvoiced=Tiempo transcurrido facturado +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tiempos dedicados TimeSpentForInvoice=Tiempos dedicados OneLinePerUser=Una línea por usuario ServiceToUseOnLines=Servicio a utilizar en lineas. InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Se ha generado la factura %s a partir del tiempo empleado en el proyecto +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Se ha generado la intervención %s a partir del tiempo empleado en el proyecto ProjectBillTimeDescription=Verifique si ingresa la hoja de horas trabajadas en las tareas del proyecto y planea generar factura(s) a partir de la hoja para facturar al cliente del proyecto (no lo verifique si planea crear una factura que no se base en las hojas de horas trabajadas ingresadas). Nota: Para generar la factura, vaya a la pestaña 'Tiempo empleado' del proyecto y seleccione las líneas a incluir. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Seguir oportunidad ProjectFollowTasks=Siga las tareas o el tiempo dedicado @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Uso: Oportunidad UsageTasks=Uso: Tareas UsageBillTimeShort=Uso: Facturar tiempo InvoiceToUse=Borrador de factura para usar +InterToUse=Intervención en borrador a usar NewInvoice=Nueva factura +NewInter=Nueva intevención OneLinePerTask=Una línea por tarea OneLinePerPeriod=Una línea por período OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Una línea por cada declaración de tiempo invertido diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/salaries.lang index 6c2643634c3..b982923e9c5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/salaries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/salaries.lang @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ TJM=Tasa media por día CurrentSalary=Salario actual THMDescription=Este valor puede ser usado para calcular los costos de tiempo consumidos en un proyecto indicados por los usuarios si se utiliza el módulo proyectos TJMDescription=Este valor actualmente es informativo y no se utiliza para realizar cualquier tipo de cálculo -LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries -AllSalaries=All salaries +LastSalaries=Últimos salario de %s +AllSalaries=Todos los salarios SalariesStatistics=Estadísticas salariales SalariesAndPayments=Salarios y pagos -ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=¿Está seguro de querer eliminar este pago de salario? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/stocks.lang index fa6354bcf4f..7dfcb4dd47f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Llene la cantidad real con la cantidad esperada ShowAllBatchByDefault=De forma predeterminada, muestra los detalles del lote en la pestaña "stock" del producto CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Puede establecer la visualización predeterminada de los detalles del lote en la configuración del módulo de existencias FieldCannotBeNegative=El campo "%s" no puede ser negativo +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/ticket.lang index 5e4eb704085..52298c9db68 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Usuario asignado TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Contacto cliente / seguimiento de incidentes TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Contribuidor externo -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Email del emisor Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Enviar mensaje de ticket por e-mail # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Esperando comentarios del remitente NeedMoreInformationShort=Esperando comentarios Answered=Contestado Waiting=En espera -Closed=Cerrado +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Eliminado # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Gravedad ShowTicket=Ver ticket RelatedTickets=Tickets relacionados TicketAddIntervention=Crear intervención -CloseTicket=Cerrar ticket -CloseATicket=Cerrar un ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirmar el cierre del ticket +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Confirme la eliminación del ticket TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket eliminado con éxito TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marcado como cerrado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/trips.lang index af2e038dd94..5defbef8377 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=El gasto %s ha sido cancelado.
- Usuario: %s
ExpenseReportPaid=Un gasto ha sido pagado ExpenseReportPaidMessage=El gasto %s ha sido pagado.
- Usuario: %s
- Pagado por: %s
Haga clic aquí ver el gasto: %s TripId=Id de gasto -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Persona a informar para la validación +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Persona a informar para validar la solicitud. TripSociete=Información de la empresa TripNDF=Información del gasto PDFStandardExpenseReports=Plantilla estandard para generar un documento de gasto @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Fecha denegación DATE_SAVE=Fecha de validación DATE_CANCEL=Fecha cancelación DATE_PAIEMENT=Fecha de pago -BROUILLONNER=Reabrir ExpenseReportRef=Ref. informe de gasto ValidateAndSubmit=Validar y enviar para aprobar ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validado (en espera de aprobación) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/users.lang index 9294f70a515..37212b579a3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/users.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/users.lang @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ LoginToCreate=Login a crear NameToCreate=Nombre del tercero a crear YourRole=Sus roles YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=¡Ha llegado a su cuota de usuarios activos! -NbOfUsers=Number of users -NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +NbOfUsers=Número de usuarios +NbOfPermissions=Número de permisos DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=Sólo un superadmin puede degradar un superadmin HierarchicalResponsible=Supervisor HierarchicView=Vista jerárquica diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/website.lang index 6beb32ced39..b8d6f149b3f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/website.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/website.lang @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AddWebsite=Añadir sitio web Webpage=Página web/Contenedor AddPage=Añadir página/contenedor PageContainer=Página -PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=La vista previa de su sitio web %s aún no está disponible. Primero debe 'Importar una plantilla de sitio web completa' o simplemente 'Agregar una página/contenedor'. RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=La página pedida con id %s todavía no tiene contenido, o cache file.tpl.php ha sido eliminado. Editar el contenido de la página para resolverlo. SiteDeleted=Sitio web '%s' eliminado PageContent=Página/Contenedor diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/withdrawals.lang index e6f1c0de0f9..959a66192a9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s domiciliaciones registradas BankTransferRequestsDone=%s solicitudes de transferencia de crédito registradas ThirdPartyBankCode=Código banco del tercero NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No se ha podido realizar la petición de domiciliación de ninguna factura. Compruebe que los terceros de las facturas relacionadas tienen una cuenta IBAN válida y dicho IBAN tiene un RUM con modo %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=Este recibo de retiro ya está marcado como acreditado; esto no se puede hacer dos veces, ya que esto podría generar pagos y entradas bancarias duplicados. ClassCredited=Clasificar como "Abonada" ClassCreditedConfirm=¿Está seguro de querer clasificar esta domiciliación como abonada en su cuenta bancaria? TransData=Fecha envío @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Fecha de ejecución CreateForSepa=Crear archivo SEPA -ICS=Identificador de acreedor CI para domiciliación bancaria -ICSTransfer=Identificador de acreedor CI para transferencia bancaria +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=Etiqueta XML SEPA "EndToEndId" - ID única asignada por transacción USTRD=Etiqueta SEPA XML "Unstructured" ADDDAYS=Añadir días a la fecha de ejecución diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/workflow.lang index 3a3f6b2fa6d..73bd993b60f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_ES/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_ES/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Clasificar los presupuesto origen co descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificar pedido de cliente origen como facturado cuando la factura a cliente se valide (y si el importe de la factura es igual al importe del pedido relacionado) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificar pedido de cliente origen como facturado cuando la factura a cliente sea marcada como pagada (y si el importe de la factura es la misma que el importe del pedido relacionado) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Clasificar automáticamente el pedido origen como enviado cuando el envío se valide (y si la cantidad enviada por todos los envíos sea la misma que el pedido) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Clasificar automáticamente el presupuestos de proveedor como facturado cuando la factura se valide (y si el importe de la factura sea la misma que el total del presupuesto) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Clasificar automáticamente el pedido a proveedor como facturado cuando la factura se valide (y si el importe de la factura sea la misma que el total del pedido enlazado) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_GT/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_GT/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_HN/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_HN/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/accountancy.lang index 62c734d464e..1ae2423f16f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/accountancy.lang @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ GroupIsEmptyCheckSetup=El grupo está vacío, verifique la configuración del gr DetailByAccount=Mostrar detalles por cuenta AccountWithNonZeroValues=Cuentas con valores distintos de cero CountriesInEEC=Países de la Comunidad Europea -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Cuenta contable principal para clientes no definidos en la configuración MainAccountForSuppliersNotDefined=Cuenta contable principal para proveedores no definidos en la configuración MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Cuenta contable principal para usuarios no definidos en la configuración diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/admin.lang index ed05a10ee1a..46c04d6b049 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/admin.lang @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin VersionProgram=Versión del programa -VersionLastInstall=Instalar la versión inicial +VersionLastInstall=Versión inicial instalada VersionLastUpgrade=Actualizar a la versión más reciente FileCheck=Comprobación de integridad del conjunto de archivos FileCheckDesc=Esta herramienta te permite comprobar la integridad de los archivos y la configuración de tu aplicación, comparando cada archivo con el archivo oficial. El valor de algunas constantes de la configuración también podria ser comprobado. Tu puedes usar esta herramienta para determinar si cualquiera de los archivos a sido modificado (ejem. por un hacker). @@ -251,6 +251,7 @@ Module10000Name=Páginas web DictionaryAccountancyJournal=Diarios de contabilidad DictionarySocialNetworks=Redes Sociales Upgrade=Actualizar +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. LDAPServerPortExample=Puerto predeterminado: 389 LDAPServerUseTLS=Usar TLS LDAPFieldFirstName=Nombre(s) @@ -273,7 +274,7 @@ AddMenus=Añadir menús AddPermissions=Añadir permisos CodeLastResult=Último código de resultado OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
ShowProjectLabel=Etiqueta de proyecto TemplateAdded=Plantilla agregada MailToSendEventOrganization=Organización de Eventos diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/cashdesk.lang index 4aa0c0f3e5c..10be296e74a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/cashdesk.lang @@ -11,3 +11,4 @@ ShoppingCart=Carrito de compras RestartSelling=Volver a vender SellFinished=Venta completa NoVAT=No hay IVA para esta venta +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/exports.lang index a58ce191ba0..e682d6951bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/exports.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/exports.lang @@ -1,3 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) ComputedField=Campo calculado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/stocks.lang index f48d88d1306..6b99216feac 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/stocks.lang @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks Location=Ubicación -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions inventoryEdit=Editar inventoryDeleteLine=Borrar línea ListInventory=Lista diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/ticket.lang index 59745fa1759..4eeb07fdf80 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/ticket.lang @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ticket -Closed=Cerrada TicketSettings=Configuraciónes TicketMessageMailIntroText=Hola,
Se envió una nueva respuesta en un ticket con el que se comunicó. Aquí está el mensaje:
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/withdrawals.lang index 98cde29ac46..c9da08be27e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_MX/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_MX/withdrawals.lang @@ -4,4 +4,4 @@ WithdrawalReceipt=Orden de domiciliación bancaria Rejects=Rechazos StatusPaid=Pagado StatusRefused=Rechazado -StatusMotif4=Órdenes de venta +StatusMotif4=Pedidos diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/admin.lang index f0c05a924c9..987defb9fb7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/admin.lang @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin VersionUnknown=Desconocido +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PA/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PA/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/accountancy.lang index 112c5b1c66f..cf9e532ffbf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/accountancy.lang @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ DefaultForProduct=Producto por defecto Journals=Revistas JournalFinancial=Revistas financieras BackToChartofaccounts=Retornar gráfico de cuentas -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. Selectchartofaccounts=Seleccione el plan de cuentas activo Addanaccount=Agregar una cuenta contable Binding=Vinculación a cuentas diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/admin.lang index 6ab8ad59b97..f6e96634d7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/admin.lang @@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ Permission92=Crear/modificar impuestos e IGV Permission93=Eliminar impuestos e IGV DictionaryVAT=Tasa de IGV o tasa de impuesto a las ventas UnitPriceOfProduct=Precio unitario sin IGV de un producto +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OptionVatMode=IGV adeudado MailToSendInvoice=Facturas de Clientes OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/cashdesk.lang index 2486b6f71de..0900cf981c3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/cashdesk.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk CashDeskMenu=Punto de venta CashDesk=Punto de venta +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/projects.lang index 16f080acf7c..b4ee4dfb193 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/projects.lang @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - projects OppStatusPROPO=Cotización +NewInter=Nueva intervención diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/stocks.lang index 59ade17c9ee..517409f5632 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PE/stocks.lang @@ -2,13 +2,11 @@ MovementId=ID de Movimiento StockMovementForId=ID de Movimiento %d ListMouvementStockProject=Lista de movimientos de stock asociados al proyecto -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party QtyDispatchedShort=Cant. despachada MassMovement=Movimiento masivo StockMovementRecorded=Movimiento de stock grabado MovementLabel=Etiqueta de movimiento MovementCorrectStock=Corrección de stock del producto %s -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions inventoryEdit=Editar AddProduct=Agregar ListInventory=Lista diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_PY/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_PY/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_US/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_US/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_US/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_US/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_US/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_US/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_US/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_US/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_US/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_US/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_US/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_US/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_US/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_US/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_US/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_US/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_US/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_US/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_US/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_UY/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_UY/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/admin.lang index 271cb2be3a5..728bd4f25d7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/admin.lang @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ ExtraFieldsSupplierInvoices=Atributos adicionales (facturas) ExtraFieldsProject=Atributos adicionales (proyectos) ExtraFieldsProjectTask=Atributos adicionales (tareas) ExtraFieldHasWrongValue=El atributo %s tiene un valor no válido +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. SupplierProposalSetup=Configuración del módulo Solicitudes a proveedor SupplierProposalNumberingModules=Modelos de numeración de solicitud de precios a proveedor SupplierProposalPDFModules=Modelos de documentos de solicitud de precios a proveedores @@ -31,4 +32,4 @@ LDAPMemberObjectClassListExample=Lista de ObjectClass que definen los atributos LDAPUserObjectClassListExample=Lista de ObjectClass que definen los atributos de un registro (ej: top,inetOrgPerson o top,user for active directory) LDAPContactObjectClassListExample=Lista de objectClass que definen los atributos de un registro (ej: top,inetOrgPerson o top,user for active directory) OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/eventorganization.lang index bde5dca9705..37458dd7475 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/eventorganization.lang @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page EvntOrgDraft =A validar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/stocks.lang index 797bdb5eae4..62683be674b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/stocks.lang @@ -1,4 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions inventoryValidate=Validada diff --git a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/ticket.lang index 29893df37f8..490eccfd831 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/es_VE/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/es_VE/ticket.lang @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ticket TicketTypeShortOTHER=Otra -Closed=Cerrada Type=Tipo diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/accountancy.lang index cf0b7745ddf..70948cca76e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Tavaline eksportimine Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/admin.lang index c8c4421b14c..42d7c62674e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ei ole saadaval, kui Ajax on välja lülitatud AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript on välja lülitatud UsePreviewTabs=Kasuta eelvaate sakke ShowPreview=Kuva eelvaade @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Piirangud ja täpsus MenuIdParent=Emamenüü ID DetailMenuIdParent=Emamenüü ID (juurmenüü korral tühi) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Järjekorranumber menüü asukoha määratlemiseks AllMenus=Kõik NotConfigured=Moodul/Rakendus pole veel seadistatud @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Näidatakse ainult elemente sisse lülitatud moodulitest. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Alla laadimiseks leiad rohkem mooduleid Internetist. ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Otsi katsetuskärgus rakendusi/mooduleid @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial mooduli seadistamine ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/cashdesk.lang index 67ddee7d5ec..ccb70fbf6ad 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/errors.lang index fd7764916c3..4126fe3e797 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/eventorganization.lang index a293099c81f..448ea7bae68 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Sündmuse tüüp LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/holiday.lang index ade8ef616b2..4236d9bc8fa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Ootab heakskiit ApprovedCP=Heaks kiidetud CancelCP=Tühistatud RefuseCP=Keeldutud -ValidatorCP=Heaks kiitja +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Muuda @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Pead valima alguskuupäeva. NoDateFin=Pead valima lõppkuupäeva. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Kasutaja ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Erakorralise puhkuse lisamisel tekkis viga AddEventToUserOkCP=Erakorralise puhkuse lisamine edukalt lõpetatud. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Sooritas -UserUpdateCP=Kasutajale +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Eelmine saldo NewSoldeCP=Uus saldo alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Igakuine uuendus ManualUpdate=Käsitsi uuendus @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Edukalt uuendatud. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/interventions.lang index c169cb3abb6..98372242cc4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/knowledgemanagement.lang index 58dc10f64ca..a14c2e096ce 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Dolibarri kohta KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Artikkel KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/languages.lang index bd72d698aa0..6503f2f3d9d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Araabia Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Araabia Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Hollandi (Belgia) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Poola +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugali (Brasiilia) Language_pt_PT=Portugali Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/mails.lang index 791a17b9305..14c511c7934 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/main.lang index 38109dfe094..f010a56fd15 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/other.lang index 944d8c6a9ec..833d9b97a5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Sulge diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/partnership.lang index 102e95be13a..c27f4746f85 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/products.lang index 204a655a913..04802d20cb5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/projects.lang index 4557d1c9fe5..c5761825749 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Selle projektiga ei ole seotud ühtki ülesannet LinkedToAnotherCompany=Seotud muu kolmanda isikuga TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Kulutatud aeg on tüh +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=See kustutab ka kõik projekti ülesanded (hetkel %s ülesannet) ja kõik kulutatud aja sisestused. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Kui mingid projekti loomiseks vajalikud objektid (arve, tellimus jne) kuuluvad mõnele muule kolmandale isikule, siis jäta see tühjaks, et oleks projekti võimalik siduda mitme kolmanda isikuga. CloneTasks=Klooni ülesanded @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Aega kulutatud TimeSpentForInvoice=Aega kulutatud OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Uus arve +NewInter=Uus sekkumine OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/stocks.lang index a0332bcd8f8..f4ade12315a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Ladude väärtus UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/ticket.lang index 0c5db5afc31..5234ca4efca 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Ootel -Closed=Suletud +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/trips.lang index b6a59ec517d..c00651f2836 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Kinnitamise kuupäev DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Maksekuupäev -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/withdrawals.lang index fc31c53b37e..ce116c1f6fe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Määra krediteerituks ClassCreditedConfirm=Kas oled kindel, et soovid selle väljamakse kviitungi liigitada pangakontole krediteerituks? TransData=Saatmise kuupäev @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/workflow.lang index 46396afb83e..595666c8aa7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/et_EE/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/et_EE/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/admin.lang index b6f5b58e0b6..22aa9528a35 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ajax ezgaituta dagoenean ez dago erabilgarri AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript ezgaituta UsePreviewTabs=Aurreikuspen fitxak erabili ShowPreview=Aurreikuspena aurkeztu @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limiteak eta bereizmena MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=Guztiak NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/cashdesk.lang index 02924b9aeb5..c6f887bd6aa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/holiday.lang index 472c74d7255..de3a9ced3f9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Editatu @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Erabiltzailea ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/languages.lang index a52eb70b1fc..1bad7c08f21 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/mails.lang index f7f81a91e0e..7fae207fc13 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/main.lang index 166b79e414c..a79731b9d4d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/other.lang index 986e04eac8d..bdae226fd5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Itxi diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/products.lang index 9e79be7d962..f4247316547 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/projects.lang index 613a9c5cc01..7d27e983de2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/stocks.lang index 52e654461b6..eb40775f11c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/ticket.lang index 2f412bce3e3..f6aa5f4d89f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/trips.lang index 24911e2f19d..68e4d5722db 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Ordainketa data -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/eu_ES/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/accountancy.lang index de2051604c6..beae281fed6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=کشورهائی که در اتحادیۀ اروپا نیست CountriesInEECExceptMe=کشورهائی که در اتحادیۀ اروپا هستند به استثناء %s CountriesExceptMe=همۀ کشورها باستثناء %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=اینجا فهرست مشتری‌ها و تامین‌ک ListAccounts=فهرست حساب‌های حسابداری UnknownAccountForThirdparty=حساب‌ شخص‌سوم ناشناخته. از %s استفاده می‌شود. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=حساب شخص‌سوم ناشناخته. خطای انسدادی -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=حساب شخص‌سوم تعریف نشده یا شخص سوم ناشناخته است. خطای انسدادی +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=حساب شخص‌سوم ناشناخته و حساب انتظار تعریف نشده است. خطای انسدادی PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=پرداخت به هیچ محصول/خدمتی وصل نشده است OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=صادرات سنتی Modelcsv_CEGID=صادرات بر اساس CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=صدور برای Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=صدور برای Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=صدور برای Sage Ciel Compta یا Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=صدور برای Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=صدور برای EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=صدور برای Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/admin.lang index a7154469d98..b8cd64b417a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=مقدار بایت‌ها SearchString=عبارت جستجو NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=در هنگام غیر فعال بودن AJAX در دسترس نیست AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=بر روی اسناد مربوط به یک شخص‌سوم، امکان انتخاب یک طرح‌کاری متصل به یک شخص سوم دیگر وجود دارد +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=جاوا اسکریپت غیر فعال شده UsePreviewTabs=استفاده‌از زبانه‌های پیش‌نمایش ShowPreview=نمایش پیش‌نمایش @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=برپاسازی چندگانگی-واحدپولی MenuLimits=محدودیت‌ها و دقت MenuIdParent=شناسۀ فهرست والد DetailMenuIdParent=شناسۀ فهرست والد (اگر فهرست اصلی است، خالی بگذارید) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=عدد ترتیب برای تعیین مکان فهرست AllMenus=همه NotConfigured=واحد/برنامه پیکربندی نشده است @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=این ویژگی فقط در نسخه‌های ر BoxesDesc=وسایل یا widgets اجزائی هستند که به شما اطلاعاتی برای شخصی‌سازی برخی صفحات نمایش می‌دهند.شما می‌توانید برای نمایش یا عدم نمایش این وسیله در صفحۀ مورد نظر صفحۀ هدف را انتخاب کرده و کلید "فعال‌سازی" را فشار دهید، یا این‌که بر روی سطل‌آشغال کلیک کرده یا آن را فعال نمائید. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=تنها عناصیر مربوط به واحد‌های فعال نمایش داده می‌شوند. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=می‌توانید واحد‌های بیشتری برای دریافت در سایت‌های موجود روی اینترنت پیدا کنید... ModulesDeployDesc=اگر مجوزهای موجود روی سرویس‌دهندۀ شما اجازه دهد، شما می‌توانید این ابزار را برای به کار گرفتن یک واحد بیرونی استفاده نمائید. این واحد در زبانۀ %s قابل نمایش خواهد بود. ModulesMarketPlaces=پیدا کردن واحد‌ها/برنامه‌های بیرونی @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=دو واحد بعدی الزامی هستند (دو ورود SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=سایر عناوین فهرست برپاسازی برای مدیریت مقادیر اختیاری. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=برپاسازی واحد کلیک برای شماره‌گیر ClickToDialUrlDesc=یک نشانی‌اینترنتی در هنگام کلیک بر روی نماد تلفن فراخوان می‌شود. در نشانی‌اینترنتی شما می‌توانید از برچسب‌های
__PHONETO__ که با شمارۀ یک شخص برای تماس است تعویض خواهد شد،
__PHONEFROM__ که با شمارۀ شخص تماس گیرنده (شما) تعویض خواهد شد
__LOGIN__ که با شناسۀ ورود clicktodial (تعریف شده در کارت کاربر) تعویض خواهد شد،
__PASS__ که با گذرواژۀ clicktodial (تعریف شده در کارت کاربر) تعویض خواهد شد. ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=فقط یک عبارت "tel:" به پیوند شماره‌تلفن‌ها اضافه شود -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=صندوق CashDeskSetup=برپاسازی واحد صندوق @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=فاصلۀحاشیۀ بالای PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=فاصلۀحاشیۀ پائین PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=تنظیمات خاصی برای این واحدموردنیاز نیست SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=در صورتی که این گروه جهت محاسبۀ سایر گروه‌هاست این گزینه را انتخاب کنید @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=بزرگتر از IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=با یک حساب GMail در صورتی که تائید 2 گامی را انتخاب کرده باشید، پیشنهاد می‌شود یک گذرواژۀ دوم برای استفادۀ برنامه به‌جای گذرواژۀ خودتان برای حساب بسازید. این کار از https://myaccount.google.com/ قابل انجام است. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=نقطۀ آخر برای %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=حذف جمع‌آورندۀ رایانامه ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=آیا مطمئن هستید می‌خواهید این جمع‌آورندۀ رایانامه را حذف کنید؟ @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/cashdesk.lang index dd9bdac7a46..bcf8cc36d60 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/errors.lang index 744448668ab..84299c4f9d2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/eventorganization.lang index 7f259e7eb7c..0fa5fdf1308 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = نوع روی‌دا LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/holiday.lang index adfa65a4961..1c5cc1ebad9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=در انتظار تایید ApprovedCP=تایید شده CancelCP=لغو شد RefuseCP=رد شده -ValidatorCP=متقاضی +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=فهرست مرخصی Leave=درخواست مرخصی LeaveId=شناسۀ مرخصی @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=درخواست مرخصی TypeOfLeaveId=شناسۀ نوع درخواست مرخصی TypeOfLeaveCode=کد نوع درخواست مرخصی TypeOfLeaveLabel=برچسب نوع درخواست مرخصی -NbUseDaysCP=تعداد روزهای مصرف شدۀ مرخصی -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=جمع روزهای مصرف‌شده -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=جمع‌روزهای مصرف شده در ماه -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=تاریخ شروع در ماه DateEndInMonth=تاریخ پایان در ماه EditCP=ویرایش @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=حذف درخواست مرخصی ConfirmDeleteCP=حذف این درخواست مرخصی را تائید می‌کنید؟ ErrorCantDeleteCP=خطا، شما حق حذف این درخواست مرخصی را ندارید. CantCreateCP=شما امکان ایجاد درخواست مرخصی را ندارید. -InvalidValidatorCP=شما باید یک متقاضی برای درخواست مرخصی تعیین کنید +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=شما باید یک تاریخ شروع انتخاب کنید. NoDateFin=شما باید تاریخ پایان را انتخاب کنید. ErrorDureeCP=درخواست مرخصی شما هیچ روزکاری در خود ندارد. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=کاربر ErrorAddEventToUserCP=یک خطا در هنگام افزودن یک درخواست استثنائی رخ داد. AddEventToUserOkCP=افزودن مرخصی استثنائی کاملا انجام شد. MenuLogCP=نمایش گزارش تغییرات -LogCP=گزارش روزآمدسازی‌های روزهای مرخصی موجود -ActionByCP=انجام شده توسط -UserUpdateCP=برای کاربر +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=تعادل قبلی NewSoldeCP=تعادل جدید alreadyCPexist=یک درخواست مرخصی قبلا در همین بازه انجام شده است -FirstDayOfHoliday=روز اول مرخصی -LastDayOfHoliday=روز آخر مرخصی +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=آخرین %s درخواست مرخصی تغییریافته HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=به‌روز‌رسانی ماهانه ManualUpdate=به‌روزرسانی دستی @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=مرخصی استعلاجی LEAVE_OTHER=سایر انواع مرخصی LEAVE_PAID_FR=مرخصی باحقوق ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=آخرین روزآمدسازی خودکار اختصاص مرخصی -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=ماه آخرین روزآمدسازی خودکار اختصاص مرخصی +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=باموفقیت به‌روزرسانی شد Module27130Name= مدیریت درخواست‌های مرخصی Module27130Desc= مدیریت درخواست‌های مرخصی @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=درخواست مرخصی شما برای %s تا %s لغو FollowedByACounter=1: این نوع درخواست مرخصی لازم است توسط یک شمارنده دنبال شود. شمارنده به صورت دستی یا خودکار افزایش خواهد یافت، و در صورتی که درخواست مرخصی تائید شد، کاهش خواهد یدفت.
0: با یک شمارنده دنبال نمی‌شود. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=از انواع مرخصی تعریف شده هیچکدام دنبال‌شدن با شمارنده را لازم نمی‌بینند. GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=به بخش خانه - برپاسازی - واژه‌نامه‌ها - انواع مرخصی رفته تا انواع مختلف مرخصی را تعیین کنید. -HolidaySetup=برپاسازی واحد تعطیلات -HolidaysNumberingModules=روش‌های شماره‌دهی درخواست مرخصی +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=قالب PDF درخواست‌های مرخصی FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=متن دلخواه روی PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=نوشتۀ کمرنگ روی درخواست مرخصی پیش‌نویس HolidaysToApprove=روزهای‌تعطیل مجاز NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/interventions.lang index 37f539fb6eb..546306f476a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=طول‌مدت سطر پادرمیانی InterLineDesc=توضیحات سطر پادرمیانی RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/knowledgemanagement.lang index 226d11ba91a..f95a4894d80 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = درباره KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = مقاله KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/languages.lang index 37719e3183f..9f85b4e92ca 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=عربی Language_ar_EG=عربی (مصر) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=عربی Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=بنگالی Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=آلمانی نروژی Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=پلندی +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=پرتغالی (برزیل) Language_pt_PT=پرتغالی Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/mails.lang index e6213e7d7c5..cabba88c0e5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/main.lang index 1236802539e..654b4f55585 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/other.lang index 030d066d73c..62923fa30b8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = بستن diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/partnership.lang index 09a65ee14ce..b0b24bfa27c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/products.lang index be681f79ce0..a5a9044acc2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=ورقۀ محصول ServiceSheet=ورقۀ خدما PossibleValues=مقادیر ممکن GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=برای آماده‌کردن ویژگی‌های چندگانه (مثل رنگ، اندازه و غیره) به فهرست %s - %s بروید -UseProductFournDesc=ایجاد یک قابلیت برای تعریف توضیحات مربوط به محصولاتی که توسط فروشندگان در ادامۀ توضیحات ارائه شده به مشتریان +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=توضیحات فروشنده برای محصول UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/projects.lang index 0b9bef0bd37..5a0fbe59f91 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=برای این طرح وظیفه‌ای نیست LinkedToAnotherCompany=پیوند شده به شخص‌سوم دیگر TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=این وظیفه به هیچ کاربری محول نشده. از کلید '%s' برای محول کردن به یک کاربر استفاده کنید ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=زمان صرف شده خالی است +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=این کنش همچنین باعث حذف همۀ وظایف طرح می‌شود (%s وظیفه در حال حاضر) و همۀ ورودی‌های زمان صرف شده. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=اگر برخی از اشیاء (فاکتور، سفارش، ...) که متعلق به شخص‌سوم دیگری است، لازم است به طرح دیگری که باید ساخته شود پیوند شود، این بخش را برای برخورداری از طرحی که چند شخص‌سوم دارد خالی رها کنید. CloneTasks=نسخه‌برداری از وظیفه @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=آخرین %s طرح تغییر یافته OtherFilteredTasks=سایر وظایف گُزیده شده NoAssignedTasks=هیچ وظیفه‌ای نسبت داده نشده ( طرح/وظیفه را از بالا به کاربر فعلی نسبت دهید تا زمان را روی آن وارد کنید) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=یک طرف سوم باید روی طرح تعریف شود تا امکان صورت‌حساب درست کردن برای آن وجود داشته باشد +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=یک طرف سوم باید روی طرح تعریف شود تا امکان صورت‌حساب درست کردن برای آن وجود داشته باشد ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=اجازۀ یادداشت نویسی کاربران روی وظایف @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=اطلاعات طرح %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=واحد 'حقوق‌ها' باید فعال شود تا امکان تعریف نرخ ساعتی کارمند وجود داشته باشد تا ارزش زمان صرف شده قابل تعیت کردن باشد NewTaskRefSuggested=ارجاع وظیفه قبلا استفاده شده ات، یک ارجاع جدید وظیفه نیاز است TimeSpentInvoiced=زمان صرف شدۀ صورت‌حساب شده +TimeSpentForIntervention=زمان صرف شده TimeSpentForInvoice=زمان صرف شده OneLinePerUser=هر سطر یک کاربر ServiceToUseOnLines=خدمات برای استفاده بر سطور InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=صورت‌حساب %s بر اساس زمان صرف شده روی طرح تولید شد +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=صورت‌حساب جدید +NewInter=پادرمیانی جدید OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/stocks.lang index a3109059e8d..38316305e66 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=ارزش انبار UserWarehouseAutoCreate=ساخت خودکار انبار کاربر در هنگام ساخت کاربر AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=جابجائی موجودی محصول %s به یک انب InventoryCodeShort=شمارۀ فهرست/جابجائی NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=با توجه به سفارشات خرید باز، دریافتی در انتظار نیست ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=این شمارۀ سری‌ساخت/ارسال (%s) قبلا وجود داشته اما تاریخ مناسب‌برای‌فروش یا مناسب‌برای‌مصرف متفاوتی داشته است ( پیدا شده %s اما شما مقدار %s وارد کرده‌اید). -OpenAll=باز برای همۀ کنش‌ها -OpenInternal=باز منحصر به کنش‌های داخلی +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=یک وضعیت برای اعزام-ارسال برای محصولات موجود در هنگام دریافت سفارش خرید انتخاب کنید (مجاز/غیرمجاز) OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=گزینۀ "قیمت‌های مختلف بر حسب قطعه" روشن است. این به معنای آن است که محصول قیمت‌های متفاوتی برای فروش داشته و امکان محاسبۀ مقدار فروش وجود ندارد. ProductStockWarehouseCreated=محدودیت موجودی برای هشدار و محدودیت مطلوب به دقت ساخته شد @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/ticket.lang index 08f79aa9074..cdeb8fc3499 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=پاسخ داده شده Waiting=در انتظار -Closed=بسته +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=حذف شده # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=درجۀ اهمیت ShowTicket=نمایش برگه RelatedTickets=برگه‌های مرتبط TicketAddIntervention=ایجاد پادرمیانی -CloseTicket=بستن برگه -CloseATicket=بستن یک برگۀ پشتیبانی +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=توقف پشتیبانی را تائید کنید +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=لطفا حذف برگۀ‌پشتیبانی را تائید کنید TicketDeletedSuccess=حذف برگه با موفقیت انجام شد TicketMarkedAsClosed=برگۀ‌پشتیبانی به حالت بسته درآمد diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/trips.lang index a13c1a49ce5..462a6c4411f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=تاریخ اعتبار DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=تاریخ پرداخت -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/withdrawals.lang index ec6d23c2c6b..0ffb4b05166 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=طبقه بندی اعتبار ClassCreditedConfirm=آیا مطمئن هستید که می خواهید برای طبقه بندی این دریافت و برداشت به عنوان در حساب بانکی شما اعتبار؟ TransData=تاریخ انتقال @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/workflow.lang index 83ce4b446e4..a3b9e701173 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fa_IR/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/accountancy.lang index faa535d0d0c..18d9138f7f6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=EU: n ulkopuoliset maat CountriesInEECExceptMe=EU-alueen maat, poislukien %s CountriesExceptMe=Kaikki maat, poislukien %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klassinen vienti Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/admin.lang index ddd31505c47..0dfd4fc3e8d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Tavujen lukumäärä SearchString=Haettava merkkijono NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ei käytössä, kun Ajax poistettu käytöstä AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Kolmannen osapuolen asiakirjalla voi valita toiseen kolmanteen osapuoleen linkitetyn projektin +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript ei käytössä UsePreviewTabs=Käytä esikatselu - välilehtiä ShowPreview=Näytä esikatselu @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-valuutta asetukset MenuLimits=Raja-arvot ja tarkkuus MenuIdParent=Ylävalikon tunnus DetailMenuIdParent=Ylävalikon tunnus (päävalikolla tyhjä) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Lajittelunumero valikon sijainnin määrittelyyn AllMenus=Kaikki NotConfigured=Moduulia/Applikaatiota ei ole määritetty @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Ominaisuus käytettävissä vain virallisissa vakai BoxesDesc=Widgetit ovat komponentteja, jotka näyttävät joitain tietoja, jotka voit lisätä joidenkin sivujen mukauttamiseksi. Voit valita, näytetäänkö widget vai ei, valitsemalla kohdesivun ja napsauttamalla Aktivoi tai napsauttamalla roskakoria poistaaksesi sen käytöstä. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Vain -yhteensopivien moduulien elementit näytetään. ModulesDesc=Moduulit / sovellukset määrittävät ohjelmistossa käytettävissä olevat ominaisuudet. Jotkut moduulit edellyttävät oikeuksien myöntämistä käyttäjille moduulin aktivoinnin jälkeen. Napsauta kunkin moduulin virtapainiketta %s , jos haluat ottaa moduulin / sovelluksen käyttöön tai poistaa sen käytöstä. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Löydät lisää moduuleja ladattavaksi ulkoisilta verkkosivustoilta Internetistä ... ModulesDeployDesc=Jos tiedostojärjestelmän käyttöoikeudet sen sallivat, voit käyttää tätä työkalua ulkoisen moduulin asentamiseen. Moduuli on tämän jälkeen näkyvissä välilehdellä %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Etsi ulkoisia sovelluksia/moduuleja @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup='Click To Dial'-moduulin asetukset ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Käytä vain linkkiä "tel:" puhelinnumeroihin -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Kassapääte CashDeskSetup='Kassapääte' - moduulin asetukset @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=PDF:n ylämarginaali MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=PDF:n alamarginaali MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Logon korkeus PDF-muodossa MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Tämä moduuli ei vaadi erityisiä määrityksiä. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Suurempi kuin IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Jos otit käyttöön kaksivaiheisen vahvistuksen Gmail-tilillä, on suositeltavaa luoda erillinen toinen salasana sovellukselle sen sijaan, että käyttäisit omaa tilin salasanasi osoitteessa https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Poista sähköpostin kerääjä ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Haluatko varmasti poistaa tämän sähköpostin kerääjän? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Ota yhteyttä pankkiisi saadaksesi tämän tunnuksen AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/cashdesk.lang index 47f70123ff5..c4ebb1ba9cd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/errors.lang index 4cf1c05a6d5..1dcccec8408 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/eventorganization.lang index b9c36060776..f17c3bbaac3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/holiday.lang index 960f0f94b94..5b887d1fd2e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Hyväksytty CancelCP=Peruttu RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Muokkaa @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Käyttäjä ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/interventions.lang index 9206afe7673..1dd882928dc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Uudelleenavaa ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/knowledgemanagement.lang index f78a4f6baf1..b3e331b0d4e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Yleisesti KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Artikkeli KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/languages.lang index a1e5119f1e3..5c5cf6abbfc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabia Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Hollanti (Belgia) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Puola +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugali (Brasilia) Language_pt_PT=Portugali Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/mails.lang index 9623e923f65..058fb595730 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/main.lang index 3b16ca9f11d..e337acd0e82 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/other.lang index 08bf5d703cf..9ee2a786627 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Sulje diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/partnership.lang index 19528525beb..03a95b3761c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/products.lang index e0ec5a0a2e3..d04d5da6fbd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Tuotekortti ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/projects.lang index 5a1f8a7fdb6..c80bc77bdb6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ei tehtävät hankkeen LinkedToAnotherCompany=Liittyy muihin kolmannen osapuolen TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Käytetty aika on tyhjä +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Tämä toiminto poistaa myös kaikki tehtävät projektin (%s tehtävät tällä hetkellä) ja kaikki panokset käytetty aika. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Jos jotkin esineet (lasku, tilaus, ...), jotka kuuluvat toiselle kolmannelle osapuolelle, on liityttävä hankkeeseen luoda, pitää tämä tyhjä saada hanke on multi kolmansille osapuolille. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Käytetty aika TimeSpentForInvoice=Käytetty aika OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Uusi lasku +NewInter=Uusi OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/stocks.lang index 28c3c5837cf..5d3fc5d789c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Varastot arvo UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/ticket.lang index 3c186fb364e..377379f19d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Odotus -Closed=Suljettu +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Vakavuus ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Liittyvät tiketit TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Sulje tiketti +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/trips.lang index 9da064acc56..6f1b3a6eb59 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/trips.lang @@ -1,117 +1,116 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - trips -ShowExpenseReport=Show expense report -Trips=Kuluraportit -TripsAndExpenses=Expenses reports -TripsAndExpensesStatistics=Expense reports statistics -TripCard=Expense report card -AddTrip=Create expense report -ListOfTrips=List of expense reports -ListOfFees=Luettelo palkkiot -TypeFees=Types of fees -ShowTrip=Show expense report -NewTrip=New expense report -LastExpenseReports=Latest %s expense reports -AllExpenseReports=All expense reports -CompanyVisited=Company/organization visited -FeesKilometersOrAmout=Määrä tai kilometreinä -DeleteTrip=Delete expense report -ConfirmDeleteTrip=Are you sure you want to delete this expense report? -ListTripsAndExpenses=List of expense reports -ListToApprove=Waiting for approval -ExpensesArea=Expense reports area -ClassifyRefunded=Classify 'Refunded' -ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=A new expense report has been submitted for approval +ShowExpenseReport=Näytä kulutosite +Trips=Kulutositteet +TripsAndExpenses=Kulutositteet +TripsAndExpensesStatistics=Kulutositteet statistiikka +TripCard=Kulutosite tapahtuma +AddTrip=Tee uusi kulutosite +ListOfTrips=Lista kulutositteista +ListOfFees=Lista kulutyypeistä +TypeFees=Kulutyypit +ShowTrip=Näytä kulutosite +NewTrip=Uusi kulutosite +LastExpenseReports=Viimeisimmät %s kulutositteet +AllExpenseReports=Kaikki kulutositteet +CompanyVisited=Kohdeyritys/organisaatio/syy +FeesKilometersOrAmout=Kilometrit (määrä) +DeleteTrip=Poista kulutosite +ConfirmDeleteTrip=Oletko varma että haluat poistaa tämän kulutositteen +ListTripsAndExpenses=Lista kulutositteista +ListToApprove=Odottaa hyväksyntää +ExpensesArea=Kulutosite alue +ClassifyRefunded=Merkitse *Maksettu" +ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=Uusi kulutosite on lähetetty hyväksyttäväksi ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s -ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=An expense report has been submitted for re-approval +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=Uusi kulutosite on lähetetty uudelleenhyväksyttäväksi ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s -ExpenseReportApproved=An expense report was approved +ExpenseReportApproved=Kulutosite on hyväksytty ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=The expense report %s was approved.
- User: %s
- Approved by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportRefused=An expense report was refused +ExpenseReportRefused=Kulutosite on hylätty ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=The expense report %s was refused.
- User: %s
- Refused by: %s
- Motive for refusal: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportCanceled=An expense report was canceled +ExpenseReportCanceled=Kulutosite on peruutettu ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid +ExpenseReportPaid=Kulutosite on maksettu ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. -TripSociete=Information company -TripNDF=Informations expense report -PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report -ExpenseReportLine=Expense report line +TripId=Kulutositteen ID +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. +TripSociete=Yritystieto +TripNDF=Kulutositteen tieto +PDFStandardExpenseReports=Muodosta PDF +ExpenseReportLine=Kulutositteen rivi TF_OTHER=Muu -TF_TRIP=Transportation +TF_TRIP=Matkustusmuoto TF_LUNCH=Lounas TF_METRO=Metro -TF_TRAIN=Train -TF_BUS=Bus -TF_CAR=Auto -TF_PEAGE=Toll -TF_ESSENCE=Fuel -TF_HOTEL=Hotel -TF_TAXI=Taxi -EX_KME=Mileage costs -EX_FUE=Fuel CV -EX_HOT=Hotel -EX_PAR=Parking CV -EX_TOL=Toll CV -EX_TAX=Various Taxes -EX_IND=Indemnity transportation subscription -EX_SUM=Maintenance supply -EX_SUO=Office supplies -EX_CAR=Car rental -EX_DOC=Documentation -EX_CUR=Customers receiving -EX_OTR=Other receiving -EX_POS=Postage -EX_CAM=CV maintenance and repair -EX_EMM=Employees meal -EX_GUM=Guests meal -EX_BRE=Breakfast -EX_FUE_VP=Fuel PV -EX_TOL_VP=Toll PV -EX_PAR_VP=Parking PV -EX_CAM_VP=PV maintenance and repair -DefaultCategoryCar=Default transportation mode -DefaultRangeNumber=Default range number -UploadANewFileNow=Upload a new document now -Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Error, the rule for expense report numbering ref was not defined into setup of module 'Expense Report' -ErrorDoubleDeclaration=You have declared another expense report into a similar date range. -AucuneLigne=There is no expense report declared yet -ModePaiement=Payment mode -VALIDATOR=User responsible for approval -VALIDOR=Hyväksynyt -AUTHOR=Recorded by -AUTHORPAIEMENT=Paid by -REFUSEUR=Denied by -CANCEL_USER=Deleted by +TF_TRAIN=Junamaksut +TF_BUS=Linja-auto maksut +TF_CAR=Auto - oma +TF_PEAGE=Tiemaksut +TF_ESSENCE=Polttoainemaksut +TF_HOTEL=Hotellikulut +TF_TAXI=Taksimaksut +EX_KME=Kilometrikorvaukset +EX_FUE=Bensakuitti +EX_HOT=Hotellikuitti +EX_PAR=Parkkimaksutkuitti +EX_TOL=Tiemaksukuitti +EX_TAX=Useita veroja +EX_IND=Joukkoliikenne kk-kortit +EX_SUM=Huoltokulut +EX_SUO=Toimistotarvikkeet +EX_CAR=Autonvuokraus +EX_DOC=Dokumentointikulut +EX_CUR=Asiakasmuistamiset +EX_OTR=Muut kulut +EX_POS=Postikulut +EX_CAM=Huolto ja ylläpitokulut +EX_EMM=Henkilöstön ruokailu +EX_GUM=Asiakastarjoilu +EX_BRE=Aamupala +EX_FUE_VP=Polttoaine +EX_TOL_VP=Tiemaksut +EX_PAR_VP=Parkkimaksut +EX_CAM_VP=huolto ja korjaus +DefaultCategoryCar=Oletus kulkuneuvo +DefaultRangeNumber=Oletus numero +UploadANewFileNow=LATAA kuittikopio +Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Virhe, sääntöä numerointiin ei ole annettu modulissa "Expense Report" +ErrorDoubleDeclaration=Olet kirjannut jo kulutositteen samalle aikajaksolle. +AucuneLigne=Ei ole kulutositteita vielä kirjattuna +ModePaiement=Maksutapa +VALIDATOR=Käytä vastuullista hyväksyntään +VALIDOR=Hyväksytty toimesta +AUTHOR=Kirjattu toimesta +AUTHORPAIEMENT=Maksettu toimesta +REFUSEUR=Hylätty toimesta +CANCEL_USER=Poistettu toimesta MOTIF_REFUS=Syy MOTIF_CANCEL=Syy -DATE_REFUS=Deny date -DATE_SAVE=Vahvistettu -DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date +DATE_REFUS=Hylkäämisen päivämäärä +DATE_SAVE=Vahvistuspäivä +DATE_CANCEL=Peruutettu päivä DATE_PAIEMENT=Maksupäivä -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report -ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval -ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) -NOT_AUTHOR=You are not the author of this expense report. Operation cancelled. -ConfirmRefuseTrip=Are you sure you want to deny this expense report? -ValideTrip=Approve expense report -ConfirmValideTrip=Are you sure you want to approve this expense report? -PaidTrip=Pay an expense report -ConfirmPaidTrip=Are you sure you want to change status of this expense report to "Paid"? -ConfirmCancelTrip=Are you sure you want to cancel this expense report? -BrouillonnerTrip=Move back expense report to status "Draft" -ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Are you sure you want to move this expense report to status "Draft"? -SaveTrip=Validate expense report -ConfirmSaveTrip=Are you sure you want to validate this expense report? -NoTripsToExportCSV=No expense report to export for this period. -ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment -ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve -ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay -ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index -ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules +ValidateAndSubmit=Vahvista ja toimita hyväksyttäväksi +ValidatedWaitingApproval=Vahvistettu, odottaa hyväksyntää. +NOT_AUTHOR=Et ole tämän kululaskun perustaja. Ei voi jatkaa. +ConfirmRefuseTrip=Haluatko varmasti hylätä tämän kululaskun? +ValideTrip=Hyväksy kululasku +ConfirmValideTrip=Hyväksy kulutosite? +PaidTrip=Maksa kululasku +ConfirmPaidTrip=Muuta maksettu tilaan? +ConfirmCancelTrip=Peruuta kulutosite? +BrouillonnerTrip=Muuta takaisin esitäytetty tilaan +ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Oletko varma että haluat muokata tämän kululaskun esitäytetty tilaan. +SaveTrip=Vahvista kulutosite +ConfirmSaveTrip=Oletko varma että haluat vahvistaa kulutositeen? +NoTripsToExportCSV=Ei kulutositteita tälle kuulle +ExpenseReportPayment=Kululaskun maksatus +ExpenseReportsToApprove=Hyväksyttävät kululaskut +ExpenseReportsToPay=Maksettavat kululaskut +ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Oletko varma että haluat kopioida tämän kulutositteen? +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges +ExpenseReportsRules=Kulutositteen säännöt ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report expenseReportOffset=Offset @@ -123,7 +122,7 @@ expenseReportCoefUndefined=(value not defined) expenseReportCatDisabled=Category disabled - see the c_exp_tax_cat dictionary expenseReportRangeDisabled=Range disabled - see the c_exp_tax_range dictionay expenseReportPrintExample=offset + (d x coef) = %s -ExpenseReportApplyTo=Apply to +ExpenseReportApplyTo=hyväksy ExpenseReportDomain=Domain to apply ExpenseReportLimitOn=Limit on ExpenseReportDateStart=Alkaen @@ -131,8 +130,8 @@ ExpenseReportDateEnd=Päättyen ExpenseReportLimitAmount=Limite amount ExpenseReportRestrictive=Restrictive AllExpenseReport=All type of expense report -OnExpense=Expense line -ExpenseReportRuleSave=Expense report rule saved +OnExpense=Kulutositteen rivi +ExpenseReportRuleSave=Sääntö tallennettu ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Error: %s RangeNum=Range %d ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s -RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document +RangeIk=Kilometrit +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Liite rivi ladattuun dokumenttiin diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/withdrawals.lang index 66f62048c71..a3ecf66ac19 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Luokittele hyvitetyksi ClassCreditedConfirm=Oletko varma, että haluat luokitella tämän vetäytymisen vastaanottamisesta kuin hyvitetty pankkitilisi? TransData=Päivämäärä Lähetetty @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/workflow.lang index 5f7718dc168..ac6629e4cb1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fi_FI/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/accountancy.lang index d71271b19c5..11b91eb3db3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/accountancy.lang @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. Processing=Exécution Lineofinvoice=Lignes de facture Doctype=Type de document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/admin.lang index de19e1379f8..4f27b0faa60 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/admin.lang @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ FormToTestFileUploadForm=Formulaire pour tester l'upload de fichiers (selon la c IfModuleEnabled=Note: oui ne fonctionne que si le module %s est activé Module20Name=Propales Module30Name=Factures +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. Target=Objectif OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
Recommended=Recommandée diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/main.lang index 5901153764b..3042af1642f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/main.lang @@ -23,7 +23,6 @@ Update=Mise à jour DateStart=Date de début DateEnd=Date de fin AmountPayment=Montant de paiement -OpenAll=Open for all actions Discount=Ristourne Unknown=Inconnue Check=Chèque diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_BE/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/accountancy.lang index 4bcb258ec9d..90a83009627 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/accountancy.lang @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -Accounting=Compte -ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_SEPARATORCSV=Séparateur de colonne pour le fichier export +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_SEPARATORCSV=Séparateur de colonne pour le fichier d'exportation ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_DATE=Format de date pour le fichier export ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PIECE=Exporter le nombre de pièces ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_GLOBAL_ACCOUNT=Exporter avec compte global @@ -13,8 +12,11 @@ ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_ENDLINE=Sélectionner le type de retour de chariot ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PREFIX_SPEC=Spécifiez le préfixe du nom de fichier DefaultForService=Par défaut pour le service DefaultForProduct=Défaut pour le produit +ProductForThisThirdparty=Produit pour ce tier +ServiceForThisThirdparty=Service pour ce tier CantSuggest=Ne peut pas suggérer AccountancySetupDoneFromAccountancyMenu=La plupart de la configuration de la comptabilité se fait à partir du menu %s +ConfigAccountingExpert=Configuration du module comptabilité (Partie double) CurrentDedicatedAccountingAccount=Compte dédié actuel AssignDedicatedAccountingAccount=Nouveau compte à attribuer InvoiceLabel=Etiquette de facture @@ -30,7 +32,6 @@ CountriesInEEC=Pays membres du CEE CountriesNotInEEC=Pays non membres du CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Pays membres du CEE sauf %s CountriesExceptMe=Tous le pays sauf %s -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Compte comptable principal pour les clients non défini dans la configuration MainAccountForSuppliersNotDefined=Compte comptable principal pour les vendeurs non défini dans la configuration MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Compte comptable principal pour les utilisateurs non défini dans la configuration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/admin.lang index 61a863bf5a2..f9e6a848671 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/admin.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Publisher=Éditeur VersionLastInstall=Version d'installation initiale VersionLastUpgrade=Version de la dernière mise à jour +FileCheckDesc=Cet outil vous permet to vérifier l'intégrité des fichiers et la configuration de votre application en comparant chaque fichier avec les fichiers officiels. La valeur de certaines constantes de configuration pourrait être vérifiée aussi. Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour déterminer si des fichiers ont été modifiés (ex: par un pirate informatique) FileIntegrityIsStrictlyConformedWithReference=L'intégrité des fichiers est strictement conforme à la référence. FileIntegritySomeFilesWereRemovedOrModified=La vérification de l'intégrité des fichiers a échoué. Certains fichiers ont été modifiés, supprimés ou ajoutés. GlobalChecksum=Somme de contrôle globale @@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ SearchOptim=Optimization des recherches PasswordGenerationPerso=Retour un mot de passe en fonction de votre configuration personnellement défini. PasswordPatternDesc=Description du modèle de mot de passe HRMSetup=Configuration du module de GRH +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. MustBeUnique=Doit être unique? MustBeInvoiceMandatory=Obligatoire de valider les factures? PaymentsPDFModules=Modèles de documents de paiement @@ -242,4 +244,4 @@ BaseCurrency=Monnaie de référence de la société (entrer dans la configuratio FormatZip=Code postal OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. UseSearchToSelectResource=Utilisez un formulaire de recherche pour choisir une ressource (plutôt qu'une liste déroulante). -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/banks.lang index 75a031fba60..f518fc82162 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/banks.lang @@ -1,10 +1,17 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - banks +MenuBankCash=Banques | Encaisse SwiftValid=BIC / SWIFT valide SwiftVNotalid=BIC / SWIFT non valide IbanValid=BAN valide IbanNotValid=BAN non valide StandingOrders=Ordres de débit direct StandingOrder=Ordre de débit direct +PaymentByDirectDebit=Paiement par paiement direct +AccountStatement=Relevé de compte +AccountStatements=Relevés de compte +BankAccountDomiciliation=Adresse de la banque +RIBControlError=Échec de la vérification de l'intégrité des valeurs. Cela signifie que l'information pour ce numéro de compte est incomplète ou incorrecte (vérifier pays, numéros et IBAN) +EditFinancialAccount=Modifier compte ConfirmDeleteAccount=Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir supprimer ce compte? BankTransactionByCategories=Entrées bancaires par catégories BankTransactionForCategory=Entrées bancaires pour la catégorie %s @@ -15,20 +22,26 @@ BankTransaction=Entrée de la banque ListTransactions=Entrées de la liste ListTransactionsByCategory=Liste des entrées / catégorie TransactionsToConciliate=Entrées à réconcilier +TransactionsToConciliateShort=À reconcilier +SaveStatementOnly=Enregistrer seulement le relevé ReconciliationLate=Réconciliation tardive OnlyOpenedAccount=Uniquement comptes ouverts LinkedToAConciliatedTransaction=Lié à une entrée conciliée StatusAccountOpened=Ouverte AddBankRecord=Ajouter une entrée AddBankRecordLong=Ajouter une entrée manuellement +Conciliated=Reconcilié +BankLineConciliated=Entrée reconciliée avec reçu bancaire Reconciled=Réconcilié SocialContributionPayment=Règlement charge sociale MenuBankInternalTransfer=Transfert interne +TransferTo=À CheckTransmitter=Expéditeur ValidateCheckReceipt=Validez cette facture? DeleteCheckReceipt=Supprimer ce reçu de facturation? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir supprimer ce justificatif? BankChecksToReceipt=Chèques en attente de dépôt +NumberOfCheques=Num. de chèque DeleteTransaction=Supprimer l'entrée ConfirmDeleteTransaction=Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir supprimer cette entrée? ThisWillAlsoDeleteBankRecord=Cela supprimera également l'entrée bancaire générée @@ -48,3 +61,4 @@ ConfirmRejectCheck=Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir marquer ce contrôle comme rejeté RejectCheckDate=Date à laquelle le chèque a été retourné CheckRejected=Chèque renvoyé DocumentModelBan=Modèle pour imprimer une page avec des informations BAN. +VariousPayments=Paiements divers diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/cashdesk.lang index 2f3da52b1f5..19eaee5e18a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/cashdesk.lang @@ -2,3 +2,4 @@ NoVAT=Pas de TVA (TAXE) pour cette vente BankToPay=Compte pour le paiement DolibarrReceiptPrinter=Imprimante de reçu Dolibarr +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/holiday.lang index ec3c70f8030..7aa21c8a9bf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/holiday.lang @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ MenuAddCP=Nouvelle demande de congé AddCP=Demander un congé DateDebCP=Date de début DateFinCP=Date de fin +ToReviewCP=En attente d'approbation ApprovedCP=Approuver CancelCP=Annulé RefuseCP=Refusé @@ -17,14 +18,12 @@ ReturnCP=Retourner à la page précédente ErrorUserViewCP=Vous n'êtes pas autorisé à lire cette demande de congé. InfosWorkflowCP=Flux de travail d'information TitreRequestCP=Demande de congé -NbUseDaysCP=Nombre de jours de vacances consommés EditCP=Éditer StatutCP=État TitleDeleteCP=Supprimer la demande de congé ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirmer la suppression de cette demande de congé? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Erreur, vous n'avez pas le droit de supprimer cette demande de congé. CantCreateCP=Vous n'avez pas le droit de faire des demandes de congé. -InvalidValidatorCP=Vous devez choisir un approbateur à votre demande de congé. NoDateDebut=Vous devez sélectionner une date de début. NoDateFin=Vous devez sélectionner une date de fin. ErrorDureeCP=Votre demande de congé ne contient pas de jour ouvrable. @@ -44,13 +43,9 @@ MotifCP=Raison ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'ajout du congé exceptionnel. AddEventToUserOkCP=L'ajout du congé exceptionnel a été complété. MenuLogCP=Afficher les journaux de modification -LogCP=Enregistrement des mises à jour des jours de vacances disponibles -ActionByCP=Interprété par PrevSoldeCP=Solde précédent NewSoldeCP=Nouvel équilibre alreadyCPexist=Une demande de congé a déjà été faite sur cette période. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Premier jour de vacances -LastDayOfHoliday=Dernier jour de vacances BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Dernier %s demandes de congé modifié HolidaysCancelation=Laisser l'annulation de demande EmployeeLastname=Nom de famille de l'employé diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/mails.lang index cd12fe65172..d3c0c6971f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/mails.lang @@ -96,5 +96,3 @@ ItemsCount=Articles) AdvTgtLoadFilter=Filtre de charge AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Supprimer le filtre AdvTgtCreateFilter=Créer un filtre -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Aucun contact / adresse avec une catégorie trouvée -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Aucun contact / adresse avec une catégorie trouvée diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/main.lang index 615ed4234b3..61ed834131a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/main.lang @@ -80,7 +80,6 @@ FromDate=De FromLocation=De Approved=Approuver Opened=Ouverte -OpenAll=Ouvert pour toutes les actions DeletePicture=Supprimer image ConfirmDeletePicture=Etes-vous sur de vouloir supprimer cette image ? EnterLoginDetail=Entrez les détails de connexion diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/projects.lang index 2dcbd564066..da20c99be8e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/projects.lang @@ -101,4 +101,5 @@ IdTaskTime=Id temps de tâche OpenedProjectsByThirdparties=Projets ouverts par des tiers OppStatusPENDING=Créance OppStatusWON=A gagné +TimeSpentForIntervention=Temps passé TimeSpentForInvoice=Temps passé diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/stocks.lang index 86e1bc598dd..7ae55241dd9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/stocks.lang @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ StockTooLow=Stock trop bas StockLowerThanLimit=Stock inférieure à la limite d'alerte (%s) EnhancedValue=Valeur EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valeur des entrepôts -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party QtyDispatched=Quantité expédiée QtyDispatchedShort=Qté expédiée QtyToDispatchShort=Qté à expédier @@ -68,7 +67,6 @@ IsInPackage=Contenu dans le paquet ShowWarehouse=Voir entrepôt MovementCorrectStock=Correction de stock pour le produit %s ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Ce lot / numéro de série (%s) existe déjà, mais avec différentes dates eatby ou sellby (trouvé %s mais vous entrez %s). -OpenInternal=Ouvrir uniquement pour les actions internes OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=L'option "plusieurs prix par segment" est activée. Cela signifie qu'un produit a plusieurs prix de vente, donc la valeur à vendre ne peut être calculée ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Limite de stock pour l'alerte et le stock optimal souhaité correctement créé ProductStockWarehouseUpdated=La limite de stock pour l'alerte et le stock optimal souhaité est correctement mis à jour diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/ticket.lang index 5e7204f3438..e1982d6b062 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/ticket.lang @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ticket TypeContact_ticket_internal_CONTRIBUTOR=Donateur -Closed=Fermée TicketMailExchanges=Messages courriels diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/trips.lang index 4f199d26b1f..4ce0d48ce0d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CA/trips.lang @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ ExpenseReportRefused=Un rapport de dépenses a été refusé ExpenseReportCanceled=Un rapport de dépenses a été annulé ExpenseReportPaid=Un rapport de dépenses a été payé TripId=Rapport de dépenses -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Personne à informer pour validation. TripSociete=Société d'information TripNDF=Informations rapport de dépenses PDFStandardExpenseReports=Modèle standard pour générer un document PDF pour le rapport de dépenses @@ -43,7 +42,6 @@ MOTIF_CANCEL=Raison DATE_REFUS=Déni de date DATE_CANCEL=Date d'annulation DATE_PAIEMENT=Date de règlement -BROUILLONNER=Rouvrir ExpenseReportRef=Réf. rapport de dépenses ValidateAndSubmit=Validez et soumettez pour approbation NOT_AUTHOR=Vous n'êtes pas l'auteur de ce rapport de dépenses. Fonctionnement annulé. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/accountancy.lang index ef9e69e554a..5412d3bd3b4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/accountancy.lang @@ -1,2 +1,16 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_SEPARATORCSV=Séparateur de colonne pour le fichier export +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PIECE=Exporter le nombre de pièces +Selectformat=Sélectionner le format pour le fichier +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_FORMAT=Sélectionner le format pour le fichier +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_ENDLINE=Sélectionner le type de retour à la ligne +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PREFIX_SPEC=Spécifiez le préfixe du nom de fichier +CantSuggest=Impossible de suggérer +AccountancySetupDoneFromAccountancyMenu=La plupart des réglages de la comptabilité se font à partir du menu %s +ConfigAccountingExpert=Paramétrage du module comptabilité (en partie double) +Journalization=Journalisation +CurrentDedicatedAccountingAccount=Compte dédié actuel +InvoiceLabel=Libellé de facture +OverviewOfAmountOfLinesNotBound=Aperçu du nombre de lignes non liées à un compte comptable +OverviewOfAmountOfLinesBound=Aperçu du nombre de lignes déjà liées à un compte comptable +TotalVente=Chiffre d'affaires total avant taxes diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..e07b681d55d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,8 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +Module310Name=Membres +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. +LDAPMembersSynchro=Membres +LDAPMembersTypesSynchro=Types de membres +MailToMember=Membres OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/bills.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..07858702535 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/bills.lang @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - bills +BillShortStatusValidated=Validé +PaymentTypeShortTRA=Brouillon diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/donations.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/donations.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ed261a4c7b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/donations.lang @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - donations +DonationStatusPromiseNotValidatedShort=Brouillon +DonationStatusPromiseValidatedShort=Validé diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/main.lang index f60681507e3..ccea260191e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/main.lang @@ -19,4 +19,5 @@ FormatDateHourShort=%d.%m.%Y %H:%M %p FormatDateHourSecShort=%d.%m.%Y %H:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%d %b %Y, %H:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%d %B %Y, %H:%M %p -OpenAll=Open for all actions +MenuMembers=Membres +SearchIntoMembers=Membres diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/members.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/members.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f05d77311e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/members.lang @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - members +MembersArea=Espace membres +MemberCard=Fiche membre +Member=Membre +Members=Membres +ShowMember=Afficher la fiche membre +UserNotLinkedToMember=Utilisateur non lié à un membre +ThirdpartyNotLinkedToMember=Tiers non lié à un membre +ListOfValidatedPublicMembers=Liste des membres publics validés +ErrorThisMemberIsNotPublic=Ce membre n'est pas public +ErrorMemberIsAlreadyLinkedToThisThirdParty=Un autre membre (nom: %s, connexion: %s) est déjà lié à un tiers %s. Supprimez ce lien en premier parce qu'un tiers ne peut être lié qu'à un membre (et vice versa). +ErrorUserPermissionAllowsToLinksToItselfOnly=Pour des raisons de sécurité, vous devez être autorisé à modifier tous les utilisateurs pour pouvoir lier un membre à un utilisateur qui n'est pas le vôtre. +MembersCards=Cartes de visite pour les membres +MembersList=Liste des membres +MembersListToValid=Liste des brouillons de membres (à valider) +MembersListValid=Liste des membres validés +MembersListUpToDate=Liste des membres validés avec cotisation à jour +MembersListNotUpToDate=Liste des membres validés dont la cotisation est expirée +MembersListExcluded=Liste des membres exclus +MembersListResiliated=Liste des membres résiliés +MembersListQualified=Liste des membres qualifiés +MenuMembersToValidate=Brouillons de membres +MenuMembersValidated=Membres validés +MenuMembersExcluded=Membres exclus +MenuMembersResiliated=Membres résiliés +MembersWithSubscriptionToReceive=Membres avec cotisation à recevoir +DateSubscription=Date de cotisation +DateEndSubscription=Date de fin de cotisation +SubscriptionId=No de cotisation +WithoutSubscription=Sans cotisation +MemberId=No membres +NewMember=Nouveau membre +MemberType=Type de membre +MemberTypeId=No du type de membre +MemberTypeLabel=Libellé du type de membre +MembersTypes=Types de membres +MemberStatusActive=Validé (en attente de cotisation) +MemberStatusActiveLate=Cotisation expirée +MemberStatusActiveLateShort=Expirée +MemberStatusPaid=Cotisation à jour +MemberStatusPaidShort=À jour +MemberStatusExcluded=Membre exclu +MemberStatusResiliated=Membre résilié +MembersStatusToValid=Brouillons de membres +MembersStatusExcluded=Membres exclus +MembersStatusResiliated=Membres résiliés +MemberStatusNoSubscription=Validé (cotisation non requise) +SubscriptionNotNeeded=Cotisation non requise +NewCotisation=Nouvelle cotisation +PaymentSubscription=Nouveau paiement de cotisation +SubscriptionEndDate=Date de fin de cotisation +MembersTypeSetup=Configuration du type de membres +ImportDataset_member_1=Membres diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/orders.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/orders.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cf490d0b6dc --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/orders.lang @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - orders +StatusOrderValidatedShort=Validé +StatusOrderValidated=Validé diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/sendings.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ea92045960 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/sendings.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - sendings +StatusSendingValidatedShort=Validé diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CH/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/main.lang index 71ab1503dbe..2e691473326 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/main.lang @@ -19,4 +19,3 @@ FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p -OpenAll=Open for all actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CI/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..a88b80ca430 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/main.lang index 71ab1503dbe..2e691473326 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/main.lang @@ -19,4 +19,3 @@ FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p -OpenAll=Open for all actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_CM/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/accountancy.lang index 62f66554214..069e7bba7a9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Pays hors CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Pays de la CEE sauf %s CountriesExceptMe=Tous les pays sauf %s AccountantFiles=Exporter les documents sources -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Avec cet outil, vous pouvez exporter les événements sources (liste en CSV et PDF) qui ont servi à générer votre comptabilité. ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=Pour exporter vos journaux, utilisez l'entrée de menu %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Vue par comptes comptables VueBySubAccountAccounting=Affichage par compte auxiliaire @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consultez ici la liste des tiers clients et fournisseurs et ListAccounts=Liste des comptes comptables UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Compte de tiers inconnu. %s sera utilisé UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Compte de tiers inconnu. Erreur bloquante. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Code comptable du tiers non défini ou tiers inconnu. On utilisera %s. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tiers inconnu et code comptable auxiliaire non défini sur le paiement. Nous conserverons la valeur du compte auxiliaire vide. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Compte tiers non défini ou inconnu. Erreur bloquante. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Compte tiers inconnu et compte d'attente non défini. Erreur blocante. PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Paiement non lié à un produit / service OpeningBalance=Solde d'ouverture @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Export standard Modelcsv_CEGID=Export vers CEGID Expert comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export vers Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export vers Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export vers Sage Ciel Compta ou Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export vers Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export vers EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export vers Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/admin.lang index b7a10c62ba2..cbddc22a1bf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Utilisateur interne ExternalUser=Utilisateur externe InternalUsers=Utilisateurs internes ExternalUsers=Utilisateurs externes -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Interface utilisateur GUISetup=Affichage SetupArea=Configuration UploadNewTemplate=Téléverser un / des nouveau(x) modèle(s) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Nombre d'octets SearchString=Chaîne de recherche NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Non disponible quand Ajax est désactivé AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Sur les éléments d'un tiers, autorise la sélection d'un projet lié à un autre tiers +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Empêcher l'enregistrement du temps consacré après le nombre de mois suivant JavascriptDisabled=Javascript désactivé UsePreviewTabs=Afficher les onglets "Aperçu" ShowPreview=Afficher aperçu @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Configuration du module Multi-devise MenuLimits=Limites et précision MenuIdParent=Identifiant du menu parent DetailMenuIdParent=Identifiant du menu parent (vide pour un menu du haut) +ParentID=Id du parent DetailPosition=Numéro d'ordre déterminant la position du menu AllMenus=Tous NotConfigured=Module/Application non configuré @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Fonction disponible uniquement sur les versions off BoxesDesc=Les widgets sont des composants montrant des informations que vous pouvez ajouter à vos pages pour les personnaliser. Vous pouvez choisir de les afficher ou non en sélectionnant la page cible et en cliquant sur "Activer" ou "Désactiver". OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Seuls les éléments en rapport avec un module actif sont présentés. ModulesDesc=Les modules Dolibarr définissent quelles fonctionnalités sont disponibles dans le logiciel. Certains modules / applications nécessitent, après activation, d'accorder des autorisations aux utilisateurs. Cliquez sur le bouton activé/désactivé %s pour activer un module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Cliquez sur l'icône roue dentelée %s pour configurer le module/l'application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=D'autres modules/extensions sont disponibles en téléchargement sur des sites externes sur Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=Si les permissions de votre système de fichier le permettent , vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour déployer un module externe. Le module sera alors visible dans l'onglet %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Rechercher un module/application externe @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Les deux étapes obligatoires sont les deux premières entrée SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Paramètres basiques pour personnaliser le comportement par défaut du logiciel (comportement lié au pays par exemple). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Ce logiciel est un ensemble de plusieurs modules/applications. Les fonctionnalités en rapport avec vos besoins doivent être activées et configurées. Les entrées menus seront ajoutées avec l'activation de ces modules. SetupDescription5=Les autres entrées de configuration gèrent des paramètres facultatifs. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Événements de sécurité audités NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Aucun événement de sécurité n'est audité. Vous pouvez les activer à partir du menu %s Audit=Événements de sécurité @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=Fonctions SSL non présentes dans votre PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Plus de thèmes à télécharger SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Renvoie le numéro sous la forme %syymm-nnnn où yy est l'année, mm le mois et nnnn un compteur séquentiel sans rupture et sans remise à 0. SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Renvoie le numéro de référence au format %s-nnnn où nnnn est un nombre séquentiel autoincrémenté sans réinitialisation -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Afficher l'identifiant professionnel dans les adresses +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Masquer le numéro de TVA intracommunautaire TranslationUncomplete=Traduction partielle MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Désactiver la vue météo MeteoStdMod=Mode standard @@ -1327,9 +1333,9 @@ NbOfObjectIsLowerThanNoPb=Vous avez seulement %s %s dans la base de données. Ce ComboListOptim=Optimisation du chargement des listes déroulantes SearchOptim=Optimisation des recherches YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=Vous avez %s %s dans la base de données. Vous pouvez accéder à la configuration du module pour activer le chargement de la liste déroulante par une touche du clavier. -YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can add the constant %s to 1 in Home-Setup-Other. -YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=This limits the search to the beginning of strings which makes it possible for the database to use indexes and you should get an immediate response. -YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=You have %s %s in the database and constant %s is set to %s in Home-Setup-Other. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=Vous avez %s %s dans la base de données. Vous pouvez ajouter la constante %s définie sur 1 dans Accueil-Configuration-Autre. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=Ceci limite la recherche au début des chaînes, ce qui permet à la base de données d'utiliser des index et vous devriez obtenir une réponse immédiate. +YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=Vous avez %s %s dans la base de données et la constante %s est définie sur %s dans Accueil-Configuration-Autre. BrowserIsOK=Vous utilisez le navigateur Web %s. Ce navigateur est correct pour la sécurité et la performance. BrowserIsKO=Vous utilisez le navigateur %s. Ce navigateur est déconseillé pour des raisons de sécurité, performance et qualité des pages restituées. Nous vous recommandons d'utiliser Firefox, Chrome, Opera ou Safari. PHPModuleLoaded=Le composant PHP %s est chargé @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Configuration du module Click To Dial ClickToDialUrlDesc=URL appelée quand un clic sur l'icône téléphone est fait. Dans l'URL, vous pouvez utiliser les tags
__PHONETO__ qui sera remplacée par le numéro de téléphone de la personne à appeler
__PHONEFROM__ qui sera remplacée par le numéro de l'appelant (vous)
__LOGIN__ qui sera remplacée par l'identifiant d'accès de l'utilisateur à l'application d'appel (à définir sur la fiche utilisateur) et
__PASS__ qui sera remplacée par le mot de passe d'accès de l'utilisateur à l'application d'appel (également à définir sur la fiche utilisateur). ClickToDialDesc=Ce module permet de rendre les numéros de téléphone cliquables lorsque vous utilisez l'application sur un ordinateur de bureau. Un clic sur cette icône composera le numéro de téléphone. Cela peut être utilisé pour commencer une conversation avec un soft phone sur votre bureau ou lorsque vous utilisez un système basé sur le protocole SIP par exemple. Note: Sur un smartphone, les numéros de téléphones sont toujours clicables. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Utiliser un lien "tel:" sur les numéros de téléphone -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point de Vente CashDeskSetup=Configuration du module Point de vente/caisse enregistreuse @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Marge haute sur les PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Marge bas sur les PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Hauteur du logo sur les PDFs MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Ajouter une image à la ligne de proposition +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Ajouter une signature électronique au PDF NothingToSetup=Aucune configuration particulière n'est requise pour ce module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Réglez ceci sur Oui si ce groupe est un calcul d'autres groupes @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Plus grand que IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Notez que si un ID de suivi d'un objet est trouvé dans le courrier électronique, ou si l'email est une réponse d'un email déjà collecté et lié à un objet, l'événement sera aussi automatiquement lié à l'objet en question. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Avec un compte GMail, si vous avez activé la validation en 2 étapes, il est recommandé de créer un deuxième mot de passe dédié à l'application, au lieu d'utiliser votre propre mot de passe de compte, à partir de https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Il peut être souhaitable de déplacer l'e-mail dans un autre tag/répertoire lorsqu'il a été traité avec succès. Définissez simplement une valeur ici pour utiliser cette fonction (N'utilisez PAS de caractères spéciaux dans le nom). Notez que vous devez également utiliser un compte de connexion en lecture/écriture. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Vous pouvez utiliser cette action pour utiliser le contenu de l'e-mail pour rechercher et charger un tiers existant dans votre base de données. Le tiers trouvé (ou créé) sera utilisée pour les actions suivantes qui en ont besoin. Dans le champ 'Paramètre', vous pouvez utiliser par exemple 'EXTRACT: BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' si vous souhaitez extraire le nom du tiers d'une chaîne 'Name: nom du tiers' trouvé dans le corps du message. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Vous pouvez utiliser cette action pour utiliser le contenu de l'e-mail pour rechercher et charger un tiers existant dans votre base de données. Le tiers trouvé (ou créé) sera utilisé pour les actions suivantes qui en ont besoin.
Par exemple, si vous souhaitez créer un tiers avec un nom extrait une chaîne 'Nom : nom à trouver' trouvée dans le corps, utilisez l'e-mail de l'expéditeur comme e-mail, vous pouvez définir le champ de paramètre comme ceci :
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;' EndPointFor=Endpoint pour %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Supprimer le collecteur d'email ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir supprimer ce collecteur d'email ? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contacter votre établissement bancaire pour obtenir ce code AdvancedModeOnly=Autorisation disponible en mode Autorisations avancées uniquement ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Le fichier conf est lisible ou inscriptible par tous les utilisateurs. Donnez l'autorisation à l'utilisateur et au groupe du serveur Web uniquement. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organisation d'événements +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=État de l’événement par défaut lors de la création d’un événement à partir du formulaire YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Vous devriez désactiver les fonctions PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Sauf si vous avez besoin de lancer des commandes système, vous devriez désactiver les fonctions PHP @@ -2135,16 +2144,18 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Pour un interfaçage (comme des tâches de sauvegarde NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=Aucun fichier ou répertoire des programmes courants n’a été trouvé en écriture dans votre répertoire racine (Bon) RecommendedValueIs=Recommandé : %s Recommended=Recommandé -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Non recommandé ARestrictedPath=Un chemin restreint CheckForModuleUpdate=Vérifier les mises à jour des modules externes CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Cette action se connecte aux éditeurs des modules externes pour vérifier si une nouvelle version est disponible. ModuleUpdateAvailable=Une mise à jour est disponible NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=Aucune mise à jour trouvée pour les modules externes SwaggerDescriptionFile=Fichier de description de l’API Swagger (à utiliser avec redoc par exemple) -YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=Vous avez activé l'API WS qui est désapprouvée. Vous devriez utiliser l'API REST à la place. -RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Randomly selected if several pictures are available +YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=Vous avez activé l'API WS qui est dépréciée. Vous devriez utiliser l'API REST à la place. +RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Sélectionnée au hasard si plusieurs images sont disponibles DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Le mot de passe de la base de données est masqué dans le fichier de configuration DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Le mot de passe de la base de données n'est PAS masqué dans le fichier de configuration APIsAreNotEnabled=Les modules API ne sont pas activés YouShouldSetThisToOff=Vous devriez mettre ceci à 0 ou off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/boxes.lang index 9589b94d080..a73b8965302 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Les %s dernières commandes fournisseurs mo BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Les %s dernières factures clients modifiées BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Les %s dernières commandes clients modifiées BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Les %s dernières propositions commerciales modifiées -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Les %s derniers postes modifiés +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Les %s dernières candidatures modifiées ForCustomersInvoices=Factures clients ForCustomersOrders=Commandes clients ForProposals=Propositions commerciales diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/cashdesk.lang index b8e0b6198eb..1a2381584ed 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/cashdesk.lang @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ AddTable=Ajouter une table Place=Emplacement TakeposConnectorNecesary='Connecteur TakePOS' requis OrderPrinters=Ajoute un bouton qui permet d'envoyer une commande sans paiement sur certaines imprimantes spécifiques (par exemple pour envoyer une commande en cuisine) -NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Non disponible lorsque l'imprimante pour reçu est définie sur navigateur: SearchProduct=Rechercher un produit Receipt=Reçu Header=Entête @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Browser=Navigateur BrowserMethodDescription=Impression simple et facile des reçus. Seuls quelques paramètres pour configurer le reçu. Impression via le navigateur. TakeposConnectorMethodDescription=Module externe avec fonctionnalités supplémentaires. Possibilité d'imprimer depuis le cloud. PrintMethod=Méthode d'impression -ReceiptPrinterMethodDescription=Powerful method with a lot of parameters. Full customizable with templates. The server hosting the application can't be in the Cloud (must be able to reach the printers in your network). +ReceiptPrinterMethodDescription=Méthode puissante avec beaucoup de paramètres. Entièrement personnalisable avec des modèles. Le serveur hébergeant l'application ne peut pas être dans le Cloud (elle doit pouvoir joindre les imprimantes de votre réseau physique). ByTerminal=Par terminal TakeposNumpadUsePaymentIcon=Utilisez un icône au lieu du texte sur les boutons de paiement du pavé numérique CashDeskRefNumberingModules=Module de numérotation pour le POS @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Autoriser le paiement différé PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Imprimer le mode de paiement sur les tickets | reçus WeighingScale=échelle de poids ShowPriceHT = Afficher la colonne du prix HT (à l'écran) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Afficher la colonne avec le prix hors taxes (sur le ticket de caisse) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/errors.lang index f1153e44ae5..d7955df97e6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/errors.lang @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ ErrorCantReadFile=Échec de lecture du fichier '%s' ErrorCantReadDir=Échec de lecture du répertoire '%s' ErrorBadLoginPassword=Identifiant ou mot de passe incorrect ErrorLoginDisabled=Votre compte est désactivé -ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Failed to run external command. Check it is available and runnable by your PHP server user. Check also the command is not protected on shell level by a security layer like apparmor. +ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Échec de l'exécution de commande externe. Vérifiez qu'elle est disponible et exécutable par l'utilisateur de votre serveur PHP. Vérifiez également que la commande n'est pas protégée au niveau du shell par une couche de sécurité comme apparmor. ErrorFailedToChangePassword=Échec de modification du mot de passe ErrorLoginDoesNotExists=Le compte utilisateur identifié par %s n'a pu être trouvé. ErrorLoginHasNoEmail=Cet utilisateur n'a pas d'email. Impossible de continuer. @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Erreur, le montant est obligatoire ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Erreur, le pourcentage doit être indiqué correctement. ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Vous devez d’abord configurer votre plan comptable. ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Aucun gabarit trouvé avec le code %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Durée non définie sur le service. Pas moyen de calculer le prix horaire. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Votre paramètre PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) est supérieur au paramètre PHP post_max_size (%s). Ceci n'est pas une configuration cohérente. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/eventorganization.lang index ef7de0fd710..fa7a9b694df 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/eventorganization.lang @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_CONF = Modèle de courriel à envoyer aprè EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_BOOTH = Modèle de courriel à envoyer après avoir reçu une suggestion d'un stand. EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_AFT_SUBS_BOOTH = Modèle de courriel à envoyer après paiement d'une inscription à un stand. EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_AFT_SUBS_EVENT = Modèle de courriel à envoyer après paiement d'une inscription à un événement. -EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_SPEAKER = Modèle de courriel pour action de masse aux intervenants -EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_ATTENDES = Modèle de courriel pour action de masse aux participants +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_SPEAKER = Modèle de courriel pour action de masse aux participants +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_ATTENDES = Modèle de courriel pour action de masse aux intervenants EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_CAT = Filtrer la liste de sélection des tiers dans la fiche/le formulaire de création des participants avec/selon la catégorie EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_TYPE = Filtrer la liste de sélection des tiers dans la fiche/le formulaire de création des participants avec le type de client @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ Attendees = Participants DownloadICSLink = Télécharger le lien ICS EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Clé sécurisée pour le lien d’inscription public à une conférence SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service utilisé pour la ligne de facture concernant l'emplacement d'un stand -SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service used for the invoice row about an attendee subscription to a conference -NbVotes=Number of votes +SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service utilisé pour la ligne de facture concernant l'abonnement d'un participant à une conférence +NbVotes=Nombre de votes # # Status # @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ SuggestForm = Page de suggestions RegisterPage = Page pour conférences ou stands EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Ici, vous pouvez voter pour un événement, ou suggérer une nouvelle conférence ou un nouveau stand pour le projet EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Ici, vous pouvez suggérer une nouvelle conférence pour le projet -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new booth for the project +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Ici, vous pouvez suggérer un nouveau stand pour le projet ListOfSuggestedConferences = Liste des conférences suggérées ListOfSuggestedBooths = Liste des stands suggérés SuggestConference = Proposer une nouvelle conférence @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Cette conférence commence le %s et se termine le %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Frais de participation à la conférence pour l'événement : '%s' se produisant du %s au %s. BoothLocationFee = Frais de participation à l'événement : '%s' se produisant du %s au %s. EventType = Type événement -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Libellé du stand +LabelOfconference=Libellé de la conférence +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Inscription non disponible, la conférence n'est pas encore confirmée +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page @@ -126,7 +128,7 @@ ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Bienvenue sur la page de suggestion de conférence ou de stand. EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Bienvenue sur la page de suggestions de conférences. EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Bienvenue sur la page de suggestion de stand. -EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Here, you can view and vote for the suggested events for the project +EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Ici, vous pouvez voir et voter pour les événements suggérés pour le projet VoteOk = Votre vote a été accepté. AlreadyVoted = Vous avez déjà voté pour cet événement. VoteError = Une erreur s'est produite lors du vote, veuillez réessayer. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/holiday.lang index 718123f56b0..d69623791c5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Texte libre sur PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Filigranes sur les demandes de congés brouillons HolidaysToApprove=Vacances à approuver NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Aucun utilisateur ne dispose des permissions pour valider les demandes de congés +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Mise à jour mensuelle du solde des congés +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/install.lang index ae42f4c552a..b47e73d169a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migration des chemins de photos pour les utilisateurs MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migration des champs de réseaux sociaux utilisateurs (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Rechargement du module %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Réinitialiser le module BlockedLog pour l'algorithme v7 -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration des profils d'import ou d'export (%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Afficher les choix non disponibles HideNotAvailableOptions=Cacher les choix non disponibles ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Une erreur est survenu lors du processus de migration, aussi l'étape suivante ne peut pas être réalisée. Pour ignorer les erreurs, vous pouvez cliquer ici, mais l'application ou certaines fonctionnalités risquent de présenter des dysfonctionnements jusqu'à la résolution de la ou des erreurs diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/interventions.lang index c19c6e0ca3c..a1451cd48e2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/interventions.lang @@ -64,6 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Durée ligne intervention InterLineDesc=Description ligne intervention RepeatableIntervention=Modèle d'intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Pour créer une intervention prédéfinie ou récurrente, créez une intervention standard et convertissez-la en modèle d'intervention -GenerateInter=Générer une fiche d'intervention -Reopen=Réouvrir ConfirmReopenIntervention=Êtes-vous sur de vouloir ré-ouvrir l'intervention %s ? +GenerateInter=Générer intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/knowledgemanagement.lang index cd987dcae16..775d3efd01e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Atribut supplémentaires (articles) GroupOfTicket=Groupe de tickets -YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Vous pouvez lier un article à un groupe de tickets (ainsi l'article sera proposé lors de la qualification de nouveaux tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/languages.lang index ec2bc8e261b..bee596ccf44 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopien Language_ar_AR=Arabe Language_ar_EG=Arabe (Egypte) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabe Language_ar_TN=Arabe (Tunisie) Language_ar_IQ=Arabe (Irak) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mails.lang index 7191946c46c..e8e8d0071d8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Effacer le filtre AdvTgtSaveFilter=Enregistrer le filtre AdvTgtCreateFilter=Créer filtre AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nom du nouveau filtre -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Pas de contact/adresses avec cette catégorie -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Pas de contact/adresses associés à un ters avec cette catégorie +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=E-mails sortants InGoingEmailSetup=E-mails entrants OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=E-mails sortants (module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mrp.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mrp.lang index e0a2e73365e..cdff650c34b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mrp.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/mrp.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ BOMsSetup=Configuration du module BOM ListOfBOMs=Liste des BOMs ListOfManufacturingOrders=Liste des Ordres de Fabrication NewBOM=Nouveau BOM -ProductBOMHelp=Product to create (or disassemble) with this BOM.
Note: Products with the property 'Nature of product' = 'Raw material' are not visible into this list. +ProductBOMHelp=Produit à créer (ou désassembler) avec cette nomenclature.
Remarque: les produits avec la propriété 'Nature de produit' = 'Matière première' ne sont pas visibles dans cette liste. BOMsNumberingModules=Modèles de numérotation de BOMs BOMsModelModule=Modèles de documents de BOMs MOsNumberingModules=Modèles de numérotation d'OF diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/other.lang index 50cd8959fb3..3dedc120aa7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/other.lang @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ EnableGDLibraryDesc=Vous devez activer ou installer la librairie GD avec votre P ProfIdShortDesc=Id prof. %s est une information qui dépend du pays du tiers.
Par exemple, pour le pays %s, il s'agit du code %s. DolibarrDemo=Démonstration de Dolibarr ERP/CRM StatsByNumberOfUnits=Statistiques de quantités de produits/services -StatsByNumberOfEntities=Statistics for number of referring entities (no. of invoices, or orders...) +StatsByNumberOfEntities=Statistiques du nombre d'entités référentes (nb de factures, ou de commandes...) NumberOfProposals=Nombre de propositions commerciales NumberOfCustomerOrders=Nombre de commandes clients NumberOfCustomerInvoices=Nombre de factures clients @@ -292,6 +292,6 @@ ProductStatistics=Statistiques sur les produits / services NbOfQtyInOrders=Qté en commandes SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Sélectionner un objet pour en voir les statistiques -ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir : "%s" ? -ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirmez votre action +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirmer votre action CloseDialog = Fermer diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/partnership.lang index 7949339a150..ac701df0670 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/partnership.lang @@ -36,12 +36,12 @@ ListOfPartnerships=Listes des partenariats PartnershipSetup=Page de configuration du module Partenariat PartnershipAbout=À propos de Partenariat PartnershipAboutPage=Page d'informations du module Partenariat -partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partner status must be set on a 'thirdparty' or a 'member' +partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Le statut Partenaire doit être défini sur un 'tiers' ou un 'adhérent' PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Partenariat géré pour PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Liens de retour à vérifier -PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb of days before cancelling status of a partnership when a subscription has expired +PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb de jours avant l'annulation de l'état d'un partenariat lorsque la cotisation a expiré ReferingWebsiteCheck=Vérification du site référent -ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=You can enable a feature to check that your partners has added a backlink to your website domains on their own website. +ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=Vous pouvez activer une fonctionnalité pour vérifier que vos partenaires ont ajouté un rétrolien vers les domaines de votre site Web sur leur propre site Web. # # Object @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Nous vous informons que votre demande de partenari YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Nous vous informons que votre demande de partenariat a été acceptée. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Nous vous informons que votre demande de partenariat a été annulée. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Raison du refus + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/products.lang index dc308c95af2..013d75d2ec0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/products.lang @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ SellingPrice=Prix de vente SellingPriceHT=Prix de vente HT SellingPriceTTC=Prix de vente TTC SellingMinPriceTTC=Prix de vente min. (TTC) -CostPriceDescription=This price field (excl. tax) can be used to capture the average amount this product costs to your company. It may be any price you calculate yourself, for example, from the average buying price plus average production and distribution cost. +CostPriceDescription=Ce champ de prix (hors taxes) peut être utilisé pour saisir le montant moyen que ce produit coûte à votre société. Il peut s'agir de n'importe quel prix que vous calculez vous-même, par exemple à partir du prix d'achat moyen plus le coût moyen de production et de distribution. CostPriceUsage=Cette valeur peut être utilisée dans le calcul des marges. SoldAmount=Solde PurchasedAmount=Montant des achats @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Fiche produit ServiceSheet=Fiche service PossibleValues=Valeurs possibles GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Allez sur le menu %s - %s pour ajouter les attributs de variantes (comme les couleurs, tailles, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Ajouter une fonctionnalité pour définir les descriptions des produits définies par les fournisseurs en plus des descriptions pour les clients +UseProductFournDesc=Ajouter une fonctionnalité pour définir la description produit définie par les vendeurs (pour chaque référence vendeur) en plus de la description pour les clients ProductSupplierDescription=Description du fournisseur du produit UseProductSupplierPackaging=Utiliser le conditionnement/emballage sur les prix fournisseur (recalculer les quantités en fonction de l'emballage défini sur le prix fournisseur lors de l'ajout / mise à jour de la ligne dans les documents fournisseurs) PackagingForThisProduct=Emballage diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/projects.lang index 5cfde7555c6..9a7f3c189bc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Aucune tâche pour ce projet LinkedToAnotherCompany=Liés à autre société TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Tâche non assignée à l'utilisateur. Utilisez le bouton '%s' pour assigner la tâche maintenant. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Le temps consommé n'est pas renseigné +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=L'enregistrement du temps est limité à %s mois en arrière ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Cette opération détruira également les tâches du projet (%s tâches actuellement) et le suivi des consommés. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Si des objets (facture, commande, ...), appartenant à un autre tiers que celui choisi, doivent être liés au projet à créer, laisser vide afin de laisser le projet multi-tiers. CloneTasks=Cloner les tâches @@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Les %s derniers projets modifiés OtherFilteredTasks=Autres tâches filtrées NoAssignedTasks=Aucune tâche assignée (assignez un projet/tâche à l'utilisateur depuis la liste déroulante utilisateur en haut pour pouvoir saisir du temps dessus) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Un tiers doit être défini sur le projet pour pouvoir le facturer. -ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateIntervention=Un tiers doit être défini sur le projet pour pouvoir créer une intervention. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Un tiers doit être défini sur le projet pour pouvoir le facturer. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choisissez une tâche qui ne vous est pas encore assignée # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Autoriser les utilisateurs à ajouter des commentaires sur les tâches @@ -253,14 +254,14 @@ SendProjectRef=A propos du projet %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Le module 'Paiement des salaires des employés' doit être activé pour définir le taux horaire des employés afin de valoriser le temps passé NewTaskRefSuggested=Réf de tâche déjà utilisée, une nouvelle référence de tâche est requise TimeSpentInvoiced=Temps passé facturé +TimeSpentForIntervention=Temps consacré TimeSpentForInvoice=Temps consommés -TimeSpentForIntervention=Temps consommés OneLinePerUser=Une ligne par utilisateur ServiceToUseOnLines=Service à utiliser sur les lignes InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=La facture %s a été générée à partir du temps passé sur le projet -InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=L'intervention %s a été générée à partir du temps passé sur le projet +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=L'intervention %s a été générée à partir du temps consacré au projet ProjectBillTimeDescription=Cochez si vous saisissez du temps sur les tâches du projet ET prévoyez de générer des factures à partir des temps pour facturer le client du projet (ne cochez pas si vous comptez créer une facture qui n'est pas basée sur la saisie des temps). Note: Pour générer une facture, aller sur l'onglet 'Temps consommé' du project et sélectionnez les lignes à inclure. -ProjectFollowOpportunity=Suivre une opportunité +ProjectFollowOpportunity=Suivre une opportunité ProjectFollowTasks=Suivre des tâches ou du temps passé Usage=Usage UsageOpportunity=Utilisation: Opportunité @@ -279,4 +280,4 @@ AddPersonToTask=Ajouter également aux tâches UsageOrganizeEvent=Utilisation: Organisation d'événements PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE=Classer le projet comme étant clos lorsque toutes ses tâches sont terminées (progression 100%%) PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE_help=Remarque : les projets existants avec toutes les tâches terminées à 100 %% ne seront pas affectés : vous devrez les fermer manuellement. Cette option n’affecte que les projets ouverts. -SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Select lines of time spent that are unbilled, then bulk action "Generate Invoice" to bill them +SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Sélectionnez les lignes de temps consacré non facturées, puis l'action groupée "Générer la facture" pour les facturer diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/sendings.lang index 47e144b8d4d..673677e19c3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/sendings.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/sendings.lang @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ProductQtyInCustomersOrdersRunning=Quantité de produit en commandes client ouve ProductQtyInSuppliersOrdersRunning=Quantité de produit de commandes fournisseur ouvertes ProductQtyInShipmentAlreadySent=Quantité de produit en commande ouverte déjà expédiée ProductQtyInSuppliersShipmentAlreadyRecevied=Quantité de produit déjà reçu en commandes fournisseur ouvertes -NoProductToShipFoundIntoStock=Aucun produit à expédier n'a été trouver dans l'entrepôt %s. Corrigez le stock ou choisir un autre entrepôt. +NoProductToShipFoundIntoStock=Aucun produit à expédier n'a été trouvé dans l'entrepôt %s. Corrigez le stock ou choisissez un autre entrepôt. WeightVolShort=Poids/vol. ValidateOrderFirstBeforeShipment=Vous devez d'abord valider la commande pour pouvoir créer une expédition. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/stocks.lang index f0fe7235a77..1fc01004248 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/stocks.lang @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ NoPredefinedProductToDispatch=Pas de produits prédéfinis dans cet objet. Aucun DispatchVerb=Ventiler StockLimitShort=Limite pour alerte StockLimit=Limite stock pour alerte -StockLimitDesc=(empty) means no warning.
0 can be used to trigger a warning as soon as the stock is empty. +StockLimitDesc=(vide) signifie pas d'avertissement.
0 peut être utilisé pour déclencher un avertissement dès que le stock est vide. PhysicalStock=Stock physique RealStock=Stock réel RealStockDesc=Le stock physique ou réel est le stock présent dans les entrepôts. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ InventoryCodeShort=Code Inv./Mouv. NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Pas de réception en attente consécutive à des commandes fournisseurs ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Ce lot/numéro de série (%s) existe déjà mais avec des dates de consommation ou péremption différente (trouvé %s mais vous avez entré %s). OpenAnyMovement=Ouvert (tous les mouvements) -OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) +OpenInternal=Ouvert (uniquement mouvement interne) UseDispatchStatus=Utiliser un statut de contrôle (approuvé / refusé) pour les lignes de produits lors de la réception de la commande OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=L'option "plusieurs prix par tranches" est activée. Cela signifie qu'un produit à plusieurs prix de vente donc sa valeur de vente ne peut être calculée. ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Alerte de limite de stock et de stock désiré ajoutée @@ -254,5 +254,10 @@ ObjectNotFound=%s introuvable MakeMovementsAndClose=Générer les mouvements et fermer AutofillWithExpected=Remplir la quantité réelle avec la quantité prévue ShowAllBatchByDefault=Par défaut, afficher les détails des lots sur l'onglet "stock" du produit -CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration +CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Vous pouvez définir l'affichage par défaut des détails du lot dans la configuration du module de stocks FieldCannotBeNegative=Le champ "%s" ne peut pas être négatif +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/ticket.lang index 38db6632f00..b166e963caf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/ticket.lang @@ -55,18 +55,18 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Utilisateur assigné TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Contact client / suivi des tickets TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Contributeur externe -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Email demandeur Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Envoi d'un message du ticket par e-mail # Status Read=Lu Assigned=Assigné InProgress=En cours -NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback +NeedMoreInformation=Attente retour demandeur NeedMoreInformationShort=En attente de retour Answered=Répondu Waiting=En attente -Closed=Fermé +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Supprimé # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Sévérité ShowTicket=Voir le ticket RelatedTickets=Tickets liés TicketAddIntervention=Créer intervention -CloseTicket=Fermer le ticket -CloseATicket=Fermer un ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirmer la fermeture du ticket +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Confirmez la suppression du ticket TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket supprimé avec succès TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket indiqué fermé diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/trips.lang index 25e174f28a6..083842abebd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Date refus DATE_SAVE=Date validation DATE_CANCEL=Date annulation DATE_PAIEMENT=Date de paiement -BROUILLONNER=Réouvrir ExpenseReportRef=Réf. note de frais ValidateAndSubmit=Valider et envoyer pour approbation ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validé (en attente d'approbation) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/website.lang index 1d8b29b97e8..88bfa9f53e3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/website.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/website.lang @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AddWebsite=Ajouter site web Webpage=Page/container Web AddPage=Ajouter une page/container PageContainer=Page -PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=L'aperçu de votre site web %s n'est pas encore disponible. Vous devez d'abord " Importer un modèle de site Web complet " ou simplement " Ajouter une page/un conteneur ". RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=La page demandée avec l'id=%s ne présente encore aucun contenu ou le fichier cache .tpl.php a été supprimé. Ajoutez du contenu à la page pour résoudre cela. SiteDeleted=Site Web '%s' supprimé PageContent=Page/Container diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/withdrawals.lang index fb3e624423c..9bbb5a4a23d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA RCUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Date d'éxecution CreateForSepa=Créer fichier de prélèvement automatique -ICS=Identifiant du créditeur CI du prélèvement -ICSTransfer=Identifiant créditeur CI du virement bancaire +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=Balise XML SEPA "EndToEndId" - Identifiant unique attribué par transaction USTRD=Balise XML SEPA "Non structurée" ADDDAYS=Ajouter des jours à la date d'exécution diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/workflow.lang index 13fbbace793..57940106526 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_FR/workflow.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classer la/les proposition(s) commer descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classer la/les commande(s) client(s) source(s) facturée(s) à la validation de la facture client (et si le montant de la facture est le même que le montant total des commandes liées) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classer la/les commande(s) client(s) source(s) à Facturée quand une facture client est passée à Payé (et si le montant de la facture est identique à la somme des commandes sources) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classer la commande source à expédiée à la validation d'une expédition (et si les quantités expédiées dans le bon d'expédition sont les même que dans la commande mise à jour) -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classer la commande source à expédiée à la cloture d'une expédition (et si les quantités expédiées dans le bon d'expédition sont les même que dans la commande mise à jour) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classer la ou les proposition(s) commerciale(s) fournisseur sources facturées quand une facture fournisseur est validée (et si le montant de la facture est le même que le total des propositions sources liées) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classer la ou les commande(s) fournisseur(s) de source(s) à facturée(s) lorsque la facture fournisseur est validée (et si le montant de la facture est le même que le montant total des commandes liées) @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Fermer toutes les interventions liées au AutomaticCreation=Création automatique AutomaticClassification=Classification automatique # Autoclassify shipment -descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classer l'expédition source liée comme fermée lorsque la facture client est validée diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/admin.lang index 8c6135dc874..e267e411fb1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/admin.lang @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin Module20Name=Devis Module30Name=Factures +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/main.lang index 71ab1503dbe..2e691473326 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/main.lang @@ -19,4 +19,3 @@ FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p -OpenAll=Open for all actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/fr_GA/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/accountancy.lang index 5297de3a2c1..baafa873590 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Países non CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Todos os paises incluidos na CEE excepto %s CountriesExceptMe=Todos os países excepto %s AccountantFiles=Exportar documentos contables -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Con esta utilidade, pode exportar os eventos de orixe (lista e PDFs) que foron empregados para xerar a súa contabilidade. Para exportar os seus diarios, use a entrada de menú% s -% s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Con esta ferramenta, pode exportar os eventos de orixe (lista en CSV e PDF) que se empregaron para xerar a súa contabilidade. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=Para exportar as súas revistas, use a entrada de menú %s - %s VueByAccountAccounting=Ver por conta contable VueBySubAccountAccounting=Ver pos subconta contable @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulte aquí o listaxe de clientes e provedores e os seus ListAccounts=Listaxe de contas contables UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Conta contable de terceiro descoñecida, usaremos %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Conta contable de terceiro descoñecida. Erro de bloqueo. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Conta contable de terceiro non definida ou terceiro descoñecido. Usaremos a %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Terceiro descoñecido e conta vinculada non definidos no pago. Manteremos o valor da conta ligada baleiro. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Conta do terceiro descoñecida ou terceiro descoñecido. Erro de bloqueo +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Conta de terceiros descoñecida e conta de espera non definida. Erro de bloqueo PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pagos non ligados a un produto/servizo OpeningBalance=Saldo de apertura @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Exportación clásica Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportar cara a CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exportar cara a Sage Celoala Modelcsv_bob50=Exportar cara a Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportar cara a Sage Ciel Compta o Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportar cara a Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportar a EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exportar a Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/admin.lang index 15a325dcd28..90924d1473f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Usuario interno ExternalUser=Usuario externo InternalUsers=Usuarios internos ExternalUsers=Usuarios externos -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Interface de usuario GUISetup=Entorno SetupArea=Configuración UploadNewTemplate=Novo(s) padrón(s) actualizado(s) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Número de Bytes SearchString=Buscar cadea NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Non dispoñible cando Ajax esté desactivado AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Nun documento dun terceiro, pode escoller un proxecto ligado a outro terceiro +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Evita o tempo de gravación transcorrido despois do seguinte número de meses JavascriptDisabled=Javascript desactivado UsePreviewTabs=Ver lapelas vista previa ShowPreview=Ver vista previa @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Configuración do módulo multimoeda MenuLimits=Límites e precisión MenuIdParent=Id do menú pai DetailMenuIdParent=ID do menú pai (baleiro para un menú superior) +ParentID=ID do pai DetailPosition=Número de orde para definir a posición do menú AllMenus=Todos NotConfigured=Módulo/Aplicación non configurado @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funcionaliade dispoñible exclusivamente en versió BoxesDesc=Os paneis son compoñentes que amosan algunha información que pode engadires para persoalizar algunhas páxinas. Pode escoller entre amosar ou non o panel seleccionando a páxina de destino e facendo clic en 'Activar', ou facendo clic na papeleira para desactivalo. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Só os elementos de módulos activados son amosados. ModulesDesc=Os módulos/aplicacións determinan qué funcionalidade está habilitada no software. Algúns módulos requiren permisos que teñen que ser concedidos aos usuarios logo de activar o módulo. Prema no botón %s de acendido/apagado de cada módulo para habilitar ou desactivar un módulo/aplicación. +ModulesDesc2=Prema no botón da roda %s para configurar o módulo aplicación. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Pode atopar mais módulos para descargar en sitios web externos da Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Se os permisos no seu sistema de ficheiros llo permiten, pode utilizar esta ferramenta para instalar un módulo externo. O módulo estará entón visible na lapela %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Procurar módulos externos... @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=As seguintes dúas seccións son obrigatorias (as dúas primei SetupDescription3=%s->%s

Parámetros básicos usados para persoalizar o comportamento por defecto de Dolibarr (ex. características relacionadas co país) SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

Este software é unha colección de moitos módulos/aplicacións, todos eles mais ou menos independentes. Os módulos relevantes que precisas deben ser activados e configurados. Novos elementos/opcións serán engadidos aos menús coa activación do módulo. SetupDescription5=Outras entradas do menú de configuración xestionan parámetros opcionais. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Eventos de seguridade auditados NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Non se auditan eventos de seguridade. Pode activalos no menu %s Audit=Eventos de seguridade @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=Funcións SSL non dispoñibles no seu PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Mais temas para descargar SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Devolve o número de referencia no formato %s yymm-nnnn onde yy é o ano, mm é o mes e nnnn é un número secuencial de incremento automático sen restablecer SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Devolve o número de referencia no formato %s-nnnn onde nnnn é un número con incremento automático secuencial sen restablecemento -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Amosar identificación profesional con enderezos +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Ocultar o número de IVE intracomunitario TranslationUncomplete=Tradución parcial MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Deshabilitar a vista meteorolóxica MeteoStdMod=Modo estándar @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Prema para marcar a configuración do módulo ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url chamada cando se fai un clic na imaxe do teléfono. En URL, pode usar etiquetas
__PHONETO__ que se substituirán polo número de teléfono da persoa á que chamar
__PHONEFROM__ que se substituirá polo número de teléfono persoa (túa)
__LOGIN__ que se substituirá por inicio de sesión clicktodial (definido na tarxeta de usuario)
__PASS__ que se substituirá por contrasinal clicktodial (definido na tarxeta de usuario). ClickToDialDesc=Este módulo cambia os números de teléfono cando se usa un ordenador de escritorio por ligazóns onde se pode facer clic. Un clic chamará ao número. Isto pódese empregar para iniciar a chamada cando se usa un teléfono por software no seu escritorio ou cando se usa un sistema CTI baseado no protocolo SIP por exemplo. Nota: Cando se usa un teléfono intelixente, sempre se pode facer clic nos números de teléfono. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use só unha ligazón "tel:" nos números de teléfono -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Terminales Punto de Venda CashDeskSetup=Configuración do módulo Punto de venda @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Marxe superior en PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Marxe inferior en PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Altura para logotipo en PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Agregar imaxe na liña do orzamento +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Axuntar sinatura electrónica no PDF NothingToSetup=Non é precisa ningunha configuración específica para este módulo. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Configure isto en sí, se este grupo é un cálculo doutros grupos @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Maior que IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Teña conta que se se atopa no correo electrónico un ID de seguimento dun correo electrónico entrante é unha resposta dun correo electrónico xa recollido e ligado a un obxecto, o evento creado ligarase automaticamente co obxecto relacionado coñecido. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Cunha conta de GMail, se habilitou a validación de 2 pasos, recoméndase crear un segundo contrasinal adicado para a aplicación no lugar de usar a súa propia contrasinal de conta de https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Pode ser un comportamento desexado mover o correo electrónico a outra etiqueta/directorio cando se procesou con éxito. Simplemente configure o nome do directorio aquí para usar esta función (NON use caracteres especiais no nome). Teña conta que tamén debe usar unha conta de inicio de sesión de lectura/escritura. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Pode usar esta acción para usar o contido do correo electrónico para atopar e cargar un terceiro existente na súa base de datos. O terceiro atopado (ou creada) usarase para seguir as accións que o precisen. No campo do parámetro pode usar por exemplo "EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)" se desexa extraer o nome do terceiro dunha cadea "Nome: nome a atopar" atopada no corpo. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Pode usar esta acción e usar o contido do correo electrónico para atopar e cargar un terceiro existente na base de datos. O terceiro atopado (ou creado) usarase para as seguintes accións que o precisan.
Por exemplo, se desexa crear un terceiro cun nome extraído nunha cadea "Nome: nome para atopar" atopado no corpo, use o correo electrónico do remitente como correo electrónico, pode establecer o campo do parámetro como este:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Punto final de %s:%s DeleteEmailCollector=Eliminar o receptor de correo electrónico ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=¿Está certo de que quere eliminar este receptor de correo electrónico? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Póñase en contacto co seu banco para obter esta identifica AdvancedModeOnly=Permiso dispoñible só en modo de permisos avanzados ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Calquera usuario pode ler ou escribir o ficheiro conf. Dar permiso só ao usuario e ao grupo do servidor web. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organización de eventos +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Estado predeterminado do evento ao crear un evento desde o formulario YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Debería desactivar as funcións PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Agás se precisa executar comandos do sistema nun código personalizado, debería desactivar as funcións PHP @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Para o obxectico do shell (como a copia de seguridade NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=Non se atoparon ficheiros ou directorios con permisos de escritura dos programas comúns no directorio raíz (Bo) RecommendedValueIs=Recomendado %s Recommended=Recomendada -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Non recomendado ARestrictedPath=Un path restrinxido CheckForModuleUpdate=Comprobar actualizacións para os módulos externos CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Esta acción conectara cos editores de módulos externos para comprobar se hai unha nova versión dispoñible. @@ -2147,4 +2156,6 @@ RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Selección aleatoria se hai varias imaxes dispoñibles DatabasePasswordObfuscated=O contrasinal da base de datos está oculto no ficheiro conf DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=O contrasinal da base de datos NON está oculto no ficheiro conf APIsAreNotEnabled=Os módulos API non están activos -YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +YouShouldSetThisToOff=Debería axustar isto a 0 ou off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/cashdesk.lang index 2b5328219cb..0e9af0bf7a7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Permitir o pago en débeda PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Imprimir método de pago en tickets/recibos WeighingScale=Pesaxe ShowPriceHT = Amosar a columna co prezo sen impostos (na pantalla) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Amosar a columna co prezo sen impostos (no recibo) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/errors.lang index a2567c0672e..ed01ce4d1a3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Erro, a cantidade é obrigatoria ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Erro, prégase cubra a porcentaxe correctamente ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Primeiro debe configurar o seu plan de contas ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Fallo ao atopar o modelo co nome de código %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duración non definida no servizo. Non hai forma de calcular o prezo por hora. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=O seu parámetro PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) é superior ao parámetro PHP post_max_size (%s). Esta non é unha configuración consistente. @@ -301,4 +302,4 @@ ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=É preciso o supervisor do usuario ErrorActionCommBadType=O tipo de evento seleccionado (id: %n, código: %s) non existe no diccionario Tipo de Evento CheckVersionFail=Fallou a comprobación da versión ErrorWrongFileName=O nome do ficheiro non pode conte __SOMETHING__ nel -ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Non está no Dicionario de Condicións de Pagamento. Modifíqueo. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/eventorganization.lang index 356afda5e24..699f70cca6a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = Descargar ligazón ICS EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Clave segura da ligazón de rexistro público a unha conferencia SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Servizo empregado para a fila de facturas sobre a situación do stand SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Servizo usado para a fila de facturas sobre unha subscrición de asistente a unha conferencia -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Número de votos # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Esta conferencia comeza en %s e remata en %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Importe de asistente á conferencia para o evento:' %s ' acontece de %s a %s BoothLocationFee = Localización do stand para o evento: "%s" que acontece do %s ao %s EventType = Tipo de evento -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Etiqueta de stand +LabelOfconference=Etiqueta de conferencia +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=A subscrición non está dispoñible, a conferencia aínda non está confirmada +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/holiday.lang index f82237a88fe..eda3225cde0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Texto libre no PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Marca de auga no borrador de pedimento de días libres HolidaysToApprove=Vacacións para aprobar NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Ninguén ten permisos para validar vacacións +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Actualización mensual do saldo de vacacións +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/interventions.lang index 54d0c50751f..122ee49ef20 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Duración liña intervención InterLineDesc=Descrición liña intervención RepeatableIntervention=Modelo de intervención ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Para crear unha intervención predefinida ou recorrente, cree unha intervención común e converta -Reopen=Abrir de novo ConfirmReopenIntervention=Estás certo de que queres abrir de novo a intervención %s? +GenerateInter=Xerar intervención diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang index fbffa2b8d90..5bb5dbcf86a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Acerca de KnowledgeManagementAbout = Sobre a Xestión do Coñécemento KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Páxina sobre a Xestión do Coñecemento -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Xestión do Coñecemento - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Base de Coñecemento ListKnowledgeRecord = Listaxe de artígos NewKnowledgeRecord = Novo artigo @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validar a solución KnowledgeRecords = Artigos KnowledgeRecord = Artigo KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Campos extras para Artigos +GroupOfTicket=Grupo de tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Pode ligar un artigo a un grupo de tickets (polo que o artigo suxerirase durante a cualificación de novos tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/languages.lang index b7275e9c824..ae071b70b70 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etíope Language_ar_AR=Árabe Language_ar_EG=Árabe (Exipto) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Árabe Language_ar_TN=Arabe (Tunez) +Language_ar_IQ=Árabe (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerí Language_bn_BD=Bengalí Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Holandés (Bélxica) Language_nl_NL=Alemán Language_pl_PL=Polaco +Language_pt_AO=Portugués (Ángola) Language_pt_BR=Portugués (Brasil) Language_pt_PT=Portugués Language_ro_MD=Rumano (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/mails.lang index abd84983289..cb8ed8f9803 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Eliminar filtro AdvTgtSaveFilter=Gardar filtro AdvTgtCreateFilter=Crear filtro AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nome do novo filtro -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Non atopáronse contactos/enderezos con algunha categoría -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Non atopáronse contactos/enderezos con algunha categoría +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Configuración de correos electrónicos saíntes InGoingEmailSetup=Configuración de correos electrónicos entrantes OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Configuración do correos electrónicos saíntes (para o módulo %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/main.lang index 6a62ea73588..a330cb6d7c1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copiado a portapapeis InformationOnLinkToContract=Este importe é só o total de todas as liñas do contrato. Non se ten en conta ningunha noción de tempo. ConfirmCancel=Está certo de querer cancelar EmailMsgID=Correo electónico MsgID +SetToEnabled=Establecer como activado +SetToDisabled=Establecer como desactivado +ConfirmMassEnabling=confirmación de habilitación masiva +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Está certo de querer habilitar o(s) rexistro(s) %s seleccionados? +ConfirmMassDisabling=confirmación de deshabilitación masiva +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Está certo de querer desactivar o(s) %s rexistro(s) seleccionado(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s rexistro(s) activado(s) +RecordsDisabled=%s rexistro(s) desactivado(s) +RecordEnabled=Rexistro activado +RecordDisabled=\nRexistro desactivado +Forthcoming=Próximo +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/other.lang index 32fc9132b08..ffed0c0f91d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produtos/Servizos por popularidade e Pedimentos ProductStatistics=Estatísticas de Produtos/Servizos NbOfQtyInOrders=Cantidade en pedimentos SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Seleccione un obxecto para ver as súas estatísticas ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Está certo de querer "%s"? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirma a súa acción +CloseDialog = Peche diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/partnership.lang index cc7ab3961fa..6ab54ff8b47 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Informámoslle que a súa solicitude de subscrici YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Informámoslle que a súa solicitude de subscrición foi aceptada. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Informámoslle que a súa subscrición foi cancelada. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Razón para declinar + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/products.lang index ca75d74bb38..7271d0b9f12 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Folla de produto ServiceSheet=Folla de servizo PossibleValues=Valores posibles GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Vaia ao menú %s - %s para preparar variables de atributos (como cores, tamaño, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Engade unha función para definir as descricións dos produtos definidos polos provedores ademais das descricións para os clientes +UseProductFournDesc=Engade unha función para definir a descrición do produto definida polos vendedores (para cada referencia do vendedor) ademais da descrición para os clientes ProductSupplierDescription=Descrición do produto do provedor UseProductSupplierPackaging=Utilice o envase nos prezos do provedor (recalcule as cantidades segundo o prezo do empaquetado do provedor ao engadir/actualizar a liña nos documentos do provedor) PackagingForThisProduct=Empaquetado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/projects.lang index 2213e6fbdb1..ffb5ef70189 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ningunha tarefa para este proxecto LinkedToAnotherCompany=Ligado a outro terceiro TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Tarefa non asignada ao usuario. Use o botón '%s' para asignar a tarefa agora. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=O tempo consumido está baleiro +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=A gravación do tempo restrinxese a %s meses atrás ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Esta operación tamén eliminará todas as tarefas do proxecto (%s tarefas neste intre) e todas as entradas de tempo empregado. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Se os obxectos (factura, pedimento, ...) pertencen a outro terceiro, debe estar ligado ao proxecto a crear, deixe isto baleiro para permitir asignar o proxecto a distintos terceiros. CloneTasks=Clonar as tarefas @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Últimos %s proxectos modificados OtherFilteredTasks=Outras tarefas filtradas NoAssignedTasks=Sen tarefas asignadas ( Asigne proxectos/tarefas ao usuario actual dende o selector superior para indicar tempos nelas) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Debe definirse un terceiro no proxecto para poder facturalo. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Debe definirse un terceiro no proxecto para poder facturalo. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Escolla unha tarefa non asignada aínda a vostede # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Permitir comentarios dos usuarios nas tarefas @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informacións do proxecto %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Debe activarse o módulo 'Pago de salarios dos empregados' para poder definir o prezo por hora dos empregados e poder valorar o tempo empregado NewTaskRefSuggested=Referencia de tarefa xa utilizada, suxerida unha nova referencia de tarefa TimeSpentInvoiced=Tenpo empregado facturado +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tempo empregado TimeSpentForInvoice=Tempo empregado OneLinePerUser=Unha liña por usuario ServiceToUseOnLines=Servizo a usar en liñas InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Factura %s foi xerada co tempo empregado no proxecto +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=A intervención %s xerouse a partir do tempo adicado ao proxecto ProjectBillTimeDescription=Comprobe se introduce unha folla de tempo nas tarefas do proxecto e planea xerar factura(s) a partir da folla de tempo para facturar ao cliente do proxecto (non comprobe se pensa crear unha factura que non estexa baseada nas follas de traballo introducidas). Nota: para xerar factura, vaia a pestana "Tempo empregado" do proxecto e selecciona as liñas a incluír. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Seguir oportunidade ProjectFollowTasks=Seguir tarefa @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Uso: Oportunidade UsageTasks=Usage: Tarefa UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Horas facturables InvoiceToUse=Borrador de factura a usar +InterToUse=Borrador de intervención para usar NewInvoice=Nova factura +NewInter=Nova intervención OneLinePerTask=Unha liña por tarefa OneLinePerPeriod=Unha liña por período OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Unha liña para cada declaración de tempo empregado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/stocks.lang index 288ddb3c568..a8fe078157b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valor de stocks en almacén UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Crea automáticamente un almacén de usuarios ao crear un usuario AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Xestionar tamén o valor do stock mínimo e desexado por emparellamento (produto-almacén) ademais do valor do stock mínimo e stock desexado por produto RuleForWarehouse=Regras para almacén -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Establecer un almacén en terceiros +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Establecer un almacén en terceiros WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Establecer un almacén en orzamentos a clientes WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Establecer un almacén para pedimentos a provedor UserDefaultWarehouse=Establecer un almacén para usuarios @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transferencia de stock do produto %s a outro almacén InventoryCodeShort=Código Inv./Mov. NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Non agárdanse recepcións do pedimento a provedor ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Este número de lote/serie (%s) xa existe, pero cunha data de caducidade ou venda distinta (atopada %s pero vostede introduce %s). -OpenAll=Aberto para todas as accións -OpenInternal=Aberto só a accións internas +OpenAnyMovement=Aberto (todo movemento) +OpenInternal=Aberto (só movementos internos) UseDispatchStatus=Use un estado de envío (aprobar/rexeitar) para as liñas de produtos na recepción do pedimento a provedor OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=A opción "varios prezos por segmento" está activada. Significa que un produto ten varios prezos de venda polo que o valor para a venda non se pode calcular ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Límite stock para alertas e stock óptimo desxeado creado correctamente @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Encher a cantidade real coa cantidade agardada ShowAllBatchByDefault=De xeito predeterminado, amosa os detalles do lote na lapela "stock" do produto CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Pode configurar a visualización predeterminada do detalle do lote na configuración do modulo stocks FieldCannotBeNegative=O campo "%s" non pode ser negativo +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/ticket.lang index 81c2c548f1b..fc29e2171d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/ticket.lang @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ # Module56000Name=Tickets -Module56000Desc=Sistema detickets para a xestión de emisións ou solicitudes +Module56000Desc=Sistema de tickets para a xestión de emisións ou solicitudes Permission56001=Ver tickets Permission56002=Modificar tickets @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Usuario asignado TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Contacto seguemento cliente/incidente TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Contribuidor externo -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Correo electrónico do redactor Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Enviar mensaxe de ticket por e-mail # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Agardando os comentarios do redactor NeedMoreInformationShort=Agardando os comentarios Answered=Contestado Waiting=Agardando -Closed=Pechado +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Eliminado # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Gravidade ShowTicket=Ver ticket RelatedTickets=Tickets relacionados TicketAddIntervention=Crear intervención -CloseTicket=Pechar ticket -CloseATicket=Pechar un ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirmar o peche do ticket +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Confirme a eliminación do ticket TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket eliminado con éxito TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marcado como pechado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/trips.lang index fa8b8f77c23..58981bee9e6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Data de denegación DATE_SAVE=Data de validación DATE_CANCEL=Data de cancelación DATE_PAIEMENT=Data de pagamento -BROUILLONNER=Abrir de novo ExpenseReportRef=Ref. informe de gasto ValidateAndSubmit=Validar e enviar para aprobar ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validado (agardando aprobación) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/withdrawals.lang index ad740de4e8f..2f2c0bc9cbe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Data de execución CreateForSepa=Crear ficheiro de domiciliación bancaria -ICS=Identificador de acreedor CI para domiciliación bancaria -ICSTransfer=Identificador de acredor CI para transferencia bancaria +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=Etiqueta XML SEPA "EndToEndId" - ID único asignada por transacción USTRD=Etiqueta SEPA XML "Unstructured" ADDDAYS=Engadir días á data de execución diff --git a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/workflow.lang index 7be56785df7..b5070033693 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/gl_ES/workflow.lang @@ -13,10 +13,11 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Clasificar o orzamento orixe como fa descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificar pedimento de cliente orixe como facturado cando a factura ao cliente sexa validada (e se o importe da factura é igual á suma dos importes dos pedimentos ligados) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificar pedimento de cliente orixe como facturado cando a factura ao cliente sexa marcada como pagada (e se o importe da factura é igual á suma dos importes dos pedimentos ligados) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Clasificar automáticamente o pedimento orixe como enviado cando o envío sexa validado (e se a cantidade enviada por todos os envíos é a mesma que o pedimento a actualizar) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Clasificar o orzamento ligado de provedor orixe como facturado cando a factura de provedor sexa validada (e se o importe da factura é igual á suma do importe dos orzamentos ligados) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Clasificar o pedimento orixe a provedor ligado como facturado cando a factura de provedor sexa validada (e se o importe da factura é igual á suma do importe dos pedimentos ligados) -descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Clasificar recepcións a "facturado" cando sexa validado un pedimento de provedor ligado +descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Clasificar recepcións a "facturado" cando sexa validado un pedimento a provedor ligado # Autoclose intervention descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Pecha todas as intervencións ligadas ao ticket cando o ticket está pechado AutomaticCreation=Creación automática diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/admin.lang index effdc93b52d..6c86b7fac95 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=לא זמין כאשר אייאקס נכים AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript מושבת UsePreviewTabs=השתמש בכרטיסיות תצוגה מקדימה ShowPreview=הצג תצוגה מקדימה @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=גבולות ודיוק MenuIdParent=התפריט ההורה מזהה DetailMenuIdParent=תעודת הזהות של ההורה התפריט (0 עבור התפריט העליון) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=מיין במספר להגדיר מיקום תפריט AllMenus=כל NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=האלמנטים היחידים של מודולים המאפשרים מוצגים. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=לחץ כדי לחייג ההתקנה מודול ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/cashdesk.lang index e4463601da5..e57e29ec7a9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/holiday.lang index 41a9c364775..cdfc715fab0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/interventions.lang index 73e80027902..aaa7c6466f9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/languages.lang index ee261437df0..830f4a20bc8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=ערבית Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=ערבית Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=הולנדי (בלגיה) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=פולני +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=פורטוגזית (ברזיל) Language_pt_PT=פורטוגזית Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/mails.lang index ae443d41524..c88523fbc47 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/main.lang index a596b082768..2669cb07667 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/other.lang index c1504746b39..a3d4c571ce3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/products.lang index 860c7aa775a..fa937ef8fba 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/projects.lang index 3156a67367e..1041e735a6c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/stocks.lang index 0d5805b1091..a46fa353f05 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/ticket.lang index 27ac33e1490..d097d1999b6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/trips.lang index cc9bc5781ba..fe75140396e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/he_IL/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/he_IL/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/accountancy.lang index 8dbecd81efe..31ebd12925b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/admin.lang index 210a577f939..962a19c5112 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/main.lang index 4aed89dea0d..977f66393b5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hi_IN/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/accountancy.lang index 939edee6424..218caec663e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=Popis obračunskih računa UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/admin.lang index 936bd0d90fe..9e8243554c9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nije dostupno kada je Ajax onemogućen AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript onemogućen UsePreviewTabs=Koristi karticu pregleda ShowPreview=Prikaži pregled @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Podešavanje više valuta MenuLimits=Limiti i točnost MenuIdParent=Matični izbornik ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID matičnog izbornika (prazno za top izbornik) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Redni broj za definiranje pozicije izbornika AllMenus=Svi NotConfigured=Modul/Aplikacija nije konfigurirana @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Prikazani su samo elementi sa omogučenih modula ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Možete pronaći više modula za download na vanjskim internet web lokacijama ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Nađi vanjske aplikacije/module @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Podešavanje modula ClickToDial ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Koristi samo "tel:" kod telefona -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/cashdesk.lang index 89775856378..b9efd4e109f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/errors.lang index a7c2118c171..91e259df4ec 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/eventorganization.lang index c356c508877..ffafa28c2c1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Vrsta događaja LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/holiday.lang index 1571d04639a..bebfd3ec2ff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Čeka odobrenje ApprovedCP=Odobreno CancelCP=Poništeno RefuseCP=Odbijeno -ValidatorCP=Odobrio +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Zahtjev za odsustvom LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Zahtjev za odsustvom TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Broj potrošenih dana godišnjeg -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Uredi @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Obriši zahtjev odsutnosti ConfirmDeleteCP=Potvrdite brisanje ovog zahtjeva ? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Greška nemate pravo za brisanje zahtjeva. CantCreateCP=Nemate pravo za kreiranje zahtjeva. -InvalidValidatorCP=Morate izabrati osobu odobravanja vašeg zahtjeva. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Morate odabrati datum početka. NoDateFin=Morate odabrati datum završetka. ErrorDureeCP=Vaš zahtjev ne sadrži radni dan. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Korisnik ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Dogodila se greška kod dodavanja specijalnog odsustva. AddEventToUserOkCP=Dodatak specijalnog odsustva je završen. MenuLogCP=Pregled dnevnika promjena -LogCP=Dnevnik promjena za dostupne slobodne dane -ActionByCP=Izvršio -UserUpdateCP=Za korisnika +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Prijašnje stanje NewSoldeCP=Novo stanje alreadyCPexist=Zahtjev je već napravljen za ovaj period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Prvi dan godišnjeg -LastDayOfHoliday=Zadnji dan godišnjeg +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Zadnja %s izmijenjena zahtjeva za odlaskom HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Mjesečna promjena ManualUpdate=Ručna promjena @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Uspješno promjenjeno Module27130Name= Upravljanje zahtjevima odsustva Module27130Desc= Upravljanje zahtjevima odsustva @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Vaš zahtjev za %s do %s je otkazan. FollowedByACounter=1: Ovaj tip odsustva mora biti pračen brojačem. Brojač se povečava ručno ili automatski, a kada je zahtjev ovjeren, brojač se smanjuje.
0: Nije pračeno brojačem. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/interventions.lang index a101f2af983..15627425503 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Stavka trajanja InterLineDesc=Stavka opisa RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Ponovo otvori ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/knowledgemanagement.lang index 155a7093e77..225a1cb0e6d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = O programu KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Stavka KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/languages.lang index 0cd5671d61b..e70a1dcbbc0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arapski Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arapski Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengalski Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Nizozemski (Belgija) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Politura +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalski (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portugalski Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/mails.lang index e6639943cbd..1cf2438d99b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/main.lang index 7c2472a0199..a8b2e4353bb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/other.lang index 285f5261a0c..2d31dbf0edd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zatvori diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/partnership.lang index 68ac6a5cae3..5b82784eb50 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/products.lang index d18bd384c25..53343281a46 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/projects.lang index 829e322fa5e..288c41b169b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nema zadataka u ovom projektu LinkedToAnotherCompany=Povezano s drugim komitentom TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Zadatak nije dodijeljen korisniku. Upotrijebite gumb '%s' da biste dodijelili zadatak. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Utrošeno vrijeme je prazno +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Ova akcija će također obrisati sve zadatke projekta (%s zadataka u ovom trenutku) i sve unose utrošenog vremena. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ako neki objekti (računi, narudžbe,...), pripadaju drugom komitentu, moraju biti povezani s projektom koji se kreira, ostavite prazno da bi projekt bio za više komitenata. CloneTasks=Kloniraj zadatke @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Najnoviji %s modificirani projekti OtherFilteredTasks=Ostali filtrirani zadaci NoAssignedTasks=Nisu pronađeni zadani zadaci (dodijelite projekt / zadatke trenutnom korisniku iz gornjeg okvira za odabir da biste unijeli vrijeme u njega) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Treća strana mora biti definirana na projektu kako bi mogli fakturirati. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Treća strana mora biti definirana na projektu kako bi mogli fakturirati. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Dopusti napomene korisnika na zadatke @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informativni projekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modul 'Plaće' mora biti omogućen da definirte satnicu zaposlenika kako bi ona mogla biti obračunata NewTaskRefSuggested=Ref. zadatka je već iskorišten, potreban je novi ref. TimeSpentInvoiced=Naplaćeno utrošeno vrijeme +TimeSpentForIntervention=Vrijeme utrošeno TimeSpentForInvoice=Vrijeme utrošeno OneLinePerUser=Jedna linija po korisniku ServiceToUseOnLines=Usluga za uporabu na linijama InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Račun %s generiran je od vremena utrišenog na projektu +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Upotreba: Prilika UsageTasks=Upotreba: Zadaci UsageBillTimeShort=Uporaba: Vrijeme obračuna InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Novi račun +NewInter=Nova intervencija OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/stocks.lang index ed2b70773a7..167e3cd79b4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Vrijednost skladišta UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Prebacivanje zalihe za proizvod %s u drugo skladište InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Kret. kod NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Ovaj lot/serijski broj (%s) već postoji ali sa različitim rokom upotrbljivosti ili valjanosti ( pronađen %s a uneseno je %s). -OpenAll=Otvoreno za sve akcije -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/ticket.lang index 334210d37ae..3432a6a73b9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Čeka -Closed=Zatvoreno +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Izradi intervenciju -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/trips.lang index bfcc0163d43..43a0b289831 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/trips.lang @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - trips -ShowExpenseReport=Prikaži izvještaj troška -Trips=Izvještaji troška +ShowExpenseReport=Prikaži izvještaj troškova +Trips=Izvještaji troškova TripsAndExpenses=Izvještaji troškova -TripsAndExpensesStatistics=Statistika izvještaja troška -TripCard=Kartica izvještaja troška -AddTrip=Izradi izvještaj troška +TripsAndExpensesStatistics=Statistika izvještaja troškova +TripCard=Kartica izvještaja troškova +AddTrip=Izradi izvještaj troškova ListOfTrips=Popis izvještaja troškova ListOfFees=Popis pristojbi TypeFees=Tipovi pristojbi -ShowTrip=Prikaži izvještaj troška -NewTrip=Novi izvještaj troška +ShowTrip=Prikaži izvještaj troškova +NewTrip=Novi izvještaj troškova LastExpenseReports=Latest %s expense reports AllExpenseReports=All expense reports CompanyVisited=Company/organization visited FeesKilometersOrAmout=Iznos ili kilometri -DeleteTrip=Obriši izvještaj troška +DeleteTrip=Obriši izvještaj troškova ConfirmDeleteTrip=Are you sure you want to delete this expense report? ListTripsAndExpenses=Popis izvještaja troškova ListToApprove=Čeka na odobrenje -ExpensesArea=Sučelje izvještaja troška +ExpensesArea=Sučelje izvještaja troškova ClassifyRefunded=Označi 'Povrat' -ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=Novi izvještaj troška je predan za odobrenje +ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=Novi izvještaj troškova je predan za odobrenje ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=An expense report has been submitted for re-approval ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ ExpenseReportCanceled=An expense report was canceled ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -TripId=Izvještaj troška ID -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Osoba za obavjest za ovjeru. +TripId=Izvještaj troškova ID +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Više o tvrtci -TripNDF=Informacije izvještaja troška +TripNDF=Informacije izvještaja troškova PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standardni predložak za generiranje PDF dokumenta za izvještaje troškova -ExpenseReportLine=Stavka izvještaja troška +ExpenseReportLine=Stavka izvještaja troškova TF_OTHER=Ostalo TF_TRIP=Prijevoz TF_LUNCH=Ručak @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ DefaultCategoryCar=Default transportation mode DefaultRangeNumber=Default range number UploadANewFileNow=Upload a new document now Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Error, the rule for expense report numbering ref was not defined into setup of module 'Expense Report' -ErrorDoubleDeclaration=Objavili ste još jedan izvještaj troška u sličnom razdoblju. -AucuneLigne=Još nije objavljen izvještaj troška +ErrorDoubleDeclaration=Objavili ste još jedan izvještaj troškova u sličnom razdoblju. +AucuneLigne=Još nije objavljen izvještaj troškova ModePaiement=Način isplate VALIDATOR=Odgovorna osoba za odobrenje VALIDOR=Odobrio @@ -90,27 +90,26 @@ DATE_REFUS=Datum odbijanja DATE_SAVE=Datum ovjere DATE_CANCEL=Datum odustajanja DATE_PAIEMENT=Datum isplate -BROUILLONNER=Ponovo otvori ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Ovjeri i predaj za odobrenje ValidatedWaitingApproval=Ovjereno (čeka odobrenje) -NOT_AUTHOR=Vi niste autor izvještaja troška. Operacija je prekinuta. +NOT_AUTHOR=Vi niste autor izvještaja troškova. Operacija je prekinuta. ConfirmRefuseTrip=Are you sure you want to deny this expense report? -ValideTrip=Odobri izvještaj troška +ValideTrip=Odobri izvještaj troškova ConfirmValideTrip=Are you sure you want to approve this expense report? PaidTrip=Isplati troškove ConfirmPaidTrip=Are you sure you want to change status of this expense report to "Paid"? ConfirmCancelTrip=Are you sure you want to cancel this expense report? -BrouillonnerTrip=Vrati izvještaj troška nazad na status "Skica" +BrouillonnerTrip=Vrati izvještaj troškova nazad na status "Skica" ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Are you sure you want to move this expense report to status "Draft"? SaveTrip=Ovjeri trošak ConfirmSaveTrip=Are you sure you want to validate this expense report? -NoTripsToExportCSV=Nema izvještaja troška za izvoz u ovom razdoblju. -ExpenseReportPayment=Isplata izvještaja troška +NoTripsToExportCSV=Nema izvještaja troškova za izvoz u ovom razdoblju. +ExpenseReportPayment=Isplata izvještaja troškova ExpenseReportsToApprove=Troškovi za odobrenje ExpenseReportsToPay=Troškovi za platiti ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/withdrawals.lang index 1ac48911293..a8fb86970a7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Označi kao kreditirano ClassCreditedConfirm=Jeste li sigurni da želite svrstati račun za isplatu kao knjiženje na svoj bankovni račun ? TransData=Datum prijenosa @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/workflow.lang index 0e485d46ab2..5acae499b5b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hr_HR/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/accountancy.lang index e62587fd93e..dcc023289f7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasszikus export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/admin.lang index 6ce2f4839ca..a9cc3090444 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Bájtok száma SearchString=Keresési karakterlánc NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nem érhető el, ha az Ajax le van tiltva AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=A Partner oldalán választhat egy másik partnerrel összekapcsolt projektet +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript letiltva UsePreviewTabs=Előnézeti lapok használata ShowPreview=Előnézet megtekintése @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Több valuta beállítása MenuLimits=Korlátok és pontosság MenuIdParent=Szülő menü ID DetailMenuIdParent=Szülő menü azonosítója (a főmenü esetében üres) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=A menü sorrendjét meghatározó szám AllMenus=Minden NotConfigured=A modul / alkalmazás nincs konfigurálva @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=A szolgáltatás csak a hivatalos stabil verziókba BoxesDesc=A modulok olyan összetevők, amelyek információkat mutatnak, s hozzáadhatóak az oldalak testreszabásához. Választhat úgy, hogy megjelenik-e a modul, vagy nem, ha kiválasztja a céloldalt és kattint az 'Aktiválás' gombra, vagy a kukára kattintva tilthatja le azt. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Csak a bekapcsolt modulok elemei jelennek meg. ModulesDesc=A modulok/alkalmazások határozzák meg, mely funkciók érhetők el a szoftverben. Egyes modulok engedélyek megadását igénylik a felhasználók számára a modul aktiválása után. Kattintson egy modul/alkalmazás engedélyezéséhez vagy letiltásához az egyes modulok %s be/ki gombját. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Az interneten további modulokat találhat... ModulesDeployDesc=Ha a fájlrendszer engedélyei ezt lehetővé teszik, akkor ezt az eszközt használhatja egy külső modul telepítéséhez. A modul ezután a %s fülön lesz látható. ModulesMarketPlaces=Külső alkalmazások / modulok keresése @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Az "Egyéb beállítás" menü az opcionális paramétereket tartalmazza. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Kattintson a Tárcsázás modul beállítása ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/cashdesk.lang index 43c44a2dd95..7305ad7f228 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/errors.lang index 172d52e6908..82dd42af279 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/eventorganization.lang index 05c7d92875c..00447114f40 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/holiday.lang index 58e0869d94f..8b446f300ea 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Jóváhagyott CancelCP=Megszakítva RefuseCP=Megtagadta -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Szerkesztés @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Felhasználó ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/interventions.lang index 7e84765eb37..31c03c3561a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/knowledgemanagement.lang index 3865a6cd93b..86cb2e412c0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Névjegy KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Árucikk KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/languages.lang index df26fa4c81a..3b8460c163c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arab Language_ar_EG=Arab (Egyiptom) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arab Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengáli Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Holland (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Holland Language_pl_PL=Lengyel +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugál (Brazilia) Language_pt_PT=Portugál Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/mails.lang index c9726d44b9b..41d01bbce40 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/main.lang index 7840b6c4e24..317ec96bf61 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/other.lang index b59cb3d6b82..20ca1d8c75b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Termékek/szolgáltatások népszerűsége a megrendelésekben ProductStatistics=Termékek/szolgáltatások statisztikája NbOfQtyInOrders=Mennyiség a megrendelésekben SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zár diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/partnership.lang index 25efff303b7..94446a15883 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/products.lang index 26b5bdf7f2c..3da4517cc56 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Terméklap ServiceSheet=Szolgáltatási lap PossibleValues=Lehetséges értékek GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Lépjen a %s - %s menübe az attribútumváltozatok (pl. színek, méret, ...) elkészítéséhez. -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Csomagolás diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/projects.lang index 897ee4f37d1..cd54462f6aa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nincs a projekthez tartozó feladat LinkedToAnotherCompany=Harmadik félhez kapcsolva TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=A feladat nincs hozzárendelve a felhasználóhoz. A feladat hozzárendeléséhez használja az ' %s ' gombot. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Töltött idő üres +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Ez a művelet is törli az összes feladatot a projekt (%s feladatokat a pillanatban), és az összes bemenet eltöltött idő. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ha egyes tárgyakat (számla, megrendelés, ...), amelyek egy másik harmadik félnek kell kapcsolódniuk a projekt létrehozásához, tartsa ezt az üres, hogy a projekt, hogy több harmadik fél. CloneTasks=Klónfeladatok @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=A legújabb %s módosított projektek OtherFilteredTasks=Egyéb szűrt feladatok NoAssignedTasks=Nem található hozzárendelt feladat (az aktuális felhasználóhoz rendeljen projektet / feladatokat a felső jelölőnégyzetből az idő megadásához) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A számlázáshoz meg kell határozni egy harmadik felet a projekten. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A számlázáshoz meg kell határozni egy harmadik felet a projekten. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Válasszon ki egy olyan feladatot, amely még nincs hozzárendelve # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Felhasználói megjegyzések engedélyezése a feladatokhoz @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Információs projekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=A „Fizetések” modulnak lehetővé kell tennie az alkalmazottak óradíjának meghatározását az eltöltött idő valorizálása érdekében NewTaskRefSuggested=A feladat ref már használatban van, új feladat ref szükséges TimeSpentInvoiced=Számlázással töltött idő +TimeSpentForIntervention=Eltöltött idő TimeSpentForInvoice=Eltöltött idő OneLinePerUser=Felhasználónként egy sor ServiceToUseOnLines=A vonalakon használható szolgáltatás InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Az %s számla a projektre fordított időből származik +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Ellenőrizze, hogy beírta-e a munkaidő-nyilvántartást a projekt feladataira, ÉS azt tervezi, hogy számlákat generál az időről, hogy kiszámlázza a projekt ügyfelét (ne ellenőrizze, hogy olyan számlát kíván-e létrehozni, amely nem a beírt munkaidő-nyilvántartások alapján készül). Megjegyzés: Számla előállításához lépjen a projekt „Idő eltelt” fülére, és válassza ki a beépítendő sorokat. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Kövesse a lehetőséget ProjectFollowTasks=Kövesse a feladatokat vagy az eltöltött időt @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Használat: Lehetőség UsageTasks=Használat: Feladatok UsageBillTimeShort=Használat: Számlaidő InvoiceToUse=Használandó számlatervezet +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Új számla +NewInter=Új intervenció OneLinePerTask=Feladatonként egy sor OneLinePerPeriod=Periódusonként egy sor OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/stocks.lang index eff4308acd7..41e3f086302 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Raktárak értéke UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Felhasználói raktár automatikus létrehozása felhasználó hozzáadásakor AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=A %s termék készletének mozgatása másik raktárba InventoryCodeShort=Lelt./Mozg. kód NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=A (%s) tétel/cikkszám már létezik de eltérő lejárati/eladási határidővel (jelenleg %s az imént felvitt érték ellenben %s). -OpenAll=Nyitott minden műveletre -OpenInternal=Nyitott csak belső műveletek számára +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/ticket.lang index 72748adb113..9a479ea4add 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Várakozás -Closed=Lezárt +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/trips.lang index 8fdccdee086..526bdce8e73 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Hitelesítés dátuma DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Fizetési határidő -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/withdrawals.lang index 64d418be9f1..ecef7ce1f70 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Jóváírtan osztályozva ClassCreditedConfirm=Biztos, hogy jóvírtan akarja osztályozni a visszavonást a bankszámlájáról? TransData=Dátum Átviteli @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/workflow.lang index 245805b071d..3612ea32e83 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/hu_HU/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=A kapcsolt forrásból származó ja descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=A kapcsolt forrásból származó értékesítési megrendelést számlázottra minősíti, ha az ügyfélszámla érvényesítve lesz (és ha a számla összege megegyezik a kapcsolódó rendelés teljes összegével) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=A kapcsolt forrásból származó értékesítési megrendelést számlázottra minősíti, ha az ügyfélszámla kifizetettre van állítva (és ha a számla összege megegyezik a kapcsolódó rendelés teljes összegével) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=A kapcsolt forrásból származó értékesítési megrendelést kiszállítottként minősíti, ha a kiszállítás érvényesítve van (és ha az összes szállítmány által szállított mennyiség megegyezik a frissített megrendelésével) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=A kapcsolt forrásból származó szállítói javaslatot számlázottként minősíti, ha a szállítói számla érvényesítve lesz (és ha a számla összege megegyezik a kapcsolódó ajánlat teljes összegével) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=A kapcsolt forrásból származó megrendelést számlázottra minősíti, ha a szállítói számla érvényesítve lesz (és ha a számla összege megegyezik a kapcsolódó rendelés teljes összegével) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/accountancy.lang index ab6505171c9..51427d84c66 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Negara bukan di EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Negara di EEC kecuali %s CountriesExceptMe=Semua negara kecuali %s AccountantFiles=Ekspor dokumen sumber -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Dengan alat ini, Anda dapat mengekspor agenda sumber (daftar dan PDF) yang digunakan untuk menghasilkan akuntansi Anda. Untuk mengekspor jurnal Anda, gunakan entri menu %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Lihat berdasarkan akun akuntansi VueBySubAccountAccounting=Lihat menurut sub-akun akuntansi @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Konsultasikan di sini daftar pelanggan dan vendor pihak ket ListAccounts=Daftar akun-akun akunting UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Akun pihak ketiga tidak dikenal. Kami akan menggunakan %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Akun pihak ketiga tidak dikenal. Kesalahan pemblokiran -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Akun pihak ketiga tidak didefinisikan atau pihak ketiga tidak dikenal. Kami akan menggunakan %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Pihak ketiga tidak dikenal dan subledger tidak didefinisikan pada pembayaran. Kami akan menyimpan nilai akun subledger kosong. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Akun pihak ketiga tidak didefinisikan atau pihak ketiga tidak dikenal. Kesalahan pemblokiran. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Akun pihak ketiga yang tidak dikenal dan akun tunggu tidak ditentukan. Kesalahan pemblokiran PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pembayaran tidak terkait dengan produk / layanan apa pun OpeningBalance=Saldo awal @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Ekspor Klasik Modelcsv_CEGID=Ekspor untuk CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Ekspor untuk Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Ekspor untuk Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Ekspor untuk Sage Ciel Compta atau Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Ekspor untuk Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Ekspor untuk EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Ekspor untuk Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/admin.lang index 0d8796aa98b..2292266d973 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Jumlah Bytes SearchString=Cari string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Tidak tersedia ketika Ajax dinonaktifkan AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Pada dokumen pihak ketiga, dapat memilih proyek yang ditautkan ke pihak ketiga lainnya +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript dinonaktifkan UsePreviewTabs=Gunakan tab pratinjau ShowPreview=Tampilkan pratinjau @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Penyiapan multi-mata uang MenuLimits=Batas dan akurasi MenuIdParent=Menu Induk ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID dari menu induk (kosong untuk menu atas) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Urutkan nomor untuk menentukan posisi menu AllMenus=Semua NotConfigured=Modul / Aplikasi tidak dikonfigurasi @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Fitur hanya tersedia pada versi stabil resmi BoxesDesc=Widget adalah komponen yang menunjukkan beberapa informasi yang dapat Anda tambahkan untuk mempersonalisasi beberapa halaman. Anda dapat memilih antara menampilkan widget atau tidak dengan memilih halaman target dan mengklik 'Aktifkan', atau dengan mengklik trashcan untuk menonaktifkannya. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Hanya elemen dari modul yang diaktifkan yang ditampilkan . ModulesDesc=Modul / aplikasi menentukan fitur mana yang tersedia dalam perangkat lunak. Beberapa modul memerlukan izin untuk diberikan kepada pengguna setelah mengaktifkan modul. Klik tombol on / off %s dari setiap modul untuk mengaktifkan atau menonaktifkan modul / aplikasi. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Anda dapat menemukan lebih banyak modul untuk diunduh di situs web eksternal di Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Jika izin pada sistem file Anda mengizinkannya, Anda dapat menggunakan alat ini untuk menggunakan modul eksternal. Modul kemudian akan terlihat pada tab%s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Temukan aplikasi / modul eksternal @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Dua bagian berikut ini wajib (dua entri pertama dalam menu Pen SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Parameter dasar yang digunakan untuk menyesuaikan perilaku default aplikasi Anda (mis. untuk fitur terkait negara). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Perangkat lunak ini adalah serangkaian banyak modul / aplikasi. Modul yang terkait dengan kebutuhan Anda harus diaktifkan dan dikonfigurasi. Entri menu akan muncul dengan aktivasi modul-modul ini. SetupDescription5=Entri menu Pengaturan lainnya mengatur parameter opsional. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Klik Untuk Memanggil pengaturan modul ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url dipanggil ketika klik pada telepon picto dilakukan. Di URL, Anda dapat menggunakan tag
__PHONETO__yang akan diganti dengan nomor telepon orang untuk memanggil
__PHONEFROM__yang akan diganti dengan nomor telepon memanggil orang (Anda)
__LOGIN__yang akan diganti dengan clicktodial login (didefinisikan pada kartu pengguna)
__PASS__yang akan diganti dengan password clicktodial (didefinisikan pada kartu pengguna). ClickToDialDesc=Modul ini mengubah nomor telepon, saat menggunakan komputer desktop, menjadi tautan yang dapat diklik. Satu klik akan memanggil nomor tersebut. Ini dapat digunakan untuk memulai panggilan telepon saat menggunakan telepon lunak di desktop Anda atau saat menggunakan sistem CTI berdasarkan protokol SIP misalnya. Catatan: Saat menggunakan ponsel cerdas, nomor telepon selalu dapat diklik. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Gunakan hanya tautan "tel:" pada nomor telepon -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Titik penjualan POS CashDeskSetup=Pengaturan modul Point of Sales @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Margin teratas pada PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Margin bawah pada PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Tinggi untuk logo di PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Tidak diperlukan pengaturan khusus untuk modul ini. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Setel ini menjadi ya jika grup ini merupakan perhitungan grup lain @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=lebih besar dari IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Perhatikan bahwa Jika ID pelacakan dari suatu objek ditemukan dalam email, atau jika email adalah jawaban dari email yang sudah dikumpulkan dan ditautkan ke suatu objek, acara yang dibuat akan secara otomatis ditautkan ke objek terkait yang diketahui. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Dengan akun GMail, jika Anda mengaktifkan validasi 2 langkah, disarankan untuk membuat kata sandi khusus kedua untuk aplikasi alih-alih menggunakan kata sandi akun Anda sendiri dari https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Ini mungkin merupakan perilaku yang diinginkan untuk memindahkan email ke tag / direktori lain ketika berhasil diproses. Cukup atur nama direktori di sini untuk menggunakan fitur ini (JANGAN menggunakan karakter khusus dalam nama). Perhatikan bahwa Anda juga harus menggunakan akun login baca / tulis. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Anda dapat menggunakan tindakan ini untuk menggunakan konten email untuk menemukan dan memuat pihak ketiga yang ada di database Anda. Pihak ketiga yang ditemukan (atau dibuat) akan digunakan untuk mengikuti tindakan yang membutuhkannya. Di baris parameter Anda dapat menggunakan misalnya 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' jika Anda ingin mengekstrak nama pihak ketiga dari string 'Nama: nama untuk menemukan' ditemukan di dalam tubuh. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Titik akhir untuk %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Hapus pengumpul email ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Anda yakin ingin menghapus pengumpul email ini? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Hubungi bank Anda untuk mendapatkan ID ini AdvancedModeOnly=Izin hanya tersedia dalam mode izin Lanjutan ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=File conf dapat dibaca atau ditulis oleh semua pengguna. Berikan izin kepada pengguna dan grup server web saja. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organisasi Acara +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Status acara default saat membuat acara dari formulir YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Anda harus menonaktifkan fungsi PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/cashdesk.lang index 42060d0374c..7a22d2c477f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/errors.lang index 4e3f5eb1569..4d0e919ee5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Parameter PHP Anda upload_max_filesize (%s) lebih tinggi dari parameter PHP post_max_size (%s). Ini bukan pengaturan yang konsisten. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/eventorganization.lang index 03090c1a352..db6514360f5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Jenis agenda LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/holiday.lang index 2032b5791b0..50cc270eb7a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Teks gratis di PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Tanda air pada permintaan cuti konsep HolidaysToApprove=Liburan disetujui NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Tidak ada yang memiliki izin untuk memvalidasi hari libur +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/interventions.lang index 69ce7ee3ad0..b3c3b0b95d1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Intervensi durasi garis InterLineDesc=Intervensi deskripsi garis RepeatableIntervention=Template intervensi ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Untuk membuat intervensi yang telah ditetapkan atau berulang, buat intervensi umum dan ubah menjadi template intervensi -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/knowledgemanagement.lang index 8d55dc655b8..6db753f97f3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/languages.lang index 4a6d87c1e1b..5469340e238 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopia Language_ar_AR=Arab Language_ar_EG=Arab (Mesir) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arab Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijan Language_bn_BD=Bengal Language_bn_IN=Bengal (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepal Language_nl_BE=Belanda (Belgia) Language_nl_NL=Belanda Language_pl_PL=Polandia +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugis (Brasil) Language_pt_PT=Portugis Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/mails.lang index 2978429333e..eb256411671 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Hapus filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Simpan filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Buat filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nama filter baru -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Tidak ditemukan kontak/alamat dengan kategori -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Tidak ditemukan kontak/alamat dengan kategori +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/main.lang index bfa67f6dbeb..a7e9b44a575 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Disalin ke papan klip InformationOnLinkToContract=Jumlah ini hanyalah total dari semua garis kontrak. Tidak ada gagasan tentang waktu yang dipertimbangkan. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/other.lang index 77b46605a7b..e906a99709e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produk / Layanan berdasarkan popularitas dalam Pesanan ProductStatistics=Statistik Produk / Layanan NbOfQtyInOrders=Jumlah pesanan SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/partnership.lang index 8b8ffc915d7..86dd55c131a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/products.lang index 4a4304c8636..e8d1b8a36e9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Lembar produk ServiceSheet=Lembar layanan PossibleValues=Nilai yang mungkin GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Buka menu %s - %s untuk menyiapkan varian atribut (seperti warna, ukuran, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Deskripsi vendor untuk produk UseProductSupplierPackaging=Gunakan kemasan pada harga pemasok (jumlah ulang sesuai dengan kemasan yang ditetapkan pada harga pemasok saat menambahkan / memperbarui baris dalam dokumen pemasok) PackagingForThisProduct=Pengemasan diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/projects.lang index ecd662e3e07..55e1605c1cd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Tidak ada tugas untuk proyek ini LinkedToAnotherCompany=Ditautkan ke pihak ketiga lainnya TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Tugas tidak ditugaskan kepada pengguna. Gunakan tombol ' %s ' untuk menetapkan tugas sekarang. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Waktu yang dihabiskan kosong +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Tindakan ini juga akan menghapus semua tugas proyek ( %stugas saat ini) dan semua input waktu yang dihabiskan. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Jika beberapa objek (faktur, pesanan, ...), milik pihak ketiga lain, harus ditautkan ke proyek untuk dibuat, biarkan ini kosong agar proyek menjadi multi pihak ketiga. CloneTasks=Tugas klon @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Proyek modifikasi %s terbaru OtherFilteredTasks=Tugas yang difilter lainnya NoAssignedTasks=Tidak ada tugas yang ditugaskan ditemukan (menetapkan proyek / tugas untuk pengguna saat ini dari kotak pilih atas untuk memasukkan waktu di sana) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Pihak ketiga harus ditentukan pada proyek untuk dapat menagihnya. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Pihak ketiga harus ditentukan pada proyek untuk dapat menagihnya. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Pilih tugas yang belum ditugaskan untuk Anda # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Izinkan komentar pengguna tentang tugas @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Proyek informasi %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modul 'Gaji' harus diaktifkan untuk menentukan tarif per jam karyawan agar waktu yang dihabiskan dinilai masa lalu NewTaskRefSuggested=Tugas ref sudah digunakan, tugas ref baru diperlukan TimeSpentInvoiced=Waktu yang dihabiskan ditagih +TimeSpentForIntervention=Waktu yang dihabiskan TimeSpentForInvoice=Waktu yang dihabiskan OneLinePerUser=Satu baris per pengguna ServiceToUseOnLines=Layanan untuk digunakan secara on line InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Faktur %s telah dihasilkan dari waktu yang dihabiskan untuk proyek +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Periksa apakah Anda memasukkan kartu absen pada tugas proyek DAN Anda berencana untuk membuat faktur dari kartu absen untuk menagih pelanggan proyek (jangan periksa apakah Anda berencana untuk membuat faktur yang tidak didasarkan pada timeshe yang dimasukkan). Catatan: Untuk membuat faktur, buka tab 'Waktu yang dihabiskan' dari proyek dan pilih baris untuk disertakan. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Ikuti peluang ProjectFollowTasks=Ikuti tugas atau waktu yang dihabiskan @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Penggunaan: Peluang UsageTasks=Penggunaan: Tugas UsageBillTimeShort=Penggunaan: Waktu tagihan InvoiceToUse=Draf faktur untuk digunakan +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Tagihan baru +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=Satu baris per tugas OneLinePerPeriod=Satu baris per periode OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/stocks.lang index d03ab1ff0a1..dbb325543a4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Nilai gudang UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Buat gudang pengguna secara otomatis saat membuat pengguna AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Kelola juga nilai untuk stok minimum dan yang diinginkan per pasangan (gudang produk) selain nilai untuk stok minimum dan yang diinginkan per produk RuleForWarehouse=Aturan untuk gudang -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Atur gudang berdasarkan pesanan Penjualan UserDefaultWarehouse=Tetapkan gudang pada Pengguna @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transfer stok produk %s ke gudang lain InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. kode NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Tidak ada penerimaan yang tertunda karena pesanan pembelian terbuka ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Nomor lot/nomor seri ini (%s) sudah ada tetapi dengan tanggal pembelian dan penjualan yang berbeda (ditemukan %s tetapi Anda mencantumkan %s). -OpenAll=Terbuka untuk semua tindakan -OpenInternal=Terbuka hanya untuk tindakan internal +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Gunakan status pengiriman (menyetujui/menolak) untuk lini produk pada penerimaan pesanan pembelian OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Opsi "beberapa harga per segmen" aktif. Ini berarti suatu produk memiliki beberapa harga jual sehingga nilai jual tidak dapat dihitung ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Batas stok untuk peringatan dan stok optimal yang diinginkan dibuat dengan benar @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/ticket.lang index 4c5a19bc707..360f7dfd67e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Dijawab Waiting=Menunggu -Closed=Ditutup +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Dihapus # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Kerasnya ShowTicket=Lihat tiket RelatedTickets=Tiket terkait TicketAddIntervention=Buat intervensi -CloseTicket=Tutup tiket -CloseATicket=Tutup tiket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Konfirmasikan penutupan tiket +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Harap konfirmasi penghapusan tiket TicketDeletedSuccess=Tiket dihapus dengan sukses TicketMarkedAsClosed=Tiket ditandai sebagai ditutup diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/trips.lang index 3652f6981e9..71ccf97621b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Laporan pengeluaran %s dibatalkan.
- Pengguna: ExpenseReportPaid=Laporan pengeluaran telah dibayarkan ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Laporan pengeluaran %s telah dibayarkan.
- Pengguna: %s
- Dibayar oleh: %s
Klik di sini untuk menampilkan laporan pengeluaran: %s TripId=Laporan pengeluaran id -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Orang yang diinformasikan untuk validasi. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Perusahaan informasi TripNDF=Laporan pengeluaran informasi PDFStandardExpenseReports=Template standar untuk menghasilkan dokumen PDF untuk laporan pengeluaran @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Tolak tanggal DATE_SAVE=Tanggal validasi DATE_CANCEL=Tanggal pembatalan DATE_PAIEMENT=Tanggal pembayaran -BROUILLONNER=Buka kembali ExpenseReportRef=Ref. laporan pengeluaran ValidateAndSubmit=Validasi dan kirim untuk persetujuan ValidatedWaitingApproval=Divalidasi (menunggu persetujuan) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Pembayaran laporan biaya ExpenseReportsToApprove=Laporan biaya untuk menyetujui ExpenseReportsToPay=Laporan biaya yang harus dibayar ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Anda yakin ingin mengkloning laporan pengeluaran ini? -ExpenseReportsIk=Indeks biaya laporan pabrik +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Aturan laporan biaya ExpenseReportIkDesc=Anda dapat mengubah penghitungan biaya per kilometer berdasarkan kategori dan rentang yang sebelumnya ditentukan. d adalah jarak dalam kilometer ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Anda dapat membuat atau memperbarui aturan perhitungan apa pun. Bagian ini akan digunakan ketika pengguna akan membuat laporan pengeluaran baru @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=oleh hari (tidak ada batasan) nolimitbyEX_MON=berdasarkan bulan (tidak ada batasan) nolimitbyEX_YEA=berdasarkan tahun (tidak ada batasan) nolimitbyEX_EXP=per baris (tidak ada batasan) -CarCategory=Kategori mobil +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Jumlah offset: %s RangeIk=Jarak tempuh AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Lampirkan baris ke dokumen yang diunggah diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/withdrawals.lang index 9b5daafd94b..a02abb1528c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s permintaan pembayaran debit langsung dicatat BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Kode bank pihak ketiga NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Tidak ada faktur yang berhasil didebit. Periksa apakah faktur ada pada perusahaan dengan IBAN yang valid dan bahwa IBAN memiliki UMR (Referensi Mandat Unik) dengan mode%s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Klasifikasi dikreditkan ClassCreditedConfirm=Apakah Anda yakin ingin mengklasifikasikan tanda terima penarikan ini sebagai yang dikreditkan ke rekening bank Anda? TransData=Tanggal transmisi @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Tanggal eksekusi CreateForSepa=Buat berkas debet langsung -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=Tag XML SEPA "EndToEndId" - Id unik yang ditetapkan untuk setiap transaksi USTRD=Tag XML SEPA "Tidak Terstruktur" ADDDAYS=Tambahkan hari ke Tanggal Eksekusi diff --git a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/workflow.lang index c1d6e986377..6a461b26213 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/id_ID/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/id_ID/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Klasifikasi sumber proposal tautan s descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klasifikasi sumber pesanan penjualan tautan sebagai tertagih saat faktur pelanggan divalidasi (dan jika jumlah faktur sama dengan jumlah total pesanan tautan) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klasifikasi sumber pesanan penjualan tautan sebagai tertagih saat faktur pelanggan ditetapkan untuk dibayar (dan jika jumlah faktur sama dengan jumlah total pesanan tautan) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Klasifikasi sumber pesanan penjualan sumber tautan sebagai terkirim saat pengiriman divalidasi (dan jika jumlah yang dikirim oleh semua pengiriman sama dengan yang ada dalam pemesanan yan diperbaharui) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Klasifikasi sumber proposal vendor tautan sebagai tertagih ketika faktur vendor divalidasi (dan jika jumlah faktur sama dengan jumlah total proposal tautan) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Klasifikasi sumber pesanan pembelian tautan sebagai tertagih saat faktur vendor divalidasi (dan jika jumlah faktur sama dengan jumlah total pesanan tautan) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/accountancy.lang index 71a88f0a4ee..7010c1a66e1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/admin.lang index 2ba8adabcd1..e0c2d00198e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ekki í boði þegar Ajax fatlaðra AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript fatlaðra UsePreviewTabs=Nota forsýning tabs ShowPreview=Sýna forskoðun @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Marka og nákvæmni MenuIdParent=Parent Valmynd ID DetailMenuIdParent=Auðkenni Valmynd foreldri (0 til aðalvalmynd) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Raða númer til að tilgreina Valmynd stöðu AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Aðeins atriði frá virkt einingar eru birtar. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Smelltu til að hringja mát skipulag ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/cashdesk.lang index a6bd6d77fbc..8d3de774b90 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/errors.lang index 92c1651421f..4531c52aecf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/eventorganization.lang index eb551ffb55f..ca022318f4e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/holiday.lang index e0739aa9d64..4e4ce24a016 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Samþykkt CancelCP=Hætt við RefuseCP=Neitaði -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Breyta @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Notandi ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/interventions.lang index f69b56e4b43..82096e4dda0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/knowledgemanagement.lang index a70eb0838d8..ce76a3ec035 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Um KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Gr KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/languages.lang index f6b9ff6a276..578b0f1823a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabíska Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Hollenska (Belgíu) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Pólska +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portúgalska (Brasilía) Language_pt_PT=Portúgalska Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/mails.lang index 2bf24e4def1..d1507e5c4b5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/main.lang index a6845d80f9c..01a6417f70d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/other.lang index 4f943884b56..6e65f623d5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Loka diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/partnership.lang index c1707d73c8f..74dce3222e7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/products.lang index d1a84068eca..57bbdafd703 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/projects.lang index c47adacf369..b3b041f7bbf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Engin verkefni fyrir þetta verkefni LinkedToAnotherCompany=Tengjast öðrum þriðja aðila TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Tími er tómur +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Þessi aðgerð mun einnig eyða öllum verkefnum verkefnisins (%s verkefni í augnablikinu) og allt inntak tíma varið. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ef sumir hlutir (nótum röð ...), sem tilheyra öðrum þriðja aðila, verður að vera í tengslum við verkefnið til að búa til, halda þessu tóm til að hafa verkefni verði fjölnota þriðja aðila. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tími TimeSpentForInvoice=Tími OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nýr reikningur +NewInter=Nýrri aðferð OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/stocks.lang index f64854d92d2..3c291c3a17a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Vöruhús gildi UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/ticket.lang index 9fa8d12155d..795eee6a58d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Bíð -Closed=Loka +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/trips.lang index 3e62a10082a..a0ece03dcf6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Löggilding dagur DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Gjalddagi -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/withdrawals.lang index 2390a284ffe..764c69d4d03 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Flokka fært ClassCreditedConfirm=Ertu viss um að þú viljir að flokka þessa afturköllun berst sem lögð á bankareikning þinn? TransData=Date Sending @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/workflow.lang index 50064fb4035..6d4e1ed83ce 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/is_IS/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/is_IS/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_CH/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_CH/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..45f91beee38 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_CH/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_CH/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,2 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_CH/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_CH/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_CH/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_CH/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_CH/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index c6779157e0f..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_CH/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/accountancy.lang index 2237f529390..b967a7ad02c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Paesi al di fuori della CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Paesi nella CEE eccetto %s CountriesExceptMe=Tutti i paesi eccetto %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulta qui l'elenco dei clienti e fornitori di terze part ListAccounts=Lista delle voci del piano dei conti UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Conto di terze parti sconosciuto. Useremo %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Conto di terze parti sconosciuto. Errore di blocco -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Conto di terzi non definito o sconosciuto. Useremo %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Terze parti sconosciuta e sottoconti non definiti nel pagamento. Manterremo vuoto il valore sottoconto dell'account. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Saldo di apertura @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Esportazione classica Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/admin.lang index 512da68ab00..aad4de025de 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Non disponibile quando Ajax è disabilitato AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disattivato UsePreviewTabs=Utilizza i tabs per l'anteprima ShowPreview=Vedi anteprima @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Impostazioni multi-valuta MenuLimits=Limiti e precisione MenuIdParent=Capogruppo dal menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID del menu principale (0 per un menu in alto) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Ordina per definire il numero di posizione del menu AllMenus=Tutti NotConfigured= Modulo/Applicazione non configurato @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature disponibile solo nelle versioni stabili uff BoxesDesc=I Widgets sono componenti che personalizzano le pagine aggiungendo delle informazioni.\nPuoi scegliere se mostrare il widget o meno cliccando 'Attiva' sulla la pagina di destinazione, o cliccando sul cestino per disattivarlo. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Vengono mostrati solo gli elementi relativi ai moduli attivi . ModulesDesc=I moduli / applicazioni determinano quali funzionalità sono disponibili nel software. Alcuni moduli richiedono autorizzazioni da concedere agli utenti dopo l'attivazione del modulo stesso. Fare clic sul pulsante on / off %s (alla fine della riga del modulo) per abilitare / disabilitare un modulo / un'applicazione. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Potete trovare altri moduli da scaricare su siti web esterni... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Trova app/moduli esterni... @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Le 2 seguenti sezioni sono obbligatorie (le prime 2 sezioni ne SetupDescription3=  %s -> %s

Parametri di base utilizzati per personalizzare il comportamento predefinito dell'applicazione (ad es. per le funzionalità relative al paese). SetupDescription4=  %s -> %s

Questo software è una suite di molti moduli / applicazioni. I moduli relativi alle tue esigenze devono essere abilitati e configurati. Le voci di menu verranno visualizzate con l'attivazione di questi moduli. SetupDescription5=Altre voci di menu consentono la gestione di parametri opzionali. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Impostazioni modulo ClickToDial (telefonate con un clic) ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=Questo modulo modifica i numeri di telefono, quando si utilizza un computer desktop, in collegamenti selezionabili. Un clic chiamerà il numero. Questo può essere usato per iniziare la telefonata quando si utilizza un softphone sul desktop o, ad esempio, quando si utilizza un sistema CTI basato sul protocollo SIP. Nota: quando si utilizza uno smartphone, i numeri di telefono sono sempre selezionabili. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Peri numeri di telefono basta usare un link di tipo "tel:" -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Margine superiore sul PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Margine inferiore su PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Altezza per logo in PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Potrebbe essere un comportamento desiderato spostare l'e-mail in un altro tag / directory quando è stata elaborata correttamente. Basta impostare il nome della directory qui per utilizzare questa funzione (NON usare caratteri speciali nel nome). Si noti che è necessario utilizzare anche un account di accesso in lettura / scrittura. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=È possibile utilizzare questa azione per utilizzare il contenuto dell'email per trovare e caricare una terza parte esistente nel database. La terza parte trovata (o creata) verrà utilizzata per le seguenti azioni che ne hanno bisogno. Nel campo del parametro è possibile utilizzare ad esempio 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' se si desidera estrarre il nome della terza parte da una stringa 'Nome: nome da trovare' trovato nel corpo. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2139,7 +2148,7 @@ NotRecommended=Not recommended ARestrictedPath=A restricted path CheckForModuleUpdate=Check for external modules updates CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=This action will connect to editors of external modules to check if a new version is available. -ModuleUpdateAvailable=An update is available +ModuleUpdateAvailable=Un aggiornamento è disponibile NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=No updates found for external modules SwaggerDescriptionFile=Swagger API description file (for use with redoc for example) YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=You enabled deprecated WS API. You should use REST API instead. @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/cashdesk.lang index f5c74234f31..31f6acff898 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/errors.lang index 9c24d7c3146..d8d8596d454 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/errors.lang @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ ErrorWrongDate=La data non è corretta! ErrorFailedToWriteInDir=Impossibile scrivere nella directory %s ErrorFoundBadEmailInFile=Sintassi email errata nelle righe %s del file (ad esempio alla riga %s con email = %s) ErrorUserCannotBeDelete=User cannot be deleted. Maybe it is associated to Dolibarr entities. -ErrorFieldsRequired=Some required fields have been left blank. +ErrorFieldsRequired=Mancano alcuni campi obbligatori. ErrorSubjectIsRequired=The email subject is required ErrorFailedToCreateDir=Impossibile creare la directory. Verifica che l'utente del server Web abbia i permessi per scrivere nella directory Dolibarr. Se il parametro safe_mode è abilitato in PHP, verifica che i file php di Dolibarr appartengano all'utente o al gruppo del server web (per esempio www-data). ErrorNoMailDefinedForThisUser=Nessun indirizzo memorizzato per questo utente @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/eventorganization.lang index 483c9796968..7b40345d315 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Tipo di evento LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/holiday.lang index ab9092c4d63..6081af8f888 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/holiday.lang @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ ToReviewCP=Pendente ApprovedCP=Approvato CancelCP=Cancellato RefuseCP=Rifiutato -ValidatorCP=Approvato da -ListeCP=List of leave +ValidatorCP=Approver +ListeCP=Elenco ferie e permessi Leave=Richiesta di assenza LeaveId=Leave ID ReviewedByCP=Sarà approvato da @@ -39,15 +39,15 @@ TitreRequestCP=Richiesta di assenza TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Numero di giornate di ferie già godute -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Il calcolo tiene conto dei giorni non lavorativi e delle festività definiti nel dizionario. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s non è un giorno lavorativo +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Modifica -DeleteCP=Cancella +DeleteCP=Elimina definitivamente ActionRefuseCP=Rifiuta ActionCancelCP=Annulla StatutCP=Stato @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Elimina la richiesta ConfirmDeleteCP=Vuoi davvero cancellare questa richiesta? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Errore: non hai i permessi necessari per eliminare questa richiesta. CantCreateCP=Non hai i permessi necessari per inserire richieste. -InvalidValidatorCP=Devi scegliere chi approverà la richiesta di assenza +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Bisogna selezionare una data di inizio. NoDateFin=Bisogna selezionare una data di fine. ErrorDureeCP=La tua richiesta di ferie non comprende giorni lavorativi. @@ -74,20 +74,20 @@ DateRefusCP=Data del rifiuto DateCancelCP=Data dell'annullamento DefineEventUserCP=Assegna permesso straordinario all'utente addEventToUserCP=Assegna permesso -NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver +NotTheAssignedApprover=Non sei l'utente che può approvare questa richiesta MotifCP=Motivo UserCP=Utente ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Si è verificato un errore nell'assegnazione del permesso straordinario. AddEventToUserOkCP=Permesso straordinario assegnato correttamente. MenuLogCP=Elenco delle modifiche -LogCP=Elenco degli aggiornamenti dei giorni ferie diponibili -ActionByCP=Eseguito da -UserUpdateCP=Per l'utente +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Saldo precedente NewSoldeCP=Nuovo saldo alreadyCPexist=C'è già una richiesta per lo stesso periodo. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Primo giorno di assenza -LastDayOfHoliday=Ultimo giorno di assenza +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Ultime %s richieste di assenza modificate HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Aggiornamento mensile ManualUpdate=Aggiornamento manuale @@ -98,14 +98,14 @@ TypeWasDisabledOrRemoved=Permesso di tipo (ID %s) è stato disabilitato o rimoss LastHolidays=Ultime %s richieste di permesso AllHolidays=Tutte le richieste di permesso HalfDay=Mezza giornata -NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver -LEAVE_PAID=Paid vacation +NotTheAssignedApprover=Non sei l'utente che può approvare questa richiesta +LEAVE_PAID=Ferie pagate LEAVE_SICK=Malattia LEAVE_OTHER=Altro -LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation +LEAVE_PAID_FR=Ferie pagate ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Aggiornato con successo Module27130Name= Gestione ferie Module27130Desc= Gestione ferie @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=La tua richiesta di ferie dal %s al %s è stata cancellata FollowedByACounter=1: questo tipo di ferie segue un contatore. Il contatore incrementa automaticamente o manualmente e quando una richiesta di ferie è validata. il contatore decrementa.
0: non segue nessun contatore NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Non ci sono tipi di ferie definite che devono seguire un contatore GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Vai in Home - Impostazioni - Dizionari - Tipi di ferie/permessi per impostare i diversi tipi di ferie e permessi. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Ferie da approvare NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nessuno ha il permesso di convalidare le vacanze +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/interventions.lang index ef76939f5ec..9b814bb7101 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Modello di intervento ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Per creare un intervento predefinito o ricorrente, creare un intervento comune e convertirlo in modello di intervento -Reopen=Riapri ConfirmReopenIntervention=Sei sicuro di voler riaprire l'intervento %s ? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/knowledgemanagement.lang index b0bec71291a..750a3eabb54 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Info KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Articolo KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/languages.lang index bdbd3ba2256..4972d3d283a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiope Language_ar_AR=Arabo Language_ar_EG=Arabo (Egitto) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabo Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azero Language_bn_BD=Bengalese Language_bn_IN=Bengalese (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Olandese (Belgio) Language_nl_NL=Olandese (Paesi Bassi) Language_pl_PL=Polacco +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portoghese (Brasile) Language_pt_PT=Portoghese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/mails.lang index 16a6fb13e21..f324e3c17a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Elimina filtro AdvTgtSaveFilter=Slava filtro AdvTgtCreateFilter=Crea filtro AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Titolo del nuovo filtro -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Email in uscita InGoingEmailSetup=Email in entrata OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Configurazione della posta elettronica in uscita (per il modulo %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/main.lang index 1dfd4cb8723..8bf83cd0f1a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/other.lang index 040f6aeb7f5..2e6d4894f8b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Prodotti / servizi per popolarità negli ordini ProductStatistics=Statistiche sui prodotti / servizi NbOfQtyInOrders=Qtà in ordini SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Chiudere diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/partnership.lang index 992ec83b97c..c0c0d7e2234 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/products.lang index d812c247433..8b6c2fd397d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Scheda prodotto ServiceSheet=Scheda di servizio PossibleValues=Valori possibili GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Vai sul menu %s - %s per preparare le varianti degli attributi (come colori, dimensioni, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Utilizzare l'imballaggio sui prezzi del fornitore (ricalcolare le quantità in base all'imballaggio impostato sul prezzo del fornitore quando si aggiunge / aggiorna la riga nei documenti del fornitore) PackagingForThisProduct=Confezione diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/projects.lang index b5883c524fd..42e73acc7e3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nessun compito per questo progetto LinkedToAnotherCompany=Collegato ad un altro soggetto terzo TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Attività non assegnata all'utente. Usa il bottone '%s' per assegnare l'attività ora. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Il campo tempo lavorato è vuoto +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Questa azione eliminerà anche tutti i compiti del progetto (al momento ci sono %s compiti) e tutto il tempo lavorato già inserito. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Se qualche elemento (fattura, ordine, ...), appartenente ad un altro soggetto terzo deve essere collegato al progetto da creare, non compilare il campo per assegnare il progetto a più di un soggetto terzo. CloneTasks=Clona compiti @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Ultimi %s progetti modificati OtherFilteredTasks=Altre attività filtrate NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Scegli un'attività non ancora assegnata a te # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Permetti agli utenti di commentare queste attività @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Rif. compito già utilizzato, è necessario un nuovo riferimento compito TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tempo lavorato TimeSpentForInvoice=Tempo lavorato OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check se inserisci la scheda attività sulle attività del progetto E prevedi di generare fatture dalla scheda attività per fatturare al cliente il progetto (non verificare se si prevede di creare una fattura che non si basa sulle schede attività inserite). Nota: per generare una fattura, vai sulla scheda "Tempo trascorso" del progetto e seleziona le righe da includere. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Opportunità da seguire ProjectFollowTasks=Segui le attività o il tempo trascorso @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Utilizzo: opportunità UsageTasks=Uso: Compiti UsageBillTimeShort=Utilizzo: tempo di fatturazione InvoiceToUse=Fattura in bozza da usare +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nuova fattura +NewInter=Nuovo intervento OneLinePerTask=Una riga per compito OneLinePerPeriod=Una riga per periodo OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/sendings.lang index 4b93f8cf9dc..e25291eeaba 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/sendings.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/sendings.lang @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ DateReceived=Data di consegna ricevuto ClassifyReception=Classifica ricevuto SendShippingByEMail=Invia spedizione via EMail SendShippingRef=Invio della spedizione %s -ActionsOnShipping=Acions sulla spedizione +ActionsOnShipping=Azioni sulla spedizione LinkToTrackYourPackage=Link a monitorare il tuo pacchetto ShipmentCreationIsDoneFromOrder=Per il momento, la creazione di una nuova spedizione viene effettuata dalla scheda dell'ordine. ShipmentLine=Filiera di spedizione diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/stocks.lang index 91f9b22a056..fd6f8e5767d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valore magazzini UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Crea anche un magazzino alla creazione di un utente AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Gestisci anche i valori minimo e desiderato della scorta per abbinamento (prodotto - magazzino) oltre ai valori per prodotto RuleForWarehouse=Regola per i magazzini -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Imposta un magazzino sugli ordini di vendita UserDefaultWarehouse=Imposta un magazzino per gli utenti @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Trasferisci scorte del prodotto %s in un altro magazzino InventoryCodeShort=Codice di inventario o di spostamento NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Questo lotto/numero seriale (%s) esiste già con una differente data di scadenza o di validità (trovata %s, inserita %s ) -OpenAll=Aperto per tutte le azioni -OpenInternal=Aperto per le azioni interne +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Utilizzare uno stato di spedizione (approvato / rifiutato) per le righe di prodotti alla ricezione dell'ordine di acquisto OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/ticket.lang index 60dbbbc7101..9dc371b4c70 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=In attesa -Closed=Chiuso +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Gravità ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Ticket correlati TicketAddIntervention=Crea intervento -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/trips.lang index d328b22677d..5067d88c37d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/trips.lang @@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ ListToApprove=In attesa di approvazione ExpensesArea=Area note spese ClassifyRefunded=Classifica come "Rimborsata" ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=È stata inserita una nuova nota spese da approvare -ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s +ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=Una nuova nota spesa è stata inserita ed è in attesa di approvazione.
- Utente: %s
- Periodo: %s
Clicca qui per convalidare: %s ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=Una nota spese è stata sottomessa per la pre-approvazione -ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=Una nota spese è stata inviata ed è nuovamente in attesa di approvazione. Il %s, hai rifiutato la nota spese per questa motivazione: %s.
Una nuova versione è stata proposta e attende la tua approvazione.
- Utente: %s
- Periodo: %s
Clicca qui per convalidare: %s ExpenseReportApproved=Una nota spese è stata approvata -ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=The expense report %s was approved.
- User: %s
- Approved by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=La nota spese %s è stata approvata.
- Utente: %s
- Approvata da: %s
Clicca qui per visualizzare la nota spese: %s ExpenseReportRefused=Una nota spese è stata rifiutata -ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=The expense report %s was refused.
- User: %s
- Refused by: %s
- Motive for refusal: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=La nota spese %s è stata rifiutata.
- Utente: %s
- Rifiutata da: %s
- Motivazione del rifiuto: %s
Clicca qui per visualizzare la nota spese: %s ExpenseReportCanceled=Una nota spese è stata cancellata -ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=La nota spese %s è stata eliminata.
- Utente: %s
- Eliminata da: %s
- Motivazione eliminazione: %s
Clicca qui per visualizzare la nota spese: %s ExpenseReportPaid=Una nota spese è stata pagata -ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportPaidMessage=La nota spese %s è stata rimborsata.
- Utente: %s
- Pagata da: %s
Clicca qui per visualizzare la nota spese: %s TripId=ID nota spese -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Persona da informare per la convalida +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Informazioni azienda TripNDF=Informazioni nota spese PDFStandardExpenseReports=Template standard per la generazione dei PDF delle not spese @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Rifiutata in data DATE_SAVE=Convalidata in data DATE_CANCEL=Eliminata in data DATE_PAIEMENT=Liquidata in data -BROUILLONNER=Riapri ExpenseReportRef=Rif. nota spese ValidateAndSubmit=Convalida e proponi per l'approvazione ValidatedWaitingApproval=Convalidata (in attesa di approvazione) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Pagamento nota spese ExpenseReportsToApprove=Note spese da approvare ExpenseReportsToPay=Note spese da pagare ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Vuoi davvero clonare questa nota spese? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configurazione del rimborso chilometrico ExpenseReportsRules=Regole note spese ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Tu puoi creare o modificare qualsiasi regola di calcolo. Questa parte vierra usata quando l'utente vorrà creare una nuova note spese @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=per giorno (illimitato) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Categorie di macchine +CarCategory=Categoria veicoli ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/withdrawals.lang index 0e83d48d9eb..e188ee9b039 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Codice bancario del Soggetto terzo NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classifica come accreditata ClassCreditedConfirm=Vuoi davvero classificare questa ricevuta di domiciliazione come accreditata sul vostro conto bancario? TransData=Data di trasmissione @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/workflow.lang index a662155b537..544aee9284a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/it_IT/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/it_IT/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classifica "fatturate" le proposte c descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classifica "fatturato" gli ordini cliente collegati quando la fattura cliente è validata (e se l'importo della fattura è uguale all'importo totale di ordini collegati) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classifica "da fatturare" gli ordini cliente collegati quando la fattura cliente è impostata su pagamento (e se l'importo della fattura è uguale all'importo totale di ordini collegati) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classifica "da spedire" l'ordine cliente collegato quando una spedizione viene convalidata (e se la quantità spedita da tutte le spedizioni è la stessa dell'ordine da aggiornare) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal(s) to billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if amount of the invoice is same than total amount of linked proposals) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order(s) to billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if amount of the invoice is same than total amount of linked orders) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/accountancy.lang index bf9dc355840..5d70ea3da6f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=取引先の顧客とベンダー、およびそれらの ListAccounts=会計科目のリスト UnknownAccountForThirdparty=不明な取引先科目。 %sを使用する UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=不明な取引先科目。ブロッキングエラー -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=取引先の科目が定義されていないか、取引先が不明です。 %sを使用する +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=補助元帳勘定が定義されていないか、取引先またはユーザが不明。 %sを使用する ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=第三者が不明で、補助元帳が支払いに定義されていない。補助元帳勘定の値は空のままにする。 -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=取引先の科目が定義されていないか、取引先が不明です。ブロッキングエラー。 +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=補助元帳勘定が定義されていないか、取引先またはユーザが不明。ブロッキングエラー。 UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=不明な取引先科目と待機中の科目が定義されていない。ブロッキングエラー PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=支払いはどの製品/サービスにもリンクされていない OpeningBalance=期首残高 @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic のエクスポート Modelcsv_CEGID=CEGID Expert Comptabilité のエクスポート Modelcsv_COALA=Sage Coala のエクスポート Modelcsv_bob50=Sage BOB50のエクスポート -Modelcsv_ciel=Sage CielComptaまたはComptaEvolutionのエクスポート +Modelcsv_ciel=Sage50、Ciel Compta、またはComptaEvoにエクスポートする。 （フォーマットXIMPORT） Modelcsv_quadratus=QuadratusQuadraComptaのエクスポート Modelcsv_ebp=EBPのエクスポート Modelcsv_cogilog=Cogilogのエクスポート diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/admin.lang index 00fc4a5ecc1..4a54e3b1f12 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=内部ユーザ ExternalUser=外部ユーザ InternalUsers=内部ユーザ ExternalUsers=外部ユーザ -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=ユーザーインターフェース GUISetup=表示 SetupArea=設定 UploadNewTemplate=新規テンプレート(s)をアップロード @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=バイト数 SearchString=検索文字列 NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ajax無効時には使用不可 AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=取引先のドキュメントで、別の取引先にリンクされているプロジェクトを選択できる +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=次の月数の後に費やされた時間を記録しないようにする JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript無効 UsePreviewTabs=プレビュータブを使用 ShowPreview=プレビューを表示 @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=多通貨設定 MenuLimits=限界と精度 MenuIdParent=親メニューのID DetailMenuIdParent=親メニューのID ( 上のメニューの場合は0 ) +ParentID=親ID DetailPosition=メニューの位置を定義するには、ソート番号 AllMenus=すべて NotConfigured=モジュール/アプリが未設定 @@ -141,7 +143,7 @@ CurrentSessionTimeOut=現在セッションのタイムアウト YouCanEditPHPTZ=別のPHPタイムゾーンを設定するには ( 必須ではない ) 、 "SetEnv TZ Europe/Paris" のような行を含む.htaccessファイルを追加してみること。 HoursOnThisPageAreOnServerTZ=警告、他の画面とは異なり、このページの時間はローカルタイムゾーンではなく、サーバーのタイムゾーン。 Box=ウィジェット -Boxes=ウィジェットs +Boxes=ウィジェット MaxNbOfLinesForBoxes=ウィジェットsの最大行数 AllWidgetsWereEnabled=使用可能なすべてのウィジェットsが有効 PositionByDefault=デフォルト順 @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=公式の安定版でのみ利用可能な機能 BoxesDesc=ウィジェットは、一部のページをパーソナライズするために追加できる情報を表示するコンポーネント。ターゲットページを選択して 'Activate' をクリックするか、ゴミ箱をクリックしてウィジェットを無効にすることで、ウィジェットを表示するかどうかを選択できる。 OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=から要素のみ対応のモジュールが表示される。 ModulesDesc=モジュール/アプリケーションは、ソフトウェアで使用できる機能を決定する。一部のモジュールでは、モジュールをアクティブ化した後、ユーザに権限を付与する必要がある。各モジュールのオン/オフボタン%s をクリックして、モジュール/アプリケーションを有効または無効にする。 +ModulesDesc2=ホイールボタン%s をクリックして、モジュール/アプリケーションを構成する。 ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=インターネット上の外部Webサイトでダウンロードするモジュールをさらに見つけることができる... ModulesDeployDesc=ファイルシステムのアクセス許可で許可されている場合は、このツールを使用して外部モジュールを展開できる。モジュールは、タブ %sに表示される。 ModulesMarketPlaces=外部アプリ/モジュールを探す @@ -1151,7 +1154,7 @@ CompanyInfo=法人/組織 CompanyIds=法人/組織のアイデンティティ CompanyName=名 CompanyAddress=アドレス -CompanyZip=ZIP +CompanyZip=郵便番号 CompanyTown=町 CompanyCountry=国 CompanyCurrency=主な通貨 @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=次の2つのセクションは必須 ( 【設定】メニュ SetupDescription3= %s-> %s

アプリケーションのデフォルトの動作をカスタマイズするために使用される基本パラメーター ( 国関連の機能など ) 。 SetupDescription4= %s-> %s

このソフトウェアは、多くのモジュール/アプリケーションのスイート。ニーズに関連するモジュールを有効にして構成する必要がある。これらのモジュールをアクティブにすると、メニューエントリが表示される。 SetupDescription5=その他の設定メニューエントリは、オプションのパラメータを管理する。 +SetupDescriptionLink= %s-%s +SetupDescription3b=アプリケーションのデフォルト動作をカスタマイズするために使用される基本的パラメータ（国に関連する機能など）。 +SetupDescription4b=このソフトウェアは、多くのモジュール/アプリケーションで編まれている。ニーズに関連するモジュールを有効にして構成する必要がある。こうしたモジュールを有効化すると、メニューエントリが表示される。 AuditedSecurityEvents=監査されるセキュリティイベント NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=セキュリティイベントは監査されない。メニュー%sから有効にできる Audit=セキュリティ イベント @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=あなたのPHPでのSSLの機能は使用できな DownloadMoreSkins=ダウンロードするには多くのスキン SimpleNumRefModelDesc=参照番号を%syymm-nnnnの形式で返す。ここで、yyは年、mmは月、nnnnはリセットなしの順次自動インクリメント番号。 SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=参照番号を%s-nnnnの形式で返する。nnnnはリセットなしの順次自動インクリメント番号 。 -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=住所付きの専門家IDを表示する +ShowVATIntaInAddress=コミュニティ内のVAT番号を非表示にする TranslationUncomplete=部分的な翻訳 MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=気象ビューを無効にする MeteoStdMod=標準モード @@ -1551,7 +1557,7 @@ LDAPFieldFax=ファクス番号 LDAPFieldFaxExample=例：ファクシミリ電話番号 LDAPFieldAddress=ストリート LDAPFieldAddressExample=例：通り -LDAPFieldZip=ZIP +LDAPFieldZip=郵便番号 LDAPFieldZipExample=例：郵便番号 LDAPFieldTown=町 LDAPFieldTownExample=例：l @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=モジュールの設定をダイヤルする】をクリック ClickToDialUrlDesc=電話のpictoをクリックすると、URLが呼び出される。 URLには、使用することができるタグ
__PHONETO__ その
__PHONEFROM__ clicktodialに置き換えられる人 ( あなた ) を呼び出すの電話番号
__LOGIN__ に置き換えられるそれを呼び出すために人の電話番号に置き換えられるログイン ( ユーザカードで定義 )
__PASS__ これはクリックダイヤルパスワード ( ユーザカードで定義 ) に置き換えられる。 ClickToDialDesc=このモジュールは、デスクトップコンピュータを使用している場合、電話番号をクリック可能なリンクに変更する。クリックするとその番号に電話がかかる。これは、デスクトップでソフトフォンを使用している場合や、SIPプロトコルに基づくCTIシステムを使用している場合などに、通話を開始するために使用できる。注：スマートフォンを使用する場合、電話番号は常にクリック可能。 ClickToDialUseTelLink=電話番号にリンク「tel：」を使用する -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=ユーザがソフトフォンまたはソフトウェアインターフェイスを使用していて、ブラウザと同じコンピュータにインストールされており、ブラウザで「tel:」で始まるリンクをクリックすると呼び出される場合は、この方法を使用する。 「sip:」で始まるリンクまたは完全なサーバーソリューション（ローカルソフトウェアのインストールは不要）が必要な場合は、これを「いいえ」に設定して、次のフィールドに入力する必要がある。 +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=ユーザがソフトフォンまたはソフトウェアインターフェイスを使用していて、ブラウザと同じコンピュータにインストールされており、ブラウザで「tel:」で始まるリンクをクリックすると呼び出される場合は、この方法を使用する。 「sip:」で始まるリンクまたは完全なサーバーソリューション（ローカルソフトウェアのインストールは不要）が必要な場合は、これを「いいえ」に設定して、次のフィールドに入力すること。 ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=POS CashDeskSetup=POSモジュールの設定 @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=PDFの上部マージン MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=PDFの下マージン MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=PDFのロゴの高さ MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=プロポーズラインに写真を追加 +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=支払い条件を非表示にする +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=支払いモードを非表示にする MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=PDFで電子サインを追加する NothingToSetup=このモジュールに必要な特定の設定はない。 SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=このグループが他のグループの計算である場合は、これをyesに設定する @@ -2040,7 +2048,7 @@ WithoutDolTrackingID=Dolibarrから送信されていない最初の電子メー WithDolTrackingIDInMsgId=Dolibarrから送信されたメッセージ WithoutDolTrackingIDInMsgId=Dolibarrからメッセージが送信されていない CreateCandidature=求人応募を作成する -FormatZip=ZIP +FormatZip=郵便番号 MainMenuCode=メニュー入力コード ( メインメニュー ) ECMAutoTree=自動ECMツリーを表示する OperationParamDesc=アクションのオブジェクトに使用する値、または値を抽出する方法を定義する。例:
objproperty1=SET:設定する値
objproperty2=SET:__ objproperty1__を置き換えた値
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:objproperty3がまだ定義されていない場合に使用される値
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:私の法人名は\\s([^\\s]*)

プロパティを抽出または設定するための区切り文字としての 文字 ; を使う。 @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=より大きい IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=オブジェクトの追跡IDが電子メールで見つかった場合、または電子メールがすでに収集されてオブジェクトにリンクされている電子メールの回答である場合、作成されたイベントは既知の関連オブジェクトに自動的にリンクされる。 WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Gmailアカウントで、2段階検証を有効にした場合は、https://myaccount.google.com/ での自分のGoogleパスワードを使わないで、アプリケーション専用の2番目のパスワードを作成することを勧める。 EmailCollectorTargetDir=正常に処理されたときに電子メールを別のタグ/ディレクトリに移動することが望ましい動作である可能性がある。この機能を使用するには、ここでディレクトリの名前を設定するだけ ( 名前に特殊文字を使用しないこと ) 。読み取り/書き込みログインアカウントも使用する必要があることに注意すること。 -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=このアクションを使用すれば、メール内容を利用したデータベース内の既存の取引先の検索とロードができる。見つかった ( または作成された ) 取引先は、それを必要とする次のアクションに使用される。パラメータフィールドni\n、たとえば、'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s(【^\\s】*)' と入れることで、本文の文字列 'Name: name to find' から取引先の名前を抽出するできる。 +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=このアクションを使用すると、メールコンテンツを使用して、データベース内の既存の取引先を検索してロードできる。見つかった（または作成された）取引先は、それを必要とする次のアクションに使用される。
たとえば、本文にて「Name: 見尽名前」という文字列から抽出した名前を使って取引先名を登録するには、送信者メールをemailと置いて、次のようにパラメータフィールドを設定できる。
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
　 EndPointFor=%sのエンドポイント：%s DeleteEmailCollector=メールコレクターを削除する ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=このメールコレクターを削除してもよいか？ @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=このIDを取得するには、銀行に問い合わせる AdvancedModeOnly=許可は、高度な許可モードでのみ使用可能 ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=confファイルは、どのユーザでも読み取りまたは書き込みが可能。 Webサーバーのユーザとグループにのみアクセス許可を与える。 MailToSendEventOrganization=イベント組織 +MailToPartnership=パートナーシップ AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=フォームからイベントを作成するときのデフォルトのイベントステータス YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=PHP関数を無効にする必要がある IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=カスタムコードでシステムコマンドを実行する必要がある場合を除いて、PHP関数を無効にする必要がある @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=シェルの目的（スケジュールされたジ NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=共通プログラムの書き込み可能なファイルまたはディレクトリがルートディレクトリに見つからない（良好） RecommendedValueIs=推奨：%s Recommended=推奨される -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=推奨されない ARestrictedPath=制限されたパス CheckForModuleUpdate=外部モジュールの更新を確認する CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=このアクションは、外部モジュールのエディターに接続して、新しいバージョンが利用可能かどうかを確認する。 @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=データベースのパスワードは conf ファ DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=データベースのパスワードは conf ファイルで難読化されていない APIsAreNotEnabled=APIモジュールが有効になっていない YouShouldSetThisToOff=これを0またはオフに設定する必要がある +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=インストールとアップグレードはファイル%sによってロックされる +OldImplementation=古い実装 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/banks.lang index cc505e44633..90d62c372e5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/banks.lang @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ TransferTo=期末 TransferFromToDone=%s %s %sからの%sへの転送が記録されている。 CheckTransmitter=差出人 ValidateCheckReceipt=この小切手領収書を検証するか？ -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=検証のため、この小切手領収書を提出してよいか？検証後は変更できない。 DeleteCheckReceipt=この小切手領収書を削除か？ ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=この小切手領収書を削除してもよいか？ BankChecks=銀行小切手 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/bills.lang index 71a12806b6d..daf0b2ac808 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/bills.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/bills.lang @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ ConfirmOuting=外出を確認する FrequencyPer_d=%s日ごと FrequencyPer_m=%sか月ごと FrequencyPer_y=%s年ごと -FrequencyUnit=周波数単位 +FrequencyUnit=周期の単位 toolTipFrequency=例：
セット7、日：7日ごとに新規請求書を発行
セット3、月：3か月ごとに新規請求書を発行 NextDateToExecution=次の請求書生成の日付 NextDateToExecutionShort=次世代の日付。 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/boxes.lang index 9abfe10bc10..af4211c0f62 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=仕入先の注文：最後に変更され BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=最近変更された請求書：%s件 BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=最近変更された受注：%s件 BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=最新の%s変更された提案 -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=最新の%s変更された求人 +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=最新の%s変更された求人応募 ForCustomersInvoices=顧客の請求書 ForCustomersOrders=顧客の注文 ForProposals=提案 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/cashdesk.lang index 7130c0be246..fa5b9cff2bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=支払いの遅延を許可する PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=チケットに支払い方法を印刷する|領収書 WeighingScale=体重計 ShowPriceHT = 税抜き価格の列を表示する（画面上） -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = （領収書に）税抜き価格の列を表示する +CustomerDisplay=カスタマーディスプレイ diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/companies.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/companies.lang index 44fb3c0a052..4ab1a51e9ff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/companies.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/companies.lang @@ -451,11 +451,11 @@ OutstandingBillReached=受領済未払い勘定での最大値 OrderMinAmount=注文の最小数量 MonkeyNumRefModelDesc=戻る数値の形式は、顧客コードの場合は%syymm-nnnn の形式、仕入先コードの場合は%syymm-nnnn の形式。ここで、yyは年、mmは月、nnnnは自動増加順次番号で切れ目なく0戻りしない数値。 LeopardNumRefModelDesc=顧客/サプライヤーコードは無料です。このコードは、いつでも変更することができます。 -ManagingDirectors=管理職(s)名称 (CEO, 部長, 社長...) +ManagingDirectors=管理職名称 (CEO, 部長, 社長...) MergeOriginThirdparty=重複する取引先 (削除したい取引先) -MergeThirdparties=仕入先sを集約 +MergeThirdparties=取引先を統合 ConfirmMergeThirdparties=選択した取引先を現在の取引先とマージしてもよいか？リンクされたすべてのオブジェクト (請求書、注文など) は現在の取引先に移動され、その後、選択された取引先が削除される。 -ThirdpartiesMergeSuccess=仕入先sは集約済 +ThirdpartiesMergeSuccess=取引先は統合されました SaleRepresentativeLogin=販売担当者のログイン SaleRepresentativeFirstname=販売担当者の姓名の名 SaleRepresentativeLastname=販売担当者の姓 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/errors.lang index 294d8111084..054e443e670 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/errors.lang @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ ErrorForbidden=アクセスが拒否された。
無効にされたモジュ ErrorForbidden2=このログインの許可は、メニュー%s - > %sからDolibarr管理者によって定義することができる。 ErrorForbidden3=そのDolibarrが認証セッションを介して使用されていないようだ。認証を(htaccessファイルは、mod_authまたは他の...)を管理する方法を知ってDolibarrセットアップドキュメントを見てみよう。 ErrorNoImagickReadimage=クラスImagickが、このPHPで発見さ​​れていない。なしプレビューは利用できない。管理者は、メニューのSetupから、このタブを無効にすることができる - 表示する。 -ErrorRecordAlreadyExists=レコードがすでに存在している +ErrorRecordAlreadyExists=すでに登録されています ErrorLabelAlreadyExists=このラベルはすでに存在する ErrorCantReadFile=ファイル"%s"を読み取ることができなかった ErrorCantReadDir=ディレクトリ"%s"を読み取ることができなかった @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=エラー、数量は必須 ErrorAPercentIsRequired=エラー、パーセンテージを正しく入力すること ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=最初に勘定科目表を設定する必要がある ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=コードネーム%sのテンプレートが見つかりませんでした +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=サービスで期間が定義されていない。時給計算する方法がない。 # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=PHPパラメータ upload_max_filesize(%s)は、PHPパラメータ post_max_size(%s)よりも大きくなっている。これは一貫した設定ではない。 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/eventorganization.lang index c445d75ae62..807915fc9fb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = ICS リンクをダウンロード EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = 会議への公開登録リンクのセキュアキー SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = ブースの場所に関する請求書の行に使用されるサービス SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = 会議への参加者のサブスクリプションに関する請求書の行に使用されるサービス -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=投票数 # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = この会議は%sで始まり、%sで終わる。 ConferenceAttendeeFee = イベント:「 '%s' 開催は%sから%sまで」への会議参加料金。 BoothLocationFee = イベントのブース位置: '%s' で %s から %s まで EventType = イベント種別 -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=ブースラベル +LabelOfconference=会議ラベル +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=サブスクリプションは利用不可、会議はまだ確定されていない +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%sは必ず%sの前 +DateMustBeAfterThan=%sは必ず%sの後 # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/holiday.lang index 855d22d946f..7528b7a9062 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/holiday.lang @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=休暇願 TypeOfLeaveId=休暇IDの種類 TypeOfLeaveCode=休暇コードの種類 TypeOfLeaveLabel=休暇ラベルの種類 -NbUseDaysCP=消費された休暇の日数 -NbUseDaysCPHelp=計算では、辞書で定義されている営業日と休日が考慮される。 -NbUseDaysCPShort=消費日数 -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=月に消費された日数 -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%sは非営業日です +NbUseDaysCP=使用した休暇の日数 +NbUseDaysCPHelp=計算では、辞書で定義されている休業日と休日が考慮される。 +NbUseDaysCPShort=休暇の日 +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=月の休暇日数 +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%sは休業日 DateStartInMonth=月の開始日 DateEndInMonth=月の終了日 EditCP=編集 @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=ユーザ ErrorAddEventToUserCP=例外休暇の追加中にエラーが発生した。 AddEventToUserOkCP=特別休暇の追加が完了した。 MenuLogCP=変更ログを表示する -LogCP=利用可能な休暇日の更新のログ -ActionByCP=によって演奏された -UserUpdateCP=ユーザ向け +LogCP="Balance of Leave" に加えられたすべての更新ログ +ActionByCP=更新済の原因 +UserUpdateCP=更新済の対象 PrevSoldeCP=以前のバランス NewSoldeCP=ニューバランス alreadyCPexist=この期間はすでに休暇申請が行われている。 -FirstDayOfHoliday=休暇の初日 -LastDayOfHoliday=休暇の最終日 +FirstDayOfHoliday=休暇申請の開始日 +LastDayOfHoliday=休暇申請の終了日 BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=最新の%s変更された休暇申請 HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=毎月の更新 ManualUpdate=手動更新 @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=病気休暇 LEAVE_OTHER=その他の休暇 LEAVE_PAID_FR=有給休暇 ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=休暇割り当ての最新の自動更新 -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=休暇割り当ての最新の自動更新の月 +LastUpdateCP=休暇割り当ての最後の自動更新 +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=休暇割り当ての最後の自動更新の月 UpdateConfCPOK=更新成功。 Module27130Name= 休暇申請の管理 Module27130Desc= 休暇申請の管理 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ HolidaysToValidate=休暇申請を検証する HolidaysToValidateBody=以下は検証するための休暇申請です HolidaysToValidateDelay=この休暇申請は、%s日未満の期間内に行われる。 HolidaysToValidateAlertSolde=この休暇申請を行ったユーザには、十分な利用可能日がない。 -HolidaysValidated=検証済みの休暇申請 +HolidaysValidated=検証済の休暇申請 HolidaysValidatedBody=%sから%sへの休暇申請が検証された。 HolidaysRefused=要求は拒否された HolidaysRefusedBody=%sから%sへの休暇申請は、次の理由で拒否された。 @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=%sから%sへの休暇申請はキャンセルされた。 FollowedByACounter=1：このタイプの休暇にはカウンタの追随が必要。カウンタは手動または自動でインクリメントされ、休暇要求が検証されると、カウンタはデクリメントされる。
0：カウンタに追随していない。 NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=カウンタが続く必要がある定義された休暇タイプはない GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=ホーム-設定-辞書-休暇の種類に移動して、さまざまな種類の葉を設定する。 -HolidaySetup=モジュールHolidayのセットアップ -HolidaysNumberingModules=モデルに番号を付けるリクエストを残す +HolidaySetup=モジュールLeaveのセットアップ +HolidaysNumberingModules=休暇申請の番号付けモデル TemplatePDFHolidays=休暇申請用テンプレートPDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=PDFのフリーテキスト WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=ドラフト休暇リクエストの透かし HolidaysToApprove=承認する休日 NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=休日の検証権限を持つ者がいない +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=休日残の月次更新 +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%sは、通常、非稼働日。 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/install.lang index 0f99648515f..abf87a2f880 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=ユーザの写真パスの移行 MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=ユーザフィールドソーシャルネットワークの移行(%s) MigrationReloadModule=モジュール %s を再読み込み MigrationResetBlockedLog=v7アルゴリズムのモジュールBlockedLogをリセット -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=インポートまたはエクスポートプロファイルの移行（%s） ShowNotAvailableOptions=利用できないオプションを表示する HideNotAvailableOptions=利用できないオプションを非表示にする ErrorFoundDuringMigration=移行プロセス中にエラーが報告されたため、次のステップは利用できない。エラーを無視するには、ここをクリックできるが、エラーが解決されるまで、アプリケーションまたは一部の機能が正しく動作しない場合がある。 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/interventions.lang index bf33aa48b1f..cc33484227e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=ライン持続時間出張 InterLineDesc=行記述の出張 RepeatableIntervention=出張のテンプレート ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=事前定義された出張または定期的な出張を作成 には、共通の出張を作成し、それを出張テンプレートに変換 -Reopen=再開 ConfirmReopenIntervention=出張 %s を開いてよいか？ +GenerateInter=出張を生成する diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/languages.lang index 06b8e61f2c4..97eb6846865 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=エチオピア語 Language_ar_AR=アラビア語 Language_ar_EG=アラビア語(エジプト) +Language_ar_MA=アラビア語（モロッコ） Language_ar_SA=アラビア語 Language_ar_TN=アラビア語 (チュニジア) Language_ar_IQ=アラビア語(イラク) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/mails.lang index bf1050fd96a..86d67e3a47a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=フィルタを削除する AdvTgtSaveFilter=フィルタを保存 AdvTgtCreateFilter=フィルタを作成する AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=新規フィルタの名前 -NoContactWithCategoryFound=カテゴリの連絡先/住所が見つからない -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=カテゴリの連絡先/住所が見つからない +NoContactWithCategoryFound=一部の連絡先/アドレスにリンクされているカテゴリが見つからない +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=一部の取引先にリンクされているカテゴリが見つからない OutGoingEmailSetup=送信メール InGoingEmailSetup=受信メール OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=送信メール(モジュール%sの場合) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/main.lang index e5fe81fd17a..b74cb992eb7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/main.lang @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ Translation=翻訳 CurrentTimeZone=PHP(サーバー)のタイムゾーン EmptySearchString=空文字以外の検索候補を入力 EnterADateCriteria=日付基準を入力する -NoRecordFound=発見レコードは無し -NoRecordDeleted=削除レコードは無し +NoRecordFound=レコードが見つかりませんでした +NoRecordDeleted=削除されたレコードはありません NotEnoughDataYet=データが不十分 NoError=エラーなし Error=エラー @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ NotDefined=未定義 DolibarrInHttpAuthenticationSoPasswordUseless=Dolibarr認証モードは、構成ファイル conf.phpで%sに設定されている。
これは、パスワードデータベースがDolibarrの外部にあるため、このフィールドを変更しても効果がない可能性があることを意味します。 Administrator=管理者 Undefined=未定義 -PasswordForgotten=パスワード忘れたの？ -NoAccount=科目なし？ +PasswordForgotten=パスワードをお忘れですか？ +NoAccount=アカウントをお持ちでないですか？ SeeAbove=上記参照 HomeArea=ホーム LastConnexion=最新ログイン @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Photo=画像 Photos=画像s AddPhoto=画像追加 DeletePicture=画像削除 -ConfirmDeletePicture=画像削除、いいよね？ +ConfirmDeletePicture=画像を削除してもよろしいですか？ Login=ログイン LoginEmail=ログイン (メール) LoginOrEmail=ログインまたはメール @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ Prefix=接頭辞 Before=前 After=後の IPAddress=IPアドレス -Frequency=周波数 +Frequency=周期 IM=インスタントメッセージ NewAttribute=新規属性 AttributeCode=属性コード @@ -953,13 +953,13 @@ Thursday=木曜日 Friday=金曜日 Saturday=土曜日 Sunday=日曜日 -MondayMin=モー -TuesdayMin=TU -WednesdayMin=我々 -ThursdayMin=番目の -FridayMin=金曜日 -SaturdayMin=SA -SundayMin=蘇 +MondayMin=月 +TuesdayMin=火 +WednesdayMin=水 +ThursdayMin=木 +FridayMin=金 +SaturdayMin=土 +SundayMin=日 Day1=月曜日 Day2=火曜日 Day3=水曜日 @@ -967,26 +967,26 @@ Day4=木曜日 Day5=金曜日 Day6=土曜日 Day0=日曜日 -ShortMonday=M -ShortTuesday=T -ShortWednesday=W -ShortThursday=T -ShortFriday=F -ShortSaturday=S -ShortSunday=S +ShortMonday=月 +ShortTuesday=火 +ShortWednesday=水 +ShortThursday=木 +ShortFriday=金 +ShortSaturday=土 +ShortSunday=日 one=1 -two=二 -three=三 -four=四 -five=五 +two=2 +three=3 +four=4 +five=5 six=6 -seven=セブン +seven=7 eight=8 -nine=ナイン -ten=十 -eleven=十一 +nine=9 +ten=10 +eleven=11 twelve=12 -thirteen=サードティーン +thirteen=13 fourteen=14 fifteen=15 sixteen=16 @@ -999,14 +999,14 @@ forty=40 fifty=50 sixty=60 seventy=70 -eighty=80人 +eighty=80 ninety=90 hundred=百 thousand=千 million=百万 billion=十億 trillion=兆 -quadrillion=四兆 +quadrillion=千兆 SelectMailModel=メールテンプレートを選択する SetRef=参照を設定 Select2ResultFoundUseArrows=いくつかの結果が見つかりました。矢印を使用して選択します。 @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=クリップボードにコピー InformationOnLinkToContract=この金額は、契約のすべての行の合計にすぎません。時間の概念は考慮されていない。 ConfirmCancel=本当にキャンセルしたいか EmailMsgID=メールMsgID +SetToEnabled=有効に設定 +SetToDisabled=無効に設定 +ConfirmMassEnabling=一括有効化の確認 +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=選択した%sレコード(s)を有効にするか？ +ConfirmMassDisabling=一括無効化の確認 +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=選択した%sレコード(s)を無効にしてもよいか？ +RecordsEnabled=%sレコード(s)が有効 +RecordsDisabled=%sレコード(s)が無効 +RecordEnabled=記録が有効 +RecordDisabled=記録が無効 +Forthcoming=今後の予定 +Currently=現在 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/other.lang index ac60c749703..763a080c8ae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=注文の人気別の製品/サービス ProductStatistics=製品/サービス統計 NbOfQtyInOrders=注文数量 SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=オブジェクトを選択してその統計を表示する... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = 「%s」を実行してもよいか？ +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = アクションを確認する +CloseDialog = 閉じる diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/partnership.lang index 58beb2093f4..e9614d5f2d3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=パートナーシップのリクエストが拒 YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=パートナーシップのリクエストが受理されたことをお知らせする。 YourPartnershipCanceledContent=パートナーシップがキャンセルされたことをお知らせする。 +CountLastUrlCheckError=最後のURLチェックのエラー数 +LastCheckBacklink=最後のURLチェックの日付 +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=断りの理由 + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/productbatch.lang index 6cd92093a30..63a64a36040 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/productbatch.lang @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=ロットごとの在庫詳細 SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=シリアル番号%sはすでに製品%sに使用されている TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=シリアル番号%sに対して使用できる製品%sは1つだけ。 ManageLotMask=カスタムマスク -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=製品ごとに異なるナンバリングマスクを定義するオプション +BatchLotNumberingModules=ロット番号の自動生成のための附番規則 +BatchSerialNumberingModules=シリアル番号の自動生成の附番規則（製品が製品毎に一意のロット/シリアルを1個だけ持つ性質の場合） QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=スキャンされたバーコード/ロット/シリアルごとに追加する数量 LifeTime=寿命（日数） EndOfLife=製品寿命 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/products.lang index 486cd6736c5..d1e7b178863 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/products.lang @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ ProductAssociationList=このキットのコンポーネント(s)である製品 ProductParentList=この製品をコンポーネントとして含むキットのリスト ErrorAssociationIsFatherOfThis=選択した製品の一つは、現在の製品を持つ親です。 DeleteProduct=製品/サービスを削除。 -ConfirmDeleteProduct=この製品/サービスを削除してもよいか？ +ConfirmDeleteProduct=この製品/サービスを削除してもよろしいですか？ ProductDeleted=製品/サービス「%s 」がデータベースから削除されました。 ExportDataset_produit_1=製品 ExportDataset_service_1=サービス @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=製品シート ServiceSheet=サービスシート PossibleValues=可能な値 GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=メニュー%s-%sに移動して、属性バリアント(色、サイズなど)を準備。 -UseProductFournDesc=顧客向けの説明に加えて、仕入先によって定義された製品の説明を定義する機能を追加する +UseProductFournDesc=顧客に関する説明に加え、（仕入先参照ごとに）仕入先によって定義された製品説明を定義する機能を追加 ProductSupplierDescription=製品の仕入先の説明 UseProductSupplierPackaging=サプライヤ価格のパッケージを使用する(サプライヤドキュメントの行を追加/更新するときに、サプライヤ価格に設定されたパッケージに従って数量を再計算する) PackagingForThisProduct=包装 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/projects.lang index eba41892421..09408ea9a67 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=このプロジェクトのための作業をしない LinkedToAnotherCompany=他の第三者へのリンク TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=タスクがユーザーに割り当てられていない。ボタン ' %s 'を使用して、今すぐタスクを割り当てる。 ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=費やした時間は空です +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=時間の記録は、%sか月前に制限されている ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=このアクションは、プロジェクトのすべてのタスク(現時点では%sタスク)と過ごした時間のすべての入力を削除します。 IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=いくつかのオブジェクト(請求書、注文、...)、別の第三者に属するが、作成するプロジェクトにリンクする必要がある場合は、複数の取引先中のプロジェクトを持っているこの空を保持します。 CloneTasks=クローンタスク @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=最新の%s変更プロジェクト OtherFilteredTasks=その他のフィルタリングされたタスク NoAssignedTasks=割り当てられたタスクが見つかりません(上部の選択ボックスから現在のユーザーにプロジェクト/タスクを割り当てて、時間を入力する) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=プロジェクトに請求できるようにするには、プロジェクトで取引先を定義する必要がある。 +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=プロジェクトに請求できるようにするには、プロジェクトで取引先を定義する必要がある。 ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=まだ割り当てられていないタスクを選択すること # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=タスクへのユーザーコメントを許可する @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=情報プロジェクト%s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=モジュール「給与」を有効にして、時間を評価するために従業員の時給を定義する必要がある NewTaskRefSuggested=タスク参照はすでに使用される。新規タスク参照が必要です TimeSpentInvoiced=請求に費やされた時間 +TimeSpentForIntervention=に費や​​された時間は TimeSpentForInvoice=に費や​​された時間は OneLinePerUser=ユーザーごとに1行 ServiceToUseOnLines=回線で利用するサービス InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=請求書%sは、プロジェクトに費やされた時間から生成された +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=出張%sは、プロジェクトに費やされた時間から生成された ProjectBillTimeDescription=プロジェクトのタスクにタイムシートを入力し、タイムシートから請求書(s)を生成してプロジェクトの顧客に請求する予定があるかどうかを確認する(入力したタイムシートに基づかない請求書を作成する予定があるかどうかは確認しないこと)。注：請求書を生成するには、プロジェクトの"費やした時間"タブに移動し、含める行を選択する。 ProjectFollowOpportunity=機会を追う ProjectFollowTasks=タスクまたは費やした時間をフォローする @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=使用法：機会 UsageTasks=使用法：タスク UsageBillTimeShort=使用法：請求時間 InvoiceToUse=使用する請求書のドラフト +InterToUse=使用する出張案 NewInvoice=新規請求書 +NewInter=新規出張 OneLinePerTask=タスクごとに1行 OneLinePerPeriod=期間ごとに1行 OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=宣言に費やされた時間ごとに1行 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/stocks.lang index 7c6c6baa8c2..d60092fe3ac 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=実際の数量を予想数量で埋める ShowAllBatchByDefault=デフォルトでは、製品の「在庫」タブにバッチの詳細を表示する CollapseBatchDetailHelp=在庫モジュール構成でバッチ詳細のデフォルト表示を設定できる FieldCannotBeNegative=フィールド "%s" は負の値にはできない +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=不明なバーコードモード +ProductDoesNotExist=製品が存在しない +ErrorSameBatchNumber=在庫リストに同じバッチ番号が見つかった +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=バッチ/シリアルの製品は存在しない +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=バーコード付き製品は存在しない diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/ticket.lang index 568fab41669..7b4c4324408 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=割り当てられたユーザー TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=顧客連絡/インシデント追跡 TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=外部寄稿者 -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=レポーターのメール Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=メールでチケットメッセージを送信する # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=記者のフィードバック待機中 NeedMoreInformationShort=フィードバック待機中 Answered=答えた Waiting=待っている -Closed=閉じた +SolvedClosed=解決した Deleted=削除 # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=重大度 ShowTicket=チケットを見る RelatedTickets=関連チケット TicketAddIntervention=介入を作成する -CloseTicket=チケットを閉じる -CloseATicket=チケットを閉じる +CloseTicket=チケットを 閉じる|解決 する +AbandonTicket=チケットを放棄する +CloseATicket=チケット１つを 閉じる|解決 する ConfirmCloseAticket=チケットの終了を確認する +ConfirmAbandonTicket=チケットを終了し、ステータスを「放棄」に確定するか ConfirmDeleteTicket=チケットの削除を確認すること TicketDeletedSuccess=チケットは正常に削除された TicketMarkedAsClosed=チケットはクローズとしてマークされている diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/trips.lang index aa7bffd91bd..bb763da4fbb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/trips.lang @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ ConfirmDeleteTrip=この経費報告書を削除してもよいか？ ListTripsAndExpenses=経費報告書のリスト ListToApprove=承認待ち ExpensesArea=経費報告エリア -ClassifyRefunded=分類「返金済み」 +ClassifyRefunded=分類「返金済」 ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=新規経費報告書が承認のために提出された ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=新規経費報告書が提出され、承認を待っている。
-ユーザ：%s
-期間：%s
検証するにはここをクリック：%s ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=再承認のために経費報告書が提出された @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=経費報告書%sはキャンセルされた。
-ユーザ：%s
-支払い者：%s
ここをクリックして経費報告書を表示する：%s TripId=ID経費レポート -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=検証のために通知する人。 +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=リクエストを検証するために通知される人。 TripSociete=情報法人 TripNDF=情報経費報告書 PDFStandardExpenseReports=経費報告書のPDFドキュメントを生成するための標準テンプレート @@ -90,16 +90,15 @@ DATE_REFUS=拒否日 DATE_SAVE=検証日 DATE_CANCEL=キャンセル日 DATE_PAIEMENT=支払期日 -BROUILLONNER=再開 ExpenseReportRef=参照。経費報告書 ValidateAndSubmit=検証して承認のために送信 -ValidatedWaitingApproval=検証済み(承認待ち) +ValidatedWaitingApproval=検証済(承認待ち) NOT_AUTHOR=あなたはこの経費報告書の作成者ではない。操作はキャンセルされた。 ConfirmRefuseTrip=この経費報告書を拒否してもよいか？ ValideTrip=経費報告書を承認する ConfirmValideTrip=この経費報告書を承認してもよいか？ PaidTrip=経費報告書を支払う -ConfirmPaidTrip=この経費報告書のステータスを「支払い済み」に変更してもよいか？ +ConfirmPaidTrip=この経費報告書のステータスを「支払い済」に変更してもよいか？ ConfirmCancelTrip=この経費報告書をキャンセルしてもよいか？ BrouillonnerTrip=経費報告書をステータス「ドラフト」に戻する ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=この経費報告書をステータス「ドラフト」に移動してもよいか？ diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/withdrawals.lang index 96b9b5e37e1..21e1d83c91c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/withdrawals.lang @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ RequestStandingOrderToTreat=処理する口座振替の注文のリクエスト RequestStandingOrderTreated=口座振替の支払注文のリクエストが処理された RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=処理するクレジット転送のリクエスト RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=処理されたクレジット転送のリクエスト -NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=まだ不可能。特定の行で拒否を宣言する前に、撤回ステータスを「クレジット済み」に設定する必要がある。 +NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=まだ不可能。特定の行で拒否を宣言する前に、撤回ステータスを「クレジット済」に設定する必要がある。 NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=口座振替の注文を待っている適格な顧客の請求書の数 NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=銀行口座情報が定義された口座振替の注文を含む顧客の請求書の数 NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=クレジット振込による支払を待っている適格なサプライヤー請求書の数 @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s口座振替の支払要求が記録された BankTransferRequestsDone=%sクレジット転送リクエストが記録済 ThirdPartyBankCode=サードパーティの銀行コード NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=正常に引き落とされた請求書はない。請求書が有効なIBANを持つ会社のものであり、IBANにモード %s のUMR(一意の委任参照)があることを確認すること。 +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=この出金票はすでに貸方でマークされている。これは、重複した支払いと銀行エントリを作成する可能性があるため、2回実行することは不可。 ClassCredited=入金分類 ClassCreditedConfirm=あなたの銀行口座に入金、この引落しの領収書を分類してもよいか？ TransData=日付伝送 @@ -95,13 +96,13 @@ BankToPayCreditTransfer=支払元として使用される銀行口座 CreditDate=クレジットで WithdrawalFileNotCapable=お住まいの国の引き出しレシートファイルを生成できない%s(お住まいの国はサポートされていない) ShowWithdraw=口座振替の注文を表示 -IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=ただし、請求書にまだ処理されていない口座振替の支払注文が少なくとも1つある場合、事前の引き出し管理を可能にするために支払済みとして設定されない。 +IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=ただし、請求書にまだ処理されていない口座振替の支払注文が少なくとも1つある場合、事前の引き出し管理を可能にするために支払済として設定されない。 DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=このタブでは、口座振替の支払注文をリクエストできる。完了したら、メニューの 銀行 -> 口座振替による支払 に移動して、口座振替の注文を生成および管理する。口座振替の注文が締め切られると、請求書の支払は自動的に記録され、残りの支払がゼロの場合は請求書が締め切られる。 DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=このタブでは、クレジット振込の注文をリクエストできる。完了したら、メニュー 銀行 -> クレジット転送による支払 に移動して、クレジット転送オーダーを生成および管理する。クレジット振込注文がクローズされると、請求書の支払が自動的に記録され、残りの支払がゼロの場合、請求書はクローズされる。 WithdrawalFile=デビット注文ファイル CreditTransferFile=クレジット転送ファイル -SetToStatusSent=ステータス「ファイル送信済み」に設定 -ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=これはまた、請求書に支払を記録し、支払の残りがnullの場合、それらを「支払済み」として分類する +SetToStatusSent=ステータス「ファイル送信済」に設定 +ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=これはまた、請求書に支払を記録し、支払の残りがnullの場合、それらを「支払済」として分類する StatisticsByLineStatus=回線のステータスによる統計 RUM=UMR DateRUM=署名日を委任する @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=実行日 CreateForSepa=口座振替ファイルを作成する -ICS=口座振替の貸方識別子 CI -ICSTransfer=銀行振込の貸方識別子 CI +ICS=債権者識別子-ICS END_TO_END=「EndToEndId」SEPAXMLタグ-トランザクションごとに割り当てられた一意のID USTRD=「非構造化」SEPAXMLタグ ADDDAYS=実行日に日数を追加 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/workflow.lang index cf1f12eb09f..e7fc1b8b56a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ja_JP/workflow.lang @@ -8,15 +8,16 @@ descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=売買契約提案書書に署名した descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=契約が検証された後、顧客の請求書を自動的に作成する descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=受注がクローズされた後、顧客の請求書を自動的に作成する(新規請求書は注文と同じ金額になる) # Autoclassify customer proposal or order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=販売注文が請求済みに設定されている場合(および注文の金額が署名されたリンクされた提案の合計金額と同じ場合)、リンクされたソース提案を請求済みとして分類する。 -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=リンクされたソースプロポーザルを、顧客の請求書が検証されたときに請求済みとして分類する(また、請求書の金額が署名されたリンクされたプロポーザルの合計金額と同じである場合) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=顧客の請求書が検証されたときに請求済みとしてリンクされたソース販売注文を分類する(請求書の金額がリンクされた注文の合計金額と同じである場合) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=顧客の請求書が支払い済みに設定されている場合(および請求書の金額がリンクされた注文の合計金額と同じである場合)、リンクされたソース販売注文を請求済みとして分類する。 +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=販売注文が請求済に設定されている場合(および注文の金額が署名されたリンクされた提案の合計金額と同じ場合)、リンクされたソース提案を請求済として分類する。 +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=リンクされたソースプロポーザルを、顧客の請求書が検証されたときに請求済として分類する(また、請求書の金額が署名されたリンクされたプロポーザルの合計金額と同じである場合) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=顧客の請求書が検証されたときに請求済としてリンクされたソース販売注文を分類する(請求書の金額がリンクされた注文の合計金額と同じである場合) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=顧客の請求書が支払い済に設定されている場合(および請求書の金額がリンクされた注文の合計金額と同じである場合)、リンクされたソース販売注文を請求済として分類する。 descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=リンクされたソース販売注文を、出荷が検証されたときに出荷されたものとして分類する(また、すべての出荷によって出荷された数量が更新する注文と同じである場合) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=リンクされたソース販売注文を、出荷がクローズされた（かつ、すべての出荷によって出荷された数量が更新する注文と同じである）場合に出荷されたものとして分類する # Autoclassify purchase order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=リンクされたソースベンダーの提案を、ベンダーの請求書が検証されたときに請求済みとして分類する(また、請求書の金額がリンクされた提案の合計金額と同じである場合)。 -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=ベンダーの請求書が検証されたときに請求済みとしてリンクされたソース発注書を分類する(請求書の金額がリンクされた注文の合計金額と同じである場合) -descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=リンクされたサプライヤの注文が検証されたときに、受信を「請求済み」に分類する +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=リンクされたソースベンダーの提案を、ベンダーの請求書が検証されたときに請求済として分類する(また、請求書の金額がリンクされた提案の合計金額と同じである場合)。 +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=ベンダーの請求書が検証されたときに請求済としてリンクされたソース発注書を分類する(請求書の金額がリンクされた注文の合計金額と同じである場合) +descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=リンクされたサプライヤの注文が検証されたときに、受信を「請求済」に分類する # Autoclose intervention descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=チケットが閉じられたら、チケットにリンクされているすべての介入を閉じる AutomaticCreation=自動作成 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/trips.lang index e34078e8fc2..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ka_GE/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/accountancy.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..771f0a83e7b --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/accountancy.lang @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - en_US - Accountancy (Double entries) +Accountancy=Accountancy +Accounting=Accounting +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_SEPARATORCSV=Column separator for export file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_DATE=Date format for export file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PIECE=Export the number of piece +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_GLOBAL_ACCOUNT=Export with global account +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_LABEL=Export label +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_AMOUNT=Export amount +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_DEVISE=Export currency +Selectformat=Select the format for the file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_FORMAT=Select the format for the file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_ENDLINE=Select the carriage return type +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PREFIX_SPEC=Specify the prefix for the file name +ThisService=This service +ThisProduct=This product +DefaultForService=Default for service +DefaultForProduct=Default for product +ProductForThisThirdparty=Product for this thirdparty +ServiceForThisThirdparty=Service for this thirdparty +CantSuggest=Can't suggest +AccountancySetupDoneFromAccountancyMenu=Most setup of the accountancy is done from the menu %s +ConfigAccountingExpert=Configuration of the module accounting (double entry) +Journalization=Journalization +Journals=Journals +JournalFinancial=Financial journals +BackToChartofaccounts=Return chart of accounts +Chartofaccounts=Chart of accounts +ChartOfSubaccounts=Chart of individual accounts +ChartOfIndividualAccountsOfSubsidiaryLedger=Chart of individual accounts of the subsidiary ledger +CurrentDedicatedAccountingAccount=Current dedicated account +AssignDedicatedAccountingAccount=New account to assign +InvoiceLabel=Invoice label +OverviewOfAmountOfLinesNotBound=Overview of amount of lines not bound to an accounting account +OverviewOfAmountOfLinesBound=Overview of amount of lines already bound to an accounting account +OtherInfo=Other information +DeleteCptCategory=Remove accounting account from group +ConfirmDeleteCptCategory=Are you sure you want to remove this accounting account from the accounting account group? +JournalizationInLedgerStatus=Status of journalization +AlreadyInGeneralLedger=Already transferred in accounting journals and ledger +NotYetInGeneralLedger=Not yet transferred in accouting journals and ledger +GroupIsEmptyCheckSetup=Group is empty, check setup of the personalized accounting group +DetailByAccount=Show detail by account +AccountWithNonZeroValues=Accounts with non-zero values +ListOfAccounts=List of accounts +CountriesInEEC=Countries in EEC +CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC +CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s +CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s +AccountantFiles=Export source documents +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account +VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount + +MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Main accounting account for customers not defined in setup +MainAccountForSuppliersNotDefined=Main accounting account for vendors not defined in setup +MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Main accounting account for users not defined in setup +MainAccountForVatPaymentNotDefined=Main accounting account for VAT payment not defined in setup +MainAccountForSubscriptionPaymentNotDefined=Main accounting account for subscription payment not defined in setup + +AccountancyArea=Accounting area +AccountancyAreaDescIntro=Usage of the accountancy module is done in several step: +AccountancyAreaDescActionOnce=The following actions are usually executed one time only, or once per year... +AccountancyAreaDescActionOnceBis=Next steps should be done to save you time in future by suggesting you the correct default accounting account when making the journalization (writing record in Journals and General ledger) +AccountancyAreaDescActionFreq=The following actions are usually executed every month, week or day for very large companies... + +AccountancyAreaDescJournalSetup=STEP %s: Create or check content of your journal list from menu %s +AccountancyAreaDescChartModel=STEP %s: Check that a model of chart of account exists or create one from menu %s +AccountancyAreaDescChart=STEP %s: Select and|or complete your chart of account from menu %s + +AccountancyAreaDescVat=STEP %s: Define accounting accounts for each VAT Rates. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescDefault=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescExpenseReport=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for each type of expense report. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescSal=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for payment of salaries. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescContrib=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for special expenses (miscellaneous taxes). For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescDonation=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for donation. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescSubscription=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for member subscription. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescMisc=STEP %s: Define mandatory default account and default accounting accounts for miscellaneous transactions. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescLoan=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for loans. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescBank=STEP %s: Define accounting accounts and journal code for each bank and financial accounts. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescProd=STEP %s: Define accounting accounts on your products/services. For this, use the menu entry %s. + +AccountancyAreaDescBind=STEP %s: Check the binding between existing %s lines and accounting account is done, so application will be able to journalize transactions in Ledger in one click. Complete missing bindings. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescWriteRecords=STEP %s: Write transactions into the Ledger. For this, go into menu %s, and click into button %s. +AccountancyAreaDescAnalyze=STEP %s: Add or edit existing transactions and generate reports and exports. + +AccountancyAreaDescClosePeriod=STEP %s: Close period so we can't make modification in a future. + +TheJournalCodeIsNotDefinedOnSomeBankAccount=A mandatory step in setup has not been completed (accounting code journal not defined for all bank accounts) +Selectchartofaccounts=Select active chart of accounts +ChangeAndLoad=Change and load +Addanaccount=Add an accounting account +AccountAccounting=Accounting account +AccountAccountingShort=Account +SubledgerAccount=Subledger account +SubledgerAccountLabel=Subledger account label +ShowAccountingAccount=Show accounting account +ShowAccountingJournal=Show accounting journal +ShowAccountingAccountInLedger=Show accounting account in ledger +ShowAccountingAccountInJournals=Show accounting account in journals +AccountAccountingSuggest=Accounting account suggested +MenuDefaultAccounts=Default accounts +MenuBankAccounts=Bank accounts +MenuVatAccounts=Vat accounts +MenuTaxAccounts=Tax accounts +MenuExpenseReportAccounts=Expense report accounts +MenuLoanAccounts=Loan accounts +MenuProductsAccounts=Product accounts +MenuClosureAccounts=Closure accounts +MenuAccountancyClosure=Closure +MenuAccountancyValidationMovements=Validate movements +ProductsBinding=Products accounts +TransferInAccounting=Transfer in accounting +RegistrationInAccounting=Registration in accounting +Binding=Binding to accounts +CustomersVentilation=Customer invoice binding +SuppliersVentilation=Vendor invoice binding +ExpenseReportsVentilation=Expense report binding +CreateMvts=Create new transaction +UpdateMvts=Modification of a transaction +ValidTransaction=Validate transaction +WriteBookKeeping=Register transactions in accounting +Bookkeeping=Ledger +BookkeepingSubAccount=Subledger +AccountBalance=Account balance +ObjectsRef=Source object ref +CAHTF=Total purchase vendor before tax +TotalExpenseReport=Total expense report +InvoiceLines=Lines of invoices to bind +InvoiceLinesDone=Bound lines of invoices +ExpenseReportLines=Lines of expense reports to bind +ExpenseReportLinesDone=Bound lines of expense reports +IntoAccount=Bind line with the accounting account +TotalForAccount=Total accounting account + + +Ventilate=Bind +LineId=Id line +Processing=Processing +EndProcessing=Process terminated. +SelectedLines=Selected lines +Lineofinvoice=Line of invoice +LineOfExpenseReport=Line of expense report +NoAccountSelected=No accounting account selected +VentilatedinAccount=Binded successfully to the accounting account +NotVentilatedinAccount=Not bound to the accounting account +XLineSuccessfullyBinded=%s products/services successfully bound to an accounting account +XLineFailedToBeBinded=%s products/services were not bound to any accounting account + +ACCOUNTING_LIMIT_LIST_VENTILATION=Maximum number of lines on list and bind page (recommended: 50) +ACCOUNTING_LIST_SORT_VENTILATION_TODO=Begin the sorting of the page "Binding to do" by the most recent elements +ACCOUNTING_LIST_SORT_VENTILATION_DONE=Begin the sorting of the page "Binding done" by the most recent elements + +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_DESCRIPTION=Truncate product & services description in listings after x chars (Best = 50) +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_DESCRIPTION_ACCOUNT=Truncate product & services account description form in listings after x chars (Best = 50) +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_GACCOUNT=Length of the general accounting accounts (If you set value to 6 here, the account '706' will appear like '706000' on screen) +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_AACCOUNT=Length of the third-party accounting accounts (If you set value to 6 here, the account '401' will appear like '401000' on screen) +ACCOUNTING_MANAGE_ZERO=Allow to manage different number of zeros at the end of an accounting account. Needed by some countries (like Switzerland). If set to off (default), you can set the following two parameters to ask the application to add virtual zeros. +BANK_DISABLE_DIRECT_INPUT=Disable direct recording of transaction in bank account +ACCOUNTING_ENABLE_EXPORT_DRAFT_JOURNAL=Enable draft export on journal +ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX=Enable combo list for subsidiary account (may be slow if you have a lot of third parties, break ability to search on a part of value) +ACCOUNTING_DATE_START_BINDING=Define a date to start binding & transfer in accountancy. Below this date, the transactions will not be transferred to accounting. +ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_PERIOD_ON_TRANSFER=On accountancy transfer, select period show by default + +ACCOUNTING_SELL_JOURNAL=Sell journal +ACCOUNTING_PURCHASE_JOURNAL=Purchase journal +ACCOUNTING_MISCELLANEOUS_JOURNAL=Miscellaneous journal +ACCOUNTING_EXPENSEREPORT_JOURNAL=Expense report journal +ACCOUNTING_SOCIAL_JOURNAL=Social journal +ACCOUNTING_HAS_NEW_JOURNAL=Has new Journal + +ACCOUNTING_RESULT_PROFIT=Result accounting account (Profit) +ACCOUNTING_RESULT_LOSS=Result accounting account (Loss) +ACCOUNTING_CLOSURE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL=Journal of closure + +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_TRANSFER_CASH=Accounting account of transitional bank transfer +TransitionalAccount=Transitional bank transfer account + +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUSPENSE=Accounting account of wait +DONATION_ACCOUNTINGACCOUNT=Accounting account to register donations +ADHERENT_SUBSCRIPTION_ACCOUNTINGACCOUNT=Accounting account to register subscriptions + +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER_DEPOSIT=Accounting account by default to register customer deposit + +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_BUY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought products (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_BUY_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought products in EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_BUY_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought products and imported out of EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_SOLD_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the sold products (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_SOLD_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the products sold in EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_SOLD_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the products sold and exported out of EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) + +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_BUY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought services (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_BUY_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought services in EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_BUY_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought services and imported out of EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_SOLD_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the sold services (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_SOLD_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the services sold in EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_SOLD_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the services sold and exported out of EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) + +Doctype=Type of document +Docdate=Date +Docref=Reference +LabelAccount=Label account +LabelOperation=Label operation +Sens=Direction +AccountingDirectionHelp=For an accounting account of a customer, use Credit to record a payment you have received
For an accounting account of a supplier, use Debit to record a payment you made +LetteringCode=Lettering code +Lettering=Lettering +Codejournal=Journal +JournalLabel=Journal label +NumPiece=Piece number +TransactionNumShort=Num. transaction +AccountingCategory=Custom group +GroupByAccountAccounting=Group by general ledger account +GroupBySubAccountAccounting=Group by subledger account +AccountingAccountGroupsDesc=You can define here some groups of accounting account. They will be used for personalized accounting reports. +ByAccounts=By accounts +ByPredefinedAccountGroups=By predefined groups +ByPersonalizedAccountGroups=By personalized groups +ByYear=By year +NotMatch=Not Set +DeleteMvt=Delete some operation lines from accounting +DelMonth=Month to delete +DelYear=Year to delete +DelJournal=Journal to delete +ConfirmDeleteMvt=This will delete all operation lines of the accounting for the year/month and/or for a specific journal (At least one criterion is required). You will have to reuse the feature '%s' to have the deleted record back in the ledger. +ConfirmDeleteMvtPartial=This will delete the transaction from the accounting (all operation lines related to the same transaction will be deleted) +FinanceJournal=Finance journal +ExpenseReportsJournal=Expense reports journal +DescFinanceJournal=Finance journal including all the types of payments by bank account +DescJournalOnlyBindedVisible=This is a view of record that are bound to an accounting account and can be recorded into the Journals and Ledger. +VATAccountNotDefined=Account for VAT not defined +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefined=Account for third party not defined +ProductAccountNotDefined=Account for product not defined +FeeAccountNotDefined=Account for fee not defined +BankAccountNotDefined=Account for bank not defined +CustomerInvoicePayment=Payment of invoice customer +ThirdPartyAccount=Third-party account +NewAccountingMvt=New transaction +NumMvts=Numero of transaction +ListeMvts=List of movements +ErrorDebitCredit=Debit and Credit cannot have a value at the same time +AddCompteFromBK=Add accounting accounts to the group +ReportThirdParty=List third-party account +DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors and their accounting accounts +ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts +UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s +UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. +UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error +PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service +OpeningBalance=Opening balance +ShowOpeningBalance=Show opening balance +HideOpeningBalance=Hide opening balance +ShowSubtotalByGroup=Show subtotal by level + +Pcgtype=Group of account +PcgtypeDesc=Group of account are used as predefined 'filter' and 'grouping' criteria for some accounting reports. For example, 'INCOME' or 'EXPENSE' are used as groups for accounting accounts of products to build the expense/income report. + +Reconcilable=Reconcilable + +TotalVente=Total turnover before tax +TotalMarge=Total sales margin + +DescVentilCustomer=Consult here the list of customer invoice lines bound (or not) to a product accounting account +DescVentilMore=In most cases, if you use predefined products or services and you set the account number on the product/service card, the application will be able to make all the binding between your invoice lines and the accounting account of your chart of accounts, just in one click with the button "%s". If account was not set on product/service cards or if you still have some lines not bound to an account, you will have to make a manual binding from the menu "%s". +DescVentilDoneCustomer=Consult here the list of the lines of invoices customers and their product accounting account +DescVentilTodoCustomer=Bind invoice lines not already bound with a product accounting account +ChangeAccount=Change the product/service accounting account for selected lines with the following accounting account: +Vide=- +DescVentilSupplier=Consult here the list of vendor invoice lines bound or not yet bound to a product accounting account (only record not already transfered in accountancy are visible) +DescVentilDoneSupplier=Consult here the list of the lines of vendor invoices and their accounting account +DescVentilTodoExpenseReport=Bind expense report lines not already bound with a fee accounting account +DescVentilExpenseReport=Consult here the list of expense report lines bound (or not) to a fee accounting account +DescVentilExpenseReportMore=If you setup accounting account on type of expense report lines, the application will be able to make all the binding between your expense report lines and the accounting account of your chart of accounts, just in one click with the button "%s". If account was not set on fees dictionary or if you still have some lines not bound to any account, you will have to make a manual binding from the menu "%s". +DescVentilDoneExpenseReport=Consult here the list of the lines of expenses reports and their fees accounting account + +Closure=Annual closure +DescClosure=Consult here the number of movements by month who are not validated & fiscal years already open +OverviewOfMovementsNotValidated=Step 1/ Overview of movements not validated. (Necessary to close a fiscal year) +AllMovementsWereRecordedAsValidated=All movements were recorded as validated +NotAllMovementsCouldBeRecordedAsValidated=Not all movements could be recorded as validated +ValidateMovements=Validate movements +DescValidateMovements=Any modification or deletion of writing, lettering and deletes will be prohibited. All entries for an exercise must be validated otherwise closing will not be possible + +ValidateHistory=Bind Automatically +AutomaticBindingDone=Automatic binding done + +ErrorAccountancyCodeIsAlreadyUse=Error, you cannot delete this accounting account because it is used +MvtNotCorrectlyBalanced=Movement not correctly balanced. Debit = %s | Credit = %s +Balancing=Balancing +FicheVentilation=Binding card +GeneralLedgerIsWritten=Transactions are written in the Ledger +GeneralLedgerSomeRecordWasNotRecorded=Some of the transactions could not be journalized. If there is no other error message, this is probably because they were already journalized. +NoNewRecordSaved=No more record to journalize +ListOfProductsWithoutAccountingAccount=List of products not bound to any accounting account +ChangeBinding=Change the binding +Accounted=Accounted in ledger +NotYetAccounted=Not yet accounted in the ledger +ShowTutorial=Show Tutorial +NotReconciled=Not reconciled +WarningRecordWithoutSubledgerAreExcluded=Warning, all operations without subledger account defined are filtered and excluded from this view + +## Admin +BindingOptions=Binding options +ApplyMassCategories=Apply mass categories +AddAccountFromBookKeepingWithNoCategories=Available account not yet in the personalized group +CategoryDeleted=Category for the accounting account has been removed +AccountingJournals=Accounting journals +AccountingJournal=Accounting journal +NewAccountingJournal=New accounting journal +ShowAccountingJournal=Show accounting journal +NatureOfJournal=Nature of Journal +AccountingJournalType1=Miscellaneous operations +AccountingJournalType2=Sales +AccountingJournalType3=Purchases +AccountingJournalType4=Bank +AccountingJournalType5=Expenses report +AccountingJournalType8=Inventory +AccountingJournalType9=Has-new +ErrorAccountingJournalIsAlreadyUse=This journal is already use +AccountingAccountForSalesTaxAreDefinedInto=Note: Accounting account for Sales tax are defined into menu %s - %s +NumberOfAccountancyEntries=Number of entries +NumberOfAccountancyMovements=Number of movements +ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_SALES=Disable binding & transfer in accountancy on sales (customer invoices will not be taken into account in accounting) +ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_PURCHASES=Disable binding & transfer in accountancy on purchases (vendor invoices will not be taken into account in accounting) +ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_EXPENSEREPORTS=Disable binding & transfer in accountancy on expense reports (expense reports will not be taken into account in accounting) + +## Export +NotifiedExportDate=Notified export date (modification of the entries will not be possible) +NotifiedValidationDate=Validation of the entries (modification or deletion of the entries will not be possible) +ConfirmExportFile=Confirmation of the generation of the accounting export file ? +ExportDraftJournal=Export draft journal +Modelcsv=Model of export +Selectmodelcsv=Select a model of export +Modelcsv_normal=Classic export +Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité +Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala +Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) +Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta +Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP +Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog +Modelcsv_agiris=Export for Agiris +Modelcsv_LDCompta=Export for LD Compta (v9) (Test) +Modelcsv_LDCompta10=Export for LD Compta (v10 & higher) +Modelcsv_openconcerto=Export for OpenConcerto (Test) +Modelcsv_configurable=Export CSV Configurable +Modelcsv_FEC=Export FEC +Modelcsv_FEC2=Export FEC (With dates generation writing / document reversed) +Modelcsv_Sage50_Swiss=Export for Sage 50 Switzerland +Modelcsv_winfic=Export Winfic - eWinfic - WinSis Compta +Modelcsv_Gestinumv3=Export for Gestinum (v3) +Modelcsv_Gestinumv5Export for Gestinum (v5) +ChartofaccountsId=Chart of accounts Id + +## Tools - Init accounting account on product / service +InitAccountancy=Init accountancy +InitAccountancyDesc=This page can be used to initialize an accounting account on products and services that does not have accounting account defined for sales and purchases. +DefaultBindingDesc=This page can be used to set a default account to use to link transactions record about payment salaries, donation, taxes and vat when no specific accounting account were already set. +DefaultClosureDesc=This page can be used to set parameters used for accounting closures. +Options=Options +OptionModeProductSell=Mode sales +OptionModeProductSellIntra=Mode sales exported in EEC +OptionModeProductSellExport=Mode sales exported in other countries +OptionModeProductBuy=Mode purchases +OptionModeProductBuyIntra=Mode purchases imported in EEC +OptionModeProductBuyExport=Mode purchased imported from other countries +OptionModeProductSellDesc=Show all products with accounting account for sales. +OptionModeProductSellIntraDesc=Show all products with accounting account for sales in EEC. +OptionModeProductSellExportDesc=Show all products with accounting account for other foreign sales. +OptionModeProductBuyDesc=Show all products with accounting account for purchases. +OptionModeProductBuyIntraDesc=Show all products with accounting account for purchases in EEC. +OptionModeProductBuyExportDesc=Show all products with accounting account for other foreign purchases. +CleanFixHistory=Remove accounting code from lines that not exists into charts of account +CleanHistory=Reset all bindings for selected year +PredefinedGroups=Predefined groups +WithoutValidAccount=Without valid dedicated account +WithValidAccount=With valid dedicated account +ValueNotIntoChartOfAccount=This value of accounting account does not exist into chart of account +AccountRemovedFromGroup=Account removed from group +SaleLocal=Local sale +SaleExport=Export sale +SaleEEC=Sale in EEC +SaleEECWithVAT=Sale in EEC with a VAT not null, so we suppose this is NOT an intracommunautary sale and the suggested account is the standard product account. +SaleEECWithoutVATNumber=Sale in EEC with no VAT but the VAT ID of thirdparty is not defined. We fallback on the product account for standard sales. You can fix the VAT ID of thirdparty or the product account if needed. + +## Dictionary +Range=Range of accounting account +Calculated=Calculated +Formula=Formula + +## Error +SomeMandatoryStepsOfSetupWereNotDone=Some mandatory steps of setup was not done, please complete them +ErrorNoAccountingCategoryForThisCountry=No accounting account group available for country %s (See Home - Setup - Dictionaries) +ErrorInvoiceContainsLinesNotYetBounded=You try to journalize some lines of the invoice %s, but some other lines are not yet bounded to accounting account. Journalization of all invoice lines for this invoice are refused. +ErrorInvoiceContainsLinesNotYetBoundedShort=Some lines on invoice are not bound to accounting account. +ExportNotSupported=The export format setuped is not supported into this page +BookeppingLineAlreayExists=Lines already existing into bookkeeping +NoJournalDefined=No journal defined +Binded=Lines bound +ToBind=Lines to bind +UseMenuToSetBindindManualy=Lines not yet bound, use menu %s to make the binding manually + +## Import +ImportAccountingEntries=Accounting entries +ImportAccountingEntriesFECFormat=Accounting entries - FEC format +FECFormatJournalCode=Code journal (JournalCode) +FECFormatJournalLabel=Label journal (JournalLib) +FECFormatEntryNum=Piece number (EcritureNum) +FECFormatEntryDate=Piece date (EcritureDate) +FECFormatGeneralAccountNumber=General account number (CompteNum) +FECFormatGeneralAccountLabel=General account label (CompteLib) +FECFormatSubledgerAccountNumber=Subledger account number (CompAuxNum) +FECFormatSubledgerAccountLabel=Subledger account number (CompAuxLib) +FECFormatPieceRef=Piece ref (PieceRef) +FECFormatPieceDate=Piece date creation (PieceDate) +FECFormatLabelOperation=Label operation (EcritureLib) +FECFormatDebit=Debit (Debit) +FECFormatCredit=Credit (Credit) +FECFormatReconcilableCode=Reconcilable code (EcritureLet) +FECFormatReconcilableDate=Reconcilable date (DateLet) +FECFormatValidateDate=Piece date validated (ValidDate) +FECFormatMulticurrencyAmount=Multicurrency amount (Montantdevise) +FECFormatMulticurrencyCode=Multicurrency code (Idevise) + +DateExport=Date export +WarningReportNotReliable=Warning, this report is not based on the Ledger, so does not contains transaction modified manually in the Ledger. If your journalization is up to date, the bookkeeping view is more accurate. +ExpenseReportJournal=Expense Report Journal +InventoryJournal=Inventory Journal + +NAccounts=%s accounts diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/admin.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f52c28a9da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/admin.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2161 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +Foundation=Foundation +Version=Version +Publisher=Publisher +VersionProgram=Version program +VersionLastInstall=Initial install version +VersionLastUpgrade=Latest version upgrade +VersionExperimental=Experimental +VersionDevelopment=Development +VersionUnknown=Unknown +VersionRecommanded=Recommended +FileCheck=Fileset Integrity Checks +FileCheckDesc=This tool allows you to check the integrity of files and the setup of your application, comparing each file with the official one. The value of some setup constants may also be checked. You can use this tool to determine if any files have been modified (e.g by a hacker). +FileIntegrityIsStrictlyConformedWithReference=Files integrity is strictly conformed with the reference. +FileIntegrityIsOkButFilesWereAdded=Files integrity check has passed, however some new files have been added. +FileIntegritySomeFilesWereRemovedOrModified=Files integrity check has failed. Some files were modified, removed or added. +GlobalChecksum=Global checksum +MakeIntegrityAnalysisFrom=Make integrity analysis of application files from +LocalSignature=Embedded local signature (less reliable) +RemoteSignature=Remote distant signature (more reliable) +FilesMissing=Missing Files +FilesUpdated=Updated Files +FilesModified=Modified Files +FilesAdded=Added Files +FileCheckDolibarr=Check integrity of application files +AvailableOnlyOnPackagedVersions=The local file for integrity checking is only available when the application is installed from an official package +XmlNotFound=Xml Integrity File of application not found +SessionId=Session ID +SessionSaveHandler=Handler to save sessions +SessionSavePath=Session save location +PurgeSessions=Purge of sessions +ConfirmPurgeSessions=Do you really want to purge all sessions? This will disconnect every user (except yourself). +NoSessionListWithThisHandler=Save session handler configured in your PHP does not allow listing all running sessions. +LockNewSessions=Lock new connections +ConfirmLockNewSessions=Are you sure you want to restrict any new Dolibarr connection to yourself? Only user %s will be able to connect after that. +UnlockNewSessions=Remove connection lock +YourSession=Your session +Sessions=Users Sessions +WebUserGroup=Web server user/group +PermissionsOnFiles=Permissions on files +PermissionsOnFilesInWebRoot=Permissions on files in web root directory +PermissionsOnFile=Permissions on file %s +NoSessionFound=Your PHP configuration seems to not allow listing of active sessions. The directory used to save sessions (%s) may be protected (for example by OS permissions or by PHP directive open_basedir). +DBStoringCharset=Database charset to store data +DBSortingCharset=Database charset to sort data +HostCharset=Host charset +ClientCharset=Client charset +ClientSortingCharset=Client collation +WarningModuleNotActive=Module %s must be enabled +WarningOnlyPermissionOfActivatedModules=Only permissions related to activated modules are shown here. You can activate other modules in the Home->Setup->Modules page. +DolibarrSetup=Dolibarr install or upgrade +InternalUser=Internal user +ExternalUser=External user +InternalUsers=Internal users +ExternalUsers=External users +UserInterface=User interface +GUISetup=Display +SetupArea=Setup +UploadNewTemplate=Upload new template(s) +FormToTestFileUploadForm=Form to test file upload (according to setup) +ModuleMustBeEnabled=The module/application %s must be enabled +ModuleIsEnabled=The module/application %s has been enabled +IfModuleEnabled=Note: yes is effective only if module %s is enabled +RemoveLock=Remove/rename file %s if it exists, to allow usage of the Update/Install tool. +RestoreLock=Restore file %s, with read permission only, to disable any further use of the Update/Install tool. +SecuritySetup=Security setup +PHPSetup=PHP setup +OSSetup=OS setup +SecurityFilesDesc=Define here options related to security about uploading files. +ErrorModuleRequirePHPVersion=Error, this module requires PHP version %s or higher +ErrorModuleRequireDolibarrVersion=Error, this module requires Dolibarr version %s or higher +ErrorDecimalLargerThanAreForbidden=Error, a precision higher than %s is not supported. +DictionarySetup=Dictionary setup +Dictionary=Dictionaries +ErrorReservedTypeSystemSystemAuto=Value 'system' and 'systemauto' for type is reserved. You can use 'user' as value to add your own record +ErrorCodeCantContainZero=Code can't contain value 0 +DisableJavascript=Disable JavaScript and Ajax functions +DisableJavascriptNote=Note: For test or debug purpose. For optimization for blind person or text browsers, you may prefer to use the setup on the profile of user +UseSearchToSelectCompanyTooltip=Also if you have a large number of third parties (> 100 000), you can increase speed by setting constant COMPANY_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE to 1 in Setup->Other. Search will then be limited to start of string. +UseSearchToSelectContactTooltip=Also if you have a large number of third parties (> 100 000), you can increase speed by setting constant CONTACT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE to 1 in Setup->Other. Search will then be limited to start of string. +DelaiedFullListToSelectCompany=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Third Parties combo list.
This may increase performance if you have a large number of third parties, but it is less convenient. +DelaiedFullListToSelectContact=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Contact combo list.
This may increase performance if you have a large number of contacts, but it is less convenient. +NumberOfKeyToSearch=Number of characters to trigger search: %s +NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes +SearchString=Search string +NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled +AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months +JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled +UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs +ShowPreview=Show preview +ShowHideDetails=Show-Hide details +PreviewNotAvailable=Preview not available +ThemeCurrentlyActive=Theme currently active +MySQLTimeZone=TimeZone MySql (database) +TZHasNoEffect=Dates are stored and returned by database server as if they were kept as submitted string. The timezone has effect only when using the UNIX_TIMESTAMP function (that should not be used by Dolibarr, so database TZ should have no effect, even if changed after data was entered). +Space=Space +Table=Table +Fields=Fields +Index=Index +Mask=Mask +NextValue=Next value +NextValueForInvoices=Next value (invoices) +NextValueForCreditNotes=Next value (credit notes) +NextValueForDeposit=Next value (down payment) +NextValueForReplacements=Next value (replacements) +MustBeLowerThanPHPLimit=Note: your PHP configuration currently limits the maximum filesize for upload to %s %s, irrespective of the value of this parameter +NoMaxSizeByPHPLimit=Note: No limit is set in your PHP configuration +MaxSizeForUploadedFiles=Maximum size for uploaded files (0 to disallow any upload) +UseCaptchaCode=Use graphical code (CAPTCHA) on login page +AntiVirusCommand=Full path to antivirus command +AntiVirusCommandExample=Example for ClamAv Daemon (require clamav-daemon): /usr/bin/clamdscan
Example for ClamWin (very very slow): c:\\Progra~1\\ClamWin\\bin\\clamscan.exe +AntiVirusParam= More parameters on command line +AntiVirusParamExample=Example for ClamAv Daemon: --fdpass
Example for ClamWin: --database="C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ClamWin\\lib" +ComptaSetup=Accounting module setup +UserSetup=User management setup +MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup +MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy +MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID +DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID +DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position +AllMenus=All +NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured +Active=Active +SetupShort=Setup +OtherOptions=Other options +OtherSetup=Other Setup +CurrentValueSeparatorDecimal=Decimal separator +CurrentValueSeparatorThousand=Thousand separator +Destination=Destination +IdModule=Module ID +IdPermissions=Permissions ID +LanguageBrowserParameter=Parameter %s +LocalisationDolibarrParameters=Localization parameters +ClientTZ=Client Time Zone (user) +ClientHour=Client time (user) +OSTZ=Server OS Time Zone +PHPTZ=PHP server Time Zone +DaylingSavingTime=Daylight saving time +CurrentHour=PHP Time (server) +CurrentSessionTimeOut=Current session timeout +YouCanEditPHPTZ=To set a different PHP timezone (not required), you can try to add a .htaccess file with a line like this "SetEnv TZ Europe/Paris" +HoursOnThisPageAreOnServerTZ=Warning, in contrary of other screens, hours on this page are not in your local timezone, but of the timezone of the server. +Box=Widget +Boxes=Widgets +MaxNbOfLinesForBoxes=Max. number of lines for widgets +AllWidgetsWereEnabled=All available widgets are enabled +PositionByDefault=Default order +Position=Position +MenusDesc=Menu managers set content of the two menu bars (horizontal and vertical). +MenusEditorDesc=The menu editor allows you to define custom menu entries. Use it carefully to avoid instability and permanently unreachable menu entries.
Some modules add menu entries (in menu All mostly). If you remove some of these entries by mistake, you can restore them disabling and reenabling the module. +MenuForUsers=Menu for users +LangFile=.lang file +Language_en_US_es_MX_etc=Language (en_US, es_MX, ...) +System=System +SystemInfo=System information +SystemToolsArea=System tools area +SystemToolsAreaDesc=This area provides administration functions. Use the menu to choose the required feature. +Purge=Purge +PurgeAreaDesc=This page allows you to delete all files generated or stored by Dolibarr (temporary files or all files in %s directory). Using this feature is not normally necessary. It is provided as a workaround for users whose Dolibarr is hosted by a provider that does not offer permissions to delete files generated by the web server. +PurgeDeleteLogFile=Delete log files, including %s defined for Syslog module (no risk of losing data) +PurgeDeleteTemporaryFiles=Delete all log and temporary files (no risk of losing data). Parameter can be 'tempfilesold', 'logfiles' or both 'tempfilesold+logfiles'. Note: Deletion of temporary files is done only if the temp directory was created more than 24 hours ago. +PurgeDeleteTemporaryFilesShort=Delete log and temporary files +PurgeDeleteAllFilesInDocumentsDir=Delete all files in directory: %s.
This will delete all generated documents related to elements (third parties, invoices etc...), files uploaded into the ECM module, database backup dumps and temporary files. +PurgeRunNow=Purge now +PurgeNothingToDelete=No directory or files to delete. +PurgeNDirectoriesDeleted=%s files or directories deleted. +PurgeNDirectoriesFailed=Failed to delete %s files or directories. +PurgeAuditEvents=Purge all security events +ConfirmPurgeAuditEvents=Are you sure you want to purge all security events? All security logs will be deleted, no other data will be removed. +GenerateBackup=Generate backup +Backup=Backup +Restore=Restore +RunCommandSummary=Backup has been launched with the following command +BackupResult=Backup result +BackupFileSuccessfullyCreated=Backup file successfully generated +YouCanDownloadBackupFile=The generated file can now be downloaded +NoBackupFileAvailable=No backup files available. +ExportMethod=Export method +ImportMethod=Import method +ToBuildBackupFileClickHere=To build a backup file, click here. +ImportMySqlDesc=To import a MySQL backup file, you may use phpMyAdmin via your hosting or use the mysql command from the Command line.
For example: +ImportPostgreSqlDesc=To import a backup file, you must use pg_restore command from command line: +ImportMySqlCommand=%s %s < mybackupfile.sql +ImportPostgreSqlCommand=%s %s mybackupfile.sql +FileNameToGenerate=Filename for backup: +Compression=Compression +CommandsToDisableForeignKeysForImport=Command to disable foreign keys on import +CommandsToDisableForeignKeysForImportWarning=Mandatory if you want to be able to restore your sql dump later +ExportCompatibility=Compatibility of generated export file +ExportUseMySQLQuickParameter=Use the --quick parameter +ExportUseMySQLQuickParameterHelp=The '--quick' parameter helps limit RAM consumption for large tables. +MySqlExportParameters=MySQL export parameters +PostgreSqlExportParameters= PostgreSQL export parameters +UseTransactionnalMode=Use transactional mode +FullPathToMysqldumpCommand=Full path to mysqldump command +FullPathToPostgreSQLdumpCommand=Full path to pg_dump command +AddDropDatabase=Add DROP DATABASE command +AddDropTable=Add DROP TABLE command +ExportStructure=Structure +NameColumn=Name columns +ExtendedInsert=Extended INSERT +NoLockBeforeInsert=No lock commands around INSERT +DelayedInsert=Delayed insert +EncodeBinariesInHexa=Encode binary data in hexadecimal +IgnoreDuplicateRecords=Ignore errors of duplicate record (INSERT IGNORE) +AutoDetectLang=Autodetect (browser language) +FeatureDisabledInDemo=Feature disabled in demo +FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions +BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. +OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. +ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. +ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... +ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. +ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules +ModulesDevelopYourModule=Develop your own app/modules +ModulesDevelopDesc=You may also develop your own module or find a partner to develop one for you. +DOLISTOREdescriptionLong=Instead of switching on www.dolistore.com web site to find an external module, you can use this embedded tool that will perform the search on the external market place for you (may be slow, need an internet access)... +NewModule=New module +FreeModule=Free +CompatibleUpTo=Compatible with version %s +NotCompatible=This module does not seem compatible with your Dolibarr %s (Min %s - Max %s). +CompatibleAfterUpdate=This module requires an update to your Dolibarr %s (Min %s - Max %s). +SeeInMarkerPlace=See in Market place +SeeSetupOfModule=See setup of module %s +SetOptionTo=Set option %s to %s +Updated=Updated +AchatTelechargement=Buy / Download +GoModuleSetupArea=To deploy/install a new module, go to the Module setup area: %s. +DoliStoreDesc=DoliStore, the official market place for Dolibarr ERP/CRM external modules +DoliPartnersDesc=List of companies providing custom-developed modules or features.
Note: since Dolibarr is an open source application, anyone experienced in PHP programming should be able to develop a module. +WebSiteDesc=External websites for more add-on (non-core) modules... +DevelopYourModuleDesc=Some solutions to develop your own module... +URL=URL +RelativeURL=Relative URL +BoxesAvailable=Widgets available +BoxesActivated=Widgets activated +ActivateOn=Activate on +ActiveOn=Activated on +ActivatableOn=Activatable on +SourceFile=Source file +AvailableOnlyIfJavascriptAndAjaxNotDisabled=Available only if JavaScript is not disabled +Required=Required +UsedOnlyWithTypeOption=Used by some agenda option only +Security=Security +Passwords=Passwords +DoNotStoreClearPassword=Encrypt passwords stored in database (NOT as plain-text). It is strongly recommended to activate this option. +MainDbPasswordFileConfEncrypted=Encrypt database password stored in conf.php. It is strongly recommended to activate this option. +InstrucToEncodePass=To have password encoded into the conf.php file, replace the line
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="...";
by
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:%s"; +InstrucToClearPass=To have password decoded (clear) into the conf.php file, replace the line
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:...";
by
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="%s"; +ProtectAndEncryptPdfFiles=Protect generated PDF files. This is NOT recommended as it breaks bulk PDF generation. +ProtectAndEncryptPdfFilesDesc=Protection of a PDF document keeps it available to read and print with any PDF browser. However, editing and copying is not possible anymore. Note that using this feature makes building of a global merged PDFs not working. +Feature=Feature +DolibarrLicense=License +Developpers=Developers/contributors +OfficialWebSite=Dolibarr official web site +OfficialWebSiteLocal=Local web site (%s) +OfficialWiki=Dolibarr documentation / Wiki +OfficialDemo=Dolibarr online demo +OfficialMarketPlace=Official market place for external modules/addons +OfficialWebHostingService=Referenced web hosting services (Cloud hosting) +ReferencedPreferredPartners=Preferred Partners +OtherResources=Other resources +ExternalResources=External Resources +SocialNetworks=Social Networks +SocialNetworkId=Social Network ID +ForDocumentationSeeWiki=For user or developer documentation (Doc, FAQs...),
take a look at the Dolibarr Wiki:
%s +ForAnswersSeeForum=For any other questions/help, you can use the Dolibarr forum:
%s +HelpCenterDesc1=Here are some resources for getting help and support with Dolibarr. +HelpCenterDesc2=Some of these resources are only available in english. +CurrentMenuHandler=Current menu handler +MeasuringUnit=Measuring unit +LeftMargin=Left margin +TopMargin=Top margin +PaperSize=Paper type +Orientation=Orientation +SpaceX=Space X +SpaceY=Space Y +FontSize=Font size +Content=Content +NoticePeriod=Notice period +NewByMonth=New by month +Emails=Emails +EMailsSetup=Emails setup +EMailsDesc=This page allows you to set parameters or options for email sending. +EmailSenderProfiles=Emails sender profiles +EMailsSenderProfileDesc=You can keep this section empty. If you enter some emails here, they will be added to the list of possible senders into the combobox when your write a new email. +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_PORT=SMTP/SMTPS Port (default value in php.ini: %s) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_SERVER=SMTP/SMTPS Host (default value in php.ini: %s) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_PORT_NotAvailableOnLinuxLike=SMTP/SMTPS Port (Not defined into PHP on Unix-like systems) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_SERVER_NotAvailableOnLinuxLike=SMTP/SMTPS Host (Not defined into PHP on Unix-like systems) +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_FROM=Sender email for automatic emails (default value in php.ini: %s) +MAIN_MAIL_ERRORS_TO=Email used for error returns emails (fields 'Errors-To' in emails sent) +MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_TO= Copy (Bcc) all sent emails to +MAIN_DISABLE_ALL_MAILS=Disable all email sending (for test purposes or demos) +MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_SENDTO=Send all emails to (instead of real recipients, for test purposes) +MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT=Suggest emails of employees (if defined) into the list of predefined recipient when writing a new email +MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE=Email sending method +MAIN_MAIL_SMTPS_ID=SMTP ID (if sending server requires authentication) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTPS_PW=SMTP Password (if sending server requires authentication) +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_TLS=Use TLS (SSL) encryption +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_STARTTLS=Use TLS (STARTTLS) encryption +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_SMTP_ALLOW_SELF_SIGNED=Authorise les certificats auto-signés +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_ENABLED=Use DKIM to generate email signature +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_DOMAIN=Email Domain for use with dkim +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_SELECTOR=Name of dkim selector +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_PRIVATE_KEY=Private key for dkim signing +MAIN_DISABLE_ALL_SMS=Disable all SMS sending (for test purposes or demos) +MAIN_SMS_SENDMODE=Method to use to send SMS +MAIN_MAIL_SMS_FROM=Default sender phone number for SMS sending +MAIN_MAIL_DEFAULT_FROMTYPE=Default sender email for manual sending (User email or Company email) +UserEmail=User email +CompanyEmail=Company Email +FeatureNotAvailableOnLinux=Feature not available on Unix like systems. Test your sendmail program locally. +FixOnTransifex=Fix the translation on the online translation platform of project +SubmitTranslation=If the translation for this language is not complete or you find errors, you can correct this by editing files in directory langs/%s and submit your change to www.transifex.com/dolibarr-association/dolibarr/ +SubmitTranslationENUS=If translation for this language is not complete or you find errors, you can correct this by editing files into directory langs/%s and submit modified files on dolibarr.org/forum or, if you are a developer, with a PR on github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr +ModuleSetup=Module setup +ModulesSetup=Modules/Application setup +ModuleFamilyBase=System +ModuleFamilyCrm=Customer Relationship Management (CRM) +ModuleFamilySrm=Vendor Relationship Management (VRM) +ModuleFamilyProducts=Product Management (PM) +ModuleFamilyHr=Human Resource Management (HR) +ModuleFamilyProjects=Projects/Collaborative work +ModuleFamilyOther=Other +ModuleFamilyTechnic=Multi-modules tools +ModuleFamilyExperimental=Experimental modules +ModuleFamilyFinancial=Financial Modules (Accounting/Treasury) +ModuleFamilyECM=Electronic Content Management (ECM) +ModuleFamilyPortal=Websites and other frontal application +ModuleFamilyInterface=Interfaces with external systems +MenuHandlers=Menu handlers +MenuAdmin=Menu editor +DoNotUseInProduction=Do not use in production +ThisIsProcessToFollow=Upgrade procedure: +ThisIsAlternativeProcessToFollow=This is an alternative setup to process manually: +StepNb=Step %s +FindPackageFromWebSite=Find a package that provides the features you need (for example on the official web site %s). +DownloadPackageFromWebSite=Download package (for example from the official web site %s). +UnpackPackageInDolibarrRoot=Unpack/unzip the packaged files into your Dolibarr server directory: %s +UnpackPackageInModulesRoot=To deploy/install an external module, unpack/unzip the packaged files into the server directory dedicated to external modules:
%s +SetupIsReadyForUse=Module deployment is finished. You must however enable and setup the module in your application by going to the page setup modules: %s. +NotExistsDirect=The alternative root directory is not defined to an existing directory.
+InfDirAlt=Since version 3, it is possible to define an alternative root directory. This allows you to store, into a dedicated directory, plug-ins and custom templates.
Just create a directory at the root of Dolibarr (eg: custom).
+InfDirExample=
Then declare it in the file conf.php
$dolibarr_main_url_root_alt='/custom'
$dolibarr_main_document_root_alt='/path/of/dolibarr/htdocs/custom'
If these lines are commented with "#", to enable them, just uncomment by removing the "#" character. +YouCanSubmitFile=You can upload the .zip file of module package from here: +CurrentVersion=Dolibarr current version +CallUpdatePage=Browse to the page that updates the database structure and data: %s. +LastStableVersion=Latest stable version +LastActivationDate=Latest activation date +LastActivationAuthor=Latest activation author +LastActivationIP=Latest activation IP +UpdateServerOffline=Update server offline +WithCounter=Manage a counter +GenericMaskCodes=You may enter any numbering mask. In this mask, the following tags can be used:
{000000} corresponds to a number which will be incremented on each %s. Enter as many zeros as the desired length of the counter. The counter will be completed by zeros from the left in order to have as many zeros as the mask.
{000000+000} same as the previous one but an offset corresponding to the number to the right of the + sign is applied starting on the first %s.
{000000@x} same as the previous one but the counter is reset to zero when month x is reached (x between 1 and 12, or 0 to use the early months of fiscal year defined in your configuration, or 99 to reset to zero every month). If this option is used and x is 2 or higher, then the sequence {yy}{mm} or {yyyy}{mm} is also required.
{dd} day (01 to 31).
{mm} month (01 to 12).
{yy}, {yyyy} or {y} year over 2, 4 or 1 numbers.
+GenericMaskCodes2={cccc} the client code on n characters
{cccc000} the client code on n characters is followed by a counter dedicated to the customer. This counter dedicated to customer is reset at same time as the global counter.
{tttt} The code of third party type on n characters (see menu Home - Setup - Dictionary - Types of third parties). If you add this tag, the counter will be different for each type of third party.
+GenericMaskCodes3=All other characters in the mask will remain intact.
Spaces are not allowed.
+GenericMaskCodes3EAN=All other characters in the mask will remain intact (except * or ? in 13th position in EAN13).
Spaces are not allowed.
In EAN13, the last character after the last } in 13th position should be * or ? . It will be replaced by the calculated key.
+GenericMaskCodes4a=Example on the 99th %s of the third party TheCompany, with date 2007-01-31:
+GenericMaskCodes4b=Example on third party created on 2007-03-01:
+GenericMaskCodes4c=Example on product created on 2007-03-01:
+GenericMaskCodes5=ABC{yy}{mm}-{000000} will give ABC0701-000099
{0000+100@1}-ZZZ/{dd}/XXX will give 0199-ZZZ/31/XXX
IN{yy}{mm}-{0000}-{t} will give IN0701-0099-A if the type of company is 'Responsable Inscripto' with code for type that is 'A_RI' +GenericNumRefModelDesc=Returns a customizable number according to a defined mask. +ServerAvailableOnIPOrPort=Server is available at address %s on port %s +ServerNotAvailableOnIPOrPort=Server is not available at address %s on port %s +DoTestServerAvailability=Test server connectivity +DoTestSend=Test sending +DoTestSendHTML=Test sending HTML +ErrorCantUseRazIfNoYearInMask=Error, can't use option @ to reset counter each year if sequence {yy} or {yyyy} is not in mask. +ErrorCantUseRazInStartedYearIfNoYearMonthInMask=Error, can't use option @ if sequence {yy}{mm} or {yyyy}{mm} is not in mask. +UMask=UMask parameter for new files on Unix/Linux/BSD/Mac file system. +UMaskExplanation=This parameter allow you to define permissions set by default on files created by Dolibarr on server (during upload for example).
It must be the octal value (for example, 0666 means read and write for everyone).
This parameter is useless on a Windows server. +SeeWikiForAllTeam=Take a look at the Wiki page for a list of contributors and their organization +UseACacheDelay= Delay for caching export response in seconds (0 or empty for no cache) +DisableLinkToHelpCenter=Hide link "Need help or support" on login page +DisableLinkToHelp=Hide link to online help "%s" +AddCRIfTooLong=There is no automatic text wrapping, text that is too long will not display on documents. Please add carriage returns in the text area if needed. +ConfirmPurge=Are you sure you want to execute this purge?
This will permanently delete all your data files with no way to restore them (ECM files, attached files...). +MinLength=Minimum length +LanguageFilesCachedIntoShmopSharedMemory=Files .lang loaded in shared memory +LanguageFile=Language file +ExamplesWithCurrentSetup=Examples with current configuration +ListOfDirectories=List of OpenDocument templates directories +ListOfDirectoriesForModelGenODT=List of directories containing templates files with OpenDocument format.

Put here full path of directories.
Add a carriage return between eah directory.
To add a directory of the GED module, add here DOL_DATA_ROOT/ecm/yourdirectoryname.

Files in those directories must end with .odt or .ods. +NumberOfModelFilesFound=Number of ODT/ODS template files found in these directories +ExampleOfDirectoriesForModelGen=Examples of syntax:
c:\\myapp\\mydocumentdir\\mysubdir
/home/myapp/mydocumentdir/mysubdir
DOL_DATA_ROOT/ecm/ecmdir +FollowingSubstitutionKeysCanBeUsed=
To know how to create your odt document templates, before storing them in those directories, read wiki documentation: +FullListOnOnlineDocumentation=http://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php/Create_an_ODT_document_template +FirstnameNamePosition=Position of Name/Lastname +DescWeather=The following images will be shown on the dashboard when the number of late actions reach the following values: +KeyForWebServicesAccess=Key to use Web Services (parameter "dolibarrkey" in webservices) +TestSubmitForm=Input test form +ThisForceAlsoTheme=Using this menu manager will also use its own theme whatever the user choice. Also this menu manager specialized for smartphones does not work on all smartphone. Use another menu manager if you experience problems with yours. +ThemeDir=Skins directory +ConnectionTimeout=Connection timeout +ResponseTimeout=Response timeout +SmsTestMessage=Test message from __PHONEFROM__ to __PHONETO__ +ModuleMustBeEnabledFirst=Module %s must be enabled first if you need this feature. +SecurityToken=Key to secure URLs +NoSmsEngine=No SMS sender manager available. A SMS sender manager is not installed with the default distribution because they depend on an external vendor, but you can find some on %s +PDF=PDF +PDFDesc=Global options for PDF generation +PDFOtherDesc=PDF Option specific to some modules +PDFAddressForging=Rules for address section +HideAnyVATInformationOnPDF=Hide all information related to Sales Tax / VAT +PDFRulesForSalesTax=Rules for Sales Tax / VAT +PDFLocaltax=Rules for %s +HideLocalTaxOnPDF=Hide %s rate in column Sale Tax / VAT +HideDescOnPDF=Hide products description +HideRefOnPDF=Hide products ref. +HideDetailsOnPDF=Hide product lines details +PlaceCustomerAddressToIsoLocation=Use french standard position (La Poste) for customer address position +Library=Library +UrlGenerationParameters=Parameters to secure URLs +SecurityTokenIsUnique=Use a unique securekey parameter for each URL +EnterRefToBuildUrl=Enter reference for object %s +GetSecuredUrl=Get calculated URL +ButtonHideUnauthorized=Hide unauthorized action buttons also for internal users (just greyed otherwise) +OldVATRates=Old VAT rate +NewVATRates=New VAT rate +PriceBaseTypeToChange=Modify on prices with base reference value defined on +MassConvert=Launch bulk conversion +PriceFormatInCurrentLanguage=Price Format In Current Language +String=String +String1Line=String (1 line) +TextLong=Long text +TextLongNLines=Long text (n lines) +HtmlText=Html text +Int=Integer +Float=Float +DateAndTime=Date and hour +Unique=Unique +Boolean=Boolean (one checkbox) +ExtrafieldPhone = Phone +ExtrafieldPrice = Price +ExtrafieldMail = Email +ExtrafieldUrl = Url +ExtrafieldSelect = Select list +ExtrafieldSelectList = Select from table +ExtrafieldSeparator=Separator (not a field) +ExtrafieldPassword=Password +ExtrafieldRadio=Radio buttons (one choice only) +ExtrafieldCheckBox=Checkboxes +ExtrafieldCheckBoxFromList=Checkboxes from table +ExtrafieldLink=Link to an object +ComputedFormula=Computed field +ComputedFormulaDesc=You can enter here a formula using other properties of object or any PHP coding to get a dynamic computed value. You can use any PHP compatible formulas including the "?" condition operator, and following global object: $db, $conf, $langs, $mysoc, $user, $object.
WARNING: Only some properties of $object may be available. If you need a properties not loaded, just fetch yourself the object into your formula like in the second example.
Using a computed field means you can't enter yourself any value from interface. Also, if there is a syntax error, the formula may return nothing.

Example of formula:
$object->id < 10 ? round($object->id / 2, 2): ($object->id + 2 * $user->id) * (int) substr($mysoc->zip, 1, 2)

Example to reload object
(($reloadedobj = new Societe($db)) && ($reloadedobj->fetchNoCompute($obj->id ? $obj->id: ($obj->rowid ? $obj->rowid: $object->id)) > 0)) ? $reloadedobj->array_options['options_extrafieldkey'] * $reloadedobj->capital / 5: '-1'

Other example of formula to force load of object and its parent object:
(($reloadedobj = new Task($db)) && ($reloadedobj->fetchNoCompute($object->id) > 0) && ($secondloadedobj = new Project($db)) && ($secondloadedobj->fetchNoCompute($reloadedobj->fk_project) > 0)) ? $secondloadedobj->ref: 'Parent project not found' +Computedpersistent=Store computed field +ComputedpersistentDesc=Computed extra fields will be stored in the database, however, the value will only be recalculated when the object of this field is changed. If the computed field depends on other objects or global data this value might be wrong!! +ExtrafieldParamHelpPassword=Leaving this field blank means this value will be stored without encryption (field must be only hidden with star on screen).
Set 'auto' to use the default encryption rule to save password into database (then value read will be the hash only, no way to retrieve original value) +ExtrafieldParamHelpselect=List of values must be lines with format key,value (where key can't be '0')

for example:
1,value1
2,value2
code3,value3
...

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
1,value1|options_parent_list_code:parent_key
2,value2|options_parent_list_code:parent_key

In order to have the list depending on another list:
1,value1|parent_list_code:parent_key
2,value2|parent_list_code:parent_key +ExtrafieldParamHelpcheckbox=List of values must be lines with format key,value (where key can't be '0')

for example:
1,value1
2,value2
3,value3
... +ExtrafieldParamHelpradio=List of values must be lines with format key,value (where key can't be '0')

for example:
1,value1
2,value2
3,value3
... +ExtrafieldParamHelpsellist=List of values comes from a table
Syntax: table_name:label_field:id_field::filtersql
Example: c_typent:libelle:id::filtersql

- id_field is necessarly a primary int key
- filtersql is a SQL condition. It can be a simple test (eg active=1) to display only active value
You can also use $ID$ in filter which is the current id of current object
To use a SELECT into the filter use the keyword $SEL$ to bypass anti-injection protection.
if you want to filter on extrafields use syntax extra.fieldcode=... (where field code is the code of extrafield)

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
c_typent:libelle:id:options_parent_list_code|parent_column:filter

In order to have the list depending on another list:
c_typent:libelle:id:parent_list_code|parent_column:filter +ExtrafieldParamHelpchkbxlst=List of values comes from a table
Syntax: table_name:label_field:id_field::filtersql
Example: c_typent:libelle:id::filtersql

filter can be a simple test (eg active=1) to display only active value
You can also use $ID$ in filter witch is the current id of current object
To do a SELECT in filter use $SEL$
if you want to filter on extrafields use syntax extra.fieldcode=... (where field code is the code of extrafield)

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
c_typent:libelle:id:options_parent_list_code|parent_column:filter

In order to have the list depending on another list:
c_typent:libelle:id:parent_list_code|parent_column:filter +ExtrafieldParamHelplink=Parameters must be ObjectName:Classpath
Syntax: ObjectName:Classpath +ExtrafieldParamHelpSeparator=Keep empty for a simple separator
Set this to 1 for a collapsing separator (open by default for new session, then status is kept for each user session)
Set this to 2 for a collapsing separator (collapsed by default for new session, then status is kept fore each user session) +LibraryToBuildPDF=Library used for PDF generation +LocalTaxDesc=Some countries may apply two or three taxes on each invoice line. If this is the case, choose the type for the second and third tax and its rate. Possible type are:
1: local tax apply on products and services without vat (localtax is calculated on amount without tax)
2: local tax apply on products and services including vat (localtax is calculated on amount + main tax)
3: local tax apply on products without vat (localtax is calculated on amount without tax)
4: local tax apply on products including vat (localtax is calculated on amount + main vat)
5: local tax apply on services without vat (localtax is calculated on amount without tax)
6: local tax apply on services including vat (localtax is calculated on amount + tax) +SMS=SMS +LinkToTestClickToDial=Enter a phone number to call to show a link to test the ClickToDial url for user %s +RefreshPhoneLink=Refresh link +LinkToTest=Clickable link generated for user %s (click phone number to test) +KeepEmptyToUseDefault=Keep empty to use default value +KeepThisEmptyInMostCases=In most cases, you can keep this field empy. +DefaultLink=Default link +SetAsDefault=Set as default +ValueOverwrittenByUserSetup=Warning, this value may be overwritten by user specific setup (each user can set his own clicktodial url) +ExternalModule=External module +InstalledInto=Installed into directory %s +BarcodeInitForThirdparties=Mass barcode init for third-parties +BarcodeInitForProductsOrServices=Mass barcode init or reset for products or services +CurrentlyNWithoutBarCode=Currently, you have %s record on %s %s without barcode defined. +InitEmptyBarCode=Init value for next %s empty records +EraseAllCurrentBarCode=Erase all current barcode values +ConfirmEraseAllCurrentBarCode=Are you sure you want to erase all current barcode values? +AllBarcodeReset=All barcode values have been removed +NoBarcodeNumberingTemplateDefined=No numbering barcode template enabled in the Barcode module setup. +EnableFileCache=Enable file cache +ShowDetailsInPDFPageFoot=Add more details into footer, such as company address or manager names (in addition to professional ids, company capital and VAT number). +NoDetails=No additional details in footer +DisplayCompanyInfo=Display company address +DisplayCompanyManagers=Display manager names +DisplayCompanyInfoAndManagers=Display company address and manager names +EnableAndSetupModuleCron=If you want to have this recurring invoice generated automatically, module *%s* must be enabled and correctly setup. Otherwise, generation of invoices must be done manually from this template using the *Create* button. Note that even if you enabled automatic generation, you can still safely launch manual generation. Generation of duplicates for the same period is not possible. +ModuleCompanyCodeCustomerAquarium=%s followed by customer code for a customer accounting code +ModuleCompanyCodeSupplierAquarium=%s followed by vendor code for a vendor accounting code +ModuleCompanyCodePanicum=Return an empty accounting code. +ModuleCompanyCodeDigitaria=Returns a compound accounting code according to the name of the third party. The code consists of a prefix that can be defined in the first position followed by the number of characters defined in the third party code. +ModuleCompanyCodeCustomerDigitaria=%s followed by the truncated customer name by the number of characters: %s for the customer accounting code. +ModuleCompanyCodeSupplierDigitaria=%s followed by the truncated supplier name by the number of characters: %s for the supplier accounting code. +Use3StepsApproval=By default, Purchase Orders need to be created and approved by 2 different users (one step/user to create and one step/user to approve. Note that if user has both permission to create and approve, one step/user will be enough). You can ask with this option to introduce a third step/user approval, if amount is higher than a dedicated value (so 3 steps will be necessary: 1=validation, 2=first approval and 3=second approval if amount is enough).
Set this to empty if one approval (2 steps) is enough, set it to a very low value (0.1) if a second approval (3 steps) is always required. +UseDoubleApproval=Use a 3 steps approval when amount (without tax) is higher than... +WarningPHPMail=WARNING: The setup to send emails from the application is using the default generic setup. It is often better to setup outgoing emails to use the email server of your Email Service Provider instead of the default setup for several reasons: +WarningPHPMailA=- Using the server of the Email Service Provider increases the trustability of your email, so it increases the deliverablity without being flagged as SPAM +WarningPHPMailB=- Some Email Service Providers (like Yahoo) do not allow you to send an email from another server than their own server. Your current setup uses the server of the application to send email and not the server of your email provider, so some recipients (the one compatible with the restrictive DMARC protocol), will ask your email provider if they can accept your email and some email providers (like Yahoo) may respond "no" because the server is not theirs, so few of your sent Emails may not be accepted for delivery (be careful also of your email provider's sending quota). +WarningPHPMailC=- Using the SMTP server of your own Email Service Provider to send emails is also interesting so all emails sent from application will also be saved into your "Sent" directory of your mailbox. +WarningPHPMailD=If the method 'PHP Mail' is really the method you would like to use, you can remove this warning by adding the constant MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP to 1 in Home - Setup - Other. +WarningPHPMail2=If your email SMTP provider need to restrict email client to some IP addresses (very rare), this is the IP address of the mail user agent (MUA) for your ERP CRM application: %s. +WarningPHPMailSPF=If the domain name in your sender email address is protected by a SPF record (ask you domain name registar), you must add the following IPs in the SPF record of the DNS of your domain: %s. +ClickToShowDescription=Click to show description +DependsOn=This module needs the module(s) +RequiredBy=This module is required by module(s) +TheKeyIsTheNameOfHtmlField=This is the name of the HTML field. Technical knowledge is required to read the content of the HTML page to get the key name of a field. +PageUrlForDefaultValues=You must enter the relative path of the page URL. If you include parameters in URL, the default values will be effective if all parameters are set to same value. +PageUrlForDefaultValuesCreate=
Example:
For the form to create a new third party, it is %s.
For URL of external modules installed into custom directory, do not include the "custom/", so use path like mymodule/mypage.php and not custom/mymodule/mypage.php.
If you want default value only if url has some parameter, you can use %s +PageUrlForDefaultValuesList=
Example:
For the page that lists third parties, it is %s.
For URL of external modules installed into custom directory, do not include the "custom/" so use a path like mymodule/mypagelist.php and not custom/mymodule/mypagelist.php.
If you want default value only if url has some parameter, you can use %s +AlsoDefaultValuesAreEffectiveForActionCreate=Also note that overwritting default values for form creation works only for pages that were correctly designed (so with parameter action=create or presend...) +EnableDefaultValues=Enable customization of default values +EnableOverwriteTranslation=Enable usage of overwritten translation +GoIntoTranslationMenuToChangeThis=A translation has been found for the key with this code. To change this value, you must edit it from Home-Setup-translation. +WarningSettingSortOrder=Warning, setting a default sort order may result in a technical error when going on the list page if field is an unknown field. If you experience such an error, come back to this page to remove the default sort order and restore default behavior. +Field=Field +ProductDocumentTemplates=Document templates to generate product document +FreeLegalTextOnExpenseReports=Free legal text on expense reports +WatermarkOnDraftExpenseReports=Watermark on draft expense reports +AttachMainDocByDefault=Set this to 1 if you want to attach main document to email by default (if applicable) +FilesAttachedToEmail=Attach file +SendEmailsReminders=Send agenda reminders by emails +davDescription=Setup a WebDAV server +DAVSetup=Setup of module DAV +DAV_ALLOW_PRIVATE_DIR=Enable the generic private directory (WebDAV dedicated directory named "private" - login required) +DAV_ALLOW_PRIVATE_DIRTooltip=The generic private directory is a WebDAV directory anybody can access with its application login/pass. +DAV_ALLOW_PUBLIC_DIR=Enable the generic public directory (WebDAV dedicated directory named "public" - no login required) +DAV_ALLOW_PUBLIC_DIRTooltip=The generic public directory is a WebDAV directory anybody can access (in read and write mode), with no authorization required (login/password account). +DAV_ALLOW_ECM_DIR=Enable the DMS/ECM private directory (root directory of the DMS/ECM module - login required) +DAV_ALLOW_ECM_DIRTooltip=The root directory where all files are manually uploaded when using the DMS/ECM module. Similarly as access from the web interface, you will need a valid login/password with adecuate permissions to access it. +# Modules +Module0Name=Users & Groups +Module0Desc=Users / Employees and Groups management +Module1Name=Third Parties +Module1Desc=Companies and contacts management (customers, prospects...) +Module2Name=Commercial +Module2Desc=Commercial management +Module10Name=Accounting (simplified) +Module10Desc=Simple accounting reports (journals, turnover) based on database content. Does not use any ledger table. +Module20Name=Proposals +Module20Desc=Commercial proposal management +Module22Name=Mass Emailings +Module22Desc=Manage bulk emailing +Module23Name=Energy +Module23Desc=Monitoring the consumption of energies +Module25Name=Sales Orders +Module25Desc=Sales order management +Module30Name=Invoices +Module30Desc=Management of invoices and credit notes for customers. Management of invoices and credit notes for suppliers +Module40Name=Vendors +Module40Desc=Vendors and purchase management (purchase orders and billing of supplier invoices) +Module42Name=Debug Logs +Module42Desc=Logging facilities (file, syslog, ...). Such logs are for technical/debug purposes. +Module43Name=Debug Bar +Module43Desc=A tool for developper adding a debug bar in your browser. +Module49Name=Editors +Module49Desc=Editor management +Module50Name=Products +Module50Desc=Management of Products +Module51Name=Mass mailings +Module51Desc=Mass paper mailing management +Module52Name=Stocks +Module52Desc=Stock management +Module53Name=Services +Module53Desc=Management of Services +Module54Name=Contracts/Subscriptions +Module54Desc=Management of contracts (services or recurring subscriptions) +Module55Name=Barcodes +Module55Desc=Barcode or QR code management +Module56Name=Payment by credit transfer +Module56Desc=Management of payment of suppliers by Credit Transfer orders. It includes generation of SEPA file for European countries. +Module57Name=Payments by Direct Debit +Module57Desc=Management of Direct Debit orders. It includes generation of SEPA file for European countries. +Module58Name=ClickToDial +Module58Desc=Integration of a ClickToDial system (Asterisk, ...) +Module60Name=Stickers +Module60Desc=Management of stickers +Module70Name=Interventions +Module70Desc=Intervention management +Module75Name=Expense and trip notes +Module75Desc=Expense and trip notes management +Module80Name=Shipments +Module80Desc=Shipments and delivery note management +Module85Name=Banks & Cash +Module85Desc=Management of bank or cash accounts +Module100Name=External Site +Module100Desc=Add a link to an external website as a main menu icon. Website is shown in a frame under the top menu. +Module105Name=Mailman and SPIP +Module105Desc=Mailman or SPIP interface for member module +Module200Name=LDAP +Module200Desc=LDAP directory synchronization +Module210Name=PostNuke +Module210Desc=PostNuke integration +Module240Name=Data exports +Module240Desc=Tool to export Dolibarr data (with assistance) +Module250Name=Data imports +Module250Desc=Tool to import data into Dolibarr (with assistance) +Module310Name=Members +Module310Desc=Foundation members management +Module320Name=RSS Feed +Module320Desc=Add a RSS feed to Dolibarr pages +Module330Name=Bookmarks & Shortcuts +Module330Desc=Create shortcuts, always accessible, to the internal or external pages to which you frequently access +Module400Name=Projects or Leads +Module400Desc=Management of projects, leads/opportunities and/or tasks. You can also assign any element (invoice, order, proposal, intervention, ...) to a project and get a transversal view from the project view. +Module410Name=Webcalendar +Module410Desc=Webcalendar integration +Module500Name=Taxes & Special Expenses +Module500Desc=Management of other expenses (sale taxes, social or fiscal taxes, dividends, ...) +Module510Name=Salaries +Module510Desc=Record and track employee payments +Module520Name=Loans +Module520Desc=Management of loans +Module600Name=Notifications on business event +Module600Desc=Send email notifications triggered by a business event: per user (setup defined on each user), per third-party contacts (setup defined on each third party) or by specific emails +Module600Long=Note that this module sends emails in real-time when a specific business event occurs. If you are looking for a feature to send email reminders for agenda events, go into the setup of module Agenda. +Module610Name=Product Variants +Module610Desc=Creation of product variants (color, size etc.) +Module700Name=Donations +Module700Desc=Donation management +Module770Name=Expense Reports +Module770Desc=Manage expense reports claims (transportation, meal, ...) +Module1120Name=Vendor Commercial Proposals +Module1120Desc=Request vendor commercial proposal and prices +Module1200Name=Mantis +Module1200Desc=Mantis integration +Module1520Name=Document Generation +Module1520Desc=Mass email document generation +Module1780Name=Tags/Categories +Module1780Desc=Create tags/category (products, customers, suppliers, contacts or members) +Module2000Name=WYSIWYG editor +Module2000Desc=Allow text fields to be edited/formatted using CKEditor (html) +Module2200Name=Dynamic Prices +Module2200Desc=Use maths expressions for auto-generation of prices +Module2300Name=Scheduled jobs +Module2300Desc=Scheduled jobs management (alias cron or chrono table) +Module2400Name=Events/Agenda +Module2400Desc=Track events. Log automatic events for tracking purposes or record manual events or meetings. This is the principal module for good Customer or Vendor Relationship Management. +Module2500Name=DMS / ECM +Module2500Desc=Document Management System / Electronic Content Management. Automatic organization of your generated or stored documents. Share them when you need. +Module2600Name=API/Web services (SOAP server) +Module2600Desc=Enable the Dolibarr SOAP server providing API services +Module2610Name=API/Web services (REST server) +Module2610Desc=Enable the Dolibarr REST server providing API services +Module2660Name=Call WebServices (SOAP client) +Module2660Desc=Enable the Dolibarr web services client (Can be used to push data/requests to external servers. Only Purchase orders are currently supported.) +Module2700Name=Gravatar +Module2700Desc=Use online Gravatar service (www.gravatar.com) to show photo of users/members (found with their emails). Needs Internet access +Module2800Desc=FTP Client +Module2900Name=GeoIPMaxmind +Module2900Desc=GeoIP Maxmind conversions capabilities +Module3200Name=Unalterable Archives +Module3200Desc=Enable an unalterable log of business events. Events are archived in real-time. The log is a read-only table of chained events that can be exported. This module may be mandatory for some countries. +Module3400Name=Social Networks +Module3400Desc=Enable Social Networks fields into third parties and addresses (skype, twitter, facebook, ...). +Module4000Name=HRM +Module4000Desc=Human resources management (management of department, employee contracts and feelings) +Module5000Name=Multi-company +Module5000Desc=Allows you to manage multiple companies +Module6000Name=Inter-modules Workflow +Module6000Desc=Workflow management between different modules (automatic creation of object and/or automatic status change) +Module10000Name=Websites +Module10000Desc=Create websites (public) with a WYSIWYG editor. This is a webmaster or developer oriented CMS (it is better to know HTML and CSS language). Just setup your web server (Apache, Nginx, ...) to point to the dedicated Dolibarr directory to have it online on the internet with your own domain name. +Module20000Name=Leave Request Management +Module20000Desc=Define and track employee leave requests +Module39000Name=Product Lots +Module39000Desc=Lots, serial numbers, eat-by/sell-by date management for products +Module40000Name=Multicurrency +Module40000Desc=Use alternative currencies in prices and documents +Module50000Name=PayBox +Module50000Desc=Offer customers a PayBox online payment page (credit/debit cards). This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or payments related to a specific Dolibarr object (invoice, order etc...) +Module50100Name=POS SimplePOS +Module50100Desc=Point of Sale module SimplePOS (simple POS). +Module50150Name=POS TakePOS +Module50150Desc=Point of Sale module TakePOS (touchscreen POS, for shops, bars or restaurants). +Module50200Name=Paypal +Module50200Desc=Offer customers a PayPal online payment page (PayPal account or credit/debit cards). This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or payments related to a specific Dolibarr object (invoice, order etc...) +Module50300Name=Stripe +Module50300Desc=Offer customers a Stripe online payment page (credit/debit cards). This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or payments related to a specific Dolibarr object (invoice, order etc...) +Module50400Name=Accounting (double entry) +Module50400Desc=Accounting management (double entries, support General and Subsidiary Ledgers). Export the ledger in several other accounting software formats. +Module54000Name=PrintIPP +Module54000Desc=Direct print (without opening the documents) using Cups IPP interface (Printer must be visible from server, and CUPS must be installed on server). +Module55000Name=Poll, Survey or Vote +Module55000Desc=Create online polls, surveys or votes (like Doodle, Studs, RDVz etc...) +Module59000Name=Margins +Module59000Desc=Module to follow margins +Module60000Name=Commissions +Module60000Desc=Module to manage commissions +Module62000Name=Incoterms +Module62000Desc=Add features to manage Incoterms +Module63000Name=Resources +Module63000Desc=Manage resources (printers, cars, rooms, ...) for allocating to events +Permission11=Read customer invoices +Permission12=Create/modify customer invoices +Permission13=Invalidate customer invoices +Permission14=Validate customer invoices +Permission15=Send customer invoices by email +Permission16=Create payments for customer invoices +Permission19=Delete customer invoices +Permission21=Read commercial proposals +Permission22=Create/modify commercial proposals +Permission24=Validate commercial proposals +Permission25=Send commercial proposals +Permission26=Close commercial proposals +Permission27=Delete commercial proposals +Permission28=Export commercial proposals +Permission31=Read products +Permission32=Create/modify products +Permission34=Delete products +Permission36=See/manage hidden products +Permission38=Export products +Permission39=Ignore minimum price +Permission41=Read projects and tasks (shared project and projects I'm contact for). Can also enter time consumed, for me or my hierarchy, on assigned tasks (Timesheet) +Permission42=Create/modify projects (shared project and projects I'm contact for). Can also create tasks and assign users to project and tasks +Permission44=Delete projects (shared project and projects I'm contact for) +Permission45=Export projects +Permission61=Read interventions +Permission62=Create/modify interventions +Permission64=Delete interventions +Permission67=Export interventions +Permission68=Send interventions by email +Permission69=Validate interventions +Permission70=Invalidate interventions +Permission71=Read members +Permission72=Create/modify members +Permission74=Delete members +Permission75=Setup types of membership +Permission76=Export data +Permission78=Read subscriptions +Permission79=Create/modify subscriptions +Permission81=Read customers orders +Permission82=Create/modify customers orders +Permission84=Validate customers orders +Permission86=Send customers orders +Permission87=Close customers orders +Permission88=Cancel customers orders +Permission89=Delete customers orders +Permission91=Read social or fiscal taxes and vat +Permission92=Create/modify social or fiscal taxes and vat +Permission93=Delete social or fiscal taxes and vat +Permission94=Export social or fiscal taxes +Permission95=Read reports +Permission101=Read sendings +Permission102=Create/modify sendings +Permission104=Validate sendings +Permission105=Send sendings by email +Permission106=Export sendings +Permission109=Delete sendings +Permission111=Read financial accounts +Permission112=Create/modify/delete and compare transactions +Permission113=Setup financial accounts (create, manage categories) +Permission114=Reconcile transactions +Permission115=Export transactions and account statements +Permission116=Transfers between accounts +Permission117=Manage checks dispatching +Permission121=Read third parties linked to user +Permission122=Create/modify third parties linked to user +Permission125=Delete third parties linked to user +Permission126=Export third parties +Permission141=Read all projects and tasks (also private projects for which I am not a contact) +Permission142=Create/modify all projects and tasks (also private projects for which I am not a contact) +Permission144=Delete all projects and tasks (also private projects i am not contact for) +Permission146=Read providers +Permission147=Read stats +Permission151=Read direct debit payment orders +Permission152=Create/modify a direct debit payment orders +Permission153=Send/Transmit direct debit payment orders +Permission154=Record Credits/Rejections of direct debit payment orders +Permission161=Read contracts/subscriptions +Permission162=Create/modify contracts/subscriptions +Permission163=Activate a service/subscription of a contract +Permission164=Disable a service/subscription of a contract +Permission165=Delete contracts/subscriptions +Permission167=Export contracts +Permission171=Read trips and expenses (yours and your subordinates) +Permission172=Create/modify trips and expenses +Permission173=Delete trips and expenses +Permission174=Read all trips and expenses +Permission178=Export trips and expenses +Permission180=Read suppliers +Permission181=Read purchase orders +Permission182=Create/modify purchase orders +Permission183=Validate purchase orders +Permission184=Approve purchase orders +Permission185=Order or cancel purchase orders +Permission186=Receive purchase orders +Permission187=Close purchase orders +Permission188=Cancel purchase orders +Permission192=Create lines +Permission193=Cancel lines +Permission194=Read the bandwidth lines +Permission202=Create ADSL connections +Permission203=Order connections orders +Permission204=Order connections +Permission205=Manage connections +Permission206=Read connections +Permission211=Read Telephony +Permission212=Order lines +Permission213=Activate line +Permission214=Setup Telephony +Permission215=Setup providers +Permission221=Read emailings +Permission222=Create/modify emailings (topic, recipients...) +Permission223=Validate emailings (allows sending) +Permission229=Delete emailings +Permission237=View recipients and info +Permission238=Manually send mailings +Permission239=Delete mailings after validation or sent +Permission241=Read categories +Permission242=Create/modify categories +Permission243=Delete categories +Permission244=See the contents of the hidden categories +Permission251=Read other users and groups +PermissionAdvanced251=Read other users +Permission252=Read permissions of other users +Permission253=Create/modify other users, groups and permissions +PermissionAdvanced253=Create/modify internal/external users and permissions +Permission254=Create/modify external users only +Permission255=Modify other users password +Permission256=Delete or disable other users +Permission262=Extend access to all third parties AND their objects (not only third parties for which the user is a sale representative).
Not effective for external users (always limited to themselves for proposals, orders, invoices, contracts, etc.).
Not effective for projects (only rules on project permissions, visibility and assignment matters). +Permission263=Extend access to all third parties WITHOUT their objects (not only third parties for which the user is a sale representative).
Not effective for external users (always limited to themselves for proposals, orders, invoices, contracts, etc.).
Not effective for projects (only rules on project permissions, visibility and assignment matters). +Permission271=Read CA +Permission272=Read invoices +Permission273=Issue invoices +Permission281=Read contacts +Permission282=Create/modify contacts +Permission283=Delete contacts +Permission286=Export contacts +Permission291=Read tariffs +Permission292=Set permissions on the tariffs +Permission293=Modify customer's tariffs +Permission300=Read barcodes +Permission301=Create/modify barcodes +Permission302=Delete barcodes +Permission311=Read services +Permission312=Assign service/subscription to contract +Permission331=Read bookmarks +Permission332=Create/modify bookmarks +Permission333=Delete bookmarks +Permission341=Read its own permissions +Permission342=Create/modify his own user information +Permission343=Modify his own password +Permission344=Modify its own permissions +Permission351=Read groups +Permission352=Read groups permissions +Permission353=Create/modify groups +Permission354=Delete or disable groups +Permission358=Export users +Permission401=Read discounts +Permission402=Create/modify discounts +Permission403=Validate discounts +Permission404=Delete discounts +Permission430=Use Debug Bar +Permission511=Read salaries and payments (yours and subordinates) +Permission512=Create/modify salaries and payments +Permission514=Delete salaries and payments +Permission517=Read salaries and payments everybody +Permission519=Export salaries +Permission520=Read Loans +Permission522=Create/modify loans +Permission524=Delete loans +Permission525=Access loan calculator +Permission527=Export loans +Permission531=Read services +Permission532=Create/modify services +Permission534=Delete services +Permission536=See/manage hidden services +Permission538=Export services +Permission561=Read payment orders by credit transfer +Permission562=Create/modify payment order by credit transfer +Permission563=Send/Transmit payment order by credit transfer +Permission564=Record Debits/Rejections of credit transfer +Permission601=Read stickers +Permission602=Create/modify stickers +Permission609=Delete stickers +Permission650=Read Bills of Materials +Permission651=Create/Update Bills of Materials +Permission652=Delete Bills of Materials +Permission660=Read Manufacturing Order (MO) +Permission661=Create/Update Manufacturing Order (MO) +Permission662=Delete Manufacturing Order (MO) +Permission701=Read donations +Permission702=Create/modify donations +Permission703=Delete donations +Permission771=Read expense reports (yours and your subordinates) +Permission772=Create/modify expense reports +Permission773=Delete expense reports +Permission774=Read all expense reports (even for user not subordinates) +Permission775=Approve expense reports +Permission776=Pay expense reports +Permission777=Read expense reports of everybody +Permission778=Create/modify expense reports of everybody +Permission779=Export expense reports +Permission1001=Read stocks +Permission1002=Create/modify warehouses +Permission1003=Delete warehouses +Permission1004=Read stock movements +Permission1005=Create/modify stock movements +Permission1101=Read delivery receipts +Permission1102=Create/modify delivery receipts +Permission1104=Validate delivery receipts +Permission1109=Delete delivery receipts +Permission1121=Read supplier proposals +Permission1122=Create/modify supplier proposals +Permission1123=Validate supplier proposals +Permission1124=Send supplier proposals +Permission1125=Delete supplier proposals +Permission1126=Close supplier price requests +Permission1181=Read suppliers +Permission1182=Read purchase orders +Permission1183=Create/modify purchase orders +Permission1184=Validate purchase orders +Permission1185=Approve purchase orders +Permission1186=Order purchase orders +Permission1187=Acknowledge receipt of purchase orders +Permission1188=Delete purchase orders +Permission1189=Check/Uncheck a purchase order reception +Permission1190=Approve (second approval) purchase orders +Permission1191=Export supplier orders and their attributes +Permission1201=Get result of an export +Permission1202=Create/Modify an export +Permission1231=Read vendor invoices +Permission1232=Create/modify vendor invoices +Permission1233=Validate vendor invoices +Permission1234=Delete vendor invoices +Permission1235=Send vendor invoices by email +Permission1236=Export vendor invoices, attributes and payments +Permission1237=Export purchase orders and their details +Permission1251=Run mass imports of external data into database (data load) +Permission1321=Export customer invoices, attributes and payments +Permission1322=Reopen a paid bill +Permission1421=Export sales orders and attributes +Permission1521=Read documents +Permission1522=Delete documents +Permission2401=Read actions (events or tasks) linked to his user account (if owner of event or just assigned to) +Permission2402=Create/modify actions (events or tasks) linked to his user account (if owner of event) +Permission2403=Delete actions (events or tasks) linked to his user account (if owner of event) +Permission2411=Read actions (events or tasks) of others +Permission2412=Create/modify actions (events or tasks) of others +Permission2413=Delete actions (events or tasks) of others +Permission2414=Export actions/tasks of others +Permission2501=Read/Download documents +Permission2502=Download documents +Permission2503=Submit or delete documents +Permission2515=Setup documents directories +Permission2801=Use FTP client in read mode (browse and download only) +Permission2802=Use FTP client in write mode (delete or upload files) +Permission3200=Read archived events and fingerprints +Permission3301=Generate new modules +Permission4001=See employees +Permission4002=Create employees +Permission4003=Delete employees +Permission4004=Export employees +Permission10001=Read website content +Permission10002=Create/modify website content (html and javascript content) +Permission10003=Create/modify website content (dynamic php code). Dangerous, must be reserved to restricted developers. +Permission10005=Delete website content +Permission20001=Read leave requests (your leave and those of your subordinates) +Permission20002=Create/modify your leave requests (your leave and those of your subordinates) +Permission20003=Delete leave requests +Permission20004=Read all leave requests (even of user not subordinates) +Permission20005=Create/modify leave requests for everybody (even of user not subordinates) +Permission20006=Admin leave requests (setup and update balance) +Permission20007=Approve leave requests +Permission23001=Read Scheduled job +Permission23002=Create/update Scheduled job +Permission23003=Delete Scheduled job +Permission23004=Execute Scheduled job +Permission50101=Use Point of Sale (SimplePOS) +Permission50151=Use Point of Sale (TakePOS) +Permission50152=Edit sales lines +Permission50153=Edit ordered sales lines +Permission50201=Read transactions +Permission50202=Import transactions +Permission50330=Read objects of Zapier +Permission50331=Create/Update objects of Zapier +Permission50332=Delete objects of Zapier +Permission50401=Bind products and invoices with accounting accounts +Permission50411=Read operations in ledger +Permission50412=Write/Edit operations in ledger +Permission50414=Delete operations in ledger +Permission50415=Delete all operations by year and journal in ledger +Permission50418=Export operations of the ledger +Permission50420=Report and export reports (turnover, balance, journals, ledger) +Permission50430=Define fiscal periods. Validate transactions and close fiscal periods. +Permission50440=Manage chart of accounts, setup of accountancy +Permission51001=Read assets +Permission51002=Create/Update assets +Permission51003=Delete assets +Permission51005=Setup types of asset +Permission54001=Print +Permission55001=Read polls +Permission55002=Create/modify polls +Permission59001=Read commercial margins +Permission59002=Define commercial margins +Permission59003=Read every user margin +Permission63001=Read resources +Permission63002=Create/modify resources +Permission63003=Delete resources +Permission63004=Link resources to agenda events +Permission64001=Allow direct printing +Permission67000=Allow printing of receipts +Permission68001=Read intracomm report +Permission68002=Create/modify intracomm report +Permission68004=Delete intracomm report +Permission941601=Read receipts +Permission941602=Create and modify receipts +Permission941603=Validate receipts +Permission941604=Send receipts by email +Permission941605=Export receipts +Permission941606=Delete receipts +DictionaryCompanyType=Third-party types +DictionaryCompanyJuridicalType=Third-party legal entities +DictionaryProspectLevel=Prospect potential level for companies +DictionaryProspectContactLevel=Prospect potential level for contacts +DictionaryCanton=States/Provinces +DictionaryRegion=Regions +DictionaryCountry=Countries +DictionaryCurrency=Currencies +DictionaryCivility=Honorific titles +DictionaryActions=Types of agenda events +DictionarySocialContributions=Types of social or fiscal taxes +DictionaryVAT=VAT Rates or Sales Tax Rates +DictionaryRevenueStamp=Amount of tax stamps +DictionaryPaymentConditions=Payment Terms +DictionaryPaymentModes=Payment Modes +DictionaryTypeContact=Contact/Address types +DictionaryTypeOfContainer=Website - Type of website pages/containers +DictionaryEcotaxe=Ecotax (WEEE) +DictionaryPaperFormat=Paper formats +DictionaryFormatCards=Card formats +DictionaryFees=Expense report - Types of expense report lines +DictionarySendingMethods=Shipping methods +DictionaryStaff=Number of Employees +DictionaryAvailability=Delivery delay +DictionaryOrderMethods=Ordering methods +DictionarySource=Origin of proposals/orders +DictionaryAccountancyCategory=Personalized groups for reports +DictionaryAccountancysystem=Models for chart of accounts +DictionaryAccountancyJournal=Accounting journals +DictionaryEMailTemplates=Email Templates +DictionaryUnits=Units +DictionaryMeasuringUnits=Measuring Units +DictionarySocialNetworks=Social Networks +DictionaryProspectStatus=Prospect status for companies +DictionaryProspectContactStatus=Prospect status for contacts +DictionaryHolidayTypes=Leave - Types of leave +DictionaryOpportunityStatus=Lead status for project/lead +DictionaryExpenseTaxCat=Expense report - Transportation categories +DictionaryExpenseTaxRange=Expense report - Range by transportation category +DictionaryTransportMode=Intracomm report - Transport mode +DictionaryBatchStatus=Product lot/serial Quality Control status +TypeOfUnit=Type of unit +SetupSaved=Setup saved +SetupNotSaved=Setup not saved +BackToModuleList=Back to Module list +BackToDictionaryList=Back to Dictionaries list +TypeOfRevenueStamp=Type of tax stamp +VATManagement=Sales Tax Management +VATIsUsedDesc=By default when creating prospects, invoices, orders etc. the Sales Tax rate follows the active standard rule:
If the seller is not subject to Sales tax, then Sales tax defaults to 0. End of rule.
If the (seller's country = buyer's country), then the Sales tax by default equals the Sales tax of the product in the seller's country. End of rule.
If the seller and buyer are both in the European Community and goods are transport-related products (haulage, shipping, airline), the default VAT is 0. This rule is dependant on the seller's country - please consult with your accountant. The VAT should be paid by the buyer to the customs office in their country and not to the seller. End of rule.
If the seller and buyer are both in the European Community and the buyer is not a company (with a registered intra-Community VAT number) then the VAT defaults to the VAT rate of the seller's country. End of rule.
If the seller and buyer are both in the European Community and the buyer is a company (with a registered intra-Community VAT number), then the VAT is 0 by default. End of rule.
In any other case the proposed default is Sales tax=0. End of rule. +VATIsNotUsedDesc=By default the proposed Sales tax is 0 which can be used for cases like associations, individuals or small companies. +VATIsUsedExampleFR=In France, it means companies or organizations having a real fiscal system (Simplified real or normal real). A system in which VAT is declared. +VATIsNotUsedExampleFR=In France, it means associations that are non Sales tax declared or companies, organizations or liberal professions that have chosen the micro enterprise fiscal system (Sales tax in franchise) and paid a franchise Sales tax without any Sales tax declaration. This choice will display the reference "Non applicable Sales tax - art-293B of CGI" on invoices. +##### Local Taxes ##### +TypeOfSaleTaxes=Type of sales tax +LTRate=Rate +LocalTax1IsNotUsed=Do not use second tax +LocalTax1IsUsedDesc=Use a second type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax1IsNotUsedDesc=Do not use other type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax1Management=Second type of tax +LocalTax1IsUsedExample= +LocalTax1IsNotUsedExample= +LocalTax2IsNotUsed=Do not use third tax +LocalTax2IsUsedDesc=Use a third type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax2IsNotUsedDesc=Do not use other type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax2Management=Third type of tax +LocalTax2IsUsedExample= +LocalTax2IsNotUsedExample= +LocalTax1ManagementES=RE Management +LocalTax1IsUsedDescES=The RE rate by default when creating prospects, invoices, orders etc. follow the active standard rule:
If the buyer is not subjected to RE, RE by default=0. End of rule.
If the buyer is subjected to RE then the RE by default. End of rule.
+LocalTax1IsNotUsedDescES=By default the proposed RE is 0. End of rule. +LocalTax1IsUsedExampleES=In Spain they are professionals subject to some specific sections of the Spanish IAE. +LocalTax1IsNotUsedExampleES=In Spain they are professional and societies and subject to certain sections of the Spanish IAE. +LocalTax2ManagementES=IRPF Management +LocalTax2IsUsedDescES=The IRPF rate by default when creating prospects, invoices, orders etc. follow the active standard rule:
If the seller is not subjected to IRPF, then IRPF by default=0. End of rule.
If the seller is subjected to IRPF then the IRPF by default. End of rule.
+LocalTax2IsNotUsedDescES=By default the proposed IRPF is 0. End of rule. +LocalTax2IsUsedExampleES=In Spain, freelancers and independent professionals who provide services and companies who have chosen the tax system of modules. +LocalTax2IsNotUsedExampleES=In Spain they are businesses not subject to tax system of modules. +RevenueStampDesc=The "tax stamp" or "revenue stamp" is a fixed tax you per invoice (It does not depend on amount of invoice). It can also be a percent tax but using the second or third type of tax is better for percent taxes as tax stamps does not provide any reporting. Only few countries uses this type of tax. +UseRevenueStamp=Use a tax stamp +UseRevenueStampExample=The value of tax stamp is defined by default into the setup of dictionaries (%s - %s - %s) +CalcLocaltax=Reports on local taxes +CalcLocaltax1=Sales - Purchases +CalcLocaltax1Desc=Local Taxes reports are calculated with the difference between localtaxes sales and localtaxes purchases +CalcLocaltax2=Purchases +CalcLocaltax2Desc=Local Taxes reports are the total of localtaxes purchases +CalcLocaltax3=Sales +CalcLocaltax3Desc=Local Taxes reports are the total of localtaxes sales +NoLocalTaxXForThisCountry=According to the setup of taxes (See %s - %s - %s), your country does not need to use such type of tax +LabelUsedByDefault=Label used by default if no translation can be found for code +LabelOnDocuments=Label on documents +LabelOrTranslationKey=Label or translation key +ValueOfConstantKey=Value of a configuration constant +ConstantIsOn=Option %s is on +NbOfDays=No. of days +AtEndOfMonth=At end of month +CurrentNext=Current/Next +Offset=Offset +AlwaysActive=Always active +Upgrade=Upgrade +MenuUpgrade=Upgrade / Extend +AddExtensionThemeModuleOrOther=Deploy/install external app/module +WebServer=Web server +DocumentRootServer=Web server's root directory +DataRootServer=Data files directory +IP=IP +Port=Port +VirtualServerName=Virtual server name +OS=OS +PhpWebLink=Web-Php link +Server=Server +Database=Database +DatabaseServer=Database host +DatabaseName=Database name +DatabasePort=Database port +DatabaseUser=Database user +DatabasePassword=Database password +Tables=Tables +TableName=Table name +NbOfRecord=No. of records +Host=Server +DriverType=Driver type +SummarySystem=System information summary +SummaryConst=List of all Dolibarr setup parameters +MenuCompanySetup=Company/Organization +DefaultMenuManager= Standard menu manager +DefaultMenuSmartphoneManager=Smartphone menu manager +Skin=Skin theme +DefaultSkin=Default skin theme +MaxSizeList=Max length for list +DefaultMaxSizeList=Default max length for lists +DefaultMaxSizeShortList=Default max length for short lists (i.e. in customer card) +MessageOfDay=Message of the day +MessageLogin=Login page message +LoginPage=Login page +BackgroundImageLogin=Background image +PermanentLeftSearchForm=Permanent search form on left menu +DefaultLanguage=Default language +EnableMultilangInterface=Enable multilanguage support for customer or vendor relationships +EnableShowLogo=Show the company logo in the menu +CompanyInfo=Company/Organization +CompanyIds=Company/Organization identities +CompanyName=Name +CompanyAddress=Address +CompanyZip=Zip +CompanyTown=Town +CompanyCountry=Country +CompanyCurrency=Main currency +CompanyObject=Object of the company +IDCountry=ID country +Logo=Logo +LogoDesc=Main logo of company. Will be used into generated documents (PDF, ...) +LogoSquarred=Logo (squarred) +LogoSquarredDesc=Must be a squarred icon (width = height). This logo will be used as the favorite icon or other need like for the top menu bar (if not disabled into display setup). +DoNotSuggestPaymentMode=Do not suggest +NoActiveBankAccountDefined=No active bank account defined +OwnerOfBankAccount=Owner of bank account %s +BankModuleNotActive=Bank accounts module not enabled +ShowBugTrackLink=Define the link "%s" (empty to not display this link, 'github' for the link to the Dolibarr project or define directly an url 'https://...') +Alerts=Alerts +DelaysOfToleranceBeforeWarning=Delay before displaying a warning alert for: +DelaysOfToleranceDesc=Set the delay before an alert icon %s is shown onscreen for the late element. +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_ACTIONS_TODO=Planned events (agenda events) not completed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_PROJECT_TO_CLOSE=Project not closed in time +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_TASKS_TODO=Planned task (project tasks) not completed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_ORDERS_TO_PROCESS=Order not processed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_SUPPLIER_ORDERS_TO_PROCESS=Purchase order not processed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_PROPALS_TO_CLOSE=Proposal not closed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_PROPALS_TO_BILL=Proposal not billed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_NOT_ACTIVATED_SERVICES=Service to activate +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_RUNNING_SERVICES=Expired service +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_SUPPLIER_BILLS_TO_PAY=Unpaid vendor invoice +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_CUSTOMER_BILLS_UNPAYED=Unpaid customer invoice +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_TRANSACTIONS_TO_CONCILIATE=Pending bank reconciliation +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_MEMBERS=Delayed membership fee +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_CHEQUES_TO_DEPOSIT=Check deposit not done +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_EXPENSEREPORTS=Expense report to approve +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_HOLIDAYS=Leave requests to approve +SetupDescription1=Before starting to use Dolibarr some initial parameters must be defined and modules enabled/configured. +SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entries in the Setup menu): +SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. +SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. +AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited +NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s +Audit=Security events +InfoDolibarr=About Dolibarr +InfoBrowser=About Browser +InfoOS=About OS +InfoWebServer=About Web Server +InfoDatabase=About Database +InfoPHP=About PHP +InfoPerf=About Performances +InfoSecurity=About Security +BrowserName=Browser name +BrowserOS=Browser OS +ListOfSecurityEvents=List of Dolibarr security events +SecurityEventsPurged=Security events purged +LogEventDesc=Enable logging for specific security events. Administrators the log via menu %s - %s. Warning, this feature can generate a large amount of data in the database. +AreaForAdminOnly=Setup parameters can be set by administrator users only. +SystemInfoDesc=System information is miscellaneous technical information you get in read only mode and visible for administrators only. +SystemAreaForAdminOnly=This area is available to administrator users only. Dolibarr user permissions cannot change this restriction. +CompanyFundationDesc=Edit the information of your company/organization. Click on "%s" button at the bottom of the page when done. +AccountantDesc=If you have an external accountant/bookkeeper, you can edit here its information. +AccountantFileNumber=Accountant code +DisplayDesc=Parameters affecting the look and behaviour of Dolibarr can be modified here. +AvailableModules=Available app/modules +ToActivateModule=To activate modules, go on setup Area (Home->Setup->Modules). +SessionTimeOut=Time out for session +SessionExplanation=This number guarantees that the session will never expire before this delay, if the session cleaner is done by Internal PHP session cleaner (and nothing else). Internal PHP session cleaner does not guarantee that the session will expire after this delay. It will expire, after this delay, and when the session cleaner is run, so every %s/%s access, but only during access made by other sessions (if value is 0, it means clearing of session is done only by an external process).
Note: on some servers with an external session cleaning mechanism (cron under debian, ubuntu ...), the sessions can be destroyed after a period defined by an external setup, no matter what the value entered here is. +SessionsPurgedByExternalSystem=Sessions on this server seems to be cleaned by an external mechanism (cron under debian, ubuntu ...), probably every %s seconds (= value of parameter session.gc_maxlifetime), so changing the value here has no effect. You must ask the server administrator to change session delay. +TriggersAvailable=Available triggers +TriggersDesc=Triggers are files that will modify the behavior of Dolibarr workflow once copied into the directory htdocs/core/triggers. They realize new actions, activated on Dolibarr events (new company creation, invoice validation, ...). +TriggerDisabledByName=Triggers in this file are disabled by the -NORUN suffix in their name. +TriggerDisabledAsModuleDisabled=Triggers in this file are disabled as module %s is disabled. +TriggerAlwaysActive=Triggers in this file are always active, whatever are the activated Dolibarr modules. +TriggerActiveAsModuleActive=Triggers in this file are active as module %s is enabled. +GeneratedPasswordDesc=Choose the method to be used for auto-generated passwords. +DictionaryDesc=Insert all reference data. You can add your values to the default. +ConstDesc=This page allows you to edit (override) parameters not available in other pages. These are mostly reserved parameters for developers/advanced troubleshooting only. +MiscellaneousDesc=All other security related parameters are defined here. +LimitsSetup=Limits/Precision setup +LimitsDesc=You can define limits, precisions and optimizations used by Dolibarr here +MAIN_MAX_DECIMALS_UNIT=Max. decimals for unit prices +MAIN_MAX_DECIMALS_TOT=Max. decimals for total prices +MAIN_MAX_DECIMALS_SHOWN=Max. decimals for prices shown on screen. Add an ellipsis ... after this parameter (e.g. "2...") if you want to see "..." suffixed to the truncated price. +MAIN_ROUNDING_RULE_TOT=Step of rounding range (for countries where rounding is done on something other than base 10. For example, put 0.05 if rounding is done by 0.05 steps) +UnitPriceOfProduct=Net unit price of a product +TotalPriceAfterRounding=Total price (excl/vat/incl tax) after rounding +ParameterActiveForNextInputOnly=Parameter effective for next input only +NoEventOrNoAuditSetup=No security event has been logged. This is normal if Audit has not been enabled in the "Setup - Security - Events" page. +NoEventFoundWithCriteria=No security event has been found for this search criteria. +SeeLocalSendMailSetup=See your local sendmail setup +BackupDesc=A complete backup of a Dolibarr installation requires two steps. +BackupDesc2=Backup the contents of the "documents" directory (%s) containing all uploaded and generated files. This will also include all the dump files generated in Step 1. This operation may last several minutes. +BackupDesc3=Backup the structure and contents of your database (%s) into a dump file. For this, you can use the following assistant. +BackupDescX=The archived directory should be stored in a secure place. +BackupDescY=The generated dump file should be stored in a secure place. +BackupPHPWarning=Backup cannot be guaranteed with this method. Previous one recommended. +RestoreDesc=To restore a Dolibarr backup, two steps are required. +RestoreDesc2=Restore the backup file (zip file for example) of the "documents" directory to a new Dolibarr installation or into this current documents directory (%s). +RestoreDesc3=Restore the database structure and data from a backup dump file into the database of the new Dolibarr installation or into the database of this current installation (%s). Warning, once the restore is complete, you must use a login/password, that existed from the backup time/installation to connect again.
To restore a backup database into this current installation, you can follow this assistant. +RestoreMySQL=MySQL import +ForcedToByAModule=This rule is forced to %s by an activated module +ValueIsForcedBySystem=This value is forced by the system. You can't change it. +PreviousDumpFiles=Existing backup files +PreviousArchiveFiles=Existing archive files +WeekStartOnDay=First day of the week +RunningUpdateProcessMayBeRequired=Running the upgrade process seems to be required (Program version %s differs from Database version %s) +YouMustRunCommandFromCommandLineAfterLoginToUser=You must run this command from command line after login to a shell with user %s or you must add -W option at end of command line to provide %s password. +YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL functions not available in your PHP +DownloadMoreSkins=More skins to download +SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Returns the reference number in the format %syymm-nnnn where yy is the year, mm is the month and nnnn is a sequential auto-incrementing number with no reset +SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Returns the reference number in the format %s-nnnn where nnnn is a sequential auto-incrementing number with no reset +ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +TranslationUncomplete=Partial translation +MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Disable meteorological view +MeteoStdMod=Standard mode +MeteoStdModEnabled=Standard mode enabled +MeteoPercentageMod=Percentage mode +MeteoPercentageModEnabled=Percentage mode enabled +MeteoUseMod=Click to use %s +TestLoginToAPI=Test login to API +ProxyDesc=Some features of Dolibarr require internet access. Define here the internet connection parameters such as access through a proxy server if necessary. +ExternalAccess=External/Internet Access +MAIN_PROXY_USE=Use a proxy server (otherwise access is direct to the internet) +MAIN_PROXY_HOST=Proxy server: Name/Address +MAIN_PROXY_PORT=Proxy server: Port +MAIN_PROXY_USER=Proxy server: Login/User +MAIN_PROXY_PASS=Proxy server: Password +DefineHereComplementaryAttributes=Define any additional / custom attributes that must be added to: %s +ExtraFields=Complementary attributes +ExtraFieldsLines=Complementary attributes (lines) +ExtraFieldsLinesRec=Complementary attributes (templates invoices lines) +ExtraFieldsSupplierOrdersLines=Complementary attributes (order lines) +ExtraFieldsSupplierInvoicesLines=Complementary attributes (invoice lines) +ExtraFieldsThirdParties=Complementary attributes (third party) +ExtraFieldsContacts=Complementary attributes (contacts/address) +ExtraFieldsMember=Complementary attributes (member) +ExtraFieldsMemberType=Complementary attributes (member type) +ExtraFieldsCustomerInvoices=Complementary attributes (invoices) +ExtraFieldsCustomerInvoicesRec=Complementary attributes (templates invoices) +ExtraFieldsSupplierOrders=Complementary attributes (orders) +ExtraFieldsSupplierInvoices=Complementary attributes (invoices) +ExtraFieldsProject=Complementary attributes (projects) +ExtraFieldsProjectTask=Complementary attributes (tasks) +ExtraFieldsSalaries=Complementary attributes (salaries) +ExtraFieldHasWrongValue=Attribute %s has a wrong value. +AlphaNumOnlyLowerCharsAndNoSpace=only alphanumericals and lower case characters without space +SendmailOptionNotComplete=Warning, on some Linux systems, to send email from your email, sendmail execution setup must contains option -ba (parameter mail.force_extra_parameters into your php.ini file). If some recipients never receive emails, try to edit this PHP parameter with mail.force_extra_parameters = -ba). +PathToDocuments=Path to documents +PathDirectory=Directory +SendmailOptionMayHurtBuggedMTA=Feature to send mails using method "PHP mail direct" will generate a mail message that might not be parsed correctly by some receiving mail servers. The result is that some mails can't be read by people hosted by those bugged platforms. This is the case for some Internet providers (Ex: Orange in France). This is not a problem with Dolibarr or PHP but with the receiving mail server. You can however add an option MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA to 1 in Setup - Other to modify Dolibarr to avoid this. However, you may experience problems with other servers that strictly use the SMTP standard. The other solution (recommended) is to use the method "SMTP socket library" which has no disadvantages. +TranslationSetup=Setup of translation +TranslationKeySearch=Search a translation key or string +TranslationOverwriteKey=Overwrite a translation string +TranslationDesc=How to set the display language:
* Default/Systemwide: menu Home -> Setup -> Display
* Per user: Click on the username at the top of the screen and modify the User Display Setup tab on the user card. +TranslationOverwriteDesc=You can also override strings filling the following table. Choose your language from "%s" dropdown, insert the translation key string into "%s" and your new translation into "%s" +TranslationOverwriteDesc2=You can use the other tab to help you know which translation key to use +TranslationString=Translation string +CurrentTranslationString=Current translation string +WarningAtLeastKeyOrTranslationRequired=A search criteria is required at least for key or translation string +NewTranslationStringToShow=New translation string to show +OriginalValueWas=The original translation is overwritten. Original value was:

%s +TransKeyWithoutOriginalValue=You forced a new translation for the translation key '%s' that does not exist in any language files +TitleNumberOfActivatedModules=Activated modules +TotalNumberOfActivatedModules=Activated modules: %s / %s +YouMustEnableOneModule=You must at least enable 1 module +ClassNotFoundIntoPathWarning=Class %s not found in PHP path +YesInSummer=Yes in summer +OnlyFollowingModulesAreOpenedToExternalUsers=Note, only the following modules are available to external users (irrespective of the permissions of such users) and only if permissions are granted:
+SuhosinSessionEncrypt=Session storage encrypted by Suhosin +ConditionIsCurrently=Condition is currently %s +YouUseBestDriver=You use driver %s which is the best driver currently available. +YouDoNotUseBestDriver=You use driver %s but driver %s is recommended. +NbOfObjectIsLowerThanNoPb=You have only %s %s in the database. This does not require any particular optimization. +ComboListOptim=Combo list loading optimization +SearchOptim=Search optimization +YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can go into setup of module to enable loading of combo list on key pressed event. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can add the constant %s to 1 in Home-Setup-Other. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=This limits the search to the beginning of strings which makes it possible for the database to use indexes and you should get an immediate response. +YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=You have %s %s in the database and constant %s is set to %s in Home-Setup-Other. +BrowserIsOK=You are using the %s web browser. This browser is ok for security and performance. +BrowserIsKO=You are using the %s web browser. This browser is known to be a bad choice for security, performance and reliability. We recommend using Firefox, Chrome, Opera or Safari. +PHPModuleLoaded=PHP component %s is loaded +PreloadOPCode=Preloaded OPCode is used +AddRefInList=Display Customer/Vendor ref. info list (select list or combobox) and most of hyperlink.
Third Parties will appear with a name format of "CC12345 - SC45678 - The Big Company corp." instead of "The Big Company corp". +AddAdressInList=Display Customer/Vendor adress info list (select list or combobox)
Third Parties will appear with a name format of "The Big Company corp. - 21 jump street 123456 Big town - USA" instead of "The Big Company corp". +AddEmailPhoneTownInContactList=Display Contact email (or phones if not defined) and town info list (select list or combobox)
Contacts will appear with a name format of "Dupond Durand - dupond.durand@email.com - Paris" or "Dupond Durand - 06 07 59 65 66 - Paris" instead of "Dupond Durand". +AskForPreferredShippingMethod=Ask for preferred shipping method for Third Parties. +FieldEdition=Edition of field %s +FillThisOnlyIfRequired=Example: +2 (fill only if timezone offset problems are experienced) +GetBarCode=Get barcode +NumberingModules=Numbering models +DocumentModules=Document models +##### Module password generation +PasswordGenerationStandard=Return a password generated according to internal Dolibarr algorithm: %s characters containing shared numbers and characters in lowercase. +PasswordGenerationNone=Do not suggest a generated password. Password must be typed in manually. +PasswordGenerationPerso=Return a password according to your personally defined configuration. +SetupPerso=According to your configuration +PasswordPatternDesc=Password pattern description +##### Users setup ##### +RuleForGeneratedPasswords=Rules to generate and validate passwords +DisableForgetPasswordLinkOnLogonPage=Do not show the "Password Forgotten" link on the Login page +UsersSetup=Users module setup +UserMailRequired=Email required to create a new user +UserHideInactive=Hide inactive users from all combo lists of users (Not recommended: this may means you won't be able to filter or search on old users on some pages) +UsersDocModules=Document templates for documents generated from user record +GroupsDocModules=Document templates for documents generated from a group record +##### HRM setup ##### +HRMSetup=HRM module setup +##### Company setup ##### +CompanySetup=Companies module setup +CompanyCodeChecker=Options for automatic generation of customer/vendor codes +AccountCodeManager=Options for automatic generation of customer/vendor accounting codes +NotificationsDesc=Email notifications can be sent automatically for some Dolibarr events.
Recipients of notifications can be defined: +NotificationsDescUser=* per user, one user at a time. +NotificationsDescContact=* per third-party contacts (customers or vendors), one contact at a time. +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. +ModelModules=Document Templates +DocumentModelOdt=Generate documents from OpenDocument templates (.ODT / .ODS files from LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, TextEdit,...) +WatermarkOnDraft=Watermark on draft document +JSOnPaimentBill=Activate feature to autofill payment lines on payment form +CompanyIdProfChecker=Rules for Professional IDs +MustBeUnique=Must be unique? +MustBeMandatory=Mandatory to create third parties (if VAT number or type of company defined) ? +MustBeInvoiceMandatory=Mandatory to validate invoices? +TechnicalServicesProvided=Technical services provided +#####DAV ##### +WebDAVSetupDesc=This is the link to access the WebDAV directory. It contains a "public" dir open to any user knowing the URL (if public directory access allowed) and a "private" directory that needs an existing login account/password for access. +WebDavServer=Root URL of %s server: %s +##### Webcal setup ##### +WebCalUrlForVCalExport=An export link to %s format is available at following link: %s +##### Invoices ##### +BillsSetup=Invoices module setup +BillsNumberingModule=Invoices and credit notes numbering model +BillsPDFModules=Invoice documents models +BillsPDFModulesAccordindToInvoiceType=Invoice documents models according to invoice type +PaymentsPDFModules=Payment documents models +ForceInvoiceDate=Force invoice date to validation date +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInInvoice=Suggested payments mode on invoice by default if not defined on the invoice +SuggestPaymentByRIBOnAccount=Suggest payment by withdrawal on account +SuggestPaymentByChequeToAddress=Suggest payment by check to +FreeLegalTextOnInvoices=Free text on invoices +WatermarkOnDraftInvoices=Watermark on draft invoices (none if empty) +PaymentsNumberingModule=Payments numbering model +SuppliersPayment=Vendor payments +SupplierPaymentSetup=Vendor payments setup +##### Proposals ##### +PropalSetup=Commercial proposals module setup +ProposalsNumberingModules=Commercial proposal numbering models +ProposalsPDFModules=Commercial proposal documents models +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInProposal=Suggested payments mode on proposal by default if not defined on the proposal +FreeLegalTextOnProposal=Free text on commercial proposals +WatermarkOnDraftProposal=Watermark on draft commercial proposals (none if empty) +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL=Ask for bank account destination of proposal +##### SupplierProposal ##### +SupplierProposalSetup=Price requests suppliers module setup +SupplierProposalNumberingModules=Price requests suppliers numbering models +SupplierProposalPDFModules=Price requests suppliers documents models +FreeLegalTextOnSupplierProposal=Free text on price requests suppliers +WatermarkOnDraftSupplierProposal=Watermark on draft price requests suppliers (none if empty) +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Ask for bank account destination of price request +WAREHOUSE_ASK_WAREHOUSE_DURING_ORDER=Ask for Warehouse Source for order +##### Suppliers Orders ##### +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Ask for bank account destination of purchase order +##### Orders ##### +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInOrder=Suggested payments mode on sale order by default if not defined on the order +OrdersSetup=Sales Orders management setup +OrdersNumberingModules=Orders numbering models +OrdersModelModule=Order documents models +FreeLegalTextOnOrders=Free text on orders +WatermarkOnDraftOrders=Watermark on draft orders (none if empty) +ShippableOrderIconInList=Add an icon in Orders list which indicate if order is shippable +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER=Ask for bank account destination of order +##### Interventions ##### +InterventionsSetup=Interventions module setup +FreeLegalTextOnInterventions=Free text on intervention documents +FicheinterNumberingModules=Intervention numbering models +TemplatePDFInterventions=Intervention card documents models +WatermarkOnDraftInterventionCards=Watermark on intervention card documents (none if empty) +##### Contracts ##### +ContractsSetup=Contracts/Subscriptions module setup +ContractsNumberingModules=Contracts numbering modules +TemplatePDFContracts=Contracts documents models +FreeLegalTextOnContracts=Free text on contracts +WatermarkOnDraftContractCards=Watermark on draft contracts (none if empty) +##### Members ##### +MembersSetup=Members module setup +MemberMainOptions=Main options +AdherentLoginRequired= Manage a Login for each member +AdherentMailRequired=Email required to create a new member +MemberSendInformationByMailByDefault=Checkbox to send mail confirmation to members (validation or new subscription) is on by default +MemberCreateAnExternalUserForSubscriptionValidated=Create an external user login for each new member subscription validated +VisitorCanChooseItsPaymentMode=Visitor can choose from available payment modes +MEMBER_REMINDER_EMAIL=Enable automatic reminder by email of expired subscriptions. Note: Module %s must be enabled and correctly setup to send reminders. +MembersDocModules=Document templates for documents generated from member record +##### LDAP setup ##### +LDAPSetup=LDAP Setup +LDAPGlobalParameters=Global parameters +LDAPUsersSynchro=Users +LDAPGroupsSynchro=Groups +LDAPContactsSynchro=Contacts +LDAPMembersSynchro=Members +LDAPMembersTypesSynchro=Members types +LDAPSynchronization=LDAP synchronisation +LDAPFunctionsNotAvailableOnPHP=LDAP functions are not available on your PHP +LDAPToDolibarr=LDAP -> Dolibarr +DolibarrToLDAP=Dolibarr -> LDAP +LDAPNamingAttribute=Key in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeUsers=Organization of users in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeGroups=Organization of groups in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeContacts=Organization of contacts in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeMembers=Organization of foundation's members in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeMembersTypes=Organization of foundation's members types in LDAP +LDAPPrimaryServer=Primary server +LDAPSecondaryServer=Secondary server +LDAPServerPort=Server port +LDAPServerPortExample=Default port: 389 +LDAPServerProtocolVersion=Protocol version +LDAPServerUseTLS=Use TLS +LDAPServerUseTLSExample=Your LDAP server use TLS +LDAPServerDn=Server DN +LDAPAdminDn=Administrator DN +LDAPAdminDnExample=Complete DN (ex: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com or cn=Administrator,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com for active directory) +LDAPPassword=Administrator password +LDAPUserDn=Users' DN +LDAPUserDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=users,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPGroupDn=Groups' DN +LDAPGroupDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPServerExample=Server address (ex: localhost, 192.168.0.2, ldaps://ldap.example.com/) +LDAPServerDnExample=Complete DN (ex: dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPDnSynchroActive=Users and groups synchronization +LDAPDnSynchroActiveExample=LDAP to Dolibarr or Dolibarr to LDAP synchronization +LDAPDnContactActive=Contacts' synchronization +LDAPDnContactActiveExample=Activated/Unactivated synchronization +LDAPDnMemberActive=Members' synchronization +LDAPDnMemberActiveExample=Activated/Unactivated synchronization +LDAPDnMemberTypeActive=Members types' synchronization +LDAPDnMemberTypeActiveExample=Activated/Unactivated synchronization +LDAPContactDn=Dolibarr contacts' DN +LDAPContactDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=contacts,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPMemberDn=Dolibarr members DN +LDAPMemberDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=members,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPMemberObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPMemberObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,inetOrgPerson or top,user for active directory) +LDAPMemberTypeDn=Dolibarr members types DN +LDAPMemberTypepDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=memberstypes,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPMemberTypeObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPMemberTypeObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,groupOfUniqueNames) +LDAPUserObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPUserObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,inetOrgPerson or top,user for active directory) +LDAPGroupObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPGroupObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,groupOfUniqueNames) +LDAPContactObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPContactObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,inetOrgPerson or top,user for active directory) +LDAPTestConnect=Test LDAP connection +LDAPTestSynchroContact=Test contacts synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroUser=Test user synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroGroup=Test group synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroMember=Test member synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroMemberType=Test member type synchronization +LDAPTestSearch= Test a LDAP search +LDAPSynchroOK=Synchronization test successful +LDAPSynchroKO=Failed synchronization test +LDAPSynchroKOMayBePermissions=Failed synchronization test. Check that the connection to the server is correctly configured and allows LDAP updates +LDAPTCPConnectOK=TCP connect to LDAP server successful (Server=%s, Port=%s) +LDAPTCPConnectKO=TCP connect to LDAP server failed (Server=%s, Port=%s) +LDAPBindOK=Connect/Authenticate to LDAP server successful (Server=%s, Port=%s, Admin=%s, Password=%s) +LDAPBindKO=Connect/Authenticate to LDAP server failed (Server=%s, Port=%s, Admin=%s, Password=%s) +LDAPSetupForVersion3=LDAP server configured for version 3 +LDAPSetupForVersion2=LDAP server configured for version 2 +LDAPDolibarrMapping=Dolibarr Mapping +LDAPLdapMapping=LDAP Mapping +LDAPFieldLoginUnix=Login (unix) +LDAPFieldLoginExample=Example: uid +LDAPFilterConnection=Search filter +LDAPFilterConnectionExample=Example: &(objectClass=inetOrgPerson) +LDAPGroupFilterExample=Example: &(objectClass=groupOfUsers) +LDAPFieldLoginSamba=Login (samba, activedirectory) +LDAPFieldLoginSambaExample=Example: samaccountname +LDAPFieldFullname=Full name +LDAPFieldFullnameExample=Example: cn +LDAPFieldPasswordNotCrypted=Password not encrypted +LDAPFieldPasswordCrypted=Password encrypted +LDAPFieldPasswordExample=Example: userPassword +LDAPFieldCommonNameExample=Example: cn +LDAPFieldName=Name +LDAPFieldNameExample=Example: sn +LDAPFieldFirstName=First name +LDAPFieldFirstNameExample=Example: givenName +LDAPFieldMail=Email address +LDAPFieldMailExample=Example: mail +LDAPFieldPhone=Professional phone number +LDAPFieldPhoneExample=Example: telephonenumber +LDAPFieldHomePhone=Personal phone number +LDAPFieldHomePhoneExample=Example: homephone +LDAPFieldMobile=Cellular phone +LDAPFieldMobileExample=Example: mobile +LDAPFieldFax=Fax number +LDAPFieldFaxExample=Example: facsimiletelephonenumber +LDAPFieldAddress=Street +LDAPFieldAddressExample=Example: street +LDAPFieldZip=Zip +LDAPFieldZipExample=Example: postalcode +LDAPFieldTown=Town +LDAPFieldTownExample=Example: l +LDAPFieldCountry=Country +LDAPFieldDescription=Description +LDAPFieldDescriptionExample=Example: description +LDAPFieldNotePublic=Public Note +LDAPFieldNotePublicExample=Example: publicnote +LDAPFieldGroupMembers= Group members +LDAPFieldGroupMembersExample= Example: uniqueMember +LDAPFieldBirthdate=Birthdate +LDAPFieldCompany=Company +LDAPFieldCompanyExample=Example: o +LDAPFieldSid=SID +LDAPFieldSidExample=Example: objectsid +LDAPFieldEndLastSubscription=Date of subscription end +LDAPFieldTitle=Job position +LDAPFieldTitleExample=Example: title +LDAPFieldGroupid=Group id +LDAPFieldGroupidExample=Exemple : gidnumber +LDAPFieldUserid=User id +LDAPFieldUseridExample=Exemple : uidnumber +LDAPFieldHomedirectory=Home directory +LDAPFieldHomedirectoryExample=Exemple : homedirectory +LDAPFieldHomedirectoryprefix=Home directory prefix +LDAPSetupNotComplete=LDAP setup not complete (go on others tabs) +LDAPNoUserOrPasswordProvidedAccessIsReadOnly=No administrator or password provided. LDAP access will be anonymous and in read only mode. +LDAPDescContact=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr contacts. +LDAPDescUsers=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr users. +LDAPDescGroups=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr groups. +LDAPDescMembers=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr members module. +LDAPDescMembersTypes=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr members types. +LDAPDescValues=Example values are designed for OpenLDAP with following loaded schemas: core.schema, cosine.schema, inetorgperson.schema). If you use thoose values and OpenLDAP, modify your LDAP config file slapd.conf to have all thoose schemas loaded. +ForANonAnonymousAccess=For an authenticated access (for a write access for example) +PerfDolibarr=Performance setup/optimizing report +YouMayFindPerfAdviceHere=This page provides some checks or advice related to performance. +NotInstalled=Not installed. +NotSlowedDownByThis=Not slowed down by this. +NotRiskOfLeakWithThis=Not risk of leak with this. +ApplicativeCache=Applicative cache +MemcachedNotAvailable=No applicative cache found. You can enhance performance by installing a cache server Memcached and a module able to use this cache server.
More information here http://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php/Module_MemCached_EN.
Note that a lot of web hosting provider does not provide such cache server. +MemcachedModuleAvailableButNotSetup=Module memcached for applicative cache found but setup of module is not complete. +MemcachedAvailableAndSetup=Module memcached dedicated to use memcached server is enabled. +OPCodeCache=OPCode cache +NoOPCodeCacheFound=No OPCode cache found. Maybe you are using an OPCode cache other than XCache or eAccelerator (good), or maybe you don't have OPCode cache (very bad). +HTTPCacheStaticResources=HTTP cache for static resources (css, img, javascript) +FilesOfTypeCached=Files of type %s are cached by HTTP server +FilesOfTypeNotCached=Files of type %s are not cached by HTTP server +FilesOfTypeCompressed=Files of type %s are compressed by HTTP server +FilesOfTypeNotCompressed=Files of type %s are not compressed by HTTP server +CacheByServer=Cache by server +CacheByServerDesc=For example using the Apache directive "ExpiresByType image/gif A2592000" +CacheByClient=Cache by browser +CompressionOfResources=Compression of HTTP responses +CompressionOfResourcesDesc=For example using the Apache directive "AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE" +TestNotPossibleWithCurrentBrowsers=Such an automatic detection is not possible with current browsers +DefaultValuesDesc=Here you may define the default value you wish to use when creating a new record, and/or default filters or the sort order when you list records. +DefaultCreateForm=Default values (to use on forms) +DefaultSearchFilters=Default search filters +DefaultSortOrder=Default sort orders +DefaultFocus=Default focus fields +DefaultMandatory=Mandatory form fields +##### Products ##### +ProductSetup=Products module setup +ServiceSetup=Services module setup +ProductServiceSetup=Products and Services modules setup +NumberOfProductShowInSelect=Maximum number of products to show in combo select lists (0=no limit) +ViewProductDescInFormAbility=Display product descriptions in forms (otherwise shown in a tooltip popup) +DoNotAddProductDescAtAddLines=Do not add product description (from product card) on submit add lines on forms +OnProductSelectAddProductDesc=How to use the description of the products when adding a product as a line of a document +AutoFillFormFieldBeforeSubmit=Auto fill the description input field with the description of product +DoNotAutofillButAutoConcat=Do not autofill the input field with description of product. Description of the product will be concatenated to the entered description automatically. +DoNotUseDescriptionOfProdut=Description of the product will never be included into the description of lines of documents +MergePropalProductCard=Activate in product/service Attached Files tab an option to merge product PDF document to proposal PDF azur if product/service is in the proposal +ViewProductDescInThirdpartyLanguageAbility=Display products descriptions in forms in the language of the third party (otherwise in the language of the user) +UseSearchToSelectProductTooltip=Also if you have a large number of products (> 100 000), you can increase speed by setting constant PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE to 1 in Setup->Other. Search will then be limited to start of string. +UseSearchToSelectProduct=Wait until you press a key before loading content of product combo list (This may increase performance if you have a large number of products, but it is less convenient) +SetDefaultBarcodeTypeProducts=Default barcode type to use for products +SetDefaultBarcodeTypeThirdParties=Default barcode type to use for third parties +UseUnits=Define a unit of measure for Quantity during order, proposal or invoice lines edition +ProductCodeChecker= Module for product code generation and checking (product or service) +ProductOtherConf= Product / Service configuration +IsNotADir=is not a directory! +##### Syslog ##### +SyslogSetup=Logs module setup +SyslogOutput=Logs outputs +SyslogFacility=Facility +SyslogLevel=Level +SyslogFilename=File name and path +YouCanUseDOL_DATA_ROOT=You can use DOL_DATA_ROOT/dolibarr.log for a log file in Dolibarr "documents" directory. You can set a different path to store this file. +ErrorUnknownSyslogConstant=Constant %s is not a known Syslog constant +OnlyWindowsLOG_USER=On Windows, only the LOG_USER facility will be supported +CompressSyslogs=Compression and backup of debug log files (generated by module Log for debug) +SyslogFileNumberOfSaves=Number of backup logs to keep +ConfigureCleaningCronjobToSetFrequencyOfSaves=Configure cleaning scheduled job to set log backup frequency +##### Donations ##### +DonationsSetup=Donation module setup +DonationsReceiptModel=Template of donation receipt +##### Barcode ##### +BarcodeSetup=Barcode setup +PaperFormatModule=Print format module +BarcodeEncodeModule=Barcode encoding type +CodeBarGenerator=Barcode generator +ChooseABarCode=No generator defined +FormatNotSupportedByGenerator=Format not supported by this generator +BarcodeDescEAN8=Barcode of type EAN8 +BarcodeDescEAN13=Barcode of type EAN13 +BarcodeDescUPC=Barcode of type UPC +BarcodeDescISBN=Barcode of type ISBN +BarcodeDescC39=Barcode of type C39 +BarcodeDescC128=Barcode of type C128 +BarcodeDescDATAMATRIX=Barcode of type Datamatrix +BarcodeDescQRCODE=Barcode of type QR code +GenbarcodeLocation=Bar code generation command line tool (used by internal engine for some bar code types). Must be compatible with "genbarcode".
For example: /usr/local/bin/genbarcode +BarcodeInternalEngine=Internal engine +BarCodeNumberManager=Manager to auto define barcode numbers +##### Prelevements ##### +WithdrawalsSetup=Setup of module Direct Debit payments +##### ExternalRSS ##### +ExternalRSSSetup=External RSS imports setup +NewRSS=New RSS Feed +RSSUrl=RSS URL +RSSUrlExample=An interesting RSS feed +##### Mailing ##### +MailingSetup=EMailing module setup +MailingEMailFrom=Sender email (From) for emails sent by emailing module +MailingEMailError=Return Email (Errors-to) for emails with errors +MailingDelay=Seconds to wait after sending next message +##### Notification ##### +NotificationSetup=Email Notification module setup +NotificationEMailFrom=Sender email (From) for emails sent by the Notifications module +FixedEmailTarget=Recipient +##### Sendings ##### +SendingsSetup=Shipping module setup +SendingsReceiptModel=Sending receipt model +SendingsNumberingModules=Sendings numbering modules +SendingsAbility=Support shipping sheets for customer deliveries +NoNeedForDeliveryReceipts=In most cases, shipping sheets are used both as sheets for customer deliveries (list of products to send) and sheets that are received and signed by customer. Hence the product deliveries receipt is a duplicated feature and is rarely activated. +FreeLegalTextOnShippings=Free text on shipments +##### Deliveries ##### +DeliveryOrderNumberingModules=Products deliveries receipt numbering module +DeliveryOrderModel=Products deliveries receipt model +DeliveriesOrderAbility=Support products deliveries receipts +FreeLegalTextOnDeliveryReceipts=Free text on delivery receipts +##### FCKeditor ##### +AdvancedEditor=Advanced editor +ActivateFCKeditor=Activate advanced editor for: +FCKeditorForCompany=WYSIWIG creation/edition of elements description and note (except products/services) +FCKeditorForProduct=WYSIWIG creation/edition of products/services description and note +FCKeditorForProductDetails=WYSIWIG creation/edition of products details lines for all entities (proposals, orders, invoices, etc...). Warning: Using this option for this case is seriously not recommended as it can create problems with special characters and page formatting when building PDF files. +FCKeditorForMailing= WYSIWIG creation/edition for mass eMailings (Tools->eMailing) +FCKeditorForUserSignature=WYSIWIG creation/edition of user signature +FCKeditorForMail=WYSIWIG creation/edition for all mail (except Tools->eMailing) +FCKeditorForTicket=WYSIWIG creation/edition for tickets +##### Stock ##### +StockSetup=Stock module setup +IfYouUsePointOfSaleCheckModule=If you use the Point of Sale module (POS) provided by default or an external module, this setup may be ignored by your POS module. Most POS modules are designed by default to create an invoice immediately and decrease stock irrespective of the options here. So if you need or not to have a stock decrease when registering a sale from your POS, check also your POS module setup. +##### Menu ##### +MenuDeleted=Menu deleted +Menu=Menu +Menus=Menus +TreeMenuPersonalized=Personalized menus +NotTopTreeMenuPersonalized=Personalized menus not linked to a top menu entry +NewMenu=New menu +MenuHandler=Menu handler +MenuModule=Source module +HideUnauthorizedMenu=Hide unauthorized menus also for internal users (just greyed otherwise) +DetailId=Id menu +DetailMenuHandler=Menu handler where to show new menu +DetailMenuModule=Module name if menu entry come from a module +DetailType=Type of menu (top or left) +DetailTitre=Menu label or label code for translation +DetailUrl=URL where menu send you (Absolute URL link or external link with http://) +DetailEnabled=Condition to show or not entry +DetailRight=Condition to display unauthorized grey menus +DetailLangs=Lang file name for label code translation +DetailUser=Intern / Extern / All +Target=Target +DetailTarget=Target for links (_blank top opens a new window) +DetailLevel=Level (-1:top menu, 0:header menu, >0 menu and sub menu) +ModifMenu=Menu change +DeleteMenu=Delete menu entry +ConfirmDeleteMenu=Are you sure you want to delete menu entry %s? +FailedToInitializeMenu=Failed to initialize menu +##### Tax ##### +TaxSetup=Taxes, social or fiscal taxes and dividends module setup +OptionVatMode=VAT due +OptionVATDefault=Standard basis +OptionVATDebitOption=Accrual basis +OptionVatDefaultDesc=VAT is due:
- on delivery of goods (based on invoice date)
- on payments for services +OptionVatDebitOptionDesc=VAT is due:
- on delivery of goods (based on invoice date)
- on invoice (debit) for services +OptionPaymentForProductAndServices=Cash basis for products and services +OptionPaymentForProductAndServicesDesc=VAT is due:
- on payment for goods
- on payments for services +SummaryOfVatExigibilityUsedByDefault=Time of VAT eligibility by default according to chosen option: +OnDelivery=On delivery +OnPayment=On payment +OnInvoice=On invoice +SupposedToBePaymentDate=Payment date used +SupposedToBeInvoiceDate=Invoice date used +Buy=Buy +Sell=Sell +InvoiceDateUsed=Invoice date used +YourCompanyDoesNotUseVAT=Your company has been defined to not use VAT (Home - Setup - Company/Organization), so there is no VAT options to setup. +AccountancyCode=Accounting Code +AccountancyCodeSell=Sale account. code +AccountancyCodeBuy=Purchase account. code +CREATE_NEW_VAT_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=Keep the checkbox “Automatically create the payment” empty by default when creating a new tax +##### Agenda ##### +AgendaSetup=Events and agenda module setup +PasswordTogetVCalExport=Key to authorize export link +SecurityKey = Security Key +PastDelayVCalExport=Do not export event older than +AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE=Use events types (managed in menu Setup -> Dictionaries -> Type of agenda events) +AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE_DEFAULT=Automatically set this default value for type of event in event create form +AGENDA_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE=Automatically set this type of event in search filter of agenda view +AGENDA_DEFAULT_FILTER_STATUS=Automatically set this status for events in search filter of agenda view +AGENDA_DEFAULT_VIEW=Which view do you want to open by default when selecting menu Agenda +AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER=Enable event reminder on user's browser (When remind date is reached, a popup is shown by the browser. Each user can disable such notifications from its browser notification setup). +AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER_SOUND=Enable sound notification +AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL=Enable event reminder by emails (remind option/delay can be defined on each event). +AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL_NOTE=Note: The frequency of the scheduled job %s must be enough to be sure that the remind are sent at the correct moment. +AGENDA_SHOW_LINKED_OBJECT=Show linked object into agenda view +##### Clicktodial ##### +ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup +ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). +ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. +ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. +##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### +CashDesk=Point of Sale +CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup +CashDeskThirdPartyForSell=Default generic third party to use for sales +CashDeskBankAccountForSell=Default account to use to receive cash payments +CashDeskBankAccountForCheque=Default account to use to receive payments by check +CashDeskBankAccountForCB=Default account to use to receive payments by credit cards +CashDeskBankAccountForSumup=Default bank account to use to receive payments by SumUp +CashDeskDoNotDecreaseStock=Disable stock decrease when a sale is done from Point of Sale (if "no", stock decrease is done for each sale done from POS, irrespective of the option set in module Stock). +CashDeskIdWareHouse=Force and restrict warehouse to use for stock decrease +StockDecreaseForPointOfSaleDisabled=Stock decrease from Point of Sale disabled +StockDecreaseForPointOfSaleDisabledbyBatch=Stock decrease in POS is not compatible with module Serial/Lot management (currently active) so stock decrease is disabled. +CashDeskYouDidNotDisableStockDecease=You did not disable stock decrease when making a sale from Point of Sale. Hence a warehouse is required. +CashDeskForceDecreaseStockLabel=Stock decrease for batch products was forced. +CashDeskForceDecreaseStockDesc=Decrease first by the oldest eatby and sellby dates. +CashDeskReaderKeyCodeForEnter=Key code for "Enter" defined in barcode reader (Example: 13) +##### Bookmark ##### +BookmarkSetup=Bookmark module setup +BookmarkDesc=This module allows you to manage bookmarks. You can also add shortcuts to any Dolibarr pages or external web sites on your left menu. +NbOfBoomarkToShow=Maximum number of bookmarks to show in left menu +##### WebServices ##### +WebServicesSetup=Webservices module setup +WebServicesDesc=By enabling this module, Dolibarr become a web service server to provide miscellaneous web services. +WSDLCanBeDownloadedHere=WSDL descriptor files of provided services can be download here +EndPointIs=SOAP clients must send their requests to the Dolibarr endpoint available at URL +##### API #### +ApiSetup=API module setup +ApiDesc=By enabling this module, Dolibarr become a REST server to provide miscellaneous web services. +ApiProductionMode=Enable production mode (this will activate use of a cache for services management) +ApiExporerIs=You can explore and test the APIs at URL +OnlyActiveElementsAreExposed=Only elements from enabled modules are exposed +ApiKey=Key for API +WarningAPIExplorerDisabled=The API explorer has been disabled. API explorer is not required to provide API services. It is a tool for developer to find/test REST APIs. If you need this tool, go into setup of module API REST to activate it. +##### Bank ##### +BankSetupModule=Bank module setup +FreeLegalTextOnChequeReceipts=Free text on check receipts +BankOrderShow=Display order of bank accounts for countries using "detailed bank number" +BankOrderGlobal=General +BankOrderGlobalDesc=General display order +BankOrderES=Spanish +BankOrderESDesc=Spanish display order +ChequeReceiptsNumberingModule=Check Receipts Numbering Module +##### Multicompany ##### +MultiCompanySetup=Multi-company module setup +##### Suppliers ##### +SuppliersSetup=Vendor module setup +SuppliersCommandModel=Complete template of Purchase Order +SuppliersCommandModelMuscadet=Complete template of Purchase Order (old implementation of cornas template) +SuppliersInvoiceModel=Complete template of Vendor Invoice +SuppliersInvoiceNumberingModel=Vendor invoices numbering models +IfSetToYesDontForgetPermission=If set to a non null value, don't forget to provide permissions to groups or users allowed for the second approval +##### GeoIPMaxmind ##### +GeoIPMaxmindSetup=GeoIP Maxmind module setup +PathToGeoIPMaxmindCountryDataFile=Path to file containing Maxmind ip to country translation.
Examples:
/usr/local/share/GeoIP/GeoIP.dat
/usr/share/GeoIP/GeoIP.dat
/usr/share/GeoIP/GeoLite2-Country.mmdb +NoteOnPathLocation=Note that your ip to country data file must be inside a directory your PHP can read (Check your PHP open_basedir setup and filesystem permissions). +YouCanDownloadFreeDatFileTo=You can download a free demo version of the Maxmind GeoIP country file at %s. +YouCanDownloadAdvancedDatFileTo=You can also download a more complete version, with updates, of the Maxmind GeoIP country file at %s. +TestGeoIPResult=Test of a conversion IP -> country +##### Projects ##### +ProjectsNumberingModules=Projects numbering module +ProjectsSetup=Project module setup +ProjectsModelModule=Project reports document model +TasksNumberingModules=Tasks numbering module +TaskModelModule=Tasks reports document model +UseSearchToSelectProject=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Project combo list.
This may improve performance if you have a large number of projects, but it is less convenient. +##### ECM (GED) ##### +##### Fiscal Year ##### +AccountingPeriods=Accounting periods +AccountingPeriodCard=Accounting period +NewFiscalYear=New accounting period +OpenFiscalYear=Open accounting period +CloseFiscalYear=Close accounting period +DeleteFiscalYear=Delete accounting period +ConfirmDeleteFiscalYear=Are you sure to delete this accounting period? +ShowFiscalYear=Show accounting period +AlwaysEditable=Can always be edited +MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE=Force visible name of application (warning: setting your own name here may break autofill login feature when using DoliDroid mobile application) +NbMajMin=Minimum number of uppercase characters +NbNumMin=Minimum number of numeric characters +NbSpeMin=Minimum number of special characters +NbIteConsecutive=Maximum number of repeating same characters +NoAmbiCaracAutoGeneration=Do not use ambiguous characters ("1","l","i","|","0","O") for automatic generation +SalariesSetup=Setup of module salaries +SortOrder=Sort order +Format=Format +TypePaymentDesc=0:Customer payment type, 1:Vendor payment type, 2:Both customers and suppliers payment type +IncludePath=Include path (defined into variable %s) +ExpenseReportsSetup=Setup of module Expense Reports +TemplatePDFExpenseReports=Document templates to generate expense report document +ExpenseReportsRulesSetup=Setup of module Expense Reports - Rules +ExpenseReportNumberingModules=Expense reports numbering module +NoModueToManageStockIncrease=No module able to manage automatic stock increase has been activated. Stock increase will be done on manual input only. +YouMayFindNotificationsFeaturesIntoModuleNotification=You may find options for email notifications by enabling and configuring the module "Notification". +ListOfNotificationsPerUser=List of automatic notifications per user* +ListOfNotificationsPerUserOrContact=List of possible automatic notifications (on business event) available per user* or per contact** +ListOfFixedNotifications=List of automatic fixed notifications +GoOntoUserCardToAddMore=Go to the tab "Notifications" of a user to add or remove notifications for users +GoOntoContactCardToAddMore=Go to the tab "Notifications" of a third party to add or remove notifications for contacts/addresses +Threshold=Threshold +BackupDumpWizard=Wizard to build the database dump file +BackupZipWizard=Wizard to build the archive of documents directory +SomethingMakeInstallFromWebNotPossible=Installation of external module is not possible from the web interface for the following reason: +SomethingMakeInstallFromWebNotPossible2=For this reason, process to upgrade described here is a manual process only a privileged user may perform. +InstallModuleFromWebHasBeenDisabledByFile=Install of external module from application has been disabled by your administrator. You must ask him to remove the file %s to allow this feature. +ConfFileMustContainCustom=Installing or building an external module from application need to save the module files into directory %s. To have this directory processed by Dolibarr, you must setup your conf/conf.php to add the 2 directive lines:
$dolibarr_main_url_root_alt='/custom';
$dolibarr_main_document_root_alt='%s/custom'; +HighlightLinesOnMouseHover=Highlight table lines when mouse move passes over +HighlightLinesColor=Highlight color of the line when the mouse passes over (use 'ffffff' for no highlight) +HighlightLinesChecked=Highlight color of the line when it is checked (use 'ffffff' for no highlight) +TextTitleColor=Text color of Page title +LinkColor=Color of links +PressF5AfterChangingThis=Press CTRL+F5 on keyboard or clear your browser cache after changing this value to have it effective +NotSupportedByAllThemes=Will works with core themes, may not be supported by external themes +BackgroundColor=Background color +TopMenuBackgroundColor=Background color for Top menu +TopMenuDisableImages=Hide images in Top menu +LeftMenuBackgroundColor=Background color for Left menu +BackgroundTableTitleColor=Background color for Table title line +BackgroundTableTitleTextColor=Text color for Table title line +BackgroundTableTitleTextlinkColor=Text color for Table title link line +BackgroundTableLineOddColor=Background color for odd table lines +BackgroundTableLineEvenColor=Background color for even table lines +MinimumNoticePeriod=Minimum notice period (Your leave request must be done before this delay) +NbAddedAutomatically=Number of days added to counters of users (automatically) each month +EnterAnyCode=This field contains a reference to identify the line. Enter any value of your choice, but without special characters. +Enter0or1=Enter 0 or 1 +UnicodeCurrency=Enter here between braces, list of byte number that represent the currency symbol. For example: for $, enter [36] - for brazil real R$ [82,36] - for €, enter [8364] +ColorFormat=The RGB color is in HEX format, eg: FF0000 +PictoHelp=Icon name in dolibarr format ('image.png' if into the current theme directory, 'image.png@nom_du_module' if into the directory /img/ of a module) +PositionIntoComboList=Position of line into combo lists +SellTaxRate=Sale tax rate +RecuperableOnly=Yes for VAT "Not Perceived but Recoverable" dedicated for some state in France. Keep value to "No" in all other cases. +UrlTrackingDesc=If the provider or transport service offers a page or web site to check the status of your shipments, you may enter it here. You can use the key {TRACKID} in the URL parameters so the system will replace it with the tracking number the user entered into the shipment card. +OpportunityPercent=When you create a lead, you will define an estimated amount of project/lead. According to status of the lead, this amount may be multiplied by this rate to evaluate a total amount all your leads may generate. Value is a percentage (between 0 and 100). +TemplateForElement=This template record is dedicated to which element +TypeOfTemplate=Type of template +TemplateIsVisibleByOwnerOnly=Template is visible to owner only +VisibleEverywhere=Visible everywhere +VisibleNowhere=Visible nowhere +FixTZ=TimeZone fix +FillFixTZOnlyIfRequired=Example: +2 (fill only if problem experienced) +ExpectedChecksum=Expected Checksum +CurrentChecksum=Current Checksum +ExpectedSize=Expected size +CurrentSize=Current size +ForcedConstants=Required constant values +MailToSendProposal=Customer proposals +MailToSendOrder=Sales orders +MailToSendInvoice=Customer invoices +MailToSendShipment=Shipments +MailToSendIntervention=Interventions +MailToSendSupplierRequestForQuotation=Quotation request +MailToSendSupplierOrder=Purchase orders +MailToSendSupplierInvoice=Vendor invoices +MailToSendContract=Contracts +MailToSendReception=Receptions +MailToThirdparty=Third parties +MailToMember=Members +MailToUser=Users +MailToProject=Projects +MailToTicket=Tickets +ByDefaultInList=Show by default on list view +YouUseLastStableVersion=You use the latest stable version +TitleExampleForMajorRelease=Example of message you can use to announce this major release (feel free to use it on your web sites) +TitleExampleForMaintenanceRelease=Example of message you can use to announce this maintenance release (feel free to use it on your web sites) +ExampleOfNewsMessageForMajorRelease=Dolibarr ERP & CRM %s is available. Version %s is a major release with a lot of new features for both users and developers. You can download it from the download area of https://www.dolibarr.org portal (subdirectory Stable versions). You can read ChangeLog for complete list of changes. +ExampleOfNewsMessageForMaintenanceRelease=Dolibarr ERP & CRM %s is available. Version %s is a maintenance version, so contains only bug fixes. We recommend all users to upgrade to this version. A maintenance release does not introduce new features or changes to the database. You may download it from the download area of https://www.dolibarr.org portal (subdirectory Stable versions). You can read the ChangeLog for complete list of changes. +MultiPriceRuleDesc=When option "Several levels of prices per product/service" is enabled, you can define different prices (one per price level) for each product. To save you time, here you may enter a rule to autocalculate a price for each level based on the price of the first level, so you will have to only enter a price for the first level for each product. This page is designed to save you time but is useful only if your prices for each level are relative to first level. You can ignore this page in most cases. +ModelModulesProduct=Templates for product documents +WarehouseModelModules=Templates for documents of warehouses +ToGenerateCodeDefineAutomaticRuleFirst=To be able to generate codes automatically, you must first define a manager to auto-define the barcode number. +SeeSubstitutionVars=See * note for list of possible substitution variables +SeeChangeLog=See ChangeLog file (english only) +AllPublishers=All publishers +UnknownPublishers=Unknown publishers +AddRemoveTabs=Add or remove tabs +AddDataTables=Add object tables +AddDictionaries=Add dictionaries tables +AddData=Add objects or dictionaries data +AddBoxes=Add widgets +AddSheduledJobs=Add scheduled jobs +AddHooks=Add hooks +AddTriggers=Add triggers +AddMenus=Add menus +AddPermissions=Add permissions +AddExportProfiles=Add export profiles +AddImportProfiles=Add import profiles +AddOtherPagesOrServices=Add other pages or services +AddModels=Add document or numbering templates +AddSubstitutions=Add keys substitutions +DetectionNotPossible=Detection not possible +UrlToGetKeyToUseAPIs=Url to get token to use API (once token has been received it is saved in database user table and must be provided on each API call) +ListOfAvailableAPIs=List of available APIs +activateModuleDependNotSatisfied=Module "%s" depends on module "%s", that is missing, so module "%1$s" may not work correctly. Please install module "%2$s" or disable module "%1$s" if you want to be safe from any surprise +CommandIsNotInsideAllowedCommands=The command you are trying to run is not in the list of allowed commands defined in parameter $dolibarr_main_restrict_os_commands in the conf.php file. +LandingPage=Landing page +SamePriceAlsoForSharedCompanies=If you use a multicompany module, with the choice "Single price", the price will also be the same for all companies if products are shared between environments +ModuleEnabledAdminMustCheckRights=Module has been activated. Permissions for activated module(s) were given to admin users only. You may need to grant permissions to other users or groups manually if necessary. +UserHasNoPermissions=This user has no permissions defined +TypeCdr=Use "None" if the date of payment term is date of invoice plus a delta in days (delta is field "%s")
Use "At end of month", if, after delta, the date must be increased to reach the end of month (+ an optional "%s" in days)
Use "Current/Next" to have payment term date being the first Nth of the month after delta (delta is field "%s", N is stored into field "%s") +BaseCurrency=Reference currency of the company (go into setup of company to change this) +WarningNoteModuleInvoiceForFrenchLaw=This module %s is compliant with French laws (Loi Finance 2016). +WarningNoteModulePOSForFrenchLaw=This module %s is compliant with French laws (Loi Finance 2016) because module Non Reversible Logs is automatically activated. +WarningInstallationMayBecomeNotCompliantWithLaw=You are trying to install module %s that is an external module. Activating an external module means you trust the publisher of that module and that you are sure that this module does not adversely impact the behavior of your application, and is compliant with laws of your country (%s). If the module introduces an illegal feature, you become responsible for the use of illegal software. +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_LEFT=Left margin on PDF +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_RIGHT=Right margin on PDF +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF +MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF +MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode +MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF +NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. +SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups +EnterCalculationRuleIfPreviousFieldIsYes=Enter calculation rule if previous field was set to Yes.
For example:
CODEGRP1+CODEGRP2 +SeveralLangugeVariatFound=Several language variants found +RemoveSpecialChars=Remove special characters +COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX=Regex filter to clean value (COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX) +COMPANY_DIGITARIA_CLEAN_REGEX=Regex filter to clean value (COMPANY_DIGITARIA_CLEAN_REGEX) +COMPANY_DIGITARIA_UNIQUE_CODE=Duplicate not allowed +GDPRContact=Data Protection Officer (DPO, Data Privacy or GDPR contact) +GDPRContactDesc=If you store data about European companies/citizens, you can name the contact who is responsible for the General Data Protection Regulation here +HelpOnTooltip=Help text to show on tooltip +HelpOnTooltipDesc=Put text or a translation key here for the text to show in a tooltip when this field appears in a form +YouCanDeleteFileOnServerWith=You can delete this file on the server with Command Line:
%s +ChartLoaded=Chart of account loaded +SocialNetworkSetup=Setup of module Social Networks +EnableFeatureFor=Enable features for %s +VATIsUsedIsOff=Note: The option to use Sales Tax or VAT has been set to Off in the menu %s - %s, so Sales tax or Vat used will always be 0 for sales. +SwapSenderAndRecipientOnPDF=Swap sender and recipient address position on PDF documents +FeatureSupportedOnTextFieldsOnly=Warning, feature supported on text fields and combo lists only. Also an URL parameter action=create or action=edit must be set OR page name must end with 'new.php' to trigger this feature. +EmailCollector=Email collector +EmailCollectorDescription=Add a scheduled job and a setup page to scan regularly email boxes (using IMAP protocol) and record emails received into your application, at the right place and/or create some records automatically (like leads). +NewEmailCollector=New Email Collector +EMailHost=Host of email IMAP server +MailboxSourceDirectory=Mailbox source directory +MailboxTargetDirectory=Mailbox target directory +EmailcollectorOperations=Operations to do by collector +EmailcollectorOperationsDesc=Operations are executed from top to bottom order +MaxEmailCollectPerCollect=Max number of emails collected per collect +CollectNow=Collect now +ConfirmCloneEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to clone the Email collector %s ? +DateLastCollectResult=Date of latest collect try +DateLastcollectResultOk=Date of latest collect success +LastResult=Latest result +EmailCollectorConfirmCollectTitle=Email collect confirmation +EmailCollectorConfirmCollect=Do you want to run the collection for this collector now ? +NoNewEmailToProcess=No new email (matching filters) to process +NothingProcessed=Nothing done +XEmailsDoneYActionsDone=%s emails qualified, %s emails successfully processed (for %s record/actions done) +RecordEvent=Record email event +CreateLeadAndThirdParty=Create lead (and third party if necessary) +CreateTicketAndThirdParty=Create ticket (and link to third party if it was loaded by a previous operation) +CodeLastResult=Latest result code +NbOfEmailsInInbox=Number of emails in source directory +LoadThirdPartyFromName=Load third party searching on %s (load only) +LoadThirdPartyFromNameOrCreate=Load third party searching on %s (create if not found) +WithDolTrackingID=Message from a conversation initiated by a first email sent from Dolibarr +WithoutDolTrackingID=Message from a conversation initiated by a first email NOT sent from Dolibarr +WithDolTrackingIDInMsgId=Message sent from Dolibarr +WithoutDolTrackingIDInMsgId=Message NOT sent from Dolibarr +CreateCandidature=Create job application +FormatZip=Zip +MainMenuCode=Menu entry code (mainmenu) +ECMAutoTree=Show automatic ECM tree +OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. +OpeningHours=Opening hours +OpeningHoursDesc=Enter here the regular opening hours of your company. +ResourceSetup=Configuration of Resource module +UseSearchToSelectResource=Use a search form to choose a resource (rather than a drop-down list). +DisabledResourceLinkUser=Disable feature to link a resource to users +DisabledResourceLinkContact=Disable feature to link a resource to contacts +EnableResourceUsedInEventCheck=Enable feature to check if a resource is in use in an event +ConfirmUnactivation=Confirm module reset +OnMobileOnly=On small screen (smartphone) only +DisableProspectCustomerType=Disable the "Prospect + Customer" third party type (so third party must be "Prospect" or "Customer", but can't be both) +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER=Simplify interface for blind person +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSERDesc=Enable this option if you are a blind person, or if you use the application from a text browser like Lynx or Links. +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORCOLORBLIND=Change interface's color for color blind person +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORCOLORBLINDDesc=Enable this option if you are a color blind person, in some case interface will change color setup to increase contrast. +Protanopia=Protanopia +Deuteranopes=Deuteranopes +Tritanopes=Tritanopes +ThisValueCanOverwrittenOnUserLevel=This value can be overwritten by each user from its user page - tab '%s' +DefaultCustomerType=Default thirdparty type for "New customer" creation form +ABankAccountMustBeDefinedOnPaymentModeSetup=Note: The bank account must be defined on the module of each payment mode (Paypal, Stripe, ...) to have this feature working. +RootCategoryForProductsToSell=Root category of products to sell +RootCategoryForProductsToSellDesc=If defined, only products inside this category or childs of this category will be available in the Point Of Sale +DebugBar=Debug Bar +DebugBarDesc=Toolbar that comes with a plenty of tools to simplify debugging +DebugBarSetup=DebugBar Setup +GeneralOptions=General Options +LogsLinesNumber=Number of lines to show on logs tab +UseDebugBar=Use the debug bar +DEBUGBAR_LOGS_LINES_NUMBER=Number of last log lines to keep in console +WarningValueHigherSlowsDramaticalyOutput=Warning, higher values slows dramaticaly output +ModuleActivated=Module %s is activated and slows the interface +ModuleActivatedWithTooHighLogLevel=Module %s is activated with a too high logging level (try to use a lower level for better performances and security) +ModuleSyslogActivatedButLevelNotTooVerbose=Module %s is activated and log level (%s) is correct (not too verbose) +IfYouAreOnAProductionSetThis=If you are on a production environment, you should set this property to %s. +AntivirusEnabledOnUpload=Antivirus enabled on uploaded files +SomeFilesOrDirInRootAreWritable=Some files or directories are not in a read-only mode +EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS=Export models are share with everybody +ExportSetup=Setup of module Export +ImportSetup=Setup of module Import +InstanceUniqueID=Unique ID of the instance +SmallerThan=Smaller than +LargerThan=Larger than +IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. +WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. +EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
+EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s +DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector +ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? +RecipientEmailsWillBeReplacedWithThisValue=Recipient emails will be always replaced with this value +AtLeastOneDefaultBankAccountMandatory=At least 1 default bank account must be defined +RESTRICT_ON_IP=Allow access to some host IP only (wildcard not allowed, use space between values). Empty means every hosts can access. +IPListExample=127.0.0.1 192.168.0.2 [::1] +BaseOnSabeDavVersion=Based on the library SabreDAV version +NotAPublicIp=Not a public IP +MakeAnonymousPing=Make an anonymous Ping '+1' to the Dolibarr foundation server (done 1 time only after installation) to allow the foundation to count the number of Dolibarr installation. +FeatureNotAvailableWithReceptionModule=Feature not available when module Reception is enabled +EmailTemplate=Template for email +EMailsWillHaveMessageID=Emails will have a tag 'References' matching this syntax +PDF_SHOW_PROJECT=Show project on document +ShowProjectLabel=Project Label +PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE=If you want to have some texts in your PDF duplicated in 2 different languages in the same generated PDF, you must set here this second language so generated PDF will contains 2 different languages in same page, the one chosen when generating PDF and this one (only few PDF templates support this). Keep empty for 1 language per PDF. +FafaIconSocialNetworksDesc=Enter here the code of a FontAwesome icon. If you don't know what is FontAwesome, you can use the generic value fa-address-book. +RssNote=Note: Each RSS feed definition provides a widget that you must enable to have it available in dashboard +JumpToBoxes=Jump to Setup -> Widgets +MeasuringUnitTypeDesc=Use here a value like "size", "surface", "volume", "weight", "time" +MeasuringScaleDesc=The scale is the number of places you have to move the decimal part to match the default reference unit. For "time" unit type, it is the number of seconds. Values between 80 and 99 are reserved values. +TemplateAdded=Template added +TemplateUpdated=Template updated +TemplateDeleted=Template deleted +MailToSendEventPush=Event reminder email +SwitchThisForABetterSecurity=Switching this value to %s is recommended for more security +DictionaryProductNature= Nature of product +CountryIfSpecificToOneCountry=Country (if specific to a given country) +YouMayFindSecurityAdviceHere=You may find security advisory here +ModuleActivatedMayExposeInformation=This PHP extension may expose sensitive data. If you don't need it, disable it. +ModuleActivatedDoNotUseInProduction=A module designed for the development has been enabled. Do not enable it on a production environment. +CombinationsSeparator=Separator character for product combinations +SeeLinkToOnlineDocumentation=See link to online documention on top menu for examples +SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF=If the feature "%s" of module %s is used, show details of subproducts of a kit on PDF. +AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID +AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only +ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. +MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership +AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form +YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions +IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions +PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=For shell purpose (like scheduled job backup or running an anitivurs program), you must keep PHP functions +NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=No writable files or directories of the common programs were found into your root directory (Good) +RecommendedValueIs=Recommended: %s +Recommended=Recommended +NotRecommended=Not recommended +ARestrictedPath=A restricted path +CheckForModuleUpdate=Check for external modules updates +CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=This action will connect to editors of external modules to check if a new version is available. +ModuleUpdateAvailable=An update is available +NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=No updates found for external modules +SwaggerDescriptionFile=Swagger API description file (for use with redoc for example) +YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=You enabled deprecated WS API. You should use REST API instead. +RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Randomly selected if several pictures are available +DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file +DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file +APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled +YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/agenda.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/agenda.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1183841b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/agenda.lang @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - agenda +IdAgenda=ID event +Actions=Events +Agenda=Agenda +TMenuAgenda=Agenda +Agendas=Agendas +LocalAgenda=Default calendar +ActionsOwnedBy=Event owned by +ActionsOwnedByShort=Owner +AffectedTo=Assigned to +Event=Event +Events=Events +EventsNb=Number of events +ListOfActions=List of events +EventReports=Event reports +Location=Location +ToUserOfGroup=Event assigned to any user in the group +EventOnFullDay=Event on all day(s) +MenuToDoActions=All incomplete events +MenuDoneActions=All terminated events +MenuToDoMyActions=My incomplete events +MenuDoneMyActions=My terminated events +ListOfEvents=List of events (default calendar) +ActionsAskedBy=Events reported by +ActionsToDoBy=Events assigned to +ActionsDoneBy=Events done by +ActionAssignedTo=Event assigned to +ViewCal=Month view +ViewDay=Day view +ViewWeek=Week view +ViewPerUser=Per user view +ViewPerType=Per type view +AutoActions= Automatic filling +AgendaAutoActionDesc= Here you may define events which you want Dolibarr to create automatically in Agenda. If nothing is checked, only manual actions will be included in logs and displayed in Agenda. Automatic tracking of business actions done on objects (validation, status change) will not be saved. +AgendaSetupOtherDesc= This page provides options to allow the export of your Dolibarr events into an external calendar (Thunderbird, Google Calendar etc...) +AgendaExtSitesDesc=This page allows to declare external sources of calendars to see their events into Dolibarr agenda. +ActionsEvents=Events for which Dolibarr will create an action in agenda automatically +EventRemindersByEmailNotEnabled=Event reminders by email was not enabled into %s module setup. +##### Agenda event labels ##### +NewCompanyToDolibarr=Third party %s created +COMPANY_MODIFYInDolibarr=Third party %s modified +COMPANY_DELETEInDolibarr=Third party %s deleted +ContractValidatedInDolibarr=Contract %s validated +CONTRACT_DELETEInDolibarr=Contract %s deleted +PropalClosedSignedInDolibarr=Proposal %s signed +PropalClosedRefusedInDolibarr=Proposal %s refused +PropalValidatedInDolibarr=Proposal %s validated +PropalClassifiedBilledInDolibarr=Proposal %s classified billed +InvoiceValidatedInDolibarr=Invoice %s validated +InvoiceValidatedInDolibarrFromPos=Invoice %s validated from POS +InvoiceBackToDraftInDolibarr=Invoice %s go back to draft status +InvoiceDeleteDolibarr=Invoice %s deleted +InvoicePaidInDolibarr=Invoice %s changed to paid +InvoiceCanceledInDolibarr=Invoice %s canceled +MemberValidatedInDolibarr=Member %s validated +MemberModifiedInDolibarr=Member %s modified +MemberResiliatedInDolibarr=Member %s terminated +MemberDeletedInDolibarr=Member %s deleted +MemberSubscriptionAddedInDolibarr=Subscription %s for member %s added +MemberSubscriptionModifiedInDolibarr=Subscription %s for member %s modified +MemberSubscriptionDeletedInDolibarr=Subscription %s for member %s deleted +ShipmentValidatedInDolibarr=Shipment %s validated +ShipmentClassifyClosedInDolibarr=Shipment %s classified billed +ShipmentUnClassifyCloseddInDolibarr=Shipment %s classified re-open +ShipmentBackToDraftInDolibarr=Shipment %s go back to draft status +ShipmentDeletedInDolibarr=Shipment %s deleted +ReceptionValidatedInDolibarr=Reception %s validated +OrderCreatedInDolibarr=Order %s created +OrderValidatedInDolibarr=Order %s validated +OrderDeliveredInDolibarr=Order %s classified delivered +OrderCanceledInDolibarr=Order %s canceled +OrderBilledInDolibarr=Order %s classified billed +OrderApprovedInDolibarr=Order %s approved +OrderRefusedInDolibarr=Order %s refused +OrderBackToDraftInDolibarr=Order %s go back to draft status +ProposalSentByEMail=Commercial proposal %s sent by email +ContractSentByEMail=Contract %s sent by email +OrderSentByEMail=Sales order %s sent by email +InvoiceSentByEMail=Customer invoice %s sent by email +SupplierOrderSentByEMail=Purchase order %s sent by email +ORDER_SUPPLIER_DELETEInDolibarr=Purchase order %s deleted +SupplierInvoiceSentByEMail=Vendor invoice %s sent by email +ShippingSentByEMail=Shipment %s sent by email +ShippingValidated= Shipment %s validated +InterventionSentByEMail=Intervention %s sent by email +ProposalDeleted=Proposal deleted +OrderDeleted=Order deleted +InvoiceDeleted=Invoice deleted +DraftInvoiceDeleted=Draft invoice deleted +CONTACT_CREATEInDolibarr=Contact %s created +CONTACT_MODIFYInDolibarr=Contact %s modified +CONTACT_DELETEInDolibarr=Contact %s deleted +PRODUCT_CREATEInDolibarr=Product %s created +PRODUCT_MODIFYInDolibarr=Product %s modified +PRODUCT_DELETEInDolibarr=Product %s deleted +HOLIDAY_CREATEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s created +HOLIDAY_MODIFYInDolibarr=Request for leave %s modified +HOLIDAY_APPROVEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s approved +HOLIDAY_VALIDATEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s validated +HOLIDAY_DELETEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s deleted +EXPENSE_REPORT_CREATEInDolibarr=Expense report %s created +EXPENSE_REPORT_VALIDATEInDolibarr=Expense report %s validated +EXPENSE_REPORT_APPROVEInDolibarr=Expense report %s approved +EXPENSE_REPORT_DELETEInDolibarr=Expense report %s deleted +EXPENSE_REPORT_REFUSEDInDolibarr=Expense report %s refused +PROJECT_CREATEInDolibarr=Project %s created +PROJECT_MODIFYInDolibarr=Project %s modified +PROJECT_DELETEInDolibarr=Project %s deleted +TICKET_CREATEInDolibarr=Ticket %s created +TICKET_MODIFYInDolibarr=Ticket %s modified +TICKET_ASSIGNEDInDolibarr=Ticket %s assigned +TICKET_CLOSEInDolibarr=Ticket %s closed +TICKET_DELETEInDolibarr=Ticket %s deleted +BOM_VALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM validated +BOM_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM unvalidated +BOM_CLOSEInDolibarr=BOM disabled +BOM_REOPENInDolibarr=BOM reopen +BOM_DELETEInDolibarr=BOM deleted +MRP_MO_VALIDATEInDolibarr=MO validated +MRP_MO_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=MO set to draft status +MRP_MO_PRODUCEDInDolibarr=MO produced +MRP_MO_DELETEInDolibarr=MO deleted +MRP_MO_CANCELInDolibarr=MO canceled +PAIDInDolibarr=%s paid +##### End agenda events ##### +AgendaModelModule=Document templates for event +DateActionStart=Start date +DateActionEnd=End date +AgendaUrlOptions1=You can also add following parameters to filter output: +AgendaUrlOptions3=logina=%s to restrict output to actions owned by a user %s. +AgendaUrlOptionsNotAdmin=logina=!%s to restrict output to actions not owned by user %s. +AgendaUrlOptions4=logint=%s to restrict output to actions assigned to user %s (owner and others). +AgendaUrlOptionsProject=project=__PROJECT_ID__ to restrict output to actions linked to project __PROJECT_ID__. +AgendaUrlOptionsNotAutoEvent=notactiontype=systemauto to exclude automatic events. +AgendaUrlOptionsIncludeHolidays=includeholidays=1 to include events of holidays. +AgendaShowBirthdayEvents=Birthdays of contacts +AgendaHideBirthdayEvents=Hide birthdays of contacts +Busy=Busy +ExportDataset_event1=List of agenda events +DefaultWorkingDays=Default working days range in week (Example: 1-5, 1-6) +DefaultWorkingHours=Default working hours in day (Example: 9-18) +# External Sites ical +ExportCal=Export calendar +ExtSites=Import external calendars +ExtSitesEnableThisTool=Show external calendars (defined in global setup) in Agenda. Does not affect external calendars defined by users. +ExtSitesNbOfAgenda=Number of calendars +AgendaExtNb=Calendar no. %s +ExtSiteUrlAgenda=URL to access .ical file +ExtSiteNoLabel=No Description +VisibleTimeRange=Visible time range +VisibleDaysRange=Visible days range +AddEvent=Create event +MyAvailability=My availability +ActionType=Event type +DateActionBegin=Start event date +ConfirmCloneEvent=Are you sure you want to clone the event %s? +RepeatEvent=Repeat event +OnceOnly=Once only +EveryWeek=Every week +EveryMonth=Every month +DayOfMonth=Day of month +DayOfWeek=Day of week +DateStartPlusOne=Date start + 1 hour +SetAllEventsToTodo=Set all events to todo +SetAllEventsToInProgress=Set all events to in progress +SetAllEventsToFinished=Set all events to finished +ReminderTime=Reminder period before the event +TimeType=Duration type +ReminderType=Callback type +AddReminder=Create an automatic reminder notification for this event +ErrorReminderActionCommCreation=Error creating the reminder notification for this event +BrowserPush=Browser Popup Notification diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/assets.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/assets.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..afafc98503f --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/assets.lang @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2018 Alexandre Spangaro +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# +Assets = Assets +NewAsset = New asset +AccountancyCodeAsset = Accounting code (asset) +AccountancyCodeDepreciationAsset = Accounting code (depreciation asset account) +AccountancyCodeDepreciationExpense = Accounting code (depreciation expense account) +NewAssetType=New asset type +AssetsTypeSetup=Asset type setup +AssetTypeModified=Asset type modified +AssetType=Asset type +AssetsLines=Assets +DeleteType=Delete +DeleteAnAssetType=Delete an asset type +ConfirmDeleteAssetType=Are you sure you want to delete this asset type? +ShowTypeCard=Show type '%s' + +# Module label 'ModuleAssetsName' +ModuleAssetsName = Assets +# Module description 'ModuleAssetsDesc' +ModuleAssetsDesc = Assets description + +# +# Admin page +# +AssetsSetup = Assets setup +Settings = Settings +AssetsSetupPage = Assets setup page +ExtraFieldsAssetsType = Complementary attributes (Asset type) +AssetsType=Asset type +AssetsTypeId=Asset type id +AssetsTypeLabel=Asset type label +AssetsTypes=Assets types + +# +# Menu +# +MenuAssets = Assets +MenuNewAsset = New asset +MenuTypeAssets = Type assets +MenuListAssets = List +MenuNewTypeAssets = New +MenuListTypeAssets = List + +# +# Module +# +Asset=Asset +NewAssetType=New asset type +NewAsset=New asset +ConfirmDeleteAsset=Are you sure you want to delete this asset ? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/banks.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0b7942d446 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/banks.lang @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - banks +Bank=Bank +MenuBankCash=Banks | Cash +MenuVariousPayment=Miscellaneous payments +MenuNewVariousPayment=New Miscellaneous payment +BankName=Bank name +FinancialAccount=Account +BankAccount=Bank account +BankAccounts=Bank accounts +BankAccountsAndGateways=Bank accounts | Gateways +ShowAccount=Show Account +AccountRef=Financial account ref +AccountLabel=Financial account label +CashAccount=Cash account +CashAccounts=Cash accounts +CurrentAccounts=Current accounts +SavingAccounts=Savings accounts +ErrorBankLabelAlreadyExists=Financial account label already exists +BankBalance=Balance +BankBalanceBefore=Balance before +BankBalanceAfter=Balance after +BalanceMinimalAllowed=Minimum allowed balance +BalanceMinimalDesired=Minimum desired balance +InitialBankBalance=Initial balance +EndBankBalance=End balance +CurrentBalance=Current balance +FutureBalance=Future balance +ShowAllTimeBalance=Show balance from start +AllTime=From start +Reconciliation=Reconciliation +RIB=Bank Account Number +IBAN=IBAN number +BIC=BIC/SWIFT code +SwiftValid=BIC/SWIFT valid +SwiftVNotalid=BIC/SWIFT not valid +IbanValid=BAN valid +IbanNotValid=BAN not valid +StandingOrders=Direct debit orders +StandingOrder=Direct debit order +PaymentByDirectDebit=Payment by direct debit +PaymentByBankTransfers=Payments by credit transfer +PaymentByBankTransfer=Payment by credit transfer +AccountStatement=Account statement +AccountStatementShort=Statement +AccountStatements=Account statements +LastAccountStatements=Last account statements +IOMonthlyReporting=Monthly reporting +BankAccountDomiciliation=Bank address +BankAccountCountry=Account country +BankAccountOwner=Account owner name +BankAccountOwnerAddress=Account owner address +RIBControlError=Integrity check of values failed. This means the information for this account number is not complete or is incorrect (check country, numbers and IBAN). +CreateAccount=Create account +NewBankAccount=New account +NewFinancialAccount=New financial account +MenuNewFinancialAccount=New financial account +EditFinancialAccount=Edit account +LabelBankCashAccount=Bank or cash label +AccountType=Account type +BankType0=Savings account +BankType1=Current or credit card account +BankType2=Cash account +AccountsArea=Accounts area +AccountCard=Account card +DeleteAccount=Delete account +ConfirmDeleteAccount=Are you sure you want to delete this account? +Account=Account +BankTransactionByCategories=Bank entries by categories +BankTransactionForCategory=Bank entries for category %s +RemoveFromRubrique=Remove link with category +RemoveFromRubriqueConfirm=Are you sure you want to remove link between the entry and the category? +ListBankTransactions=List of bank entries +IdTransaction=Transaction ID +BankTransactions=Bank entries +BankTransaction=Bank entry +ListTransactions=List entries +ListTransactionsByCategory=List entries/category +TransactionsToConciliate=Entries to reconcile +TransactionsToConciliateShort=To reconcile +Conciliable=Can be reconciled +Conciliate=Reconcile +Conciliation=Reconciliation +SaveStatementOnly=Save statement only +ReconciliationLate=Reconciliation late +IncludeClosedAccount=Include closed accounts +OnlyOpenedAccount=Only open accounts +AccountToCredit=Account to credit +AccountToDebit=Account to debit +DisableConciliation=Disable reconciliation feature for this account +ConciliationDisabled=Reconciliation feature disabled +LinkedToAConciliatedTransaction=Linked to a conciliated entry +StatusAccountOpened=Open +StatusAccountClosed=Closed +AccountIdShort=Number +LineRecord=Transaction +AddBankRecord=Add entry +AddBankRecordLong=Add entry manually +Conciliated=Reconciled +ConciliatedBy=Reconciled by +DateConciliating=Reconcile date +BankLineConciliated=Entry reconciled with bank receipt +Reconciled=Reconciled +NotReconciled=Not reconciled +CustomerInvoicePayment=Customer payment +SupplierInvoicePayment=Vendor payment +SubscriptionPayment=Subscription payment +WithdrawalPayment=Debit payment order +SocialContributionPayment=Social/fiscal tax payment +BankTransfer=Credit transfer +BankTransfers=Credit transfers +MenuBankInternalTransfer=Internal transfer +TransferDesc=Use internal transfer to transfer from one account to another, the application will write two records: a debit in the source account and a credit in the target account. The same amount, label and date will be used for this transaction. +TransferFrom=From +TransferTo=To +TransferFromToDone=A transfer from %s to %s of %s %s has been recorded. +CheckTransmitter=Sender +ValidateCheckReceipt=Validate this check receipt? +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +DeleteCheckReceipt=Delete this check receipt? +ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Are you sure you want to delete this check receipt? +BankChecks=Bank checks +BankChecksToReceipt=Checks awaiting deposit +BankChecksToReceiptShort=Checks awaiting deposit +ShowCheckReceipt=Show check deposit receipt +NumberOfCheques=No. of check +DeleteTransaction=Delete entry +ConfirmDeleteTransaction=Are you sure you want to delete this entry? +ThisWillAlsoDeleteBankRecord=This will also delete generated bank entry +BankMovements=Movements +PlannedTransactions=Planned entries +Graph=Graphs +ExportDataset_banque_1=Bank entries and account statement +ExportDataset_banque_2=Deposit slip +TransactionOnTheOtherAccount=Transaction on the other account +PaymentNumberUpdateSucceeded=Payment number updated successfully +PaymentNumberUpdateFailed=Payment number could not be updated +PaymentDateUpdateSucceeded=Payment date updated successfully +PaymentDateUpdateFailed=Payment date could not be updated +Transactions=Transactions +BankTransactionLine=Bank entry +AllAccounts=All bank and cash accounts +BackToAccount=Back to account +ShowAllAccounts=Show for all accounts +FutureTransaction=Future transaction. Unable to reconcile. +SelectChequeTransactionAndGenerate=Select/filter the checks which are to be included in the check deposit receipt. Then, click on "Create". +InputReceiptNumber=Choose the bank statement related with the conciliation. Use a sortable numeric value: YYYYMM or YYYYMMDD +EventualyAddCategory=Eventually, specify a category in which to classify the records +ToConciliate=To reconcile? +ThenCheckLinesAndConciliate=Then, check the lines present in the bank statement and click +DefaultRIB=Default BAN +AllRIB=All BAN +LabelRIB=BAN Label +NoBANRecord=No BAN record +DeleteARib=Delete BAN record +ConfirmDeleteRib=Are you sure you want to delete this BAN record? +RejectCheck=Check returned +ConfirmRejectCheck=Are you sure you want to mark this check as rejected? +RejectCheckDate=Date the check was returned +CheckRejected=Check returned +CheckRejectedAndInvoicesReopened=Check returned and invoices re-open +BankAccountModelModule=Document templates for bank accounts +DocumentModelSepaMandate=Template of SEPA mandate. Useful for European countries in EEC only. +DocumentModelBan=Template to print a page with BAN information. +NewVariousPayment=New miscellaneous payment +VariousPayment=Miscellaneous payment +VariousPayments=Miscellaneous payments +ShowVariousPayment=Show miscellaneous payment +AddVariousPayment=Add miscellaneous payment +VariousPaymentId=Miscellaneous payment ID +VariousPaymentLabel=Miscellaneous payment label +ConfirmCloneVariousPayment=Confirm the clone of a miscellaneous payment +SEPAMandate=SEPA mandate +YourSEPAMandate=Your SEPA mandate +FindYourSEPAMandate=This is your SEPA mandate to authorize our company to make direct debit order to your bank. Return it signed (scan of the signed document) or send it by mail to +AutoReportLastAccountStatement=Automatically fill the field 'number of bank statement' with last statement number when making reconciliation +CashControl=POS cash desk control +NewCashFence=New cash desk opening or closing +BankColorizeMovement=Colorize movements +BankColorizeMovementDesc=If this function is enable, you can choose specific background color for debit or credit movements +BankColorizeMovementName1=Background color for debit movement +BankColorizeMovementName2=Background color for credit movement +IfYouDontReconcileDisableProperty=If you don't make the bank reconciliations on some bank accounts, disable the property "%s" on them to remove this warning. +NoBankAccountDefined=No bank account defined +NoRecordFoundIBankcAccount=No record found in bank account. Commonly, this occurs when a record has been deleted manually from the list of transaction in the bank account (for example during a reconciliation of the bank account). Another reason is that the payment was recorded when the module "%s" was disabled. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/bills.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b8c997d2e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/bills.lang @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - bills +Bill=Invoice +Bills=Invoices +BillsCustomers=Customer invoices +BillsCustomer=Customer invoice +BillsSuppliers=Vendor invoices +BillsCustomersUnpaid=Unpaid customer invoices +BillsCustomersUnpaidForCompany=Unpaid customer invoices for %s +BillsSuppliersUnpaid=Unpaid vendor invoices +BillsSuppliersUnpaidForCompany=Unpaid vendors invoices for %s +BillsLate=Late payments +BillsStatistics=Customers invoices statistics +BillsStatisticsSuppliers=Vendors invoices statistics +DisabledBecauseDispatchedInBookkeeping=Disabled because invoice was dispatched into bookkeeping +DisabledBecauseNotLastInvoice=Disabled because invoice is not erasable. Some invoices were recorded after this one and it will create holes in the counter. +DisabledBecauseNotErasable=Disabled because cannot be erased +InvoiceStandard=Standard invoice +InvoiceStandardAsk=Standard invoice +InvoiceStandardDesc=This kind of invoice is the common invoice. +InvoiceDeposit=Down payment invoice +InvoiceDepositAsk=Down payment invoice +InvoiceDepositDesc=This kind of invoice is done when a down payment has been received. +InvoiceProForma=Proforma invoice +InvoiceProFormaAsk=Proforma invoice +InvoiceProFormaDesc=Proforma invoice is an image of a true invoice but has no accountancy value. +InvoiceReplacement=Replacement invoice +InvoiceReplacementAsk=Replacement invoice for invoice +InvoiceReplacementDesc=Replacement invoice is used to completely replace an invoice with no payment already received.

Note: Only invoices with no payment on it can be replaced. If the invoice you replace is not yet closed, it will be automatically closed to 'abandoned'. +InvoiceAvoir=Credit note +InvoiceAvoirAsk=Credit note to correct invoice +InvoiceAvoirDesc=The credit note is a negative invoice used to correct the fact that an invoice shows an amount that differs from the amount actually paid (eg the customer paid too much by mistake, or will not pay the complete amount since some products were returned). +invoiceAvoirWithLines=Create Credit Note with lines from the origin invoice +invoiceAvoirWithPaymentRestAmount=Create Credit Note with remaining unpaid of origin invoice +invoiceAvoirLineWithPaymentRestAmount=Credit Note for remaining unpaid amount +ReplaceInvoice=Replace invoice %s +ReplacementInvoice=Replacement invoice +ReplacedByInvoice=Replaced by invoice %s +ReplacementByInvoice=Replaced by invoice +CorrectInvoice=Correct invoice %s +CorrectionInvoice=Correction invoice +UsedByInvoice=Used to pay invoice %s +ConsumedBy=Consumed by +NotConsumed=Not consumed +NoReplacableInvoice=No replaceable invoices +NoInvoiceToCorrect=No invoice to correct +InvoiceHasAvoir=Was source of one or several credit notes +CardBill=Invoice card +PredefinedInvoices=Predefined Invoices +Invoice=Invoice +PdfInvoiceTitle=Invoice +Invoices=Invoices +InvoiceLine=Invoice line +InvoiceCustomer=Customer invoice +CustomerInvoice=Customer invoice +CustomersInvoices=Customer invoices +SupplierInvoice=Vendor invoice +SuppliersInvoices=Vendor invoices +SupplierInvoiceLines=Vendor invoice lines +SupplierBill=Vendor invoice +SupplierBills=Vendor invoices +Payment=Payment +PaymentBack=Refund +CustomerInvoicePaymentBack=Refund +Payments=Payments +PaymentsBack=Refunds +paymentInInvoiceCurrency=in invoices currency +PaidBack=Paid back +DeletePayment=Delete payment +ConfirmDeletePayment=Are you sure you want to delete this payment? +ConfirmConvertToReduc=Do you want to convert this %s into an available credit? +ConfirmConvertToReduc2=The amount will be saved among all discounts and could be used as a discount for a current or a future invoice for this customer. +ConfirmConvertToReducSupplier=Do you want to convert this %s into an available credit? +ConfirmConvertToReducSupplier2=The amount will be saved among all discounts and could be used as a discount for a current or a future invoice for this vendor. +SupplierPayments=Vendor payments +ReceivedPayments=Received payments +ReceivedCustomersPayments=Payments received from customers +PayedSuppliersPayments=Payments paid to vendors +ReceivedCustomersPaymentsToValid=Received customers payments to validate +PaymentsReportsForYear=Payments reports for %s +PaymentsReports=Payments reports +PaymentsAlreadyDone=Payments already done +PaymentsBackAlreadyDone=Refunds already done +PaymentRule=Payment rule +PaymentMode=Payment Type +DefaultPaymentMode=Default Payment Type +DefaultBankAccount=Default Bank Account +PaymentTypeDC=Debit/Credit Card +PaymentTypePP=PayPal +IdPaymentMode=Payment Type (id) +CodePaymentMode=Payment Type (code) +LabelPaymentMode=Payment Type (label) +PaymentModeShort=Payment Type +PaymentTerm=Payment Term +PaymentConditions=Payment Terms +PaymentConditionsShort=Payment Terms +PaymentAmount=Payment amount +PaymentHigherThanReminderToPay=Payment higher than reminder to pay +HelpPaymentHigherThanReminderToPay=Attention, the payment amount of one or more bills is higher than the outstanding amount to pay.
Edit your entry, otherwise confirm and consider creating a credit note for the excess received for each overpaid invoice. +HelpPaymentHigherThanReminderToPaySupplier=Attention, the payment amount of one or more bills is higher than the outstanding amount to pay.
Edit your entry, otherwise confirm and consider creating a credit note for the excess paid for each overpaid invoice. +ClassifyPaid=Classify 'Paid' +ClassifyUnPaid=Classify 'Unpaid' +ClassifyPaidPartially=Classify 'Paid partially' +ClassifyCanceled=Classify 'Abandoned' +ClassifyClosed=Classify 'Closed' +ClassifyUnBilled=Classify 'Unbilled' +CreateBill=Create Invoice +CreateCreditNote=Create credit note +AddBill=Create invoice or credit note +AddToDraftInvoices=Add to draft invoice +DeleteBill=Delete invoice +SearchACustomerInvoice=Search for a customer invoice +SearchASupplierInvoice=Search for a vendor invoice +CancelBill=Cancel an invoice +SendRemindByMail=Send reminder by email +DoPayment=Enter payment +DoPaymentBack=Enter refund +ConvertToReduc=Mark as credit available +ConvertExcessReceivedToReduc=Convert excess received into available credit +ConvertExcessPaidToReduc=Convert excess paid into available discount +EnterPaymentReceivedFromCustomer=Enter payment received from customer +EnterPaymentDueToCustomer=Make payment due to customer +DisabledBecauseRemainderToPayIsZero=Disabled because remaining unpaid is zero +PriceBase=Base price +BillStatus=Invoice status +StatusOfGeneratedInvoices=Status of generated invoices +BillStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +BillStatusPaid=Paid +BillStatusPaidBackOrConverted=Credit note refund or marked as credit available +BillStatusConverted=Paid (ready for consumption in final invoice) +BillStatusCanceled=Abandoned +BillStatusValidated=Validated (needs to be paid) +BillStatusStarted=Started +BillStatusNotPaid=Not paid +BillStatusNotRefunded=Not refunded +BillStatusClosedUnpaid=Closed (unpaid) +BillStatusClosedPaidPartially=Paid (partially) +BillShortStatusDraft=Draft +BillShortStatusPaid=Paid +BillShortStatusPaidBackOrConverted=Refunded or converted +Refunded=Refunded +BillShortStatusConverted=Paid +BillShortStatusCanceled=Abandoned +BillShortStatusValidated=Validated +BillShortStatusStarted=Started +BillShortStatusNotPaid=Not paid +BillShortStatusNotRefunded=Not refunded +BillShortStatusClosedUnpaid=Closed +BillShortStatusClosedPaidPartially=Paid (partially) +PaymentStatusToValidShort=To validate +ErrorVATIntraNotConfigured=Intra-Community VAT number not yet defined +ErrorNoPaiementModeConfigured=No default payment type defined. Go to Invoice module setup to fix this. +ErrorCreateBankAccount=Create a bank account, then go to Setup panel of Invoice module to define payment types +ErrorBillNotFound=Invoice %s does not exist +ErrorInvoiceAlreadyReplaced=Error, you tried to validate an invoice to replace invoice %s. But this one has already been replaced by invoice %s. +ErrorDiscountAlreadyUsed=Error, discount already used +ErrorInvoiceAvoirMustBeNegative=Error, correct invoice must have a negative amount +ErrorInvoiceOfThisTypeMustBePositive=Error, this type of invoice must have an amount excluding tax positive (or null) +ErrorCantCancelIfReplacementInvoiceNotValidated=Error, can't cancel an invoice that has been replaced by another invoice that is still in draft status +ErrorThisPartOrAnotherIsAlreadyUsedSoDiscountSerieCantBeRemoved=This part or another is already used so discount series cannot be removed. +BillFrom=From +BillTo=To +ActionsOnBill=Actions on invoice +RecurringInvoiceTemplate=Template / Recurring invoice +NoQualifiedRecurringInvoiceTemplateFound=No recurring template invoice qualified for generation. +FoundXQualifiedRecurringInvoiceTemplate=Found %s recurring template invoice(s) qualified for generation. +NotARecurringInvoiceTemplate=Not a recurring template invoice +NewBill=New invoice +LastBills=Latest %s invoices +LatestTemplateInvoices=Latest %s template invoices +LatestCustomerTemplateInvoices=Latest %s customer template invoices +LatestSupplierTemplateInvoices=Latest %s vendor template invoices +LastCustomersBills=Latest %s customer invoices +LastSuppliersBills=Latest %s vendor invoices +AllBills=All invoices +AllCustomerTemplateInvoices=All template invoices +OtherBills=Other invoices +DraftBills=Draft invoices +CustomersDraftInvoices=Customer draft invoices +SuppliersDraftInvoices=Vendor draft invoices +Unpaid=Unpaid +ErrorNoPaymentDefined=Error No payment defined +ConfirmDeleteBill=Are you sure you want to delete this invoice? +ConfirmValidateBill=Are you sure you want to validate this invoice with reference %s? +ConfirmUnvalidateBill=Are you sure you want to change invoice %s to draft status? +ConfirmClassifyPaidBill=Are you sure you want to change invoice %s to status paid? +ConfirmCancelBill=Are you sure you want to cancel invoice %s? +ConfirmCancelBillQuestion=Why do you want to classify this invoice 'abandoned'? +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartially=Are you sure you want to change invoice %s to status paid? +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyQuestion=This invoice has not been paid completely. What is the reason for closing this invoice? +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonAvoir=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. I regularize the VAT with a credit note. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscount=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountNoVat=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. I accept to lose the VAT on this discount. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountVat=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. I recover the VAT on this discount without a credit note. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonBadCustomer=Bad customer +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonProductReturned=Products partially returned +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonOther=Amount abandoned for other reason +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountNoVatDesc=This choice is possible if your invoice has been provided with suitable comments. (Example «Only the tax corresponding to the price that has been actually paid gives rights to deduction») +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountVatDesc=In some countries, this choice might be possible only if your invoice contains correct notes. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonAvoirDesc=Use this choice if all other does not suit +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonBadCustomerDesc=A bad customer is a customer that refuses to pay his debt. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonProductReturnedDesc=This choice is used when payment is not complete because some of products were returned +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonOtherDesc=Use this choice if all others are not suitable, for example in following situation:
- payment not complete because some products were shipped back
- amount claimed too important because a discount was forgotten
In all cases, amount over-claimed must be corrected in accountancy system by creating a credit note. +ConfirmClassifyAbandonReasonOther=Other +ConfirmClassifyAbandonReasonOtherDesc=This choice will be used in all other cases. For example because you plan to create a replacing invoice. +ConfirmCustomerPayment=Do you confirm this payment input for %s %s? +ConfirmSupplierPayment=Do you confirm this payment input for %s %s? +ConfirmValidatePayment=Are you sure you want to validate this payment? No change can be made once payment is validated. +ValidateBill=Validate invoice +UnvalidateBill=Unvalidate invoice +NumberOfBills=No. of invoices +NumberOfBillsByMonth=No. of invoices per month +AmountOfBills=Amount of invoices +AmountOfBillsHT=Amount of invoices (net of tax) +AmountOfBillsByMonthHT=Amount of invoices by month (net of tax) +UseSituationInvoices=Allow situation invoice +UseSituationInvoicesCreditNote=Allow situation invoice credit note +Retainedwarranty=Retained warranty +AllowedInvoiceForRetainedWarranty=Retained warranty usable on the following types of invoices +RetainedwarrantyDefaultPercent=Retained warranty default percent +RetainedwarrantyOnlyForSituation=Make "retained warranty" available only for situation invoices +RetainedwarrantyOnlyForSituationFinal=On situation invoices the global "retained warranty" deduction is applied only on the final situation +ToPayOn=To pay on %s +toPayOn=to pay on %s +RetainedWarranty=Retained Warranty +PaymentConditionsShortRetainedWarranty=Retained warranty payment terms +DefaultPaymentConditionsRetainedWarranty=Default retained warranty payment terms +setPaymentConditionsShortRetainedWarranty=Set retained warranty payment terms +setretainedwarranty=Set retained warranty +setretainedwarrantyDateLimit=Set retained warranty date limit +RetainedWarrantyDateLimit=Retained warranty date limit +RetainedWarrantyNeed100Percent=The situation invoice need to be at 100%% progress to be displayed on PDF +AlreadyPaid=Already paid +AlreadyPaidBack=Already paid back +AlreadyPaidNoCreditNotesNoDeposits=Already paid (without credit notes and down payments) +Abandoned=Abandoned +RemainderToPay=Remaining unpaid +RemainderToTake=Remaining amount to take +RemainderToPayBack=Remaining amount to refund +Rest=Pending +AmountExpected=Amount claimed +ExcessReceived=Excess received +ExcessPaid=Excess paid +EscompteOffered=Discount offered (payment before term) +EscompteOfferedShort=Discount +SendBillRef=Submission of invoice %s +SendReminderBillRef=Submission of invoice %s (reminder) +NoDraftBills=No draft invoices +NoOtherDraftBills=No other draft invoices +NoDraftInvoices=No draft invoices +RefBill=Invoice ref +ToBill=To bill +RemainderToBill=Remainder to bill +SendBillByMail=Send invoice by email +SendReminderBillByMail=Send reminder by email +RelatedCommercialProposals=Related commercial proposals +RelatedRecurringCustomerInvoices=Related recurring customer invoices +MenuToValid=To valid +DateMaxPayment=Payment due on +DateInvoice=Invoice date +DatePointOfTax=Point of tax +NoInvoice=No invoice +NoOpenInvoice=No open invoice +ClassifyBill=Classify invoice +SupplierBillsToPay=Unpaid vendor invoices +CustomerBillsUnpaid=Unpaid customer invoices +NonPercuRecuperable=Non-recoverable +SetConditions=Set Payment Terms +SetMode=Set Payment Type +SetRevenuStamp=Set revenue stamp +Billed=Billed +RecurringInvoices=Recurring invoices +RepeatableInvoice=Template invoice +RepeatableInvoices=Template invoices +Repeatable=Template +Repeatables=Templates +ChangeIntoRepeatableInvoice=Convert into template invoice +CreateRepeatableInvoice=Create template invoice +CreateFromRepeatableInvoice=Create from template invoice +CustomersInvoicesAndInvoiceLines=Customer invoices and invoice details +CustomersInvoicesAndPayments=Customer invoices and payments +ExportDataset_invoice_1=Customer invoices and invoice details +ExportDataset_invoice_2=Customer invoices and payments +ProformaBill=Proforma Bill: +Reduction=Reduction +ReductionShort=Disc. +Reductions=Reductions +ReductionsShort=Disc. +Discounts=Discounts +AddDiscount=Create discount +AddRelativeDiscount=Create relative discount +EditRelativeDiscount=Edit relative discount +AddGlobalDiscount=Create absolute discount +EditGlobalDiscounts=Edit absolute discounts +AddCreditNote=Create credit note +ShowDiscount=Show discount +ShowReduc=Show the discount +ShowSourceInvoice=Show the source invoice +RelativeDiscount=Relative discount +GlobalDiscount=Global discount +CreditNote=Credit note +CreditNotes=Credit notes +CreditNotesOrExcessReceived=Credit notes or excess received +Deposit=Down payment +Deposits=Down payments +DiscountFromCreditNote=Discount from credit note %s +DiscountFromDeposit=Down payments from invoice %s +DiscountFromExcessReceived=Payments in excess of invoice %s +DiscountFromExcessPaid=Payments in excess of invoice %s +AbsoluteDiscountUse=This kind of credit can be used on invoice before its validation +CreditNoteDepositUse=Invoice must be validated to use this kind of credits +NewGlobalDiscount=New absolute discount +NewRelativeDiscount=New relative discount +DiscountType=Discount type +NoteReason=Note/Reason +ReasonDiscount=Reason +DiscountOfferedBy=Granted by +DiscountStillRemaining=Discounts or credits available +DiscountAlreadyCounted=Discounts or credits already consumed +CustomerDiscounts=Customer discounts +SupplierDiscounts=Vendors discounts +BillAddress=Bill address +HelpEscompte=This discount is a discount granted to customer because payment was made before term. +HelpAbandonBadCustomer=This amount has been abandoned (customer said to be a bad customer) and is considered as an exceptional loss. +HelpAbandonOther=This amount has been abandoned since it was an error (wrong customer or invoice replaced by another for example) +IdSocialContribution=Social/fiscal tax payment id +PaymentId=Payment id +PaymentRef=Payment ref. +InvoiceId=Invoice id +InvoiceRef=Invoice ref. +InvoiceDateCreation=Invoice creation date +InvoiceStatus=Invoice status +InvoiceNote=Invoice note +InvoicePaid=Invoice paid +InvoicePaidCompletely=Paid completely +InvoicePaidCompletelyHelp=Invoice that are paid completely. This excludes invoices that are paid partially. To get list of all 'Closed' or non 'Closed' invoices, prefer to use a filter on the invoice status. +OrderBilled=Order billed +DonationPaid=Donation paid +PaymentNumber=Payment number +RemoveDiscount=Remove discount +WatermarkOnDraftBill=Watermark on draft invoices (nothing if empty) +InvoiceNotChecked=No invoice selected +ConfirmCloneInvoice=Are you sure you want to clone this invoice %s? +DisabledBecauseReplacedInvoice=Action disabled because invoice has been replaced +DescTaxAndDividendsArea=This area presents a summary of all payments made for special expenses. Only records with payments during the fixed year are included here. +NbOfPayments=No. of payments +SplitDiscount=Split discount in two +ConfirmSplitDiscount=Are you sure you want to split this discount of %s %s into two smaller discounts? +TypeAmountOfEachNewDiscount=Input amount for each of two parts: +TotalOfTwoDiscountMustEqualsOriginal=The total of the two new discounts must be equal to the original discount amount. +ConfirmRemoveDiscount=Are you sure you want to remove this discount? +RelatedBill=Related invoice +RelatedBills=Related invoices +RelatedCustomerInvoices=Related customer invoices +RelatedSupplierInvoices=Related vendor invoices +LatestRelatedBill=Latest related invoice +WarningBillExist=Warning, one or more invoices already exist +MergingPDFTool=Merging PDF tool +AmountPaymentDistributedOnInvoice=Payment amount distributed on invoice +PaymentOnDifferentThirdBills=Allow payments on different third parties bills but same parent company +PaymentNote=Payment note +ListOfPreviousSituationInvoices=List of previous situation invoices +ListOfNextSituationInvoices=List of next situation invoices +ListOfSituationInvoices=List of situation invoices +CurrentSituationTotal=Total current situation +DisabledBecauseNotEnouthCreditNote=To remove a situation invoice from cycle, this invoice's credit note total must cover this invoice total +RemoveSituationFromCycle=Remove this invoice from cycle +ConfirmRemoveSituationFromCycle=Remove this invoice %s from cycle ? +ConfirmOuting=Confirm outing +FrequencyPer_d=Every %s days +FrequencyPer_m=Every %s months +FrequencyPer_y=Every %s years +FrequencyUnit=Frequency unit +toolTipFrequency=Examples:
Set 7, Day: give a new invoice every 7 days
Set 3, Month: give a new invoice every 3 month +NextDateToExecution=Date for next invoice generation +NextDateToExecutionShort=Date next gen. +DateLastGeneration=Date of latest generation +DateLastGenerationShort=Date latest gen. +MaxPeriodNumber=Max. number of invoice generation +NbOfGenerationDone=Number of invoice generation already done +NbOfGenerationOfRecordDone=Number of record generation already done +NbOfGenerationDoneShort=Number of generation done +MaxGenerationReached=Maximum number of generations reached +InvoiceAutoValidate=Validate invoices automatically +GeneratedFromRecurringInvoice=Generated from template recurring invoice %s +DateIsNotEnough=Date not reached yet +InvoiceGeneratedFromTemplate=Invoice %s generated from recurring template invoice %s +GeneratedFromTemplate=Generated from template invoice %s +WarningInvoiceDateInFuture=Warning, the invoice date is higher than current date +WarningInvoiceDateTooFarInFuture=Warning, the invoice date is too far from current date +ViewAvailableGlobalDiscounts=View available discounts +GroupPaymentsByModOnReports=Group payments by mode on reports +# PaymentConditions +Statut=Status +PaymentConditionShortRECEP=Due Upon Receipt +PaymentConditionRECEP=Due Upon Receipt +PaymentConditionShort30D=30 days +PaymentCondition30D=30 days +PaymentConditionShort30DENDMONTH=30 days of month-end +PaymentCondition30DENDMONTH=Within 30 days following the end of the month +PaymentConditionShort60D=60 days +PaymentCondition60D=60 days +PaymentConditionShort60DENDMONTH=60 days of month-end +PaymentCondition60DENDMONTH=Within 60 days following the end of the month +PaymentConditionShortPT_DELIVERY=Delivery +PaymentConditionPT_DELIVERY=On delivery +PaymentConditionShortPT_ORDER=Order +PaymentConditionPT_ORDER=On order +PaymentConditionShortPT_5050=50-50 +PaymentConditionPT_5050=50%% in advance, 50%% on delivery +PaymentConditionShort10D=10 days +PaymentCondition10D=10 days +PaymentConditionShort10DENDMONTH=10 days of month-end +PaymentCondition10DENDMONTH=Within 10 days following the end of the month +PaymentConditionShort14D=14 days +PaymentCondition14D=14 days +PaymentConditionShort14DENDMONTH=14 days of month-end +PaymentCondition14DENDMONTH=Within 14 days following the end of the month +FixAmount=Fixed amount - 1 line with label '%s' +VarAmount=Variable amount (%% tot.) +VarAmountOneLine=Variable amount (%% tot.) - 1 line with label '%s' +VarAmountAllLines=Variable amount (%% tot.) - all lines from origin +# PaymentType +PaymentTypeVIR=Bank transfer +PaymentTypeShortVIR=Bank transfer +PaymentTypePRE=Direct debit payment order +PaymentTypeShortPRE=Debit payment order +PaymentTypeLIQ=Cash +PaymentTypeShortLIQ=Cash +PaymentTypeCB=Credit card +PaymentTypeShortCB=Credit card +PaymentTypeCHQ=Check +PaymentTypeShortCHQ=Check +PaymentTypeTIP=TIP (Documents against Payment) +PaymentTypeShortTIP=TIP Payment +PaymentTypeVAD=Online payment +PaymentTypeShortVAD=Online payment +PaymentTypeTRA=Bank draft +PaymentTypeShortTRA=Draft +PaymentTypeFAC=Factor +PaymentTypeShortFAC=Factor +BankDetails=Bank details +BankCode=Bank code +DeskCode=Branch code +BankAccountNumber=Account number +BankAccountNumberKey=Checksum +Residence=Address +IBANNumber=IBAN account number +IBAN=IBAN +CustomerIBAN=IBAN of customer +SupplierIBAN=IBAN of vendor +BIC=BIC/SWIFT +BICNumber=BIC/SWIFT code +ExtraInfos=Extra infos +RegulatedOn=Regulated on +ChequeNumber=Check N° +ChequeOrTransferNumber=Check/Transfer N° +ChequeBordereau=Check schedule +ChequeMaker=Check/Transfer sender +ChequeBank=Bank of Check +CheckBank=Check +NetToBePaid=Net to be paid +PhoneNumber=Tel +FullPhoneNumber=Telephone +TeleFax=Fax +PrettyLittleSentence=Accept the amount of payments due by checks issued in my name as a Member of an accounting association approved by the Fiscal Administration. +IntracommunityVATNumber=Intra-Community VAT ID +PaymentByChequeOrderedTo=Check payments (including tax) are payable to %s, send to +PaymentByChequeOrderedToShort=Check payments (incl. tax) are payable to +SendTo=sent to +PaymentByTransferOnThisBankAccount=Payment by transfer to the following bank account +VATIsNotUsedForInvoice=* Non applicable VAT art-293B of CGI +LawApplicationPart1=By application of the law 80.335 of 12/05/80 +LawApplicationPart2=the goods remain the property of +LawApplicationPart3=the seller until full payment of +LawApplicationPart4=their price. +LimitedLiabilityCompanyCapital=SARL with Capital of +UseLine=Apply +UseDiscount=Use discount +UseCredit=Use credit +UseCreditNoteInInvoicePayment=Reduce amount to pay with this credit +MenuChequeDeposits=Check Deposits +MenuCheques=Checks +MenuChequesReceipts=Check receipts +NewChequeDeposit=New deposit +ChequesReceipts=Check receipts +ChequesArea=Check deposits area +ChequeDeposits=Check deposits +Cheques=Checks +DepositId=Id deposit +NbCheque=Number of checks +CreditNoteConvertedIntoDiscount=This %s has been converted into %s +UsBillingContactAsIncoiveRecipientIfExist=Use contact/address with type 'billing contact' instead of third-party address as recipient for invoices +ShowUnpaidAll=Show all unpaid invoices +ShowUnpaidLateOnly=Show late unpaid invoices only +PaymentInvoiceRef=Payment invoice %s +ValidateInvoice=Validate invoice +ValidateInvoices=Validate invoices +Cash=Cash +Reported=Delayed +DisabledBecausePayments=Not possible since there are some payments +CantRemovePaymentWithOneInvoicePaid=Can't remove payment since there is at least one invoice classified paid +CantRemovePaymentVATPaid=Can't remove payment since VAT declaration is classified paid +CantRemovePaymentSalaryPaid=Can't remove payment since salary is classified paid +ExpectedToPay=Expected payment +CantRemoveConciliatedPayment=Can't remove reconciled payment +PayedByThisPayment=Paid by this payment +ClosePaidInvoicesAutomatically=Classify automatically all standard, down payment or replacement invoices as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +ClosePaidCreditNotesAutomatically=Classify automatically all credit notes as "Paid" when refund is done entirely. +ClosePaidContributionsAutomatically=Classify automatically all social or fiscal contributions as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +ClosePaidVATAutomatically=Classify automatically VAT declaration as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +ClosePaidSalaryAutomatically=Classify automatically salary as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +AllCompletelyPayedInvoiceWillBeClosed=All invoices with no remainder to pay will be automatically closed with status "Paid". +ToMakePayment=Pay +ToMakePaymentBack=Pay back +ListOfYourUnpaidInvoices=List of unpaid invoices +NoteListOfYourUnpaidInvoices=Note: This list contains only invoices for third parties you are linked to as a sale representative. +RevenueStamp=Tax stamp +YouMustCreateInvoiceFromThird=This option is only available when creating an invoice from tab "Customer" of third party +YouMustCreateInvoiceFromSupplierThird=This option is only available when creating an invoice from tab "Vendor" of third party +YouMustCreateStandardInvoiceFirstDesc=You have to create a standard invoice first and convert it to "template" to create a new template invoice +PDFCrabeDescription=Invoice PDF template Crabe. A complete invoice template (old implementation of Sponge template) +PDFSpongeDescription=Invoice PDF template Sponge. A complete invoice template +PDFCrevetteDescription=Invoice PDF template Crevette. A complete invoice template for situation invoices +TerreNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices and %syymm-nnnn for credit notes where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +MarsNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices, %syymm-nnnn for replacement invoices, %syymm-nnnn for down payment invoices and %syymm-nnnn for credit notes where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +TerreNumRefModelError=A bill starting with $syymm already exists and is not compatible with this model of sequence. Remove it or rename it to activate this module. +CactusNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices, %syymm-nnnn for credit notes and %syymm-nnnn for down payment invoices where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +EarlyClosingReason=Early closing reason +EarlyClosingComment=Early closing note +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_facture_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up customer invoice +TypeContact_facture_external_BILLING=Customer invoice contact +TypeContact_facture_external_SHIPPING=Customer shipping contact +TypeContact_facture_external_SERVICE=Customer service contact +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up vendor invoice +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_external_BILLING=Vendor invoice contact +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_external_SHIPPING=Vendor shipping contact +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_external_SERVICE=Vendor service contact +# Situation invoices +InvoiceFirstSituationAsk=First situation invoice +InvoiceFirstSituationDesc=The situation invoices are tied to situations related to a progression, for example the progression of a construction. Each situation is tied to an invoice. +InvoiceSituation=Situation invoice +PDFInvoiceSituation=Situation invoice +InvoiceSituationAsk=Invoice following the situation +InvoiceSituationDesc=Create a new situation following an already existing one +SituationAmount=Situation invoice amount(net) +SituationDeduction=Situation subtraction +ModifyAllLines=Modify all lines +CreateNextSituationInvoice=Create next situation +ErrorFindNextSituationInvoice=Error unable to find next situation cycle ref +ErrorOutingSituationInvoiceOnUpdate=Unable to outing this situation invoice. +ErrorOutingSituationInvoiceCreditNote=Unable to outing linked credit note. +NotLastInCycle=This invoice is not the latest in cycle and must not be modified. +DisabledBecauseNotLastInCycle=The next situation already exists. +DisabledBecauseFinal=This situation is final. +situationInvoiceShortcode_AS=AS +situationInvoiceShortcode_S=S +CantBeLessThanMinPercent=The progress can't be smaller than its value in the previous situation. +NoSituations=No open situations +InvoiceSituationLast=Final and general invoice +PDFCrevetteSituationNumber=Situation N°%s +PDFCrevetteSituationInvoiceLineDecompte=Situation invoice - COUNT +PDFCrevetteSituationInvoiceTitle=Situation invoice +PDFCrevetteSituationInvoiceLine=Situation N°%s: Inv. N°%s on %s +TotalSituationInvoice=Total situation +invoiceLineProgressError=Invoice line progress can't be greater than or equal to the next invoice line +updatePriceNextInvoiceErrorUpdateline=Error: update price on invoice line: %s +ToCreateARecurringInvoice=To create a recurring invoice for this contract, first create this draft invoice, then convert it into an invoice template and define the frequency for generation of future invoices. +ToCreateARecurringInvoiceGene=To generate future invoices regularly and manually, just go on menu %s - %s - %s. +ToCreateARecurringInvoiceGeneAuto=If you need to have such invoices generated automatically, ask your administrator to enable and setup module %s. Note that both methods (manual and automatic) can be used together with no risk of duplication. +DeleteRepeatableInvoice=Delete template invoice +ConfirmDeleteRepeatableInvoice=Are your sure you want to delete the template invoice? +CreateOneBillByThird=Create one invoice per third party (otherwise, one invoice per order) +BillCreated=%s invoice(s) generated +BillXCreated=Invoice %s generated +StatusOfGeneratedDocuments=Status of document generation +DoNotGenerateDoc=Do not generate document file +AutogenerateDoc=Auto generate document file +AutoFillDateFrom=Set start date for service line with invoice date +AutoFillDateFromShort=Set start date +AutoFillDateTo=Set end date for service line with next invoice date +AutoFillDateToShort=Set end date +MaxNumberOfGenerationReached=Max number of gen. reached +BILL_DELETEInDolibarr=Invoice deleted +BILL_SUPPLIER_DELETEInDolibarr=Supplier invoice deleted +UnitPriceXQtyLessDiscount=Unit price x Qty - Discount +CustomersInvoicesArea=Customer billing area +SupplierInvoicesArea=Supplier billing area +FacParentLine=Invoice Line Parent +SituationTotalRayToRest=Remainder to pay without taxe +PDFSituationTitle=Situation n° %d +SituationTotalProgress=Total progress %d %% +SearchUnpaidInvoicesWithDueDate=Search unpaid invoices with a due date = %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/blockedlog.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/blockedlog.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44cb183050a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/blockedlog.lang @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +BlockedLog=Unalterable Logs +Field=Field +BlockedLogDesc=This module tracks some events into an unalterable log (that you can't modify once recorded) into a block chain, in real time. This module provides compatibility with requirements of laws of some countries (like France with the law Finance 2016 - Norme NF525). +Fingerprints=Archived events and fingerprints +FingerprintsDesc=This is the tool to browse or extract the unalterable logs. Unalterable logs are generated and archived locally into a dedicated table, in real time when you record a business event. You can use this tool to export this archive and save it into an external support (some countries, like France, ask that you do it every year). Note that, there is no feature to purge this log and every change tried to be done directly into this log (by a hacker for example) will be reported with a non-valid fingerprint. If you really need to purge this table because you used your application for a demo/test purpose and want to clean your data to start your production, you can ask your reseller or integrator to reset your database (all your data will be removed). +CompanyInitialKey=Company initial key (hash of genesis block) +BrowseBlockedLog=Unalterable logs +ShowAllFingerPrintsMightBeTooLong=Show all archived logs (might be long) +ShowAllFingerPrintsErrorsMightBeTooLong=Show all non-valid archive logs (might be long) +DownloadBlockChain=Download fingerprints +KoCheckFingerprintValidity=Archived log entry is not valid. It means someone (a hacker?) has modified some data of this record after it was recorded, or has erased the previous archived record (check that line with previous # exists) or has modified checksum of the previous record. +OkCheckFingerprintValidity=Archived log record is valid. The data on this line was not modified and the entry follows the previous one. +OkCheckFingerprintValidityButChainIsKo=Archived log seems valid compared to previous one but the chain was corrupted previously. +AddedByAuthority=Stored into remote authority +NotAddedByAuthorityYet=Not yet stored into remote authority +ShowDetails=Show stored details +logPAYMENT_VARIOUS_CREATE=Payment (not assigned to an invoice) created +logPAYMENT_VARIOUS_MODIFY=Payment (not assigned to an invoice) modified +logPAYMENT_VARIOUS_DELETE=Payment (not assigned to an invoice) logical deletion +logPAYMENT_ADD_TO_BANK=Payment added to bank +logPAYMENT_CUSTOMER_CREATE=Customer payment created +logPAYMENT_CUSTOMER_DELETE=Customer payment logical deletion +logDONATION_PAYMENT_CREATE=Donation payment created +logDONATION_PAYMENT_DELETE=Donation payment logical deletion +logBILL_PAYED=Customer invoice paid +logBILL_UNPAYED=Customer invoice set unpaid +logBILL_VALIDATE=Customer invoice validated +logBILL_SENTBYMAIL=Customer invoice send by mail +logBILL_DELETE=Customer invoice logically deleted +logMODULE_RESET=Module BlockedLog was disabled +logMODULE_SET=Module BlockedLog was enabled +logDON_VALIDATE=Donation validated +logDON_MODIFY=Donation modified +logDON_DELETE=Donation logical deletion +logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_CREATE=Member subscription created +logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_MODIFY=Member subscription modified +logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_DELETE=Member subscription logical deletion +logCASHCONTROL_VALIDATE=Cash desk closing recording +BlockedLogBillDownload=Customer invoice download +BlockedLogBillPreview=Customer invoice preview +BlockedlogInfoDialog=Log Details +ListOfTrackedEvents=List of tracked events +Fingerprint=Fingerprint +DownloadLogCSV=Export archived logs (CSV) +logDOC_PREVIEW=Preview of a validated document in order to print or download +logDOC_DOWNLOAD=Download of a validated document in order to print or send +DataOfArchivedEvent=Full datas of archived event +ImpossibleToReloadObject=Original object (type %s, id %s) not linked (see 'Full datas' column to get unalterable saved data) +BlockedLogAreRequiredByYourCountryLegislation=Unalterable Logs module may be required by the legislation of your country. Disabling this module may render any future transactions invalid with respect to the law and the use of legal software as they can not be validated by a tax audit. +BlockedLogActivatedBecauseRequiredByYourCountryLegislation=Unalterable Logs module was activated because of the legislation of your country. Disabling this module may render any future transactions invalid with respect to the law and the use of legal software as they cannot be validated by a tax audit. +BlockedLogDisableNotAllowedForCountry=List of countries where usage of this module is mandatory (just to prevent to disable the module by error, if your country is in this list, disable of module is not possible without editing this list first. Note also that enabling/disabling this module will keep a track into the unalterable log). +OnlyNonValid=Non-valid +TooManyRecordToScanRestrictFilters=Too many records to scan/analyze. Please restrict list with more restrictive filters. +RestrictYearToExport=Restrict month / year to export diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/bookmarks.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/bookmarks.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87466cadcfa --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/bookmarks.lang @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - marque pages +AddThisPageToBookmarks=Add current page to bookmarks +Bookmark=Bookmark +Bookmarks=Bookmarks +ListOfBookmarks=List of bookmarks +EditBookmarks=List/edit bookmarks +NewBookmark=New bookmark +ShowBookmark=Show bookmark +OpenANewWindow=Open a new tab +ReplaceWindow=Replace current tab +BookmarkTargetNewWindowShort=New tab +BookmarkTargetReplaceWindowShort=Current tab +BookmarkTitle=Bookmark name +UrlOrLink=URL +BehaviourOnClick=Behaviour when a bookmark URL is selected +CreateBookmark=Create bookmark +SetHereATitleForLink=Set a name for the bookmark +UseAnExternalHttpLinkOrRelativeDolibarrLink=Use an external/absolute link (https://URL) or an internal/relative link (/DOLIBARR_ROOT/htdocs/...) +ChooseIfANewWindowMustBeOpenedOnClickOnBookmark=Choose if the linked page should open in the current tab or a new tab +BookmarksManagement=Bookmarks management +BookmarksMenuShortCut=Ctrl + shift + m diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/boxes.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..710d49bfab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/boxes.lang @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - boxes +BoxDolibarrStateBoard=Statistics on main business objects in database +BoxLoginInformation=Login Information +BoxLastRssInfos=RSS Information +BoxLastProducts=Latest %s Products/Services +BoxProductsAlertStock=Stock alerts for products +BoxLastProductsInContract=Latest %s contracted products/services +BoxLastSupplierBills=Latest Vendor invoices +BoxLastCustomerBills=Latest Customer invoices +BoxOldestUnpaidCustomerBills=Oldest unpaid customer invoices +BoxOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=Oldest unpaid vendor invoices +BoxLastProposals=Latest commercial proposals +BoxLastProspects=Latest modified prospects +BoxLastCustomers=Latest modified customers +BoxLastSuppliers=Latest modified suppliers +BoxLastCustomerOrders=Latest sales orders +BoxLastActions=Latest actions +BoxLastContracts=Latest contracts +BoxLastContacts=Latest contacts/addresses +BoxLastMembers=Latest members +BoxLastModifiedMembers=Latest modified members +BoxLastMembersSubscriptions=Latest member subscriptions +BoxFicheInter=Latest interventions +BoxCurrentAccounts=Open accounts balance +BoxTitleMemberNextBirthdays=Birthdays of this month (members) +BoxTitleMembersByType=Members by type +BoxTitleMembersSubscriptionsByYear=Members Subscriptions by year +BoxTitleLastRssInfos=Latest %s news from %s +BoxTitleLastProducts=Products/Services: last %s modified +BoxTitleProductsAlertStock=Products: stock alert +BoxTitleLastSuppliers=Latest %s recorded suppliers +BoxTitleLastModifiedSuppliers=Vendors: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomers=Customers: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastCustomersOrProspects=Latest %s customers or prospects +BoxTitleLastCustomerBills=Latest %s modified Customer invoices +BoxTitleLastSupplierBills=Latest %s modified Vendor invoices +BoxTitleLastModifiedProspects=Prospects: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedMembers=Latest %s members +BoxTitleLastFicheInter=Latest %s modified interventions +BoxTitleOldestUnpaidCustomerBills=Customer Invoices: oldest %s unpaid +BoxTitleOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=Vendor Invoices: oldest %s unpaid +BoxTitleCurrentAccounts=Open Accounts: balances +BoxTitleSupplierOrdersAwaitingReception=Supplier orders awaiting reception +BoxTitleLastModifiedContacts=Contacts/Addresses: last %s modified +BoxMyLastBookmarks=Bookmarks: latest %s +BoxOldestExpiredServices=Oldest active expired services +BoxLastExpiredServices=Latest %s oldest contacts with active expired services +BoxTitleLastActionsToDo=Latest %s actions to do +BoxTitleLastContracts=Latest %s contracts which were modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedDonations=Latest %s donations which were modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedExpenses=Latest %s expense reports which were modified +BoxTitleLatestModifiedBoms=Latest %s BOMs which were modified +BoxTitleLatestModifiedMos=Latest %s Manufacturing Orders which were modified +BoxTitleLastOutstandingBillReached=Customers with maximum outstanding exceeded +BoxGlobalActivity=Global activity (invoices, proposals, orders) +BoxGoodCustomers=Good customers +BoxTitleGoodCustomers=%s Good customers +BoxScheduledJobs=Scheduled jobs +BoxTitleFunnelOfProspection=Lead funnel +FailedToRefreshDataInfoNotUpToDate=Failed to refresh RSS flux. Latest successful refresh date: %s +LastRefreshDate=Latest refresh date +NoRecordedBookmarks=No bookmarks defined. +ClickToAdd=Click here to add. +NoRecordedCustomers=No recorded customers +NoRecordedContacts=No recorded contacts +NoActionsToDo=No actions to do +NoRecordedOrders=No recorded sales orders +NoRecordedProposals=No recorded proposals +NoRecordedInvoices=No recorded customer invoices +NoUnpaidCustomerBills=No unpaid customer invoices +NoUnpaidSupplierBills=No unpaid vendor invoices +NoModifiedSupplierBills=No recorded vendor invoices +NoRecordedProducts=No recorded products/services +NoRecordedProspects=No recorded prospects +NoContractedProducts=No products/services contracted +NoRecordedContracts=No recorded contracts +NoRecordedInterventions=No recorded interventions +BoxLatestSupplierOrders=Latest purchase orders +BoxLatestSupplierOrdersAwaitingReception=Latest Purchase Orders (with a pending reception) +NoSupplierOrder=No recorded purchase order +BoxCustomersInvoicesPerMonth=Customer Invoices per month +BoxSuppliersInvoicesPerMonth=Vendor Invoices per month +BoxCustomersOrdersPerMonth=Sales Orders per month +BoxSuppliersOrdersPerMonth=Vendor Orders per month +BoxProposalsPerMonth=Proposals per month +NoTooLowStockProducts=No products are under the low stock limit +BoxProductDistribution=Products/Services Distribution +ForObject=On %s +BoxTitleLastModifiedSupplierBills=Vendor Invoices: last %s modified +BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Vendor Orders: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Customer Invoices: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Sales Orders: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Latest %s modified proposals +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +ForCustomersInvoices=Customers invoices +ForCustomersOrders=Customers orders +ForProposals=Proposals +LastXMonthRolling=The latest %s month rolling +ChooseBoxToAdd=Add widget to your dashboard +BoxAdded=Widget was added in your dashboard +BoxTitleUserBirthdaysOfMonth=Birthdays of this month (users) +BoxLastManualEntries=Latest record in accountancy entered manually or without source document +BoxTitleLastManualEntries=%s latest record entered manually or without source document +NoRecordedManualEntries=No manual entries record in accountancy +BoxSuspenseAccount=Count accountancy operation with suspense account +BoxTitleSuspenseAccount=Number of unallocated lines +NumberOfLinesInSuspenseAccount=Number of line in suspense account +SuspenseAccountNotDefined=Suspense account isn't defined +BoxLastCustomerShipments=Last customer shipments +BoxTitleLastCustomerShipments=Latest %s customer shipments +NoRecordedShipments=No recorded customer shipment +BoxCustomersOutstandingBillReached=Customers with oustanding limit reached +# Pages +UsersHome=Home users and groups +MembersHome=Home Membership +ThirdpartiesHome=Home Thirdparties +TicketsHome=Home Tickets +AccountancyHome=Home Accountancy +ValidatedProjects=Validated projects diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3bc383ed2a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +# Language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +CashDeskMenu=Point of sale +CashDesk=Point of sale +CashDeskBankCash=Bank account (cash) +CashDeskBankCB=Bank account (card) +CashDeskBankCheque=Bank account (cheque) +CashDeskWarehouse=Warehouse +CashdeskShowServices=Selling services +CashDeskProducts=Products +CashDeskStock=Stock +CashDeskOn=on +CashDeskThirdParty=Third party +ShoppingCart=Shopping cart +NewSell=New sell +AddThisArticle=Add this article +RestartSelling=Go back on sell +SellFinished=Sale complete +PrintTicket=Print ticket +SendTicket=Send ticket +NoProductFound=No article found +ProductFound=product found +NoArticle=No article +Identification=Identification +Article=Article +Difference=Difference +TotalTicket=Total ticket +NoVAT=No VAT for this sale +Change=Excess received +BankToPay=Account for payment +ShowCompany=Show company +ShowStock=Show warehouse +DeleteArticle=Click to remove this article +FilterRefOrLabelOrBC=Search (Ref/Label) +UserNeedPermissionToEditStockToUsePos=You ask to decrease stock on invoice creation, so user that uses POS needs to have permission to edit stock. +DolibarrReceiptPrinter=Dolibarr Receipt Printer +PointOfSale=Point of Sale +PointOfSaleShort=POS +CloseBill=Close Bill +Floors=Floors +Floor=Floor +AddTable=Add table +Place=Place +TakeposConnectorNecesary='TakePOS Connector' required +OrderPrinters=Add a button to send the order to some given printers, without payment (for example to send an order to a kitchen) +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: +SearchProduct=Search product +Receipt=Receipt +Header=Header +Footer=Footer +AmountAtEndOfPeriod=Amount at end of period (day, month or year) +TheoricalAmount=Theorical amount +RealAmount=Real amount +CashFence=Cash desk closing +CashFenceDone=Cash desk closing done for the period +NbOfInvoices=Nb of invoices +Paymentnumpad=Type of Pad to enter payment +Numberspad=Numbers Pad +BillsCoinsPad=Coins and banknotes Pad +DolistorePosCategory=TakePOS modules and other POS solutions for Dolibarr +TakeposNeedsCategories=TakePOS needs at least one product categorie to work +TakeposNeedsAtLeastOnSubCategoryIntoParentCategory=TakePOS needs at least 1 product category under the category %s to work +OrderNotes=Can add some notes to each ordered items +CashDeskBankAccountFor=Default account to use for payments in +NoPaimementModesDefined=No paiment mode defined in TakePOS configuration +TicketVatGrouped=Group VAT by rate in tickets|receipts +AutoPrintTickets=Automatically print tickets|receipts +PrintCustomerOnReceipts=Print customer on tickets|receipts +EnableBarOrRestaurantFeatures=Enable features for Bar or Restaurant +ConfirmDeletionOfThisPOSSale=Do your confirm the deletion of this current sale ? +ConfirmDiscardOfThisPOSSale=Do you want to discard this current sale ? +History=History +ValidateAndClose=Validate and close +Terminal=Terminal +NumberOfTerminals=Number of Terminals +TerminalSelect=Select terminal you want to use: +POSTicket=POS Ticket +POSTerminal=POS Terminal +POSModule=POS Module +BasicPhoneLayout=Use basic layout for phones +SetupOfTerminalNotComplete=Setup of terminal %s is not complete +DirectPayment=Direct payment +DirectPaymentButton=Add a "Direct cash payment" button +InvoiceIsAlreadyValidated=Invoice is already validated +NoLinesToBill=No lines to bill +CustomReceipt=Custom Receipt +ReceiptName=Receipt Name +ProductSupplements=Manage supplements of products +SupplementCategory=Supplement category +ColorTheme=Color theme +Colorful=Colorful +HeadBar=Head Bar +SortProductField=Field for sorting products +Browser=Browser +BrowserMethodDescription=Simple and easy receipt printing. Only a few parameters to configure the receipt. Print via browser. +TakeposConnectorMethodDescription=External module with extra features. Posibility to print from the cloud. +PrintMethod=Print method +ReceiptPrinterMethodDescription=Powerful method with a lot of parameters. Full customizable with templates. The server hosting the application can't be in the Cloud (must be able to reach the printers in your network). +ByTerminal=By terminal +TakeposNumpadUsePaymentIcon=Use icon instead of text on payment buttons of numpad +CashDeskRefNumberingModules=Numbering module for POS sales +CashDeskGenericMaskCodes6 =
{TN} tag is used to add the terminal number +TakeposGroupSameProduct=Group same products lines +StartAParallelSale=Start a new parallel sale +SaleStartedAt=Sale started at %s +ControlCashOpening=Open the "Control cash" popup when opening the POS +CloseCashFence=Close cash desk control +CashReport=Cash report +MainPrinterToUse=Main printer to use +OrderPrinterToUse=Order printer to use +MainTemplateToUse=Main template to use +OrderTemplateToUse=Order template to use +BarRestaurant=Bar Restaurant +AutoOrder=Order by the customer himself +RestaurantMenu=Menu +CustomerMenu=Customer menu +ScanToMenu=Scan QR code to see the menu +ScanToOrder=Scan QR code to order +Appearance=Appearance +HideCategoryImages=Hide Category Images +HideProductImages=Hide Product Images +NumberOfLinesToShow=Number of lines of images to show +DefineTablePlan=Define tables plan +GiftReceiptButton=Add a "Gift receipt" button +GiftReceipt=Gift receipt +ModuleReceiptPrinterMustBeEnabled=Module Receipt printer must have been enabled first +AllowDelayedPayment=Allow delayed payment +PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts +WeighingScale=Weighing scale +ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/categories.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/categories.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29e08f66541 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/categories.lang @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - categories +Rubrique=Tag/Category +Rubriques=Tags/Categories +RubriquesTransactions=Tags/Categories of transactions +categories=tags/categories +NoCategoryYet=No tag/category of this type has been created +In=In +AddIn=Add in +modify=modify +Classify=Classify +CategoriesArea=Tags/Categories area +ProductsCategoriesArea=Product/Service tags/categories area +SuppliersCategoriesArea=Vendor tags/categories area +CustomersCategoriesArea=Customer tags/categories area +MembersCategoriesArea=Member tags/categories area +ContactsCategoriesArea=Contact tags/categories area +AccountsCategoriesArea=Bank account tags/categories area +ProjectsCategoriesArea=Project tags/categories area +UsersCategoriesArea=User tags/categories area +SubCats=Sub-categories +CatList=List of tags/categories +CatListAll=List of tags/categories (all types) +NewCategory=New tag/category +ModifCat=Modify tag/category +CatCreated=Tag/category created +CreateCat=Create tag/category +CreateThisCat=Create this tag/category +NoSubCat=No subcategory. +SubCatOf=Subcategory +FoundCats=Found tags/categories +ImpossibleAddCat=Impossible to add the tag/category %s +WasAddedSuccessfully=%s was added successfully. +ObjectAlreadyLinkedToCategory=Element is already linked to this tag/category. +ProductIsInCategories=Product/service is linked to following tags/categories +CompanyIsInCustomersCategories=This third party is linked to following customers/prospects tags/categories +CompanyIsInSuppliersCategories=This third party is linked to following vendors tags/categories +MemberIsInCategories=This member is linked to following members tags/categories +ContactIsInCategories=This contact is linked to following contacts tags/categories +ProductHasNoCategory=This product/service is not in any tags/categories +CompanyHasNoCategory=This third party is not in any tags/categories +MemberHasNoCategory=This member is not in any tags/categories +ContactHasNoCategory=This contact is not in any tags/categories +ProjectHasNoCategory=This project is not in any tags/categories +ClassifyInCategory=Add to tag/category +NotCategorized=Without tag/category +CategoryExistsAtSameLevel=This category already exists with this ref +ContentsVisibleByAllShort=Contents visible by all +ContentsNotVisibleByAllShort=Contents not visible by all +DeleteCategory=Delete tag/category +ConfirmDeleteCategory=Are you sure you want to delete this tag/category? +NoCategoriesDefined=No tag/category defined +SuppliersCategoryShort=Vendors tag/category +CustomersCategoryShort=Customers tag/category +ProductsCategoryShort=Products tag/category +MembersCategoryShort=Members tag/category +SuppliersCategoriesShort=Vendors tags/categories +CustomersCategoriesShort=Customers tags/categories +ProspectsCategoriesShort=Prospects tags/categories +CustomersProspectsCategoriesShort=Cust./Prosp. tags/categories +ProductsCategoriesShort=Products tags/categories +MembersCategoriesShort=Members tags/categories +ContactCategoriesShort=Contacts tags/categories +AccountsCategoriesShort=Accounts tags/categories +ProjectsCategoriesShort=Projects tags/categories +UsersCategoriesShort=Users tags/categories +StockCategoriesShort=Warehouse tags/categories +ThisCategoryHasNoItems=This category does not contain any items. +CategId=Tag/category id +ParentCategory=Parent tag/category +ParentCategoryLabel=Label of parent tag/category +CatSupList=List of vendors tags/categories +CatCusList=List of customers/prospects tags/categories +CatProdList=List of products tags/categories +CatMemberList=List of members tags/categories +CatContactList=List of contacts tags/categories +CatProjectsList=List of projects tags/categories +CatUsersList=List of users tags/categories +CatSupLinks=Links between vendors and tags/categories +CatCusLinks=Links between customers/prospects and tags/categories +CatContactsLinks=Links between contacts/addresses and tags/categories +CatProdLinks=Links between products/services and tags/categories +CatMembersLinks=Links between members and tags/categories +CatProjectsLinks=Links between projects and tags/categories +CatUsersLinks=Links between users and tags/categories +DeleteFromCat=Remove from tags/category +ExtraFieldsCategories=Complementary attributes +CategoriesSetup=Tags/categories setup +CategorieRecursiv=Link with parent tag/category automatically +CategorieRecursivHelp=If option is on, when you add a product into a subcategory, product will also be added into the parent category. +AddProductServiceIntoCategory=Add the following product/service +AddCustomerIntoCategory=Assign category to customer +AddSupplierIntoCategory=Assign category to supplier +ShowCategory=Show tag/category +ByDefaultInList=By default in list +ChooseCategory=Choose category +StocksCategoriesArea=Warehouse Categories +ActionCommCategoriesArea=Event Categories +WebsitePagesCategoriesArea=Page-Container Categories +UseOrOperatorForCategories=Use 'OR' operator for categories diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/commercial.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/commercial.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21d282cd794 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/commercial.lang @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - commercial +Commercial=Commerce +CommercialArea=Commerce area +Customer=Customer +Customers=Customers +Prospect=Prospect +Prospects=Prospects +DeleteAction=Delete an event +NewAction=New event +AddAction=Create event +AddAnAction=Create an event +AddActionRendezVous=Create a Rendez-vous event +ConfirmDeleteAction=Are you sure you want to delete this event? +CardAction=Event card +ActionOnCompany=Related company +ActionOnContact=Related contact +TaskRDVWith=Meeting with %s +ShowTask=Show task +ShowAction=Show event +ActionsReport=Events report +ThirdPartiesOfSaleRepresentative=Third parties with sales representative +SaleRepresentativesOfThirdParty=Sales representatives of third party +SalesRepresentative=Sales representative +SalesRepresentatives=Sales representatives +SalesRepresentativeFollowUp=Sales representative (follow-up) +SalesRepresentativeSignature=Sales representative (signature) +NoSalesRepresentativeAffected=No particular sales representative assigned +ShowCustomer=Show customer +ShowProspect=Show prospect +ListOfProspects=List of prospects +ListOfCustomers=List of customers +LastDoneTasks=Latest %s completed actions +LastActionsToDo=Oldest %s not completed actions +DoneAndToDoActions=Completed and To do events +DoneActions=Completed events +ToDoActions=Incomplete events +SendPropalRef=Submission of commercial proposal %s +SendOrderRef=Submission of order %s +StatusNotApplicable=Not applicable +StatusActionToDo=To do +StatusActionDone=Complete +StatusActionInProcess=In process +TasksHistoryForThisContact=Events for this contact +LastProspectDoNotContact=Do not contact +LastProspectNeverContacted=Never contacted +LastProspectToContact=To contact +LastProspectContactInProcess=Contact in process +LastProspectContactDone=Contact done +ActionAffectedTo=Event assigned to +ActionDoneBy=Event done by +ActionAC_TEL=Phone call +ActionAC_FAX=Send fax +ActionAC_PROP=Send proposal by mail +ActionAC_EMAIL=Send Email +ActionAC_EMAIL_IN=Reception of Email +ActionAC_RDV=Meetings +ActionAC_INT=Intervention on site +ActionAC_FAC=Send customer invoice by mail +ActionAC_REL=Send customer invoice by mail (reminder) +ActionAC_CLO=Close +ActionAC_EMAILING=Send mass email +ActionAC_COM=Send sales order by mail +ActionAC_SHIP=Send shipping by mail +ActionAC_SUP_ORD=Send purchase order by mail +ActionAC_SUP_INV=Send vendor invoice by mail +ActionAC_OTH=Other +ActionAC_OTH_AUTO=Other auto +ActionAC_MANUAL=Manually inserted events +ActionAC_AUTO=Automatically inserted events +ActionAC_OTH_AUTOShort=Other +ActionAC_EVENTORGANIZATION=Event organization events +Stats=Sales statistics +StatusProsp=Prospect status +DraftPropals=Draft commercial proposals +NoLimit=No limit +ToOfferALinkForOnlineSignature=Link for online signature +WelcomeOnOnlineSignaturePage=Welcome to the page to accept commercial proposals from %s +ThisScreenAllowsYouToSignDocFrom=This screen allow you to accept and sign, or refuse, a quote/commercial proposal +ThisIsInformationOnDocumentToSign=This is information on document to accept or refuse +SignatureProposalRef=Signature of quote/commercial proposal %s +FeatureOnlineSignDisabled=Feature for online signing disabled or document generated before the feature was enabled diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/companies.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/companies.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fbe75f09ab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/companies.lang @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - companies +ErrorCompanyNameAlreadyExists=Company name %s already exists. Choose another one. +ErrorSetACountryFirst=Set the country first +SelectThirdParty=Select a third party +ConfirmDeleteCompany=Are you sure you want to delete this company and all related information? +DeleteContact=Delete a contact/address +ConfirmDeleteContact=Are you sure you want to delete this contact and all related information? +MenuNewThirdParty=New Third Party +MenuNewCustomer=New Customer +MenuNewProspect=New Prospect +MenuNewSupplier=New Vendor +MenuNewPrivateIndividual=New private individual +NewCompany=New company (prospect, customer, vendor) +NewThirdParty=New Third Party (prospect, customer, vendor) +CreateDolibarrThirdPartySupplier=Create a third party (vendor) +CreateThirdPartyOnly=Create third party +CreateThirdPartyAndContact=Create a third party + a child contact +ProspectionArea=Prospection area +IdThirdParty=Id third party +IdCompany=Company Id +IdContact=Contact Id +ThirdPartyContacts=Third-party contacts +ThirdPartyContact=Third-party contact/address +Company=Company +CompanyName=Company name +AliasNames=Alias name (commercial, trademark, ...) +AliasNameShort=Alias Name +Companies=Companies +CountryIsInEEC=Country is inside the European Economic Community +PriceFormatInCurrentLanguage=Price display format in the current language and currency +ThirdPartyName=Third-party name +ThirdPartyEmail=Third-party email +ThirdParty=Third-party +ThirdParties=Third-parties +ThirdPartyProspects=Prospects +ThirdPartyProspectsStats=Prospects +ThirdPartyCustomers=Customers +ThirdPartyCustomersStats=Customers +ThirdPartyCustomersWithIdProf12=Customers with %s or %s +ThirdPartySuppliers=Vendors +ThirdPartyType=Third-party type +Individual=Private individual +ToCreateContactWithSameName=Will automatically create a contact/address with same information as the third party under the third party. In most cases, even if your third party is a physical person, creating a third party alone is enough. +ParentCompany=Parent company +Subsidiaries=Subsidiaries +ReportByMonth=Report per month +ReportByCustomers=Report per customer +ReportByThirdparties=Report per thirdparty +ReportByQuarter=Report per rate +CivilityCode=Civility code +RegisteredOffice=Registered office +Lastname=Last name +Firstname=First name +PostOrFunction=Job position +UserTitle=Title +NatureOfThirdParty=Nature of Third party +NatureOfContact=Nature of Contact +Address=Address +State=State/Province +StateCode=State/Province code +StateShort=State +Region=Region +Region-State=Region - State +Country=Country +CountryCode=Country code +CountryId=Country id +Phone=Phone +PhoneShort=Phone +Skype=Skype +Call=Call +Chat=Chat +PhonePro=Bus. phone +PhonePerso=Pers. phone +PhoneMobile=Mobile +No_Email=Refuse bulk emailings +Fax=Fax +Zip=Zip Code +Town=City +Web=Web +Poste= Position +DefaultLang=Default language +VATIsUsed=Sales tax used +VATIsUsedWhenSelling=This defines if this third party includes a sale tax or not when it makes an invoice to its own customers +VATIsNotUsed=Sales tax is not used +CopyAddressFromSoc=Copy address from third-party details +ThirdpartyNotCustomerNotSupplierSoNoRef=Third party neither customer nor vendor, no available referring objects +ThirdpartyIsNeitherCustomerNorClientSoCannotHaveDiscounts=Third party neither customer nor vendor, discounts are not available +PaymentBankAccount=Payment bank account +OverAllProposals=Proposals +OverAllOrders=Orders +OverAllInvoices=Invoices +OverAllSupplierProposals=Price requests +##### Local Taxes ##### +LocalTax1IsUsed=Use second tax +LocalTax1IsUsedES= RE is used +LocalTax1IsNotUsedES= RE is not used +LocalTax2IsUsed=Use third tax +LocalTax2IsUsedES= IRPF is used +LocalTax2IsNotUsedES= IRPF is not used +WrongCustomerCode=Customer code invalid +WrongSupplierCode=Vendor code invalid +CustomerCodeModel=Customer code model +SupplierCodeModel=Vendor code model +Gencod=Barcode +##### Professional ID ##### +ProfId1Short=Prof. id 1 +ProfId2Short=Prof. id 2 +ProfId3Short=Prof. id 3 +ProfId4Short=Prof. id 4 +ProfId5Short=Prof. id 5 +ProfId6Short=Prof. id 6 +ProfId1=Professional ID 1 +ProfId2=Professional ID 2 +ProfId3=Professional ID 3 +ProfId4=Professional ID 4 +ProfId5=Professional ID 5 +ProfId6=Professional ID 6 +ProfId1AR=Prof Id 1 (CUIT/CUIL) +ProfId2AR=Prof Id 2 (Revenu brutes) +ProfId3AR=- +ProfId4AR=- +ProfId5AR=- +ProfId6AR=- +ProfId1AT=Prof Id 1 (USt.-IdNr) +ProfId2AT=Prof Id 2 (USt.-Nr) +ProfId3AT=Prof Id 3 (Handelsregister-Nr.) +ProfId4AT=- +ProfId5AT=EORI number +ProfId6AT=- +ProfId1AU=Prof Id 1 (ABN) +ProfId2AU=- +ProfId3AU=- +ProfId4AU=- +ProfId5AU=- +ProfId6AU=- +ProfId1BE=Prof Id 1 (Professional number) +ProfId2BE=- +ProfId3BE=- +ProfId4BE=- +ProfId5BE=EORI number +ProfId6BE=- +ProfId1BR=- +ProfId2BR=IE (Inscricao Estadual) +ProfId3BR=IM (Inscricao Municipal) +ProfId4BR=CPF +#ProfId5BR=CNAE +#ProfId6BR=INSS +ProfId1CH=UID-Nummer +ProfId2CH=- +ProfId3CH=Prof Id 1 (Federal number) +ProfId4CH=Prof Id 2 (Commercial Record number) +ProfId5CH=EORI number +ProfId6CH=- +ProfId1CL=Prof Id 1 (R.U.T.) +ProfId2CL=- +ProfId3CL=- +ProfId4CL=- +ProfId5CL=- +ProfId6CL=- +ProfId1CO=Prof Id 1 (R.U.T.) +ProfId2CO=- +ProfId3CO=- +ProfId4CO=- +ProfId5CO=- +ProfId6CO=- +ProfId1DE=Prof Id 1 (USt.-IdNr) +ProfId2DE=Prof Id 2 (USt.-Nr) +ProfId3DE=Prof Id 3 (Handelsregister-Nr.) +ProfId4DE=- +ProfId5DE=EORI number +ProfId6DE=- +ProfId1ES=Prof Id 1 (CIF/NIF) +ProfId2ES=Prof Id 2 (Social security number) +ProfId3ES=Prof Id 3 (CNAE) +ProfId4ES=Prof Id 4 (Collegiate number) +ProfId5ES=Prof Id 5 (EORI number) +ProfId6ES=- +ProfId1FR=Prof Id 1 (SIREN) +ProfId2FR=Prof Id 2 (SIRET) +ProfId3FR=Prof Id 3 (NAF, old APE) +ProfId4FR=Prof Id 4 (RCS/RM) +ProfId5FR=Prof Id 5 (numéro EORI) +ProfId6FR=- +ProfId1ShortFR=SIREN +ProfId2ShortFR=SIRET +ProfId3ShortFR=NAF +ProfId4ShortFR=RCS +ProfId5ShortFR=EORI +ProfId6ShortFR=- +ProfId1GB=Registration Number +ProfId2GB=- +ProfId3GB=SIC +ProfId4GB=- +ProfId5GB=- +ProfId6GB=- +ProfId1HN=Id prof. 1 (RTN) +ProfId2HN=- +ProfId3HN=- +ProfId4HN=- +ProfId5HN=- +ProfId6HN=- +ProfId1IN=Prof Id 1 (TIN) +ProfId2IN=Prof Id 2 (PAN) +ProfId3IN=Prof Id 3 (SRVC TAX) +ProfId4IN=Prof Id 4 +ProfId5IN=Prof Id 5 +ProfId6IN=- +ProfId1IT=- +ProfId2IT=- +ProfId3IT=- +ProfId4IT=- +ProfId5IT=EORI number +ProfId6IT=- +ProfId1LU=Id. prof. 1 (R.C.S. Luxembourg) +ProfId2LU=Id. prof. 2 (Business permit) +ProfId3LU=- +ProfId4LU=- +ProfId5LU=EORI number +ProfId6LU=- +ProfId1MA=Id prof. 1 (R.C.) +ProfId2MA=Id prof. 2 (Patente) +ProfId3MA=Id prof. 3 (I.F.) +ProfId4MA=Id prof. 4 (C.N.S.S.) +ProfId5MA=Id prof. 5 (I.C.E.) +ProfId6MA=- +ProfId1MX=Prof Id 1 (R.F.C). +ProfId2MX=Prof Id 2 (R..P. IMSS) +ProfId3MX=Prof Id 3 (Profesional Charter) +ProfId4MX=- +ProfId5MX=- +ProfId6MX=- +ProfId1NL=KVK nummer +ProfId2NL=- +ProfId3NL=- +ProfId4NL=Burgerservicenummer (BSN) +ProfId5NL=EORI number +ProfId6NL=- +ProfId1PT=Prof Id 1 (NIPC) +ProfId2PT=Prof Id 2 (Social security number) +ProfId3PT=Prof Id 3 (Commercial Record number) +ProfId4PT=Prof Id 4 (Conservatory) +ProfId5PT=Prof Id 5 (EORI number) +ProfId6PT=- +ProfId1SN=RC +ProfId2SN=NINEA +ProfId3SN=- +ProfId4SN=- +ProfId5SN=- +ProfId6SN=- +ProfId1TN=Prof Id 1 (RC) +ProfId2TN=Prof Id 2 (Fiscal matricule) +ProfId3TN=Prof Id 3 (Douane code) +ProfId4TN=Prof Id 4 (BAN) +ProfId5TN=- +ProfId6TN=- +ProfId1US=Prof Id (FEIN) +ProfId2US=- +ProfId3US=- +ProfId4US=- +ProfId5US=- +ProfId6US=- +ProfId1RO=Prof Id 1 (CUI) +ProfId2RO=Prof Id 2 (Nr. Înmatriculare) +ProfId3RO=Prof Id 3 (CAEN) +ProfId4RO=Prof Id 5 (EUID) +ProfId5RO=Prof Id 5 (EORI number) +ProfId6RO=- +ProfId1RU=Prof Id 1 (OGRN) +ProfId2RU=Prof Id 2 (INN) +ProfId3RU=Prof Id 3 (KPP) +ProfId4RU=Prof Id 4 (OKPO) +ProfId5RU=- +ProfId6RU=- +ProfId1DZ=RC +ProfId2DZ=Art. +ProfId3DZ=NIF +ProfId4DZ=NIS +VATIntra=VAT ID +VATIntraShort=VAT ID +VATIntraSyntaxIsValid=Syntax is valid +VATReturn=VAT return +ProspectCustomer=Prospect / Customer +Prospect=Prospect +CustomerCard=Customer Card +Customer=Customer +CustomerRelativeDiscount=Relative customer discount +SupplierRelativeDiscount=Relative vendor discount +CustomerRelativeDiscountShort=Relative discount +CustomerAbsoluteDiscountShort=Absolute discount +CompanyHasRelativeDiscount=This customer has a default discount of %s%% +CompanyHasNoRelativeDiscount=This customer has no relative discount by default +HasRelativeDiscountFromSupplier=You have a default discount of %s%% from this vendor +HasNoRelativeDiscountFromSupplier=You have no default relative discount from this vendor +CompanyHasAbsoluteDiscount=This customer has discounts available (credits notes or down payments) for %s %s +CompanyHasDownPaymentOrCommercialDiscount=This customer has discounts available (commercial, down payments) for %s %s +CompanyHasCreditNote=This customer still has credit notes for %s %s +HasNoAbsoluteDiscountFromSupplier=You have no discount credit available from this vendor +HasAbsoluteDiscountFromSupplier=You have discounts available (credits notes or down payments) for %s %s from this vendor +HasDownPaymentOrCommercialDiscountFromSupplier=You have discounts available (commercial, down payments) for %s %s from this vendor +HasCreditNoteFromSupplier=You have credit notes for %s %s from this vendor +CompanyHasNoAbsoluteDiscount=This customer has no discount credit available +CustomerAbsoluteDiscountAllUsers=Absolute customer discounts (granted by all users) +CustomerAbsoluteDiscountMy=Absolute customer discounts (granted by yourself) +SupplierAbsoluteDiscountAllUsers=Absolute vendor discounts (entered by all users) +SupplierAbsoluteDiscountMy=Absolute vendor discounts (entered by yourself) +DiscountNone=None +Vendor=Vendor +Supplier=Vendor +AddContact=Create contact +AddContactAddress=Create contact/address +EditContact=Edit contact +EditContactAddress=Edit contact/address +Contact=Contact/Address +Contacts=Contacts/Addresses +ContactId=Contact id +ContactsAddresses=Contacts/Addresses +FromContactName=Name: +NoContactDefinedForThirdParty=No contact defined for this third party +NoContactDefined=No contact defined +DefaultContact=Default contact/address +ContactByDefaultFor=Default contact/address for +AddThirdParty=Create third party +DeleteACompany=Delete a company +PersonalInformations=Personal data +AccountancyCode=Accounting account +CustomerCode=Customer Code +SupplierCode=Vendor Code +CustomerCodeShort=Customer Code +SupplierCodeShort=Vendor Code +CustomerCodeDesc=Customer Code, unique for all customers +SupplierCodeDesc=Vendor Code, unique for all vendors +RequiredIfCustomer=Required if third party is a customer or prospect +RequiredIfSupplier=Required if third party is a vendor +ValidityControledByModule=Validity controlled by the module +ThisIsModuleRules=Rules for this module +ProspectToContact=Prospect to contact +CompanyDeleted=Company "%s" deleted from database. +ListOfContacts=List of contacts/addresses +ListOfContactsAddresses=List of contacts/addresses +ListOfThirdParties=List of Third Parties +ShowCompany=Third Party +ShowContact=Contact-Address +ContactsAllShort=All (No filter) +ContactType=Contact type +ContactForOrders=Order's contact +ContactForOrdersOrShipments=Order's or shipment's contact +ContactForProposals=Proposal's contact +ContactForContracts=Contract's contact +ContactForInvoices=Invoice's contact +NoContactForAnyOrder=This contact is not a contact for any order +NoContactForAnyOrderOrShipments=This contact is not a contact for any order or shipment +NoContactForAnyProposal=This contact is not a contact for any commercial proposal +NoContactForAnyContract=This contact is not a contact for any contract +NoContactForAnyInvoice=This contact is not a contact for any invoice +NewContact=New contact +NewContactAddress=New Contact/Address +MyContacts=My contacts +Capital=Capital +CapitalOf=Capital of %s +EditCompany=Edit company +ThisUserIsNot=This user is not a prospect, customer or vendor +VATIntraCheck=Check +VATIntraCheckDesc=The VAT ID must include the country prefix. The link %s uses the European VAT checker service (VIES) which requires internet access from the Dolibarr server. +VATIntraCheckURL=http://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vieshome.do +VATIntraCheckableOnEUSite=Check the intra-Community VAT ID on the European Commission website +VATIntraManualCheck=You can also check manually on the European Commission website %s +ErrorVATCheckMS_UNAVAILABLE=Check not possible. Check service is not provided by the member state (%s). +NorProspectNorCustomer=Not prospect, nor customer +JuridicalStatus=Business entity type +Workforce=Workforce +Staff=Employees +ProspectLevelShort=Potential +ProspectLevel=Prospect potential +ContactPrivate=Private +ContactPublic=Shared +ContactVisibility=Visibility +ContactOthers=Other +OthersNotLinkedToThirdParty=Others, not linked to a third party +ProspectStatus=Prospect status +PL_NONE=None +PL_UNKNOWN=Unknown +PL_LOW=Low +PL_MEDIUM=Medium +PL_HIGH=High +TE_UNKNOWN=- +TE_STARTUP=Startup +TE_GROUP=Large company +TE_MEDIUM=Medium company +TE_ADMIN=Governmental +TE_SMALL=Small company +TE_RETAIL=Retailer +TE_WHOLE=Wholesaler +TE_PRIVATE=Private individual +TE_OTHER=Other +StatusProspect-1=Do not contact +StatusProspect0=Never contacted +StatusProspect1=To be contacted +StatusProspect2=Contact in process +StatusProspect3=Contact done +ChangeDoNotContact=Change status to 'Do not contact' +ChangeNeverContacted=Change status to 'Never contacted' +ChangeToContact=Change status to 'To be contacted' +ChangeContactInProcess=Change status to 'Contact in process' +ChangeContactDone=Change status to 'Contact done' +ProspectsByStatus=Prospects by status +NoParentCompany=None +ExportCardToFormat=Export card to format +ContactNotLinkedToCompany=Contact not linked to any third party +DolibarrLogin=Dolibarr login +NoDolibarrAccess=No Dolibarr access +ExportDataset_company_1=Third-parties (companies/foundations/physical people) and their properties +ExportDataset_company_2=Contacts and their properties +ImportDataset_company_1=Third-parties and their properties +ImportDataset_company_2=Third-parties additional contacts/addresses and attributes +ImportDataset_company_3=Third-parties Bank accounts +ImportDataset_company_4=Third-parties Sales representatives (assign sales representatives/users to companies) +PriceLevel=Price Level +PriceLevelLabels=Price Level Labels +DeliveryAddress=Delivery address +AddAddress=Add address +SupplierCategory=Vendor category +JuridicalStatus200=Independent +DeleteFile=Delete file +ConfirmDeleteFile=Are you sure you want to delete this file? +AllocateCommercial=Assigned to sales representative +Organization=Organization +FiscalYearInformation=Fiscal Year +FiscalMonthStart=Starting month of the fiscal year +SocialNetworksInformation=Social networks +SocialNetworksFacebookURL=Facebook URL +SocialNetworksTwitterURL=Twitter URL +SocialNetworksLinkedinURL=Linkedin URL +SocialNetworksInstagramURL=Instagram URL +SocialNetworksYoutubeURL=Youtube URL +SocialNetworksGithubURL=Github URL +YouMustAssignUserMailFirst=You must create an email for this user prior to being able to add an email notification. +YouMustCreateContactFirst=To be able to add email notifications, you must first define contacts with valid emails for the third party +ListSuppliersShort=List of Vendors +ListProspectsShort=List of Prospects +ListCustomersShort=List of Customers +ThirdPartiesArea=Third Parties/Contacts +LastModifiedThirdParties=Latest %s Third Parties which were modified +UniqueThirdParties=Total number of Third Parties +InActivity=Open +ActivityCeased=Closed +ThirdPartyIsClosed=Third party is closed +ProductsIntoElements=List of products/services mapped to %s +CurrentOutstandingBill=Current outstanding bill +OutstandingBill=Max. for outstanding bill +OutstandingBillReached=Max. for outstanding bill reached +OrderMinAmount=Minimum amount for order +MonkeyNumRefModelDesc=Return a number in the format %syymm-nnnn for the customer code and %syymm-nnnn for the vendor code where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0. +LeopardNumRefModelDesc=The code is free. This code can be modified at any time. +ManagingDirectors=Manager(s) name (CEO, director, president...) +MergeOriginThirdparty=Duplicate third party (third party you want to delete) +MergeThirdparties=Merge third parties +ConfirmMergeThirdparties=Are you sure you want to merge the chosen third party with the current one? All linked objects (invoices, orders, ...) will be moved to the current third party, after which the chosen third party will be deleted. +ThirdpartiesMergeSuccess=Third parties have been merged +SaleRepresentativeLogin=Login of sales representative +SaleRepresentativeFirstname=First name of sales representative +SaleRepresentativeLastname=Last name of sales representative +ErrorThirdpartiesMerge=There was an error when deleting the third parties. Please check the log. Changes have been reverted. +NewCustomerSupplierCodeProposed=Customer or Vendor code already used, a new code is suggested +KeepEmptyIfGenericAddress=Keep this field empty if this address is a generic address +#Imports +PaymentTypeCustomer=Payment Type - Customer +PaymentTermsCustomer=Payment Terms - Customer +PaymentTypeSupplier=Payment Type - Vendor +PaymentTermsSupplier=Payment Term - Vendor +PaymentTypeBoth=Payment Type - Customer and Vendor +MulticurrencyUsed=Use Multicurrency +MulticurrencyCurrency=Currency +InEEC=Europe (EEC) +RestOfEurope=Rest of Europe (EEC) +OutOfEurope=Out of Europe (EEC) +CurrentOutstandingBillLate=Current outstanding bill late +BecarefullChangeThirdpartyBeforeAddProductToInvoice=Be carefull, depending on your product price settings, you should change thirdparty before adding product to POS. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/compta.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/compta.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8329346c163 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/compta.lang @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - compta +MenuFinancial=Billing | Payment +TaxModuleSetupToModifyRules=Go to Taxes module setup to modify rules for calculation +TaxModuleSetupToModifyRulesLT=Go to Company setup to modify rules for calculation +OptionMode=Option for accountancy +OptionModeTrue=Option Incomes-Expenses +OptionModeVirtual=Option Claims-Debts +OptionModeTrueDesc=In this context, the turnover is calculated over payments (date of payments). The validity of the figures is assured only if the book-keeping is scrutinized through the input/output on the accounts via invoices. +OptionModeVirtualDesc=In this context, the turnover is calculated over invoices (date of validation). When these invoices are due, whether they have been paid or not, they are listed in the turnover output. +FeatureIsSupportedInInOutModeOnly=Feature only available in CREDITS-DEBTS accountancy mode (See Accountancy module configuration) +VATReportBuildWithOptionDefinedInModule=Amounts shown here are calculated using rules defined by Tax module setup. +LTReportBuildWithOptionDefinedInModule=Amounts shown here are calculated using rules defined by Company setup. +Param=Setup +RemainingAmountPayment=Amount payment remaining: +Account=Account +Accountparent=Parent account +Accountsparent=Parent accounts +Income=Income +Outcome=Expense +MenuReportInOut=Income / Expense +ReportInOut=Balance of income and expenses +ReportTurnover=Turnover invoiced +ReportTurnoverCollected=Turnover collected +PaymentsNotLinkedToInvoice=Payments not linked to any invoice, so not linked to any third party +PaymentsNotLinkedToUser=Payments not linked to any user +Profit=Profit +AccountingResult=Accounting result +BalanceBefore=Balance (before) +Balance=Balance +Debit=Debit +Credit=Credit +Piece=Accounting Doc. +AmountHTVATRealReceived=Net collected +AmountHTVATRealPaid=Net paid +VATToPay=Tax sales +VATReceived=Tax received +VATToCollect=Tax purchases +VATSummary=Tax monthly +VATBalance=Tax Balance +VATPaid=Tax paid +LT1Summary=Tax 2 summary +LT2Summary=Tax 3 summary +LT1SummaryES=RE Balance +LT2SummaryES=IRPF Balance +LT1SummaryIN=CGST Balance +LT2SummaryIN=SGST Balance +LT1Paid=Tax 2 paid +LT2Paid=Tax 3 paid +LT1PaidES=RE Paid +LT2PaidES=IRPF Paid +LT1PaidIN=CGST Paid +LT2PaidIN=SGST Paid +LT1Customer=Tax 2 sales +LT1Supplier=Tax 2 purchases +LT1CustomerES=RE sales +LT1SupplierES=RE purchases +LT1CustomerIN=CGST sales +LT1SupplierIN=CGST purchases +LT2Customer=Tax 3 sales +LT2Supplier=Tax 3 purchases +LT2CustomerES=IRPF sales +LT2SupplierES=IRPF purchases +LT2CustomerIN=SGST sales +LT2SupplierIN=SGST purchases +VATCollected=VAT collected +StatusToPay=To pay +SpecialExpensesArea=Area for all special payments +VATExpensesArea=Area for all TVA payments +SocialContribution=Social or fiscal tax +SocialContributions=Social or fiscal taxes +SocialContributionsDeductibles=Deductible social or fiscal taxes +SocialContributionsNondeductibles=Nondeductible social or fiscal taxes +DateOfSocialContribution=Date of social or fiscal tax +LabelContrib=Label contribution +TypeContrib=Type contribution +MenuSpecialExpenses=Special expenses +MenuTaxAndDividends=Taxes and dividends +MenuSocialContributions=Social/fiscal taxes +MenuNewSocialContribution=New social/fiscal tax +NewSocialContribution=New social/fiscal tax +AddSocialContribution=Add social/fiscal tax +ContributionsToPay=Social/fiscal taxes to pay +AccountancyTreasuryArea=Billing and payment area +NewPayment=New payment +PaymentCustomerInvoice=Customer invoice payment +PaymentSupplierInvoice=vendor invoice payment +PaymentSocialContribution=Social/fiscal tax payment +PaymentVat=VAT payment +AutomaticCreationPayment=Automatically record the payment +ListPayment=List of payments +ListOfCustomerPayments=List of customer payments +ListOfSupplierPayments=List of vendor payments +DateStartPeriod=Date start period +DateEndPeriod=Date end period +newLT1Payment=New tax 2 payment +newLT2Payment=New tax 3 payment +LT1Payment=Tax 2 payment +LT1Payments=Tax 2 payments +LT2Payment=Tax 3 payment +LT2Payments=Tax 3 payments +newLT1PaymentES=New RE payment +newLT2PaymentES=New IRPF payment +LT1PaymentES=RE Payment +LT1PaymentsES=RE Payments +LT2PaymentES=IRPF Payment +LT2PaymentsES=IRPF Payments +VATPayment=Sales tax payment +VATPayments=Sales tax payments +VATDeclarations=VAT declarations +VATDeclaration=VAT declaration +VATRefund=Sales tax refund +NewVATPayment=New sales tax payment +NewLocalTaxPayment=New tax %s payment +Refund=Refund +SocialContributionsPayments=Social/fiscal taxes payments +ShowVatPayment=Show VAT payment +TotalToPay=Total to pay +BalanceVisibilityDependsOnSortAndFilters=Balance is visible in this list only if table is sorted on %s and filtered on 1 bank account (with no other filters) +CustomerAccountancyCode=Customer accounting code +SupplierAccountancyCode=Vendor accounting code +CustomerAccountancyCodeShort=Cust. account. code +SupplierAccountancyCodeShort=Sup. account. code +AccountNumber=Account number +NewAccountingAccount=New account +Turnover=Turnover invoiced +TurnoverCollected=Turnover collected +SalesTurnoverMinimum=Minimum turnover +ByExpenseIncome=By expenses & incomes +ByThirdParties=By third parties +ByUserAuthorOfInvoice=By invoice author +CheckReceipt=Check deposit +CheckReceiptShort=Check deposit +LastCheckReceiptShort=Latest %s check receipts +NewCheckReceipt=New discount +NewCheckDeposit=New check deposit +NewCheckDepositOn=Create receipt for deposit on account: %s +NoWaitingChecks=No checks awaiting deposit. +DateChequeReceived=Check receiving date +NbOfCheques=No. of checks +PaySocialContribution=Pay a social/fiscal tax +PayVAT=Pay a VAT declaration +PaySalary=Pay a salary card +ConfirmPaySocialContribution=Are you sure you want to classify this social or fiscal tax as paid ? +ConfirmPayVAT=Are you sure you want to classify this VAT declaration as paid ? +ConfirmPaySalary=Are you sure you want to classify this salary card as paid? +DeleteSocialContribution=Delete a social or fiscal tax payment +DeleteVAT=Delete a VAT declaration +DeleteSalary=Delete a salary card +ConfirmDeleteSocialContribution=Are you sure you want to delete this social/fiscal tax payment ? +ConfirmDeleteVAT=Are you sure you want to delete this VAT declaration ? +ConfirmDeleteSalary=Are you sure you want to delete this salary? +ExportDataset_tax_1=Social and fiscal taxes and payments +CalcModeVATDebt=Mode %sVAT on commitment accounting%s. +CalcModeVATEngagement=Mode %sVAT on incomes-expenses%s. +CalcModeDebt=Analysis of known recorded documents even if they are not yet accounted in ledger. +CalcModeEngagement=Analysis of known recorded payments, even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger. +CalcModeBookkeeping=Analysis of data journalized in Bookkeeping Ledger table. +CalcModeLT1= Mode %sRE on customer invoices - suppliers invoices%s +CalcModeLT1Debt=Mode %sRE on customer invoices%s +CalcModeLT1Rec= Mode %sRE on suppliers invoices%s +CalcModeLT2= Mode %sIRPF on customer invoices - suppliers invoices%s +CalcModeLT2Debt=Mode %sIRPF on customer invoices%s +CalcModeLT2Rec= Mode %sIRPF on suppliers invoices%s +AnnualSummaryDueDebtMode=Balance of income and expenses, annual summary +AnnualSummaryInputOutputMode=Balance of income and expenses, annual summary +AnnualByCompanies=Balance of income and expenses, by predefined groups of account +AnnualByCompaniesDueDebtMode=Balance of income and expenses, detail by predefined groups, mode %sClaims-Debts%s said Commitment accounting. +AnnualByCompaniesInputOutputMode=Balance of income and expenses, detail by predefined groups, mode %sIncomes-Expenses%s said cash accounting. +SeeReportInInputOutputMode=See %sanalysis of payments%s for a calculation based on recorded payments made even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger +SeeReportInDueDebtMode=See %sanalysis of recorded documents%s for a calculation based on known recorded documents even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger +SeeReportInBookkeepingMode=See %sanalysis of bookeeping ledger table%s for a report based on Bookkeeping Ledger table +RulesAmountWithTaxIncluded=- Amounts shown are with all taxes included +RulesResultDue=- It includes outstanding invoices, expenses, VAT, donations whether they are paid or not. Is also includes paid salaries.
- It is based on the billing date of invoices and on the due date for expenses or tax payments. For salaries defined with Salary module, the value date of payment is used. +RulesResultInOut=- It includes the real payments made on invoices, expenses, VAT and salaries.
- It is based on the payment dates of the invoices, expenses, VAT and salaries. The donation date for donation. +RulesCADue=- It includes the customer's due invoices whether they are paid or not.
- It is based on the billing date of these invoices.
+RulesCAIn=- It includes all the effective payments of invoices received from customers.
- It is based on the payment date of these invoices
+RulesCATotalSaleJournal=It includes all credit lines from the Sale journal. +RulesSalesTurnoverOfIncomeAccounts=It includes (credit - debit) of lines for product accounts in group INCOME +RulesAmountOnInOutBookkeepingRecord=It includes record in your Ledger with accounting accounts that has the group "EXPENSE" or "INCOME" +RulesResultBookkeepingPredefined=It includes record in your Ledger with accounting accounts that has the group "EXPENSE" or "INCOME" +RulesResultBookkeepingPersonalized=It show record in your Ledger with accounting accounts grouped by personalized groups +SeePageForSetup=See menu %s for setup +DepositsAreNotIncluded=- Down payment invoices are not included +DepositsAreIncluded=- Down payment invoices are included +LT1ReportByMonth=Tax 2 report by month +LT2ReportByMonth=Tax 3 report by month +LT1ReportByCustomers=Report tax 2 by third party +LT2ReportByCustomers=Report tax 3 by third party +LT1ReportByCustomersES=Report by third party RE +LT2ReportByCustomersES=Report by third party IRPF +VATReport=Sale tax report +VATReportByPeriods=Sale tax report by period +VATReportByMonth=Sale tax report by month +VATReportByRates=Sale tax report by rates +VATReportByThirdParties=Sale tax report by third parties +VATReportByCustomers=Sale tax report by customer +VATReportByCustomersInInputOutputMode=Report by the customer VAT collected and paid +VATReportByQuartersInInputOutputMode=Report by Sale tax rate of the tax collected and paid +VATReportShowByRateDetails=Show details of this rate +LT1ReportByQuarters=Report tax 2 by rate +LT2ReportByQuarters=Report tax 3 by rate +LT1ReportByQuartersES=Report by RE rate +LT2ReportByQuartersES=Report by IRPF rate +SeeVATReportInInputOutputMode=See report %sVAT encasement%s for a standard calculation +SeeVATReportInDueDebtMode=See report %sVAT on flow%s for a calculation with an option on the flow +RulesVATInServices=- For services, the report includes the VAT regulations actually received or issued on the basis of the date of payment. +RulesVATInProducts=- For material assets, the report includes the VAT received or issued on the basis of the date of payment. +RulesVATDueServices=- For services, the report includes VAT invoices due, paid or not, based on the invoice date. +RulesVATDueProducts=- For material assets, the report includes the VAT invoices, based on the invoice date. +OptionVatInfoModuleComptabilite=Note: For material assets, it should use the date of delivery to be more fair. +ThisIsAnEstimatedValue=This is a preview, based on business events and not from the final ledger table, so final results may differ from this preview values +PercentOfInvoice=%%/invoice +NotUsedForGoods=Not used on goods +ProposalStats=Statistics on proposals +OrderStats=Statistics on orders +InvoiceStats=Statistics on bills +Dispatch=Dispatching +Dispatched=Dispatched +ToDispatch=To dispatch +ThirdPartyMustBeEditAsCustomer=Third party must be defined as a customer +SellsJournal=Sales Journal +PurchasesJournal=Purchases Journal +DescSellsJournal=Sales Journal +DescPurchasesJournal=Purchases Journal +CodeNotDef=Not defined +WarningDepositsNotIncluded=Down payment invoices are not included in this version with this accountancy module. +DatePaymentTermCantBeLowerThanObjectDate=Payment term date can't be lower than object date. +Pcg_version=Chart of accounts models +Pcg_type=Pcg type +Pcg_subtype=Pcg subtype +InvoiceLinesToDispatch=Invoice lines to dispatch +ByProductsAndServices=By product and service +RefExt=External ref +ToCreateAPredefinedInvoice=To create a template invoice, create a standard invoice, then, without validating it, click on button "%s". +LinkedOrder=Link to order +Mode1=Method 1 +Mode2=Method 2 +CalculationRuleDesc=To calculate total VAT, there is two methods:
Method 1 is rounding vat on each line, then summing them.
Method 2 is summing all vat on each line, then rounding result.
Final result may differs from few cents. Default mode is mode %s. +CalculationRuleDescSupplier=According to vendor, choose appropriate method to apply same calculation rule and get same result expected by your vendor. +TurnoverPerProductInCommitmentAccountingNotRelevant=The report of Turnover collected per product is not available. This report is only available for turnover invoiced. +TurnoverPerSaleTaxRateInCommitmentAccountingNotRelevant=The report of Turnover collected per sale tax rate is not available. This report is only available for turnover invoiced. +CalculationMode=Calculation mode +AccountancyJournal=Accounting code journal +ACCOUNTING_VAT_SOLD_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for VAT on sales (used if not defined on VAT dictionary setup) +ACCOUNTING_VAT_BUY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for VAT on purchases (used if not defined on VAT dictionary setup) +ACCOUNTING_VAT_PAY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for paying VAT +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER=Accounting account used for customer third parties +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER_Desc=The dedicated accounting account defined on third party card will be used for Subledger accounting only. This one will be used for General Ledger and as default value of Subledger accounting if dedicated customer accounting account on third party is not defined. +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUPPLIER=Accounting account used for vendor third parties +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUPPLIER_Desc=The dedicated accounting account defined on third party card will be used for Subledger accounting only. This one will be used for General Ledger and as default value of Subledger accounting if dedicated vendor accounting account on third party is not defined. +ConfirmCloneTax=Confirm the clone of a social/fiscal tax +ConfirmCloneVAT=Confirm the clone of a VAT declaration +ConfirmCloneSalary=Confirm the clone of a salary +CloneTaxForNextMonth=Clone it for next month +SimpleReport=Simple report +AddExtraReport=Extra reports (add foreign and national customer report) +OtherCountriesCustomersReport=Foreign customers report +BasedOnTwoFirstLettersOfVATNumberBeingDifferentFromYourCompanyCountry=Based on the two first letters of the VAT number being different from your own company's country code +SameCountryCustomersWithVAT=National customers report +BasedOnTwoFirstLettersOfVATNumberBeingTheSameAsYourCompanyCountry=Based on the two first letters of the VAT number being the same as your own company's country code +LinkedFichinter=Link to an intervention +ImportDataset_tax_contrib=Social/fiscal taxes +ImportDataset_tax_vat=Vat payments +ErrorBankAccountNotFound=Error: Bank account not found +FiscalPeriod=Accounting period +ListSocialContributionAssociatedProject=List of social contributions associated with the project +DeleteFromCat=Remove from accounting group +AccountingAffectation=Accounting assignment +LastDayTaxIsRelatedTo=Last day of period the tax is related to +VATDue=Sale tax claimed +ClaimedForThisPeriod=Claimed for the period +PaidDuringThisPeriod=Paid for this period +PaidDuringThisPeriodDesc=This is the sum of all payments linked to VAT declarations which have an end-of-period date in the selected date range +ByVatRate=By sale tax rate +TurnoverbyVatrate=Turnover invoiced by sale tax rate +TurnoverCollectedbyVatrate=Turnover collected by sale tax rate +PurchasebyVatrate=Purchase by sale tax rate +LabelToShow=Short label +PurchaseTurnover=Purchase turnover +PurchaseTurnoverCollected=Purchase turnover collected +RulesPurchaseTurnoverDue=- It includes the supplier's due invoices whether they are paid or not.
- It is based on the invoice date of these invoices.
+RulesPurchaseTurnoverIn=- It includes all the effective payments of invoices done to suppliers.
- It is based on the payment date of these invoices
+RulesPurchaseTurnoverTotalPurchaseJournal=It includes all debit lines from the purchase journal. +RulesPurchaseTurnoverOfExpenseAccounts=It includes (debit - credit) of lines for product accounts in group EXPENSE +ReportPurchaseTurnover=Purchase turnover invoiced +ReportPurchaseTurnoverCollected=Purchase turnover collected +IncludeVarpaysInResults = Include various payments in reports +IncludeLoansInResults = Include loans in reports +InvoiceLate30Days = Invoices late > 30 days +InvoiceLate15Days = Invoices late > 15 days +InvoiceLateMinus15Days = Invoices late +InvoiceNotLate = To be collected < 15 days +InvoiceNotLate15Days = To be collected in 15 days +InvoiceNotLate30Days = To be collected in 30 days diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/contracts.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/contracts.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9ac308142a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/contracts.lang @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - contracts +ContractsArea=Contracts area +ListOfContracts=List of contracts +AllContracts=All contracts +ContractCard=Contract card +ContractStatusNotRunning=Not running +ContractStatusDraft=Draft +ContractStatusValidated=Validated +ContractStatusClosed=Closed +ServiceStatusInitial=Not running +ServiceStatusRunning=Running +ServiceStatusNotLate=Running, not expired +ServiceStatusNotLateShort=Not expired +ServiceStatusLate=Running, expired +ServiceStatusLateShort=Expired +ServiceStatusClosed=Closed +ShowContractOfService=Show contract of service +Contracts=Contracts +ContractsSubscriptions=Contracts/Subscriptions +ContractsAndLine=Contracts and line of contracts +Contract=Contract +ContractLine=Contract line +Closing=Closing +NoContracts=No contracts +MenuServices=Services +MenuInactiveServices=Services not active +MenuRunningServices=Running services +MenuExpiredServices=Expired services +MenuClosedServices=Closed services +NewContract=New contract +NewContractSubscription=New contract or subscription +AddContract=Create contract +DeleteAContract=Delete a contract +ActivateAllOnContract=Activate all services +CloseAContract=Close a contract +ConfirmDeleteAContract=Are you sure you want to delete this contract and all its services? +ConfirmValidateContract=Are you sure you want to validate this contract under name %s? +ConfirmActivateAllOnContract=This will open all services (not yet active). Are you sure you want to open all services? +ConfirmCloseContract=This will close all services (active or not). Are you sure you want to close this contract? +ConfirmCloseService=Are you sure you want to close this service with date %s? +ValidateAContract=Validate a contract +ActivateService=Activate service +ConfirmActivateService=Are you sure you want to activate this service with date %s? +RefContract=Contract reference +DateContract=Contract date +DateServiceActivate=Service activation date +ListOfServices=List of services +ListOfInactiveServices=List of not active services +ListOfExpiredServices=List of expired active services +ListOfClosedServices=List of closed services +ListOfRunningServices=List of running services +NotActivatedServices=Inactive services (among validated contracts) +BoardNotActivatedServices=Services to activate among validated contracts +BoardNotActivatedServicesShort=Services to activate +LastContracts=Latest %s contracts +LastModifiedServices=Latest %s modified services +ContractStartDate=Start date +ContractEndDate=End date +DateStartPlanned=Planned start date +DateStartPlannedShort=Planned start date +DateEndPlanned=Planned end date +DateEndPlannedShort=Planned end date +DateStartReal=Real start date +DateStartRealShort=Real start date +DateEndReal=Real end date +DateEndRealShort=Real end date +CloseService=Close service +BoardRunningServices=Services running +BoardRunningServicesShort=Services running +BoardExpiredServices=Services expired +BoardExpiredServicesShort=Services expired +ServiceStatus=Status of service +DraftContracts=Drafts contracts +CloseRefusedBecauseOneServiceActive=Contract can't be closed as there is at least one open service on it +ActivateAllContracts=Activate all contract lines +CloseAllContracts=Close all contract lines +DeleteContractLine=Delete a contract line +ConfirmDeleteContractLine=Are you sure you want to delete this contract line? +MoveToAnotherContract=Move service into another contract. +ConfirmMoveToAnotherContract=I choosed new target contract and confirm I want to move this service into this contract. +ConfirmMoveToAnotherContractQuestion=Choose in which existing contract (of same third party), you want to move this service to? +PaymentRenewContractId=Renew contract line (number %s) +ExpiredSince=Expiration date +NoExpiredServices=No expired active services +ListOfServicesToExpireWithDuration=List of Services to expire in %s days +ListOfServicesToExpireWithDurationNeg=List of Services expired from more than %s days +ListOfServicesToExpire=List of Services to expire +NoteListOfYourExpiredServices=This list contains only services of contracts for third parties you are linked to as a sale representative. +StandardContractsTemplate=Standard contracts template +ContactNameAndSignature=For %s, name and signature: +OnlyLinesWithTypeServiceAreUsed=Only lines with type "Service" will be cloned. +ConfirmCloneContract=Are you sure you want to clone the contract %s? +LowerDateEndPlannedShort=Lower planned end date of active services +SendContractRef=Contract information __REF__ +OtherContracts=Other contracts +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_contrat_internal_SALESREPSIGN=Sales representative signing contract +TypeContact_contrat_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Sales representative following-up contract +TypeContact_contrat_external_BILLING=Billing customer contact +TypeContact_contrat_external_CUSTOMER=Follow-up customer contact +TypeContact_contrat_external_SALESREPSIGN=Signing contract customer contact +HideClosedServiceByDefault=Hide closed services by default +ShowClosedServices=Show Closed Services +HideClosedServices=Hide Closed Services diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/cron.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/cron.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4fd2220dea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/cron.lang @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cron +# About page +# Right +Permission23101 = Read Scheduled job +Permission23102 = Create/update Scheduled job +Permission23103 = Delete Scheduled job +Permission23104 = Execute Scheduled job +# Admin +CronSetup=Scheduled job management setup +URLToLaunchCronJobs=URL to check and launch qualified cron jobs from a browser +OrToLaunchASpecificJob=Or to check and launch a specific job from a browser +KeyForCronAccess=Security key for URL to launch cron jobs +FileToLaunchCronJobs=Command line to check and launch qualified cron jobs +CronExplainHowToRunUnix=On Unix environment you should use the following crontab entry to run the command line each 5 minutes +CronExplainHowToRunWin=On Microsoft(tm) Windows environment you can use Scheduled Task tools to run the command line each 5 minutes +CronMethodDoesNotExists=Class %s does not contains any method %s +CronMethodNotAllowed=Method %s of class %s is in blacklist of forbidden methods +CronJobDefDesc=Cron job profiles are defined into the module descriptor file. When module is activated, they are loaded and available so you can administer the jobs from the admin tools menu %s. +CronJobProfiles=List of predefined cron job profiles +# Menu +EnabledAndDisabled=Enabled and disabled +# Page list +CronLastOutput=Latest run output +CronLastResult=Latest result code +CronCommand=Command +CronList=Scheduled jobs +CronDelete=Delete scheduled jobs +CronConfirmDelete=Are you sure you want to delete these scheduled jobs? +CronExecute=Launch scheduled job +CronConfirmExecute=Are you sure you want to execute these scheduled jobs now? +CronInfo=Scheduled job module allows to schedule jobs to execute them automatically. Jobs can also be started manually. +CronTask=Job +CronNone=None +CronDtStart=Not before +CronDtEnd=Not after +CronDtNextLaunch=Next execution +CronDtLastLaunch=Start date of latest execution +CronDtLastResult=End date of latest execution +CronFrequency=Frequency +CronClass=Class +CronMethod=Method +CronModule=Module +CronNoJobs=No jobs registered +CronPriority=Priority +CronLabel=Label +CronNbRun=Number of launches +CronMaxRun=Maximum number of launches +CronEach=Every +JobFinished=Job launched and finished +Scheduled=Scheduled +#Page card +CronAdd= Add jobs +CronEvery=Execute job each +CronObject=Instance/Object to create +CronArgs=Parameters +CronSaveSucess=Save successfully +CronNote=Comment +CronFieldMandatory=Fields %s is mandatory +CronErrEndDateStartDt=End date cannot be before start date +StatusAtInstall=Status at module installation +CronStatusActiveBtn=Schedule +CronStatusInactiveBtn=Disable +CronTaskInactive=This job is disabled (not scheduled) +CronId=Id +CronClassFile=Filename with class +CronModuleHelp=Name of Dolibarr module directory (also work with external Dolibarr module).
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for module is
product +CronClassFileHelp=The relative path and file name to load (path is relative to web server root directory).
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for class file name is
product/class/product.class.php +CronObjectHelp=The object name to load.
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for class file name is
Product +CronMethodHelp=The object method to launch.
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for method is
fetch +CronArgsHelp=The method arguments.
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for paramters can be
0, ProductRef +CronCommandHelp=The system command line to execute. +CronCreateJob=Create new Scheduled Job +CronFrom=From +# Info +# Common +CronType=Job type +CronType_method=Call method of a PHP Class +CronType_command=Shell command +CronCannotLoadClass=Cannot load class file %s (to use class %s) +CronCannotLoadObject=Class file %s was loaded, but object %s was not found into it +UseMenuModuleToolsToAddCronJobs=Go into menu "Home - Admin tools - Scheduled jobs" to see and edit scheduled jobs. +JobDisabled=Job disabled +MakeLocalDatabaseDumpShort=Local database backup +MakeLocalDatabaseDump=Create a local database dump. Parameters are: compression ('gz' or 'bz' or 'none'), backup type ('mysql', 'pgsql', 'auto'), 1, 'auto' or filename to build, number of backup files to keep +WarningCronDelayed=Attention, for performance purpose, whatever is next date of execution of enabled jobs, your jobs may be delayed to a maximum of %s hours, before being run. +DATAPOLICYJob=Data cleaner and anonymizer +JobXMustBeEnabled=Job %s must be enabled +# Cron Boxes +LastExecutedScheduledJob=Last executed scheduled job +NextScheduledJobExecute=Next scheduled job to execute +NumberScheduledJobError=Number of scheduled jobs in error diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/deliveries.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd8a36e6c70 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/deliveries.lang @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - deliveries +Delivery=Delivery +DeliveryRef=Ref Delivery +DeliveryCard=Receipt card +DeliveryOrder=Delivery receipt +DeliveryDate=Delivery date +CreateDeliveryOrder=Generate delivery receipt +DeliveryStateSaved=Delivery state saved +SetDeliveryDate=Set shipping date +ValidateDeliveryReceipt=Validate delivery receipt +ValidateDeliveryReceiptConfirm=Are you sure you want to validate this delivery receipt? +DeleteDeliveryReceipt=Delete delivery receipt +DeleteDeliveryReceiptConfirm=Are you sure you want to delete delivery receipt %s? +DeliveryMethod=Delivery method +TrackingNumber=Tracking number +DeliveryNotValidated=Delivery not validated +StatusDeliveryCanceled=Canceled +StatusDeliveryDraft=Draft +StatusDeliveryValidated=Received +# merou PDF model +NameAndSignature=Name and Signature: +ToAndDate=To___________________________________ on ____/_____/__________ +GoodStatusDeclaration=Have received the goods above in good condition, +Deliverer=Deliverer: +Sender=Sender +Recipient=Recipient +ErrorStockIsNotEnough=There's not enough stock +Shippable=Shippable +NonShippable=Not Shippable +ShowShippableStatus=Show shippable status +ShowReceiving=Show delivery receipt +NonExistentOrder=Nonexistent order +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Stock quantities already allocated on previous lines diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/dict.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/dict.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0524cf1ca18 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/dict.lang @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - dict +CountryFR=France +CountryBE=Belgium +CountryIT=Italy +CountryES=Spain +CountryDE=Germany +CountryCH=Switzerland +# Warning, country code GB is for United Kingdom. UK Does not exists as country code in ISO standard. +CountryGB=United Kingdom +CountryUK=United Kingdom +CountryIE=Ireland +CountryCN=China +CountryTN=Tunisia +CountryUS=United States +CountryMA=Morocco +CountryDZ=Algeria +CountryCA=Canada +CountryTG=Togo +CountryGA=Gabon +CountryNL=Netherlands +CountryHU=Hungary +CountryRU=Russia +CountrySE=Sweden +CountryCI=Ivory Coast +CountrySN=Senegal +CountryAR=Argentina +CountryCM=Cameroon +CountryPT=Portugal +CountrySA=Saudi Arabia +CountryMC=Monaco +CountryAU=Australia +CountrySG=Singapore +CountryAF=Afghanistan +CountryAX=Åland Islands +CountryAL=Albania +CountryAS=American Samoa +CountryAD=Andorra +CountryAO=Angola +CountryAI=Anguilla +CountryAQ=Antarctica +CountryAG=Antigua and Barbuda +CountryAM=Armenia +CountryAW=Aruba +CountryAT=Austria +CountryAZ=Azerbaijan +CountryBS=Bahamas +CountryBH=Bahrain +CountryBD=Bangladesh +CountryBB=Barbados +CountryBY=Belarus +CountryBZ=Belize +CountryBJ=Benin +CountryBM=Bermuda +CountryBT=Bhutan +CountryBO=Bolivia +CountryBA=Bosnia and Herzegovina +CountryBW=Botswana +CountryBV=Bouvet Island +CountryBR=Brazil +CountryIO=British Indian Ocean Territory +CountryBN=Brunei Darussalam +CountryBG=Bulgaria +CountryBF=Burkina Faso +CountryBI=Burundi +CountryKH=Cambodia +CountryCV=Cape Verde +CountryKY=Cayman Islands +CountryCF=Central African Republic +CountryTD=Chad +CountryCL=Chile +CountryCX=Christmas Island +CountryCC=Cocos (Keeling) Islands +CountryCO=Colombia +CountryKM=Comoros +CountryCG=Congo +CountryCD=Congo, The Democratic Republic of the +CountryCK=Cook Islands +CountryCR=Costa Rica +CountryHR=Croatia +CountryCU=Cuba +CountryCY=Cyprus +CountryCZ=Czech Republic +CountryDK=Denmark +CountryDJ=Djibouti +CountryDM=Dominica +CountryDO=Dominican Republic +CountryEC=Ecuador +CountryEG=Egypt +CountrySV=El Salvador +CountryGQ=Equatorial Guinea +CountryER=Eritrea +CountryEE=Estonia +CountryET=Ethiopia +CountryFK=Falkland Islands +CountryFO=Faroe Islands +CountryFJ=Fiji Islands +CountryFI=Finland +CountryGF=French Guiana +CountryPF=French Polynesia +CountryTF=French Southern Territories +CountryGM=Gambia +CountryGE=Georgia +CountryGH=Ghana +CountryGI=Gibraltar +CountryGR=Greece +CountryGL=Greenland +CountryGD=Grenada +CountryGP=Guadeloupe +CountryGU=Guam +CountryGT=Guatemala +CountryGN=Guinea +CountryGW=Guinea-Bissau +CountryGY=Guyana +CountryHT=Haïti +CountryHM=Heard Island and McDonald +CountryVA=Holy See (Vatican City State) +CountryHN=Honduras +CountryHK=Hong Kong +CountryIS=Iceland +CountryIN=India +CountryID=Indonesia +CountryIR=Iran +CountryIQ=Iraq +CountryIL=Israel +CountryJM=Jamaica +CountryJP=Japan +CountryJO=Jordan +CountryKZ=Kazakhstan +CountryKE=Kenya +CountryKI=Kiribati +CountryKP=North Korea +CountryKR=South Korea +CountryKW=Kuwait +CountryKG=Kyrgyzstan +CountryLA=Lao +CountryLV=Latvia +CountryLB=Lebanon +CountryLS=Lesotho +CountryLR=Liberia +CountryLY=Libyan +CountryLI=Liechtenstein +CountryLT=Lithuania +CountryLU=Luxembourg +CountryMO=Macao +CountryMK=Macedonia, the former Yugoslav of +CountryMG=Madagascar +CountryMW=Malawi +CountryMY=Malaysia +CountryMV=Maldives +CountryML=Mali +CountryMT=Malta +CountryMH=Marshall Islands +CountryMQ=Martinique +CountryMR=Mauritania +CountryMU=Mauritius +CountryYT=Mayotte +CountryMX=Mexico +CountryFM=Micronesia +CountryMD=Moldova +CountryMN=Mongolia +CountryMS=Monserrat +CountryMZ=Mozambique +CountryMM=Myanmar (Burma) +CountryNA=Namibia +CountryNR=Nauru +CountryNP=Nepal +CountryAN=Netherlands Antilles +CountryNC=New Caledonia +CountryNZ=New Zealand +CountryNI=Nicaragua +CountryNE=Niger +CountryNG=Nigeria +CountryNU=Niue +CountryNF=Norfolk Island +CountryMP=Northern Mariana Islands +CountryNO=Norway +CountryOM=Oman +CountryPK=Pakistan +CountryPW=Palau +CountryPS=Palestinian Territory, Occupied +CountryPA=Panama +CountryPG=Papua New Guinea +CountryPY=Paraguay +CountryPE=Peru +CountryPH=Philippines +CountryPN=Pitcairn Islands +CountryPL=Poland +CountryPR=Puerto Rico +CountryQA=Qatar +CountryRE=Reunion +CountryRO=Romania +CountryRW=Rwanda +CountrySH=Saint Helena +CountryKN=Saint Kitts and Nevis +CountryLC=Saint Lucia +CountryPM=Saint Pierre and Miquelon +CountryVC=Saint Vincent and Grenadines +CountryWS=Samoa +CountrySM=San Marino +CountryST=Sao Tome and Principe +CountryRS=Serbia +CountrySC=Seychelles +CountrySL=Sierra Leone +CountrySK=Slovakia +CountrySI=Slovenia +CountrySB=Solomon Islands +CountrySO=Somalia +CountryZA=South Africa +CountryGS=South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands +CountryLK=Sri Lanka +CountrySD=Sudan +CountrySR=Suriname +CountrySJ=Svalbard and Jan Mayen +CountrySZ=Swaziland +CountrySY=Syrian +CountryTW=Taiwan +CountryTJ=Tajikistan +CountryTZ=Tanzania +CountryTH=Thailand +CountryTL=Timor-Leste +CountryTK=Tokelau +CountryTO=Tonga +CountryTT=Trinidad and Tobago +CountryTR=Turkey +CountryTM=Turkmenistan +CountryTC=Turks and Caicos Islands +CountryTV=Tuvalu +CountryUG=Uganda +CountryUA=Ukraine +CountryAE=United Arab Emirates +CountryUM=United States Minor Outlying Islands +CountryUY=Uruguay +CountryUZ=Uzbekistan +CountryVU=Vanuatu +CountryVE=Venezuela +CountryVN=Viet Nam +CountryVG=Virgin Islands, British +CountryVI=Virgin Islands, U.S. +CountryWF=Wallis and Futuna +CountryEH=Western Sahara +CountryYE=Yemen +CountryZM=Zambia +CountryZW=Zimbabwe +CountryGG=Guernsey +CountryIM=Isle of Man +CountryJE=Jersey +CountryME=Montenegro +CountryBL=Saint Barthelemy +CountryMF=Saint Martin + +##### Civilities ##### +CivilityMME=Mrs. +CivilityMR=Mr. +CivilityMLE=Ms. +CivilityMTRE=Master +CivilityDR=Doctor +##### Currencies ##### +Currencyeuros=Euros +CurrencyAUD=AU Dollars +CurrencySingAUD=AU Dollar +CurrencyCAD=CAN Dollars +CurrencySingCAD=CAN Dollar +CurrencyCHF=Swiss Francs +CurrencySingCHF=Swiss Franc +CurrencyEUR=Euros +CurrencySingEUR=Euro +CurrencyFRF=French Francs +CurrencySingFRF=French Franc +CurrencyGBP=GB Pounds +CurrencySingGBP=GB Pound +CurrencyINR=Indian rupees +CurrencySingINR=Indian rupee +CurrencyMAD=Dirham +CurrencySingMAD=Dirham +CurrencyMGA=Ariary +CurrencySingMGA=Ariary +CurrencyMUR=Mauritius rupees +CurrencySingMUR=Mauritius rupee +CurrencyNOK=Norwegian krones +CurrencySingNOK=Norwegian kronas +CurrencyTND=Tunisian dinars +CurrencySingTND=Tunisian dinar +CurrencyUSD=US Dollars +CurrencySingUSD=US Dollar +CurrencyUAH=Hryvnia +CurrencySingUAH=Hryvnia +CurrencyXAF=CFA Francs BEAC +CurrencySingXAF=CFA Franc BEAC +CurrencyXOF=CFA Francs BCEAO +CurrencySingXOF=CFA Franc BCEAO +CurrencyXPF=CFP Francs +CurrencySingXPF=CFP Franc +CurrencyCentEUR=cents +CurrencyCentSingEUR=cent +CurrencyCentINR=paisa +CurrencyCentSingINR=paise +CurrencyThousandthSingTND=thousandth +#### Input reasons ##### +DemandReasonTypeSRC_INTE=Internet +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_MAIL=Mailing campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_EMAIL=EMailing campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_PHO=Phone campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_FAX=Fax campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_COMM=Commercial contact +DemandReasonTypeSRC_SHOP=Shop contact +DemandReasonTypeSRC_WOM=Word of mouth +DemandReasonTypeSRC_PARTNER=Partner +DemandReasonTypeSRC_EMPLOYEE=Employee +DemandReasonTypeSRC_SPONSORING=Sponsorship +DemandReasonTypeSRC_SRC_CUSTOMER=Incoming contact of a customer +#### Paper formats #### +PaperFormatEU4A0=Format 4A0 +PaperFormatEU2A0=Format 2A0 +PaperFormatEUA0=Format A0 +PaperFormatEUA1=Format A1 +PaperFormatEUA2=Format A2 +PaperFormatEUA3=Format A3 +PaperFormatEUA4=Format A4 +PaperFormatEUA5=Format A5 +PaperFormatEUA6=Format A6 +PaperFormatUSLETTER=Format Letter US +PaperFormatUSLEGAL=Format Legal US +PaperFormatUSEXECUTIVE=Format Executive US +PaperFormatUSLEDGER=Format Ledger/Tabloid +PaperFormatCAP1=Format P1 Canada +PaperFormatCAP2=Format P2 Canada +PaperFormatCAP3=Format P3 Canada +PaperFormatCAP4=Format P4 Canada +PaperFormatCAP5=Format P5 Canada +PaperFormatCAP6=Format P6 Canada +#### Expense report categories #### +ExpAutoCat=Car +ExpCycloCat=Moped +ExpMotoCat=Motorbike +ExpAuto3CV=3 CV +ExpAuto4CV=4 CV +ExpAuto5CV=5 CV +ExpAuto6CV=6 CV +ExpAuto7CV=7 CV +ExpAuto8CV=8 CV +ExpAuto9CV=9 CV +ExpAuto10CV=10 CV +ExpAuto11CV=11 CV +ExpAuto12CV=12 CV +ExpAuto3PCV=3 CV and more +ExpAuto4PCV=4 CV and more +ExpAuto5PCV=5 CV and more +ExpAuto6PCV=6 CV and more +ExpAuto7PCV=7 CV and more +ExpAuto8PCV=8 CV and more +ExpAuto9PCV=9 CV and more +ExpAuto10PCV=10 CV and more +ExpAuto11PCV=11 CV and more +ExpAuto12PCV=12 CV and more +ExpAuto13PCV=13 CV and more +ExpCyclo=Capacity lower to 50cm3 +ExpMoto12CV=Motorbike 1 or 2 CV +ExpMoto345CV=Motorbike 3, 4 or 5 CV +ExpMoto5PCV=Motorbike 5 CV and more diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/donations.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/donations.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d512abb2eea --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/donations.lang @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - donations +Donation=Donation +Donations=Donations +DonationRef=Donation ref. +Donor=Donor +AddDonation=Create a donation +NewDonation=New donation +DeleteADonation=Delete a donation +ConfirmDeleteADonation=Are you sure you want to delete this donation? +PublicDonation=Public donation +DonationsArea=Donations area +DonationStatusPromiseNotValidated=Draft promise +DonationStatusPromiseValidated=Validated promise +DonationStatusPaid=Donation received +DonationStatusPromiseNotValidatedShort=Draft +DonationStatusPromiseValidatedShort=Validated +DonationStatusPaidShort=Received +DonationTitle=Donation receipt +DonationDate=Donation date +DonationDatePayment=Payment date +ValidPromess=Validate promise +DonationReceipt=Donation receipt +DonationsModels=Documents models for donation receipts +LastModifiedDonations=Latest %s modified donations +DonationRecipient=Donation recipient +IConfirmDonationReception=The recipient declare reception, as a donation, of the following amount +MinimumAmount=Minimum amount is %s +FreeTextOnDonations=Free text to show in footer +FrenchOptions=Options for France +DONATION_ART200=Show article 200 from CGI if you are concerned +DONATION_ART238=Show article 238 from CGI if you are concerned +DONATION_ART885=Show article 885 from CGI if you are concerned +DonationPayment=Donation payment +DonationValidated=Donation %s validated +DonationUseThirdparties=Use an existing thirdparty as coordinates of donators diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ecm.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ecm.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc18bed4a29 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ecm.lang @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ecm +ECMNbOfDocs=No. of documents in directory +ECMSection=Directory +ECMSectionManual=Manual directory +ECMSectionAuto=Automatic directory +ECMSectionsManual=Manual tree +ECMSectionsAuto=Automatic tree +ECMSections=Directories +ECMRoot=ECM Root +ECMNewSection=New directory +ECMAddSection=Add directory +ECMCreationDate=Creation date +ECMNbOfFilesInDir=Number of files in directory +ECMNbOfSubDir=Number of sub-directories +ECMNbOfFilesInSubDir=Number of files in sub-directories +ECMCreationUser=Creator +ECMArea=DMS/ECM area +ECMAreaDesc=The DMS/ECM (Document Management System / Electronic Content Management) area allows you to save, share and search quickly all kind of documents in Dolibarr. +ECMAreaDesc2=* Automatic directories are filled automatically when adding documents from card of an element.
* Manual directories can be used to save documents not linked to a particular element. +ECMSectionWasRemoved=Directory %s has been deleted. +ECMSectionWasCreated=Directory %s has been created. +ECMSearchByKeywords=Search by keywords +ECMSearchByEntity=Search by object +ECMSectionOfDocuments=Directories of documents +ECMTypeAuto=Automatic +ECMDocsBy=Documents linked to %s +ECMNoDirectoryYet=No directory created +ShowECMSection=Show directory +DeleteSection=Remove directory +ConfirmDeleteSection=Can you confirm you want to delete the directory %s? +ECMDirectoryForFiles=Relative directory for files +CannotRemoveDirectoryContainsFilesOrDirs=Removal not possible because it contains some files or sub-directories +CannotRemoveDirectoryContainsFiles=Removal not possible because it contains some files +ECMFileManager=File manager +ECMSelectASection=Select a directory in the tree... +DirNotSynchronizedSyncFirst=This directory seems to be created or modified outside ECM module. You must click on "Resync" button first to synchronize disk and database to get content of this directory. +ReSyncListOfDir=Resync list of directories +HashOfFileContent=Hash of file content +NoDirectoriesFound=No directories found +FileNotYetIndexedInDatabase=File not yet indexed into database (try to re-upload it) +ExtraFieldsEcmFiles=Extrafields Ecm Files +ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=Extrafields Ecm Directories +ECMSetup=ECM Setup +GenerateImgWebp=Duplicate all images with another version with .webp format +ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=If you confirm, you will generate an image in .webp format for all images currently into this folder (subfolders are not included)... +ConfirmImgWebpCreation=Confirm all images duplication +SucessConvertImgWebp=Images successfully duplicated diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/errors.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..45b2c258c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/errors.lang @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - errors + +# No errors +NoErrorCommitIsDone=No error, we commit +# Errors +ErrorButCommitIsDone=Errors found but we validate despite this +ErrorBadEMail=Email %s is incorrect +ErrorBadMXDomain=Email %s seems incorrect (domain has no valid MX record) +ErrorBadUrl=Url %s is incorrect +ErrorBadValueForParamNotAString=Bad value for your parameter. It appends generally when translation is missing. +ErrorRefAlreadyExists=Reference %s already exists. +ErrorLoginAlreadyExists=Login %s already exists. +ErrorGroupAlreadyExists=Group %s already exists. +ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=Email %s already exists. +ErrorRecordNotFound=Record not found. +ErrorFailToCopyFile=Failed to copy file '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToCopyDir=Failed to copy directory '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToRenameFile=Failed to rename file '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToDeleteFile=Failed to remove file '%s'. +ErrorFailToCreateFile=Failed to create file '%s'. +ErrorFailToRenameDir=Failed to rename directory '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToCreateDir=Failed to create directory '%s'. +ErrorFailToDeleteDir=Failed to delete directory '%s'. +ErrorFailToMakeReplacementInto=Failed to make replacement into file '%s'. +ErrorFailToGenerateFile=Failed to generate file '%s'. +ErrorThisContactIsAlreadyDefinedAsThisType=This contact is already defined as contact for this type. +ErrorCashAccountAcceptsOnlyCashMoney=This bank account is a cash account, so it accepts payments of type cash only. +ErrorFromToAccountsMustDiffers=Source and targets bank accounts must be different. +ErrorBadThirdPartyName=Bad value for third-party name +ErrorProdIdIsMandatory=The %s is mandatory +ErrorBadCustomerCodeSyntax=Bad syntax for customer code +ErrorBadBarCodeSyntax=Bad syntax for barcode. May be you set a bad barcode type or you defined a barcode mask for numbering that does not match value scanned. +ErrorCustomerCodeRequired=Customer code required +ErrorBarCodeRequired=Barcode required +ErrorCustomerCodeAlreadyUsed=Customer code already used +ErrorBarCodeAlreadyUsed=Barcode already used +ErrorPrefixRequired=Prefix required +ErrorBadSupplierCodeSyntax=Bad syntax for vendor code +ErrorSupplierCodeRequired=Vendor code required +ErrorSupplierCodeAlreadyUsed=Vendor code already used +ErrorBadParameters=Bad parameters +ErrorWrongParameters=Wrong or missing parameters +ErrorBadValueForParameter=Wrong value '%s' for parameter '%s' +ErrorBadImageFormat=Image file has not a supported format (Your PHP does not support functions to convert images of this format) +ErrorBadDateFormat=Value '%s' has wrong date format +ErrorWrongDate=Date is not correct! +ErrorFailedToWriteInDir=Failed to write in directory %s +ErrorFoundBadEmailInFile=Found incorrect email syntax for %s lines in file (example line %s with email=%s) +ErrorUserCannotBeDelete=User cannot be deleted. Maybe it is associated to Dolibarr entities. +ErrorFieldsRequired=Some required fields have been left blank. +ErrorSubjectIsRequired=The email subject is required +ErrorFailedToCreateDir=Failed to create a directory. Check that Web server user has permissions to write into Dolibarr documents directory. If parameter safe_mode is enabled on this PHP, check that Dolibarr php files owns to web server user (or group). +ErrorNoMailDefinedForThisUser=No mail defined for this user +ErrorSetupOfEmailsNotComplete=Setup of emails is not complete +ErrorFeatureNeedJavascript=This feature need javascript to be activated to work. Change this in setup - display. +ErrorTopMenuMustHaveAParentWithId0=A menu of type 'Top' can't have a parent menu. Put 0 in parent menu or choose a menu of type 'Left'. +ErrorLeftMenuMustHaveAParentId=A menu of type 'Left' must have a parent id. +ErrorFileNotFound=File %s not found (Bad path, wrong permissions or access denied by PHP openbasedir or safe_mode parameter) +ErrorDirNotFound=Directory %s not found (Bad path, wrong permissions or access denied by PHP openbasedir or safe_mode parameter) +ErrorFunctionNotAvailableInPHP=Function %s is required for this feature but is not available in this version/setup of PHP. +ErrorDirAlreadyExists=A directory with this name already exists. +ErrorFileAlreadyExists=A file with this name already exists. +ErrorDestinationAlreadyExists=Another file with the name %s already exists. +ErrorPartialFile=File not received completely by server. +ErrorNoTmpDir=Temporary directy %s does not exists. +ErrorUploadBlockedByAddon=Upload blocked by a PHP/Apache plugin. +ErrorFileSizeTooLarge=File size is too large. +ErrorFieldTooLong=Field %s is too long. +ErrorSizeTooLongForIntType=Size too long for int type (%s digits maximum) +ErrorSizeTooLongForVarcharType=Size too long for string type (%s chars maximum) +ErrorNoValueForSelectType=Please fill value for select list +ErrorNoValueForCheckBoxType=Please fill value for checkbox list +ErrorNoValueForRadioType=Please fill value for radio list +ErrorBadFormatValueList=The list value cannot have more than one comma: %s, but need at least one: key,value +ErrorFieldCanNotContainSpecialCharacters=The field %s must not contains special characters. +ErrorFieldCanNotContainSpecialNorUpperCharacters=The field %s must not contain special characters, nor upper case characters and cannot contain only numbers. +ErrorFieldMustHaveXChar=The field %s must have at least %s characters. +ErrorNoAccountancyModuleLoaded=No accountancy module activated +ErrorExportDuplicateProfil=This profile name already exists for this export set. +ErrorLDAPSetupNotComplete=Dolibarr-LDAP matching is not complete. +ErrorLDAPMakeManualTest=A .ldif file has been generated in directory %s. Try to load it manually from command line to have more information on errors. +ErrorCantSaveADoneUserWithZeroPercentage=Can't save an action with "status not started" if field "done by" is also filled. +ErrorRefAlreadyExists=Reference %s already exists. +ErrorPleaseTypeBankTransactionReportName=Please enter the bank statement name where the entry has to be reported (Format YYYYMM or YYYYMMDD) +ErrorRecordHasChildren=Failed to delete record since it has some child records. +ErrorRecordHasAtLeastOneChildOfType=Object has at least one child of type %s +ErrorRecordIsUsedCantDelete=Can't delete record. It is already used or included into another object. +ErrorModuleRequireJavascript=Javascript must not be disabled to have this feature working. To enable/disable Javascript, go to menu Home->Setup->Display. +ErrorPasswordsMustMatch=Both typed passwords must match each other +ErrorContactEMail=A technical error occured. Please, contact administrator to following email %s and provide the error code %s in your message, or add a screen copy of this page. +ErrorWrongValueForField=Field %s: '%s' does not match regex rule %s +ErrorFieldValueNotIn=Field %s: '%s' is not a value found in field %s of %s +ErrorFieldRefNotIn=Field %s: '%s' is not a %s existing ref +ErrorsOnXLines=%s errors found +ErrorFileIsInfectedWithAVirus=The antivirus program was not able to validate the file (file might be infected by a virus) +ErrorSpecialCharNotAllowedForField=Special characters are not allowed for field "%s" +ErrorNumRefModel=A reference exists into database (%s) and is not compatible with this numbering rule. Remove record or renamed reference to activate this module. +ErrorQtyTooLowForThisSupplier=Quantity too low for this vendor or no price defined on this product for this vendor +ErrorOrdersNotCreatedQtyTooLow=Some orders haven't been created because of too-low quantities +ErrorModuleSetupNotComplete=Setup of module %s looks to be uncomplete. Go on Home - Setup - Modules to complete. +ErrorBadMask=Error on mask +ErrorBadMaskFailedToLocatePosOfSequence=Error, mask without sequence number +ErrorBadMaskBadRazMonth=Error, bad reset value +ErrorMaxNumberReachForThisMask=Maximum number reached for this mask +ErrorCounterMustHaveMoreThan3Digits=Counter must have more than 3 digits +ErrorSelectAtLeastOne=Error, select at least one entry. +ErrorDeleteNotPossibleLineIsConsolidated=Delete not possible because record is linked to a bank transaction that is conciliated +ErrorProdIdAlreadyExist=%s is assigned to another third +ErrorFailedToSendPassword=Failed to send password +ErrorFailedToLoadRSSFile=Fails to get RSS feed. Try to add constant MAIN_SIMPLEXMLLOAD_DEBUG if error messages does not provide enough information. +ErrorForbidden=Access denied.
You try to access to a page, area or feature of a disabled module or without being in an authenticated session or that is not allowed to your user. +ErrorForbidden2=Permission for this login can be defined by your Dolibarr administrator from menu %s->%s. +ErrorForbidden3=It seems that Dolibarr is not used through an authenticated session. Take a look at Dolibarr setup documentation to know how to manage authentications (htaccess, mod_auth or other...). +ErrorNoImagickReadimage=Class Imagick is not found in this PHP. No preview can be available. Administrators can disable this tab from menu Setup - Display. +ErrorRecordAlreadyExists=Record already exists +ErrorLabelAlreadyExists=This label already exists +ErrorCantReadFile=Failed to read file '%s' +ErrorCantReadDir=Failed to read directory '%s' +ErrorBadLoginPassword=Bad value for login or password +ErrorLoginDisabled=Your account has been disabled +ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Failed to run external command. Check it is available and runnable by your PHP server user. Check also the command is not protected on shell level by a security layer like apparmor. +ErrorFailedToChangePassword=Failed to change password +ErrorLoginDoesNotExists=User with login %s could not be found. +ErrorLoginHasNoEmail=This user has no email address. Process aborted. +ErrorBadValueForCode=Bad value for security code. Try again with new value... +ErrorBothFieldCantBeNegative=Fields %s and %s can't be both negative +ErrorFieldCantBeNegativeOnInvoice=Field %s cannot be negative on this type of invoice. If you need to add a discount line, just create the discount first (from field '%s' in thirdparty card) and apply it to the invoice. +ErrorLinesCantBeNegativeForOneVATRate=Total of lines (net of tax) can't be negative for a given not null VAT rate (Found a negative total for VAT rate %s%%). +ErrorLinesCantBeNegativeOnDeposits=Lines can't be negative in a deposit. You will face problems when you will need to consume the deposit in final invoice if you do so. +ErrorQtyForCustomerInvoiceCantBeNegative=Quantity for line into customer invoices can't be negative +ErrorWebServerUserHasNotPermission=User account %s used to execute web server has no permission for that +ErrorNoActivatedBarcode=No barcode type activated +ErrUnzipFails=Failed to unzip %s with ZipArchive +ErrNoZipEngine=No engine to zip/unzip %s file in this PHP +ErrorFileMustBeADolibarrPackage=The file %s must be a Dolibarr zip package +ErrorModuleFileRequired=You must select a Dolibarr module package file +ErrorPhpCurlNotInstalled=The PHP CURL is not installed, this is essential to talk with Paypal +ErrorFailedToAddToMailmanList=Failed to add record %s to Mailman list %s or SPIP base +ErrorFailedToRemoveToMailmanList=Failed to remove record %s to Mailman list %s or SPIP base +ErrorNewValueCantMatchOldValue=New value can't be equal to old one +ErrorFailedToValidatePasswordReset=Failed to reinit password. May be the reinit was already done (this link can be used only one time). If not, try to restart the reinit process. +ErrorToConnectToMysqlCheckInstance=Connect to database fails. Check database server is running (for example, with mysql/mariadb, you can launch it from command line with 'sudo service mysql start'). +ErrorFailedToAddContact=Failed to add contact +ErrorDateMustBeBeforeToday=The date must be lower than today +ErrorDateMustBeInFuture=The date must be greater than today +ErrorPaymentModeDefinedToWithoutSetup=A payment mode was set to type %s but setup of module Invoice was not completed to define information to show for this payment mode. +ErrorPHPNeedModule=Error, your PHP must have module %s installed to use this feature. +ErrorOpenIDSetupNotComplete=You setup Dolibarr config file to allow OpenID authentication, but URL of OpenID service is not defined into constant %s +ErrorWarehouseMustDiffers=Source and target warehouses must differs +ErrorBadFormat=Bad format! +ErrorMemberNotLinkedToAThirpartyLinkOrCreateFirst=Error, this member is not yet linked to any third party. Link member to an existing third party or create a new third party before creating subscription with invoice. +ErrorThereIsSomeDeliveries=Error, there is some deliveries linked to this shipment. Deletion refused. +ErrorCantDeletePaymentReconciliated=Can't delete a payment that had generated a bank entry that was reconciled +ErrorCantDeletePaymentSharedWithPayedInvoice=Can't delete a payment shared by at least one invoice with status Paid +ErrorPriceExpression1=Cannot assign to constant '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression2=Cannot redefine built-in function '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression3=Undefined variable '%s' in function definition +ErrorPriceExpression4=Illegal character '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression5=Unexpected '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression6=Wrong number of arguments (%s given, %s expected) +ErrorPriceExpression8=Unexpected operator '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression9=An unexpected error occured +ErrorPriceExpression10=Operator '%s' lacks operand +ErrorPriceExpression11=Expecting '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression14=Division by zero +ErrorPriceExpression17=Undefined variable '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression19=Expression not found +ErrorPriceExpression20=Empty expression +ErrorPriceExpression21=Empty result '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression22=Negative result '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression23=Unknown or non set variable '%s' in %s +ErrorPriceExpression24=Variable '%s' exists but has no value +ErrorPriceExpressionInternal=Internal error '%s' +ErrorPriceExpressionUnknown=Unknown error '%s' +ErrorSrcAndTargetWarehouseMustDiffers=Source and target warehouses must differs +ErrorTryToMakeMoveOnProductRequiringBatchData=Error, trying to make a stock movement without lot/serial information, on product '%s' requiring lot/serial information +ErrorCantSetReceptionToTotalDoneWithReceptionToApprove=All recorded receptions must first be verified (approved or denied) before being allowed to do this action +ErrorCantSetReceptionToTotalDoneWithReceptionDenied=All recorded receptions must first be verified (approved) before being allowed to do this action +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater0=HTTP request failed with error '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater1=Invalid JSON format '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater2=Missing parameter '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater3=The requested data was not found in result +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater4=SOAP client failed with error '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater5=No global variable selected +ErrorFieldMustBeANumeric=Field %s must be a numeric value +ErrorMandatoryParametersNotProvided=Mandatory parameter(s) not provided +ErrorOppStatusRequiredIfAmount=You set an estimated amount for this lead. So you must also enter it's status. +ErrorFailedToLoadModuleDescriptorForXXX=Failed to load module descriptor class for %s +ErrorBadDefinitionOfMenuArrayInModuleDescriptor=Bad Definition Of Menu Array In Module Descriptor (bad value for key fk_menu) +ErrorSavingChanges=An error has occurred when saving the changes +ErrorWarehouseRequiredIntoShipmentLine=Warehouse is required on the line to ship +ErrorFileMustHaveFormat=File must have format %s +ErrorFilenameCantStartWithDot=Filename can't start with a '.' +ErrorSupplierCountryIsNotDefined=Country for this vendor is not defined. Correct this first. +ErrorsThirdpartyMerge=Failed to merge the two records. Request canceled. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnOrder=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new order. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnInvoice=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new invoice. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnShipment=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new shipment. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnProposal=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new proposal. +ErrorFailedToLoadLoginFileForMode=Failed to get the login key for mode '%s'. +ErrorModuleNotFound=File of module was not found. +ErrorFieldAccountNotDefinedForBankLine=Value for Accounting account not defined for source line id %s (%s) +ErrorFieldAccountNotDefinedForInvoiceLine=Value for Accounting account not defined for invoice id %s (%s) +ErrorFieldAccountNotDefinedForLine=Value for Accounting account not defined for the line (%s) +ErrorBankStatementNameMustFollowRegex=Error, bank statement name must follow the following syntax rule %s +ErrorPhpMailDelivery=Check that you don't use a too high number of recipients and that your email content is not similar to a Spam. Ask also your administrator to check firewall and server logs files for a more complete information. +ErrorUserNotAssignedToTask=User must be assigned to task to be able to enter time consumed. +ErrorTaskAlreadyAssigned=Task already assigned to user +ErrorModuleFileSeemsToHaveAWrongFormat=The module package seems to have a wrong format. +ErrorModuleFileSeemsToHaveAWrongFormat2=At least one mandatory directory must exists into zip of module: %s or %s +ErrorFilenameDosNotMatchDolibarrPackageRules=The name of the module package (%s) does not match expected name syntax: %s +ErrorDuplicateTrigger=Error, duplicate trigger name %s. Already loaded from %s. +ErrorNoWarehouseDefined=Error, no warehouses defined. +ErrorBadLinkSourceSetButBadValueForRef=The link you use is not valid. A 'source' for payment is defined, but value for 'ref' is not valid. +ErrorTooManyErrorsProcessStopped=Too many errors. Process was stopped. +ErrorMassValidationNotAllowedWhenStockIncreaseOnAction=Mass validation is not possible when option to increase/decrease stock is set on this action (you must validate one by one so you can define the warehouse to increase/decrease) +ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusDraftToBeValidated=Object %s must have status 'Draft' to be validated. +ErrorObjectMustHaveLinesToBeValidated=Object %s must have lines to be validated. +ErrorOnlyInvoiceValidatedCanBeSentInMassAction=Only validated invoices can be sent using the "Send by email" mass action. +ErrorChooseBetweenFreeEntryOrPredefinedProduct=You must choose if article is a predefined product or not +ErrorDiscountLargerThanRemainToPaySplitItBefore=The discount you try to apply is larger than remain to pay. Split the discount in 2 smaller discounts before. +ErrorFileNotFoundWithSharedLink=File was not found. May be the share key was modified or file was removed recently. +ErrorProductBarCodeAlreadyExists=The product barcode %s already exists on another product reference. +ErrorNoteAlsoThatSubProductCantBeFollowedByLot=Note also that using kits to have auto increase/decrease of subproducts is not possible when at least one subproduct (or subproduct of subproducts) needs a serial/lot number. +ErrorDescRequiredForFreeProductLines=Description is mandatory for lines with free product +ErrorAPageWithThisNameOrAliasAlreadyExists=The page/container %s has the same name or alternative alias that the one your try to use +ErrorDuringChartLoad=Error when loading chart of accounts. If few accounts were not loaded, you can still enter them manually. +ErrorBadSyntaxForParamKeyForContent=Bad syntax for param keyforcontent. Must have a value starting with %s or %s +ErrorVariableKeyForContentMustBeSet=Error, the constant with name %s (with text content to show) or %s (with external url to show) must be set. +ErrorURLMustEndWith=URL %s must end %s +ErrorURLMustStartWithHttp=URL %s must start with http:// or https:// +ErrorHostMustNotStartWithHttp=Host name %s must NOT start with http:// or https:// +ErrorNewRefIsAlreadyUsed=Error, the new reference is already used +ErrorDeletePaymentLinkedToAClosedInvoiceNotPossible=Error, delete payment linked to a closed invoice is not possible. +ErrorSearchCriteriaTooSmall=Search criteria too small. +ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusActiveToBeDisabled=Objects must have status 'Active' to be disabled +ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusDraftOrDisabledToBeActivated=Objects must have status 'Draft' or 'Disabled' to be enabled +ErrorNoFieldWithAttributeShowoncombobox=No fields has property 'showoncombobox' into definition of object '%s'. No way to show the combolist. +ErrorFieldRequiredForProduct=Field '%s' is required for product %s +ProblemIsInSetupOfTerminal=Problem is in setup of terminal %s. +ErrorAddAtLeastOneLineFirst=Add at least one line first +ErrorRecordAlreadyInAccountingDeletionNotPossible=Error, record is already transferred in accounting, deletion is not possible. +ErrorLanguageMandatoryIfPageSetAsTranslationOfAnother=Error, language is mandatory if you set the page as a translation of another one. +ErrorLanguageOfTranslatedPageIsSameThanThisPage=Error, language of translated page is same than this one. +ErrorBatchNoFoundForProductInWarehouse=No lot/serial found for product "%s" in warehouse "%s". +ErrorBatchNoFoundEnoughQuantityForProductInWarehouse=No enough quantity for this lot/serial for product "%s" in warehouse "%s". +ErrorOnlyOneFieldForGroupByIsPossible=Only 1 field for the 'Group by' is possible (others are discarded) +ErrorTooManyDifferentValueForSelectedGroupBy=Found too many different value (more than %s) for the field '%s', so we can't use it as a 'Group by' for graphics. The field 'Group By' has been removed. May be you wanted to use it as an X-Axis ? +ErrorReplaceStringEmpty=Error, the string to replace into is empty +ErrorProductNeedBatchNumber=Error, product '%s' need a lot/serial number +ErrorProductDoesNotNeedBatchNumber=Error, product '%s' does not accept a lot/serial number +ErrorFailedToReadObject=Error, failed to read object of type %s +ErrorParameterMustBeEnabledToAllwoThisFeature=Error, parameter %s must be enabled into conf/conf.php to allow use of Command Line Interface by the internal job scheduler +ErrorLoginDateValidity=Error, this login is outside the validity date range +ErrorValueLength=Length of field '%s' must be higher than '%s' +ErrorReservedKeyword=The word '%s' is a reserved keyword +ErrorNotAvailableWithThisDistribution=Not available with this distribution +ErrorPublicInterfaceNotEnabled=Public interface was not enabled +ErrorLanguageRequiredIfPageIsTranslationOfAnother=The language of new page must be defined if it is set as a translation of another page +ErrorLanguageMustNotBeSourceLanguageIfPageIsTranslationOfAnother=The language of new page must not be the source language if it is set as a translation of another page +ErrorAParameterIsRequiredForThisOperation=A parameter is mandatory for this operation +ErrorDateIsInFuture=Error, the date can't be in the future +ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory +ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly +ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account +ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. + +# Warnings +WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. +WarningPasswordSetWithNoAccount=A password was set for this member. However, no user account was created. So this password is stored but can't be used to login to Dolibarr. It may be used by an external module/interface but if you don't need to define any login nor password for a member, you can disable option "Manage a login for each member" from Member module setup. If you need to manage a login but don't need any password, you can keep this field empty to avoid this warning. Note: Email can also be used as a login if the member is linked to a user. +WarningMandatorySetupNotComplete=Click here to setup mandatory parameters +WarningEnableYourModulesApplications=Click here to enable your modules and applications +WarningSafeModeOnCheckExecDir=Warning, PHP option safe_mode is on so command must be stored inside a directory declared by php parameter safe_mode_exec_dir. +WarningBookmarkAlreadyExists=A bookmark with this title or this target (URL) already exists. +WarningPassIsEmpty=Warning, database password is empty. This is a security hole. You should add a password to your database and change your conf.php file to reflect this. +WarningConfFileMustBeReadOnly=Warning, your config file (htdocs/conf/conf.php) can be overwritten by the web server. This is a serious security hole. Modify permissions on file to be in read only mode for operating system user used by Web server. If you use Windows and FAT format for your disk, you must know that this file system does not allow to add permissions on file, so can't be completely safe. +WarningsOnXLines=Warnings on %s source record(s) +WarningNoDocumentModelActivated=No model, for document generation, has been activated. A model will be chosen by default until you check your module setup. +WarningLockFileDoesNotExists=Warning, once setup is finished, you must disable the installation/migration tools by adding a file install.lock into directory %s. Omitting the creation of this file is a grave security risk. +WarningUntilDirRemoved=All security warnings (visible by admin users only) will remain active as long as the vulnerability is present (or that constant MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING is added in Setup->Other Setup). +WarningCloseAlways=Warning, closing is done even if amount differs between source and target elements. Enable this feature with caution. +WarningUsingThisBoxSlowDown=Warning, using this box slow down seriously all pages showing the box. +WarningClickToDialUserSetupNotComplete=Setup of ClickToDial information for your user are not complete (see tab ClickToDial onto your user card). +WarningFeatureDisabledWithDisplayOptimizedForBlindNoJs=Feature disabled when display setup is optimized for blind person or text browsers. +WarningPaymentDateLowerThanInvoiceDate=Payment date (%s) is earlier than invoice date (%s) for invoice %s. +WarningTooManyDataPleaseUseMoreFilters=Too many data (more than %s lines). Please use more filters or set the constant %s to a higher limit. +WarningSomeLinesWithNullHourlyRate=Some times were recorded by some users while their hourly rate was not defined. A value of 0 %s per hour was used but this may result in wrong valuation of time spent. +WarningYourLoginWasModifiedPleaseLogin=Your login was modified. For security purpose you will have to login with your new login before next action. +WarningAnEntryAlreadyExistForTransKey=An entry already exists for the translation key for this language +WarningNumberOfRecipientIsRestrictedInMassAction=Warning, number of different recipient is limited to %s when using the mass actions on lists +WarningDateOfLineMustBeInExpenseReportRange=Warning, the date of line is not in the range of the expense report +WarningProjectDraft=Project is still in draft mode. Don't forget to validate it if you plan to use tasks. +WarningProjectClosed=Project is closed. You must re-open it first. +WarningSomeBankTransactionByChequeWereRemovedAfter=Some bank transaction were removed after that the receipt including them were generated. So nb of cheques and total of receipt may differ from number and total in list. +WarningFailedToAddFileIntoDatabaseIndex=Warning, failed to add file entry into ECM database index table +WarningTheHiddenOptionIsOn=Warning, the hidden option %s is on. +WarningCreateSubAccounts=Warning, you can't create directly a sub account, you must create a third party or an user and assign them an accounting code to find them in this list +WarningAvailableOnlyForHTTPSServers=Available only if using HTTPS secured connection. +WarningModuleXDisabledSoYouMayMissEventHere=Module %s has not been enabled. So you may miss a lot of event here. +ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=User's owner is required +ErrorActionCommBadType=Selected event type (id: %n, code: %s) do not exist in Event Type dictionary +CheckVersionFail=Version check fail +ErrorWrongFileName=Name of the file cannot have __SOMETHING__ in it +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67a242e640a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2021 Florian Henry +# Copyright (C) 2021 Dorian Vabre +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# +ModuleEventOrganizationName = Event Organization +EventOrganizationDescription = Event Organization through Module Project +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong= Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page +# +# Menu +# +EventOrganizationMenuLeft = Organized events +EventOrganizationConferenceOrBoothMenuLeft = Conference Or Booth + +# +# Admin page +# +EventOrganizationSetup = Event Organization setup +Settings = Settings +EventOrganizationSetupPage = Event Organization setup page +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABEL = Label of tasks to create automatically when project is validated +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = When you validate an organized event, some tasks can be automatically created in the project

For example:
Send Call for Conference
Send Call for Booth
Receive call for conferences
Receive call for Booth
Open subscriptions to events for attendees
Send remind of event to speakers
Send remind of event to Booth hoster
Send remind of event to attendees +EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_CONF = Category to add to third-parties automatically created when someone suggests a conference +EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_BOOTH = Category to add to third-parties automatically created when they suggests a booth +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_CONF = Template of email to send after receiving a suggestion of a conference. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_BOOTH = Template of email to send after receiving a suggestion of a booth. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_AFT_SUBS_BOOTH = Template of email to send after a subscription to a booth has been paid. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_AFT_SUBS_EVENT = Template of email to send after a subscription to an event has been paid. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_SPEAKER = Template of email of massaction to attendes +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_ATTENDES = Template of email of massaction to speakers +EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_CAT = Filter thirdpartie's select list in attendees creation card/form with category +EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_TYPE = Filter thirdpartie's select list in attendees creation card/form with customer type + +# +# Object +# +EventOrganizationConfOrBooth= Conference Or Booth +ManageOrganizeEvent = Manage event organisation +ConferenceOrBooth = Conference Or Booth +ConferenceOrBoothTab = Conference Or Booth +AmountOfSubscriptionPaid = Amount of subscription paid +DateSubscription = Date of subscription +ConferenceOrBoothAttendee = Conference Or Booth Attendee + +# +# Template Mail +# +YourOrganizationEventConfRequestWasReceived = Your request for conference was received +YourOrganizationEventBoothRequestWasReceived = Your request for booth was received +EventOrganizationEmailAskConf = Request for conference +EventOrganizationEmailAskBooth = Request for booth +EventOrganizationEmailSubsBooth = Subscription for booth +EventOrganizationEmailSubsEvent = Subscription for an event +EventOrganizationMassEmailAttendees = Communication to attendees +EventOrganizationMassEmailSpeakers = Communication to speakers + +# +# Event +# +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestConf=Allow unknown people to suggest conferences +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestConfHelp=Allow unknown people to suggest conferences +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestBooth=Allow unknown people to suggest booth +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestBoothHelp=Allow unknown people to suggest booth +PriceOfRegistration=Price of registration +PriceOfRegistrationHelp=Price of registration +PriceOfBooth=Subscription price to stand a booth +PriceOfBoothHelp=Subscription price to stand a booth +EventOrganizationICSLink=Link ICS for events +ConferenceOrBoothInformation=Conference Or Booth informations +Attendees = Attendees +DownloadICSLink = Download ICS link +EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Secure Key of the public registration link to a conference +SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service used for the invoice row about a booth location +SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service used for the invoice row about an attendee subscription to a conference +NbVotes=Number of votes +# +# Status +# +EvntOrgDraft = Draft +EvntOrgSuggested = Suggested +EvntOrgConfirmed = Confirmed +EvntOrgNotQualified = Not Qualified +EvntOrgDone = Done +EvntOrgCancelled = Cancelled +# +# Public page +# +SuggestForm = Suggestion page +RegisterPage = Page for conferences or booth +EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Here, you can vote for an event, or suggest a new conference or booth for the project +EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new conference for the project +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new booth for the project +ListOfSuggestedConferences = List of suggested conferences +ListOfSuggestedBooths = List of suggested booths +SuggestConference = Suggest a new conference +SuggestBooth = Suggest a booth +ViewAndVote = View and vote for suggested events +PublicAttendeeSubscriptionPage = Public link of registration to a conference +MissingOrBadSecureKey = The security key is invalid or missing +EvntOrgWelcomeMessage = This form allows you to register as a new participant to the conference : '%s' +EvntOrgDuration = This conference starts on %s and ends on %s. +ConferenceAttendeeFee = Conference attendee fee for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s. +BoothLocationFee = Booth location for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s +EventType = Event type +LabelOfBooth=Booth label +LabelOfconference=Conference label +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s + +# +# Vote page +# +EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference or booth suggestion page. +EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference suggestion page. +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the booth suggestion page. +EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Here, you can view and vote for the suggested events for the project +VoteOk = Your vote has been accepted. +AlreadyVoted = You have already voted for this event. +VoteError = An error has occurred during the vote, please try again. + +# +# SubscriptionOk page +# +SubscriptionOk = Your subscription to this conference has been validated +# +# Subscription validation mail +# +ConfAttendeeSubscriptionConfirmation = Confirmation of your subscription to a conference +# +# Payment page +# +Attendee = Attendee +PaymentConferenceAttendee = Conference attendee payment +PaymentBoothLocation = Booth location payment diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/exports.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb652229825 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/exports.lang @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports +ExportsArea=Exports +ImportArea=Import +NewExport=New Export +NewImport=New Import +ExportableDatas=Exportable dataset +ImportableDatas=Importable dataset +SelectExportDataSet=Choose dataset you want to export... +SelectImportDataSet=Choose dataset you want to import... +SelectExportFields=Choose the fields you want to export, or select a predefined export profile +SelectImportFields=Choose the source file fields you want to import and their target field in database by moving them up and down with anchor %s, or select a predefined import profile: +NotImportedFields=Fields of source file not imported +SaveExportModel=Save your selections as an export profile/template (for reuse). +SaveImportModel=Save this import profile (for reuse) ... +ExportModelName=Export profile name +ExportModelSaved=Export profile saved as %s. +ExportableFields=Exportable fields +ExportedFields=Exported fields +ImportModelName=Import profile name +ImportModelSaved=Import profile saved as %s. +DatasetToExport=Dataset to export +DatasetToImport=Import file into dataset +ChooseFieldsOrdersAndTitle=Choose fields order... +FieldsTitle=Fields title +FieldTitle=Field title +NowClickToGenerateToBuildExportFile=Now, select the file format in the combo box and click on "Generate" to build the export file... +AvailableFormats=Available Formats +LibraryShort=Library +ExportCsvSeparator=Csv caracter separator +ImportCsvSeparator=Csv caracter separator +Step=Step +FormatedImport=Import Assistant +FormatedImportDesc1=This module allows you to update existing data or add new objects into the database from a file without technical knowledge, using an assistant. +FormatedImportDesc2=First step is to choose the kind of data you want to import, then the format of the source file, then the fields you want to import. +FormatedExport=Export Assistant +FormatedExportDesc1=These tools allow the export of personalized data using an assistant, to help you in the process without requiring technical knowledge. +FormatedExportDesc2=First step is to choose a predefined dataset, then which fields you want to export, and in which order. +FormatedExportDesc3=When data to export are selected, you can choose the format of the output file. +Sheet=Sheet +NoImportableData=No importable data (no module with definitions to allow data imports) +FileSuccessfullyBuilt=File generated +SQLUsedForExport=SQL Request used to extract data +LineId=Id of line +LineLabel=Label of line +LineDescription=Description of line +LineUnitPrice=Unit price of line +LineVATRate=VAT Rate of line +LineQty=Quantity for line +LineTotalHT=Amount excl. tax for line +LineTotalTTC=Amount with tax for line +LineTotalVAT=Amount of VAT for line +TypeOfLineServiceOrProduct=Type of line (0=product, 1=service) +FileWithDataToImport=File with data to import +FileToImport=Source file to import +FileMustHaveOneOfFollowingFormat=File to import must have one of following formats +DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information +StarAreMandatory=* are mandatory fields +ChooseFormatOfFileToImport=Choose the file format to use as import file format by clicking on the %s icon to select it... +ChooseFileToImport=Upload file then click on the %s icon to select file as source import file... +SourceFileFormat=Source file format +FieldsInSourceFile=Fields in source file +FieldsInTargetDatabase=Target fields in Dolibarr database (bold=mandatory) +Field=Field +NoFields=No fields +MoveField=Move field column number %s +ExampleOfImportFile=Example_of_import_file +SaveImportProfile=Save this import profile +ErrorImportDuplicateProfil=Failed to save this import profile with this name. An existing profile already exists with this name. +TablesTarget=Targeted tables +FieldsTarget=Targeted fields +FieldTarget=Targeted field +FieldSource=Source field +NbOfSourceLines=Number of lines in source file +NowClickToTestTheImport=Check that the file format (field and string delimiters) of your file matches the options shown and that you have omitted the header line, or these will be flagged as errors in the following simulation.
Click on the "%s" button to run a check of the file structure/contents and simulate the import process.
No data will be changed in your database. +RunSimulateImportFile=Run Import Simulation +FieldNeedSource=This field requires data from the source file +SomeMandatoryFieldHaveNoSource=Some mandatory fields have no source from data file +InformationOnSourceFile=Information on source file +InformationOnTargetTables=Information on target fields +SelectAtLeastOneField=Switch at least one source field in the column of fields to export +SelectFormat=Choose this import file format +RunImportFile=Import Data +NowClickToRunTheImport=Check the results of the import simulation. Correct any errors and re-test.
When the simulation reports no errors you may proceed to import the data into the database. +DataLoadedWithId=The imported data will have an additional field in each database table with this import id: %s, to allow it to be searchable in the case of investigating a problem related to this import. +ErrorMissingMandatoryValue=Mandatory data is empty in the source file for field %s. +TooMuchErrors=There are still %s other source lines with errors but output has been limited. +TooMuchWarnings=There are still %s other source lines with warnings but output has been limited. +EmptyLine=Empty line (will be discarded) +CorrectErrorBeforeRunningImport=You must correct all errors before running the definitive import. +FileWasImported=File was imported with number %s. +YouCanUseImportIdToFindRecord=You can find all the imported records in your database by filtering on field import_key='%s'. +NbOfLinesOK=Number of lines with no errors and no warnings: %s. +NbOfLinesImported=Number of lines successfully imported: %s. +DataComeFromNoWhere=Value to insert comes from nowhere in source file. +DataComeFromFileFieldNb=Value to insert comes from field number %s in source file. +DataComeFromIdFoundFromRef=Value that comes from field number %s of source file will be used to find the id of the parent object to use (so the object %s that has the ref. from source file must exist in the database). +DataComeFromIdFoundFromCodeId=Code that comes from field number %s of source file will be used to find the id of the parent object to use (so the code from source file must exist in the dictionary %s). Note that if you know the id, you can also use it in the source file instead of the code. Import should work in both cases. +DataIsInsertedInto=Data coming from source file will be inserted into the following field: +DataIDSourceIsInsertedInto=The id of parent object was found using the data in the source file, will be inserted into the following field: +DataCodeIDSourceIsInsertedInto=The id of parent line found from code, will be inserted into following field: +SourceRequired=Data value is mandatory +SourceExample=Example of possible data value +ExampleAnyRefFoundIntoElement=Any ref found for element %s +ExampleAnyCodeOrIdFoundIntoDictionary=Any code (or id) found into dictionary %s +CSVFormatDesc=Comma Separated Value file format (.csv).
This is a text file format where fields are separated by a separator [ %s ]. If separator is found inside a field content, field is rounded by round character [ %s ]. Escape character to escape round character is [ %s ]. +Excel95FormatDesc=Excel file format (.xls)
This is the native Excel 95 format (BIFF5). +Excel2007FormatDesc=Excel file format (.xlsx)
This is the native Excel 2007 format (SpreadsheetML). +TsvFormatDesc=Tab Separated Value file format (.tsv)
This is a text file format where fields are separated by a tabulator [tab]. +ExportFieldAutomaticallyAdded=Field %s was automatically added. It will avoid you to have similar lines to be treated as duplicate record (with this field added, all lines will own their own id and will differ). +CsvOptions=CSV format options +Separator=Field Separator +Enclosure=String Delimiter +SpecialCode=Special code +ExportStringFilter=%% allows replacing one or more characters in the text +ExportDateFilter=YYYY, YYYYMM, YYYYMMDD: filters by one year/month/day
YYYY+YYYY, YYYYMM+YYYYMM, YYYYMMDD+YYYYMMDD: filters over a range of years/months/days
> YYYY, > YYYYMM, > YYYYMMDD: filters on all following years/months/days
< YYYY, < YYYYMM, < YYYYMMDD: filters on all previous years/months/days +ExportNumericFilter=NNNNN filters by one value
NNNNN+NNNNN filters over a range of values
< NNNNN filters by lower values
> NNNNN filters by higher values +ImportFromLine=Import starting from line number +EndAtLineNb=End at line number +ImportFromToLine=Limit range (From - To). Eg. to omit header line(s). +SetThisValueTo2ToExcludeFirstLine=For example, set this value to 3 to exclude the 2 first lines.
If the header lines are NOT omitted, this will result in multiple errors in the Import Simulation. +KeepEmptyToGoToEndOfFile=Keep this field empty to process all lines to the end of the file. +SelectPrimaryColumnsForUpdateAttempt=Select column(s) to use as primary key for an UPDATE import +UpdateNotYetSupportedForThisImport=Update is not supported for this type of import (only insert) +NoUpdateAttempt=No update attempt was performed, only insert +ImportDataset_user_1=Users (employees or not) and properties +ComputedField=Computed field +## filters +SelectFilterFields=If you want to filter on some values, just input values here. +FilteredFields=Filtered fields +FilteredFieldsValues=Value for filter +FormatControlRule=Format control rule +## imports updates +KeysToUseForUpdates=Key (column) to use for updating existing data +NbInsert=Number of inserted lines: %s +NbUpdate=Number of updated lines: %s +MultipleRecordFoundWithTheseFilters=Multiple records have been found with these filters: %s +StocksWithBatch=Stocks and location (warehouse) of products with batch/serial number diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/externalsite.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/externalsite.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..452100c65b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/externalsite.lang @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - externalsite +ExternalSiteSetup=Setup link to external website +ExternalSiteURL=External Site URL of HTML iframe content +ExternalSiteModuleNotComplete=Module ExternalSite was not configured properly. +ExampleMyMenuEntry=My menu entry diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ftp.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ftp.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..254a2a698ce --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ftp.lang @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ftp +FTPClientSetup=FTP or SFTP Client module setup +NewFTPClient=New FTP/FTPS connection setup +FTPArea=FTP/FTPS Area +FTPAreaDesc=This screen shows a view of an FTP et SFTP server. +SetupOfFTPClientModuleNotComplete=The setup of the FTP or SFTP client module seems to be incomplete +FTPFeatureNotSupportedByYourPHP=Your PHP does not support FTP or SFTP functions +FailedToConnectToFTPServer=Failed to connect to server (server %s, port %s) +FailedToConnectToFTPServerWithCredentials=Failed to login to server with defined login/password +FTPFailedToRemoveFile=Failed to remove file %s. +FTPFailedToRemoveDir=Failed to remove directory %s: check permissions and that the directory is empty. +FTPPassiveMode=Passive mode +ChooseAFTPEntryIntoMenu=Choose a FTP/SFTP site from the menu... +FailedToGetFile=Failed to get files %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/help.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/help.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..048de16d3c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/help.lang @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - help +CommunitySupport=Forum/Wiki support +EMailSupport=Emails support +RemoteControlSupport=Online real-time / remote support +OtherSupport=Other support +ToSeeListOfAvailableRessources=To contact/see available resources: +HelpCenter=Help Center +DolibarrHelpCenter=Dolibarr Help and Support Center +ToGoBackToDolibarr=Otherwise, click here to continue to use Dolibarr. +TypeOfSupport=Type of support +TypeSupportCommunauty=Community (free) +TypeSupportCommercial=Commercial +TypeOfHelp=Type +NeedHelpCenter=Need help or support? +Efficiency=Efficiency +TypeHelpOnly=Help only +TypeHelpDev=Help+Development +TypeHelpDevForm=Help+Development+Training +BackToHelpCenter=Otherwise, go back to Help center home page. +LinkToGoldMember=You can call one of the trainers preselected by Dolibarr for your language (%s) by clicking their Widget (status and maximum price are automatically updated): +PossibleLanguages=Supported languages +SubscribeToFoundation=Help the Dolibarr project, subscribe to the foundation +SeeOfficalSupport=For official Dolibarr support in your language:
%s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/holiday.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0527f4c0788 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/holiday.lang @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - holiday +HRM=HRM +Holidays=Leave +CPTitreMenu=Leave +MenuReportMonth=Monthly statement +MenuAddCP=New leave request +NotActiveModCP=You must enable the module Leave to view this page. +AddCP=Make a leave request +DateDebCP=Start date +DateFinCP=End date +DraftCP=Draft +ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval +ApprovedCP=Approved +CancelCP=Canceled +RefuseCP=Refused +ValidatorCP=Approver +ListeCP=List of leave +Leave=Leave request +LeaveId=Leave ID +ReviewedByCP=Will be approved by +UserID=User ID +UserForApprovalID=User for approval ID +UserForApprovalFirstname=First name of approval user +UserForApprovalLastname=Last name of approval user +UserForApprovalLogin=Login of approval user +DescCP=Description +SendRequestCP=Create leave request +DelayToRequestCP=Leave requests must be made at least %s day(s) before them. +MenuConfCP=Balance of leave +SoldeCPUser=Leave balance is %s days. +ErrorEndDateCP=You must select an end date greater than the start date. +ErrorSQLCreateCP=An SQL error occurred during the creation: +ErrorIDFicheCP=An error has occurred, the leave request does not exist. +ReturnCP=Return to previous page +ErrorUserViewCP=You are not authorized to read this leave request. +InfosWorkflowCP=Information Workflow +RequestByCP=Requested by +TitreRequestCP=Leave request +TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID +TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code +TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day +DateStartInMonth=Start date in month +DateEndInMonth=End date in month +EditCP=Edit +DeleteCP=Delete +ActionRefuseCP=Refuse +ActionCancelCP=Cancel +StatutCP=Status +TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request +ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? +ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. +CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. +NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. +NoDateFin=You must select an end date. +ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. +TitleValidCP=Approve the leave request +ConfirmValidCP=Are you sure you want to approve the leave request? +DateValidCP=Date approved +TitleToValidCP=Send leave request +ConfirmToValidCP=Are you sure you want to send the leave request? +TitleRefuseCP=Refuse the leave request +ConfirmRefuseCP=Are you sure you want to refuse the leave request? +NoMotifRefuseCP=You must choose a reason for refusing the request. +TitleCancelCP=Cancel the leave request +ConfirmCancelCP=Are you sure you want to cancel the leave request? +DetailRefusCP=Reason for refusal +DateRefusCP=Date of refusal +DateCancelCP=Date of cancellation +DefineEventUserCP=Assign an exceptional leave for a user +addEventToUserCP=Assign leave +NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver +MotifCP=Reason +UserCP=User +ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. +AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. +MenuLogCP=View change logs +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for +PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance +NewSoldeCP=New Balance +alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request +BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests +HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update +ManualUpdate=Manual update +HolidaysCancelation=Leave request cancelation +EmployeeLastname=Employee last name +EmployeeFirstname=Employee first name +TypeWasDisabledOrRemoved=Leave type (id %s) was disabled or removed +LastHolidays=Latest %s leave requests +AllHolidays=All leave requests +HalfDay=Half day +NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver +LEAVE_PAID=Paid vacation +LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave +LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave +LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation +## Configuration du Module ## +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation +UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. +Module27130Name= Management of leave requests +Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests +ErrorMailNotSend=An error occurred while sending email: +NoticePeriod=Notice period +#Messages +HolidaysToValidate=Validate leave requests +HolidaysToValidateBody=Below is a leave request to validate +HolidaysToValidateDelay=This leave request will take place within a period of less than %s days. +HolidaysToValidateAlertSolde=The user who made this leave request does not have enough available days. +HolidaysValidated=Validated leave requests +HolidaysValidatedBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been validated. +HolidaysRefused=Request denied +HolidaysRefusedBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been denied for the following reason: +HolidaysCanceled=Canceled leaved request +HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. +FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. +NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter +GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests +TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF +FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF +WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests +HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve +NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/hrm.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/hrm.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..da098e10bdb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/hrm.lang @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - en_US - hrm +# Admin +HRM_EMAIL_EXTERNAL_SERVICE=Email to prevent HRM external service +Establishments=Establishments +Establishment=Establishment +NewEstablishment=New establishment +DeleteEstablishment=Delete establishment +ConfirmDeleteEstablishment=Are you sure you wish to delete this establishment? +OpenEtablishment=Open establishment +CloseEtablishment=Close establishment +# Dictionary +DictionaryPublicHolidays=Leave - Public holidays +DictionaryDepartment=HRM - Department list +DictionaryFunction=HRM - Job positions +# Module +Employees=Employees +Employee=Employee +NewEmployee=New employee +ListOfEmployees=List of employees diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/install.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1ffee936d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/install.lang @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - install +InstallEasy=Just follow the instructions step by step. +MiscellaneousChecks=Prerequisites check +ConfFileExists=Configuration file %s exists. +ConfFileDoesNotExistsAndCouldNotBeCreated=Configuration file %s does not exist and could not be created! +ConfFileCouldBeCreated=Configuration file %s could be created. +ConfFileIsNotWritable=Configuration file %s is not writable. Check permissions. For first install, your web server must be able to write into this file during configuration process ("chmod 666" for example on a Unix like OS). +ConfFileIsWritable=Configuration file %s is writable. +ConfFileMustBeAFileNotADir=Configuration file %s must be a file, not a directory. +ConfFileReload=Reloading parameters from configuration file. +PHPSupportPOSTGETOk=This PHP supports variables POST and GET. +PHPSupportPOSTGETKo=It's possible your PHP setup does not support variables POST and/or GET. Check the parameter variables_order in php.ini. +PHPSupportSessions=This PHP supports sessions. +PHPSupport=This PHP supports %s functions. +PHPMemoryOK=Your PHP max session memory is set to %s. This should be enough. +PHPMemoryTooLow=Your PHP max session memory is set to %s bytes. This is too low. Change your php.ini to set memory_limit parameter to at least %s bytes. +Recheck=Click here for a more detailed test +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportSessions=Your PHP installation does not support sessions. This feature is required to allow Dolibarr to work. Check your PHP setup and permissions of the sessions directory. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportGD=Your PHP installation does not support GD graphical functions. No graphs will be available. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportCurl=Your PHP installation does not support Curl. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportCalendar=Your PHP installation does not support php calendar extensions. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportUTF8=Your PHP installation does not support UTF8 functions. Dolibarr cannot work correctly. Resolve this before installing Dolibarr. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportIntl=Your PHP installation does not support Intl functions. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportxDebug=Your PHP installation does not support extend debug functions. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupport=Your PHP installation does not support %s functions. +ErrorDirDoesNotExists=Directory %s does not exist. +ErrorGoBackAndCorrectParameters=Go back and check/correct the parameters. +ErrorWrongValueForParameter=You may have typed a wrong value for parameter '%s'. +ErrorFailedToCreateDatabase=Failed to create database '%s'. +ErrorFailedToConnectToDatabase=Failed to connect to database '%s'. +ErrorDatabaseVersionTooLow=Database version (%s) too old. Version %s or higher is required. +ErrorPHPVersionTooLow=PHP version too old. Version %s is required. +ErrorConnectedButDatabaseNotFound=Connection to server successful but database '%s' not found. +ErrorDatabaseAlreadyExists=Database '%s' already exists. +IfDatabaseNotExistsGoBackAndUncheckCreate=If the database does not exist, go back and check option "Create database". +IfDatabaseExistsGoBackAndCheckCreate=If database already exists, go back and uncheck "Create database" option. +WarningBrowserTooOld=Version of browser is too old. Upgrading your browser to a recent version of Firefox, Chrome or Opera is highly recommended. +PHPVersion=PHP Version +License=Using license +ConfigurationFile=Configuration file +WebPagesDirectory=Directory where web pages are stored +DocumentsDirectory=Directory to store uploaded and generated documents +URLRoot=URL Root +ForceHttps=Force secure connections (https) +CheckToForceHttps=Check this option to force secure connections (https).
This requires that the web server is configured with an SSL certificate. +DolibarrDatabase=Dolibarr Database +DatabaseType=Database type +DriverType=Driver type +Server=Server +ServerAddressDescription=Name or ip address for the database server. Usually 'localhost' when the database server is hosted on the same server as the web server. +ServerPortDescription=Database server port. Keep empty if unknown. +DatabaseServer=Database server +DatabaseName=Database name +DatabasePrefix=Database table prefix +DatabasePrefixDescription=Database table prefix. If empty, defaults to llx_. +AdminLogin=User account for the Dolibarr database owner. +PasswordAgain=Retype password confirmation +AdminPassword=Password for Dolibarr database owner. +CreateDatabase=Create database +CreateUser=Create user account or grant user account permission on the Dolibarr database +DatabaseSuperUserAccess=Database server - Superuser access +CheckToCreateDatabase=Check the box if the database does not exist yet and so must be created.
In this case, you must also fill in the user name and password for the superuser account at the bottom of this page. +CheckToCreateUser=Check the box if:
the database user account does not yet exist and so must be created, or
if the user account exists but the database does not exist and permissions must be granted.
In this case, you must enter the user account and password and also the superuser account name and password at the bottom of this page. If this box is unchecked, database owner and password must already exist. +DatabaseRootLoginDescription=Superuser account name (to create new databases or new users), mandatory if the database or its owner does not already exist. +KeepEmptyIfNoPassword=Leave empty if superuser has no password (NOT recommended) +SaveConfigurationFile=Saving parameters to +ServerConnection=Server connection +DatabaseCreation=Database creation +CreateDatabaseObjects=Database objects creation +ReferenceDataLoading=Reference data loading +TablesAndPrimaryKeysCreation=Tables and Primary keys creation +CreateTableAndPrimaryKey=Create table %s +CreateOtherKeysForTable=Create foreign keys and indexes for table %s +OtherKeysCreation=Foreign keys and indexes creation +FunctionsCreation=Functions creation +AdminAccountCreation=Administrator login creation +PleaseTypePassword=Please type a password, empty passwords are not allowed! +PleaseTypeALogin=Please type a login! +PasswordsMismatch=Passwords differs, please try again! +SetupEnd=End of setup +SystemIsInstalled=This installation is complete. +SystemIsUpgraded=Dolibarr has been upgraded successfully. +YouNeedToPersonalizeSetup=You need to configure Dolibarr to suit your needs (appearance, features, ...). To do this, please follow the link below: +AdminLoginCreatedSuccessfuly=Dolibarr administrator login '%s' created successfully. +GoToDolibarr=Go to Dolibarr +GoToSetupArea=Go to Dolibarr (setup area) +MigrationNotFinished=The database version is not completely up to date: run the upgrade process again. +GoToUpgradePage=Go to upgrade page again +WithNoSlashAtTheEnd=Without the slash "/" at the end +DirectoryRecommendation=IMPORTANT: You must use a directory that is outside of the web pages (so do not use a subdirectory of previous parameter). +LoginAlreadyExists=Already exists +DolibarrAdminLogin=Dolibarr admin login +AdminLoginAlreadyExists=Dolibarr administrator account '%s' already exists. Go back if you want to create another one. +FailedToCreateAdminLogin=Failed to create Dolibarr administrator account. +WarningRemoveInstallDir=Warning, for security reasons, once the install or upgrade is complete, you should add a file called install.lock into the Dolibarr document directory in order to prevent the accidental/malicious use of the install tools again. +FunctionNotAvailableInThisPHP=Not available in this PHP +ChoosedMigrateScript=Choose migration script +DataMigration=Database migration (data) +DatabaseMigration=Database migration (structure + some data) +ProcessMigrateScript=Script processing +ChooseYourSetupMode=Choose your setup mode and click "Start"... +FreshInstall=Fresh install +FreshInstallDesc=Use this mode if this is your first install. If not, this mode can repair a incomplete previous install. If you want to upgrade your version, choose "Upgrade" mode. +Upgrade=Upgrade +UpgradeDesc=Use this mode if you have replaced old Dolibarr files with files from a newer version. This will upgrade your database and data. +Start=Start +InstallNotAllowed=Setup not allowed by conf.php permissions +YouMustCreateWithPermission=You must create file %s and set write permissions on it for the web server during install process. +CorrectProblemAndReloadPage=Please fix the problem and press F5 to reload the page. +AlreadyDone=Already migrated +DatabaseVersion=Database version +ServerVersion=Database server version +YouMustCreateItAndAllowServerToWrite=You must create this directory and allow for the web server to write into it. +DBSortingCollation=Character sorting order +YouAskDatabaseCreationSoDolibarrNeedToConnect=You selected create database %s, but for this, Dolibarr needs to connect to server %s with super user %s permissions. +YouAskLoginCreationSoDolibarrNeedToConnect=You selected create database user %s, but for this, Dolibarr needs to connect to server %s with super user %s permissions. +BecauseConnectionFailedParametersMayBeWrong=The database connection failed: the host or super user parameters must be wrong. +OrphelinsPaymentsDetectedByMethod=Orphans payment detected by method %s +RemoveItManuallyAndPressF5ToContinue=Remove it manually and press F5 to continue. +FieldRenamed=Field renamed +IfLoginDoesNotExistsCheckCreateUser=If the user does not exist yet, you must check option "Create user" +ErrorConnection=Server "%s", database name "%s", login "%s", or database password may be wrong or the PHP client version may be too old compared to the database version. +InstallChoiceRecommanded=Recommended choice to install version %s from your current version %s +InstallChoiceSuggested=Install choice suggested by installer. +MigrateIsDoneStepByStep=The targeted version (%s) has a gap of several versions. The install wizard will come back to suggest a further migration once this one is complete. +CheckThatDatabasenameIsCorrect=Check that the database name "%s" is correct. +IfAlreadyExistsCheckOption=If this name is correct and that database does not exist yet, you must check option "Create database". +OpenBaseDir=PHP openbasedir parameter +YouAskToCreateDatabaseSoRootRequired=You checked the box "Create database". For this, you need to provide the login/password of superuser (bottom of form). +YouAskToCreateDatabaseUserSoRootRequired=You checked the box "Create database owner". For this, you need to provide the login/password of superuser (bottom of form). +NextStepMightLastALongTime=The current step may take several minutes. Please wait until the next screen is shown completely before continuing. +MigrationCustomerOrderShipping=Migrate shipping for sales orders storage +MigrationShippingDelivery=Upgrade storage of shipping +MigrationShippingDelivery2=Upgrade storage of shipping 2 +MigrationFinished=Migration finished +LastStepDesc=Last step: Define here the login and password you wish to use to connect to Dolibarr. Do not lose this as it is the master account to administer all other/additional user accounts. +ActivateModule=Activate module %s +ShowEditTechnicalParameters=Click here to show/edit advanced parameters (expert mode) +WarningUpgrade=Warning:\nDid you run a database backup first?\nThis is highly recommended. Loss of data (due to for example bugs in mysql version 5.5.40/41/42/43) may be possible during this process, so it is essential to take a complete dump of your database before starting any migration.\n\nClick OK to start migration process... +ErrorDatabaseVersionForbiddenForMigration=Your database version is %s. It has a critical bug, making data loss possible if you make structural changes in your database, such as is required by the migration process. For his reason, migration will not be allowed until you upgrade your database to a layer (patched) version (list of known buggy versions: %s) +KeepDefaultValuesWamp=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from DoliWamp, so values proposed here are already optimized. Change them only if you know what you are doing. +KeepDefaultValuesDeb=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from a Linux package (Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora...), so the values proposed here are already optimized. Only the password of the database owner to create must be entered. Change other parameters only if you know what you are doing. +KeepDefaultValuesMamp=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from DoliMamp, so the values proposed here are already optimized. Change them only if you know what you are doing. +KeepDefaultValuesProxmox=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from a Proxmox virtual appliance, so the values proposed here are already optimized. Change them only if you know what you are doing. +UpgradeExternalModule=Run dedicated upgrade process of external module +SetAtLeastOneOptionAsUrlParameter=Set at least one option as a parameter in URL. For example: '...repair.php?standard=confirmed' +NothingToDelete=Nothing to clean/delete +NothingToDo=Nothing to do +######### +# upgrade +MigrationFixData=Fix for denormalized data +MigrationOrder=Data migration for customer's orders +MigrationSupplierOrder=Data migration for vendor's orders +MigrationProposal=Data migration for commercial proposals +MigrationInvoice=Data migration for customer's invoices +MigrationContract=Data migration for contracts +MigrationSuccessfullUpdate=Upgrade successful +MigrationUpdateFailed=Failed upgrade process +MigrationRelationshipTables=Data migration for relationship tables (%s) +MigrationPaymentsUpdate=Payment data correction +MigrationPaymentsNumberToUpdate=%s payment(s) to update +MigrationProcessPaymentUpdate=Update payment(s) %s +MigrationPaymentsNothingToUpdate=No more things to do +MigrationPaymentsNothingUpdatable=No more payments that can be corrected +MigrationContractsUpdate=Contract data correction +MigrationContractsNumberToUpdate=%s contract(s) to update +MigrationContractsLineCreation=Create contract line for contract ref %s +MigrationContractsNothingToUpdate=No more things to do +MigrationContractsFieldDontExist=Field fk_facture does not exist anymore. Nothing to do. +MigrationContractsEmptyDatesUpdate=Contract empty date correction +MigrationContractsEmptyDatesUpdateSuccess=Contract empty date correction done successfully +MigrationContractsEmptyDatesNothingToUpdate=No contract empty date to correct +MigrationContractsEmptyCreationDatesNothingToUpdate=No contract creation date to correct +MigrationContractsInvalidDatesUpdate=Bad value date contract correction +MigrationContractsInvalidDateFix=Correct contract %s (Contract date=%s, Starting service date min=%s) +MigrationContractsInvalidDatesNumber=%s contracts modified +MigrationContractsInvalidDatesNothingToUpdate=No date with bad value to correct +MigrationContractsIncoherentCreationDateUpdate=Bad value contract creation date correction +MigrationContractsIncoherentCreationDateUpdateSuccess=Bad value contract creation date correction done successfully +MigrationContractsIncoherentCreationDateNothingToUpdate=No bad value for contract creation date to correct +MigrationReopeningContracts=Open contract closed by error +MigrationReopenThisContract=Reopen contract %s +MigrationReopenedContractsNumber=%s contracts modified +MigrationReopeningContractsNothingToUpdate=No closed contract to open +MigrationBankTransfertsUpdate=Update links between bank entry and a bank transfer +MigrationBankTransfertsNothingToUpdate=All links are up to date +MigrationShipmentOrderMatching=Sendings receipt update +MigrationDeliveryOrderMatching=Delivery receipt update +MigrationDeliveryDetail=Delivery update +MigrationStockDetail=Update stock value of products +MigrationMenusDetail=Update dynamic menus tables +MigrationDeliveryAddress=Update delivery address in shipments +MigrationProjectTaskActors=Data migration for table llx_projet_task_actors +MigrationProjectUserResp=Data migration field fk_user_resp of llx_projet to llx_element_contact +MigrationProjectTaskTime=Update time spent in seconds +MigrationActioncommElement=Update data on actions +MigrationPaymentMode=Data migration for payment type +MigrationCategorieAssociation=Migration of categories +MigrationEvents=Migration of events to add event owner into assignment table +MigrationEventsContact=Migration of events to add event contact into assignment table +MigrationRemiseEntity=Update entity field value of llx_societe_remise +MigrationRemiseExceptEntity=Update entity field value of llx_societe_remise_except +MigrationUserRightsEntity=Update entity field value of llx_user_rights +MigrationUserGroupRightsEntity=Update entity field value of llx_usergroup_rights +MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migration of photo paths for users +MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migration of users fields social networks (%s) +MigrationReloadModule=Reload module %s +MigrationResetBlockedLog=Reset module BlockedLog for v7 algorithm +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +ShowNotAvailableOptions=Show unavailable options +HideNotAvailableOptions=Hide unavailable options +ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Error(s) were reported during the migration process so next step is not available. To ignore errors, you can click here, but the application or some features may not work correctly until the errors are resolved. +YouTryInstallDisabledByDirLock=The application tried to self-upgrade, but the install/upgrade pages have been disabled for security (directory renamed with .lock suffix).
+YouTryInstallDisabledByFileLock=The application tried to self-upgrade, but the install/upgrade pages have been disabled for security (by the existence of a lock file install.lock in the dolibarr documents directory).
+ClickHereToGoToApp=Click here to go to your application +ClickOnLinkOrRemoveManualy=If an upgrade is in progress, please wait. If not, click on the following link. If you always see this same page, you must remove/rename the file install.lock in the documents directory. +Loaded=Loaded +FunctionTest=Function test diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/interventions.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef5df43e546 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/interventions.lang @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - interventions +Intervention=Intervention +Interventions=Interventions +InterventionCard=Intervention card +NewIntervention=New intervention +AddIntervention=Create intervention +ChangeIntoRepeatableIntervention=Change to repeatable intervention +ListOfInterventions=List of interventions +ActionsOnFicheInter=Actions on intervention +LastInterventions=Latest %s interventions +AllInterventions=All interventions +CreateDraftIntervention=Create draft +InterventionContact=Intervention contact +DeleteIntervention=Delete intervention +ValidateIntervention=Validate intervention +ModifyIntervention=Modify intervention +DeleteInterventionLine=Delete intervention line +ConfirmDeleteIntervention=Are you sure you want to delete this intervention? +ConfirmValidateIntervention=Are you sure you want to validate this intervention under name %s? +ConfirmModifyIntervention=Are you sure you want to modify this intervention? +ConfirmDeleteInterventionLine=Are you sure you want to delete this intervention line? +ConfirmCloneIntervention=Are you sure you want to clone this intervention? +NameAndSignatureOfInternalContact=Name and signature of intervening: +NameAndSignatureOfExternalContact=Name and signature of customer: +DocumentModelStandard=Standard document model for interventions +InterventionCardsAndInterventionLines=Interventions and lines of interventions +InterventionClassifyBilled=Classify "Billed" +InterventionClassifyUnBilled=Classify "Unbilled" +InterventionClassifyDone=Classify "Done" +StatusInterInvoiced=Billed +SendInterventionRef=Submission of intervention %s +SendInterventionByMail=Send intervention by email +InterventionCreatedInDolibarr=Intervention %s created +InterventionValidatedInDolibarr=Intervention %s validated +InterventionModifiedInDolibarr=Intervention %s modified +InterventionClassifiedBilledInDolibarr=Intervention %s set as billed +InterventionClassifiedUnbilledInDolibarr=Intervention %s set as unbilled +InterventionSentByEMail=Intervention %s sent by email +InterventionDeletedInDolibarr=Intervention %s deleted +InterventionsArea=Interventions area +DraftFichinter=Draft interventions +LastModifiedInterventions=Latest %s modified interventions +FichinterToProcess=Interventions to process +TypeContact_fichinter_external_CUSTOMER=Following-up customer contact +PrintProductsOnFichinter=Print also lines of type "product" (not only services) on intervention card +PrintProductsOnFichinterDetails=interventions generated from orders +UseServicesDurationOnFichinter=Use services duration for interventions generated from orders +UseDurationOnFichinter=Hides the duration field for intervention records +UseDateWithoutHourOnFichinter=Hides hours and minutes off the date field for intervention records +InterventionStatistics=Statistics of interventions +NbOfinterventions=No. of intervention cards +NumberOfInterventionsByMonth=No. of intervention cards by month (date of validation) +AmountOfInteventionNotIncludedByDefault=Amount of intervention is not included by default into profit (in most cases, timesheets are used to count time spent). Add option PROJECT_INCLUDE_INTERVENTION_AMOUNT_IN_PROFIT to 1 into home-setup-other to include them. +InterId=Intervention id +InterRef=Intervention ref. +InterDateCreation=Date creation intervention +InterDuration=Duration intervention +InterStatus=Status intervention +InterNote=Note intervention +InterLine=Line of intervention +InterLineId=Line id intervention +InterLineDate=Line date intervention +InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention +InterLineDesc=Line description intervention +RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention +ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template +ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/intracommreport.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/intracommreport.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93c46f112bb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/intracommreport.lang @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +Module68000Name = Intracomm report +Module68000Desc = Intracomm report management (Support for French DEB/DES format) +IntracommReportSetup = Intracommreport module setup +IntracommReportAbout = About intracommreport + +# Setup +INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_AGREMENT=Numéro d'agrément (délivré par le CISD de rattachement) +INTRACOMMREPORT_TYPE_ACTEUR=Type d'acteur +INTRACOMMREPORT_ROLE_ACTEUR=Rôle joué par l'acteur +INTRACOMMREPORT_NIV_OBLIGATION_INTRODUCTION=Niveau d'obligation sur les introductions +INTRACOMMREPORT_NIV_OBLIGATION_EXPEDITION=Niveau d'obligation sur les expéditions +INTRACOMMREPORT_CATEG_FRAISDEPORT=Catégorie de services de type "Frais de port" + +INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_DECLARATION=Numéro de déclarant + +# Menu +MenuIntracommReport=Intracomm report +MenuIntracommReportNew=New declaration +MenuIntracommReportList=List + +# View +NewDeclaration=New declaration +Declaration=Declaration +AnalysisPeriod=Analysis period +TypeOfDeclaration=Type of declaration +DEB=Goods exchange declaration (DEB) +DES=Services exchange declaration (DES) + +# Export page +IntracommReportTitle=Preparation of an XML file in ProDouane format + +# List +IntracommReportList=List of generated declarations +IntracommReportNumber=Numero of declaration +IntracommReportPeriod=Period of analysis +IntracommReportTypeDeclaration=Type of declaration +IntracommReportDownload=download XML file + +# Invoice +IntracommReportTransportMode=Transport mode diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/knowledgemanagement.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99425830e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2021 SuperAdmin +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# + +# Module label 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementName' +ModuleKnowledgeManagementName = Knowledge Management System +# Module description 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc' +ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc=Manage a Knowledge Management (KM) or Help-Desk base + +# +# Admin page +# +KnowledgeManagementSetup = Knowledge Management System setup +Settings = Settings +KnowledgeManagementSetupPage = Knowledge Management System setup page + + +# +# About page +# +About = About +KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management +KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page + +KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management +MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base +ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles +NewKnowledgeRecord = New article +ValidateReply = Validate solution +KnowledgeRecords = Articles +KnowledgeRecord = Article +KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/languages.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..023edb64c52 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/languages.lang @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - languages +Language_am_ET=Ethiopian +Language_ar_AR=Arabic +Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) +Language_ar_SA=Arabic +Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) +Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani +Language_bn_BD=Bengali +Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) +Language_bg_BG=Bulgarian +Language_bs_BA=Bosnian +Language_ca_ES=Catalan +Language_cs_CZ=Czech +Language_da_DA=Danish +Language_da_DK=Danish +Language_de_DE=German +Language_de_AT=German (Austria) +Language_de_CH=German (Switzerland) +Language_el_GR=Greek +Language_el_CY=Greek (Cyprus) +Language_en_AU=English (Australia) +Language_en_CA=English (Canada) +Language_en_GB=English (United Kingdom) +Language_en_IN=English (India) +Language_en_NZ=English (New Zealand) +Language_en_SA=English (Saudi Arabia) +Language_en_SG=English (Singapore) +Language_en_US=English (United States) +Language_en_ZA=English (South Africa) +Language_es_ES=Spanish +Language_es_AR=Spanish (Argentina) +Language_es_BO=Spanish (Bolivia) +Language_es_CL=Spanish (Chile) +Language_es_CO=Spanish (Colombia) +Language_es_DO=Spanish (Dominican Republic) +Language_es_EC=Spanish (Ecuador) +Language_es_GT=Spanish (Guatemala) +Language_es_HN=Spanish (Honduras) +Language_es_MX=Spanish (Mexico) +Language_es_PA=Spanish (Panama) +Language_es_PY=Spanish (Paraguay) +Language_es_PE=Spanish (Peru) +Language_es_PR=Spanish (Puerto Rico) +Language_es_US=Spanish (USA) +Language_es_UY=Spanish (Uruguay) +Language_es_GT=Spanish (Guatemala) +Language_es_VE=Spanish (Venezuela) +Language_et_EE=Estonian +Language_eu_ES=Basque +Language_fa_IR=Persian +Language_fi_FI=Finnish +Language_fr_BE=French (Belgium) +Language_fr_CA=French (Canada) +Language_fr_CH=French (Switzerland) +Language_fr_CI=French (Cost Ivory) +Language_fr_CM=French (Cameroun) +Language_fr_FR=French +Language_fr_GA=French (Gabon) +Language_fr_NC=French (New Caledonia) +Language_fr_SN=French (Senegal) +Language_fy_NL=Frisian +Language_gl_ES=Galician +Language_he_IL=Hebrew +Language_hi_IN=Hindi (India) +Language_hr_HR=Croatian +Language_hu_HU=Hungarian +Language_id_ID=Indonesian +Language_is_IS=Icelandic +Language_it_IT=Italian +Language_it_CH=Italian (Switzerland) +Language_ja_JP=Japanese +Language_ka_GE=Georgian +Language_km_KH=Khmer +Language_kn_IN=Kannada +Language_ko_KR=Korean +Language_lo_LA=Lao +Language_lt_LT=Lithuanian +Language_lv_LV=Latvian +Language_mk_MK=Macedonian +Language_mn_MN=Mongolian +Language_nb_NO=Norwegian (Bokmål) +Language_ne_NP=Nepali +Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) +Language_nl_NL=Dutch +Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) +Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) +Language_pt_PT=Portuguese +Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) +Language_ro_RO=Romanian +Language_ru_RU=Russian +Language_ru_UA=Russian (Ukraine) +Language_tr_TR=Turkish +Language_sl_SI=Slovenian +Language_sv_SV=Swedish +Language_sv_SE=Swedish +Language_sq_AL=Albanian +Language_sk_SK=Slovakian +Language_sr_RS=Serbian +Language_sw_SW=Kiswahili +Language_th_TH=Thai +Language_uk_UA=Ukrainian +Language_uz_UZ=Uzbek +Language_vi_VN=Vietnamese +Language_zh_CN=Chinese +Language_zh_TW=Chinese (Traditional) +Language_zh_HK=Chinese (Hong Kong) +Language_bh_MY=Malay diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ldap.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ldap.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b6f0864215 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ldap.lang @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ldap +YouMustChangePassNextLogon=Password for user %s on the domain %s must be changed. +UserMustChangePassNextLogon=User must change password on the domain %s +LDAPInformationsForThisContact=Information in LDAP database for this contact +LDAPInformationsForThisUser=Information in LDAP database for this user +LDAPInformationsForThisGroup=Information in LDAP database for this group +LDAPInformationsForThisMember=Information in LDAP database for this member +LDAPInformationsForThisMemberType=Information in LDAP database for this member type +LDAPAttributes=LDAP attributes +LDAPCard=LDAP card +LDAPRecordNotFound=Record not found in LDAP database +LDAPUsers=Users in LDAP database +LDAPFieldStatus=Status +LDAPFieldFirstSubscriptionDate=First subscription date +LDAPFieldFirstSubscriptionAmount=First subscription amount +LDAPFieldLastSubscriptionDate=Latest subscription date +LDAPFieldLastSubscriptionAmount=Latest subscription amount +LDAPFieldSkype=Skype id +LDAPFieldSkypeExample=Example: skypeName +UserSynchronized=User synchronized +GroupSynchronized=Group synchronized +MemberSynchronized=Member synchronized +MemberTypeSynchronized=Member type synchronized +ContactSynchronized=Contact synchronized +ForceSynchronize=Force synchronizing Dolibarr -> LDAP +ErrorFailedToReadLDAP=Failed to read LDAP database. Check LDAP module setup and database accessibility. +PasswordOfUserInLDAP=Password of user in LDAP diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/link.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/link.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ffcd41a18b --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/link.lang @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - languages +LinkANewFile=Link a new file/document +LinkedFiles=Linked files and documents +NoLinkFound=No registered links +LinkComplete=The file has been linked successfully +ErrorFileNotLinked=The file could not be linked +LinkRemoved=The link %s has been removed +ErrorFailedToDeleteLink= Failed to remove link '%s' +ErrorFailedToUpdateLink= Failed to update link '%s' +URLToLink=URL to link +OverwriteIfExists=Overwrite file if exists diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/loan.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/loan.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d271ed0c140 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/loan.lang @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - loan +Loan=Loan +Loans=Loans +NewLoan=New Loan +ShowLoan=Show Loan +PaymentLoan=Loan payment +LoanPayment=Loan payment +ShowLoanPayment=Show Loan Payment +LoanCapital=Capital +Insurance=Insurance +Interest=Interest +Nbterms=Number of terms +Term=Term +LoanAccountancyCapitalCode=Accounting account capital +LoanAccountancyInsuranceCode=Accounting account insurance +LoanAccountancyInterestCode=Accounting account interest +ConfirmDeleteLoan=Confirm deleting this loan +LoanDeleted=Loan Deleted Successfully +ConfirmPayLoan=Confirm classify paid this loan +LoanPaid=Loan Paid +ListLoanAssociatedProject=List of loan associated with the project +AddLoan=Create loan +FinancialCommitment=Financial commitment +InterestAmount=Interest +CapitalRemain=Capital remain +TermPaidAllreadyPaid = This term is allready paid +CantUseScheduleWithLoanStartedToPaid = Can't use scheduler for a loan with payment started +CantModifyInterestIfScheduleIsUsed = You can't modify interest if you use schedule +# Admin +ConfigLoan=Configuration of the module loan +LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CAPITAL=Accounting account capital by default +LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_INTEREST=Accounting account interest by default +LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_INSURANCE=Accounting account insurance by default +CreateCalcSchedule=Edit financial commitment diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mailmanspip.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mailmanspip.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bab4b3576b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mailmanspip.lang @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - mailmanspip +MailmanSpipSetup=Mailman and SPIP module Setup +MailmanTitle=Mailman mailing list system +TestSubscribe=To test subscription to Mailman lists +TestUnSubscribe=To test unsubscribe from Mailman lists +MailmanCreationSuccess=Subscription test was executed successfully +MailmanDeletionSuccess=Unsubscription test was executed successfully +SynchroMailManEnabled=A Mailman update will be performed +SynchroSpipEnabled=A Spip update will be performed +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_ADMINPW=Mailman administrator password +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_URL=URL for Mailman subscriptions +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_UNSUB_URL=URL for Mailman unsubscriptions +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_LISTS=List(s) for automatic inscription of new members (separated by a comma) +SPIPTitle=SPIP Content Management System +DescADHERENT_SPIP_SERVEUR=SPIP Server +DescADHERENT_SPIP_DB=SPIP database name +DescADHERENT_SPIP_USER=SPIP database login +DescADHERENT_SPIP_PASS=SPIP database password +AddIntoSpip=Add into SPIP +AddIntoSpipConfirmation=Are you sure you want to add this member into SPIP? +AddIntoSpipError=Failed to add the user in SPIP +DeleteIntoSpip=Remove from SPIP +DeleteIntoSpipConfirmation=Are you sure you want to remove this member from SPIP? +DeleteIntoSpipError=Failed to suppress the user from SPIP +SPIPConnectionFailed=Failed to connect to SPIP +SuccessToAddToMailmanList=%s successfully added to mailman list %s or SPIP database +SuccessToRemoveToMailmanList=%s successfully removed from mailman list %s or SPIP database diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mails.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c0dd638eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mails.lang @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - mails +Mailing=EMailing +EMailing=EMailing +EMailings=EMailings +AllEMailings=All eMailings +MailCard=EMailing card +MailRecipients=Recipients +MailRecipient=Recipient +MailTitle=Description +MailFrom=Sender +MailErrorsTo=Errors to +MailReply=Reply to +MailTo=Receiver(s) +MailToUsers=To user(s) +MailCC=Copy to +MailToCCUsers=Copy to users(s) +MailCCC=Cached copy to +MailTopic=Email subject +MailText=Message +MailFile=Attached files +MailMessage=Email body +SubjectNotIn=Not in Subject +BodyNotIn=Not in Body +ShowEMailing=Show emailing +ListOfEMailings=List of emailings +NewMailing=New emailing +EditMailing=Edit emailing +ResetMailing=Resend emailing +DeleteMailing=Delete emailing +DeleteAMailing=Delete an emailing +PreviewMailing=Preview emailing +CreateMailing=Create emailing +TestMailing=Test email +ValidMailing=Valid emailing +MailingStatusDraft=Draft +MailingStatusValidated=Validated +MailingStatusSent=Sent +MailingStatusSentPartialy=Sent partially +MailingStatusSentCompletely=Sent completely +MailingStatusError=Error +MailingStatusNotSent=Not sent +MailSuccessfulySent=Email (from %s to %s) successfully accepted for delivery +MailingSuccessfullyValidated=EMailing successfully validated +MailUnsubcribe=Unsubscribe +MailingStatusNotContact=Don't contact anymore +MailingStatusReadAndUnsubscribe=Read and unsubscribe +ErrorMailRecipientIsEmpty=Email recipient is empty +WarningNoEMailsAdded=No new Email to add to recipient's list. +ConfirmValidMailing=Are you sure you want to validate this emailing? +ConfirmResetMailing=Warning, by re-initializing emailing %s, you will allow the re-sending this email in a bulk mailing. Are you sure you want to do this? +ConfirmDeleteMailing=Are you sure you want to delete this emailing? +NbOfUniqueEMails=No. of unique emails +NbOfEMails=No. of EMails +TotalNbOfDistinctRecipients=Number of distinct recipients +NoTargetYet=No recipients defined yet (Go on tab 'Recipients') +NoRecipientEmail=No recipient email for %s +RemoveRecipient=Remove recipient +YouCanAddYourOwnPredefindedListHere=To create your email selector module, see htdocs/core/modules/mailings/README. +EMailTestSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=When using test mode, substitutions variables are replaced by generic values +MailingAddFile=Attach this file +NoAttachedFiles=No attached files +BadEMail=Bad value for Email +ConfirmCloneEMailing=Are you sure you want to clone this emailing? +CloneContent=Clone message +CloneReceivers=Cloner recipients +DateLastSend=Date of latest sending +DateSending=Date sending +SentTo=Sent to %s +MailingStatusRead=Read +YourMailUnsubcribeOK=The email %s is correctly unsubscribe from mailing list +ActivateCheckReadKey=Key used to encrypt URL used for "Read Receipt" and "Unsubscribe" feature +EMailSentToNRecipients=Email sent to %s recipients. +EMailSentForNElements=Email sent for %s elements. +XTargetsAdded=%s recipients added into target list +OnlyPDFattachmentSupported=If the PDF documents were already generated for the objects to send, they will be attached to email. If not, no email will be sent (also, note that only pdf documents are supported as attachments in mass sending in this version). +AllRecipientSelected=The recipients of the %s record selected (if their email is known). +GroupEmails=Group emails +OneEmailPerRecipient=One email per recipient (by default, one email per record selected) +WarningIfYouCheckOneRecipientPerEmail=Warning, if you check this box, it means only one email will be sent for several different record selected, so, if your message contains substitution variables that refers to data of a record, it becomes not possible to replace them. +ResultOfMailSending=Result of mass Email sending +NbSelected=Number selected +NbIgnored=Number ignored +NbSent=Number sent +SentXXXmessages=%s message(s) sent. +ConfirmUnvalidateEmailing=Are you sure you want to change email %s to draft status? +MailingModuleDescContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=Contact with customer filters +MailingModuleDescContactsByCompanyCategory=Contacts by third-party category +MailingModuleDescContactsByCategory=Contacts by categories +MailingModuleDescContactsByFunction=Contacts by position +MailingModuleDescEmailsFromFile=Emails from file +MailingModuleDescEmailsFromUser=Emails input by user +MailingModuleDescDolibarrUsers=Users with Emails +MailingModuleDescThirdPartiesByCategories=Third parties (by categories) +SendingFromWebInterfaceIsNotAllowed=Sending from web interface is not allowed. +EmailCollectorFilterDesc=All filters must match to have an email being collected + +# Libelle des modules de liste de destinataires mailing +LineInFile=Line %s in file +RecipientSelectionModules=Defined requests for recipient's selection +MailSelectedRecipients=Selected recipients +MailingArea=EMailings area +LastMailings=Latest %s emailings +TargetsStatistics=Targets statistics +NbOfCompaniesContacts=Unique contacts/addresses +MailNoChangePossible=Recipients for validated emailing can't be changed +SearchAMailing=Search mailing +SendMailing=Send emailing +SentBy=Sent by +MailingNeedCommand=Sending an emailing can be performed from command line. Ask your server administrator to launch the following command to send the emailing to all recipients: +MailingNeedCommand2=You can however send them online by adding parameter MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB with value of max number of emails you want to send by session. For this, go on Home - Setup - Other. +ConfirmSendingEmailing=If you want to send emailing directly from this screen, please confirm you are sure you want to send emailing now from your browser ? +LimitSendingEmailing=Note: Sending of emailings from web interface is done in several times for security and timeout reasons, %s recipients at a time for each sending session. +TargetsReset=Clear list +ToClearAllRecipientsClickHere=Click here to clear the recipient list for this emailing +ToAddRecipientsChooseHere=Add recipients by choosing from the lists +NbOfEMailingsReceived=Mass emailings received +NbOfEMailingsSend=Mass emailings sent +IdRecord=ID record +DeliveryReceipt=Delivery Ack. +YouCanUseCommaSeparatorForSeveralRecipients=You can use the comma separator to specify several recipients. +TagCheckMail=Track mail opening +TagUnsubscribe=Unsubscribe link +TagSignature=Signature of sending user +EMailRecipient=Recipient Email +TagMailtoEmail=Recipient Email (including html "mailto:" link) +NoEmailSentBadSenderOrRecipientEmail=No email sent. Bad sender or recipient email. Verify user profile. +# Module Notifications +Notifications=Notifications +NotificationsAuto=Notifications Auto. +NoNotificationsWillBeSent=No automatic email notifications are planned for this event type and company +ANotificationsWillBeSent=1 automatic notification will be sent by email +SomeNotificationsWillBeSent=%s automatic notifications will be sent by email +AddNewNotification=Subscribe to a new automatic email notification (target/event) +ListOfActiveNotifications=List of all active subscriptions (targets/events) for automatic email notification +ListOfNotificationsDone=List of all automatic email notifications sent +MailSendSetupIs=Configuration of email sending has been setup to '%s'. This mode can't be used to send mass emailing. +MailSendSetupIs2=You must first go, with an admin account, into menu %sHome - Setup - EMails%s to change parameter '%s' to use mode '%s'. With this mode, you can enter setup of the SMTP server provided by your Internet Service Provider and use Mass emailing feature. +MailSendSetupIs3=If you have any questions on how to setup your SMTP server, you can ask to %s. +YouCanAlsoUseSupervisorKeyword=You can also add the keyword __SUPERVISOREMAIL__ to have email being sent to the supervisor of user (works only if an email is defined for this supervisor) +NbOfTargetedContacts=Current number of targeted contact emails +UseFormatFileEmailToTarget=Imported file must have format email;name;firstname;other +UseFormatInputEmailToTarget=Enter a string with format email;name;firstname;other +MailAdvTargetRecipients=Recipients (advanced selection) +AdvTgtTitle=Fill input fields to preselect the third parties or contacts/addresses to target +AdvTgtSearchTextHelp=Use %% as wildcards. For example to find all item like jean, joe, jim, you can input j%%, you can also use ; as separator for value, and use ! for except this value. For example jean;joe;jim%%;!jimo;!jima%% will target all jean, joe, start with jim but not jimo and not everything that starts with jima +AdvTgtSearchIntHelp=Use interval to select int or float value +AdvTgtMinVal=Minimum value +AdvTgtMaxVal=Maximum value +AdvTgtSearchDtHelp=Use interval to select date value +AdvTgtStartDt=Start dt. +AdvTgtEndDt=End dt. +AdvTgtTypeOfIncudeHelp=Target Email of third party and email of contact of the third party, or just third-party email or just contact email +AdvTgtTypeOfIncude=Type of targeted email +AdvTgtContactHelp=Use only if you target contact into "Type of targeted email" +AddAll=Add all +RemoveAll=Remove all +ItemsCount=Item(s) +AdvTgtNameTemplate=Filter name +AdvTgtAddContact=Add emails according to criteria +AdvTgtLoadFilter=Load filter +AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter +AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter +AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter +AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties +OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails +InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails +OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) +DefaultOutgoingEmailSetup=Same configuration than the global Outgoing email setup +Information=Information +ContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=Contacts with third-party filter +Unanswered=Unanswered +Answered=Answered +IsNotAnAnswer=Is not answer (initial email) +IsAnAnswer=Is an answer of an initial email +RecordCreatedByEmailCollector=Record created by the Email Collector %s from email %s +DefaultBlacklistMailingStatus=Default contact status for refuse bulk emailing +DefaultStatusEmptyMandatory=Empty but mandatory diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/main.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c1ef6aa659 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/main.lang @@ -0,0 +1,1151 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - main +DIRECTION=ltr +# Note for Chinese: +# msungstdlight or cid0ct are for traditional Chinese (traditional does not render with Ubuntu pdf reader) +# stsongstdlight or cid0cs are for simplified Chinese +# To read Chinese pdf with Linux: sudo apt-get install poppler-data +FONTFORPDF=helvetica +FONTSIZEFORPDF=10 +SeparatorDecimal=. +SeparatorThousand=, +FormatDateShort=%m/%d/%Y +FormatDateShortInput=%m/%d/%Y +FormatDateShortJava=MM/dd/yyyy +FormatDateShortJavaInput=MM/dd/yyyy +FormatDateShortJQuery=mm/dd/yy +FormatDateShortJQueryInput=mm/dd/yy +FormatHourShortJQuery=HH:MI +FormatHourShort=%I:%M %p +FormatHourShortDuration=%H:%M +FormatDateTextShort=%b %d, %Y +FormatDateText=%B %d, %Y +FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p +FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p +FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p +FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p +DatabaseConnection=Database connection +NoTemplateDefined=No template available for this email type +AvailableVariables=Available substitution variables +NoTranslation=No translation +Translation=Translation +CurrentTimeZone=TimeZone PHP (server) +EmptySearchString=Enter non empty search criterias +EnterADateCriteria=Enter a date criteria +NoRecordFound=No record found +NoRecordDeleted=No record deleted +NotEnoughDataYet=Not enough data +NoError=No error +Error=Error +Errors=Errors +ErrorFieldRequired=Field '%s' is required +ErrorFieldFormat=Field '%s' has a bad value +ErrorFileDoesNotExists=File %s does not exist +ErrorFailedToOpenFile=Failed to open file %s +ErrorCanNotCreateDir=Cannot create dir %s +ErrorCanNotReadDir=Cannot read dir %s +ErrorConstantNotDefined=Parameter %s not defined +ErrorUnknown=Unknown error +ErrorSQL=SQL Error +ErrorLogoFileNotFound=Logo file '%s' was not found +ErrorGoToGlobalSetup=Go to 'Company/Organization' setup to fix this +ErrorGoToModuleSetup=Go to Module setup to fix this +ErrorFailedToSendMail=Failed to send mail (sender=%s, receiver=%s) +ErrorFileNotUploaded=File was not uploaded. Check that size does not exceed maximum allowed, that free space is available on disk and that there is not already a file with same name in this directory. +ErrorInternalErrorDetected=Error detected +ErrorWrongHostParameter=Wrong host parameter +ErrorYourCountryIsNotDefined=Your country is not defined. Go to Home-Setup-Edit and post the form again. +ErrorRecordIsUsedByChild=Failed to delete this record. This record is used by at least one child record. +ErrorWrongValue=Wrong value +ErrorWrongValueForParameterX=Wrong value for parameter %s +ErrorNoRequestInError=No request in error +ErrorServiceUnavailableTryLater=Service not available at the moment. Try again later. +ErrorDuplicateField=Duplicate value in a unique field +ErrorSomeErrorWereFoundRollbackIsDone=Some errors were found. Changes have been rolled back. +ErrorConfigParameterNotDefined=Parameter %s is not defined in the Dolibarr config file conf.php. +ErrorCantLoadUserFromDolibarrDatabase=Failed to find user %s in Dolibarr database. +ErrorNoVATRateDefinedForSellerCountry=Error, no vat rates defined for country '%s'. +ErrorNoSocialContributionForSellerCountry=Error, no social/fiscal taxes type defined for country '%s'. +ErrorFailedToSaveFile=Error, failed to save file. +ErrorCannotAddThisParentWarehouse=You are trying to add a parent warehouse which is already a child of a existing warehouse +MaxNbOfRecordPerPage=Max. number of records per page +NotAuthorized=You are not authorized to do that. +SetDate=Set date +SelectDate=Select a date +SeeAlso=See also %s +SeeHere=See here +ClickHere=Click here +Here=Here +Apply=Apply +BackgroundColorByDefault=Default background color +FileRenamed=The file was successfully renamed +FileGenerated=The file was successfully generated +FileSaved=The file was successfully saved +FileUploaded=The file was successfully uploaded +FileTransferComplete=File(s) uploaded successfully +FilesDeleted=File(s) successfully deleted +FileWasNotUploaded=A file is selected for attachment but was not yet uploaded. Click on "Attach file" for this. +NbOfEntries=No. of entries +GoToWikiHelpPage=Read online help (Internet access needed) +GoToHelpPage=Read help +DedicatedPageAvailable=There is a dedicated help page related to your current screen +HomePage=Home Page +RecordSaved=Record saved +RecordDeleted=Record deleted +RecordGenerated=Record generated +LevelOfFeature=Level of features +NotDefined=Not defined +DolibarrInHttpAuthenticationSoPasswordUseless=Dolibarr authentication mode is set to %s in configuration file conf.php.
This means that the password database is external to Dolibarr, so changing this field may have no effect. +Administrator=Administrator +Undefined=Undefined +PasswordForgotten=Password forgotten? +NoAccount=No account? +SeeAbove=See above +HomeArea=Home +LastConnexion=Last login +PreviousConnexion=Previous login +PreviousValue=Previous value +ConnectedOnMultiCompany=Connected on environment +ConnectedSince=Connected since +AuthenticationMode=Authentication mode +RequestedUrl=Requested URL +DatabaseTypeManager=Database type manager +RequestLastAccessInError=Latest database access request error +ReturnCodeLastAccessInError=Return code for latest database access request error +InformationLastAccessInError=Information for latest database access request error +DolibarrHasDetectedError=Dolibarr has detected a technical error +YouCanSetOptionDolibarrMainProdToZero=You can read log file or set option $dolibarr_main_prod to '0' in your config file to get more information. +InformationToHelpDiagnose=This information can be useful for diagnostic purposes (you can set option $dolibarr_main_prod to '1' to remove such notices) +MoreInformation=More information +TechnicalInformation=Technical information +TechnicalID=Technical ID +LineID=Line ID +NotePublic=Note (public) +NotePrivate=Note (private) +PrecisionUnitIsLimitedToXDecimals=Dolibarr was setup to limit precision of unit prices to %s decimals. +DoTest=Test +ToFilter=Filter +NoFilter=No filter +WarningYouHaveAtLeastOneTaskLate=Warning, you have at least one element that has exceeded the tolerance time. +yes=yes +Yes=Yes +no=no +No=No +All=All +Home=Home +Help=Help +OnlineHelp=Online help +PageWiki=Wiki page +MediaBrowser=Media browser +Always=Always +Never=Never +Under=under +Period=Period +PeriodEndDate=End date for period +SelectedPeriod=Selected period +PreviousPeriod=Previous period +Activate=Activate +Activated=Activated +Closed=Closed +Closed2=Closed +NotClosed=Not closed +Enabled=Enabled +Enable=Enable +Deprecated=Deprecated +Disable=Disable +Disabled=Disabled +Add=Add +AddLink=Add link +RemoveLink=Remove link +AddToDraft=Add to draft +Update=Update +Close=Close +CloseAs=Set status to +CloseBox=Remove widget from your dashboard +Confirm=Confirm +ConfirmSendCardByMail=Do you really want to send the content of this card by mail to %s? +Delete=Delete +Remove=Remove +Resiliate=Terminate +Cancel=Cancel +Modify=Modify +Edit=Edit +Validate=Validate +ValidateAndApprove=Validate and Approve +ToValidate=To validate +NotValidated=Not validated +Save=Save +SaveAs=Save As +SaveAndStay=Save and stay +SaveAndNew=Save and new +TestConnection=Test connection +ToClone=Clone +ConfirmCloneAsk=Are you sure you want to clone the object %s? +ConfirmClone=Choose the data you want to clone: +NoCloneOptionsSpecified=No data to clone defined. +Of=of +Go=Go +Run=Run +CopyOf=Copy of +Show=Show +Hide=Hide +ShowCardHere=Show card +Search=Search +SearchOf=Search +SearchMenuShortCut=Ctrl + shift + f +QuickAdd=Quick add +QuickAddMenuShortCut=Ctrl + shift + l +Valid=Valid +Approve=Approve +Disapprove=Disapprove +ReOpen=Re-Open +Upload=Upload +ToLink=Link +Select=Select +SelectAll=Select all +Choose=Choose +Resize=Resize +ResizeOrCrop=Resize or Crop +Recenter=Recenter +Author=Author +User=User +Users=Users +Group=Group +Groups=Groups +NoUserGroupDefined=No user group defined +Password=Password +PasswordRetype=Retype your password +NoteSomeFeaturesAreDisabled=Note that a lot of features/modules are disabled in this demonstration. +Name=Name +NameSlashCompany=Name / Company +Person=Person +Parameter=Parameter +Parameters=Parameters +Value=Value +PersonalValue=Personal value +NewObject=New %s +NewValue=New value +OldValue=Old value %s +CurrentValue=Current value +Code=Code +Type=Type +Language=Language +MultiLanguage=Multi-language +Note=Note +Title=Title +Label=Label +RefOrLabel=Ref. or label +Info=Log +Family=Family +Description=Description +Designation=Description +DescriptionOfLine=Description of line +DateOfLine=Date of line +DurationOfLine=Duration of line +Model=Doc template +DefaultModel=Default doc template +Action=Event +About=About +Number=Number +NumberByMonth=Total reports by month +AmountByMonth=Amount by month +Numero=Number +Limit=Limit +Limits=Limits +Logout=Logout +NoLogoutProcessWithAuthMode=No applicative disconnect feature with authentication mode %s +Connection=Login +Setup=Setup +Alert=Alert +MenuWarnings=Alerts +Previous=Previous +Next=Next +Cards=Cards +Card=Card +Now=Now +HourStart=Start hour +Deadline=Deadline +Date=Date +DateAndHour=Date and hour +DateToday=Today's date +DateReference=Reference date +DateStart=Start date +DateEnd=End date +DateCreation=Creation date +DateCreationShort=Creat. date +IPCreation=Creation IP +DateModification=Modification date +DateModificationShort=Modif. date +IPModification=Modification IP +DateLastModification=Latest modification date +DateValidation=Validation date +DateSigning=Signing date +DateClosing=Closing date +DateDue=Due date +DateValue=Value date +DateValueShort=Value date +DateOperation=Operation date +DateOperationShort=Oper. Date +DateLimit=Limit date +DateRequest=Request date +DateProcess=Process date +DateBuild=Report build date +DatePayment=Date of payment +DateApprove=Approving date +DateApprove2=Approving date (second approval) +RegistrationDate=Registration date +UserCreation=Creation user +UserModification=Modification user +UserValidation=Validation user +UserCreationShort=Creat. user +UserModificationShort=Modif. user +UserValidationShort=Valid. user +DurationYear=year +DurationMonth=month +DurationWeek=week +DurationDay=day +DurationYears=years +DurationMonths=months +DurationWeeks=weeks +DurationDays=days +Year=Year +Month=Month +Week=Week +WeekShort=Week +Day=Day +Hour=Hour +Minute=Minute +Second=Second +Years=Years +Months=Months +Days=Days +days=days +Hours=Hours +Minutes=Minutes +Seconds=Seconds +Weeks=Weeks +Today=Today +Yesterday=Yesterday +Tomorrow=Tomorrow +Morning=Morning +Afternoon=Afternoon +Quadri=Quadri +MonthOfDay=Month of the day +DaysOfWeek=Days of week +HourShort=H +MinuteShort=mn +Rate=Rate +CurrencyRate=Currency conversion rate +UseLocalTax=Include tax +Bytes=Bytes +KiloBytes=Kilobytes +MegaBytes=Megabytes +GigaBytes=Gigabytes +TeraBytes=Terabytes +UserAuthor=Ceated by +UserModif=Updated by +b=b. +Kb=Kb +Mb=Mb +Gb=Gb +Tb=Tb +Cut=Cut +Copy=Copy +Paste=Paste +Default=Default +DefaultValue=Default value +DefaultValues=Default values/filters/sorting +Price=Price +PriceCurrency=Price (currency) +UnitPrice=Unit price +UnitPriceHT=Unit price (excl.) +UnitPriceHTCurrency=Unit price (excl.) (currency) +UnitPriceTTC=Unit price +PriceU=U.P. +PriceUHT=U.P. (net) +PriceUHTCurrency=U.P (net) (currency) +PriceUTTC=U.P. (inc. tax) +Amount=Amount +AmountInvoice=Invoice amount +AmountInvoiced=Amount invoiced +AmountInvoicedHT=Amount invoiced (excl. tax) +AmountInvoicedTTC=Amount invoiced (inc. tax) +AmountPayment=Payment amount +AmountHTShort=Amount (excl.) +AmountTTCShort=Amount (inc. tax) +AmountHT=Amount (excl. tax) +AmountTTC=Amount (inc. tax) +AmountVAT=Amount tax +MulticurrencyAlreadyPaid=Already paid, original currency +MulticurrencyRemainderToPay=Remain to pay, original currency +MulticurrencyPaymentAmount=Payment amount, original currency +MulticurrencyAmountHT=Amount (excl. tax), original currency +MulticurrencyAmountTTC=Amount (inc. of tax), original currency +MulticurrencyAmountVAT=Amount tax, original currency +MulticurrencySubPrice=Amount sub price multi currency +AmountLT1=Amount tax 2 +AmountLT2=Amount tax 3 +AmountLT1ES=Amount RE +AmountLT2ES=Amount IRPF +AmountTotal=Total amount +AmountAverage=Average amount +PriceQtyMinHT=Price quantity min. (excl. tax) +PriceQtyMinHTCurrency=Price quantity min. (excl. tax) (currency) +PercentOfOriginalObject=Percent of original object +AmountOrPercent=Amount or percent +Percentage=Percentage +Total=Total +SubTotal=Subtotal +TotalHTShort=Total (excl.) +TotalHT100Short=Total 100%% (excl.) +TotalHTShortCurrency=Total (excl. in currency) +TotalTTCShort=Total (inc. tax) +TotalHT=Total (excl. tax) +TotalHTforthispage=Total (excl. tax) for this page +Totalforthispage=Total for this page +TotalTTC=Total (inc. tax) +TotalTTCToYourCredit=Total (inc. tax) to your credit +TotalVAT=Total tax +TotalVATIN=Total IGST +TotalLT1=Total tax 2 +TotalLT2=Total tax 3 +TotalLT1ES=Total RE +TotalLT2ES=Total IRPF +TotalLT1IN=Total CGST +TotalLT2IN=Total SGST +HT=Excl. tax +TTC=Inc. tax +INCVATONLY=Inc. VAT +INCT=Inc. all taxes +VAT=Sales tax +VATIN=IGST +VATs=Sales taxes +VATINs=IGST taxes +LT1=Sales tax 2 +LT1Type=Sales tax 2 type +LT2=Sales tax 3 +LT2Type=Sales tax 3 type +LT1ES=RE +LT2ES=IRPF +LT1IN=CGST +LT2IN=SGST +LT1GC=Additionnal cents +VATRate=Tax Rate +RateOfTaxN=Rate of tax %s +VATCode=Tax Rate code +VATNPR=Tax Rate NPR +DefaultTaxRate=Default tax rate +Average=Average +Sum=Sum +Delta=Delta +StatusToPay=To pay +RemainToPay=Remain to pay +Module=Module/Application +Modules=Modules/Applications +Option=Option +Filters=Filters +List=List +FullList=Full list +FullConversation=Full conversation +Statistics=Statistics +OtherStatistics=Other statistics +Status=Status +Favorite=Favorite +ShortInfo=Info. +Ref=Ref. +ExternalRef=Ref. extern +RefSupplier=Ref. vendor +RefPayment=Ref. payment +CommercialProposalsShort=Commercial proposals +Comment=Comment +Comments=Comments +ActionsToDo=Events to do +ActionsToDoShort=To do +ActionsDoneShort=Done +ActionNotApplicable=Not applicable +ActionRunningNotStarted=To start +ActionRunningShort=In progress +ActionDoneShort=Finished +ActionUncomplete=Incomplete +LatestLinkedEvents=Latest %s linked events +CompanyFoundation=Company/Organization +Accountant=Accountant +ContactsForCompany=Contacts for this third party +ContactsAddressesForCompany=Contacts/addresses for this third party +AddressesForCompany=Addresses for this third party +ActionsOnCompany=Events for this third party +ActionsOnContact=Events for this contact/address +ActionsOnContract=Events for this contract +ActionsOnMember=Events about this member +ActionsOnProduct=Events about this product +NActionsLate=%s late +ToDo=To do +Completed=Completed +Running=In progress +RequestAlreadyDone=Request already recorded +Filter=Filter +FilterOnInto=Search criteria '%s' into fields %s +RemoveFilter=Remove filter +ChartGenerated=Chart generated +ChartNotGenerated=Chart not generated +GeneratedOn=Build on %s +Generate=Generate +Duration=Duration +TotalDuration=Total duration +Summary=Summary +DolibarrStateBoard=Database Statistics +DolibarrWorkBoard=Open Items +NoOpenedElementToProcess=No open element to process +Available=Available +NotYetAvailable=Not yet available +NotAvailable=Not available +Categories=Tags/categories +Category=Tag/category +By=By +From=From +FromDate=From +FromLocation=From +to=to +To=to +ToDate=to +ToLocation=to +at=at +and=and +or=or +Other=Other +Others=Others +OtherInformations=Other information +Quantity=Quantity +Qty=Qty +ChangedBy=Changed by +ApprovedBy=Approved by +ApprovedBy2=Approved by (second approval) +Approved=Approved +Refused=Refused +ReCalculate=Recalculate +ResultKo=Failure +Reporting=Reporting +Reportings=Reporting +Draft=Draft +Drafts=Drafts +StatusInterInvoiced=Invoiced +Validated=Validated +ValidatedToProduce=Validated (To produce) +Opened=Open +OpenAll=Open (All) +ClosedAll=Closed (All) +New=New +Discount=Discount +Unknown=Unknown +General=General +Size=Size +OriginalSize=Original size +Received=Received +Paid=Paid +Topic=Subject +ByCompanies=By third parties +ByUsers=By user +Links=Links +Link=Link +Rejects=Rejects +Preview=Preview +NextStep=Next step +Datas=Data +None=None +NoneF=None +NoneOrSeveral=None or several +Late=Late +LateDesc=An item is defined as Delayed as per the system configuration in menu Home - Setup - Alerts. +NoItemLate=No late item +Photo=Picture +Photos=Pictures +AddPhoto=Add picture +DeletePicture=Picture delete +ConfirmDeletePicture=Confirm picture deletion? +Login=Login +LoginEmail=Login (email) +LoginOrEmail=Login or Email +CurrentLogin=Current login +EnterLoginDetail=Enter login details +January=January +February=February +March=March +April=April +May=May +June=June +July=July +August=August +September=September +October=October +November=November +December=December +Month01=January +Month02=February +Month03=March +Month04=April +Month05=May +Month06=June +Month07=July +Month08=August +Month09=September +Month10=October +Month11=November +Month12=December +MonthShort01=Jan +MonthShort02=Feb +MonthShort03=Mar +MonthShort04=Apr +MonthShort05=May +MonthShort06=Jun +MonthShort07=Jul +MonthShort08=Aug +MonthShort09=Sep +MonthShort10=Oct +MonthShort11=Nov +MonthShort12=Dec +MonthVeryShort01=J +MonthVeryShort02=F +MonthVeryShort03=M +MonthVeryShort04=A +MonthVeryShort05=M +MonthVeryShort06=J +MonthVeryShort07=J +MonthVeryShort08=A +MonthVeryShort09=S +MonthVeryShort10=O +MonthVeryShort11=N +MonthVeryShort12=D +AttachedFiles=Attached files and documents +JoinMainDoc=Join main document +DateFormatYYYYMM=YYYY-MM +DateFormatYYYYMMDD=YYYY-MM-DD +DateFormatYYYYMMDDHHMM=YYYY-MM-DD HH:SS +ReportName=Report name +ReportPeriod=Report period +ReportDescription=Description +Report=Report +Keyword=Keyword +Origin=Origin +Legend=Legend +Fill=Fill +Reset=Reset +File=File +Files=Files +NotAllowed=Not allowed +ReadPermissionNotAllowed=Read permission not allowed +AmountInCurrency=Amount in %s currency +Example=Example +Examples=Examples +NoExample=No example +FindBug=Report a bug +NbOfThirdParties=Number of third parties +NbOfLines=Number of lines +NbOfObjects=Number of objects +NbOfObjectReferers=Number of related items +Referers=Related items +TotalQuantity=Total quantity +DateFromTo=From %s to %s +DateFrom=From %s +DateUntil=Until %s +Check=Check +Uncheck=Uncheck +Internal=Internal +External=External +Internals=Internal +Externals=External +Warning=Warning +Warnings=Warnings +BuildDoc=Build Doc +Entity=Environment +Entities=Entities +CustomerPreview=Customer preview +SupplierPreview=Vendor preview +ShowCustomerPreview=Show customer preview +ShowSupplierPreview=Show vendor preview +RefCustomer=Ref. customer +InternalRef=Internal ref. +Currency=Currency +InfoAdmin=Information for administrators +Undo=Undo +Redo=Redo +ExpandAll=Expand all +UndoExpandAll=Undo expand +SeeAll=See all +Reason=Reason +FeatureNotYetSupported=Feature not yet supported +CloseWindow=Close window +Response=Response +Priority=Priority +SendByMail=Send by email +MailSentBy=Email sent by +NotSent=Not sent +TextUsedInTheMessageBody=Email body +SendAcknowledgementByMail=Send confirmation email +SendMail=Send email +Email=Email +NoEMail=No email +AlreadyRead=Already read +NotRead=Unread +NoMobilePhone=No mobile phone +Owner=Owner +FollowingConstantsWillBeSubstituted=The following constants will be replaced with the corresponding value. +Refresh=Refresh +BackToList=Back to list +BackToTree=Back to tree +GoBack=Go back +CanBeModifiedIfOk=Can be modified if valid +CanBeModifiedIfKo=Can be modified if not valid +ValueIsValid=Value is valid +ValueIsNotValid=Value is not valid +RecordCreatedSuccessfully=Record created successfully +RecordModifiedSuccessfully=Record modified successfully +RecordsModified=%s record(s) modified +RecordsDeleted=%s record(s) deleted +RecordsGenerated=%s record(s) generated +AutomaticCode=Automatic code +FeatureDisabled=Feature disabled +MoveBox=Move widget +Offered=Offered +NotEnoughPermissions=You don't have permission for this action +SessionName=Session name +Method=Method +Receive=Receive +CompleteOrNoMoreReceptionExpected=Complete or nothing more expected +ExpectedValue=Expected Value +ExpectedQty=Expected Qty +PartialWoman=Partial +TotalWoman=Total +NeverReceived=Never received +Canceled=Canceled +YouCanChangeValuesForThisListFromDictionarySetup=You can change values for this list from menu Setup - Dictionaries +YouCanChangeValuesForThisListFrom=You can change values for this list from menu %s +YouCanSetDefaultValueInModuleSetup=You can set the default value used when creating a new record in module setup +Color=Color +Documents=Linked files +Documents2=Documents +UploadDisabled=Upload disabled +MenuAccountancy=Accounting +MenuECM=Documents +MenuAWStats=AWStats +MenuMembers=Members +MenuAgendaGoogle=Google agenda +MenuTaxesAndSpecialExpenses=Taxes | Special expenses +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetup=Dolibarr limit (Menu home-setup-security): %s Kb, PHP limit: %s Kb +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limit (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limit (Param %s): %s Kb +NoFileFound=No documents uploaded +CurrentUserLanguage=Current language +CurrentTheme=Current theme +CurrentMenuManager=Current menu manager +Browser=Browser +Layout=Layout +Screen=Screen +DisabledModules=Disabled modules +For=For +ForCustomer=For customer +Signature=Signature +DateOfSignature=Date of signature +HidePassword=Show command with password hidden +UnHidePassword=Show real command with clear password +Root=Root +RootOfMedias=Root of public medias (/medias) +Informations=Information +Page=Page +Notes=Notes +AddNewLine=Add new line +AddFile=Add file +FreeZone=Free-text product +FreeLineOfType=Free-text item, type: +CloneMainAttributes=Clone object with its main attributes +ReGeneratePDF=Re-generate PDF +PDFMerge=PDF Merge +Merge=Merge +DocumentModelStandardPDF=Standard PDF template +PrintContentArea=Show page to print main content area +MenuManager=Menu manager +WarningYouAreInMaintenanceMode=Warning, you are in maintenance mode: only login %s is allowed to use the application in this mode. +CoreErrorTitle=System error +CoreErrorMessage=Sorry, an error occurred. Contact your system administrator to check the logs or disable $dolibarr_main_prod=1 to get more information. +CreditCard=Credit card +ValidatePayment=Validate payment +CreditOrDebitCard=Credit or debit card +FieldsWithAreMandatory=Fields with %s are mandatory +FieldsWithIsForPublic=Fields with %s are shown in public list of members. If you don't want this, uncheck the "public" box. +AccordingToGeoIPDatabase=(according to GeoIP conversion) +Line=Line +NotSupported=Not supported +RequiredField=Required field +Result=Result +ToTest=Test +ValidateBefore=Item must be validated before using this feature +Visibility=Visibility +Totalizable=Totalizable +TotalizableDesc=This field is totalizable in list +Private=Private +Hidden=Hidden +Resources=Resources +Source=Source +Prefix=Prefix +Before=Before +After=After +IPAddress=IP address +Frequency=Frequency +IM=Instant messaging +NewAttribute=New attribute +AttributeCode=Attribute code +URLPhoto=URL of photo/logo +SetLinkToAnotherThirdParty=Link to another third party +LinkTo=Link to +LinkToProposal=Link to proposal +LinkToOrder=Link to order +LinkToInvoice=Link to invoice +LinkToTemplateInvoice=Link to template invoice +LinkToSupplierOrder=Link to purchase order +LinkToSupplierProposal=Link to vendor proposal +LinkToSupplierInvoice=Link to vendor invoice +LinkToContract=Link to contract +LinkToIntervention=Link to intervention +LinkToTicket=Link to ticket +CreateDraft=Create draft +SetToDraft=Back to draft +ClickToEdit=Click to edit +ClickToRefresh=Click to refresh +EditWithEditor=Edit with CKEditor +EditWithTextEditor=Edit with Text editor +EditHTMLSource=Edit HTML Source +ObjectDeleted=Object %s deleted +ByCountry=By country +ByTown=By town +ByDate=By date +ByMonthYear=By month/year +ByYear=By year +ByMonth=By month +ByDay=By day +BySalesRepresentative=By sales representative +LinkedToSpecificUsers=Linked to a particular user contact +NoResults=No results +AdminTools=Admin Tools +SystemTools=System tools +ModulesSystemTools=Modules tools +Test=Test +Element=Element +NoPhotoYet=No pictures available yet +Dashboard=Dashboard +MyDashboard=My Dashboard +Deductible=Deductible +from=from +toward=toward +Access=Access +SelectAction=Select action +SelectTargetUser=Select target user/employee +HelpCopyToClipboard=Use Ctrl+C to copy to clipboard +SaveUploadedFileWithMask=Save file on server with name "%s" (otherwise "%s") +OriginFileName=Original filename +SetDemandReason=Set source +SetBankAccount=Define Bank Account +AccountCurrency=Account currency +ViewPrivateNote=View notes +XMoreLines=%s line(s) hidden +ShowMoreLines=Show more/less lines +PublicUrl=Public URL +AddBox=Add box +SelectElementAndClick=Select an element and click on %s +PrintFile=Print File %s +ShowTransaction=Show entry on bank account +ShowIntervention=Show intervention +ShowContract=Show contract +GoIntoSetupToChangeLogo=Go to Home - Setup - Company to change logo or go to Home - Setup - Display to hide. +Deny=Deny +Denied=Denied +ListOf=List of %s +ListOfTemplates=List of templates +Gender=Gender +Genderman=Male +Genderwoman=Female +Genderother=Other +ViewList=List view +ViewGantt=Gantt view +ViewKanban=Kanban view +Mandatory=Mandatory +Hello=Hello +GoodBye=GoodBye +Sincerely=Sincerely +ConfirmDeleteObject=Are you sure you want to delete this object? +DeleteLine=Delete line +ConfirmDeleteLine=Are you sure you want to delete this line? +ErrorPDFTkOutputFileNotFound=Error: the file was not generated. Please check that the 'pdftk' command is installed in a directory included in the $PATH environment variable (linux/unix only) or contact your system administrator. +NoPDFAvailableForDocGenAmongChecked=No PDF were available for the document generation among checked record +TooManyRecordForMassAction=Too many records selected for mass action. The action is restricted to a list of %s records. +NoRecordSelected=No record selected +MassFilesArea=Area for files built by mass actions +ShowTempMassFilesArea=Show area of files built by mass actions +ConfirmMassDeletion=Bulk Delete confirmation +ConfirmMassDeletionQuestion=Are you sure you want to delete the %s selected record(s)? +RelatedObjects=Related Objects +ClassifyBilled=Classify billed +ClassifyUnbilled=Classify unbilled +Progress=Progress +ProgressShort=Progr. +FrontOffice=Front office +BackOffice=Back office +Submit=Submit +View=View +Export=Export +Exports=Exports +ExportFilteredList=Export filtered list +ExportList=Export list +ExportOptions=Export Options +IncludeDocsAlreadyExported=Include docs already exported +ExportOfPiecesAlreadyExportedIsEnable=Export of pieces already exported is enable +ExportOfPiecesAlreadyExportedIsDisable=Export of pieces already exported is disable +AllExportedMovementsWereRecordedAsExported=All exported movements were recorded as exported +NotAllExportedMovementsCouldBeRecordedAsExported=Not all exported movements could be recorded as exported +Miscellaneous=Miscellaneous +Calendar=Calendar +GroupBy=Group by... +ViewFlatList=View flat list +ViewAccountList=View ledger +ViewSubAccountList=View subaccount ledger +RemoveString=Remove string '%s' +SomeTranslationAreUncomplete=Some of the languages offered may be only partially translated or may contain errors. Please help to correct your language by registering at https://transifex.com/projects/p/dolibarr/ to add your improvements. +DirectDownloadLink=Public download link +PublicDownloadLinkDesc=Only the link is required to download the file +DirectDownloadInternalLink=Private download link +PrivateDownloadLinkDesc=You need to be logged and you need permissions to view or download the file +Download=Download +DownloadDocument=Download document +ActualizeCurrency=Update currency rate +Fiscalyear=Fiscal year +ModuleBuilder=Module and Application Builder +SetMultiCurrencyCode=Set currency +BulkActions=Bulk actions +ClickToShowHelp=Click to show tooltip help +WebSite=Website +WebSites=Websites +WebSiteAccounts=Website accounts +ExpenseReport=Expense report +ExpenseReports=Expense reports +HR=HR +HRAndBank=HR and Bank +AutomaticallyCalculated=Automatically calculated +TitleSetToDraft=Go back to draft +ConfirmSetToDraft=Are you sure you want to go back to Draft status? +ImportId=Import id +Events=Events +EMailTemplates=Email templates +FileNotShared=File not shared to external public +Project=Project +Projects=Projects +LeadOrProject=Lead | Project +LeadsOrProjects=Leads | Projects +Lead=Lead +Leads=Leads +ListOpenLeads=List open leads +ListOpenProjects=List open projects +NewLeadOrProject=New lead or project +Rights=Permissions +LineNb=Line no. +IncotermLabel=Incoterms +TabLetteringCustomer=Customer lettering +TabLetteringSupplier=Vendor lettering +Monday=Monday +Tuesday=Tuesday +Wednesday=Wednesday +Thursday=Thursday +Friday=Friday +Saturday=Saturday +Sunday=Sunday +MondayMin=Mo +TuesdayMin=Tu +WednesdayMin=We +ThursdayMin=Th +FridayMin=Fr +SaturdayMin=Sa +SundayMin=Su +Day1=Monday +Day2=Tuesday +Day3=Wednesday +Day4=Thursday +Day5=Friday +Day6=Saturday +Day0=Sunday +ShortMonday=M +ShortTuesday=T +ShortWednesday=W +ShortThursday=T +ShortFriday=F +ShortSaturday=S +ShortSunday=S +one=one +two=two +three=three +four=four +five=five +six=six +seven=seven +eight=eight +nine=nine +ten=ten +eleven=eleven +twelve=twelve +thirteen=thirdteen +fourteen=fourteen +fifteen=fifteen +sixteen=sixteen +seventeen=seventeen +eighteen=eighteen +nineteen=nineteen +twenty=twenty +thirty=thirty +forty=forty +fifty=fifty +sixty=sixty +seventy=seventy +eighty=eighty +ninety=ninety +hundred=hundred +thousand=thousand +million=million +billion=billion +trillion=trillion +quadrillion=quadrillion +SelectMailModel=Select an email template +SetRef=Set ref +Select2ResultFoundUseArrows=Some results found. Use arrows to select. +Select2NotFound=No result found +Select2Enter=Enter +Select2MoreCharacter=or more character +Select2MoreCharacters=or more characters +Select2MoreCharactersMore=Search syntax:
| OR (a|b)
* Any character (a*b)
^ Start with (^ab)
$ End with (ab$)
+Select2LoadingMoreResults=Loading more results... +Select2SearchInProgress=Search in progress... +SearchIntoThirdparties=Third parties +SearchIntoContacts=Contacts +SearchIntoMembers=Members +SearchIntoUsers=Users +SearchIntoProductsOrServices=Products or services +SearchIntoBatch=Lots / Serials +SearchIntoProjects=Projects +SearchIntoMO=Manufacturing Orders +SearchIntoTasks=Tasks +SearchIntoCustomerInvoices=Customer invoices +SearchIntoSupplierInvoices=Vendor invoices +SearchIntoCustomerOrders=Sales orders +SearchIntoSupplierOrders=Purchase orders +SearchIntoCustomerProposals=Commercial proposals +SearchIntoSupplierProposals=Vendor proposals +SearchIntoInterventions=Interventions +SearchIntoContracts=Contracts +SearchIntoCustomerShipments=Customer shipments +SearchIntoExpenseReports=Expense reports +SearchIntoLeaves=Leave +SearchIntoTickets=Tickets +SearchIntoCustomerPayments=Customer payments +SearchIntoVendorPayments=Vendor payments +SearchIntoMiscPayments=Miscellaneous payments +CommentLink=Comments +NbComments=Number of comments +CommentPage=Comments space +CommentAdded=Comment added +CommentDeleted=Comment deleted +Everybody=Everybody +PayedBy=Paid by +PayedTo=Paid to +Monthly=Monthly +Quarterly=Quarterly +Annual=Annual +Local=Local +Remote=Remote +LocalAndRemote=Local and Remote +KeyboardShortcut=Keyboard shortcut +AssignedTo=Assigned to +Deletedraft=Delete draft +ConfirmMassDraftDeletion=Draft mass delete confirmation +FileSharedViaALink=File shared with a public link +SelectAThirdPartyFirst=Select a third party first... +YouAreCurrentlyInSandboxMode=You are currently in the %s "sandbox" mode +Inventory=Inventory +AnalyticCode=Analytic code +TMenuMRP=MRP +ShowCompanyInfos=Show company infos +ShowMoreInfos=Show More Infos +NoFilesUploadedYet=Please upload a document first +SeePrivateNote=See private note +PaymentInformation=Payment information +ValidFrom=Valid from +ValidUntil=Valid until +NoRecordedUsers=No users +ToClose=To close +ToRefuse=To refuse +ToProcess=To process +ToApprove=To approve +GlobalOpenedElemView=Global view +NoArticlesFoundForTheKeyword=No article found for the keyword '%s' +NoArticlesFoundForTheCategory=No article found for the category +ToAcceptRefuse=To accept | refuse +ContactDefault_agenda=Event +ContactDefault_commande=Order +ContactDefault_contrat=Contract +ContactDefault_facture=Invoice +ContactDefault_fichinter=Intervention +ContactDefault_invoice_supplier=Supplier Invoice +ContactDefault_order_supplier=Purchase Order +ContactDefault_project=Project +ContactDefault_project_task=Task +ContactDefault_propal=Proposal +ContactDefault_supplier_proposal=Supplier Proposal +ContactDefault_ticket=Ticket +ContactAddedAutomatically=Contact added from contact thirdparty roles +More=More +ShowDetails=Show details +CustomReports=Custom reports +StatisticsOn=Statistics on +SelectYourGraphOptionsFirst=Select your graph options to build a graph +Measures=Measures +XAxis=X-Axis +YAxis=Y-Axis +StatusOfRefMustBe=Status of %s must be %s +DeleteFileHeader=Confirm file delete +DeleteFileText=Do you really want delete this file? +ShowOtherLanguages=Show other languages +SwitchInEditModeToAddTranslation=Switch in edit mode to add translations for this language +NotUsedForThisCustomer=Not used for this customer +AmountMustBePositive=Amount must be positive +ByStatus=By status +InformationMessage=Information +Used=Used +ASAP=As Soon As Possible +CREATEInDolibarr=Record %s created +MODIFYInDolibarr=Record %s modified +DELETEInDolibarr=Record %s deleted +VALIDATEInDolibarr=Record %s validated +APPROVEDInDolibarr=Record %s approved +DefaultMailModel=Default Mail Model +PublicVendorName=Public name of vendor +DateOfBirth=Date of birth +SecurityTokenHasExpiredSoActionHasBeenCanceledPleaseRetry=Security token has expired, so action has been canceled. Please try again. +UpToDate=Up-to-date +OutOfDate=Out-of-date +EventReminder=Event Reminder +UpdateForAllLines=Update for all lines +OnHold=On hold +Civility=Civility +AffectTag=Affect Tag +CreateExternalUser=Create external user +ConfirmAffectTag=Bulk Tag Affect +ConfirmAffectTagQuestion=Are you sure you want to affect tags to the %s selected record(s)? +CategTypeNotFound=No tag type found for type of records +CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard +InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. +ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel +EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/margins.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/margins.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad5406409b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/margins.lang @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - marges + +Margin=Margin +Margins=Margins +TotalMargin=Total Margin +MarginOnProducts=Margin / Products +MarginOnServices=Margin / Services +MarginRate=Margin rate +MarkRate=Mark rate +DisplayMarginRates=Display margin rates +DisplayMarkRates=Display mark rates +InputPrice=Input price +margin=Profit margins management +margesSetup=Profit margins management setup +MarginDetails=Margin details +ProductMargins=Product margins +CustomerMargins=Customer margins +SalesRepresentativeMargins=Sales representative margins +ContactOfInvoice=Contact of invoice +UserMargins=User margins +ProductService=Product or Service +AllProducts=All products and services +ChooseProduct/Service=Choose product or service +ForceBuyingPriceIfNull=Force buying/cost price to selling price if not defined +ForceBuyingPriceIfNullDetails=If buying/cost price not provided when we add a new line, and this option is "ON", the margin will be 0 on the new line (buying/cost price = selling price). If this option is "OFF" (recommended), margin will be equal to the value suggested by default (and may be 100% if no default value can be found). +MARGIN_METHODE_FOR_DISCOUNT=Margin method for global discounts +UseDiscountAsProduct=As a product +UseDiscountAsService=As a service +UseDiscountOnTotal=On subtotal +MARGIN_METHODE_FOR_DISCOUNT_DETAILS=Defines if a global discount is treated as a product, a service, or only on subtotal for margin calculation. +MARGIN_TYPE=Buying/Cost price suggested by default for margin calculation +MargeType1=Margin on Best vendor price +MargeType2=Margin on Weighted Average Price (WAP) +MargeType3=Margin on Cost Price +MarginTypeDesc=* Margin on best buying price = Selling price - Best vendor price defined on product card
* Margin on Weighted Average Price (WAP) = Selling price - Product Weighted Average Price (WAP) or best vendor price if WAP not yet defined
* Margin on Cost price = Selling price - Cost price defined on product card or WAP if cost price not defined, or best vendor price if WAP not yet defined +CostPrice=Cost price +UnitCharges=Unit charges +Charges=Charges +AgentContactType=Commercial agent contact type +AgentContactTypeDetails=Define what contact type (linked on invoices) will be used for margin report per contact/address. Note that reading statistics on a contact is not reliable since in most cases the contact may not be defined explicitely on the invoices. +rateMustBeNumeric=Rate must be a numeric value +markRateShouldBeLesserThan100=Mark rate should be lower than 100 +ShowMarginInfos=Show margin infos +CheckMargins=Margins detail +MarginPerSaleRepresentativeWarning=The report of margin per user use the link between third parties and sale representatives to calculate the margin of each sale representative. Because some thirdparties may not have any dedicated sale representative and some third parties may be linked to several, some amounts may not be included into this report (if there is no sale representative) and some may appear on different lines (for each sale representative). diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/members.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/members.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8b9c2f59f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/members.lang @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - members +MembersArea=Members area +MemberCard=Member card +SubscriptionCard=Subscription card +Member=Member +Members=Members +ShowMember=Show member card +UserNotLinkedToMember=User not linked to a member +ThirdpartyNotLinkedToMember=Third party not linked to a member +MembersTickets=Members Tickets +FundationMembers=Foundation members +ListOfValidatedPublicMembers=List of validated public members +ErrorThisMemberIsNotPublic=This member is not public +ErrorMemberIsAlreadyLinkedToThisThirdParty=Another member (name: %s, login: %s) is already linked to a third party %s. Remove this link first because a third party can't be linked to only a member (and vice versa). +ErrorUserPermissionAllowsToLinksToItselfOnly=For security reasons, you must be granted permissions to edit all users to be able to link a member to a user that is not yours. +SetLinkToUser=Link to a Dolibarr user +SetLinkToThirdParty=Link to a Dolibarr third party +MembersCards=Business cards for members +MembersList=List of members +MembersListToValid=List of draft members (to be validated) +MembersListValid=List of valid members +MembersListUpToDate=List of valid members with up-to-date subscription +MembersListNotUpToDate=List of valid members with out-of-date subscription +MembersListExcluded=List of excluded members +MembersListResiliated=List of terminated members +MembersListQualified=List of qualified members +MenuMembersToValidate=Draft members +MenuMembersValidated=Validated members +MenuMembersExcluded=Excluded members +MenuMembersResiliated=Terminated members +MembersWithSubscriptionToReceive=Members with subscription to receive +MembersWithSubscriptionToReceiveShort=Subscription to receive +DateSubscription=Subscription date +DateEndSubscription=Subscription end date +EndSubscription=Subscription Ends +SubscriptionId=Subscription id +WithoutSubscription=Without subscription +MemberId=Member id +NewMember=New member +MemberType=Member type +MemberTypeId=Member type id +MemberTypeLabel=Member type label +MembersTypes=Members types +MemberStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +MemberStatusDraftShort=Draft +MemberStatusActive=Validated (waiting subscription) +MemberStatusActiveShort=Validated +MemberStatusActiveLate=Subscription expired +MemberStatusActiveLateShort=Expired +MemberStatusPaid=Subscription up to date +MemberStatusPaidShort=Up to date +MemberStatusExcluded=Excluded member +MemberStatusExcludedShort=Excluded +MemberStatusResiliated=Terminated member +MemberStatusResiliatedShort=Terminated +MembersStatusToValid=Draft members +MembersStatusExcluded=Excluded members +MembersStatusResiliated=Terminated members +MemberStatusNoSubscription=Validated (no subscription needed) +MemberStatusNoSubscriptionShort=Validated +SubscriptionNotNeeded=No subscription needed +NewCotisation=New contribution +PaymentSubscription=New contribution payment +SubscriptionEndDate=Subscription's end date +MembersTypeSetup=Members type setup +MemberTypeModified=Member type modified +DeleteAMemberType=Delete a member type +ConfirmDeleteMemberType=Are you sure you want to delete this member type? +MemberTypeDeleted=Member type deleted +MemberTypeCanNotBeDeleted=Member type can not be deleted +NewSubscription=New subscription +NewSubscriptionDesc=This form allows you to record your subscription as a new member of the foundation. If you want to renew your subscription (if already a member), please contact foundation board instead by email %s. +Subscription=Subscription +Subscriptions=Subscriptions +SubscriptionLate=Late +SubscriptionNotReceived=Subscription never received +ListOfSubscriptions=List of subscriptions +SendCardByMail=Send card by email +AddMember=Create member +NoTypeDefinedGoToSetup=No member types defined. Go to menu "Members types" +NewMemberType=New member type +WelcomeEMail=Welcome email +SubscriptionRequired=Subscription required +DeleteType=Delete +VoteAllowed=Vote allowed +Physical=Individual +Moral=Corporation +MorAndPhy=Corporation and Individual +Reenable=Re-Enable +ExcludeMember=Exclude a member +ConfirmExcludeMember=Are you sure you want to exclude this member ? +ResiliateMember=Terminate a member +ConfirmResiliateMember=Are you sure you want to terminate this member? +DeleteMember=Delete a member +ConfirmDeleteMember=Are you sure you want to delete this member (Deleting a member will delete all his subscriptions)? +DeleteSubscription=Delete a subscription +ConfirmDeleteSubscription=Are you sure you want to delete this subscription? +Filehtpasswd=htpasswd file +ValidateMember=Validate a member +ConfirmValidateMember=Are you sure you want to validate this member? +FollowingLinksArePublic=The following links are open pages not protected by any Dolibarr permission. They are not formatted pages, provided as example to show how to list members database. +PublicMemberList=Public member list +BlankSubscriptionForm=Public self-subscription form +BlankSubscriptionFormDesc=Dolibarr can provide you a public URL/website to allow external visitors to ask to subscribe to the foundation. If an online payment module is enabled, a payment form may also be automatically provided. +EnablePublicSubscriptionForm=Enable the public website with self-subscription form +ForceMemberType=Force the member type +ExportDataset_member_1=Members and subscriptions +ImportDataset_member_1=Members +LastMembersModified=Latest %s modified members +LastSubscriptionsModified=Latest %s modified subscriptions +String=String +Text=Text +Int=Int +DateAndTime=Date and time +PublicMemberCard=Member public card +SubscriptionNotRecorded=Subscription not recorded +AddSubscription=Create subscription +ShowSubscription=Show subscription +# Label of email templates +SendingAnEMailToMember=Sending information email to member +SendingEmailOnAutoSubscription=Sending email on auto registration +SendingEmailOnMemberValidation=Sending email on new member validation +SendingEmailOnNewSubscription=Sending email on new subscription +SendingReminderForExpiredSubscription=Sending reminder for expired subscriptions +SendingEmailOnCancelation=Sending email on cancelation +SendingReminderActionComm=Sending reminder for agenda event +# Topic of email templates +YourMembershipRequestWasReceived=Your membership was received. +YourMembershipWasValidated=Your membership was validated +YourSubscriptionWasRecorded=Your new subscription was recorded +SubscriptionReminderEmail=Subscription reminder +YourMembershipWasCanceled=Your membership was canceled +CardContent=Content of your member card +# Text of email templates +ThisIsContentOfYourMembershipRequestWasReceived=We want to let you know that your membership request was received.

+ThisIsContentOfYourMembershipWasValidated=We want to let you know that your membership was validated with the following information:

+ThisIsContentOfYourSubscriptionWasRecorded=We want to let you know that your new subscription was recorded.

+ThisIsContentOfSubscriptionReminderEmail=We want to let you know that your subscription is about to expire or has already expired (__MEMBER_LAST_SUBSCRIPTION_DATE_END__). We hope you will renew it.

+ThisIsContentOfYourCard=This is a summary of the information we have about you. Please contact us if anything is incorrect.

+DescADHERENT_AUTOREGISTER_NOTIF_MAIL_SUBJECT=Subject of the notification email received in case of auto-inscription of a guest +DescADHERENT_AUTOREGISTER_NOTIF_MAIL=Content of the notification email received in case of auto-inscription of a guest +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_AUTOREGISTER=Email template to use to send email to a member on member autosubscription +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_MEMBER_VALIDATION=Email template to use to send email to a member on member validation +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_SUBSCRIPTION=Email template to use to send email to a member on new subscription recording +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_REMIND_EXPIRATION=Email template to use to send email reminder when subscription is about to expire +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_CANCELATION=Email template to use to send email to a member on member cancelation +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_EXCLUSION=Email template to use to send email to a member on member exclusion +DescADHERENT_MAIL_FROM=Sender Email for automatic emails +DescADHERENT_ETIQUETTE_TYPE=Format of labels page +DescADHERENT_ETIQUETTE_TEXT=Text printed on member address sheets +DescADHERENT_CARD_TYPE=Format of cards page +DescADHERENT_CARD_HEADER_TEXT=Text printed on top of member cards +DescADHERENT_CARD_TEXT=Text printed on member cards (align on left) +DescADHERENT_CARD_TEXT_RIGHT=Text printed on member cards (align on right) +DescADHERENT_CARD_FOOTER_TEXT=Text printed on bottom of member cards +ShowTypeCard=Show type '%s' +HTPasswordExport=htpassword file generation +NoThirdPartyAssociatedToMember=No third party associated to this member +MembersAndSubscriptions= Members and Subscriptions +MoreActions=Complementary action on recording +MoreActionsOnSubscription=Complementary action, suggested by default when recording a subscription +MoreActionBankDirect=Create a direct entry on bank account +MoreActionBankViaInvoice=Create an invoice, and a payment on bank account +MoreActionInvoiceOnly=Create an invoice with no payment +LinkToGeneratedPages=Generate visit cards +LinkToGeneratedPagesDesc=This screen allows you to generate PDF files with business cards for all your members or a particular member. +DocForAllMembersCards=Generate business cards for all members +DocForOneMemberCards=Generate business cards for a particular member +DocForLabels=Generate address sheets +SubscriptionPayment=Subscription payment +LastSubscriptionDate=Date of latest subscription payment +LastSubscriptionAmount=Amount of latest subscription +LastMemberType=Last Member type +MembersStatisticsByCountries=Members statistics by country +MembersStatisticsByState=Members statistics by state/province +MembersStatisticsByTown=Members statistics by town +MembersStatisticsByRegion=Members statistics by region +NbOfMembers=Total number of members +NbOfActiveMembers=Total number of current active members +NoValidatedMemberYet=No validated members found +MembersByCountryDesc=This screen shows you the statistics of members by countries. Graphs and charts depend on the availability of the Google online graph service as well as on the availability of a working internet connection. +MembersByStateDesc=This screen show you statistics of members by state/provinces/canton. +MembersByTownDesc=This screen show you statistics of members by town. +MembersByNature=This screen show you statistics of members by nature. +MembersByRegion=This screen show you statistics of members by region. +MembersStatisticsDesc=Choose statistics you want to read... +MenuMembersStats=Statistics +LastMemberDate=Latest membership date +LatestSubscriptionDate=Latest subscription date +MemberNature=Nature of the member +MembersNature=Nature of the members +Public=Information is public +NewMemberbyWeb=New member added. Awaiting approval +NewMemberForm=New member form +SubscriptionsStatistics=Subscriptions statistics +NbOfSubscriptions=Number of subscriptions +AmountOfSubscriptions=Amount collected from subscriptions +TurnoverOrBudget=Turnover (for a company) or Budget (for a foundation) +DefaultAmount=Default amount of subscription +CanEditAmount=Visitor can choose/edit amount of its subscription +MEMBER_NEWFORM_PAYONLINE=Jump on integrated online payment page +ByProperties=By nature +MembersStatisticsByProperties=Members statistics by nature +VATToUseForSubscriptions=VAT rate to use for subscriptions +NoVatOnSubscription=No VAT for subscriptions +ADHERENT_PRODUCT_ID_FOR_SUBSCRIPTIONS=Product used for subscription line into invoice: %s +NameOrCompany=Name or company +SubscriptionRecorded=Subscription recorded +NoEmailSentToMember=No email sent to member +EmailSentToMember=Email sent to member at %s +SendReminderForExpiredSubscriptionTitle=Send reminder by email for expired subscription +SendReminderForExpiredSubscription=Send reminder by email to members when subscription is about to expire (parameter is number of days before end of subscription to send the remind. It can be a list of days separated by a semicolon, for example '10;5;0;-5') +MembershipPaid=Membership paid for current period (until %s) +YouMayFindYourInvoiceInThisEmail=You may find your invoice attached to this email +XMembersClosed=%s member(s) closed +XExternalUserCreated=%s external user(s) created +ForceMemberNature=Force member nature (Individual or Corporation) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/modulebuilder.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/modulebuilder.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23a098be2e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/modulebuilder.lang @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - loan +ModuleBuilderDesc=This tool must be used only by experienced users or developers. It provides utilities to build or edit your own module. Documentation for alternative manual development is here. +EnterNameOfModuleDesc=Enter name of the module/application to create with no spaces. Use uppercase to separate words (For example: MyModule, EcommerceForShop, SyncWithMySystem...) +EnterNameOfObjectDesc=Enter name of the object to create with no spaces. Use uppercase to separate words (For example: MyObject, Student, Teacher...). The CRUD class file, but also API file, pages to list/add/edit/delete object and SQL files will be generated. +ModuleBuilderDesc2=Path where modules are generated/edited (first directory for external modules defined into %s): %s +ModuleBuilderDesc3=Generated/editable modules found: %s +ModuleBuilderDesc4=A module is detected as 'editable' when the file %s exists in root of module directory +NewModule=New module +NewObjectInModulebuilder=New object +ModuleKey=Module key +ObjectKey=Object key +ModuleInitialized=Module initialized +FilesForObjectInitialized=Files for new object '%s' initialized +FilesForObjectUpdated=Files for object '%s' updated (.sql files and .class.php file) +ModuleBuilderDescdescription=Enter here all general information that describe your module. +ModuleBuilderDescspecifications=You can enter here a detailed description of the specifications of your module that is not already structured into other tabs. So you have within easy reach all the rules to develop. Also this text content will be included into the generated documentation (see last tab). You can use Markdown format, but it is recommended to use Asciidoc format (comparison between .md and .asciidoc: http://asciidoctor.org/docs/user-manual/#compared-to-markdown). +ModuleBuilderDescobjects=Define here the objects you want to manage with your module. A CRUD DAO class, SQL files, page to list record of objects, to create/edit/view a record and an API will be generated. +ModuleBuilderDescmenus=This tab is dedicated to define menu entries provided by your module. +ModuleBuilderDescpermissions=This tab is dedicated to define the new permissions you want to provide with your module. +ModuleBuilderDesctriggers=This is the view of triggers provided by your module. To include code executed when a triggered business event is launched, just edit this file. +ModuleBuilderDeschooks=This tab is dedicated to hooks. +ModuleBuilderDescwidgets=This tab is dedicated to manage/build widgets. +ModuleBuilderDescbuildpackage=You can generate here a "ready to distribute" package file (a normalized .zip file) of your module and a "ready to distribute" documentation file. Just click on button to build the package or documentation file. +EnterNameOfModuleToDeleteDesc=You can delete your module. WARNING: All coding files of module (generated or created manually) AND structured data and documentation will be deleted! +EnterNameOfObjectToDeleteDesc=You can delete an object. WARNING: All coding files (generated or created manually) related to object will be deleted! +DangerZone=Danger zone +BuildPackage=Build package +BuildPackageDesc=You can generate a zip package of your application so your are ready to distribute it on any Dolibarr. You can also distribute it or sell it on marketplace like DoliStore.com. +BuildDocumentation=Build documentation +ModuleIsNotActive=This module is not activated yet. Go to %s to make it live or click here +ModuleIsLive=This module has been activated. Any change may break a current live feature. +DescriptionLong=Long description +EditorName=Name of editor +EditorUrl=URL of editor +DescriptorFile=Descriptor file of module +ClassFile=File for PHP DAO CRUD class +ApiClassFile=File for PHP API class +PageForList=PHP page for list of record +PageForCreateEditView=PHP page to create/edit/view a record +PageForAgendaTab=PHP page for event tab +PageForDocumentTab=PHP page for document tab +PageForNoteTab=PHP page for note tab +PageForContactTab=PHP page for contact tab +PathToModulePackage=Path to zip of module/application package +PathToModuleDocumentation=Path to file of module/application documentation (%s) +SpaceOrSpecialCharAreNotAllowed=Spaces or special characters are not allowed. +FileNotYetGenerated=File not yet generated +RegenerateClassAndSql=Force update of .class and .sql files +RegenerateMissingFiles=Generate missing files +SpecificationFile=File of documentation +LanguageFile=File for language +ObjectProperties=Object Properties +ConfirmDeleteProperty=Are you sure you want to delete the property %s? This will change code in PHP class but also remove column from table definition of object. +NotNull=Not NULL +NotNullDesc=1=Set database to NOT NULL. -1=Allow null values and force value to NULL if empty ('' or 0). +SearchAll=Used for 'search all' +DatabaseIndex=Database index +FileAlreadyExists=File %s already exists +TriggersFile=File for triggers code +HooksFile=File for hooks code +ArrayOfKeyValues=Array of key-val +ArrayOfKeyValuesDesc=Array of keys and values if field is a combo list with fixed values +WidgetFile=Widget file +CSSFile=CSS file +JSFile=Javascript file +ReadmeFile=Readme file +ChangeLog=ChangeLog file +TestClassFile=File for PHP Unit Test class +SqlFile=Sql file +PageForLib=File for the common PHP library +PageForObjLib=File for the PHP library dedicated to object +SqlFileExtraFields=Sql file for complementary attributes +SqlFileKey=Sql file for keys +SqlFileKeyExtraFields=Sql file for keys of complementary attributes +AnObjectAlreadyExistWithThisNameAndDiffCase=An object already exists with this name and a different case +UseAsciiDocFormat=You can use Markdown format, but it is recommended to use Asciidoc format (omparison between .md and .asciidoc: http://asciidoctor.org/docs/user-manual/#compared-to-markdown) +IsAMeasure=Is a measure +DirScanned=Directory scanned +NoTrigger=No trigger +NoWidget=No widget +GoToApiExplorer=API explorer +ListOfMenusEntries=List of menu entries +ListOfDictionariesEntries=List of dictionaries entries +ListOfPermissionsDefined=List of defined permissions +SeeExamples=See examples here +EnabledDesc=Condition to have this field active (Examples: 1 or $conf->global->MYMODULE_MYOPTION) +VisibleDesc=Is the field visible ? (Examples: 0=Never visible, 1=Visible on list and create/update/view forms, 2=Visible on list only, 3=Visible on create/update/view form only (not list), 4=Visible on list and update/view form only (not create), 5=Visible on list end view form only (not create, not update).

Using a negative value means field is not shown by default on list but can be selected for viewing).

It can be an expression, for example:
preg_match('/public/', $_SERVER['PHP_SELF'])?0:1
($user->rights->holiday->define_holiday ? 1 : 0) +DisplayOnPdfDesc=Display this field on compatible PDF documents, you can manage position with "Position" field.
Currently, known compatibles PDF models are : eratosthene (order), espadon (ship), sponge (invoices), cyan (propal/quotation), cornas (supplier order)

For document :
0 = not displayed
1 = display
2 = display only if not empty

For document lines :
0 = not displayed
1 = displayed in a column
3 = display in line description column after the description
4 = display in description column after the description only if not empty +DisplayOnPdf=Display on PDF +IsAMeasureDesc=Can the value of field be cumulated to get a total into list? (Examples: 1 or 0) +SearchAllDesc=Is the field used to make a search from the quick search tool? (Examples: 1 or 0) +SpecDefDesc=Enter here all documentation you want to provide with your module that is not already defined by other tabs. You can use .md or better, the rich .asciidoc syntax. +LanguageDefDesc=Enter in this files, all the key and the translation for each language file. +MenusDefDesc=Define here the menus provided by your module +DictionariesDefDesc=Define here the dictionaries provided by your module +PermissionsDefDesc=Define here the new permissions provided by your module +MenusDefDescTooltip=The menus provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->menus into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), menus are also visible into the menu editor available to administrator users on %s. +DictionariesDefDescTooltip=The dictionaries provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->dictionaries into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), dictionaries are also visible into the setup area to administrator users on %s. +PermissionsDefDescTooltip=The permissions provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->rights into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), permissions are visible into the default permissions setup %s. +HooksDefDesc=Define in the module_parts['hooks'] property, in the module descriptor, the context of hooks you want to manage (list of contexts can be found by a search on 'initHooks(' in core code).
Edit the hook file to add code of your hooked functions (hookable functions can be found by a search on 'executeHooks' in core code). +TriggerDefDesc=Define in the trigger file the code you want to execute for each business event executed. +SeeIDsInUse=See IDs in use in your installation +SeeReservedIDsRangeHere=See range of reserved IDs +ToolkitForDevelopers=Toolkit for Dolibarr developers +TryToUseTheModuleBuilder=If you have knowledge of SQL and PHP, you may use the native module builder wizard.
Enable the module %s and use the wizard by clicking the on the top right menu.
Warning: This is an advanced developer feature, do not experiment on your production site! +SeeTopRightMenu=See on the top right menu +AddLanguageFile=Add language file +YouCanUseTranslationKey=You can use here a key that is the translation key found into language file (see tab "Languages") +DropTableIfEmpty=(Destroy table if empty) +TableDoesNotExists=The table %s does not exists +TableDropped=Table %s deleted +InitStructureFromExistingTable=Build the structure array string of an existing table +UseAboutPage=Disable the about page +UseDocFolder=Disable the documentation folder +UseSpecificReadme=Use a specific ReadMe +ContentOfREADMECustomized=Note: The content of the README.md file has been replaced with the specific value defined into setup of ModuleBuilder. +RealPathOfModule=Real path of module +ContentCantBeEmpty=Content of file can't be empty +WidgetDesc=You can generate and edit here the widgets that will be embedded with your module. +CSSDesc=You can generate and edit here a file with personalized CSS embedded with your module. +JSDesc=You can generate and edit here a file with personalized Javascript embedded with your module. +CLIDesc=You can generate here some command line scripts you want to provide with your module. +CLIFile=CLI File +NoCLIFile=No CLI files +UseSpecificEditorName = Use a specific editor name +UseSpecificEditorURL = Use a specific editor URL +UseSpecificFamily = Use a specific family +UseSpecificAuthor = Use a specific author +UseSpecificVersion = Use a specific initial version +IncludeRefGeneration=The reference of object must be generated automatically +IncludeRefGenerationHelp=Check this if you want to include code to manage the generation automatically of the reference +IncludeDocGeneration=I want to generate some documents from the object +IncludeDocGenerationHelp=If you check this, some code will be generated to add a "Generate document" box on the record. +ShowOnCombobox=Show value into combobox +KeyForTooltip=Key for tooltip +CSSClass=CSS for edit/create form +CSSViewClass=CSS for read form +CSSListClass=CSS for list +NotEditable=Not editable +ForeignKey=Foreign key +TypeOfFieldsHelp=Type of fields:
varchar(99), double(24,8), real, text, html, datetime, timestamp, integer, integer:ClassName:relativepath/to/classfile.class.php[:1[:filter]] ('1' means we add a + button after the combo to create the record, 'filter' can be 'status=1 AND fk_user = __USER_ID AND entity IN (__SHARED_ENTITIES__)' for example) +AsciiToHtmlConverter=Ascii to HTML converter +AsciiToPdfConverter=Ascii to PDF converter +TableNotEmptyDropCanceled=Table not empty. Drop has been canceled. +ModuleBuilderNotAllowed=The module builder is available but not allowed to your user. +ImportExportProfiles=Import and export profiles diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mrp.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mrp.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2414a92cefb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/mrp.lang @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +Mrp=Manufacturing Orders +MOs=Manufacturing orders +ManufacturingOrder=Manufacturing Order +MRPDescription=Module to manage production and Manufacturing Orders (MO). +MRPArea=MRP Area +MrpSetupPage=Setup of module MRP +MenuBOM=Bills of material +LatestBOMModified=Latest %s Bills of materials modified +LatestMOModified=Latest %s Manufacturing Orders modified +Bom=Bills of Material +BillOfMaterials=Bill of Materials +BOMsSetup=Setup of module BOM +ListOfBOMs=List of bills of material - BOM +ListOfManufacturingOrders=List of Manufacturing Orders +NewBOM=New bill of materials +ProductBOMHelp=Product to create (or disassemble) with this BOM.
Note: Products with the property 'Nature of product' = 'Raw material' are not visible into this list. +BOMsNumberingModules=BOM numbering templates +BOMsModelModule=BOM document templates +MOsNumberingModules=MO numbering templates +MOsModelModule=MO document templates +FreeLegalTextOnBOMs=Free text on document of BOM +WatermarkOnDraftBOMs=Watermark on draft BOM +FreeLegalTextOnMOs=Free text on document of MO +WatermarkOnDraftMOs=Watermark on draft MO +ConfirmCloneBillOfMaterials=Are you sure you want to clone the bill of materials %s ? +ConfirmCloneMo=Are you sure you want to clone the Manufacturing Order %s ? +ManufacturingEfficiency=Manufacturing efficiency +ConsumptionEfficiency=Consumption efficiency +ValueOfMeansLoss=Value of 0.95 means an average of 5%% of loss during the production +ValueOfMeansLossForProductProduced=Value of 0.95 means an average of 5%% of loss of produced product +DeleteBillOfMaterials=Delete Bill Of Materials +DeleteMo=Delete Manufacturing Order +ConfirmDeleteBillOfMaterials=Are you sure you want to delete this Bill Of Materials? +ConfirmDeleteMo=Are you sure you want to delete this Bill Of Materials? +MenuMRP=Manufacturing Orders +NewMO=New Manufacturing Order +QtyToProduce=Qty to produce +DateStartPlannedMo=Date start planned +DateEndPlannedMo=Date end planned +KeepEmptyForAsap=Empty means 'As Soon As Possible' +EstimatedDuration=Estimated duration +EstimatedDurationDesc=Estimated duration to manufacture (or disassemble) this product using this BOM +ConfirmValidateBom=Are you sure you want to validate the BOM with the reference %s (you will be able to use it to build new Manufacturing Orders) +ConfirmCloseBom=Are you sure you want to cancel this BOM (you won't be able to use it to build new Manufacturing Orders anymore) ? +ConfirmReopenBom=Are you sure you want to re-open this BOM (you will be able to use it to build new Manufacturing Orders) +StatusMOProduced=Produced +QtyFrozen=Frozen Qty +QuantityFrozen=Frozen Quantity +QuantityConsumedInvariable=When this flag is set, the quantity consumed is always the value defined and is not relative to the quantity produced. +DisableStockChange=Stock change disabled +DisableStockChangeHelp=When this flag is set, there is no stock change on this product, whatever is the quantity consumed +BomAndBomLines=Bills Of Material and lines +BOMLine=Line of BOM +WarehouseForProduction=Warehouse for production +CreateMO=Create MO +ToConsume=To consume +ToProduce=To produce +QtyAlreadyConsumed=Qty already consumed +QtyAlreadyProduced=Qty already produced +QtyRequiredIfNoLoss=Qty required if there is no loss (Manufacturing efficiency is 100%%) +ConsumeOrProduce=Consume or Produce +ConsumeAndProduceAll=Consume and Produce All +Manufactured=Manufactured +TheProductXIsAlreadyTheProductToProduce=The product to add is already the product to produce. +ForAQuantityOf=For a quantity to produce of %s +ForAQuantityToConsumeOf=For a quantity to disassemble of %s +ConfirmValidateMo=Are you sure you want to validate this Manufacturing Order? +ConfirmProductionDesc=By clicking on '%s', you will validate the consumption and/or production for the quantities set. This will also update the stock and record stock movements. +ProductionForRef=Production of %s +AutoCloseMO=Close automatically the Manufacturing Order if quantities to consume and to produce are reached +NoStockChangeOnServices=No stock change on services +ProductQtyToConsumeByMO=Product quantity still to consume by open MO +ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Product quantity still to produce by open MO +AddNewConsumeLines=Add new line to consume +ProductsToConsume=Products to consume +ProductsToProduce=Products to produce +UnitCost=Unit cost +TotalCost=Total cost +BOMTotalCost=The cost to produce this BOM based on cost of each quantity and product to consume (use Cost price if defined, else Average Weighted Price if defined, else the Best purchase price) +GoOnTabProductionToProduceFirst=You must first have started the production to close a Manufacturing Order (See tab '%s'). But you can Cancel it. +ErrorAVirtualProductCantBeUsedIntoABomOrMo=A kit can't be used into a BOM or a MO +Workstation=Workstation +Workstations=Workstations +WorkstationsDescription=Workstations management +WorkstationSetup = Workstations setup +WorkstationSetupPage = Workstations setup page +WorkstationList=Workstation list +WorkstationCreate=Add new workstation +ConfirmEnableWorkstation=Are you sure you want to enable workstation %s ? +EnableAWorkstation=Enable a workstation +ConfirmDisableWorkstation=Are you sure you want to disable workstation %s ? +DisableAWorkstation=Disable a workstation +DeleteWorkstation=Delete +NbOperatorsRequired=Number of operators required +THMOperatorEstimated=Estimated operator THM +THMMachineEstimated=Estimated machine THM +WorkstationType=Workstation type +Human=Human +Machine=Machine +HumanMachine=Human / Machine +WorkstationArea=Workstation area +Machines=Machines +THMEstimatedHelp=This rate makes it possible to define a forecast cost of the item diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/multicurrency.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/multicurrency.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26313c6bfb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/multicurrency.lang @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - multicurrency +MultiCurrency=Multi currency +ErrorAddRateFail=Error in added rate +ErrorAddCurrencyFail=Error in added currency +ErrorDeleteCurrencyFail=Error delete fail +multicurrency_syncronize_error=Synchronization error: %s +MULTICURRENCY_USE_RATE_ON_DOCUMENT_DATE=Use the date of the document to find the currency rate, instead of using the latest known rate +multicurrency_useOriginTx=When an object is created from another, keep the original rate from the source object (otherwise use the latest known rate) +CurrencyLayerAccount=CurrencyLayer API +CurrencyLayerAccount_help_to_synchronize=You must create an account on website %s to use this functionality.
Get your API key.
If you use a free account, you can't change the source currency (USD by default).
If your main currency is not USD, the application will automatically recalculate it.

You are limited to 1000 synchronizations per month. +multicurrency_appId=API key +multicurrency_appCurrencySource=Source currency +multicurrency_alternateCurrencySource=Alternate source currency +CurrenciesUsed=Currencies used +CurrenciesUsed_help_to_add=Add the different currencies and rates you need to use on your proposals, orders etc. +rate=rate +MulticurrencyReceived=Received, original currency +MulticurrencyRemainderToTake=Remaining amount, original currency +MulticurrencyPaymentAmount=Payment amount, original currency +AmountToOthercurrency=Amount To (in currency of receiving account) +CurrencyRateSyncSucceed=Currency rate synchronization done successfuly +MULTICURRENCY_USE_CURRENCY_ON_DOCUMENT=Use the currency of the document for online payments +TabTitleMulticurrencyRate=Rate list +ListCurrencyRate=List of exchange rates for the currency +CreateRate=Create a rate +FormCreateRate=Rate creation +FormUpdateRate=Rate modification +successRateCreate=Rate for currency %s has been added to the database +ConfirmDeleteLineRate=Are you sure you want to remove the %s rate for currency %s on %s date? +DeleteLineRate=Clear rate +successRateDelete=Rate deleted +errorRateDelete=Error when deleting the rate +successUpdateRate=Modification made +ErrorUpdateRate=Error when changing the rate +Codemulticurrency=currency code +UpdateRate=change the rate +CancelUpdate=cancel +NoEmptyRate=The rate field must not be empty diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/oauth.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/oauth.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..075ff49a895 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/oauth.lang @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - oauth +ConfigOAuth=OAuth Configuration +OAuthServices=OAuth Services +ManualTokenGeneration=Manual token generation +TokenManager=Token Manager +IsTokenGenerated=Is token generated ? +NoAccessToken=No access token saved into local database +HasAccessToken=A token was generated and saved into local database +NewTokenStored=Token received and saved +ToCheckDeleteTokenOnProvider=Click here to check/delete authorization saved by %s OAuth provider +TokenDeleted=Token deleted +RequestAccess=Click here to request/renew access and receive a new token to save +DeleteAccess=Click here to delete token +UseTheFollowingUrlAsRedirectURI=Use the following URL as the Redirect URI when creating your credentials with your OAuth provider: +ListOfSupportedOauthProviders=Enter the credentials provided by your OAuth2 provider. Only supported OAuth2 providers are listedd here. These services may be used by other modules that need OAuth2 authentication. +OAuthSetupForLogin=Page to generate an OAuth token +SeePreviousTab=See previous tab +OAuthIDSecret=OAuth ID and Secret +TOKEN_REFRESH=Token Refresh Present +TOKEN_EXPIRED=Token expired +TOKEN_EXPIRE_AT=Token expire at +TOKEN_DELETE=Delete saved token +OAUTH_GOOGLE_NAME=OAuth Google service +OAUTH_GOOGLE_ID=OAuth Google Id +OAUTH_GOOGLE_SECRET=OAuth Google Secret +OAUTH_GOOGLE_DESC=Go to this page then "Credentials" to create OAuth credentials +OAUTH_GITHUB_NAME=OAuth GitHub service +OAUTH_GITHUB_ID=OAuth GitHub Id +OAUTH_GITHUB_SECRET=OAuth GitHub Secret +OAUTH_GITHUB_DESC=Go to this page then "Register a new application" to create OAuth credentials +OAUTH_STRIPE_TEST_NAME=OAuth Stripe Test +OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_NAME=OAuth Stripe Live diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/opensurvey.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/opensurvey.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7d26151fa16 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/opensurvey.lang @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - opensurvey +Survey=Poll +Surveys=Polls +OrganizeYourMeetingEasily=Organize your meetings and polls easily. First select the type of poll... +NewSurvey=New poll +OpenSurveyArea=Polls area +AddACommentForPoll=You can add a comment into poll... +AddComment=Add comment +CreatePoll=Create poll +PollTitle=Poll title +ToReceiveEMailForEachVote=Receive an email for each vote +TypeDate=Type date +TypeClassic=Type standard +OpenSurveyStep2=Select your dates among the free days (grey). The selected days are green. You can unselect a day previously selected by clicking again on it +RemoveAllDays=Remove all days +CopyHoursOfFirstDay=Copy hours of first day +RemoveAllHours=Remove all hours +SelectedDays=Selected days +TheBestChoice=The best choice currently is +TheBestChoices=The best choices currently are +with=with +OpenSurveyHowTo=If you agree to vote in this poll, you have to give your name, choose the values that fit best for you and validate with the plus button at the end of the line. +CommentsOfVoters=Comments of voters +ConfirmRemovalOfPoll=Are you sure you want to remove this poll (and all votes) +RemovePoll=Remove poll +UrlForSurvey=URL to communicate to get a direct access to poll +PollOnChoice=You are creating a poll to make a multi-choice for a poll. First enter all possible choices for your poll: +CreateSurveyDate=Create a date poll +CreateSurveyStandard=Create a standard poll +CheckBox=Simple checkbox +YesNoList=List (empty/yes/no) +PourContreList=List (empty/for/against) +AddNewColumn=Add new column +TitleChoice=Choice label +ExportSpreadsheet=Export result spreadsheet +ExpireDate=Limit date +NbOfSurveys=Number of polls +NbOfVoters=No. of voters +SurveyResults=Results +PollAdminDesc=You are allowed to change all vote lines of this poll with button "Edit". You can, as well, remove a column or a line with %s. You can also add a new column with %s. +5MoreChoices=5 more choices +Against=Against +YouAreInivitedToVote=You are invited to vote for this poll +VoteNameAlreadyExists=This name was already used for this poll +AddADate=Add a date +AddStartHour=Add start hour +AddEndHour=Add end hour +votes=vote(s) +NoCommentYet=No comments have been posted for this poll yet +CanComment=Voters can comment in the poll +CanSeeOthersVote=Voters can see other people's vote +SelectDayDesc=For each selected day, you can choose, or not, meeting hours in the following format:
- empty,
- "8h", "8H" or "8:00" to give a meeting's start hour,
- "8-11", "8h-11h", "8H-11H" or "8:00-11:00" to give a meeting's start and end hour,
- "8h15-11h15", "8H15-11H15" or "8:15-11:15" for the same thing but with minutes. +BackToCurrentMonth=Back to current month +ErrorOpenSurveyFillFirstSection=You haven't filled the first section of the poll creation +ErrorOpenSurveyOneChoice=Enter at least one choice +ErrorInsertingComment=There was an error while inserting your comment +MoreChoices=Enter more choices for the voters +SurveyExpiredInfo=The poll has been closed or voting delay has expired. +EmailSomeoneVoted=%s has filled a line.\nYou can find your poll at the link: \n%s +ShowSurvey=Show survey +UserMustBeSameThanUserUsedToVote=You must have voted and use the same user name that the one used to vote, to post a comment diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/orders.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/orders.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5dab5b99bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/orders.lang @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - orders +OrdersArea=Customers orders area +SuppliersOrdersArea=Purchase orders area +OrderCard=Order card +OrderId=Order Id +Order=Order +PdfOrderTitle=Order +Orders=Orders +OrderLine=Order line +OrderDate=Order date +OrderDateShort=Order date +OrderToProcess=Order to process +NewOrder=New order +NewSupplierOrderShort=New order +NewOrderSupplier=New Purchase Order +ToOrder=Make order +MakeOrder=Make order +SupplierOrder=Purchase order +SuppliersOrders=Purchase orders +SaleOrderLines=Sale order lines +PurchaseOrderLines=Puchase order lines +SuppliersOrdersRunning=Current purchase orders +CustomerOrder=Sales Order +CustomersOrders=Sales Orders +CustomersOrdersRunning=Current sales orders +CustomersOrdersAndOrdersLines=Sales orders and order details +OrdersDeliveredToBill=Sales orders delivered to bill +OrdersToBill=Sales orders delivered +OrdersInProcess=Sales orders in process +OrdersToProcess=Sales orders to process +SuppliersOrdersToProcess=Purchase orders to process +SuppliersOrdersAwaitingReception=Purchase orders awaiting reception +AwaitingReception=Awaiting reception +StatusOrderCanceledShort=Canceled +StatusOrderDraftShort=Draft +StatusOrderValidatedShort=Validated +StatusOrderSentShort=In process +StatusOrderSent=Shipment in process +StatusOrderOnProcessShort=Ordered +StatusOrderProcessedShort=Processed +StatusOrderDelivered=Delivered +StatusOrderDeliveredShort=Delivered +StatusOrderToBillShort=Delivered +StatusOrderApprovedShort=Approved +StatusOrderRefusedShort=Refused +StatusOrderToProcessShort=To process +StatusOrderReceivedPartiallyShort=Partially received +StatusOrderReceivedAllShort=Products received +StatusOrderCanceled=Canceled +StatusOrderDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +StatusOrderValidated=Validated +StatusOrderOnProcess=Ordered - Standby reception +StatusOrderOnProcessWithValidation=Ordered - Standby reception or validation +StatusOrderProcessed=Processed +StatusOrderToBill=Delivered +StatusOrderApproved=Approved +StatusOrderRefused=Refused +StatusOrderReceivedPartially=Partially received +StatusOrderReceivedAll=All products received +ShippingExist=A shipment exists +QtyOrdered=Qty ordered +ProductQtyInDraft=Product quantity into draft orders +ProductQtyInDraftOrWaitingApproved=Product quantity into draft or approved orders, not yet ordered +MenuOrdersToBill=Orders delivered +MenuOrdersToBill2=Billable orders +ShipProduct=Ship product +CreateOrder=Create Order +RefuseOrder=Refuse order +ApproveOrder=Approve order +Approve2Order=Approve order (second level) +ValidateOrder=Validate order +UnvalidateOrder=Unvalidate order +DeleteOrder=Delete order +CancelOrder=Cancel order +OrderReopened= Order %s re-open +AddOrder=Create order +AddSupplierOrderShort=Create order +AddPurchaseOrder=Create purchase order +AddToDraftOrders=Add to draft order +ShowOrder=Show order +OrdersOpened=Orders to process +NoDraftOrders=No draft orders +NoOrder=No order +NoSupplierOrder=No purchase order +LastOrders=Latest %s sales orders +LastCustomerOrders=Latest %s sales orders +LastSupplierOrders=Latest %s purchase orders +LastModifiedOrders=Latest %s modified orders +AllOrders=All orders +NbOfOrders=Number of orders +OrdersStatistics=Order's statistics +OrdersStatisticsSuppliers=Purchase order statistics +NumberOfOrdersByMonth=Number of orders by month +AmountOfOrdersByMonthHT=Amount of orders by month (excl. tax) +ListOfOrders=List of orders +CloseOrder=Close order +ConfirmCloseOrder=Are you sure you want to set this order to delivered? Once an order is delivered, it can be set to billed. +ConfirmDeleteOrder=Are you sure you want to delete this order? +ConfirmValidateOrder=Are you sure you want to validate this order under name %s? +ConfirmUnvalidateOrder=Are you sure you want to restore order %s to draft status? +ConfirmCancelOrder=Are you sure you want to cancel this order? +ConfirmMakeOrder=Are you sure you want to confirm you made this order on %s? +GenerateBill=Generate invoice +ClassifyShipped=Classify delivered +DraftOrders=Draft orders +DraftSuppliersOrders=Draft purchase orders +OnProcessOrders=In process orders +RefOrder=Ref. order +RefCustomerOrder=Ref. order for customer +RefOrderSupplier=Ref. order for vendor +RefOrderSupplierShort=Ref. order vendor +SendOrderByMail=Send order by mail +ActionsOnOrder=Events on order +NoArticleOfTypeProduct=No article of type 'product' so no shippable article for this order +OrderMode=Order method +AuthorRequest=Request author +UserWithApproveOrderGrant=Users granted with "approve orders" permission. +PaymentOrderRef=Payment of order %s +ConfirmCloneOrder=Are you sure you want to clone this order %s? +DispatchSupplierOrder=Receiving purchase order %s +FirstApprovalAlreadyDone=First approval already done +SecondApprovalAlreadyDone=Second approval already done +SupplierOrderReceivedInDolibarr=Purchase Order %s received %s +SupplierOrderSubmitedInDolibarr=Purchase Order %s submitted +SupplierOrderClassifiedBilled=Purchase Order %s set billed +OtherOrders=Other orders +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_commande_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up sales order +TypeContact_commande_internal_SHIPPING=Representative following-up shipping +TypeContact_commande_external_BILLING=Customer invoice contact +TypeContact_commande_external_SHIPPING=Customer shipping contact +TypeContact_commande_external_CUSTOMER=Customer contact following-up order +TypeContact_order_supplier_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up purchase order +TypeContact_order_supplier_internal_SHIPPING=Representative following-up shipping +TypeContact_order_supplier_external_BILLING=Vendor invoice contact +TypeContact_order_supplier_external_SHIPPING=Vendor shipping contact +TypeContact_order_supplier_external_CUSTOMER=Vendor contact following-up order +Error_COMMANDE_SUPPLIER_ADDON_NotDefined=Constant COMMANDE_SUPPLIER_ADDON not defined +Error_COMMANDE_ADDON_NotDefined=Constant COMMANDE_ADDON not defined +Error_OrderNotChecked=No orders to invoice selected +# Order modes (how we receive order). Not the "why" are keys stored into dict.lang +OrderByMail=Mail +OrderByFax=Fax +OrderByEMail=Email +OrderByWWW=Online +OrderByPhone=Phone +# Documents models +PDFEinsteinDescription=A complete order model (old implementation of Eratosthene template) +PDFEratostheneDescription=A complete order model +PDFEdisonDescription=A simple order model +PDFProformaDescription=A complete Proforma invoice template +CreateInvoiceForThisCustomer=Bill orders +CreateInvoiceForThisSupplier=Bill orders +NoOrdersToInvoice=No orders billable +CloseProcessedOrdersAutomatically=Classify "Processed" all selected orders. +OrderCreation=Order creation +Ordered=Ordered +OrderCreated=Your orders have been created +OrderFail=An error happened during your orders creation +CreateOrders=Create orders +ToBillSeveralOrderSelectCustomer=To create an invoice for several orders, click first onto customer, then choose "%s". +OptionToSetOrderBilledNotEnabled=Option from module Workflow, to set order to 'Billed' automatically when invoice is validated, is not enabled, so you will have to set the status of orders to 'Billed' manually after the invoice has been generated. +IfValidateInvoiceIsNoOrderStayUnbilled=If invoice validation is 'No', the order will remain to status 'Unbilled' until the invoice is validated. +CloseReceivedSupplierOrdersAutomatically=Close order to status "%s" automatically if all products are received. +SetShippingMode=Set shipping mode +WithReceptionFinished=With reception finished +#### supplier orders status +StatusSupplierOrderCanceledShort=Canceled +StatusSupplierOrderDraftShort=Draft +StatusSupplierOrderValidatedShort=Validated +StatusSupplierOrderSentShort=In process +StatusSupplierOrderSent=Shipment in process +StatusSupplierOrderOnProcessShort=Ordered +StatusSupplierOrderProcessedShort=Processed +StatusSupplierOrderDelivered=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderDeliveredShort=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderToBillShort=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderApprovedShort=Approved +StatusSupplierOrderRefusedShort=Refused +StatusSupplierOrderToProcessShort=To process +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedPartiallyShort=Partially received +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedAllShort=Products received +StatusSupplierOrderCanceled=Canceled +StatusSupplierOrderDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +StatusSupplierOrderValidated=Validated +StatusSupplierOrderOnProcess=Ordered - Standby reception +StatusSupplierOrderOnProcessWithValidation=Ordered - Standby reception or validation +StatusSupplierOrderProcessed=Processed +StatusSupplierOrderToBill=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderApproved=Approved +StatusSupplierOrderRefused=Refused +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedPartially=Partially received +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedAll=All products received diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/other.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea280968ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/other.lang @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - other +SecurityCode=Security code +NumberingShort=N° +Tools=Tools +TMenuTools=Tools +ToolsDesc=All tools not included in other menu entries are grouped here.
All the tools can be accessed via the left menu. +Birthday=Birthday +BirthdayAlertOn=birthday alert active +BirthdayAlertOff=birthday alert inactive +TransKey=Translation of the key TransKey +MonthOfInvoice=Month (number 1-12) of invoice date +TextMonthOfInvoice=Month (text) of invoice date +PreviousMonthOfInvoice=Previous month (number 1-12) of invoice date +TextPreviousMonthOfInvoice=Previous month (text) of invoice date +NextMonthOfInvoice=Following month (number 1-12) of invoice date +TextNextMonthOfInvoice=Following month (text) of invoice date +PreviousMonth=Previous month +CurrentMonth=Current month +ZipFileGeneratedInto=Zip file generated into %s. +DocFileGeneratedInto=Doc file generated into %s. +JumpToLogin=Disconnected. Go to login page... +MessageForm=Message on online payment form +MessageOK=Message on the return page for a validated payment +MessageKO=Message on the return page for a canceled payment +ContentOfDirectoryIsNotEmpty=Content of this directory is not empty. +DeleteAlsoContentRecursively=Check to delete all content recursively +PoweredBy=Powered by +YearOfInvoice=Year of invoice date +PreviousYearOfInvoice=Previous year of invoice date +NextYearOfInvoice=Following year of invoice date +DateNextInvoiceBeforeGen=Date of next invoice (before generation) +DateNextInvoiceAfterGen=Date of next invoice (after generation) +GraphInBarsAreLimitedToNMeasures=Grapics are limited to %s measures in 'Bars' mode. The mode 'Lines' was automatically selected instead. +OnlyOneFieldForXAxisIsPossible=Only 1 field is currently possible as X-Axis. Only the first selected field has been selected. +AtLeastOneMeasureIsRequired=At least 1 field for measure is required +AtLeastOneXAxisIsRequired=At least 1 field for X-Axis is required +LatestBlogPosts=Latest Blog Posts +Notify_ORDER_VALIDATE=Sales order validated +Notify_ORDER_SENTBYMAIL=Sales order sent by mail +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_SENTBYMAIL=Purchase order sent by email +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_VALIDATE=Purchase order recorded +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_APPROVE=Purchase order approved +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_REFUSE=Purchase order refused +Notify_PROPAL_VALIDATE=Customer proposal validated +Notify_PROPAL_CLOSE_SIGNED=Customer proposal closed signed +Notify_PROPAL_CLOSE_REFUSED=Customer proposal closed refused +Notify_PROPAL_SENTBYMAIL=Commercial proposal sent by mail +Notify_WITHDRAW_TRANSMIT=Transmission withdrawal +Notify_WITHDRAW_CREDIT=Credit withdrawal +Notify_WITHDRAW_EMIT=Perform withdrawal +Notify_COMPANY_CREATE=Third party created +Notify_COMPANY_SENTBYMAIL=Mails sent from third party card +Notify_BILL_VALIDATE=Customer invoice validated +Notify_BILL_UNVALIDATE=Customer invoice unvalidated +Notify_BILL_PAYED=Customer invoice paid +Notify_BILL_CANCEL=Customer invoice canceled +Notify_BILL_SENTBYMAIL=Customer invoice sent by mail +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_VALIDATE=Vendor invoice validated +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_PAYED=Vendor invoice paid +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_SENTBYMAIL=Vendor invoice sent by mail +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_CANCELED=Vendor invoice cancelled +Notify_CONTRACT_VALIDATE=Contract validated +Notify_FICHINTER_VALIDATE=Intervention validated +Notify_FICHINTER_ADD_CONTACT=Added contact to Intervention +Notify_FICHINTER_SENTBYMAIL=Intervention sent by mail +Notify_SHIPPING_VALIDATE=Shipping validated +Notify_SHIPPING_SENTBYMAIL=Shipping sent by mail +Notify_MEMBER_VALIDATE=Member validated +Notify_MEMBER_MODIFY=Member modified +Notify_MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION=Member subscribed +Notify_MEMBER_RESILIATE=Member terminated +Notify_MEMBER_DELETE=Member deleted +Notify_PROJECT_CREATE=Project creation +Notify_TASK_CREATE=Task created +Notify_TASK_MODIFY=Task modified +Notify_TASK_DELETE=Task deleted +Notify_EXPENSE_REPORT_VALIDATE=Expense report validated (approval required) +Notify_EXPENSE_REPORT_APPROVE=Expense report approved +Notify_HOLIDAY_VALIDATE=Leave request validated (approval required) +Notify_HOLIDAY_APPROVE=Leave request approved +Notify_ACTION_CREATE=Added action to Agenda +SeeModuleSetup=See setup of module %s +NbOfAttachedFiles=Number of attached files/documents +TotalSizeOfAttachedFiles=Total size of attached files/documents +MaxSize=Maximum size +AttachANewFile=Attach a new file/document +LinkedObject=Linked object +NbOfActiveNotifications=Number of notifications (no. of recipient emails) +PredefinedMailTest=__(Hello)__\nThis is a test mail sent to __EMAIL__.\nThe lines are separated by a carriage return.\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailTestHtml=__(Hello)__
This is a test mail sent to __EMAIL__ (the word test must be in bold).
The lines are separated by a carriage return.

__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentContract=__(Hello)__\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendInvoice=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find invoice __REF__ attached \n\n__ONLINE_PAYMENT_TEXT_AND_URL__\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendInvoiceReminder=__(Hello)__\n\nWe would like to remind you that the invoice __REF__ seems to have not been paid. A copy of the invoice is attached as a reminder.\n\n__ONLINE_PAYMENT_TEXT_AND_URL__\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendProposal=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find commercial proposal __REF__ attached \n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendSupplierProposal=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find price request __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendOrder=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find order __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendSupplierOrder=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find our order __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendSupplierInvoice=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find invoice __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendShipping=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find shipping __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendFichInter=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find intervention __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentLink=You can click on the link below to make your payment if it is not already done.\n\n%s\n\n +PredefinedMailContentGeneric=__(Hello)__\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendActionComm=Event reminder "__EVENT_LABEL__" on __EVENT_DATE__ at __EVENT_TIME__

This is an automatic message, please do not reply. +DemoDesc=Dolibarr is a compact ERP/CRM supporting several business modules. A demo showcasing all modules makes no sense as this scenario never occurs (several hundred available). So, several demo profiles are available. +ChooseYourDemoProfil=Choose the demo profile that best suits your needs... +ChooseYourDemoProfilMore=...or build your own profile
(manual module selection) +DemoFundation=Manage members of a foundation +DemoFundation2=Manage members and bank account of a foundation +DemoCompanyServiceOnly=Company or freelance selling service only +DemoCompanyShopWithCashDesk=Manage a shop with a cash desk +DemoCompanyProductAndStocks=Shop selling products with Point Of Sales +DemoCompanyManufacturing=Company manufacturing products +DemoCompanyAll=Company with multiple activities (all main modules) +CreatedBy=Created by %s +ModifiedBy=Modified by %s +ValidatedBy=Validated by %s +SignedBy=Signed by %s +ClosedBy=Closed by %s +CreatedById=User id who created +ModifiedById=User id who made latest change +ValidatedById=User id who validated +CanceledById=User id who canceled +ClosedById=User id who closed +CreatedByLogin=User login who created +ModifiedByLogin=User login who made latest change +ValidatedByLogin=User login who validated +CanceledByLogin=User login who canceled +ClosedByLogin=User login who closed +FileWasRemoved=File %s was removed +DirWasRemoved=Directory %s was removed +FeatureNotYetAvailable=Feature not yet available in the current version +FeatureNotAvailableOnDevicesWithoutMouse=Feature not available on devices without mouse +FeaturesSupported=Supported features +Width=Width +Height=Height +Depth=Depth +Top=Top +Bottom=Bottom +Left=Left +Right=Right +CalculatedWeight=Calculated weight +CalculatedVolume=Calculated volume +Weight=Weight +WeightUnitton=ton +WeightUnitkg=kg +WeightUnitg=g +WeightUnitmg=mg +WeightUnitpound=pound +WeightUnitounce=ounce +Length=Length +LengthUnitm=m +LengthUnitdm=dm +LengthUnitcm=cm +LengthUnitmm=mm +Surface=Area +SurfaceUnitm2=m² +SurfaceUnitdm2=dm² +SurfaceUnitcm2=cm² +SurfaceUnitmm2=mm² +SurfaceUnitfoot2=ft² +SurfaceUnitinch2=in² +Volume=Volume +VolumeUnitm3=m³ +VolumeUnitdm3=dm³ (L) +VolumeUnitcm3=cm³ (ml) +VolumeUnitmm3=mm³ (µl) +VolumeUnitfoot3=ft³ +VolumeUnitinch3=in³ +VolumeUnitounce=ounce +VolumeUnitlitre=litre +VolumeUnitgallon=gallon +SizeUnitm=m +SizeUnitdm=dm +SizeUnitcm=cm +SizeUnitmm=mm +SizeUnitinch=inch +SizeUnitfoot=foot +SizeUnitpoint=point +BugTracker=Bug tracker +SendNewPasswordDesc=This form allows you to request a new password. It will be sent to your email address.
Change will become effective once you click on the confirmation link in the email.
Check your inbox. +BackToLoginPage=Back to login page +AuthenticationDoesNotAllowSendNewPassword=Authentication mode is %s.
In this mode, Dolibarr can't know nor change your password.
Contact your system administrator if you want to change your password. +EnableGDLibraryDesc=Install or enable GD library on your PHP installation to use this option. +ProfIdShortDesc=Prof Id %s is an information depending on third party country.
For example, for country %s, it's code %s. +DolibarrDemo=Dolibarr ERP/CRM demo +StatsByNumberOfUnits=Statistics for sum of qty of products/services +StatsByNumberOfEntities=Statistics for number of referring entities (no. of invoices, or orders...) +NumberOfProposals=Number of proposals +NumberOfCustomerOrders=Number of sales orders +NumberOfCustomerInvoices=Number of customer invoices +NumberOfSupplierProposals=Number of vendor proposals +NumberOfSupplierOrders=Number of purchase orders +NumberOfSupplierInvoices=Number of vendor invoices +NumberOfContracts=Number of contracts +NumberOfMos=Number of manufacturing orders +NumberOfUnitsProposals=Number of units on proposals +NumberOfUnitsCustomerOrders=Number of units on sales orders +NumberOfUnitsCustomerInvoices=Number of units on customer invoices +NumberOfUnitsSupplierProposals=Number of units on vendor proposals +NumberOfUnitsSupplierOrders=Number of units on purchase orders +NumberOfUnitsSupplierInvoices=Number of units on vendor invoices +NumberOfUnitsContracts=Number of units on contracts +NumberOfUnitsMos=Number of units to produce in manufacturing orders +EMailTextInterventionAddedContact=A new intervention %s has been assigned to you. +EMailTextInterventionValidated=The intervention %s has been validated. +EMailTextInvoiceValidated=Invoice %s has been validated. +EMailTextInvoicePayed=Invoice %s has been paid. +EMailTextProposalValidated=Proposal %s has been validated. +EMailTextProposalClosedSigned=Proposal %s has been closed signed. +EMailTextOrderValidated=Order %s has been validated. +EMailTextOrderApproved=Order %s has been approved. +EMailTextOrderValidatedBy=Order %s has been recorded by %s. +EMailTextOrderApprovedBy=Order %s has been approved by %s. +EMailTextOrderRefused=Order %s has been refused. +EMailTextOrderRefusedBy=Order %s has been refused by %s. +EMailTextExpeditionValidated=Shipping %s has been validated. +EMailTextExpenseReportValidated=Expense report %s has been validated. +EMailTextExpenseReportApproved=Expense report %s has been approved. +EMailTextHolidayValidated=Leave request %s has been validated. +EMailTextHolidayApproved=Leave request %s has been approved. +EMailTextActionAdded=The action %s has been added to the Agenda. +ImportedWithSet=Importation data set +DolibarrNotification=Automatic notification +ResizeDesc=Enter new width OR new height. Ratio will be kept during resizing... +NewLength=New width +NewHeight=New height +NewSizeAfterCropping=New size after cropping +DefineNewAreaToPick=Define new area on image to pick (left click on image then drag until you reach the opposite corner) +CurrentInformationOnImage=This tool was designed to help you to resize or crop an image. This is the information on the current edited image +ImageEditor=Image editor +YouReceiveMailBecauseOfNotification=You receive this message because your email has been added to list of targets to be informed of particular events into %s software of %s. +YouReceiveMailBecauseOfNotification2=This event is the following: +ThisIsListOfModules=This is a list of modules preselected by this demo profile (only most common modules are visible in this demo). Edit this to have a more personalized demo and click on "Start". +UseAdvancedPerms=Use the advanced permissions of some modules +FileFormat=File format +SelectAColor=Choose a color +AddFiles=Add Files +StartUpload=Start upload +CancelUpload=Cancel upload +FileIsTooBig=Files is too big +PleaseBePatient=Please be patient... +NewPassword=New password +ResetPassword=Reset password +RequestToResetPasswordReceived=A request to change your password has been received. +NewKeyIs=This is your new keys to login +NewKeyWillBe=Your new key to login to software will be +ClickHereToGoTo=Click here to go to %s +YouMustClickToChange=You must however first click on the following link to validate this password change +ConfirmPasswordChange=Confirm password change +ForgetIfNothing=If you didn't request this change, just forget this email. Your credentials are kept safe. +IfAmountHigherThan=If amount higher than %s +SourcesRepository=Repository for sources +Chart=Chart +PassEncoding=Password encoding +PermissionsAdd=Permissions added +PermissionsDelete=Permissions removed +YourPasswordMustHaveAtLeastXChars=Your password must have at least %s chars +YourPasswordHasBeenReset=Your password has been reset successfully +ApplicantIpAddress=IP address of applicant +SMSSentTo=SMS sent to %s +MissingIds=Missing ids +ThirdPartyCreatedByEmailCollector=Third party created by email collector from email MSGID %s +ContactCreatedByEmailCollector=Contact/address created by email collector from email MSGID %s +ProjectCreatedByEmailCollector=Project created by email collector from email MSGID %s +TicketCreatedByEmailCollector=Ticket created by email collector from email MSGID %s +OpeningHoursFormatDesc=Use a - to separate opening and closing hours.
Use a space to enter different ranges.
Example: 8-12 14-18 +SuffixSessionName=Suffix for session name + +##### Export ##### +ExportsArea=Exports area +AvailableFormats=Available formats +LibraryUsed=Library used +LibraryVersion=Library version +ExportableDatas=Exportable data +NoExportableData=No exportable data (no modules with exportable data loaded, or missing permissions) +##### External sites ##### +WebsiteSetup=Setup of module website +WEBSITE_PAGEURL=URL of page +WEBSITE_TITLE=Title +WEBSITE_DESCRIPTION=Description +WEBSITE_IMAGE=Image +WEBSITE_IMAGEDesc=Relative path of the image media. You can keep this empty as this is rarely used (it can be used by dynamic content to show a thumbnail in a list of blog posts). Use __WEBSITE_KEY__ in the path if path depends on website name (for example: image/__WEBSITE_KEY__/stories/myimage.png). +WEBSITE_KEYWORDS=Keywords +LinesToImport=Lines to import + +MemoryUsage=Memory usage +RequestDuration=Duration of request +ProductsPerPopularity=Products/Services by popularity +PopuProp=Products/Services by popularity in Proposals +PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders +ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics +NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders +SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/partnership.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..606c3a0df3b --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/partnership.lang @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2021 NextGestion +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# +ModulePartnershipName=Partnership management +PartnershipDescription=Module Partnership management +PartnershipDescriptionLong= Module Partnership management + +AddPartnership=Add partnership +CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Partnership: Cancel partnership of members with expired subscriptions +PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnership: Check referring backlink + +# +# Menu +# +NewPartnership=New Partnership +ListOfPartnerships=List of partnership + +# +# Admin page +# +PartnershipSetup=Partnership setup +PartnershipAbout=About Partnership +PartnershipAboutPage=Partnership about page +partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partner status must be set on a 'thirdparty' or a 'member' +PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Partnership managed for +PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Backlinks to check +PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb of days before cancelling status of a partnership when a subscription has expired +ReferingWebsiteCheck=Check of website referring +ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=You can enable a feature to check that your partners has added a backlink to your website domains on their own website. + +# +# Object +# +DeletePartnership=Delete a partnership +PartnershipDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Partnership dedicated to this third party +PartnershipDedicatedToThisMember=Partnership dedicated to this member +DatePartnershipStart=Start date +DatePartnershipEnd=End date +ReasonDecline=Decline reason +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason +PartnershipAlreadyExist=Partnership already exist +ManagePartnership=Manage partnership +BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Backlink not found on partner website +ConfirmClosePartnershipAsk=Are you sure you want to cancel this partnership? +PartnershipType=Partnership type + +# +# Template Mail +# +SendingEmailOnPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceled=Partnership will soon be canceled +SendingEmailOnPartnershipRefused=Partnership refused +SendingEmailOnPartnershipAccepted=Partnership accepted +SendingEmailOnPartnershipCanceled=Partnership canceled + +YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledTopic=Partnership will soon be canceled +YourPartnershipRefusedTopic=Partnership refused +YourPartnershipAcceptedTopic=Partnership accepted +YourPartnershipCanceledTopic=Partnership canceled + +YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership will soon be canceled (Backlink not found) +YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been refused. +YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. +YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. + +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + +# +# Status +# +PartnershipDraft=Draft +PartnershipAccepted=Accepted +PartnershipRefused=Refused +PartnershipCanceled=Canceled +PartnershipManagedFor=Partners are diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/paybox.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/paybox.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f320c03181 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/paybox.lang @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - paybox +PayBoxSetup=PayBox module setup +PayBoxDesc=This module offer pages to allow payment on Paybox by customers. This can be used for a free payment or for a payment on a particular Dolibarr object (invoice, order, ...) +FollowingUrlAreAvailableToMakePayments=Following URLs are available to offer a page to a customer to make a payment on Dolibarr objects +PaymentForm=Payment form +WelcomeOnPaymentPage=Welcome to our online payment service +ThisScreenAllowsYouToPay=This screen allow you to make an online payment to %s. +ThisIsInformationOnPayment=This is information on payment to do +ToComplete=To complete +YourEMail=Email to receive payment confirmation +Creditor=Creditor +PaymentCode=Payment code +PayBoxDoPayment=Pay with Paybox +YouWillBeRedirectedOnPayBox=You will be redirected on secured Paybox page to input you credit card information +Continue=Next +SetupPayBoxToHavePaymentCreatedAutomatically=Setup your Paybox with url %s to have payment created automatically when validated by Paybox. +YourPaymentHasBeenRecorded=This page confirms that your payment has been recorded. Thank you. +YourPaymentHasNotBeenRecorded=Your payment has NOT been recorded and the transaction has been canceled. Thank you. +AccountParameter=Account parameters +UsageParameter=Usage parameters +InformationToFindParameters=Help to find your %s account information +PAYBOX_CGI_URL_V2=Url of Paybox CGI module for payment +CSSUrlForPaymentForm=CSS style sheet url for payment form +NewPayboxPaymentReceived=New Paybox payment received +NewPayboxPaymentFailed=New Paybox payment tried but failed +PAYBOX_PAYONLINE_SENDEMAIL=Email notification after payment attempt (success or fail) +PAYBOX_PBX_SITE=Value for PBX SITE +PAYBOX_PBX_RANG=Value for PBX Rang +PAYBOX_PBX_IDENTIFIANT=Value for PBX ID +PAYBOX_HMAC_KEY=HMAC key diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/paypal.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/paypal.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5eb5f389445 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/paypal.lang @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - paypal +PaypalSetup=PayPal module setup +PaypalDesc=This module allows payment by customers via PayPal. This can be used for a ad-hoc payment or for a payment related to a Dolibarr object (invoice, order, ...) +PaypalOrCBDoPayment=Pay with PayPal (Card or PayPal) +PaypalDoPayment=Pay with PayPal +PAYPAL_API_SANDBOX=Mode test/sandbox +PAYPAL_API_USER=API username +PAYPAL_API_PASSWORD=API password +PAYPAL_API_SIGNATURE=API signature +PAYPAL_SSLVERSION=Curl SSL Version +PAYPAL_API_INTEGRAL_OR_PAYPALONLY=Offer "integral" payment (Credit card+PayPal) or "PayPal" only +PaypalModeIntegral=Integral +PaypalModeOnlyPaypal=PayPal only +ONLINE_PAYMENT_CSS_URL=Optional URL of CSS stylesheet on online payment page +ThisIsTransactionId=This is id of transaction: %s +PAYPAL_ADD_PAYMENT_URL=Include the PayPal payment url when you send a document by email +NewOnlinePaymentReceived=New online payment received +NewOnlinePaymentFailed=New online payment tried but failed +ONLINE_PAYMENT_SENDEMAIL=Email address for notifications after each payment attempt (for success and fail) +ReturnURLAfterPayment=Return URL after payment +ValidationOfOnlinePaymentFailed=Validation of online payment failed +PaymentSystemConfirmPaymentPageWasCalledButFailed=Payment confirmation page was called by payment system returned an error +SetExpressCheckoutAPICallFailed=SetExpressCheckout API call failed. +DoExpressCheckoutPaymentAPICallFailed=DoExpressCheckoutPayment API call failed. +DetailedErrorMessage=Detailed Error Message +ShortErrorMessage=Short Error Message +ErrorCode=Error Code +ErrorSeverityCode=Error Severity Code +OnlinePaymentSystem=Online payment system +PaypalLiveEnabled=PayPal "live" mode enabled (otherwise test/sandbox mode) +PaypalImportPayment=Import PayPal payments +PostActionAfterPayment=Post actions after payments +ARollbackWasPerformedOnPostActions=A rollback was performed on all Post actions. You must complete post actions manually if they are necessary. +ValidationOfPaymentFailed=Validation of payment has failed +CardOwner=Card holder +PayPalBalance=Paypal credit diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/printing.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/printing.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16494583550 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/printing.lang @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - printing +Module64000Name=Direct Printing +Module64000Desc=Enable Direct Printing System +PrintingSetup=Setup of Direct Printing System +PrintingDesc=This module adds a Print button to various modules to allow documents to be printed directly to a printer without needing to open the document in another application. +MenuDirectPrinting=Direct Printing jobs +DirectPrint=Direct print +PrintingDriverDesc=Configuration variables for printing driver. +ListDrivers=List of drivers +PrintTestDesc=List of Printers. +FileWasSentToPrinter=File %s was sent to printer +ViaModule=via the module +NoActivePrintingModuleFound=No active driver to print document. Check setup of module %s. +PleaseSelectaDriverfromList=Please select a driver from list. +PleaseConfigureDriverfromList=Please configure the selected driver from list. +SetupDriver=Driver setup +TargetedPrinter=Targeted printer +UserConf=Setup per user +PRINTGCP_INFO=Google OAuth API setup +PRINTGCP_AUTHLINK=Authentication +PRINTGCP_TOKEN_ACCESS=Google Cloud Print OAuth Token +PrintGCPDesc=This driver allows sending documents directly to a printer using Google Cloud Print. +GCP_Name=Name +GCP_displayName=Display Name +GCP_Id=Printer Id +GCP_OwnerName=Owner Name +GCP_State=Printer State +GCP_connectionStatus=Online State +GCP_Type=Printer Type +PrintIPPDesc=This driver allows sending of documents directly to a printer. It requires a Linux system with CUPS installed. +PRINTIPP_HOST=Print server +PRINTIPP_PORT=Port +PRINTIPP_USER=Login +PRINTIPP_PASSWORD=Password +NoDefaultPrinterDefined=No default printer defined +DefaultPrinter=Default printer +Printer=Printer +IPP_Uri=Printer Uri +IPP_Name=Printer Name +IPP_State=Printer State +IPP_State_reason=State reason +IPP_State_reason1=State reason1 +IPP_BW=BW +IPP_Color=Color +IPP_Device=Device +IPP_Media=Printer media +IPP_Supported=Type of media +DirectPrintingJobsDesc=This page lists printing jobs found for available printers. +GoogleAuthNotConfigured=Google OAuth has not been setup. Enable module OAuth and set a Google ID/Secret. +GoogleAuthConfigured=Google OAuth credentials were found into setup of module OAuth. +PrintingDriverDescprintgcp=Configuration variables for printing driver Google Cloud Print. +PrintingDriverDescprintipp=Configuration variables for printing driver Cups. +PrintTestDescprintgcp=List of Printers for Google Cloud Print. +PrintTestDescprintipp=List of Printers for Cups. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/productbatch.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..763af20c6b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/productbatch.lang @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# ProductBATCH language file - Source file is en_US - ProductBATCH +ManageLotSerial=Use lot/serial number +ProductStatusOnBatch=Yes (lot required) +ProductStatusOnSerial=Yes (unique serial number required) +ProductStatusNotOnBatch=No (lot/serial not used) +ProductStatusOnBatchShort=Lot +ProductStatusOnSerialShort=Serial +ProductStatusNotOnBatchShort=No +Batch=Lot/Serial +atleast1batchfield=Eat-by date or Sell-by date or Lot/Serial number +batch_number=Lot/Serial number +BatchNumberShort=Lot/Serial +EatByDate=Eat-by date +SellByDate=Sell-by date +DetailBatchNumber=Lot/Serial details +printBatch=Lot/Serial: %s +printEatby=Eat-by: %s +printSellby=Sell-by: %s +printQty=Qty: %d +AddDispatchBatchLine=Add a line for Shelf Life dispatching +WhenProductBatchModuleOnOptionAreForced=When module Lot/Serial is on, automatic stock decrease is forced to 'Decrease real stocks on shipping validation' and automatic increase mode is forced to 'Increase real stocks on manual dispatching into warehouses' and can't be edited. Other options can be defined as you want. +ProductDoesNotUseBatchSerial=This product does not use lot/serial number +ProductLotSetup=Setup of module lot/serial +ShowCurrentStockOfLot=Show current stock for couple product/lot +ShowLogOfMovementIfLot=Show log of movements for couple product/lot +StockDetailPerBatch=Stock detail per lot +SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Serial number %s is already used for product %s +TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=You can only have one product %s for serial number %s +ManageLotMask=Custom mask +CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product +BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Qty to add for each barcode/lot/serial scanned +LifeTime=Life span (in days) +EndOfLife=End of life +ManufacturingDate=Manufacturing date +DestructionDate=Destruction date +FirstUseDate=First use date +QCFrequency=Quality control frequency (in days) + +#Traceability - qc status +OutOfOrder=Out of order +InWorkingOrder=In working order diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/products.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bf34efe3f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/products.lang @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - products +ProductRef=Product ref. +ProductLabel=Product label +ProductLabelTranslated=Translated product label +ProductDescription=Product description +ProductDescriptionTranslated=Translated product description +ProductNoteTranslated=Translated product note +ProductServiceCard=Products/Services card +TMenuProducts=Products +TMenuServices=Services +Products=Products +Services=Services +Product=Product +Service=Service +ProductId=Product/service id +Create=Create +Reference=Reference +NewProduct=New product +NewService=New service +ProductVatMassChange=Global VAT Update +ProductVatMassChangeDesc=This tool updates the VAT rate defined on ALL products and services! +MassBarcodeInit=Mass barcode init +MassBarcodeInitDesc=This page can be used to initialize a barcode on objects that does not have barcode defined. Check before that setup of module barcode is complete. +ProductAccountancyBuyCode=Accounting code (purchase) +ProductAccountancyBuyIntraCode=Accounting code (purchase intra-community) +ProductAccountancyBuyExportCode=Accounting code (purchase import) +ProductAccountancySellCode=Accounting code (sale) +ProductAccountancySellIntraCode=Accounting code (sale intra-Community) +ProductAccountancySellExportCode=Accounting code (sale export) +ProductOrService=Product or Service +ProductsAndServices=Products and Services +ProductsOrServices=Products or Services +ProductsPipeServices=Products | Services +ProductsOnSale=Products for sale +ProductsOnPurchase=Products for purchase +ProductsOnSaleOnly=Products for sale only +ProductsOnPurchaseOnly=Products for purchase only +ProductsNotOnSell=Products not for sale and not for purchase +ProductsOnSellAndOnBuy=Products for sale and for purchase +ServicesOnSale=Services for sale +ServicesOnPurchase=Services for purchase +ServicesOnSaleOnly=Services for sale only +ServicesOnPurchaseOnly=Services for purchase only +ServicesNotOnSell=Services not for sale and not for purchase +ServicesOnSellAndOnBuy=Services for sale and for purchase +LastModifiedProductsAndServices=Latest %s products/services which were modified +LastRecordedProducts=Latest %s recorded products +LastRecordedServices=Latest %s recorded services +CardProduct0=Product +CardProduct1=Service +Stock=Stock +MenuStocks=Stocks +Stocks=Stocks and location (warehouse) of products +Movements=Movements +Sell=Sell +Buy=Purchase +OnSell=For sale +OnBuy=For purchase +NotOnSell=Not for sale +ProductStatusOnSell=For sale +ProductStatusNotOnSell=Not for sale +ProductStatusOnSellShort=For sale +ProductStatusNotOnSellShort=Not for sale +ProductStatusOnBuy=For purchase +ProductStatusNotOnBuy=Not for purchase +ProductStatusOnBuyShort=For purchase +ProductStatusNotOnBuyShort=Not for purchase +UpdateVAT=Update vat +UpdateDefaultPrice=Update default price +UpdateLevelPrices=Update prices for each level +AppliedPricesFrom=Applied from +SellingPrice=Selling price +SellingPriceHT=Selling price (excl. tax) +SellingPriceTTC=Selling price (inc. tax) +SellingMinPriceTTC=Minimum Selling price (inc. tax) +CostPriceDescription=This price field (excl. tax) can be used to capture the average amount this product costs to your company. It may be any price you calculate yourself, for example, from the average buying price plus average production and distribution cost. +CostPriceUsage=This value could be used for margin calculation. +SoldAmount=Sold amount +PurchasedAmount=Purchased amount +NewPrice=New price +MinPrice=Min. selling price +EditSellingPriceLabel=Edit selling price label +CantBeLessThanMinPrice=The selling price can't be lower than minimum allowed for this product (%s without tax). This message can also appears if you type a too important discount. +ContractStatusClosed=Closed +ErrorProductAlreadyExists=A product with reference %s already exists. +ErrorProductBadRefOrLabel=Wrong value for reference or label. +ErrorProductClone=There was a problem while trying to clone the product or service. +ErrorPriceCantBeLowerThanMinPrice=Error, price can't be lower than minimum price. +Suppliers=Vendors +SupplierRef=Vendor SKU +ShowProduct=Show product +ShowService=Show service +ProductsAndServicesArea=Product and Services area +ProductsArea=Product area +ServicesArea=Services area +ListOfStockMovements=List of stock movements +BuyingPrice=Buying price +PriceForEachProduct=Products with specific prices +SupplierCard=Vendor card +PriceRemoved=Price removed +BarCode=Barcode +BarcodeType=Barcode type +SetDefaultBarcodeType=Set barcode type +BarcodeValue=Barcode value +NoteNotVisibleOnBill=Note (not visible on invoices, proposals...) +ServiceLimitedDuration=If product is a service with limited duration: +FillWithLastServiceDates=Fill with last service line dates +MultiPricesAbility=Multiple price segments per product/service (each customer is in one price segment) +MultiPricesNumPrices=Number of prices +DefaultPriceType=Base of prices per default (with versus without tax) when adding new sale prices +AssociatedProductsAbility=Enable Kits (set of several products) +VariantsAbility=Enable Variants (variations of products, for example color, size) +AssociatedProducts=Kits +AssociatedProductsNumber=Number of products composing this kit +ParentProductsNumber=Number of parent packaging product +ParentProducts=Parent products +IfZeroItIsNotAVirtualProduct=If 0, this product is not a kit +IfZeroItIsNotUsedByVirtualProduct=If 0, this product is not used by any kit +KeywordFilter=Keyword filter +CategoryFilter=Category filter +ProductToAddSearch=Search product to add +NoMatchFound=No match found +ListOfProductsServices=List of products/services +ProductAssociationList=List of products/services that are component(s) of this kit +ProductParentList=List of kits with this product as a component +ErrorAssociationIsFatherOfThis=One of selected product is parent with current product +DeleteProduct=Delete a product/service +ConfirmDeleteProduct=Are you sure you want to delete this product/service? +ProductDeleted=Product/Service "%s" deleted from database. +ExportDataset_produit_1=Products +ExportDataset_service_1=Services +ImportDataset_produit_1=Products +ImportDataset_service_1=Services +DeleteProductLine=Delete product line +ConfirmDeleteProductLine=Are you sure you want to delete this product line? +ProductSpecial=Special +QtyMin=Min. purchase quantity +PriceQtyMin=Price quantity min. +PriceQtyMinCurrency=Price (currency) for this qty. (no discount) +VATRateForSupplierProduct=VAT Rate (for this vendor/product) +DiscountQtyMin=Discount for this qty. +NoPriceDefinedForThisSupplier=No price/qty defined for this vendor/product +NoSupplierPriceDefinedForThisProduct=No vendor price/qty defined for this product +PredefinedItem=Predefined item +PredefinedProductsToSell=Predefined Product +PredefinedServicesToSell=Predefined Service +PredefinedProductsAndServicesToSell=Predefined products/services to sell +PredefinedProductsToPurchase=Predefined product to purchase +PredefinedServicesToPurchase=Predefined services to purchase +PredefinedProductsAndServicesToPurchase=Predefined products/services to purchase +NotPredefinedProducts=Not predefined products/services +GenerateThumb=Generate thumb +ServiceNb=Service #%s +ListProductServiceByPopularity=List of products/services by popularity +ListProductByPopularity=List of products by popularity +ListServiceByPopularity=List of services by popularity +Finished=Manufactured product +RowMaterial=Raw Material +ConfirmCloneProduct=Are you sure you want to clone product or service %s? +CloneContentProduct=Clone all main information of the product/service +ClonePricesProduct=Clone prices +CloneCategoriesProduct=Clone linked tags/categories +CloneCompositionProduct=Clone virtual products/services +CloneCombinationsProduct=Clone the product variants +ProductIsUsed=This product is used +NewRefForClone=Ref. of new product/service +SellingPrices=Selling prices +BuyingPrices=Buying prices +CustomerPrices=Customer prices +SuppliersPrices=Vendor prices +SuppliersPricesOfProductsOrServices=Vendor prices (of products or services) +CustomCode=Customs|Commodity|HS code +CountryOrigin=Country of origin +RegionStateOrigin=Region of origin +StateOrigin=State|Province of origin +Nature=Nature of product (raw/manufactured) +NatureOfProductShort=Nature of product +NatureOfProductDesc=Raw material or manufactured product +ShortLabel=Short label +Unit=Unit +p=u. +set=set +se=set +second=second +s=s +hour=hour +h=h +day=day +d=d +kilogram=kilogram +kg=Kg +gram=gram +g=g +meter=meter +m=m +lm=lm +m2=m² +m3=m³ +liter=liter +l=L +unitP=Piece +unitSET=Set +unitS=Second +unitH=Hour +unitD=Day +unitG=Gram +unitM=Meter +unitLM=Linear meter +unitM2=Square meter +unitM3=Cubic meter +unitL=Liter +unitT=ton +unitKG=kg +unitG=Gram +unitMG=mg +unitLB=pound +unitOZ=ounce +unitM=Meter +unitDM=dm +unitCM=cm +unitMM=mm +unitFT=ft +unitIN=in +unitM2=Square meter +unitDM2=dm² +unitCM2=cm² +unitMM2=mm² +unitFT2=ft² +unitIN2=in² +unitM3=Cubic meter +unitDM3=dm³ +unitCM3=cm³ +unitMM3=mm³ +unitFT3=ft³ +unitIN3=in³ +unitOZ3=ounce +unitgallon=gallon +ProductCodeModel=Product ref template +ServiceCodeModel=Service ref template +CurrentProductPrice=Current price +AlwaysUseNewPrice=Always use current price of product/service +AlwaysUseFixedPrice=Use the fixed price +PriceByQuantity=Different prices by quantity +DisablePriceByQty=Disable prices by quantity +PriceByQuantityRange=Quantity range +MultipriceRules=Automatic prices for segment +UseMultipriceRules=Use price segment rules (defined into product module setup) to auto calculate prices of all other segments according to first segment +PercentVariationOver=%% variation over %s +PercentDiscountOver=%% discount over %s +KeepEmptyForAutoCalculation=Keep empty to have this calculated automatically from weight or volume of products +VariantRefExample=Examples: COL, SIZE +VariantLabelExample=Examples: Color, Size +### composition fabrication +Build=Produce +ProductsMultiPrice=Products and prices for each price segment +ProductsOrServiceMultiPrice=Customer prices (of products or services, multi-prices) +ProductSellByQuarterHT=Products turnover quarterly before tax +ServiceSellByQuarterHT=Services turnover quarterly before tax +Quarter1=1st. Quarter +Quarter2=2nd. Quarter +Quarter3=3rd. Quarter +Quarter4=4th. Quarter +BarCodePrintsheet=Print barcode +PageToGenerateBarCodeSheets=With this tool, you can print sheets of barcode stickers. Choose format of your sticker page, type of barcode and value of barcode, then click on button %s. +NumberOfStickers=Number of stickers to print on page +PrintsheetForOneBarCode=Print several stickers for one barcode +BuildPageToPrint=Generate page to print +FillBarCodeTypeAndValueManually=Fill barcode type and value manually. +FillBarCodeTypeAndValueFromProduct=Fill barcode type and value from barcode of a product. +FillBarCodeTypeAndValueFromThirdParty=Fill barcode type and value from barcode of a third party. +DefinitionOfBarCodeForProductNotComplete=Definition of type or value of barcode not complete for product %s. +DefinitionOfBarCodeForThirdpartyNotComplete=Definition of type or value of barcode non complete for third party %s. +BarCodeDataForProduct=Barcode information of product %s: +BarCodeDataForThirdparty=Barcode information of third party %s: +ResetBarcodeForAllRecords=Define barcode value for all record (this will also reset barcode value already defined with new values) +PriceByCustomer=Different prices for each customer +PriceCatalogue=A single sell price per product/service +PricingRule=Rules for selling prices +AddCustomerPrice=Add price by customer +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Set same price on customer's subsidiaries +PriceByCustomerLog=Log of previous customer prices +MinimumPriceLimit=Minimum price can't be lower then %s +MinimumRecommendedPrice=Minimum recommended price is: %s +PriceExpressionEditor=Price expression editor +PriceExpressionSelected=Selected price expression +PriceExpressionEditorHelp1="price = 2 + 2" or "2 + 2" for setting the price. Use ; to separate expressions +PriceExpressionEditorHelp2=You can access ExtraFields with variables like #extrafield_myextrafieldkey# and global variables with #global_mycode# +PriceExpressionEditorHelp3=In both product/service and vendor prices there are these variables available:
#tva_tx# #localtax1_tx# #localtax2_tx# #weight# #length# #surface# #price_min# +PriceExpressionEditorHelp4=In product/service price only: #supplier_min_price#
In vendor prices only: #supplier_quantity# and #supplier_tva_tx# +PriceExpressionEditorHelp5=Available global values: +PriceMode=Price mode +PriceNumeric=Number +DefaultPrice=Default price +DefaultPriceLog=Log of previous default prices +ComposedProductIncDecStock=Increase/Decrease stock on parent change +ComposedProduct=Child products +MinSupplierPrice=Minimum buying price +MinCustomerPrice=Minimum selling price +NoDynamicPrice=No dynamic price +DynamicPriceConfiguration=Dynamic price configuration +DynamicPriceDesc=You may define mathematical formulae to calculate Customer or Vendor prices. Such formulas can use all mathematical operators, some constants and variables. You can define here the variables you wish to use. If the variable needs an automatic update, you may define the external URL to allow Dolibarr to update the value automatically. +AddVariable=Add Variable +AddUpdater=Add Updater +GlobalVariables=Global variables +VariableToUpdate=Variable to update +GlobalVariableUpdaters=External updaters for variables +GlobalVariableUpdaterType0=JSON data +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelp0=Parses JSON data from specified URL, VALUE specifies the location of relevant value, +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelpFormat0=Format for request {"URL": "http://example.com/urlofjson", "VALUE": "array1,array2,targetvalue"} +GlobalVariableUpdaterType1=WebService data +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelp1=Parses WebService data from specified URL, NS specifies the namespace, VALUE specifies the location of relevant value, DATA should contain the data to send and METHOD is the calling WS method +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelpFormat1=Format for request is {"URL": "http://example.com/urlofws", "VALUE": "array,targetvalue", "NS": "http://example.com/urlofns", "METHOD": "myWSMethod", "DATA": {"your": "data", "to": "send"}} +UpdateInterval=Update interval (minutes) +LastUpdated=Latest update +CorrectlyUpdated=Correctly updated +PropalMergePdfProductActualFile=Files use to add into PDF Azur are/is +PropalMergePdfProductChooseFile=Select PDF files +IncludingProductWithTag=Include products/services with tag +DefaultPriceRealPriceMayDependOnCustomer=Default price, real price may depend on customer +WarningSelectOneDocument=Please select at least one document +DefaultUnitToShow=Unit +NbOfQtyInProposals=Qty in proposals +ClinkOnALinkOfColumn=Click on a link of column %s to get a detailed view... +ProductsOrServicesTranslations=Products/Services translations +TranslatedLabel=Translated label +TranslatedDescription=Translated description +TranslatedNote=Translated notes +ProductWeight=Weight for 1 product +ProductVolume=Volume for 1 product +WeightUnits=Weight unit +VolumeUnits=Volume unit +WidthUnits=Width unit +LengthUnits=Length unit +HeightUnits=Height unit +SurfaceUnits=Surface unit +SizeUnits=Size unit +DeleteProductBuyPrice=Delete buying price +ConfirmDeleteProductBuyPrice=Are you sure you want to delete this buying price? +SubProduct=Sub product +ProductSheet=Product sheet +ServiceSheet=Service sheet +PossibleValues=Possible values +GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers +ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product +UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) +PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging +PackagingForThisProductDesc=On supplier order, you will automaticly order this quantity (or a multiple of this quantity). Cannot be less than minimum buying quantity +QtyRecalculatedWithPackaging=The quantity of the line were recalculated according to supplier packaging + +#Attributes +VariantAttributes=Variant attributes +ProductAttributes=Variant attributes for products +ProductAttributeName=Variant attribute %s +ProductAttribute=Variant attribute +ProductAttributeDeleteDialog=Are you sure you want to delete this attribute? All values will be deleted +ProductAttributeValueDeleteDialog=Are you sure you want to delete the value "%s" with reference "%s" of this attribute? +ProductCombinationDeleteDialog=Are you sure want to delete the variant of the product "%s"? +ProductCombinationAlreadyUsed=There was an error while deleting the variant. Please check it is not being used in any object +ProductCombinations=Variants +PropagateVariant=Propagate variants +HideProductCombinations=Hide products variant in the products selector +ProductCombination=Variant +NewProductCombination=New variant +EditProductCombination=Editing variant +NewProductCombinations=New variants +EditProductCombinations=Editing variants +SelectCombination=Select combination +ProductCombinationGenerator=Variants generator +Features=Features +PriceImpact=Price impact +ImpactOnPriceLevel=Impact on price level %s +ApplyToAllPriceImpactLevel= Apply to all levels +ApplyToAllPriceImpactLevelHelp=By clicking here you set the same price impact on all levels +WeightImpact=Weight impact +NewProductAttribute=New attribute +NewProductAttributeValue=New attribute value +ErrorCreatingProductAttributeValue=There was an error while creating the attribute value. It could be because there is already an existing value with that reference +ProductCombinationGeneratorWarning=If you continue, before generating new variants, all previous ones will be DELETED. Already existing ones will be updated with the new values +TooMuchCombinationsWarning=Generating lots of variants may result in high CPU, memory usage and Dolibarr not able to create them. Enabling the option "%s" may help reduce memory usage. +DoNotRemovePreviousCombinations=Do not remove previous variants +UsePercentageVariations=Use percentage variations +PercentageVariation=Percentage variation +ErrorDeletingGeneratedProducts=There was an error while trying to delete existing product variants +NbOfDifferentValues=No. of different values +NbProducts=Number of products +ParentProduct=Parent product +HideChildProducts=Hide variant products +ShowChildProducts=Show variant products +NoEditVariants=Go to Parent product card and edit variants price impact in the variants tab +ConfirmCloneProductCombinations=Would you like to copy all the product variants to the other parent product with the given reference? +CloneDestinationReference=Destination product reference +ErrorCopyProductCombinations=There was an error while copying the product variants +ErrorDestinationProductNotFound=Destination product not found +ErrorProductCombinationNotFound=Product variant not found +ActionAvailableOnVariantProductOnly=Action only available on the variant of product +ProductsPricePerCustomer=Product prices per customers +ProductSupplierExtraFields=Additional Attributes (Supplier Prices) +DeleteLinkedProduct=Delete the child product linked to the combination +PMPValue=Weighted average price +PMPValueShort=WAP diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/projects.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77fc9970303 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/projects.lang @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - projects +RefProject=Ref. project +ProjectRef=Project ref. +ProjectId=Project Id +ProjectLabel=Project label +ProjectsArea=Projects Area +ProjectStatus=Project status +SharedProject=Everybody +PrivateProject=Project contacts +ProjectsImContactFor=Projects for which I am explicitly a contact +AllAllowedProjects=All project I can read (mine + public) +AllProjects=All projects +MyProjectsDesc=This view is limited to the projects that you are a contact for +ProjectsPublicDesc=This view presents all projects you are allowed to read. +TasksOnProjectsPublicDesc=This view presents all tasks on projects you are allowed to read. +ProjectsPublicTaskDesc=This view presents all projects and tasks you are allowed to read. +ProjectsDesc=This view presents all projects (your user permissions grant you permission to view everything). +TasksOnProjectsDesc=This view presents all tasks on all projects (your user permissions grant you permission to view everything). +MyTasksDesc=This view is limited to the projects or tasks that you are a contact for +OnlyOpenedProject=Only open projects are visible (projects in draft or closed status are not visible). +ClosedProjectsAreHidden=Closed projects are not visible. +TasksPublicDesc=This view presents all projects and tasks you are allowed to read. +TasksDesc=This view presents all projects and tasks (your user permissions grant you permission to view everything). +AllTaskVisibleButEditIfYouAreAssigned=All tasks for qualified projects are visible, but you can enter time only for task assigned to selected user. Assign task if you need to enter time on it. +OnlyYourTaskAreVisible=Only tasks assigned to you are visible. If you need to enter time on a task and if the task is not visible here, then you need to assign the task to yourself. +ImportDatasetTasks=Tasks of projects +ProjectCategories=Project tags/categories +NewProject=New project +AddProject=Create project +DeleteAProject=Delete a project +DeleteATask=Delete a task +ConfirmDeleteAProject=Are you sure you want to delete this project? +ConfirmDeleteATask=Are you sure you want to delete this task? +OpenedProjects=Open projects +OpenedTasks=Open tasks +OpportunitiesStatusForOpenedProjects=Leads amount of open projects by status +OpportunitiesStatusForProjects=Leads amount of projects by status +ShowProject=Show project +ShowTask=Show task +SetProject=Set project +NoProject=No project defined or owned +NbOfProjects=Number of projects +NbOfTasks=Number of tasks +TimeSpent=Time spent +TimeSpentByYou=Time spent by you +TimeSpentByUser=Time spent by user +TimesSpent=Time spent +TaskId=Task ID +RefTask=Task ref. +LabelTask=Task label +TaskTimeSpent=Time spent on tasks +TaskTimeUser=User +TaskTimeNote=Note +TaskTimeDate=Date +TasksOnOpenedProject=Tasks on open projects +WorkloadNotDefined=Workload not defined +NewTimeSpent=Time spent +MyTimeSpent=My time spent +BillTime=Bill the time spent +BillTimeShort=Bill time +TimeToBill=Time not billed +TimeBilled=Time billed +Tasks=Tasks +Task=Task +TaskDateStart=Task start date +TaskDateEnd=Task end date +TaskDescription=Task description +NewTask=New task +AddTask=Create task +AddTimeSpent=Create time spent +AddHereTimeSpentForDay=Add here time spent for this day/task +AddHereTimeSpentForWeek=Add here time spent for this week/task +Activity=Activity +Activities=Tasks/activities +MyActivities=My tasks/activities +MyProjects=My projects +MyProjectsArea=My projects Area +DurationEffective=Effective duration +ProgressDeclared=Declared real progress +TaskProgressSummary=Task progress +CurentlyOpenedTasks=Curently open tasks +TheReportedProgressIsLessThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=The declared real progress is less %s than the progress on consumption +TheReportedProgressIsMoreThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=The declared real progress is more %s than the progress on consumption +ProgressCalculated=Progress on consumption +WhichIamLinkedTo=which I'm linked to +WhichIamLinkedToProject=which I'm linked to project +Time=Time +TimeConsumed=Consumed +ListOfTasks=List of tasks +GoToListOfTimeConsumed=Go to list of time consumed +GanttView=Gantt View +ListWarehouseAssociatedProject=List of warehouses associated to the project +ListProposalsAssociatedProject=List of the commercial proposals related to the project +ListOrdersAssociatedProject=List of sales orders related to the project +ListInvoicesAssociatedProject=List of customer invoices related to the project +ListPredefinedInvoicesAssociatedProject=List of customer template invoices related to the project +ListSupplierOrdersAssociatedProject=List of purchase orders related to the project +ListSupplierInvoicesAssociatedProject=List of vendor invoices related to the project +ListContractAssociatedProject=List of contracts related to the project +ListShippingAssociatedProject=List of shippings related to the project +ListFichinterAssociatedProject=List of interventions related to the project +ListExpenseReportsAssociatedProject=List of expense reports related to the project +ListDonationsAssociatedProject=List of donations related to the project +ListVariousPaymentsAssociatedProject=List of miscellaneous payments related to the project +ListSalariesAssociatedProject=List of payments of salaries related to the project +ListActionsAssociatedProject=List of events related to the project +ListMOAssociatedProject=List of manufacturing orders related to the project +ListTaskTimeUserProject=List of time consumed on tasks of project +ListTaskTimeForTask=List of time consumed on task +ActivityOnProjectToday=Activity on project today +ActivityOnProjectYesterday=Activity on project yesterday +ActivityOnProjectThisWeek=Activity on project this week +ActivityOnProjectThisMonth=Activity on project this month +ActivityOnProjectThisYear=Activity on project this year +ChildOfProjectTask=Child of project/task +ChildOfTask=Child of task +TaskHasChild=Task has child +NotOwnerOfProject=Not owner of this private project +AffectedTo=Allocated to +CantRemoveProject=This project can't be removed as it is referenced by some other objects (invoice, orders or other). See tab '%s'. +ValidateProject=Validate projet +ConfirmValidateProject=Are you sure you want to validate this project? +CloseAProject=Close project +ConfirmCloseAProject=Are you sure you want to close this project? +AlsoCloseAProject=Also close project (keep it open if you still need to follow production tasks on it) +ReOpenAProject=Open project +ConfirmReOpenAProject=Are you sure you want to re-open this project? +ProjectContact=Contacts of project +TaskContact=Task contacts +ActionsOnProject=Events on project +YouAreNotContactOfProject=You are not a contact of this private project +UserIsNotContactOfProject=User is not a contact of this private project +DeleteATimeSpent=Delete time spent +ConfirmDeleteATimeSpent=Are you sure you want to delete this time spent? +DoNotShowMyTasksOnly=See also tasks not assigned to me +ShowMyTasksOnly=View only tasks assigned to me +TaskRessourceLinks=Contacts of task +ProjectsDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Projects dedicated to this third party +NoTasks=No tasks for this project +LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party +TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. +ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back +ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. +IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. +CloneTasks=Clone tasks +CloneContacts=Clone contacts +CloneNotes=Clone notes +CloneProjectFiles=Clone project joined files +CloneTaskFiles=Clone task(s) joined files (if task(s) cloned) +CloneMoveDate=Update project/tasks dates from now? +ConfirmCloneProject=Are you sure to clone this project? +ProjectReportDate=Change task dates according to new project start date +ErrorShiftTaskDate=Impossible to shift task date according to new project start date +ProjectsAndTasksLines=Projects and tasks +ProjectCreatedInDolibarr=Project %s created +ProjectValidatedInDolibarr=Project %s validated +ProjectModifiedInDolibarr=Project %s modified +TaskCreatedInDolibarr=Task %s created +TaskModifiedInDolibarr=Task %s modified +TaskDeletedInDolibarr=Task %s deleted +OpportunityStatus=Lead status +OpportunityStatusShort=Lead status +OpportunityProbability=Lead probability +OpportunityProbabilityShort=Lead probab. +OpportunityAmount=Lead amount +OpportunityAmountShort=Lead amount +OpportunityWeightedAmount=Opportunity weighted amount +OpportunityWeightedAmountShort=Opp. weighted amount +OpportunityAmountAverageShort=Average lead amount +OpportunityAmountWeigthedShort=Weighted lead amount +WonLostExcluded=Won/Lost excluded +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_project_internal_PROJECTLEADER=Project leader +TypeContact_project_external_PROJECTLEADER=Project leader +TypeContact_project_internal_PROJECTCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_project_external_PROJECTCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_project_task_internal_TASKEXECUTIVE=Task executive +TypeContact_project_task_external_TASKEXECUTIVE=Task executive +TypeContact_project_task_internal_TASKCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_project_task_external_TASKCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +SelectElement=Select element +AddElement=Link to element +LinkToElementShort=Link to +# Documents models +DocumentModelBeluga=Project document template for linked objects overview +DocumentModelBaleine=Project document template for tasks +DocumentModelTimeSpent=Project report template for time spent +PlannedWorkload=Planned workload +PlannedWorkloadShort=Workload +ProjectReferers=Related items +ProjectMustBeValidatedFirst=Project must be validated first +FirstAddRessourceToAllocateTime=Assign a user resource as contact of project to allocate time +InputPerDay=Input per day +InputPerWeek=Input per week +InputPerMonth=Input per month +InputDetail=Input detail +TimeAlreadyRecorded=This is time spent already recorded for this task/day and user %s +ProjectsWithThisUserAsContact=Projects with this user as contact +TasksWithThisUserAsContact=Tasks assigned to this user +ResourceNotAssignedToProject=Not assigned to project +ResourceNotAssignedToTheTask=Not assigned to the task +NoUserAssignedToTheProject=No users assigned to this project +TimeSpentBy=Time spent by +TasksAssignedTo=Tasks assigned to +AssignTaskToMe=Assign task to myself +AssignTaskToUser=Assign task to %s +SelectTaskToAssign=Select task to assign... +AssignTask=Assign +ProjectOverview=Overview +ManageTasks=Use projects to follow tasks and/or report time spent (timesheets) +ManageOpportunitiesStatus=Use projects to follow leads/opportinuties +ProjectNbProjectByMonth=No. of created projects by month +ProjectNbTaskByMonth=No. of created tasks by month +ProjectOppAmountOfProjectsByMonth=Amount of leads by month +ProjectWeightedOppAmountOfProjectsByMonth=Weighted amount of leads by month +ProjectOpenedProjectByOppStatus=Open project|lead by lead status +ProjectsStatistics=Statistics on projects or leads +TasksStatistics=Statistics on tasks of projects or leads +TaskAssignedToEnterTime=Task assigned. Entering time on this task should be possible. +IdTaskTime=Id task time +YouCanCompleteRef=If you want to complete the ref with some suffix, it is recommanded to add a - character to separate it, so the automatic numbering will still work correctly for next projects. For example %s-MYSUFFIX +OpenedProjectsByThirdparties=Open projects by third parties +OnlyOpportunitiesShort=Only leads +OpenedOpportunitiesShort=Open leads +NotOpenedOpportunitiesShort=Not an open lead +NotAnOpportunityShort=Not a lead +OpportunityTotalAmount=Total amount of leads +OpportunityPonderatedAmount=Weighted amount of leads +OpportunityPonderatedAmountDesc=Leads amount weighted with probability +OppStatusPROSP=Prospection +OppStatusQUAL=Qualification +OppStatusPROPO=Proposal +OppStatusNEGO=Negociation +OppStatusPENDING=Pending +OppStatusWON=Won +OppStatusLOST=Lost +Budget=Budget +AllowToLinkFromOtherCompany=Allow to link project from other company

Supported values:
- Keep empty: Can link any project of the company (default)
- "all": Can link any projects, even projects of other companies
- A list of third-party ids separated by commas: can link all projects of these third partys (Example: 123,4795,53)
+LatestProjects=Latest %s projects +LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects +OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks +NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you +# Comments trans +AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks +AllowCommentOnProject=Allow user comments on projects +DontHavePermissionForCloseProject=You do not have permissions to close the project %s +DontHaveTheValidateStatus=The project %s must be open to be closed +RecordsClosed=%s project(s) closed +SendProjectRef=Information project %s +ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized +NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required +TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent +TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent +OneLinePerUser=One line per user +ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines +InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project +ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. +ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity +ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent +Usage=Usage +UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity +UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks +UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time +InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use +NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention +OneLinePerTask=One line per task +OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period +OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration +RefTaskParent=Ref. Parent Task +ProfitIsCalculatedWith=Profit is calculated using +AddPersonToTask=Add also to tasks +UsageOrganizeEvent=Usage: Event Organization +PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE=Classify project as closed when all its tasks are completed (100%% progress) +PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE_help=Note: existing projects with all tasks at 100 %% progress won't be affected: you will have to close them manually. This option only affects open projects. +SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Select lines of time spent that are unbilled, then bulk action "Generate Invoice" to bill them diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/propal.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/propal.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edbc08236d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/propal.lang @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - propal +Proposals=Commercial proposals +Proposal=Commercial proposal +ProposalShort=Proposal +ProposalsDraft=Draft commercial proposals +ProposalsOpened=Open commercial proposals +CommercialProposal=Commercial proposal +PdfCommercialProposalTitle=Commercial proposal +ProposalCard=Proposal card +NewProp=New commercial proposal +NewPropal=New proposal +Prospect=Prospect +DeleteProp=Delete commercial proposal +ValidateProp=Validate commercial proposal +AddProp=Create proposal +ConfirmDeleteProp=Are you sure you want to delete this commercial proposal? +ConfirmValidateProp=Are you sure you want to validate this commercial proposal under name %s? +LastPropals=Latest %s proposals +LastModifiedProposals=Latest %s modified proposals +AllPropals=All proposals +SearchAProposal=Search a proposal +NoProposal=No proposal +ProposalsStatistics=Commercial proposal's statistics +NumberOfProposalsByMonth=Number by month +AmountOfProposalsByMonthHT=Amount by month (excl. tax) +NbOfProposals=Number of commercial proposals +ShowPropal=Show proposal +PropalsDraft=Drafts +PropalsOpened=Open +PropalStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +PropalStatusValidated=Validated (proposal is open) +PropalStatusSigned=Signed (needs billing) +PropalStatusNotSigned=Not signed (closed) +PropalStatusBilled=Billed +PropalStatusDraftShort=Draft +PropalStatusValidatedShort=Validated (open) +PropalStatusClosedShort=Closed +PropalStatusSignedShort=Signed +PropalStatusNotSignedShort=Not signed +PropalStatusBilledShort=Billed +PropalsToClose=Commercial proposals to close +PropalsToBill=Signed commercial proposals to bill +ListOfProposals=List of commercial proposals +ActionsOnPropal=Events on proposal +RefProposal=Commercial proposal ref +SendPropalByMail=Send commercial proposal by mail +DatePropal=Date of proposal +DateEndPropal=Validity ending date +ValidityDuration=Validity duration +SetAcceptedRefused=Set accepted/refused +ErrorPropalNotFound=Propal %s not found +AddToDraftProposals=Add to draft proposal +NoDraftProposals=No draft proposals +CopyPropalFrom=Create commercial proposal by copying existing proposal +CreateEmptyPropal=Create empty commercial proposal or from list of products/services +DefaultProposalDurationValidity=Default commercial proposal validity duration (in days) +UseCustomerContactAsPropalRecipientIfExist=Use contact/address with type 'Contact following-up proposal' if defined instead of third party address as proposal recipient address +ConfirmClonePropal=Are you sure you want to clone the commercial proposal %s? +ConfirmReOpenProp=Are you sure you want to open back the commercial proposal %s? +ProposalsAndProposalsLines=Commercial proposal and lines +ProposalLine=Proposal line +ProposalLines=Proposal lines +AvailabilityPeriod=Availability delay +SetAvailability=Set availability delay +AfterOrder=after order +OtherProposals=Other proposals +##### Availability ##### +AvailabilityTypeAV_NOW=Immediate +AvailabilityTypeAV_1W=1 week +AvailabilityTypeAV_2W=2 weeks +AvailabilityTypeAV_3W=3 weeks +AvailabilityTypeAV_1M=1 month +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_propal_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up proposal +TypeContact_propal_external_BILLING=Customer invoice contact +TypeContact_propal_external_CUSTOMER=Customer contact following-up proposal +TypeContact_propal_external_SHIPPING=Customer contact for delivery +# Document models +DocModelAzurDescription=A complete proposal model (old implementation of Cyan template) +DocModelCyanDescription=A complete proposal model +DefaultModelPropalCreate=Default model creation +DefaultModelPropalToBill=Default template when closing a business proposal (to be invoiced) +DefaultModelPropalClosed=Default template when closing a business proposal (unbilled) +ProposalCustomerSignature=Written acceptance, company stamp, date and signature +ProposalsStatisticsSuppliers=Vendor proposals statistics +CaseFollowedBy=Case followed by +SignedOnly=Signed only +IdProposal=Proposal ID +IdProduct=Product ID +PrParentLine=Proposal Parent Line +LineBuyPriceHT=Buy Price Amount net of tax for line + diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/receiptprinter.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/receiptprinter.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..746d175e0c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/receiptprinter.lang @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - receiptprinter +ReceiptPrinterSetup=Setup of module ReceiptPrinter +PrinterAdded=Printer %s added +PrinterUpdated=Printer %s updated +PrinterDeleted=Printer %s deleted +TestSentToPrinter=Test Sent To Printer %s +ReceiptPrinter=Receipt printers +ReceiptPrinterDesc=Setup of receipt printers +ReceiptPrinterTemplateDesc=Setup of Templates +ReceiptPrinterTypeDesc=Description of Receipt Printer's type +ReceiptPrinterProfileDesc=Description of Receipt Printer's Profile +ListPrinters=List of Printers +SetupReceiptTemplate=Template Setup +CONNECTOR_DUMMY=Dummy Printer +CONNECTOR_NETWORK_PRINT=Network Printer +CONNECTOR_FILE_PRINT=Local Printer +CONNECTOR_WINDOWS_PRINT=Local Windows Printer +CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT=Cups Printer +CONNECTOR_DUMMY_HELP=Fake Printer for test, does nothing +CONNECTOR_NETWORK_PRINT_HELP=10.x.x.x:9100 +CONNECTOR_FILE_PRINT_HELP=/dev/usb/lp0, /dev/usb/lp1 +CONNECTOR_WINDOWS_PRINT_HELP=LPT1, COM1, smb://FooUser:secret@computername/workgroup/Receipt Printer +CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT_HELP=CUPS printer name, example: HPRT_TP805L +PROFILE_DEFAULT=Default Profile +PROFILE_SIMPLE=Simple Profile +PROFILE_EPOSTEP=Epos Tep Profile +PROFILE_P822D=P822D Profile +PROFILE_STAR=Star Profile +PROFILE_DEFAULT_HELP=Default Profile suitable for Epson printers +PROFILE_SIMPLE_HELP=Simple Profile No Graphics +PROFILE_EPOSTEP_HELP=Epos Tep Profile +PROFILE_P822D_HELP=P822D Profile No Graphics +PROFILE_STAR_HELP=Star Profile +DOL_LINE_FEED=Skip line +DOL_ALIGN_LEFT=Left align text +DOL_ALIGN_CENTER=Center text +DOL_ALIGN_RIGHT=Right align text +DOL_USE_FONT_A=Use font A of printer +DOL_USE_FONT_B=Use font B of printer +DOL_USE_FONT_C=Use font C of printer +DOL_PRINT_BARCODE=Print barcode +DOL_PRINT_BARCODE_CUSTOMER_ID=Print barcode customer id +DOL_CUT_PAPER_FULL=Cut ticket completely +DOL_CUT_PAPER_PARTIAL=Cut ticket partially +DOL_OPEN_DRAWER=Open cash drawer +DOL_ACTIVATE_BUZZER=Activate buzzer +DOL_PRINT_QRCODE=Print QR Code +DOL_PRINT_LOGO=Print logo of my company +DOL_PRINT_LOGO_OLD=Print logo of my company (old printers) +DOL_BOLD=Bold +DOL_BOLD_DISABLED=Disable bold +DOL_DOUBLE_HEIGHT=Double height size +DOL_DOUBLE_WIDTH=Double width size +DOL_DEFAULT_HEIGHT_WIDTH=Default height and width size +DOL_UNDERLINE=Enable underline +DOL_UNDERLINE_DISABLED=Disable underline +DOL_BEEP=Beep sound +DOL_PRINT_TEXT=Print text +DateInvoiceWithTime=Invoice date and time +YearInvoice=Invoice year +DOL_VALUE_MONTH_LETTERS=Invoice month in letters +DOL_VALUE_MONTH=Invoice month +DOL_VALUE_DAY=Invoice day +DOL_VALUE_DAY_LETTERS=Inovice day in letters +DOL_LINE_FEED_REVERSE=Line feed reverse +InvoiceID=Invoice ID +InvoiceRef=Invoice ref +DOL_PRINT_OBJECT_LINES=Invoice lines +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME=Customer first name +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_LASTNAME=Customer last name +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_MAIL=Customer mail +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_PHONE=Customer phone +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_MOBILE=Customer mobile +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_SKYPE=Customer Skype +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_TAX_NUMBER=Customer tax number +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_ACCOUNT_BALANCE=Customer account balance +DOL_VALUE_MYSOC_NAME=Your company name +VendorLastname=Vendor last name +VendorFirstname=Vendor first name +VendorEmail=Vendor email +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_POINTS=Customer points +DOL_VALUE_OBJECT_POINTS=Object points diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/receptions.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/receptions.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..338602e722e --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/receptions.lang @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - receptions +ReceptionsSetup=Product Reception setup +RefReception=Ref. reception +Reception=Reception +Receptions=Receptions +AllReceptions=All Receptions +Reception=Reception +Receptions=Receptions +ShowReception=Show Receptions +ReceptionsArea=Receptions area +ListOfReceptions=List of receptions +ReceptionMethod=Reception method +LastReceptions=Latest %s receptions +StatisticsOfReceptions=Statistics for receptions +NbOfReceptions=Number of receptions +NumberOfReceptionsByMonth=Number of receptions by month +ReceptionCard=Reception card +NewReception=New reception +CreateReception=Create reception +QtyInOtherReceptions=Qty in other receptions +OtherReceptionsForSameOrder=Other receptions for this order +ReceptionsAndReceivingForSameOrder=Receptions and receipts for this order +ReceptionsToValidate=Receptions to validate +StatusReceptionCanceled=Canceled +StatusReceptionDraft=Draft +StatusReceptionValidated=Validated (products to ship or already shipped) +StatusReceptionProcessed=Processed +StatusReceptionDraftShort=Draft +StatusReceptionValidatedShort=Validated +StatusReceptionProcessedShort=Processed +ReceptionSheet=Reception sheet +ConfirmDeleteReception=Are you sure you want to delete this reception? +ConfirmValidateReception=Are you sure you want to validate this reception with reference %s? +ConfirmCancelReception=Are you sure you want to cancel this reception? +StatsOnReceptionsOnlyValidated=Statistics conducted on receptions only validated. Date used is date of validation of reception (planed delivery date is not always known). +SendReceptionByEMail=Send reception by email +SendReceptionRef=Submission of reception %s +ActionsOnReception=Events on reception +ReceptionCreationIsDoneFromOrder=For the moment, creation of a new reception is done from the order card. +ReceptionLine=Reception line +ProductQtyInReceptionAlreadySent=Product quantity from open sales order already sent +ProductQtyInSuppliersReceptionAlreadyRecevied=Product quantity from open supplier order already received +ValidateOrderFirstBeforeReception=You must first validate the order before being able to make receptions. +ReceptionsNumberingModules=Numbering module for receptions +ReceptionsReceiptModel=Document templates for receptions +NoMorePredefinedProductToDispatch=No more predefined products to dispatch +ReceptionExist=A reception exists diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/recruitment.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/recruitment.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6b0e8117254 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/recruitment.lang @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2020 Laurent Destailleur +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# + +# Module label 'ModuleRecruitmentName' +ModuleRecruitmentName = Recruitment +# Module description 'ModuleRecruitmentDesc' +ModuleRecruitmentDesc = Manage and follow recruitment campaigns for new job positions + +# +# Admin page +# +RecruitmentSetup = Recruitment setup +Settings = Settings +RecruitmentSetupPage = Enter here the setup of main options for the recruitment module +RecruitmentArea=Recruitement area +PublicInterfaceRecruitmentDesc=Public pages of jobs are public URLs to show and answer to open jobs. There is one different link for each open job, found on each job record. +EnablePublicRecruitmentPages=Enable public pages of open jobs + +# +# About page +# +About = About +RecruitmentAbout = About Recruitment +RecruitmentAboutPage = Recruitment about page +NbOfEmployeesExpected=Expected nb of employees +JobLabel=Label of job position +WorkPlace=Work place +DateExpected=Expected date +FutureManager=Future manager +ResponsibleOfRecruitement=Responsible of recruitment +IfJobIsLocatedAtAPartner=If job is located at a partner place +PositionToBeFilled=Job position +PositionsToBeFilled=Job positions +ListOfPositionsToBeFilled=List of job positions +NewPositionToBeFilled=New job positions + +JobOfferToBeFilled=Job position to be filled +ThisIsInformationOnJobPosition=Information of the job position to be filled +ContactForRecruitment=Contact for recruitment +EmailRecruiter=Email recruiter +ToUseAGenericEmail=To use a generic email. If not defined, the email of the responsible of recruitment will be used +NewCandidature=New application +ListOfCandidatures=List of applications +RequestedRemuneration=Requested remuneration +ProposedRemuneration=Proposed remuneration +ContractProposed=Contract proposed +ContractSigned=Contract signed +ContractRefused=Contract refused +RecruitmentCandidature=Application +JobPositions=Job positions +RecruitmentCandidatures=Applications +InterviewToDo=Interview to do +AnswerCandidature=Application answer +YourCandidature=Your application +YourCandidatureAnswerMessage=Thanks you for your application.
... +JobClosedTextCandidateFound=The job position is closed. The position has been filled. +JobClosedTextCanceled=The job position is closed. +ExtrafieldsJobPosition=Complementary attributes (job positions) +ExtrafieldsApplication=Complementary attributes (job applications) +MakeOffer=Make an offer diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/resource.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/resource.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8574dc680f --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/resource.lang @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - resource +MenuResourceIndex=Resources +MenuResourceAdd=New resource +DeleteResource=Delete resource +ConfirmDeleteResourceElement=Confirm delete the resource for this element +NoResourceInDatabase=No resource in database. +NoResourceLinked=No resource linked +ActionsOnResource=Events about this resource +ResourcePageIndex=Resources list +ResourceSingular=Resource +ResourceCard=Resource card +AddResource=Create a resource +ResourceFormLabel_ref=Resource name +ResourceType=Resource type +ResourceFormLabel_description=Resource description + +ResourcesLinkedToElement=Resources linked to element + +ShowResource=Show resource + +ResourceElementPage=Element resources +ResourceCreatedWithSuccess=Resource successfully created +RessourceLineSuccessfullyDeleted=Resource line successfully deleted +RessourceLineSuccessfullyUpdated=Resource line successfully updated +ResourceLinkedWithSuccess=Resource linked with success + +ConfirmDeleteResource=Confirm to delete this resource +RessourceSuccessfullyDeleted=Resource successfully deleted +DictionaryResourceType=Type of resources + +SelectResource=Select resource + +IdResource=Id resource +AssetNumber=Serial number +ResourceTypeCode=Resource type code +ImportDataset_resource_1=Resources + +ErrorResourcesAlreadyInUse=Some resources are in use +ErrorResourceUseInEvent=%s used in %s event diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/salaries.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12905040b1a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/salaries.lang @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - salaries +SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_PAYMENT=Accounting account used for user third parties +SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_PAYMENT_Desc=The dedicated accounting account defined on user card will be used for Subledger accounting only. This one will be used for General Ledger and as default value of Subledger accounting if dedicated user accounting account on user is not defined. +SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CHARGE=Accounting account by default for wage payments +CREATE_NEW_SALARY_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=By default, leave empty the option "Automatically create a total payment" when creating a Salary +Salary=Salary +Salaries=Salaries +NewSalary=New salary +NewSalaryPayment=New salary card +AddSalaryPayment=Add salary payment +SalaryPayment=Salary payment +SalariesPayments=Salaries payments +SalariesPaymentsOf=Salaries payments of %s +ShowSalaryPayment=Show salary payment +THM=Average hourly rate +TJM=Average daily rate +CurrentSalary=Current salary +THMDescription=This value may be used to calculate the cost of time consumed on a project entered by users if module project is used +TJMDescription=This value is currently for information only and is not used for any calculation +LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries +AllSalaries=All salaries +SalariesStatistics=Salary statistics +SalariesAndPayments=Salaries and payments +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/sendings.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b94891d79c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/sendings.lang @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - sendings +RefSending=Ref. shipment +Sending=Shipment +Sendings=Shipments +AllSendings=All Shipments +Shipment=Shipment +Shipments=Shipments +ShowSending=Show Shipments +Receivings=Delivery Receipts +SendingsArea=Shipments area +ListOfSendings=List of shipments +SendingMethod=Shipping method +LastSendings=Latest %s shipments +StatisticsOfSendings=Statistics for shipments +NbOfSendings=Number of shipments +NumberOfShipmentsByMonth=Number of shipments by month +SendingCard=Shipment card +NewSending=New shipment +CreateShipment=Create shipment +QtyShipped=Qty shipped +QtyShippedShort=Qty ship. +QtyPreparedOrShipped=Qty prepared or shipped +QtyToShip=Qty to ship +QtyToReceive=Qty to receive +QtyReceived=Qty received +QtyInOtherShipments=Qty in other shipments +KeepToShip=Remain to ship +KeepToShipShort=Remain +OtherSendingsForSameOrder=Other shipments for this order +SendingsAndReceivingForSameOrder=Shipments and receipts for this order +SendingsToValidate=Shipments to validate +StatusSendingCanceled=Canceled +StatusSendingCanceledShort=Canceled +StatusSendingDraft=Draft +StatusSendingValidated=Validated (products to ship or already shipped) +StatusSendingProcessed=Processed +StatusSendingDraftShort=Draft +StatusSendingValidatedShort=Validated +StatusSendingProcessedShort=Processed +SendingSheet=Shipment sheet +ConfirmDeleteSending=Are you sure you want to delete this shipment? +ConfirmValidateSending=Are you sure you want to validate this shipment with reference %s? +ConfirmCancelSending=Are you sure you want to cancel this shipment? +DocumentModelMerou=Merou A5 model +WarningNoQtyLeftToSend=Warning, no products waiting to be shipped. +StatsOnShipmentsOnlyValidated=Statistics are only for validated shipments. Date used is the date of validation of shipment (planned delivery date is not always known) +DateDeliveryPlanned=Planned date of delivery +RefDeliveryReceipt=Ref delivery receipt +StatusReceipt=Status delivery receipt +DateReceived=Date delivery received +ClassifyReception=Classify reception +SendShippingByEMail=Send shipment by email +SendShippingRef=Submission of shipment %s +ActionsOnShipping=Events on shipment +LinkToTrackYourPackage=Link to track your package +ShipmentCreationIsDoneFromOrder=For the moment, creation of a new shipment is done from the order card. +ShipmentLine=Shipment line +ProductQtyInCustomersOrdersRunning=Product quantity from open sales orders +ProductQtyInSuppliersOrdersRunning=Product quantity from open purchase orders +ProductQtyInShipmentAlreadySent=Product quantity from open sales order already sent +ProductQtyInSuppliersShipmentAlreadyRecevied=Product quantity from open purchase orders already received +NoProductToShipFoundIntoStock=No product to ship found in warehouse %s. Correct stock or go back to choose another warehouse. +WeightVolShort=Weight/Vol. +ValidateOrderFirstBeforeShipment=You must first validate the order before being able to make shipments. + +# Sending methods +# ModelDocument +DocumentModelTyphon=More complete document model for delivery receipts (logo...) +DocumentModelStorm=More complete document model for delivery receipts and extrafields compatibility (logo...) +Error_EXPEDITION_ADDON_NUMBER_NotDefined=Constant EXPEDITION_ADDON_NUMBER not defined +SumOfProductVolumes=Sum of product volumes +SumOfProductWeights=Sum of product weights + +# warehouse details +DetailWarehouseNumber= Warehouse details +DetailWarehouseFormat= W:%s (Qty: %d) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/sms.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/sms.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..055085eb16a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/sms.lang @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - sms +Sms=Sms +SmsSetup=SMS setup +SmsDesc=This page allows you to define global options on SMS features +SmsCard=SMS Card +AllSms=All SMS campaigns +SmsTargets=Targets +SmsRecipients=Targets +SmsRecipient=Target +SmsTitle=Description +SmsFrom=Sender +SmsTo=Target +SmsTopic=Topic of SMS +SmsText=Message +SmsMessage=SMS Message +ShowSms=Show SMS +ListOfSms=List SMS campaigns +NewSms=New SMS campaign +EditSms=Edit SMS +ResetSms=New sending +DeleteSms=Delete SMS campaign +DeleteASms=Remove a SMS campaign +PreviewSms=Previuw SMS +PrepareSms=Prepare SMS +CreateSms=Create SMS +SmsResult=Result of SMS sending +TestSms=Test SMS +ValidSms=Validate SMS +ApproveSms=Approve SMS +SmsStatusDraft=Draft +SmsStatusValidated=Validated +SmsStatusApproved=Approved +SmsStatusSent=Sent +SmsStatusSentPartialy=Sent partially +SmsStatusSentCompletely=Sent completely +SmsStatusError=Error +SmsStatusNotSent=Not sent +SmsSuccessfulySent=SMS correctly sent (from %s to %s) +ErrorSmsRecipientIsEmpty=Number of target is empty +WarningNoSmsAdded=No new phone number to add to target list +ConfirmValidSms=Do you confirm validation of this campaign? +NbOfUniqueSms=No. of unique phone numbers +NbOfSms=No. of phone numbers +ThisIsATestMessage=This is a test message +SendSms=Send SMS +SmsInfoCharRemain=No. of remaining characters +SmsInfoNumero= (international format i.e.: +33899701761) +DelayBeforeSending=Delay before sending (minutes) +SmsNoPossibleSenderFound=No sender available. Check setup of your SMS provider. +SmsNoPossibleRecipientFound=No target available. Check setup of your SMS provider. +DisableStopIfSupported=Disable STOP message (if supported) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/stocks.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1f0abc43a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/stocks.lang @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks +WarehouseCard=Warehouse card +Warehouse=Warehouse +Warehouses=Warehouses +ParentWarehouse=Parent warehouse +NewWarehouse=New warehouse / Stock Location +WarehouseEdit=Modify warehouse +MenuNewWarehouse=New warehouse +WarehouseSource=Source warehouse +WarehouseSourceNotDefined=No warehouse defined, +AddWarehouse=Create warehouse +AddOne=Add one +DefaultWarehouse=Default warehouse +WarehouseTarget=Target warehouse +ValidateSending=Delete sending +CancelSending=Cancel sending +DeleteSending=Delete sending +Stock=Stock +Stocks=Stocks +MissingStocks=Missing stocks +StockAtDate=Stocks at date +StockAtDateInPast=Date in the past +StockAtDateInFuture=Date in the future +StocksByLotSerial=Stocks by lot/serial +LotSerial=Lots/Serials +LotSerialList=List of lot/serials +Movements=Movements +ErrorWarehouseRefRequired=Warehouse reference name is required +ListOfWarehouses=List of warehouses +ListOfStockMovements=List of stock movements +ListOfInventories=List of inventories +MovementId=Movement ID +StockMovementForId=Movement ID %d +ListMouvementStockProject=List of stock movements associated to project +StocksArea=Warehouses area +AllWarehouses=All warehouses +IncludeEmptyDesiredStock=Include also negative stock with undefined desired stock +IncludeAlsoDraftOrders=Include also draft orders +Location=Location +LocationSummary=Short name of location +NumberOfDifferentProducts=Number of unique products +NumberOfProducts=Total number of products +LastMovement=Latest movement +LastMovements=Latest movements +Units=Units +Unit=Unit +StockCorrection=Stock correction +CorrectStock=Correct stock +StockTransfer=Stock transfer +TransferStock=Transfer stock +MassStockTransferShort=Mass stock transfer +StockMovement=Stock movement +StockMovements=Stock movements +NumberOfUnit=Number of units +UnitPurchaseValue=Unit purchase price +StockTooLow=Stock too low +StockLowerThanLimit=Stock lower than alert limit (%s) +EnhancedValue=Value +EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value +UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user +AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product +RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties +WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals +WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders +UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users +MainDefaultWarehouse=Default warehouse +MainDefaultWarehouseUser=Use a default warehouse for each user +MainDefaultWarehouseUserDesc=By activating this option, during creation of a product, the warehouse assigned to the product will be defined on this one. If no warehouse is defined on the user, the default warehouse is defined. +IndependantSubProductStock=Product stock and subproduct stock are independent +QtyDispatched=Quantity dispatched +QtyDispatchedShort=Qty dispatched +QtyToDispatchShort=Qty to dispatch +OrderDispatch=Item receipts +RuleForStockManagementDecrease=Choose Rule for automatic stock decrease (manual decrease is always possible, even if an automatic decrease rule is activated) +RuleForStockManagementIncrease=Choose Rule for automatic stock increase (manual increase is always possible, even if an automatic increase rule is activated) +DeStockOnBill=Decrease real stocks on validation of customer invoice/credit note +DeStockOnValidateOrder=Decrease real stocks on validation of sales order +DeStockOnShipment=Decrease real stocks on shipping validation +DeStockOnShipmentOnClosing=Decrease real stocks when shipping is set to closed +ReStockOnBill=Increase real stocks on validation of vendor invoice/credit note +ReStockOnValidateOrder=Increase real stocks on purchase order approval +ReStockOnDispatchOrder=Increase real stocks on manual dispatching into warehouse, after purchase order receipt of goods +StockOnReception=Increase real stocks on validation of reception +StockOnReceptionOnClosing=Increase real stocks when reception is set to closed +OrderStatusNotReadyToDispatch=Order has not yet or no more a status that allows dispatching of products in stock warehouses. +StockDiffPhysicTeoric=Explanation for difference between physical and virtual stock +NoPredefinedProductToDispatch=No predefined products for this object. So no dispatching in stock is required. +DispatchVerb=Dispatch +StockLimitShort=Limit for alert +StockLimit=Stock limit for alert +StockLimitDesc=(empty) means no warning.
0 can be used to trigger a warning as soon as the stock is empty. +PhysicalStock=Physical Stock +RealStock=Real Stock +RealStockDesc=Physical/real stock is the stock currently in the warehouses. +RealStockWillAutomaticallyWhen=The real stock will be modified according to this rule (as defined in the Stock module): +VirtualStock=Virtual stock +VirtualStockAtDate=Virtual stock at date +VirtualStockAtDateDesc=Virtual stock once all the pending orders that are planned to be processed before the chosen date will be finished +VirtualStockDesc=Virtual stock is the calculated stock available once all open/pending actions (that affect stocks) are closed (purchase orders received, sales orders shipped, manufacturing orders produced, etc) +AtDate=At date +IdWarehouse=Id warehouse +DescWareHouse=Description warehouse +LieuWareHouse=Localisation warehouse +WarehousesAndProducts=Warehouses and products +WarehousesAndProductsBatchDetail=Warehouses and products (with detail per lot/serial) +AverageUnitPricePMPShort=Weighted average price +AverageUnitPricePMPDesc=The input average unit price we had to expense to get 1 unit of product into our stock. +SellPriceMin=Selling Unit Price +EstimatedStockValueSellShort=Value for sell +EstimatedStockValueSell=Value for sell +EstimatedStockValueShort=Input stock value +EstimatedStockValue=Input stock value +DeleteAWarehouse=Delete a warehouse +ConfirmDeleteWarehouse=Are you sure you want to delete the warehouse %s? +PersonalStock=Personal stock %s +ThisWarehouseIsPersonalStock=This warehouse represents personal stock of %s %s +SelectWarehouseForStockDecrease=Choose warehouse to use for stock decrease +SelectWarehouseForStockIncrease=Choose warehouse to use for stock increase +NoStockAction=No stock action +DesiredStock=Desired Stock +DesiredStockDesc=This stock amount will be the value used to fill the stock by replenishment feature. +StockToBuy=To order +Replenishment=Replenishment +ReplenishmentOrders=Replenishment orders +VirtualDiffersFromPhysical=According to increase/decrease stock options, physical stock and virtual stock (physical stock + open orders) may differ +UseRealStockByDefault=Use real stock, instead of virtual stock, for replenishment feature +ReplenishmentCalculation=Amount to order will be (desired quantity - real stock) instead of (desired quantity - virtual stock) +UseVirtualStock=Use virtual stock +UsePhysicalStock=Use physical stock +CurentSelectionMode=Current selection mode +CurentlyUsingVirtualStock=Virtual stock +CurentlyUsingPhysicalStock=Physical stock +RuleForStockReplenishment=Rule for stocks replenishment +SelectProductWithNotNullQty=Select at least one product with a qty not null and a vendor +AlertOnly= Alerts only +IncludeProductWithUndefinedAlerts = Include also negative stock for products with no desired quantity defined, to restore them to 0 +WarehouseForStockDecrease=The warehouse %s will be used for stock decrease +WarehouseForStockIncrease=The warehouse %s will be used for stock increase +ForThisWarehouse=For this warehouse +ReplenishmentStatusDesc=This is a list of all products with a stock lower than desired stock (or lower than alert value if checkbox "alert only" is checked). Using the checkbox, you can create purchase orders to fill the difference. +ReplenishmentStatusDescPerWarehouse=If you want a replenishment based on desired quantity defined per warehouse, you must add a filter on the warehouse. +ReplenishmentOrdersDesc=This is a list of all open purchase orders including predefined products. Only open orders with predefined products, so orders that may affect stocks, are visible here. +Replenishments=Replenishments +NbOfProductBeforePeriod=Quantity of product %s in stock before selected period (< %s) +NbOfProductAfterPeriod=Quantity of product %s in stock after selected period (> %s) +MassMovement=Mass movement +SelectProductInAndOutWareHouse=Select a source warehouse and a target warehouse, a product and a quantity then click "%s". Once this is done for all required movements, click on "%s". +RecordMovement=Record transfer +ReceivingForSameOrder=Receipts for this order +StockMovementRecorded=Stock movements recorded +RuleForStockAvailability=Rules on stock requirements +StockMustBeEnoughForInvoice=Stock level must be enough to add product/service to invoice (check is done on current real stock when adding a line into invoice whatever the rule for automatic stock change) +StockMustBeEnoughForOrder=Stock level must be enough to add product/service to order (check is done on current real stock when adding a line into order whatever the rule for automatic stock change) +StockMustBeEnoughForShipment= Stock level must be enough to add product/service to shipment (check is done on current real stock when adding a line into shipment whatever the rule for automatic stock change) +MovementLabel=Label of movement +TypeMovement=Direction of movement +DateMovement=Date of movement +InventoryCode=Movement or inventory code +IsInPackage=Contained into package +WarehouseAllowNegativeTransfer=Stock can be negative +qtyToTranferIsNotEnough=You don't have enough stock from your source warehouse and your setup does not allow negative stocks. +qtyToTranferLotIsNotEnough=You don't have enough stock, for this lot number, from your source warehouse and your setup does not allow negative stocks (Qty for product '%s' with lot '%s' is %s in warehouse '%s'). +ShowWarehouse=Show warehouse +MovementCorrectStock=Stock correction for product %s +MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse +InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code +NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order +ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) +UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception +OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated +ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created +ProductStockWarehouseUpdated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly updated +ProductStockWarehouseDeleted=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly deleted +AddNewProductStockWarehouse=Set new limit for alert and desired optimal stock +AddStockLocationLine=Decrease quantity then click to add another warehouse for this product +InventoryDate=Inventory date +NewInventory=New inventory +inventorySetup = Inventory Setup +inventoryCreatePermission=Create new inventory +inventoryReadPermission=View inventories +inventoryWritePermission=Update inventories +inventoryValidatePermission=Validate inventory +inventoryDeletePermission=Delete inventory +inventoryTitle=Inventory +inventoryListTitle=Inventories +inventoryListEmpty=No inventory in progress +inventoryCreateDelete=Create/Delete inventory +inventoryCreate=Create new +inventoryEdit=Edit +inventoryValidate=Validated +inventoryDraft=Running +inventorySelectWarehouse=Warehouse choice +inventoryConfirmCreate=Create +inventoryOfWarehouse=Inventory for warehouse: %s +inventoryErrorQtyAdd=Error: one quantity is less than zero +inventoryMvtStock=By inventory +inventoryWarningProductAlreadyExists=This product is already into list +SelectCategory=Category filter +SelectFournisseur=Vendor filter +inventoryOnDate=Inventory +INVENTORY_USE_INVENTORY_DATE_FOR_DATE_OF_MVT=Stock movements will have the date of inventory (instead of the date of inventory validation) +inventoryChangePMPPermission=Allow to change PMP value for a product +ColumnNewPMP=New unit PMP +OnlyProdsInStock=Do not add product without stock +TheoricalQty=Theorique qty +TheoricalValue=Theorique qty +LastPA=Last BP +CurrentPA=Curent BP +RecordedQty=Recorded Qty +RealQty=Real Qty +RealValue=Real Value +RegulatedQty=Regulated Qty +AddInventoryProduct=Add product to inventory +AddProduct=Add +ApplyPMP=Apply PMP +FlushInventory=Flush inventory +ConfirmFlushInventory=Do you confirm this action? +InventoryFlushed=Inventory flushed +ExitEditMode=Exit edition +inventoryDeleteLine=Delete line +RegulateStock=Regulate Stock +ListInventory=List +StockSupportServices=Stock management supports Services +StockSupportServicesDesc=By default, you can stock only products of type "product". You may also stock a product of type "service" if both module Services and this option are enabled. +ReceiveProducts=Receive items +StockIncreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Increase by correction/transfer +StockDecreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Decrease by correction/transfer +StockIncrease=Stock increase +StockDecrease=Stock decrease +InventoryForASpecificWarehouse=Inventory for a specific warehouse +InventoryForASpecificProduct=Inventory for a specific product +StockIsRequiredToChooseWhichLotToUse=Stock is required to choose which lot to use +ForceTo=Force to +AlwaysShowFullArbo=Display full tree of warehouse on popup of warehouse links (Warning: This may decrease dramatically performances) +StockAtDatePastDesc=You can view here the stock (real stock) at a given date in the past +StockAtDateFutureDesc=You can view here the stock (virtual stock) at a given date in the future +CurrentStock=Current stock +InventoryRealQtyHelp=Set value to 0 to reset qty
Keep field empty, or remove line, to keep unchanged +UpdateByScaning=Fill real qty by scaning +UpdateByScaningProductBarcode=Update by scan (product barcode) +UpdateByScaningLot=Update by scan (lot|serial barcode) +DisableStockChangeOfSubProduct=Deactivate the stock change for all the subproducts of this Kit during this movement. +ImportFromCSV=Import CSV list of movement +ChooseFileToImport=Upload file then click on the %s icon to select file as source import file... +SelectAStockMovementFileToImport=select a stock movement file to import +InfoTemplateImport=Uploaded file needs to have this format (* are mandatory fields):
Source Warehouse* | Target Warehouse* | Product* | Quantity* | Lot/serial number
CSV character separator must be "%s" +LabelOfInventoryMovemement=Inventory %s +ReOpen=Reopen +ConfirmFinish=Do you confirm the closing of the inventory ? This will generate all stock movements to update your stock to the real qty you entered into the inventory. +ObjectNotFound=%s not found +MakeMovementsAndClose=Generate movements and close +AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity +ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab +CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration +FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/stripe.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/stripe.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a536ffd81e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/stripe.lang @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stripe +StripeSetup=Stripe module setup +StripeDesc=Offer customers a Stripe online payment page for payments with credit/cebit cards via Stripe. This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or for payments related to a particular Dolibarr object (invoice, order, ...) +StripeOrCBDoPayment=Pay with credit card or Stripe +FollowingUrlAreAvailableToMakePayments=Following URLs are available to offer a page to a customer to make a payment on Dolibarr objects +PaymentForm=Payment form +WelcomeOnPaymentPage=Welcome to our online payment service +ThisScreenAllowsYouToPay=This screen allow you to make an online payment to %s. +ThisIsInformationOnPayment=This is information on payment to do +ToComplete=To complete +YourEMail=Email to receive payment confirmation +STRIPE_PAYONLINE_SENDEMAIL=Email notification after a payment attempt (success or fail) +Creditor=Creditor +PaymentCode=Payment code +StripeDoPayment=Pay with Stripe +YouWillBeRedirectedOnStripe=You will be redirected on secured Stripe page to input you credit card information +Continue=Next +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePayment=URL for %s payment +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnOrder=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a sales order +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnInvoice=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a customer invoice +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnContractLine=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a contract line +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnFreeAmount=URL to offer a %s online payment page of any amount with no existing object +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnMemberSubscription=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a member subscription +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnDonation=URL to offer a %s online payment page for payment of a donation +YouCanAddTagOnUrl=You can also add url parameter &tag=value to any of those URL (mandatory only for payment not linked to an object) to add your own payment comment tag.
For the URL of payments with no existing object, you may also add the parameter &noidempotency=1 so the same link with same tag can be used several times (some payment mode may limit the payment to 1 for each different link without this parameter) +SetupStripeToHavePaymentCreatedAutomatically=Setup your Stripe with url %s to have payment created automatically when validated by Stripe. +AccountParameter=Account parameters +UsageParameter=Usage parameters +InformationToFindParameters=Help to find your %s account information +STRIPE_CGI_URL_V2=Url of Stripe CGI module for payment +CSSUrlForPaymentForm=CSS style sheet url for payment form +NewStripePaymentReceived=New Stripe payment received +NewStripePaymentFailed=New Stripe payment tried but failed +FailedToChargeCard=Failed to charge card +STRIPE_TEST_SECRET_KEY=Secret test key +STRIPE_TEST_PUBLISHABLE_KEY=Publishable test key +STRIPE_TEST_WEBHOOK_KEY=Webhook test key +STRIPE_LIVE_SECRET_KEY=Secret live key +STRIPE_LIVE_PUBLISHABLE_KEY=Publishable live key +STRIPE_LIVE_WEBHOOK_KEY=Webhook live key +ONLINE_PAYMENT_WAREHOUSE=Stock to use for stock decrease when online payment is done
(TODO When option to decrease stock is done on an action on invoice and the online payment generate itself the invoice ?) +StripeLiveEnabled=Stripe live enabled (otherwise test/sandbox mode) +StripeImportPayment=Import Stripe payments +ExampleOfTestCreditCard=Example of credit card for test: %s => valid, %s => error CVC, %s => expired, %s => charge fails +StripeGateways=Stripe gateways +OAUTH_STRIPE_TEST_ID=Stripe Connect Client ID (ca_...) +OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_ID=Stripe Connect Client ID (ca_...) +BankAccountForBankTransfer=Bank account for fund payouts +StripeAccount=Stripe account +StripeChargeList=List of Stripe charges +StripeTransactionList=List of Stripe transactions +StripeCustomerId=Stripe customer id +StripePaymentModes=Stripe payment modes +LocalID=Local ID +StripeID=Stripe ID +NameOnCard=Name on card +CardNumber=Card Number +ExpiryDate=Expiry Date +CVN=CVN +DeleteACard=Delete Card +ConfirmDeleteCard=Are you sure you want to delete this Credit or Debit card? +CreateCustomerOnStripe=Create customer on Stripe +CreateCardOnStripe=Create card on Stripe +ShowInStripe=Show in Stripe +StripeUserAccountForActions=User account to use for email notification of some Stripe events (Stripe payouts) +StripePayoutList=List of Stripe payouts +ToOfferALinkForTestWebhook=Link to setup Stripe WebHook to call the IPN (test mode) +ToOfferALinkForLiveWebhook=Link to setup Stripe WebHook to call the IPN (live mode) +PaymentWillBeRecordedForNextPeriod=Payment will be recorded for the next period. +ClickHereToTryAgain=Click here to try again... +CreationOfPaymentModeMustBeDoneFromStripeInterface=Due to Strong Customer Authentication rules, creation of a card must be done from Stripe backoffice. You can click here to switch on Stripe customer record: %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/supplier_proposal.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/supplier_proposal.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a68319fb2df --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/supplier_proposal.lang @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - supplier_proposal +SupplierProposal=Vendor commercial proposals +supplier_proposalDESC=Manage price requests to suppliers +SupplierProposalNew=New price request +CommRequest=Price request +CommRequests=Price requests +SearchRequest=Find a request +DraftRequests=Draft requests +SupplierProposalsDraft=Draft vendor proposals +LastModifiedRequests=Latest %s modified price requests +RequestsOpened=Open price requests +SupplierProposalArea=Vendor proposals area +SupplierProposalShort=Vendor proposal +SupplierProposals=Vendor proposals +SupplierProposalsShort=Vendor proposals +AskPrice=Price request +NewAskPrice=New price request +ShowSupplierProposal=Show price request +AddSupplierProposal=Create a price request +SupplierProposalRefFourn=Vendor ref +SupplierProposalDate=Delivery date +SupplierProposalRefFournNotice=Before closing to "Accepted", think to grasp suppliers references. +ConfirmValidateAsk=Are you sure you want to validate this price request under name %s? +DeleteAsk=Delete request +ValidateAsk=Validate request +SupplierProposalStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +SupplierProposalStatusValidated=Validated (request is open) +SupplierProposalStatusClosed=Closed +SupplierProposalStatusSigned=Accepted +SupplierProposalStatusNotSigned=Refused +SupplierProposalStatusDraftShort=Draft +SupplierProposalStatusValidatedShort=Validated +SupplierProposalStatusClosedShort=Closed +SupplierProposalStatusSignedShort=Accepted +SupplierProposalStatusNotSignedShort=Refused +CopyAskFrom=Create a price request by copying an existing request +CreateEmptyAsk=Create blank request +ConfirmCloneAsk=Are you sure you want to clone the price request %s? +ConfirmReOpenAsk=Are you sure you want to open back the price request %s? +SendAskByMail=Send price request by mail +SendAskRef=Sending the price request %s +SupplierProposalCard=Request card +ConfirmDeleteAsk=Are you sure you want to delete this price request %s? +ActionsOnSupplierProposal=Events on price request +DocModelAuroreDescription=A complete request model (logo...) +CommercialAsk=Price request +DefaultModelSupplierProposalCreate=Default model creation +DefaultModelSupplierProposalToBill=Default template when closing a price request (accepted) +DefaultModelSupplierProposalClosed=Default template when closing a price request (refused) +ListOfSupplierProposals=List of vendor proposal requests +ListSupplierProposalsAssociatedProject=List of vendor proposals associated with project +SupplierProposalsToClose=Vendor proposals to close +SupplierProposalsToProcess=Vendor proposals to process +LastSupplierProposals=Latest %s price requests +AllPriceRequests=All requests +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_SHIPPING=Vendor contact for delivery +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_BILLING=Vendor contact for billing +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_SERVICE=Representative following-up proposal diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/suppliers.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/suppliers.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca9ee174d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/suppliers.lang @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - vendors +Suppliers=Vendors +SuppliersInvoice=Vendor invoice +SupplierInvoices=Vendor invoices +ShowSupplierInvoice=Show Vendor Invoice +NewSupplier=New vendor +History=History +ListOfSuppliers=List of vendors +ShowSupplier=Show vendor +OrderDate=Order date +BuyingPriceMin=Best buying price +BuyingPriceMinShort=Best buying price +TotalBuyingPriceMinShort=Total of subproducts buying prices +TotalSellingPriceMinShort=Total of subproducts selling prices +SomeSubProductHaveNoPrices=Some sub-products have no price defined +AddSupplierPrice=Add buying price +ChangeSupplierPrice=Change buying price +SupplierPrices=Vendor prices +ReferenceSupplierIsAlreadyAssociatedWithAProduct=This vendor reference is already associated with a product: %s +NoRecordedSuppliers=No vendor recorded +SupplierPayment=Vendor payment +SuppliersArea=Vendor area +RefSupplierShort=Ref. vendor +Availability=Availability +ExportDataset_fournisseur_1=Vendor invoices and invoice details +ExportDataset_fournisseur_2=Vendor invoices and payments +ExportDataset_fournisseur_3=Purchase orders and order details +ApproveThisOrder=Approve this order +ConfirmApproveThisOrder=Are you sure you want to approve order %s? +DenyingThisOrder=Deny this order +ConfirmDenyingThisOrder=Are you sure you want to deny this order %s? +ConfirmCancelThisOrder=Are you sure you want to cancel this order %s? +AddSupplierOrder=Create Purchase Order +AddSupplierInvoice=Create vendor invoice +ListOfSupplierProductForSupplier=List of products and prices for vendor %s +SentToSuppliers=Sent to vendors +ListOfSupplierOrders=List of purchase orders +MenuOrdersSupplierToBill=Purchase orders to invoice +NbDaysToDelivery=Delivery delay (days) +DescNbDaysToDelivery=The longest delivery delay of the products from this order +SupplierReputation=Vendor reputation +ReferenceReputation=Reference reputation +DoNotOrderThisProductToThisSupplier=Do not order +NotTheGoodQualitySupplier=Low quality +ReputationForThisProduct=Reputation +BuyerName=Buyer name +AllProductServicePrices=All product / service prices +AllProductReferencesOfSupplier=All references of vendor +BuyingPriceNumShort=Vendor prices diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ticket.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5615415ef28 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/ticket.lang @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +# en_US lang file for module ticket +# Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-François FERRY +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# + +Module56000Name=Tickets +Module56000Desc=Ticket system for issue or request management + +Permission56001=See tickets +Permission56002=Modify tickets +Permission56003=Delete tickets +Permission56004=Manage tickets +Permission56005=See tickets of all third parties (not effective for external users, always be limited to the third party they depend on) + +TicketDictType=Ticket - Types +TicketDictCategory=Ticket - Groupes +TicketDictSeverity=Ticket - Severities +TicketDictResolution=Ticket - Resolution + +TicketTypeShortCOM=Commercial question +TicketTypeShortHELP=Request for functionnal help +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Issue or bug +TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problem +TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Change or enhancement request +TicketTypeShortPROJET=Project +TicketTypeShortOTHER=Other + +TicketSeverityShortLOW=Low +TicketSeverityShortNORMAL=Normal +TicketSeverityShortHIGH=High +TicketSeverityShortBLOCKING=Critical, Blocking + +ErrorBadEmailAddress=Field '%s' incorrect +MenuTicketMyAssign=My tickets +MenuTicketMyAssignNonClosed=My open tickets +MenuListNonClosed=Open tickets + +TypeContact_ticket_internal_CONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Assigned user +TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Customer contact / incident tracking +TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=External contributor + +OriginEmail=Reporter Email +Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Send ticket message by email + +# Status +Read=Read +Assigned=Assigned +InProgress=In progress +NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback +NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback +Answered=Answered +Waiting=Waiting +SolvedClosed=Solved +Deleted=Deleted + +# Dict +Type=Type +Severity=Severity +TicketGroupIsPublic=Group is public +TicketGroupIsPublicDesc=If a ticket group is public, it will be visible in the form when creating a ticket from the public interface + +# Email templates +MailToSendTicketMessage=To send email from ticket message + +# +# Admin page +# +TicketSetup=Ticket module setup +TicketSettings=Settings +TicketSetupPage= +TicketPublicAccess=A public interface requiring no identification is available at the following url +TicketSetupDictionaries=The type of ticket, severity and analytic codes are configurable from dictionaries +TicketParamModule=Module variable setup +TicketParamMail=Email setup +TicketEmailNotificationFrom=Notification email from +TicketEmailNotificationFromHelp=Used into ticket message answer by example +TicketEmailNotificationTo=Notifications email to +TicketEmailNotificationToHelp=Send email notifications to this address. +TicketNewEmailBodyLabel=Text message sent after creating a ticket +TicketNewEmailBodyHelp=The text specified here will be inserted into the email confirming the creation of a new ticket from the public interface. Information on the consultation of the ticket are automatically added. +TicketParamPublicInterface=Public interface setup +TicketsEmailMustExist=Require an existing email address to create a ticket +TicketsEmailMustExistHelp=In the public interface, the email address should already be filled in the database to create a new ticket. +PublicInterface=Public interface +TicketUrlPublicInterfaceLabelAdmin=Alternative URL for public interface +TicketUrlPublicInterfaceHelpAdmin=It is possible to define an alias to the web server and thus make available the public interface with another URL (the server must act as a proxy on this new URL) +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHomeLabelAdmin=Welcome text of the public interface +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHome=You can create a support ticket or view existing from its identifier tracking ticket. +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHomeHelpAdmin=The text defined here will appear on the home page of the public interface. +TicketPublicInterfaceTopicLabelAdmin=Interface title +TicketPublicInterfaceTopicHelp=This text will appear as the title of the public interface. +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHelpMessageLabelAdmin=Help text to the message entry +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHelpMessageHelpAdmin=This text will appear above the message input area of the user. +ExtraFieldsTicket=Extra attributes +TicketCkEditorEmailNotActivated=HTML editor is not activated. Please put FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_MAIL content to 1 to get it. +TicketsDisableEmail=Do not send emails for ticket creation or message recording +TicketsDisableEmailHelp=By default, emails are sent when new tickets or messages created. Enable this option to disable *all* email notifications +TicketsLogEnableEmail=Enable log by email +TicketsLogEnableEmailHelp=At each change, an email will be sent **to each contact** associated with the ticket. +TicketParams=Params +TicketsShowModuleLogo=Display the logo of the module in the public interface +TicketsShowModuleLogoHelp=Enable this option to hide the logo module in the pages of the public interface +TicketsShowCompanyLogo=Display the logo of the company in the public interface +TicketsShowCompanyLogoHelp=Enable this option to hide the logo of the main company in the pages of the public interface +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Also send a notification to the main email address +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Enable this option to also send an email to the address defined into setup "%s" (see tab "%s") +TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Restrict the display to tickets assigned to the current user (not effective for external users, always be limited to the third party they depend on) +TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Only tickets assigned to the current user will be visible. Does not apply to a user with tickets management rights. +TicketsActivatePublicInterface=Activate public interface +TicketsActivatePublicInterfaceHelp=Public interface allow any visitors to create tickets. +TicketsAutoAssignTicket=Automatically assign the user who created the ticket +TicketsAutoAssignTicketHelp=When creating a ticket, the user can be automatically assigned to the ticket. +TicketNumberingModules=Tickets numbering module +TicketsModelModule=Document templates for tickets +TicketNotifyTiersAtCreation=Notify third party at creation +TicketsDisableCustomerEmail=Always disable emails when a ticket is created from public interface +TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Send email(s) when a new message/comment is added to a ticket +TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessageHelp=Send email(s) when a new message is added from public interface (to assigned user or the notifications email to (update) and/or the notifications email to) +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmail=Notifications email to (update) +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Send an email to this address for each new message notifications if the ticket doesn't have a user assigned to it or if the user doesn't have any known email. +# +# Index & list page +# +TicketsIndex=Tickets area +TicketList=List of tickets +TicketAssignedToMeInfos=This page display ticket list created by or assigned to current user +NoTicketsFound=No ticket found +NoUnreadTicketsFound=No unread ticket found +TicketViewAllTickets=View all tickets +TicketViewNonClosedOnly=View only open tickets +TicketStatByStatus=Tickets by status +OrderByDateAsc=Sort by ascending date +OrderByDateDesc=Sort by descending date +ShowAsConversation=Show as conversation list +MessageListViewType=Show as table list + +# +# Ticket card +# +Ticket=Ticket +TicketCard=Ticket card +CreateTicket=Create ticket +EditTicket=Edit ticket +TicketsManagement=Tickets Management +CreatedBy=Created by +NewTicket=New Ticket +SubjectAnswerToTicket=Ticket answer +TicketTypeRequest=Request type +TicketCategory=Ticket categorization +SeeTicket=See ticket +TicketMarkedAsRead=Ticket has been marked as read +TicketReadOn=Read on +TicketCloseOn=Closing date +MarkAsRead=Mark ticket as read +TicketHistory=Ticket history +AssignUser=Assign to user +TicketAssigned=Ticket is now assigned +TicketChangeType=Change type +TicketChangeCategory=Change analytic code +TicketChangeSeverity=Change severity +TicketAddMessage=Add a message +AddMessage=Add a message +MessageSuccessfullyAdded=Ticket added +TicketMessageSuccessfullyAdded=Message successfully added +TicketMessagesList=Message list +NoMsgForThisTicket=No message for this ticket +Properties=Classification +LatestNewTickets=Latest %s newest tickets (not read) +TicketSeverity=Severity +ShowTicket=See ticket +RelatedTickets=Related tickets +TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket +ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' +ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting +TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success +TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed +TicketDurationAuto=Calculated duration +TicketDurationAutoInfos=Duration calculated automatically from intervention related +TicketUpdated=Ticket updated +SendMessageByEmail=Send message by email +TicketNewMessage=New message +ErrorMailRecipientIsEmptyForSendTicketMessage=Recipient is empty. No email send +TicketGoIntoContactTab=Please go into "Contacts" tab to select them +TicketMessageMailIntro=Introduction +TicketMessageMailIntroHelp=This text is added only at the beginning of the email and will not be saved. +TicketMessageMailIntroLabelAdmin=Introduction to the message when sending email +TicketMessageMailIntroText=Hello,
A new response was sent on a ticket that you contact. Here is the message:
+TicketMessageMailIntroHelpAdmin=This text will be inserted before the text of the response to a ticket. +TicketMessageMailSignature=Signature +TicketMessageMailSignatureHelp=This text is added only at the end of the email and will not be saved. +TicketMessageMailSignatureText=

Sincerely,

--

+TicketMessageMailSignatureLabelAdmin=Signature of response email +TicketMessageMailSignatureHelpAdmin=This text will be inserted after the response message. +TicketMessageHelp=Only this text will be saved in the message list on ticket card. +TicketMessageSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=Substitutions variables are replaced by generic values. +TimeElapsedSince=Time elapsed since +TicketTimeToRead=Time elapsed before read +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Time elapsed before / since +TicketContacts=Contacts ticket +TicketDocumentsLinked=Documents linked to ticket +ConfirmReOpenTicket=Confirm reopen this ticket ? +TicketMessageMailIntroAutoNewPublicMessage=A new message was posted on the ticket with the subject %s: +TicketAssignedToYou=Ticket assigned +TicketAssignedEmailBody=You have been assigned the ticket #%s by %s +MarkMessageAsPrivate=Mark message as private +TicketMessagePrivateHelp=This message will not display to external users +TicketEmailOriginIssuer=Issuer at origin of the tickets +InitialMessage=Initial Message +LinkToAContract=Link to a contract +TicketPleaseSelectAContract=Select a contract +UnableToCreateInterIfNoSocid=Can not create an intervention when no third party is defined +TicketMailExchanges=Mail exchanges +TicketInitialMessageModified=Initial message modified +TicketMessageSuccesfullyUpdated=Message successfully updated +TicketChangeStatus=Change status +TicketConfirmChangeStatus=Confirm the status change: %s ? +TicketLogStatusChanged=Status changed: %s to %s +TicketNotNotifyTiersAtCreate=Not notify company at create +Unread=Unread +TicketNotCreatedFromPublicInterface=Not available. Ticket was not created from public interface. +ErrorTicketRefRequired=Ticket reference name is required + +# +# Logs +# +TicketLogMesgReadBy=Ticket %s read by %s +NoLogForThisTicket=No log for this ticket yet +TicketLogAssignedTo=Ticket %s assigned to %s +TicketLogPropertyChanged=Ticket %s modified: classification from %s to %s +TicketLogClosedBy=Ticket %s closed by %s +TicketLogReopen=Ticket %s re-open + +# +# Public pages +# +TicketSystem=Ticket system +ShowListTicketWithTrackId=Display ticket list from track ID +ShowTicketWithTrackId=Display ticket from track ID +TicketPublicDesc=You can create a support ticket or check from an existing ID. +YourTicketSuccessfullySaved=Ticket has been successfully saved! +MesgInfosPublicTicketCreatedWithTrackId=A new ticket has been created with ID %s and Ref %s. +PleaseRememberThisId=Please keep the tracking number that we might ask you later. +TicketNewEmailSubject=Ticket creation confirmation - Ref %s (public ticket ID %s) +TicketNewEmailSubjectCustomer=New support ticket +TicketNewEmailBody=This is an automatic email to confirm you have registered a new ticket. +TicketNewEmailBodyCustomer=This is an automatic email to confirm a new ticket has just been created into your account. +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTicket=Information for monitoring the ticket +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackId=Ticket tracking number: %s +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrl=You can view the progress of the ticket by clicking the link above. +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlCustomer=You can view the progress of the ticket in the specific interface by clicking the following link +TicketEmailPleaseDoNotReplyToThisEmail=Please do not reply directly to this email! Use the link to reply into the interface. +TicketPublicInfoCreateTicket=This form allows you to record a support ticket in our management system. +TicketPublicPleaseBeAccuratelyDescribe=Please accurately describe the problem. Provide the most information possible to allow us to correctly identify your request. +TicketPublicMsgViewLogIn=Please enter ticket tracking ID +TicketTrackId=Public Tracking ID +OneOfTicketTrackId=One of your tracking ID +ErrorTicketNotFound=Ticket with tracking ID %s not found! +Subject=Subject +ViewTicket=View ticket +ViewMyTicketList=View my ticket list +ErrorEmailMustExistToCreateTicket=Error: email address not found in our database +TicketNewEmailSubjectAdmin=New ticket created - Ref %s (public ticket ID %s) +TicketNewEmailBodyAdmin=

Ticket has just been created with ID #%s, see information:

+SeeThisTicketIntomanagementInterface=See ticket in management interface +TicketPublicInterfaceForbidden=The public interface for the tickets was not enabled +ErrorEmailOrTrackingInvalid=Bad value for tracking ID or email +OldUser=Old user +NewUser=New user +NumberOfTicketsByMonth=Number of tickets per month +NbOfTickets=Number of tickets +# notifications +TicketNotificationEmailSubject=Ticket %s updated +TicketNotificationEmailBody=This is an automatic message to notify you that ticket %s has just been updated +TicketNotificationRecipient=Notification recipient +TicketNotificationLogMessage=Log message +TicketNotificationEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlinternal=View ticket into interface +TicketNotificationNumberEmailSent=Notification email sent: %s + +ActionsOnTicket=Events on ticket + +# +# Boxes +# +BoxLastTicket=Latest created tickets +BoxLastTicketDescription=Latest %s created tickets +BoxLastTicketContent= +BoxLastTicketNoRecordedTickets=No recent unread tickets +BoxLastModifiedTicket=Latest modified tickets +BoxLastModifiedTicketDescription=Latest %s modified tickets +BoxLastModifiedTicketContent= +BoxLastModifiedTicketNoRecordedTickets=No recent modified tickets +BoxTicketType=Distribution of open tickets by type +BoxTicketSeverity=Number of open tickets by severity +BoxNoTicketSeverity=No tickets opened +BoxTicketLastXDays=Number of new tickets by days the last %s days +BoxTicketLastXDayswidget = Number of new tickets by days the last X days +BoxNoTicketLastXDays=No new tickets the last %s days +BoxNumberOfTicketByDay=Number of new tickets by day +BoxNewTicketVSClose=Number of today's new tickets versus today's closed tickets +TicketCreatedToday=Ticket created today +TicketClosedToday=Ticket closed today diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/trips.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9a6c792077 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/trips.lang @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - trips +ShowExpenseReport=Show expense report +Trips=Expense reports +TripsAndExpenses=Expenses reports +TripsAndExpensesStatistics=Expense reports statistics +TripCard=Expense report card +AddTrip=Create expense report +ListOfTrips=List of expense reports +ListOfFees=List of fees +TypeFees=Types of fees +ShowTrip=Show expense report +NewTrip=New expense report +LastExpenseReports=Latest %s expense reports +AllExpenseReports=All expense reports +CompanyVisited=Company/organization visited +FeesKilometersOrAmout=Amount or kilometers +DeleteTrip=Delete expense report +ConfirmDeleteTrip=Are you sure you want to delete this expense report? +ListTripsAndExpenses=List of expense reports +ListToApprove=Waiting for approval +ExpensesArea=Expense reports area +ClassifyRefunded=Classify 'Refunded' +ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=A new expense report has been submitted for approval +ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=An expense report has been submitted for re-approval +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s +ExpenseReportApproved=An expense report was approved +ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=The expense report %s was approved.
- User: %s
- Approved by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportRefused=An expense report was refused +ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=The expense report %s was refused.
- User: %s
- Refused by: %s
- Motive for refusal: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportCanceled=An expense report was canceled +ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid +ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +TripId=Id expense report +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. +TripSociete=Information company +TripNDF=Informations expense report +PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report +ExpenseReportLine=Expense report line +TF_OTHER=Other +TF_TRIP=Transportation +TF_LUNCH=Lunch +TF_METRO=Metro +TF_TRAIN=Train +TF_BUS=Bus +TF_CAR=Car +TF_PEAGE=Toll +TF_ESSENCE=Fuel +TF_HOTEL=Hotel +TF_TAXI=Taxi +EX_KME=Mileage costs +EX_FUE=Fuel CV +EX_HOT=Hotel +EX_PAR=Parking CV +EX_TOL=Toll CV +EX_TAX=Various Taxes +EX_IND=Indemnity transportation subscription +EX_SUM=Maintenance supply +EX_SUO=Office supplies +EX_CAR=Car rental +EX_DOC=Documentation +EX_CUR=Customers receiving +EX_OTR=Other receiving +EX_POS=Postage +EX_CAM=CV maintenance and repair +EX_EMM=Employees meal +EX_GUM=Guests meal +EX_BRE=Breakfast +EX_FUE_VP=Fuel PV +EX_TOL_VP=Toll PV +EX_PAR_VP=Parking PV +EX_CAM_VP=PV maintenance and repair +DefaultCategoryCar=Default transportation mode +DefaultRangeNumber=Default range number +UploadANewFileNow=Upload a new document now +Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Error, the rule for expense report numbering ref was not defined into setup of module 'Expense Report' +ErrorDoubleDeclaration=You have declared another expense report into a similar date range. +AucuneLigne=There is no expense report declared yet +ModePaiement=Payment mode +VALIDATOR=User responsible for approval +VALIDOR=Approved by +AUTHOR=Recorded by +AUTHORPAIEMENT=Paid by +REFUSEUR=Denied by +CANCEL_USER=Deleted by +MOTIF_REFUS=Reason +MOTIF_CANCEL=Reason +DATE_REFUS=Deny date +DATE_SAVE=Validation date +DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date +DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date +ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report +ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval +ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) +NOT_AUTHOR=You are not the author of this expense report. Operation cancelled. +ConfirmRefuseTrip=Are you sure you want to deny this expense report? +ValideTrip=Approve expense report +ConfirmValideTrip=Are you sure you want to approve this expense report? +PaidTrip=Pay an expense report +ConfirmPaidTrip=Are you sure you want to change status of this expense report to "Paid"? +ConfirmCancelTrip=Are you sure you want to cancel this expense report? +BrouillonnerTrip=Move back expense report to status "Draft" +ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Are you sure you want to move this expense report to status "Draft"? +SaveTrip=Validate expense report +ConfirmSaveTrip=Are you sure you want to validate this expense report? +NoTripsToExportCSV=No expense report to export for this period. +ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment +ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve +ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay +ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges +ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules +ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers +ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report +expenseReportOffset=Offset +expenseReportCoef=Coefficient +expenseReportTotalForFive=Example with d = 5 +expenseReportRangeFromTo=from %d to %d +expenseReportRangeMoreThan=more than %d +expenseReportCoefUndefined=(value not defined) +expenseReportCatDisabled=Category disabled - see the c_exp_tax_cat dictionary +expenseReportRangeDisabled=Range disabled - see the c_exp_tax_range dictionay +expenseReportPrintExample=offset + (d x coef) = %s +ExpenseReportApplyTo=Apply to +ExpenseReportDomain=Domain to apply +ExpenseReportLimitOn=Limit on +ExpenseReportDateStart=Date start +ExpenseReportDateEnd=Date end +ExpenseReportLimitAmount=Limite amount +ExpenseReportRestrictive=Restrictive +AllExpenseReport=All type of expense report +OnExpense=Expense line +ExpenseReportRuleSave=Expense report rule saved +ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Error: %s +RangeNum=Range %d +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s +byEX_DAY=by day (limitation to %s) +byEX_MON=by month (limitation to %s) +byEX_YEA=by year (limitation to %s) +byEX_EXP=by line (limitation to %s) +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s +nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) +nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) +nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) +nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) +CarCategory=Vehicle category +ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s +RangeIk=Mileage range +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/users.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6aeaf128838 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/users.lang @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - users +HRMArea=HRM area +UserCard=User card +GroupCard=Group card +Permission=Permission +Permissions=Permissions +EditPassword=Edit password +SendNewPassword=Regenerate and send password +SendNewPasswordLink=Send link to reset password +ReinitPassword=Regenerate password +PasswordChangedTo=Password changed to: %s +SubjectNewPassword=Your new password for %s +GroupRights=Group permissions +UserRights=User permissions +Credentials=Credentials +UserGUISetup=User Display Setup +DisableUser=Disable +DisableAUser=Disable a user +DeleteUser=Delete +DeleteAUser=Delete a user +EnableAUser=Enable a user +DeleteGroup=Delete +DeleteAGroup=Delete a group +ConfirmDisableUser=Are you sure you want to disable user %s? +ConfirmDeleteUser=Are you sure you want to delete user %s? +ConfirmDeleteGroup=Are you sure you want to delete group %s? +ConfirmEnableUser=Are you sure you want to enable user %s? +ConfirmReinitPassword=Are you sure you want to generate a new password for user %s? +ConfirmSendNewPassword=Are you sure you want to generate and send new password for user %s? +NewUser=New user +CreateUser=Create user +LoginNotDefined=Login is not defined. +NameNotDefined=Name is not defined. +ListOfUsers=List of users +SuperAdministrator=Super Administrator +SuperAdministratorDesc=Global administrator +AdministratorDesc=Administrator +DefaultRights=Default Permissions +DefaultRightsDesc=Define here the default permissions that are automatically granted to a new user (to modify permissions for existing users, go to the user card). +DolibarrUsers=Dolibarr users +LastName=Last name +FirstName=First name +ListOfGroups=List of groups +NewGroup=New group +CreateGroup=Create group +RemoveFromGroup=Remove from group +PasswordChangedAndSentTo=Password changed and sent to %s. +PasswordChangeRequest=Request to change password for %s +PasswordChangeRequestSent=Request to change password for %s sent to %s. +IfLoginExistPasswordRequestSent=If this login is a valid account, an email to reset password has been sent. +IfEmailExistPasswordRequestSent=If this email is a valid account, an email to reset password has been sent. +ConfirmPasswordReset=Confirm password reset +MenuUsersAndGroups=Users & Groups +LastGroupsCreated=Latest %s groups created +LastUsersCreated=Latest %s users created +ShowGroup=Show group +ShowUser=Show user +NonAffectedUsers=Non assigned users +UserModified=User modified successfully +PhotoFile=Photo file +ListOfUsersInGroup=List of users in this group +ListOfGroupsForUser=List of groups for this user +LinkToCompanyContact=Link to third party / contact +LinkedToDolibarrMember=Link to member +LinkedToDolibarrUser=Link to Dolibarr user +LinkedToDolibarrThirdParty=Link to Dolibarr third party +CreateDolibarrLogin=Create a user +CreateDolibarrThirdParty=Create a third party +LoginAccountDisableInDolibarr=Account disabled in Dolibarr. +UsePersonalValue=Use personal value +InternalUser=Internal user +ExportDataset_user_1=Users and their properties +DomainUser=Domain user %s +Reactivate=Reactivate +CreateInternalUserDesc=This form allows you to create an internal user in your company/organization. To create an external user (customer, vendor etc. ..), use the button 'Create Dolibarr User' from that third-party's contact card. +InternalExternalDesc=An internal user is a user that is part of your company/organization, or is a partner user outside of your organization that may need to see more data than data related to his company (the permission system will define what he can or can't see or do).
An external user is a customer, vendor or other that must view ONLY data related to himself (Creating an external user for a third-party can be done from the contact record of the third-party).

In both cases, you must grant permissions on the features that the user need. +PermissionInheritedFromAGroup=Permission granted because inherited from one of a user's group. +Inherited=Inherited +UserWillBe=Created user will be +UserWillBeInternalUser=Created user will be an internal user (because not linked to a particular third party) +UserWillBeExternalUser=Created user will be an external user (because linked to a particular third party) +IdPhoneCaller=Id phone caller +NewUserCreated=User %s created +NewUserPassword=Password change for %s +NewPasswordValidated=Your new password have been validated and must be used now to login. +EventUserModified=User %s modified +UserDisabled=User %s disabled +UserEnabled=User %s activated +UserDeleted=User %s removed +NewGroupCreated=Group %s created +GroupModified=Group %s modified +GroupDeleted=Group %s removed +ConfirmCreateContact=Are you sure you want to create a Dolibarr account for this contact? +ConfirmCreateLogin=Are you sure you want to create a Dolibarr account for this member? +ConfirmCreateThirdParty=Are you sure you want to create a third party for this member? +LoginToCreate=Login to create +NameToCreate=Name of third party to create +YourRole=Your roles +YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=Your quota of active users is reached ! +NbOfUsers=Number of users +NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=Only a superadmin can downgrade a superadmin +HierarchicalResponsible=Supervisor +HierarchicView=Hierarchical view +UseTypeFieldToChange=Use field Type to change +OpenIDURL=OpenID URL +LoginUsingOpenID=Use OpenID to login +WeeklyHours=Hours worked (per week) +ExpectedWorkedHours=Expected hours worked per week +ColorUser=Color of the user +DisabledInMonoUserMode=Disabled in maintenance mode +UserAccountancyCode=User accounting code +UserLogoff=User logout +UserLogged=User logged +DateOfEmployment=Employment date +DateEmployment=Employment +DateEmploymentstart=Employment Start Date +DateEmploymentEnd=Employment End Date +RangeOfLoginValidity=Access validity date range +CantDisableYourself=You can't disable your own user record +ForceUserExpenseValidator=Force expense report validator +ForceUserHolidayValidator=Force leave request validator +ValidatorIsSupervisorByDefault=By default, the validator is the supervisor of the user. Keep empty to keep this behaviour. +UserPersonalEmail=Personal email +UserPersonalMobile=Personal mobile phone +WarningNotLangOfInterface=Warning, this is the main language the user speak, not the language of the interface he choosed to see. To change the interface language visible by this user, go on tab %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/website.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc2ec2c0b3d --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/website.lang @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - website +Shortname=Code +WebsiteSetupDesc=Create here the websites you wish to use. Then go into menu Websites to edit them. +DeleteWebsite=Delete website +ConfirmDeleteWebsite=Are you sure you want to delete this web site? All its pages and content will also be removed. The files uploaded (like into the medias directory, the ECM module, ...) will remain. +WEBSITE_TYPE_CONTAINER=Type of page/container +WEBSITE_PAGE_EXAMPLE=Web page to use as example +WEBSITE_PAGENAME=Page name/alias +WEBSITE_ALIASALT=Alternative page names/aliases +WEBSITE_ALIASALTDesc=Use here list of other name/aliases so the page can also be accessed using this other names/aliases (for example the old name after renaming the alias to keep backlink on old link/name working). Syntax is:
alternativename1, alternativename2, ... +WEBSITE_CSS_URL=URL of external CSS file +WEBSITE_CSS_INLINE=CSS file content (common to all pages) +WEBSITE_JS_INLINE=Javascript file content (common to all pages) +WEBSITE_HTML_HEADER=Addition at bottom of HTML Header (common to all pages) +WEBSITE_ROBOT=Robot file (robots.txt) +WEBSITE_HTACCESS=Website .htaccess file +WEBSITE_MANIFEST_JSON=Website manifest.json file +WEBSITE_README=README.md file +WEBSITE_KEYWORDSDesc=Use a comma to separate values +EnterHereLicenseInformation=Enter here meta data or license information to fille a README.md file. if you distribute your website as a template, the file will be included into the temptate package. +HtmlHeaderPage=HTML header (specific to this page only) +PageNameAliasHelp=Name or alias of the page.
This alias is also used to forge a SEO URL when website is ran from a Virtual host of a Web server (like Apacke, Nginx, ...). Use the button "%s" to edit this alias. +EditTheWebSiteForACommonHeader=Note: If you want to define a personalized header for all pages, edit the header on the site level instead of on the page/container. +MediaFiles=Media library +EditCss=Edit website properties +EditMenu=Edit menu +EditMedias=Edit medias +EditPageMeta=Edit page/container properties +EditInLine=Edit inline +AddWebsite=Add website +Webpage=Web page/container +AddPage=Add page/container +PageContainer=Page +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=Requested page with id %s has no content yet, or cache file .tpl.php was removed. Edit content of the page to solve this. +SiteDeleted=Web site '%s' deleted +PageContent=Page/Contenair +PageDeleted=Page/Contenair '%s' of website %s deleted +PageAdded=Page/Contenair '%s' added +ViewSiteInNewTab=View site in new tab +ViewPageInNewTab=View page in new tab +SetAsHomePage=Set as Home page +RealURL=Real URL +ViewWebsiteInProduction=View web site using home URLs +SetHereVirtualHost=Use with Apache/NGinx/...
Create on your web server (Apache, Nginx, ...) a dedicated Virtual Host with PHP enabled and a Root directory on
%s +ExampleToUseInApacheVirtualHostConfig=Example to use in Apache virtual host setup: +YouCanAlsoTestWithPHPS=Use with PHP embedded server
On develop environment, you may prefer to test the site with the PHP embedded web server (PHP 5.5 required) by running
php -S 0.0.0.0:8080 -t %s +YouCanAlsoDeployToAnotherWHP=Run your web site with another Dolibarr Hosting provider
If you don't have a web server like Apache or NGinx available on internet, you can export and import your web site onto another Dolibarr instance provided by another Dolibarr hosting provider that provide full integration with the Website module. You can find a list of some Dolibarr hosting providers on https://saas.dolibarr.org +CheckVirtualHostPerms=Check also that the virtual host user (for example www-data) has %s permissions on files into
%s +ReadPerm=Read +WritePerm=Write +TestDeployOnWeb=Test/deploy on web +PreviewSiteServedByWebServer=Preview %s in a new tab.

The %s will be served by an external web server (like Apache, Nginx, IIS). You must install and setup this server before to point to directory:
%s
URL served by external server:
%s +PreviewSiteServedByDolibarr=Preview %s in a new tab.

The %s will be served by Dolibarr server so it does not need any extra web server (like Apache, Nginx, IIS) to be installed.
The inconvenient is that the URLs of pages are not user friendly and start with the path of your Dolibarr.
URL served by Dolibarr:
%s

To use your own external web server to serve this web site, create a virtual host on your web server that points on directory
%s
then enter the name of this virtual server in the properties of this website and click on the link "Test/Deploy on the web". +VirtualHostUrlNotDefined=URL of the virtual host served by external web server not defined +NoPageYet=No pages yet +YouCanCreatePageOrImportTemplate=You can create a new page or import a full website template +SyntaxHelp=Help on specific syntax tips +YouCanEditHtmlSourceckeditor=You can edit HTML source code using the "Source" button in editor. +YouCanEditHtmlSource=
You can include PHP code into this source using tags <?php ?>. The following global variables are available: $conf, $db, $mysoc, $user, $website, $websitepage, $weblangs, $pagelangs.

You can also include content of another Page/Container with the following syntax:
<?php includeContainer('alias_of_container_to_include'); ?>

You can make a redirect to another Page/Container with the following syntax (Note: do not output any content before a redirect):
<?php redirectToContainer('alias_of_container_to_redirect_to'); ?>

To add a link to another page, use the syntax:
<a href="alias_of_page_to_link_to.php">mylink<a>

To include a link to download a file stored into the documents directory, use the document.php wrapper:
Example, for a file into documents/ecm (need to be logged), syntax is:
<a href="/document.php?modulepart=ecm&file=[relative_dir/]filename.ext">
For a file into documents/medias (open directory for public access), syntax is:
<a href="/document.php?modulepart=medias&file=[relative_dir/]filename.ext">
For a file shared with a share link (open access using the sharing hash key of file), syntax is:
<a href="/document.php?hashp=publicsharekeyoffile">

To include an image stored into the documents directory, use the viewimage.php wrapper:
Example, for an image into documents/medias (open directory for public access), syntax is:
<img src="/viewimage.php?modulepart=medias&file=[relative_dir/]filename.ext">
+#YouCanEditHtmlSource2=
To include a image shared publicaly, use the viewimage.php wrapper:
Example with a shared key 123456789, syntax is:
<img src="/viewimage.php?hashp=12345679012...">
+YouCanEditHtmlSource2=For an image shared with a share link (open access using the sharing hash key of file), syntax is:
<img src="/viewimage.php?hashp=12345679012...">
+YouCanEditHtmlSourceMore=
More examples of HTML or dynamic code available on the wiki documentation
. +ClonePage=Clone page/container +CloneSite=Clone site +SiteAdded=Website added +ConfirmClonePage=Please enter code/alias of new page and if it is a translation of the cloned page. +PageIsANewTranslation=The new page is a translation of the current page ? +LanguageMustNotBeSameThanClonedPage=You clone a page as a translation. The language of the new page must be different than language of source page. +ParentPageId=Parent page ID +WebsiteId=Website ID +CreateByFetchingExternalPage=Create page/container by fetching page from external URL... +OrEnterPageInfoManually=Or create page from scratch or from a page template... +FetchAndCreate=Fetch and Create +ExportSite=Export website +ImportSite=Import website template +IDOfPage=Id of page +Banner=Banner +BlogPost=Blog post +WebsiteAccount=Website account +WebsiteAccounts=Website accounts +AddWebsiteAccount=Create web site account +BackToListForThirdParty=Back to list for the third-party +DisableSiteFirst=Disable website first +MyContainerTitle=My web site title +AnotherContainer=This is how to include content of another page/container (you may have an error here if you enable dynamic code because the embedded subcontainer may not exists) +SorryWebsiteIsCurrentlyOffLine=Sorry, this website is currently off line. Please comme back later... +WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS=Enable the web site account table +WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTSTooltip=Enable the table to store web site accounts (login/pass) for each website / third party +YouMustDefineTheHomePage=You must first define the default Home page +OnlyEditionOfSourceForGrabbedContentFuture=Warning: Creating a web page by importing an external web page is reserved for experienced users. Depending on the complexity of source page, the result of importation may differ from the original. Also if the source page uses common CSS styles or conflicting javascript, it may break the look or features of the Website editor when working on this page. This method is a quicker way to create a page but it is recommended to create your new page from scratch or from a suggested page template.
Note also that the inline editor may not works correclty when used on a grabbed external page. +OnlyEditionOfSourceForGrabbedContent=Only edition of HTML source is possible when content was grabbed from an external site +GrabImagesInto=Grab also images found into css and page. +ImagesShouldBeSavedInto=Images should be saved into directory +WebsiteRootOfImages=Root directory for website images +SubdirOfPage=Sub-directory dedicated to page +AliasPageAlreadyExists=Alias page %s already exists +CorporateHomePage=Corporate Home page +EmptyPage=Empty page +ExternalURLMustStartWithHttp=External URL must start with http:// or https:// +ZipOfWebsitePackageToImport=Upload the Zip file of the website template package +ZipOfWebsitePackageToLoad=or Choose an available embedded website template package +ShowSubcontainers=Show dynamic content +InternalURLOfPage=Internal URL of page +ThisPageIsTranslationOf=This page/container is a translation of +ThisPageHasTranslationPages=This page/container has translation +NoWebSiteCreateOneFirst=No website has been created yet. Create one first. +GoTo=Go to +DynamicPHPCodeContainsAForbiddenInstruction=You add dynamic PHP code that contains the PHP instruction '%s' that is forbidden by default as dynamic content (see hidden options WEBSITE_PHP_ALLOW_xxx to increase list of allowed commands). +NotAllowedToAddDynamicContent=You don't have permission to add or edit PHP dynamic content in websites. Ask permission or just keep code into php tags unmodified. +ReplaceWebsiteContent=Search or Replace website content +DeleteAlsoJs=Delete also all javascript files specific to this website? +DeleteAlsoMedias=Delete also all medias files specific to this website? +MyWebsitePages=My website pages +SearchReplaceInto=Search | Replace into +ReplaceString=New string +CSSContentTooltipHelp=Enter here CSS content. To avoid any conflict with the CSS of the application, be sure to prepend all declaration with the .bodywebsite class. For example:

#mycssselector, input.myclass:hover { ... }
must be
.bodywebsite #mycssselector, .bodywebsite input.myclass:hover { ... }

Note: If you have a large file without this prefix, you can use 'lessc' to convert it to append the .bodywebsite prefix everywhere. +LinkAndScriptsHereAreNotLoadedInEditor=Warning: This content is output only when site is accessed from a server. It is not used in Edit mode so if you need to load javascript files also in edit mode, just add your tag 'script src=...' into the page. +Dynamiccontent=Sample of a page with dynamic content +ImportSite=Import website template +EditInLineOnOff=Mode 'Edit inline' is %s +ShowSubContainersOnOff=Mode to execute 'dynamic content' is %s +GlobalCSSorJS=Global CSS/JS/Header file of web site +BackToHomePage=Back to home page... +TranslationLinks=Translation links +YouTryToAccessToAFileThatIsNotAWebsitePage=You try to access to a page that is not available.
(ref=%s, type=%s, status=%s) +UseTextBetween5And70Chars=For good SEO practices, use a text between 5 and 70 characters +MainLanguage=Main language +OtherLanguages=Other languages +UseManifest=Provide a manifest.json file +PublicAuthorAlias=Public author alias +AvailableLanguagesAreDefinedIntoWebsiteProperties=Available languages are defined into website properties +ReplacementDoneInXPages=Replacement done in %s pages or containers +RSSFeed=RSS Feed +RSSFeedDesc=You can get a RSS feed of latest articles with type 'blogpost' using this URL +PagesRegenerated=%s page(s)/container(s) regenerated +RegenerateWebsiteContent=Regenerate web site cache files +AllowedInFrames=Allowed in Frames +DefineListOfAltLanguagesInWebsiteProperties=Define list of all available languages into web site properties. +GenerateSitemaps=Generate website sitemap file +ConfirmGenerateSitemaps=If you confirm, you will erase the existing sitemap file... +ConfirmSitemapsCreation=Confirm sitemap generation +SitemapGenerated=Sitemap file %s generated +ImportFavicon=Favicon +ErrorFaviconType=Favicon must be png +ErrorFaviconSize=Favicon must be sized 16x16, 32x32 or 64x64 +FaviconTooltip=Upload an image which needs to be a png (16x16, 32x32 or 64x64) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/withdrawals.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3773a427a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/withdrawals.lang @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - withdrawals +CustomersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Direct debit orders +SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Credit transfer +StandingOrdersPayment=Direct debit payment orders +StandingOrderPayment=Direct debit payment order +NewStandingOrder=New direct debit order +NewPaymentByBankTransfer=New payment by credit transfer +StandingOrderToProcess=To process +PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders +PaymentByBankTransferLines=Credit transfer order lines +WithdrawalsReceipts=Direct debit orders +WithdrawalReceipt=Direct debit order +BankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders +BankTransferReceipt=Credit transfer order +LatestBankTransferReceipts=Latest %s credit transfer orders +LastWithdrawalReceipts=Latest %s direct debit files +WithdrawalsLine=Direct debit order line +CreditTransferLine=Credit transfer line +WithdrawalsLines=Direct debit order lines +CreditTransferLines=Credit transfer lines +RequestStandingOrderToTreat=Requests for direct debit payment order to process +RequestStandingOrderTreated=Requests for direct debit payment order processed +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=Requests for credit transfer to process +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=Requests for credit transfer processed +NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=Not yet possible. Withdraw status must be set to 'credited' before declaring reject on specific lines. +NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=No. of qualified customer invoices with waiting direct debit order +NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=No. of customer invoice with direct debit payment orders having defined bank account information +NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=No. of qualified supplier invoices waiting for a payment by credit transfer +SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Vendor invoice waiting for payment by credit transfer +InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Invoice waiting for direct debit +InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Invoice waiting for credit transfer +AmountToWithdraw=Amount to withdraw +NoInvoiceToWithdraw=No invoice open for '%s' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. +NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=No supplier invoice with open 'Direct credit requests' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. +ResponsibleUser=User Responsible +WithdrawalsSetup=Direct debit payment setup +CreditTransferSetup=Credit transfer setup +WithdrawStatistics=Direct debit payment statistics +CreditTransferStatistics=Credit transfer statistics +Rejects=Rejects +LastWithdrawalReceipt=Latest %s direct debit receipts +MakeWithdrawRequest=Make a direct debit payment request +MakeBankTransferOrder=Make a credit transfer request +WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded +BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded +ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code +NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. +ClassCredited=Classify credited +ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? +TransData=Transmission date +TransMetod=Transmission method +Send=Send +Lines=Lines +StandingOrderReject=Issue a rejection +WithdrawsRefused=Direct debit refused +WithdrawalRefused=Withdrawal refused +CreditTransfersRefused=Credit transfers refused +WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=Are you sure you want to enter a withdrawal rejection for society +RefusedData=Date of rejection +RefusedReason=Reason for rejection +RefusedInvoicing=Billing the rejection +NoInvoiceRefused=Do not charge the rejection +InvoiceRefused=Invoice refused (Charge the rejection to customer) +StatusDebitCredit=Status debit/credit +StatusWaiting=Waiting +StatusTrans=Sent +StatusDebited=Debited +StatusCredited=Credited +StatusPaid=Paid +StatusRefused=Refused +StatusMotif0=Unspecified +StatusMotif1=Insufficient funds +StatusMotif2=Request contested +StatusMotif3=No direct debit payment order +StatusMotif4=Sales Order +StatusMotif5=RIB unusable +StatusMotif6=Account without balance +StatusMotif7=Judicial Decision +StatusMotif8=Other reason +CreateForSepaFRST=Create direct debit file (SEPA FRST) +CreateForSepaRCUR=Create direct debit file (SEPA RCUR) +CreateAll=Create direct debit file (all) +CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create file for credit transfer +CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create credit transfer file (SEPA) +CreateGuichet=Only office +CreateBanque=Only bank +OrderWaiting=Waiting for treatment +NotifyTransmision=Record file transmission of order +NotifyCredit=Record credit of order +NumeroNationalEmetter=National Transmitter Number +WithBankUsingRIB=For bank accounts using RIB +WithBankUsingBANBIC=For bank accounts using IBAN/BIC/SWIFT +BankToReceiveWithdraw=Receiving Bank Account +BankToPayCreditTransfer=Bank Account used as source of payments +CreditDate=Credit on +WithdrawalFileNotCapable=Unable to generate withdrawal receipt file for your country %s (Your country is not supported) +ShowWithdraw=Show Direct Debit Order +IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=However, if invoice has at least one direct debit payment order not yet processed, it won't be set as paid to allow prior withdrawal management. +DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a direct debit payment order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by direct debit to generate and manage the direct debit order. When direct debit order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. +DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a credit transfer order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by credit transfer to generate and manage the credit transfer order. When credit transfer order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. +WithdrawalFile=Debit order file +CreditTransferFile=Credit transfer file +SetToStatusSent=Set to status "File Sent" +ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=This will also record payments on invoices and will classify them as "Paid" if remain to pay is null +StatisticsByLineStatus=Statistics by status of lines +RUM=UMR +DateRUM=Mandate signature date +RUMLong=Unique Mandate Reference +RUMWillBeGenerated=If empty, a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) will be generated once the bank account information is saved. +WithdrawMode=Direct debit mode (FRST or RECUR) +WithdrawRequestAmount=Amount of Direct debit request: +BankTransferAmount=Amount of Credit Transfer request: +WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Unable to create direct debit request for empty amount. +SepaMandate=SEPA Direct Debit Mandate +SepaMandateShort=SEPA Mandate +PleaseReturnMandate=Please return this mandate form by email to %s or by mail to +SEPALegalText=By signing this mandate form, you authorize (A) %s to send instructions to your bank to debit your account and (B) your bank to debit your account in accordance with the instructions from %s. As part of your rights, you are entitled to a refund from your bank under the terms and conditions of your agreement with your bank. A refund must be claimed within 8 weeks starting from the date on which your account was debited. Your rights regarding the above mandate are explained in a statement that you can obtain from your bank. +CreditorIdentifier=Creditor Identifier +CreditorName=Creditor Name +SEPAFillForm=(B) Please complete all the fields marked * +SEPAFormYourName=Your name +SEPAFormYourBAN=Your Bank Account Name (IBAN) +SEPAFormYourBIC=Your Bank Identifier Code (BIC) +SEPAFrstOrRecur=Type of payment +ModeRECUR=Recurring payment +ModeFRST=One-off payment +PleaseCheckOne=Please check one only +CreditTransferOrderCreated=Credit transfer order %s created +DirectDebitOrderCreated=Direct debit order %s created +AmountRequested=Amount requested +SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR +SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST +ExecutionDate=Execution date +CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS +END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction +USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag +ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date +NoDefaultIBANFound=No default IBAN found for this third party +### Notifications +InfoCreditSubject=Payment of direct debit payment order %s by the bank +InfoCreditMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been paid by the bank
Data of payment: %s +InfoTransSubject=Transmission of direct debit payment order %s to bank +InfoTransMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been sent to bank by %s %s.

+InfoTransData=Amount: %s
Method: %s
Date: %s +InfoRejectSubject=Direct debit payment order refused +InfoRejectMessage=Hello,

the direct debit payment order of invoice %s related to the company %s, with an amount of %s has been refused by the bank.

--
%s +ModeWarning=Option for real mode was not set, we stop after this simulation +ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Company with id %s has more than one default bank account. No way to know wich one to use. +ErrorICSmissing=Missing ICS in Bank account %s +TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Total amount of direct debit order differs from sum of lines diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/workflow.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adfe7f69609 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/workflow.lang @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - workflow +WorkflowSetup=Workflow module setup +WorkflowDesc=This module provides some automatic actions. By default, the workflow is open (you can do things in the order you want) but here you can activate some automatic actions. +ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=There is no workflow modifications available with the activated modules. +# Autocreate +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=Automatically create a sales order after a commercial proposal is signed (the new order will have same amount as the proposal) +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a commercial proposal is signed (the new invoice will have same amount as the proposal) +descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a contract is validated +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a sales order is closed (the new invoice will have same amount as the order) +# Autoclassify customer proposal or order +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as billed when sales order is set to billed (and if the amount of the order is the same as the total amount of the signed linked proposal) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the signed linked proposal) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +# Autoclassify purchase order +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) +descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Classify receptions to "billed" when a linked supplier order is validated +# Autoclose intervention +descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Close all interventions linked to the ticket when a ticket is closed +AutomaticCreation=Automatic creation +AutomaticClassification=Automatic classification +# Autoclassify shipment +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/zapier.lang b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/zapier.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4cc4ccba4a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/kk_KZ/zapier.lang @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2019 Frédéric FRANCE +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +ModuleZapierForDolibarrName = Zapier for Dolibarr +ModuleZapierForDolibarrDesc = Zapier for Dolibarr module +ZapierForDolibarrSetup=Setup of Zapier for Dolibarr +ZapierDescription=Interface with Zapier +ZapierAbout=About the module Zapier +ZapierSetupPage=There is no need for a setup on Dolibarr side to use Zapier. However, you must generate and publish a package on zapier to be able to use Zapier with Dolibarr. See documentation on this wiki page. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/main.lang index 64d6db25625..f00b229e59f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/km_KH/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/km_KH/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/admin.lang index 362c233625b..3071b511b36 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/cashdesk.lang index a443847482d..2e0c193fd94 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/main.lang index a2f6ae67d31..d66254bd4b4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/other.lang index ba6833de944..9d9f59410a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/products.lang index 068d777df47..46d3a21e296 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/ticket.lang index ec51eff2cf9..04a4d6e89ab 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=ಮುಚ್ಚಲಾಗಿದೆ +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/trips.lang index 18d9c82cd01..cd7bd76f557 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/kn_IN/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/accountancy.lang index 203b9b45180..1aaa49aa273 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/admin.lang index 828491ab252..4410c3f2831 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=모든 NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/cashdesk.lang index 9e556a30cc0..9a75915369c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/eventorganization.lang index 0fb7b6a26c8..670254924e8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/holiday.lang index 5245d12037b..6ea824810d2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=승인됨 CancelCP=취소 된 RefuseCP=거절됨 -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=편집하다 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=사용자 ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/interventions.lang index a41680b9002..be6808b4ea2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/knowledgemanagement.lang index 158cb54aa80..b22e15d533e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = 개략 KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/languages.lang index 300d4ada9a8..10d9736bf9d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=아랍어 Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=아랍어 Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=벵골어 Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=네덜란드어 (벨기에) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=폴란드어 +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=포르투갈어 (브라질) Language_pt_PT=포르투갈어 Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/mails.lang index d4a00dd719e..0dffdf1ba49 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/main.lang index a5dc00fac2f..d4c9db86587 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/other.lang index e4b6b21113a..88296fd968a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = 닫기 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/partnership.lang index 162eb08087f..11874c6ad1a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/products.lang index cd41dface7e..a19db7fe2b1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/projects.lang index 47487fd582e..c82dd8bdb3a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/stocks.lang index fd8b4e46ae7..cc11e17e7b2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/ticket.lang index 02637bdb122..e0202df67d8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=닫혔음 +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/trips.lang index ba2ea84d565..9d79cec178b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=유효성 확인 일 DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/withdrawals.lang index eef5a3b1a94..bf64c651cf9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ko_KR/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/accountancy.lang index ec30b55ae47..5f9da2aa0fd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/admin.lang index ec67ebe2221..7895f1cbe34 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/holiday.lang index 63e88e7045a..192047cb39f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/main.lang index 8a166703bbf..0484ecd4efa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/other.lang index 320bf6bc982..84b8c9cf4cd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/products.lang index 98aa7f88569..69dbbe00b07 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/projects.lang index 156b0a72da3..84dc98e06da 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/stocks.lang index d54c1aac261..4cdac199b62 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/ticket.lang index 6e7c0e19ebd..46a4bffb4ca 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/trips.lang index e34078e8fc2..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lo_LA/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/accountancy.lang index 0f3fc197e31..c85c1feb71e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=Apskaitos sąskaitų sąrašas UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasikinis eksportas Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/admin.lang index 03342e97273..f48f55b9828 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Neprieinamas, Ajax esant išjungtam AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript išjungtas UsePreviewTabs=Nautdoti apžiūros korteles ShowPreview=Rodyti apžiūrą @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Apribojimai ir tikslumas MenuIdParent=Pagrindinio meniu ID DetailMenuIdParent=Pagrindinio meniu ID (tuščias aukščiausiam meniu lygiui) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Meniu pozicijos eilės numeris AllMenus=Visi NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Rodomi tik elementai iš leidžiami moduliai. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial modulio nuostatos ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/cashdesk.lang index 215fd06bcb8..868d63f2fd8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/errors.lang index 320cda8cd58..7f293e70092 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/eventorganization.lang index 725226759da..1fe6fc39c0e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Įvykio tipas LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/holiday.lang index 23bb1b01b9a..c108fc38db9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Laukiama patvirtinimo ApprovedCP=Patvirtinta CancelCP=Atšauktas RefuseCP=Atmestas -ValidatorCP=Tvirtintojas/aprobatorius +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Redaguoti @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Turite pasirinkti pradžios datą. NoDateFin=Turite pasirinkti pabaigos datą. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Vartotojas ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Pridedant išimtines atostogas įvyko klaida. AddEventToUserOkCP=Išimtinių atostogų pridėjimas baigtas. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Atlieka -UserUpdateCP=Vartotojui +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Ankstesnis balansas NewSoldeCP=Naujas balansas alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Mėnesio atnaujinimas ManualUpdate=Rankinis atnaujinimas @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Sėkmingai atnaujinta Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/interventions.lang index 4624de1d09f..268371b2da1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Atidaryti iš naujo ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/knowledgemanagement.lang index 7ccc9683550..8bc50b35886 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Apie KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Prekė KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/languages.lang index 5a58d0bf695..f3d10cb5ec4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabų Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabų Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Olandų (Belgija) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Lenkijos +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalų (Brazilija) Language_pt_PT=Portugalų Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/mails.lang index c8e8a40977f..4c35590a725 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/main.lang index e754728ad3a..b3cced66b41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/other.lang index 84e65d5570b..afad504f154 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Uždaryti diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/partnership.lang index e5f6704d3b2..856455ff1f8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/products.lang index a1dcba5f9dc..0734d7da53d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/projects.lang index c0bae5e7294..c28426757a5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nėra uždavinių šiam projektui LinkedToAnotherCompany=Susijęs su kita trečiąja šalimi TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Praleistas laikas yra tuščias +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Šis veiksmas taip pat ištrins visas projekto užduotis (%s užduotis šiuo metu) ir visus praleisto laiko įvestus duomenis. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Jei kai kurie objektai (sąskaitos-faktūros, užsakymai, ...), priklausantys kitai trečiąjai šaliai, turi būti susiję su kuriamu projektu, laikykite šitą tuščią, kad projektas būtų kelių trečiųjų šalių (multi). CloneTasks=Klonuoti užduotis @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Praleistas laikas TimeSpentForInvoice=Praleistas laikas OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nauja sąskaita-faktūra +NewInter=Nauja intervencija OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/stocks.lang index 3ed9b27d69b..6a96e6a5653 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Sandėlių vertė UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/ticket.lang index 5b9ac853c48..4ee79139f39 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Laukiama -Closed=Uždaryta +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/trips.lang index d1f320da32a..d75459214d4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Išlaidų ataskaitos ID -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Asmuo informuojamas patvirtinimui. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Informacijos įmonė TripNDF=Informacijos išlaidų ataskaiata PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standartinis šablonas PDF dokumento išlaidų ataskaitoje generavimui @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Atmetimo data DATE_SAVE=Patvirtinimo data DATE_CANCEL=Nutraukimo data DATE_PAIEMENT=Mokėjimo data -BROUILLONNER=Atidaryti iš naujo ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Įvertinti ir pateikti tvirtinimui ValidatedWaitingApproval=Pripažintas (laukia patvirtinimo) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Išlaidų apmokėjimų ataskaita ExpenseReportsToApprove=Išlaidų ataskaitos patvirtinimui ExpenseReportsToPay=Apmokėti išlaidų ataskaitą ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/withdrawals.lang index a81864a269e..b8270a3fcff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Priskirti įskaitytas (credited) ClassCreditedConfirm=Ar tikrai norite priskirti šias išėmimo įplaukas kaip įskaitytas (credited) į Jūsų banko sąskaitą ? TransData=Perdavimo data @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/workflow.lang index dfb6dc3193f..d880a2b135e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lt_LT/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/accountancy.lang index ce348d56481..f0620394bff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Konsultējieties ar trešo pušu klientu un pārdevēju sar ListAccounts=Grāmatvedības kontu saraksts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Nezināmas trešās puses konts. Mēs izmantosim %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Nezināms trešās puses konts. Bloķēšanas kļūda -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Trešās puses konts nav definēts vai trešā persona nav zināma. Mēs izmantosim %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Trešā puse nav zināma un subleger nav definēts maksājumā. Mēs saglabāsim tukšu subleger konta vērtību. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Trešās puses konts nav definēts vai trešā persona nav zināma. Bloķēšanas kļūda. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Nav noteikts nezināms trešās puses konts un gaidīšanas konts. Bloķēšanas kļūda PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Maksājums nav saistīts ar kādu produktu / pakalpojumu OpeningBalance=Sākuma bilance @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasiskais eksports Modelcsv_CEGID=Eksports uz CEGID ekspertu kompāniju Modelcsv_COALA=Eksportēt Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Eksportēt Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Eksportēt Sage Ciel Compta vai Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Eksportēt Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Eksportēt uz EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Eksportēt uz Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/admin.lang index df61d51ac4e..fad5c128a26 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Iekšējais lietotājs ExternalUser=Ārējais lietotājs InternalUsers=Iekšējie lietotāji ExternalUsers=Ārējie lietotāji -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Lietotāja interfeiss GUISetup=Attēlojums SetupArea=Iestatījumi UploadNewTemplate=Augšupielādēt jaunu veidni (-es) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Bitu skaits SearchString=Meklēšanas virkne NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nav pieejama, kad Ajax ir bloķēts AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Trešās puses dokumentā var izvēlēties projektu, kas ir saistīts ar citu trešo personu +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript bloķēts UsePreviewTabs=Izmantot priekšskatījuma cilnes ShowPreview=Rādīt priekšskatījumu @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Daudzvalūtu iestatījumi MenuLimits=Robežas un precizitāte MenuIdParent=Galvenās izvēlnes ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID vecāku izvēlnē (tukšs top izvēlnē) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Secības numurs, lai definēt izvēlnes novietojumu AllMenus=Viss NotConfigured=Modulis / aplikācija nav konfigurēta @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funkcija ir pieejama tikai oficiālajā stabilā ve BoxesDesc=Logrīki ir sastāvdaļas, kas parāda informāciju, kuru varat pievienot, lai personalizētu dažas lapas. Varat izvēlēties starp widget parādīšanu, izvēloties mērķa lapu un noklikšķinot uz Aktivizēt, vai noklikšķinot uz atkritnes, lai to atspējotu. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Tikai elementi no iespējotiem moduļiem tiek rādīti. ModulesDesc=Moduļi / lietojumprogrammas nosaka, kuras funkcijas ir pieejamas programmatūrā. Dažiem moduļiem pēc moduļa aktivizēšanas lietotājiem ir jāpiešķir atļaujas. Lai ieslēgtu vai deaktivizētu moduli / lietojumprogrammu, noklikšķiniet uz ieslēgšanas / izslēgšanas pogas %s . +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Jūs varat atrast vairāk moduļu, lai lejupielādētu ārējās tīmekļa vietnēs internetā ... ModulesDeployDesc=Ja atļaujas jūsu failu sistēmā to atļauj, varat izmantot šo rīku, lai izvietotu ārēju moduli. Tad modulis būs redzams cilnē %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Atrastt ārējo lietotni / moduļus @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Šīs divas sadaļas ir obligātas (divi pirmie ieraksti iesta SetupDescription3=  %s -> %s

Pamata parametri, ko izmanto, lai pielāgotu ar jūsu lietojumprogrammu saistīto noklusējuma uzvedību (piemēram, valstij). SetupDescription4=  %s -> %s

Šī programmatūra ir daudzu moduļu / lietojumprogrammu komplekts. Ar jūsu vajadzībām saistītajiem moduļiem jābūt iespējotiem un konfigurētiem. Parādīsies izvēlnes ieraksti, aktivizējot šos moduļus. SetupDescription5=Citi iestatījumu izvēlnes ieraksti pārvalda izvēles parametrus. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Drošības pasākumi, kas tiek pārbaudīti NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Netiek pārbaudīti nekādi drošības notikumi. Tos var iespējot no izvēlnes %s Audit=Drošības notikumi @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL funkcijas, kas nav pieejama jūsu PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Vairāki izskati lejupielādei SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Atgriež atsauces numuru formātā %syymm-nnnn, kur yy ir gads, mm ir mēnesis un nnnn ir secīgs automātiski palielināms skaitlis bez atiestatīšanas SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Atgriež atsauces numuru formātā %s-nnnn, kur nnnn ir secīgs automātiski pieaugošs skaitlis bez atiestatīšanas -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Parādīt profesionālo ID ar adresēm +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Paslēpt Kopienas iekšējo PVN numuru TranslationUncomplete=Daļējs tulkojums MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Atspējot meteoroloģisko skatu MeteoStdMod=Standarta režīms @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Klikšķiniet lai Dial moduļa uzstādīšanas ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=Šis modulis maina tālruņu numurus, izmantojot galddatoru, uz noklikšķināmām saitēm. Klikšķis piezvanīs uz numuru. To var izmantot, lai sāktu tālruņa zvanu, kad, izmantojot darbvirsmu, izmantojat mīksto tālruni vai, piemēram, izmantojot CTI sistēmu, kuras pamatā ir SIP protokols. Piezīme. Izmantojot viedtālruni, uz tālruņu numuriem vienmēr var noklikšķināt. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Izmantojiet šo metodi, ja jūsu lietotājiem ir programmatūra vai programmatūras saskarne, kas instalēta tajā pašā datorā, kurā atrodas pārlūkprogramma, un tiek izsaukti, kad pārlūkprogrammā noklikšķiniet uz saites, kas sākas ar “tel:”. Ja jums ir nepieciešama saite, kas sākas ar “sip:” vai pilnu servera risinājumu (nav nepieciešama vietējas programmatūras instalēšana), jums tas jāiestata uz “Nē” un jāaizpilda nākamais lauks. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Tirdzniecības vieta CashDeskSetup=Tirdzniecības moduļa punkts @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Galvene PDF failā MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Kājene PDF failā MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Logotipa augstums PDF formātā MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Pievienojiet attēlu uz piedāvājuma līnijas +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Pievienojiet elektronisko pierakstu PDF formātā NothingToSetup=Šim modulim nav nepieciešama īpaša iestatīšana. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Iestatiet to uz "jā", ja šī grupa ir citu grupu aprēķins @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Lielāks nekā IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Ņemiet vērā: ja objekta izsekošanas ID tiek atrasts e-pastā vai ja e-pasts ir atbilde uz e-pastu, kas ir savākts un saistīts ar objektu, izveidotais notikums tiks automātiski saistīts ar zināmo saistīto objektu. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Izmantojot GMail kontu, ja esat iespējojis 2 soļu validāciju, ieteicams izveidot īpašu lietojumprogrammas otro paroli, nevis izmantot sava konta caurlaides paroli no https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Vēlama rīcība var būt e-pasta pārvietošana citā tagā / direktorijā, kad tas tika veiksmīgi apstrādāts. Vienkārši šeit iestatiet direktorijas nosaukumu, lai izmantotu šo funkciju (nelietojiet nosaukumā īpašās rakstzīmes). Ņemiet vērā, ka jāizmanto arī lasīšanas / rakstīšanas pieteikšanās konts. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Varat izmantot šo darbību, lai izmantotu e-pasta saturu, lai atrastu un ielādētu esošu trešo personu savā datu bāzē. Atrasta (vai izveidota) trešā puse tiks izmantota sekojošām darbībām, kurām tā nepieciešama. Parametru laukā varat izmantot, piemēram, 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)', ja vēlaties iegūt trešās puses vārdu no atrastās virknes 'Name: name to find'. ķermenis. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Beigu punkts %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Dzēst e-pasta kolekcionāru ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Vai tiešām vēlaties dzēst šo e-pasta kolekcionāru? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Lai iegūtu šo ID, sazinieties ar savu banku AdvancedModeOnly=Atļauja ir pieejama tikai papildu atļauju režīmā ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Conf fails ir lasāms vai rakstāms visiem lietotājiem. Piešķirt atļauju tikai tīmekļa servera lietotājam un grupai. MailToSendEventOrganization=Pasākuma organizēšana +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Noklusējuma notikuma statuss, veidojot notikumu no formas YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Jums vajadzētu atspējot PHP funkcijas IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=PHP funkcijas ir jāatspējo, izņemot gadījumus, kad sistēmas komandas ir jāpalaiž pielāgotā kodā @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Apvalka vajadzībām (piemēram, ieplānota darba dub NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=Jūsu saknes direktorijā netika atrasti ierasto failu vai direktoriju kopējās programmas (labi) RecommendedValueIs=Ieteicams: %s Recommended=Ieteicams -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Nav ieteicams ARestrictedPath=Ierobežots ceļš CheckForModuleUpdate=Pārbaudiet, vai nav atjaunināti ārējie moduļi CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Šī darbība izveidos savienojumu ar ārējo moduļu redaktoriem, lai pārbaudītu, vai ir pieejama jauna versija. @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Datu bāzes parole ir neskaidra konf failā DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Datu bāzes parole NAV apmulsināta conf failā APIsAreNotEnabled=API moduļi nav iespējoti YouShouldSetThisToOff=Jums to vajadzētu iestatīt uz 0 vai izslēgtu +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/banks.lang index fc0608811f9..8478c1b7d92 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/banks.lang @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ TransferTo=Kam TransferFromToDone=No %s nodošana %s par %s %s ir ierakstīta. CheckTransmitter=Nosūtītājs ValidateCheckReceipt=Vai apstiprināt šo čeku? -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Vai tiešām vēlaties iesniegt šo čeku apstiprināšanai? Pēc apstiprināšanas izmaiņas nebūs iespējamas. DeleteCheckReceipt=Dzēst šo čeku? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Vai tiešām vēlaties dzēst šo čeka kvīti? BankChecks=Bankas čeki diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/boxes.lang index 7415887249c..2615d12ce7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Pārdevēja pasūtījumi: pēdējais %s mod BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Klienta rēķini: pēdējie %s modificēti BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Pārdošanas pasūtījumi: pēdējais %s modificēts BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Pēdējie %s labotie priekšlikumi -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Jaunākās %s modificētās amata vietas +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Jaunākās %s modificētās darba lietojumprogrammas ForCustomersInvoices=Klientu rēķini ForCustomersOrders=Klientu pasūtījumi ForProposals=Priekšlikumi diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/cashdesk.lang index 9609dfcf49e..28d50d2fd03 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Atļaut kavētu maksājumu PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Izdrukājiet maksājuma veidu uz biļetēm | WeighingScale=Svari ShowPriceHT = Parādīt kolonnu ar cenu bez nodokļiem (ekrānā) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Parādīt kolonnu ar cenu bez nodokļa (kvītī) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/categories.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/categories.lang index d82b650c712..fe13651cb91 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/categories.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/categories.lang @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ CompanyIsInSuppliersCategories=Šī trešā persona ir saistīta ar šādiem pā MemberIsInCategories=This member is linked to following members tags/categories ContactIsInCategories=This contact is linked to following contacts tags/categories ProductHasNoCategory=Šī prece/pakalpijums nav nevienā sadaļā -CompanyHasNoCategory=This third party is not in any tags/categories +CompanyHasNoCategory=Šī trešā puse nav nevienā tagā / kategorijā MemberHasNoCategory=This member is not in any tags/categories ContactHasNoCategory=Šī kontaktpersona nav nevienā tagā /sadaļā ProjectHasNoCategory=Šis projekts nav nevienā tagā / kategorijā diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/errors.lang index 1319cef0cc5..43ef7736375 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Kļūda, summa ir obligāta ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Kļūda, lūdzu, pareizi aizpildiet procentuālo daudzumu ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Vispirms jums ir jāiestata konta plāns ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Neizdevās atrast veidni ar koda nosaukumu %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Jūsu PHP parametrs upload_max_filesize (%s) ir augstāks nekā PHP parametrs post_max_size (%s). Šī nav konsekventa iestatīšana. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/eventorganization.lang index d285336f070..eef8eb428bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = Lejupielādēt ICS saiti EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Konferences publiskās reģistrācijas saites drošā atslēga SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Pakalpojums, kas izmantots rēķinu rindai par kabīnes atrašanās vietu SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Pakalpojums, kas tiek izmantots rēķina rindā par konferences dalībnieka abonementu -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Balsu skaits # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Šī konference sākas ar %s un beidzas ar %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Konferences dalībnieka maksa par pasākumu: '%s', kas notiek no %s līdz %s. BoothLocationFee = Pasākuma stenda atrašanās vieta: '%s', kas notiek no %s līdz %s EventType = Pasākuma veids -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Kabīnes etiķete +LabelOfconference=Konferences etiķete +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Abonements nav pieejams, konference vēl nav apstiprināta +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/holiday.lang index 013c4b1a1b9..cbb2ff411be 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Brīvs teksts PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Ūdenszīmes uz atvaļinājuma pieprasījumiem HolidaysToApprove=Brīvdienas, kas jāapstiprina NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nevienam nav atļaujas apstiprināt brīvdienas +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/install.lang index cbbc91bd704..0c1a618b7b3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Lietotāju fotoattēlu migrēšana MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Lietotāju lauku migrācija sociālajos tīklos (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Reload module %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Atjaunot moduli BlockedLog par v7 algoritmu -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Importa vai eksporta profilu migrēšana (%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Parādīt nepieejamās iespējas HideNotAvailableOptions=Slēpt nepieejamās iespējas ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Migrēšanas laikā tika ziņots par kļūdu (-ēm), tāpēc nākamais solis nav pieejams. Lai ignorētu kļūdas, varat noklikšķināt šeit , bet lietojumprogramma vai dažas funkcijas var nedarboties pareizi, līdz kļūdas nav atrisinātas. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/interventions.lang index b3e547d1129..7cc3629e094 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Intervences paraugs ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Lai izveidotu iepriekš noteiktu vai atkārtotu intervenci, izveidojiet kopēju intervenci un pārveidojiet to par intervences veidni -Reopen=Atvērt pa jaunu ConfirmReopenIntervention=Vai tiešām vēlaties atvērt iejaukšanos %s ? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/languages.lang index 7dee3237fc3..e31adb57e63 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopietis Language_ar_AR=Arābu Language_ar_EG=Arābu (Ēģipte) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arābu Language_ar_TN=Arābu (Tunisija) Language_ar_IQ=Arābu (Irāka) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/mails.lang index e6768ebf724..e6cab508767 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Dzēst filtru AdvTgtSaveFilter=Saglabāt filtru AdvTgtCreateFilter=Izveidot filtru AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Jauna filtra nosaukums -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Nav kontaktpersonas / adreses ar atrastu kategoriju -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Nav kontaktpersonas / adreses ar atrastu kategoriju +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Izejošie e-pasti InGoingEmailSetup=Ienākošie e-pasti OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Izejošie e-pasti (modulim %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/main.lang index 0343778b95e..d380a59d050 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Kopēts starpliktuvē InformationOnLinkToContract=Šī summa ir tikai visu līguma rindu kopsumma. Laika jēdziens netiek ņemts vērā. ConfirmCancel=Vai tiešām vēlaties atcelt EmailMsgID=Nosūtīt e-pastu MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/other.lang index 67543e6a3aa..bfdc41dbf05 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produkti / pakalpojumi pēc popularitātes pasūtījumos ProductStatistics=Produktu/pakalpojumu statistika NbOfQtyInOrders=Daudzums pasūtījumos SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Atlasiet objektu, lai skatītu tā statistiku ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Aizvērt diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/partnership.lang index bc720b88482..bfdf0c1d2f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Mēs jūs informējam, ka jūsu partnerības piepr YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Mēs jūs informējam, ka jūsu partnerības pieprasījums ir pieņemts. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Mēs jūs informējam, ka jūsu partnerattiecības ir atceltas. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Noraidīt iemeslu + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/productbatch.lang index a321d1eb6f3..e6c6bc8e730 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/productbatch.lang @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=Krājumu dati par partiju SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Sērijas numurs %s jau tiek izmantots produktam %s TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=Jums var būt tikai viens produkts %s sērijas numuram %s ManageLotMask=Pielāgota maska -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=Iespēja katram produktam noteikt atšķirīgu numerācijas masku +BatchLotNumberingModules=Numerācijas noteikums partijas numura automātiskai ģenerēšanai +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numerācijas noteikums automātiskai sērijas numura ģenerēšanai (produktiem ar īpašību 1 unikāla partija / sērija katram produktam) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Katram skenētajam svītrkodam / partijai / sērijai jāpievieno daudzums LifeTime=Mūža ilgums (dienās) EndOfLife=Dzīves beigas diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/products.lang index 8e9255b5192..91c50b231c2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Produkta lapa ServiceSheet=Servisa lapa PossibleValues=Iespējamās vērtības GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Iet uz izvēlni %s - %s, lai sagatavotu atribūtu variantus (piemēram, krāsas, izmērs, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Produkta pārdevēja apraksts UseProductSupplierPackaging=Izmantojiet iepakojumu uz piegādātāju cenām (pārrēķiniet daudzumus atbilstoši iepakojumam, kas noteikts pēc piegādātāja cenas, pievienojot / atjauninot rindiņu piegādātāja dokumentos) PackagingForThisProduct=Iepakojums diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/projects.lang index 3ff332173e7..d81937e8127 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nav uzdevumu šajā projektā LinkedToAnotherCompany=Saistīts ar citām trešajām personām TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Uzdevums nav piešķirts lietotājam. Izmantojiet pogu "%s", lai uzdevumu piešķirtu. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Pavadīts laiks ir tukšs +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Šī darbība arī izdzēst visus uzdevumus projekta (%s uzdevumi brīdī) un visu laiku ieguldījumiem pavadīts. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ja daži objekti (rēķinu, pasūtījumu, ...), kas pieder citai trešai personai, ir saistītas ar projektu, lai izveidotu, saglabāt šo tukšo, lai būtu projektam, multi trešajām personām. CloneTasks=Klonēt uzdevumus @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Jaunākie %s labotie projekti OtherFilteredTasks=Citi filtrētie uzdevumi NoAssignedTasks=Nekādi piešķirtie uzdevumi nav atrasti (piešķiriet projektu / uzdevumus pašreizējam lietotājam no augšējā atlases lodziņa, lai ievadītu laiku tajā) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Lai varētu to izrēķināt, projektā ir jādefinē trešā persona. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Lai varētu to izrēķināt, projektā ir jādefinē trešā persona. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Izvēlieties uzdevumu, kas jums vēl nav uzticēts # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Atļaut lietotāju komentārus par uzdevumiem @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informācijas projekts %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modulam „Algas” ir jābūt iespējai noteikt darbinieku stundas likmi, lai varētu izmantot laiku NewTaskRefSuggested=Jau izmantotais uzdevums ir nepieciešams jauns uzdevums TimeSpentInvoiced=Norēķinātais laiks +TimeSpentForIntervention=Laiks, kas patērēts TimeSpentForInvoice=Laiks, kas patērēts OneLinePerUser=Viena līnija katram lietotājam ServiceToUseOnLines=Pakalpojums, ko izmantot līnijās InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Rēķins %s ir radīts no projekta pavadīta laika +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Pārbaudiet, vai projekta uzdevumos ievadāt laika kontrolsarakstu UN Plānojat no laika kontrolsaraksta ģenerēt rēķinu (rēķinus), lai projekta klientam izrakstītu rēķinu (nepārbaudiet, vai plānojat izveidot rēķinu, kas nav balstīts uz ievadītajām laika kontrollapām). Piezīme. Lai ģenerētu rēķinu, dodieties uz projekta cilni “Pavadītais laiks” un atlasiet iekļaujamās līnijas. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Izmantojiet iespēju ProjectFollowTasks=Izpildiet uzdevumus vai pavadīto laiku @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Lietošana: Iespēja UsageTasks=Lietošana: uzdevumi UsageBillTimeShort=Lietošana: rēķina laiks InvoiceToUse=Izmantojamais rēķina projekts +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Jauns rēķins +NewInter=Jauna iejaukšanās OneLinePerTask=Viena rinda katram uzdevumam OneLinePerPeriod=Viena rindiņa vienam periodam OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Viena rinda par katru pavadīto deklarāciju diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/stocks.lang index e3a3f3764a0..ccb7f3b289d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Aizpildiet reālo daudzumu ar paredzamo daudzumu ShowAllBatchByDefault=Pēc noklusējuma parādīt partijas informāciju cilnē “Akciju” CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Krājumu moduļa konfigurācijā varat iestatīt partijas detaļu noklusējuma attēlojumu FieldCannotBeNegative=Lauks "%s" nevar būt negatīvs +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/ticket.lang index bf5db8c3714..2c828fbb9ef 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Piešķirtais lietotājs TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Klientu kontaktu / incidentu izsekošana TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Ārējais ieguldītājs -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Reportiera e-pasts Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Sūtīt biļeti pa e-pastu # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Gaida reportiera atsauksmes NeedMoreInformationShort=Gaida atsauksmes Answered=Atbildēts Waiting=Gaida -Closed=Slēgts +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Dzēsts # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Svarīgums ShowTicket=Apskatīt pieteikumu RelatedTickets=Saistītie pieteikumi TicketAddIntervention=Izveidojiet iejaukšanos -CloseTicket=Slēgts pieteikums -CloseATicket=Aizvērt pieteikumu +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Apstiprināt pieteikuma aizvēršanu +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Lūdzu, apstipriniet pieteikuma dzēšanu TicketDeletedSuccess=Pieteikums ir dzēsts veiksmīgi TicketMarkedAsClosed=Pieteikums ir atzīmēta kā slēgts diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/trips.lang index 98bbe5f7b42..dee2d6f81ee 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Aizliegšanas datums DATE_SAVE=Apstiprināšanas datums DATE_CANCEL=Atcelšanas datums DATE_PAIEMENT=Maksājuma datums -BROUILLONNER=Atvērt pa jaunu ExpenseReportRef=Atsauces izdevumu pārskats ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Apstiprināts (gaida apstiprinājumu) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/withdrawals.lang index a3f0468211a..711381d6c48 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA vispirms ExecutionDate=Izpildes datums CreateForSepa=Izveidojiet tiešā debeta failu -ICS=Kreditora identifikators CI tiešajam debetam -ICSTransfer=Kreditora identifikators CI bankas pārskaitījumam +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - katram darījumam piešķirts unikāls ID USTRD="Nestrukturēts" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Pievienojiet dienas izpildes datumam diff --git a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/workflow.lang index 460cdffc0d3..bad04abf530 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/lv_LV/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Klasificēt saistīto avota priekšl descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klasificējiet saistītā avota pārdošanas pasūtījumu kā rēķinu, kad klients rēķins ir apstiprināts (un ja rēķina summa ir vienāda ar kopējo piesaistītā pasūtījuma summu) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klasificējiet saistītā avota pārdošanas pasūtījumu kā rēķinu, kad klienta rēķins ir apmaksāts (un ja rēķina summa ir vienāda ar saistītā pasūtījuma kopējo summu) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Klasificējiet saistīto avota pārdošanas pasūtījumu, kas nosūtīts, kad sūtījums ir apstiprināts (un ja visu sūtījumu sūtītais daudzums ir tāds pats kā atjaunināšanas rīkojumā) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Saistīto avotu pārdevēju priekšlikuma klasifikācija tiek apmaksāta, kad tiek apstiprināts piegādātāja rēķins (un ja rēķina summa ir tāda pati kā saistītā piedāvājuma kopējā summa) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Klasificēt saistīto avotu pirkuma pasūtījumu, par kuru jāmaksā, kad tiek apstiprināts piegādātāja rēķins (un ja rēķina summa ir tāda pati kā saistītā pasūtījuma summa) @@ -22,4 +23,4 @@ descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Kad biļete ir slēgta, aizveriet visas a AutomaticCreation=Automātiska veidošana AutomaticClassification=Automātiskā klasifikācija # Autoclassify shipment -descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Klasificējiet saistītā avota sūtījumu kā slēgtu, kad tiek apstiprināts klienta rēķins diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/accountancy.lang index 37df4ee2433..1b9d3f74f36 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Земји што не се во Европска економ CountriesInEECExceptMe=Земји во Европската економска заедница освен %s CountriesExceptMe=Сите земји освен %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/admin.lang index bc4bcd92c5b..205bb65ef0b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/eventorganization.lang index cff9f3dbd41..8a14e1ed2e3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/knowledgemanagement.lang index 7080bc1220f..c1cf2bc402a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/languages.lang index e9814de01f2..87a1148e019 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Арапски Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Арапски Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Холанѓаните (Белгија) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Полскиот +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Португалски (во Бразил) Language_pt_PT=Португалски Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/mails.lang index 170e41b5384..802dcf58db3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/main.lang index 759f79ea37f..4a3ca802a63 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/partnership.lang index 4149b1e488e..df8686f8258 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/products.lang index 8c30e7fe98c..dd9e6ee893b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/stocks.lang index aa45270396e..5fba3835563 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/ticket.lang index 318e3eeaa00..770d199adc2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Затворено +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/trips.lang index e34078e8fc2..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mk_MK/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/main.lang index 36a8139b765..d91037ac224 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/trips.lang index e34078e8fc2..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/mn_MN/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/accountancy.lang index 5e379472828..4ff43e59d30 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Land ikke i EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Land i EEC unntatt %s CountriesExceptMe=Alle land unntatt %s AccountantFiles=Eksporter kildedokumenter -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Med dette verktøyet kan du eksportere kildehendelsene (liste og PDF-filer) som ble brukt til å generere regnskapet. For å eksportere journalene, bruk menyoppføringen %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Vis etter regnskapskonto VueBySubAccountAccounting=Vis etter regnskaps-subkonto @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Liste over tredjeparts kunder og leverandører og deres reg ListAccounts=Liste over regnskapskontoer UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Ukjent tredjepartskonto. Vi vil bruke %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Ukjent tredjepartskonto. Blokkeringsfeil -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Tredjepartskonto ikke definert eller tredjepart ukjent. Vi bruker %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tredjepart ukjent og regnskapsbok ikke definert på betalingen. Vi vil holde kontoen tom. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Tredjepartskonto ikke definert eller tredjepart ukjent. Blokkeringsfeil. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Ukjent tredjepartskonto og ventekonto ikke definert. Blokkeringsfeil PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Betaling ikke knyttet til noen vare/tjeneste OpeningBalance=Inngående balanse @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klassisk eksport Modelcsv_CEGID=Eksport til CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Eksport til Saga Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Eksport til Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Eksport til Sage Ciel Compta eller Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Eksport til Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Eksport tilEBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Eksport til Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/admin.lang index 1a58115e455..3eb2a511ba2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Antall bytes SearchString=Søkestreng NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ikke tilgjengelig når Ajax er slått av AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=På elementer av en tredjepart, kan du velge et prosjekt knyttet til en annen tredjepart +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript er deaktivert UsePreviewTabs=Bruk faner for forhåndsvisning ShowPreview=Forhåndsvisning @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Oppsett av fler-valuta MenuLimits=Grenser og presisjon MenuIdParent=ID foreldremeny DetailMenuIdParent=ID foreldremeny (tom for toppmeny) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sorteringsnummer i meny AllMenus=Alle NotConfigured=Modul/applikasjon ikke konfigurert @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Egenskapen er kun tilgjengelig på offisielle, stab BoxesDesc=Widgets er komponenter som viser litt informasjon du kan legge til for å tilpasse noen sider. Du kan velge mellom å vise widgeten eller ikke ved å velge målside og klikke på "Aktiver", eller ved å klikke på papirkurven for å deaktivere den. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Bare elementer fra aktiverte moduler vises. ModulesDesc=Modulene/applikasjonene bestemmer hvilke funksjoner som er tilgjengelige i programvaren. Noen moduler krever at tillatelse gis til brukere etter at modulen er aktivert. Klikk på/av-knappen%s for hver modul for å aktivere eller deaktivere en modul/applikasjon. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Du kan finne flere moduler for nedlasting på eksterne nettsteder. ModulesDeployDesc=Hvis tillatelser for filsystemet tillater det, kan du bruke dette verktøyet til å distribuere en ekstern modul. Modulen vil da være synlig under fanen %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Finn eksterne apper/moduler @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Følgende to seksjoner er obligatoriske (de to første oppfør SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Grunnleggende parametere som brukes til å tilpasse standardoppførselen til applikasjonen din (for eksempel landrelaterte funksjoner). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

Denne programvaren er en serie med mange moduler/applikasjoner. Modulene relatert til dine behov må være aktivert og konfigurert. Menyoppføringer vises ved aktivering av disse modulene. SetupDescription5=Annet oppsett menyoppføringer styrer valgfrie parametere. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Sikkerhetshendelser som blir revidert NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Ingen sikkerhetshendelser blir revidert. Du kan aktivere dem fra meny %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup='Click To Dial' modul ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url som kalles når man klikker på telefonpiktogrammet. I URL kan du bruke koder
__ PHONETO __ som blir erstattet med telefonnummeret til personen som skal ringes
__ PHONEFROM __ som blir erstattet med telefonnummeret til den som ringer(din)
__ LOGIN __ som vil bli erstattet med clicktodial login (definert på brukerkort)
__ PASS __ som vil bli erstattet med clicktodial passord (definert på brukerkort). ClickToDialDesc=Denne modulen endrer telefonnumre, når du bruker en datamaskin, til klikkbare lenker. Et klikk vil ringe nummeret. Dette kan brukes til å starte telefonsamtalen når du har en telefon på skrivebordet eller når du for eksempel bruker et CTI-system basert på SIP-protokoll. Merk: Når du bruker en smarttelefon, er telefonnumre alltid klikkbare. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Bruk kun en lenke "tlf:" for telefonnumre -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Utsalgssted CashDeskSetup=Oppsett av modulen Salgssted @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Toppmarg på PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bunnmarg på PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Høyde for logo på PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Det er ikke noe spesifikt oppsett som kreves for denne modulen. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Sett til ja hvis denne gruppen er en beregning av andre grupper @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Større enn IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Merk at hvis en sporings-ID for et objekt blir funnet i epost, eller hvis eposten er et svar på en epostadresse som er samlet og koblet til et objekt, blir den opprettede hendelsen automatisk knyttet til det kjente relaterte objektet. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Med en Gmail-konto, hvis du aktiverte 2-trinns validering, anbefales det å opprette et dedikert annet passord for applikasjonen, i stedet for å bruke ditt eget kontopassord fra https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Det kan være en ønsket oppførsel å flytte eposten til en annet merke/katalog når den er behandlet. Bare sett navnet på katalogen her for å bruke denne funksjonen (IKKE bruk spesialtegn i navnet). Vær oppmerksom på at du også må bruke en konto med lese-/skrivetillatelse . -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Du kan bruke denne handlingen til å bruke e-postinnholdet til å finne og laste inn en eksisterende tredjepart i databasen din. Den funnet (eller opprettede) tredjeparten vil bli brukt til å følge handlinger som trenger det. I parameterfeltet kan du bruke for eksempel 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' hvis du vil trekke ut navnet på tredjeparten fra en streng 'Name: name to find' funnet i teksten. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Sluttpunkt for %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Slett e-postsamler ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Er du sikker på at du vil slette denne e-postsamleren? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Kontakt banken din for å få denne ID-en AdvancedModeOnly=Tillatelse bare tilgjengelig i avansert tillatelsesmodus ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Hendelse organisasjon +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Du bør deaktivere PHP-funksjoner IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/cashdesk.lang index 93ba2e673cc..1ce59f3e02b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Skriv ut betalingsmåte på billetter/kvitteringer WeighingScale=Vektskala ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/errors.lang index 042cf8687de..be530625c6d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Feil, beløp er obligatorisk ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Feil, fyll ut prosentandelen riktig ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Du må først konfigurere kontoplanen din ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=PHP-parameteren upload_max_filesize (%s) er høyere enn PHP-parameteren post_max_size (%s). Dette er ikke et konsistent oppsett. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/eventorganization.lang index b0fa38fb7f7..477953ad017 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Hendelsestype LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/holiday.lang index 47fbcaca76e..9f9b022f217 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Fritekst på PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Vannmerke på permisjonsutkast  HolidaysToApprove=Ferier til godkjenning NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Ingen har tillatelse til å validere ferier +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/interventions.lang index a4a259f3f85..820444dedae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Intervensjonsvarighet-linje InterLineDesc=Intervensjonsbeskrivelse-linje RepeatableIntervention=Intervensjon-mal ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Hvis du vil lage et forhåndsdefinert eller tilbakevendende intervensjon, oppretter du en vanlig intervensjon og konverterer den til intervensjonsmal -Reopen=Gjenåpne ConfirmReopenIntervention=Er du sikker på at du vil gjenåpne intervensjonen %s ? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/knowledgemanagement.lang index 2b5af0abc47..c414df35177 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -18,38 +18,32 @@ # # Module label 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementName' -ModuleKnowledgeManagementName = Knowledge Management System +ModuleKnowledgeManagementName = Kunnskapsstyringssystem # Module description 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc' -ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc=Manage a Knowledge Management (KM) or Help-Desk base +ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc=Administrer en Knowledge Management (KM) eller Help-Desk-base # # Admin page # -KnowledgeManagementSetup = Knowledge Management System setup +KnowledgeManagementSetup = Oppsett av Kunnskapsstyringssystem Settings = Innstillinger -KnowledgeManagementSetupPage = Knowledge Management System setup page +KnowledgeManagementSetupPage = Kunnskapsstyringssystemets oppsettside # # About page # About = Om -KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management -KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page +KnowledgeManagementAbout = Om kunnskapsadministrasjon +KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Om Kunnskapsadministrasjon side -# -# Sample page -# -KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# -MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base -ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles -NewKnowledgeRecord = New article -ValidateReply = Validate solution -KnowledgeRecords = Articles +KnowledgeManagementArea = Kunnskapsadministrasjon +MenuKnowledgeRecord = Kunnskapsbase +ListKnowledgeRecord = Liste over artikler +NewKnowledgeRecord = Ny artikkel +ValidateReply = Valider løsningen +KnowledgeRecords = Artikler KnowledgeRecord = Artikkel -KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Ekstra felt for artikkel +GroupOfTicket=Billettgrupper +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Du kan koble en artikkel til en billettgruppe (artikkelen vil bli foreslått under kvalifisering av nye billetter) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/languages.lang index 1ed65419c91..c1ba57737b8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopisk Language_ar_AR=Arabisk Language_ar_EG=Arabisk (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabisk Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Aserbajdsjansk Language_bn_BD=Bengalsk Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepalsk Language_nl_BE=Nederlandsk (Belgia) Language_nl_NL=Nederlandsk Language_pl_PL=Polsk +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugisisk (Brasil) Language_pt_PT=Portugisisk Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mails.lang index 2b55b8f39ed..523ccd2bbb4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Slett filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Lagre filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Opprett filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Navn på nytt filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Ingen kontakter/adresser med kategori funnet -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Ingen kontakter/adresser med kategori funnet +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Utgående e-post InGoingEmailSetup=Innkommende e-post OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Utgående e-post (for modul %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/main.lang index 00e74d9c2fa..a567b13cf9f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Kopiert til utklippstavlen InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mrp.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mrp.lang index 32a557ebd94..706e5882cb0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mrp.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/mrp.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ BOMsSetup=Oppsett av BOM-modulen  ListOfBOMs=Liste over Materialkostnader - BOM ListOfManufacturingOrders=Liste over produksjonsordre NewBOM=Ny BOM -ProductBOMHelp=Product to create (or disassemble) with this BOM.
Note: Products with the property 'Nature of product' = 'Raw material' are not visible into this list. +ProductBOMHelp=Vare å produsere (eller demontere) med denne stykklisten.
Merk: Produkter med egenskapen 'Varensart' = 'Råvarer' er ikke synlige i denne listen. BOMsNumberingModules=BOM nummereringsmaler BOMsModelModule=BOM-dokumentmaler MOsNumberingModules=MO-nummereringsmaler @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DateStartPlannedMo=Planlagt startdato DateEndPlannedMo=Planlagt sluttdato KeepEmptyForAsap=Tom betyr "Så snart som mulig" EstimatedDuration=Antatt varighet -EstimatedDurationDesc=Estimated duration to manufacture (or disassemble) this product using this BOM +EstimatedDurationDesc=Anslått varighet for å produsere (eller demontere) dette produktet ved hjelp av denne stykklisten ConfirmValidateBom=Er du sikker på at du vil validere BOM med referansen %s (du vil kunne bruke den til å lage nye produksjonsordre) ConfirmCloseBom=Er du sikker på at du vil kansellere denne BOM-en (du vil ikke kunne bruke den til å bygge nye produksjonsordrer lenger)? ConfirmReopenBom=Er du sikker på at du vil åpne denne BOM-en på nytt (du vil kunne bruke den til å lage nye produksjonsordrer) @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ ConsumeAndProduceAll=Forbruk og produser alt Manufactured=Produsert TheProductXIsAlreadyTheProductToProduce=Varen du vil legge til er allerede varen du vil produsere. ForAQuantityOf=For en produksjonsmengde på %s -ForAQuantityToConsumeOf=For a quantity to disassemble of %s +ForAQuantityToConsumeOf=For en mengde å demontere av %s ConfirmValidateMo=Er du sikker på at du vil validere denne produksjonsordren? ConfirmProductionDesc=Ved å klikke på '%s', vil du validere forbruket og/eller produksjonen for angitte mengder. Dette vil også oppdatere lagermengde og registrere lagerebevegelser. ProductionForRef=Produksjon av %s AutoCloseMO=Lukk produksjonsordren automatisk hvis mengder som skal konsumeres og produseres oppnås NoStockChangeOnServices=Ingen lagerendring på tjenester ProductQtyToConsumeByMO=Produktmengde som fremdeles skal forbrukes av åpen MO -ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Product quantity still to produce by open MO +ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Varemengde som fremdeles skal produseres av åpen MO AddNewConsumeLines=Legg til en ny linje for konsum ProductsToConsume=Vare å konsumere ProductsToProduce=Varer å produsere diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/other.lang index 461610c4c4b..4c107f51a02 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Varer/tjenester etter popularitet i ordre ProductStatistics=Varer/Tjenestestatistikk NbOfQtyInOrders=Antall i ordre SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Lukk diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/partnership.lang index 8a02384aac0..096ebff4984 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Vi informerer deg om at partnerskapsforespørselen YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Vi informerer deg om at din forespørsel om partnerskap er godtatt. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Vi informerer deg om at partnerskapet ditt er kansellert. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Avvis grunn + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/products.lang index d42402c3ca4..b29143489c1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Produktark ServiceSheet=Serviceark PossibleValues=Mulige verdier GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Gå tilmenyen %s - %s for å forberede attributtvarianter (som farger, størrelse, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Legg til en funksjon for å definere beskrivelser av varer som er definert av leverandørene, i tillegg til beskrivelser for kunder +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Leverandørs beskrivelse av produktet UseProductSupplierPackaging=Bruk emballasje på leverandørpriser (beregne mengder på nytt i henhold til emballasje som er angitt på leverandørpris når du legger til/oppdaterer linje i leverandørdokumenter) PackagingForThisProduct=Emballasje diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/projects.lang index 909329ef370..d8a6260a69d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ingen oppgaver for dette prosjektet LinkedToAnotherCompany=Knyttet opp til annen tredjepart TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Oppgave ikke tildelt bruker. Bruk knappen ' %s' for å tilordne oppgaven nå. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Tidsbruk er tom +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Denne handlingen vil også slette alle oppgaver i prosjektet (%s oppgaver for øyeblikket), og all tidsregistrering slettes IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Dersom noen objekter (faktura, ordre, ...), tilhørende en annen tredjepart, må tilknyttes prosjektet, behold denne tom. Prosjektet kan da knyttes til flere tredjeparter. CloneTasks=Klon oppgaver @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Siste %s endrede prosjekter OtherFilteredTasks=Andre filtrerte oppgaver NoAssignedTasks=Ingen tildelte oppgaver funnet (tilordne prosjekt/oppgaver til den nåværende brukeren fra den øverste valgboksen for å legge inn tid på den) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=En tredjepart må defineres på prosjektet for å kunne fakturere det. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=En tredjepart må defineres på prosjektet for å kunne fakturere det. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Velg en oppgave som du ennå ikke er tildelt # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Tillat brukerkommentarer på oppgaver @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informasjon prosjekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modul 'Lønn' må være aktivert for å definere ansattes timepris for å få tidsbruk verdsatt NewTaskRefSuggested=Oppgavereferanse allerede brukt, en ny oppgavereferanse er nødvendig TimeSpentInvoiced=Tidsbruk fakturert +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tid brukt TimeSpentForInvoice=Tid brukt OneLinePerUser=Én linje per bruker ServiceToUseOnLines=Tjeneste for bruk på linjer InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Faktura %s er generert fra tid brukt på prosjekt +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Sjekk om du legger inn timeliste på prosjektoppgaver, OG planlegger å generere faktura (er) fra timelisten for å fakturere kunden til prosjektet (ikke kryss av om du planlegger å opprette faktura som ikke er basert på innlagte timelister). Merk: For å generere faktura, gå til fanen 'Tidsbruk' av prosjektet og velg linjer du vil inkludere. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Følg mulighet ProjectFollowTasks=Følg oppgaver eller tidsbruk @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Bruk: Mulighet UsageTasks=Bruk: Oppgaver UsageBillTimeShort=Bruk: Fakturer tid InvoiceToUse=Fakturamal som skal brukes +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Ny faktura +NewInter=Ny intervensjon OneLinePerTask=Én linje per oppgave OneLinePerPeriod=Én linje per periode OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/stocks.lang index 56d53e007f5..d77e7c44f74 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Lagerverdi UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Opprett et brukerlager automatisk når du oppretter en bruker AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Administrer verdi for minimum og ønsket lager per sammenkobling (varelager) i tillegg til verdien for minimum og ønsket lager pr. vare RuleForWarehouse=Regel for lagre -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Sett et lager på tredjepart +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Sett varehus på tilbud WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Sett et lager på salgsordrer UserDefaultWarehouse=Sett et lager på brukere @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Lageroverførsel av vare %s til annet lager InventoryCodeShort=Lag./bev.-kode NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Ingen ventende mottak på grunn av åpen innkjøpsordre ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Dette lot/serienummeret (%s) finnes allerede, men med ulik "best før" og "siste forbruksdag" (funnet %s , men tastet inn %s). -OpenAll=Åpen for alle handlinger -OpenInternal=Kun åpen for interne hendelser +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Bruk en utsendelses-status (godkjenn/avslå) for varelinjer på innkjøpsordre ved varemottak OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Opsjonen "Flere priser pr. segment" er slått på. Det betyr at en vare har flere utsalgspriser og salgsverdi ikke kan kalkuleres ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Varsel for nedre og ønsket varebeholdning opprettet @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/ticket.lang index 1141b9b3bd0..7c5faa89644 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/ticket.lang @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ TicketDictResolution=Billett - Løsning TicketTypeShortCOM=Prisforespørsel TicketTypeShortHELP=Be om funksjonell hjelp -TicketTypeShortISSUE=Issue or bug +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Problem eller feil TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problem TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Endring- eller forbedringsforespørsel TicketTypeShortPROJET=Prosjekt @@ -55,25 +55,25 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Tilordnet bruker TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Kundekontakt / hendelsessporing TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Ekstern bidragsyter -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Rapport-epost Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Send billettmelding via e-post # Status Read=Les Assigned=Tildelt InProgress=Pågår -NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback -NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback +NeedMoreInformation=Venter på tilbakemelding på rapporten +NeedMoreInformationShort=Venter på tilbakemelding Answered=Besvarte Waiting=Venter -Closed=Lukket +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Slettede # Dict Type=Type Severity=Alvorlighetsgrad TicketGroupIsPublic=Gruppen er offentlig -TicketGroupIsPublicDesc=If a ticket group is public, it will be visible in the form when creating a ticket from the public interface +TicketGroupIsPublicDesc=Hvis en billettgruppe er offentlig, vil den være synlig i skjemaet når du oppretter en billett fra det offentlige grensesnittet # Email templates MailToSendTicketMessage=Å sende epost fra supportseddel-melding @@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ TicketsShowModuleLogo=Vis modulens logo i det offentlige grensesnittet TicketsShowModuleLogoHelp=Aktiver dette alternativet for å skjule modullogoen på sidene i det offentlige grensesnittet TicketsShowCompanyLogo=Vis logoen til firmaet i det offentlige grensesnittet TicketsShowCompanyLogoHelp=Aktiver dette alternativet for å skjule logoen til hovedselskapet på sidene i det offentlige grensesnittet -TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Also send a notification to the main email address -TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Enable this option to also send an email to the address defined into setup "%s" (see tab "%s") +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Send også et varsel til hoved-epostadressen +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Aktiver dette alternativet for også å sende en epost til adressen som er definert i oppsettet "%s" (se fanen "%s") TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Begrens visningen til supportsedler tildelt den nåværende brukeren (ikke effektiv for eksterne brukere, alltid begrenset til den tredjepart de er avhengige av) TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Bare supportsedler som er tildelt den nåværende brukeren, vil være synlige. Gjelder ikke for en bruker med administrasjonsrettigheter. TicketsActivatePublicInterface=Aktiver det offentlige grensesnittet @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ TicketNumberingModules=Supportseddel nummereringsmodul TicketsModelModule=Dokumentmaler for billetter TicketNotifyTiersAtCreation=Varsle tredjepart ved opprettelse TicketsDisableCustomerEmail=Slå alltid av e-post når en billett er opprettet fra det offentlige grensesnittet -TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Send email(s) when a new message/comment is added to a ticket +TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Send e-post (e) når en ny melding/kommentar legges til en billett TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessageHelp=Send epost(er) når en ny melding legges til fra det offentlige grensesnittet (til tildelt bruker eller varslings-eposten til (oppdatering) og/eller varslings-eposten til) TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmail=E-postvarsler til (oppdatere) -TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Send an email to this address for each new message notifications if the ticket doesn't have a user assigned to it or if the user doesn't have any known email. +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Send en e-post til denne adressen for hver nye meldingsvarsling hvis billetten ikke har en bruker tildelt den, eller hvis brukeren ikke har noen kjent e-post. # # Index & list page # @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ CreatedBy=Laget av NewTicket=Ny supportseddel SubjectAnswerToTicket=Supportseddel-svar TicketTypeRequest=Forespørselstype -TicketCategory=Ticket categorization +TicketCategory=Billettkategorisering SeeTicket=Se supportseddel TicketMarkedAsRead=Supportseddel merket som lest TicketReadOn=Les videre @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Alvorlighetsgrad ShowTicket=Se supportseddel RelatedTickets=Relaterte supportsedler TicketAddIntervention=Opprett intervensjon -CloseTicket=Lukk supportseddel -CloseATicket=Lukk en supportseddel +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Bekreft lukking av supportseddel +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Vennligst bekreft fjerning av supportseddel TicketDeletedSuccess=Supportseddel slettet TicketMarkedAsClosed=Supportseddel merket som lukket @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ TicketMessageHelp=Kun denne teksten blir lagret i meldingslisten på supportsedd TicketMessageSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=Substitusjonsvariabler erstattes av generiske verdier. TimeElapsedSince=Tid forløpt siden TicketTimeToRead=Tid forløpt før lesing -TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Time elapsed before / since +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Tid som har gått før/siden TicketContacts=Kontakter supportseddel TicketDocumentsLinked=Dokumenter knyttet til supportseddel ConfirmReOpenTicket=Bekreft gjenåpning av denne supportseddelen? @@ -307,13 +309,13 @@ BoxLastModifiedTicket=Siste endrede supportsedler BoxLastModifiedTicketDescription=Siste %s endrede supportsedler BoxLastModifiedTicketContent= BoxLastModifiedTicketNoRecordedTickets=Ingen nylig endrede supportsedler -BoxTicketType=Distribution of open tickets by type -BoxTicketSeverity=Number of open tickets by severity -BoxNoTicketSeverity=No tickets opened -BoxTicketLastXDays=Number of new tickets by days the last %s days -BoxTicketLastXDayswidget = Number of new tickets by days the last X days -BoxNoTicketLastXDays=No new tickets the last %s days -BoxNumberOfTicketByDay=Number of new tickets by day -BoxNewTicketVSClose=Number of today's new tickets versus today's closed tickets +BoxTicketType=Fordeling av åpne billetter etter type +BoxTicketSeverity=Antall åpne billetter etter alvorlighetsgrad +BoxNoTicketSeverity=Ingen billetter åpnet +BoxTicketLastXDays=Antall nye billetter etter dager de siste %s dagene +BoxTicketLastXDayswidget = Antall nye billetter etter dager de siste X dagene +BoxNoTicketLastXDays=Ingen nye billetter de siste %s dagene +BoxNumberOfTicketByDay=Antall nye billetter etter dag +BoxNewTicketVSClose=Antall dagens nye billetter kontra dagens lukkede billetter TicketCreatedToday=Billett opprettet i dag -TicketClosedToday=Ticket closed today +TicketClosedToday=Billetter lukket i dag diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/trips.lang index 34be03d99f7..66afc693039 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Avvist dato DATE_SAVE=Godkjennelsesdato DATE_CANCEL=Kansellert dato DATE_PAIEMENT=Betalt dato -BROUILLONNER=Gjenåpne ExpenseReportRef=Ref. utgiftsrapport ValidateAndSubmit=Valider og send til godkjenning ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validert (venter på godkjenning) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/withdrawals.lang index a0e78bf86e7..43b071728d1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direktedebet-betalingforespørsler registrert BankTransferRequestsDone=%s forespørsler om kreditoverføring registrert ThirdPartyBankCode=Tredjeparts bankkode NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Ingen faktura debitert. Kontroller at fakturaer mot selskaper med gyldig standard BAN, og at BAN har en RUM-modus %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=Denne uttakskvitteringen er allerede merket som kreditert; dette kan ikke gjøres to ganger, da dette potensielt kan skape dupliserte betalinger og bankoppføringer. ClassCredited=Klassifiser som kreditert ClassCreditedConfirm=Er du sikker på at du vil klassifisere tilbakekallingen som kreditert din bankkonto? TransData=Dato for overføring @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Utførelsesdato CreateForSepa=Lag direkte debitfil -ICS=Kreditoridentifikator CI for direkte belastning -ICSTransfer=Kreditoridentifikator CI for bankoverføring +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML-tag - Unik ID tildelt per transaksjon USTRD="Ustrukturert" SEPA XML-tag ADDDAYS=Legg til dager til utførelsesdato diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/workflow.lang index 92fa39bdda2..b26bf9bcfc7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nb_NO/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Klassifiser koblede kilde-tilbud som descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klassifiser koblede kilde-kundeordre som fakturert(t) når faktura er validert (og hvis fakturabeløpet er det samme som totalbeløpet av koblede ordrer) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Klassifiser koblede kilde-kundeordre som fakturert(t) når faktura er satt til betalt (og hvis fakturabeløpet er det samme som totalbeløpet av koblede ordrer) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Klassifiser koblet kilde-kundeordre til sendt når en forsendelse er validert (og hvis kvantitet som sendes av alle forsendelser, er det samme som i bestillingen som skal oppdateres) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Klassifiser tilsluttede kildeleverandørtilbud som fakturert når leverandørfaktura er validert (og hvis fakturabeløp er det samme som totalbeløp på koblede tilbud) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Klassifiser kildekjøpsordre (kjøpsordre) som fakturert når leverandørfakturaen er validert (og hvis fakturabeløp er det samme som totalbeløp på koblede ordre) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ne_NP/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/accountancy.lang index 2322337bcfc..080da3b8334 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/accountancy.lang @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PREFIX_SPEC=Geef de prefix voor het bestand Journals=Dagboeken JournalFinancial=Financiële dagboeken BackToChartofaccounts=Geef kaart van accounts terug -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. Selectchartofaccounts=Selecteer actieve grafieken van accounts Addanaccount=Voeg een boekhoudkundige rekening toe AccountAccounting=Boekhoudkundige rekening diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/admin.lang index d13852849fd..f083382f5cb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/admin.lang @@ -231,6 +231,7 @@ AccountantFileNumber=Code voor boekhouder AvailableModules=Beschikbare app / modules ParameterActiveForNextInputOnly=De instelling word pas actief voor de volgende invoer YouMustEnableOneModule=Je moet minstens 1 module aktiveren +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. BillsPDFModules=Factuur documentsjablonen LDAPGlobalParameters=Globale instellingen LDAPPassword=Beheerderswachtwoord @@ -243,4 +244,4 @@ AddBoxes=Widgets toevoegen OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. GeneralOptions=Algemene opties ExportSetup=Installatie van module Exporteren -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/cashdesk.lang index 36c3d34f642..5f86d4d3762 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/cashdesk.lang @@ -8,4 +8,5 @@ BankToPay=Betalingsaccount ShowCompany=Toon bedrijf ShowStock=Toon magazijn DolibarrReceiptPrinter=Dolibarr Ontvangsten Printer +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: Receipt=Ontvangst diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/products.lang index 5448b609364..5a8ab4c5bbe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/products.lang @@ -1,10 +1,16 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - products Reference=Artikelcode +ProductVatMassChange=Algemene BTW update +ProductVatMassChangeDesc=Deze tool update de BTW-tarieven op ALLE producten en diensten! +ProductAccountancyBuyExportCode=Boekhoudcode (inkoop importeren) +ServicesOnSale=Diensten voor verkoop +ServicesOnPurchase=Diensten voor inkoop OnSell=Te koop OnBuy=Te koop NotOnSell=Niet meer beschikbaar ProductStatusNotOnSell=Niet meer verkrijgbaar ProductStatusOnSellShort=Te koop +SupplierRef=Leverancier ref ListOfStockMovements=Voorradenlijst ProductSellByQuarterHT=Bruto omzetcijfer per trimester ServiceSellByQuarterHT=Bruto omzetcijfer per trimester diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/stocks.lang index 3ab405c6866..b109d7397ce 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/stocks.lang @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party QtyToDispatchShort=Aantal te verzenden -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions inventoryDraft=Actief inventoryConfirmCreate=Aanmaken inventoryDeleteLine=Verwijder lijn diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/ticket.lang index 25cd0e0dc63..e5b9bc2a353 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/ticket.lang @@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Externe bijdrager Read=Lezen Assigned=Toegewezen InProgress=Bezig -Closed=Afgesloten Severity=Strengheid TicketSetup=Installatie van ticketmodule TicketPublicAccess=Een openbare interface die geen identificatie vereist, is beschikbaar op de volgende URL diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/workflow.lang index c8f4db30713..bca19a325e4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_BE/workflow.lang @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - workflow +WorkflowDesc=Deze module bevat enkele automatische acties. Standaard, de workflow is vrij (u kan dingen doen in de volgorde die u wenst) maar hier kan u enkele automatische acties activeren +ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=Er is geen workflow wijziging beschikbaar met de geactiveerde modules. descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Maak automatisch een klantenfactuur na validatie van een contract AutomaticCreation=Automatische aanmaak AutomaticClassification=Automatische classificatie diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/accountancy.lang index 472f2ddf976..d6540d17650 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Landen buiten de EU CountriesInEECExceptMe=EU landen behalve %s CountriesExceptMe=Alle landen behalve %s AccountantFiles=Bron-documenten exporteren -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Met deze tool kunt u de lijsten en pdf bestanden exporteren die werden gebruikt om uw boekhouding te genereren. Gebruik het menu-item %s - %s om uw dagboeken te exporteren. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Overzicht per grootboekrekening VueBySubAccountAccounting=Overzicht op volgorde subrekening @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Raadpleeg hier de lijst met externe klanten en leveranciers ListAccounts=Grootboekrekeningen UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Onbekende relatie-rekening. Gebruikt wordt 1%s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Blokkeringsfout. Onbekende relatierekening. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Derdenaccount niet gedefinieerd of derde partij onbekend. We zullen %s gebruiken +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Onbekende relatie en sub-administrator niet gedefinieerd op de betaling. Er zal geen waarde worden weggeschreven in de sub-administratierekening. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Tegenrekening relatie niet gedefinieerd of relatie onbekend. Blokkeringsfout. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Onbekend account van derden en wachtaccount niet gedefinieerd. Blokkeerfout PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Betaling niet gekoppeld aan een product / dienst OpeningBalance=Beginbalans @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klassieke export Modelcsv_CEGID=Exporteren naar CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exporteren naar Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exporteren naar Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exporteren naar Sage Ciel Compta of Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Exporteren naar Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exporteren naar EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exporteren naar Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/admin.lang index 121da907a00..aa33d9302ca 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/admin.lang @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ VersionRecommanded=Aanbevolen FileCheck=Bestandsintegriteit controles FileCheckDesc=Met deze tool kunt u de integriteit van bestanden en de installatie van uw applicatie controleren door elk bestand met het officiële bestand te vergelijken. De waarde van sommige set-up constanten kan ook worden gecontroleerd. U kunt deze tool gebruiken om te bepalen of bestanden zijn gewijzigd (bijvoorbeeld door een hacker). FileIntegrityIsStrictlyConformedWithReference=De integriteit van bestanden is strikt in overeenstemming met de referentie. -FileIntegrityIsOkButFilesWereAdded=Integriteitscontrole is geslaagd, er zijn echter nieuwe bestanden toegevoegd. +FileIntegrityIsOkButFilesWereAdded=Integriteitscontrole van bestanden is geslaagd, er zijn echter nieuwe bestanden toegevoegd. FileIntegritySomeFilesWereRemovedOrModified=Controle op integriteit van de bestanden is mislukt. Sommige bestanden zijn gewijzigd, verwijderd of toegevoegd. GlobalChecksum=Globaal controlegetal MakeIntegrityAnalysisFrom=Maak integriteitsanalyse van toepassingsbestanden van @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Interne gebruiker ExternalUser=Externe gebruiker InternalUsers=Interne gebruikers ExternalUsers=Externe gebruikers -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Gebruikersomgeving GUISetup=Weergave SetupArea=Instellingen UploadNewTemplate=Nieuwe template(s) uploaden @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Aantal bytes SearchString=Zoekreeks NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Niet beschikbaar wanneer AJAX functionaliteit is uitgeschakeld AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Bij een document van een relatie, kan een project worden gekozen dat gekoppeld is aan een andere relatie +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Voorkom opnameduur na het volgende aantal maanden JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript uitgeschakeld UsePreviewTabs=Gebruik voorbeeldtabbladen ShowPreview=Toon voorbeeldweergave @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Set-up meerdere valuta's MenuLimits=Limieten en nauwkeurigheid MenuIdParent=ID van het bovenliggende menu DetailMenuIdParent=ID van het bovenliggend menu (0 voor een hoogste menu) +ParentID=Ouder ID DetailPosition=Sorteer nummer dat de volgorde van menupositie bepaalt AllMenus=Alles NotConfigured=Module/applicatie niet geconfigureerd @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Functie alleen beschikbaar bij officiële stabiele BoxesDesc=Widgets zijn componenten die informatie tonen die u kunt toevoegen om sommige pagina's te personaliseren. U kunt kiezen of u de widget wilt weergeven of niet door de doelpagina te selecteren en op 'Activeren' te klikken of door op de prullenbak te klikken om deze uit te schakelen. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Alleen elementen van ingeschakelde modules worden getoond. ModulesDesc=De modules / applicaties bepalen welke features beschikbaar zijn in de software. Voor sommige modules moet toestemming worden verleend aan gebruikers na het activeren van de module. Klik op de aan / uitknop %s van elke module om een module / applicatie in of uit te schakelen. +ModulesDesc2=Klik op de wielknop %s om de module/toepassing te configureren. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=U kunt meer modules downloaden van externe websites op het internet... ModulesDeployDesc=Als machtigingen op uw bestandssysteem dit toestaan, kunt u dit hulpprogramma gebruiken om een externe module te implementeren. De module is dan zichtbaar op het tabblad %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Vind externe apps of modules @@ -563,7 +566,7 @@ Module53Desc=Dienstenbeheer Module54Name=Contracten/Abonnementen Module54Desc=Beheer van contracten (diensten of terugkerende abonnementen) Module55Name=Streepjescodes -Module55Desc=Barcode or QR code management +Module55Desc=Beheer van Bar- of QR-codes Module56Name=Betaling via overschrijving Module56Desc=Beheer van de betaling van leveranciers door middel van overboekingsopdrachten. Het omvat het genereren van SEPA-bestanden voor Europese landen. Module57Name=Betalingen via automatische incasso @@ -850,10 +853,10 @@ Permission402=Creëren / wijzigen kortingen Permission403=Kortingen valideren Permission404=Kortingen verwijderen Permission430=Gebruik foutopsporingsbalk -Permission511=Read salaries and payments (yours and subordinates) -Permission512=Create/modify salaries and payments -Permission514=Delete salaries and payments -Permission517=Read salaries and payments everybody +Permission511=Salarissen en betalingen lezen (van u en ondergeschikten) +Permission512=Salarissen en betalingen aanmaken/wijzigen +Permission514=Salarissen en betalingen verwijderen +Permission517=Lees salarissen en betalingen iedereen Permission519=Export salarissen Permission520=Lees Leningen Permission522=Creëer/wijzigen leningen @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=De volgende twee secties zijn verplicht (de twee eerste vermel SetupDescription3=  %s -> %s

Basisparameters die worden gebruikt om het standaardgedrag van uw toepassing aan te passen (bijvoorbeeld voor landgerelateerde functies). SetupDescription4=  %s -> %s

Dit programma is een samenstelling van vele modules / applicaties. De modules die betrekking hebben op uw behoeften moeten worden ingeschakeld en geconfigureerd. Menu-items verschijnen met de activering van deze modules. SetupDescription5=Andere items in het Setup-menu beheren optionele parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Beveiligingsgebeurtenissen die worden gecontroleerd NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Er worden geen beveiligingsgebeurtenissen gecontroleerd. U kunt ze inschakelen via menu %s Audit=Beveiligingsgebeurtenissen @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL functies niet beschikbaar in uw PHP installatie DownloadMoreSkins=Meer uiterlijkthema's om te downloaden SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Retourneert het referentienummer in de notatie %syymm-nnnn waarbij yy het jaar is, mm de maand en nnnn een opeenvolgend automatisch oplopend getal is zonder reset SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Retourneert het referentienummer in de notatie %s-nnnn waarbij nnnn een opeenvolgend automatisch oplopend getal is zonder reset -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Toon professionele ID met adressen +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Verberg intracommunautair btw-nummer TranslationUncomplete=Onvolledige vertaling MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Schakel meteorologische weergave uit MeteoStdMod=Standaard mode @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup='Click-To-Dial' moduleinstellingen ClickToDialUrlDesc=URL gebeld wanneer een klik op het telefoonpictogram is voltooid. In URL kunt u tags gebruiken
__PHONETO__ die wordt vervangen door het telefoonnummer van de persoon die moet worden gebeld
__PHONEFROM__ die wordt vervangen door het telefoonnummer van de bellende persoon (die van u)
__LOGIN__ die wordt vervangen door clicktodial login (gedefinieerd op gebruikerskaart)
__PASS__ die wordt vervangen door clicktodial wachtwoord (gedefinieerd op gebruikerskaart). ClickToDialDesc=Deze module verandert telefoonnummers bij gebruik van een desktopcomputer in klikbare links. Bij een klik zal het nummer gebeld worden. Dit kan worden gebruikt om het telefoongesprek te starten wanneer u een softphone op uw bureaublad gebruikt of wanneer u bijvoorbeeld een CTI-systeem op basis van het SIP-protocol gebruikt. Let op: Bij het gebruik van een smartphone zijn telefoonnummers altijd klikbaar. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Gebruik alleen de link "tel:" bij telefoonnummers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Verkooppunt CashDeskSetup=Instelling verkooppuntmodule @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Bovenmarge op PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Onder-marge op PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Hoogte voor logo op PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Voeg afbeelding toe op voorstelregel +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Elektronisch ondertekenen toevoegen aan PDF NothingToSetup=Er is geen specifieke installatie vereist voor deze module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Stel dit in op Ja als deze groep een berekening van andere groepen is @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Groter dan IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Houd er rekening mee dat als een tracking-ID van een object in e-mail wordt gevonden, of als de e-mail een antwoord is van een e-mail die al is verzameld en aan een object is gekoppeld, de gemaakte gebeurtenis automatisch wordt gekoppeld aan het bekende gerelateerde object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Als u bij een GMail-account de validatie in 2 stappen hebt ingeschakeld, wordt aanbevolen om een speciaal tweede wachtwoord voor de toepassing te maken in plaats van uw eigen wachtwoord van https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Het kan een gewenst gedrag zijn om de e-mail naar een andere tag / directory te verplaatsen wanneer deze met succes is verwerkt. Stel hier gewoon de naam van de map in om deze functie te gebruiken (gebruik GEEN speciale tekens in de naam). Houd er rekening mee dat u ook een inlogaccount voor lezen / schrijven moet gebruiken. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=U kunt deze actie gebruiken om de e-mailinhoud te gebruiken om een bestaande relatie in uw database te zoeken en te laden. De gevonden (of gecreëerde) relatie zal worden gebruikt voor het volgen van acties die het nodig hebben. In het parameterveld kunt u bijvoorbeeld 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' gebruiken als u de naam van de relatie wilt extraheren uit een string 'Name: name to find' gevonden in de bron. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=U kunt deze actie gebruiken om de e-mailinhoud te gebruiken om een bestaande derde partij in uw database te zoeken en te laden. De gevonden (of aangemaakte) derde partij wordt gebruikt voor de volgende acties die dit nodig hebben.
Als u bijvoorbeeld een derde partij wilt maken met een naam geëxtraheerd een tekenreeks 'Naam: naam te vinden' gevonden in de body, gebruik afzender e-mail als e-mail, u kunt het parameterveld als volgt instellen:
'email=HEADER: ^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Eindpunt voor %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=E-mailverzamelaar verwijderen ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Weet je zeker dat je deze e-mailverzamelaar wilt verwijderen? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Neem contact op met uw bank om deze ID te krijgen AdvancedModeOnly=Toestemming alleen beschikbaar in geavanceerde toestemmingsmodus ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Het conf-bestand is leesbaar of beschrijfbaar door alle gebruikers. Geef alleen toestemming aan webservergebruiker en -groep. MailToSendEventOrganization=Evenementenorganisatie +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Standaard gebeurtenisstatus bij het maken van een gebeurtenis vanuit het formulier YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=U moet PHP-functies uitschakelen IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Behalve als u systeemopdrachten in aangepaste code moet uitvoeren, moet u PHP-functies uitschakelen @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Voor shell-doeleinden (zoals geplande back-up van tak NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=Er zijn geen beschrijfbare bestanden of mappen van de gebruikelijke programma's gevonden in uw hoofdmap (Goed) RecommendedValueIs=Aanbevolen: %s Recommended=Aanbevolen -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Niet aangeraden ARestrictedPath=Een beperkt pad CheckForModuleUpdate=Controleren op updates van externe modules CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Deze actie maakt verbinding met editors van externe modules om te controleren of er een nieuwe versie beschikbaar is. @@ -2146,5 +2155,7 @@ YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=U hebt de verouderde WS API ingescha RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Willekeurig geselecteerd als er meerdere foto's beschikbaar zijn DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Databasewachtwoord is versleuteld in conf-bestand DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Databasewachtwoord is NIET versleuteld in conf-bestand -APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled -YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +APIsAreNotEnabled=API-modules zijn niet ingeschakeld +YouShouldSetThisToOff=U moet dit op 0 of uit zetten +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/boxes.lang index 8cb5b51883b..305adbe841c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Orders van leveranciers: laatste %s gewijzi BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Klantfacturen: laatste %s gewijzigd BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Klantorders: laatste %s gewijzigd BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Laatste %s aangepaste offertes -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=laatste 1%s gewijzigde vacatures +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Laatste 1%s gewijzigde sollicitaties ForCustomersInvoices=Afnemersfacturen ForCustomersOrders=Klantenbestellingen ForProposals=Zakelijke voorstellen / Offertes diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/cashdesk.lang index 2e94594cf6a..b40df127c40 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Laat uitgestelde betaling toe PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Betaalmethode afdrukken op tickets | bonnen WeighingScale=Weegschaal ShowPriceHT = Toon de kolom met de prijs exclusief btw (op het scherm) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Toon kolom met prijs exclusief btw (bon) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/deliveries.lang index 99c87f7f7af..40e66d6134e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/deliveries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/deliveries.lang @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ NonShippable=Niet verzendbaar ShowShippableStatus=Toon verzendstatus ShowReceiving=Toon afleverbon NonExistentOrder=Niet bestaande order -StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Stock quantities already allocated on previous lines +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Hoeveelheid al toegekend in vorige regels diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/errors.lang index feeb243f0c1..9471b49e64e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/errors.lang @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ ErrorBadValueForParamNotAString=Slechte parameterwaarde. Wordt over het algemeen ErrorRefAlreadyExists=Referentie %s bestaat al. ErrorLoginAlreadyExists=Inlog %s bestaat reeds. ErrorGroupAlreadyExists=Groep %s bestaat reeds. -ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=Email %s already exists. +ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=email 1%s bestaat al ErrorRecordNotFound=Tabelregel niet gevonden. ErrorFailToCopyFile=Kan bestand '%s' in '%s' te kopiëren. ErrorFailToCopyDir=Kan map '%s' niet kopiëren naar '%s'. @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Fout, bedrag is verplicht ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Fout, vul het percentage correct in ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=U moet eerst uw rekeningschema instellen ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Kan sjabloon met codenaam %s . niet vinden +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=De lengte is niet gedefinieerd in de dienst. We kunnen de uurkosten niet berekenen. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Uw PHP-parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is hoger dan PHP-parameter post_max_size (%s). Dit is geen consistente opstelling. @@ -301,4 +302,4 @@ ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=Eigenaar van gebruiker is vereist ErrorActionCommBadType=Het geselecteerde gebeurtenistype (id: %n, code: %s) bestaat niet in het woordenboek voor gebeurtenistypes CheckVersionFail=Versiecontrole mislukt ErrorWrongFileName=De naam van het bestand mag niet __SOMETHING__ bevatten -ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Niet bekend in de gedefinieerde betaalregelingen, graag wijzigen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/eventorganization.lang index 1b3efd8a048..8227e5a966d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = ICS-link downloaden EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Beveiligde sleutel van de openbare registratielink naar een conferentie SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service gebruikt voor de factuurregel over een standlocatie SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service die wordt gebruikt voor de factuurrij over een deelnemersabonnement op een conferentie -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Aantal stemmen # # Status # @@ -117,8 +117,10 @@ ConferenceAttendeeFee = Conferentiebezoekerstarief voor het evenement: '%s' vari BoothLocationFee = Standplaats voor het evenement : '%s' van %s tot %s EventType = Taak type LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfconference=Conferentie label +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Abonnement niet beschikbaar, de bijeenkomst is nog niet bevestigd +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/exports.lang index 65e9a9ed814..0947aad05c8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/exports.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/exports.lang @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ TypeOfLineServiceOrProduct=Type van de regel (0=product, 1=dienst) FileWithDataToImport=Bestand met te importeren gegevens FileToImport=Te importeren bronbestand FileMustHaveOneOfFollowingFormat=Het te importeren bestand moet een van de volgende indelingen hebben -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information -StarAreMandatory=* are mandatory fields +DownloadEmptyExample=Download de template file met informatie over de velden +StarAreMandatory=* zijn verplichte velden ChooseFormatOfFileToImport=Kies de bestandsindeling die u als importbestandsindeling wilt gebruiken door op het pictogram %s te klikken om deze te selecteren ... ChooseFileToImport=Upload het bestand en klik vervolgens op het pictogram %s om het bestand te selecteren als bronimportbestand ... SourceFileFormat=Bestandsformaat van het bronbestand diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/holiday.lang index 07fe2313c26..2f9bc8bff0e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Vrije tekst op PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermerken op ontwerp verlofaanvragen HolidaysToApprove=Vakanties goed te keuren NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Niemand heeft toestemming om vakanties te valideren +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Maandelijkse update van de vrije dagen +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/install.lang index f3b7c547189..5f1eb91c66a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migratie van fotopaden voor gebruikers MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migratie van gebruikersvelden sociale netwerken (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Herlaad module %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Reset BlockedLog module voor v7 algoritme -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migratie van de import of export profielen (1%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Toon niet beschikbare opties HideNotAvailableOptions=Niet-beschikbare opties verbergen ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Er zijn fouten gemeld tijdens het migratieproces, dus de volgende stap is niet beschikbaar. Om fouten te negeren, kunt u hier klikken , maar de toepassing of sommige functies werken mogelijk niet correct totdat de fouten zijn opgelost. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/interventions.lang index b984fa9206f..431c1208a5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Duur regel interventie InterLineDesc=Opmerking regel interventie RepeatableIntervention=Sjabloon voor interventie ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Als u een vooraf gedefinieerde of terugkerende interventie wilt maken, maakt u een gemeenschappelijke interventie en converteert u deze naar een interventiesjabloon -Reopen=Heropenen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Weet u zeker dat u de interventie %s weer wilt openen? +GenerateInter=Genereer interventie diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/knowledgemanagement.lang index 86d66f3b3de..9e60dff9eea 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Over KnowledgeManagementAbout = Over Kennis Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Over Kennis Management pagina -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Kennis Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Kennis basis ListKnowledgeRecord = Lijst met artikelen NewKnowledgeRecord = Nieuw artikel @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Valideer oplossing KnowledgeRecords = Lidwoord KnowledgeRecord = Artikel KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extravelden voor Artikel +GroupOfTicket=Groep van tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Je kunt een artikel linken naar een ticket groep (dan wordt dit artikel als suggestie gegeven bij een nieuwe ticket) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/languages.lang index 2bd2bc753f0..b3e4d580177 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopisch Language_ar_AR=Arabisch Language_ar_EG=Arabisch (Egyptisch) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabisch Language_ar_TN=Arabisch (Tunesië) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabisch (Irakees) Language_az_AZ=Azerbeidzjaans Language_bn_BD=Bengaals Language_bn_IN=Bengaals (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepalees Language_nl_BE=Nederlands (België) Language_nl_NL=Nederlands Language_pl_PL=Pools +Language_pt_AO=Portugees (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugees (Brazilië) Language_pt_PT=Portugees Language_ro_MD=Roemeens (Moldavië) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/mails.lang index 58b39229dc0..52e3c118af5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Verwijder filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Bewaar filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Creëer filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Naam nieuwe filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Geen contact / adres met een categorie gevonden -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Geen contact / adres met een categorie gevonden +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Uitgaande e-mail InGoingEmailSetup=Inkomende e-mail OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Uitgaande e-mailinstellingen (voor module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/main.lang index d730795c8c0..be5fc077661 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/main.lang @@ -616,9 +616,9 @@ MonthVeryShort11=N MonthVeryShort12=D AttachedFiles=Bijgevoegde bestanden en documenten JoinMainDoc=Word hoofddocument -DateFormatYYYYMM=YYYY-MM -DateFormatYYYYMMDD=YYYY-MM-DD -DateFormatYYYYMMDDHHMM=YYYY-MM-DD HH: SS +DateFormatYYYYMM=JJJJ-MM +DateFormatYYYYMMDD=JJJJ-MM-DD +DateFormatYYYYMMDDHHMM=JJJJ-MM-DD HH: SS ReportName=Rapportnaam ReportPeriod=Periode-analyse ReportDescription=Omschrijving @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ MenuMembers=Leden MenuAgendaGoogle=Google-agenda MenuTaxesAndSpecialExpenses=Belastingen | Bijzondere kosten ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetup=Dolibarr limiet (Menu Home-Instellingen-Beveiliging): %s Kb, PHP grens: %s Kb -ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limit (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limit (Param %s): %s Kb +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limiet (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limiet (Param %s): %s Kb NoFileFound=Geen documenten geüpload CurrentUserLanguage=Huidige taal CurrentTheme=Actuele thema @@ -1136,4 +1136,16 @@ CategTypeNotFound=Geen tag-soort gevonden voor type records CopiedToClipboard=Gekopieerd naar het klembord InformationOnLinkToContract=Dit bedrag is alleen het totaal van alle regels van het contract. Er wordt geen rekening gehouden met tijd. ConfirmCancel=Weet je zeker dat je dit wilt annuleren -EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +EmailMsgID=E-mail MsgID +SetToEnabled=Zet aan. +SetToDisabled=Zet uit. +ConfirmMassEnabling=Bevestig het aanzetten +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Weet u zeker dat u de %s geselecteerde record (s) wilt aanzetten? +ConfirmMassDisabling=Bevestig het uitzetten +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Weet u zeker dat u de %s geselecteerde record (s) wilt uitzetten? +RecordsEnabled=1%s record(s) aangezet +RecordsDisabled=1%s record(s) uitgezet. +RecordEnabled=Record aangezet +RecordDisabled=Record uitgezet +Forthcoming=In de toekomst +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/other.lang index 5c1a422fef6..2c6bd07e00b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Producten / services op populariteit in Orders ProductStatistics=Producten / diensten Statistieken NbOfQtyInOrders=Aantal in bestellingen SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Selecteer een object om de statistieken te bekijken... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Weet je zeker dat je "1%s"? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Bevestig +CloseDialog = Sluiten diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/partnership.lang index 6ad168a4570..92f4f98832e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Wij informeren u dat uw partnerschapsverzoek is af YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Wij informeren u dat uw partnerschapsverzoek is geaccepteerd. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Wij informeren u dat uw partnerschap is beëindigd. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Reden afwijzing + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/productbatch.lang index c8930700393..668e1d202aa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/productbatch.lang @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=Voorraad details per lot SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Serienummer %s wordt al gebruikt voor product %s TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=U kunt slechts één product %s hebben voor serienummer %s ManageLotMask=Aangepast masker -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=Optie om voor elk product een ander soort nummer te gebruiken +BatchLotNumberingModules=Regel voor automatische generatie van het lot nummer +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Regel voor de automatische generatie van het serienummer (alleen voor producten met een uniek serienummer per product) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Aantal toe te voegen voor elke gescande barcode/lot/serie LifeTime=Levensduur (in dagen) EndOfLife=Einde van het leven diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/products.lang index b1fd7b414f1..2516a77fffd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/products.lang @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ PriceByCustomer=Verschillende prijzen voor elke klant PriceCatalogue=Enkele verkoopprijs per product/dienst PricingRule=Regels voor verkoopprijzen AddCustomerPrice=Koppel verkoopprijs aan klant -ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Set same price on customer's subsidiaries +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Stel dezelfde prijs in op de dochterondernemingen van de klant PriceByCustomerLog=Prijshistorie klant MinimumPriceLimit=Minimumprijs kan niet onder %s MinimumRecommendedPrice=Aanbevolen minimumprijs is: %s @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ComposedProductIncDecStock=Verhogen/verlagen voorraad bij de ouder verandering ComposedProduct=Producten voor kinderen MinSupplierPrice=Minimum aankoopprijs MinCustomerPrice=Minimum verkoopprijs -NoDynamicPrice=No dynamic price +NoDynamicPrice=Geen dynamische prijs DynamicPriceConfiguration=Dynamische prijs configuratie DynamicPriceDesc=U kunt wiskundige formules definiëren om klant- of leveranciersprijzen te berekenen. Dergelijke formules kunnen alle wiskundige operatoren, sommige constanten en variabelen gebruiken. U kunt hier de variabelen definiëren die u wilt gebruiken. Als de variabele een automatische update nodig heeft, kunt u de externe URL definiëren zodat Dolibarr de waarde automatisch kan bijwerken. AddVariable=Variabele toevoegen @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Productblad ServiceSheet=Service blad PossibleValues=Mogelijke waarden GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Ga naar menu %s-%s om attributenvarianten voor te bereiden (zoals kleuren, grootte, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Voeg een functie toe om de productbeschrijving te definiëren die is gedefinieerd door de leveranciers (voor elke leveranciersreferentie) naast de beschrijving voor klanten ProductSupplierDescription=Leveranciersbeschrijving voor het product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Gebruik verpakkingen op leveranciersprijzen (herbereken hoeveelheden volgens verpakking ingesteld op leveranciersprijs bij toevoegen / bijwerken van regel in leveranciersdocumenten) PackagingForThisProduct=Verpakking diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/projects.lang index 98279c378fd..c26413ca77f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Geen taken voor dit project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Gekoppeld aan een andere derde partij TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Taak niet toegewezen aan gebruiker. Gebruik knop ' %s ' om nu een taak toe te wijzen. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Gespendeerde tijd is leeg +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Tijdregistratie is beperkt tot %s maanden terug ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Deze actie zal ook alle taken van het project (%s taken op het moment) en alle ingangen van de tijd doorgebracht. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Als sommige objecten (factuur, order, ...), die behoren tot een andere derde, moet worden gekoppeld aan het project te maken, houden deze leeg naar het project dat met meerdere derden. CloneTasks=Kloon taken @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Laatste %s aangepaste projecten OtherFilteredTasks=Andere gefilterde taken NoAssignedTasks=Geen toegewezen taken gevonden (wijs project / taken toe aan de huidige gebruiker uit het bovenste selectievak om de tijd in te voeren) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Er moet een derde partij in het project worden gedefinieerd om het te kunnen factureren. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Er moet een derde partij in het project worden gedefinieerd om het te kunnen factureren. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Kies een taak die nog niet aan jou is toegewezen # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Reacties van gebruikers op taken toestaan @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Informatieproject %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salarissen' moet worden ingeschakeld om het uurtarief van de medewerker te definiëren om de tijd die wordt besteed te valoriseren NewTaskRefSuggested=Taakreferentie al gebruikt, een nieuwe taakreferentie is vereist TimeSpentInvoiced=Tijd besteed gefactureerd +TimeSpentForIntervention=Bestede tijd TimeSpentForInvoice=Bestede tijd OneLinePerUser=Eén regel per gebruiker ServiceToUseOnLines=Service voor gebruik op lijnen InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Factuur %s is gegenereerd op basis van de tijd besteed aan het project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Interventie %s is gegenereerd op basis van tijd besteed aan project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Controleer of u urenstaat invoert voor taken van het project EN u van plan bent om facturen uit de urenstaat te genereren om de klant van het project te factureren (controleer niet of u een factuur wilt creëren die niet is gebaseerd op ingevoerde urenstaten). Opmerking: Om de factuur te genereren, gaat u naar het tabblad 'Bestede tijd' van het project en selecteert u de regels die u wilt opnemen. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Volg gelegenheid ProjectFollowTasks=Volg taken of bestede tijd @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Gebruik: Kans UsageTasks=Gebruik: Taken UsageBillTimeShort=Gebruik: Factuurtijd InvoiceToUse=Te gebruiken factuur +InterToUse=Te gebruiken conceptinterventie NewInvoice=Nieuwe factuur +NewInter=Nieuwe interventie OneLinePerTask=Eén regel per taak OneLinePerPeriod=Eén regel per periode OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Eén regel voor elke tijdsbestedingsdeclaratie diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/salaries.lang index 961622858d5..9d626387493 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/salaries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/salaries.lang @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ TJM=Gemiddeld dagtarief CurrentSalary=Huidig salaris THMDescription=Deze waarde kan worden gebruikt om de kosten te berekenen van de tijd die wordt besteed aan een project dat door gebruikers is ingevoerd als de module Project wordt gebruikt TJMDescription=Deze waarde is momenteel alleen ter informatie en wordt niet gebruikt voor enige berekening -LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries -AllSalaries=All salaries +LastSalaries=Laatste %s-salarissen +AllSalaries=Alle salarissen SalariesStatistics=Salaris statistieken SalariesAndPayments=Salarissen en betalingen -ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Wilt u deze salarisbetaling verwijderen? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/stocks.lang index d482fcccb26..3147f7a6665 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Voorraadwaardering UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Creëer automatisch een gebruikersmagazijn wanneer u een gebruiker aanmaakt AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Beheer ook de waarde voor minimale en gewenste voorraad per paar (productmagazijn) naast de waarde voor minimale en gewenste voorraad per product RuleForWarehouse=Voorwaarden magazijnen -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Stel een magazijn in op relatie +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Stel een magazijn in op Derden WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Stel een magazijn in op offertes WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Stel een magazijn in op Verkooporders UserDefaultWarehouse=Stel een magazijn in op gebruikers @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Voorraad overdracht van het product %s in een ander magazi InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Verpl. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Geen openstaande ontvangst vanwege openstaande inkooporder ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Deze lot/serienummer (%s) bestaat al, maar met verschillende verval of verkoopen voor datum (gevonden %s maar u gaf in%s). -OpenAll=Alle bewerkingen toegestaan -OpenInternal=Alleen interne bewerkingen toegestaan +OpenAnyMovement=Open (alle verplaatsingen) +OpenInternal=Open (alleen interne verplaatsing) UseDispatchStatus=Gebruik een verzendstatus (goedkeuren/weigeren) voor productregels bij ontvangst van inkooporders OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=De optie "verschillende prijzen per segment" is ingeschakeld. Dit betekent dat een product verschillende verkoopprijzen heeft. De verkoopwaarde kan dus niet worden berekend. ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Voorraad alarm en gewenste optimale voorraad correct gecreëerd @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Vul de werkelijke hoeveelheid in met de verwachte hoeveelhe ShowAllBatchByDefault=Toon standaard batchgegevens op het tabblad "voorraad" van het product CollapseBatchDetailHelp=U kunt de standaardweergave van batchdetails instellen in de configuratie van de voorraadmodule FieldCannotBeNegative=Veld "%s" mag niet negatief zijn +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/ticket.lang index 182a8f47ae1..c963701de27 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/ticket.lang @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ TicketDictResolution=Ticket - resolutie TicketTypeShortCOM=Commerciële vraag TicketTypeShortHELP=Verzoek om functionele hulp -TicketTypeShortISSUE=Issue or bug -TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problem +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Probleem of bug +TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Probleem TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Verander- of verbeteringsverzoek TicketTypeShortPROJET=Project TicketTypeShortOTHER=Overig @@ -55,18 +55,18 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Toegewezen gebruiker TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Klanten contact / opvolging TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Externe bijdrage -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=E-mail van de verslaggever Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Verzend ticketbericht per e-mail # Status Read=Gelezen Assigned=Toegekend InProgress=Reeds bezig -NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback -NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback +NeedMoreInformation=Wachten op feedback van verslaggevers +NeedMoreInformationShort=Wachten op feedback Answered=Beantwoord Waiting=Wachtend -Closed=Gesloten +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Verwijderd # Dict @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ CreatedBy=Aangemaakt door NewTicket=Nieuw Ticket SubjectAnswerToTicket=Ticket antwoord TicketTypeRequest=Aanvraag type -TicketCategory=Ticket categorization +TicketCategory=Ticketcategorisatie SeeTicket=Bekijk ticket TicketMarkedAsRead=Ticket is gemarkeerd als gelezen TicketReadOn=Lees verder @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Prioriteit ShowTicket=Bekijk ticket RelatedTickets=Gerelateerde tickets TicketAddIntervention=Nieuwe interventie -CloseTicket=Sluit ticket -CloseATicket=Sluit een ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Bevestig sluiten ticket +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Bevestig het verwijderen van het ticket TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket succesvol verwijderd TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket gemarkeerd als gesloten @@ -213,7 +215,7 @@ TicketMessageHelp=Alleen deze tekst zal worden bewaard in de berichtenlijst op d TicketMessageSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=Vervangingsvariabelen worden vervangen door generieke waarden. TimeElapsedSince=Verstreken tijd sinds TicketTimeToRead=Tijd verstreken voordat gelezen -TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Time elapsed before / since +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Verstreken tijd voor / sinds TicketContacts=Contact ticket TicketDocumentsLinked=Documenten gekoppeld aan ticket ConfirmReOpenTicket=Ticket heropenen? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/trips.lang index 7dd8c718e01..e025c7ba5a2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Weiger datum DATE_SAVE=Validatiedatum DATE_CANCEL=Annuleringsdatum DATE_PAIEMENT=Betaaldatum -BROUILLONNER=Heropenen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. onkostennota ValidateAndSubmit=Valideren en indienen voor goedkeuring ValidatedWaitingApproval=Gevalideerd (wachten op goedkeuring) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/users.lang index 98bfc63d5b7..8e96f57b7dd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/users.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/users.lang @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ LoginToCreate=Te creëren gebruikersnaam NameToCreate=Naam van derden maken YourRole=Uw rollen YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=Uw quotum van actieve gebruikers is bereikt! -NbOfUsers=Number of users -NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +NbOfUsers=aantal gebruikers +NbOfPermissions=Aantal machtigingen DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=Alleen een superadmin kan downgrade een superadmin HierarchicalResponsible=Opzichter HierarchicView=Hiërarchisch schema diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/website.lang index bd195b5960d..05cae74f98d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/website.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/website.lang @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AddWebsite=Website toevoegen Webpage=Webpagina/container AddPage=Voeg pagina/container toe PageContainer=Pagina -PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=De preview van uw website %s is nog niet beschikbaar. U moet eerst ' Een volledige websitesjabloon importeren ' of gewoon ' Een pagina/container toevoegen '. RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=Gevraagde pagina met id %s heeft nog geen inhoud of cachebestand .tpl.php is verwijderd. Bewerk de inhoud van de pagina om dit op te lossen. SiteDeleted=Website '%s' verwijderd PageContent=Pagina/Container diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/withdrawals.lang index 5d1c264f730..6d0b0e17261 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Uitvoeringsdatum CreateForSepa=Aanmaken incassobestand -ICS=Crediteur Identifier CI voor automatische incasso -ICSTransfer=Crediteur Identifier CI voor bankoverschrijving +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML-tag - Uniek ID toegewezen per transactie USTRD="Ongestructureerde" SEPA XML-tag ADDDAYS=Dagen toevoegen aan uitvoeringsdatum diff --git a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/workflow.lang index d5d7ffe6155..499a1ce0242 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/nl_NL/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classificeer het gekoppelde bronvoor descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classificeer gekoppelde bronverkooporder als gefactureerd wanneer klantfactuur is gevalideerd (en als het factuurbedrag gelijk is aan het totale bedrag van de gekoppelde bestelling) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classificeer gekoppelde bronverkooporder als gefactureerd wanneer klantfactuur is ingesteld op betaald (en als het factuurbedrag gelijk is aan het totale bedrag van de gekoppelde bestelling) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classificeer gekoppelde bronverkooporder als verzonden wanneer een zending is gevalideerd (en als de hoeveelheid die door alle zendingen is verzonden dezelfde is als in de te updaten bestelling) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classificeer het gekoppelde bronvoorstel als gefactureerd wanneer de leveranciersfactuur is gevalideerd (en als het factuurbedrag gelijk is aan het totale bedrag van het gekoppelde voorstel) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classificeer gekoppelde inkooporder als gefactureerd wanneer leveranciersfactuur is gevalideerd (en als het factuurbedrag gelijk is aan het totale bedrag van de gekoppelde order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/accountancy.lang index cf17a9fff7b..7ba7d208aba 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Zapoznaj się z listą klientów i dostawców zewnętrznych ListAccounts=Lista kont księgowych UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Nieznane konto innej firmy. Użyjemy %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Nieznane konto innej firmy. Błąd blokowania -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Konto innej firmy nie zostało zdefiniowane lub firma trzecia nieznana. Użyjemy %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Nieznany podmiot zewnętrzny i księga podrzędna nie została zdefiniowana w płatności. Wartość konta księgi podrzędnej pozostanie pusta. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Konto innej firmy nie zostało zdefiniowane lub firma trzecia nieznana. Błąd blokowania. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Nieznane konto innej firmy i konto oczekujące nie zostały zdefiniowane. Błąd blokowania PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Płatność nie jest powiązana z żadnym produktem / usługą OpeningBalance=Bilans otwarcia @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Standardowy eksport Modelcsv_CEGID=Eksport dla CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Eksport dla Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Eksport dla Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Eksport dla Sage Ciel Compta lub Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Eksport do Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Eksport do EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Eksport do Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/admin.lang index bc85e18b2b9..0d6fb15f422 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Wewnętrzny użytkownik ExternalUser=Zewnętrzny użytkownik InternalUsers=Wewnętrzni użytkownicy ExternalUsers=Zewnetrzni użytkownicy -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Interfejs użytkownika GUISetup=Wyświetlanie SetupArea=Konfiguracja UploadNewTemplate=Załaduj nowy szablon(y) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Liczba Bajtów SearchString=Szukana fraza NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Niedostępne kiedy Ajax nie działa AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Na dokumencie kontrahenta można wybrać projekt powiązany z innym kontrahentem +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Zapobiegaj rejestrowaniu czasu spędzonego po upływie kolejnej liczby miesięcy JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript wyłączony UsePreviewTabs=Użyj podgląd karty ShowPreview=Pokaż podgląd @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Konfiguracja multi-walut MenuLimits=Granice i dokładność MenuIdParent=ID Rodzica menu DetailMenuIdParent=ID menu rodzica (pusty dla górnego menu) +ParentID=ID rodzica DetailPosition=Sortuj numer do zdefiniowania pozycji menu AllMenus=Wszyscy NotConfigured=Moduł/Aplikacja nie skonfigurowana @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funkcjonalność dostępna tylko w oficjalnej stabi BoxesDesc=Widżety to składniki pokazujące pewne informacje, które można dodać w celu spersonalizowania niektórych stron. Możesz wybrać wyświetlanie widżetu lub nie, wybierając stronę docelową i klikając „Aktywuj” lub klikając kosz, aby go wyłączyć. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Tylko elementy z aktywnych modułów są widoczne. ModulesDesc=Moduły/aplikacje określają, które funkcje są dostępne w oprogramowaniu. Niektóre moduły wymagają przyznania uprawnień użytkownikom po aktywacji modułu. Kliknij przycisk Włącz/Wyłącz %s każdego modułu, aby włączyć lub wyłączyć moduł/aplikację. +ModulesDesc2=Kliknij przycisk kółka %s , aby skonfigurować moduł/aplikację. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Możesz znaleźć więcej modułów do pobrania na zewnętrznych stronach internetowych... ModulesDeployDesc=Jeśli uprawnienia w Twym systemie plików na to pozwalają, możesz użyć tego narzędzia do wdrożenia modułu zewnętrznego. Moduł będzie wtedy widoczny na zakładce %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Znajdź dodatkowe aplikacje / moduły @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Poniższe dwie sekcje są obowiązkowe (dwie pierwsze pozycje SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Podstawowe parametry używane do dostosowania domyślnego zachowania aplikacji (np. funkcji związanych z krajem). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

To oprogramowanie jest zestawem wielu modułów/aplikacji. Moduły związane z Twoimi potrzebami muszą być włączone i skonfigurowane. Pozycje menu pojawią się po aktywacji tych modułów. SetupDescription5=Pozycje w menu Inne Ustawienia zarządzają parametrami opcjonalnymi. +SetupDescriptionLink= %s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Podstawowe parametry używane do dostosowania domyślnego zachowania Twojej aplikacji (np. w przypadku funkcji związanych z krajem). +SetupDescription4b=To oprogramowanie to zestaw wielu modułów/aplikacji. Moduły związane z Twoimi potrzebami muszą być włączone i skonfigurowane. Wpisy menu pojawią się wraz z aktywacją tych modułów. AuditedSecurityEvents=Zdarzenia dotyczące bezpieczeństwa poddawane inspekcji NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Żadne zdarzenia dotyczące bezpieczeństwa nie są poddawane inspekcji. Możesz je włączyć z menu %s Audit=Wydarzenia związane z bezpieczeństwem @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=funkcji SSL nie są dostępne w PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Więcej skórek do pobrania SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Zwraca numer referencyjny w formacie %syymm-nnnn, gdzie rr to rok, mm to miesiąc, a nnnn to sekwencyjna liczba automatycznie zwiększająca się bez resetowania SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Zwraca numer referencyjny w formacie %s-nnnn, gdzie nnnn jest sekwencyjną liczbą, automatycznie zwiększającą się bez resetowania -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Pokaż profesjonalny identyfikator z adresami +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Ukryj wewnątrzwspólnotowy numer VAT TranslationUncomplete=Częściowe tłumaczenie MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Wyłącz widok meteorologiczny MeteoStdMod=Tryb standardowy @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Kliknij, aby Dial konfiguracji modułu ClickToDialUrlDesc=Adres URL wywoływany po wykonaniu kliknięcia na picto telefonu. W adresie URL, można użyć znaczników
__PHONETO__ który zostanie zastąpiony numerem telefonu osoby zadzwonić
__PHONEFROM__ który zostanie zastąpiony numerem telefonu dzwoniąc osobę (swoje)
__LOGIN__ które zostaną zastąpione clicktodial login (zdefiniowany na karcie użytkownika)
__PASS__ , który zostanie zastąpiony hasłem clicktodial (zdefiniowanym na karcie użytkownika). ClickToDialDesc=Ten moduł zamienia numery telefonów, gdy używasz komputera stacjonarnego, w klikalne linki. Kliknięcie wywoła numer. Można to wykorzystać do nawiązania połączenia telefonicznego podczas korzystania z telefonu programowego na pulpicie lub podczas korzystania na przykład z systemu CTI opartego na protokole SIP. Uwaga: podczas korzystania ze smartfona numery telefonów są zawsze klikalne. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Używaj tylko łącza "tel:" na numery telefonów -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Użyj tej metody, jeśli Twoi użytkownicy mają telefon programowy lub interfejs oprogramowania zainstalowany na tym samym komputerze co przeglądarka i wywoływany po kliknięciu łącza zaczynającego się od „tel:” w przeglądarce. Jeśli potrzebujesz linku zaczynającego się od "sip:" lub pełnego rozwiązania serwerowego (nie ma potrzeby instalowania lokalnego oprogramowania), musisz ustawić to na "Nie" i wypełnić następne pole. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Użyj tej metody, jeśli Twoi użytkownicy mają telefon programowy lub interfejs oprogramowania zainstalowany na tym samym komputerze co przeglądarka i wywoływany po kliknięciu łącza zaczynającego się od „tel:” w przeglądarce. Jeśli potrzebujesz łącza zaczynającego się od „sip:” lub pełnego rozwiązania serwerowego (nie ma potrzeby instalowania lokalnego oprogramowania), musisz ustawić to na „Nie” i wypełnić następne pole. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Punkt sprzedaży CashDeskSetup=Konfiguracja modułu Point of Sales @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Górny margines w pliku PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Dolny margines w pliku PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Wysokość logo na dokumencie PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Dodaj zdjęcie w wierszu propozycji +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Ukryj warunki płatności +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Ukryj tryb płatności MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Dodaj podpis elektroniczny w PDF NothingToSetup=Dla tego modułu nie jest wymagana żadna konkretna konfiguracja. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Ustaw na Tak, jeśli grupa ta pochodzi z przetworzenia innych grup @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Większy niż IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Zwróć uwagę, że jeśli identyfikator śledzenia obiektu zostanie znaleziony w wiadomości e-mail lub jeśli wiadomość e-mail jest odpowiedzią na wiadomość e-mail, która jest już zebrana i powiązana z obiektem, utworzone zdarzenie zostanie automatycznie połączone ze znanym powiązanym obiektem. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=W przypadku konta Gmail, jeśli włączyłeś weryfikację dwuetapową, zaleca się utworzenie dedykowanego drugiego hasła dla aplikacji zamiast używania własnego hasła do konta ze strony https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Przeniesienie wiadomości e-mail do innego tagu / katalogu po pomyślnym przetworzeniu może być pożądanym zachowaniem. Po prostu ustaw tutaj nazwę katalogu, aby skorzystać z tej funkcji (NIE używaj znaków specjalnych w nazwie). Pamiętaj, że musisz również użyć konta logowania do odczytu / zapisu. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Możesz użyć tej akcji, aby użyć treści wiadomości e-mail do znalezienia i załadowania istniejącej strony trzeciej do bazy danych. Znaleziona (lub utworzona) osoba trzecia zostanie wykorzystana do następujących działań, które tego wymagają. W polu parametrów możesz użyć na przykład „EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)”, jeśli chcesz wyodrębnić nazwę osoby trzeciej z ciągu „Name: name to find” znajdującego się w ciało. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Możesz użyć tej akcji, aby użyć treści wiadomości e-mail do znalezienia i załadowania istniejącej strony trzeciej w bazie danych. Znaleziona (lub utworzona) strona trzecia będzie używana do wykonywania czynności, które tego wymagają.
Na przykład, jeśli chcesz utworzyć osobę trzecią z nazwą wyodrębnioną w treści ciągu „Nazwa: nazwa do znalezienia”, użyj adresu e-mail nadawcy jako adresu e-mail, możesz ustawić pole parametru w następujący sposób:
'email=NAGŁÓWEK: ^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Punkt końcowy dla %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Usuń moduł zbierający e-maile ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Czy na pewno chcesz usunąć tego kolektora e-maili? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Skontaktuj się ze swoim bankiem, aby uzyskać ten identyfik AdvancedModeOnly=Zezwolenie dostępne tylko w trybie uprawnień Zaawansowanych ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Plik conf jest czytelny lub zapisywalny dla każdego użytkownika. Udziel pozwolenia tylko użytkownikowi i grupie serwera WWW. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organizacja imprez +MailToPartnership=Współpraca AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Domyślny status zdarzenia podczas tworzenia zdarzenia z formularza YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Powinieneś wyłączyć funkcje PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Z wyjątkiem sytuacji, gdy musisz uruchamiać polecenia systemowe w niestandardowym kodzie, powinieneś wyłączyć funkcje PHP @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Do celów powłoki (takich jak zaplanowane tworzenie NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=W katalogu głównym nie znaleziono zapisywalnych plików ani katalogów dla powszechnych programów (Dobrze) RecommendedValueIs=Zalecane: %s Recommended=Zalecana -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Niepolecane ARestrictedPath=Ograniczona ścieżka CheckForModuleUpdate=Sprawdź aktualizacje modułów zewnętrznych CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Ta akcja połączy się z edytorami zewnętrznych modułów, by sprawdzić dostępność ich nowych wersji. @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Hasło do bazy danych jest zaciemnione w pliku konfig DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Hasło do bazy danych NIE jest zaciemnione w pliku konfiguracyjnym APIsAreNotEnabled=Moduły API nie są włączone YouShouldSetThisToOff=Powinieneś ustawić to na 0 lub wyłączone +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Instalacja i aktualizacje są zablokowane przez plik %s +OldImplementation=Stara realizacja diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/banks.lang index 49e819d9a6f..114629ac798 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/banks.lang @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ TransferTo=Do TransferFromToDone=Transfer z %s do %s %s %s został zapisany. CheckTransmitter=Nadawca ValidateCheckReceipt=Potwierdzić potwierdzenie tego czeku? -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Czy na pewno chcesz przesłać to pokwitowanie czeku do weryfikacji? Żadne zmiany nie będą możliwe po zatwierdzeniu. DeleteCheckReceipt=Usunąć to pokwitowanie czeku? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Czy na pewno chcesz usunąć to pokwitowanie czeku? BankChecks=Czeki bankowe diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/boxes.lang index 7c69c75fa06..67c02de532c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/boxes.lang @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Zamówienia dostawców: ostatnio zmodyfikow BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Faktury klienta: ostatnio zmodyfikowano %s BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Zamówienia sprzedaży: ostatnio zmodyfikowano %s BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Ostatnie %s zmodyfikowane oferty -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Najnowsze %s zmodyfikowane stanowiska pracy +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Najnowsze %s zmodyfikowane podania o pracę ForCustomersInvoices=Faktury Klientów ForCustomersOrders=Zamówienia klientów ForProposals=Oferty diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/cashdesk.lang index a4f42429e38..bbf83100c35 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Zezwalaj na opóźnioną płatność PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Wydrukuj metodę płatności na biletach | paragonach WeighingScale=Skalę ważenia ShowPriceHT = Wyświetl kolumnę z ceną bez podatku (na ekranie) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Wyświetl kolumnę z ceną bez podatku (na paragonie) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/errors.lang index 4c32a1fe15e..8dfb36e390c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Błąd, kwota jest obowiązkowa ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Błąd, proszę poprawnie wpisać wartość procentową ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Najpierw musisz ustawić swój plan kont ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Nie udało się znaleźć szablonu o nazwie kodowej %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Twój parametr PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) jest wyższy niż parametr PHP post_max_size (%s). To nie jest spójna konfiguracja. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/eventorganization.lang index e79061069d1..84d69543b6c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = Pobierz link do ICS EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Klucz bezpieczeństwa dla publicznego łącza do rejestracji na konferencję SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Usługa używana do wiersza faktury o lokalizacji stoiska SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Usługa używana w wierszu faktury za subskrypcję uczestnika na konferencję -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Liczba głosów # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Ta konferencja zaczyna się %s i kończy się %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Opłata uczestnika konferencji za wydarzenie: '%s' występujące od %s do %s. BoothLocationFee = Lokalizacja stoiska dla wydarzenia: „%s” występujące od %s do %s EventType = Typ wydarzenia -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Etykieta stoiska +LabelOfconference=Etykieta konferencji +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subskrypcja niedostępna, konferencja nie została jeszcze potwierdzona +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/holiday.lang index 666f19716f1..b0140ba5660 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/holiday.lang @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - holiday HRM=HRM -Holidays=Leave -CPTitreMenu=Leave +Holidays=Pozostawiać +CPTitreMenu=Pozostawiać MenuReportMonth=Miesięczne zestawienie MenuAddCP=Nowy wniosek urlopowy -NotActiveModCP=You must enable the module Leave to view this page. +NotActiveModCP=Aby wyświetlić tę stronę, musisz włączyć moduł Wyjdź. AddCP=Stwórz wniosek urlopowy DateDebCP=Data rozpoczęcia DateFinCP=Data zakończenia @@ -13,21 +13,21 @@ ToReviewCP=Oczekuje na zatwierdzenie ApprovedCP=Zatwierdzony CancelCP=Odwołany RefuseCP=Odrzucony -ValidatorCP=Akceptujący -ListeCP=List of leave +ValidatorCP=Zatwierdzający +ListeCP=Lista urlopów Leave=Wniosek urlopowy -LeaveId=Leave ID +LeaveId=Zostaw ID ReviewedByCP=Będzie zatwierdzony przez -UserID=User ID -UserForApprovalID=User for approval ID -UserForApprovalFirstname=First name of approval user -UserForApprovalLastname=Last name of approval user -UserForApprovalLogin=Login of approval user +UserID=Identyfikator użytkownika +UserForApprovalID=Identyfikator użytkownika do zatwierdzenia +UserForApprovalFirstname=Imię użytkownika zatwierdzającego +UserForApprovalLastname=Nazwisko zatwierdzającego użytkownika +UserForApprovalLogin=Logowanie użytkownika zatwierdzającego DescCP=Opis SendRequestCP=Tworzenie wniosku urlopowego DelayToRequestCP=Wniosek urlopowy musi być stworzony przynajmniej %s dzień (i) przed jego rozpoczęciem. -MenuConfCP=Balance of leave -SoldeCPUser=Leave balance is %s days. +MenuConfCP=Bilans urlopu +SoldeCPUser=Saldo urlopów wynosi %s dni. ErrorEndDateCP=Musisz wybrać datę zakończenia większą niż data rozpoczęcia. ErrorSQLCreateCP=Wystąpił błąd SQL podczas tworzenia: ErrorIDFicheCP=Wystąpił błąd, wniosek urlopowy nie istnieje. @@ -36,16 +36,16 @@ ErrorUserViewCP=Nie masz uprawnień do przeglądania tego wniosku urlopowego InfosWorkflowCP=Informacje Workflow RequestByCP=Wniosek TitreRequestCP=Wniosek urlopowy -TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID -TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code -TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Liczba dni urlopu spożywane -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day -DateStartInMonth=Start date in month -DateEndInMonth=End date in month +TypeOfLeaveId=Identyfikator rodzaju urlopu +TypeOfLeaveCode=Kod rodzaju urlopu +TypeOfLeaveLabel=Rodzaj etykiety urlopu +NbUseDaysCP=Liczba wykorzystanych dni urlopu +NbUseDaysCPHelp=Kalkulacja uwzględnia dni wolne od pracy i święta zdefiniowane w słowniku. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Dni urlopu +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Dni urlopu w miesiącu +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s to dzień wolny od pracy +DateStartInMonth=Data rozpoczęcia w miesiącu +DateEndInMonth=Data zakończenia w miesiącu EditCP=Edytuj DeleteCP=Usunąć ActionRefuseCP=Odrzuć @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Usuń wniosek urlopowy ConfirmDeleteCP=Potwierdzić usunięcie tego wniosku urlopowego? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Błąd. Nie masz uprawnień do kasowania tego wniosku urlopowego. CantCreateCP=Nie masz uprawnień do tworzenia wniosku urlopowego. -InvalidValidatorCP=Musisz wybrać zatwierdzającego dla twojego wniosku urlopowego. +InvalidValidatorCP=Musisz wybrać osobę zatwierdzającą swoją prośbę o urlop. NoDateDebut=Musisz wybrać datę rozpoczęcia. NoDateFin=Musisz wybrać datę zakończenia. ErrorDureeCP=Twój wniosek urlopowy nie zawiera dni roboczych. @@ -74,20 +74,20 @@ DateRefusCP=Data odmowy DateCancelCP=Data odwołania DefineEventUserCP=Przypisywanie wyjątkowy urlop dla użytkownika addEventToUserCP=Przypisywanie urlopu -NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver +NotTheAssignedApprover=Nie jesteś przypisaną osobą zatwierdzającą MotifCP=Powód UserCP=Użytkownik ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Wystąpił błąd podczas dodawania wyjątkowy urlop. AddEventToUserOkCP=Dodanie wyjątkowe prawo zostało zakończone. MenuLogCP=Pokaż log zmian -LogCP=Zaloguj o aktualizacjach dostępnych dni urlopu -ActionByCP=Przygotowany przez -UserUpdateCP=Dla użytkownika +LogCP=Dziennik wszystkich aktualizacji dotyczących „Bilansu urlopów” +ActionByCP=aktualizowany przez +UserUpdateCP=Zaktualizowano dla PrevSoldeCP=Poprzedni Saldo NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=Wniosek urlopowy na ten okres czasu został już zrobiony. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Pierwszy dzień wakacji -LastDayOfHoliday=Ostatni dzień wakacji +FirstDayOfHoliday=Początek wniosku o urlop +LastDayOfHoliday=Końcowy dzień wniosku o urlop BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Ostatnie %s modyfikowanych wniosków urlopowych HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Miesięczna aktualizacja ManualUpdate=Ręczna aktualizacja @@ -97,15 +97,15 @@ EmployeeFirstname=Imię pracownika TypeWasDisabledOrRemoved=Typ urlopu (id %s) został wyłączony lub usunięty LastHolidays=Ostatnie %s wnioski urlopowe AllHolidays=Wszystkie wnioski urlopowe -HalfDay=Half day -NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver -LEAVE_PAID=Paid vacation -LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave -LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave -LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation +HalfDay=Połowa dnia +NotTheAssignedApprover=Nie jesteś przypisaną osobą zatwierdzającą +LEAVE_PAID=Opłacone wakacje +LEAVE_SICK=Zwolnienie lekarskie +LEAVE_OTHER=Inny urlop +LEAVE_PAID_FR=Opłacone wakacje ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Ostatnia automatyczna aktualizacja przydziału urlopów +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Miesiąc ostatniej automatycznej aktualizacji przydziału urlopów UpdateConfCPOK=Zaktualizowane. Module27130Name= Zarządzanie wnioskami urlopowymi Module27130Desc= Zarządzanie wnioskami urlopowymi @@ -115,20 +115,22 @@ NoticePeriod=Okres wypowiedzenia HolidaysToValidate=Zatwierdź wnioski urlopowe HolidaysToValidateBody=Poniżej jest wniosek o dopuszczenie do sprawdzenia HolidaysToValidateDelay=Wniosek ten urlop odbędzie się w ciągu mniej niż% s dni. -HolidaysToValidateAlertSolde=The user who made this leave request does not have enough available days. +HolidaysToValidateAlertSolde=Użytkownik, który złożył tę prośbę o urlop, nie ma wystarczającej liczby dostępnych dni. HolidaysValidated=Zatwierdzone wnioski urlopowe HolidaysValidatedBody=Twój wniosek urlopowy od %s do %s został zatwierdzony. HolidaysRefused=Zapytanie zaprzeczył -HolidaysRefusedBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been denied for the following reason: +HolidaysRefusedBody=Twoja prośba o urlop od %s do %s została odrzucona z następującego powodu: HolidaysCanceled=Anulowane wniosku urlopowego HolidaysCanceledBody=Twój wniosek urlopowy od %s do %s został anulowany. FollowedByACounter=1: Ten typ urlopu musi być prześledzony przez licznik. Licznik jest zwiększany ręcznie lub automatycznie, a po zwolnieniu żądania urlopu, licznik jest zmniejszany.
0: Nie śłedzone przez licznik. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Nie ma żadnych zdefiniowanych typów urlopu które muszą być prześledzone przez licznik -GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models -TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF -FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF -WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests -HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve -NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Przejdź do Strona główna - Ustawienia - Słowniki - Rodzaj urlopu , aby ustawić różne typy liści. +HolidaySetup=Konfiguracja modułu Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Modele numeracji wniosków urlopowych +TemplatePDFHolidays=Szablon wniosków urlopowych PDF +FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Dowolny tekst w formacie PDF +WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Znaki wodne na projektach wniosków urlopowych +HolidaysToApprove=Wakacje do zatwierdzenia +NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nikt nie ma pozwolenia na zatwierdzanie wakacji +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/install.lang index 9be56a92a49..9fa0c4aad9b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migracja ścieżek do zdjęć dla użytkowników MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migracja pól użytkowników sieci społecznościowe (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Odśwież moduł %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Zresetuj moduł BlockedLog dla algorytmu v7 -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migracja profili importu lub eksportu (%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Pokaż niedostępne opcje HideNotAvailableOptions=Ukryj niedostępne opcje ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Błędy zostały zgłoszone podczas procesu migracji, więc następny krok nie jest dostępny. Aby zignorować błędy, możesz kliknąć tutaj , ale aplikacja lub niektóre funkcje mogą nie działać poprawnie, dopóki błędy nie zostaną rozwiązane. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/interventions.lang index b810b395223..7ff04e7ab29 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Linia czasu trwania interwencji InterLineDesc=Lini aopisu interwencji RepeatableIntervention=Szablon interwencji ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Aby utworzyć predefiniowaną lub powtarzającą się interwencję, utwórz wspólną interwencję i przekształć ją w szablon interwencji -Reopen=Otworzyć na nowo ConfirmReopenIntervention=Czy na pewno chcesz ponownie otworzyć interwencję %s ? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/languages.lang index 52958a6c343..666d8a198ae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopski Language_ar_AR=Arabski Language_ar_EG=Arabski (Egipt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabski Language_ar_TN=arabski (Tunezja) Language_ar_IQ=arabski (Irak) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/mails.lang index 576b313a5fd..70e0ef600a4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Usuń filtr AdvTgtSaveFilter=Zapisz filtr AdvTgtCreateFilter=Utwórz filtr AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nazwa nowego filtra -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Nie znaleziono kontaktu / adresu z kategorią -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Nie znaleziono kontaktu / adresu z kategorią +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Wychodzące e-maile InGoingEmailSetup=Przychodzące e-maile OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Wychodzące wiadomości e-mail (dla modułu %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/main.lang index d3adaedc21f..8e8ed01d6d7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Skopiowane do schowka InformationOnLinkToContract=Kwota ta to tylko suma wszystkich pozycji zamówienia. Nie bierze się pod uwagę żadnego pojęcia czasu. ConfirmCancel=Czy na pewno chcesz zrezygnować EmailMsgID=E-mail MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/other.lang index 23624577adf..cbcfe3763e7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produkty / usługi według popularności w Zamówieniach ProductStatistics=Statystyki produktów / usług NbOfQtyInOrders=Ilość w zamówieniach SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Wybierz obiekt, aby wyświetlić jego statystyki... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zamknij diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/partnership.lang index 278612c4f96..0a4799ae316 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Informujemy, że Twoja prośba o partnerstwo zosta YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Informujemy, że Twoja prośba o partnerstwo została zaakceptowana. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Informujemy, że Twoje partnerstwo zostało anulowane. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Odrzuć powód + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/productbatch.lang index 2f15cd9dfe1..a5aa101d7d5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/productbatch.lang @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ StockDetailPerBatch=Szczegóły zapasu po locie SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Numer seryjny %s jest już używany dla produktu %s TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=Możesz mieć tylko jeden produkt %s dla numeru seryjnego %s ManageLotMask=Maska niestandardowa -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +CustomMasks=Możliwość zdefiniowania innej maski numeracji dla każdego produktu +BatchLotNumberingModules=Reguła numeracji do automatycznego generowania numeru partii +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Reguła numeracji do automatycznego generowania numeru seryjnego (dla produktów o właściwości 1 unikalna partia/seria dla każdego produktu) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Ilość do dodania dla każdego zeskanowanego kodu kreskowego/partii/numeru seryjnego LifeTime=Żywotność (w dniach) EndOfLife=Koniec życia diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/products.lang index ed647809525..099e185905a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Arkusz produktu ServiceSheet=Arkusz usługi PossibleValues=Możliwa wartość GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Przejdź do menu %s - %s, aby przygotować warianty atrybutów (takie jak kolory, rozmiar, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Opis dostawcy produktu UseProductSupplierPackaging=Użyj opakowania w cenach dostawcy (przelicz ilości zgodnie z opakowaniem ustawionym na cenie dostawcy podczas dodawania / aktualizowania linii w dokumentach dostawcy) PackagingForThisProduct=Opakowanie diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/projects.lang index 0ddae48e90d..e8c0ba3b123 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Brak zadań dla tego projektu LinkedToAnotherCompany=Powiązane z innymą częścią trzecią TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Zadanie nie zostało przypisane do użytkownika. Użyj przycisku „ %s ”, aby przypisać zadanie teraz. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Czas spędzony jest pusty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=To działanie także usunie wszystkie zadania projektu (%s zadania w tej chwili) i wszystkie dane wejścia czasu spędzonego. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Jeżeli pewne obiekty (faktura, zamówienie, ...), należące do innej części trzeciej, muszą być związane z projektem tworzenia, zachowaj to puste by projekt był wielowątkowy -(wiele części trzecich). CloneTasks=Sklonuj zadania @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Najnowsze zmodyfikowane projekty %s OtherFilteredTasks=Inne filtrowane zadania NoAssignedTasks=Nie znaleziono przypisanych zadań (przypisz projekt / zadania do bieżącego użytkownika z górnego pola wyboru, aby wprowadzić czas) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Aby móc wystawić fakturę, w projekcie musi być zdefiniowana osoba trzecia. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Aby móc wystawić fakturę, w projekcie musi być zdefiniowana osoba trzecia. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Wybierz zadanie, które nie zostało Ci jeszcze przydzielone # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Zezwalaj na komentarze użytkowników do zadań @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Projekt informacyjny %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Moduł „Wynagrodzenia” musi być włączony, aby zdefiniować stawkę godzinową pracownika w celu waloryzacji spędzonego czasu NewTaskRefSuggested=Numer referencyjny jest już używany, wymagany jest nowy numer referencyjny TimeSpentInvoiced=Rozliczony czas spędzony +TimeSpentForIntervention=Czas spędzony TimeSpentForInvoice=Czas spędzony OneLinePerUser=Jedna linia na użytkownika ServiceToUseOnLines=Usługa do wykorzystania na liniach InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Faktura %s została wygenerowana na podstawie czasu spędzonego nad projektem +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Sprawdź, czy wprowadzasz grafik dla zadań projektu ORAZ planujesz wygenerować fakturę (y) z grafiku, aby wystawić fakturę klientowi projektu (nie sprawdzaj, czy planujesz utworzyć fakturę, która nie jest oparta na wprowadzonych grafikach). Uwaga: Aby wygenerować fakturę, przejdź do zakładki „Czas spędzony” projektu i wybierz wiersze do uwzględnienia. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Skorzystaj z okazji ProjectFollowTasks=Śledź zadania lub spędzony czas @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Sposób użycia: okazja UsageTasks=Sposób użycia: zadania UsageBillTimeShort=Użycie: Bill czas InvoiceToUse=Projekt faktury do wykorzystania +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nowa faktura +NewInter=Nowa interwencja OneLinePerTask=Jedna linia na zadanie OneLinePerPeriod=Jedna linia na okres OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Jedna linijka za każdą spędzoną deklarację diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/stocks.lang index 456538eef13..e1373aa8124 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Wypełnij rzeczywistą ilość ilością oczekiwaną ShowAllBatchByDefault=Domyślnie wyświetlaj szczegóły partii na karcie „magazyn” produktu CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Możesz ustawić domyślne wyświetlanie szczegółów partii w konfiguracji modułu zapasów FieldCannotBeNegative=Pole „%s” nie może być ujemne +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/ticket.lang index 814d95ab825..ac569050603 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Przypisany użytkownik TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Kontakt z klientem / śledzenie incydentów TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Współpracownik zewnętrzny -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=E-mail reportera Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Wyślij wiadomość e-mail z biletem # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Czekam na opinię reportera NeedMoreInformationShort=Czekam na informację zwrotną Answered=Odpowiedział Waiting=Czekanie -Closed=Zamknięte +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Usunięto # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Priorytet ShowTicket=Zobacz bilet RelatedTickets=Powiązane bilety TicketAddIntervention=Tworzenie interwencji -CloseTicket=Zamknij bilet -CloseATicket=Zamknij bilet +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Potwierdź zamknięcie biletu +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Potwierdź usunięcie biletu TicketDeletedSuccess=Bilet został usunięty z powodzeniem TicketMarkedAsClosed=Bilet oznaczony jako zamknięty diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/trips.lang index 99ed0e3b3eb..66796edb217 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/trips.lang @@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ ListOfFees=Wykaz opłat TypeFees=Rodzaje opłat ShowTrip=Pokaż raport kosztowy NewTrip=Nowy raport kosztów -LastExpenseReports=Latest %s expense reports -AllExpenseReports=All expense reports -CompanyVisited=Company/organization visited +LastExpenseReports=Najnowsze raporty wydatków %s +AllExpenseReports=Wszystkie raporty wydatków +CompanyVisited=Odwiedzona firma / organizacja FeesKilometersOrAmout=Kwota lub kilometry DeleteTrip=Usuń raport kosztów ConfirmDeleteTrip=Czy usunąć ten raport kosztów? @@ -21,19 +21,19 @@ ListToApprove=Czeka na zaakceptowanie ExpensesArea=Obszar raportów kosztowych ClassifyRefunded=Zakfalifikowano do refundacji. ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=Nowy raport kosztów został wysłany do zakaceptowania -ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s -ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=An expense report has been submitted for re-approval -ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s -ExpenseReportApproved=An expense report was approved -ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=The expense report %s was approved.
- User: %s
- Approved by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportRefused=An expense report was refused -ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=The expense report %s was refused.
- User: %s
- Refused by: %s
- Motive for refusal: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportCanceled=An expense report was canceled +ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=Nowy raport z wydatków został przesłany i oczekuje na zatwierdzenie.
- Użytkownik: %s
- Okres: %s
Kliknij tutaj, aby zweryfikować: %s +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=Raport z wydatków został przesłany do ponownego zatwierdzenia +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=Raport z wydatków został przesłany i oczekuje na ponowne zatwierdzenie.
%s, odmówiłeś zatwierdzenia raportu z wydatków z tego powodu: %s.
Zaproponowano nową wersję, która czeka na Twoją zgodę.
- Użytkownik: %s
- Okres: %s
Kliknij tutaj, aby zweryfikować: %s +ExpenseReportApproved=Zatwierdzono raport wydatków +ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=Raport z wydatków %s został zatwierdzony.
- Użytkownik: %s
- Zatwierdzony przez: %s
Kliknij tutaj, aby wyświetlić raport z wydatków: %s +ExpenseReportRefused=Odmówiono sporządzenia raportu z wydatków +ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=Raport z wydatków %s został odrzucony.
- Użytkownik: %s
- Odrzucony przez: %s
- Motyw odmowy: %s
Kliknij tutaj, aby wyświetlić raport z wydatków: %s +ExpenseReportCanceled=Raport wydatków został anulowany ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s -ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid -ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportPaid=Zapłacono raport wydatków +ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Raport z wydatków %s został opłacony.
- Użytkownik: %s
- Płatne przez: %s
Kliknij tutaj, aby wyświetlić raport z wydatków: %s TripId=ID raportu kosztowego -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Osoba do informowania o jej potwierdzenie. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Osoba, która ma zostać poinformowana o zatwierdzeniu wniosku. TripSociete=Informacje o firmie TripNDF=Informacje raport z wydatków PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standardowy szablon do generowania dokumentu PDF dla raportu kosztowego @@ -49,32 +49,32 @@ TF_PEAGE=Myto TF_ESSENCE=Paliwo TF_HOTEL=Hotel TF_TAXI=Taxi -EX_KME=Mileage costs -EX_FUE=Fuel CV +EX_KME=Koszty przebiegu +EX_FUE=Paliwo CV EX_HOT=Hotel EX_PAR=Parking CV -EX_TOL=Toll CV -EX_TAX=Various Taxes -EX_IND=Indemnity transportation subscription -EX_SUM=Maintenance supply -EX_SUO=Office supplies -EX_CAR=Car rental -EX_DOC=Documentation -EX_CUR=Customers receiving -EX_OTR=Other receiving -EX_POS=Postage -EX_CAM=CV maintenance and repair -EX_EMM=Employees meal -EX_GUM=Guests meal -EX_BRE=Breakfast -EX_FUE_VP=Fuel PV +EX_TOL=Płatne CV +EX_TAX=Różne podatki +EX_IND=Subskrypcja odszkodowania za transport +EX_SUM=Zaopatrzenie w konserwację +EX_SUO=Artykuły biurowe +EX_CAR=Wypożyczalnia samochodów +EX_DOC=Dokumentacja +EX_CUR=Klienci otrzymujący +EX_OTR=Inne odbieranie +EX_POS=Opłata pocztowa +EX_CAM=Konserwacja i naprawa CV +EX_EMM=Posiłek dla pracowników +EX_GUM=Posiłek gości +EX_BRE=Śniadanie +EX_FUE_VP=Paliwo PV EX_TOL_VP=Toll PV EX_PAR_VP=Parking PV -EX_CAM_VP=PV maintenance and repair -DefaultCategoryCar=Default transportation mode -DefaultRangeNumber=Default range number -UploadANewFileNow=Upload a new document now -Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Error, the rule for expense report numbering ref was not defined into setup of module 'Expense Report' +EX_CAM_VP=Konserwacja i naprawa PV +DefaultCategoryCar=Domyślny środek transportu +DefaultRangeNumber=Domyślny numer zakresu +UploadANewFileNow=Prześlij teraz nowy dokument +Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Błąd, reguła numeracji raportu z wydatków nie została zdefiniowana w konfiguracji modułu „Raport z wydatków” ErrorDoubleDeclaration=Masz oświadczył kolejny raport wydatków do podobnego zakresu dat. AucuneLigne=Nie ma jeszcze raportu wydatki deklarowane ModePaiement=Sposób płatności @@ -90,8 +90,7 @@ DATE_REFUS=Data odmowy DATE_SAVE=Data zatwierdzenia DATE_CANCEL=Data anulowania DATE_PAIEMENT=Data płatności -BROUILLONNER=Otworzyć na nowo -ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report +ExpenseReportRef=Nr ref. raport z wydatków ValidateAndSubmit=Zatwierdź i wyślij do zaakceptowania ValidatedWaitingApproval=Zatwierdzony (czeka na zaakceptowanie) NOT_AUTHOR=Nie jesteś autorem tego raportu kosztowego. Operacja anulowana. @@ -109,43 +108,43 @@ NoTripsToExportCSV=Brak raportu kosztowego to eksportowania za ten okres czasu. ExpenseReportPayment=Płatność Raport wydatek ExpenseReportsToApprove=Raporty kosztów do zaakceptowania ExpenseReportsToPay=Raporty kosztowe do zapłaty -ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index -ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules -ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers -ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report +ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Czy na pewno chcesz sklonować ten raport z wydatków? +ExpenseReportsIk=Konfiguracja opłat za przebieg +ExpenseReportsRules=Zasady raportowania wydatków +ExpenseReportIkDesc=Możesz modyfikować obliczanie wydatków na kilometry według kategorii i zasięgu, które zostały wcześniej zdefiniowane. d to odległość w kilometrach +ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Możesz tworzyć lub aktualizować dowolne reguły obliczeń. Ta część będzie używana, gdy użytkownik utworzy nowy raport z wydatków expenseReportOffset=Offset -expenseReportCoef=Coefficient -expenseReportTotalForFive=Example with d = 5 -expenseReportRangeFromTo=from %d to %d -expenseReportRangeMoreThan=more than %d -expenseReportCoefUndefined=(value not defined) -expenseReportCatDisabled=Category disabled - see the c_exp_tax_cat dictionary -expenseReportRangeDisabled=Range disabled - see the c_exp_tax_range dictionay +expenseReportCoef=Współczynnik +expenseReportTotalForFive=Przykład z d = 5 +expenseReportRangeFromTo=od %d do %d +expenseReportRangeMoreThan=więcej niż %d +expenseReportCoefUndefined=(wartość nie została zdefiniowana) +expenseReportCatDisabled=Kategoria wyłączona - zobacz słownik c_exp_tax_cat +expenseReportRangeDisabled=Zakres wyłączony - zobacz słownictwo c_exp_tax_range expenseReportPrintExample=offset + (d x coef) = %s -ExpenseReportApplyTo=Apply to -ExpenseReportDomain=Domain to apply -ExpenseReportLimitOn=Limit on +ExpenseReportApplyTo=Zastosuj do +ExpenseReportDomain=Domena do zastosowania +ExpenseReportLimitOn=Limit na ExpenseReportDateStart=Data rozpoczęcia ExpenseReportDateEnd=Data zakończenia -ExpenseReportLimitAmount=Limite amount -ExpenseReportRestrictive=Restrictive -AllExpenseReport=All type of expense report -OnExpense=Expense line -ExpenseReportRuleSave=Expense report rule saved -ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Error: %s -RangeNum=Range %d -ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s -byEX_DAY=by day (limitation to %s) -byEX_MON=by month (limitation to %s) -byEX_YEA=by year (limitation to %s) -byEX_EXP=by line (limitation to %s) -ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s -nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) -nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) -nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) -nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car -ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s -RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +ExpenseReportLimitAmount=Ograniczona kwota +ExpenseReportRestrictive=Ograniczający +AllExpenseReport=Wszystkie rodzaje raportów z wydatków +OnExpense=Linia wydatków +ExpenseReportRuleSave=Zapisano regułę raportu z wydatków +ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Błąd: %s +RangeNum=Zakres %d +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Identyfikator naruszenia ograniczenia [%s]: %s jest lepszy od %s %s +byEX_DAY=według dnia (ograniczenie do %s) +byEX_MON=według miesiąca (ograniczenie do %s) +byEX_YEA=według roku (ograniczenie do %s) +byEX_EXP=według linii (ograniczenie do %s) +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Identyfikator naruszenia ograniczenia [%s]: %s jest lepszy od %s %s +nolimitbyEX_DAY=w dzień (bez ograniczeń) +nolimitbyEX_MON=według miesiąca (bez ograniczeń) +nolimitbyEX_YEA=według roku (bez ograniczeń) +nolimitbyEX_EXP=według linii (bez ograniczeń) +CarCategory=Kategoria pojazdu +ExpenseRangeOffset=Kwota kompensacji: %s +RangeIk=Zakres przebiegu +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Dołącz wiersz do przesłanego dokumentu diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/withdrawals.lang index 4d30e8d9c2e..061fa901fa4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/withdrawals.lang @@ -1,50 +1,51 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - withdrawals -CustomersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Direct debit orders -SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Credit transfer -StandingOrdersPayment=Direct debit payment orders -StandingOrderPayment=Direct debit payment order -NewStandingOrder=New direct debit order -NewPaymentByBankTransfer=New payment by credit transfer +CustomersStandingOrdersArea=Płatności poleceniami zapłaty +SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=Płatności przelewem +StandingOrdersPayment=Polecenia zapłaty +StandingOrderPayment=Polecenie zapłaty +NewStandingOrder=Nowe polecenie zapłaty +NewPaymentByBankTransfer=Nowa płatność przelewem StandingOrderToProcess=Do procesu -PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders -PaymentByBankTransferLines=Credit transfer order lines -WithdrawalsReceipts=Direct debit orders +PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=Polecenia przelewu +PaymentByBankTransferLines=Wiersze polecenia przelewu +WithdrawalsReceipts=Polecenia zapłaty WithdrawalReceipt=Zamówienie polecenia zapłaty -BankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders -BankTransferReceipt=Credit transfer order -LatestBankTransferReceipts=Latest %s credit transfer orders -LastWithdrawalReceipts=Latest %s direct debit files -WithdrawalsLine=Direct debit order line -CreditTransferLine=Credit transfer line -WithdrawalsLines=Direct debit order lines -CreditTransferLines=Credit transfer lines -RequestStandingOrderToTreat=Requests for direct debit payment order to process -RequestStandingOrderTreated=Requests for direct debit payment order processed -RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=Requests for credit transfer to process -RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=Requests for credit transfer processed +BankTransferReceipts=Polecenia przelewu +BankTransferReceipt=Polecenie przelewu +LatestBankTransferReceipts=Najnowsze polecenia przelewu %s +LastWithdrawalReceipts=Najnowsze pliki poleceń zapłaty %s +WithdrawalsLine=Wiersz polecenia zapłaty +CreditTransferLine=Linia polecenia przelewu +WithdrawalsLines=Wiersze polecenia zapłaty +CreditTransferLines=Linie polecenia przelewu +RequestStandingOrderToTreat=Żądania zapłaty polecenia zapłaty do przetworzenia +RequestStandingOrderTreated=Przetworzono wnioski o polecenie zapłaty za polecenie zapłaty +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=Żądania polecenia przelewu do przetworzenia +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=Przetworzono wnioski o polecenie przelewu NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=Jeszcze nie możliwe. Wycofaj stan musi być ustawiony na "dobro", zanim uzna odrzucić na konkretnych liniach. -NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=No. of qualified customer invoices with waiting direct debit order -NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=No. of customer invoice with direct debit payment orders having defined bank account information -NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=No. of qualified supplier invoices waiting for a payment by credit transfer -SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Vendor invoice waiting for payment by credit transfer -InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Invoice waiting for direct debit -InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Invoice waiting for credit transfer +NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=Liczba kwalifikujących się faktur dla klientów z oczekującym poleceniem zapłaty +NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=Liczba faktur klienta z poleceniami zapłaty za pomocą polecenia zapłaty, które zawierają zdefiniowane informacje o koncie bankowym +NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=Liczba zakwalifikowanych faktur dostawcy oczekujących na płatność poleceniem przelewu +SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Faktura dostawcy czeka na płatność przelewem +InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Faktura oczekująca na polecenie zapłaty +InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Faktura oczekująca na przelew AmountToWithdraw=Kwota do wycofania -NoInvoiceToWithdraw=No invoice open for '%s' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. -NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=No supplier invoice with open 'Direct credit requests' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. -ResponsibleUser=User Responsible -WithdrawalsSetup=Direct debit payment setup -CreditTransferSetup=Credit transfer setup -WithdrawStatistics=Direct debit payment statistics -CreditTransferStatistics=Credit transfer statistics +NoInvoiceToWithdraw=Brak otwartej faktury dla „%s” nie oczekuje. Przejdź do zakładki „%s” na karcie faktury, aby złożyć wniosek. +NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=Żadna faktura dostawcy z otwartymi „Bezpośrednimi wnioskami o kredyt” nie oczekuje. Przejdź do zakładki „%s” na karcie faktury, aby złożyć wniosek. +ResponsibleUser=Odpowiedzialność użytkownika +WithdrawalsSetup=Konfiguracja płatności poleceniem zapłaty +CreditTransferSetup=Konfiguracja polecenia przelewu +WithdrawStatistics=Statystyki płatności poleceniem zapłaty +CreditTransferStatistics=Statystyka poleceń przelewu Rejects=Odrzucone -LastWithdrawalReceipt=Latest %s direct debit receipts -MakeWithdrawRequest=Make a direct debit payment request -MakeBankTransferOrder=Make a credit transfer request -WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded -BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded -ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code -NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +LastWithdrawalReceipt=Najnowsze potwierdzenia %s polecenia zapłaty +MakeWithdrawRequest=Złóż wniosek o płatność za pomocą polecenia zapłaty +MakeBankTransferOrder=Złóż wniosek o przelew +WithdrawRequestsDone=Zarejestrowano %s polecenia zapłaty za polecenie zapłaty +BankTransferRequestsDone=%s odnotowano żądania przelewu +ThirdPartyBankCode=Kod banku zewnętrznego +NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Żadna faktura nie została pobrana pomyślnie. Sprawdź, czy faktury dotyczą firm z prawidłowym IBAN i czy IBAN ma UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) w trybie %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=To potwierdzenie wypłaty jest już oznaczone jako zaksięgowane; nie można tego zrobić dwa razy, ponieważ mogłoby to potencjalnie spowodować zduplikowane płatności i wpisy bankowe. ClassCredited=Klasyfikacja zapisane ClassCreditedConfirm=Czy na pewno chcesz to wycofanie otrzymania sklasyfikowania jako wpłacone na konto bankowe? TransData=Data Transmission @@ -52,101 +53,100 @@ TransMetod=Tryb transmisji Send=Wysłać Lines=Linie StandingOrderReject=Problem odrzucenia -WithdrawsRefused=Direct debit refused +WithdrawsRefused=Odmowa polecenia zapłaty WithdrawalRefused=Wypłaty Refuseds -CreditTransfersRefused=Credit transfers refused +CreditTransfersRefused=Polecenia przelewu odrzucone WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=Czy na pewno chcesz wprowadzić odrzucenie wycofania dla społeczeństwa RefusedData=Od odrzucenia RefusedReason=Powodem odrzucenia RefusedInvoicing=Rozliczeniowych odrzucenia NoInvoiceRefused=Nie za odrzucenie InvoiceRefused=Faktura odmówił (Naładuj odrzucenie do klienta) -StatusDebitCredit=Status debit/credit +StatusDebitCredit=Status debetowy / kredytowy StatusWaiting=Czekanie StatusTrans=Przekazywane -StatusDebited=Debited +StatusDebited=Obciążony StatusCredited=Dobro StatusPaid=Płatność StatusRefused=Odmówił StatusMotif0=Nieokreślone StatusMotif1=Przepis insuffisante StatusMotif2=conteste liqueur -StatusMotif3=No direct debit payment order -StatusMotif4=Sales Order +StatusMotif3=Brak polecenia zapłaty za pomocą polecenia zapłaty +StatusMotif4=Zamówienie StatusMotif5=RIB inexploitable StatusMotif6=Salda rachunku bez StatusMotif7=Orzeczenia sądowego StatusMotif8=Inny powód -CreateForSepaFRST=Create direct debit file (SEPA FRST) -CreateForSepaRCUR=Create direct debit file (SEPA RCUR) -CreateAll=Create direct debit file (all) -CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create file for credit transfer -CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create credit transfer file (SEPA) +CreateForSepaFRST=Utwórz plik polecenia zapłaty (SEPA FRST) +CreateForSepaRCUR=Utwórz plik polecenia zapłaty (SEPA RCUR) +CreateAll=Utwórz plik polecenia zapłaty (wszystkie) +CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Utwórz plik do przelewu +CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Utwórz plik polecenia przelewu (SEPA) CreateGuichet=Tylko biuro CreateBanque=Tylko bank OrderWaiting=Oczekiwania na leczenie -NotifyTransmision=Record file transmission of order -NotifyCredit=Record credit of order +NotifyTransmision=Nagraj transmisję pliku zamówienia +NotifyCredit=Rekord zamówienia NumeroNationalEmetter=Krajowy numer nadajnika WithBankUsingRIB=Na rachunkach bankowych z wykorzystaniem RIB WithBankUsingBANBIC=Na rachunkach bankowych z wykorzystaniem IBAN / BIC / SWIFT -BankToReceiveWithdraw=Receiving Bank Account -BankToPayCreditTransfer=Bank Account used as source of payments +BankToReceiveWithdraw=Otrzymywanie konta bankowego +BankToPayCreditTransfer=Konto bankowe używane jako źródło płatności CreditDate=Kredyt na WithdrawalFileNotCapable=Nie można wygenerować plik paragon wycofania dla danego kraju:% s (Twój kraj nie jest obsługiwany) -ShowWithdraw=Show Direct Debit Order -IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=However, if invoice has at least one direct debit payment order not yet processed, it won't be set as paid to allow prior withdrawal management. -DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a direct debit payment order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by direct debit to generate and manage the direct debit order. When direct debit order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. -DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a credit transfer order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by credit transfer to generate and manage the credit transfer order. When credit transfer order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. -WithdrawalFile=Debit order file -CreditTransferFile=Credit transfer file +ShowWithdraw=Pokaż polecenie zapłaty +IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=Jeśli jednak faktura zawiera co najmniej jedno polecenie zapłaty, które nie zostało jeszcze przetworzone, nie zostanie ono ustawione jako zapłacone, aby umożliwić wcześniejsze zarządzanie wypłatą. +DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=Ta zakładka umożliwia zażądanie polecenia zapłaty za polecenie zapłaty. Po zakończeniu przejdź do menu Bank-> Płatność poleceniem zapłaty, aby wygenerować polecenie zapłaty i zarządzać nim. Kiedy polecenie zapłaty zostanie zamknięte, płatność za faktury zostanie automatycznie zarejestrowana, a faktury zostaną zamknięte, jeśli pozostała do zapłaty kwota jest zerowa. +DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=Ta zakładka umożliwia złożenie wniosku o polecenie przelewu. Po zakończeniu przejdź do menu Bank-> Płatność przelewem, aby wygenerować i zarządzać poleceniem przelewu. Kiedy polecenie przelewu zostanie zamknięte, płatność za faktury zostanie automatycznie zarejestrowana, a faktury zostaną zamknięte, jeśli pozostała do zapłaty kwota jest zerowa. +WithdrawalFile=Plik polecenia zapłaty +CreditTransferFile=Plik polecenia przelewu SetToStatusSent=Ustaw status "Plik Wysłane" -ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=This will also record payments on invoices and will classify them as "Paid" if remain to pay is null +ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=Spowoduje to również odnotowanie płatności na fakturach i zaklasyfikowanie ich jako „Zapłacone”, jeśli pozostały do zapłaty jest zerowy StatisticsByLineStatus=Statystyki według stanu linii RUM=RUM -DateRUM=Mandate signature date -RUMLong=Unique Mandate Reference -RUMWillBeGenerated=If empty, a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) will be generated once the bank account information is saved. -WithdrawMode=Direct debit mode (FRST or RECUR) -WithdrawRequestAmount=Amount of Direct debit request: -BankTransferAmount=Amount of Credit Transfer request: -WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Unable to create direct debit request for empty amount. -SepaMandate=SEPA Direct Debit Mandate -SepaMandateShort=SEPA Mandate -PleaseReturnMandate=Please return this mandate form by email to %s or by mail to -SEPALegalText=By signing this mandate form, you authorize (A) %s to send instructions to your bank to debit your account and (B) your bank to debit your account in accordance with the instructions from %s. As part of your rights, you are entitled to a refund from your bank under the terms and conditions of your agreement with your bank. A refund must be claimed within 8 weeks starting from the date on which your account was debited. Your rights regarding the above mandate are explained in a statement that you can obtain from your bank. -CreditorIdentifier=Creditor Identifier -CreditorName=Creditor Name -SEPAFillForm=(B) Please complete all the fields marked * +DateRUM=Data podpisania mandatu +RUMLong=Unikalne odniesienie do upoważnienia +RUMWillBeGenerated=Jeśli puste, UMR (unikalny numer mandatu) zostanie wygenerowany po zapisaniu informacji o koncie bankowym. +WithdrawMode=Tryb polecenia zapłaty (FRST lub RECUR) +WithdrawRequestAmount=Kwota polecenia zapłaty: +BankTransferAmount=Kwota polecenia przelewu: +WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Nie można utworzyć polecenia zapłaty dla pustej kwoty. +SepaMandate=Upoważnienie do polecenia zapłaty SEPA +SepaMandateShort=Mandat SEPA +PleaseReturnMandate=Prosimy o przesłanie tego formularza upoważnienia pocztą elektroniczną na adres %s lub pocztą na adres +SEPALegalText=Podpisując ten formularz upoważnienia, upoważniasz (A) %s do wysyłania instrukcji do Twojego banku w celu obciążenia Twojego rachunku oraz (B) do Twojego banku do obciążania Twojego rachunku zgodnie z instrukcjami podanymi w %s. W ramach swoich praw masz prawo do zwrotu pieniędzy z banku zgodnie z warunkami umowy z bankiem. O zwrot kosztów należy ubiegać się w ciągu 8 tygodni od daty obciążenia konta. Twoje prawa związane z powyższym upoważnieniem są wyjaśnione w oświadczeniu, które możesz uzyskać od swojego banku. +CreditorIdentifier=Identyfikator wierzyciela +CreditorName=Nazwa wierzyciela +SEPAFillForm=(B) Proszę wypełnić wszystkie pola zaznaczone * SEPAFormYourName=Twoje imię -SEPAFormYourBAN=Your Bank Account Name (IBAN) -SEPAFormYourBIC=Your Bank Identifier Code (BIC) +SEPAFormYourBAN=Nazwa Twojego konta bankowego (IBAN) +SEPAFormYourBIC=Twój kod identyfikacyjny banku (BIC) SEPAFrstOrRecur=Rodzaj płatności -ModeRECUR=Recurring payment -ModeFRST=One-off payment +ModeRECUR=Powtarzające się płatności +ModeFRST=Płatność jednorazowa PleaseCheckOne=Proszę wybierz tylko jedną -CreditTransferOrderCreated=Credit transfer order %s created -DirectDebitOrderCreated=Direct debit order %s created +CreditTransferOrderCreated=Utworzono polecenie przelewu %s +DirectDebitOrderCreated=Utworzono polecenie zapłaty %s AmountRequested=Żądana kwota SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST -ExecutionDate=Execution date -CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer -END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction -USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag -ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date -NoDefaultIBANFound=No default IBAN found for this third party +ExecutionDate=Data wykonania +CreateForSepa=Utwórz plik polecenia zapłaty +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS +END_TO_END=Znacznik XML SEPA „EndToEndId” - Unikalny identyfikator przypisany do każdej transakcji +USTRD=„Niestrukturalny” tag XML SEPA +ADDDAYS=Dodaj dni do daty wykonania +NoDefaultIBANFound=Nie znaleziono domyślnego numeru IBAN dla tej strony trzeciej ### Notifications -InfoCreditSubject=Payment of direct debit payment order %s by the bank -InfoCreditMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been paid by the bank
Data of payment: %s -InfoTransSubject=Transmission of direct debit payment order %s to bank -InfoTransMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been sent to bank by %s %s.

+InfoCreditSubject=Wypłata polecenia zapłaty %s przez bank +InfoCreditMessage=Polecenie zapłaty %s zostało opłacone przez bank
Dane do płatności: %s +InfoTransSubject=Przekazanie polecenia zapłaty %s do banku +InfoTransMessage=Polecenie zapłaty %s zostało wysłane do banku przez %s %s.

InfoTransData=Kwota: %s
Metode: %s
Data: %s -InfoRejectSubject=Direct debit payment order refused -InfoRejectMessage=Hello,

the direct debit payment order of invoice %s related to the company %s, with an amount of %s has been refused by the bank.

--
%s +InfoRejectSubject=Polecenie zapłaty odrzucone +InfoRejectMessage=Witam,

polecenie zapłaty za polecenie zapłaty faktury %s związanej z firmą %s, na kwotę %s zostało odrzucone przez bank.

-
%s ModeWarning=Opcja dla trybu rzeczywistego nie był ustawiony, zatrzymujemy po tej symulacji -ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Company with id %s has more than one default bank account. No way to know wich one to use. -ErrorICSmissing=Missing ICS in Bank account %s -TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Total amount of direct debit order differs from sum of lines +ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Firma o identyfikatorze %s ma więcej niż jedno domyślne konto bankowe. Nie ma sposobu, aby wiedzieć, którego użyć. +ErrorICSmissing=Brak ICS na koncie bankowym %s +TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Całkowita kwota polecenia zapłaty różni się od sumy wierszy diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/workflow.lang index 2fe7a50b80e..7345b3c336f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pl_PL/workflow.lang @@ -1,25 +1,26 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - workflow WorkflowSetup=Konfiguracja modułu przepływu pracy -WorkflowDesc=This module provides some automatic actions. By default, the workflow is open (you can do things in the order you want) but here you can activate some automatic actions. +WorkflowDesc=Ten moduł zapewnia pewne automatyczne akcje. Domyślnie przepływ pracy jest otwarty (możesz robić rzeczy w dowolnej kolejności), ale tutaj możesz aktywować niektóre automatyczne akcje. ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=Nie ma zmiany workflow dostępne z aktywnych modułów. # Autocreate -descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=Automatically create a sales order after a commercial proposal is signed (the new order will have same amount as the proposal) -descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a commercial proposal is signed (the new invoice will have same amount as the proposal) +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=Automatyczne tworzenie zamówienia sprzedaży po podpisaniu oferty handlowej (nowe zamówienie będzie miało taką samą kwotę jak oferta) +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatycznie twórz fakturę dla klienta po podpisaniu oferty handlowej (nowa faktura będzie miała taką samą kwotę jak oferta) descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatycznie stwórz fakturę dla klienta po zatwierdzeniu kontraktu -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a sales order is closed (the new invoice will have same amount as the order) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatycznie twórz fakturę dla klienta po zamknięciu zamówienia sprzedaży (nowa faktura będzie miała taką samą kwotę jak zamówienie) # Autoclassify customer proposal or order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as billed when sales order is set to billed (and if the amount of the order is the same as the total amount of the signed linked proposal) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the signed linked proposal) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Sklasyfikuj połączoną ofertę źródłową jako rozliczoną, gdy zamówienie sprzedaży jest ustawione na fakturowane (i jeśli kwota zamówienia jest taka sama, jak łączna kwota podpisanej połączonej oferty pakietowej) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Sklasyfikuj połączoną ofertę źródłową jako rozliczoną, gdy faktura odbiorcy zostanie zweryfikowana (i jeśli kwota faktury jest taka sama, jak łączna kwota podpisanej połączonej oferty) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Sklasyfikuj połączone zamówienie sprzedaży jako fakturowane, gdy faktura odbiorcy zostanie zweryfikowana (i jeśli kwota faktury jest taka sama, jak łączna kwota połączonego zamówienia) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Sklasyfikuj połączone źródłowe zamówienie sprzedaży jako fakturowane, gdy faktura odbiorcy jest ustawiona na zapłaconą (i jeśli kwota faktury jest taka sama, jak całkowita kwota połączonego zamówienia) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Sklasyfikuj zamówienie sprzedaży z połączonego źródła jako wysłane, gdy przesyłka zostanie zweryfikowana (i jeśli ilość wysłana we wszystkich wysyłkach jest taka sama, jak w zamówieniu do aktualizacji) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) -descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Classify receptions to "billed" when a linked supplier order is validated +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Klasyfikuj ofertę dostawcy połączonego źródła jako fakturowaną, gdy faktura od dostawcy jest weryfikowana (i jeśli kwota faktury jest taka sama, jak łączna kwota połączonej oferty) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Sklasyfikuj zamówienie zakupu z połączonego źródła jako fakturowane, gdy faktura dostawcy zostanie zweryfikowana (i jeśli kwota faktury jest taka sama, jak całkowita kwota połączonego zamówienia) +descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Klasyfikuj przyjęcia jako „zafakturowane” po zweryfikowaniu zamówienia połączonego dostawcy # Autoclose intervention -descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Close all interventions linked to the ticket when a ticket is closed +descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Zamknij wszystkie interwencje związane z biletem, gdy bilet jest zamknięty AutomaticCreation=Automatyczne utworzenie AutomaticClassification=Automatyczne zaklasyfikowanie # Autoclassify shipment -descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Sklasyfikuj przesyłkę połączonego źródła jako zamkniętą, gdy faktura odbiorcy jest weryfikowana diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_AO/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_AO/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_AO/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_AO/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_AO/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index c6779157e0f..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_AO/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/accountancy.lang index 0601e4b6f6d..09c91be99de 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/accountancy.lang @@ -147,9 +147,7 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consulte aqui a lista de clientes e fornecedores de terceir ListAccounts=Lista das contas contábeis UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Conta de terceiros desconhecida. Nós usaremos %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Conta de terceiros desconhecida. Erro de bloqueio -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Conta de terceiro não definida ou terceiro desconhecido. Nós vamos usar %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Terceiros desconhecido e subconta não definida no pagamento. Manteremos o valor da conta do subconjunto vazio. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Conta de terceiros não definida ou desconhecida de terceiros. Erro de bloqueio. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Conta de terceiros desconhecida e conta em espera não definida. Erro de bloqueio OpeningBalance=Saldo inicial ShowOpeningBalance=Mostrar saldo inicial @@ -160,6 +158,7 @@ Reconcilable=Reconciliável TotalVente=Volume total negociado sem Impostos TotalMarge=Margem de vendas totais DescVentilCustomer=Consulte aqui a lista linhas de pedidos de clientes vinculadas (ou não) a uma conta contábil de produto +DescVentilMore=Na maioria dos casos, se você usar produtos ou serviços predefinidos e definir o número da conta no cartão de produto / serviço, o aplicativo poderá fazer toda a ligação entre suas linhas de fatura e a conta contábil de seu plano de contas, apenas em um clique com o botão "%s" . Se a conta não foi definida em cartões de produtos / serviços ou se você ainda tiver algumas linhas não vinculadas a uma conta, será necessário fazer uma ligação manual no menu " %s ". DescVentilDoneCustomer=Consulte aqui a lista com as linhas das faturas dos clientes e a conta da Contabilidade dos seus produtos DescVentilTodoCustomer=Linhas da fatura ainda não vinculadas à conta da Contabilidade do produto ChangeAccount=Mudar a conta da Contabilidade do produto/serviço para as linhas selecionadas com a seguinte conta da Contabilidade @@ -167,6 +166,7 @@ DescVentilSupplier=Consulte aqui a lista de linhas de fatura de fornecedor vincu DescVentilDoneSupplier=Consulte aqui a lista das linhas de faturas de fornecedores e sua conta contábil DescVentilTodoExpenseReport=Relatórios de linhas de despesas de ligação já não estão vinculadas com uma conta contábil com taxa DescVentilExpenseReport=Consulte aqui a lista de relatório de linhas de despesas vinculadas (ou não) a uma conta contábil com taxa +DescVentilExpenseReportMore=Se você configurar uma conta contábil no tipo de linhas de relatório de despesas, o aplicativo poderá fazer toda a ligação entre suas linhas de relatório de despesas e a conta contábil do seu plano de contas, em apenas um clique com o botão "%s" . Se a conta não foi definida no dicionário de taxas ou se você ainda tiver algumas linhas não vinculadas a nenhuma conta, será necessário fazer uma ligação manual no menu " %s ". DescVentilDoneExpenseReport=Consulte aqui a lista dos relatórios de linha de despesas e sua conta contábil de taxas DescClosure=Consulte aqui o número de movimentos por mês que não são validados e os exercícios já abertos OverviewOfMovementsNotValidated=Etapa 1 / Visão geral dos movimentos não validados. (Necessário para fechar um ano fiscal) @@ -197,7 +197,6 @@ Selectmodelcsv=Escolha um modelo de exportação Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportar para CEGID Expert Comptable Modelcsv_COALA=Exportação para Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Exportação para Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportação para Sage Ciel Compta ou Compta Evolution Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportação para Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportar para EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exportar para Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/admin.lang index 36914011a28..8efa423b8f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/admin.lang @@ -171,8 +171,11 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funcionalidade somente disponível em versões est OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Somente elementos de módulos ativos são mostrado. ModulesDesc=Os módulos / aplicativos determinam quais recursos estão disponíveis no software. Alguns módulos exigem permissões a serem concedidas aos usuários após a ativação do módulo. Clique no botão liga / desliga %s de cada módulo para ativar ou desativar um módulo / aplicativo. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Você pode encontrar mais módulos para download em sites externos na Internet ... +ModulesDeployDesc=Se as permissões em seu sistema de arquivos permitirem, você poderá usar essa ferramenta para implantar um módulo externo. O módulo ficará visível na aba %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Encontrar app/módulos externos ModulesDevelopYourModule=Desenvolver seus próprios app/módulos +ModulesDevelopDesc=Você também pode desenvolver seu próprio módulo ou encontrar um parceiro para desenvolver um para você. +DOLISTOREdescriptionLong=Em vez de ligar o site www.dolistore.com para encontrar um módulo externo, você pode usar essa ferramenta incorporada que fará a pesquisa no mercado externo para você (pode ser lento, precisa de um acesso à internet) ... FreeModule=Grátis NotCompatible=Este módulo não parece ser compatível com o seu Dolibarr %s (Mín %s - Máx %s). CompatibleAfterUpdate=Este módulo exige uma atualização do seu Dolibarr %s (Mín %s - Máx %s). @@ -193,6 +196,7 @@ AvailableOnlyIfJavascriptAndAjaxNotDisabled=Disponível somente se Javascript n UsedOnlyWithTypeOption=Usado por alguns opção agenda única Passwords=Senhas DoNotStoreClearPassword=Criptografar senhas armazenadas no banco de dados (NÃO como texto simples). É altamente recomendável ativar esta opção. +MainDbPasswordFileConfEncrypted=Criptografe a senha do banco de dados armazenada em conf.php. É altamente recomendável ativar esta opção. InstrucToEncodePass=Para ter a senha codificada no arquivo conf.php, substitua a linha
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="..."
por
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:%s" InstrucToClearPass=Para ter a senha não codificada(limpa) no arquivo conf.php, substitua a linha
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:..."
por
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="%s" ProtectAndEncryptPdfFilesDesc=Proteção de um documento PDF mantém ele disponível para ler e imprimir com qualquer navegador PDF. No entanto, edição e cópia não é possível. Observe que a utilização deste recurso faz com que a construção de um PDF global mesclado não funcione. @@ -1529,7 +1533,6 @@ LargerThan=Maior que IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Observe que se um ID de rastreamento de um objeto for encontrado no email, ou se o email for uma resposta de um email já coletado e vinculado a um objeto, o evento criado será automaticamente vinculado ao objeto relacionado conhecido. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Com uma conta do GMail, se você ativou a validação de 2 etapas, é recomendável criar uma segunda senha dedicada para o aplicativo, em vez de usar sua própria senha da conta em https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Pode ser um comportamento desejado mover o email para outra tag / diretório quando ele foi processado com êxito. Basta definir o nome do diretório aqui para usar este recurso (NÃO use caracteres especiais no nome). Observe que você também deve usar uma conta de logon de leitura / gravação. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Você pode usar esta ação para usar o conteúdo de email para localizar e carregar uma terceira parte existente em seu banco de dados. A terceira parte encontrada (ou criada) será usada para seguir as ações que precisam dela. No campo de parâmetro, você pode usar, por exemplo, 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' se desejar extrair o nome da terceira parte de uma cadeia de caracteres 'Name: name to find' encontrada na corpo. EndPointFor=Ponto final para %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Excluir coletor de e-mail ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Tem certeza de que deseja excluir este coletor de e-mail? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/holiday.lang index 2150c104b6e..65a576c32e8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/holiday.lang @@ -25,15 +25,11 @@ RequestByCP=Solicitada por TitreRequestCP=Solicitação de licença TypeOfLeaveCode=Tipo de licença TypeOfLeaveLabel=Tipo de etiqueta de licença -NbUseDaysCP=Número de dias de folga consumidos -NbUseDaysCPHelp=O cálculo leva em consideração os dias não úteis e os feriados definidos no dicionário. -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s é um dia não útil DeleteCP=Excluir TitleDeleteCP=Excluir a solicitação de licença ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirmar a eliminação da solicitação de licença? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Erro: você não tem o direito de excluir esta solicitação de licença. CantCreateCP=Você não tem o direito de fazer solicitações de licença. -InvalidValidatorCP=Você deve escolher um aprovador ao seu pedido de licença. NoDateDebut=Você deve selecionar uma data de início. NoDateFin=Você deve selecionar uma data de término. ErrorDureeCP=O seu pedido de licença não contém dia de trabalho. @@ -54,14 +50,9 @@ UserCP=Usuário ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Ocorreu um erro ao adicionar a licença excepcional. AddEventToUserOkCP=A adição da licença excepcional foi completada. MenuLogCP=Ver logs de alterações -LogCP=Log de atualizações de dias de férias disponíveis -ActionByCP=Interpretada por -UserUpdateCP=Para o usuário PrevSoldeCP=Saldo anterior NewSoldeCP=Novo saldo alreadyCPexist=Um pedido de licença já foi feito sobre este período. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Primeiro dia de folga -LastDayOfHoliday=Último dia de folga BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Últimas %s solicitações de licença modificadas HolidaysCancelation=Cancelamento da solicitação de licença EmployeeLastname=Sobrenome do empregado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/mails.lang index 2059a57d9fb..75b154134c2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/mails.lang @@ -95,8 +95,6 @@ ItemsCount=Item(ns) AdvTgtNameTemplate=Filtrar nome AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Excluir filtro AdvTgtSaveFilter=Salvar filtro -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Nenhum foi encontrado nenhum contato/endereço com uma categoria -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Nenhum foi encontrado nenhum contato/endereço com uma categoria OutGoingEmailSetup=Emails de saída InGoingEmailSetup=Recebendo e-mails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Emails de saída (para o módulo %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/main.lang index be491366987..077058ae28a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/main.lang @@ -96,6 +96,7 @@ MediaBrowser=Navegador de mídia PeriodEndDate=Data final periodo Activate=Ativar Activated=Ativado +Closed=Encerrado Closed2=Encerrado Enabled=Ativado Disable=Desativar @@ -279,6 +280,7 @@ ToDate=para ToLocation=para OtherInformations=Outra informação ApprovedBy2=Aprovado pelo (segunda aprovação) +OpenAll=Abertos(todos) ClosedAll=Fechados(Todos) ByUsers=Pelo usuário LateDesc=Um item é definido como atrasado de acordo com a configuração do sistema no menu Início - Configuração - Alertas. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/products.lang index a4293c94ace..cf82f0eb6f7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/products.lang @@ -173,7 +173,6 @@ SizeUnits=Unidade de Tamanho DeleteProductBuyPrice=Apagar preço de Compra ConfirmDeleteProductBuyPrice=Tem certeza que que deseja excluir este preço de compra? ServiceSheet=Ficha do serviço -UseProductFournDesc=Adicione uma característica para definir a descrição do produto definida pelo fornecedor em complemento a descrição para os clientes ProductSupplierDescription=Descrição do fornecedor do produto UseProductSupplierPackaging=Usar embalagem nos preços do fornecedor (recalcular as quantidades de acordo com a embalagem definida no preço do fornecedor ao adicionar / atualizar a linha nos documentos do fornecedor) PackagingForThisProduct=Embalagem diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/projects.lang index cee7bda314e..7f84515f64c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/projects.lang @@ -137,6 +137,7 @@ DontHaveTheValidateStatus=O projeto %s deve estar aberto para ser fechado ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Módulo 'Salário' deve estar habilitado para def. taxas hh, para ter o tempo gasto valorizado NewTaskRefSuggested=Tarefa ref. já usada, uma nova tarefa ref. é necessária TimeSpentInvoiced=Tempo gasto faturado +TimeSpentForIntervention=Dispêndio de tempo TimeSpentForInvoice=Dispêndio de tempo OneLinePerUser=Uma linha por usuário ServiceToUseOnLines=Serviço para usar em linhas @@ -149,6 +150,7 @@ UsageOpportunity=Uso: Oportunidade UsageTasks=Uso: Tarefas UsageBillTimeShort=Uso: tempo da conta InvoiceToUse=Rascunho de fatura a ser usada +NewInter=Nova Intervenção OneLinePerTask=Uma linha por tarefa OneLinePerPeriod=Uma linha por período RefTaskParent=Ref. Tarefa principal diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/stocks.lang index 8c690b5cff7..533892c1a5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/stocks.lang @@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ StockTooLow=Estoque muito baixo EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valor de estoques AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Gerenciar também o valor do estoque mínimo e desejado por emparelhamento (armazém de produtos), além do valor do estoque mínimo e desejado por produto RuleForWarehouse=Regra para armazéns -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Inserir estoque no terceiro WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Definir um armazém em propostas comerciais WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Definir um armazém em Pedidos de venda UserDefaultWarehouse=Definir um armazém em Usuários diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/ticket.lang index 6c7827f0c15..18367ee91ed 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/ticket.lang @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ TicketDictCategory=Tickets - Grupos TicketDictSeverity=Tickets - Gravidades TicketDictResolution=Ticket - Resolução TicketTypeShortHELP=Pedido de ajuda funcional +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Problema ou erro +TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problema TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Solicitação de alteração ou aprimoramento TicketTypeShortOTHER=Outros TicketSeverityShortLOW=Baixa @@ -17,8 +19,10 @@ MenuTicketMyAssignNonClosed=Meus tickets abertos MenuListNonClosed=Tickets abertos TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Contribuidor externo Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Envio do ticket por e-mail +NeedMoreInformationShort=Aguardando feedback Waiting=Aguardando Severity=Gravidade +TicketGroupIsPublic=Grupo é público MailToSendTicketMessage=Para enviar e-mail da mensagem do ticket TicketSetup=Configuração do módulo de ticket TicketSettings=Configurações @@ -34,6 +38,7 @@ TicketUrlPublicInterfaceHelpAdmin=É possivel definir um alias para o servidor W TicketsDisableEmail=Não envie e-mails para criação de bilhetes ou gravação de mensagens TicketsDisableEmailHelp=Por padrão, os e-mails são enviados quando novos bilhetes ou mensagens são criados. Ative esta opção para desativar * todas as notificações por e-mail TicketsLogEnableEmail=Ativar log por e-mail +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Adicionalmente, envie uma notificação ao endereço principal de email TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Restringir a exibição aos tiquetes atribuídos ao usuário atual (não efetivo para usuários externos, sempre limitado à terceira parte da qual eles dependem) TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Somente bilhetes atribuídos ao usuário atual ficarão visíveis. Não se aplica a um usuário com direitos de gerenciamento de bilhetes. TicketsActivatePublicInterfaceHelp=A interface pública permite que qualquer visitante crie bilhetes. @@ -69,7 +74,6 @@ TicketSeverity=Gravidade ShowTicket=Veja o ingresso RelatedTickets=Bilhetes relacionados TicketAddIntervention=Criar Intervenção -CloseTicket=Fechar bilhete ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirme o fechamento do ticket ConfirmDeleteTicket=Por favor confirme a exclusão de ingresso TicketDeletedSuccess=Bilhete excluído com sucesso @@ -80,6 +84,7 @@ ErrorMailRecipientIsEmptyForSendTicketMessage=O destinatário está vazio. Nenhu TicketMessageMailIntroHelp=Este texto é adicionado apenas no início do e-mail e não será salvo. TicketMessageMailSignatureHelp=Este texto é adicionado somente no final do e-mail e não será salvo. TicketMessageMailSignatureLabelAdmin=Assinatura do e-mail de resposta +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Tempo decorrido antes / desde TicketContacts=Bilhete de contatos TicketDocumentsLinked=Documentos vinculados ao ticket ConfirmReOpenTicket=Confirmar reabrir este ticket? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/trips.lang index bc636713f41..96888442df9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_BR/trips.lang @@ -85,7 +85,6 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Despesa de pagamento de relatório ExpenseReportsToApprove=Relatórios de despesas a confirmar ExpenseReportsToPay=Relatórios de despesas a pagar ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Tem certeza de que deseja clonar este relatório de despesas? -ExpenseReportsIk=Relatório de despesas índice quilômetros ExpenseReportsRules=Regras do relatório de despesas ExpenseReportIkDesc=Você pode modificar o cálculo da despesa de quilômetros por categoria e alcance de quem eles foram previamente definidos. d é a distância em quilômetros ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Você pode criar ou atualizar quaisquer regras de cálculo. Esta parte será usada quando o usuário criará um novo relatório de despesas @@ -119,7 +118,6 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=por dia (sem limitação) nolimitbyEX_MON=por mês (sem limitação) nolimitbyEX_YEA=por ano (sem limitação) nolimitbyEX_EXP=por linha (sem limitação) -CarCategory=Categoria de carro ExpenseRangeOffset=Quantidade de deslocamento: %s RangeIk=Alcance de quilometragem AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Adicionar uma linha para um documento enviado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/accountancy.lang index f33171d9ad8..f2b34dea821 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Países não na CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Países na CEE, exceto %s CountriesExceptMe=Todos os países, exceto %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -239,15 +240,15 @@ NewAccountingMvt=Nova transação NumMvts=Número da transação ListeMvts=Lista de movimentos ErrorDebitCredit=Débito e crédito não pode ter um valor, ao mesmo tempo -AddCompteFromBK=Adicionar contas contabilisticas ao grupo +AddCompteFromBK=Adicionar contas contabilísticas ao grupo ReportThirdParty=List third-party account DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors and their accounting accounts ListAccounts=Lista de contas contabilísticas UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Pagamento não vinculado a nenhum produto / serviço OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -264,7 +265,7 @@ TotalVente=Total de volume de negócios sem impostos TotalMarge=Margem total de vendas DescVentilCustomer=Consulte aqui a lista de linhas de faturas a clientes associados (ou não) a uma conta contabilística de produto -DescVentilMore=Na maioria dos casos, se você usar produtos ou serviços predefinidos e definir o número da conta no cartão de produto / serviço, o aplicativo poderá fazer toda a ligação entre suas linhas de fatura e a conta contábil de seu plano de contas, apenas em um clique com o botão "%s" . Se a conta não foi definida em cartões de produtos / serviços ou se você ainda tiver algumas linhas não vinculadas a uma conta, será necessário fazer uma ligação manual no menu " %s ". +DescVentilMore=Na maioria dos casos, se você usar produtos ou serviços predefinidos e definir o número da conta no cartão de produto / serviço, o aplicativo poderá fazer toda a ligação entre as suas linhas de fatura e a conta contábil do seu plano de contas, apenas em um clique com o botão "%s" . Se a conta não foi definida em cartões de produtos / serviços ou se você ainda tiver algumas linhas não vinculadas a uma conta, será necessário fazer uma ligação manual no menu " %s ". DescVentilDoneCustomer=Consulte aqui a lista das linhas de faturas a clientes e as suas contas de contabilísticas de produto DescVentilTodoCustomer=Vincular linhas da fatura que não estejam vinculadas a uma conta contabilística de produto ChangeAccount=Alterar a conta contabilística de produto/serviço para as linhas selecionadas com a seguinte conta contabilística: @@ -273,7 +274,7 @@ DescVentilSupplier=Consult here the list of vendor invoice lines bound or not ye DescVentilDoneSupplier=Consult here the list of the lines of vendor invoices and their accounting account DescVentilTodoExpenseReport=Vincule as linhas do relatórios de despesas de não vinculados a um honorário de uma conta de contabilística DescVentilExpenseReport=Consulte aqui a lista de linhas do relatório de despesas vinculadas (ou não) a um honorário da conta contabilística -DescVentilExpenseReportMore=Se você configurar uma conta contábil no tipo de linhas de relatório de despesas, o aplicativo poderá fazer toda a ligação entre suas linhas de relatório de despesas e a conta contábil do seu plano de contas, em apenas um clique com o botão "%s" . Se a conta não foi definida no dicionário de taxas ou se você ainda tiver algumas linhas não vinculadas a nenhuma conta, será necessário fazer uma ligação manual no menu " %s ". +DescVentilExpenseReportMore=Se você configurar uma conta contábil no tipo de linhas de relatório de despesas, o aplicativo poderá fazer toda a ligação entre as suas linhas de relatório de despesas e a conta contábil do seu plano de contas, em apenas um clique com o botão "%s" . Se a conta não foi definida no dicionário de taxas ou se você ainda tiver algumas linhas não vinculadas a nenhuma conta, será necessário fazer uma ligação manual no menu " %s ". DescVentilDoneExpenseReport=Consulte aqui a lista das linhas de relatórios de despesas e os seus honorários da conta contabilística Closure=Annual closure @@ -293,7 +294,7 @@ Balancing=Balanceamento FicheVentilation=Cartão de vinculação GeneralLedgerIsWritten=As transações são escritas no Livro Razão GeneralLedgerSomeRecordWasNotRecorded=Algumas das transações não puderam ser revistas. Se não houver outra mensagem de erro, provavelmente é porque já foram promovidas. -NoNewRecordSaved=Não há mais registros para journalize +NoNewRecordSaved=Não há mais registos para journalize ListOfProductsWithoutAccountingAccount=Lista de produtos não vinculados a qualquer conta contabilística ChangeBinding=Alterar vinculação Accounted=Contabilizado no ledger @@ -307,9 +308,9 @@ BindingOptions=Binding options ApplyMassCategories=Aplicar categorias em massa AddAccountFromBookKeepingWithNoCategories=Available account not yet in the personalized group CategoryDeleted=Categoria para a conta contabilística foi removida -AccountingJournals=Diários contabilisticos -AccountingJournal=Diário contabilistico -NewAccountingJournal=Novo diário contabilistico +AccountingJournals=Diários contabilísticos +AccountingJournal=Diário contabilístico +NewAccountingJournal=Novo diário contabilístico ShowAccountingJournal=Mostrar diário contabilistico NatureOfJournal=Nature of Journal AccountingJournalType1=Operações diversas @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Exportação clássica Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/admin.lang index f72525c7626..10db9be2035 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/admin.lang @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ VersionDevelopment=Desenvolvimento VersionUnknown=Desconhecida VersionRecommanded=Recomendada FileCheck=Verificações de integridade do conjunto de ficheiros -FileCheckDesc=This tool allows you to check the integrity of files and the setup of your application, comparing each file with the official one. The value of some setup constants may also be checked. You can use this tool to determine if any files have been modified (e.g by a hacker). +FileCheckDesc=Esta ferramenta permite verificar a integridade dos ficheiros e a configuração da sua aplicação, comparando cada ficheiro com o oficial. O valor de algumas constantes de configuração também pode ser verificado. Pode usar esta ferramenta para determinar se algum ficheiro foi modificado (por exemplo, por um hacker). FileIntegrityIsStrictlyConformedWithReference=A integridade dos ficheiros é ajustada rigorosamente conforme a referência. FileIntegrityIsOkButFilesWereAdded=A verificação de integridade dos arquivos passou, no entanto, alguns novos arquivos foram adicionados. FileIntegritySomeFilesWereRemovedOrModified=A verificação da integridade dos ficheiros falhou. Alguns ficheiros foram modificados, removidos ou adicionados. @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@ RemoteSignature=Assinatura remota (mais segura) FilesMissing=Ficheiros em falta FilesUpdated=Ficheiros atualizados FilesModified=Ficheiros modificados -FilesAdded=Ficheiros adiocionados -FileCheckDolibarr=Verficar a integridade dos ficheiros de aplicação -AvailableOnlyOnPackagedVersions=The local file for integrity checking is only available when the application is installed from an official package +FilesAdded=Ficheiros adicionados +FileCheckDolibarr=Verificar a integridade dos ficheiros de aplicação +AvailableOnlyOnPackagedVersions=O ficheiro local para verificação de integridade só está disponível quando o aplicativo é instalado a partir de um pacote oficial XmlNotFound=Ficheiro XML de integridade da aplicação não encontrado SessionId=Id. da Sessão SessionSaveHandler=Utilizador para guardar as sessões @@ -40,27 +40,27 @@ WebUserGroup=Utilizador/grupo do servidor da Web PermissionsOnFiles=Permissões em ficheiros PermissionsOnFilesInWebRoot=Permissões em ficheiros na pasta web principal PermissionsOnFile=Permissões em ficheiros %s -NoSessionFound=Sua configuração de PHP parece não permitir a listagem de sessões ativas. O diretório usado para salvar as sessões ( %s ) pode ser protegido (por exemplo, pelas permissões do sistema operacional ou pela diretiva open_basedir do PHP). +NoSessionFound=A sua configuração de PHP parece não permitir a listagem de sessões ativas. O diretório usado para salvar as sessões ( %s ) pode ser protegido (por exemplo, pelas permissões do sistema operacional ou pela diretiva open_basedir do PHP). DBStoringCharset=Conjunto de carateres da base de dados para guardar os dados DBSortingCharset=Conjunto de carateres da base de dados para ordenar os dados -HostCharset=Host charset +HostCharset=Conjunto de caracteres do anfitrião ClientCharset=Jogo de caráter Cliente ClientSortingCharset=Colação de clientes WarningModuleNotActive=O módulo %s deve estar ativado -WarningOnlyPermissionOfActivatedModules=Só são mostradas aqui as permissões relacionadas com os módulos ativados. Pode ativar outros módulos na página de Início-> Configuração-> Módulos. +WarningOnlyPermissionOfActivatedModules=Só são mostradas aqui as permissões relacionadas com os módulos ativos. Pode ativar outros módulos na página de Início-> Configuração-> Módulos. DolibarrSetup=Instalar ou atualizar o Dolibarr InternalUser=Utilizador interno ExternalUser=Utilizador externo InternalUsers=Utilizadores internos ExternalUsers=Utilizadores externos -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Interface do utilizador GUISetup=Aparência SetupArea=Configuração UploadNewTemplate=Carregar novo(s) modelo(s) FormToTestFileUploadForm=Formulário para testar o envio de ficheiro (de acordo com a configuração) -ModuleMustBeEnabled=O módulo/aplicação %s deve estar ativado +ModuleMustBeEnabled=O módulo/aplicação %s deve estar ativo ModuleIsEnabled=O módulo/aplicação %s foi ativado -IfModuleEnabled=Nota: sim, só é eficaz se o módulo %s estiver ativado +IfModuleEnabled=Nota: sim, só é eficaz se o módulo %s estiver ativo RemoveLock=Remova / renomeie o arquivo %s se existir, para permitir o uso da ferramenta Atualizar / Instalar. RestoreLock=Restaure o arquivo %s , apenas com permissão de leitura, para desativar qualquer uso posterior da ferramenta Atualizar / Instalar. SecuritySetup=Configuração de segurança @@ -75,16 +75,17 @@ Dictionary=Dicionários ErrorReservedTypeSystemSystemAuto=O valor 'system' e 'systemauto', para o tipo está reservado. Pode utilizar 'user' como valor para adicionar o seu próprio registo ErrorCodeCantContainZero=O código não pode conter o valor 0 DisableJavascript=Desativar as funções Javascript e Ajax -DisableJavascriptNote=Note: For test or debug purpose. For optimization for blind person or text browsers, you may prefer to use the setup on the profile of user +DisableJavascriptNote=Nota: Para fins de teste ou depuração. Para otimização para cegos ou navegadores de texto, você pode preferir usar a configuração no perfil do usuário UseSearchToSelectCompanyTooltip=Se tiver um grande número de terceiros (> 100 000), pode aumentar a velocidade, configurando a constante COMPANY_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE para 1 em Configuração->Outros. A procura depois será limitada para o início da sequência de carateres. UseSearchToSelectContactTooltip=Se você tiver grande número de contactos (> 100 000), você pode aumentar a velocidade, definindo a constante CONTACT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE para 1 em Configuração -> Outros. A pesquisa será então limitada ao início da sequência de caracteres. DelaiedFullListToSelectCompany=Aguarde até que uma tecla seja pressionada antes de carregar o conteúdo da lista de combinação de terceiros.
Isso pode aumentar o desempenho se você tiver um grande número de terceiros, mas é menos conveniente. -DelaiedFullListToSelectContact=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Contact combo list.
This may increase performance if you have a large number of contacts, but it is less convenient. +DelaiedFullListToSelectContact=Aguarde até que uma tecla seja pressionada antes de carregar o conteúdo da lista de combinação de contactos.
Isso pode aumentar o desempenho se tiver um grande número de contactos, mas é menos conveniente. NumberOfKeyToSearch=Número de caracteres para acionar a pesquisa: %s NumberOfBytes=Número de Bytes -SearchString=Search string +SearchString=Sequência de pesquisa NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Não está disponível quando o Ajax está desativado AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=No documento de um terceiro, pode escolher um projeto associado a outro terceiro +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Impedir o tempo de gravação gasto após o número seguinte de meses JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript desativado UsePreviewTabs=Utilizar separadores de pré-visualização ShowPreview=Mostrar pré-visualização @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ NextValueForInvoices=Valor seguinte (faturas) NextValueForCreditNotes=Valor seguinte (notas de crédito) NextValueForDeposit=Valor seguinte (entrada inicial) NextValueForReplacements=Valor seguinte (restituições) -MustBeLowerThanPHPLimit=Nota: sua configuração de PHP atualmente limita o tamanho máximo do arquivo para upload para %s %s, independentemente do valor deste parâmetro +MustBeLowerThanPHPLimit=Nota: a sua configuração de PHP atualmente limita o tamanho máximo do arquivo para upload para %s %s, independentemente do valor deste parâmetro NoMaxSizeByPHPLimit=Nota: não está definido nenhum limite na sua configuração do PHP MaxSizeForUploadedFiles=Tamanho máximo para os ficheiros enviados (0 para rejeitar qualquer envio) UseCaptchaCode=Utilizar código gráfico (CAPTCHA) na página de iniciar a sessão @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Configuração da utilização de várias moedas MenuLimits=Limites e precisão MenuIdParent=Id. do menu origem DetailMenuIdParent=Id. do menu origem (vazio para um menu superior) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Número de ordenação para definir a posição no menu AllMenus=Todos NotConfigured=Módulo/Aplicação não configurados @@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ SystemToolsAreaDesc=Esta área fornece funções de administração. Use o menu Purge=Limpar PurgeAreaDesc=Esta página permite excluir todos os arquivos gerados ou armazenados pelo Dolibarr (arquivos temporários ou todos os arquivos no diretório %s ). Usar esse recurso normalmente não é necessário. Ele é fornecido como uma solução alternativa para usuários cujo Dolibarr é hospedado por um provedor que não oferece permissões para excluir arquivos gerados pelo servidor da web. PurgeDeleteLogFile=Eliminar os ficheiros de registo, incluindo %s definido para o módulo Syslog (não existe risco de perda de dados) -PurgeDeleteTemporaryFiles=Delete all log and temporary files (no risk of losing data). Parameter can be 'tempfilesold', 'logfiles' or both 'tempfilesold+logfiles'. Note: Deletion of temporary files is done only if the temp directory was created more than 24 hours ago. +PurgeDeleteTemporaryFiles=Excluir todos os ficheiros de log e temporários (sem risco de perda de dados). O parâmetro pode ser 'tempfilesold', 'logfiles' ou ambos 'tempfilesold + logfiles'. Nota: A exclusão de ficheiros temporários é feita apenas se o diretório temporário foi criado há mais de 24 horas. PurgeDeleteTemporaryFilesShort=Eliminar registo e ficheiros temporários PurgeDeleteAllFilesInDocumentsDir=Exclua todos os arquivos do diretório: %s .
Isso excluirá todos os documentos gerados relacionados aos elementos (terceiros, faturas etc ...), arquivos carregados no módulo ECM, despejos de backup de banco de dados e arquivos temporários. PurgeRunNow=Limpar agora @@ -172,13 +174,13 @@ Backup=Cópia de segurança Restore=Restaurar RunCommandSummary=A cópia de segurança foi iniciada com o seguinte comando BackupResult=Resultado da cópia de segurança -BackupFileSuccessfullyCreated=Ficheiro de cópia de segurança gerado correctamente +BackupFileSuccessfullyCreated=Ficheiro de cópia de segurança gerado corretamente YouCanDownloadBackupFile=O arquivo gerado agora pode ser baixado NoBackupFileAvailable=Sem ficheiros de cópias de segurança disponíveis ExportMethod=Método de exportação ImportMethod=Método de importação ToBuildBackupFileClickHere=Para criar um ficheiro de cópia de segurança, clique aqui. -ImportMySqlDesc=Para importar um arquivo de backup do MySQL, você pode usar phpMyAdmin através de sua hospedagem ou usar o comando mysql da linha de comando.
Por exemplo: +ImportMySqlDesc=Para importar um arquivo de backup do MySQL, você pode usar o phpMyAdmin através da sua hospedagem ou usar o comando mysql da linha de comando.
Por exemplo: ImportPostgreSqlDesc=Para importar um ficheiro de cópia de segurança, deve utilizar o comando pg_restore a partir da linha de comandos: ImportMySqlCommand=%s %s < ficheiro_copia_seguranca.sql ImportPostgreSqlCommand=%s %s ficheiro_copia_seguranca.sql @@ -209,12 +211,13 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funcionalidade apenas disponível em versões está BoxesDesc=Widgets são componentes que mostram algumas informações que você pode adicionar para personalizar algumas páginas. Você pode escolher entre mostrar o widget ou não selecionando a página de destino e clicando em "Ativar" ou clicando na lixeira para desativá-la. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Só são mostrados os elementos de módulos ativos. ModulesDesc=Os módulos / aplicativos determinam quais recursos estão disponíveis no software. Alguns módulos exigem que as permissões sejam concedidas aos usuários após a ativação do módulo. Clique no botão liga / desliga %s de cada módulo para habilitar ou desabilitar um módulo / aplicativo. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Pode encontrar mais módulos para descarregar noutros sites da internet... -ModulesDeployDesc=Se as permissões em seu sistema de arquivos permitirem, você poderá usar essa ferramenta para implantar um módulo externo. O módulo ficará visível na aba %s . +ModulesDeployDesc=Se as permissões do seu sistema de arquivos permitirem, você poderá usar esta ferramenta para implantar um módulo externo. O módulo ficará visível na aba %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Procurar aplicações/módulos externos ModulesDevelopYourModule=Desenvolva as suas próprias aplicações/módulos -ModulesDevelopDesc=Você também pode desenvolver seu próprio módulo ou encontrar um parceiro para desenvolver um para você. -DOLISTOREdescriptionLong=Em vez de ligar o site www.dolistore.com para encontrar um módulo externo, você pode usar essa ferramenta incorporada que fará a pesquisa no mercado externo para você (pode ser lento, precisa de um acesso à internet) ... +ModulesDevelopDesc=Você também pode desenvolver o seu próprio módulo ou encontrar um parceiro para desenvolver um para você. +DOLISTOREdescriptionLong=Em vez de ligar o site www.dolistore.com para encontrar um módulo externo, você pode usar esta ferramenta incorporada que fará a pesquisa no mercado externo para você (pode ser lento, precisa de um acesso à internet) ... NewModule=Novo módulo FreeModule=Livre CompatibleUpTo=Compatível com a versão %s @@ -229,7 +232,7 @@ GoModuleSetupArea=To deploy/install a new module, go to the Module setup area: < DoliStoreDesc=DoliStore, o mercado oficial para módulos externos Dolibarr ERP/CRM DoliPartnersDesc=List of companies providing custom-developed modules or features.
Note: since Dolibarr is an open source application, anyone experienced in PHP programming should be able to develop a module. WebSiteDesc=Sites externos para módulos adicionais (não principais) ... -DevelopYourModuleDesc=Algumas soluções para desenvolver seu próprio módulo ... +DevelopYourModuleDesc=Algumas soluções para desenvolver o seu próprio módulo ... URL=URL RelativeURL=Relative URL BoxesAvailable=Aplicativos disponíveis @@ -243,8 +246,8 @@ Required=Requerido UsedOnlyWithTypeOption=Utilizado apenas por algumas opções da agenda Security=Segurança Passwords=Palavras-passe -DoNotStoreClearPassword=Criptografe as senhas armazenadas no banco de dados (NÃO como texto simples). É altamente recomendável ativar esta opção. -MainDbPasswordFileConfEncrypted=Criptografe a senha do banco de dados armazenada em conf.php. É altamente recomendável ativar esta opção. +DoNotStoreClearPassword=Criptografe as palavras-passe armazenadas na sua base de dados (NÃO como texto simples). É altamente recomendável ativar esta opção. +MainDbPasswordFileConfEncrypted=Criptografe a palavra-passe da base de dados armazenada em conf.php. É altamente recomendável ativar esta opção. InstrucToEncodePass=Para que a palavra passe seja codificada no ficheiro conf.php, substitua a linha
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="...";
por
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:%s"; InstrucToClearPass=Para que a palavra passe seja descodificada no ficheiro conf.php, substitua a linha
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:...";
por
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="%s"; ProtectAndEncryptPdfFiles=Proteja arquivos PDF gerados. Isso NÃO é recomendado, pois interrompe a geração de PDF em massa. @@ -310,14 +313,14 @@ MAIN_MAIL_SMS_FROM=Número de telefone do remetente padrão para envio de SMS MAIN_MAIL_DEFAULT_FROMTYPE=E-mail do remetente padrão para envio manual (e-mail do usuário ou e-mail da empresa) UserEmail=Email do utilizador CompanyEmail=E-mail da Empresa -FeatureNotAvailableOnLinux=Funcionalidade não disponivel em sistemas Unix. Teste parâmetros sendmail localmente. +FeatureNotAvailableOnLinux=Funcionalidade não disponivel em sistemas Unix. Teste parâmetros sendmail localmente. FixOnTransifex=Fix the translation on the online translation platform of project -SubmitTranslation=Se a tradução para este idioma não estiver completa ou você encontrar erros, pode corrigir isso editando os arquivos no diretório langs / %s e enviar sua alteração para www.transifex.com/dolibarr-association/dolibarr/ +SubmitTranslation=Se a tradução para este idioma não estiver completa ou você encontrar erros, pode corrigir editando os arquivos no diretório langs / %s e enviar a sua alteração para www.transifex.com/dolibarr-association/dolibarr/ SubmitTranslationENUS=If translation for this language is not complete or you find errors, you can correct this by editing files into directory langs/%s and submit modified files on dolibarr.org/forum or, if you are a developer, with a PR on github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr ModuleSetup=Configuração do módulo ModulesSetup=Módulos/Aplicação - Configuração ModuleFamilyBase=Sistema -ModuleFamilyCrm=Gerenciamento de relacionamento com o cliente (CRM) +ModuleFamilyCrm=Gestão de relacionamento com o cliente (CRM) ModuleFamilySrm=Vendor Relationship Management (VRM) ModuleFamilyProducts=Gestão de Produto (PM) ModuleFamilyHr=Gestão de Recursos Humanos (HR) @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=As duas seções a seguir são obrigatórias (as duas primeira SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Parâmetros básicos usados para personalizar o comportamento padrão de seu aplicativo (por exemplo, para recursos relacionados ao país). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Este software é um conjunto de vários módulos / aplicativos. Os módulos relacionados às suas necessidades devem ser habilitados e configurados. As entradas do menu aparecerão com a ativação desses módulos. SetupDescription5=Outras entradas do menu Setup gerenciam parâmetros opcionais. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Configuração do módulo "Click To Dial" ClickToDialUrlDesc=Uma chamada é efetuada quando o icon é clicado. No URL pode usar as tags:
__PHONETO__ que será substituída pelo número do destinatário
__PHONEFROM__ que será substituída pelo número do remetente
__LOGIN__ que será substituída pelo nome de utilizador da sua conta ClickToDial (definido no seu cartão de utilizador)
__PASS__ que será substituída pela palavra-passe da sua conta ClickToDial (definida no seu cartão de utilizador). ClickToDialDesc=Este módulo altera os números de telefone, ao usar um computador desktop, em links clicáveis. Um clique ligará para o número. Isso pode ser usado para iniciar a chamada telefônica ao usar um softphone em sua área de trabalho ou ao usar um sistema CTI baseado no protocolo SIP, por exemplo. Nota: Ao usar um smartphone, os números de telefone são sempre clicáveis. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Usar apenas um link "tel:" em números de telefone -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Ponto de venda CashDeskSetup=Configuração do módulo de ponto de vendas @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Margem superior do PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Margem inferior do PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Defina isto como "sim" se este grupo for uma computação de outros grupos @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/cashdesk.lang index eadcfcae193..d5fe9e9ef60 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/errors.lang index 0f42a4312d1..3bc18372672 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/eventorganization.lang index 0ddb14901dd..1d10ed65fce 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Tipo de evento LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/holiday.lang index 21f0c7aac70..a17cf87e2f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Aguarda aprovação ApprovedCP=Aprovado CancelCP=Cancelado RefuseCP=Recusou -ValidatorCP=Aprovador +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=Lista de licença Leave=Pedido de licença LeaveId=ID da licença @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Pedido de licença TypeOfLeaveId=Tipo de ID de licença TypeOfLeaveCode=Tipo de licença (código) TypeOfLeaveLabel=Tipo de licença (nome) -NbUseDaysCP=Número de dias de férias consumidos -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Dias consumidos -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Dias consumidos no mês -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Data de início no mês DateEndInMonth=Data final no mês EditCP=Editar @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Eliminar o pedido de licença ConfirmDeleteCP=Tem a certeza que deseja eliminar este pedido de licença? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Erro, você não tem permissão para eliminar este pedido de licença. CantCreateCP=Você não tem permissão para fazer pedidos de licença. -InvalidValidatorCP=Deve escolher um aprovador para os seus pedidos de licença +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Deve escolher uma data de início. NoDateFin=Deve escolher uma data de fim. ErrorDureeCP=O seu pedido de licença não contém dias úteis. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Utilizador ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=Ver os registos de alteração -LogCP=Registo de actualizações de dias disponíveis -ActionByCP=Realizado por -UserUpdateCP=Para o utilizador +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Balanço prévio NewSoldeCP=Novo Balanço alreadyCPexist=Um pedido de licença já foi feito para esse período. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Primeiro dia de férias -LastDayOfHoliday=Último dia de férias +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Últimos %s pedidos de licença modificados HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Atualização mensal ManualUpdate=Atualização manual @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Baixa médica LEAVE_OTHER=Outra tipo de licença LEAVE_PAID_FR=Férias pagas ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Atualização automática mais recente da alocação de licenças -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Mês da última atualização automática de alocação de licenças +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Atualizado com sucesso. Module27130Name= Gestão de pedidos de licença Module27130Desc= Gestão de pedidos de licença @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=O seu pedido de licença para o período de %s a %s foi can FollowedByACounter=1: Este tipo de licença precisa ser seguido por um contador. O contador é incrementado manualmente ou automaticamente, quando um pedido de licença é validado o contador é diminuído.
0: Não seguido por um contador. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Não há tipos de licença definidos que precisam ser seguidos por um contador GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Vá para Home - Configuração - Dicionários - Tipo de licença para configurar os diferentes tipos de folhas. -HolidaySetup=Configuração do módulo Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Deixar modelos de numeração de pedidos +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Modelo para solicitações de licenças PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Texto livre em PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Marcas d'água em pedidos de licença de rascunho HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/interventions.lang index 969f798f133..6e007f30c96 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Duração da intervenção na linha InterLineDesc=Descrição da intervenção na linha RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reabrir ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/knowledgemanagement.lang index e595eeb8648..18fca0b42f3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Sobre KnowledgeManagementAbout = Sobre Gestão de Conhecimento KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Página de sobre a Gestão de Conhecimento -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Gestão de Conhecimento - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Base conhecimento ListKnowledgeRecord = Lista de artigos NewKnowledgeRecord = Novo artigo @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validar solução KnowledgeRecords = Artigos KnowledgeRecord = Artigo KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Campos extra para o Artigo +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/languages.lang index 17d7621727c..a76048efed8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Amárico (Etiópia) Language_ar_AR=Árabe Language_ar_EG=Árabe (Egito) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Árabe Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijão Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (Índia) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepalês Language_nl_BE=Holandês (Bélgica) Language_nl_NL=Holandês Language_pl_PL=Polaco +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Português (Brasil) Language_pt_PT=Português Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/mails.lang index ab74458e321..9ba00dd1dd7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Eliminar filtro AdvTgtSaveFilter=Guardar filtro AdvTgtCreateFilter=Criar filtro AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Nome do novo filtro -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Nenhum contato / endereço com uma categoria encontrada -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Nenhum contato / endereço com uma categoria encontrada +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/main.lang index 18e05d7c5c8..3dcd5363427 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/other.lang index 87cd3df9fe8..7b1207f8e96 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Fechar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/partnership.lang index 61434b9dab6..4d521e28537 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/printing.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/printing.lang index ecba9f72f72..ffd3cd0bf20 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/printing.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/printing.lang @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ IPP_Device=Dispositivo IPP_Media=Média da impressora IPP_Supported=Tipo de média DirectPrintingJobsDesc=Esta página lista as tarefas de impressão encontradas para as impressoras disponíveis. -GoogleAuthNotConfigured=A configuração do Google OAuth não foi efetuada. Ative o módulo OAuth e defina um ID/Segredo do Google. +GoogleAuthNotConfigured=O Google OAuth não foi configurado. Hailite o módulo OAuth e defina um ID/Acesso do Google. GoogleAuthConfigured=As credenciais do Google OAuth foram encontradas na configuração do módulo OAuth. PrintingDriverDescprintgcp=Variáveis ​​de configuração para o driver de impressão do Google Cloud Print. PrintingDriverDescprintipp=Variáveis ​​de configuração para o driver de impressão. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/products.lang index 46c01b483b5..b738923553a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Ficha do Produto ServiceSheet=Folha de serviço PossibleValues=Valores possíveis GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Vá no menu %s - %s para preparar variantes de atributos (como cores, tamanho, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/projects.lang index 7b4ce25824f..f945d5cfd4e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Não existem tarefas para este projeto LinkedToAnotherCompany=Vinculado a Terceiros TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Tarefa não atribuída ao usuário. Use o botão ' %s ' para atribuir tarefa agora. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Tempo dispensado está vazio +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Esta ação também vai excluir todas as tarefas do projeto (%s tarefas no momento) e todas as entradas de tempo dispensadas. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Caso alguns objetos (fatura, encomenda, ...), pertencentes a um terceiro, deve estar vinculado ao projeto para criar, manter este vazio para ter o projeto sendo multi-terceiros. CloneTasks=Clonar tarefas @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Últimos %s projetos modificados OtherFilteredTasks=Outras tarefas filtradas NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Permitir comentários de usuários sobre tarefas @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Projeto de informação %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tempos Dispendidos TimeSpentForInvoice=Tempos Dispendidos OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nova fatura +NewInter=Nova intervenção OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/stocks.lang index 1ce7e70b543..67fca8517a7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Valor de stocks UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Crie um armazém de usuários automaticamente ao criar um usuário AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transferência de estoque do produto %s para outro depósi InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. código NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Este lote / número de série ( %s ) já existe, mas com data diferente de eatby ou sellby (encontrado %s , mas você insere %s ). -OpenAll=Aberto para todas as ações -OpenInternal=Aberto somente para ações internas +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=A opção "vários preços por segmento" está ativada. Isso significa que um produto tem vários preços de venda, portanto, o valor para venda não pode ser calculado ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Limite de estoque para estoque ideal de alerta e desejado criado corretamente @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/ticket.lang index d76ea1eaf46..69c8f954627 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Respondidas Waiting=Em espera -Closed=Fechado +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Excluído # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severidade ShowTicket=Ver ticket RelatedTickets=Tickets relacionados TicketAddIntervention=Criar intervenção -CloseTicket=Fechar ticket -CloseATicket=Fechar um ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirmar o fecho do ticket +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Por favor confirme a eliminação do ticket TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket eliminado com sucesso TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marcado como fechado diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/trips.lang index b7273df0d74..b13340d5daf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=Um relatório de despesas foi pago ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Pessoa para informar para validação. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Informação da Empresa TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Negada em DATE_SAVE=Data da validação DATE_CANCEL=Data do cancelamento DATE_PAIEMENT=Data de pagamento -BROUILLONNER=Reabrir ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validar e submeter para aprovação ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validado (aguarda aprovação) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/withdrawals.lang index fba7a0e8227..426e2cb39e6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=Pedidos de pagamento por débito direto %s registrados BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Nenhuma fatura debitada com sucesso. Verifique se as faturas estão em empresas com um IBAN válido e se o IBAN tem uma UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) com o modo %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classificar como creditado ClassCreditedConfirm=Tem a certeza que quer classificar este débito direto como creditado na sua conta bancária? TransData=Data de Envio @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Data de execução CreateForSepa=Criar ficheiro de débito direto -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/workflow.lang index 15b30e7f6ac..ee96292d3a9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/pt_PT/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classificar a proposta de origem vin descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classificar a proposta do fornecedor de origem vinculada como faturada quando a fatura do fornecedor é validada (e se o valor da fatura é o mesmo que o valor total da proposta vinculada) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classificar o pedido de compra de origem vinculado como faturado quando a fatura do fornecedor é validada (e se o valor da fatura é o mesmo que o valor total do pedido vinculado) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/accountancy.lang index 65d75b112aa..f8a4beffca1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Țări care nu se află în CEE CountriesInEECExceptMe=Țările din CEE, cu excepția celor din %s CountriesExceptMe=Toate țările, cu excepția %s AccountantFiles=Export documente sursă -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Cu acest instrument, puteți exporta evenimentele sursă (listă și PDF-uri) care au fost utilizate pentru a vă genera înregistrările contabile. Pentru a vă exporta jurnalele, utilizați intrarea din meniu %s-%s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Cu acest instrument, poți exporta evenimentele sursă (listă CSV și PDF) care au fost utilizate pentru generarea înregistrărilor contabile. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=Pentru export jurnale, foloseşte meniul %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=Vizualizare după contul contabil VueBySubAccountAccounting=Vizualizați după subcont contabil @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consultă aici lista terţilor clienților și furnizori ș ListAccounts=Lista conturilor contabile UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Cont terț necunoscut. Vom folosi %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Cont terț necunoscut. Eroare blocantă -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Cont analitic de terţ nedefinit sau terţ necunoscut. Se va folosi%s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Contul contabil analitic nedefinit sau terț sau utilizator necunoscut. Se va folosi %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Terț necunoscut și/sau cont analitic alocat nedefinit la plată. Se va menține valoarea contului analitic ca necompletat. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Contul terț nu este definit sau este necunoscut. Eroare blocantă. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Contul contabil analitic nedefinit sau terț sau utilizator necunoscut. Eroare blocantă. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Cont contabil de terți necunoscut și cont de avans nedefinit. Eroare blocantă PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Plata nu este legată de vreun produs/serviciu OpeningBalance=Sold iniţial de deschidere @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Export clasic Modelcsv_CEGID=Export pentru expert contabil CEGID Modelcsv_COALA=Export pentru Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export pentru Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportați pentru Sage Ciel Compta sau Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export pentru Sage50, Ciel Compta sau Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export pentru Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export pentru EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export pentru Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/admin.lang index d559fac6ed8..73fcbc08307 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Număr de octeți SearchString=Șir de căutare NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nu este disponibil, atunci când Ajax este dezactivat AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Pe documentul unui terț, puteți alege un proiect legat de un alt terț +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Limitează înregistrarea timpului consumat la următorul număr de luni JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript dezactivat UsePreviewTabs=Utilizaţi taburile de previzualizare ShowPreview=Arată previzualizare @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Configurare multi-monedă MenuLimits=Limite şi precizii MenuIdParent=ID Meniu părinte DetailMenuIdParent=ID-ul meniului părinte (0 pentru meniu top) +ParentID=ID părinte DetailPosition=Număr de ordine pentru a defini poziţia în meniu AllMenus=Toate NotConfigured=Modulul/aplicația nu a fost configurată @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funcționalitate disponibilă numai pe versiuni ofi BoxesDesc=Widget-urile sunt componente care prezintă unele informații pe care le puteți adăuga pentru a personaliza unele pagini. Puteți alege între afișarea sau neafișarea widget-ului, selectând pagina țintă și dând clic pe 'Activare' sau făcând clic pe coșul de gunoi pentru dezactivare. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Numai elementele din module activate sunt afişate. ModulesDesc=Modulele/aplicațiile determină ce caracteristici sunt disponibile în software. Unele module necesită acordarea de permisiuni utilizatorilor după activare. Faceți clic pe butonul on/off%s din fiecare modul pentru a activa sau dezactiva un modulul/aplicația. +ModulesDesc2=Fă clic pe rotiţa mouse-ului %s pentru a configura modulul/aplicația. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Puteți descărca mai multe module de pe site-uri externe de pe Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Dacă permisiunile sistemului de fișiere permit acest lucru, puteți utiliza acest instrument pentru a implementa un modul extern. Modulul va fi apoi vizibil în fişa %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Găsiți aplicații/module externe @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Următoarele două secțiuni sunt obligatorii (primele două i SetupDescription3=%s->%s

Parametri de bază folosiți pentru a personaliza comportamentul implicit al aplicației (de exemplu, pentru funcțiile legate de țară). SetupDescription4=%s->%s

Acest software este o suită de mai multe module/aplicații. Modulele necesare trebuie să fie activate și configurate. Intrările din meniu vor apărea odată cu activarea acestor module. SetupDescription5=Meniul Alte setări gestionează parametrii opționali. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Parametrii de bază utilizați pentru a personaliza comportamentul implicit al aplicației (de exemplu, pentru funcționalităţile legate de țară). +SetupDescription4b=Acest software este o suită de mai multe module/aplicații. Modulele care vă sunt necesare trebuie să fie activate și configurate. Intrările din meniu vor apărea odată cu activarea acestor module. AuditedSecurityEvents=Evenimentele de securitate care sunt auditate NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Niciun eveniment de securitate nu este auditat. Le poţi activa din meniul %s Audit=Evenimente securitate @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Configurare modul Click To Dial ClickToDialUrlDesc=URL-ul se apelează când se face clic pe pictograma telefon. În URL, poţi utiliza etichete
__PHONETO__ care vor fi înlocuite cu numărul de telefon al persoanei de apelat
__PHONEFROM__ care va fi înlocuit cu numărul de telefon al apelantului (al tău)
__LOGIN__ , care va fi înlocuit cu numele de autentificare clicktodial (definită pe fişa utilizator)
__PASS__ care va fi înlocuit cu parola clicktodial (definită pe fişa utilizator). ClickToDialDesc=Acest modul schimbă numerele de telefon, atunci când utilizați un computer desktop, în linkuri cu clic. Un clic va apela numărul. Acest lucru poate fi folosit pentru a porni apelul telefonic atunci când utilizați un telefon smart sau când utilizați un sistem CTI bazat pe protocolul SIP, de exemplu. Notă: Când utilizați un smartphone, numerele de telefon sunt întotdeauna făcute clic. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Utilizează doar link "tel:" pe numerele de telefon -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Utilizează această metodă dacă utilizatorii au un smartphone sau o interfață software, instalată pe același computer cu browserul și se poate apela când faceți clic pe un link care începe cu "tel:" direct din browser. Dacă aveți nevoie de un link care începe cu "sip:" sau o soluție completă de server (nu este nevoie de instalarea software-ului local), trebuie să setați la „"Nu" și să completați câmpul următor. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Utilizați această metodă dacă utilizatorii dvs. au un smartphone sau o interfață software, instalat pe același computer cu browserul și se poate apela când faceți clic pe un link care începe cu "tel:". Dacă aveți nevoie de un link care începe cu „sip:” sau o soluție completă de server (nu este nevoie de instalarea software-ului local), trebuie să setați acest lucru la „Nu” și să completați câmpul următor. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=POS CashDeskSetup=Configurare modul POS @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Marginea superioară a PDF-ului MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Marginea inferioară a PDF-ului MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Înălţime logo în PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Adăugare poză pe linia de ofertă +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Ascundere termeni de plată +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Ascundere mod de plată MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Adăugare semnare electronică în PDF NothingToSetup=Nu există o configurație specifică necesară pentru acest modul. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Setați la da dacă acest grup este calculat din alte grupuri @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Mai mare decât IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Rețineți că, dacă un identificator de urmărire al unui obiect este găsit în e-mail sau dacă e-mailul este un răspuns al unui e-mail colectat și legat de un obiect, evenimentul creat va fi legat automat de obiectul cunoscut. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Cu un cont GMail, dacă ați activat validarea cu 2 factori, este recomandat să creați o a doua parolă dedicată pentru aplicație, în loc să utilizați propria parolă de la https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Poate fi de dorit să mutați email-ul într-o altă etichetă/director atunci când a fost procesat cu succes. Trebuie doar să setați numele directorului aici pentru a utiliza această caracteristică (NU folosiți caractere speciale în nume). Rețineți că, de asemenea, trebuie să utilizați un cont de autentificare pentru citire/scriere. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Puteți utiliza această acțiune pentru a folosi conținutul de e-mail la căutarea și încărcarea unui terț existent în baza de date. Terţul găsit (sau creat) va fi folosit pentru acțiunile în care este necesar. În câmpul parametru puteți folosi, de exemplu, 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' dacă doriți să extrageți numele terțului dintr-un șir 'Nume: nume căutat' găsit în corpul email-ului. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Puteți utiliza această acțiune pentru a folosi conținutul emailului pentru a găsi și încărca un terț în baza de date. Terțul găsit (sau creat) va fi utilizat pentru următoarele acțiuni necesare.
De exemplu, dacă doreşti să creezi un terț cu un nume extras dintr-un șir 'Nume: nume căutat' găsit în conţinut, utilizează email-ul expeditorului ca email, poți seta câmpul parametru astfel:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point pentru %s:%s DeleteEmailCollector=Şterge colectorul de email-uri ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Eşti sigur că vrei să ştergi acest colector de email-uri? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contactați banca pentru a obține acest ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permisiunea este disponibilă numai în modul Permisiuni avansate ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Fișierul conf poate fi citit sau scris de orice utilizator. Acordă permisiunea doar utilizatorului și grupului serverului web. MailToSendEventOrganization=Organizarea evenimentelor +MailToPartnership=Parteneriat AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Starea implicită a evenimentului când creaţi un eveniment din formular YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Ar trebui să dezactivezi funcțiile PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Cu excepția cazului în care trebuie să rulați comenzi de sistem în cod personalizat, trebuie să dezactivați funcțiile PHP @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Parola bazei de date este eclipsată în fişierul co DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Parola bazei de date NU este eclipsată în fişierul conf APIsAreNotEnabled=Modulele API nu sunt activate YouShouldSetThisToOff=Ar trebui să setezi la 0 sau dezactivat +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Instalarea și actualizările sunt blocate de fișierul %s +OldImplementation=Implementare veche diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/cashdesk.lang index 5449d7aeb44..fec98e7146f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Tipăriți metoda de plată pe bonuri|chitanțe WeighingScale=Cântar ShowPriceHT = Afișare coloană preț fără taxe (pe ecran) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Afișare coloană cu prețul fără taxe (pe chitanță/bon)  +CustomerDisplay=Afişaj client diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/errors.lang index 705f1d3ad97..4daf0ff25d9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Eroare, suma este obligatorie ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Eroare, completați procentajul corect ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Trebuie să setezi mai întâi planul de conturi ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Nu s-a găsit șablonul cu numele de cod %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Durata nu este definită pentru serviciu. Nicio modalitate de a calcula prețul pe oră. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Parametrul tău PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) este mai mare decât paramentrul PHP post_max_size (%s). Aceasta nu este o configuraţie consistentă. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/eventorganization.lang index 5ec65a8c195..83386948b34 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Tip eveniment LabelOfBooth=Etichetă stand LabelOfconference=Etichetă conferinţă ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Înscrierea nu este disponibilă, conferinţa nu este confirmată încă +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s trebuie să fie înainte de %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s trebuie să fie după %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/holiday.lang index f8f82cfb310..f6b4f2eb31d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Text liber pe PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermark-uri pe cererile de concediu schiţă HolidaysToApprove=Concedii de aprobat NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nimeni nu are permisiunea de a valida concedii +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Actualizare lunară a evidenţei concediilor +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s este de obicei o zi NElucrătoare diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/interventions.lang index d4c1b9f823d..04476dcfd4e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Durată linie intervenție InterLineDesc=Descriere linie intervenţie RepeatableIntervention=Şablon intervenţie ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Pentru a crea o intervenţie predefinită sau recurentă, creează o intervenţie obişnuită şi converteşte-o într-un şablon -Reopen=Redeschide ConfirmReopenIntervention=Eşti sigur că vrei să re-deschizi intervenţia %s? +GenerateInter=Generare intervenţie diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/knowledgemanagement.lang index ae1d27a64c1..e31ae7f0935 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Despre KnowledgeManagementAbout = Despre modulul Bază de cunoştinţe KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Pagină despre Managementul bazei de cunoştinţe -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Bază de cunoştinţe - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Bază de cunoştinţe ListKnowledgeRecord = Listă articole NewKnowledgeRecord = Articol nou @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validare soluţie KnowledgeRecords = Articole KnowledgeRecord = Articol KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extracâmpuri articole +GroupOfTicket=Grup de tichete +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Poți conecta un articol la un grup de tichete (astfel încât articolul să fie sugerat în timpul clasificării tichetelor noi) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/languages.lang index 07f01e03c20..2d2a41fc193 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopiană Language_ar_AR=Arabă Language_ar_EG=Arabă (Egipt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabă (Maroc) Language_ar_SA=Arabă (Arabia Saudită) Language_ar_TN=Arabă (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabă (Irak) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijană Language_bn_BD=Bengaleză Language_bn_IN=Bengală (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepaleză Language_nl_BE=Olandeză (Belgia) Language_nl_NL=Olandeză Language_pl_PL=Poloneză +Language_pt_AO=Portugheză (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugheză (Brazilia) Language_pt_PT=Portugheză Language_ro_MD=Română (Moldova) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/mails.lang index a7d226c0e36..e7aaf718fd4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Ştergere filtru AdvTgtSaveFilter=Salvare filtru AdvTgtCreateFilter=Creare filtru AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Numele noului filtru -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Nu s-a găsit niciun contact/adresă cu o categorie -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Nu s-a găsit niciun contact/adresă cu categorie +NoContactWithCategoryFound=Nu s-a găsit nicio categorie asociată la contacte/adrese +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Nu s-a găsit nicio categorie asociată la terţi OutGoingEmailSetup= Emailuri trimise InGoingEmailSetup=Emailuri primite OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Email-uri trimise (pentru modulul %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/main.lang index 0a51fc69176..83c1f8b8abd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copiat în clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=Această sumă este doar totalul tuturor liniilor contractului. Nici o noțiune de timp nu este luată în considerare. ConfirmCancel=Eşti sigur că vrei să anulezi EmailMsgID=MsgID email +SetToEnabled=Setat ca activată +SetToDisabled=Setat ca dezactivat +ConfirmMassEnabling=confirmare activare în masă +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Eşti sigur că vrei să activezi %s înregistrăr(i) selectate? +ConfirmMassDisabling=confirmare dezactivare în masă +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Eşti sigur că vrei să dezactivezi %s înregistrăr(i) selectate? +RecordsEnabled=%s înregistrare(i) activate +RecordsDisabled=%s înregistrare(i) dezactivate +RecordEnabled=Înregistrare activată +RecordDisabled=Înregistrare dezactivată +Forthcoming=Următorul +Currently=În prezent diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/other.lang index 4bf62e88792..6c04f8c2461 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produse/servicii după popularitate pe comenzile de vânzare ProductStatistics=Statistici produse/servicii NbOfQtyInOrders=Cantitate în comenzi SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Selectează un obiect pentru a-i vedea statisticile... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Eşti sigur că vrei să "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirmare acţiune +CloseDialog = Închide diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/partnership.lang index fe6bb54fe3c..52efc6da6aa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Vă informăm că solicitarea dvs. de parteneriat YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Vă informăm că parteneriatul a fost acceptat. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Vă informăm că parteneriatul dvs. a fost anulat. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Număr de erori pentru ultima verficare URL +LastCheckBacklink=Data ultimei verificări URL +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Motiv respingere + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/products.lang index 2a4034031d4..ebf6b6dd861 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Fișă produs ServiceSheet=Fişă serviciu PossibleValues=Valori posibile GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Mergeți în meniul %s - %s pentru a pregăti atributele variantelor de produs (cum ar fi culorile, mărimea, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Adăugați o caracteristică pentru a defini descrierile produselor definite de furnizori, pe lângă descrierile pentru clienți +UseProductFournDesc=Adăugați o caracteristică pentru a defini descrierea produsului definită de furnizori (pentru fiecare referință furnizor) în plus față de descrierea pentru clienți ProductSupplierDescription=Descrierea furnizorului pentru produs UseProductSupplierPackaging=Utilizați împachetările la prețurile furnizor (recalculați cantitățile în funcție de împachetările stabilite la prețurile de furnizor atunci când adăugați/actualizați linia în documentele furnizorului) PackagingForThisProduct=Împachetare diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/projects.lang index 8aadd424331..6af63e7085d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Niciun task pe acest proiect LinkedToAnotherCompany=Asociat la un alt terţ TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task nealocat utilizatorului. Foloseşte butonul '%s' pentru a atribui task-ul acum. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Timpul consumat nu este completat +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Înregistrarea timpului consumat este limitată la %s luni în urmă ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Această acţiune va şterge, de asemenea, toate task-urile proiectului (%s task-uri la acest moment) şi toţi timpii consumaţi. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Dacă unele obiecte (facturi, comenzi, ...), care aparţin altui terţ, trebuie să fie asociate la proiect pentru creare, menţine gol pentru a avea un proiect multi-terţi. CloneTasks=Clonează task-uri @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Ultimele %s proiecte modificate OtherFilteredTasks=Alte task-uri filtrate NoAssignedTasks=Nu au fost găsite task-uri atribuite (atribuiți proiectul/task-urile utilizatorului curent din caseta de selectare superioară pentru a introduce timp pe acesta) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Un terț trebuie definit pe proiect pentru a putea să fie facturat. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Un terț trebuie definit pe proiect pentru a putea să fie facturat. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Alege un task care nu îţi este atribuit # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Permiteți comentarii de la utilizatori pe task-uri @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Info proiect %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modulul 'Salarii' trebuie să fie activat pentru a defini tariful orar al angajatului pentru valorificarea timpului consumat NewTaskRefSuggested=Taskul de referinţă este deja utilizat, este necesară un nou task TimeSpentInvoiced=Timp consumat facturat +TimeSpentForIntervention=Timp consumat TimeSpentForInvoice=Timpi consumaţi OneLinePerUser=O linie per utilizator ServiceToUseOnLines=Serviciu de utilizat pe linii InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Factura %s a fost generată cu timpul consumat pe proiect +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervenția %s a fost generată din timpul consumat pe proiect ProjectBillTimeDescription=Bifați dacă introduceți un timeline în task-urile proiectului ȘI intenționați să generați factură(i) din foaia de timp pentru a factura proiectul clientului (nu bifați dacă intenționați să creați o factură care nu se bazează pe foile de timp introduse). Notă: Pentru a genera factură, accesați fila "Timp consumat" a proiectului și selectați liniile pe care să le includeți. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Urmăreşte lead-ul ProjectFollowTasks=Urmăreşte task-urile sau timpul consumat @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Utilizare: Oportunitate UsageTasks=Utilizare: Task-uri UsageBillTimeShort=Utilizare: Timp facturat InvoiceToUse=Şablon factură de utilizat +InterToUse=Schiţă intervenţie de utilizat NewInvoice=Factură nouă +NewInter=Intervenţie nouă OneLinePerTask=O linie per task OneLinePerPeriod=O linie per perioadă OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=O linie pentru fiecare timp consumat diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/stocks.lang index d56ac17626c..e171f072104 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Stoc valoric UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Creați automat un depozit utilizator atunci când creați un utilizator AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Gestionează, de asemenea, valoarea pentru stocul minim și cel dorit pe perechi (produs-depozit), pe lângă valoarea pentru stocul minim și stoc dorit pe produs RuleForWarehouse=Reguli pentru depozite -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Setează un depozit pe terţ +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Setează un depozit pe terţi WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Setează un depozit pe ofertele comerciale WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Setează un depozit pe comenzile de vânzare UserDefaultWarehouse=Setează un depozit pe utilizatori @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transfer de stoc pentru produsul %s în alt depozit InventoryCodeShort=Cod de facturare/mișcare NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Nu există recepție în așteptare din cauza comenzii de achiziție deschise ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Acest număr de lot/serie ( %s ) există deja, dar cu o dată diferită de consum sau de vânzare (găsit ca %s dar poţi introduce %s). -OpenAll=Deschis pentru toate acțiunile -OpenInternal=Deschis numai pentru acțiuni interne +OpenAnyMovement=Deschis (toate mișcările) +OpenInternal=Deschis (doar pentru mişcări interne) UseDispatchStatus=Utilizați un stadiu de expediere (aprobați/refuzați) pentru linii de produse la recepția comenzii de achiziție OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Opțiunea "mai multe prețuri pe segment" este activată. Înseamnă că un produs are mai multe prețuri de vânzare, astfel încât valoarea preţului de vânzare nu poate fi calculată ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Limită de stoc pentru alertă și stocul optim dorit au fost create corect. @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Completează cantitatea reală cu cantitatea așteptată ShowAllBatchByDefault=În mod prestabilit, afișează detaliile lotului în fila "stoc" a produsului CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Poţi seta afișarea implicită a detaliilor lotului în configurația modulului stocuri FieldCannotBeNegative=Câmpul "%s" nu poate fi negativ +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Mod cod de bare necunoscut +ProductDoesNotExist=Produsul nu există +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Acelaşi număr de lot a fost găsit în lista de inventar +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Produsul cu lotul/seria nu există +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Produsul cu codul de bare nu există diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/ticket.lang index 1a66e7d5094..f7db8159043 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=În aşteptare feedback de la raportor NeedMoreInformationShort=În aşteptare feedback Answered=S-a răspuns Waiting=În aşteptare -Closed=Închis +SolvedClosed=Rezolvat Deleted=Șters # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Gravitate ShowTicket=Vedeți tichetul RelatedTickets=Tichete conexe TicketAddIntervention=Crează intervenţie -CloseTicket=Închide tichet -CloseATicket=Închide un tichet +CloseTicket=Închidere/Rezolvare tichet +AbandonTicket=Abandonare tichet +CloseATicket=Închidere/Rezolvare un tichet ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirmați închiderea tichetului +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Confirmați închiderea tichetului cu statusul 'Abandonat' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Confirmați ștergerea tichetului TicketDeletedSuccess=Tichet a fost șters cu succes TicketMarkedAsClosed=Tichet marcat ca închis diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/trips.lang index b0024168f4b..87d27ff248b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Dată respingere DATE_SAVE=Dată validare DATE_CANCEL=Dată anulare DATE_PAIEMENT=Data plăţii -BROUILLONNER=Redeschide ExpenseReportRef=Ref. raport de cheltuieli ValidateAndSubmit=Validează și trimite pentru aprobare ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validat(în așteptarea aprobării) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/withdrawals.lang index 27cce1a4c2e..1700ceff151 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/withdrawals.lang @@ -2,19 +2,19 @@ CustomersStandingOrdersArea= Plăți prin Ordine de debit direct SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=Plăți prin Transfer de credit StandingOrdersPayment=Ordine de plată prin debitare directă -StandingOrderPayment=Ordin de plata prin debit direct +StandingOrderPayment=Ordin de plată prin debit direct NewStandingOrder=Ordin nou de debitare directă NewPaymentByBankTransfer=Plată nouă prin Transfer de credit StandingOrderToProcess=De procesat PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=Ordine de transfer de credit -PaymentByBankTransferLines=Linii ordine transfer de credit +PaymentByBankTransferLines=Linii ordin transfer de credit WithdrawalsReceipts=Comenzi debit direct -WithdrawalReceipt=Ordin de plată direct +WithdrawalReceipt=Ordin de plată direct debit BankTransferReceipts=Ordine de transfer de credit BankTransferReceipt=Ordin de transfer de credit LatestBankTransferReceipts=Ultimile %s ordine de transfer de credit -LastWithdrawalReceipts=Ultimele fișiere de debit direct %s -WithdrawalsLine=Linie ordin de Direct debit +LastWithdrawalReceipts=Ultimele%s fișiere de debit direct +WithdrawalsLine=Linie ordin de direct debit CreditTransferLine=Linie transfer de credit WithdrawalsLines=Linii de ordine de debitare directă CreditTransferLines=Linii transfer de credit @@ -22,78 +22,79 @@ RequestStandingOrderToTreat= Solicitări de plată prin debitare directă de pro RequestStandingOrderTreated= Solicitări de plată prin debitare directă procesate RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=Solicitări de transfer de credit de procesat RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=Solicitări de transfer de credit procesate -NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=Nu a fost încă posibil. Statutul Withdraw trebuie să fie setat la "creditat" înaintea declarării respinge pe liniile specifice. +NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=Nu este încă posibil. Statusul retragerii trebuie să fie setat la "Creditat" înaintea de al declara respins pe liniile specifice. NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=Număr de facturi calificate ale clienților cu comandă de debit direct în așteptare NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=Nr. de factură client cu ordin de plată prin debit direct având informații despre contul bancar NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=Număr facturi de achiziţie calificate cu transfer de credit în așteptare SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Factura de achiziţie cu plata prin transfer de credit în aşteptare -InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Factura în așteptare pentru debitul direct +InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Factură în așteptarea debitului direct InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Factură cu transfer de credit în aşteptare -AmountToWithdraw=Suma de a se retrage +AmountToWithdraw=Suma de retras NoInvoiceToWithdraw=Nici o factură deschisă pentru '%s' în aşteptare. Accesați fila '%s' de pe fişa de factură pentru a face o solicitare. NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=Nu este în așteptare nici o factură de de achiziţie cu 'Solicitare de direct credit'. Accesați fila '%s' de pe cardul de factură pentru a face o solicitare. ResponsibleUser=Utilizator responsabil -WithdrawalsSetup=Setarea plății prin debit direct +WithdrawalsSetup=Configurare plată prin debit direct CreditTransferSetup=Configurare Transfer de credit -WithdrawStatistics=Rapoarte de plată prin debit direct +WithdrawStatistics=Rapoarte plăţi prin debit direct CreditTransferStatistics=Statistici transferuri de credit -Rejects=Respinge -LastWithdrawalReceipt=Ultimele încasări de debit direct %s +Rejects=Respingeri +LastWithdrawalReceipt=Ultimele %s încasări prin debit direct MakeWithdrawRequest=Efectuați o solicitare de plată cu debit direct MakeBankTransferOrder=Solicitare transfer de credit -WithdrawRequestsDone=%s au fost înregistrate cererile de debitare directă +WithdrawRequestsDone=%s solicitări de plată prin debitare directă au fost înregistrate BankTransferRequestsDone=%s solicitări de transfer de credit înregistrate -ThirdPartyBankCode=Codul bancar al terțului +ThirdPartyBankCode=Cod bancar terț NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Nici o factură nu a fost debitată cu succes. Verificați dacă facturile sunt pe companiile cu un IBAN valabil și că IBAN are un UMR (referință unică de mandat) cu modul %s . -ClassCredited=Clasifica creditat -ClassCreditedConfirm=Sunteţi sigur că doriţi sa clasificaţi această retragere ca creditată pe contul bancar? +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=Această chitanță de retragere este deja marcată ca fiind creditată; acest lucru nu se poate face de două ori, deoarece acest lucru ar putea crea plăți și înregistrări bancare duplicate. +ClassCredited=Clasifică creditat +ClassCreditedConfirm=Sunteţi sigur că doriţi sa clasificaţi această retragere ca creditată în contul tău bancar? TransData=Data transmiterii -TransMetod=Metoda transmitere +TransMetod=Metodă de transmitere Send=Trimite Lines=Linii -StandingOrderReject=Emite o respinge +StandingOrderReject=Emite o respingere WithdrawsRefused=Debitul direct a fost refuzat -WithdrawalRefused=Retragere refuzată +WithdrawalRefused=Retragerea a fost refuzată CreditTransfersRefused=Transferuri de credit refuzate -WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=Sunteţi sigur că doriţi să introduceţi un respingere de retragere pentru societate +WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=Sunteţi sigur că doriţi să respingeţi o retragere bancară pentru societatea RefusedData=Data respingerii RefusedReason=Motivul respingerii -RefusedInvoicing=Facturare respingerea -NoInvoiceRefused=Nu încărcaţi respingerea -InvoiceRefused=Factura refuzată (Încărcați refuzul la client) -StatusDebitCredit=Stare debit/credit -StatusWaiting=Aşteptare +RefusedInvoicing=Facturare respingere +NoInvoiceRefused=Nu încărca respingerea +InvoiceRefused=Factură refuzată (Încărcă refuzul la client) +StatusDebitCredit=Status debit/credit +StatusWaiting=În aşteptare StatusTrans=Trimis StatusDebited=Debitat -StatusCredited=Creditate +StatusCredited=Creditat StatusPaid=Plătite StatusRefused=Refuzat StatusMotif0=Nespecificat StatusMotif1=Fonduri insuficiente -StatusMotif2=Cerere contestată +StatusMotif2=Solicitare contestată StatusMotif3=Nu există ordin de plată prin debitare directă StatusMotif4=Comandă de vânzări StatusMotif5=RIB inutilizabil StatusMotif6=Cont fără sold StatusMotif7=Hotărâre judecătorească StatusMotif8=Alte motive -CreateForSepaFRST=Crearea unui fișier de debit direct (SEPA FRST) -CreateForSepaRCUR=Creați un fișier de debit direct (SEPA RCUR) -CreateAll=Creați un fișier de debit direct (toate) -CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Creați fișier pentru transfer de credit -CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Creați fișier de transfer de credit (SEPA) -CreateGuichet=Numai de birou -CreateBanque=Numai banca -OrderWaiting=De aşteptare pentru tratament +CreateForSepaFRST=Creare fișier de debit direct (SEPA FRST) +CreateForSepaRCUR=Creare fișier de debit direct (SEPA RCUR) +CreateAll=Creare fișier de debit direct (toate) +CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Creare fișier pentru transfer de credit +CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Creare fișier de transfer de credit (SEPA) +CreateGuichet=Doar la caserie +CreateBanque=Doar la bancă +OrderWaiting=Ordin în aşteptare NotifyTransmision=Înregistrați transmiterea fișierului de comandă NotifyCredit= Înregistrați creditul comenzii -NumeroNationalEmetter=Numărul naţional transmiţător +NumeroNationalEmetter=Numărul naţional de emitent WithBankUsingRIB=Pentru conturile bancare folosind RIB -WithBankUsingBANBIC=Pentru conturile bancare folosind codul IBAN / BIC / SWIFT -BankToReceiveWithdraw=Primirea contului bancar +WithBankUsingBANBIC=Pentru conturile bancare folosind codul IBAN/BIC/ SWIFT +BankToReceiveWithdraw=Contul bancar care primeşte retragerea BankToPayCreditTransfer=Cont bancar utilizat ca sursă de plăți CreditDate=Credit pe -WithdrawalFileNotCapable=Imposibil de a genera fișierul chitanţă de retragere pentru țara dvs %s (Țara dvs. nu este acceptată) +WithdrawalFileNotCapable=Imposibil de generat fișierul chitanţă de retragere pentru țara ta %s (Țara ta nu este acceptată) ShowWithdraw=Afișează Comanda de debit direct IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=Cu toate acestea, dacă factura are cel puțin o comandă de plată prin debit direct, care încă nu a fost procesată, aceasta nu va fi setată ca plătită pentru a permite gestionarea prealabilă a retragerii. DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=Această filă vă permite să solicitați o comandă de plată cu debit direct. Odată terminat, accesați meniul Bancă-> Plată prin debit direct pentru a genera și gestiona comanda de debit direct. La închiderea ordinului de debit direct, plata facturii va fi înregistrată automat, iar facturile vor fi închise dacă restul de plată este nul. @@ -102,38 +103,37 @@ WithdrawalFile=Fişier debit order CreditTransferFile=Fişier transfer credit SetToStatusSent=Setează statusul "Fişier Trimis" ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=Acest lucru va înregistra, de asemenea, plățile pe facturi și le va clasifica drept „Plătit” dacă suma rămasă de plată este nulă -StatisticsByLineStatus=Statistici după starea liniilor +StatisticsByLineStatus=Statistici după starea liniilor RUM=RMU DateRUM=Data semnării mandatului RUMLong=Referință de mandat unic -RUMWillBeGenerated=Dacă este gol, se va genera un RMU (referință unică de mandat) odată ce informațiile despre contul bancar vor fi salvate. -WithdrawMode=Modul debit direct (FRST sau RECUR) -WithdrawRequestAmount=Suma solicitării de debitare directă: +RUMWillBeGenerated=Dacă este gol, se va genera un RMU (referință unică de mandat) o dată ce informațiile despre contul bancar vor fi salvate. +WithdrawMode=Mod debit direct (FRST sau RECUR) +WithdrawRequestAmount=Suma solicitată prin debit direct: BankTransferAmount=Valoarea cererii de transfer de credit: -WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Nu se poate crea o solicitare de debitare directă pentru suma goală. -SepaMandate=Mandatul SEPA Direct Debit +WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Nu se poate crea o solicitare de debit direct pentru suma goală. +SepaMandate=Mandat SEPA Direct Debit SepaMandateShort=Mandat SEPA PleaseReturnMandate=Vă rugăm să returnați acest formular de mandat prin email la %s sau prin poștă la -SEPALegalText=Prin semnarea acestui formular de mandat, autorizați (A) %s să trimiteți instrucțiuni băncii dvs. pentru a debita contul dvs. și (B) banca dvs. să vă debiteze contul în conformitate cu instrucțiunile de la %s. Ca parte a drepturilor dvs., aveți dreptul la o rambursare de la bancă în termenii și condițiile acordului dvs. cu banca dvs. O rambursare trebuie solicitată în termen de 8 săptămâni, începând cu data la care a fost debitat contul dvs. Drepturile dvs. cu privire la mandatul de mai sus sunt explicate într-o declarație pe care o puteți obține de la banca dvs. -CreditorIdentifier=Identificatorul creditorului +SEPALegalText=Prin semnarea acestui formular de mandat, autorizați pe (A) %s să trimită instrucțiuni băncii tale pentru a debita contul tău și (B) banca ta să îţi debiteze contul în conformitate cu instrucțiunile primite de la %s. Ca parte, ai dreptul la o rambursare de la bancă în termenii și condițiile acordului tău cu banca. O rambursare trebuie solicitată în termen de 8 săptămâni, începând cu data la care a fost debitat contul tău. Drepturile tale cu privire la mandatul de mai sus sunt explicate într-o declarație pe care o poţi obține de la bancă. +CreditorIdentifier=Identificator creditor CreditorName=Numele creditorului SEPAFillForm=(B) Completați toate câmpurile marcate cu * SEPAFormYourName=Numele dvs. -SEPAFormYourBAN=Numele contului bancar (IBAN) +SEPAFormYourBAN=Codul contului bancar (IBAN) SEPAFormYourBIC=Codul dvs. de identificare a băncii (BIC) -SEPAFrstOrRecur=Tip de plata +SEPAFrstOrRecur=Tip de plată ModeRECUR=Plată recurentă -ModeFRST=Plata unică +ModeFRST=Plată unică PleaseCheckOne=Verificați doar una -CreditTransferOrderCreated=Ordin transfer credit %s creat -DirectDebitOrderCreated=Comanda de debit direct %s a fost creată -AmountRequested=Cantitatea cerută +CreditTransferOrderCreated=Ordinul de transfer credit %s a fost creat +DirectDebitOrderCreated=Ordinul de debit direct %s a fost creat +AmountRequested=Suma solicitată SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Data executării CreateForSepa=Creați un fișier de debit direct -ICS=Identificator creditor CI pentru debit direct -ICSTransfer=Identificator creditor CI pentru transfer bancar +ICS=Identificator Creditor - ICS END_TO_END=Eticheta "EndToEndId" SEPA XML - Id unic atribuit pentru fiecare tranzacție USTRD=Eticheta XML "nestructurată" SEPA ADDDAYS=Adăugați zile la data de executare @@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ NoDefaultIBANFound=Nu a fost găsit un IBAN implicit pentru acest terț InfoCreditSubject=Plata ordinului de plată prin debit direct %s de către bancă InfoCreditMessage=Ordinul de plată prin debit direct %s a fost plătit de către bancă
Datele de plată: %s InfoTransSubject=Transmiterea ordinului de plată prin debit direct %s către bancă -InfoTransMessage=Comanda de plată prin debit direct %s a fost trimisă la bancă prin %s %s.

+InfoTransMessage=Ordinul de plată prin debit direct %s a fost trimisă la bancă prin %s %s.

InfoTransData=Suma: %s
Metoda: %s
Data: %s InfoRejectSubject=Comanda de debitare directă a fost refuzată InfoRejectMessage=Bună ziua,

ordinul de plată prin debit direct al facturii %s aferente companiei %s, cu o sumă de %s a fost refuzată de bancă.

-
%s -ModeWarning=Opţiunea pentru modul real, nu a fost stabilit, ne oprim după această simulare +ModeWarning=Opţiunea pentru modul real, nu a fost setată, ne oprim după această simulare ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Compania cu id %s are mai multe conturi bancare implicite. Nu se poate determina cel care se doreşte a fi utilizat. ErrorICSmissing=ICS lipsă în contul bancar %s TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Suma totală a ordinului de debitare directă diferă de suma liniilor diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/workflow.lang index de679361c0f..df82b033501 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ro_RO/workflow.lang @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - workflow -WorkflowSetup=Configurare Modul Flux de Lucru +WorkflowSetup=Configurare modul Fluxuri de lucru WorkflowDesc=Acest module oferă câteva acțiuni automate. Implicit, fluxul de lucru este deschis (puteți face lucrurile în ordinea pe care o doriți), dar aici puteți activa unele acțiuni automate. -ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=Nu există nicio modificare workflow diponibila pentru modulele activate. +ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=Nu există modificări de flux disponibile pentru modulele activate. # Autocreate -descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=În mod automat se crează o comandă de vânzări după ce se semnează o propunere comercială (noua comandă va avea aceeași valoare ca propunerea) -descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=În mod automat se crează o factură pentru client după ce se semnează o propunere comercială (noua factură va avea aceeași valoare ca propunerea) -descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Crează o factură client automat, după ce un contract este validat +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=Crează în mod automat o comandă de vânzări după ce se semnează o ofertă comercială (noua comandă va avea aceeași valoare ca oferta) +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Crează în mod automat o factură pentru client după ce se semnează o propunere comercială (noua factură va avea aceeași valoare ca oferta) +descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Crează automat o factură client după ce un contract este validat descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=În mod automat se crează o factură client după ce se închide o comandă de vânzări (noua factură va avea aceeași valoare ca comanda) # Autoclassify customer proposal or order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Clasificați propunerea sursă asociată ca facturată atunci când comanda de vânzări este setată la facturare (și dacă valoarea comenzii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a propunerii asociate semnate) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Clasificați propunerea sursă asociată ca facturată atunci când factura clientului este validată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a propunerii asociate semnate) -descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificați comanda de vânzări sursă asociată ca facturată atunci când factura clientului este validată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a ordinii de vânzări asociate) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Clasificați oferta comercială sursă asociată ca facturată atunci când comanda de vânzări este setată ca facturată (și dacă valoarea comenzii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a ofertei asociate semnate) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Clasificați oferta comercială sursă asociată ca facturată atunci când factura clientului este validată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a ofertei asociate semnate) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificați comanda de vânzări sursă asociată ca facturată atunci când factura clientului este validată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a comenzii de vânzare asociate) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Clasificați comanda de vânzări sursă asociată ca fiind facturată atunci când factura clientului este setată la plată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu suma totală a comenzii asociate) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Clasificați comanda de vânzări sursă asociată ca livrată atunci când o livrare este validată (și dacă cantitatea livrată de toate expedițiile este aceeași ca în ordinea de actualizare) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Clasificați comanda de vânzare sursă legată ca fiind expediată atunci când o expediere este închisă (și dacă cantitatea expediată din toate livrările este aceeași ca în comanda actualizată) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Clasificați propunerea furnizorului sursă asociată ca fiind facturată atunci când factura furnizorului este validată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a propunerii asociate) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Clasificați comanda de vânzări sursă asociată ca fiind facturată atunci când factura furnizorului este validată (și dacă valoarea facturii este aceeași cu valoarea totală a comenzii asociate) @@ -22,4 +23,4 @@ descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Închideți toate intervențiile legate d AutomaticCreation=Creare automată AutomaticClassification=Clasificare automată # Autoclassify shipment -descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE= Clasificați livrarea asociată ca închisă atunci când factura clientului este validată +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Clasificați livrarea asociată ca închisă atunci când factura clientului este validată diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/accountancy.lang index faeacdbdabf..2fdd9fa8140 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Здесь можно найти список сторон ListAccounts=Список бухгалтерских счетов UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Неизвестный сторонний аккаунт. Мы будем использовать %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Неизвестный сторонний аккаунт. Ошибка блокировки -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Сторонняя учетная запись не определена или третья сторона неизвестна. Мы будем использовать %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Сторонние данные неизвестны и вспомогательная книга не указана на платеже. Мы оставим значение учетной записи вспомогательной книги пустым. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Сторонняя учетная запись не определена или третья сторона неизвестна. Ошибка блокировки. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Неизвестная сторонняя учетная запись и ожидающая учетная запись не определены. Ошибка блокировки PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Платеж не привязан к какому-либо продукту / услуге OpeningBalance=Начальное сальдо @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Классический экспорт Modelcsv_CEGID=Экспорт для CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Экспорт для Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Экспорт для Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Экспорт для Sage Ciel Compta или Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Экспорт для Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Экспорт для EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Экспорт для Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/admin.lang index e87ab0d8efd..8aed2a65e16 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Внутренний пользователь ExternalUser=Внешний пользователь InternalUsers=Внутренние пользователи ExternalUsers=Внешние пользователи -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Пользовательский интерфейс GUISetup=Внешний вид SetupArea=Настройка UploadNewTemplate=Загрузить новый шаблон(ы) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Количество байт SearchString=Строка поиска NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Недоступно при отключенном Ajax AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=В документе контрагента можно выбрать проект, связанный с другим контрагентом +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript отключен UsePreviewTabs=Использовать вкладки предпросмотра ShowPreview=Предварительный просмотр @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Многовалютная настройка MenuLimits=Точность и ограничения MenuIdParent=ID родительского меню DetailMenuIdParent=ID родительского меню (EMPTY для верхнего меню) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Порядковый номер меню для определения позиции меню AllMenus=Все NotConfigured=Модуль/Приложение не настроен @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Функция доступна только в о BoxesDesc=Виджеты - это компоненты, показывающие некоторую информацию, которую можно добавить для персонализации некоторых страниц. Вы можете выбрать отображать или нет виджет, выбрав целевую страницу и нажав «Активировать», или щелкнув корзину, чтобы отключить ее. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Показаны только элементы из включенных модулей ModulesDesc=Модули / приложения определяют, какие функции доступны в программном обеспечении. Некоторые модули требуют предоставления пользователям разрешений после активации модуля. Нажмите кнопку включения / выключения %s каждого модуля, чтобы включить или отключить модуль / приложение. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=В интернете вы можете найти больше модулей для загрузки... ModulesDeployDesc=Если разрешения вашей файловой системе позволяют, вы можете использовать этот инструмент для развертывания внешнего модуля. Модуль будет виден на вкладке %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Поиск внешних приложений/модулей @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Следующие два раздела являются об SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Основные параметры, используемые для настройки поведения по умолчанию функций вашего приложения (например, для страны). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Это программное обеспечение представляет собой набор из множества модулей / приложений. Модули, связанные с вашими потребностями, должны быть включены и настроены. Записи меню появятся при активации этих модулей. SetupDescription5=Другие пункты меню настройки управляют дополнительными параметрами. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=События безопасности, которые подвергаются аудиту NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=События безопасности не проверяются. Вы можете включить их из меню %s Audit=События безопасности @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL функций, не доступных в PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Дополнительные шкуры для загрузки SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Возвращает ссылочный номер в формате %syymm-nnnn, где yy - год, mm - месяц, а nnnn - последовательное автоматически увеличивающееся число без сброса. SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Возвращает ссылочный номер в формате %s-nnnn, где nnnn - это последовательный номер с автоинкрементом без сброса. -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Показать профессиональный идентификатор с адресами +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Скрыть номер плательщика НДС внутри Сообщества TranslationUncomplete=Частичный перевод MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Отключить просмотр погоды MeteoStdMod=Стандартный режим @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Настройка модуля Click To Dial ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url звонившего, когда клик по пиктограмме телефона сделан. В URL-адресе вы можете использовать теги
__PHONETO__, которые будут заменены на номер телефона человека для вызова
__PHONEFROM__, который будет заменен номером телефона вызывающего абонента (вашего)
__LOGIN__, который будет заменен на clicktodial login (определенном на карточке пользователя)
__PASS__, который будет заменен кликтодиальным паролем (определяется на карточке пользователя). ClickToDialDesc=Этот модуль преобразует телефонные номера при использовании настольного компьютера в интерактивные ссылки. Щелчок вызовет номер. Его можно использовать для начала телефонного звонка при использовании программного телефона на рабочем столе или, например, при использовании системы CTI, основанной на протоколе SIP. Примечание. При использовании смартфона телефонные номера всегда доступны для нажатия. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Используйте только ссылку «tel:» на номера телефонов -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Используйте этот метод, если у ваших пользователей есть программный телефон или программный интерфейс, установленный на том же компьютере, что и браузер, и который вызывается при нажатии на ссылку, начинающуюся с «tel:», в вашем браузере. Если вам нужна ссылка, которая начинается с «sip:» или полное серверное решение (нет необходимости в локальной установке программного обеспечения), вы должны установить для нее значение «Нет» и заполнить следующее поле. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Торговая точка CashDeskSetup=Настройка модуля «Точка продаж» @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Верхний отступ PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Нижний отступ PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Высота для логотипа в PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Добавить изображение в строку предложения +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Добавить электронный вход в PDF NothingToSetup=Для этого модуля не требуется никаких специальных настроек. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Установите для этого значение yes, если эта группа является вычислением других групп @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Больше, чем IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Обратите внимание, что если идентификатор отслеживания объекта найден в электронном письме или если электронное письмо является ответом на электронную почту, которую собирают и связывают с объектом, созданное событие будет автоматически связано с известным связанным объектом. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=В учетной записи GMail, если вы включили двухэтапную проверку, рекомендуется создать специальный второй пароль для приложения вместо использования пароля своей учетной записи с https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Может оказаться желательным переместить электронное письмо в другой тег / каталог, когда оно было успешно обработано. Просто укажите здесь имя каталога, чтобы использовать эту функцию (НЕ используйте в имени специальные символы). Обратите внимание, что вы также должны использовать учетную запись для входа в систему для чтения / записи. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Вы можете использовать это действие, чтобы использовать содержимое электронной почты для поиска и загрузки существующей третьей стороны в вашу базу данных. Найденное (или созданное) третье лицо будет использовано для следующих действий, которые в нем нуждаются. В поле параметра вы можете использовать, например, «EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)», если вы хотите извлечь имя третьей стороны из строки «Имя: имя для поиска», найденной в тело. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Конечная точка для %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Удалить сборщик электронной почты ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Вы уверены, что хотите удалить этот сборщик электронной почты? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Свяжитесь с вашим банком, чтобы п AdvancedModeOnly=Разрешение доступно только в расширенном режиме разрешений ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Файл conf доступен для чтения или для записи любым пользователям. Дайте разрешение только пользователю и группе веб-сервера. MailToSendEventOrganization=Организация мероприятий +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Статус события по умолчанию при создании события из формы YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Вы должны отключить функции PHP IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=За исключением случаев, когда вам нужно запускать системные команды в пользовательском коде, вы должны отключить функции PHP. @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=Для целей оболочки (например, NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=В корневом каталоге не обнаружены доступные для записи файлы или каталоги распространенных программ (Хорошо) RecommendedValueIs=Рекомендуется: %s Recommended=Рекомендуемые -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Не рекомендуется ARestrictedPath=Ограниченный путь CheckForModuleUpdate=Проверить обновления внешних модулей CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Это действие подключится к редакторам внешних модулей, чтобы проверить, доступна ли новая версия. @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Пароль базы данных зашифрова DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Пароль базы данных НЕ запутывается в файле conf APIsAreNotEnabled=Модули API не включены YouShouldSetThisToOff=Вы должны установить это на 0 или выключить +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/cashdesk.lang index dd8491c766b..033ea658c01 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Разрешить отсроченный платеж PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Распечатать способ оплаты на билетах | квитанциях WeighingScale=Весы ShowPriceHT = Отобразить столбец с ценой без налога (на экране) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Вывести столбец с ценой без налога (на квитанции) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/errors.lang index 5e90b971a39..47eca058ca2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Ошибка, сумма обязательн ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Ошибка, введите процентное значение правильно ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Вы должны сначала настроить свой план счета ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Не удалось найти шаблон с кодовым названием %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Ваш параметр PHP upload_max_filesize (%s) выше, чем параметр PHP post_max_size (%s). Это непоследовательная установка. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/eventorganization.lang index 7bf086963be..6bbe5400404 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/eventorganization.lang @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ DownloadICSLink = Ссылка для скачивания ICS EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Защищенный ключ общедоступной регистрационной ссылки на конференцию SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Услуга, используемая для строки счета-фактуры о местонахождении стенда SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Служба, используемая для строки счета-фактуры о подписке участника на конференцию -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Количество голосов # # Status # @@ -116,9 +116,11 @@ EvntOrgDuration = Конференция начинается %s и заканч ConferenceAttendeeFee = Плата за участие в конференции: «%s», происходящая от %s до %s. BoothLocationFee = Место расположения стенда для события : '%s' происходящего с %s до %s EventType = Тип события -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Этикетка будки +LabelOfconference=Этикетка конференции +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Подписка недоступна, конференция еще не подтверждена +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/holiday.lang index 03a4c4c4ff3..c8bea044877 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Свободный текст в PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Водяные знаки на запросах на отпуск HolidaysToApprove=Праздники утвердить NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Ни у кого нет разрешения подтверждать праздники +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/interventions.lang index 5ac4dfb63f2..59f14c9bf4b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Вмешательство продолжительности InterLineDesc=Вмешательство описания линии RepeatableIntervention=Шаблон вмешательства ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Чтобы создать предопределенное или повторяющееся вмешательство, создайте общее вмешательство и преобразуйте его в шаблон вмешательства. -Reopen=Открыть заново ConfirmReopenIntervention=Вы уверены, что хотите снова открыть интервенцию %s ? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/languages.lang index 2bb7da4baf8..40f390c123e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=Эфиопский Language_ar_AR=Арабский Language_ar_EG=Арабский (Египет) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Арабский Language_ar_TN=Арабский (Тунис) Language_ar_IQ=Арабский (Ирак) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/mails.lang index 42c839625da..c41231d4cc0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Удалить фильтр AdvTgtSaveFilter=Сохранить фильтр AdvTgtCreateFilter=Создать фильтр AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Название нового фильтра -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Контакт / адрес с категорией не найдены -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Контакт / адрес с категорией не найдены +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Исходящие письма InGoingEmailSetup=Входящие письма OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Исходящие письма (для модуля %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/main.lang index 945c84596b3..b354fece0f5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Скопировано в буфер обмена InformationOnLinkToContract=Эта сумма представляет собой только сумму всех строк контракта. Время не принимается во внимание. ConfirmCancel=Вы уверены, что хотите отменить EmailMsgID=Электронная почта MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/other.lang index 8ab36a62ed2..5b3ecb04733 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Товары / Услуги по популярности в Заказ ProductStatistics=Статистика продуктов / услуг NbOfQtyInOrders=Кол-во в заказах SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Выберите объект, чтобы просмотреть его статистику ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Закрыть diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/partnership.lang index e6e5f23a67c..93054ef9f75 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Сообщаем вам, что ваш запро YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Сообщаем вам, что ваш запрос на партнерство принят. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Сообщаем вам, что ваше партнерство было расторгнуто. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Причина отклонения + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/products.lang index 8a631064c05..fba880774b7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Лист продукта ServiceSheet=Сервисный лист PossibleValues=Возможные значения GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Перейдите в меню %s - %s, чтобы подготовить варианты атрибутов (например, цвета, размер, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Описание продавца продукта UseProductSupplierPackaging=Использовать упаковку по ценам поставщика (пересчитать количества в соответствии с упаковкой, указанной в цене поставщика, при добавлении / обновлении строки в документах поставщика) PackagingForThisProduct=Упаковка diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/projects.lang index a1b447791a0..3dbf75e0fcd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Нет задач, для этого проекта LinkedToAnotherCompany=Связь с другими третий участник TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Задача не назначена пользователю. Используйте кнопку ' %s ', чтобы назначить задачу сейчас. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Время, проведенное пуста +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Это действие приведет к удалению всех задач проекта (%s задач на данный момент), и все входы затраченного времени. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Если некоторые объекты (счет-фактура, заказ, ...), принадлежащей другому третьему лицу, должна быть увязана с проектом по созданию, держать этот пустой иметь проект, несколько третьих лиц. CloneTasks=Дублировать задачи @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Последние измененные проекты %s OtherFilteredTasks=Другие отфильтрованные задачи NoAssignedTasks=Назначенных задач не найдено (назначьте проект / задачи текущему пользователю из верхнего поля выбора, чтобы ввести время на нем) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Третья сторона должна быть определена в проекте, чтобы иметь возможность выставить счет. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Третья сторона должна быть определена в проекте, чтобы иметь возможность выставить счет. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Выберите задачу, которая вам еще не возложена # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Разрешить пользователям комментировать задачи @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Информационный проект %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Модуль «Заработная плата» должен быть включен, чтобы определять почасовую ставку сотрудника, чтобы время, потраченное на него, было оценено. NewTaskRefSuggested=Ссылка на задачу уже используется, требуется новая ссылка на задачу TimeSpentInvoiced=Время, затраченное на оплату +TimeSpentForIntervention=Время, проведенное TimeSpentForInvoice=Время, проведенное OneLinePerUser=Одна строка на пользователя ServiceToUseOnLines=Сервис для использования на линиях InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Счет-фактура %s была создана на основе времени, потраченного на проект +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Проверьте, вводите ли вы расписание для задач проекта И планируете ли вы генерировать счет (-а) из расписания, чтобы выставить счет клиенту проекта (не проверяйте, планируете ли вы создавать счет, который не основан на введенных расписаниях). Примечание. Чтобы создать счет, перейдите на вкладку «Затраченное время» проекта и выберите строки для включения. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Следуй за возможностью ProjectFollowTasks=Следите за задачами или потраченным временем @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Использование: возможность UsageTasks=Использование: Задачи UsageBillTimeShort=Использование: время счета InvoiceToUse=Черновик счета для использования +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Новый счёт +NewInter=Новое посредничество OneLinePerTask=Одна строка на задачу OneLinePerPeriod=Одна строка за период OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Одна строка для каждого затраченного времени diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/stocks.lang index 853a02eff70..c58eff92cfa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Заполните реальное количество о ShowAllBatchByDefault=По умолчанию, детали партии продукта отображаются на вкладке "склад" CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Вы можете установить отображение деталей партии по умолчанию в конфигурации модуля запасы FieldCannotBeNegative=Поле "%s" не может быть отрицательным +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/ticket.lang index b5d33b03b5f..5248e60ae15 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Назначенный пользоват TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Контакты с клиентами / отслеживание инцидентов TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Внешний участник -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=Электронная почта репортера Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Отправить билетное сообщение по электронной почте # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Жду отзывов репортера NeedMoreInformationShort=Жду отзывов Answered=Ответил Waiting=Ожидание -Closed=Закрыты +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Удалено # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Строгость ShowTicket=Посмотреть тикет RelatedTickets=Связанные тикеты TicketAddIntervention=СОздать посредничество -CloseTicket=Закрыть тикет -CloseATicket=Закрыть тикет +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Подтвердить закрытие тикета +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Подтвердите удаление тикета TicketDeletedSuccess=Тикет успешно удален TicketMarkedAsClosed=Тикет отмечен как закрытый diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/trips.lang index c0538dccf94..bded5fe8ede 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Дата отклонения DATE_SAVE=Дата проверки DATE_CANCEL=Дата отмены DATE_PAIEMENT=Дата платежа -BROUILLONNER=Открыть заново ExpenseReportRef=Ref. отчет о затратах ValidateAndSubmit=Проверить и отправить запрос на утверждение ValidatedWaitingApproval=Подтверждено (ожидает утверждения) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/withdrawals.lang index 13ddc9846bb..7d70a51e70c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Дата исполнения CreateForSepa=Создать файл прямого дебета -ICS=Идентификатор кредитора CI для прямого дебетования -ICSTransfer=Идентификатор кредитора CI для банковского перевода +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=XML-тег SEPA "EndToEndId" - уникальный идентификатор, назначаемый каждой транзакции. USTRD=«Неструктурированный» тег SEPA XML ADDDAYS=Добавить дни к дате исполнения diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/workflow.lang index d1ad6fd7864..a07d338b4dd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_RU/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Классифицировать п descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Классифицируйте связанный исходный заказ на продажу как выставленный по счету при проверке счета клиента (и если сумма счета совпадает с общей суммой связанного заказа) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Классифицируйте связанный исходный заказ на продажу как выставленный, если для счета-фактуры клиента задано значение оплаченного (и если сумма счета-фактуры совпадает с общей суммой связанного заказа) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Классифицируйте связанный исходный заказ на продажу как отгруженный, когда отгрузка проверена (и если количество отгружено по всем отгрузкам такое же, как в заказе на обновление) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Классифицируйте предложение поставщика связанного источника как выставленное как выставленное при проверке счета поставщика (и если сумма счета совпадает с общей суммой связанного предложения) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Классифицируйте связанный исходный заказ на покупку как выставленный как выставленный, когда счет-фактура поставщика проверяется (и если сумма счета-фактуры совпадает с общей суммой связанного заказа) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/accountancy.lang deleted file mode 100644 index ef9e69e554a..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/accountancy.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - accountancy -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/admin.lang index c1d306ec390..dc61814d21c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/admin.lang @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbb8bf8cb09 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce131f9b263 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - eventorganization +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong=Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/exports.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 17dedd46696..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/exports.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information (* are mandatory fields) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/stocks.lang deleted file mode 100644 index 1cae5cf3f11..00000000000 --- a/htdocs/langs/ru_UA/stocks.lang +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/accountancy.lang index 18372d8d149..af59181ea21 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=Zoznam účtovných účtov UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasický export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/admin.lang index 54deb191bbc..847a1942a7c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Nie je k dispozícii pri Ajax vypnutej AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript so zdravotným postihnutím UsePreviewTabs=Použitie ukážky karty ShowPreview=Zobraziť náhľad @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limity a presnosť MenuIdParent=Materská Ponuka ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID nadradenej ponuky (prázdny na horné menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Zoradiť číslo definovať pozíciu v menu AllMenus=Všetko NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Táto možnosť je dostupná iba v oficiálnej stab BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Iba prvky z povolených modulov sú uvedené. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Viac modulov na stiahnutie môžete nájst na internete ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Kliknite pre Dial Nastavenie modulu ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/cashdesk.lang index 580c98028b2..6b8facbe958 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/errors.lang index 3d62319d0d9..135913d63f7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/eventorganization.lang index a2a69d44cae..25717692ca3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Typ udalosti LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/holiday.lang index 698b8e98e84..bbc14e5c235 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Čaká na schválenie ApprovedCP=Schválený CancelCP=Zrušený RefuseCP=Odmietol -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Upraviť @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Musíte vybrať počiatočný dátum. NoDateFin=Musíte vybrať dátum ukončenia. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Užívateľ ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Došlo k chybe pri pridávaní výnimočnú dovolenku. AddEventToUserOkCP=Pridanie mimoriadnej dovolenky bola dokončená. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Účinkujú -UserUpdateCP=Pre užívateľa +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Predchádzajúci Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Mesačná aktualizácia ManualUpdate=Manuálna aktualizácia @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Aktualizované úspešne. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/interventions.lang index 17c0d2077f6..6c74359fda6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/knowledgemanagement.lang index b82547af78c..e15b6120c91 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = O KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Článok KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/languages.lang index 935d1966b7b..3ae85e18f7a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabčina Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabčina Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengálština Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Holanďština (Belgicko) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Poľština +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalčina (Brazília) Language_pt_PT=Portugalčina Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/mails.lang index b310258f2de..c0085f79e78 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/main.lang index 1d9eaadc95c..b6f4ca2f01a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/other.lang index e65d03bfa68..cb4d0d5590d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zavrieť diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/partnership.lang index 5227295d098..9dcd4d6d30f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/products.lang index 2342249013d..291c8b3d8cd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/projects.lang index cc3ce220007..ba2ac6bd14b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Žiadne úlohy tohto projektu LinkedToAnotherCompany=Súvisí s tretej strane TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Čas strávený je prázdny +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Táto akcia bude tiež odstrániť všetky úlohy projektu (%s úlohy v túto chvíľu) a všetky vstupy času stráveného. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ak sú niektoré predmety (faktúra, objednávka, ...), ktoré patria do inej tretej osobe, musí byť spojené s projektom, vytvoriť, aby bol tento prázdny mať projekt bytia multi tretej strany. CloneTasks=Clone úlohy @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Čas strávený TimeSpentForInvoice=Čas strávený OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nová faktúra +NewInter=Nový zásah OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/stocks.lang index 90b7a5d8361..d7e74ea8daf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Sklady hodnota UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transfer zásoby produktu %s do iného skladu InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. kód NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Toto LOT/seriové číslo (%s) už existuje ale s rozdielným dátumom spotreby ( nájdené %s ale vy ste zadali %s). -OpenAll=Otvoriť pre všetký akcie -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Možnosť "viacero cien pre oblasť" je zapnutá. To znamená že produkt mas viacero predajných cien čiže hodnota pre predaj nemôže vyť vypočítaná ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Limit zásob pre upozornenie a optimálne požadované zásoby správne vytvorené @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/ticket.lang index aae27645fb5..a2379050e34 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Čakanie -Closed=Zatvorené +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Vytvoriť zásah -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/trips.lang index f7645f3b07c..10890c2c96a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Dátum overenia DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Dátum platby -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/withdrawals.lang index b28d60cf571..39c7ed6dabe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Klasifikovať pripísaná ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/workflow.lang index 2a596f6e567..f9367b40785 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sk_SK/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/accountancy.lang index 236ce587d9a..42c220fd395 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=Seznam računovodskih računov UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic izvoz Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/admin.lang index 2e033872a7c..26208d3593f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ni na voljo, če je Ajax onemogočen AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript onemogočen UsePreviewTabs=Uporabi zavihke za predogled ShowPreview=Prikaži predogled @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Omejitve in natančnost MenuIdParent=ID nadrejenega menija DetailMenuIdParent=ID nadrejenega menija (0 za najvišji meni) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Številka za razvrstitev za določanje položaja menija AllMenus=Vsi NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Prikazani so samo elementi omogočenih modulov . ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Nastavitve modula za klicanje s klikom ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/cashdesk.lang index 5f7f0c2feae..ca90cf90126 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/errors.lang index 990d2498216..81b1fe20d8d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/eventorganization.lang index 8cd7028c7ab..58d06de41cb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Tip dogodka LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/holiday.lang index 99dc78fb528..578081a1397 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Čaka odobritev ApprovedCP=Odobreno CancelCP=Preklicano RefuseCP=Zavrnjeno -ValidatorCP=Odobril +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Zahtevek za dopust LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Zahtevek za dopust TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Število porabljenih dni dopusta -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Uredi @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Brisanje zahtevka za dopust ConfirmDeleteCP=Potrditev izbrisa tega zahtevka za dopust? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Napaka, nimate pravice za brisanje tega zahtevka za dopust. CantCreateCP=Nimate dovoljenja za izdelavo zahtevka za dopust -InvalidValidatorCP=Izbrati morate osebo, ki bo potrdila vaš zahtevek za dopust. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Izbrati morate začetni datum. NoDateFin=Izbrati morate končni datum. ErrorDureeCP=Vaš zahtevek za dopust ne vsebuje delovnih dni. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Uporabnik ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Prišlo je do napake pri dodajanju izredne odsotnosti. AddEventToUserOkCP=Dodajanje izredne odsotnosti je zaključeno. MenuLogCP=Glej dnevnik sprememb -LogCP=Dnevnik posodobitev dni za dopust, ki so na voljo -ActionByCP=Izvajalec -UserUpdateCP=Za uporabnika +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Prejšnje stanje NewSoldeCP=Novo stanje alreadyCPexist=Zahtevek za dopust za to obdobje je bil že vložen. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Prvi dan dopusta -LastDayOfHoliday=Zadnji dan dopusta +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Mesečna posodobitev ManualUpdate=Ročna posodobitev @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Uspešno posodobljeno. Module27130Name= Upravljanje zahtevkov za dopust Module27130Desc= Upravljanje zahtevkov za dopust @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Vaš zahtevek za dopust od %s do %s je bil preklican. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/interventions.lang index 89945facf35..9d204efaced 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/knowledgemanagement.lang index 04d67fcd3cc..8544ae615e4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = O programu KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Artikel KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/languages.lang index 317139b9fde..4bf40ec763b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabščina Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabščina Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengalščina Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Nizozemščina (Belgija) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Poljščina +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalščina (Brazilija) Language_pt_PT=Portugalščina Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/mails.lang index 80d2dd4ac02..cc5d7ecbab5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/main.lang index bdbec683c93..92f2026c090 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/other.lang index 07214c93ef4..b0c0198ac1a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zapri diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/partnership.lang index 1420fdc428d..0baf794e08b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/products.lang index 2eef30f0448..dc59a01c1f9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/projects.lang index 9bb288fefba..39264734748 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ni nalog za ta projekt LinkedToAnotherCompany=Povezane z drugimi partnerji TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Ni porabljenega časa +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Ta aktivnost bo tudi izbrisala vse naloge projekta (%s trenutne naloge) in vse vnose porabljenega časa. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Če nekateri objekti (računi, naročila, ...), ki pripadajo drugemu partnerju, morajo biti vezani na projekt, ki se kreira, pustite polje prazno, da je projekt lahko vezan na več partnerjev. CloneTasks=Kloniraj naloge @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Porabljen čas TimeSpentForInvoice=Porabljen čas OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Nov račun +NewInter=Nova intervencija OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/stocks.lang index dc1eac5ca7d..f1b509e3951 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Vrednost skladišč UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Skladiščni prenos proizvoda %s v drugo skladišče InventoryCodeShort=Koda zaloge/premika NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Ta lot/serijska številka (%s) že obstaja, vendar z drugim datumom vstopa ali izstopa (najden je %s, vi pa ste vnesli %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/ticket.lang index 26c63218879..e75b33542b2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Na čakanju -Closed=Zaključeno +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Dodaj intervencijo -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/trips.lang index 2598366a974..e782b4d44a3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Datum potrditve DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Datum plačila -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/withdrawals.lang index c0912aaeaf5..384fe3d2a80 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Označi kot prejeto ClassCreditedConfirm=Ali zares želite to potrdilo o nakazilu označiti kot »v dobro« na vašem bančnem računu ? TransData=Datum prenosa @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/workflow.lang index e7257c04c73..93ddb52a75a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sl_SI/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/accountancy.lang index f233580e651..bd822cd5584 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/admin.lang index 5ca16ac9515..ce50af7abf1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=E padisponueshme ku Ajax është i çaktivizuar AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScrip i caktivizuar UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=Të gjitha NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/cashdesk.lang index d21d2b762f9..bdd55cbc7be 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/holiday.lang index 64536c98316..5865db9402c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Miratuar CancelCP=Anulluar RefuseCP=Refuzuar -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Kërkesë për leje LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Kërkesë për leje TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Fshi kërkesën për leje ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/knowledgemanagement.lang index 7ae54398368..c03ffd208ef 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Artikull KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/languages.lang index 7a2e34731df..f72117f20f7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/mails.lang index bdf92f0b2e9..5e3b2db4379 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/main.lang index 650d5aded39..6eefd18b38b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/other.lang index 319ea275789..f5e751a61f0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Mbyll diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/partnership.lang index 551c54ad614..8e4c6202fdd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/products.lang index 5fd4916c8f2..bae83eb511f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/projects.lang index 08c384659c0..4a7a52c0b9e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/stocks.lang index 791c2265525..2b43b355942 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/ticket.lang index eb1fe6d0063..16646050965 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Mbyllur +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/trips.lang index 6ecc039b3ee..108f2fa469e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/withdrawals.lang index 92dfe12e1c3..6d22617b3b6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sq_AL/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/accountancy.lang index c141e406e10..2263e55097a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=Lista računovodstvenih naloga UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasičan izvoz Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/admin.lang index 31f7c89590b..aed845c76e6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Samo koristi link "tel:" na telefonskim brojevima -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/cashdesk.lang index 50c461f5015..6ab29200779 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/errors.lang index 5469001ad78..35fc4bba163 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/eventorganization.lang index 8c27a39641b..fa5a154d754 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Tip događaja LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/holiday.lang index eaa699f62bf..57c9163a484 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Čeka odobrenje ApprovedCP=Odobren CancelCP=Otkazan RefuseCP=Odbijen -ValidatorCP=Odobrava +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Zahtev za odsustvo LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Zahtev za odsustvo TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Broj potrošenih dana od odmora -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Izmeni @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Obriši zahtev za odsustvo ConfirmDeleteCP=Potvrdi brisanje zahteva za odsustvo? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Greška, nemate pravo da obrišete ovaj zahtev. CantCreateCP=Nemate pravo da kreirate zahtev za odsustvo. -InvalidValidatorCP=Morate odabrati osobu koja će odobriti Vaš zahtev za odsustvo +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Morate izabrati početni datum. NoDateFin=Morate izabrati završni datum. ErrorDureeCP=Vaš zahtev za odsustvo ne sadrži radne dane. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Korisnik ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Greška prilikom kreiranja vanrednog odsustva. AddEventToUserOkCP=Kreiranje vanrednog odsustva je završeno. MenuLogCP=Prikaži log izmena -LogCP=Log izmena preostalih dana od odmora -ActionByCP=Izvršio -UserUpdateCP=Za korisnika +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Prethodno stanje NewSoldeCP=Novo stanje alreadyCPexist=Zahtev za odsustvo već postoji za ovaj period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Prvi dan odmora -LastDayOfHoliday=Poslednji dan odmora +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Mesečno ažuriranje ManualUpdate=Ručno ažuriranje @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Uspešno ažurirano Module27130Name= Upravljanje zahtevima za odsustvo Module27130Desc= Upravljanje zahtevima za odsustvo @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Vaš zahtev za odsustvo %s do %s je otkazan. FollowedByACounter=1: Ovaj tip odsustva treba da se prati brojačem. Brojač se povećava ručno ili automatski i kada je odsustvo potvrđeno, brojač se smanjuje.
0: Ne prati se brojačem. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Ne postoje definisana odsustva koja treba da se prate brojačem GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/interventions.lang index 11aeb4fe0de..0ec4d08d58a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Trajanje linije intervencije InterLineDesc=Opis linije intervencije RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Ponovo Otvoreno ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/knowledgemanagement.lang index dd90c371743..995ca49160f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = O KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Artikal KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/languages.lang index 2945fa712f4..1f879053c04 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arapski Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arapski Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Holandski (Belgija) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Poljski +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugalski (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portugalski Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/mails.lang index 9c20f761fc1..2a12d8e6d91 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/main.lang index 1310321d03e..2a7e65efd65 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/other.lang index f6a5af3e58d..2c7773a12b5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Zatvori diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/partnership.lang index f889639e4d8..9a870e1d55d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/products.lang index 2bfcef67ddf..db82afecc6e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/projects.lang index f7f2bc7a7ab..4ee79e654af 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Nema zadataka za ovaj projekat LinkedToAnotherCompany=Subjekti vezani za ovaj projekat TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Provedeno vreme nije uneto +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Ova akcija će obrisati sve zadatke ovog projekta (%s zadataka u ovom trenutku) i sve unose utrošenog vremena. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Ukoliko neki objekti (fakture, narudžbine, ...) pripadaju drugom subjektu, oni moraju biti povezani projektu koji se kreira. Ostavite ovu opciju praznu da bi projekat mogao da bude povezan sa više subjekata. CloneTasks=Dupiraj zadatke @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Provedeno vreme TimeSpentForInvoice=Provedeno vreme OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Novi račun +NewInter=Nova intervencija OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/stocks.lang index 10dd66d8103..aa077fb4d5b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Vrednost magacina UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Transfer zaliha proizvoda %s u drugi magacin InventoryCodeShort=Kod Inv./Krt. NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Ova serija (%s) već postoji, ali sa različitim rokom trajanja/prodaje (nađeno je %s ali ste uneli %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/ticket.lang index d001d02171f..cb52363e451 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Na čekanju -Closed=Zatvoreno +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Kreiraj intervenciju -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/trips.lang index 8a4476bcc54..c014520a019 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=ID troška -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Osoba koju treba obavestiti za odobrenje. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Informacije kompanije TripNDF=Informacije o trošku PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standardni template za generisanje PDF dokumenta o trošku @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Datum odbijanja DATE_SAVE=Datum odobrenja DATE_CANCEL=Datum otkazivanja DATE_PAIEMENT=Datum isplate -BROUILLONNER=Ponovo Otvoreno ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Potvrdi i pošalji na odobrenje ValidatedWaitingApproval=Potvrđeno (čeka odobrenje) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Isplata troška ExpenseReportsToApprove=Izveštaj trškova za odobrenje ExpenseReportsToPay=Troškovi zaisplatu ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/withdrawals.lang index 001a9c81371..7f38813aa92 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Označi kreditirano ClassCreditedConfirm=Da li ste sigurni da želite da označite ovaj račun podizanja kao kreditiran na Vašem bankovnom računu ? TransData=Datum prenosa @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/workflow.lang index 7502f987d7a..4790c0b9b5e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sr_RS/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/accountancy.lang index f70887b5ec9..ff6fdd695ec 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Länder inte i EEG CountriesInEECExceptMe=Länder i EEG förutom %s CountriesExceptMe=Alla länder utom %s AccountantFiles=Exportera källdokument -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=Med det här verktyget kan du exportera källhändelserna (lista i CSV och PDF-filer) som användes för att generera din redovisning. ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=För att exportera verifikationer, använd menyn %s - %s VueByAccountAccounting=Visa baserat på redovisningskonto VueBySubAccountAccounting=Visa efter redovisning av underkonto @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ ChangeAndLoad=Ändra och ladda Addanaccount=Lägg till ett redovisningskonto AccountAccounting=Redovisningskonto AccountAccountingShort=Konto -SubledgerAccount=Subledger account +SubledgerAccount=Underledgerkonto SubledgerAccountLabel=Etikett för underleverantörskonto ShowAccountingAccount=Visa bokföringskonto ShowAccountingJournal=Visa loggböcker @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ UpdateMvts=Ändring av en transaktion ValidTransaction=Bekräfta transaktionen WriteBookKeeping=Registrera transaktioner i bokföring Bookkeeping=Huvudbok -BookkeepingSubAccount=Subledger +BookkeepingSubAccount=Underledger AccountBalance=Kontobalans ObjectsRef=Källobjekt ref CAHTF=Totalt köpleverantör före skatt @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Här kan du se listan över tredje partskunder och säljare ListAccounts=Förteckning över redovisningskonton UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Okänt tredje part konto. Vi använder %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Okänt tredje part konto. Blockeringsfel -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Tredjepartskonto ej definierat eller tredje part okänt. Vi kommer att använda %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Tredjeparts okänd och underleverantör definieras inte på betalningen. Vi kommer att hålla underskottets kontovärde tomt. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Tredjepartskonto ej definierat eller tredje part okänt. Blockeringsfel. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Okänt tredje part konto och väntande konto inte definierat. Blockeringsfel PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Betalning som inte är kopplad till någon produkt / tjänst OpeningBalance=Öppningsbalans @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_EXPENSEREPORTS=Inaktivera bindning och överförin ## Export NotifiedExportDate=Exporteringsdatum (ändringar kan ej göras) -NotifiedValidationDate=Validation of the entries (modification or deletion of the entries will not be possible) -ConfirmExportFile=Confirmation of the generation of the accounting export file ? +NotifiedValidationDate=Validering av posterna (modifiering eller radering av posterna är inte möjlig) +ConfirmExportFile=Bekräftelse på generering av bokföringsexportfilen? ExportDraftJournal=Exportera utkast till loggbok Modelcsv=Modell av export Selectmodelcsv=Välj en modell av export @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klassisk export Modelcsv_CEGID=Exportera till CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Exportera till Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export för Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Exportera till Sage Ciel Compta eller Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Exportera till Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Exportera till EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Exportera till Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/admin.lang index 73fe7295128..24e706c1a8a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=Intern användare ExternalUser=Extern användare InternalUsers=Interna användare ExternalUsers=Externa användare -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=Användargränssnitt GUISetup=Visa SetupArea=Inställning UploadNewTemplate=Ladda upp ny mall (er) @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Antal byte SearchString=Söksträng NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Inte tillgänglig när Ajax funktionshindrade AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=På tredje parts dokument kan du välja ett projekt kopplat till en annan tredje part +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Förhindra tidsregistrering efter antal månader JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript funktionshindrade UsePreviewTabs=Använd förhandsgranska flikar ShowPreview=Visa förhandsgranskning @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-valuta inställning MenuLimits=Gränser och noggrannhet MenuIdParent=Överordnade menyn ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID överordnade menyn (0 för en toppmenyn) +ParentID=Förälder-ID DetailPosition=Sortera nummer att definiera menyposition AllMenus=Alla NotConfigured=Modul/Applikation är inte konfigurerad @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Funktionen är endast tillgänglig på officiella s BoxesDesc=Widgets är komponenter som visar lite information som du kan lägga till för att anpassa vissa sidor. Du kan välja mellan att visa widgeten eller inte, genom att välja målsida och klicka på "Aktivera", eller genom att klicka på papperskorgen för att inaktivera den. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Endast delar av aktiverade moduler visas. ModulesDesc=Modulerna / applikationerna avgör vilka funktioner som finns i programvaran. Vissa moduler kräver behörighet för användare efter att ha aktiverat modulen. Klicka på på / av-knappen %s för varje modul för att aktivera eller inaktivera en modul / applikation. +ModulesDesc2=Klicka på hjulknappen %s för att konfigurera modulen / applikationen. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Du kan hitta fler moduler att ladda ner på externa webbplatser på Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Om behörigheter i ditt filsystem tillåter det kan du använda det här verktyget för att distribuera en extern modul. Modulen kommer då att visas på fliken %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Hitta externa app / moduler @@ -352,7 +355,7 @@ LastActivationAuthor=Senaste aktiveringsförfattaren LastActivationIP=Senaste aktivering IP UpdateServerOffline=Uppdatera server offline WithCounter=Hantera en räknare -GenericMaskCodes=You may enter any numbering mask. In this mask, the following tags can be used:
{000000} corresponds to a number which will be incremented on each %s. Enter as many zeros as the desired length of the counter. The counter will be completed by zeros from the left in order to have as many zeros as the mask.
{000000+000} same as the previous one but an offset corresponding to the number to the right of the + sign is applied starting on the first %s.
{000000@x} same as the previous one but the counter is reset to zero when month x is reached (x between 1 and 12, or 0 to use the early months of fiscal year defined in your configuration, or 99 to reset to zero every month). If this option is used and x is 2 or higher, then the sequence {yy}{mm} or {yyyy}{mm} is also required.
{dd} day (01 to 31).
{mm} month (01 to 12).
{yy}, {yyyy} or {y} year over 2, 4 or 1 numbers.
+GenericMaskCodes=Du kan ange valfri numreringsmask. I den här masken kan följande taggar användas:
{000000} motsvarar ett nummer som kommer att ökas på varje %s. Ange så många nollor som önskad längd på räknaren. Räknaren kompletteras med nollor från vänster för att ha lika många nollor som masken.
{000000+000} samma som den föregående men en förskjutning som motsvarar numret till höger om + -tecknet tillämpas med början på den första %s.
{000000@x} samma som föregående men räknaren återställs till noll när månad x nås (x mellan 1 och 12, eller 0 för att använda de första månaderna av räkenskapsåret som definierats i din konfiguration, eller 99 till återställs till noll varje månad). Om detta alternativ används och x är 2 eller högre krävs också sekvensen {åå} {mm} eller {åååå} {mm}.
{dd} dag (01 till 31).
{mm} månad (01 till 12).
{yy} , {yyyy} eller {y} år över 2,4 eller 1 nummer.
GenericMaskCodes2= {cccc} klientkoden på n tecken
{cccc000} kunden är kundens kund. Denna räknare dedikerad till kunden återställs samtidigt som den globala räknaren.
{tttt} Koden för tredje parts typ på n tecken (se menyn Hem - Inställningar - Ordbok - Typer av tredje part). Om du lägger till den här taggen kommer räknaren att vara annorlunda för varje typ av tredje part.
GenericMaskCodes3=Alla andra tecken i masken förblir intakt.
Blanksteg är inte tillåtna.
GenericMaskCodes3EAN=Alla andra tecken i masken förblir intakta (utom * eller? I 13: e position i EAN13).
Utrymmen är inte tillåtna.
I EAN13 ska det sista tecknet efter det sista} i 13: e position vara * eller? . Den kommer att ersättas av den beräknade nyckeln.
@@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ Float=Flyttal DateAndTime=Datum och timme Unique=Unik Boolean=Booleska (en kryssruta) -ExtrafieldPhone = Telefonen +ExtrafieldPhone = Telefon ExtrafieldPrice = Pris ExtrafieldMail = epost ExtrafieldUrl = Url @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Följande två avsnitt är obligatoriska (de två första inma SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Grundläggande parametrar som används för att anpassa standardbeteendet för din applikation (t.ex. för landsrelaterade funktioner). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Denna programvara är en serie med många moduler / applikationer. Modulerna relaterade till dina behov måste vara aktiverade och konfigurerade. Menyposter visas med aktiveringen av dessa moduler. SetupDescription5=Andra inställningsmenyposter hanterar valfria parametrar. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Säkerhetshändelser som granskas NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Inga säkerhetshändelser granskas. Du kan aktivera dem från meny %s Audit=Säkerhetshändelser @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL-funktioner inte är tillgängliga i din PHP DownloadMoreSkins=Mer skinn att ladda ner SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Returnerar referensnumret i formatet %syymm-nnnn där yy är året, mm är månaden och nnnn är ett sekventiellt automatiskt ökande nummer utan återställning SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Returnerar referensnumret i formatet %s-nnnn där nnnn är ett sekventiellt automatiskt inkrementeringsnummer utan återställning -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Visa professionellt ID med adresser +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Dölj momsnummer inom gemenskapen TranslationUncomplete=Partiell översättning MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Inaktivera meteorologisk syn MeteoStdMod=Standardläge @@ -1324,12 +1330,12 @@ ConditionIsCurrently=Condition är för närvarande% s YouUseBestDriver=Du använder drivrutinen %s vilket är den bästa drivrutinen som för närvarande finns tillgänglig. YouDoNotUseBestDriver=Du använder drivrutinen %s men drivrutinen %s rekommenderas. NbOfObjectIsLowerThanNoPb=Du har bara %s %s i databasen. Detta kräver ingen speciell optimering. -ComboListOptim=Combo list loading optimization +ComboListOptim=Optimering av kombinationslistans laddning SearchOptim=Sökoptimering -YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can go into setup of module to enable loading of combo list on key pressed event. -YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can add the constant %s to 1 in Home-Setup-Other. +YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=Du har %s %s i databasen. Du kan gå in i installationen av modulen för att möjliggöra laddning av kombinationslistan vid tangenttryckt händelse. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=Du har %s %s i databasen. Du kan lägga till konstanten %s till 1 i Home-Setup-Other. YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=Detta begränsar sökningar till början av rader för att förenkla databasens användning av indexering, vilket resulterar i snabbare respons. -YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=You have %s %s in the database and constant %s is set to %s in Home-Setup-Other. +YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=Du har %s %s i databasen och konstant %s är inställd på %s i Home-Setup-Other. BrowserIsOK=Du använder %s webbläsaren. Den här webbläsaren är ok för säkerhet och prestanda. BrowserIsKO=Du använder %s webbläsaren. Den här webbläsaren är känd för att vara ett dåligt val för säkerhet, prestanda och tillförlitlighet. Vi rekommenderar att du använder Firefox, Chrome, Opera eller Safari. PHPModuleLoaded=PHP-komponenten %s är laddad @@ -1772,14 +1778,14 @@ AGENDA_DEFAULT_VIEW=Vilken vy vill du öppna som standard när du väljer menyn AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER=Aktivera händelsepåminnelse i användarens webbläsare (När påminnelsedatum har uppnåtts visas en popup i webbläsaren. Varje användare kan inaktivera sådana aviseringar från sin webbläsarinställning). AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER_SOUND=Aktivera ljudanmälan AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL=Aktivera händelsepåminnelse via e-post (påminnelsealternativ / fördröjning kan definieras för varje händelse). -AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL_NOTE=Note: The frequency of the scheduled job %s must be enough to be sure that the remind are sent at the correct moment. +AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL_NOTE=Obs! Frekvensen för det schemalagda jobbet %s måste vara tillräckligt för att vara säker på att påminnelsen skickas i rätt ögonblick. AGENDA_SHOW_LINKED_OBJECT=Visa länkat objekt i agendan ##### Clicktodial ##### ClickToDialSetup=Klicka för att Dial modul inställning ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url ringde när ett klick på telefon picto är gjort. I URL kan du använda taggar
__PHONETO__ som kommer att ersättas med telefonnumret person att ringa
__PHONEFROM__ som kommer att ersättas med telefonnummer att ringa person (er)
__LOGIN__ som kommer att ersättas med clicktodial inloggning (definierad på användarkort)
__PASS__ som kommer att ersättas med clicktodial lösenord (definierat på användarkort). ClickToDialDesc=Denna modul ändrar telefonnummer när du använder en stationär dator till klickbara länkar. Ett klick ringer upp numret. Detta kan användas för att starta telefonsamtalet när du använder en mjuk telefon på skrivbordet eller när du t.ex. använder ett CTI-system baserat på SIP-protokoll. Obs! När du använder en smartphone är telefonnummer alltid klickbara. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Använd bara en länk "tel:" på telefonnummer -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Försäljningsstället CashDeskSetup=Inställning av försäljningsmodul @@ -1988,7 +1994,9 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_RIGHT=Höger marginal på PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Toppmarginal på PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottenmarginal på PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Höjd för logotyp på PDF -MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Lägg till bild på förslagsraden +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Lägg till elektronisk inloggning PDF NothingToSetup=Det finns ingen specifik inställning som krävs för den här modulen. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Ställ det här på ja om den här gruppen är en beräkning av andra grupper @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Större än IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Observera att om ett spårnings-ID för ett objekt hittas i e-post, eller om e-postmeddelandet är ett svar på ett e-postområde som samlas in och länkas till ett objekt, kommer den skapade händelsen automatiskt att länkas till det kända relaterade objektet. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Med ett GMail-konto, om du aktiverade valet av 2 steg, rekommenderas att du skapar ett dedikerat andra lösenord för programmet istället för att använda ditt eget lösenordsord från https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Det kan vara ett önskat beteende att flytta e-postmeddelandet till en annan tagg / katalog när den bearbetades framgångsrikt. Ange bara namnet på katalogen här för att använda den här funktionen (Använd INTE specialtecken i namnet). Observera att du också måste använda ett inloggningskonto för läs / skriv. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Du kan använda den här åtgärden för att använda e-postinnehållet för att hitta och ladda en befintlig tredje part i din databas. Den hittade (eller skapade) tredje parten kommer att användas för följande åtgärder som behöver det. I parameterfältet kan du till exempel använda 'EXTRAKT: BODY: Namn: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' om du vill extrahera namnet på tredje part från strängen 'Namn: namn att hitta' hittat i kropp. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Du kan använda den här åtgärden för att använda e-postinnehållet för att hitta och ladda en befintlig tredje part i din databas. Den hittade (eller skapade) tredje parten kommer att användas för följande åtgärder som behöver det.
Om du till exempel vill skapa en tredje part med ett namn extraherat en sträng 'Namn: namn att hitta' hittat i kroppen, använd avsändarens e-post som e-post, kan du ställa in parametervältet så här:
'e-post = HEADER: ^ Från: (. *); Namn = EXTRAKT: BODY: Namn: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *); klient = SET: 2; '
EndPointFor=Slutpunkt för %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Ta bort e-postsamlare ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Är du säker på att du vill ta bort denna e-postsamlare? @@ -2128,14 +2136,15 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Kontakta din bank för att få detta ID AdvancedModeOnly=Tillstånd endast tillgängligt i avancerat tillståndsläge ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Conf-filen är läsbar eller skrivbar av alla användare. Ge endast webbserveranvändare och gruppbehörighet. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organisation +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Standardhändelsestatus när du skapar en händelse från formuläret YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Du bör inaktivera PHP-funktioner -IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions -PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=For shell purpose (like scheduled job backup or running an anitivurs program), you must keep PHP functions +IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Förutom om du behöver köra systemkommandon i anpassad kod, ska du inaktivera PHP-funktioner +PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=För skaländamål (som schemalagd säkerhetskopiering av jobb eller körning av ett anitivursprogram) måste du behålla PHP-funktioner NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=Inga skrivbara filer eller kataloger för de vanliga programmen hittades i din rotkatalog (Bra) RecommendedValueIs=Rekommenderas: %s Recommended=Rekommenderad -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=Rekommenderas inte ARestrictedPath=En begränsad väg CheckForModuleUpdate=Sök efter uppdateringar av externa moduler CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=Denna åtgärd kommer att ansluta till redaktörer för externa moduler för att kontrollera om en ny version är tillgänglig. @@ -2143,8 +2152,10 @@ ModuleUpdateAvailable=En uppdatering är tillgänglig NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=Inga uppdateringar hittades för externa moduler SwaggerDescriptionFile=Swagger API beskrivningsfil (för exempelvis användning med redoc) YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=Du har aktiverat utfasade WS-API. Du borde använda REST API istället. -RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Randomly selected if several pictures are available +RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Slumpmässigt vald om flera bilder är tillgängliga DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Databasens lösenord är dolt i konfigurationsfilen DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Databasens lösenord är INTE dolt i konfigurationsfilen APIsAreNotEnabled=API-moduler är inte aktiverade YouShouldSetThisToOff=Du borde sätta detta till 0 eller av +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/agenda.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/agenda.lang index 54be87fdd37..dc11bc16f07 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/agenda.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/agenda.lang @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ ActionsEvents=Händelser som Dolibarr kommer att skapa en talan i agenda automat EventRemindersByEmailNotEnabled=Händelsepåminnelser av email var inte aktiverat i %s module inställning. ##### Agenda event labels ##### NewCompanyToDolibarr=Tredje part %s skapad -COMPANY_MODIFYInDolibarr=Third party %s modified -COMPANY_DELETEInDolibarr=Third party %s deleted +COMPANY_MODIFYInDolibarr=Tredje part %s modifierad +COMPANY_DELETEInDolibarr=Tredje part %s borttagen ContractValidatedInDolibarr=Kontrakt %s bekräftades CONTRACT_DELETEInDolibarr=Kontrakt %s raderad PropalClosedSignedInDolibarr=Förslag %s undertecknade @@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ MemberSubscriptionModifiedInDolibarr=Prenumeration %s för medlem %s modified MemberSubscriptionDeletedInDolibarr=Prenumeration %s för medlem %s raderad ShipmentValidatedInDolibarr=Leverans %s bekräftat ShipmentClassifyClosedInDolibarr=Sändning %s märkt fakturerad -ShipmentUnClassifyCloseddInDolibarr=Shipment %s classified re-open +ShipmentUnClassifyCloseddInDolibarr=Leverans %s klassificerad återöppen ShipmentBackToDraftInDolibarr=Leverans %s gå tillbaka till utkast status ShipmentDeletedInDolibarr=Frakten %s raderad -ReceptionValidatedInDolibarr=Reception %s validated +ReceptionValidatedInDolibarr=Mottagning %s validerad OrderCreatedInDolibarr=Order %s skapad OrderValidatedInDolibarr=Order %s bekräftades OrderDeliveredInDolibarr=Order %s märkt levererad @@ -111,16 +111,16 @@ TICKET_MODIFYInDolibarr=Biljett %s modified TICKET_ASSIGNEDInDolibarr=Ärende %s tilldelat TICKET_CLOSEInDolibarr=Biljett %s stängt TICKET_DELETEInDolibarr=Biljett %s raderad -BOM_VALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM validated -BOM_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM unvalidated -BOM_CLOSEInDolibarr=BOM disabled -BOM_REOPENInDolibarr=BOM reopen -BOM_DELETEInDolibarr=BOM deleted -MRP_MO_VALIDATEInDolibarr=MO validated -MRP_MO_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=MO set to draft status -MRP_MO_PRODUCEDInDolibarr=MO produced -MRP_MO_DELETEInDolibarr=MO deleted -MRP_MO_CANCELInDolibarr=MO canceled +BOM_VALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM validerad +BOM_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=Stycklista ogiltig +BOM_CLOSEInDolibarr=BOM inaktiverad +BOM_REOPENInDolibarr=BOM öppnas igen +BOM_DELETEInDolibarr=BOM raderad +MRP_MO_VALIDATEInDolibarr=MO validerad +MRP_MO_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=MO inställd på utkaststatus +MRP_MO_PRODUCEDInDolibarr=MO producerad +MRP_MO_DELETEInDolibarr=MO borttagen +MRP_MO_CANCELInDolibarr=MO avbröts PAIDInDolibarr=%s betald ##### End agenda events ##### AgendaModelModule=Dokumentmallar för event @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ SetAllEventsToTodo=Sätt alla händelser "att göra" SetAllEventsToInProgress=Sätt alla händelser under behandling SetAllEventsToFinished=Sätt alla händelser som utförda ReminderTime=Påminnelseperiod innan händelse -TimeType=Duration type -ReminderType=Callback type +TimeType=Varaktighetstyp +ReminderType=Återuppringningstyp AddReminder=Skapa en automatisk påminnelsenotifiering för denna händelse ErrorReminderActionCommCreation=Fel vid skapande av påminnelsenotifiering för denna händelse -BrowserPush=Browser Popup Notification +BrowserPush=Meddelande om popup-webbläsare diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/banks.lang index ce8e8339182..edeb3eaecc4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/banks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/banks.lang @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ IbanNotValid=BAN är ej giltigt StandingOrders=Direkt debiteringsorder StandingOrder=Direkt debitering PaymentByDirectDebit=Direktbetalning -PaymentByBankTransfers=Payments by credit transfer -PaymentByBankTransfer=Payment by credit transfer +PaymentByBankTransfers=Betalningar med kreditöverföring +PaymentByBankTransfer=Betalning med kreditöverföring AccountStatement=Kontoutdrag AccountStatementShort=Uttalande AccountStatements=Kontoutdrag @@ -98,16 +98,16 @@ AddBankRecordLong=Lägg till post manuellt Conciliated=Avstämd ConciliatedBy=Avstämd av DateConciliating=Avstämningsdatum -BankLineConciliated=Entry reconciled with bank receipt +BankLineConciliated=Posten avstämd med bankkvitto Reconciled=Avstämd NotReconciled=Inte avstämd CustomerInvoicePayment=Kundbetalning SupplierInvoicePayment=Leverantörsbetalning SubscriptionPayment=Teckning betalning -WithdrawalPayment=Debit payment order +WithdrawalPayment=Debiteringsbetalningsorder SocialContributionPayment=Sociala och skattemässiga betalningar -BankTransfer=Credit transfer -BankTransfers=Credit transfers +BankTransfer=Kreditöverföring +BankTransfers=Kreditöverföringar MenuBankInternalTransfer=Intern överföring TransferDesc=Använd intern överföring för att överföra från ett konto till ett annat. Systemet kommer skapa två poster: en debit och en kredit, samma summa, benämning och datum kommer bli använt för transaktionen. TransferFrom=Från @@ -115,12 +115,12 @@ TransferTo=För att TransferFromToDone=En överföring från %s till %s av %s %s har registrerats. CheckTransmitter=Avsändare ValidateCheckReceipt=Bekräfta detta check-kvitto? -ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Är du säker på att du vill skicka det här kvittot för validering? Inga ändringar är möjliga när de validerats. DeleteCheckReceipt=Ta bort detta kvitto? ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Är du säker på att du vill radera detta kvitto? BankChecks=Bankcheckar BankChecksToReceipt=Checkar väntar på insättning -BankChecksToReceiptShort=Checks awaiting deposit +BankChecksToReceiptShort=Kontroller som väntar på insättning ShowCheckReceipt=Visar kontrollera insättning mottagande NumberOfCheques=Antal checkar DeleteTransaction=Ta bort post @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ AllAccounts=Alla bank- och kontonkonton BackToAccount=Tillbaka till konto ShowAllAccounts=Visa för alla konton FutureTransaction=Framtida transaktion. Det gick inte att förena. -SelectChequeTransactionAndGenerate=Select/filter the checks which are to be included in the check deposit receipt. Then, click on "Create". +SelectChequeTransactionAndGenerate=Välj / filtrera de checkar som ska ingå i kvittot på check. Klicka sedan på "Skapa". InputReceiptNumber=Välj kontoutdrag relaterat till förlikningen. Använd ett sorterbart numeriskt värde: YYYYMM or YYYYMMDD EventualyAddCategory=Så småningom, ange en kategori då för att märka posterna ToConciliate=Att avstämma? @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ RejectCheck=Kontrollera tillbaka ConfirmRejectCheck=Är du säker på att du vill markera den här kontrollen som avvisad? RejectCheckDate=Datumet kontrollen returnerades CheckRejected=Kontrollera tillbaka -CheckRejectedAndInvoicesReopened=Check returned and invoices re-open +CheckRejectedAndInvoicesReopened=Kontrollera retur och fakturor öppnas igen BankAccountModelModule=Dokumentmallar för bankkonton DocumentModelSepaMandate=Mall för SEPA-mandat. Användbar endast för europeiska länder i EEG. DocumentModelBan=Mall för att skriva ut en sida med BAN-information. @@ -173,12 +173,12 @@ SEPAMandate=SEPA-mandatet YourSEPAMandate=Ditt SEPA-mandat FindYourSEPAMandate=Detta är ditt SEPA-mandat för att bemyndiga vårt företag att göra direkt debitering till din bank. Returnera det undertecknat (skanna av det signerade dokumentet) eller skicka det via post till AutoReportLastAccountStatement=Fyll i fältet 'Antal kontoutdrag' automatiskt med det sista kontonummeret när avstämning görs -CashControl=POS cash desk control -NewCashFence=New cash desk opening or closing -BankColorizeMovement=Colorize movements -BankColorizeMovementDesc=If this function is enable, you can choose specific background color for debit or credit movements -BankColorizeMovementName1=Background color for debit movement -BankColorizeMovementName2=Background color for credit movement +CashControl=POS kassaskåpkontroll +NewCashFence=Ny kassa öppnar eller stänger +BankColorizeMovement=Colorize rörelser +BankColorizeMovementDesc=Om den här funktionen är aktiverad kan du välja en specifik bakgrundsfärg för debiterings- eller kreditrörelser +BankColorizeMovementName1=Bakgrundsfärg för debiteringsrörelse +BankColorizeMovementName2=Bakgrundsfärg för kreditrörelse IfYouDontReconcileDisableProperty=Om du inte gör någon bankavstämning på vissa bankkonton, inaktivera "%s" på dem för att ta bort denna varning NoBankAccountDefined=Inget bankkonto definerat -NoRecordFoundIBankcAccount=No record found in bank account. Commonly, this occurs when a record has been deleted manually from the list of transaction in the bank account (for example during a reconciliation of the bank account). Another reason is that the payment was recorded when the module "%s" was disabled. +NoRecordFoundIBankcAccount=Ingen post hittades på bankkontot. Vanligtvis inträffar detta när en post har raderats manuellt från transaktionslistan på bankkontot (till exempel under en avstämning av bankkontot). En annan anledning är att betalningen registrerades när modulen "%s" inaktiverades. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/blockedlog.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/blockedlog.lang index 56f0339d071..f56915b65a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/blockedlog.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/blockedlog.lang @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ BlockedLog=Oföränderliga loggar Field=Fält -BlockedLogDesc=Den här modulen spårar några händelser i en oförändrad logg (som du inte kan modifiera en gång inspelad) i en blockkedja, i realtid. Denna modul ger kompatibilitet med kraven i vissa lands lagar (som Frankrike med lagen Finance 2016 - Norme NF525). +BlockedLogDesc=Den här modulen spårar några händelser i en oförändrad logg (som du inte kan modifiera efter att ha sparad) i en blockkedja, i realtid. Denna modul ger kompatibilitet med kraven i vissa lands lagar (som Frankrike med lagen Finance 2016 - Norme NF525). Fingerprints=Arkiverade händelser och fingeravtryck FingerprintsDesc=Det här är verktyget för att bläddra eller extrahera de oföränderliga loggarna. Oförändliga loggar genereras och arkiveras lokalt i ett dedikerat bord, i realtid när du spelar in en affärshändelse. Du kan använda det här verktyget för att exportera det här arkivet och spara det till ett externt stöd (vissa länder, som Frankrike, ber att du gör det varje år). Observera att det inte finns någon funktion att rensa den här loggen och varje förändring som försökt göras direkt i den här loggen (t.ex. av en hacker) kommer att rapporteras med ett icke-giltigt fingeravtryck. Om du verkligen behöver rensa den här tabellen eftersom du använde din ansökan för ett demo / test syfte och vill rengöra dina data för att starta din produktion, kan du fråga din återförsäljare eller integratör om att återställa databasen (alla dina data kommer att tas bort). CompanyInitialKey=Företagets ursprungliga nyckel (hash av genesis block) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ BrowseBlockedLog=Oföränderliga loggar ShowAllFingerPrintsMightBeTooLong=Visa alla arkiverade loggar (kan vara långa) ShowAllFingerPrintsErrorsMightBeTooLong=Visa alla icke-giltiga arkivloggar (kan vara långa) DownloadBlockChain=Ladda ner fingeravtryck -KoCheckFingerprintValidity=Archived log entry is not valid. It means someone (a hacker?) has modified some data of this record after it was recorded, or has erased the previous archived record (check that line with previous # exists). +KoCheckFingerprintValidity=Arkiverad loggpost är inte giltig. Det betyder att någon (en hacker?) Har modifierat en del data från denna post efter att den spelats in, eller har raderat den tidigare arkiverade posten (kontrollera att raden med föregående # finns) eller har ändrat kontrollsumman för den tidigare posten. OkCheckFingerprintValidity=Arkiverad loggpost är giltig. Uppgifterna på den här raden ändrades inte och posten följer den föregående. OkCheckFingerprintValidityButChainIsKo=Arkiverad logg verkar giltig jämfört med tidigare men kedjan förstördes tidigare. AddedByAuthority=Lagras i fjärrmyndighet @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ logDON_DELETE=Donation logisk borttagning logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_CREATE=Medlemskapsabonnemang skapad logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_MODIFY=Medlemsabonnemang modifierad logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_DELETE=Medlems abonnemangs logisk borttagning -logCASHCONTROL_VALIDATE=Cash desk closing recording +logCASHCONTROL_VALIDATE=Registrering av stängning av kassaskåpets behållning BlockedLogBillDownload=Kundfaktura nedladdning BlockedLogBillPreview=Kundfaktura förhandsvisning BlockedlogInfoDialog=Logguppgifter diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/bookmarks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/bookmarks.lang index f4968443f16..2beefd7ff8a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/bookmarks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/bookmarks.lang @@ -18,3 +18,4 @@ SetHereATitleForLink=Ange ett namn för bokmärket UseAnExternalHttpLinkOrRelativeDolibarrLink=Använd en extern / absolut länk (https: // URL) eller en intern / relativ länk (/ DOLIBARR_ROOT / htdocs / ...) ChooseIfANewWindowMustBeOpenedOnClickOnBookmark=Välj om den länkade sidan ska öppnas i den aktuella fliken eller en ny flik BookmarksManagement=Förvaltning av bokmärken förvaltning +BookmarksMenuShortCut=Ctrl + Skift + m diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/boxes.lang index 63e4f480440..c81b3b6dffe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/boxes.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/boxes.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - boxes -BoxDolibarrStateBoard=Statistics on main business objects in database +BoxDolibarrStateBoard=Statistik över huvudsakliga affärsobjekt i databasen BoxLoginInformation=inloggningsinformation BoxLastRssInfos=RSS Information BoxLastProducts=Senaste %s Produkter / tjänster @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ BoxLastActions=Senaste åtgärderna BoxLastContracts=Senaste kontrakt BoxLastContacts=Senaste kontakter / adresser BoxLastMembers=Senaste medlemmarna -BoxLastModifiedMembers=Latest modified members -BoxLastMembersSubscriptions=Latest member subscriptions +BoxLastModifiedMembers=Senast modifierade medlemmar +BoxLastMembersSubscriptions=Senaste medlemsabonnemang BoxFicheInter=Senaste interventioner BoxCurrentAccounts=Öppna konton balans -BoxTitleMemberNextBirthdays=Birthdays of this month (members) -BoxTitleMembersByType=Members by type -BoxTitleMembersSubscriptionsByYear=Members Subscriptions by year +BoxTitleMemberNextBirthdays=Födelsedagar denna månad (medlemmar) +BoxTitleMembersByType=Medlemmar efter typ +BoxTitleMembersSubscriptionsByYear=Medlemmar Prenumerationer per år BoxTitleLastRssInfos=Senaste %s nyheter från %s BoxTitleLastProducts=Produkter / tjänster: senaste %s modifierad BoxTitleProductsAlertStock=Produkter: lagervarning @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ BoxGlobalActivity=Global aktivitet (fakturor, förslag, order) BoxGoodCustomers=Bra kunder BoxTitleGoodCustomers=%s Bra kunder BoxScheduledJobs=Schemalagda jobb -BoxTitleFunnelOfProspection=Lead funnel +BoxTitleFunnelOfProspection=Lead tratt FailedToRefreshDataInfoNotUpToDate=Misslyckades med att uppdatera RSS-flöde. Senaste framgångsrika uppdateringsdatum: %s LastRefreshDate=Senaste uppdateringsdatum NoRecordedBookmarks=Inga bokmärken definieras. Klicka här för att lägga till bokmärken. @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Leverantörsorder: senaste %s modifierad BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Kundfaktura: senaste %s modifierad BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Försäljningsorder: senaste %s modifierad BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Senaste %s ändrade förslag -BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions -BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Senaste %s modifierade jobbpositioner +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Senaste %s modifierade jobbansökningar ForCustomersInvoices=Kundens fakturor ForCustomersOrders=Kund beställningar ForProposals=Förslag @@ -100,21 +100,21 @@ LastXMonthRolling=Den senaste %s månaden rullande ChooseBoxToAdd=Lägg till widget i din instrumentpanel BoxAdded=Widget har lagts till i din instrumentpanel BoxTitleUserBirthdaysOfMonth=Födelsedagar denna månad (användare) -BoxLastManualEntries=Latest record in accountancy entered manually or without source document -BoxTitleLastManualEntries=%s latest record entered manually or without source document -NoRecordedManualEntries=No manual entries record in accountancy -BoxSuspenseAccount=Count accountancy operation with suspense account +BoxLastManualEntries=Senaste posten i bokföring som har angetts manuellt eller utan källdokument +BoxTitleLastManualEntries=%s senaste posten manuellt eller utan källdokument +NoRecordedManualEntries=Inga manuella poster registreras i bokföring +BoxSuspenseAccount=Räkna bokföring med diversekonto (en. suspense account, se https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suspense_account) BoxTitleSuspenseAccount=Antal oallokerade rader -NumberOfLinesInSuspenseAccount=Number of line in suspense account -SuspenseAccountNotDefined=Suspense account isn't defined +NumberOfLinesInSuspenseAccount=Antal rader i diversekonto +SuspenseAccountNotDefined=Diversekonto är inte definierat BoxLastCustomerShipments=Senaste kundleveranser BoxTitleLastCustomerShipments=Senaste %s kundleveranser NoRecordedShipments=Inga registrerade kundleveranser BoxCustomersOutstandingBillReached=Kunds kreditgräns uppnådd # Pages -UsersHome=Home users and groups -MembersHome=Home Membership -ThirdpartiesHome=Home Thirdparties -TicketsHome=Home Tickets -AccountancyHome=Home Accountancy -ValidatedProjects=Validated projects +UsersHome=Hemanvändare och grupper +MembersHome=Hemmedlemskap +ThirdpartiesHome=Hemma tredje parter +TicketsHome=Hembiljetter +AccountancyHome=Hembokföring +ValidatedProjects=Validerade projekt diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cashdesk.lang index a04a413fb50..2109fc18c84 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cashdesk.lang @@ -127,4 +127,5 @@ AllowDelayedPayment=Tillåt försenad betalning PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Skriv ut betalningsmetod på biljetter | kvitton WeighingScale=Våg ShowPriceHT = Visa kolumnen med priset exklusive moms (på skärmen) -ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Visa kolumnen med priset exklusive moms (på kvittot) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/categories.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/categories.lang index 5e831cff3c6..0a120fde9b2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/categories.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/categories.lang @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ CategoriesArea=Taggar / kategorier område ProductsCategoriesArea=Produkt/Servicetagg/Kategoriområde SuppliersCategoriesArea=Tillverkarens tagg/kategori CustomersCategoriesArea=Kundens tagg/kategori -MembersCategoriesArea=Member tags/categories area +MembersCategoriesArea=Medlemmarnas taggar / kategorier ContactsCategoriesArea=Kontaktens tagg/kategori AccountsCategoriesArea=Bankkontots tagg/kategori ProjectsCategoriesArea=Projektets tagg/kategori @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ CatSupLinks=Länkar mellan leverantörer och taggar/kategorier CatCusLinks=Länkar mellan kunder / utsikter och taggar / kategorier CatContactsLinks=Länkar mellan kontakter/adresser och taggar/kategorier CatProdLinks=Länkar mellan produkter / tjänster och taggar / kategorier -CatMembersLinks=Links between members and tags/categories +CatMembersLinks=Länkar mellan medlemmar och taggar / kategorier CatProjectsLinks=Länkar mellan projekt och taggar/kategorier CatUsersLinks=Länkar mellan användare och taggar/kategorier DeleteFromCat=Ta bort från taggar / kategori @@ -96,4 +96,4 @@ ChooseCategory=Välj kategori StocksCategoriesArea=Lagrets kategorier ActionCommCategoriesArea=Händelsekategori WebsitePagesCategoriesArea=Innehållskategorier -UseOrOperatorForCategories=Use 'OR' operator for categories +UseOrOperatorForCategories=Använd operatören 'OR' för kategorier diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/companies.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/companies.lang index 01a4b7750f8..21a5e3fa653 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/companies.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/companies.lang @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Country=Land CountryCode=Landskod CountryId=Land-id Phone=Telefon -PhoneShort=Telefonen +PhoneShort=Tel Skype=Skype Call=Ring upp Chat=Chat diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/compta.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/compta.lang index a8130ac889a..6c7fd6ab027 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/compta.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/compta.lang @@ -65,12 +65,12 @@ LT2SupplierIN=SGST-inköp VATCollected=Momsintäkterna StatusToPay=Att betala SpecialExpensesArea=Område för alla special betalningar -VATExpensesArea=Area for all TVA payments +VATExpensesArea=Område för alla TVA-betalningar SocialContribution=Social eller skattemässig skatt SocialContributions=Sociala eller skattemässiga skatter SocialContributionsDeductibles=Avdragsgilla sociala eller skattemässiga skatter SocialContributionsNondeductibles=Avdragsgilla sociala eller skattemässiga skatter -DateOfSocialContribution=Date of social or fiscal tax +DateOfSocialContribution=Datum för social eller skattemässig skatt LabelContrib=Etikettbidrag TypeContrib=Typbidrag MenuSpecialExpenses=Särskilda kostnader @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ PaymentCustomerInvoice=Kundfaktura betalning PaymentSupplierInvoice=leverantörsfaktura betalning PaymentSocialContribution=Sociala och skattemässiga betalningar PaymentVat=Moms betalning -AutomaticCreationPayment=Automatically record the payment +AutomaticCreationPayment=Registrera automatiskt betalningen ListPayment=Lista över betalningar ListOfCustomerPayments=Förteckning över kundbetalningar ListOfSupplierPayments=Lista över leverantörsbetalningar @@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ LT2PaymentES=IRPF Betalning LT2PaymentsES=IRPF betalningar VATPayment=Försäljningsskatt betalning VATPayments=Försäljningsskatt betalningar -VATDeclarations=VAT declarations -VATDeclaration=VAT declaration +VATDeclarations=Momsdeklarationer +VATDeclaration=Momsdeklaration VATRefund=Återbetalning av moms NewVATPayment=Ny momsbetalning NewLocalTaxPayment=Ny skatt %s betalning @@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ Refund=Återbetalning SocialContributionsPayments=Betalning av sociala / skattemässiga skatter ShowVatPayment=Visa mervärdesskatteskäl TotalToPay=Totalt att betala -BalanceVisibilityDependsOnSortAndFilters=Balance is visible in this list only if table is sorted on %s and filtered on 1 bank account (with no other filters) +BalanceVisibilityDependsOnSortAndFilters=Balans är endast synlig i den här listan om tabellen sorteras på %s och filtreras på 1 bankkonto (utan andra filter) CustomerAccountancyCode=Kundbokföringskod -SupplierAccountancyCode=Vendor accounting code +SupplierAccountancyCode=Kod för leverantörsredovisning CustomerAccountancyCodeShort=Cust. konto. koda SupplierAccountancyCodeShort=Sup. konto. koda AccountNumber=Kontonummer @@ -135,24 +135,24 @@ NewCheckReceipt=Ny rabatt NewCheckDeposit=Nya kontrollera insättning NewCheckDepositOn=Skapa kvitto för insättning på konto: %s NoWaitingChecks=Inga kontroller väntar på insättning. -DateChequeReceived=Check receiving date +DateChequeReceived=Kontrollera mottagningsdatum NbOfCheques=Antal kontroller PaySocialContribution=Betala en social / skattemässig skatt -PayVAT=Pay a VAT declaration -PaySalary=Pay a salary card -ConfirmPaySocialContribution=Are you sure you want to classify this social or fiscal tax as paid ? -ConfirmPayVAT=Are you sure you want to classify this VAT declaration as paid ? -ConfirmPaySalary=Are you sure you want to classify this salary card as paid? +PayVAT=Betala en momsdeklaration +PaySalary=Betala ett lönekort +ConfirmPaySocialContribution=Är du säker på att du vill klassificera denna sociala skatt eller skatt som betald? +ConfirmPayVAT=Är du säker på att du vill klassificera denna momsdeklaration som betald? +ConfirmPaySalary=Är du säker på att du vill klassificera lönekortet som betalt? DeleteSocialContribution=Ta bort en social eller skattemässig skattebetalning -DeleteVAT=Delete a VAT declaration -DeleteSalary=Delete a salary card -ConfirmDeleteSocialContribution=Are you sure you want to delete this social/fiscal tax payment ? -ConfirmDeleteVAT=Are you sure you want to delete this VAT declaration ? -ConfirmDeleteSalary=Are you sure you want to delete this salary? +DeleteVAT=Radera en momsdeklaration +DeleteSalary=Ta bort ett lönekort +ConfirmDeleteSocialContribution=Är du säker på att du vill ta bort denna sociala / skattemässiga betalning? +ConfirmDeleteVAT=Är du säker på att du vill ta bort denna momsdeklaration? +ConfirmDeleteSalary=Är du säker på att du vill ta bort den här lönen? ExportDataset_tax_1=Sociala och skattemässiga skatter och betalningar CalcModeVATDebt=Läge% svat på redovisning engagemang% s. CalcModeVATEngagement=Läge% svat på inkomster-utgifter% s. -CalcModeDebt=Analysis of known recorded documents even if they are not yet accounted in ledger. +CalcModeDebt=Analys av kända inspelade dokument även om de ännu inte redovisas i huvudboken. CalcModeEngagement=Analys av kända registrerade betalningar, även om de ännu inte är redovisade i huvudboken. CalcModeBookkeeping=Analys av data bokförd i huvudboken. CalcModeLT1= Läge% SRE på kundfakturor - leverantörerna fakturerar% s @@ -165,38 +165,38 @@ AnnualSummaryDueDebtMode=Överskott av intäkter och kostnader, årliga sammanfa AnnualSummaryInputOutputMode=Överskott av intäkter och kostnader, årliga sammanfattande AnnualByCompanies=Inkomst- och utgiftsbalans, enligt fördefinierade konton AnnualByCompaniesDueDebtMode=Balans av intäkter och kostnader, detalj av fördefinierade grupper, läge %sClaims-Debts%s sa Åtagandebetalning . -AnnualByCompaniesInputOutputMode=Balance of income and expenses, detail by predefined groups, mode %sIncomes-Expenses%s said cash accounting. -SeeReportInInputOutputMode=See %sanalysis of payments%s for a calculation based on recorded payments made even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger -SeeReportInDueDebtMode=See %sanalysis of recorded documents%s for a calculation based on known recorded documents even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger -SeeReportInBookkeepingMode=See %sanalysis of bookeeping ledger table%s for a report based on Bookkeeping Ledger table +AnnualByCompaniesInputOutputMode=Inkomst- och utgiftsbalans, detalj efter fördefinierade grupper, läge %sInkomster-utgifter%s sa kontantredovisning. +SeeReportInInputOutputMode=Se %sanalys av betalningar%s för en beräkning baserad på registrerade betalningar gjorda även om de ännu inte redovisas i Ledger +SeeReportInDueDebtMode=Se %sanalys av registrerade dokument %s för en beräkning baserad på kända registrerade dokument även om de ännu inte redovisas i huvudboken +SeeReportInBookkeepingMode=Se %sanalys av bokföringsboken table%s för en rapport baserad på Bokföringsbokstabell RulesAmountWithTaxIncluded=- Belopp som visas är med alla skatter inkluderade -RulesResultDue=- It includes outstanding invoices, expenses, VAT, donations whether they are paid or not. Is also includes paid salaries.
- It is based on the billing date of invoices and on the due date for expenses or tax payments. For salaries defined with Salary module, the value date of payment is used. +RulesResultDue=- Det inkluderar utestående fakturor, utgifter, moms, donationer oavsett om de betalas eller inte. Inkluderar även betalda löner.
- Den baseras på faktureringsdatum för fakturor och på förfallodatum för kostnader eller skattebetalningar. För löner definierade med lönemodulen används betalningsdatumet. RulesResultInOut=- Det inkluderar de reala betalningarna på fakturor, utgifter, moms och löner.
- Det baseras på fakturadatum för fakturor, utgifter, moms och löner. Donationsdatum för donation. -RulesCADue=- It includes the customer's due invoices whether they are paid or not.
- It is based on the billing date of these invoices.
+RulesCADue=- Det inkluderar kundens förfallna fakturor, oavsett om de betalas eller inte.
- Det är baserat på faktureringsdatum för dessa fakturor.
RulesCAIn=- Det inkluderar alla effektiva betalningar av fakturor som mottagits från kunder.
- Det är baserat på betalningsdatum för dessa fakturor
RulesCATotalSaleJournal=Den innehåller alla kreditlinjer från försäljningsloggboken. -RulesSalesTurnoverOfIncomeAccounts=It includes (credit - debit) of lines for product accounts in group INCOME +RulesSalesTurnoverOfIncomeAccounts=Det inkluderar (kredit - debitering) av rader för produktkonton i gruppen INKOMST RulesAmountOnInOutBookkeepingRecord=Det innehåller post i din huvudboken med bokföringskonto som har gruppen "EXPENSE" eller "INCOME" RulesResultBookkeepingPredefined=Det innehåller post i din huvudboken med bokföringskonto som har gruppen "EXPENSE" eller "INCOME" RulesResultBookkeepingPersonalized=Det visar rekord i din huvudboken med bokföringskonton grupperad av personliga grupper SeePageForSetup=Se meny %s för installation DepositsAreNotIncluded=- Betalningsfakturor ingår ej DepositsAreIncluded=- Betalningsfakturor ingår -LT1ReportByMonth=Tax 2 report by month -LT2ReportByMonth=Tax 3 report by month +LT1ReportByMonth=Skatt 2-rapport per månad +LT2ReportByMonth=Skatt 3-rapport per månad LT1ReportByCustomers=Rapportera skatt 2 av tredje part LT2ReportByCustomers=Rapportera skatt 3 av tredje part LT1ReportByCustomersES=Rapport från tredje part RE LT2ReportByCustomersES=Rapport från tredje part IRPF VATReport=Försäljningsskatterapport VATReportByPeriods=Försäljningsskattrapport per period -VATReportByMonth=Sale tax report by month +VATReportByMonth=Försäljningsskattrapport per månad VATReportByRates=Försäljningsskattrapport enligt priser VATReportByThirdParties=Försäljningsskattrapport från tredje part VATReportByCustomers=Försäljningsskatt rapport från kund VATReportByCustomersInInputOutputMode=Rapport av kunden moms samlas och betalas VATReportByQuartersInInputOutputMode=Rapportera enligt försäljningsskattesats för den skatt som samlats och betalats -VATReportShowByRateDetails=Show details of this rate +VATReportShowByRateDetails=Visa detaljer om denna kurs LT1ReportByQuarters=Rapportera skatt 2 efter skatt LT2ReportByQuarters=Rapportera skatt 3 efter skatt LT1ReportByQuartersES=Rapport från RE hastighet @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Pcg_subtype=Pcg subtyp InvoiceLinesToDispatch=Faktura linjer avsändandet ByProductsAndServices=Efter produkt och service RefExt=Extern ref -ToCreateAPredefinedInvoice=To create a template invoice, create a standard invoice, then, without validating it, click on button "%s". +ToCreateAPredefinedInvoice=För att skapa en mallfaktura, skapa en standardfaktura och klicka sedan på knappen "%s" utan att validera den. LinkedOrder=Länk för att beställa Mode1=Metod 1 Mode2=Metod 2 @@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER_Desc=Det dedikerade bokföringskontot som definieras ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUPPLIER=Redovisningskonto som används för leverantörs tredje part ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUPPLIER_Desc=Det dedikerade bokföringskontot som definieras på tredje partskort kommer endast att användas för Subledger-bokföring. Den här kommer att användas för huvudboken och som standardvärde för Subledger-bokföring om en dedikerad leverantörsredovisningskonto på tredjeparten inte är definierad. ConfirmCloneTax=Bekräfta klon av en social / skattemässig skatt -ConfirmCloneVAT=Confirm the clone of a VAT declaration -ConfirmCloneSalary=Confirm the clone of a salary +ConfirmCloneVAT=Bekräfta klonen på en momsdeklaration +ConfirmCloneSalary=Bekräfta klon av lön CloneTaxForNextMonth=Klona det för nästa månad SimpleReport=Enkel rapport AddExtraReport=Extra rapporter (lägg till utländsk och nationell kundrapport) @@ -269,26 +269,26 @@ AccountingAffectation=Redovisningsuppdrag LastDayTaxIsRelatedTo=Den sista dagen i vilken skatten är relaterad till VATDue=Försäljningsskatt krävdes ClaimedForThisPeriod=Påstås för perioden -PaidDuringThisPeriod=Paid for this period -PaidDuringThisPeriodDesc=This is the sum of all payments linked to VAT declarations which have an end-of-period date in the selected date range +PaidDuringThisPeriod=Betalas för denna period +PaidDuringThisPeriodDesc=Detta är summan av alla betalningar kopplade till momsdeklarationer som har ett slutdatum i det valda datumintervallet ByVatRate=Med försäljningsskattesats TurnoverbyVatrate=Omsättning fakturerad med försäljningsskattesats TurnoverCollectedbyVatrate=Omsättning upptagen med försäljningsskattesats PurchasebyVatrate=Inköp med försäljningsskattesats -LabelToShow=Short label -PurchaseTurnover=Purchase turnover -PurchaseTurnoverCollected=Purchase turnover collected -RulesPurchaseTurnoverDue=- It includes the supplier's due invoices whether they are paid or not.
- It is based on the invoice date of these invoices.
-RulesPurchaseTurnoverIn=- It includes all the effective payments of invoices done to suppliers.
- It is based on the payment date of these invoices
-RulesPurchaseTurnoverTotalPurchaseJournal=It includes all debit lines from the purchase journal. -RulesPurchaseTurnoverOfExpenseAccounts=It includes (debit - credit) of lines for product accounts in group EXPENSE -ReportPurchaseTurnover=Purchase turnover invoiced -ReportPurchaseTurnoverCollected=Purchase turnover collected -IncludeVarpaysInResults = Include various payments in reports -IncludeLoansInResults = Include loans in reports -InvoiceLate30Days = Invoices late > 30 days -InvoiceLate15Days = Invoices late > 15 days -InvoiceLateMinus15Days = Invoices late -InvoiceNotLate = To be collected < 15 days -InvoiceNotLate15Days = To be collected in 15 days -InvoiceNotLate30Days = To be collected in 30 days +LabelToShow=Kort etikett +PurchaseTurnover=Inköpsomsättning +PurchaseTurnoverCollected=Inköpt omsättning +RulesPurchaseTurnoverDue=- Den inkluderar leverantörens förfallna fakturor oavsett om de betalas eller inte.
- Det är baserat på fakturadatum för dessa fakturor.
+RulesPurchaseTurnoverIn=- Det inkluderar alla effektiva betalningar av fakturor som görs till leverantörer.
- Det baseras på betalningsdatum för dessa fakturor
+RulesPurchaseTurnoverTotalPurchaseJournal=Den inkluderar alla debiteringsrader från inköpsjournalen. +RulesPurchaseTurnoverOfExpenseAccounts=Det inkluderar (debitering - kredit) av rader för produktkonton i gruppen EXPENSE +ReportPurchaseTurnover=Fakturerad inköpsomsättning +ReportPurchaseTurnoverCollected=Inköpt omsättning +IncludeVarpaysInResults = Inkludera olika betalningar i rapporter +IncludeLoansInResults = Inkludera lån i rapporter +InvoiceLate30Days = Fakturor sent> 30 dagar +InvoiceLate15Days = Fakturor sent> 15 dagar +InvoiceLateMinus15Days = Fakturor sent +InvoiceNotLate = Ska samlas in <15 dagar +InvoiceNotLate15Days = Hämtas på 15 dagar +InvoiceNotLate30Days = Hämtas på 30 dagar diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cron.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cron.lang index df24f32fc75..c0dd13b0651 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cron.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/cron.lang @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ Permission23103 = Radera schemalagt jobb Permission23104 = Utför schemalagt jobb # Admin CronSetup=Planerad jobbhantering installation -URLToLaunchCronJobs=URL to check and launch qualified cron jobs from a browser -OrToLaunchASpecificJob=Or to check and launch a specific job from a browser +URLToLaunchCronJobs=URL för att kontrollera och starta kvalificerade cron-jobb från en webbläsare +OrToLaunchASpecificJob=Eller för att kontrollera och starta ett visst jobb från en webbläsare KeyForCronAccess=Säkerhetsnyckel för URL för att lansera cron-jobb FileToLaunchCronJobs=Kommandorad för att kontrollera och starta kvalificerade cron-jobb CronExplainHowToRunUnix=I en Unix-miljö bör följande rad läggas i crontab så kommandot exekveras var 5:e minut. CronExplainHowToRunWin=I Microsoft (tm) Windows-miljö kan du använda Schemalagda uppgiftsverktyg för att köra kommandoraden var 5: e minut CronMethodDoesNotExists=Klass %s innehåller ingen metod %s -CronMethodNotAllowed=Method %s of class %s is in blacklist of forbidden methods +CronMethodNotAllowed=Metod %s av klass %s finns i svartlistan över förbjudna metoder CronJobDefDesc=Cron-jobbprofiler definieras i modulbeskrivningsfilen. När modulen är aktiverad laddas de och är tillgängliga så att du kan administrera jobben från adminverktygsmenyn %s. CronJobProfiles=Förteckning över fördefinierade cron jobbprofiler # Menu @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ MakeLocalDatabaseDumpShort=Lokal databas säkerhetskopia MakeLocalDatabaseDump=Skapa en lokal databasdump. Parametrarna är: komprimering ('gz' eller 'bz' eller 'none'), säkerhetskopieringstyp ('mysql', 'pgsql', 'auto'), 1, 'auto' eller filnamn att bygga, antal backupfiler för att hålla WarningCronDelayed=Uppmärksamhet, för prestationsändamål, vad som än är nästa datum för utförande av aktiverade jobb, kan dina jobb försenas till högst %s timmar innan de körs. DATAPOLICYJob=Resning och anonymisering av data -JobXMustBeEnabled=Job %s must be enabled +JobXMustBeEnabled=Jobb %s måste vara aktiverat # Cron Boxes LastExecutedScheduledJob=Senast utfört schemalagda arbete NextScheduledJobExecute=Nästa schemalagda arbete att köra diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/deliveries.lang index d765beb7c66..a2260392827 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/deliveries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/deliveries.lang @@ -30,3 +30,4 @@ NonShippable=Inte sändbara ShowShippableStatus=Visa leveransstatus ShowReceiving=Visa orderbekräftelse NonExistentOrder=Icke-existerande ordning +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Lagerkvantiteter som redan tilldelats på tidigare rader diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/dict.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/dict.lang index 6ec6d59e652..ec142df29fe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/dict.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/dict.lang @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ CountryNL=Nederländerna CountryHU=Ungern CountryRU=Ryssland CountrySE=Sverige -CountryCI=Ivoiry Coast +CountryCI=Elfenbenskusten CountrySN=Senegal CountryAR=Argentina CountryCM=Kamerun @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ PaperFormatEUA6=A6-format PaperFormatUSLETTER=Format Letter US PaperFormatUSLEGAL=Format Legal US PaperFormatUSEXECUTIVE=Format Executive US -PaperFormatUSLEDGER=Formatet Ledger / Tabloid +PaperFormatUSLEDGER=Format Ledger / Tabloid PaperFormatCAP1=Format P1 Kanada PaperFormatCAP2=Format P2 Kanada PaperFormatCAP3=Format P3 Kanada diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ecm.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ecm.lang index 4f1af157567..07bfd3c7259 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ecm.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ecm.lang @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ HashOfFileContent=Hash av filinnehåll NoDirectoriesFound=Inga mappar funna FileNotYetIndexedInDatabase=Filen är inte indexerad i databasen (försök ladda upp igen) ExtraFieldsEcmFiles=Extrafields Ecm Files -ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=Extrafields Ecm Directories -ECMSetup=ECM Setup -GenerateImgWebp=Duplicate all images with another version with .webp format +ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=Extrafields Ecm-kataloger +ECMSetup=ECM-inställning +GenerateImgWebp=Kopiera alla bilder med en annan version med .webp-format ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=Om du bekräftar kommer du generera en bild i .webp format för alla bilder som finns i denna mapp (undermappar är inte inkluderade) ConfirmImgWebpCreation=Bekräfta kloning av alla bilder SucessConvertImgWebp=Bilder blev klonade diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/errors.lang index 40225d7e894..50f2442f2d4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/errors.lang @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ ErrorCantReadFile=Misslyckades med att läsa filen "%s" ErrorCantReadDir=Misslyckades att läsa katalogen "%s" ErrorBadLoginPassword=Felaktigt värde för inloggning eller lösenord ErrorLoginDisabled=Ditt konto har inaktiverats -ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Failed to run external command. Check it is available and runnable by your PHP server user. Check also the command is not protected on shell level by a security layer like apparmor. +ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Det gick inte att köra externt kommando. Kontrollera att den är tillgänglig och kan köras av din PHP-serveranvändare. Kontrollera också att kommandot inte är skyddat på skalnivå av ett säkerhetslager som apparmor. ErrorFailedToChangePassword=Det gick inte att ändra lösenord ErrorLoginDoesNotExists=Användaren med inloggning %s kunde inte hittas. ErrorLoginHasNoEmail=Denna användare har inga e-postadress. Process avbruten. @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Fel, belopp är obligatoriskt ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Fel, fyll i procent korrekt ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Du måste först ställa in ditt kontoplan ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Det gick inte att hitta mall med kodnamn %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Varaktighet definieras inte i tjänsten. Inget sätt att beräkna timpriset. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Din PHP-parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) är högre än PHP-parameter post_max_size (%s). Detta är inte en konsekvent installation. @@ -301,4 +302,4 @@ ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=Användarens ägare krävs ErrorActionCommBadType=Vald händelsetyp (id: %n, kod: %s) finns inte i ordlistan för händelsetyp CheckVersionFail=Versionskontroll misslyckades ErrorWrongFileName=Filens namn kan inte innehålla __SOMETHING__ -ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Inte i ordningen för betalningsvillkor, ändra. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/eventorganization.lang index e7053b5f355..864d789fa8b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/eventorganization.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ EventOrganizationSetup = Konfiguration av händelseorganisation Settings = inställningar EventOrganizationSetupPage = Inställningssida för händelseorganisation EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABEL = Etikett för uppgifter som ska skapas automatiskt när projektet valideras -EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = When you validate an organized event, some tasks can be automatically created in the project

For example:
Send Call for Conference
Send Call for Booth
Receive call for conferences
Receive call for Booth
Open subscriptions to events for attendees
Send remind of event to speakers
Send remind of event to Booth hoster
Send remind of event to attendees +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = När du validerar en organiserad händelse kan vissa uppgifter skapas automatiskt i projektet

Exempel:
Skicka samtal för konferens
Skicka samtal för monter
Ta emot samtal för konferens
påminna om händelse till högtalare
Skicka påminnelse om händelse till den bodansvariga
Skicka påminnelse om händelse till deltagare
Skicka påminnelse om händelse till den bodansvariga
Skicka påminnelse om händelse till deltagare EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_CONF = Kategori som automatiskt kan läggas till tredje part när någon föreslår en konferens EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_BOOTH = Kategori som ska läggas till tredje part automatiskt skapas när de föreslår en monter EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_CONF = Mall för e-post att skicka efter att ha fått ett förslag på en konferens. @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ PriceOfBoothHelp=Prenumerationspris för att stå en monter EventOrganizationICSLink=Länka ICS för evenemang ConferenceOrBoothInformation=Information om konferens eller monter Attendees = Deltagare -DownloadICSLink = Download ICS link +DownloadICSLink = Ladda ner ICS-länk EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Säker nyckel till länken till offentlig registrering till en konferens SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Tjänst som används för fakturaraden om en monterplats SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Tjänst som används för fakturaraden om en deltagarprenumeration på en konferens -NbVotes=Number of votes +NbVotes=Röstetal # # Status # @@ -99,13 +99,13 @@ EvntOrgCancelled = Inställt # # Public page # -SuggestForm = Suggestion page +SuggestForm = Förslagssida RegisterPage = Sida för konferenser eller monter -EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Here, you can vote for an event, or suggest a new conference or booth for the project -EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new conference for the project -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new booth for the project -ListOfSuggestedConferences = List of suggested conferences -ListOfSuggestedBooths = List of suggested booths +EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Här kan du rösta på ett evenemang eller föreslå en ny konferens eller monter för projektet +EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Här kan du föreslå en ny konferens för projektet +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Här kan du föreslå en ny monter för projektet +ListOfSuggestedConferences = Lista över föreslagna konferenser +ListOfSuggestedBooths = Lista över föreslagna bås SuggestConference = Föreslå en ny konferens SuggestBooth = Föreslå en monter ViewAndVote = Visa och rösta på föreslagna händelser @@ -114,22 +114,24 @@ MissingOrBadSecureKey = Säkerhetsnyckeln är ogiltig eller saknas EvntOrgWelcomeMessage = Med det här formuläret kan du registrera dig som en ny deltagare till konferensen: '%s' EvntOrgDuration = Denna konferens börjar på %s och slutar på %s. ConferenceAttendeeFee = Konferensdeltagaravgift för evenemanget: '%s' som inträffar från %s till %s. -BoothLocationFee = Booth location for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s +BoothLocationFee = Båsplats för evenemanget: '%s' som inträffar från %s till %s EventType = Typ av händelse -LabelOfBooth=Booth label -LabelOfconference=Conference label -ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +LabelOfBooth=Båsetikett +LabelOfconference=Konferensetikett +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Prenumerationen är inte tillgänglig, konferensen är ännu inte bekräftad +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page # EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Välkommen till konferens- eller monteringssidan. -EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference suggestion page. -EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the booth suggestion page. -EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Here, you can view and vote for the suggested events for the project -VoteOk = Your vote has been accepted. -AlreadyVoted = You have already voted for this event. -VoteError = An error has occurred during the vote, please try again. +EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Välkommen till konferenssidan. +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Välkommen till förslagssidan för monter. +EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Här kan du se och rösta på de föreslagna händelserna för projektet +VoteOk = Din röst har accepterats. +AlreadyVoted = Du har redan röstat på det här evenemanget. +VoteError = Ett fel har inträffat under omröstningen, försök igen. # # SubscriptionOk page @@ -142,6 +144,6 @@ ConfAttendeeSubscriptionConfirmation = Bekräftelse på din prenumeration på en # # Payment page # -Attendee = Attendee -PaymentConferenceAttendee = Conference attendee payment -PaymentBoothLocation = Booth location payment +Attendee = Deltagare +PaymentConferenceAttendee = Konferensdeltagarebetalning +PaymentBoothLocation = Betalning av monterplats diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/externalsite.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/externalsite.lang index 4076aea29c5..bb812b412ed 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/externalsite.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/externalsite.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - externalsite ExternalSiteSetup=Setup länk till extern webbplats -ExternalSiteURL=External Site URL of HTML iframe content +ExternalSiteURL=Extern webbadress för HTML för iframe-innehåll ExternalSiteModuleNotComplete=Modul ExternalSite var inte korrekt konfigurerad. ExampleMyMenuEntry=Min meny posten diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ftp.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ftp.lang index fd131ae8e8f..d556f413bfc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ftp.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ftp.lang @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ftp -FTPClientSetup=FTP-klient modul setup -NewFTPClient=Ny FTP-anslutning -FTPArea=FTP-området -FTPAreaDesc=Den här skärmen visar innehållet i en FTP-server visa -SetupOfFTPClientModuleNotComplete=Inställning av FTP-klient modul verkar vara ofullständig -FTPFeatureNotSupportedByYourPHP=Din PHP stöder inte FTP funktioner -FailedToConnectToFTPServer=Misslyckades att ansluta till FTP-server (%s server port %s) -FailedToConnectToFTPServerWithCredentials=Det gick inte att logga in på FTP-servern med definierade login / lösenord +FTPClientSetup=FTP- eller SFTP-klientmodulinställning +NewFTPClient=Ny FTP / FTPS-anslutningsinstallation +FTPArea=FTP / FTPS-område +FTPAreaDesc=Denna skärm visar en vy av en FTP et SFTP-server. +SetupOfFTPClientModuleNotComplete=Installationen av FTP- eller SFTP-klientmodulen verkar vara ofullständig +FTPFeatureNotSupportedByYourPHP=Din PHP stöder inte FTP- eller SFTP-funktioner +FailedToConnectToFTPServer=Det gick inte att ansluta till servern (server %s, port %s) +FailedToConnectToFTPServerWithCredentials=Det gick inte att logga in på servern med definierat inloggning / lösenord FTPFailedToRemoveFile=Misslyckades med att ta bort fil %s. -FTPFailedToRemoveDir=Misslyckades med att ta bort katalogen %s (Kontrollera behörigheter och att katalogen är tom). +FTPFailedToRemoveDir=Misslyckades med att ta bort katalogen %s : kolla behörigheter och att katalogen är tom. FTPPassiveMode=Passivt läge -ChooseAFTPEntryIntoMenu=Choose a FTP entry into menu... -FailedToGetFile=Failed to get files %s +ChooseAFTPEntryIntoMenu=Välj en FTP / SFTP-webbplats från menyn ... +FailedToGetFile=Filhämtning misslyckades %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/holiday.lang index bb1aca64208..ab3dd896220 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/holiday.lang @@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ ToReviewCP=Väntar på godkännande ApprovedCP=Godkänd CancelCP=Annullerad RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Godkännare ListeCP=Förteckning över ledighet Leave=Lämna begäran LeaveId=Lämna ID ReviewedByCP=Kommer att godkännas av -UserID=User ID +UserID=användar ID UserForApprovalID=Användare för godkännande-ID UserForApprovalFirstname=Förnamn för godkännande användare UserForApprovalLastname=Efternamn för godkännandeanvändare @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Lämna begäran TypeOfLeaveId=Typ av ledighet ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Typ av ledighetskod TypeOfLeaveLabel=Typ av lämnad etikett -NbUseDaysCP=Antal dagars semester konsumeras -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Dagar konsumeras -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Dagar konsumeras i månaden -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Antal lediga dagar +NbUseDaysCPHelp=Beräkningen tar hänsyn till icke-arbetsdagar och helgdagar som definieras i ordlistan. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Ledighetsdagar +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Ledighetsdagar i månad +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s är en icke-arbetsdag DateStartInMonth=Startdatum i månaden DateEndInMonth=Slutdatum i månaden EditCP=Redigera @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Radera begäran ledighet ConfirmDeleteCP=Bekräfta raderingen av denna ledighet förfrågan? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Fel att du inte har rätt att ta bort denna ledighet begäran. CantCreateCP=Du har inte rätt att göra ledighet förfrågningar. -InvalidValidatorCP=Du måste välja en approbator till din ledighet förfrågan. +InvalidValidatorCP=Du måste välja godkännare för din ledighetsförfrågan. NoDateDebut=Du måste välja ett startdatum. NoDateFin=Du måste välja ett slutdatum. ErrorDureeCP=Din ledighet framställningen inte innehåller arbetsdag. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Användare ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Ett fel uppstod när den exceptionella ledighet. AddEventToUserOkCP=Tillägget av den exceptionella ledigheten har slutförts. MenuLogCP=Kontrollera ändringsloggen -LogCP=Log av uppdateringar av tillgängliga semesterdagar -ActionByCP=Framförd av -UserUpdateCP=För användaren +LogCP=Logg över alla uppdateringar gjorda av "Balans av ledighet" +ActionByCP=Uppdaterad av +UserUpdateCP=Uppdaterad för PrevSoldeCP=Föregående Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=En begäran ledigheten har redan gjorts på denna period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Första dagen på semestern -LastDayOfHoliday=Sista dagen på semestern +FirstDayOfHoliday=Börjedag för begäran om ledighet +LastDayOfHoliday=Slutdagens ledighetsförfrågan BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Senaste %s ändrade lämnar förfrågningar HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Månads uppdatering ManualUpdate=Manuell uppdatering @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sjukskriven LEAVE_OTHER=Annan ledighet LEAVE_PAID_FR=Betald semester ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Senaste automatiska uppdateringen av ledighetstilldelning -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Månad för senaste automatiska uppdateringen av ledighetstilldelning +LastUpdateCP=Senaste automatiska uppdateringen av tilldelning av ledighet +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Månad för senaste automatiska uppdatering av tilldelning av ledighet UpdateConfCPOK=Uppdaterats. Module27130Name= Hantering av ledighet förfrågningar Module27130Desc= Hantering av ledighet förfrågningar @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Din ledighet begäran om %s till %s har avbrutits. FollowedByACounter=1: Denna typ av ledighet måste följas av en räknare. Räknaren ökas manuellt eller automatiskt och när en förfrågningsbegäran är validerad minskas räknaren.
0: Ej följd av en räknare. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Det finns inga lämna typer som måste följas av en räknare GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Gå in i Hem - Inställning - Ordböcker - Typ av tjänst för att konfigurera olika typer av löv. -HolidaySetup=Inställning av modul Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Lämna begäran nummereringsmodeller +HolidaySetup=Installation av modulen Lämna +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numreringsmodeller för ledighetsförfrågningar TemplatePDFHolidays=Mall för lämningsförfrågningar PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Gratis text på PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Vattenstämplar på utkastsförfrågningar -HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve -NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidaysToApprove=Semester att godkänna +NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Ingen har tillstånd att godkänna helgdagar +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Månadsuppdatering av semestersaldot +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/install.lang index 39be597af33..a95eaa82431 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/install.lang @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migrering av bildvägar för användare MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migrering av användarnas fält sociala nätverk (%s) MigrationReloadModule=Ladda om modulen %s MigrationResetBlockedLog=Återställningsmodul BlockedLog för v7-algoritmen -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migrering av import- eller exportprofiler (%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=Visa otillgängliga alternativ HideNotAvailableOptions=Dölj otillgängliga alternativ ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Fel (er) rapporterades under migreringsprocessen så nästa steg är inte tillgängligt. För att ignorera fel kan du klicka här , men programmet eller vissa funktioner kanske inte fungerar korrekt tills felen har lösts. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/interventions.lang index 4851b32f611..f3f970777f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/interventions.lang @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ InterDateCreation=Datum skapande insats InterDuration=Varaktighetsintervention InterStatus=Statusintervention InterNote=Observera insats -InterLine=Line of intervention +InterLine=Interventionslinje InterLineId=Line id insats InterLineDate=Linjedatumintervention InterLineDuration=Linjens längdintervention InterLineDesc=Linjebeskrivningsintervention -RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention -ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen -ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +RepeatableIntervention=Mall för intervention +ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=För att skapa en fördefinierad eller återkommande intervention, skapa en gemensam intervention och konvertera den till interventionsmall +ConfirmReopenIntervention=Är du säker på att du vill öppna interventionen %s ? +GenerateInter=Generera intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/intracommreport.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/intracommreport.lang index 8b6713062c8..2cdd3169b27 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/intracommreport.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/intracommreport.lang @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -Module68000Name = Intracomm report -Module68000Desc = Intracomm report management (Support for French DEB/DES format) -IntracommReportSetup = Intracommreport module setup -IntracommReportAbout = About intracommreport +Module68000Name = Intracomm-rapport +Module68000Desc = Intracomm-rapporthantering (stöd för franska DEB / DES-format) +IntracommReportSetup = Konfigurering av modul för internkommunikation +IntracommReportAbout = Om intracommreport # Setup INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_AGREMENT=Numéro d'agrément (délivré par le CISD de rattachement) @@ -14,27 +14,27 @@ INTRACOMMREPORT_CATEG_FRAISDEPORT=Catégorie de services de type "Frais de port" INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_DECLARATION=Numéro de déclarant # Menu -MenuIntracommReport=Intracomm report -MenuIntracommReportNew=New declaration +MenuIntracommReport=Intracomm-rapport +MenuIntracommReportNew=Ny förklaring MenuIntracommReportList=Lista # View -NewDeclaration=New declaration -Declaration=Declaration -AnalysisPeriod=Analysis period -TypeOfDeclaration=Type of declaration -DEB=Goods exchange declaration (DEB) -DES=Services exchange declaration (DES) +NewDeclaration=Ny förklaring +Declaration=Deklaration +AnalysisPeriod=Analysperiod +TypeOfDeclaration=Typ av deklaration +DEB=Godsutbytesdeklaration (DEB) +DES=Tjänsteutbytesdeklaration (DES) # Export page -IntracommReportTitle=Preparation of an XML file in ProDouane format +IntracommReportTitle=Förberedelse av en XML-fil i ProDouane-format # List -IntracommReportList=List of generated declarations +IntracommReportList=Lista över genererade deklarationer IntracommReportNumber=Numero of declaration -IntracommReportPeriod=Period of nalysis -IntracommReportTypeDeclaration=Type of declaration -IntracommReportDownload=download XML file +IntracommReportPeriod=Analysperiod +IntracommReportTypeDeclaration=Typ av deklaration +IntracommReportDownload=ladda ner XML-fil # Invoice -IntracommReportTransportMode=Transport mode +IntracommReportTransportMode=Transportläge diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/knowledgemanagement.lang index 1722fe7d0b1..aba8cf83033 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -18,38 +18,32 @@ # # Module label 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementName' -ModuleKnowledgeManagementName = Knowledge Management System +ModuleKnowledgeManagementName = Kunskapshanteringssystem # Module description 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc' -ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc=Manage a Knowledge Management (KM) or Help-Desk base +ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc=Hantera en kunskapshanterings- (KM) eller Help-Desk-bas # # Admin page # -KnowledgeManagementSetup = Knowledge Management System setup +KnowledgeManagementSetup = Konfigurationssystem för kunskapshantering Settings = inställningar -KnowledgeManagementSetupPage = Knowledge Management System setup page +KnowledgeManagementSetupPage = Kunskapshanteringssystem inställningssida # # About page # About = Om -KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management -KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page +KnowledgeManagementAbout = Om kunskapshantering +KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Kunshantering om sidan -# -# Sample page -# -KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# -MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base -ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles -NewKnowledgeRecord = New article -ValidateReply = Validate solution -KnowledgeRecords = Articles +KnowledgeManagementArea = Kunskapshantering +MenuKnowledgeRecord = Kunskapsbas +ListKnowledgeRecord = Lista över artiklar +NewKnowledgeRecord = Ny artikel +ValidateReply = Validera lösningen +KnowledgeRecords = Artiklar KnowledgeRecord = Artikel -KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafält för artikel +GroupOfTicket=Grupp av biljetter +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=Du kan länka en artikel till en biljettgrupp (så artikeln kommer att föreslås under kvalificeringen av nya biljetter) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/languages.lang index 49a547e5e3b..1e1c861fd66 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Etiopisk Language_ar_AR=Arabiska Language_ar_EG=Arabiska (egypten) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabiskt -Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_TN=Arabiska (Tunisien) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabiska (irak) Language_az_AZ=Azerbajdzjanska Language_bn_BD=Bengaliska Language_bn_IN=Bengali (Indien) @@ -83,9 +85,10 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepalesiska Language_nl_BE=Holländska (Belgien) Language_nl_NL=Nederländska Language_pl_PL=Polska +Language_pt_AO=Portugisiska (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portugisiska (Brasilien) Language_pt_PT=Portugisiska -Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) +Language_ro_MD=Rumänska (Moldavien) Language_ro_RO=Rumänska Language_ru_RU=Ryska Language_ru_UA=Ryska (Ukraina) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/loan.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/loan.lang index c77b8e12747..c1be5555d90 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/loan.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/loan.lang @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ AddLoan=Skapa lån FinancialCommitment=Finansiellt engagemang InterestAmount=Ränta CapitalRemain=Kapital kvarstår -TermPaidAllreadyPaid = This term is allready paid -CantUseScheduleWithLoanStartedToPaid = Can't use scheduler for a loan with payment started -CantModifyInterestIfScheduleIsUsed = You can't modify interest if you use schedule +TermPaidAllreadyPaid = Denna period är redan betald +CantUseScheduleWithLoanStartedToPaid = Kan inte använda schemaläggaren för ett lån när betalningen har startat +CantModifyInterestIfScheduleIsUsed = Du kan inte ändra intresse om du använder schema # Admin ConfigLoan=Modullånets konfiguration LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CAPITAL=Redovisningskontokapital som standard diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mails.lang index 75b1b3a4c45..4e716343a22 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Radera filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Spara filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Skapa filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Namn på nytt filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Ingen kontakt / adress med en kategori hittad -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Ingen kontakt / adress med en kategori hittad +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Utgående e-post InGoingEmailSetup=Inkommande e-postmeddelanden OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Utgående e-post (för modul %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/main.lang index adf56e59a59..8fa4c3cc69f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/main.lang @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ LT1IN=CGST LT2IN=SGST LT1GC=Extra cent VATRate=Mervärdesskattesats -RateOfTaxN=Rate of tax %s +RateOfTaxN=Skattesats %s VATCode=Skattesatsskod VATNPR=Skattesats NPR DefaultTaxRate=Standard skattesats @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ MenuMembers=Medlemmar MenuAgendaGoogle=Google dagordning MenuTaxesAndSpecialExpenses=Skatter | Särskilda utgifter ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetup=Dolibarr gräns (meny hem-inställning-säkerhet): %s Kb, PHP gräns: %s Kb -ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limit (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limit (Param %s): %s Kb +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr-gräns (meny %s): %s Kb, PHP-gräns (Param %s): %s Kb NoFileFound=Inga dokument laddade upp CurrentUserLanguage=Nuvarande språk CurrentTheme=Nuvarande tema @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Kopieras till Urklipp InformationOnLinkToContract=Detta belopp är endast summan av alla rader i kontraktet. Ingen tidsbegrepp tas med i beräkningen. ConfirmCancel=Är du säker på att du vill avbryta EmailMsgID=E-post meddelande-id +SetToEnabled=Ställ in till aktiverat +SetToDisabled=Ställ in till inaktiverad +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass möjliggör bekräftelse +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Är du säker på att du vill aktivera %s vald(a) post(er)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=massavaktiverande bekräftelse +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Är du säker på att du vill inaktivera den / de valda post (erna) %s? +RecordsEnabled=%s-post (ar) aktiverad +RecordsDisabled=%s post (ar) inaktiverad +RecordEnabled=Inspelning aktiverad +RecordDisabled=Posten inaktiverad +Forthcoming=Tillmötesgående +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/members.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/members.lang index a1b633f99ce..5e42c8dd219 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/members.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/members.lang @@ -214,4 +214,4 @@ MembershipPaid=Medlemskap som betalats för nuvarande period (till %s) YouMayFindYourInvoiceInThisEmail=Du kan hitta din faktura bifogad till det här e-postmeddelandet XMembersClosed=%s medlem(ar) stängda XExternalUserCreated=%s externa användare har skapats -ForceMemberNature=Force member nature (Individual or Corporation) +ForceMemberNature=Tvinga medlemmarnas natur (individ eller företag) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/modulebuilder.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/modulebuilder.lang index 934645863e6..2b6384c9f7c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/modulebuilder.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/modulebuilder.lang @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - loan -ModuleBuilderDesc=This tool must be used only by experienced users or developers. It provides utilities to build or edit your own module. Documentation for alternative manual development is here. +ModuleBuilderDesc=Detta verktyg får endast användas av erfarna användare eller utvecklare. Det ger verktyg för att bygga eller redigera din egen modul. Dokumentation för alternativ manuell utveckling finns här . EnterNameOfModuleDesc=Ange namnet på modulen / programmet för att skapa utan mellanslag. Använd stor bokstav för att skilja ord (till exempel: MyModule, EcommerceForShop, SyncWithMySystem ...) EnterNameOfObjectDesc=Ange namnet på objektet som ska skapas utan mellanslag. Använd stor bokstav för att skilja ord (till exempel: MyObject, Student, Lärare ...). CRUD klassfilen, men även API-filen, kommer sidor att lista / lägga till / redigera / ta bort objekt och SQL-filer genereras. ModuleBuilderDesc2=Vägen där moduler genereras / redigeras (första katalogen för externa moduler definierad i %s): %s ModuleBuilderDesc3=Genererade / redigerbara moduler hittades: %s ModuleBuilderDesc4=En modul detekteras som "redigerbar" när filen %s existerar i root av modulkatalogen NewModule=Ny modul -NewObjectInModulebuilder=New object +NewObjectInModulebuilder=Nytt objekt ModuleKey=Modulnyckel ObjectKey=Objektnyckel ModuleInitialized=Modul initialiserad @@ -21,14 +21,14 @@ ModuleBuilderDesctriggers=Detta är utsikten över utlösare som tillhandahålls ModuleBuilderDeschooks=Den här fliken är avsedd för krokar. ModuleBuilderDescwidgets=Den här fliken är avsedd att hantera / bygga widgets. ModuleBuilderDescbuildpackage=Du kan generera här en "färdig att distribuera" paketfil (en normaliserad .zip-fil) av din modul och en "färdig att distribuera" dokumentationsfil. Klicka bara på knappen för att bygga paketet eller dokumentationsfilen. -EnterNameOfModuleToDeleteDesc=You can delete your module. WARNING: All coding files of module (generated or created manually) AND structured data and documentation will be deleted! -EnterNameOfObjectToDeleteDesc=You can delete an object. WARNING: All coding files (generated or created manually) related to object will be deleted! +EnterNameOfModuleToDeleteDesc=Du kan radera din modul. VARNING: Alla kodningsfiler för modulen (genereras eller skapas manuellt) OCH strukturerad data och dokumentation raderas! +EnterNameOfObjectToDeleteDesc=Du kan radera ett objekt. VARNING: Alla kodningsfiler (genererade eller skapade manuellt) relaterade till objekt raderas! DangerZone=Farozon BuildPackage=Bygg paketet -BuildPackageDesc=You can generate a zip package of your application so your are ready to distribute it on any Dolibarr. You can also distribute it or sell it on marketplace like DoliStore.com. +BuildPackageDesc=Du kan skapa ett zip-paket av din applikation så att du är redo att distribuera den på valfri Dolibarr. Du kan också distribuera den eller sälja den på marknadsplatsen som DoliStore.com . BuildDocumentation=Bygg dokumentation -ModuleIsNotActive=This module is not activated yet. Go to %s to make it live or click here -ModuleIsLive=This module has been activated. Any change may break a current live feature. +ModuleIsNotActive=Denna modul är inte aktiverad än. Gå till %s för att göra det live eller klicka här +ModuleIsLive=Denna modul har aktiverats. Varje ändring kan bryta en aktuell live-funktion. DescriptionLong=Lång beskrivning EditorName=Namn på redaktör EditorUrl=URL för redaktör @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ PageForCreateEditView=PHP-sida för att skapa / redigera / visa en post PageForAgendaTab=PHP-sida för händelsefliken PageForDocumentTab=PHP-sida för dokumentfliken PageForNoteTab=PHP-sida för fliken Not -PageForContactTab=PHP page for contact tab +PageForContactTab=PHP-sida för kontaktflik PathToModulePackage=Vägen till zip på modulen / applikationspaketet PathToModuleDocumentation=Ban till fil med modul / ansökningsdokumentation (%s) SpaceOrSpecialCharAreNotAllowed=Mellanslag eller specialtecken är inte tillåtna. FileNotYetGenerated=Filen är ännu inte genererad -RegenerateClassAndSql=Force update of .class and .sql files +RegenerateClassAndSql=Tvinga uppdatering av .class- och .sql-filer RegenerateMissingFiles=Generera saknade filer SpecificationFile=Dokumentationsfil LanguageFile=Fil för språk -ObjectProperties=Object Properties +ObjectProperties=Objektegenskaper ConfirmDeleteProperty=Är du säker på att du vill ta bort egenskapen %s ? Detta kommer att ändra kod i PHP-klassen men även ta bort kolumn från tabelldefinition av objekt. NotNull=Inte NULL NotNullDesc=1 = Ange databas till NOT NULL. -1 = Tillåt nullvärden och tvinga värdet till NULL om det är tomt ('' eller 0). @@ -61,42 +61,42 @@ HooksFile=Fil för krokar kod ArrayOfKeyValues=Array of key-val ArrayOfKeyValuesDesc=Array av nycklar och värden om fältet är en kombinationslista med fasta värden WidgetFile=Widget-fil -CSSFile=CSS file -JSFile=Javascript file +CSSFile=CSS-fil +JSFile=Javascript-fil ReadmeFile=Readme-filen ChangeLog=ChangeLog-fil TestClassFile=Fil för PHP Unit Test-klass SqlFile=SQL-fil -PageForLib=File for the common PHP library -PageForObjLib=File for the PHP library dedicated to object +PageForLib=Fil för det gemensamma PHP-biblioteket +PageForObjLib=Fil för PHP-biblioteket tillägnad objekt SqlFileExtraFields=SQL-fil för kompletterande attribut SqlFileKey=Sql-fil för nycklar -SqlFileKeyExtraFields=Sql file for keys of complementary attributes +SqlFileKeyExtraFields=SQL-fil för nycklar till kompletterande attribut AnObjectAlreadyExistWithThisNameAndDiffCase=Ett objekt finns redan med detta namn och ett annat fall UseAsciiDocFormat=Du kan använda Markdown-format, men det rekommenderas att använda Asciidoc-format (omparison mellan .md och .asciidoc: http://asciidoctor.org/docs/user-manual/#compared-to-markdown) IsAMeasure=Är en åtgärd DirScanned=Directory skannad NoTrigger=Ingen utlösare NoWidget=Ingen widget -GoToApiExplorer=API explorer +GoToApiExplorer=API-utforskare ListOfMenusEntries=Lista över menyuppgifter -ListOfDictionariesEntries=List of dictionaries entries +ListOfDictionariesEntries=Lista över ordböcker ListOfPermissionsDefined=Lista över definierade behörigheter SeeExamples=Se exempel här EnabledDesc=Villkor att ha detta fält aktivt (Exempel: 1 eller $ conf-> global-> MYMODULE_MYOPTION) VisibleDesc=Is the field visible ? (Examples: 0=Never visible, 1=Visible on list and create/update/view forms, 2=Visible on list only, 3=Visible on create/update/view form only (not list), 4=Visible on list and update/view form only (not create), 5=Visible on list end view form only (not create, not update).

Using a negative value means field is not shown by default on list but can be selected for viewing).

It can be an expression, for example:
preg_match('/public/', $_SERVER['PHP_SELF'])?0:1
($user->rights->holiday->define_holiday ? 1 : 0) -DisplayOnPdfDesc=Display this field on compatible PDF documents, you can manage position with "Position" field.
Currently, known compatibles PDF models are : eratosthene (order), espadon (ship), sponge (invoices), cyan (propal/quotation), cornas (supplier order)

For document :
0 = not displayed
1 = display
2 = display only if not empty

For document lines :
0 = not displayed
1 = displayed in a column
3 = display in line description column after the description
4 = display in description column after the description only if not empty -DisplayOnPdf=Display on PDF +DisplayOnPdfDesc=Visa detta fält på kompatibla PDF-dokument, du kan hantera position med fältet "Position".
För närvarande är kända kompatibla PDF-modeller: eratosthen (order), espadon (ship), svamp (fakturor), cyan (propal / offert), cornas (leverantörsbeställning)

a0e7843947c0cf6a0a0a0a = display
2 = visa endast om inte tömma

för dokumentlinjer:
0 = inte visas
1 = visas i en kolumn
3 = visning på rad beskrivning kolumn efter beskrivningen
4 = display i beskrivningen kolonn efter beskrivning endast om den inte är tom +DisplayOnPdf=Visa på PDF IsAMeasureDesc=Kan värdet av fält ackumuleras för att få en total i listan? (Exempel: 1 eller 0) SearchAllDesc=Är fältet används för att göra en sökning från snabbsökningsverktyget? (Exempel: 1 eller 0) SpecDefDesc=Ange här all dokumentation du vill ge med din modul som inte redan är definierad av andra flikar. Du kan använda .md eller bättre, den rika .asciidoc-syntaxen. LanguageDefDesc=Skriv in i dessa filer, all nyckel och översättning för varje språkfil. -MenusDefDesc=Define here the menus provided by your module -DictionariesDefDesc=Define here the dictionaries provided by your module -PermissionsDefDesc=Define here the new permissions provided by your module -MenusDefDescTooltip=The menus provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->menus into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), menus are also visible into the menu editor available to administrator users on %s. -DictionariesDefDescTooltip=The dictionaries provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->dictionaries into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), dictionaries are also visible into the setup area to administrator users on %s. -PermissionsDefDescTooltip=The permissions provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->rights into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), permissions are visible into the default permissions setup %s. +MenusDefDesc=Definiera här menyerna som tillhandahålls av din modul +DictionariesDefDesc=Definiera här ordböckerna som tillhandahålls av din modul +PermissionsDefDesc=Definiera här de nya behörigheterna från din modul +MenusDefDescTooltip=Menyerna som tillhandahålls av din modul / applikation definieras i arrayen $ this-> menyer i modulbeskrivningsfilen. Du kan redigera den här filen manuellt eller använda den inbäddade redigeraren.

Obs! När de väl är definierade (och modulen har aktiverats igen) visas menyer också i menyredigeraren som är tillgängliga för administratörsanvändare på %s. +DictionariesDefDescTooltip=Ordböckerna som tillhandahålls av din modul / applikation definieras i arrayen $ denna-> ordböcker i modulbeskrivningsfilen. Du kan redigera den här filen manuellt eller använda den inbäddade redigeraren.

Obs: När de väl är definierade (och modulen har aktiverats igen) är ordböcker också synliga i installationsområdet för administratörsanvändare på %s. +PermissionsDefDescTooltip=Behörigheterna från din modul / applikation definieras i arrayen $ this-> rights i modulbeskrivningsfilen. Du kan redigera den här filen manuellt eller använda den inbäddade redigeraren.

Obs: När de väl är definierade (och modulen har aktiverats igen), visas behörigheterna i standardbehörighetsinställningen %s. HooksDefDesc=Definiera i egenskapen modul_parts ['krokar'] i modulbeskrivningen, kontexten av krokar som du vill hantera (kontextlista kan hittas med en sökning på ' initHooks (' i kärnkoden).
Redigera krokfilen för att lägga till kod för dina anslutna funktioner (krokbara funktioner kan hittas genom en sökning på ' executeHooks ' i kärnkod). TriggerDefDesc=Definiera i utlösningsfilen koden du vill utföra för varje företagshändelse som körts. SeeIDsInUse=Se ID-er som används i din installation @@ -106,19 +106,19 @@ TryToUseTheModuleBuilder=Om du har kunskap om SQL och PHP kan du använda guiden SeeTopRightMenu=Se längst upp till höger AddLanguageFile=Lägg till språkfil YouCanUseTranslationKey=Här kan du använda en nyckel som är översättningsnyckeln i språkfilen (se fliken "Språk") -DropTableIfEmpty=(Destroy table if empty) +DropTableIfEmpty=(Förstör bordet om det är tomt) TableDoesNotExists=Tabellen %s existerar inte TableDropped=Tabell %s utgår InitStructureFromExistingTable=Bygg strukturen array-strängen i en befintlig tabell UseAboutPage=Inaktivera den aktuella sidan UseDocFolder=Inaktivera dokumentationsmappen UseSpecificReadme=Använd en specifik ReadMe -ContentOfREADMECustomized=Note: The content of the README.md file has been replaced with the specific value defined into setup of ModuleBuilder. +ContentOfREADMECustomized=Obs! Innehållet i README.md-filen har ersatts med det specifika värde som definierats i installationen av ModuleBuilder. RealPathOfModule=Verklig väg för modulen ContentCantBeEmpty=Innehållet i filen kan inte vara tomt WidgetDesc=Du kan skapa och redigera de widgets som kommer att läggas in med din modul. -CSSDesc=You can generate and edit here a file with personalized CSS embedded with your module. -JSDesc=You can generate and edit here a file with personalized Javascript embedded with your module. +CSSDesc=Du kan skapa och redigera här en fil med personlig CSS inbäddad i din modul. +JSDesc=Du kan generera och redigera här en fil med personlig Javascript inbäddad i din modul. CLIDesc=Du kan generera här några kommandoradsskript du vill ge med din modul. CLIFile=CLI-fil NoCLIFile=Inga CLI-filer @@ -127,20 +127,20 @@ UseSpecificEditorURL = Använd en specifik redigeringsadress UseSpecificFamily = Använd en specifik familj UseSpecificAuthor = Använd en specifik författare UseSpecificVersion = Använd en specifik första version -IncludeRefGeneration=The reference of object must be generated automatically -IncludeRefGenerationHelp=Check this if you want to include code to manage the generation automatically of the reference -IncludeDocGeneration=I want to generate some documents from the object -IncludeDocGenerationHelp=If you check this, some code will be generated to add a "Generate document" box on the record. -ShowOnCombobox=Show value into combobox -KeyForTooltip=Key for tooltip -CSSClass=CSS for edit/create form -CSSViewClass=CSS for read form -CSSListClass=CSS for list -NotEditable=Not editable -ForeignKey=Foreign key -TypeOfFieldsHelp=Type of fields:
varchar(99), double(24,8), real, text, html, datetime, timestamp, integer, integer:ClassName:relativepath/to/classfile.class.php[:1[:filter]] ('1' means we add a + button after the combo to create the record, 'filter' can be 'status=1 AND fk_user = __USER_ID AND entity IN (__SHARED_ENTITIES__)' for example) -AsciiToHtmlConverter=Ascii to HTML converter -AsciiToPdfConverter=Ascii to PDF converter -TableNotEmptyDropCanceled=Table not empty. Drop has been canceled. -ModuleBuilderNotAllowed=The module builder is available but not allowed to your user. -ImportExportProfiles=Import and export profiles +IncludeRefGeneration=Objektets referens måste genereras automatiskt +IncludeRefGenerationHelp=Markera detta om du vill inkludera kod för att hantera genereringen av referensen automatiskt +IncludeDocGeneration=Jag vill skapa några dokument från objektet +IncludeDocGenerationHelp=Om du markerar detta genereras en viss kod för att lägga till rutan "Skapa dokument" i posten. +ShowOnCombobox=Visa värde i kombinationsrutan +KeyForTooltip=Nyckel för verktygstips +CSSClass=CSS för redigera / skapa formulär +CSSViewClass=CSS för läsform +CSSListClass=CSS för lista +NotEditable=Ej redigerbar +ForeignKey=Främmande nyckel +TypeOfFieldsHelp=Typ av fält:
varchar (99), dubbel (24,8), real, text, html, datetime, tidsstämpel, heltal, heltal: ClassName: relativepath / to / classfile.class.php [: 1 [: filter]] ('1' betyder att vi lägger till en + -knapp efter kombinationen för att skapa posten, 'filter' kan vara 'status = 1 OCH fk_user = __USER_ID OCH enhet IN (__SHARED_ENTITIES__)' till exempel) +AsciiToHtmlConverter=Ascii till HTML-omvandlare +AsciiToPdfConverter=Ascii till PDF-omvandlare +TableNotEmptyDropCanceled=Bordet är inte tomt. Drop har avbrutits. +ModuleBuilderNotAllowed=Modulbyggaren är tillgänglig men inte tillåten för din användare. +ImportExportProfiles=Importera och exportera profiler diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mrp.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mrp.lang index f26aaefc027..290e50cf274 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mrp.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/mrp.lang @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ StatusMOProduced=Producerad QtyFrozen=Fryst antal QuantityFrozen=Fryst kvantitet QuantityConsumedInvariable=När denna flagga är inställd är den konsumerade kvantiteten alltid det definierade värdet och är inte relativt den producerade kvantiteten. -DisableStockChange=Stock change disabled +DisableStockChange=Lagerbyte inaktiverat DisableStockChangeHelp=När den här flaggan är inställd finns det ingen lagerförändring på denna produkt, oavsett vilken mängd som konsumeras BomAndBomLines=Räkningar av material och linjer BOMLine=Linje med BOM @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ ProductionForRef=Produktion av %s AutoCloseMO=Stäng automatiskt tillverkningsordern om kvantiteter att konsumera och producera uppnås NoStockChangeOnServices=Ingen lagerförändring på tjänsterna ProductQtyToConsumeByMO=Produktkvantitet som fortfarande ska konsumeras av öppen MO -ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Product quantity still to produce by open MO +ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Produktkvantitet som fortfarande produceras av öppen MO AddNewConsumeLines=Lägg till en ny rad att konsumera ProductsToConsume=Produkter att konsumera ProductsToProduce=Produkter att producera diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/multicurrency.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/multicurrency.lang index 8ca639a6ed5..1f479e7626c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/multicurrency.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/multicurrency.lang @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ multicurrency_syncronize_error=Synkroniseringsfel: %s MULTICURRENCY_USE_RATE_ON_DOCUMENT_DATE=Använd datumet för dokumentet för att hitta valutakursen istället för att använda den senast kända kursen multicurrency_useOriginTx=När ett objekt skapas från en annan, behåll originalfrekvensen från källobjektet (använd annars den senast kända kursen) CurrencyLayerAccount=CurrencyLayer API -CurrencyLayerAccount_help_to_synchronize=You must create an account on website %s to use this functionality.
Get your API key.
If you use a free account, you can't change the source currency (USD by default).
If your main currency is not USD, the application will automatically recalculate it.

You are limited to 1000 synchronizations per month. +CurrencyLayerAccount_help_to_synchronize=Du måste skapa ett konto på webbplatsen %s för att kunna använda denna funktion.
Skaffa din API-nyckel .
Om du använder ett gratis konto kan du inte ändra källvaluta (USD som standard).
Om din huvudvaluta inte är USD beräknar applikationen den automatiskt.

Du är begränsad till 1000 synkroniseringar per månad. multicurrency_appId=API-nyckel multicurrency_appCurrencySource=Grundvaluta multicurrency_alternateCurrencySource=Alternativ grundvaluta @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ AmountToOthercurrency=Belopp till (i valuta för mottagande konto) CurrencyRateSyncSucceed=Växlingskurssynkronisering klar. MULTICURRENCY_USE_CURRENCY_ON_DOCUMENT=Använd dokumentets valuta för onlinebetalningar TabTitleMulticurrencyRate=Kurslista -ListCurrencyRate=List of exchange rates for the currency -CreateRate=Create a rate -FormCreateRate=Rate creation -FormUpdateRate=Rate modification -successRateCreate=Rate for currency %s has been added to the database -ConfirmDeleteLineRate=Are you sure you want to remove the %s rate for currency %s on %s date? +ListCurrencyRate=Lista över valutakurser för valutan +CreateRate=Skapa en kurs +FormCreateRate=Betygsätt skapande +FormUpdateRate=Rate modifiering +successRateCreate=Kurs för valuta %s har lagts till i databasen +ConfirmDeleteLineRate=Är du säker på att du vill ta bort %s-kursen för valuta %s på %s-datum? DeleteLineRate=Rensa kurs successRateDelete=Kurs borttagen errorRateDelete=Fel vid borttagning av kurs diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/oauth.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/oauth.lang index 82050d63364..58b50d72893 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/oauth.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/oauth.lang @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ OAUTH_GITHUB_ID=OAuth GitHub Id OAUTH_GITHUB_SECRET=OAuth GitHub Secret OAUTH_GITHUB_DESC=Gå till den här sidan sedan "Registrera en ny applikation" för att skapa OAuth-uppgifter OAUTH_STRIPE_TEST_NAME=OAuth Stripe Test -OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_NAME=OAuth Stripe Live +OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_NAME=OAuth Strip Live diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/opensurvey.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/opensurvey.lang index 6e008d644ca..12c2e993078 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/opensurvey.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/opensurvey.lang @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - opensurvey Survey=Enkät Surveys=Enkäter -OrganizeYourMeetingEasily=Organize your meetings and polls easily. First select the type of poll... +OrganizeYourMeetingEasily=Ordna dina möten och omröstningar enkelt. Välj först typen av omröstning ... NewSurvey=Ny enkät OpenSurveyArea=Enkät område AddACommentForPoll=Du kan lägga till en kommentar till enkät ... diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/orders.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/orders.lang index 3f7f99fd4b0..d67ffeebf9a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/orders.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/orders.lang @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ OrdersToBill=Försäljningsorder levereras OrdersInProcess=Försäljningsorder pågår OrdersToProcess=Försäljningsorder att bearbeta SuppliersOrdersToProcess=Köp beställningar att bearbeta -SuppliersOrdersAwaitingReception=Purchase orders awaiting reception -AwaitingReception=Awaiting reception +SuppliersOrdersAwaitingReception=Inköpsorder som väntar på mottagning +AwaitingReception=Väntar på mottagning StatusOrderCanceledShort=Annullerad StatusOrderDraftShort=Förslag StatusOrderValidatedShort=Bekräftat @@ -143,10 +143,10 @@ OrderByMail=Post OrderByFax=Faxa OrderByEMail=epost OrderByWWW=Nätet -OrderByPhone=Telefonen +OrderByPhone=Telefon # Documents models -PDFEinsteinDescription=A complete order model (old implementation of Eratosthene template) -PDFEratostheneDescription=A complete order model +PDFEinsteinDescription=En komplett ordermodell (gammal implementering av Eratosthene-mall) +PDFEratostheneDescription=En komplett ordermodell PDFEdisonDescription=En enkel ordermodell PDFProformaDescription=Fullständig Proforma fakturaamll CreateInvoiceForThisCustomer=Faktura order @@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ OrderCreated=Din order har skapats OrderFail=Ett fel inträffade under din order skapande CreateOrders=Skapa order ToBillSeveralOrderSelectCustomer=För att skapa en faktura för flera ordrar, klicka först på kunden och välj sedan "%s". -OptionToSetOrderBilledNotEnabled=Option from module Workflow, to set order to 'Billed' automatically when invoice is validated, is not enabled, so you will have to set the status of orders to 'Billed' manually after the invoice has been generated. +OptionToSetOrderBilledNotEnabled=Alternativ från modul Arbetsflöde, att ställa in order till "Faktureras" automatiskt när fakturan valideras, är inte aktiverad, så du måste ställa in orderstatusen till "Faktureras" manuellt efter att fakturan har genererats. IfValidateInvoiceIsNoOrderStayUnbilled=Om fakturatbekräftande är 'Nej', fortsätter ordern till status 'Unbilled' tills fakturan är bekräftat. CloseReceivedSupplierOrdersAutomatically=Stäng orderstatus "%s" automatiskt om alla produkter var mottagna. SetShippingMode=Ställ in fraktläge -WithReceptionFinished=With reception finished +WithReceptionFinished=Med mottagningen klar #### supplier orders status StatusSupplierOrderCanceledShort=Annullerad StatusSupplierOrderDraftShort=Utkast diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/other.lang index e53b4c8d0aa..3eaa880bd5d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/other.lang @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ PreviousYearOfInvoice=Föregående år av fakturadatum NextYearOfInvoice=Följande år med fakturadatum DateNextInvoiceBeforeGen=Datum för nästa faktura (före generationen) DateNextInvoiceAfterGen=Datum för nästa faktura (efter generation) -GraphInBarsAreLimitedToNMeasures=Grapics are limited to %s measures in 'Bars' mode. The mode 'Lines' was automatically selected instead. +GraphInBarsAreLimitedToNMeasures=Grapics är begränsade till mått %s i 'Bars' -läge. Läget "Linjer" valdes automatiskt istället. OnlyOneFieldForXAxisIsPossible=Enbart 1 fält är möjligt i X-axeln. Bara det första markerade fältet har valts. AtLeastOneMeasureIsRequired=Minst 1 fält är obligatiskt AtLeastOneXAxisIsRequired=Minst 1 fält för X-axeln är obligatirskt @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ DemoFundation=Hantera medlemmar av en stiftelse DemoFundation2=Hantera medlemmar och bankkonto i en stiftelse DemoCompanyServiceOnly=Endast företag eller frilansförsäljning DemoCompanyShopWithCashDesk=Hantera en butik med en kassa -DemoCompanyProductAndStocks=Shop selling products with Point Of Sales +DemoCompanyProductAndStocks=Handla produkter som säljs med Point of Sales DemoCompanyManufacturing=Företag som tillverkar produkter DemoCompanyAll=Företag med flera aktiviteter (alla huvudmoduler) CreatedBy=Skapad av %s @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ EMailTextExpenseReportValidated=Kostnadsrapport %s har bekräftats. EMailTextExpenseReportApproved=Kostnadsrapport %s har godkänts. EMailTextHolidayValidated=Lämna förfrågan %s har bekräftats. EMailTextHolidayApproved=Förfrågan %s har godkänts. -EMailTextActionAdded=The action %s has been added to the Agenda. +EMailTextActionAdded=Åtgärden %s har lagts till i agendan. ImportedWithSet=Import dataunderlaget DolibarrNotification=Automatisk anmälan ResizeDesc=Ange nya bredd eller ny höjd. Förhållandet kommer att hållas under storleksändring ... @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ ContactCreatedByEmailCollector=Kontakt / adress skapad via e-post samlare från ProjectCreatedByEmailCollector=Projekt skapat av e-post samlare från email MSGID %s TicketCreatedByEmailCollector=Biljett skapad av e-post samlare från email MSGID %s OpeningHoursFormatDesc=Använd "-" för att separera öppettider.
Använd mellanslag för flera tidpunkter.
Exempel: 8-12 14-18 -SuffixSessionName=Suffix for session name +SuffixSessionName=Suffix för sessionens namn ##### Export ##### ExportsArea=Export område @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ WEBSITE_PAGEURL=Webbadressen WEBSITE_TITLE=Titel WEBSITE_DESCRIPTION=Beskrivning WEBSITE_IMAGE=Bild -WEBSITE_IMAGEDesc=Relative path of the image media. You can keep this empty as this is rarely used (it can be used by dynamic content to show a thumbnail in a list of blog posts). Use __WEBSITE_KEY__ in the path if path depends on website name (for example: image/__WEBSITE_KEY__/stories/myimage.png). +WEBSITE_IMAGEDesc=Relativ väg för bildmediet. Du kan hålla det tomt eftersom det sällan används (det kan användas av dynamiskt innehåll för att visa en miniatyr i en lista med blogginlägg). Använd __WEBSITE_KEY__ i sökvägen om sökvägen beror på webbplatsens namn (till exempel: image / __ WEBSITE_KEY __ / stories / myimage.png). WEBSITE_KEYWORDS=Nyckelord LinesToImport=Rader att importera @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Produkter/tjänster baserat på populäritet i ordrar ProductStatistics=Produkter/tjänster statistik NbOfQtyInOrders=Antal i ordrar SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Välj ett objekt för att visa statistik... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Är du säker på att du vill "%s"? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Bekräfta din handling +CloseDialog = Stäng diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/partnership.lang index e7d295c58d8..67de1c8443f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/partnership.lang @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ PartnershipDescriptionLong= Partnerskapshanteringsmodul AddPartnership=Lägg till partnerskap CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Partnerskap: Avbryt partnerskap med inaktiva abonnemang -PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnership: Check referring backlink +PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnerskap: Kontrollera hänvisningslänk # # Menu @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ ListOfPartnerships=Lista över partnerskap PartnershipSetup=Partnerskapsupplägg PartnershipAbout=Om partnerskap PartnershipAboutPage=Om partnerskapssidan -partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partner status must be set on a 'thirdparty' or a 'member' +partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partnerstatus måste ställas in på "tredje part" eller "medlem" PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Partnerskap hanterad för -PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Backlinks to check +PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Bakåtlänkar att kontrollera PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Antal dagar innan partnerskap avbryts när ett abonnemang har löpt ut -ReferingWebsiteCheck=Check of website referring +ReferingWebsiteCheck=Kontroll av webbplatsens hänvisning ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=Du kan aktivera en funktion för att kontrollera om din partner har länkat tillbaka till er hemsida via deras egen hemsida. # @@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=Du kan aktivera en funktion för att kontrollera om din # DeletePartnership=Ta bort partnerskap PartnershipDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Partnerskap dedikerat till denna kund/leverantör -PartnershipDedicatedToThisMember=Partnership dedicated to this member +PartnershipDedicatedToThisMember=Partnerskap tillägnad denna medlem DatePartnershipStart=Startdatum DatePartnershipEnd=Slutdatum ReasonDecline=Avslagsanledning ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Avslagsanledning PartnershipAlreadyExist=Partnerskap finns redan ManagePartnership=Hantera partnerskap -BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Backlink not found on partner website +BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Backlink hittades inte på partnerwebbplatsen ConfirmClosePartnershipAsk=Är du säker på att du vill avbryta detta partnerskap? PartnershipType=Partnerskapstyp @@ -72,16 +72,20 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedTopic=Partnerskap nekat YourPartnershipAcceptedTopic=Partnerskap accepterat YourPartnershipCanceledTopic=Partnerskap avbrutet -YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership will soon be canceled (Backlink not found) +YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledContent=Vi informerar dig om att ditt partnerskap snart kommer att avbrytas (Backlink hittades inte) YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Vi vill informera dig om att parnterskapsförfrågan har blivit nekad. YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Vi vill informera dig om att partnerskapsförfrågan har blivit accepterad YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Vi vill informera dig om att partnerskapsförfrågan har blivit avbruten +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Avslagsanledning + # # Status # PartnershipDraft=Utkast -PartnershipAccepted=Accepted +PartnershipAccepted=Accepterad PartnershipRefused=Refused PartnershipCanceled=Annullerad PartnershipManagedFor=Partnerutrymme diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/paybox.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/paybox.lang index 5877d6556b8..268e3223cee 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/paybox.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/paybox.lang @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ ToComplete=För att komplettera YourEMail=E-post för betalning bekräftelse Creditor=Borgenär PaymentCode=Betalning kod -PayBoxDoPayment=Pay with Paybox +PayBoxDoPayment=Betala med Paybox YouWillBeRedirectedOnPayBox=Du kommer att omdirigeras på säkrade Paybox sida för att mata dig kreditkortsinformation Continue=Nästa SetupPayBoxToHavePaymentCreatedAutomatically=Konfigurera din lön med url %s för att ha betalning skapad automatiskt när bekräftat av Paybox. @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ AccountParameter=Tagen parametrar UsageParameter=Användning parametrar InformationToFindParameters=Hjälp att hitta din %s kontoinformation PAYBOX_CGI_URL_V2=URL Paybox CGI-modul för betalning -VendorName=Namn på leverantör CSSUrlForPaymentForm=CSS-formatmall URL för inbetalningskort NewPayboxPaymentReceived=Ny Paybox betalning mottagen NewPayboxPaymentFailed=Ny Paybox betalnings försök men misslyckats @@ -28,4 +27,4 @@ PAYBOX_PAYONLINE_SENDEMAIL=E-postmeddelande efter betalningsförsök (framgång PAYBOX_PBX_SITE=Värde för PBX SITE PAYBOX_PBX_RANG=Värde för PBX Rang PAYBOX_PBX_IDENTIFIANT=Värde för PBX-ID -PAYBOX_HMAC_KEY=HMAC key +PAYBOX_HMAC_KEY=HMAC-nyckel diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/productbatch.lang index ab6660447ce..1f1bf4f8352 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/productbatch.lang @@ -26,10 +26,10 @@ ShowLogOfMovementIfLot=Visa statestik för sammansatt produkt/parti StockDetailPerBatch=Detaljlager för parti SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Serienummer %s är redan använt för produkt %s TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=Du kan bara ha en produkt %s för serienummer %s -ManageLotMask=Custom mask -CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product -BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number -BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +ManageLotMask=Anpassad mask +CustomMasks=Möjlighet att definiera en annan numreringsmask för varje produkt +BatchLotNumberingModules=Numreringsregel för automatisk generering av partinummer +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numreringsregel för automatisk generering av serienummer (för produkter med egendom 1 unikt parti / serienummer för varje produkt) QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Antal att lägga till för varje streckkod/parti/serienummer skannat LifeTime=Livslängd (i dagar) EndOfLife=Livslängd @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ QCFrequency=Kvalitetskontrollsperiod (i dagar) #Traceability - qc status OutOfOrder=Ej tillgänglig -InWorkingOrder=In working order +InWorkingOrder=I fungerande skick diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/products.lang index c9258cb5af8..0b760af33aa 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/products.lang @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ PriceByCustomer=Olika priser för varje kund PriceCatalogue=Ett enda försäljningspris per produkt / tjänst PricingRule=Regler för försäljningspriser AddCustomerPrice=Lägg till pris per kund -ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Set same price on customer's subsidiaries +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Ställ in samma pris på kundens dotterbolag PriceByCustomerLog=Logga på tidigare kundpriser MinimumPriceLimit=Lägsta pris kan inte vara lägre än %s MinimumRecommendedPrice=Lägsta rekommenderade pris är: %s @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ComposedProductIncDecStock=Öka / minska lagerposten vid föräldraändring ComposedProduct=Barnprodukter MinSupplierPrice=Lägsta köpkurs MinCustomerPrice=Lägsta försäljningspris -NoDynamicPrice=No dynamic price +NoDynamicPrice=Inget dynamiskt pris DynamicPriceConfiguration=Dynamisk priskonfiguration DynamicPriceDesc=Du kan definiera matematiska formler för att beräkna kund- eller leverantörspriser. Sådana formler kan använda alla matematiska operatörer, vissa konstanter och variabler. Du kan här definiera variablerna du vill använda. Om variabeln behöver en automatisk uppdatering kan du definiera den externa adressen så att Dolibarr kan uppdatera värdet automatiskt. AddVariable=Lägg till variabel @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Produktblad ServiceSheet=Serviceblad PossibleValues=Möjliga värden GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Gå på menyn %s - %s för att förbereda attributvarianter (som färger, storlek, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Lägg till en funktion för att definiera produktbeskrivningen som definieras av leverantörerna (för varje leverantörsreferens) utöver beskrivningen för kunderna ProductSupplierDescription=Leverantörsbeskrivning för produkten UseProductSupplierPackaging=Använd förpackning till leverantörspriser (beräkna kvantiteter enligt förpackning som anges på leverantörspris när du lägger till / uppdaterar rad i leverantörsdokument) PackagingForThisProduct=Förpackning diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/projects.lang index 56ce0898ffe..3fe17c75686 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/projects.lang @@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ DurationEffective=Effektiv längd ProgressDeclared=Deklarera framgång TaskProgressSummary=Uppgiftsframsteg CurentlyOpenedTasks=Just nu aktiva uppgifter -TheReportedProgressIsLessThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=The declared real progress is less %s than the progress on consumption -TheReportedProgressIsMoreThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=The declared real progress is more %s than the progress on consumption -ProgressCalculated=Progress on consumption +TheReportedProgressIsLessThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=Den deklarerade verkliga utvecklingen är mindre %s än konsumtionsförloppet +TheReportedProgressIsMoreThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=Den deklarerade verkliga utvecklingen är mer %s än konsumtionsframstegen +ProgressCalculated=Konsumtionsframsteg WhichIamLinkedTo=vilka jag är länkade till WhichIamLinkedToProject=vilka projekt jag är länkade till Time=Tid @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Inga uppgifter för detta projekt LinkedToAnotherCompany=Kopplat till annan tredje part TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Uppgift som inte tilldelats användaren. Använd knappen ' %s ' för att tilldela uppgiften nu. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Tid är tom +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Tidrapportering är begränsad till %s månad(er) tillbaka ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Denna åtgärd kommer också att ta bort alla aktiviteter av projekt (%s uppgifter på för tillfället) och alla ingångar för nedlagd tid. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Om vissa objekt (faktura, order, ...), som tillhör en annan tredje part, måste kopplas till projektet för att skapa, hålla denna tomt för att få projektet att flera tredje part. CloneTasks=Klon uppgifter @@ -164,8 +165,8 @@ OpportunityProbability=Ledsannolikhet OpportunityProbabilityShort=Bly probab. OpportunityAmount=Blybelopp OpportunityAmountShort=Blybelopp -OpportunityWeightedAmount=Opportunity weighted amount -OpportunityWeightedAmountShort=Opp. weighted amount +OpportunityWeightedAmount=Möjlighet vägd mängd +OpportunityWeightedAmountShort=Opp. vägd mängd OpportunityAmountAverageShort=Genomsnittlig blybelopp OpportunityAmountWeigthedShort=Viktad blybelopp WonLostExcluded=Vunnit / borttaget exkluderat @@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ ProjectMustBeValidatedFirst=Projekt måste bekräftas först FirstAddRessourceToAllocateTime=Tilldela en användarresurs som kontaktperson för projekt att rapportera tid InputPerDay=Ingång per dag InputPerWeek=Ingång per vecka -InputPerMonth=Input per month +InputPerMonth=Ingång per månad InputDetail=Inmatningsdetalj TimeAlreadyRecorded=Det här är den tid som redan spelats in för den här uppgiften / dag och användare %s ProjectsWithThisUserAsContact=Projekt med denna användare som kontakt @@ -213,9 +214,9 @@ ProjectNbProjectByMonth=Antal skapade projekt per månad ProjectNbTaskByMonth=Antal skapade uppgifter per månad ProjectOppAmountOfProjectsByMonth=Antalet leder per månad ProjectWeightedOppAmountOfProjectsByMonth=Viktad mängd ledningar per månad -ProjectOpenedProjectByOppStatus=Open project|lead by lead status -ProjectsStatistics=Statistics on projects or leads -TasksStatistics=Statistics on tasks of projects or leads +ProjectOpenedProjectByOppStatus=Öppna projekt | leda efter leadstatus +ProjectsStatistics=Statistik över projekt eller leads +TasksStatistics=Statistik över uppgifter eller projektledningar TaskAssignedToEnterTime=Uppgift som tilldelats. Det är möjligt att ange tid på denna uppgift. IdTaskTime=Id uppgiftstid YouCanCompleteRef=Om du vill slutföra referensnumret med något suffix rekommenderas det att lägga till ett - tecken för att skilja det, så den automatiska numreringen fungerar fortfarande korrekt för nästa projekt. Till exempel %s-MYSUFFIX @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Senaste %s modifierade projekten OtherFilteredTasks=Andra filtrerade uppgifter NoAssignedTasks=Inga tilldelade uppgifter hittades (tilldela projekt / uppgifter till den nuvarande användaren från den övre väljrutan för att ange tid på det) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=En tredje part måste definieras på projekt för att kunna fakturera det. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=En tredje part måste definieras på projekt för att kunna fakturera det. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Denna uppgift har inte tilldelats till dig ännu # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Tillåt användar kommentarer på uppgifter @@ -252,26 +254,30 @@ SendProjectRef=Informationsprojekt %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Modul "Löner" måste vara aktiverat för att definiera arbetstimmar per timme för att få tiden spenderad valoriserad NewTaskRefSuggested=Uppgiftsreferens redan används, en ny uppgiftsreferens krävs TimeSpentInvoiced=Tid förbrukad fakturerad +TimeSpentForIntervention=Tid TimeSpentForInvoice=Tid OneLinePerUser=En rad per användare ServiceToUseOnLines=Service att använda på linjer InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Faktura %s har genererats från tid till projekt -ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. -ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s har genererats från tid på projektet +ProjectBillTimeDescription=Kontrollera om du anger tidrapport för projektuppgifter OCH du planerar att generera fakturor från tidrapporten för att fakturera kunden för projektet (kontrollera inte om du planerar att skapa faktura som inte baseras på angivna tidrapporter). Obs! För att generera faktura, gå till fliken "Tid" för projektet och välj rader som ska inkluderas. +ProjectFollowOpportunity=Följ möjligheten ProjectFollowTasks=Följ uppgift eller tid spenderad Usage=Användande -UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity +UsageOpportunity=Användning: Möjlighet UsageTasks=Användande: Uppgift UsageBillTimeShort=Användande: Fakturerbar tid InvoiceToUse=Utkastsfaktura att använda +InterToUse=Utkast till ingripande att använda NewInvoice=Ny faktura +NewInter=Nya insatser OneLinePerTask=En rad per uppgift OneLinePerPeriod=En rad per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=En rad för varje tidrapport RefTaskParent=Refererad överordnad uppgift ProfitIsCalculatedWith=Vinst är beräknad av AddPersonToTask=Lägg också till i uppgift -UsageOrganizeEvent=Usage: Event Organization -PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE=Classify project as closed when all its tasks are completed (100%% progress) -PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE_help=Note: existing projects with all tasks at 100 %% progress won't be affected: you will have to close them manually. This option only affects open projects. -SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Select lines of time spent that are unbilled, then bulk action "Generate Invoice" to bill them +UsageOrganizeEvent=Användning: Event Organization +PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE=Klassificera projektet som stängt när alla dess uppgifter är slutförda (100%% framsteg) +PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE_help=Obs: befintliga projekt med alla uppgifter vid 100%%-framsteg påverkas inte: du måste stänga dem manuellt. Det här alternativet påverkar endast öppna projekt. +SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Välj rader med tid som inte har fakturerats och sedan massåtgärden "Generera faktura" för att fakturera dem diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/propal.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/propal.lang index b5fdaf0092b..aacabbf2567 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/propal.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/propal.lang @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ConfirmClonePropal=Är du säker på att du vill klona det kommersiella förslag ConfirmReOpenProp=Är du säker på att du vill öppna tillbaka det kommersiella förslaget %s ? ProposalsAndProposalsLines=Kommersiella förslag och linjer ProposalLine=Förslag linje -ProposalLines=Proposal lines +ProposalLines=Förslagslinjer AvailabilityPeriod=Tillgänglighet fördröjning SetAvailability=Ställa tillgänglighet fördröjning AfterOrder=Efter att @@ -76,17 +76,17 @@ TypeContact_propal_external_BILLING=Kundfaktura kontakt TypeContact_propal_external_CUSTOMER=Kundkontakt följa upp förslag TypeContact_propal_external_SHIPPING=Kundkontakt för leverans # Document models -DocModelAzurDescription=A complete proposal model (old implementation of Cyan template) -DocModelCyanDescription=A complete proposal model +DocModelAzurDescription=En komplett förslagsmodell (gammal implementering av Cyan-mall) +DocModelCyanDescription=En komplett förslagsmodell DefaultModelPropalCreate=Skapa standardmodell DefaultModelPropalToBill=Standardmall när ett affärsförslag sluts (att fakturera) DefaultModelPropalClosed=Standardmall när ett affärsförslag sluts (ofakturerat) ProposalCustomerSignature=Skriftligt godkännande, företagsstämpel, datum och signatur ProposalsStatisticsSuppliers=Statistik för leverantörsförslag -CaseFollowedBy=Case followed by -SignedOnly=Signed only -IdProposal=Proposal ID -IdProduct=Product ID -PrParentLine=Proposal Parent Line -LineBuyPriceHT=Buy Price Amount net of tax for line +CaseFollowedBy=Fall följt av +SignedOnly=Endast signerad +IdProposal=Förslag ID +IdProduct=Serienummer +PrParentLine=Förslagets moderlinje +LineBuyPriceHT=Köp Pris Belopp exklusive skatt för linjen diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receiptprinter.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receiptprinter.lang index d581716a79d..9217fd41539 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receiptprinter.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receiptprinter.lang @@ -15,12 +15,12 @@ CONNECTOR_DUMMY=Dummy-skrivare CONNECTOR_NETWORK_PRINT=Nätverksskrivare CONNECTOR_FILE_PRINT=Lokal skrivare CONNECTOR_WINDOWS_PRINT=Lokal Windows-skrivare -CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT=Cups Printer +CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT=Koppar skrivare CONNECTOR_DUMMY_HELP=Fake Printer för test, gör ingenting CONNECTOR_NETWORK_PRINT_HELP=10.x.x.x: 9100 CONNECTOR_FILE_PRINT_HELP=/ dev / usb / lp0, / dev / usb / lp1 CONNECTOR_WINDOWS_PRINT_HELP=LPT1, COM1, smb: // FooUser: hemligt @ datornamn / arbetsgrupp / mottagningsskrivare -CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT_HELP=CUPS printer name, example: HPRT_TP805L +CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT_HELP=CUPS-skrivarnamn, exempel: HPRT_TP805L PROFILE_DEFAULT=Standardprofil PROFILE_SIMPLE=Enkel profil PROFILE_EPOSTEP=Epos Tep Profile @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ PROFILE_P822D=P822D-profil PROFILE_STAR=Stjärnprofil PROFILE_DEFAULT_HELP=Standardprofil lämplig för Epson-skrivare PROFILE_SIMPLE_HELP=Enkel profil Ingen grafik -PROFILE_EPOSTEP_HELP=Epos Tep Profile +PROFILE_EPOSTEP_HELP=Epos Tep-profil PROFILE_P822D_HELP=P822D Profil Nr Grafik PROFILE_STAR_HELP=Stjärnprofil DOL_LINE_FEED=Hoppa över rad diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receptions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receptions.lang index f83363d5f90..928952bc7ae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receptions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/receptions.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - receptions -ReceptionsSetup=Product Reception setup +ReceptionsSetup=Konfiguration av produktmottagning RefReception=Ref. reception Reception=Den process Receptions=mottagningar @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ ReceptionLine=Mottagningslinje ProductQtyInReceptionAlreadySent=Produktkvantitet från öppen försäljningsorder redan skickad ProductQtyInSuppliersReceptionAlreadyRecevied=Produktkvantitet från öppen leverantörsorder redan mottagen ValidateOrderFirstBeforeReception=Du måste först validera ordern innan du kan göra mottagningar. -ReceptionsNumberingModules=Numbering module for receptions -ReceptionsReceiptModel=Document templates for receptions -NoMorePredefinedProductToDispatch=No more predefined products to dispatch -ReceptionExist=A reception exists +ReceptionsNumberingModules=Numreringsmodul för mottagningar +ReceptionsReceiptModel=Dokumentmallar för mottagningar +NoMorePredefinedProductToDispatch=Inga fler fördefinierade produkter att skicka +ReceptionExist=Det finns en mottagning diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/recruitment.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/recruitment.lang index 5e9b7a83e0e..b92dea1dc3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/recruitment.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/recruitment.lang @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ # # Module label 'ModuleRecruitmentName' -ModuleRecruitmentName = Recruitment +ModuleRecruitmentName = Rekrytering # Module description 'ModuleRecruitmentDesc' -ModuleRecruitmentDesc = Manage and follow recruitment campaigns for new job positions +ModuleRecruitmentDesc = Hantera och följ rekryteringskampanjer för nya jobb # # Admin page # -RecruitmentSetup = Recruitment setup +RecruitmentSetup = Rekryteringsinställning Settings = inställningar -RecruitmentSetupPage = Enter here the setup of main options for the recruitment module -RecruitmentArea=Recruitement area -PublicInterfaceRecruitmentDesc=Public pages of jobs are public URLs to show and answer to open jobs. There is one different link for each open job, found on each job record. -EnablePublicRecruitmentPages=Enable public pages of open jobs +RecruitmentSetupPage = Ange här inställningen av huvudalternativ för rekryteringsmodulen +RecruitmentArea=Rekryteringsområde +PublicInterfaceRecruitmentDesc=Offentliga sidor med jobb är offentliga webbadresser för att visa och svara på öppna jobb. Det finns en annan länk för varje öppet jobb som finns i varje jobb. +EnablePublicRecruitmentPages=Aktivera offentliga sidor med öppna jobb # # About page # About = Om -RecruitmentAbout = About Recruitment -RecruitmentAboutPage = Recruitment about page -NbOfEmployeesExpected=Expected nb of employees -JobLabel=Label of job position -WorkPlace=Work place -DateExpected=Expected date -FutureManager=Future manager -ResponsibleOfRecruitement=Responsible of recruitment -IfJobIsLocatedAtAPartner=If job is located at a partner place +RecruitmentAbout = Om rekrytering +RecruitmentAboutPage = Rekrytering om sida +NbOfEmployeesExpected=Förväntat antal anställda +JobLabel=Etikett för jobbet +WorkPlace=Arbetsplats +DateExpected=Förväntat datum +FutureManager=Framtida chef +ResponsibleOfRecruitement=Ansvarig för rekrytering +IfJobIsLocatedAtAPartner=Om jobbet finns på en partnerplats PositionToBeFilled=Befattning -PositionsToBeFilled=Job positions -ListOfPositionsToBeFilled=List of job positions -NewPositionToBeFilled=New job positions +PositionsToBeFilled=Jobbpositioner +ListOfPositionsToBeFilled=Lista över anställningar +NewPositionToBeFilled=Nya jobbpositioner -JobOfferToBeFilled=Job position to be filled -ThisIsInformationOnJobPosition=Information of the job position to be filled -ContactForRecruitment=Contact for recruitment -EmailRecruiter=Email recruiter -ToUseAGenericEmail=To use a generic email. If not defined, the email of the responsible of recruitment will be used -NewCandidature=New application -ListOfCandidatures=List of applications -RequestedRemuneration=Requested remuneration -ProposedRemuneration=Proposed remuneration -ContractProposed=Contract proposed -ContractSigned=Contract signed -ContractRefused=Contract refused -RecruitmentCandidature=Application -JobPositions=Job positions -RecruitmentCandidatures=Applications -InterviewToDo=Interview to do -AnswerCandidature=Application answer -YourCandidature=Your application -YourCandidatureAnswerMessage=Thanks you for your application.
... -JobClosedTextCandidateFound=The job position is closed. The position has been filled. -JobClosedTextCanceled=The job position is closed. -ExtrafieldsJobPosition=Complementary attributes (job positions) -ExtrafieldsApplication=Complementary attributes (job applications) -MakeOffer=Make an offer +JobOfferToBeFilled=Jobb som ska fyllas +ThisIsInformationOnJobPosition=Information om den anställning som ska fyllas +ContactForRecruitment=Kontakt för rekrytering +EmailRecruiter=E-postrekryterare +ToUseAGenericEmail=Att använda ett generiskt e-postmeddelande. Om det inte definieras kommer e-postmeddelandet till den ansvariga för rekryteringen att användas +NewCandidature=Ny ansökan +ListOfCandidatures=Lista över ansökningar +RequestedRemuneration=Begärd ersättning +ProposedRemuneration=Föreslagen ersättning +ContractProposed=Avtalsförslag +ContractSigned=Kontrakt undertecknat +ContractRefused=Avtal nekades +RecruitmentCandidature=Ansökan +JobPositions=Jobbpositioner +RecruitmentCandidatures=Applikationer +InterviewToDo=Intervju att göra +AnswerCandidature=Ansökan svar +YourCandidature=Din ansökan +YourCandidatureAnswerMessage=Tack för din ansökan.
... +JobClosedTextCandidateFound=Jobbet är stängt. Anställningen har fyllts. +JobClosedTextCanceled=Jobbet är stängt. +ExtrafieldsJobPosition=Kompletterande attribut (jobbpositioner) +ExtrafieldsApplication=Kompletterande attribut (jobbansökningar) +MakeOffer=Göra ett erbjudande diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/salaries.lang index e2bb80343c1..9efa853dbbc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/salaries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/salaries.lang @@ -2,23 +2,23 @@ SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_PAYMENT=Redovisningskonto som används för tredje part SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_PAYMENT_Desc=Det dedikerade bokföringskontot som definieras på användarkortet kommer endast att användas för Subledger-bokföring. Den här kommer att användas för huvudboken och som standardvärde för Subledger-bokföring om ett dedikerat användarkonto på användare inte är definierat. SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CHARGE=Redovisningskonto som standard för lönebetalningar -CREATE_NEW_SALARY_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=By default, leave empty the option "Automatically create a total payment" when creating a Salary +CREATE_NEW_SALARY_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=Lämna som standard tomt alternativet "Skapa en total betalning automatiskt" när du skapar en lön Salary=Lön Salaries=Löner -NewSalary=New salary -NewSalaryPayment=New salary card +NewSalary=Ny lön +NewSalaryPayment=Nytt lönekort AddSalaryPayment=Lägg till lönbetalning SalaryPayment=Lönebetalning SalariesPayments=Löneutbetalningar -SalariesPaymentsOf=Salaries payments of %s +SalariesPaymentsOf=Löner betalningar av %s ShowSalaryPayment=Visa löneutbetalning THM=Genomsnittlig timpris TJM=Genomsnittlig dagskurs CurrentSalary=Nuvarande lön THMDescription=Det här värdet kan användas för att beräkna kostnaden för tidskrävande på ett projekt som användaren har infört om modulprojekt används TJMDescription=Detta värde är för närvarande endast för information och används inte för någon beräkning -LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries -AllSalaries=All salaries +LastSalaries=Senaste %s löner +AllSalaries=Alla löner SalariesStatistics=Lönestatistik -SalariesAndPayments=Salaries and payments -ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? +SalariesAndPayments=Löner och betalningar +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Vill du ta bort den här lönen? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/sendings.lang index 4f0b467d2ab..4c8746d1a23 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/sendings.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/sendings.lang @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ QtyShipped=Antal sändas QtyShippedShort=Antal fartyg. QtyPreparedOrShipped=Antal beredda eller levererade QtyToShip=Antal till-fartyg -QtyToReceive=Qty to receive +QtyToReceive=Antal att ta emot QtyReceived=Antal mottagna QtyInOtherShipments=Antal i andra transporter KeepToShip=Återstår att skicka @@ -43,22 +43,22 @@ ConfirmValidateSending=Är du säker på att du vill validera denna försändels ConfirmCancelSending=Är du säker på att du vill avbryta denna leverans? DocumentModelMerou=Merou A5-modellen WarningNoQtyLeftToSend=Varning, att inga produkter väntar sändas. -StatsOnShipmentsOnlyValidated=Statistics are only for validated shipments. Date used is the date of validation of shipment (planned delivery date is not always known) +StatsOnShipmentsOnlyValidated=Statistik gäller endast för validerade försändelser. Datum som används är datumet för validering av leveransen (planerat leveransdatum är inte alltid känt) DateDeliveryPlanned=Planerat leveransdatum RefDeliveryReceipt=Ref leverans kvitto StatusReceipt=Status leverans kvitto DateReceived=Datum leverans fick -ClassifyReception=Classify reception +ClassifyReception=Klassificera mottagning SendShippingByEMail=Skicka leverans via e-post SendShippingRef=Inlämning av leveransen %s ActionsOnShipping=Evenemang på leverans LinkToTrackYourPackage=Länk till spåra ditt paket ShipmentCreationIsDoneFromOrder=För närvarande skapas nya leveranser från orderkortet. ShipmentLine=Transport linje -ProductQtyInCustomersOrdersRunning=Product quantity from open sales orders -ProductQtyInSuppliersOrdersRunning=Product quantity from open purchase orders +ProductQtyInCustomersOrdersRunning=Produktkvantitet från öppna försäljningsorder +ProductQtyInSuppliersOrdersRunning=Produktkvantitet från öppna beställningar ProductQtyInShipmentAlreadySent=Produktkvantitet från öppen försäljningsorder redan skickad -ProductQtyInSuppliersShipmentAlreadyRecevied=Product quantity from open purchase orders already received +ProductQtyInSuppliersShipmentAlreadyRecevied=Produktkvantitet från öppna inköpsorder redan mottagna NoProductToShipFoundIntoStock=Ingen produkt skickas i frakt %s . Rätt lager eller gå tillbaka för att välja ett annat lager. WeightVolShort=Vikt / vol. ValidateOrderFirstBeforeShipment=Du måste först validera ordern innan du kan göra sändningar. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ ValidateOrderFirstBeforeShipment=Du måste först validera ordern innan du kan g # Sending methods # ModelDocument DocumentModelTyphon=Mer komplett dokument modell för leverans intäkter (logo. ..) -DocumentModelStorm=More complete document model for delivery receipts and extrafields compatibility (logo...) +DocumentModelStorm=Mer komplett dokumentmodell för leveranskvitton och extrafältkompatibilitet (logo ...) Error_EXPEDITION_ADDON_NUMBER_NotDefined=Konstant EXPEDITION_ADDON_NUMBER definieras inte SumOfProductVolumes=Summan av produktvolymer SumOfProductWeights=Summan av produktvikter diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stocks.lang index 9aaeaab10c5..da02993b202 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stocks.lang @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ CancelSending=Avbryt sändning DeleteSending=Radera sändning Stock=Lager Stocks=Lager -MissingStocks=Missing stocks -StockAtDate=Stocks at date -StockAtDateInPast=Date in the past -StockAtDateInFuture=Date in the future +MissingStocks=Saknade lager +StockAtDate=Lager vid datum +StockAtDateInPast=Datum i det förflutna +StockAtDateInFuture=Datum i framtiden StocksByLotSerial=Lager per lot / seriell LotSerial=Massor / serier LotSerialList=Lista över parti / serier @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ StockMovementForId=Rörelse ID %d ListMouvementStockProject=Förteckning över lagerpoströrelser förknippade med projektet StocksArea=Lager område AllWarehouses=Alla lager -IncludeEmptyDesiredStock=Include also negative stock with undefined desired stock +IncludeEmptyDesiredStock=Inkludera även negativt lager med odefinierat önskat lager IncludeAlsoDraftOrders=Inkludera även utkast till order Location=Plats -LocationSummary=Short name of location -NumberOfDifferentProducts=Number of unique products +LocationSummary=Kort namn på plats +NumberOfDifferentProducts=Antal unika produkter NumberOfProducts=Totalt antal produkter LastMovement=Senaste rörelsen LastMovements=Senaste rörelserna @@ -58,15 +58,15 @@ StockLowerThanLimit=Lager lägre än varningsgräns (%s) EnhancedValue=Värde EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Lagervärde UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Skapa ett användarlager automatiskt när du skapar en användare -AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product -RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party -WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals -WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders -UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users -MainDefaultWarehouse=Default warehouse -MainDefaultWarehouseUser=Use a default warehouse for each user -MainDefaultWarehouseUserDesc=By activating this option, during creation of a product, the warehouse assigned to the product will be defined on this one. If no warehouse is defined on the user, the default warehouse is defined. +AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Hantera också värde för minsta och önskade lager per parning (produktlager) utöver värdet för minsta och önskade lager per produkt +RuleForWarehouse=Regel för lager +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Ställ in ett lager på tredje part +WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Sätt ett lager på kommersiella förslag +WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Ställ in ett lager på försäljningsorder +UserDefaultWarehouse=Ange ett lager för användare +MainDefaultWarehouse=Standardlager +MainDefaultWarehouseUser=Använd ett standardlager för varje användare +MainDefaultWarehouseUserDesc=Genom att aktivera det här alternativet, under skapandet av en produkt, kommer det lager som tilldelats produkten att definieras på den här. Om inget lager definieras för användaren definieras standardlagret. IndependantSubProductStock=Produktlager och delprodukt är oberoende QtyDispatched=Sänd kvantitet QtyDispatchedShort=Antal skickade @@ -77,35 +77,35 @@ RuleForStockManagementIncrease=Välj Regel för automatisk lagerhöjning (manuel DeStockOnBill=Minska reella lagerposter vid bekräftandet av kundfaktura / kreditnot DeStockOnValidateOrder=Minska reella lagerposter vid bekräftandet av försäljningsordern DeStockOnShipment=Minska reella lager på fraktbekräftande -DeStockOnShipmentOnClosing=Decrease real stocks when shipping is set to closed +DeStockOnShipmentOnClosing=Minska verkliga lager när frakt är inställt på stängd ReStockOnBill=Öka reella lagerposter vid bekräftande av leverantörsfaktura / kreditnot ReStockOnValidateOrder=Öka reella lagerposter vid köpordergodkännande ReStockOnDispatchOrder=Öka reella lager vid manuell leverans till lager, efter inköpsorderfrist av varor -StockOnReception=Increase real stocks on validation of reception -StockOnReceptionOnClosing=Increase real stocks when reception is set to closed +StockOnReception=Öka verkliga lager vid validering av mottagning +StockOnReceptionOnClosing=Öka verkliga lager när mottagningen är stängd OrderStatusNotReadyToDispatch=Beställningen har ännu inte / inte längre status som tillåter sändning av produkter till lager. StockDiffPhysicTeoric=Förklaring till skillnad mellan fysiskt och virtuellt lager NoPredefinedProductToDispatch=Inga fördefinierade produkter för det här objektet. Så ingen sändning till lager krävs. DispatchVerb=Sändning StockLimitShort=Gräns ​​för varning StockLimit=Stock gräns för larm -StockLimitDesc=(empty) means no warning.
0 can be used to trigger a warning as soon as the stock is empty. +StockLimitDesc=(tom) betyder ingen varning.
0 kan användas för att utlösa en varning så fort lagret är tomt. PhysicalStock=Fysikaliskt lager RealStock=Real Stock RealStockDesc=Fysisk / reell lager är beståndet för närvarande i lagerlokalerna. RealStockWillAutomaticallyWhen=Den reala beståndet kommer att ändras enligt denna regel (enligt definitionen i Stock-modulen): VirtualStock=Virtuellt lager -VirtualStockAtDate=Virtual stock at date -VirtualStockAtDateDesc=Virtual stock once all the pending orders that are planned to be processed before the chosen date will be finished -VirtualStockDesc=Virtual stock is the calculated stock available once all open/pending actions (that affect stocks) are closed (purchase orders received, sales orders shipped, manufacturing orders produced, etc) -AtDate=At date +VirtualStockAtDate=Virtuellt lager vid datum +VirtualStockAtDateDesc=Virtuellt lager när alla väntande beställningar som planeras att behandlas innan det valda datumet är klar +VirtualStockDesc=Virtuellt lager är det beräknade lagret som är tillgängligt när alla öppna / väntande åtgärder (som påverkar lagren) är stängda (inköpsorder mottagna, försäljningsorder skickade, tillverkningsorder producerade osv.) +AtDate=Vid datum IdWarehouse=Id lager DescWareHouse=Beskrivning lager LieuWareHouse=Lokalisering lager WarehousesAndProducts=Lager och produkter WarehousesAndProductsBatchDetail=Lager och produkter (med detaljer per lot / serie) AverageUnitPricePMPShort=Vägda genomsnittliga priset -AverageUnitPricePMPDesc=The input average unit price we had to expense to get 1 unit of product into our stock. +AverageUnitPricePMPDesc=Det ingående genomsnittliga enhetspriset var vi tvungna att kosta för att få 1 enhet produkt i vårt lager. SellPriceMin=Säljpris per styck EstimatedStockValueSellShort=Värde för försäljning EstimatedStockValueSell=Värde för försäljning @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ DesiredStockDesc=Detta lagerbelopp kommer att vara det värde som används för StockToBuy=Att beställa Replenishment=Påfyllning ReplenishmentOrders=Påfyllningsbeställningar -VirtualDiffersFromPhysical=According to increase/decrease stock options, physical stock and virtual stock (physical stock + open orders) may differ -UseRealStockByDefault=Use real stock, instead of virtual stock, for replenishment feature -ReplenishmentCalculation=Amount to order will be (desired quantity - real stock) instead of (desired quantity - virtual stock) +VirtualDiffersFromPhysical=Enligt ökning / minskning av aktieoptioner kan fysiska lager och virtuella aktier (fysiska lager + öppna order) skilja sig åt +UseRealStockByDefault=Använd riktigt lager, istället för virtuellt lager, för påfyllningsfunktionen +ReplenishmentCalculation=Beloppet att beställa kommer att vara (önskad mängd - verkligt lager) istället för (önskad mängd - virtuellt lager) UseVirtualStock=Använd virtuellt lager UsePhysicalStock=Använd fysiskt lager CurentSelectionMode=Aktuellt urvalsläge @@ -134,18 +134,18 @@ CurentlyUsingPhysicalStock=Fysiskt lager RuleForStockReplenishment=Regel för påfyllning av lager SelectProductWithNotNullQty=Välj minst en produkt med en mängd, inte null och en leverantör AlertOnly= Endast larm -IncludeProductWithUndefinedAlerts = Include also negative stock for products with no desired quantity defined, to restore them to 0 +IncludeProductWithUndefinedAlerts = Inkludera även negativt lager för produkter utan önskad mängd definierad för att återställa dem till 0 WarehouseForStockDecrease=Lager %s kommer att användas för lagerminskning WarehouseForStockIncrease=Lager %s kommer att användas för lagerökning ForThisWarehouse=För detta lager ReplenishmentStatusDesc=Det här är en lista över alla produkter med ett lager som är lägre än önskat lager (eller lägre än varningsvärdet om kryssrutan "alert only" är markerad). Med kryssrutan kan du skapa inköpsorder för att fylla skillnaden. -ReplenishmentStatusDescPerWarehouse=If you want a replenishment based on desired quantity defined per warehouse, you must add a filter on the warehouse. +ReplenishmentStatusDescPerWarehouse=Om du vill ha en påfyllning baserad på önskad mängd definierad per lager måste du lägga till ett filter på lagret. ReplenishmentOrdersDesc=Det här är en lista över alla öppna inköpsorder inklusive fördefinierade produkter. Endast öppna order med fördefinierade produkter, så beställningar som kan påverka lager, syns här. Replenishments=Påfyllningar NbOfProductBeforePeriod=Antal av produkt %s i lager före vald period (< %s) NbOfProductAfterPeriod=Antal av produkt %s i lager efter vald period (> %s) MassMovement=Massrörelse -SelectProductInAndOutWareHouse=Select a source warehouse and a target warehouse, a product and a quantity then click "%s". Once this is done for all required movements, click on "%s". +SelectProductInAndOutWareHouse=Välj ett källager och ett mållager, en produkt och en mängd och klicka sedan på "%s". När detta är gjort för alla nödvändiga rörelser, klicka på "%s". RecordMovement=Spela in överföring ReceivingForSameOrder=Kvitton för denna beställning StockMovementRecorded=Sparade lageröverföringar @@ -154,21 +154,21 @@ StockMustBeEnoughForInvoice=Lagernivå måste vara tillräcklig för att lägga StockMustBeEnoughForOrder=Lagernivå måste vara tillräckligt för att lägga till produkt / tjänst på beställning (check är gjort på nuvarande reellt lager när du lägger till en rad i ordning, oberoende av regeln för automatisk lagerförändring) StockMustBeEnoughForShipment= Lagernivå måste vara tillräcklig för att lägga till produkt / tjänst till leverans (check är gjort på nuvarande reellt lager när du lägger till en rad i leverans, oberoende av regeln för automatisk lagerförändring) MovementLabel=Etikett för lagerrörelse -TypeMovement=Direction of movement +TypeMovement=Riktning av rörelse DateMovement=Datum för rörelse InventoryCode=Lagerrörelse- eller inventeringskod IsInPackage=Ingår i förpackning WarehouseAllowNegativeTransfer=Lager kan vara negativt qtyToTranferIsNotEnough=Du har inte tillräckligt med lager från ditt källlager och din inställning tillåter inte negativa bestånd. -qtyToTranferLotIsNotEnough=You don't have enough stock, for this lot number, from your source warehouse and your setup does not allow negative stocks (Qty for product '%s' with lot '%s' is %s in warehouse '%s'). +qtyToTranferLotIsNotEnough=Du har inte tillräckligt med lager för detta partinummer från ditt källlager och din installation tillåter inte negativa lager (Antal för produkt '%s' med parti '%s' är %s i lager '%s'). ShowWarehouse=Visa lagret MovementCorrectStock=Lagerkorrigering för produkt %s MovementTransferStock=Lagerförflyttning av produkt %s till ett annat lager InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. koda NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Ingen väntande mottagning på grund av öppen inköpsorder ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Detta parti / serienummer ( %s ) existerar redan men med olika eatby eller sellby datum (hittade %s men du anger %s ). -OpenAll=Öppna för alla åtgärder -OpenInternal=Öppnas endast för interna åtgärder +OpenAnyMovement=Öppen (alla rörelser) +OpenInternal=Öppen (endast intern rörelse) UseDispatchStatus=Använd en leveransstatus (godkänna / neka) för produktlinjer vid inköpsordermottagning OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Alternativet "flera priser per segment" är på. Det betyder att en produkt har flera försäljningspriser så att försäljningsvärdet inte kan beräknas ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Lagergräns för varning och önskat optimalt lager lagrat korrekt @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ inventoryCreatePermission=Skapa ny inventering inventoryReadPermission=Visa varulager inventoryWritePermission=Uppdatera varulager inventoryValidatePermission=Bekräfta inventering -inventoryDeletePermission=Delete inventory +inventoryDeletePermission=Ta bort inventering inventoryTitle=Lager inventoryListTitle=varulager inventoryListEmpty=Ingen inventering pågår @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ inventoryWarningProductAlreadyExists=Denna produkt finns redan i listan SelectCategory=Kategori filter SelectFournisseur=Leverantörsfilter inventoryOnDate=Lager -INVENTORY_USE_INVENTORY_DATE_FOR_DATE_OF_MVT=Stock movements will have the date of inventory (instead of the date of inventory validation) +INVENTORY_USE_INVENTORY_DATE_FOR_DATE_OF_MVT=Lagerrörelser kommer att ha datum för inventering (istället för datum för lagervalidering) inventoryChangePMPPermission=Tillåt att ändra PMP-värde för en produkt ColumnNewPMP=Ny enhet PMP OnlyProdsInStock=Lägg inte till produkten utan lager @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ TheoricalQty=Teoretisk mängd TheoricalValue=Teoretisk mängd LastPA=Senaste BP CurrentPA=Curent BP -RecordedQty=Recorded Qty +RecordedQty=Registrerad antal RealQty=Verklig antal RealValue=Riktigt värde RegulatedQty=Reglerad mängd @@ -230,29 +230,34 @@ StockIncreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Öka med korrigering / överföring StockDecreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Minska genom korrigering / överföring StockIncrease=Lagerökning StockDecrease=Lagerminskning -InventoryForASpecificWarehouse=Inventory for a specific warehouse -InventoryForASpecificProduct=Inventory for a specific product -StockIsRequiredToChooseWhichLotToUse=Stock is required to choose which lot to use -ForceTo=Force to -AlwaysShowFullArbo=Display full tree of warehouse on popup of warehouse links (Warning: This may decrease dramatically performances) -StockAtDatePastDesc=You can view here the stock (real stock) at a given date in the past -StockAtDateFutureDesc=You can view here the stock (virtual stock) at a given date in the future -CurrentStock=Current stock -InventoryRealQtyHelp=Set value to 0 to reset qty
Keep field empty, or remove line, to keep unchanged -UpdateByScaning=Fill real qty by scaning -UpdateByScaningProductBarcode=Update by scan (product barcode) -UpdateByScaningLot=Update by scan (lot|serial barcode) -DisableStockChangeOfSubProduct=Deactivate the stock change for all the subproducts of this Kit during this movement. -ImportFromCSV=Import CSV list of movement -ChooseFileToImport=Upload file then click on the %s icon to select file as source import file... -SelectAStockMovementFileToImport=select a stock movement file to import -InfoTemplateImport=Uploaded file needs to have this format (* are mandatory fields):
Source Warehouse* | Target Warehouse* | Product* | Quantity* | Lot/serial number
CSV character separator must be "%s" -LabelOfInventoryMovemement=Inventory %s -ReOpen=Reopen -ConfirmFinish=Do you confirm the closing of the inventory ? This will generate all stock movements to update your stock to the real qty you entered into the inventory. -ObjectNotFound=%s not found -MakeMovementsAndClose=Generate movements and close -AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity -ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab -CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration -FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +InventoryForASpecificWarehouse=Inventar för ett specifikt lager +InventoryForASpecificProduct=Inventar för en specifik produkt +StockIsRequiredToChooseWhichLotToUse=Lager krävs för att välja vilket parti som ska användas +ForceTo=Tvinga till +AlwaysShowFullArbo=Visa hela trädets lager på popup-länkar (varning: Detta kan minska dramatiskt) +StockAtDatePastDesc=Du kan se aktien (verkligt lager) vid ett visst datum tidigare +StockAtDateFutureDesc=Du kan se aktien (virtuellt lager) vid ett visst datum i framtiden +CurrentStock=Nuvarande lager +InventoryRealQtyHelp=Ställ in värdet till 0 för att återställa antal
Håll fältet tomt eller ta bort rad för att hålla oförändrad +UpdateByScaning=Fyll i riktigt antal genom att skanna +UpdateByScaningProductBarcode=Uppdatera med skanning (produktstreckkod) +UpdateByScaningLot=Uppdatera med skanning (parti | seriell streckkod) +DisableStockChangeOfSubProduct=Inaktivera lagerförändringen för alla delprodukter i detta kit under denna rörelse. +ImportFromCSV=Importera CSV-lista över rörelser +ChooseFileToImport=Ladda upp fil och klicka sedan på ikonen %s för att välja fil som källimportfil ... +SelectAStockMovementFileToImport=välj en lagerrörelsesfil som du vill importera +InfoTemplateImport=Den uppladdade filen måste ha detta format (* är obligatoriska fält):
Source Warehouse * | Mållager * | Produkt * | Kvantitet * | Parti- / serienummer
CSV-teckenavgränsare måste vara " %s " +LabelOfInventoryMovemement=Inventering %s +ReOpen=Öppna igen +ConfirmFinish=Bekräftar du stängningen av inventeringen? Detta genererar alla lagerrörelser för att uppdatera ditt lager till det verkliga antalet du angav i lageret. +ObjectNotFound=%s hittades inte +MakeMovementsAndClose=Generera rörelser och stäng +AutofillWithExpected=Fyll den verkliga kvantiteten med förväntad kvantitet +ShowAllBatchByDefault=Som standard visar du batchuppgifter på fliken "lager" +CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Du kan ställa in standardvisning för batchdetaljer i lagermodulkonfiguration +FieldCannotBeNegative=Fältet "%s" får inte vara negativt +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stripe.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stripe.lang index e4e1a522be6..05bc194bca8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stripe.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/stripe.lang @@ -12,27 +12,26 @@ YourEMail=E-post för betalning bekräftelse STRIPE_PAYONLINE_SENDEMAIL=E-postmeddelande efter ett betalningsförsök (framgång eller misslyckande) Creditor=Borgenär PaymentCode=Betalning kod -StripeDoPayment=Pay with Stripe +StripeDoPayment=Betala med Stripe YouWillBeRedirectedOnStripe=Du kommer att omdirigeras på en säker Stripe-sida för att mata in kreditkortsinformation Continue=Nästa ToOfferALinkForOnlinePayment=URL för %s betalning -ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnOrder=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a sales order -ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnInvoice=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a customer invoice -ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnContractLine=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a contract line -ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnFreeAmount=URL to offer a %s online payment page of any amount with no existing object -ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnMemberSubscription=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a member subscription -ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnDonation=URL to offer a %s online payment page for payment of a donation -YouCanAddTagOnUrl=You can also add url parameter &tag=value to any of those URL (mandatory only for payment not linked to an object) to add your own payment comment tag.
For the URL of payments with no existing object, you may also add the parameter &noidempotency=1 so the same link with same tag can be used several times (some payment mode may limit the payment to 1 for each different link without this parameter) +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnOrder=URL för att erbjuda en %s onlinebetalningssida för en försäljningsorder +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnInvoice=URL för att erbjuda en %s onlinebetalningssida för en kundfaktura +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnContractLine=URL för att erbjuda en online-betalningssida %s för en kontraktslinje +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnFreeAmount=URL för att erbjuda en %s onlinebetalningssida av vilket belopp som helst utan något befintligt objekt +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnMemberSubscription=URL för att erbjuda en %s onlinebetalningssida för ett medlemsabonnemang +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnDonation=URL för att erbjuda en %s onlinebetalningssida för betalning av en donation +YouCanAddTagOnUrl=Du kan också lägga till url-parametern & tag = värde till någon av dessa URL (obligatorisk endast för betalning som inte är länkad till ett objekt) för att lägga till din egen betalningskommentar-tagg.
För webbadressen till betalningar utan befintligt objekt kan du också lägga till parametern & noidempotency = 1 så att samma länk med samma tagg kan användas flera gånger (vissa betalningslägen kan begränsa betalningen till 1 för varje olika länk utan denna parameter) SetupStripeToHavePaymentCreatedAutomatically=Ställ in din Stripe med url %s för att få betalning skapad automatiskt när bekräftat av Stripe. AccountParameter=Tagen parametrar UsageParameter=Användning parametrar InformationToFindParameters=Hjälp att hitta din %s kontoinformation STRIPE_CGI_URL_V2=Url av Stripe CGI-modul för betalning -VendorName=Namn på leverantör CSSUrlForPaymentForm=CSS-formatmall URL för inbetalningskort NewStripePaymentReceived=Ny Stripbetalning mottagen NewStripePaymentFailed=Ny Stripbetalning försökte men misslyckades -FailedToChargeCard=Failed to charge card +FailedToChargeCard=Det gick inte att ladda kortet STRIPE_TEST_SECRET_KEY=Hemlig testnyckel STRIPE_TEST_PUBLISHABLE_KEY=Publicerbar testnyckel STRIPE_TEST_WEBHOOK_KEY=Webhook testnyckel @@ -42,7 +41,7 @@ STRIPE_LIVE_WEBHOOK_KEY=Webhook levande nyckel ONLINE_PAYMENT_WAREHOUSE=Lager som ska användas för lagerminskning när online betalning görs
(TODO När alternativet att minska lagret görs på en fakturahandling och online betalning genererar fakturaen?) StripeLiveEnabled=Stripe live enabled (annars test / sandbox-läge) StripeImportPayment=Importera Stripe betalningar -ExampleOfTestCreditCard=Example of credit card for test: %s => valid, %s => error CVC, %s => expired, %s => charge fails +ExampleOfTestCreditCard=Exempel på kreditkort för test: %s => valid, %s => error CVC, %s => expired, %s => debitering misslyckas StripeGateways=Stripe gateways OAUTH_STRIPE_TEST_ID=Stripe Connect Client ID (ca _...) OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_ID=Stripe Connect Client ID (ca _...) @@ -65,8 +64,8 @@ CreateCardOnStripe=Skapa kort på Stripe ShowInStripe=Visa i Stripe StripeUserAccountForActions=Användarkonto som ska användas för e-postnotifiering av vissa Stripe-händelser (Stripe-utbetalningar) StripePayoutList=Lista över Stripe utbetalningar -ToOfferALinkForTestWebhook=Link to setup Stripe WebHook to call the IPN (test mode) -ToOfferALinkForLiveWebhook=Link to setup Stripe WebHook to call the IPN (live mode) -PaymentWillBeRecordedForNextPeriod=Payment will be recorded for the next period. -ClickHereToTryAgain=Click here to try again... -CreationOfPaymentModeMustBeDoneFromStripeInterface=Due to Strong Customer Authentication rules, creation of a card must be done from Stripe backoffice. You can click here to switch on Stripe customer record: %s +ToOfferALinkForTestWebhook=Länk till installation Stripe WebHook för att ringa IPN (testläge) +ToOfferALinkForLiveWebhook=Länk till installation Stripe WebHook för att ringa IPN (live-läge) +PaymentWillBeRecordedForNextPeriod=Betalning kommer att registreras för nästa period. +ClickHereToTryAgain= Klicka här för att försöka igen ... +CreationOfPaymentModeMustBeDoneFromStripeInterface=På grund av starka regler för kundautentisering måste ett kort skapas från Stripe backoffice. Du kan klicka här för att slå på Stripes kundregister: %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/supplier_proposal.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/supplier_proposal.lang index 0cc36d3208a..823b602fe4f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/supplier_proposal.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/supplier_proposal.lang @@ -13,26 +13,27 @@ SupplierProposalArea=Leverantörsförslag SupplierProposalShort=Leverantörsförslag SupplierProposals=Leverantörsförslag SupplierProposalsShort=Leverantörsförslag +AskPrice=Prisförfrågan NewAskPrice=Ny prisförfrågan ShowSupplierProposal=Visa prisförfrågan AddSupplierProposal=Skapa en prisförfrågan SupplierProposalRefFourn=Leverantör ref SupplierProposalDate=Leveransdatum SupplierProposalRefFournNotice=Innan du stänger till "Accepterad", tänk att få tag på leverantörens referenser. -ConfirmValidateAsk=Är du säker på att du vill validera denna prisförfrågan under namn %s ? +ConfirmValidateAsk=Är du säker på att du vill bekräfta denna prisförfrågan under namn %s ? DeleteAsk=Ta bort förfrågan ValidateAsk=Bekräfta förfrågan -SupplierProposalStatusDraft=Utkast (måste valideras) -SupplierProposalStatusValidated=Validerad (begäran är öppen) +SupplierProposalStatusDraft=Utkast (måste bekräftas) +SupplierProposalStatusValidated=Bekräftat (begäran är öppen) SupplierProposalStatusClosed=Stängt SupplierProposalStatusSigned=Accepterad SupplierProposalStatusNotSigned=Refused SupplierProposalStatusDraftShort=Utkast -SupplierProposalStatusValidatedShort=Validerade +SupplierProposalStatusValidatedShort=Bekräftade SupplierProposalStatusClosedShort=Stängt SupplierProposalStatusSignedShort=Accepterad SupplierProposalStatusNotSignedShort=Refused -CopyAskFrom=Skapa prisförfrågan genom att kopiera befintliga en förfrågan +CopyAskFrom=Skapa en prisförfrågan genom att kopiera en befintlig begäran CreateEmptyAsk=Skapa blank begäran ConfirmCloneAsk=Är du säker på att du vill klona prisförfrågan %s ? ConfirmReOpenAsk=Är du säker på att du vill öppna tillbaka prisförfrågan %s ? @@ -52,3 +53,6 @@ SupplierProposalsToClose=Leverantörsförslag att stänga SupplierProposalsToProcess=Leverantörsförslag att bearbeta LastSupplierProposals=Senaste %s prisförfrågningar AllPriceRequests=Alla förfrågningar +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_SHIPPING=Leverantörskontakt för leverans +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_BILLING=Leverantörskontakt för fakturering +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_SERVICE=Representanten följa upp förslag diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/suppliers.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/suppliers.lang index c57c7839467..ee23dd635c2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/suppliers.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/suppliers.lang @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ MenuOrdersSupplierToBill=Inköpsorder att fakturera NbDaysToDelivery=Leveransfördröjning (dagar) DescNbDaysToDelivery=Den längsta leveransförseningen för produkterna från denna order SupplierReputation=Leverantörs rykte -ReferenceReputation=Reference reputation +ReferenceReputation=Referens rykte DoNotOrderThisProductToThisSupplier=Beställ inte NotTheGoodQualitySupplier=Låg kvalitet ReputationForThisProduct=Rykte BuyerName=Köparens namn AllProductServicePrices=Alla produkt- / servicepriser -AllProductReferencesOfSupplier=All references of vendor +AllProductReferencesOfSupplier=Alla referenser från leverantören BuyingPriceNumShort=Leverantörspriser diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ticket.lang index a69c8afe3f1..91a232226ec 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/ticket.lang @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ # Generic # -Module56000Name=biljetter -Module56000Desc=Biljettsystem för utfärdande eller förfråganhantering +Module56000Name=Ärenden +Module56000Desc=Ärendehanteringssystem för hantering frågor och reklamationer -Permission56001=Se biljetter -Permission56002=Ändra biljetter -Permission56003=Radera biljetter -Permission56004=Hantera biljetter -Permission56005=Se biljetter till alla tredje parter (inte effektiva för externa användare, alltid begränsad till tredje part som de är beroende av) +Permission56001=Se ärenden +Permission56002=Ändra ärenden +Permission56003=Radera ärenden +Permission56004=Hantera ärenden +Permission56005=Se ärenden till alla tredje parter (inte effektiva för externa användare, alltid begränsad till tredje part som de är beroende av) -TicketDictType=Biljett - Typer -TicketDictCategory=Biljett - Grupper +TicketDictType=Ärende - Typer +TicketDictCategory=Ärende - Grupper TicketDictSeverity=Ticket - Severiteter -TicketDictResolution=Ticket - Resolution +TicketDictResolution=Ärende - upplösning TicketTypeShortCOM=Kommersiell fråga TicketTypeShortHELP=Begäran om funktionell hjälp -TicketTypeShortISSUE=Issue or bug +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Problem eller fel TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problem TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Ändrings- eller förbättringsbegäran TicketTypeShortPROJET=Projekt @@ -46,62 +46,62 @@ TicketSeverityShortHIGH=Hög TicketSeverityShortBLOCKING=Kritisk, blockerande ErrorBadEmailAddress=Fältet '%s' felaktigt -MenuTicketMyAssign=Mina biljetter -MenuTicketMyAssignNonClosed=Mina öppna biljetter -MenuListNonClosed=Öppna biljetter +MenuTicketMyAssign=Mina ärenden +MenuTicketMyAssignNonClosed=Mina öppna ärenden +MenuListNonClosed=Öppna ärenden TypeContact_ticket_internal_CONTRIBUTOR=Bidragsgivare TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Tilldelad användare TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Kundkontakt / incidentspårning TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=Extern bidragsyter -OriginEmail=Reporter Email -Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Skicka biljettmeddelande via e-post +OriginEmail=Reporter E-post +Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Skicka ärrendemeddelande via e-post # Status Read=Läsa Assigned=Tilldelad InProgress=Pågående -NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback -NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback +NeedMoreInformation=Väntar på feedback från reporter +NeedMoreInformationShort=Väntar på feedback Answered=Besvarade Waiting=Väntar -Closed=Stängt +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Raderade # Dict Type=Typ Severity=Allvarlighet TicketGroupIsPublic=Gruppen är offentlig -TicketGroupIsPublicDesc=Om en biljettgrupp är offentlig visas den i formuläret när du skapar en biljett från det offentliga gränssnittet +TicketGroupIsPublicDesc=Om en ärrendegrupp är offentlig visas den i formuläret när du skapar en ärende från det offentliga gränssnittet # Email templates -MailToSendTicketMessage=Att skicka e-post från biljettmeddelande +MailToSendTicketMessage=Att skicka e-post från ärrendemeddelande # # Admin page # -TicketSetup=Inställning av biljettmodul +TicketSetup=Inställning av ärrendemodul TicketSettings=inställningar TicketSetupPage= TicketPublicAccess=Ett offentligt gränssnitt som kräver ingen identifiering finns på följande webbadress -TicketSetupDictionaries=Typ av biljett, svårighetsgrad och analytiska koder är konfigurerbara från ordböcker +TicketSetupDictionaries=Typ av ärende, svårighetsgrad och analytiska koder är konfigurerbara från ordböcker TicketParamModule=Inställning av modulvariabler TicketParamMail=E-postinställningar TicketEmailNotificationFrom=E-postmeddelande från -TicketEmailNotificationFromHelp=Används i svar på biljettmeddelande med exempel +TicketEmailNotificationFromHelp=Används i svar på ärrendemeddelande med exempel TicketEmailNotificationTo=E-postmeddelande till TicketEmailNotificationToHelp=Skicka e-postmeddelanden till den här adressen. -TicketNewEmailBodyLabel=Textmeddelande skickat efter att du skapat en biljett -TicketNewEmailBodyHelp=Texten som anges här kommer att införas i e-postmeddelandet som bekräftar skapandet av en ny biljett från det offentliga gränssnittet. Information om samråd med biljetten läggs automatiskt till. +TicketNewEmailBodyLabel=Textmeddelande skickat efter att du skapat en ärende +TicketNewEmailBodyHelp=Texten som anges här kommer att införas i e-postmeddelandet som bekräftar skapandet av en ny ärende från det offentliga gränssnittet. Information om samråd med ärendet läggs automatiskt till. TicketParamPublicInterface=Inställningar för offentligt gränssnitt -TicketsEmailMustExist=Kräver en befintlig e-postadress för att skapa en biljett -TicketsEmailMustExistHelp=I det offentliga gränssnittet ska e-postadressen redan fyllas i databasen för att skapa en ny biljett. +TicketsEmailMustExist=Kräver en befintlig e-postadress för att skapa en ärende +TicketsEmailMustExistHelp=I det offentliga gränssnittet ska e-postadressen redan fyllas i databasen för att skapa en ny ärende. PublicInterface=Offentligt gränssnitt TicketUrlPublicInterfaceLabelAdmin=Alternativ webbadress för offentligt gränssnitt TicketUrlPublicInterfaceHelpAdmin=Det är möjligt att definiera ett alias till webbservern och därmed göra tillgängligt det offentliga gränssnittet med en annan webbadress (servern måste fungera som en proxy på den här nya webbadressen) TicketPublicInterfaceTextHomeLabelAdmin=Välkomsttext för det offentliga gränssnittet -TicketPublicInterfaceTextHome=Du kan skapa en supportbiljett eller se existerande från dess identifieringsspårningsbiljett. +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHome=Du kan skapa en supportärrende eller se existerande från dess identifieringsspårningsärrende. TicketPublicInterfaceTextHomeHelpAdmin=Texten som definieras här visas på hemsidan för det offentliga gränssnittet. TicketPublicInterfaceTopicLabelAdmin=Gränssnittets titel TicketPublicInterfaceTopicHelp=Denna text kommer att visas som titeln på det offentliga gränssnittet. @@ -109,10 +109,10 @@ TicketPublicInterfaceTextHelpMessageLabelAdmin=Hjälptext till meddelandeinmatni TicketPublicInterfaceTextHelpMessageHelpAdmin=Denna text kommer att visas ovanför användarens meddelandeinmatningsområde. ExtraFieldsTicket=Extra attribut TicketCkEditorEmailNotActivated=HTML-editor är inte aktiverad. Vänligen sätt FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_MAIL innehåll till 1 för att få det. -TicketsDisableEmail=Skicka inte e-postmeddelanden för biljettskapande eller meddelandeinspelning -TicketsDisableEmailHelp=Som standard skickas e-postmeddelanden när nya biljetter eller meddelanden skapas. Aktivera det här alternativet för att inaktivera * alla * e-postmeddelanden +TicketsDisableEmail=Skicka inte e-postmeddelanden för ärrendeskapande eller meddelandeinspelning +TicketsDisableEmailHelp=Som standard skickas e-postmeddelanden när nya ärenden eller meddelanden skapas. Aktivera det här alternativet för att inaktivera * alla * e-postmeddelanden TicketsLogEnableEmail=Aktivera logg via e-post -TicketsLogEnableEmailHelp=Vid varje ändring skickas ett mail ** till varje kontaktperson ** som är kopplad till biljetten. +TicketsLogEnableEmailHelp=Vid varje ändring skickas ett mail ** till varje kontaktperson ** som är kopplad till ärendet. TicketParams=params TicketsShowModuleLogo=Visa modulens logotyp i det offentliga gränssnittet TicketsShowModuleLogoHelp=Aktivera det här alternativet för att dölja logotypmodulen på sidorna i det offentliga gränssnittet @@ -120,31 +120,31 @@ TicketsShowCompanyLogo=Visa företagets logotyp i det offentliga gränssnittet TicketsShowCompanyLogoHelp=Aktivera det här alternativet för att dölja huvudbolags logotyp på sidorna i det offentliga gränssnittet TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Skicka också ett meddelande till huvud-e-postadressen TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Aktivera det här alternativet för att också skicka ett e-postmeddelande till den adress som definierats i inställningen "%s" (se fliken "%s") -TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Begränsa visningen till biljetter som tilldelats den nuvarande användaren (inte effektiv för externa användare, alltid begränsad till den tredje parten som de är beroende av) -TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Endast biljetter som tilldelats den nuvarande användaren kommer att vara synliga. Gäller inte för en användare med biljettförvaltningsrättigheter. +TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Begränsa visningen till ärenden som tilldelats den nuvarande användaren (inte effektiv för externa användare, alltid begränsad till den tredje parten som de är beroende av) +TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Endast ärenden som tilldelats den nuvarande användaren kommer att vara synliga. Gäller inte för en användare med ärrendeförvaltningsrättigheter. TicketsActivatePublicInterface=Aktivera det offentliga gränssnittet -TicketsActivatePublicInterfaceHelp=Offentligt gränssnitt tillåter alla besökare att skapa biljetter. -TicketsAutoAssignTicket=Tilldela automatiskt användaren som skapade biljetten -TicketsAutoAssignTicketHelp=När du skapar en biljett kan användaren automatiskt tilldelas biljetten. -TicketNumberingModules=Biljettnummermodul -TicketsModelModule=Dokumentmallar för biljetter +TicketsActivatePublicInterfaceHelp=Offentligt gränssnitt tillåter alla besökare att skapa ärenden. +TicketsAutoAssignTicket=Tilldela automatiskt användaren som skapade ärendet +TicketsAutoAssignTicketHelp=När du skapar en ärende kan användaren automatiskt tilldelas ärendet. +TicketNumberingModules=Ärendenummermodul +TicketsModelModule=Dokumentmallar för ärenden TicketNotifyTiersAtCreation=Meddela tredje part vid skapandet -TicketsDisableCustomerEmail=Avaktivera alltid e-postmeddelanden när en biljett skapas från det offentliga gränssnittet -TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Skicka e-post när ett nytt meddelande / en kommentar läggs till i en biljett +TicketsDisableCustomerEmail=Avaktivera alltid e-postmeddelanden när en ärende skapas från det offentliga gränssnittet +TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Skicka e-post när ett nytt meddelande / en kommentar läggs till i en ärende TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessageHelp=Skicka e-post (ar) när ett nytt meddelande läggs till från det offentliga gränssnittet (tilldelad användare eller e-postmeddelanden till (uppdatering) och / eller e-postmeddelanden till) TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmail=Meddelanden via e-post till (uppdatering) -TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Skicka ett e-postmeddelande till den här adressen för varje meddelande om nytt meddelande om biljetten inte har tilldelats någon användare eller om användaren inte har någon känd e-post. +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Skicka ett e-postmeddelande till den här adressen för varje meddelande om nytt meddelande om ärendet inte har tilldelats någon användare eller om användaren inte har någon känd e-post. # # Index & list page # -TicketsIndex=Biljettområde -TicketList=Lista över biljetter -TicketAssignedToMeInfos=Denna sidvisningsbiljettlista skapad av eller tilldelad den nuvarande användaren -NoTicketsFound=Ingen biljett finns -NoUnreadTicketsFound=Ingen oläst biljett hittades -TicketViewAllTickets=Visa alla biljetter -TicketViewNonClosedOnly=Visa bara öppna biljetter -TicketStatByStatus=Biljetter efter status +TicketsIndex=Ärendeområde +TicketList=Lista över ärenden +TicketAssignedToMeInfos=Denna sidvisningsärrendelista skapad av eller tilldelad den nuvarande användaren +NoTicketsFound=Ingen ärende finns +NoUnreadTicketsFound=Ingen oläst ärende hittades +TicketViewAllTickets=Visa alla ärenden +TicketViewNonClosedOnly=Visa bara öppna ärenden +TicketStatByStatus=Ärendeer efter status OrderByDateAsc=Sortera efter stigande datum OrderByDateDesc=Sortera efter fallande datum ShowAsConversation=Visa som konversationslista @@ -153,48 +153,50 @@ MessageListViewType=Visa som tabellista # # Ticket card # -Ticket=Biljett -TicketCard=Biljettkort -CreateTicket=Skapa biljett -EditTicket=Redigera biljett -TicketsManagement=Biljettförvaltning +Ticket=Ärende +TicketCard=Ärendekort +CreateTicket=Skapa ärende +EditTicket=Redigera ärende +TicketsManagement=Ärendeförvaltning CreatedBy=Skapad av -NewTicket=Ny biljett -SubjectAnswerToTicket=Biljettsvar +NewTicket=Ny ärende +SubjectAnswerToTicket=Ärendesvar TicketTypeRequest=Förfrågan typ -TicketCategory=Ticket categorization -SeeTicket=Se biljett -TicketMarkedAsRead=Biljett har markerats som läst +TicketCategory=Ärendekategorisering +SeeTicket=Se ärende +TicketMarkedAsRead=Ärende har markerats som läst TicketReadOn=Läs vidare TicketCloseOn=Sista dag -MarkAsRead=Markera biljett som läst -TicketHistory=Biljetthistorik +MarkAsRead=Markera ärende som läst +TicketHistory=Ärendehistorik AssignUser=Tilldela användare -TicketAssigned=Biljetten är nu tilldelad +TicketAssigned=Ärendeen är nu tilldelad TicketChangeType=Ändra typ TicketChangeCategory=Ändra analytisk kod TicketChangeSeverity=Ändra allvarlighet TicketAddMessage=Lägg till ett meddelande AddMessage=Lägg till ett meddelande -MessageSuccessfullyAdded=Biljett tillagd +MessageSuccessfullyAdded=Ärende tillagd TicketMessageSuccessfullyAdded=Meddelandet har lagts till TicketMessagesList=Meddelandelista -NoMsgForThisTicket=Inget meddelande för denna biljett +NoMsgForThisTicket=Inget meddelande för denna ärende Properties=Uppmärkning -LatestNewTickets=Senaste %s senaste biljetterna (ej läst) +LatestNewTickets=Senaste %s senaste ärrendeerna (ej läst) TicketSeverity=Allvarlighet -ShowTicket=Se biljett -RelatedTickets=Relaterade biljetter +ShowTicket=Se ärende +RelatedTickets=Relaterade ärenden TicketAddIntervention=Skapa ingripande -CloseTicket=Stäng biljett -CloseATicket=Stäng en biljett -ConfirmCloseAticket=Bekräfta biljett stängning -ConfirmDeleteTicket=Vänligen bekräfta att du tar bort biljett -TicketDeletedSuccess=Biljett raderas med framgång -TicketMarkedAsClosed=Biljett markerad som stängd +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket +ConfirmCloseAticket=Bekräfta ärende stängning +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' +ConfirmDeleteTicket=Vänligen bekräfta att du tar bort ärende +TicketDeletedSuccess=Ärende raderas med framgång +TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ärende markerad som stängd TicketDurationAuto=Beräknad varaktighet TicketDurationAutoInfos=Varaktighet beräknas automatiskt från interventionsrelaterad -TicketUpdated=Biljett uppdaterad +TicketUpdated=Ärende uppdaterad SendMessageByEmail=Skicka meddelande via e-post TicketNewMessage=Nytt meddelande ErrorMailRecipientIsEmptyForSendTicketMessage=Mottagaren är tom. Ingen email skickad @@ -202,27 +204,27 @@ TicketGoIntoContactTab=Vänligen gå till fliken "Kontakter" för att välja dem TicketMessageMailIntro=Introduktion TicketMessageMailIntroHelp=Denna text läggs till endast i början av e-postmeddelandet och kommer inte att sparas. TicketMessageMailIntroLabelAdmin=Introduktion till meddelandet när du skickar e-post -TicketMessageMailIntroText=Hej,
Ett nytt svar skickades på en biljett som du kontaktar. Här är meddelandet:
-TicketMessageMailIntroHelpAdmin=Denna text kommer att införas före texten på svaret på en biljett. +TicketMessageMailIntroText=Hej,
Ett nytt svar skickades på en ärende som du kontaktar. Här är meddelandet:
+TicketMessageMailIntroHelpAdmin=Denna text kommer att införas före texten på svaret på en ärende. TicketMessageMailSignature=Namnteckning TicketMessageMailSignatureHelp=Denna text läggs till endast i slutet av e-postmeddelandet och kommer inte att sparas. TicketMessageMailSignatureText=

Med vänliga hälsningar,

--

TicketMessageMailSignatureLabelAdmin=Signatur för e-postsvar TicketMessageMailSignatureHelpAdmin=Denna text läggs in efter svarmeddelandet. -TicketMessageHelp=Endast den här texten sparas i meddelandelistan på biljettkortet. +TicketMessageHelp=Endast den här texten sparas i meddelandelistan på ärrendekortet. TicketMessageSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=Substitutionsvariabler ersätts av generiska värden. TimeElapsedSince=Tid förflutit sedan TicketTimeToRead=Tid förfluten innan den läste -TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Time elapsed before / since -TicketContacts=Kontakter biljett -TicketDocumentsLinked=Dokument kopplade till biljett -ConfirmReOpenTicket=Bekräfta återuppta denna biljett? -TicketMessageMailIntroAutoNewPublicMessage=Ett nytt meddelande publicerades på biljetten med ämnet %s: -TicketAssignedToYou=Biljett tilldelad -TicketAssignedEmailBody=Du har tilldelats biljetten # %s av %s +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Tid som gått före / sedan +TicketContacts=Kontakter ärende +TicketDocumentsLinked=Dokument kopplade till ärende +ConfirmReOpenTicket=Bekräfta återuppta denna ärende? +TicketMessageMailIntroAutoNewPublicMessage=Ett nytt meddelande publicerades på ärendet med ämnet %s: +TicketAssignedToYou=Ärende tilldelad +TicketAssignedEmailBody=Du har tilldelats ärendet # %s av %s MarkMessageAsPrivate=Markera meddelande som privat TicketMessagePrivateHelp=Det här meddelandet visas inte till externa användare -TicketEmailOriginIssuer=Utgivare på grund av biljetterna +TicketEmailOriginIssuer=Utgivare på grund av ärrendeerna InitialMessage=Initialt meddelande LinkToAContract=Länk till ett kontrakt TicketPleaseSelectAContract=Välj ett kontrakt @@ -235,85 +237,85 @@ TicketConfirmChangeStatus=Bekräfta statusändringen: %s? TicketLogStatusChanged=Status ändrad: %s till %s TicketNotNotifyTiersAtCreate=Meddela inte företaget på create Unread=Oläst -TicketNotCreatedFromPublicInterface=Inte tillgänglig. Biljetten skapades inte från det offentliga gränssnittet. -ErrorTicketRefRequired=Biljettreferensnamn krävs +TicketNotCreatedFromPublicInterface=Inte tillgänglig. Ärendeen skapades inte från det offentliga gränssnittet. +ErrorTicketRefRequired=Ärendereferensnamn krävs # # Logs # -TicketLogMesgReadBy=Biljett %s läs av %s -NoLogForThisTicket=Ingen logg på denna biljett ännu -TicketLogAssignedTo=Biljett %s tilldelad %s -TicketLogPropertyChanged=Biljett %s modifierad: märkt från %s till %s -TicketLogClosedBy=Biljett %s stängt av %s -TicketLogReopen=Biljett %s öppnas igen +TicketLogMesgReadBy=Ärende %s läs av %s +NoLogForThisTicket=Ingen logg på denna ärende ännu +TicketLogAssignedTo=Ärende %s tilldelad %s +TicketLogPropertyChanged=Ärende %s modifierad: märkt från %s till %s +TicketLogClosedBy=Ärende %s stängt av %s +TicketLogReopen=Ärende %s öppnas igen # # Public pages # -TicketSystem=Biljettsystem +TicketSystem=Ärendesystem ShowListTicketWithTrackId=Visa biljellista från spår-ID -ShowTicketWithTrackId=Visa biljett från spår ID -TicketPublicDesc=Du kan skapa en supportbiljett eller kolla från ett befintligt ID. -YourTicketSuccessfullySaved=Biljett har sparats! -MesgInfosPublicTicketCreatedWithTrackId=En ny biljett har skapats med ID %s och Ref %s. +ShowTicketWithTrackId=Visa ärende från spår ID +TicketPublicDesc=Du kan skapa en supportärrende eller kolla från ett befintligt ID. +YourTicketSuccessfullySaved=Ärende har sparats! +MesgInfosPublicTicketCreatedWithTrackId=En ny ärende har skapats med ID %s och Ref %s. PleaseRememberThisId=Var vänlig och håll spårningsnumret som vi kanske frågar dig senare. -TicketNewEmailSubject=Bekräftelse på skapande av biljett - Ref %s (offentligt biljett-ID %s) -TicketNewEmailSubjectCustomer=Ny supportbiljett -TicketNewEmailBody=Det här är ett automatiskt e-postmeddelande som bekräftar att du har registrerat en ny biljett. -TicketNewEmailBodyCustomer=Det här är ett automatiskt e-postmeddelande för att bekräfta en ny biljett har just skapats i ditt konto. -TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTicket=Information för övervakning av biljetten -TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackId=Biljettspårningsnummer: %s -TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrl=Du kan se framstegen på biljetten genom att klicka på länken ovan. -TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlCustomer=Du kan se framstegen på biljetten i det specifika gränssnittet genom att klicka på följande länk +TicketNewEmailSubject=Bekräftelse på skapande av ärende - Ref %s (offentligt ärende-ID %s) +TicketNewEmailSubjectCustomer=Ny supportärrende +TicketNewEmailBody=Det här är ett automatiskt e-postmeddelande som bekräftar att du har registrerat en ny ärende. +TicketNewEmailBodyCustomer=Det här är ett automatiskt e-postmeddelande för att bekräfta en ny ärende har just skapats i ditt konto. +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTicket=Information för övervakning av ärendet +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackId=Ärendespårningsnummer: %s +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrl=Du kan se framstegen på ärendet genom att klicka på länken ovan. +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlCustomer=Du kan se framstegen på ärendet i det specifika gränssnittet genom att klicka på följande länk TicketEmailPleaseDoNotReplyToThisEmail=Vänligen svara inte direkt på det här meddelandet! Använd länken för att svara på gränssnittet. -TicketPublicInfoCreateTicket=I det här formuläret kan du spela in en supportbiljett i vårt styrsystem. +TicketPublicInfoCreateTicket=I det här formuläret kan du spela in en supportärrende i vårt styrsystem. TicketPublicPleaseBeAccuratelyDescribe=Var snäll och beskriv problemet. Ge så mycket information som möjligt för att vi ska kunna identifiera din förfrågan korrekt. -TicketPublicMsgViewLogIn=Vänligen ange biljettspårnings-ID +TicketPublicMsgViewLogIn=Vänligen ange ärrendespårnings-ID TicketTrackId=Public Tracking ID OneOfTicketTrackId=Ett av ditt spårnings-ID -ErrorTicketNotFound=Biljett med spårnings ID %s ej hittat! +ErrorTicketNotFound=Ärende med spårnings ID %s ej hittat! Subject=Ämne -ViewTicket=Visa biljett -ViewMyTicketList=Visa min biljettlista +ViewTicket=Visa ärende +ViewMyTicketList=Visa min ärrendelista ErrorEmailMustExistToCreateTicket=Fel: E-postadress hittades inte i vår databas -TicketNewEmailSubjectAdmin=Ny biljett skapad - Ref %s (offentlig biljett-ID %s) -TicketNewEmailBodyAdmin=

Biljetten har just skapats med ID # %s, se information:

-SeeThisTicketIntomanagementInterface=Se biljett i hanteringsgränssnittet -TicketPublicInterfaceForbidden=Det offentliga gränssnittet för biljetterna var inte aktiverat +TicketNewEmailSubjectAdmin=Ny ärende skapad - Ref %s (offentlig ärende-ID %s) +TicketNewEmailBodyAdmin=

Ärendeen har just skapats med ID # %s, se information:

+SeeThisTicketIntomanagementInterface=Se ärende i hanteringsgränssnittet +TicketPublicInterfaceForbidden=Det offentliga gränssnittet för ärrendeerna var inte aktiverat ErrorEmailOrTrackingInvalid=Dåligt värde för spårnings-ID eller e-post OldUser=Gammal användare NewUser=Ny användare -NumberOfTicketsByMonth=Antal biljetter per månad -NbOfTickets=Antal biljetter +NumberOfTicketsByMonth=Antal ärenden per månad +NbOfTickets=Antal ärenden # notifications -TicketNotificationEmailSubject=Biljett %s uppdaterad -TicketNotificationEmailBody=Detta är ett automatiskt meddelande för att meddela dig att biljetten %s just har uppdaterats +TicketNotificationEmailSubject=Ärende %s uppdaterad +TicketNotificationEmailBody=Detta är ett automatiskt meddelande för att meddela dig att ärendet %s just har uppdaterats TicketNotificationRecipient=Meddelande mottagare TicketNotificationLogMessage=Logmeddelande -TicketNotificationEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlinternal=Visa biljett till gränssnitt +TicketNotificationEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlinternal=Visa ärende till gränssnitt TicketNotificationNumberEmailSent=Meddelande email skickat: %s -ActionsOnTicket=Händelser på biljett +ActionsOnTicket=Händelser på ärende # # Boxes # -BoxLastTicket=Senast skapade biljetter -BoxLastTicketDescription=Senaste %s skapade biljetter +BoxLastTicket=Senast skapade ärenden +BoxLastTicketDescription=Senaste %s skapade ärenden BoxLastTicketContent= -BoxLastTicketNoRecordedTickets=Inga senaste olästa biljetter -BoxLastModifiedTicket=Senast ändrade biljetter -BoxLastModifiedTicketDescription=Senaste %s modifierade biljetter +BoxLastTicketNoRecordedTickets=Inga senaste olästa ärenden +BoxLastModifiedTicket=Senast ändrade ärenden +BoxLastModifiedTicketDescription=Senaste %s modifierade ärenden BoxLastModifiedTicketContent= -BoxLastModifiedTicketNoRecordedTickets=Inga nyligen ändrade biljetter -BoxTicketType=Distribution of open tickets by type -BoxTicketSeverity=Antal öppna biljetter efter svårighetsgrad -BoxNoTicketSeverity=Inga biljetter öppnade -BoxTicketLastXDays=Antal nya biljetter per dagar de senaste %s dagarna -BoxTicketLastXDayswidget = Antal nya biljetter efter dagar de senaste X dagarna -BoxNoTicketLastXDays=Inga nya biljetter de senaste %s dagarna -BoxNumberOfTicketByDay=Antal nya biljetter per dag -BoxNewTicketVSClose=Antal dagens nya biljetter kontra dagens stängda biljetter -TicketCreatedToday=Biljett skapad idag -TicketClosedToday=Biljetten stängd idag +BoxLastModifiedTicketNoRecordedTickets=Inga nyligen ändrade ärenden +BoxTicketType=Fördelning av öppna ärenden efter typ +BoxTicketSeverity=Antal öppna ärenden efter svårighetsgrad +BoxNoTicketSeverity=Inga ärenden öppnade +BoxTicketLastXDays=Antal nya ärenden per dagar de senaste %s dagarna +BoxTicketLastXDayswidget = Antal nya ärenden efter dagar de senaste X dagarna +BoxNoTicketLastXDays=Inga nya ärenden de senaste %s dagarna +BoxNumberOfTicketByDay=Antal nya ärenden per dag +BoxNewTicketVSClose=Antal dagens nya ärenden kontra dagens stängda ärenden +TicketCreatedToday=Ärende skapad idag +TicketClosedToday=Ärendeen stängd idag diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/trips.lang index 90cedfe9044..02b042424c1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Neka datum DATE_SAVE=Bekräftelsesdatum DATE_CANCEL=Avbokningsdatum DATE_PAIEMENT=Betalningsdag -BROUILLONNER=öppna ExpenseReportRef=Ref. kostnads rapport ValidateAndSubmit=Bekräfta och lämna in för godkännande ValidatedWaitingApproval=Bekräftat (väntar på godkännande) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/users.lang index 8d9cfed0737..1c9886a2675 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/users.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/users.lang @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ PasswordChangedTo=Lösenord ändras till: %s SubjectNewPassword=Ditt nya lösenord för %s GroupRights=Gruppbehörigheter UserRights=Användarbehörighet -Credentials=Credentials +Credentials=Referenser UserGUISetup=Användarskärmsinställning DisableUser=Inaktivera DisableAUser=Inaktivera en användare @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ LoginToCreate=Logga in för att skapa NameToCreate=Namn på tredje part för att skapa YourRole=Din roller YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=Din kvot på aktiva användare är nådd! -NbOfUsers=Number of users -NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +NbOfUsers=Antal användare +NbOfPermissions=Antal behörigheter DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=Endast en SuperAdmin kan nedgradera en SuperAdmin HierarchicalResponsible=Handledare HierarchicView=Hierarkisk vy @@ -123,4 +123,4 @@ ForceUserHolidayValidator=Tvinga lämningsbegäran ValidatorIsSupervisorByDefault=Som standard är valideraren användarens övervakare. Håll dig tom för att behålla detta beteende. UserPersonalEmail=Personlig email UserPersonalMobile=Personlig mobiltelefon -WarningNotLangOfInterface=Warning, this is the main language the user speak, not the language of the interface he choosed to see. To change the interface language visible by this user, go on tab %s +WarningNotLangOfInterface=Varning, detta är det huvudspråk som användaren talar, inte språket för gränssnittet han valde att se. För att ändra gränssnittsspråket som visas av den här användaren, gå till fliken %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/website.lang index a8ef9b50f76..70b9b832adc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/website.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/website.lang @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AddWebsite=Lägg till webbplats Webpage=Webbsida / container AddPage=Lägg till sida / behållare PageContainer=Sida -PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=Förhandsgranskningen av din webbplats %s är ännu inte tillgänglig. Du måste först ' Importera en fullständig webbplatsmall ' eller bara ' Lägg till en sida / behållare '. RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=Den begärda sidan med id %s har inget innehåll ännu, eller cachefilen .tpl.php har tagits bort. Redigera innehållet på sidan för att lösa detta. SiteDeleted=Webbplatsen '%s' raderas PageContent=Page / Contenair @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ ThisPageIsTranslationOf=Den här sidan / behållaren är en översättning av ThisPageHasTranslationPages=Den här sidan / behållaren har översättning NoWebSiteCreateOneFirst=Ingen hemsida har skapats än. Skapa en första. GoTo=Gå till -DynamicPHPCodeContainsAForbiddenInstruction=You add dynamic PHP code that contains the PHP instruction '%s' that is forbidden by default as dynamic content (see hidden options WEBSITE_PHP_ALLOW_xxx to increase list of allowed commands). +DynamicPHPCodeContainsAForbiddenInstruction=Du lägger till dynamisk PHP-kod som innehåller PHP-instruktionen ' %s ' som är förbjudet som standard som dynamiskt innehåll (se dolda alternativ WEBSITE_PHP_ALLOW_xxx för att öka listan över tillåtna kommandon). NotAllowedToAddDynamicContent=Du har inte behörighet att lägga till eller redigera dynamiskt PHP-innehåll på webbplatser. Be tillåtelse eller behåll bara koden i php-taggar omodifierade. ReplaceWebsiteContent=Sök eller ersätt webbplatsinnehåll DeleteAlsoJs=Vill du ta bort alla JavaScript-filer som är specifika för den här webbplatsen? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/withdrawals.lang index d4689c1eed7..ff843535c95 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Exekveringsdatum CreateForSepa=Skapa direkt debitfil -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI för direktdebitering -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI för banköverföring +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML-tagg - Unikt ID tilldelat per transaktion USTRD="Ostrukturerad" SEPA XML-tagg ADDDAYS=Lägg till dagar till Exekveringsdatum @@ -150,4 +149,4 @@ InfoRejectMessage=Hej,

Betalningsordern för fakturan %s relaterad til ModeWarning=Alternativ på riktigt läget inte var satt, sluta vi efter denna simulering ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Företag med id %s har mer än ett standardbankkonto. Inget sätt att veta vilken man ska använda. ErrorICSmissing=Saknar ICS på bankkonto %s -TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Total amount of direct debit order differs from sum of lines +TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Det totala beloppet för direktdebitering skiljer sig från summan av rader diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/workflow.lang index 579f062cccb..92bae74c475 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sv_SE/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Märk länkad källans förslag som descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Märk länkad källsäljorder som fakturerad när kundfaktura är bekräftat (och om fakturans storlek är densamma som totalbeloppet för den länkade ordern) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Märk länkad källsäljorder som fakturerad när kundfaktura är inställd att betala (och om fakturans storlek är densamma som totalbeloppet för den länkade ordern) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Märk länkad källsäljningsorder som skickas när en försändelse är bekräftat (och om den mängd som skickas av alla leveranser är densamma som i den ordning som ska uppdateras) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Märk länkad källleverantörsförslag som fakturerat när leverantörsfaktura är bekräftat (och om fakturans storlek är densamma som det totala beloppet för det länkade förslaget) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Märk kopplad inköpsorder som fakturerad när leverantörsfaktura är bekräftat (och om fakturans storlek är densamma som totalbeloppet för den länkade ordern) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/languages.lang index c1fef95bafb..96b141b1f30 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Kiarabu Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Kiarabu Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Uholanzi (Ubelgiji) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Kireno (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Kireno Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/trips.lang index e34078e8fc2..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/sw_SW/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/accountancy.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..771f0a83e7b --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/accountancy.lang @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - en_US - Accountancy (Double entries) +Accountancy=Accountancy +Accounting=Accounting +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_SEPARATORCSV=Column separator for export file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_DATE=Date format for export file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PIECE=Export the number of piece +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_GLOBAL_ACCOUNT=Export with global account +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_LABEL=Export label +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_AMOUNT=Export amount +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_DEVISE=Export currency +Selectformat=Select the format for the file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_FORMAT=Select the format for the file +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_ENDLINE=Select the carriage return type +ACCOUNTING_EXPORT_PREFIX_SPEC=Specify the prefix for the file name +ThisService=This service +ThisProduct=This product +DefaultForService=Default for service +DefaultForProduct=Default for product +ProductForThisThirdparty=Product for this thirdparty +ServiceForThisThirdparty=Service for this thirdparty +CantSuggest=Can't suggest +AccountancySetupDoneFromAccountancyMenu=Most setup of the accountancy is done from the menu %s +ConfigAccountingExpert=Configuration of the module accounting (double entry) +Journalization=Journalization +Journals=Journals +JournalFinancial=Financial journals +BackToChartofaccounts=Return chart of accounts +Chartofaccounts=Chart of accounts +ChartOfSubaccounts=Chart of individual accounts +ChartOfIndividualAccountsOfSubsidiaryLedger=Chart of individual accounts of the subsidiary ledger +CurrentDedicatedAccountingAccount=Current dedicated account +AssignDedicatedAccountingAccount=New account to assign +InvoiceLabel=Invoice label +OverviewOfAmountOfLinesNotBound=Overview of amount of lines not bound to an accounting account +OverviewOfAmountOfLinesBound=Overview of amount of lines already bound to an accounting account +OtherInfo=Other information +DeleteCptCategory=Remove accounting account from group +ConfirmDeleteCptCategory=Are you sure you want to remove this accounting account from the accounting account group? +JournalizationInLedgerStatus=Status of journalization +AlreadyInGeneralLedger=Already transferred in accounting journals and ledger +NotYetInGeneralLedger=Not yet transferred in accouting journals and ledger +GroupIsEmptyCheckSetup=Group is empty, check setup of the personalized accounting group +DetailByAccount=Show detail by account +AccountWithNonZeroValues=Accounts with non-zero values +ListOfAccounts=List of accounts +CountriesInEEC=Countries in EEC +CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC +CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s +CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s +AccountantFiles=Export source documents +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account +VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount + +MainAccountForCustomersNotDefined=Main accounting account for customers not defined in setup +MainAccountForSuppliersNotDefined=Main accounting account for vendors not defined in setup +MainAccountForUsersNotDefined=Main accounting account for users not defined in setup +MainAccountForVatPaymentNotDefined=Main accounting account for VAT payment not defined in setup +MainAccountForSubscriptionPaymentNotDefined=Main accounting account for subscription payment not defined in setup + +AccountancyArea=Accounting area +AccountancyAreaDescIntro=Usage of the accountancy module is done in several step: +AccountancyAreaDescActionOnce=The following actions are usually executed one time only, or once per year... +AccountancyAreaDescActionOnceBis=Next steps should be done to save you time in future by suggesting you the correct default accounting account when making the journalization (writing record in Journals and General ledger) +AccountancyAreaDescActionFreq=The following actions are usually executed every month, week or day for very large companies... + +AccountancyAreaDescJournalSetup=STEP %s: Create or check content of your journal list from menu %s +AccountancyAreaDescChartModel=STEP %s: Check that a model of chart of account exists or create one from menu %s +AccountancyAreaDescChart=STEP %s: Select and|or complete your chart of account from menu %s + +AccountancyAreaDescVat=STEP %s: Define accounting accounts for each VAT Rates. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescDefault=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescExpenseReport=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for each type of expense report. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescSal=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for payment of salaries. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescContrib=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for special expenses (miscellaneous taxes). For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescDonation=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for donation. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescSubscription=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for member subscription. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescMisc=STEP %s: Define mandatory default account and default accounting accounts for miscellaneous transactions. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescLoan=STEP %s: Define default accounting accounts for loans. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescBank=STEP %s: Define accounting accounts and journal code for each bank and financial accounts. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescProd=STEP %s: Define accounting accounts on your products/services. For this, use the menu entry %s. + +AccountancyAreaDescBind=STEP %s: Check the binding between existing %s lines and accounting account is done, so application will be able to journalize transactions in Ledger in one click. Complete missing bindings. For this, use the menu entry %s. +AccountancyAreaDescWriteRecords=STEP %s: Write transactions into the Ledger. For this, go into menu %s, and click into button %s. +AccountancyAreaDescAnalyze=STEP %s: Add or edit existing transactions and generate reports and exports. + +AccountancyAreaDescClosePeriod=STEP %s: Close period so we can't make modification in a future. + +TheJournalCodeIsNotDefinedOnSomeBankAccount=A mandatory step in setup has not been completed (accounting code journal not defined for all bank accounts) +Selectchartofaccounts=Select active chart of accounts +ChangeAndLoad=Change and load +Addanaccount=Add an accounting account +AccountAccounting=Accounting account +AccountAccountingShort=Account +SubledgerAccount=Subledger account +SubledgerAccountLabel=Subledger account label +ShowAccountingAccount=Show accounting account +ShowAccountingJournal=Show accounting journal +ShowAccountingAccountInLedger=Show accounting account in ledger +ShowAccountingAccountInJournals=Show accounting account in journals +AccountAccountingSuggest=Accounting account suggested +MenuDefaultAccounts=Default accounts +MenuBankAccounts=Bank accounts +MenuVatAccounts=Vat accounts +MenuTaxAccounts=Tax accounts +MenuExpenseReportAccounts=Expense report accounts +MenuLoanAccounts=Loan accounts +MenuProductsAccounts=Product accounts +MenuClosureAccounts=Closure accounts +MenuAccountancyClosure=Closure +MenuAccountancyValidationMovements=Validate movements +ProductsBinding=Products accounts +TransferInAccounting=Transfer in accounting +RegistrationInAccounting=Registration in accounting +Binding=Binding to accounts +CustomersVentilation=Customer invoice binding +SuppliersVentilation=Vendor invoice binding +ExpenseReportsVentilation=Expense report binding +CreateMvts=Create new transaction +UpdateMvts=Modification of a transaction +ValidTransaction=Validate transaction +WriteBookKeeping=Register transactions in accounting +Bookkeeping=Ledger +BookkeepingSubAccount=Subledger +AccountBalance=Account balance +ObjectsRef=Source object ref +CAHTF=Total purchase vendor before tax +TotalExpenseReport=Total expense report +InvoiceLines=Lines of invoices to bind +InvoiceLinesDone=Bound lines of invoices +ExpenseReportLines=Lines of expense reports to bind +ExpenseReportLinesDone=Bound lines of expense reports +IntoAccount=Bind line with the accounting account +TotalForAccount=Total accounting account + + +Ventilate=Bind +LineId=Id line +Processing=Processing +EndProcessing=Process terminated. +SelectedLines=Selected lines +Lineofinvoice=Line of invoice +LineOfExpenseReport=Line of expense report +NoAccountSelected=No accounting account selected +VentilatedinAccount=Binded successfully to the accounting account +NotVentilatedinAccount=Not bound to the accounting account +XLineSuccessfullyBinded=%s products/services successfully bound to an accounting account +XLineFailedToBeBinded=%s products/services were not bound to any accounting account + +ACCOUNTING_LIMIT_LIST_VENTILATION=Maximum number of lines on list and bind page (recommended: 50) +ACCOUNTING_LIST_SORT_VENTILATION_TODO=Begin the sorting of the page "Binding to do" by the most recent elements +ACCOUNTING_LIST_SORT_VENTILATION_DONE=Begin the sorting of the page "Binding done" by the most recent elements + +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_DESCRIPTION=Truncate product & services description in listings after x chars (Best = 50) +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_DESCRIPTION_ACCOUNT=Truncate product & services account description form in listings after x chars (Best = 50) +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_GACCOUNT=Length of the general accounting accounts (If you set value to 6 here, the account '706' will appear like '706000' on screen) +ACCOUNTING_LENGTH_AACCOUNT=Length of the third-party accounting accounts (If you set value to 6 here, the account '401' will appear like '401000' on screen) +ACCOUNTING_MANAGE_ZERO=Allow to manage different number of zeros at the end of an accounting account. Needed by some countries (like Switzerland). If set to off (default), you can set the following two parameters to ask the application to add virtual zeros. +BANK_DISABLE_DIRECT_INPUT=Disable direct recording of transaction in bank account +ACCOUNTING_ENABLE_EXPORT_DRAFT_JOURNAL=Enable draft export on journal +ACCOUNTANCY_COMBO_FOR_AUX=Enable combo list for subsidiary account (may be slow if you have a lot of third parties, break ability to search on a part of value) +ACCOUNTING_DATE_START_BINDING=Define a date to start binding & transfer in accountancy. Below this date, the transactions will not be transferred to accounting. +ACCOUNTING_DEFAULT_PERIOD_ON_TRANSFER=On accountancy transfer, select period show by default + +ACCOUNTING_SELL_JOURNAL=Sell journal +ACCOUNTING_PURCHASE_JOURNAL=Purchase journal +ACCOUNTING_MISCELLANEOUS_JOURNAL=Miscellaneous journal +ACCOUNTING_EXPENSEREPORT_JOURNAL=Expense report journal +ACCOUNTING_SOCIAL_JOURNAL=Social journal +ACCOUNTING_HAS_NEW_JOURNAL=Has new Journal + +ACCOUNTING_RESULT_PROFIT=Result accounting account (Profit) +ACCOUNTING_RESULT_LOSS=Result accounting account (Loss) +ACCOUNTING_CLOSURE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL=Journal of closure + +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_TRANSFER_CASH=Accounting account of transitional bank transfer +TransitionalAccount=Transitional bank transfer account + +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUSPENSE=Accounting account of wait +DONATION_ACCOUNTINGACCOUNT=Accounting account to register donations +ADHERENT_SUBSCRIPTION_ACCOUNTINGACCOUNT=Accounting account to register subscriptions + +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER_DEPOSIT=Accounting account by default to register customer deposit + +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_BUY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought products (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_BUY_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought products in EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_BUY_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought products and imported out of EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_SOLD_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the sold products (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_SOLD_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the products sold in EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) +ACCOUNTING_PRODUCT_SOLD_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the products sold and exported out of EEC (used if not defined in the product sheet) + +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_BUY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought services (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_BUY_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought services in EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_BUY_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the bought services and imported out of EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_SOLD_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the sold services (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_SOLD_INTRA_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the services sold in EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) +ACCOUNTING_SERVICE_SOLD_EXPORT_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for the services sold and exported out of EEC (used if not defined in the service sheet) + +Doctype=Type of document +Docdate=Date +Docref=Reference +LabelAccount=Label account +LabelOperation=Label operation +Sens=Direction +AccountingDirectionHelp=For an accounting account of a customer, use Credit to record a payment you have received
For an accounting account of a supplier, use Debit to record a payment you made +LetteringCode=Lettering code +Lettering=Lettering +Codejournal=Journal +JournalLabel=Journal label +NumPiece=Piece number +TransactionNumShort=Num. transaction +AccountingCategory=Custom group +GroupByAccountAccounting=Group by general ledger account +GroupBySubAccountAccounting=Group by subledger account +AccountingAccountGroupsDesc=You can define here some groups of accounting account. They will be used for personalized accounting reports. +ByAccounts=By accounts +ByPredefinedAccountGroups=By predefined groups +ByPersonalizedAccountGroups=By personalized groups +ByYear=By year +NotMatch=Not Set +DeleteMvt=Delete some operation lines from accounting +DelMonth=Month to delete +DelYear=Year to delete +DelJournal=Journal to delete +ConfirmDeleteMvt=This will delete all operation lines of the accounting for the year/month and/or for a specific journal (At least one criterion is required). You will have to reuse the feature '%s' to have the deleted record back in the ledger. +ConfirmDeleteMvtPartial=This will delete the transaction from the accounting (all operation lines related to the same transaction will be deleted) +FinanceJournal=Finance journal +ExpenseReportsJournal=Expense reports journal +DescFinanceJournal=Finance journal including all the types of payments by bank account +DescJournalOnlyBindedVisible=This is a view of record that are bound to an accounting account and can be recorded into the Journals and Ledger. +VATAccountNotDefined=Account for VAT not defined +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefined=Account for third party not defined +ProductAccountNotDefined=Account for product not defined +FeeAccountNotDefined=Account for fee not defined +BankAccountNotDefined=Account for bank not defined +CustomerInvoicePayment=Payment of invoice customer +ThirdPartyAccount=Third-party account +NewAccountingMvt=New transaction +NumMvts=Numero of transaction +ListeMvts=List of movements +ErrorDebitCredit=Debit and Credit cannot have a value at the same time +AddCompteFromBK=Add accounting accounts to the group +ReportThirdParty=List third-party account +DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors and their accounting accounts +ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts +UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s +UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. +UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error +PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service +OpeningBalance=Opening balance +ShowOpeningBalance=Show opening balance +HideOpeningBalance=Hide opening balance +ShowSubtotalByGroup=Show subtotal by level + +Pcgtype=Group of account +PcgtypeDesc=Group of account are used as predefined 'filter' and 'grouping' criteria for some accounting reports. For example, 'INCOME' or 'EXPENSE' are used as groups for accounting accounts of products to build the expense/income report. + +Reconcilable=Reconcilable + +TotalVente=Total turnover before tax +TotalMarge=Total sales margin + +DescVentilCustomer=Consult here the list of customer invoice lines bound (or not) to a product accounting account +DescVentilMore=In most cases, if you use predefined products or services and you set the account number on the product/service card, the application will be able to make all the binding between your invoice lines and the accounting account of your chart of accounts, just in one click with the button "%s". If account was not set on product/service cards or if you still have some lines not bound to an account, you will have to make a manual binding from the menu "%s". +DescVentilDoneCustomer=Consult here the list of the lines of invoices customers and their product accounting account +DescVentilTodoCustomer=Bind invoice lines not already bound with a product accounting account +ChangeAccount=Change the product/service accounting account for selected lines with the following accounting account: +Vide=- +DescVentilSupplier=Consult here the list of vendor invoice lines bound or not yet bound to a product accounting account (only record not already transfered in accountancy are visible) +DescVentilDoneSupplier=Consult here the list of the lines of vendor invoices and their accounting account +DescVentilTodoExpenseReport=Bind expense report lines not already bound with a fee accounting account +DescVentilExpenseReport=Consult here the list of expense report lines bound (or not) to a fee accounting account +DescVentilExpenseReportMore=If you setup accounting account on type of expense report lines, the application will be able to make all the binding between your expense report lines and the accounting account of your chart of accounts, just in one click with the button "%s". If account was not set on fees dictionary or if you still have some lines not bound to any account, you will have to make a manual binding from the menu "%s". +DescVentilDoneExpenseReport=Consult here the list of the lines of expenses reports and their fees accounting account + +Closure=Annual closure +DescClosure=Consult here the number of movements by month who are not validated & fiscal years already open +OverviewOfMovementsNotValidated=Step 1/ Overview of movements not validated. (Necessary to close a fiscal year) +AllMovementsWereRecordedAsValidated=All movements were recorded as validated +NotAllMovementsCouldBeRecordedAsValidated=Not all movements could be recorded as validated +ValidateMovements=Validate movements +DescValidateMovements=Any modification or deletion of writing, lettering and deletes will be prohibited. All entries for an exercise must be validated otherwise closing will not be possible + +ValidateHistory=Bind Automatically +AutomaticBindingDone=Automatic binding done + +ErrorAccountancyCodeIsAlreadyUse=Error, you cannot delete this accounting account because it is used +MvtNotCorrectlyBalanced=Movement not correctly balanced. Debit = %s | Credit = %s +Balancing=Balancing +FicheVentilation=Binding card +GeneralLedgerIsWritten=Transactions are written in the Ledger +GeneralLedgerSomeRecordWasNotRecorded=Some of the transactions could not be journalized. If there is no other error message, this is probably because they were already journalized. +NoNewRecordSaved=No more record to journalize +ListOfProductsWithoutAccountingAccount=List of products not bound to any accounting account +ChangeBinding=Change the binding +Accounted=Accounted in ledger +NotYetAccounted=Not yet accounted in the ledger +ShowTutorial=Show Tutorial +NotReconciled=Not reconciled +WarningRecordWithoutSubledgerAreExcluded=Warning, all operations without subledger account defined are filtered and excluded from this view + +## Admin +BindingOptions=Binding options +ApplyMassCategories=Apply mass categories +AddAccountFromBookKeepingWithNoCategories=Available account not yet in the personalized group +CategoryDeleted=Category for the accounting account has been removed +AccountingJournals=Accounting journals +AccountingJournal=Accounting journal +NewAccountingJournal=New accounting journal +ShowAccountingJournal=Show accounting journal +NatureOfJournal=Nature of Journal +AccountingJournalType1=Miscellaneous operations +AccountingJournalType2=Sales +AccountingJournalType3=Purchases +AccountingJournalType4=Bank +AccountingJournalType5=Expenses report +AccountingJournalType8=Inventory +AccountingJournalType9=Has-new +ErrorAccountingJournalIsAlreadyUse=This journal is already use +AccountingAccountForSalesTaxAreDefinedInto=Note: Accounting account for Sales tax are defined into menu %s - %s +NumberOfAccountancyEntries=Number of entries +NumberOfAccountancyMovements=Number of movements +ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_SALES=Disable binding & transfer in accountancy on sales (customer invoices will not be taken into account in accounting) +ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_PURCHASES=Disable binding & transfer in accountancy on purchases (vendor invoices will not be taken into account in accounting) +ACCOUNTING_DISABLE_BINDING_ON_EXPENSEREPORTS=Disable binding & transfer in accountancy on expense reports (expense reports will not be taken into account in accounting) + +## Export +NotifiedExportDate=Notified export date (modification of the entries will not be possible) +NotifiedValidationDate=Validation of the entries (modification or deletion of the entries will not be possible) +ConfirmExportFile=Confirmation of the generation of the accounting export file ? +ExportDraftJournal=Export draft journal +Modelcsv=Model of export +Selectmodelcsv=Select a model of export +Modelcsv_normal=Classic export +Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité +Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala +Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) +Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta +Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP +Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog +Modelcsv_agiris=Export for Agiris +Modelcsv_LDCompta=Export for LD Compta (v9) (Test) +Modelcsv_LDCompta10=Export for LD Compta (v10 & higher) +Modelcsv_openconcerto=Export for OpenConcerto (Test) +Modelcsv_configurable=Export CSV Configurable +Modelcsv_FEC=Export FEC +Modelcsv_FEC2=Export FEC (With dates generation writing / document reversed) +Modelcsv_Sage50_Swiss=Export for Sage 50 Switzerland +Modelcsv_winfic=Export Winfic - eWinfic - WinSis Compta +Modelcsv_Gestinumv3=Export for Gestinum (v3) +Modelcsv_Gestinumv5Export for Gestinum (v5) +ChartofaccountsId=Chart of accounts Id + +## Tools - Init accounting account on product / service +InitAccountancy=Init accountancy +InitAccountancyDesc=This page can be used to initialize an accounting account on products and services that does not have accounting account defined for sales and purchases. +DefaultBindingDesc=This page can be used to set a default account to use to link transactions record about payment salaries, donation, taxes and vat when no specific accounting account were already set. +DefaultClosureDesc=This page can be used to set parameters used for accounting closures. +Options=Options +OptionModeProductSell=Mode sales +OptionModeProductSellIntra=Mode sales exported in EEC +OptionModeProductSellExport=Mode sales exported in other countries +OptionModeProductBuy=Mode purchases +OptionModeProductBuyIntra=Mode purchases imported in EEC +OptionModeProductBuyExport=Mode purchased imported from other countries +OptionModeProductSellDesc=Show all products with accounting account for sales. +OptionModeProductSellIntraDesc=Show all products with accounting account for sales in EEC. +OptionModeProductSellExportDesc=Show all products with accounting account for other foreign sales. +OptionModeProductBuyDesc=Show all products with accounting account for purchases. +OptionModeProductBuyIntraDesc=Show all products with accounting account for purchases in EEC. +OptionModeProductBuyExportDesc=Show all products with accounting account for other foreign purchases. +CleanFixHistory=Remove accounting code from lines that not exists into charts of account +CleanHistory=Reset all bindings for selected year +PredefinedGroups=Predefined groups +WithoutValidAccount=Without valid dedicated account +WithValidAccount=With valid dedicated account +ValueNotIntoChartOfAccount=This value of accounting account does not exist into chart of account +AccountRemovedFromGroup=Account removed from group +SaleLocal=Local sale +SaleExport=Export sale +SaleEEC=Sale in EEC +SaleEECWithVAT=Sale in EEC with a VAT not null, so we suppose this is NOT an intracommunautary sale and the suggested account is the standard product account. +SaleEECWithoutVATNumber=Sale in EEC with no VAT but the VAT ID of thirdparty is not defined. We fallback on the product account for standard sales. You can fix the VAT ID of thirdparty or the product account if needed. + +## Dictionary +Range=Range of accounting account +Calculated=Calculated +Formula=Formula + +## Error +SomeMandatoryStepsOfSetupWereNotDone=Some mandatory steps of setup was not done, please complete them +ErrorNoAccountingCategoryForThisCountry=No accounting account group available for country %s (See Home - Setup - Dictionaries) +ErrorInvoiceContainsLinesNotYetBounded=You try to journalize some lines of the invoice %s, but some other lines are not yet bounded to accounting account. Journalization of all invoice lines for this invoice are refused. +ErrorInvoiceContainsLinesNotYetBoundedShort=Some lines on invoice are not bound to accounting account. +ExportNotSupported=The export format setuped is not supported into this page +BookeppingLineAlreayExists=Lines already existing into bookkeeping +NoJournalDefined=No journal defined +Binded=Lines bound +ToBind=Lines to bind +UseMenuToSetBindindManualy=Lines not yet bound, use menu %s to make the binding manually + +## Import +ImportAccountingEntries=Accounting entries +ImportAccountingEntriesFECFormat=Accounting entries - FEC format +FECFormatJournalCode=Code journal (JournalCode) +FECFormatJournalLabel=Label journal (JournalLib) +FECFormatEntryNum=Piece number (EcritureNum) +FECFormatEntryDate=Piece date (EcritureDate) +FECFormatGeneralAccountNumber=General account number (CompteNum) +FECFormatGeneralAccountLabel=General account label (CompteLib) +FECFormatSubledgerAccountNumber=Subledger account number (CompAuxNum) +FECFormatSubledgerAccountLabel=Subledger account number (CompAuxLib) +FECFormatPieceRef=Piece ref (PieceRef) +FECFormatPieceDate=Piece date creation (PieceDate) +FECFormatLabelOperation=Label operation (EcritureLib) +FECFormatDebit=Debit (Debit) +FECFormatCredit=Credit (Credit) +FECFormatReconcilableCode=Reconcilable code (EcritureLet) +FECFormatReconcilableDate=Reconcilable date (DateLet) +FECFormatValidateDate=Piece date validated (ValidDate) +FECFormatMulticurrencyAmount=Multicurrency amount (Montantdevise) +FECFormatMulticurrencyCode=Multicurrency code (Idevise) + +DateExport=Date export +WarningReportNotReliable=Warning, this report is not based on the Ledger, so does not contains transaction modified manually in the Ledger. If your journalization is up to date, the bookkeeping view is more accurate. +ExpenseReportJournal=Expense Report Journal +InventoryJournal=Inventory Journal + +NAccounts=%s accounts diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/admin.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f52c28a9da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/admin.lang @@ -0,0 +1,2161 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - admin +Foundation=Foundation +Version=Version +Publisher=Publisher +VersionProgram=Version program +VersionLastInstall=Initial install version +VersionLastUpgrade=Latest version upgrade +VersionExperimental=Experimental +VersionDevelopment=Development +VersionUnknown=Unknown +VersionRecommanded=Recommended +FileCheck=Fileset Integrity Checks +FileCheckDesc=This tool allows you to check the integrity of files and the setup of your application, comparing each file with the official one. The value of some setup constants may also be checked. You can use this tool to determine if any files have been modified (e.g by a hacker). +FileIntegrityIsStrictlyConformedWithReference=Files integrity is strictly conformed with the reference. +FileIntegrityIsOkButFilesWereAdded=Files integrity check has passed, however some new files have been added. +FileIntegritySomeFilesWereRemovedOrModified=Files integrity check has failed. Some files were modified, removed or added. +GlobalChecksum=Global checksum +MakeIntegrityAnalysisFrom=Make integrity analysis of application files from +LocalSignature=Embedded local signature (less reliable) +RemoteSignature=Remote distant signature (more reliable) +FilesMissing=Missing Files +FilesUpdated=Updated Files +FilesModified=Modified Files +FilesAdded=Added Files +FileCheckDolibarr=Check integrity of application files +AvailableOnlyOnPackagedVersions=The local file for integrity checking is only available when the application is installed from an official package +XmlNotFound=Xml Integrity File of application not found +SessionId=Session ID +SessionSaveHandler=Handler to save sessions +SessionSavePath=Session save location +PurgeSessions=Purge of sessions +ConfirmPurgeSessions=Do you really want to purge all sessions? This will disconnect every user (except yourself). +NoSessionListWithThisHandler=Save session handler configured in your PHP does not allow listing all running sessions. +LockNewSessions=Lock new connections +ConfirmLockNewSessions=Are you sure you want to restrict any new Dolibarr connection to yourself? Only user %s will be able to connect after that. +UnlockNewSessions=Remove connection lock +YourSession=Your session +Sessions=Users Sessions +WebUserGroup=Web server user/group +PermissionsOnFiles=Permissions on files +PermissionsOnFilesInWebRoot=Permissions on files in web root directory +PermissionsOnFile=Permissions on file %s +NoSessionFound=Your PHP configuration seems to not allow listing of active sessions. The directory used to save sessions (%s) may be protected (for example by OS permissions or by PHP directive open_basedir). +DBStoringCharset=Database charset to store data +DBSortingCharset=Database charset to sort data +HostCharset=Host charset +ClientCharset=Client charset +ClientSortingCharset=Client collation +WarningModuleNotActive=Module %s must be enabled +WarningOnlyPermissionOfActivatedModules=Only permissions related to activated modules are shown here. You can activate other modules in the Home->Setup->Modules page. +DolibarrSetup=Dolibarr install or upgrade +InternalUser=Internal user +ExternalUser=External user +InternalUsers=Internal users +ExternalUsers=External users +UserInterface=User interface +GUISetup=Display +SetupArea=Setup +UploadNewTemplate=Upload new template(s) +FormToTestFileUploadForm=Form to test file upload (according to setup) +ModuleMustBeEnabled=The module/application %s must be enabled +ModuleIsEnabled=The module/application %s has been enabled +IfModuleEnabled=Note: yes is effective only if module %s is enabled +RemoveLock=Remove/rename file %s if it exists, to allow usage of the Update/Install tool. +RestoreLock=Restore file %s, with read permission only, to disable any further use of the Update/Install tool. +SecuritySetup=Security setup +PHPSetup=PHP setup +OSSetup=OS setup +SecurityFilesDesc=Define here options related to security about uploading files. +ErrorModuleRequirePHPVersion=Error, this module requires PHP version %s or higher +ErrorModuleRequireDolibarrVersion=Error, this module requires Dolibarr version %s or higher +ErrorDecimalLargerThanAreForbidden=Error, a precision higher than %s is not supported. +DictionarySetup=Dictionary setup +Dictionary=Dictionaries +ErrorReservedTypeSystemSystemAuto=Value 'system' and 'systemauto' for type is reserved. You can use 'user' as value to add your own record +ErrorCodeCantContainZero=Code can't contain value 0 +DisableJavascript=Disable JavaScript and Ajax functions +DisableJavascriptNote=Note: For test or debug purpose. For optimization for blind person or text browsers, you may prefer to use the setup on the profile of user +UseSearchToSelectCompanyTooltip=Also if you have a large number of third parties (> 100 000), you can increase speed by setting constant COMPANY_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE to 1 in Setup->Other. Search will then be limited to start of string. +UseSearchToSelectContactTooltip=Also if you have a large number of third parties (> 100 000), you can increase speed by setting constant CONTACT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE to 1 in Setup->Other. Search will then be limited to start of string. +DelaiedFullListToSelectCompany=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Third Parties combo list.
This may increase performance if you have a large number of third parties, but it is less convenient. +DelaiedFullListToSelectContact=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Contact combo list.
This may increase performance if you have a large number of contacts, but it is less convenient. +NumberOfKeyToSearch=Number of characters to trigger search: %s +NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes +SearchString=Search string +NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled +AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months +JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled +UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs +ShowPreview=Show preview +ShowHideDetails=Show-Hide details +PreviewNotAvailable=Preview not available +ThemeCurrentlyActive=Theme currently active +MySQLTimeZone=TimeZone MySql (database) +TZHasNoEffect=Dates are stored and returned by database server as if they were kept as submitted string. The timezone has effect only when using the UNIX_TIMESTAMP function (that should not be used by Dolibarr, so database TZ should have no effect, even if changed after data was entered). +Space=Space +Table=Table +Fields=Fields +Index=Index +Mask=Mask +NextValue=Next value +NextValueForInvoices=Next value (invoices) +NextValueForCreditNotes=Next value (credit notes) +NextValueForDeposit=Next value (down payment) +NextValueForReplacements=Next value (replacements) +MustBeLowerThanPHPLimit=Note: your PHP configuration currently limits the maximum filesize for upload to %s %s, irrespective of the value of this parameter +NoMaxSizeByPHPLimit=Note: No limit is set in your PHP configuration +MaxSizeForUploadedFiles=Maximum size for uploaded files (0 to disallow any upload) +UseCaptchaCode=Use graphical code (CAPTCHA) on login page +AntiVirusCommand=Full path to antivirus command +AntiVirusCommandExample=Example for ClamAv Daemon (require clamav-daemon): /usr/bin/clamdscan
Example for ClamWin (very very slow): c:\\Progra~1\\ClamWin\\bin\\clamscan.exe +AntiVirusParam= More parameters on command line +AntiVirusParamExample=Example for ClamAv Daemon: --fdpass
Example for ClamWin: --database="C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ClamWin\\lib" +ComptaSetup=Accounting module setup +UserSetup=User management setup +MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup +MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy +MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID +DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID +DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position +AllMenus=All +NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured +Active=Active +SetupShort=Setup +OtherOptions=Other options +OtherSetup=Other Setup +CurrentValueSeparatorDecimal=Decimal separator +CurrentValueSeparatorThousand=Thousand separator +Destination=Destination +IdModule=Module ID +IdPermissions=Permissions ID +LanguageBrowserParameter=Parameter %s +LocalisationDolibarrParameters=Localization parameters +ClientTZ=Client Time Zone (user) +ClientHour=Client time (user) +OSTZ=Server OS Time Zone +PHPTZ=PHP server Time Zone +DaylingSavingTime=Daylight saving time +CurrentHour=PHP Time (server) +CurrentSessionTimeOut=Current session timeout +YouCanEditPHPTZ=To set a different PHP timezone (not required), you can try to add a .htaccess file with a line like this "SetEnv TZ Europe/Paris" +HoursOnThisPageAreOnServerTZ=Warning, in contrary of other screens, hours on this page are not in your local timezone, but of the timezone of the server. +Box=Widget +Boxes=Widgets +MaxNbOfLinesForBoxes=Max. number of lines for widgets +AllWidgetsWereEnabled=All available widgets are enabled +PositionByDefault=Default order +Position=Position +MenusDesc=Menu managers set content of the two menu bars (horizontal and vertical). +MenusEditorDesc=The menu editor allows you to define custom menu entries. Use it carefully to avoid instability and permanently unreachable menu entries.
Some modules add menu entries (in menu All mostly). If you remove some of these entries by mistake, you can restore them disabling and reenabling the module. +MenuForUsers=Menu for users +LangFile=.lang file +Language_en_US_es_MX_etc=Language (en_US, es_MX, ...) +System=System +SystemInfo=System information +SystemToolsArea=System tools area +SystemToolsAreaDesc=This area provides administration functions. Use the menu to choose the required feature. +Purge=Purge +PurgeAreaDesc=This page allows you to delete all files generated or stored by Dolibarr (temporary files or all files in %s directory). Using this feature is not normally necessary. It is provided as a workaround for users whose Dolibarr is hosted by a provider that does not offer permissions to delete files generated by the web server. +PurgeDeleteLogFile=Delete log files, including %s defined for Syslog module (no risk of losing data) +PurgeDeleteTemporaryFiles=Delete all log and temporary files (no risk of losing data). Parameter can be 'tempfilesold', 'logfiles' or both 'tempfilesold+logfiles'. Note: Deletion of temporary files is done only if the temp directory was created more than 24 hours ago. +PurgeDeleteTemporaryFilesShort=Delete log and temporary files +PurgeDeleteAllFilesInDocumentsDir=Delete all files in directory: %s.
This will delete all generated documents related to elements (third parties, invoices etc...), files uploaded into the ECM module, database backup dumps and temporary files. +PurgeRunNow=Purge now +PurgeNothingToDelete=No directory or files to delete. +PurgeNDirectoriesDeleted=%s files or directories deleted. +PurgeNDirectoriesFailed=Failed to delete %s files or directories. +PurgeAuditEvents=Purge all security events +ConfirmPurgeAuditEvents=Are you sure you want to purge all security events? All security logs will be deleted, no other data will be removed. +GenerateBackup=Generate backup +Backup=Backup +Restore=Restore +RunCommandSummary=Backup has been launched with the following command +BackupResult=Backup result +BackupFileSuccessfullyCreated=Backup file successfully generated +YouCanDownloadBackupFile=The generated file can now be downloaded +NoBackupFileAvailable=No backup files available. +ExportMethod=Export method +ImportMethod=Import method +ToBuildBackupFileClickHere=To build a backup file, click here. +ImportMySqlDesc=To import a MySQL backup file, you may use phpMyAdmin via your hosting or use the mysql command from the Command line.
For example: +ImportPostgreSqlDesc=To import a backup file, you must use pg_restore command from command line: +ImportMySqlCommand=%s %s < mybackupfile.sql +ImportPostgreSqlCommand=%s %s mybackupfile.sql +FileNameToGenerate=Filename for backup: +Compression=Compression +CommandsToDisableForeignKeysForImport=Command to disable foreign keys on import +CommandsToDisableForeignKeysForImportWarning=Mandatory if you want to be able to restore your sql dump later +ExportCompatibility=Compatibility of generated export file +ExportUseMySQLQuickParameter=Use the --quick parameter +ExportUseMySQLQuickParameterHelp=The '--quick' parameter helps limit RAM consumption for large tables. +MySqlExportParameters=MySQL export parameters +PostgreSqlExportParameters= PostgreSQL export parameters +UseTransactionnalMode=Use transactional mode +FullPathToMysqldumpCommand=Full path to mysqldump command +FullPathToPostgreSQLdumpCommand=Full path to pg_dump command +AddDropDatabase=Add DROP DATABASE command +AddDropTable=Add DROP TABLE command +ExportStructure=Structure +NameColumn=Name columns +ExtendedInsert=Extended INSERT +NoLockBeforeInsert=No lock commands around INSERT +DelayedInsert=Delayed insert +EncodeBinariesInHexa=Encode binary data in hexadecimal +IgnoreDuplicateRecords=Ignore errors of duplicate record (INSERT IGNORE) +AutoDetectLang=Autodetect (browser language) +FeatureDisabledInDemo=Feature disabled in demo +FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions +BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. +OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. +ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. +ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... +ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. +ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules +ModulesDevelopYourModule=Develop your own app/modules +ModulesDevelopDesc=You may also develop your own module or find a partner to develop one for you. +DOLISTOREdescriptionLong=Instead of switching on www.dolistore.com web site to find an external module, you can use this embedded tool that will perform the search on the external market place for you (may be slow, need an internet access)... +NewModule=New module +FreeModule=Free +CompatibleUpTo=Compatible with version %s +NotCompatible=This module does not seem compatible with your Dolibarr %s (Min %s - Max %s). +CompatibleAfterUpdate=This module requires an update to your Dolibarr %s (Min %s - Max %s). +SeeInMarkerPlace=See in Market place +SeeSetupOfModule=See setup of module %s +SetOptionTo=Set option %s to %s +Updated=Updated +AchatTelechargement=Buy / Download +GoModuleSetupArea=To deploy/install a new module, go to the Module setup area: %s. +DoliStoreDesc=DoliStore, the official market place for Dolibarr ERP/CRM external modules +DoliPartnersDesc=List of companies providing custom-developed modules or features.
Note: since Dolibarr is an open source application, anyone experienced in PHP programming should be able to develop a module. +WebSiteDesc=External websites for more add-on (non-core) modules... +DevelopYourModuleDesc=Some solutions to develop your own module... +URL=URL +RelativeURL=Relative URL +BoxesAvailable=Widgets available +BoxesActivated=Widgets activated +ActivateOn=Activate on +ActiveOn=Activated on +ActivatableOn=Activatable on +SourceFile=Source file +AvailableOnlyIfJavascriptAndAjaxNotDisabled=Available only if JavaScript is not disabled +Required=Required +UsedOnlyWithTypeOption=Used by some agenda option only +Security=Security +Passwords=Passwords +DoNotStoreClearPassword=Encrypt passwords stored in database (NOT as plain-text). It is strongly recommended to activate this option. +MainDbPasswordFileConfEncrypted=Encrypt database password stored in conf.php. It is strongly recommended to activate this option. +InstrucToEncodePass=To have password encoded into the conf.php file, replace the line
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="...";
by
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:%s"; +InstrucToClearPass=To have password decoded (clear) into the conf.php file, replace the line
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="crypted:...";
by
$dolibarr_main_db_pass="%s"; +ProtectAndEncryptPdfFiles=Protect generated PDF files. This is NOT recommended as it breaks bulk PDF generation. +ProtectAndEncryptPdfFilesDesc=Protection of a PDF document keeps it available to read and print with any PDF browser. However, editing and copying is not possible anymore. Note that using this feature makes building of a global merged PDFs not working. +Feature=Feature +DolibarrLicense=License +Developpers=Developers/contributors +OfficialWebSite=Dolibarr official web site +OfficialWebSiteLocal=Local web site (%s) +OfficialWiki=Dolibarr documentation / Wiki +OfficialDemo=Dolibarr online demo +OfficialMarketPlace=Official market place for external modules/addons +OfficialWebHostingService=Referenced web hosting services (Cloud hosting) +ReferencedPreferredPartners=Preferred Partners +OtherResources=Other resources +ExternalResources=External Resources +SocialNetworks=Social Networks +SocialNetworkId=Social Network ID +ForDocumentationSeeWiki=For user or developer documentation (Doc, FAQs...),
take a look at the Dolibarr Wiki:
%s +ForAnswersSeeForum=For any other questions/help, you can use the Dolibarr forum:
%s +HelpCenterDesc1=Here are some resources for getting help and support with Dolibarr. +HelpCenterDesc2=Some of these resources are only available in english. +CurrentMenuHandler=Current menu handler +MeasuringUnit=Measuring unit +LeftMargin=Left margin +TopMargin=Top margin +PaperSize=Paper type +Orientation=Orientation +SpaceX=Space X +SpaceY=Space Y +FontSize=Font size +Content=Content +NoticePeriod=Notice period +NewByMonth=New by month +Emails=Emails +EMailsSetup=Emails setup +EMailsDesc=This page allows you to set parameters or options for email sending. +EmailSenderProfiles=Emails sender profiles +EMailsSenderProfileDesc=You can keep this section empty. If you enter some emails here, they will be added to the list of possible senders into the combobox when your write a new email. +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_PORT=SMTP/SMTPS Port (default value in php.ini: %s) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_SERVER=SMTP/SMTPS Host (default value in php.ini: %s) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_PORT_NotAvailableOnLinuxLike=SMTP/SMTPS Port (Not defined into PHP on Unix-like systems) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTP_SERVER_NotAvailableOnLinuxLike=SMTP/SMTPS Host (Not defined into PHP on Unix-like systems) +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_FROM=Sender email for automatic emails (default value in php.ini: %s) +MAIN_MAIL_ERRORS_TO=Email used for error returns emails (fields 'Errors-To' in emails sent) +MAIN_MAIL_AUTOCOPY_TO= Copy (Bcc) all sent emails to +MAIN_DISABLE_ALL_MAILS=Disable all email sending (for test purposes or demos) +MAIN_MAIL_FORCE_SENDTO=Send all emails to (instead of real recipients, for test purposes) +MAIN_MAIL_ENABLED_USER_DEST_SELECT=Suggest emails of employees (if defined) into the list of predefined recipient when writing a new email +MAIN_MAIL_SENDMODE=Email sending method +MAIN_MAIL_SMTPS_ID=SMTP ID (if sending server requires authentication) +MAIN_MAIL_SMTPS_PW=SMTP Password (if sending server requires authentication) +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_TLS=Use TLS (SSL) encryption +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_STARTTLS=Use TLS (STARTTLS) encryption +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_SMTP_ALLOW_SELF_SIGNED=Authorise les certificats auto-signés +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_ENABLED=Use DKIM to generate email signature +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_DOMAIN=Email Domain for use with dkim +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_SELECTOR=Name of dkim selector +MAIN_MAIL_EMAIL_DKIM_PRIVATE_KEY=Private key for dkim signing +MAIN_DISABLE_ALL_SMS=Disable all SMS sending (for test purposes or demos) +MAIN_SMS_SENDMODE=Method to use to send SMS +MAIN_MAIL_SMS_FROM=Default sender phone number for SMS sending +MAIN_MAIL_DEFAULT_FROMTYPE=Default sender email for manual sending (User email or Company email) +UserEmail=User email +CompanyEmail=Company Email +FeatureNotAvailableOnLinux=Feature not available on Unix like systems. Test your sendmail program locally. +FixOnTransifex=Fix the translation on the online translation platform of project +SubmitTranslation=If the translation for this language is not complete or you find errors, you can correct this by editing files in directory langs/%s and submit your change to www.transifex.com/dolibarr-association/dolibarr/ +SubmitTranslationENUS=If translation for this language is not complete or you find errors, you can correct this by editing files into directory langs/%s and submit modified files on dolibarr.org/forum or, if you are a developer, with a PR on github.com/Dolibarr/dolibarr +ModuleSetup=Module setup +ModulesSetup=Modules/Application setup +ModuleFamilyBase=System +ModuleFamilyCrm=Customer Relationship Management (CRM) +ModuleFamilySrm=Vendor Relationship Management (VRM) +ModuleFamilyProducts=Product Management (PM) +ModuleFamilyHr=Human Resource Management (HR) +ModuleFamilyProjects=Projects/Collaborative work +ModuleFamilyOther=Other +ModuleFamilyTechnic=Multi-modules tools +ModuleFamilyExperimental=Experimental modules +ModuleFamilyFinancial=Financial Modules (Accounting/Treasury) +ModuleFamilyECM=Electronic Content Management (ECM) +ModuleFamilyPortal=Websites and other frontal application +ModuleFamilyInterface=Interfaces with external systems +MenuHandlers=Menu handlers +MenuAdmin=Menu editor +DoNotUseInProduction=Do not use in production +ThisIsProcessToFollow=Upgrade procedure: +ThisIsAlternativeProcessToFollow=This is an alternative setup to process manually: +StepNb=Step %s +FindPackageFromWebSite=Find a package that provides the features you need (for example on the official web site %s). +DownloadPackageFromWebSite=Download package (for example from the official web site %s). +UnpackPackageInDolibarrRoot=Unpack/unzip the packaged files into your Dolibarr server directory: %s +UnpackPackageInModulesRoot=To deploy/install an external module, unpack/unzip the packaged files into the server directory dedicated to external modules:
%s +SetupIsReadyForUse=Module deployment is finished. You must however enable and setup the module in your application by going to the page setup modules: %s. +NotExistsDirect=The alternative root directory is not defined to an existing directory.
+InfDirAlt=Since version 3, it is possible to define an alternative root directory. This allows you to store, into a dedicated directory, plug-ins and custom templates.
Just create a directory at the root of Dolibarr (eg: custom).
+InfDirExample=
Then declare it in the file conf.php
$dolibarr_main_url_root_alt='/custom'
$dolibarr_main_document_root_alt='/path/of/dolibarr/htdocs/custom'
If these lines are commented with "#", to enable them, just uncomment by removing the "#" character. +YouCanSubmitFile=You can upload the .zip file of module package from here: +CurrentVersion=Dolibarr current version +CallUpdatePage=Browse to the page that updates the database structure and data: %s. +LastStableVersion=Latest stable version +LastActivationDate=Latest activation date +LastActivationAuthor=Latest activation author +LastActivationIP=Latest activation IP +UpdateServerOffline=Update server offline +WithCounter=Manage a counter +GenericMaskCodes=You may enter any numbering mask. In this mask, the following tags can be used:
{000000} corresponds to a number which will be incremented on each %s. Enter as many zeros as the desired length of the counter. The counter will be completed by zeros from the left in order to have as many zeros as the mask.
{000000+000} same as the previous one but an offset corresponding to the number to the right of the + sign is applied starting on the first %s.
{000000@x} same as the previous one but the counter is reset to zero when month x is reached (x between 1 and 12, or 0 to use the early months of fiscal year defined in your configuration, or 99 to reset to zero every month). If this option is used and x is 2 or higher, then the sequence {yy}{mm} or {yyyy}{mm} is also required.
{dd} day (01 to 31).
{mm} month (01 to 12).
{yy}, {yyyy} or {y} year over 2, 4 or 1 numbers.
+GenericMaskCodes2={cccc} the client code on n characters
{cccc000} the client code on n characters is followed by a counter dedicated to the customer. This counter dedicated to customer is reset at same time as the global counter.
{tttt} The code of third party type on n characters (see menu Home - Setup - Dictionary - Types of third parties). If you add this tag, the counter will be different for each type of third party.
+GenericMaskCodes3=All other characters in the mask will remain intact.
Spaces are not allowed.
+GenericMaskCodes3EAN=All other characters in the mask will remain intact (except * or ? in 13th position in EAN13).
Spaces are not allowed.
In EAN13, the last character after the last } in 13th position should be * or ? . It will be replaced by the calculated key.
+GenericMaskCodes4a=Example on the 99th %s of the third party TheCompany, with date 2007-01-31:
+GenericMaskCodes4b=Example on third party created on 2007-03-01:
+GenericMaskCodes4c=Example on product created on 2007-03-01:
+GenericMaskCodes5=ABC{yy}{mm}-{000000} will give ABC0701-000099
{0000+100@1}-ZZZ/{dd}/XXX will give 0199-ZZZ/31/XXX
IN{yy}{mm}-{0000}-{t} will give IN0701-0099-A if the type of company is 'Responsable Inscripto' with code for type that is 'A_RI' +GenericNumRefModelDesc=Returns a customizable number according to a defined mask. +ServerAvailableOnIPOrPort=Server is available at address %s on port %s +ServerNotAvailableOnIPOrPort=Server is not available at address %s on port %s +DoTestServerAvailability=Test server connectivity +DoTestSend=Test sending +DoTestSendHTML=Test sending HTML +ErrorCantUseRazIfNoYearInMask=Error, can't use option @ to reset counter each year if sequence {yy} or {yyyy} is not in mask. +ErrorCantUseRazInStartedYearIfNoYearMonthInMask=Error, can't use option @ if sequence {yy}{mm} or {yyyy}{mm} is not in mask. +UMask=UMask parameter for new files on Unix/Linux/BSD/Mac file system. +UMaskExplanation=This parameter allow you to define permissions set by default on files created by Dolibarr on server (during upload for example).
It must be the octal value (for example, 0666 means read and write for everyone).
This parameter is useless on a Windows server. +SeeWikiForAllTeam=Take a look at the Wiki page for a list of contributors and their organization +UseACacheDelay= Delay for caching export response in seconds (0 or empty for no cache) +DisableLinkToHelpCenter=Hide link "Need help or support" on login page +DisableLinkToHelp=Hide link to online help "%s" +AddCRIfTooLong=There is no automatic text wrapping, text that is too long will not display on documents. Please add carriage returns in the text area if needed. +ConfirmPurge=Are you sure you want to execute this purge?
This will permanently delete all your data files with no way to restore them (ECM files, attached files...). +MinLength=Minimum length +LanguageFilesCachedIntoShmopSharedMemory=Files .lang loaded in shared memory +LanguageFile=Language file +ExamplesWithCurrentSetup=Examples with current configuration +ListOfDirectories=List of OpenDocument templates directories +ListOfDirectoriesForModelGenODT=List of directories containing templates files with OpenDocument format.

Put here full path of directories.
Add a carriage return between eah directory.
To add a directory of the GED module, add here DOL_DATA_ROOT/ecm/yourdirectoryname.

Files in those directories must end with .odt or .ods. +NumberOfModelFilesFound=Number of ODT/ODS template files found in these directories +ExampleOfDirectoriesForModelGen=Examples of syntax:
c:\\myapp\\mydocumentdir\\mysubdir
/home/myapp/mydocumentdir/mysubdir
DOL_DATA_ROOT/ecm/ecmdir +FollowingSubstitutionKeysCanBeUsed=
To know how to create your odt document templates, before storing them in those directories, read wiki documentation: +FullListOnOnlineDocumentation=http://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php/Create_an_ODT_document_template +FirstnameNamePosition=Position of Name/Lastname +DescWeather=The following images will be shown on the dashboard when the number of late actions reach the following values: +KeyForWebServicesAccess=Key to use Web Services (parameter "dolibarrkey" in webservices) +TestSubmitForm=Input test form +ThisForceAlsoTheme=Using this menu manager will also use its own theme whatever the user choice. Also this menu manager specialized for smartphones does not work on all smartphone. Use another menu manager if you experience problems with yours. +ThemeDir=Skins directory +ConnectionTimeout=Connection timeout +ResponseTimeout=Response timeout +SmsTestMessage=Test message from __PHONEFROM__ to __PHONETO__ +ModuleMustBeEnabledFirst=Module %s must be enabled first if you need this feature. +SecurityToken=Key to secure URLs +NoSmsEngine=No SMS sender manager available. A SMS sender manager is not installed with the default distribution because they depend on an external vendor, but you can find some on %s +PDF=PDF +PDFDesc=Global options for PDF generation +PDFOtherDesc=PDF Option specific to some modules +PDFAddressForging=Rules for address section +HideAnyVATInformationOnPDF=Hide all information related to Sales Tax / VAT +PDFRulesForSalesTax=Rules for Sales Tax / VAT +PDFLocaltax=Rules for %s +HideLocalTaxOnPDF=Hide %s rate in column Sale Tax / VAT +HideDescOnPDF=Hide products description +HideRefOnPDF=Hide products ref. +HideDetailsOnPDF=Hide product lines details +PlaceCustomerAddressToIsoLocation=Use french standard position (La Poste) for customer address position +Library=Library +UrlGenerationParameters=Parameters to secure URLs +SecurityTokenIsUnique=Use a unique securekey parameter for each URL +EnterRefToBuildUrl=Enter reference for object %s +GetSecuredUrl=Get calculated URL +ButtonHideUnauthorized=Hide unauthorized action buttons also for internal users (just greyed otherwise) +OldVATRates=Old VAT rate +NewVATRates=New VAT rate +PriceBaseTypeToChange=Modify on prices with base reference value defined on +MassConvert=Launch bulk conversion +PriceFormatInCurrentLanguage=Price Format In Current Language +String=String +String1Line=String (1 line) +TextLong=Long text +TextLongNLines=Long text (n lines) +HtmlText=Html text +Int=Integer +Float=Float +DateAndTime=Date and hour +Unique=Unique +Boolean=Boolean (one checkbox) +ExtrafieldPhone = Phone +ExtrafieldPrice = Price +ExtrafieldMail = Email +ExtrafieldUrl = Url +ExtrafieldSelect = Select list +ExtrafieldSelectList = Select from table +ExtrafieldSeparator=Separator (not a field) +ExtrafieldPassword=Password +ExtrafieldRadio=Radio buttons (one choice only) +ExtrafieldCheckBox=Checkboxes +ExtrafieldCheckBoxFromList=Checkboxes from table +ExtrafieldLink=Link to an object +ComputedFormula=Computed field +ComputedFormulaDesc=You can enter here a formula using other properties of object or any PHP coding to get a dynamic computed value. You can use any PHP compatible formulas including the "?" condition operator, and following global object: $db, $conf, $langs, $mysoc, $user, $object.
WARNING: Only some properties of $object may be available. If you need a properties not loaded, just fetch yourself the object into your formula like in the second example.
Using a computed field means you can't enter yourself any value from interface. Also, if there is a syntax error, the formula may return nothing.

Example of formula:
$object->id < 10 ? round($object->id / 2, 2): ($object->id + 2 * $user->id) * (int) substr($mysoc->zip, 1, 2)

Example to reload object
(($reloadedobj = new Societe($db)) && ($reloadedobj->fetchNoCompute($obj->id ? $obj->id: ($obj->rowid ? $obj->rowid: $object->id)) > 0)) ? $reloadedobj->array_options['options_extrafieldkey'] * $reloadedobj->capital / 5: '-1'

Other example of formula to force load of object and its parent object:
(($reloadedobj = new Task($db)) && ($reloadedobj->fetchNoCompute($object->id) > 0) && ($secondloadedobj = new Project($db)) && ($secondloadedobj->fetchNoCompute($reloadedobj->fk_project) > 0)) ? $secondloadedobj->ref: 'Parent project not found' +Computedpersistent=Store computed field +ComputedpersistentDesc=Computed extra fields will be stored in the database, however, the value will only be recalculated when the object of this field is changed. If the computed field depends on other objects or global data this value might be wrong!! +ExtrafieldParamHelpPassword=Leaving this field blank means this value will be stored without encryption (field must be only hidden with star on screen).
Set 'auto' to use the default encryption rule to save password into database (then value read will be the hash only, no way to retrieve original value) +ExtrafieldParamHelpselect=List of values must be lines with format key,value (where key can't be '0')

for example:
1,value1
2,value2
code3,value3
...

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
1,value1|options_parent_list_code:parent_key
2,value2|options_parent_list_code:parent_key

In order to have the list depending on another list:
1,value1|parent_list_code:parent_key
2,value2|parent_list_code:parent_key +ExtrafieldParamHelpcheckbox=List of values must be lines with format key,value (where key can't be '0')

for example:
1,value1
2,value2
3,value3
... +ExtrafieldParamHelpradio=List of values must be lines with format key,value (where key can't be '0')

for example:
1,value1
2,value2
3,value3
... +ExtrafieldParamHelpsellist=List of values comes from a table
Syntax: table_name:label_field:id_field::filtersql
Example: c_typent:libelle:id::filtersql

- id_field is necessarly a primary int key
- filtersql is a SQL condition. It can be a simple test (eg active=1) to display only active value
You can also use $ID$ in filter which is the current id of current object
To use a SELECT into the filter use the keyword $SEL$ to bypass anti-injection protection.
if you want to filter on extrafields use syntax extra.fieldcode=... (where field code is the code of extrafield)

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
c_typent:libelle:id:options_parent_list_code|parent_column:filter

In order to have the list depending on another list:
c_typent:libelle:id:parent_list_code|parent_column:filter +ExtrafieldParamHelpchkbxlst=List of values comes from a table
Syntax: table_name:label_field:id_field::filtersql
Example: c_typent:libelle:id::filtersql

filter can be a simple test (eg active=1) to display only active value
You can also use $ID$ in filter witch is the current id of current object
To do a SELECT in filter use $SEL$
if you want to filter on extrafields use syntax extra.fieldcode=... (where field code is the code of extrafield)

In order to have the list depending on another complementary attribute list:
c_typent:libelle:id:options_parent_list_code|parent_column:filter

In order to have the list depending on another list:
c_typent:libelle:id:parent_list_code|parent_column:filter +ExtrafieldParamHelplink=Parameters must be ObjectName:Classpath
Syntax: ObjectName:Classpath +ExtrafieldParamHelpSeparator=Keep empty for a simple separator
Set this to 1 for a collapsing separator (open by default for new session, then status is kept for each user session)
Set this to 2 for a collapsing separator (collapsed by default for new session, then status is kept fore each user session) +LibraryToBuildPDF=Library used for PDF generation +LocalTaxDesc=Some countries may apply two or three taxes on each invoice line. If this is the case, choose the type for the second and third tax and its rate. Possible type are:
1: local tax apply on products and services without vat (localtax is calculated on amount without tax)
2: local tax apply on products and services including vat (localtax is calculated on amount + main tax)
3: local tax apply on products without vat (localtax is calculated on amount without tax)
4: local tax apply on products including vat (localtax is calculated on amount + main vat)
5: local tax apply on services without vat (localtax is calculated on amount without tax)
6: local tax apply on services including vat (localtax is calculated on amount + tax) +SMS=SMS +LinkToTestClickToDial=Enter a phone number to call to show a link to test the ClickToDial url for user %s +RefreshPhoneLink=Refresh link +LinkToTest=Clickable link generated for user %s (click phone number to test) +KeepEmptyToUseDefault=Keep empty to use default value +KeepThisEmptyInMostCases=In most cases, you can keep this field empy. +DefaultLink=Default link +SetAsDefault=Set as default +ValueOverwrittenByUserSetup=Warning, this value may be overwritten by user specific setup (each user can set his own clicktodial url) +ExternalModule=External module +InstalledInto=Installed into directory %s +BarcodeInitForThirdparties=Mass barcode init for third-parties +BarcodeInitForProductsOrServices=Mass barcode init or reset for products or services +CurrentlyNWithoutBarCode=Currently, you have %s record on %s %s without barcode defined. +InitEmptyBarCode=Init value for next %s empty records +EraseAllCurrentBarCode=Erase all current barcode values +ConfirmEraseAllCurrentBarCode=Are you sure you want to erase all current barcode values? +AllBarcodeReset=All barcode values have been removed +NoBarcodeNumberingTemplateDefined=No numbering barcode template enabled in the Barcode module setup. +EnableFileCache=Enable file cache +ShowDetailsInPDFPageFoot=Add more details into footer, such as company address or manager names (in addition to professional ids, company capital and VAT number). +NoDetails=No additional details in footer +DisplayCompanyInfo=Display company address +DisplayCompanyManagers=Display manager names +DisplayCompanyInfoAndManagers=Display company address and manager names +EnableAndSetupModuleCron=If you want to have this recurring invoice generated automatically, module *%s* must be enabled and correctly setup. Otherwise, generation of invoices must be done manually from this template using the *Create* button. Note that even if you enabled automatic generation, you can still safely launch manual generation. Generation of duplicates for the same period is not possible. +ModuleCompanyCodeCustomerAquarium=%s followed by customer code for a customer accounting code +ModuleCompanyCodeSupplierAquarium=%s followed by vendor code for a vendor accounting code +ModuleCompanyCodePanicum=Return an empty accounting code. +ModuleCompanyCodeDigitaria=Returns a compound accounting code according to the name of the third party. The code consists of a prefix that can be defined in the first position followed by the number of characters defined in the third party code. +ModuleCompanyCodeCustomerDigitaria=%s followed by the truncated customer name by the number of characters: %s for the customer accounting code. +ModuleCompanyCodeSupplierDigitaria=%s followed by the truncated supplier name by the number of characters: %s for the supplier accounting code. +Use3StepsApproval=By default, Purchase Orders need to be created and approved by 2 different users (one step/user to create and one step/user to approve. Note that if user has both permission to create and approve, one step/user will be enough). You can ask with this option to introduce a third step/user approval, if amount is higher than a dedicated value (so 3 steps will be necessary: 1=validation, 2=first approval and 3=second approval if amount is enough).
Set this to empty if one approval (2 steps) is enough, set it to a very low value (0.1) if a second approval (3 steps) is always required. +UseDoubleApproval=Use a 3 steps approval when amount (without tax) is higher than... +WarningPHPMail=WARNING: The setup to send emails from the application is using the default generic setup. It is often better to setup outgoing emails to use the email server of your Email Service Provider instead of the default setup for several reasons: +WarningPHPMailA=- Using the server of the Email Service Provider increases the trustability of your email, so it increases the deliverablity without being flagged as SPAM +WarningPHPMailB=- Some Email Service Providers (like Yahoo) do not allow you to send an email from another server than their own server. Your current setup uses the server of the application to send email and not the server of your email provider, so some recipients (the one compatible with the restrictive DMARC protocol), will ask your email provider if they can accept your email and some email providers (like Yahoo) may respond "no" because the server is not theirs, so few of your sent Emails may not be accepted for delivery (be careful also of your email provider's sending quota). +WarningPHPMailC=- Using the SMTP server of your own Email Service Provider to send emails is also interesting so all emails sent from application will also be saved into your "Sent" directory of your mailbox. +WarningPHPMailD=If the method 'PHP Mail' is really the method you would like to use, you can remove this warning by adding the constant MAIN_HIDE_WARNING_TO_ENCOURAGE_SMTP_SETUP to 1 in Home - Setup - Other. +WarningPHPMail2=If your email SMTP provider need to restrict email client to some IP addresses (very rare), this is the IP address of the mail user agent (MUA) for your ERP CRM application: %s. +WarningPHPMailSPF=If the domain name in your sender email address is protected by a SPF record (ask you domain name registar), you must add the following IPs in the SPF record of the DNS of your domain: %s. +ClickToShowDescription=Click to show description +DependsOn=This module needs the module(s) +RequiredBy=This module is required by module(s) +TheKeyIsTheNameOfHtmlField=This is the name of the HTML field. Technical knowledge is required to read the content of the HTML page to get the key name of a field. +PageUrlForDefaultValues=You must enter the relative path of the page URL. If you include parameters in URL, the default values will be effective if all parameters are set to same value. +PageUrlForDefaultValuesCreate=
Example:
For the form to create a new third party, it is %s.
For URL of external modules installed into custom directory, do not include the "custom/", so use path like mymodule/mypage.php and not custom/mymodule/mypage.php.
If you want default value only if url has some parameter, you can use %s +PageUrlForDefaultValuesList=
Example:
For the page that lists third parties, it is %s.
For URL of external modules installed into custom directory, do not include the "custom/" so use a path like mymodule/mypagelist.php and not custom/mymodule/mypagelist.php.
If you want default value only if url has some parameter, you can use %s +AlsoDefaultValuesAreEffectiveForActionCreate=Also note that overwritting default values for form creation works only for pages that were correctly designed (so with parameter action=create or presend...) +EnableDefaultValues=Enable customization of default values +EnableOverwriteTranslation=Enable usage of overwritten translation +GoIntoTranslationMenuToChangeThis=A translation has been found for the key with this code. To change this value, you must edit it from Home-Setup-translation. +WarningSettingSortOrder=Warning, setting a default sort order may result in a technical error when going on the list page if field is an unknown field. If you experience such an error, come back to this page to remove the default sort order and restore default behavior. +Field=Field +ProductDocumentTemplates=Document templates to generate product document +FreeLegalTextOnExpenseReports=Free legal text on expense reports +WatermarkOnDraftExpenseReports=Watermark on draft expense reports +AttachMainDocByDefault=Set this to 1 if you want to attach main document to email by default (if applicable) +FilesAttachedToEmail=Attach file +SendEmailsReminders=Send agenda reminders by emails +davDescription=Setup a WebDAV server +DAVSetup=Setup of module DAV +DAV_ALLOW_PRIVATE_DIR=Enable the generic private directory (WebDAV dedicated directory named "private" - login required) +DAV_ALLOW_PRIVATE_DIRTooltip=The generic private directory is a WebDAV directory anybody can access with its application login/pass. +DAV_ALLOW_PUBLIC_DIR=Enable the generic public directory (WebDAV dedicated directory named "public" - no login required) +DAV_ALLOW_PUBLIC_DIRTooltip=The generic public directory is a WebDAV directory anybody can access (in read and write mode), with no authorization required (login/password account). +DAV_ALLOW_ECM_DIR=Enable the DMS/ECM private directory (root directory of the DMS/ECM module - login required) +DAV_ALLOW_ECM_DIRTooltip=The root directory where all files are manually uploaded when using the DMS/ECM module. Similarly as access from the web interface, you will need a valid login/password with adecuate permissions to access it. +# Modules +Module0Name=Users & Groups +Module0Desc=Users / Employees and Groups management +Module1Name=Third Parties +Module1Desc=Companies and contacts management (customers, prospects...) +Module2Name=Commercial +Module2Desc=Commercial management +Module10Name=Accounting (simplified) +Module10Desc=Simple accounting reports (journals, turnover) based on database content. Does not use any ledger table. +Module20Name=Proposals +Module20Desc=Commercial proposal management +Module22Name=Mass Emailings +Module22Desc=Manage bulk emailing +Module23Name=Energy +Module23Desc=Monitoring the consumption of energies +Module25Name=Sales Orders +Module25Desc=Sales order management +Module30Name=Invoices +Module30Desc=Management of invoices and credit notes for customers. Management of invoices and credit notes for suppliers +Module40Name=Vendors +Module40Desc=Vendors and purchase management (purchase orders and billing of supplier invoices) +Module42Name=Debug Logs +Module42Desc=Logging facilities (file, syslog, ...). Such logs are for technical/debug purposes. +Module43Name=Debug Bar +Module43Desc=A tool for developper adding a debug bar in your browser. +Module49Name=Editors +Module49Desc=Editor management +Module50Name=Products +Module50Desc=Management of Products +Module51Name=Mass mailings +Module51Desc=Mass paper mailing management +Module52Name=Stocks +Module52Desc=Stock management +Module53Name=Services +Module53Desc=Management of Services +Module54Name=Contracts/Subscriptions +Module54Desc=Management of contracts (services or recurring subscriptions) +Module55Name=Barcodes +Module55Desc=Barcode or QR code management +Module56Name=Payment by credit transfer +Module56Desc=Management of payment of suppliers by Credit Transfer orders. It includes generation of SEPA file for European countries. +Module57Name=Payments by Direct Debit +Module57Desc=Management of Direct Debit orders. It includes generation of SEPA file for European countries. +Module58Name=ClickToDial +Module58Desc=Integration of a ClickToDial system (Asterisk, ...) +Module60Name=Stickers +Module60Desc=Management of stickers +Module70Name=Interventions +Module70Desc=Intervention management +Module75Name=Expense and trip notes +Module75Desc=Expense and trip notes management +Module80Name=Shipments +Module80Desc=Shipments and delivery note management +Module85Name=Banks & Cash +Module85Desc=Management of bank or cash accounts +Module100Name=External Site +Module100Desc=Add a link to an external website as a main menu icon. Website is shown in a frame under the top menu. +Module105Name=Mailman and SPIP +Module105Desc=Mailman or SPIP interface for member module +Module200Name=LDAP +Module200Desc=LDAP directory synchronization +Module210Name=PostNuke +Module210Desc=PostNuke integration +Module240Name=Data exports +Module240Desc=Tool to export Dolibarr data (with assistance) +Module250Name=Data imports +Module250Desc=Tool to import data into Dolibarr (with assistance) +Module310Name=Members +Module310Desc=Foundation members management +Module320Name=RSS Feed +Module320Desc=Add a RSS feed to Dolibarr pages +Module330Name=Bookmarks & Shortcuts +Module330Desc=Create shortcuts, always accessible, to the internal or external pages to which you frequently access +Module400Name=Projects or Leads +Module400Desc=Management of projects, leads/opportunities and/or tasks. You can also assign any element (invoice, order, proposal, intervention, ...) to a project and get a transversal view from the project view. +Module410Name=Webcalendar +Module410Desc=Webcalendar integration +Module500Name=Taxes & Special Expenses +Module500Desc=Management of other expenses (sale taxes, social or fiscal taxes, dividends, ...) +Module510Name=Salaries +Module510Desc=Record and track employee payments +Module520Name=Loans +Module520Desc=Management of loans +Module600Name=Notifications on business event +Module600Desc=Send email notifications triggered by a business event: per user (setup defined on each user), per third-party contacts (setup defined on each third party) or by specific emails +Module600Long=Note that this module sends emails in real-time when a specific business event occurs. If you are looking for a feature to send email reminders for agenda events, go into the setup of module Agenda. +Module610Name=Product Variants +Module610Desc=Creation of product variants (color, size etc.) +Module700Name=Donations +Module700Desc=Donation management +Module770Name=Expense Reports +Module770Desc=Manage expense reports claims (transportation, meal, ...) +Module1120Name=Vendor Commercial Proposals +Module1120Desc=Request vendor commercial proposal and prices +Module1200Name=Mantis +Module1200Desc=Mantis integration +Module1520Name=Document Generation +Module1520Desc=Mass email document generation +Module1780Name=Tags/Categories +Module1780Desc=Create tags/category (products, customers, suppliers, contacts or members) +Module2000Name=WYSIWYG editor +Module2000Desc=Allow text fields to be edited/formatted using CKEditor (html) +Module2200Name=Dynamic Prices +Module2200Desc=Use maths expressions for auto-generation of prices +Module2300Name=Scheduled jobs +Module2300Desc=Scheduled jobs management (alias cron or chrono table) +Module2400Name=Events/Agenda +Module2400Desc=Track events. Log automatic events for tracking purposes or record manual events or meetings. This is the principal module for good Customer or Vendor Relationship Management. +Module2500Name=DMS / ECM +Module2500Desc=Document Management System / Electronic Content Management. Automatic organization of your generated or stored documents. Share them when you need. +Module2600Name=API/Web services (SOAP server) +Module2600Desc=Enable the Dolibarr SOAP server providing API services +Module2610Name=API/Web services (REST server) +Module2610Desc=Enable the Dolibarr REST server providing API services +Module2660Name=Call WebServices (SOAP client) +Module2660Desc=Enable the Dolibarr web services client (Can be used to push data/requests to external servers. Only Purchase orders are currently supported.) +Module2700Name=Gravatar +Module2700Desc=Use online Gravatar service (www.gravatar.com) to show photo of users/members (found with their emails). Needs Internet access +Module2800Desc=FTP Client +Module2900Name=GeoIPMaxmind +Module2900Desc=GeoIP Maxmind conversions capabilities +Module3200Name=Unalterable Archives +Module3200Desc=Enable an unalterable log of business events. Events are archived in real-time. The log is a read-only table of chained events that can be exported. This module may be mandatory for some countries. +Module3400Name=Social Networks +Module3400Desc=Enable Social Networks fields into third parties and addresses (skype, twitter, facebook, ...). +Module4000Name=HRM +Module4000Desc=Human resources management (management of department, employee contracts and feelings) +Module5000Name=Multi-company +Module5000Desc=Allows you to manage multiple companies +Module6000Name=Inter-modules Workflow +Module6000Desc=Workflow management between different modules (automatic creation of object and/or automatic status change) +Module10000Name=Websites +Module10000Desc=Create websites (public) with a WYSIWYG editor. This is a webmaster or developer oriented CMS (it is better to know HTML and CSS language). Just setup your web server (Apache, Nginx, ...) to point to the dedicated Dolibarr directory to have it online on the internet with your own domain name. +Module20000Name=Leave Request Management +Module20000Desc=Define and track employee leave requests +Module39000Name=Product Lots +Module39000Desc=Lots, serial numbers, eat-by/sell-by date management for products +Module40000Name=Multicurrency +Module40000Desc=Use alternative currencies in prices and documents +Module50000Name=PayBox +Module50000Desc=Offer customers a PayBox online payment page (credit/debit cards). This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or payments related to a specific Dolibarr object (invoice, order etc...) +Module50100Name=POS SimplePOS +Module50100Desc=Point of Sale module SimplePOS (simple POS). +Module50150Name=POS TakePOS +Module50150Desc=Point of Sale module TakePOS (touchscreen POS, for shops, bars or restaurants). +Module50200Name=Paypal +Module50200Desc=Offer customers a PayPal online payment page (PayPal account or credit/debit cards). This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or payments related to a specific Dolibarr object (invoice, order etc...) +Module50300Name=Stripe +Module50300Desc=Offer customers a Stripe online payment page (credit/debit cards). This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or payments related to a specific Dolibarr object (invoice, order etc...) +Module50400Name=Accounting (double entry) +Module50400Desc=Accounting management (double entries, support General and Subsidiary Ledgers). Export the ledger in several other accounting software formats. +Module54000Name=PrintIPP +Module54000Desc=Direct print (without opening the documents) using Cups IPP interface (Printer must be visible from server, and CUPS must be installed on server). +Module55000Name=Poll, Survey or Vote +Module55000Desc=Create online polls, surveys or votes (like Doodle, Studs, RDVz etc...) +Module59000Name=Margins +Module59000Desc=Module to follow margins +Module60000Name=Commissions +Module60000Desc=Module to manage commissions +Module62000Name=Incoterms +Module62000Desc=Add features to manage Incoterms +Module63000Name=Resources +Module63000Desc=Manage resources (printers, cars, rooms, ...) for allocating to events +Permission11=Read customer invoices +Permission12=Create/modify customer invoices +Permission13=Invalidate customer invoices +Permission14=Validate customer invoices +Permission15=Send customer invoices by email +Permission16=Create payments for customer invoices +Permission19=Delete customer invoices +Permission21=Read commercial proposals +Permission22=Create/modify commercial proposals +Permission24=Validate commercial proposals +Permission25=Send commercial proposals +Permission26=Close commercial proposals +Permission27=Delete commercial proposals +Permission28=Export commercial proposals +Permission31=Read products +Permission32=Create/modify products +Permission34=Delete products +Permission36=See/manage hidden products +Permission38=Export products +Permission39=Ignore minimum price +Permission41=Read projects and tasks (shared project and projects I'm contact for). Can also enter time consumed, for me or my hierarchy, on assigned tasks (Timesheet) +Permission42=Create/modify projects (shared project and projects I'm contact for). Can also create tasks and assign users to project and tasks +Permission44=Delete projects (shared project and projects I'm contact for) +Permission45=Export projects +Permission61=Read interventions +Permission62=Create/modify interventions +Permission64=Delete interventions +Permission67=Export interventions +Permission68=Send interventions by email +Permission69=Validate interventions +Permission70=Invalidate interventions +Permission71=Read members +Permission72=Create/modify members +Permission74=Delete members +Permission75=Setup types of membership +Permission76=Export data +Permission78=Read subscriptions +Permission79=Create/modify subscriptions +Permission81=Read customers orders +Permission82=Create/modify customers orders +Permission84=Validate customers orders +Permission86=Send customers orders +Permission87=Close customers orders +Permission88=Cancel customers orders +Permission89=Delete customers orders +Permission91=Read social or fiscal taxes and vat +Permission92=Create/modify social or fiscal taxes and vat +Permission93=Delete social or fiscal taxes and vat +Permission94=Export social or fiscal taxes +Permission95=Read reports +Permission101=Read sendings +Permission102=Create/modify sendings +Permission104=Validate sendings +Permission105=Send sendings by email +Permission106=Export sendings +Permission109=Delete sendings +Permission111=Read financial accounts +Permission112=Create/modify/delete and compare transactions +Permission113=Setup financial accounts (create, manage categories) +Permission114=Reconcile transactions +Permission115=Export transactions and account statements +Permission116=Transfers between accounts +Permission117=Manage checks dispatching +Permission121=Read third parties linked to user +Permission122=Create/modify third parties linked to user +Permission125=Delete third parties linked to user +Permission126=Export third parties +Permission141=Read all projects and tasks (also private projects for which I am not a contact) +Permission142=Create/modify all projects and tasks (also private projects for which I am not a contact) +Permission144=Delete all projects and tasks (also private projects i am not contact for) +Permission146=Read providers +Permission147=Read stats +Permission151=Read direct debit payment orders +Permission152=Create/modify a direct debit payment orders +Permission153=Send/Transmit direct debit payment orders +Permission154=Record Credits/Rejections of direct debit payment orders +Permission161=Read contracts/subscriptions +Permission162=Create/modify contracts/subscriptions +Permission163=Activate a service/subscription of a contract +Permission164=Disable a service/subscription of a contract +Permission165=Delete contracts/subscriptions +Permission167=Export contracts +Permission171=Read trips and expenses (yours and your subordinates) +Permission172=Create/modify trips and expenses +Permission173=Delete trips and expenses +Permission174=Read all trips and expenses +Permission178=Export trips and expenses +Permission180=Read suppliers +Permission181=Read purchase orders +Permission182=Create/modify purchase orders +Permission183=Validate purchase orders +Permission184=Approve purchase orders +Permission185=Order or cancel purchase orders +Permission186=Receive purchase orders +Permission187=Close purchase orders +Permission188=Cancel purchase orders +Permission192=Create lines +Permission193=Cancel lines +Permission194=Read the bandwidth lines +Permission202=Create ADSL connections +Permission203=Order connections orders +Permission204=Order connections +Permission205=Manage connections +Permission206=Read connections +Permission211=Read Telephony +Permission212=Order lines +Permission213=Activate line +Permission214=Setup Telephony +Permission215=Setup providers +Permission221=Read emailings +Permission222=Create/modify emailings (topic, recipients...) +Permission223=Validate emailings (allows sending) +Permission229=Delete emailings +Permission237=View recipients and info +Permission238=Manually send mailings +Permission239=Delete mailings after validation or sent +Permission241=Read categories +Permission242=Create/modify categories +Permission243=Delete categories +Permission244=See the contents of the hidden categories +Permission251=Read other users and groups +PermissionAdvanced251=Read other users +Permission252=Read permissions of other users +Permission253=Create/modify other users, groups and permissions +PermissionAdvanced253=Create/modify internal/external users and permissions +Permission254=Create/modify external users only +Permission255=Modify other users password +Permission256=Delete or disable other users +Permission262=Extend access to all third parties AND their objects (not only third parties for which the user is a sale representative).
Not effective for external users (always limited to themselves for proposals, orders, invoices, contracts, etc.).
Not effective for projects (only rules on project permissions, visibility and assignment matters). +Permission263=Extend access to all third parties WITHOUT their objects (not only third parties for which the user is a sale representative).
Not effective for external users (always limited to themselves for proposals, orders, invoices, contracts, etc.).
Not effective for projects (only rules on project permissions, visibility and assignment matters). +Permission271=Read CA +Permission272=Read invoices +Permission273=Issue invoices +Permission281=Read contacts +Permission282=Create/modify contacts +Permission283=Delete contacts +Permission286=Export contacts +Permission291=Read tariffs +Permission292=Set permissions on the tariffs +Permission293=Modify customer's tariffs +Permission300=Read barcodes +Permission301=Create/modify barcodes +Permission302=Delete barcodes +Permission311=Read services +Permission312=Assign service/subscription to contract +Permission331=Read bookmarks +Permission332=Create/modify bookmarks +Permission333=Delete bookmarks +Permission341=Read its own permissions +Permission342=Create/modify his own user information +Permission343=Modify his own password +Permission344=Modify its own permissions +Permission351=Read groups +Permission352=Read groups permissions +Permission353=Create/modify groups +Permission354=Delete or disable groups +Permission358=Export users +Permission401=Read discounts +Permission402=Create/modify discounts +Permission403=Validate discounts +Permission404=Delete discounts +Permission430=Use Debug Bar +Permission511=Read salaries and payments (yours and subordinates) +Permission512=Create/modify salaries and payments +Permission514=Delete salaries and payments +Permission517=Read salaries and payments everybody +Permission519=Export salaries +Permission520=Read Loans +Permission522=Create/modify loans +Permission524=Delete loans +Permission525=Access loan calculator +Permission527=Export loans +Permission531=Read services +Permission532=Create/modify services +Permission534=Delete services +Permission536=See/manage hidden services +Permission538=Export services +Permission561=Read payment orders by credit transfer +Permission562=Create/modify payment order by credit transfer +Permission563=Send/Transmit payment order by credit transfer +Permission564=Record Debits/Rejections of credit transfer +Permission601=Read stickers +Permission602=Create/modify stickers +Permission609=Delete stickers +Permission650=Read Bills of Materials +Permission651=Create/Update Bills of Materials +Permission652=Delete Bills of Materials +Permission660=Read Manufacturing Order (MO) +Permission661=Create/Update Manufacturing Order (MO) +Permission662=Delete Manufacturing Order (MO) +Permission701=Read donations +Permission702=Create/modify donations +Permission703=Delete donations +Permission771=Read expense reports (yours and your subordinates) +Permission772=Create/modify expense reports +Permission773=Delete expense reports +Permission774=Read all expense reports (even for user not subordinates) +Permission775=Approve expense reports +Permission776=Pay expense reports +Permission777=Read expense reports of everybody +Permission778=Create/modify expense reports of everybody +Permission779=Export expense reports +Permission1001=Read stocks +Permission1002=Create/modify warehouses +Permission1003=Delete warehouses +Permission1004=Read stock movements +Permission1005=Create/modify stock movements +Permission1101=Read delivery receipts +Permission1102=Create/modify delivery receipts +Permission1104=Validate delivery receipts +Permission1109=Delete delivery receipts +Permission1121=Read supplier proposals +Permission1122=Create/modify supplier proposals +Permission1123=Validate supplier proposals +Permission1124=Send supplier proposals +Permission1125=Delete supplier proposals +Permission1126=Close supplier price requests +Permission1181=Read suppliers +Permission1182=Read purchase orders +Permission1183=Create/modify purchase orders +Permission1184=Validate purchase orders +Permission1185=Approve purchase orders +Permission1186=Order purchase orders +Permission1187=Acknowledge receipt of purchase orders +Permission1188=Delete purchase orders +Permission1189=Check/Uncheck a purchase order reception +Permission1190=Approve (second approval) purchase orders +Permission1191=Export supplier orders and their attributes +Permission1201=Get result of an export +Permission1202=Create/Modify an export +Permission1231=Read vendor invoices +Permission1232=Create/modify vendor invoices +Permission1233=Validate vendor invoices +Permission1234=Delete vendor invoices +Permission1235=Send vendor invoices by email +Permission1236=Export vendor invoices, attributes and payments +Permission1237=Export purchase orders and their details +Permission1251=Run mass imports of external data into database (data load) +Permission1321=Export customer invoices, attributes and payments +Permission1322=Reopen a paid bill +Permission1421=Export sales orders and attributes +Permission1521=Read documents +Permission1522=Delete documents +Permission2401=Read actions (events or tasks) linked to his user account (if owner of event or just assigned to) +Permission2402=Create/modify actions (events or tasks) linked to his user account (if owner of event) +Permission2403=Delete actions (events or tasks) linked to his user account (if owner of event) +Permission2411=Read actions (events or tasks) of others +Permission2412=Create/modify actions (events or tasks) of others +Permission2413=Delete actions (events or tasks) of others +Permission2414=Export actions/tasks of others +Permission2501=Read/Download documents +Permission2502=Download documents +Permission2503=Submit or delete documents +Permission2515=Setup documents directories +Permission2801=Use FTP client in read mode (browse and download only) +Permission2802=Use FTP client in write mode (delete or upload files) +Permission3200=Read archived events and fingerprints +Permission3301=Generate new modules +Permission4001=See employees +Permission4002=Create employees +Permission4003=Delete employees +Permission4004=Export employees +Permission10001=Read website content +Permission10002=Create/modify website content (html and javascript content) +Permission10003=Create/modify website content (dynamic php code). Dangerous, must be reserved to restricted developers. +Permission10005=Delete website content +Permission20001=Read leave requests (your leave and those of your subordinates) +Permission20002=Create/modify your leave requests (your leave and those of your subordinates) +Permission20003=Delete leave requests +Permission20004=Read all leave requests (even of user not subordinates) +Permission20005=Create/modify leave requests for everybody (even of user not subordinates) +Permission20006=Admin leave requests (setup and update balance) +Permission20007=Approve leave requests +Permission23001=Read Scheduled job +Permission23002=Create/update Scheduled job +Permission23003=Delete Scheduled job +Permission23004=Execute Scheduled job +Permission50101=Use Point of Sale (SimplePOS) +Permission50151=Use Point of Sale (TakePOS) +Permission50152=Edit sales lines +Permission50153=Edit ordered sales lines +Permission50201=Read transactions +Permission50202=Import transactions +Permission50330=Read objects of Zapier +Permission50331=Create/Update objects of Zapier +Permission50332=Delete objects of Zapier +Permission50401=Bind products and invoices with accounting accounts +Permission50411=Read operations in ledger +Permission50412=Write/Edit operations in ledger +Permission50414=Delete operations in ledger +Permission50415=Delete all operations by year and journal in ledger +Permission50418=Export operations of the ledger +Permission50420=Report and export reports (turnover, balance, journals, ledger) +Permission50430=Define fiscal periods. Validate transactions and close fiscal periods. +Permission50440=Manage chart of accounts, setup of accountancy +Permission51001=Read assets +Permission51002=Create/Update assets +Permission51003=Delete assets +Permission51005=Setup types of asset +Permission54001=Print +Permission55001=Read polls +Permission55002=Create/modify polls +Permission59001=Read commercial margins +Permission59002=Define commercial margins +Permission59003=Read every user margin +Permission63001=Read resources +Permission63002=Create/modify resources +Permission63003=Delete resources +Permission63004=Link resources to agenda events +Permission64001=Allow direct printing +Permission67000=Allow printing of receipts +Permission68001=Read intracomm report +Permission68002=Create/modify intracomm report +Permission68004=Delete intracomm report +Permission941601=Read receipts +Permission941602=Create and modify receipts +Permission941603=Validate receipts +Permission941604=Send receipts by email +Permission941605=Export receipts +Permission941606=Delete receipts +DictionaryCompanyType=Third-party types +DictionaryCompanyJuridicalType=Third-party legal entities +DictionaryProspectLevel=Prospect potential level for companies +DictionaryProspectContactLevel=Prospect potential level for contacts +DictionaryCanton=States/Provinces +DictionaryRegion=Regions +DictionaryCountry=Countries +DictionaryCurrency=Currencies +DictionaryCivility=Honorific titles +DictionaryActions=Types of agenda events +DictionarySocialContributions=Types of social or fiscal taxes +DictionaryVAT=VAT Rates or Sales Tax Rates +DictionaryRevenueStamp=Amount of tax stamps +DictionaryPaymentConditions=Payment Terms +DictionaryPaymentModes=Payment Modes +DictionaryTypeContact=Contact/Address types +DictionaryTypeOfContainer=Website - Type of website pages/containers +DictionaryEcotaxe=Ecotax (WEEE) +DictionaryPaperFormat=Paper formats +DictionaryFormatCards=Card formats +DictionaryFees=Expense report - Types of expense report lines +DictionarySendingMethods=Shipping methods +DictionaryStaff=Number of Employees +DictionaryAvailability=Delivery delay +DictionaryOrderMethods=Ordering methods +DictionarySource=Origin of proposals/orders +DictionaryAccountancyCategory=Personalized groups for reports +DictionaryAccountancysystem=Models for chart of accounts +DictionaryAccountancyJournal=Accounting journals +DictionaryEMailTemplates=Email Templates +DictionaryUnits=Units +DictionaryMeasuringUnits=Measuring Units +DictionarySocialNetworks=Social Networks +DictionaryProspectStatus=Prospect status for companies +DictionaryProspectContactStatus=Prospect status for contacts +DictionaryHolidayTypes=Leave - Types of leave +DictionaryOpportunityStatus=Lead status for project/lead +DictionaryExpenseTaxCat=Expense report - Transportation categories +DictionaryExpenseTaxRange=Expense report - Range by transportation category +DictionaryTransportMode=Intracomm report - Transport mode +DictionaryBatchStatus=Product lot/serial Quality Control status +TypeOfUnit=Type of unit +SetupSaved=Setup saved +SetupNotSaved=Setup not saved +BackToModuleList=Back to Module list +BackToDictionaryList=Back to Dictionaries list +TypeOfRevenueStamp=Type of tax stamp +VATManagement=Sales Tax Management +VATIsUsedDesc=By default when creating prospects, invoices, orders etc. the Sales Tax rate follows the active standard rule:
If the seller is not subject to Sales tax, then Sales tax defaults to 0. End of rule.
If the (seller's country = buyer's country), then the Sales tax by default equals the Sales tax of the product in the seller's country. End of rule.
If the seller and buyer are both in the European Community and goods are transport-related products (haulage, shipping, airline), the default VAT is 0. This rule is dependant on the seller's country - please consult with your accountant. The VAT should be paid by the buyer to the customs office in their country and not to the seller. End of rule.
If the seller and buyer are both in the European Community and the buyer is not a company (with a registered intra-Community VAT number) then the VAT defaults to the VAT rate of the seller's country. End of rule.
If the seller and buyer are both in the European Community and the buyer is a company (with a registered intra-Community VAT number), then the VAT is 0 by default. End of rule.
In any other case the proposed default is Sales tax=0. End of rule. +VATIsNotUsedDesc=By default the proposed Sales tax is 0 which can be used for cases like associations, individuals or small companies. +VATIsUsedExampleFR=In France, it means companies or organizations having a real fiscal system (Simplified real or normal real). A system in which VAT is declared. +VATIsNotUsedExampleFR=In France, it means associations that are non Sales tax declared or companies, organizations or liberal professions that have chosen the micro enterprise fiscal system (Sales tax in franchise) and paid a franchise Sales tax without any Sales tax declaration. This choice will display the reference "Non applicable Sales tax - art-293B of CGI" on invoices. +##### Local Taxes ##### +TypeOfSaleTaxes=Type of sales tax +LTRate=Rate +LocalTax1IsNotUsed=Do not use second tax +LocalTax1IsUsedDesc=Use a second type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax1IsNotUsedDesc=Do not use other type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax1Management=Second type of tax +LocalTax1IsUsedExample= +LocalTax1IsNotUsedExample= +LocalTax2IsNotUsed=Do not use third tax +LocalTax2IsUsedDesc=Use a third type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax2IsNotUsedDesc=Do not use other type of tax (other than first one) +LocalTax2Management=Third type of tax +LocalTax2IsUsedExample= +LocalTax2IsNotUsedExample= +LocalTax1ManagementES=RE Management +LocalTax1IsUsedDescES=The RE rate by default when creating prospects, invoices, orders etc. follow the active standard rule:
If the buyer is not subjected to RE, RE by default=0. End of rule.
If the buyer is subjected to RE then the RE by default. End of rule.
+LocalTax1IsNotUsedDescES=By default the proposed RE is 0. End of rule. +LocalTax1IsUsedExampleES=In Spain they are professionals subject to some specific sections of the Spanish IAE. +LocalTax1IsNotUsedExampleES=In Spain they are professional and societies and subject to certain sections of the Spanish IAE. +LocalTax2ManagementES=IRPF Management +LocalTax2IsUsedDescES=The IRPF rate by default when creating prospects, invoices, orders etc. follow the active standard rule:
If the seller is not subjected to IRPF, then IRPF by default=0. End of rule.
If the seller is subjected to IRPF then the IRPF by default. End of rule.
+LocalTax2IsNotUsedDescES=By default the proposed IRPF is 0. End of rule. +LocalTax2IsUsedExampleES=In Spain, freelancers and independent professionals who provide services and companies who have chosen the tax system of modules. +LocalTax2IsNotUsedExampleES=In Spain they are businesses not subject to tax system of modules. +RevenueStampDesc=The "tax stamp" or "revenue stamp" is a fixed tax you per invoice (It does not depend on amount of invoice). It can also be a percent tax but using the second or third type of tax is better for percent taxes as tax stamps does not provide any reporting. Only few countries uses this type of tax. +UseRevenueStamp=Use a tax stamp +UseRevenueStampExample=The value of tax stamp is defined by default into the setup of dictionaries (%s - %s - %s) +CalcLocaltax=Reports on local taxes +CalcLocaltax1=Sales - Purchases +CalcLocaltax1Desc=Local Taxes reports are calculated with the difference between localtaxes sales and localtaxes purchases +CalcLocaltax2=Purchases +CalcLocaltax2Desc=Local Taxes reports are the total of localtaxes purchases +CalcLocaltax3=Sales +CalcLocaltax3Desc=Local Taxes reports are the total of localtaxes sales +NoLocalTaxXForThisCountry=According to the setup of taxes (See %s - %s - %s), your country does not need to use such type of tax +LabelUsedByDefault=Label used by default if no translation can be found for code +LabelOnDocuments=Label on documents +LabelOrTranslationKey=Label or translation key +ValueOfConstantKey=Value of a configuration constant +ConstantIsOn=Option %s is on +NbOfDays=No. of days +AtEndOfMonth=At end of month +CurrentNext=Current/Next +Offset=Offset +AlwaysActive=Always active +Upgrade=Upgrade +MenuUpgrade=Upgrade / Extend +AddExtensionThemeModuleOrOther=Deploy/install external app/module +WebServer=Web server +DocumentRootServer=Web server's root directory +DataRootServer=Data files directory +IP=IP +Port=Port +VirtualServerName=Virtual server name +OS=OS +PhpWebLink=Web-Php link +Server=Server +Database=Database +DatabaseServer=Database host +DatabaseName=Database name +DatabasePort=Database port +DatabaseUser=Database user +DatabasePassword=Database password +Tables=Tables +TableName=Table name +NbOfRecord=No. of records +Host=Server +DriverType=Driver type +SummarySystem=System information summary +SummaryConst=List of all Dolibarr setup parameters +MenuCompanySetup=Company/Organization +DefaultMenuManager= Standard menu manager +DefaultMenuSmartphoneManager=Smartphone menu manager +Skin=Skin theme +DefaultSkin=Default skin theme +MaxSizeList=Max length for list +DefaultMaxSizeList=Default max length for lists +DefaultMaxSizeShortList=Default max length for short lists (i.e. in customer card) +MessageOfDay=Message of the day +MessageLogin=Login page message +LoginPage=Login page +BackgroundImageLogin=Background image +PermanentLeftSearchForm=Permanent search form on left menu +DefaultLanguage=Default language +EnableMultilangInterface=Enable multilanguage support for customer or vendor relationships +EnableShowLogo=Show the company logo in the menu +CompanyInfo=Company/Organization +CompanyIds=Company/Organization identities +CompanyName=Name +CompanyAddress=Address +CompanyZip=Zip +CompanyTown=Town +CompanyCountry=Country +CompanyCurrency=Main currency +CompanyObject=Object of the company +IDCountry=ID country +Logo=Logo +LogoDesc=Main logo of company. Will be used into generated documents (PDF, ...) +LogoSquarred=Logo (squarred) +LogoSquarredDesc=Must be a squarred icon (width = height). This logo will be used as the favorite icon or other need like for the top menu bar (if not disabled into display setup). +DoNotSuggestPaymentMode=Do not suggest +NoActiveBankAccountDefined=No active bank account defined +OwnerOfBankAccount=Owner of bank account %s +BankModuleNotActive=Bank accounts module not enabled +ShowBugTrackLink=Define the link "%s" (empty to not display this link, 'github' for the link to the Dolibarr project or define directly an url 'https://...') +Alerts=Alerts +DelaysOfToleranceBeforeWarning=Delay before displaying a warning alert for: +DelaysOfToleranceDesc=Set the delay before an alert icon %s is shown onscreen for the late element. +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_ACTIONS_TODO=Planned events (agenda events) not completed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_PROJECT_TO_CLOSE=Project not closed in time +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_TASKS_TODO=Planned task (project tasks) not completed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_ORDERS_TO_PROCESS=Order not processed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_SUPPLIER_ORDERS_TO_PROCESS=Purchase order not processed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_PROPALS_TO_CLOSE=Proposal not closed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_PROPALS_TO_BILL=Proposal not billed +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_NOT_ACTIVATED_SERVICES=Service to activate +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_RUNNING_SERVICES=Expired service +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_SUPPLIER_BILLS_TO_PAY=Unpaid vendor invoice +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_CUSTOMER_BILLS_UNPAYED=Unpaid customer invoice +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_TRANSACTIONS_TO_CONCILIATE=Pending bank reconciliation +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_MEMBERS=Delayed membership fee +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_CHEQUES_TO_DEPOSIT=Check deposit not done +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_EXPENSEREPORTS=Expense report to approve +Delays_MAIN_DELAY_HOLIDAYS=Leave requests to approve +SetupDescription1=Before starting to use Dolibarr some initial parameters must be defined and modules enabled/configured. +SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entries in the Setup menu): +SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. +SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. +AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited +NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s +Audit=Security events +InfoDolibarr=About Dolibarr +InfoBrowser=About Browser +InfoOS=About OS +InfoWebServer=About Web Server +InfoDatabase=About Database +InfoPHP=About PHP +InfoPerf=About Performances +InfoSecurity=About Security +BrowserName=Browser name +BrowserOS=Browser OS +ListOfSecurityEvents=List of Dolibarr security events +SecurityEventsPurged=Security events purged +LogEventDesc=Enable logging for specific security events. Administrators the log via menu %s - %s. Warning, this feature can generate a large amount of data in the database. +AreaForAdminOnly=Setup parameters can be set by administrator users only. +SystemInfoDesc=System information is miscellaneous technical information you get in read only mode and visible for administrators only. +SystemAreaForAdminOnly=This area is available to administrator users only. Dolibarr user permissions cannot change this restriction. +CompanyFundationDesc=Edit the information of your company/organization. Click on "%s" button at the bottom of the page when done. +AccountantDesc=If you have an external accountant/bookkeeper, you can edit here its information. +AccountantFileNumber=Accountant code +DisplayDesc=Parameters affecting the look and behaviour of Dolibarr can be modified here. +AvailableModules=Available app/modules +ToActivateModule=To activate modules, go on setup Area (Home->Setup->Modules). +SessionTimeOut=Time out for session +SessionExplanation=This number guarantees that the session will never expire before this delay, if the session cleaner is done by Internal PHP session cleaner (and nothing else). Internal PHP session cleaner does not guarantee that the session will expire after this delay. It will expire, after this delay, and when the session cleaner is run, so every %s/%s access, but only during access made by other sessions (if value is 0, it means clearing of session is done only by an external process).
Note: on some servers with an external session cleaning mechanism (cron under debian, ubuntu ...), the sessions can be destroyed after a period defined by an external setup, no matter what the value entered here is. +SessionsPurgedByExternalSystem=Sessions on this server seems to be cleaned by an external mechanism (cron under debian, ubuntu ...), probably every %s seconds (= value of parameter session.gc_maxlifetime), so changing the value here has no effect. You must ask the server administrator to change session delay. +TriggersAvailable=Available triggers +TriggersDesc=Triggers are files that will modify the behavior of Dolibarr workflow once copied into the directory htdocs/core/triggers. They realize new actions, activated on Dolibarr events (new company creation, invoice validation, ...). +TriggerDisabledByName=Triggers in this file are disabled by the -NORUN suffix in their name. +TriggerDisabledAsModuleDisabled=Triggers in this file are disabled as module %s is disabled. +TriggerAlwaysActive=Triggers in this file are always active, whatever are the activated Dolibarr modules. +TriggerActiveAsModuleActive=Triggers in this file are active as module %s is enabled. +GeneratedPasswordDesc=Choose the method to be used for auto-generated passwords. +DictionaryDesc=Insert all reference data. You can add your values to the default. +ConstDesc=This page allows you to edit (override) parameters not available in other pages. These are mostly reserved parameters for developers/advanced troubleshooting only. +MiscellaneousDesc=All other security related parameters are defined here. +LimitsSetup=Limits/Precision setup +LimitsDesc=You can define limits, precisions and optimizations used by Dolibarr here +MAIN_MAX_DECIMALS_UNIT=Max. decimals for unit prices +MAIN_MAX_DECIMALS_TOT=Max. decimals for total prices +MAIN_MAX_DECIMALS_SHOWN=Max. decimals for prices shown on screen. Add an ellipsis ... after this parameter (e.g. "2...") if you want to see "..." suffixed to the truncated price. +MAIN_ROUNDING_RULE_TOT=Step of rounding range (for countries where rounding is done on something other than base 10. For example, put 0.05 if rounding is done by 0.05 steps) +UnitPriceOfProduct=Net unit price of a product +TotalPriceAfterRounding=Total price (excl/vat/incl tax) after rounding +ParameterActiveForNextInputOnly=Parameter effective for next input only +NoEventOrNoAuditSetup=No security event has been logged. This is normal if Audit has not been enabled in the "Setup - Security - Events" page. +NoEventFoundWithCriteria=No security event has been found for this search criteria. +SeeLocalSendMailSetup=See your local sendmail setup +BackupDesc=A complete backup of a Dolibarr installation requires two steps. +BackupDesc2=Backup the contents of the "documents" directory (%s) containing all uploaded and generated files. This will also include all the dump files generated in Step 1. This operation may last several minutes. +BackupDesc3=Backup the structure and contents of your database (%s) into a dump file. For this, you can use the following assistant. +BackupDescX=The archived directory should be stored in a secure place. +BackupDescY=The generated dump file should be stored in a secure place. +BackupPHPWarning=Backup cannot be guaranteed with this method. Previous one recommended. +RestoreDesc=To restore a Dolibarr backup, two steps are required. +RestoreDesc2=Restore the backup file (zip file for example) of the "documents" directory to a new Dolibarr installation or into this current documents directory (%s). +RestoreDesc3=Restore the database structure and data from a backup dump file into the database of the new Dolibarr installation or into the database of this current installation (%s). Warning, once the restore is complete, you must use a login/password, that existed from the backup time/installation to connect again.
To restore a backup database into this current installation, you can follow this assistant. +RestoreMySQL=MySQL import +ForcedToByAModule=This rule is forced to %s by an activated module +ValueIsForcedBySystem=This value is forced by the system. You can't change it. +PreviousDumpFiles=Existing backup files +PreviousArchiveFiles=Existing archive files +WeekStartOnDay=First day of the week +RunningUpdateProcessMayBeRequired=Running the upgrade process seems to be required (Program version %s differs from Database version %s) +YouMustRunCommandFromCommandLineAfterLoginToUser=You must run this command from command line after login to a shell with user %s or you must add -W option at end of command line to provide %s password. +YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=SSL functions not available in your PHP +DownloadMoreSkins=More skins to download +SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Returns the reference number in the format %syymm-nnnn where yy is the year, mm is the month and nnnn is a sequential auto-incrementing number with no reset +SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Returns the reference number in the format %s-nnnn where nnnn is a sequential auto-incrementing number with no reset +ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +TranslationUncomplete=Partial translation +MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Disable meteorological view +MeteoStdMod=Standard mode +MeteoStdModEnabled=Standard mode enabled +MeteoPercentageMod=Percentage mode +MeteoPercentageModEnabled=Percentage mode enabled +MeteoUseMod=Click to use %s +TestLoginToAPI=Test login to API +ProxyDesc=Some features of Dolibarr require internet access. Define here the internet connection parameters such as access through a proxy server if necessary. +ExternalAccess=External/Internet Access +MAIN_PROXY_USE=Use a proxy server (otherwise access is direct to the internet) +MAIN_PROXY_HOST=Proxy server: Name/Address +MAIN_PROXY_PORT=Proxy server: Port +MAIN_PROXY_USER=Proxy server: Login/User +MAIN_PROXY_PASS=Proxy server: Password +DefineHereComplementaryAttributes=Define any additional / custom attributes that must be added to: %s +ExtraFields=Complementary attributes +ExtraFieldsLines=Complementary attributes (lines) +ExtraFieldsLinesRec=Complementary attributes (templates invoices lines) +ExtraFieldsSupplierOrdersLines=Complementary attributes (order lines) +ExtraFieldsSupplierInvoicesLines=Complementary attributes (invoice lines) +ExtraFieldsThirdParties=Complementary attributes (third party) +ExtraFieldsContacts=Complementary attributes (contacts/address) +ExtraFieldsMember=Complementary attributes (member) +ExtraFieldsMemberType=Complementary attributes (member type) +ExtraFieldsCustomerInvoices=Complementary attributes (invoices) +ExtraFieldsCustomerInvoicesRec=Complementary attributes (templates invoices) +ExtraFieldsSupplierOrders=Complementary attributes (orders) +ExtraFieldsSupplierInvoices=Complementary attributes (invoices) +ExtraFieldsProject=Complementary attributes (projects) +ExtraFieldsProjectTask=Complementary attributes (tasks) +ExtraFieldsSalaries=Complementary attributes (salaries) +ExtraFieldHasWrongValue=Attribute %s has a wrong value. +AlphaNumOnlyLowerCharsAndNoSpace=only alphanumericals and lower case characters without space +SendmailOptionNotComplete=Warning, on some Linux systems, to send email from your email, sendmail execution setup must contains option -ba (parameter mail.force_extra_parameters into your php.ini file). If some recipients never receive emails, try to edit this PHP parameter with mail.force_extra_parameters = -ba). +PathToDocuments=Path to documents +PathDirectory=Directory +SendmailOptionMayHurtBuggedMTA=Feature to send mails using method "PHP mail direct" will generate a mail message that might not be parsed correctly by some receiving mail servers. The result is that some mails can't be read by people hosted by those bugged platforms. This is the case for some Internet providers (Ex: Orange in France). This is not a problem with Dolibarr or PHP but with the receiving mail server. You can however add an option MAIN_FIX_FOR_BUGGED_MTA to 1 in Setup - Other to modify Dolibarr to avoid this. However, you may experience problems with other servers that strictly use the SMTP standard. The other solution (recommended) is to use the method "SMTP socket library" which has no disadvantages. +TranslationSetup=Setup of translation +TranslationKeySearch=Search a translation key or string +TranslationOverwriteKey=Overwrite a translation string +TranslationDesc=How to set the display language:
* Default/Systemwide: menu Home -> Setup -> Display
* Per user: Click on the username at the top of the screen and modify the User Display Setup tab on the user card. +TranslationOverwriteDesc=You can also override strings filling the following table. Choose your language from "%s" dropdown, insert the translation key string into "%s" and your new translation into "%s" +TranslationOverwriteDesc2=You can use the other tab to help you know which translation key to use +TranslationString=Translation string +CurrentTranslationString=Current translation string +WarningAtLeastKeyOrTranslationRequired=A search criteria is required at least for key or translation string +NewTranslationStringToShow=New translation string to show +OriginalValueWas=The original translation is overwritten. Original value was:

%s +TransKeyWithoutOriginalValue=You forced a new translation for the translation key '%s' that does not exist in any language files +TitleNumberOfActivatedModules=Activated modules +TotalNumberOfActivatedModules=Activated modules: %s / %s +YouMustEnableOneModule=You must at least enable 1 module +ClassNotFoundIntoPathWarning=Class %s not found in PHP path +YesInSummer=Yes in summer +OnlyFollowingModulesAreOpenedToExternalUsers=Note, only the following modules are available to external users (irrespective of the permissions of such users) and only if permissions are granted:
+SuhosinSessionEncrypt=Session storage encrypted by Suhosin +ConditionIsCurrently=Condition is currently %s +YouUseBestDriver=You use driver %s which is the best driver currently available. +YouDoNotUseBestDriver=You use driver %s but driver %s is recommended. +NbOfObjectIsLowerThanNoPb=You have only %s %s in the database. This does not require any particular optimization. +ComboListOptim=Combo list loading optimization +SearchOptim=Search optimization +YouHaveXObjectUseComboOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can go into setup of module to enable loading of combo list on key pressed event. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptim=You have %s %s in the database. You can add the constant %s to 1 in Home-Setup-Other. +YouHaveXObjectUseSearchOptimDesc=This limits the search to the beginning of strings which makes it possible for the database to use indexes and you should get an immediate response. +YouHaveXObjectAndSearchOptimOn=You have %s %s in the database and constant %s is set to %s in Home-Setup-Other. +BrowserIsOK=You are using the %s web browser. This browser is ok for security and performance. +BrowserIsKO=You are using the %s web browser. This browser is known to be a bad choice for security, performance and reliability. We recommend using Firefox, Chrome, Opera or Safari. +PHPModuleLoaded=PHP component %s is loaded +PreloadOPCode=Preloaded OPCode is used +AddRefInList=Display Customer/Vendor ref. info list (select list or combobox) and most of hyperlink.
Third Parties will appear with a name format of "CC12345 - SC45678 - The Big Company corp." instead of "The Big Company corp". +AddAdressInList=Display Customer/Vendor adress info list (select list or combobox)
Third Parties will appear with a name format of "The Big Company corp. - 21 jump street 123456 Big town - USA" instead of "The Big Company corp". +AddEmailPhoneTownInContactList=Display Contact email (or phones if not defined) and town info list (select list or combobox)
Contacts will appear with a name format of "Dupond Durand - dupond.durand@email.com - Paris" or "Dupond Durand - 06 07 59 65 66 - Paris" instead of "Dupond Durand". +AskForPreferredShippingMethod=Ask for preferred shipping method for Third Parties. +FieldEdition=Edition of field %s +FillThisOnlyIfRequired=Example: +2 (fill only if timezone offset problems are experienced) +GetBarCode=Get barcode +NumberingModules=Numbering models +DocumentModules=Document models +##### Module password generation +PasswordGenerationStandard=Return a password generated according to internal Dolibarr algorithm: %s characters containing shared numbers and characters in lowercase. +PasswordGenerationNone=Do not suggest a generated password. Password must be typed in manually. +PasswordGenerationPerso=Return a password according to your personally defined configuration. +SetupPerso=According to your configuration +PasswordPatternDesc=Password pattern description +##### Users setup ##### +RuleForGeneratedPasswords=Rules to generate and validate passwords +DisableForgetPasswordLinkOnLogonPage=Do not show the "Password Forgotten" link on the Login page +UsersSetup=Users module setup +UserMailRequired=Email required to create a new user +UserHideInactive=Hide inactive users from all combo lists of users (Not recommended: this may means you won't be able to filter or search on old users on some pages) +UsersDocModules=Document templates for documents generated from user record +GroupsDocModules=Document templates for documents generated from a group record +##### HRM setup ##### +HRMSetup=HRM module setup +##### Company setup ##### +CompanySetup=Companies module setup +CompanyCodeChecker=Options for automatic generation of customer/vendor codes +AccountCodeManager=Options for automatic generation of customer/vendor accounting codes +NotificationsDesc=Email notifications can be sent automatically for some Dolibarr events.
Recipients of notifications can be defined: +NotificationsDescUser=* per user, one user at a time. +NotificationsDescContact=* per third-party contacts (customers or vendors), one contact at a time. +NotificationsDescGlobal=* or by setting global email addresses in this setup page. +ModelModules=Document Templates +DocumentModelOdt=Generate documents from OpenDocument templates (.ODT / .ODS files from LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, TextEdit,...) +WatermarkOnDraft=Watermark on draft document +JSOnPaimentBill=Activate feature to autofill payment lines on payment form +CompanyIdProfChecker=Rules for Professional IDs +MustBeUnique=Must be unique? +MustBeMandatory=Mandatory to create third parties (if VAT number or type of company defined) ? +MustBeInvoiceMandatory=Mandatory to validate invoices? +TechnicalServicesProvided=Technical services provided +#####DAV ##### +WebDAVSetupDesc=This is the link to access the WebDAV directory. It contains a "public" dir open to any user knowing the URL (if public directory access allowed) and a "private" directory that needs an existing login account/password for access. +WebDavServer=Root URL of %s server: %s +##### Webcal setup ##### +WebCalUrlForVCalExport=An export link to %s format is available at following link: %s +##### Invoices ##### +BillsSetup=Invoices module setup +BillsNumberingModule=Invoices and credit notes numbering model +BillsPDFModules=Invoice documents models +BillsPDFModulesAccordindToInvoiceType=Invoice documents models according to invoice type +PaymentsPDFModules=Payment documents models +ForceInvoiceDate=Force invoice date to validation date +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInInvoice=Suggested payments mode on invoice by default if not defined on the invoice +SuggestPaymentByRIBOnAccount=Suggest payment by withdrawal on account +SuggestPaymentByChequeToAddress=Suggest payment by check to +FreeLegalTextOnInvoices=Free text on invoices +WatermarkOnDraftInvoices=Watermark on draft invoices (none if empty) +PaymentsNumberingModule=Payments numbering model +SuppliersPayment=Vendor payments +SupplierPaymentSetup=Vendor payments setup +##### Proposals ##### +PropalSetup=Commercial proposals module setup +ProposalsNumberingModules=Commercial proposal numbering models +ProposalsPDFModules=Commercial proposal documents models +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInProposal=Suggested payments mode on proposal by default if not defined on the proposal +FreeLegalTextOnProposal=Free text on commercial proposals +WatermarkOnDraftProposal=Watermark on draft commercial proposals (none if empty) +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_PROPOSAL=Ask for bank account destination of proposal +##### SupplierProposal ##### +SupplierProposalSetup=Price requests suppliers module setup +SupplierProposalNumberingModules=Price requests suppliers numbering models +SupplierProposalPDFModules=Price requests suppliers documents models +FreeLegalTextOnSupplierProposal=Free text on price requests suppliers +WatermarkOnDraftSupplierProposal=Watermark on draft price requests suppliers (none if empty) +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Ask for bank account destination of price request +WAREHOUSE_ASK_WAREHOUSE_DURING_ORDER=Ask for Warehouse Source for order +##### Suppliers Orders ##### +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Ask for bank account destination of purchase order +##### Orders ##### +SuggestedPaymentModesIfNotDefinedInOrder=Suggested payments mode on sale order by default if not defined on the order +OrdersSetup=Sales Orders management setup +OrdersNumberingModules=Orders numbering models +OrdersModelModule=Order documents models +FreeLegalTextOnOrders=Free text on orders +WatermarkOnDraftOrders=Watermark on draft orders (none if empty) +ShippableOrderIconInList=Add an icon in Orders list which indicate if order is shippable +BANK_ASK_PAYMENT_BANK_DURING_ORDER=Ask for bank account destination of order +##### Interventions ##### +InterventionsSetup=Interventions module setup +FreeLegalTextOnInterventions=Free text on intervention documents +FicheinterNumberingModules=Intervention numbering models +TemplatePDFInterventions=Intervention card documents models +WatermarkOnDraftInterventionCards=Watermark on intervention card documents (none if empty) +##### Contracts ##### +ContractsSetup=Contracts/Subscriptions module setup +ContractsNumberingModules=Contracts numbering modules +TemplatePDFContracts=Contracts documents models +FreeLegalTextOnContracts=Free text on contracts +WatermarkOnDraftContractCards=Watermark on draft contracts (none if empty) +##### Members ##### +MembersSetup=Members module setup +MemberMainOptions=Main options +AdherentLoginRequired= Manage a Login for each member +AdherentMailRequired=Email required to create a new member +MemberSendInformationByMailByDefault=Checkbox to send mail confirmation to members (validation or new subscription) is on by default +MemberCreateAnExternalUserForSubscriptionValidated=Create an external user login for each new member subscription validated +VisitorCanChooseItsPaymentMode=Visitor can choose from available payment modes +MEMBER_REMINDER_EMAIL=Enable automatic reminder by email of expired subscriptions. Note: Module %s must be enabled and correctly setup to send reminders. +MembersDocModules=Document templates for documents generated from member record +##### LDAP setup ##### +LDAPSetup=LDAP Setup +LDAPGlobalParameters=Global parameters +LDAPUsersSynchro=Users +LDAPGroupsSynchro=Groups +LDAPContactsSynchro=Contacts +LDAPMembersSynchro=Members +LDAPMembersTypesSynchro=Members types +LDAPSynchronization=LDAP synchronisation +LDAPFunctionsNotAvailableOnPHP=LDAP functions are not available on your PHP +LDAPToDolibarr=LDAP -> Dolibarr +DolibarrToLDAP=Dolibarr -> LDAP +LDAPNamingAttribute=Key in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeUsers=Organization of users in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeGroups=Organization of groups in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeContacts=Organization of contacts in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeMembers=Organization of foundation's members in LDAP +LDAPSynchronizeMembersTypes=Organization of foundation's members types in LDAP +LDAPPrimaryServer=Primary server +LDAPSecondaryServer=Secondary server +LDAPServerPort=Server port +LDAPServerPortExample=Default port: 389 +LDAPServerProtocolVersion=Protocol version +LDAPServerUseTLS=Use TLS +LDAPServerUseTLSExample=Your LDAP server use TLS +LDAPServerDn=Server DN +LDAPAdminDn=Administrator DN +LDAPAdminDnExample=Complete DN (ex: cn=admin,dc=example,dc=com or cn=Administrator,cn=Users,dc=example,dc=com for active directory) +LDAPPassword=Administrator password +LDAPUserDn=Users' DN +LDAPUserDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=users,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPGroupDn=Groups' DN +LDAPGroupDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=groups,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPServerExample=Server address (ex: localhost, 192.168.0.2, ldaps://ldap.example.com/) +LDAPServerDnExample=Complete DN (ex: dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPDnSynchroActive=Users and groups synchronization +LDAPDnSynchroActiveExample=LDAP to Dolibarr or Dolibarr to LDAP synchronization +LDAPDnContactActive=Contacts' synchronization +LDAPDnContactActiveExample=Activated/Unactivated synchronization +LDAPDnMemberActive=Members' synchronization +LDAPDnMemberActiveExample=Activated/Unactivated synchronization +LDAPDnMemberTypeActive=Members types' synchronization +LDAPDnMemberTypeActiveExample=Activated/Unactivated synchronization +LDAPContactDn=Dolibarr contacts' DN +LDAPContactDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=contacts,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPMemberDn=Dolibarr members DN +LDAPMemberDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=members,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPMemberObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPMemberObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,inetOrgPerson or top,user for active directory) +LDAPMemberTypeDn=Dolibarr members types DN +LDAPMemberTypepDnExample=Complete DN (ex: ou=memberstypes,dc=example,dc=com) +LDAPMemberTypeObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPMemberTypeObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,groupOfUniqueNames) +LDAPUserObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPUserObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,inetOrgPerson or top,user for active directory) +LDAPGroupObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPGroupObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,groupOfUniqueNames) +LDAPContactObjectClassList=List of objectClass +LDAPContactObjectClassListExample=List of objectClass defining record attributes (ex: top,inetOrgPerson or top,user for active directory) +LDAPTestConnect=Test LDAP connection +LDAPTestSynchroContact=Test contacts synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroUser=Test user synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroGroup=Test group synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroMember=Test member synchronization +LDAPTestSynchroMemberType=Test member type synchronization +LDAPTestSearch= Test a LDAP search +LDAPSynchroOK=Synchronization test successful +LDAPSynchroKO=Failed synchronization test +LDAPSynchroKOMayBePermissions=Failed synchronization test. Check that the connection to the server is correctly configured and allows LDAP updates +LDAPTCPConnectOK=TCP connect to LDAP server successful (Server=%s, Port=%s) +LDAPTCPConnectKO=TCP connect to LDAP server failed (Server=%s, Port=%s) +LDAPBindOK=Connect/Authenticate to LDAP server successful (Server=%s, Port=%s, Admin=%s, Password=%s) +LDAPBindKO=Connect/Authenticate to LDAP server failed (Server=%s, Port=%s, Admin=%s, Password=%s) +LDAPSetupForVersion3=LDAP server configured for version 3 +LDAPSetupForVersion2=LDAP server configured for version 2 +LDAPDolibarrMapping=Dolibarr Mapping +LDAPLdapMapping=LDAP Mapping +LDAPFieldLoginUnix=Login (unix) +LDAPFieldLoginExample=Example: uid +LDAPFilterConnection=Search filter +LDAPFilterConnectionExample=Example: &(objectClass=inetOrgPerson) +LDAPGroupFilterExample=Example: &(objectClass=groupOfUsers) +LDAPFieldLoginSamba=Login (samba, activedirectory) +LDAPFieldLoginSambaExample=Example: samaccountname +LDAPFieldFullname=Full name +LDAPFieldFullnameExample=Example: cn +LDAPFieldPasswordNotCrypted=Password not encrypted +LDAPFieldPasswordCrypted=Password encrypted +LDAPFieldPasswordExample=Example: userPassword +LDAPFieldCommonNameExample=Example: cn +LDAPFieldName=Name +LDAPFieldNameExample=Example: sn +LDAPFieldFirstName=First name +LDAPFieldFirstNameExample=Example: givenName +LDAPFieldMail=Email address +LDAPFieldMailExample=Example: mail +LDAPFieldPhone=Professional phone number +LDAPFieldPhoneExample=Example: telephonenumber +LDAPFieldHomePhone=Personal phone number +LDAPFieldHomePhoneExample=Example: homephone +LDAPFieldMobile=Cellular phone +LDAPFieldMobileExample=Example: mobile +LDAPFieldFax=Fax number +LDAPFieldFaxExample=Example: facsimiletelephonenumber +LDAPFieldAddress=Street +LDAPFieldAddressExample=Example: street +LDAPFieldZip=Zip +LDAPFieldZipExample=Example: postalcode +LDAPFieldTown=Town +LDAPFieldTownExample=Example: l +LDAPFieldCountry=Country +LDAPFieldDescription=Description +LDAPFieldDescriptionExample=Example: description +LDAPFieldNotePublic=Public Note +LDAPFieldNotePublicExample=Example: publicnote +LDAPFieldGroupMembers= Group members +LDAPFieldGroupMembersExample= Example: uniqueMember +LDAPFieldBirthdate=Birthdate +LDAPFieldCompany=Company +LDAPFieldCompanyExample=Example: o +LDAPFieldSid=SID +LDAPFieldSidExample=Example: objectsid +LDAPFieldEndLastSubscription=Date of subscription end +LDAPFieldTitle=Job position +LDAPFieldTitleExample=Example: title +LDAPFieldGroupid=Group id +LDAPFieldGroupidExample=Exemple : gidnumber +LDAPFieldUserid=User id +LDAPFieldUseridExample=Exemple : uidnumber +LDAPFieldHomedirectory=Home directory +LDAPFieldHomedirectoryExample=Exemple : homedirectory +LDAPFieldHomedirectoryprefix=Home directory prefix +LDAPSetupNotComplete=LDAP setup not complete (go on others tabs) +LDAPNoUserOrPasswordProvidedAccessIsReadOnly=No administrator or password provided. LDAP access will be anonymous and in read only mode. +LDAPDescContact=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr contacts. +LDAPDescUsers=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr users. +LDAPDescGroups=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr groups. +LDAPDescMembers=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr members module. +LDAPDescMembersTypes=This page allows you to define LDAP attributes name in LDAP tree for each data found on Dolibarr members types. +LDAPDescValues=Example values are designed for OpenLDAP with following loaded schemas: core.schema, cosine.schema, inetorgperson.schema). If you use thoose values and OpenLDAP, modify your LDAP config file slapd.conf to have all thoose schemas loaded. +ForANonAnonymousAccess=For an authenticated access (for a write access for example) +PerfDolibarr=Performance setup/optimizing report +YouMayFindPerfAdviceHere=This page provides some checks or advice related to performance. +NotInstalled=Not installed. +NotSlowedDownByThis=Not slowed down by this. +NotRiskOfLeakWithThis=Not risk of leak with this. +ApplicativeCache=Applicative cache +MemcachedNotAvailable=No applicative cache found. You can enhance performance by installing a cache server Memcached and a module able to use this cache server.
More information here http://wiki.dolibarr.org/index.php/Module_MemCached_EN.
Note that a lot of web hosting provider does not provide such cache server. +MemcachedModuleAvailableButNotSetup=Module memcached for applicative cache found but setup of module is not complete. +MemcachedAvailableAndSetup=Module memcached dedicated to use memcached server is enabled. +OPCodeCache=OPCode cache +NoOPCodeCacheFound=No OPCode cache found. Maybe you are using an OPCode cache other than XCache or eAccelerator (good), or maybe you don't have OPCode cache (very bad). +HTTPCacheStaticResources=HTTP cache for static resources (css, img, javascript) +FilesOfTypeCached=Files of type %s are cached by HTTP server +FilesOfTypeNotCached=Files of type %s are not cached by HTTP server +FilesOfTypeCompressed=Files of type %s are compressed by HTTP server +FilesOfTypeNotCompressed=Files of type %s are not compressed by HTTP server +CacheByServer=Cache by server +CacheByServerDesc=For example using the Apache directive "ExpiresByType image/gif A2592000" +CacheByClient=Cache by browser +CompressionOfResources=Compression of HTTP responses +CompressionOfResourcesDesc=For example using the Apache directive "AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE" +TestNotPossibleWithCurrentBrowsers=Such an automatic detection is not possible with current browsers +DefaultValuesDesc=Here you may define the default value you wish to use when creating a new record, and/or default filters or the sort order when you list records. +DefaultCreateForm=Default values (to use on forms) +DefaultSearchFilters=Default search filters +DefaultSortOrder=Default sort orders +DefaultFocus=Default focus fields +DefaultMandatory=Mandatory form fields +##### Products ##### +ProductSetup=Products module setup +ServiceSetup=Services module setup +ProductServiceSetup=Products and Services modules setup +NumberOfProductShowInSelect=Maximum number of products to show in combo select lists (0=no limit) +ViewProductDescInFormAbility=Display product descriptions in forms (otherwise shown in a tooltip popup) +DoNotAddProductDescAtAddLines=Do not add product description (from product card) on submit add lines on forms +OnProductSelectAddProductDesc=How to use the description of the products when adding a product as a line of a document +AutoFillFormFieldBeforeSubmit=Auto fill the description input field with the description of product +DoNotAutofillButAutoConcat=Do not autofill the input field with description of product. Description of the product will be concatenated to the entered description automatically. +DoNotUseDescriptionOfProdut=Description of the product will never be included into the description of lines of documents +MergePropalProductCard=Activate in product/service Attached Files tab an option to merge product PDF document to proposal PDF azur if product/service is in the proposal +ViewProductDescInThirdpartyLanguageAbility=Display products descriptions in forms in the language of the third party (otherwise in the language of the user) +UseSearchToSelectProductTooltip=Also if you have a large number of products (> 100 000), you can increase speed by setting constant PRODUCT_DONOTSEARCH_ANYWHERE to 1 in Setup->Other. Search will then be limited to start of string. +UseSearchToSelectProduct=Wait until you press a key before loading content of product combo list (This may increase performance if you have a large number of products, but it is less convenient) +SetDefaultBarcodeTypeProducts=Default barcode type to use for products +SetDefaultBarcodeTypeThirdParties=Default barcode type to use for third parties +UseUnits=Define a unit of measure for Quantity during order, proposal or invoice lines edition +ProductCodeChecker= Module for product code generation and checking (product or service) +ProductOtherConf= Product / Service configuration +IsNotADir=is not a directory! +##### Syslog ##### +SyslogSetup=Logs module setup +SyslogOutput=Logs outputs +SyslogFacility=Facility +SyslogLevel=Level +SyslogFilename=File name and path +YouCanUseDOL_DATA_ROOT=You can use DOL_DATA_ROOT/dolibarr.log for a log file in Dolibarr "documents" directory. You can set a different path to store this file. +ErrorUnknownSyslogConstant=Constant %s is not a known Syslog constant +OnlyWindowsLOG_USER=On Windows, only the LOG_USER facility will be supported +CompressSyslogs=Compression and backup of debug log files (generated by module Log for debug) +SyslogFileNumberOfSaves=Number of backup logs to keep +ConfigureCleaningCronjobToSetFrequencyOfSaves=Configure cleaning scheduled job to set log backup frequency +##### Donations ##### +DonationsSetup=Donation module setup +DonationsReceiptModel=Template of donation receipt +##### Barcode ##### +BarcodeSetup=Barcode setup +PaperFormatModule=Print format module +BarcodeEncodeModule=Barcode encoding type +CodeBarGenerator=Barcode generator +ChooseABarCode=No generator defined +FormatNotSupportedByGenerator=Format not supported by this generator +BarcodeDescEAN8=Barcode of type EAN8 +BarcodeDescEAN13=Barcode of type EAN13 +BarcodeDescUPC=Barcode of type UPC +BarcodeDescISBN=Barcode of type ISBN +BarcodeDescC39=Barcode of type C39 +BarcodeDescC128=Barcode of type C128 +BarcodeDescDATAMATRIX=Barcode of type Datamatrix +BarcodeDescQRCODE=Barcode of type QR code +GenbarcodeLocation=Bar code generation command line tool (used by internal engine for some bar code types). Must be compatible with "genbarcode".
For example: /usr/local/bin/genbarcode +BarcodeInternalEngine=Internal engine +BarCodeNumberManager=Manager to auto define barcode numbers +##### Prelevements ##### +WithdrawalsSetup=Setup of module Direct Debit payments +##### ExternalRSS ##### +ExternalRSSSetup=External RSS imports setup +NewRSS=New RSS Feed +RSSUrl=RSS URL +RSSUrlExample=An interesting RSS feed +##### Mailing ##### +MailingSetup=EMailing module setup +MailingEMailFrom=Sender email (From) for emails sent by emailing module +MailingEMailError=Return Email (Errors-to) for emails with errors +MailingDelay=Seconds to wait after sending next message +##### Notification ##### +NotificationSetup=Email Notification module setup +NotificationEMailFrom=Sender email (From) for emails sent by the Notifications module +FixedEmailTarget=Recipient +##### Sendings ##### +SendingsSetup=Shipping module setup +SendingsReceiptModel=Sending receipt model +SendingsNumberingModules=Sendings numbering modules +SendingsAbility=Support shipping sheets for customer deliveries +NoNeedForDeliveryReceipts=In most cases, shipping sheets are used both as sheets for customer deliveries (list of products to send) and sheets that are received and signed by customer. Hence the product deliveries receipt is a duplicated feature and is rarely activated. +FreeLegalTextOnShippings=Free text on shipments +##### Deliveries ##### +DeliveryOrderNumberingModules=Products deliveries receipt numbering module +DeliveryOrderModel=Products deliveries receipt model +DeliveriesOrderAbility=Support products deliveries receipts +FreeLegalTextOnDeliveryReceipts=Free text on delivery receipts +##### FCKeditor ##### +AdvancedEditor=Advanced editor +ActivateFCKeditor=Activate advanced editor for: +FCKeditorForCompany=WYSIWIG creation/edition of elements description and note (except products/services) +FCKeditorForProduct=WYSIWIG creation/edition of products/services description and note +FCKeditorForProductDetails=WYSIWIG creation/edition of products details lines for all entities (proposals, orders, invoices, etc...). Warning: Using this option for this case is seriously not recommended as it can create problems with special characters and page formatting when building PDF files. +FCKeditorForMailing= WYSIWIG creation/edition for mass eMailings (Tools->eMailing) +FCKeditorForUserSignature=WYSIWIG creation/edition of user signature +FCKeditorForMail=WYSIWIG creation/edition for all mail (except Tools->eMailing) +FCKeditorForTicket=WYSIWIG creation/edition for tickets +##### Stock ##### +StockSetup=Stock module setup +IfYouUsePointOfSaleCheckModule=If you use the Point of Sale module (POS) provided by default or an external module, this setup may be ignored by your POS module. Most POS modules are designed by default to create an invoice immediately and decrease stock irrespective of the options here. So if you need or not to have a stock decrease when registering a sale from your POS, check also your POS module setup. +##### Menu ##### +MenuDeleted=Menu deleted +Menu=Menu +Menus=Menus +TreeMenuPersonalized=Personalized menus +NotTopTreeMenuPersonalized=Personalized menus not linked to a top menu entry +NewMenu=New menu +MenuHandler=Menu handler +MenuModule=Source module +HideUnauthorizedMenu=Hide unauthorized menus also for internal users (just greyed otherwise) +DetailId=Id menu +DetailMenuHandler=Menu handler where to show new menu +DetailMenuModule=Module name if menu entry come from a module +DetailType=Type of menu (top or left) +DetailTitre=Menu label or label code for translation +DetailUrl=URL where menu send you (Absolute URL link or external link with http://) +DetailEnabled=Condition to show or not entry +DetailRight=Condition to display unauthorized grey menus +DetailLangs=Lang file name for label code translation +DetailUser=Intern / Extern / All +Target=Target +DetailTarget=Target for links (_blank top opens a new window) +DetailLevel=Level (-1:top menu, 0:header menu, >0 menu and sub menu) +ModifMenu=Menu change +DeleteMenu=Delete menu entry +ConfirmDeleteMenu=Are you sure you want to delete menu entry %s? +FailedToInitializeMenu=Failed to initialize menu +##### Tax ##### +TaxSetup=Taxes, social or fiscal taxes and dividends module setup +OptionVatMode=VAT due +OptionVATDefault=Standard basis +OptionVATDebitOption=Accrual basis +OptionVatDefaultDesc=VAT is due:
- on delivery of goods (based on invoice date)
- on payments for services +OptionVatDebitOptionDesc=VAT is due:
- on delivery of goods (based on invoice date)
- on invoice (debit) for services +OptionPaymentForProductAndServices=Cash basis for products and services +OptionPaymentForProductAndServicesDesc=VAT is due:
- on payment for goods
- on payments for services +SummaryOfVatExigibilityUsedByDefault=Time of VAT eligibility by default according to chosen option: +OnDelivery=On delivery +OnPayment=On payment +OnInvoice=On invoice +SupposedToBePaymentDate=Payment date used +SupposedToBeInvoiceDate=Invoice date used +Buy=Buy +Sell=Sell +InvoiceDateUsed=Invoice date used +YourCompanyDoesNotUseVAT=Your company has been defined to not use VAT (Home - Setup - Company/Organization), so there is no VAT options to setup. +AccountancyCode=Accounting Code +AccountancyCodeSell=Sale account. code +AccountancyCodeBuy=Purchase account. code +CREATE_NEW_VAT_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=Keep the checkbox “Automatically create the payment” empty by default when creating a new tax +##### Agenda ##### +AgendaSetup=Events and agenda module setup +PasswordTogetVCalExport=Key to authorize export link +SecurityKey = Security Key +PastDelayVCalExport=Do not export event older than +AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE=Use events types (managed in menu Setup -> Dictionaries -> Type of agenda events) +AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE_DEFAULT=Automatically set this default value for type of event in event create form +AGENDA_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE=Automatically set this type of event in search filter of agenda view +AGENDA_DEFAULT_FILTER_STATUS=Automatically set this status for events in search filter of agenda view +AGENDA_DEFAULT_VIEW=Which view do you want to open by default when selecting menu Agenda +AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER=Enable event reminder on user's browser (When remind date is reached, a popup is shown by the browser. Each user can disable such notifications from its browser notification setup). +AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER_SOUND=Enable sound notification +AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL=Enable event reminder by emails (remind option/delay can be defined on each event). +AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL_NOTE=Note: The frequency of the scheduled job %s must be enough to be sure that the remind are sent at the correct moment. +AGENDA_SHOW_LINKED_OBJECT=Show linked object into agenda view +##### Clicktodial ##### +ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup +ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). +ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. +ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. +##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### +CashDesk=Point of Sale +CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup +CashDeskThirdPartyForSell=Default generic third party to use for sales +CashDeskBankAccountForSell=Default account to use to receive cash payments +CashDeskBankAccountForCheque=Default account to use to receive payments by check +CashDeskBankAccountForCB=Default account to use to receive payments by credit cards +CashDeskBankAccountForSumup=Default bank account to use to receive payments by SumUp +CashDeskDoNotDecreaseStock=Disable stock decrease when a sale is done from Point of Sale (if "no", stock decrease is done for each sale done from POS, irrespective of the option set in module Stock). +CashDeskIdWareHouse=Force and restrict warehouse to use for stock decrease +StockDecreaseForPointOfSaleDisabled=Stock decrease from Point of Sale disabled +StockDecreaseForPointOfSaleDisabledbyBatch=Stock decrease in POS is not compatible with module Serial/Lot management (currently active) so stock decrease is disabled. +CashDeskYouDidNotDisableStockDecease=You did not disable stock decrease when making a sale from Point of Sale. Hence a warehouse is required. +CashDeskForceDecreaseStockLabel=Stock decrease for batch products was forced. +CashDeskForceDecreaseStockDesc=Decrease first by the oldest eatby and sellby dates. +CashDeskReaderKeyCodeForEnter=Key code for "Enter" defined in barcode reader (Example: 13) +##### Bookmark ##### +BookmarkSetup=Bookmark module setup +BookmarkDesc=This module allows you to manage bookmarks. You can also add shortcuts to any Dolibarr pages or external web sites on your left menu. +NbOfBoomarkToShow=Maximum number of bookmarks to show in left menu +##### WebServices ##### +WebServicesSetup=Webservices module setup +WebServicesDesc=By enabling this module, Dolibarr become a web service server to provide miscellaneous web services. +WSDLCanBeDownloadedHere=WSDL descriptor files of provided services can be download here +EndPointIs=SOAP clients must send their requests to the Dolibarr endpoint available at URL +##### API #### +ApiSetup=API module setup +ApiDesc=By enabling this module, Dolibarr become a REST server to provide miscellaneous web services. +ApiProductionMode=Enable production mode (this will activate use of a cache for services management) +ApiExporerIs=You can explore and test the APIs at URL +OnlyActiveElementsAreExposed=Only elements from enabled modules are exposed +ApiKey=Key for API +WarningAPIExplorerDisabled=The API explorer has been disabled. API explorer is not required to provide API services. It is a tool for developer to find/test REST APIs. If you need this tool, go into setup of module API REST to activate it. +##### Bank ##### +BankSetupModule=Bank module setup +FreeLegalTextOnChequeReceipts=Free text on check receipts +BankOrderShow=Display order of bank accounts for countries using "detailed bank number" +BankOrderGlobal=General +BankOrderGlobalDesc=General display order +BankOrderES=Spanish +BankOrderESDesc=Spanish display order +ChequeReceiptsNumberingModule=Check Receipts Numbering Module +##### Multicompany ##### +MultiCompanySetup=Multi-company module setup +##### Suppliers ##### +SuppliersSetup=Vendor module setup +SuppliersCommandModel=Complete template of Purchase Order +SuppliersCommandModelMuscadet=Complete template of Purchase Order (old implementation of cornas template) +SuppliersInvoiceModel=Complete template of Vendor Invoice +SuppliersInvoiceNumberingModel=Vendor invoices numbering models +IfSetToYesDontForgetPermission=If set to a non null value, don't forget to provide permissions to groups or users allowed for the second approval +##### GeoIPMaxmind ##### +GeoIPMaxmindSetup=GeoIP Maxmind module setup +PathToGeoIPMaxmindCountryDataFile=Path to file containing Maxmind ip to country translation.
Examples:
/usr/local/share/GeoIP/GeoIP.dat
/usr/share/GeoIP/GeoIP.dat
/usr/share/GeoIP/GeoLite2-Country.mmdb +NoteOnPathLocation=Note that your ip to country data file must be inside a directory your PHP can read (Check your PHP open_basedir setup and filesystem permissions). +YouCanDownloadFreeDatFileTo=You can download a free demo version of the Maxmind GeoIP country file at %s. +YouCanDownloadAdvancedDatFileTo=You can also download a more complete version, with updates, of the Maxmind GeoIP country file at %s. +TestGeoIPResult=Test of a conversion IP -> country +##### Projects ##### +ProjectsNumberingModules=Projects numbering module +ProjectsSetup=Project module setup +ProjectsModelModule=Project reports document model +TasksNumberingModules=Tasks numbering module +TaskModelModule=Tasks reports document model +UseSearchToSelectProject=Wait until a key is pressed before loading content of Project combo list.
This may improve performance if you have a large number of projects, but it is less convenient. +##### ECM (GED) ##### +##### Fiscal Year ##### +AccountingPeriods=Accounting periods +AccountingPeriodCard=Accounting period +NewFiscalYear=New accounting period +OpenFiscalYear=Open accounting period +CloseFiscalYear=Close accounting period +DeleteFiscalYear=Delete accounting period +ConfirmDeleteFiscalYear=Are you sure to delete this accounting period? +ShowFiscalYear=Show accounting period +AlwaysEditable=Can always be edited +MAIN_APPLICATION_TITLE=Force visible name of application (warning: setting your own name here may break autofill login feature when using DoliDroid mobile application) +NbMajMin=Minimum number of uppercase characters +NbNumMin=Minimum number of numeric characters +NbSpeMin=Minimum number of special characters +NbIteConsecutive=Maximum number of repeating same characters +NoAmbiCaracAutoGeneration=Do not use ambiguous characters ("1","l","i","|","0","O") for automatic generation +SalariesSetup=Setup of module salaries +SortOrder=Sort order +Format=Format +TypePaymentDesc=0:Customer payment type, 1:Vendor payment type, 2:Both customers and suppliers payment type +IncludePath=Include path (defined into variable %s) +ExpenseReportsSetup=Setup of module Expense Reports +TemplatePDFExpenseReports=Document templates to generate expense report document +ExpenseReportsRulesSetup=Setup of module Expense Reports - Rules +ExpenseReportNumberingModules=Expense reports numbering module +NoModueToManageStockIncrease=No module able to manage automatic stock increase has been activated. Stock increase will be done on manual input only. +YouMayFindNotificationsFeaturesIntoModuleNotification=You may find options for email notifications by enabling and configuring the module "Notification". +ListOfNotificationsPerUser=List of automatic notifications per user* +ListOfNotificationsPerUserOrContact=List of possible automatic notifications (on business event) available per user* or per contact** +ListOfFixedNotifications=List of automatic fixed notifications +GoOntoUserCardToAddMore=Go to the tab "Notifications" of a user to add or remove notifications for users +GoOntoContactCardToAddMore=Go to the tab "Notifications" of a third party to add or remove notifications for contacts/addresses +Threshold=Threshold +BackupDumpWizard=Wizard to build the database dump file +BackupZipWizard=Wizard to build the archive of documents directory +SomethingMakeInstallFromWebNotPossible=Installation of external module is not possible from the web interface for the following reason: +SomethingMakeInstallFromWebNotPossible2=For this reason, process to upgrade described here is a manual process only a privileged user may perform. +InstallModuleFromWebHasBeenDisabledByFile=Install of external module from application has been disabled by your administrator. You must ask him to remove the file %s to allow this feature. +ConfFileMustContainCustom=Installing or building an external module from application need to save the module files into directory %s. To have this directory processed by Dolibarr, you must setup your conf/conf.php to add the 2 directive lines:
$dolibarr_main_url_root_alt='/custom';
$dolibarr_main_document_root_alt='%s/custom'; +HighlightLinesOnMouseHover=Highlight table lines when mouse move passes over +HighlightLinesColor=Highlight color of the line when the mouse passes over (use 'ffffff' for no highlight) +HighlightLinesChecked=Highlight color of the line when it is checked (use 'ffffff' for no highlight) +TextTitleColor=Text color of Page title +LinkColor=Color of links +PressF5AfterChangingThis=Press CTRL+F5 on keyboard or clear your browser cache after changing this value to have it effective +NotSupportedByAllThemes=Will works with core themes, may not be supported by external themes +BackgroundColor=Background color +TopMenuBackgroundColor=Background color for Top menu +TopMenuDisableImages=Hide images in Top menu +LeftMenuBackgroundColor=Background color for Left menu +BackgroundTableTitleColor=Background color for Table title line +BackgroundTableTitleTextColor=Text color for Table title line +BackgroundTableTitleTextlinkColor=Text color for Table title link line +BackgroundTableLineOddColor=Background color for odd table lines +BackgroundTableLineEvenColor=Background color for even table lines +MinimumNoticePeriod=Minimum notice period (Your leave request must be done before this delay) +NbAddedAutomatically=Number of days added to counters of users (automatically) each month +EnterAnyCode=This field contains a reference to identify the line. Enter any value of your choice, but without special characters. +Enter0or1=Enter 0 or 1 +UnicodeCurrency=Enter here between braces, list of byte number that represent the currency symbol. For example: for $, enter [36] - for brazil real R$ [82,36] - for €, enter [8364] +ColorFormat=The RGB color is in HEX format, eg: FF0000 +PictoHelp=Icon name in dolibarr format ('image.png' if into the current theme directory, 'image.png@nom_du_module' if into the directory /img/ of a module) +PositionIntoComboList=Position of line into combo lists +SellTaxRate=Sale tax rate +RecuperableOnly=Yes for VAT "Not Perceived but Recoverable" dedicated for some state in France. Keep value to "No" in all other cases. +UrlTrackingDesc=If the provider or transport service offers a page or web site to check the status of your shipments, you may enter it here. You can use the key {TRACKID} in the URL parameters so the system will replace it with the tracking number the user entered into the shipment card. +OpportunityPercent=When you create a lead, you will define an estimated amount of project/lead. According to status of the lead, this amount may be multiplied by this rate to evaluate a total amount all your leads may generate. Value is a percentage (between 0 and 100). +TemplateForElement=This template record is dedicated to which element +TypeOfTemplate=Type of template +TemplateIsVisibleByOwnerOnly=Template is visible to owner only +VisibleEverywhere=Visible everywhere +VisibleNowhere=Visible nowhere +FixTZ=TimeZone fix +FillFixTZOnlyIfRequired=Example: +2 (fill only if problem experienced) +ExpectedChecksum=Expected Checksum +CurrentChecksum=Current Checksum +ExpectedSize=Expected size +CurrentSize=Current size +ForcedConstants=Required constant values +MailToSendProposal=Customer proposals +MailToSendOrder=Sales orders +MailToSendInvoice=Customer invoices +MailToSendShipment=Shipments +MailToSendIntervention=Interventions +MailToSendSupplierRequestForQuotation=Quotation request +MailToSendSupplierOrder=Purchase orders +MailToSendSupplierInvoice=Vendor invoices +MailToSendContract=Contracts +MailToSendReception=Receptions +MailToThirdparty=Third parties +MailToMember=Members +MailToUser=Users +MailToProject=Projects +MailToTicket=Tickets +ByDefaultInList=Show by default on list view +YouUseLastStableVersion=You use the latest stable version +TitleExampleForMajorRelease=Example of message you can use to announce this major release (feel free to use it on your web sites) +TitleExampleForMaintenanceRelease=Example of message you can use to announce this maintenance release (feel free to use it on your web sites) +ExampleOfNewsMessageForMajorRelease=Dolibarr ERP & CRM %s is available. Version %s is a major release with a lot of new features for both users and developers. You can download it from the download area of https://www.dolibarr.org portal (subdirectory Stable versions). You can read ChangeLog for complete list of changes. +ExampleOfNewsMessageForMaintenanceRelease=Dolibarr ERP & CRM %s is available. Version %s is a maintenance version, so contains only bug fixes. We recommend all users to upgrade to this version. A maintenance release does not introduce new features or changes to the database. You may download it from the download area of https://www.dolibarr.org portal (subdirectory Stable versions). You can read the ChangeLog for complete list of changes. +MultiPriceRuleDesc=When option "Several levels of prices per product/service" is enabled, you can define different prices (one per price level) for each product. To save you time, here you may enter a rule to autocalculate a price for each level based on the price of the first level, so you will have to only enter a price for the first level for each product. This page is designed to save you time but is useful only if your prices for each level are relative to first level. You can ignore this page in most cases. +ModelModulesProduct=Templates for product documents +WarehouseModelModules=Templates for documents of warehouses +ToGenerateCodeDefineAutomaticRuleFirst=To be able to generate codes automatically, you must first define a manager to auto-define the barcode number. +SeeSubstitutionVars=See * note for list of possible substitution variables +SeeChangeLog=See ChangeLog file (english only) +AllPublishers=All publishers +UnknownPublishers=Unknown publishers +AddRemoveTabs=Add or remove tabs +AddDataTables=Add object tables +AddDictionaries=Add dictionaries tables +AddData=Add objects or dictionaries data +AddBoxes=Add widgets +AddSheduledJobs=Add scheduled jobs +AddHooks=Add hooks +AddTriggers=Add triggers +AddMenus=Add menus +AddPermissions=Add permissions +AddExportProfiles=Add export profiles +AddImportProfiles=Add import profiles +AddOtherPagesOrServices=Add other pages or services +AddModels=Add document or numbering templates +AddSubstitutions=Add keys substitutions +DetectionNotPossible=Detection not possible +UrlToGetKeyToUseAPIs=Url to get token to use API (once token has been received it is saved in database user table and must be provided on each API call) +ListOfAvailableAPIs=List of available APIs +activateModuleDependNotSatisfied=Module "%s" depends on module "%s", that is missing, so module "%1$s" may not work correctly. Please install module "%2$s" or disable module "%1$s" if you want to be safe from any surprise +CommandIsNotInsideAllowedCommands=The command you are trying to run is not in the list of allowed commands defined in parameter $dolibarr_main_restrict_os_commands in the conf.php file. +LandingPage=Landing page +SamePriceAlsoForSharedCompanies=If you use a multicompany module, with the choice "Single price", the price will also be the same for all companies if products are shared between environments +ModuleEnabledAdminMustCheckRights=Module has been activated. Permissions for activated module(s) were given to admin users only. You may need to grant permissions to other users or groups manually if necessary. +UserHasNoPermissions=This user has no permissions defined +TypeCdr=Use "None" if the date of payment term is date of invoice plus a delta in days (delta is field "%s")
Use "At end of month", if, after delta, the date must be increased to reach the end of month (+ an optional "%s" in days)
Use "Current/Next" to have payment term date being the first Nth of the month after delta (delta is field "%s", N is stored into field "%s") +BaseCurrency=Reference currency of the company (go into setup of company to change this) +WarningNoteModuleInvoiceForFrenchLaw=This module %s is compliant with French laws (Loi Finance 2016). +WarningNoteModulePOSForFrenchLaw=This module %s is compliant with French laws (Loi Finance 2016) because module Non Reversible Logs is automatically activated. +WarningInstallationMayBecomeNotCompliantWithLaw=You are trying to install module %s that is an external module. Activating an external module means you trust the publisher of that module and that you are sure that this module does not adversely impact the behavior of your application, and is compliant with laws of your country (%s). If the module introduces an illegal feature, you become responsible for the use of illegal software. +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_LEFT=Left margin on PDF +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_RIGHT=Right margin on PDF +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF +MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF +MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF +MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode +MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF +NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. +SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups +EnterCalculationRuleIfPreviousFieldIsYes=Enter calculation rule if previous field was set to Yes.
For example:
CODEGRP1+CODEGRP2 +SeveralLangugeVariatFound=Several language variants found +RemoveSpecialChars=Remove special characters +COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX=Regex filter to clean value (COMPANY_AQUARIUM_CLEAN_REGEX) +COMPANY_DIGITARIA_CLEAN_REGEX=Regex filter to clean value (COMPANY_DIGITARIA_CLEAN_REGEX) +COMPANY_DIGITARIA_UNIQUE_CODE=Duplicate not allowed +GDPRContact=Data Protection Officer (DPO, Data Privacy or GDPR contact) +GDPRContactDesc=If you store data about European companies/citizens, you can name the contact who is responsible for the General Data Protection Regulation here +HelpOnTooltip=Help text to show on tooltip +HelpOnTooltipDesc=Put text or a translation key here for the text to show in a tooltip when this field appears in a form +YouCanDeleteFileOnServerWith=You can delete this file on the server with Command Line:
%s +ChartLoaded=Chart of account loaded +SocialNetworkSetup=Setup of module Social Networks +EnableFeatureFor=Enable features for %s +VATIsUsedIsOff=Note: The option to use Sales Tax or VAT has been set to Off in the menu %s - %s, so Sales tax or Vat used will always be 0 for sales. +SwapSenderAndRecipientOnPDF=Swap sender and recipient address position on PDF documents +FeatureSupportedOnTextFieldsOnly=Warning, feature supported on text fields and combo lists only. Also an URL parameter action=create or action=edit must be set OR page name must end with 'new.php' to trigger this feature. +EmailCollector=Email collector +EmailCollectorDescription=Add a scheduled job and a setup page to scan regularly email boxes (using IMAP protocol) and record emails received into your application, at the right place and/or create some records automatically (like leads). +NewEmailCollector=New Email Collector +EMailHost=Host of email IMAP server +MailboxSourceDirectory=Mailbox source directory +MailboxTargetDirectory=Mailbox target directory +EmailcollectorOperations=Operations to do by collector +EmailcollectorOperationsDesc=Operations are executed from top to bottom order +MaxEmailCollectPerCollect=Max number of emails collected per collect +CollectNow=Collect now +ConfirmCloneEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to clone the Email collector %s ? +DateLastCollectResult=Date of latest collect try +DateLastcollectResultOk=Date of latest collect success +LastResult=Latest result +EmailCollectorConfirmCollectTitle=Email collect confirmation +EmailCollectorConfirmCollect=Do you want to run the collection for this collector now ? +NoNewEmailToProcess=No new email (matching filters) to process +NothingProcessed=Nothing done +XEmailsDoneYActionsDone=%s emails qualified, %s emails successfully processed (for %s record/actions done) +RecordEvent=Record email event +CreateLeadAndThirdParty=Create lead (and third party if necessary) +CreateTicketAndThirdParty=Create ticket (and link to third party if it was loaded by a previous operation) +CodeLastResult=Latest result code +NbOfEmailsInInbox=Number of emails in source directory +LoadThirdPartyFromName=Load third party searching on %s (load only) +LoadThirdPartyFromNameOrCreate=Load third party searching on %s (create if not found) +WithDolTrackingID=Message from a conversation initiated by a first email sent from Dolibarr +WithoutDolTrackingID=Message from a conversation initiated by a first email NOT sent from Dolibarr +WithDolTrackingIDInMsgId=Message sent from Dolibarr +WithoutDolTrackingIDInMsgId=Message NOT sent from Dolibarr +CreateCandidature=Create job application +FormatZip=Zip +MainMenuCode=Menu entry code (mainmenu) +ECMAutoTree=Show automatic ECM tree +OperationParamDesc=Define the values to use for the object of the action, or how to extract values. For example:
objproperty1=SET:the value to set
objproperty2=SET:a value with replacement of __objproperty1__
objproperty3=SETIFEMPTY:value used if objproperty3 is not already defined
objproperty4=EXTRACT:HEADER:X-Myheaderkey:\\s*([^\\s]*)
options_myextrafield1=EXTRACT:SUBJECT:([^\n]*)
object.objproperty5=EXTRACT:BODY:My company name is\\s([^\\s]*)

Use a ; char as separator to extract or set several properties. +OpeningHours=Opening hours +OpeningHoursDesc=Enter here the regular opening hours of your company. +ResourceSetup=Configuration of Resource module +UseSearchToSelectResource=Use a search form to choose a resource (rather than a drop-down list). +DisabledResourceLinkUser=Disable feature to link a resource to users +DisabledResourceLinkContact=Disable feature to link a resource to contacts +EnableResourceUsedInEventCheck=Enable feature to check if a resource is in use in an event +ConfirmUnactivation=Confirm module reset +OnMobileOnly=On small screen (smartphone) only +DisableProspectCustomerType=Disable the "Prospect + Customer" third party type (so third party must be "Prospect" or "Customer", but can't be both) +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSER=Simplify interface for blind person +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORTEXTBROWSERDesc=Enable this option if you are a blind person, or if you use the application from a text browser like Lynx or Links. +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORCOLORBLIND=Change interface's color for color blind person +MAIN_OPTIMIZEFORCOLORBLINDDesc=Enable this option if you are a color blind person, in some case interface will change color setup to increase contrast. +Protanopia=Protanopia +Deuteranopes=Deuteranopes +Tritanopes=Tritanopes +ThisValueCanOverwrittenOnUserLevel=This value can be overwritten by each user from its user page - tab '%s' +DefaultCustomerType=Default thirdparty type for "New customer" creation form +ABankAccountMustBeDefinedOnPaymentModeSetup=Note: The bank account must be defined on the module of each payment mode (Paypal, Stripe, ...) to have this feature working. +RootCategoryForProductsToSell=Root category of products to sell +RootCategoryForProductsToSellDesc=If defined, only products inside this category or childs of this category will be available in the Point Of Sale +DebugBar=Debug Bar +DebugBarDesc=Toolbar that comes with a plenty of tools to simplify debugging +DebugBarSetup=DebugBar Setup +GeneralOptions=General Options +LogsLinesNumber=Number of lines to show on logs tab +UseDebugBar=Use the debug bar +DEBUGBAR_LOGS_LINES_NUMBER=Number of last log lines to keep in console +WarningValueHigherSlowsDramaticalyOutput=Warning, higher values slows dramaticaly output +ModuleActivated=Module %s is activated and slows the interface +ModuleActivatedWithTooHighLogLevel=Module %s is activated with a too high logging level (try to use a lower level for better performances and security) +ModuleSyslogActivatedButLevelNotTooVerbose=Module %s is activated and log level (%s) is correct (not too verbose) +IfYouAreOnAProductionSetThis=If you are on a production environment, you should set this property to %s. +AntivirusEnabledOnUpload=Antivirus enabled on uploaded files +SomeFilesOrDirInRootAreWritable=Some files or directories are not in a read-only mode +EXPORTS_SHARE_MODELS=Export models are share with everybody +ExportSetup=Setup of module Export +ImportSetup=Setup of module Import +InstanceUniqueID=Unique ID of the instance +SmallerThan=Smaller than +LargerThan=Larger than +IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. +WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. +EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
+EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s +DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector +ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? +RecipientEmailsWillBeReplacedWithThisValue=Recipient emails will be always replaced with this value +AtLeastOneDefaultBankAccountMandatory=At least 1 default bank account must be defined +RESTRICT_ON_IP=Allow access to some host IP only (wildcard not allowed, use space between values). Empty means every hosts can access. +IPListExample=127.0.0.1 192.168.0.2 [::1] +BaseOnSabeDavVersion=Based on the library SabreDAV version +NotAPublicIp=Not a public IP +MakeAnonymousPing=Make an anonymous Ping '+1' to the Dolibarr foundation server (done 1 time only after installation) to allow the foundation to count the number of Dolibarr installation. +FeatureNotAvailableWithReceptionModule=Feature not available when module Reception is enabled +EmailTemplate=Template for email +EMailsWillHaveMessageID=Emails will have a tag 'References' matching this syntax +PDF_SHOW_PROJECT=Show project on document +ShowProjectLabel=Project Label +PDF_USE_ALSO_LANGUAGE_CODE=If you want to have some texts in your PDF duplicated in 2 different languages in the same generated PDF, you must set here this second language so generated PDF will contains 2 different languages in same page, the one chosen when generating PDF and this one (only few PDF templates support this). Keep empty for 1 language per PDF. +FafaIconSocialNetworksDesc=Enter here the code of a FontAwesome icon. If you don't know what is FontAwesome, you can use the generic value fa-address-book. +RssNote=Note: Each RSS feed definition provides a widget that you must enable to have it available in dashboard +JumpToBoxes=Jump to Setup -> Widgets +MeasuringUnitTypeDesc=Use here a value like "size", "surface", "volume", "weight", "time" +MeasuringScaleDesc=The scale is the number of places you have to move the decimal part to match the default reference unit. For "time" unit type, it is the number of seconds. Values between 80 and 99 are reserved values. +TemplateAdded=Template added +TemplateUpdated=Template updated +TemplateDeleted=Template deleted +MailToSendEventPush=Event reminder email +SwitchThisForABetterSecurity=Switching this value to %s is recommended for more security +DictionaryProductNature= Nature of product +CountryIfSpecificToOneCountry=Country (if specific to a given country) +YouMayFindSecurityAdviceHere=You may find security advisory here +ModuleActivatedMayExposeInformation=This PHP extension may expose sensitive data. If you don't need it, disable it. +ModuleActivatedDoNotUseInProduction=A module designed for the development has been enabled. Do not enable it on a production environment. +CombinationsSeparator=Separator character for product combinations +SeeLinkToOnlineDocumentation=See link to online documention on top menu for examples +SHOW_SUBPRODUCT_REF_IN_PDF=If the feature "%s" of module %s is used, show details of subproducts of a kit on PDF. +AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID +AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only +ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. +MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership +AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form +YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions +IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions +PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=For shell purpose (like scheduled job backup or running an anitivurs program), you must keep PHP functions +NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=No writable files or directories of the common programs were found into your root directory (Good) +RecommendedValueIs=Recommended: %s +Recommended=Recommended +NotRecommended=Not recommended +ARestrictedPath=A restricted path +CheckForModuleUpdate=Check for external modules updates +CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=This action will connect to editors of external modules to check if a new version is available. +ModuleUpdateAvailable=An update is available +NoExternalModuleWithUpdate=No updates found for external modules +SwaggerDescriptionFile=Swagger API description file (for use with redoc for example) +YouEnableDeprecatedWSAPIsUseRESTAPIsInstead=You enabled deprecated WS API. You should use REST API instead. +RandomlySelectedIfSeveral=Randomly selected if several pictures are available +DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file +DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file +APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled +YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/agenda.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/agenda.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1183841b00 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/agenda.lang @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - agenda +IdAgenda=ID event +Actions=Events +Agenda=Agenda +TMenuAgenda=Agenda +Agendas=Agendas +LocalAgenda=Default calendar +ActionsOwnedBy=Event owned by +ActionsOwnedByShort=Owner +AffectedTo=Assigned to +Event=Event +Events=Events +EventsNb=Number of events +ListOfActions=List of events +EventReports=Event reports +Location=Location +ToUserOfGroup=Event assigned to any user in the group +EventOnFullDay=Event on all day(s) +MenuToDoActions=All incomplete events +MenuDoneActions=All terminated events +MenuToDoMyActions=My incomplete events +MenuDoneMyActions=My terminated events +ListOfEvents=List of events (default calendar) +ActionsAskedBy=Events reported by +ActionsToDoBy=Events assigned to +ActionsDoneBy=Events done by +ActionAssignedTo=Event assigned to +ViewCal=Month view +ViewDay=Day view +ViewWeek=Week view +ViewPerUser=Per user view +ViewPerType=Per type view +AutoActions= Automatic filling +AgendaAutoActionDesc= Here you may define events which you want Dolibarr to create automatically in Agenda. If nothing is checked, only manual actions will be included in logs and displayed in Agenda. Automatic tracking of business actions done on objects (validation, status change) will not be saved. +AgendaSetupOtherDesc= This page provides options to allow the export of your Dolibarr events into an external calendar (Thunderbird, Google Calendar etc...) +AgendaExtSitesDesc=This page allows to declare external sources of calendars to see their events into Dolibarr agenda. +ActionsEvents=Events for which Dolibarr will create an action in agenda automatically +EventRemindersByEmailNotEnabled=Event reminders by email was not enabled into %s module setup. +##### Agenda event labels ##### +NewCompanyToDolibarr=Third party %s created +COMPANY_MODIFYInDolibarr=Third party %s modified +COMPANY_DELETEInDolibarr=Third party %s deleted +ContractValidatedInDolibarr=Contract %s validated +CONTRACT_DELETEInDolibarr=Contract %s deleted +PropalClosedSignedInDolibarr=Proposal %s signed +PropalClosedRefusedInDolibarr=Proposal %s refused +PropalValidatedInDolibarr=Proposal %s validated +PropalClassifiedBilledInDolibarr=Proposal %s classified billed +InvoiceValidatedInDolibarr=Invoice %s validated +InvoiceValidatedInDolibarrFromPos=Invoice %s validated from POS +InvoiceBackToDraftInDolibarr=Invoice %s go back to draft status +InvoiceDeleteDolibarr=Invoice %s deleted +InvoicePaidInDolibarr=Invoice %s changed to paid +InvoiceCanceledInDolibarr=Invoice %s canceled +MemberValidatedInDolibarr=Member %s validated +MemberModifiedInDolibarr=Member %s modified +MemberResiliatedInDolibarr=Member %s terminated +MemberDeletedInDolibarr=Member %s deleted +MemberSubscriptionAddedInDolibarr=Subscription %s for member %s added +MemberSubscriptionModifiedInDolibarr=Subscription %s for member %s modified +MemberSubscriptionDeletedInDolibarr=Subscription %s for member %s deleted +ShipmentValidatedInDolibarr=Shipment %s validated +ShipmentClassifyClosedInDolibarr=Shipment %s classified billed +ShipmentUnClassifyCloseddInDolibarr=Shipment %s classified re-open +ShipmentBackToDraftInDolibarr=Shipment %s go back to draft status +ShipmentDeletedInDolibarr=Shipment %s deleted +ReceptionValidatedInDolibarr=Reception %s validated +OrderCreatedInDolibarr=Order %s created +OrderValidatedInDolibarr=Order %s validated +OrderDeliveredInDolibarr=Order %s classified delivered +OrderCanceledInDolibarr=Order %s canceled +OrderBilledInDolibarr=Order %s classified billed +OrderApprovedInDolibarr=Order %s approved +OrderRefusedInDolibarr=Order %s refused +OrderBackToDraftInDolibarr=Order %s go back to draft status +ProposalSentByEMail=Commercial proposal %s sent by email +ContractSentByEMail=Contract %s sent by email +OrderSentByEMail=Sales order %s sent by email +InvoiceSentByEMail=Customer invoice %s sent by email +SupplierOrderSentByEMail=Purchase order %s sent by email +ORDER_SUPPLIER_DELETEInDolibarr=Purchase order %s deleted +SupplierInvoiceSentByEMail=Vendor invoice %s sent by email +ShippingSentByEMail=Shipment %s sent by email +ShippingValidated= Shipment %s validated +InterventionSentByEMail=Intervention %s sent by email +ProposalDeleted=Proposal deleted +OrderDeleted=Order deleted +InvoiceDeleted=Invoice deleted +DraftInvoiceDeleted=Draft invoice deleted +CONTACT_CREATEInDolibarr=Contact %s created +CONTACT_MODIFYInDolibarr=Contact %s modified +CONTACT_DELETEInDolibarr=Contact %s deleted +PRODUCT_CREATEInDolibarr=Product %s created +PRODUCT_MODIFYInDolibarr=Product %s modified +PRODUCT_DELETEInDolibarr=Product %s deleted +HOLIDAY_CREATEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s created +HOLIDAY_MODIFYInDolibarr=Request for leave %s modified +HOLIDAY_APPROVEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s approved +HOLIDAY_VALIDATEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s validated +HOLIDAY_DELETEInDolibarr=Request for leave %s deleted +EXPENSE_REPORT_CREATEInDolibarr=Expense report %s created +EXPENSE_REPORT_VALIDATEInDolibarr=Expense report %s validated +EXPENSE_REPORT_APPROVEInDolibarr=Expense report %s approved +EXPENSE_REPORT_DELETEInDolibarr=Expense report %s deleted +EXPENSE_REPORT_REFUSEDInDolibarr=Expense report %s refused +PROJECT_CREATEInDolibarr=Project %s created +PROJECT_MODIFYInDolibarr=Project %s modified +PROJECT_DELETEInDolibarr=Project %s deleted +TICKET_CREATEInDolibarr=Ticket %s created +TICKET_MODIFYInDolibarr=Ticket %s modified +TICKET_ASSIGNEDInDolibarr=Ticket %s assigned +TICKET_CLOSEInDolibarr=Ticket %s closed +TICKET_DELETEInDolibarr=Ticket %s deleted +BOM_VALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM validated +BOM_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=BOM unvalidated +BOM_CLOSEInDolibarr=BOM disabled +BOM_REOPENInDolibarr=BOM reopen +BOM_DELETEInDolibarr=BOM deleted +MRP_MO_VALIDATEInDolibarr=MO validated +MRP_MO_UNVALIDATEInDolibarr=MO set to draft status +MRP_MO_PRODUCEDInDolibarr=MO produced +MRP_MO_DELETEInDolibarr=MO deleted +MRP_MO_CANCELInDolibarr=MO canceled +PAIDInDolibarr=%s paid +##### End agenda events ##### +AgendaModelModule=Document templates for event +DateActionStart=Start date +DateActionEnd=End date +AgendaUrlOptions1=You can also add following parameters to filter output: +AgendaUrlOptions3=logina=%s to restrict output to actions owned by a user %s. +AgendaUrlOptionsNotAdmin=logina=!%s to restrict output to actions not owned by user %s. +AgendaUrlOptions4=logint=%s to restrict output to actions assigned to user %s (owner and others). +AgendaUrlOptionsProject=project=__PROJECT_ID__ to restrict output to actions linked to project __PROJECT_ID__. +AgendaUrlOptionsNotAutoEvent=notactiontype=systemauto to exclude automatic events. +AgendaUrlOptionsIncludeHolidays=includeholidays=1 to include events of holidays. +AgendaShowBirthdayEvents=Birthdays of contacts +AgendaHideBirthdayEvents=Hide birthdays of contacts +Busy=Busy +ExportDataset_event1=List of agenda events +DefaultWorkingDays=Default working days range in week (Example: 1-5, 1-6) +DefaultWorkingHours=Default working hours in day (Example: 9-18) +# External Sites ical +ExportCal=Export calendar +ExtSites=Import external calendars +ExtSitesEnableThisTool=Show external calendars (defined in global setup) in Agenda. Does not affect external calendars defined by users. +ExtSitesNbOfAgenda=Number of calendars +AgendaExtNb=Calendar no. %s +ExtSiteUrlAgenda=URL to access .ical file +ExtSiteNoLabel=No Description +VisibleTimeRange=Visible time range +VisibleDaysRange=Visible days range +AddEvent=Create event +MyAvailability=My availability +ActionType=Event type +DateActionBegin=Start event date +ConfirmCloneEvent=Are you sure you want to clone the event %s? +RepeatEvent=Repeat event +OnceOnly=Once only +EveryWeek=Every week +EveryMonth=Every month +DayOfMonth=Day of month +DayOfWeek=Day of week +DateStartPlusOne=Date start + 1 hour +SetAllEventsToTodo=Set all events to todo +SetAllEventsToInProgress=Set all events to in progress +SetAllEventsToFinished=Set all events to finished +ReminderTime=Reminder period before the event +TimeType=Duration type +ReminderType=Callback type +AddReminder=Create an automatic reminder notification for this event +ErrorReminderActionCommCreation=Error creating the reminder notification for this event +BrowserPush=Browser Popup Notification diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/assets.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/assets.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..afafc98503f --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/assets.lang @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2018 Alexandre Spangaro +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# +Assets = Assets +NewAsset = New asset +AccountancyCodeAsset = Accounting code (asset) +AccountancyCodeDepreciationAsset = Accounting code (depreciation asset account) +AccountancyCodeDepreciationExpense = Accounting code (depreciation expense account) +NewAssetType=New asset type +AssetsTypeSetup=Asset type setup +AssetTypeModified=Asset type modified +AssetType=Asset type +AssetsLines=Assets +DeleteType=Delete +DeleteAnAssetType=Delete an asset type +ConfirmDeleteAssetType=Are you sure you want to delete this asset type? +ShowTypeCard=Show type '%s' + +# Module label 'ModuleAssetsName' +ModuleAssetsName = Assets +# Module description 'ModuleAssetsDesc' +ModuleAssetsDesc = Assets description + +# +# Admin page +# +AssetsSetup = Assets setup +Settings = Settings +AssetsSetupPage = Assets setup page +ExtraFieldsAssetsType = Complementary attributes (Asset type) +AssetsType=Asset type +AssetsTypeId=Asset type id +AssetsTypeLabel=Asset type label +AssetsTypes=Assets types + +# +# Menu +# +MenuAssets = Assets +MenuNewAsset = New asset +MenuTypeAssets = Type assets +MenuListAssets = List +MenuNewTypeAssets = New +MenuListTypeAssets = List + +# +# Module +# +Asset=Asset +NewAssetType=New asset type +NewAsset=New asset +ConfirmDeleteAsset=Are you sure you want to delete this asset ? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/banks.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/banks.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a0b7942d446 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/banks.lang @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - banks +Bank=Bank +MenuBankCash=Banks | Cash +MenuVariousPayment=Miscellaneous payments +MenuNewVariousPayment=New Miscellaneous payment +BankName=Bank name +FinancialAccount=Account +BankAccount=Bank account +BankAccounts=Bank accounts +BankAccountsAndGateways=Bank accounts | Gateways +ShowAccount=Show Account +AccountRef=Financial account ref +AccountLabel=Financial account label +CashAccount=Cash account +CashAccounts=Cash accounts +CurrentAccounts=Current accounts +SavingAccounts=Savings accounts +ErrorBankLabelAlreadyExists=Financial account label already exists +BankBalance=Balance +BankBalanceBefore=Balance before +BankBalanceAfter=Balance after +BalanceMinimalAllowed=Minimum allowed balance +BalanceMinimalDesired=Minimum desired balance +InitialBankBalance=Initial balance +EndBankBalance=End balance +CurrentBalance=Current balance +FutureBalance=Future balance +ShowAllTimeBalance=Show balance from start +AllTime=From start +Reconciliation=Reconciliation +RIB=Bank Account Number +IBAN=IBAN number +BIC=BIC/SWIFT code +SwiftValid=BIC/SWIFT valid +SwiftVNotalid=BIC/SWIFT not valid +IbanValid=BAN valid +IbanNotValid=BAN not valid +StandingOrders=Direct debit orders +StandingOrder=Direct debit order +PaymentByDirectDebit=Payment by direct debit +PaymentByBankTransfers=Payments by credit transfer +PaymentByBankTransfer=Payment by credit transfer +AccountStatement=Account statement +AccountStatementShort=Statement +AccountStatements=Account statements +LastAccountStatements=Last account statements +IOMonthlyReporting=Monthly reporting +BankAccountDomiciliation=Bank address +BankAccountCountry=Account country +BankAccountOwner=Account owner name +BankAccountOwnerAddress=Account owner address +RIBControlError=Integrity check of values failed. This means the information for this account number is not complete or is incorrect (check country, numbers and IBAN). +CreateAccount=Create account +NewBankAccount=New account +NewFinancialAccount=New financial account +MenuNewFinancialAccount=New financial account +EditFinancialAccount=Edit account +LabelBankCashAccount=Bank or cash label +AccountType=Account type +BankType0=Savings account +BankType1=Current or credit card account +BankType2=Cash account +AccountsArea=Accounts area +AccountCard=Account card +DeleteAccount=Delete account +ConfirmDeleteAccount=Are you sure you want to delete this account? +Account=Account +BankTransactionByCategories=Bank entries by categories +BankTransactionForCategory=Bank entries for category %s +RemoveFromRubrique=Remove link with category +RemoveFromRubriqueConfirm=Are you sure you want to remove link between the entry and the category? +ListBankTransactions=List of bank entries +IdTransaction=Transaction ID +BankTransactions=Bank entries +BankTransaction=Bank entry +ListTransactions=List entries +ListTransactionsByCategory=List entries/category +TransactionsToConciliate=Entries to reconcile +TransactionsToConciliateShort=To reconcile +Conciliable=Can be reconciled +Conciliate=Reconcile +Conciliation=Reconciliation +SaveStatementOnly=Save statement only +ReconciliationLate=Reconciliation late +IncludeClosedAccount=Include closed accounts +OnlyOpenedAccount=Only open accounts +AccountToCredit=Account to credit +AccountToDebit=Account to debit +DisableConciliation=Disable reconciliation feature for this account +ConciliationDisabled=Reconciliation feature disabled +LinkedToAConciliatedTransaction=Linked to a conciliated entry +StatusAccountOpened=Open +StatusAccountClosed=Closed +AccountIdShort=Number +LineRecord=Transaction +AddBankRecord=Add entry +AddBankRecordLong=Add entry manually +Conciliated=Reconciled +ConciliatedBy=Reconciled by +DateConciliating=Reconcile date +BankLineConciliated=Entry reconciled with bank receipt +Reconciled=Reconciled +NotReconciled=Not reconciled +CustomerInvoicePayment=Customer payment +SupplierInvoicePayment=Vendor payment +SubscriptionPayment=Subscription payment +WithdrawalPayment=Debit payment order +SocialContributionPayment=Social/fiscal tax payment +BankTransfer=Credit transfer +BankTransfers=Credit transfers +MenuBankInternalTransfer=Internal transfer +TransferDesc=Use internal transfer to transfer from one account to another, the application will write two records: a debit in the source account and a credit in the target account. The same amount, label and date will be used for this transaction. +TransferFrom=From +TransferTo=To +TransferFromToDone=A transfer from %s to %s of %s %s has been recorded. +CheckTransmitter=Sender +ValidateCheckReceipt=Validate this check receipt? +ConfirmValidateCheckReceipt=Are you sure that you want to submit this check receipt for validation? No changes will be possible once validated. +DeleteCheckReceipt=Delete this check receipt? +ConfirmDeleteCheckReceipt=Are you sure you want to delete this check receipt? +BankChecks=Bank checks +BankChecksToReceipt=Checks awaiting deposit +BankChecksToReceiptShort=Checks awaiting deposit +ShowCheckReceipt=Show check deposit receipt +NumberOfCheques=No. of check +DeleteTransaction=Delete entry +ConfirmDeleteTransaction=Are you sure you want to delete this entry? +ThisWillAlsoDeleteBankRecord=This will also delete generated bank entry +BankMovements=Movements +PlannedTransactions=Planned entries +Graph=Graphs +ExportDataset_banque_1=Bank entries and account statement +ExportDataset_banque_2=Deposit slip +TransactionOnTheOtherAccount=Transaction on the other account +PaymentNumberUpdateSucceeded=Payment number updated successfully +PaymentNumberUpdateFailed=Payment number could not be updated +PaymentDateUpdateSucceeded=Payment date updated successfully +PaymentDateUpdateFailed=Payment date could not be updated +Transactions=Transactions +BankTransactionLine=Bank entry +AllAccounts=All bank and cash accounts +BackToAccount=Back to account +ShowAllAccounts=Show for all accounts +FutureTransaction=Future transaction. Unable to reconcile. +SelectChequeTransactionAndGenerate=Select/filter the checks which are to be included in the check deposit receipt. Then, click on "Create". +InputReceiptNumber=Choose the bank statement related with the conciliation. Use a sortable numeric value: YYYYMM or YYYYMMDD +EventualyAddCategory=Eventually, specify a category in which to classify the records +ToConciliate=To reconcile? +ThenCheckLinesAndConciliate=Then, check the lines present in the bank statement and click +DefaultRIB=Default BAN +AllRIB=All BAN +LabelRIB=BAN Label +NoBANRecord=No BAN record +DeleteARib=Delete BAN record +ConfirmDeleteRib=Are you sure you want to delete this BAN record? +RejectCheck=Check returned +ConfirmRejectCheck=Are you sure you want to mark this check as rejected? +RejectCheckDate=Date the check was returned +CheckRejected=Check returned +CheckRejectedAndInvoicesReopened=Check returned and invoices re-open +BankAccountModelModule=Document templates for bank accounts +DocumentModelSepaMandate=Template of SEPA mandate. Useful for European countries in EEC only. +DocumentModelBan=Template to print a page with BAN information. +NewVariousPayment=New miscellaneous payment +VariousPayment=Miscellaneous payment +VariousPayments=Miscellaneous payments +ShowVariousPayment=Show miscellaneous payment +AddVariousPayment=Add miscellaneous payment +VariousPaymentId=Miscellaneous payment ID +VariousPaymentLabel=Miscellaneous payment label +ConfirmCloneVariousPayment=Confirm the clone of a miscellaneous payment +SEPAMandate=SEPA mandate +YourSEPAMandate=Your SEPA mandate +FindYourSEPAMandate=This is your SEPA mandate to authorize our company to make direct debit order to your bank. Return it signed (scan of the signed document) or send it by mail to +AutoReportLastAccountStatement=Automatically fill the field 'number of bank statement' with last statement number when making reconciliation +CashControl=POS cash desk control +NewCashFence=New cash desk opening or closing +BankColorizeMovement=Colorize movements +BankColorizeMovementDesc=If this function is enable, you can choose specific background color for debit or credit movements +BankColorizeMovementName1=Background color for debit movement +BankColorizeMovementName2=Background color for credit movement +IfYouDontReconcileDisableProperty=If you don't make the bank reconciliations on some bank accounts, disable the property "%s" on them to remove this warning. +NoBankAccountDefined=No bank account defined +NoRecordFoundIBankcAccount=No record found in bank account. Commonly, this occurs when a record has been deleted manually from the list of transaction in the bank account (for example during a reconciliation of the bank account). Another reason is that the payment was recorded when the module "%s" was disabled. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/bills.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b8c997d2e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/bills.lang @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - bills +Bill=Invoice +Bills=Invoices +BillsCustomers=Customer invoices +BillsCustomer=Customer invoice +BillsSuppliers=Vendor invoices +BillsCustomersUnpaid=Unpaid customer invoices +BillsCustomersUnpaidForCompany=Unpaid customer invoices for %s +BillsSuppliersUnpaid=Unpaid vendor invoices +BillsSuppliersUnpaidForCompany=Unpaid vendors invoices for %s +BillsLate=Late payments +BillsStatistics=Customers invoices statistics +BillsStatisticsSuppliers=Vendors invoices statistics +DisabledBecauseDispatchedInBookkeeping=Disabled because invoice was dispatched into bookkeeping +DisabledBecauseNotLastInvoice=Disabled because invoice is not erasable. Some invoices were recorded after this one and it will create holes in the counter. +DisabledBecauseNotErasable=Disabled because cannot be erased +InvoiceStandard=Standard invoice +InvoiceStandardAsk=Standard invoice +InvoiceStandardDesc=This kind of invoice is the common invoice. +InvoiceDeposit=Down payment invoice +InvoiceDepositAsk=Down payment invoice +InvoiceDepositDesc=This kind of invoice is done when a down payment has been received. +InvoiceProForma=Proforma invoice +InvoiceProFormaAsk=Proforma invoice +InvoiceProFormaDesc=Proforma invoice is an image of a true invoice but has no accountancy value. +InvoiceReplacement=Replacement invoice +InvoiceReplacementAsk=Replacement invoice for invoice +InvoiceReplacementDesc=Replacement invoice is used to completely replace an invoice with no payment already received.

Note: Only invoices with no payment on it can be replaced. If the invoice you replace is not yet closed, it will be automatically closed to 'abandoned'. +InvoiceAvoir=Credit note +InvoiceAvoirAsk=Credit note to correct invoice +InvoiceAvoirDesc=The credit note is a negative invoice used to correct the fact that an invoice shows an amount that differs from the amount actually paid (eg the customer paid too much by mistake, or will not pay the complete amount since some products were returned). +invoiceAvoirWithLines=Create Credit Note with lines from the origin invoice +invoiceAvoirWithPaymentRestAmount=Create Credit Note with remaining unpaid of origin invoice +invoiceAvoirLineWithPaymentRestAmount=Credit Note for remaining unpaid amount +ReplaceInvoice=Replace invoice %s +ReplacementInvoice=Replacement invoice +ReplacedByInvoice=Replaced by invoice %s +ReplacementByInvoice=Replaced by invoice +CorrectInvoice=Correct invoice %s +CorrectionInvoice=Correction invoice +UsedByInvoice=Used to pay invoice %s +ConsumedBy=Consumed by +NotConsumed=Not consumed +NoReplacableInvoice=No replaceable invoices +NoInvoiceToCorrect=No invoice to correct +InvoiceHasAvoir=Was source of one or several credit notes +CardBill=Invoice card +PredefinedInvoices=Predefined Invoices +Invoice=Invoice +PdfInvoiceTitle=Invoice +Invoices=Invoices +InvoiceLine=Invoice line +InvoiceCustomer=Customer invoice +CustomerInvoice=Customer invoice +CustomersInvoices=Customer invoices +SupplierInvoice=Vendor invoice +SuppliersInvoices=Vendor invoices +SupplierInvoiceLines=Vendor invoice lines +SupplierBill=Vendor invoice +SupplierBills=Vendor invoices +Payment=Payment +PaymentBack=Refund +CustomerInvoicePaymentBack=Refund +Payments=Payments +PaymentsBack=Refunds +paymentInInvoiceCurrency=in invoices currency +PaidBack=Paid back +DeletePayment=Delete payment +ConfirmDeletePayment=Are you sure you want to delete this payment? +ConfirmConvertToReduc=Do you want to convert this %s into an available credit? +ConfirmConvertToReduc2=The amount will be saved among all discounts and could be used as a discount for a current or a future invoice for this customer. +ConfirmConvertToReducSupplier=Do you want to convert this %s into an available credit? +ConfirmConvertToReducSupplier2=The amount will be saved among all discounts and could be used as a discount for a current or a future invoice for this vendor. +SupplierPayments=Vendor payments +ReceivedPayments=Received payments +ReceivedCustomersPayments=Payments received from customers +PayedSuppliersPayments=Payments paid to vendors +ReceivedCustomersPaymentsToValid=Received customers payments to validate +PaymentsReportsForYear=Payments reports for %s +PaymentsReports=Payments reports +PaymentsAlreadyDone=Payments already done +PaymentsBackAlreadyDone=Refunds already done +PaymentRule=Payment rule +PaymentMode=Payment Type +DefaultPaymentMode=Default Payment Type +DefaultBankAccount=Default Bank Account +PaymentTypeDC=Debit/Credit Card +PaymentTypePP=PayPal +IdPaymentMode=Payment Type (id) +CodePaymentMode=Payment Type (code) +LabelPaymentMode=Payment Type (label) +PaymentModeShort=Payment Type +PaymentTerm=Payment Term +PaymentConditions=Payment Terms +PaymentConditionsShort=Payment Terms +PaymentAmount=Payment amount +PaymentHigherThanReminderToPay=Payment higher than reminder to pay +HelpPaymentHigherThanReminderToPay=Attention, the payment amount of one or more bills is higher than the outstanding amount to pay.
Edit your entry, otherwise confirm and consider creating a credit note for the excess received for each overpaid invoice. +HelpPaymentHigherThanReminderToPaySupplier=Attention, the payment amount of one or more bills is higher than the outstanding amount to pay.
Edit your entry, otherwise confirm and consider creating a credit note for the excess paid for each overpaid invoice. +ClassifyPaid=Classify 'Paid' +ClassifyUnPaid=Classify 'Unpaid' +ClassifyPaidPartially=Classify 'Paid partially' +ClassifyCanceled=Classify 'Abandoned' +ClassifyClosed=Classify 'Closed' +ClassifyUnBilled=Classify 'Unbilled' +CreateBill=Create Invoice +CreateCreditNote=Create credit note +AddBill=Create invoice or credit note +AddToDraftInvoices=Add to draft invoice +DeleteBill=Delete invoice +SearchACustomerInvoice=Search for a customer invoice +SearchASupplierInvoice=Search for a vendor invoice +CancelBill=Cancel an invoice +SendRemindByMail=Send reminder by email +DoPayment=Enter payment +DoPaymentBack=Enter refund +ConvertToReduc=Mark as credit available +ConvertExcessReceivedToReduc=Convert excess received into available credit +ConvertExcessPaidToReduc=Convert excess paid into available discount +EnterPaymentReceivedFromCustomer=Enter payment received from customer +EnterPaymentDueToCustomer=Make payment due to customer +DisabledBecauseRemainderToPayIsZero=Disabled because remaining unpaid is zero +PriceBase=Base price +BillStatus=Invoice status +StatusOfGeneratedInvoices=Status of generated invoices +BillStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +BillStatusPaid=Paid +BillStatusPaidBackOrConverted=Credit note refund or marked as credit available +BillStatusConverted=Paid (ready for consumption in final invoice) +BillStatusCanceled=Abandoned +BillStatusValidated=Validated (needs to be paid) +BillStatusStarted=Started +BillStatusNotPaid=Not paid +BillStatusNotRefunded=Not refunded +BillStatusClosedUnpaid=Closed (unpaid) +BillStatusClosedPaidPartially=Paid (partially) +BillShortStatusDraft=Draft +BillShortStatusPaid=Paid +BillShortStatusPaidBackOrConverted=Refunded or converted +Refunded=Refunded +BillShortStatusConverted=Paid +BillShortStatusCanceled=Abandoned +BillShortStatusValidated=Validated +BillShortStatusStarted=Started +BillShortStatusNotPaid=Not paid +BillShortStatusNotRefunded=Not refunded +BillShortStatusClosedUnpaid=Closed +BillShortStatusClosedPaidPartially=Paid (partially) +PaymentStatusToValidShort=To validate +ErrorVATIntraNotConfigured=Intra-Community VAT number not yet defined +ErrorNoPaiementModeConfigured=No default payment type defined. Go to Invoice module setup to fix this. +ErrorCreateBankAccount=Create a bank account, then go to Setup panel of Invoice module to define payment types +ErrorBillNotFound=Invoice %s does not exist +ErrorInvoiceAlreadyReplaced=Error, you tried to validate an invoice to replace invoice %s. But this one has already been replaced by invoice %s. +ErrorDiscountAlreadyUsed=Error, discount already used +ErrorInvoiceAvoirMustBeNegative=Error, correct invoice must have a negative amount +ErrorInvoiceOfThisTypeMustBePositive=Error, this type of invoice must have an amount excluding tax positive (or null) +ErrorCantCancelIfReplacementInvoiceNotValidated=Error, can't cancel an invoice that has been replaced by another invoice that is still in draft status +ErrorThisPartOrAnotherIsAlreadyUsedSoDiscountSerieCantBeRemoved=This part or another is already used so discount series cannot be removed. +BillFrom=From +BillTo=To +ActionsOnBill=Actions on invoice +RecurringInvoiceTemplate=Template / Recurring invoice +NoQualifiedRecurringInvoiceTemplateFound=No recurring template invoice qualified for generation. +FoundXQualifiedRecurringInvoiceTemplate=Found %s recurring template invoice(s) qualified for generation. +NotARecurringInvoiceTemplate=Not a recurring template invoice +NewBill=New invoice +LastBills=Latest %s invoices +LatestTemplateInvoices=Latest %s template invoices +LatestCustomerTemplateInvoices=Latest %s customer template invoices +LatestSupplierTemplateInvoices=Latest %s vendor template invoices +LastCustomersBills=Latest %s customer invoices +LastSuppliersBills=Latest %s vendor invoices +AllBills=All invoices +AllCustomerTemplateInvoices=All template invoices +OtherBills=Other invoices +DraftBills=Draft invoices +CustomersDraftInvoices=Customer draft invoices +SuppliersDraftInvoices=Vendor draft invoices +Unpaid=Unpaid +ErrorNoPaymentDefined=Error No payment defined +ConfirmDeleteBill=Are you sure you want to delete this invoice? +ConfirmValidateBill=Are you sure you want to validate this invoice with reference %s? +ConfirmUnvalidateBill=Are you sure you want to change invoice %s to draft status? +ConfirmClassifyPaidBill=Are you sure you want to change invoice %s to status paid? +ConfirmCancelBill=Are you sure you want to cancel invoice %s? +ConfirmCancelBillQuestion=Why do you want to classify this invoice 'abandoned'? +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartially=Are you sure you want to change invoice %s to status paid? +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyQuestion=This invoice has not been paid completely. What is the reason for closing this invoice? +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonAvoir=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. I regularize the VAT with a credit note. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscount=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountNoVat=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. I accept to lose the VAT on this discount. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountVat=Remaining unpaid (%s %s) is a discount granted because payment was made before term. I recover the VAT on this discount without a credit note. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonBadCustomer=Bad customer +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonProductReturned=Products partially returned +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonOther=Amount abandoned for other reason +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountNoVatDesc=This choice is possible if your invoice has been provided with suitable comments. (Example «Only the tax corresponding to the price that has been actually paid gives rights to deduction») +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonDiscountVatDesc=In some countries, this choice might be possible only if your invoice contains correct notes. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonAvoirDesc=Use this choice if all other does not suit +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonBadCustomerDesc=A bad customer is a customer that refuses to pay his debt. +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonProductReturnedDesc=This choice is used when payment is not complete because some of products were returned +ConfirmClassifyPaidPartiallyReasonOtherDesc=Use this choice if all others are not suitable, for example in following situation:
- payment not complete because some products were shipped back
- amount claimed too important because a discount was forgotten
In all cases, amount over-claimed must be corrected in accountancy system by creating a credit note. +ConfirmClassifyAbandonReasonOther=Other +ConfirmClassifyAbandonReasonOtherDesc=This choice will be used in all other cases. For example because you plan to create a replacing invoice. +ConfirmCustomerPayment=Do you confirm this payment input for %s %s? +ConfirmSupplierPayment=Do you confirm this payment input for %s %s? +ConfirmValidatePayment=Are you sure you want to validate this payment? No change can be made once payment is validated. +ValidateBill=Validate invoice +UnvalidateBill=Unvalidate invoice +NumberOfBills=No. of invoices +NumberOfBillsByMonth=No. of invoices per month +AmountOfBills=Amount of invoices +AmountOfBillsHT=Amount of invoices (net of tax) +AmountOfBillsByMonthHT=Amount of invoices by month (net of tax) +UseSituationInvoices=Allow situation invoice +UseSituationInvoicesCreditNote=Allow situation invoice credit note +Retainedwarranty=Retained warranty +AllowedInvoiceForRetainedWarranty=Retained warranty usable on the following types of invoices +RetainedwarrantyDefaultPercent=Retained warranty default percent +RetainedwarrantyOnlyForSituation=Make "retained warranty" available only for situation invoices +RetainedwarrantyOnlyForSituationFinal=On situation invoices the global "retained warranty" deduction is applied only on the final situation +ToPayOn=To pay on %s +toPayOn=to pay on %s +RetainedWarranty=Retained Warranty +PaymentConditionsShortRetainedWarranty=Retained warranty payment terms +DefaultPaymentConditionsRetainedWarranty=Default retained warranty payment terms +setPaymentConditionsShortRetainedWarranty=Set retained warranty payment terms +setretainedwarranty=Set retained warranty +setretainedwarrantyDateLimit=Set retained warranty date limit +RetainedWarrantyDateLimit=Retained warranty date limit +RetainedWarrantyNeed100Percent=The situation invoice need to be at 100%% progress to be displayed on PDF +AlreadyPaid=Already paid +AlreadyPaidBack=Already paid back +AlreadyPaidNoCreditNotesNoDeposits=Already paid (without credit notes and down payments) +Abandoned=Abandoned +RemainderToPay=Remaining unpaid +RemainderToTake=Remaining amount to take +RemainderToPayBack=Remaining amount to refund +Rest=Pending +AmountExpected=Amount claimed +ExcessReceived=Excess received +ExcessPaid=Excess paid +EscompteOffered=Discount offered (payment before term) +EscompteOfferedShort=Discount +SendBillRef=Submission of invoice %s +SendReminderBillRef=Submission of invoice %s (reminder) +NoDraftBills=No draft invoices +NoOtherDraftBills=No other draft invoices +NoDraftInvoices=No draft invoices +RefBill=Invoice ref +ToBill=To bill +RemainderToBill=Remainder to bill +SendBillByMail=Send invoice by email +SendReminderBillByMail=Send reminder by email +RelatedCommercialProposals=Related commercial proposals +RelatedRecurringCustomerInvoices=Related recurring customer invoices +MenuToValid=To valid +DateMaxPayment=Payment due on +DateInvoice=Invoice date +DatePointOfTax=Point of tax +NoInvoice=No invoice +NoOpenInvoice=No open invoice +ClassifyBill=Classify invoice +SupplierBillsToPay=Unpaid vendor invoices +CustomerBillsUnpaid=Unpaid customer invoices +NonPercuRecuperable=Non-recoverable +SetConditions=Set Payment Terms +SetMode=Set Payment Type +SetRevenuStamp=Set revenue stamp +Billed=Billed +RecurringInvoices=Recurring invoices +RepeatableInvoice=Template invoice +RepeatableInvoices=Template invoices +Repeatable=Template +Repeatables=Templates +ChangeIntoRepeatableInvoice=Convert into template invoice +CreateRepeatableInvoice=Create template invoice +CreateFromRepeatableInvoice=Create from template invoice +CustomersInvoicesAndInvoiceLines=Customer invoices and invoice details +CustomersInvoicesAndPayments=Customer invoices and payments +ExportDataset_invoice_1=Customer invoices and invoice details +ExportDataset_invoice_2=Customer invoices and payments +ProformaBill=Proforma Bill: +Reduction=Reduction +ReductionShort=Disc. +Reductions=Reductions +ReductionsShort=Disc. +Discounts=Discounts +AddDiscount=Create discount +AddRelativeDiscount=Create relative discount +EditRelativeDiscount=Edit relative discount +AddGlobalDiscount=Create absolute discount +EditGlobalDiscounts=Edit absolute discounts +AddCreditNote=Create credit note +ShowDiscount=Show discount +ShowReduc=Show the discount +ShowSourceInvoice=Show the source invoice +RelativeDiscount=Relative discount +GlobalDiscount=Global discount +CreditNote=Credit note +CreditNotes=Credit notes +CreditNotesOrExcessReceived=Credit notes or excess received +Deposit=Down payment +Deposits=Down payments +DiscountFromCreditNote=Discount from credit note %s +DiscountFromDeposit=Down payments from invoice %s +DiscountFromExcessReceived=Payments in excess of invoice %s +DiscountFromExcessPaid=Payments in excess of invoice %s +AbsoluteDiscountUse=This kind of credit can be used on invoice before its validation +CreditNoteDepositUse=Invoice must be validated to use this kind of credits +NewGlobalDiscount=New absolute discount +NewRelativeDiscount=New relative discount +DiscountType=Discount type +NoteReason=Note/Reason +ReasonDiscount=Reason +DiscountOfferedBy=Granted by +DiscountStillRemaining=Discounts or credits available +DiscountAlreadyCounted=Discounts or credits already consumed +CustomerDiscounts=Customer discounts +SupplierDiscounts=Vendors discounts +BillAddress=Bill address +HelpEscompte=This discount is a discount granted to customer because payment was made before term. +HelpAbandonBadCustomer=This amount has been abandoned (customer said to be a bad customer) and is considered as an exceptional loss. +HelpAbandonOther=This amount has been abandoned since it was an error (wrong customer or invoice replaced by another for example) +IdSocialContribution=Social/fiscal tax payment id +PaymentId=Payment id +PaymentRef=Payment ref. +InvoiceId=Invoice id +InvoiceRef=Invoice ref. +InvoiceDateCreation=Invoice creation date +InvoiceStatus=Invoice status +InvoiceNote=Invoice note +InvoicePaid=Invoice paid +InvoicePaidCompletely=Paid completely +InvoicePaidCompletelyHelp=Invoice that are paid completely. This excludes invoices that are paid partially. To get list of all 'Closed' or non 'Closed' invoices, prefer to use a filter on the invoice status. +OrderBilled=Order billed +DonationPaid=Donation paid +PaymentNumber=Payment number +RemoveDiscount=Remove discount +WatermarkOnDraftBill=Watermark on draft invoices (nothing if empty) +InvoiceNotChecked=No invoice selected +ConfirmCloneInvoice=Are you sure you want to clone this invoice %s? +DisabledBecauseReplacedInvoice=Action disabled because invoice has been replaced +DescTaxAndDividendsArea=This area presents a summary of all payments made for special expenses. Only records with payments during the fixed year are included here. +NbOfPayments=No. of payments +SplitDiscount=Split discount in two +ConfirmSplitDiscount=Are you sure you want to split this discount of %s %s into two smaller discounts? +TypeAmountOfEachNewDiscount=Input amount for each of two parts: +TotalOfTwoDiscountMustEqualsOriginal=The total of the two new discounts must be equal to the original discount amount. +ConfirmRemoveDiscount=Are you sure you want to remove this discount? +RelatedBill=Related invoice +RelatedBills=Related invoices +RelatedCustomerInvoices=Related customer invoices +RelatedSupplierInvoices=Related vendor invoices +LatestRelatedBill=Latest related invoice +WarningBillExist=Warning, one or more invoices already exist +MergingPDFTool=Merging PDF tool +AmountPaymentDistributedOnInvoice=Payment amount distributed on invoice +PaymentOnDifferentThirdBills=Allow payments on different third parties bills but same parent company +PaymentNote=Payment note +ListOfPreviousSituationInvoices=List of previous situation invoices +ListOfNextSituationInvoices=List of next situation invoices +ListOfSituationInvoices=List of situation invoices +CurrentSituationTotal=Total current situation +DisabledBecauseNotEnouthCreditNote=To remove a situation invoice from cycle, this invoice's credit note total must cover this invoice total +RemoveSituationFromCycle=Remove this invoice from cycle +ConfirmRemoveSituationFromCycle=Remove this invoice %s from cycle ? +ConfirmOuting=Confirm outing +FrequencyPer_d=Every %s days +FrequencyPer_m=Every %s months +FrequencyPer_y=Every %s years +FrequencyUnit=Frequency unit +toolTipFrequency=Examples:
Set 7, Day: give a new invoice every 7 days
Set 3, Month: give a new invoice every 3 month +NextDateToExecution=Date for next invoice generation +NextDateToExecutionShort=Date next gen. +DateLastGeneration=Date of latest generation +DateLastGenerationShort=Date latest gen. +MaxPeriodNumber=Max. number of invoice generation +NbOfGenerationDone=Number of invoice generation already done +NbOfGenerationOfRecordDone=Number of record generation already done +NbOfGenerationDoneShort=Number of generation done +MaxGenerationReached=Maximum number of generations reached +InvoiceAutoValidate=Validate invoices automatically +GeneratedFromRecurringInvoice=Generated from template recurring invoice %s +DateIsNotEnough=Date not reached yet +InvoiceGeneratedFromTemplate=Invoice %s generated from recurring template invoice %s +GeneratedFromTemplate=Generated from template invoice %s +WarningInvoiceDateInFuture=Warning, the invoice date is higher than current date +WarningInvoiceDateTooFarInFuture=Warning, the invoice date is too far from current date +ViewAvailableGlobalDiscounts=View available discounts +GroupPaymentsByModOnReports=Group payments by mode on reports +# PaymentConditions +Statut=Status +PaymentConditionShortRECEP=Due Upon Receipt +PaymentConditionRECEP=Due Upon Receipt +PaymentConditionShort30D=30 days +PaymentCondition30D=30 days +PaymentConditionShort30DENDMONTH=30 days of month-end +PaymentCondition30DENDMONTH=Within 30 days following the end of the month +PaymentConditionShort60D=60 days +PaymentCondition60D=60 days +PaymentConditionShort60DENDMONTH=60 days of month-end +PaymentCondition60DENDMONTH=Within 60 days following the end of the month +PaymentConditionShortPT_DELIVERY=Delivery +PaymentConditionPT_DELIVERY=On delivery +PaymentConditionShortPT_ORDER=Order +PaymentConditionPT_ORDER=On order +PaymentConditionShortPT_5050=50-50 +PaymentConditionPT_5050=50%% in advance, 50%% on delivery +PaymentConditionShort10D=10 days +PaymentCondition10D=10 days +PaymentConditionShort10DENDMONTH=10 days of month-end +PaymentCondition10DENDMONTH=Within 10 days following the end of the month +PaymentConditionShort14D=14 days +PaymentCondition14D=14 days +PaymentConditionShort14DENDMONTH=14 days of month-end +PaymentCondition14DENDMONTH=Within 14 days following the end of the month +FixAmount=Fixed amount - 1 line with label '%s' +VarAmount=Variable amount (%% tot.) +VarAmountOneLine=Variable amount (%% tot.) - 1 line with label '%s' +VarAmountAllLines=Variable amount (%% tot.) - all lines from origin +# PaymentType +PaymentTypeVIR=Bank transfer +PaymentTypeShortVIR=Bank transfer +PaymentTypePRE=Direct debit payment order +PaymentTypeShortPRE=Debit payment order +PaymentTypeLIQ=Cash +PaymentTypeShortLIQ=Cash +PaymentTypeCB=Credit card +PaymentTypeShortCB=Credit card +PaymentTypeCHQ=Check +PaymentTypeShortCHQ=Check +PaymentTypeTIP=TIP (Documents against Payment) +PaymentTypeShortTIP=TIP Payment +PaymentTypeVAD=Online payment +PaymentTypeShortVAD=Online payment +PaymentTypeTRA=Bank draft +PaymentTypeShortTRA=Draft +PaymentTypeFAC=Factor +PaymentTypeShortFAC=Factor +BankDetails=Bank details +BankCode=Bank code +DeskCode=Branch code +BankAccountNumber=Account number +BankAccountNumberKey=Checksum +Residence=Address +IBANNumber=IBAN account number +IBAN=IBAN +CustomerIBAN=IBAN of customer +SupplierIBAN=IBAN of vendor +BIC=BIC/SWIFT +BICNumber=BIC/SWIFT code +ExtraInfos=Extra infos +RegulatedOn=Regulated on +ChequeNumber=Check N° +ChequeOrTransferNumber=Check/Transfer N° +ChequeBordereau=Check schedule +ChequeMaker=Check/Transfer sender +ChequeBank=Bank of Check +CheckBank=Check +NetToBePaid=Net to be paid +PhoneNumber=Tel +FullPhoneNumber=Telephone +TeleFax=Fax +PrettyLittleSentence=Accept the amount of payments due by checks issued in my name as a Member of an accounting association approved by the Fiscal Administration. +IntracommunityVATNumber=Intra-Community VAT ID +PaymentByChequeOrderedTo=Check payments (including tax) are payable to %s, send to +PaymentByChequeOrderedToShort=Check payments (incl. tax) are payable to +SendTo=sent to +PaymentByTransferOnThisBankAccount=Payment by transfer to the following bank account +VATIsNotUsedForInvoice=* Non applicable VAT art-293B of CGI +LawApplicationPart1=By application of the law 80.335 of 12/05/80 +LawApplicationPart2=the goods remain the property of +LawApplicationPart3=the seller until full payment of +LawApplicationPart4=their price. +LimitedLiabilityCompanyCapital=SARL with Capital of +UseLine=Apply +UseDiscount=Use discount +UseCredit=Use credit +UseCreditNoteInInvoicePayment=Reduce amount to pay with this credit +MenuChequeDeposits=Check Deposits +MenuCheques=Checks +MenuChequesReceipts=Check receipts +NewChequeDeposit=New deposit +ChequesReceipts=Check receipts +ChequesArea=Check deposits area +ChequeDeposits=Check deposits +Cheques=Checks +DepositId=Id deposit +NbCheque=Number of checks +CreditNoteConvertedIntoDiscount=This %s has been converted into %s +UsBillingContactAsIncoiveRecipientIfExist=Use contact/address with type 'billing contact' instead of third-party address as recipient for invoices +ShowUnpaidAll=Show all unpaid invoices +ShowUnpaidLateOnly=Show late unpaid invoices only +PaymentInvoiceRef=Payment invoice %s +ValidateInvoice=Validate invoice +ValidateInvoices=Validate invoices +Cash=Cash +Reported=Delayed +DisabledBecausePayments=Not possible since there are some payments +CantRemovePaymentWithOneInvoicePaid=Can't remove payment since there is at least one invoice classified paid +CantRemovePaymentVATPaid=Can't remove payment since VAT declaration is classified paid +CantRemovePaymentSalaryPaid=Can't remove payment since salary is classified paid +ExpectedToPay=Expected payment +CantRemoveConciliatedPayment=Can't remove reconciled payment +PayedByThisPayment=Paid by this payment +ClosePaidInvoicesAutomatically=Classify automatically all standard, down payment or replacement invoices as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +ClosePaidCreditNotesAutomatically=Classify automatically all credit notes as "Paid" when refund is done entirely. +ClosePaidContributionsAutomatically=Classify automatically all social or fiscal contributions as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +ClosePaidVATAutomatically=Classify automatically VAT declaration as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +ClosePaidSalaryAutomatically=Classify automatically salary as "Paid" when payment is done entirely. +AllCompletelyPayedInvoiceWillBeClosed=All invoices with no remainder to pay will be automatically closed with status "Paid". +ToMakePayment=Pay +ToMakePaymentBack=Pay back +ListOfYourUnpaidInvoices=List of unpaid invoices +NoteListOfYourUnpaidInvoices=Note: This list contains only invoices for third parties you are linked to as a sale representative. +RevenueStamp=Tax stamp +YouMustCreateInvoiceFromThird=This option is only available when creating an invoice from tab "Customer" of third party +YouMustCreateInvoiceFromSupplierThird=This option is only available when creating an invoice from tab "Vendor" of third party +YouMustCreateStandardInvoiceFirstDesc=You have to create a standard invoice first and convert it to "template" to create a new template invoice +PDFCrabeDescription=Invoice PDF template Crabe. A complete invoice template (old implementation of Sponge template) +PDFSpongeDescription=Invoice PDF template Sponge. A complete invoice template +PDFCrevetteDescription=Invoice PDF template Crevette. A complete invoice template for situation invoices +TerreNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices and %syymm-nnnn for credit notes where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +MarsNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices, %syymm-nnnn for replacement invoices, %syymm-nnnn for down payment invoices and %syymm-nnnn for credit notes where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +TerreNumRefModelError=A bill starting with $syymm already exists and is not compatible with this model of sequence. Remove it or rename it to activate this module. +CactusNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices, %syymm-nnnn for credit notes and %syymm-nnnn for down payment invoices where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +EarlyClosingReason=Early closing reason +EarlyClosingComment=Early closing note +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_facture_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up customer invoice +TypeContact_facture_external_BILLING=Customer invoice contact +TypeContact_facture_external_SHIPPING=Customer shipping contact +TypeContact_facture_external_SERVICE=Customer service contact +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up vendor invoice +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_external_BILLING=Vendor invoice contact +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_external_SHIPPING=Vendor shipping contact +TypeContact_invoice_supplier_external_SERVICE=Vendor service contact +# Situation invoices +InvoiceFirstSituationAsk=First situation invoice +InvoiceFirstSituationDesc=The situation invoices are tied to situations related to a progression, for example the progression of a construction. Each situation is tied to an invoice. +InvoiceSituation=Situation invoice +PDFInvoiceSituation=Situation invoice +InvoiceSituationAsk=Invoice following the situation +InvoiceSituationDesc=Create a new situation following an already existing one +SituationAmount=Situation invoice amount(net) +SituationDeduction=Situation subtraction +ModifyAllLines=Modify all lines +CreateNextSituationInvoice=Create next situation +ErrorFindNextSituationInvoice=Error unable to find next situation cycle ref +ErrorOutingSituationInvoiceOnUpdate=Unable to outing this situation invoice. +ErrorOutingSituationInvoiceCreditNote=Unable to outing linked credit note. +NotLastInCycle=This invoice is not the latest in cycle and must not be modified. +DisabledBecauseNotLastInCycle=The next situation already exists. +DisabledBecauseFinal=This situation is final. +situationInvoiceShortcode_AS=AS +situationInvoiceShortcode_S=S +CantBeLessThanMinPercent=The progress can't be smaller than its value in the previous situation. +NoSituations=No open situations +InvoiceSituationLast=Final and general invoice +PDFCrevetteSituationNumber=Situation N°%s +PDFCrevetteSituationInvoiceLineDecompte=Situation invoice - COUNT +PDFCrevetteSituationInvoiceTitle=Situation invoice +PDFCrevetteSituationInvoiceLine=Situation N°%s: Inv. N°%s on %s +TotalSituationInvoice=Total situation +invoiceLineProgressError=Invoice line progress can't be greater than or equal to the next invoice line +updatePriceNextInvoiceErrorUpdateline=Error: update price on invoice line: %s +ToCreateARecurringInvoice=To create a recurring invoice for this contract, first create this draft invoice, then convert it into an invoice template and define the frequency for generation of future invoices. +ToCreateARecurringInvoiceGene=To generate future invoices regularly and manually, just go on menu %s - %s - %s. +ToCreateARecurringInvoiceGeneAuto=If you need to have such invoices generated automatically, ask your administrator to enable and setup module %s. Note that both methods (manual and automatic) can be used together with no risk of duplication. +DeleteRepeatableInvoice=Delete template invoice +ConfirmDeleteRepeatableInvoice=Are your sure you want to delete the template invoice? +CreateOneBillByThird=Create one invoice per third party (otherwise, one invoice per order) +BillCreated=%s invoice(s) generated +BillXCreated=Invoice %s generated +StatusOfGeneratedDocuments=Status of document generation +DoNotGenerateDoc=Do not generate document file +AutogenerateDoc=Auto generate document file +AutoFillDateFrom=Set start date for service line with invoice date +AutoFillDateFromShort=Set start date +AutoFillDateTo=Set end date for service line with next invoice date +AutoFillDateToShort=Set end date +MaxNumberOfGenerationReached=Max number of gen. reached +BILL_DELETEInDolibarr=Invoice deleted +BILL_SUPPLIER_DELETEInDolibarr=Supplier invoice deleted +UnitPriceXQtyLessDiscount=Unit price x Qty - Discount +CustomersInvoicesArea=Customer billing area +SupplierInvoicesArea=Supplier billing area +FacParentLine=Invoice Line Parent +SituationTotalRayToRest=Remainder to pay without taxe +PDFSituationTitle=Situation n° %d +SituationTotalProgress=Total progress %d %% +SearchUnpaidInvoicesWithDueDate=Search unpaid invoices with a due date = %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/blockedlog.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/blockedlog.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44cb183050a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/blockedlog.lang @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +BlockedLog=Unalterable Logs +Field=Field +BlockedLogDesc=This module tracks some events into an unalterable log (that you can't modify once recorded) into a block chain, in real time. This module provides compatibility with requirements of laws of some countries (like France with the law Finance 2016 - Norme NF525). +Fingerprints=Archived events and fingerprints +FingerprintsDesc=This is the tool to browse or extract the unalterable logs. Unalterable logs are generated and archived locally into a dedicated table, in real time when you record a business event. You can use this tool to export this archive and save it into an external support (some countries, like France, ask that you do it every year). Note that, there is no feature to purge this log and every change tried to be done directly into this log (by a hacker for example) will be reported with a non-valid fingerprint. If you really need to purge this table because you used your application for a demo/test purpose and want to clean your data to start your production, you can ask your reseller or integrator to reset your database (all your data will be removed). +CompanyInitialKey=Company initial key (hash of genesis block) +BrowseBlockedLog=Unalterable logs +ShowAllFingerPrintsMightBeTooLong=Show all archived logs (might be long) +ShowAllFingerPrintsErrorsMightBeTooLong=Show all non-valid archive logs (might be long) +DownloadBlockChain=Download fingerprints +KoCheckFingerprintValidity=Archived log entry is not valid. It means someone (a hacker?) has modified some data of this record after it was recorded, or has erased the previous archived record (check that line with previous # exists) or has modified checksum of the previous record. +OkCheckFingerprintValidity=Archived log record is valid. The data on this line was not modified and the entry follows the previous one. +OkCheckFingerprintValidityButChainIsKo=Archived log seems valid compared to previous one but the chain was corrupted previously. +AddedByAuthority=Stored into remote authority +NotAddedByAuthorityYet=Not yet stored into remote authority +ShowDetails=Show stored details +logPAYMENT_VARIOUS_CREATE=Payment (not assigned to an invoice) created +logPAYMENT_VARIOUS_MODIFY=Payment (not assigned to an invoice) modified +logPAYMENT_VARIOUS_DELETE=Payment (not assigned to an invoice) logical deletion +logPAYMENT_ADD_TO_BANK=Payment added to bank +logPAYMENT_CUSTOMER_CREATE=Customer payment created +logPAYMENT_CUSTOMER_DELETE=Customer payment logical deletion +logDONATION_PAYMENT_CREATE=Donation payment created +logDONATION_PAYMENT_DELETE=Donation payment logical deletion +logBILL_PAYED=Customer invoice paid +logBILL_UNPAYED=Customer invoice set unpaid +logBILL_VALIDATE=Customer invoice validated +logBILL_SENTBYMAIL=Customer invoice send by mail +logBILL_DELETE=Customer invoice logically deleted +logMODULE_RESET=Module BlockedLog was disabled +logMODULE_SET=Module BlockedLog was enabled +logDON_VALIDATE=Donation validated +logDON_MODIFY=Donation modified +logDON_DELETE=Donation logical deletion +logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_CREATE=Member subscription created +logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_MODIFY=Member subscription modified +logMEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION_DELETE=Member subscription logical deletion +logCASHCONTROL_VALIDATE=Cash desk closing recording +BlockedLogBillDownload=Customer invoice download +BlockedLogBillPreview=Customer invoice preview +BlockedlogInfoDialog=Log Details +ListOfTrackedEvents=List of tracked events +Fingerprint=Fingerprint +DownloadLogCSV=Export archived logs (CSV) +logDOC_PREVIEW=Preview of a validated document in order to print or download +logDOC_DOWNLOAD=Download of a validated document in order to print or send +DataOfArchivedEvent=Full datas of archived event +ImpossibleToReloadObject=Original object (type %s, id %s) not linked (see 'Full datas' column to get unalterable saved data) +BlockedLogAreRequiredByYourCountryLegislation=Unalterable Logs module may be required by the legislation of your country. Disabling this module may render any future transactions invalid with respect to the law and the use of legal software as they can not be validated by a tax audit. +BlockedLogActivatedBecauseRequiredByYourCountryLegislation=Unalterable Logs module was activated because of the legislation of your country. Disabling this module may render any future transactions invalid with respect to the law and the use of legal software as they cannot be validated by a tax audit. +BlockedLogDisableNotAllowedForCountry=List of countries where usage of this module is mandatory (just to prevent to disable the module by error, if your country is in this list, disable of module is not possible without editing this list first. Note also that enabling/disabling this module will keep a track into the unalterable log). +OnlyNonValid=Non-valid +TooManyRecordToScanRestrictFilters=Too many records to scan/analyze. Please restrict list with more restrictive filters. +RestrictYearToExport=Restrict month / year to export diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/bookmarks.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/bookmarks.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87466cadcfa --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/bookmarks.lang @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - marque pages +AddThisPageToBookmarks=Add current page to bookmarks +Bookmark=Bookmark +Bookmarks=Bookmarks +ListOfBookmarks=List of bookmarks +EditBookmarks=List/edit bookmarks +NewBookmark=New bookmark +ShowBookmark=Show bookmark +OpenANewWindow=Open a new tab +ReplaceWindow=Replace current tab +BookmarkTargetNewWindowShort=New tab +BookmarkTargetReplaceWindowShort=Current tab +BookmarkTitle=Bookmark name +UrlOrLink=URL +BehaviourOnClick=Behaviour when a bookmark URL is selected +CreateBookmark=Create bookmark +SetHereATitleForLink=Set a name for the bookmark +UseAnExternalHttpLinkOrRelativeDolibarrLink=Use an external/absolute link (https://URL) or an internal/relative link (/DOLIBARR_ROOT/htdocs/...) +ChooseIfANewWindowMustBeOpenedOnClickOnBookmark=Choose if the linked page should open in the current tab or a new tab +BookmarksManagement=Bookmarks management +BookmarksMenuShortCut=Ctrl + shift + m diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/boxes.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/boxes.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..710d49bfab6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/boxes.lang @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - boxes +BoxDolibarrStateBoard=Statistics on main business objects in database +BoxLoginInformation=Login Information +BoxLastRssInfos=RSS Information +BoxLastProducts=Latest %s Products/Services +BoxProductsAlertStock=Stock alerts for products +BoxLastProductsInContract=Latest %s contracted products/services +BoxLastSupplierBills=Latest Vendor invoices +BoxLastCustomerBills=Latest Customer invoices +BoxOldestUnpaidCustomerBills=Oldest unpaid customer invoices +BoxOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=Oldest unpaid vendor invoices +BoxLastProposals=Latest commercial proposals +BoxLastProspects=Latest modified prospects +BoxLastCustomers=Latest modified customers +BoxLastSuppliers=Latest modified suppliers +BoxLastCustomerOrders=Latest sales orders +BoxLastActions=Latest actions +BoxLastContracts=Latest contracts +BoxLastContacts=Latest contacts/addresses +BoxLastMembers=Latest members +BoxLastModifiedMembers=Latest modified members +BoxLastMembersSubscriptions=Latest member subscriptions +BoxFicheInter=Latest interventions +BoxCurrentAccounts=Open accounts balance +BoxTitleMemberNextBirthdays=Birthdays of this month (members) +BoxTitleMembersByType=Members by type +BoxTitleMembersSubscriptionsByYear=Members Subscriptions by year +BoxTitleLastRssInfos=Latest %s news from %s +BoxTitleLastProducts=Products/Services: last %s modified +BoxTitleProductsAlertStock=Products: stock alert +BoxTitleLastSuppliers=Latest %s recorded suppliers +BoxTitleLastModifiedSuppliers=Vendors: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomers=Customers: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastCustomersOrProspects=Latest %s customers or prospects +BoxTitleLastCustomerBills=Latest %s modified Customer invoices +BoxTitleLastSupplierBills=Latest %s modified Vendor invoices +BoxTitleLastModifiedProspects=Prospects: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedMembers=Latest %s members +BoxTitleLastFicheInter=Latest %s modified interventions +BoxTitleOldestUnpaidCustomerBills=Customer Invoices: oldest %s unpaid +BoxTitleOldestUnpaidSupplierBills=Vendor Invoices: oldest %s unpaid +BoxTitleCurrentAccounts=Open Accounts: balances +BoxTitleSupplierOrdersAwaitingReception=Supplier orders awaiting reception +BoxTitleLastModifiedContacts=Contacts/Addresses: last %s modified +BoxMyLastBookmarks=Bookmarks: latest %s +BoxOldestExpiredServices=Oldest active expired services +BoxLastExpiredServices=Latest %s oldest contacts with active expired services +BoxTitleLastActionsToDo=Latest %s actions to do +BoxTitleLastContracts=Latest %s contracts which were modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedDonations=Latest %s donations which were modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedExpenses=Latest %s expense reports which were modified +BoxTitleLatestModifiedBoms=Latest %s BOMs which were modified +BoxTitleLatestModifiedMos=Latest %s Manufacturing Orders which were modified +BoxTitleLastOutstandingBillReached=Customers with maximum outstanding exceeded +BoxGlobalActivity=Global activity (invoices, proposals, orders) +BoxGoodCustomers=Good customers +BoxTitleGoodCustomers=%s Good customers +BoxScheduledJobs=Scheduled jobs +BoxTitleFunnelOfProspection=Lead funnel +FailedToRefreshDataInfoNotUpToDate=Failed to refresh RSS flux. Latest successful refresh date: %s +LastRefreshDate=Latest refresh date +NoRecordedBookmarks=No bookmarks defined. +ClickToAdd=Click here to add. +NoRecordedCustomers=No recorded customers +NoRecordedContacts=No recorded contacts +NoActionsToDo=No actions to do +NoRecordedOrders=No recorded sales orders +NoRecordedProposals=No recorded proposals +NoRecordedInvoices=No recorded customer invoices +NoUnpaidCustomerBills=No unpaid customer invoices +NoUnpaidSupplierBills=No unpaid vendor invoices +NoModifiedSupplierBills=No recorded vendor invoices +NoRecordedProducts=No recorded products/services +NoRecordedProspects=No recorded prospects +NoContractedProducts=No products/services contracted +NoRecordedContracts=No recorded contracts +NoRecordedInterventions=No recorded interventions +BoxLatestSupplierOrders=Latest purchase orders +BoxLatestSupplierOrdersAwaitingReception=Latest Purchase Orders (with a pending reception) +NoSupplierOrder=No recorded purchase order +BoxCustomersInvoicesPerMonth=Customer Invoices per month +BoxSuppliersInvoicesPerMonth=Vendor Invoices per month +BoxCustomersOrdersPerMonth=Sales Orders per month +BoxSuppliersOrdersPerMonth=Vendor Orders per month +BoxProposalsPerMonth=Proposals per month +NoTooLowStockProducts=No products are under the low stock limit +BoxProductDistribution=Products/Services Distribution +ForObject=On %s +BoxTitleLastModifiedSupplierBills=Vendor Invoices: last %s modified +BoxTitleLatestModifiedSupplierOrders=Vendor Orders: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerBills=Customer Invoices: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedCustomerOrders=Sales Orders: last %s modified +BoxTitleLastModifiedPropals=Latest %s modified proposals +BoxTitleLatestModifiedJobPositions=Latest %s modified job positions +BoxTitleLatestModifiedCandidatures=Latest %s modified job applications +ForCustomersInvoices=Customers invoices +ForCustomersOrders=Customers orders +ForProposals=Proposals +LastXMonthRolling=The latest %s month rolling +ChooseBoxToAdd=Add widget to your dashboard +BoxAdded=Widget was added in your dashboard +BoxTitleUserBirthdaysOfMonth=Birthdays of this month (users) +BoxLastManualEntries=Latest record in accountancy entered manually or without source document +BoxTitleLastManualEntries=%s latest record entered manually or without source document +NoRecordedManualEntries=No manual entries record in accountancy +BoxSuspenseAccount=Count accountancy operation with suspense account +BoxTitleSuspenseAccount=Number of unallocated lines +NumberOfLinesInSuspenseAccount=Number of line in suspense account +SuspenseAccountNotDefined=Suspense account isn't defined +BoxLastCustomerShipments=Last customer shipments +BoxTitleLastCustomerShipments=Latest %s customer shipments +NoRecordedShipments=No recorded customer shipment +BoxCustomersOutstandingBillReached=Customers with oustanding limit reached +# Pages +UsersHome=Home users and groups +MembersHome=Home Membership +ThirdpartiesHome=Home Thirdparties +TicketsHome=Home Tickets +AccountancyHome=Home Accountancy +ValidatedProjects=Validated projects diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/cashdesk.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3bc383ed2a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/cashdesk.lang @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +# Language file - Source file is en_US - cashdesk +CashDeskMenu=Point of sale +CashDesk=Point of sale +CashDeskBankCash=Bank account (cash) +CashDeskBankCB=Bank account (card) +CashDeskBankCheque=Bank account (cheque) +CashDeskWarehouse=Warehouse +CashdeskShowServices=Selling services +CashDeskProducts=Products +CashDeskStock=Stock +CashDeskOn=on +CashDeskThirdParty=Third party +ShoppingCart=Shopping cart +NewSell=New sell +AddThisArticle=Add this article +RestartSelling=Go back on sell +SellFinished=Sale complete +PrintTicket=Print ticket +SendTicket=Send ticket +NoProductFound=No article found +ProductFound=product found +NoArticle=No article +Identification=Identification +Article=Article +Difference=Difference +TotalTicket=Total ticket +NoVAT=No VAT for this sale +Change=Excess received +BankToPay=Account for payment +ShowCompany=Show company +ShowStock=Show warehouse +DeleteArticle=Click to remove this article +FilterRefOrLabelOrBC=Search (Ref/Label) +UserNeedPermissionToEditStockToUsePos=You ask to decrease stock on invoice creation, so user that uses POS needs to have permission to edit stock. +DolibarrReceiptPrinter=Dolibarr Receipt Printer +PointOfSale=Point of Sale +PointOfSaleShort=POS +CloseBill=Close Bill +Floors=Floors +Floor=Floor +AddTable=Add table +Place=Place +TakeposConnectorNecesary='TakePOS Connector' required +OrderPrinters=Add a button to send the order to some given printers, without payment (for example to send an order to a kitchen) +NotAvailableWithBrowserPrinter=Not available when printer for receipt is set to browser: +SearchProduct=Search product +Receipt=Receipt +Header=Header +Footer=Footer +AmountAtEndOfPeriod=Amount at end of period (day, month or year) +TheoricalAmount=Theorical amount +RealAmount=Real amount +CashFence=Cash desk closing +CashFenceDone=Cash desk closing done for the period +NbOfInvoices=Nb of invoices +Paymentnumpad=Type of Pad to enter payment +Numberspad=Numbers Pad +BillsCoinsPad=Coins and banknotes Pad +DolistorePosCategory=TakePOS modules and other POS solutions for Dolibarr +TakeposNeedsCategories=TakePOS needs at least one product categorie to work +TakeposNeedsAtLeastOnSubCategoryIntoParentCategory=TakePOS needs at least 1 product category under the category %s to work +OrderNotes=Can add some notes to each ordered items +CashDeskBankAccountFor=Default account to use for payments in +NoPaimementModesDefined=No paiment mode defined in TakePOS configuration +TicketVatGrouped=Group VAT by rate in tickets|receipts +AutoPrintTickets=Automatically print tickets|receipts +PrintCustomerOnReceipts=Print customer on tickets|receipts +EnableBarOrRestaurantFeatures=Enable features for Bar or Restaurant +ConfirmDeletionOfThisPOSSale=Do your confirm the deletion of this current sale ? +ConfirmDiscardOfThisPOSSale=Do you want to discard this current sale ? +History=History +ValidateAndClose=Validate and close +Terminal=Terminal +NumberOfTerminals=Number of Terminals +TerminalSelect=Select terminal you want to use: +POSTicket=POS Ticket +POSTerminal=POS Terminal +POSModule=POS Module +BasicPhoneLayout=Use basic layout for phones +SetupOfTerminalNotComplete=Setup of terminal %s is not complete +DirectPayment=Direct payment +DirectPaymentButton=Add a "Direct cash payment" button +InvoiceIsAlreadyValidated=Invoice is already validated +NoLinesToBill=No lines to bill +CustomReceipt=Custom Receipt +ReceiptName=Receipt Name +ProductSupplements=Manage supplements of products +SupplementCategory=Supplement category +ColorTheme=Color theme +Colorful=Colorful +HeadBar=Head Bar +SortProductField=Field for sorting products +Browser=Browser +BrowserMethodDescription=Simple and easy receipt printing. Only a few parameters to configure the receipt. Print via browser. +TakeposConnectorMethodDescription=External module with extra features. Posibility to print from the cloud. +PrintMethod=Print method +ReceiptPrinterMethodDescription=Powerful method with a lot of parameters. Full customizable with templates. The server hosting the application can't be in the Cloud (must be able to reach the printers in your network). +ByTerminal=By terminal +TakeposNumpadUsePaymentIcon=Use icon instead of text on payment buttons of numpad +CashDeskRefNumberingModules=Numbering module for POS sales +CashDeskGenericMaskCodes6 =
{TN} tag is used to add the terminal number +TakeposGroupSameProduct=Group same products lines +StartAParallelSale=Start a new parallel sale +SaleStartedAt=Sale started at %s +ControlCashOpening=Open the "Control cash" popup when opening the POS +CloseCashFence=Close cash desk control +CashReport=Cash report +MainPrinterToUse=Main printer to use +OrderPrinterToUse=Order printer to use +MainTemplateToUse=Main template to use +OrderTemplateToUse=Order template to use +BarRestaurant=Bar Restaurant +AutoOrder=Order by the customer himself +RestaurantMenu=Menu +CustomerMenu=Customer menu +ScanToMenu=Scan QR code to see the menu +ScanToOrder=Scan QR code to order +Appearance=Appearance +HideCategoryImages=Hide Category Images +HideProductImages=Hide Product Images +NumberOfLinesToShow=Number of lines of images to show +DefineTablePlan=Define tables plan +GiftReceiptButton=Add a "Gift receipt" button +GiftReceipt=Gift receipt +ModuleReceiptPrinterMustBeEnabled=Module Receipt printer must have been enabled first +AllowDelayedPayment=Allow delayed payment +PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts +WeighingScale=Weighing scale +ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) +ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/categories.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/categories.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29e08f66541 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/categories.lang @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - categories +Rubrique=Tag/Category +Rubriques=Tags/Categories +RubriquesTransactions=Tags/Categories of transactions +categories=tags/categories +NoCategoryYet=No tag/category of this type has been created +In=In +AddIn=Add in +modify=modify +Classify=Classify +CategoriesArea=Tags/Categories area +ProductsCategoriesArea=Product/Service tags/categories area +SuppliersCategoriesArea=Vendor tags/categories area +CustomersCategoriesArea=Customer tags/categories area +MembersCategoriesArea=Member tags/categories area +ContactsCategoriesArea=Contact tags/categories area +AccountsCategoriesArea=Bank account tags/categories area +ProjectsCategoriesArea=Project tags/categories area +UsersCategoriesArea=User tags/categories area +SubCats=Sub-categories +CatList=List of tags/categories +CatListAll=List of tags/categories (all types) +NewCategory=New tag/category +ModifCat=Modify tag/category +CatCreated=Tag/category created +CreateCat=Create tag/category +CreateThisCat=Create this tag/category +NoSubCat=No subcategory. +SubCatOf=Subcategory +FoundCats=Found tags/categories +ImpossibleAddCat=Impossible to add the tag/category %s +WasAddedSuccessfully=%s was added successfully. +ObjectAlreadyLinkedToCategory=Element is already linked to this tag/category. +ProductIsInCategories=Product/service is linked to following tags/categories +CompanyIsInCustomersCategories=This third party is linked to following customers/prospects tags/categories +CompanyIsInSuppliersCategories=This third party is linked to following vendors tags/categories +MemberIsInCategories=This member is linked to following members tags/categories +ContactIsInCategories=This contact is linked to following contacts tags/categories +ProductHasNoCategory=This product/service is not in any tags/categories +CompanyHasNoCategory=This third party is not in any tags/categories +MemberHasNoCategory=This member is not in any tags/categories +ContactHasNoCategory=This contact is not in any tags/categories +ProjectHasNoCategory=This project is not in any tags/categories +ClassifyInCategory=Add to tag/category +NotCategorized=Without tag/category +CategoryExistsAtSameLevel=This category already exists with this ref +ContentsVisibleByAllShort=Contents visible by all +ContentsNotVisibleByAllShort=Contents not visible by all +DeleteCategory=Delete tag/category +ConfirmDeleteCategory=Are you sure you want to delete this tag/category? +NoCategoriesDefined=No tag/category defined +SuppliersCategoryShort=Vendors tag/category +CustomersCategoryShort=Customers tag/category +ProductsCategoryShort=Products tag/category +MembersCategoryShort=Members tag/category +SuppliersCategoriesShort=Vendors tags/categories +CustomersCategoriesShort=Customers tags/categories +ProspectsCategoriesShort=Prospects tags/categories +CustomersProspectsCategoriesShort=Cust./Prosp. tags/categories +ProductsCategoriesShort=Products tags/categories +MembersCategoriesShort=Members tags/categories +ContactCategoriesShort=Contacts tags/categories +AccountsCategoriesShort=Accounts tags/categories +ProjectsCategoriesShort=Projects tags/categories +UsersCategoriesShort=Users tags/categories +StockCategoriesShort=Warehouse tags/categories +ThisCategoryHasNoItems=This category does not contain any items. +CategId=Tag/category id +ParentCategory=Parent tag/category +ParentCategoryLabel=Label of parent tag/category +CatSupList=List of vendors tags/categories +CatCusList=List of customers/prospects tags/categories +CatProdList=List of products tags/categories +CatMemberList=List of members tags/categories +CatContactList=List of contacts tags/categories +CatProjectsList=List of projects tags/categories +CatUsersList=List of users tags/categories +CatSupLinks=Links between vendors and tags/categories +CatCusLinks=Links between customers/prospects and tags/categories +CatContactsLinks=Links between contacts/addresses and tags/categories +CatProdLinks=Links between products/services and tags/categories +CatMembersLinks=Links between members and tags/categories +CatProjectsLinks=Links between projects and tags/categories +CatUsersLinks=Links between users and tags/categories +DeleteFromCat=Remove from tags/category +ExtraFieldsCategories=Complementary attributes +CategoriesSetup=Tags/categories setup +CategorieRecursiv=Link with parent tag/category automatically +CategorieRecursivHelp=If option is on, when you add a product into a subcategory, product will also be added into the parent category. +AddProductServiceIntoCategory=Add the following product/service +AddCustomerIntoCategory=Assign category to customer +AddSupplierIntoCategory=Assign category to supplier +ShowCategory=Show tag/category +ByDefaultInList=By default in list +ChooseCategory=Choose category +StocksCategoriesArea=Warehouse Categories +ActionCommCategoriesArea=Event Categories +WebsitePagesCategoriesArea=Page-Container Categories +UseOrOperatorForCategories=Use 'OR' operator for categories diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/commercial.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/commercial.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21d282cd794 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/commercial.lang @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - commercial +Commercial=Commerce +CommercialArea=Commerce area +Customer=Customer +Customers=Customers +Prospect=Prospect +Prospects=Prospects +DeleteAction=Delete an event +NewAction=New event +AddAction=Create event +AddAnAction=Create an event +AddActionRendezVous=Create a Rendez-vous event +ConfirmDeleteAction=Are you sure you want to delete this event? +CardAction=Event card +ActionOnCompany=Related company +ActionOnContact=Related contact +TaskRDVWith=Meeting with %s +ShowTask=Show task +ShowAction=Show event +ActionsReport=Events report +ThirdPartiesOfSaleRepresentative=Third parties with sales representative +SaleRepresentativesOfThirdParty=Sales representatives of third party +SalesRepresentative=Sales representative +SalesRepresentatives=Sales representatives +SalesRepresentativeFollowUp=Sales representative (follow-up) +SalesRepresentativeSignature=Sales representative (signature) +NoSalesRepresentativeAffected=No particular sales representative assigned +ShowCustomer=Show customer +ShowProspect=Show prospect +ListOfProspects=List of prospects +ListOfCustomers=List of customers +LastDoneTasks=Latest %s completed actions +LastActionsToDo=Oldest %s not completed actions +DoneAndToDoActions=Completed and To do events +DoneActions=Completed events +ToDoActions=Incomplete events +SendPropalRef=Submission of commercial proposal %s +SendOrderRef=Submission of order %s +StatusNotApplicable=Not applicable +StatusActionToDo=To do +StatusActionDone=Complete +StatusActionInProcess=In process +TasksHistoryForThisContact=Events for this contact +LastProspectDoNotContact=Do not contact +LastProspectNeverContacted=Never contacted +LastProspectToContact=To contact +LastProspectContactInProcess=Contact in process +LastProspectContactDone=Contact done +ActionAffectedTo=Event assigned to +ActionDoneBy=Event done by +ActionAC_TEL=Phone call +ActionAC_FAX=Send fax +ActionAC_PROP=Send proposal by mail +ActionAC_EMAIL=Send Email +ActionAC_EMAIL_IN=Reception of Email +ActionAC_RDV=Meetings +ActionAC_INT=Intervention on site +ActionAC_FAC=Send customer invoice by mail +ActionAC_REL=Send customer invoice by mail (reminder) +ActionAC_CLO=Close +ActionAC_EMAILING=Send mass email +ActionAC_COM=Send sales order by mail +ActionAC_SHIP=Send shipping by mail +ActionAC_SUP_ORD=Send purchase order by mail +ActionAC_SUP_INV=Send vendor invoice by mail +ActionAC_OTH=Other +ActionAC_OTH_AUTO=Other auto +ActionAC_MANUAL=Manually inserted events +ActionAC_AUTO=Automatically inserted events +ActionAC_OTH_AUTOShort=Other +ActionAC_EVENTORGANIZATION=Event organization events +Stats=Sales statistics +StatusProsp=Prospect status +DraftPropals=Draft commercial proposals +NoLimit=No limit +ToOfferALinkForOnlineSignature=Link for online signature +WelcomeOnOnlineSignaturePage=Welcome to the page to accept commercial proposals from %s +ThisScreenAllowsYouToSignDocFrom=This screen allow you to accept and sign, or refuse, a quote/commercial proposal +ThisIsInformationOnDocumentToSign=This is information on document to accept or refuse +SignatureProposalRef=Signature of quote/commercial proposal %s +FeatureOnlineSignDisabled=Feature for online signing disabled or document generated before the feature was enabled diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/companies.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/companies.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fbe75f09ab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/companies.lang @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - companies +ErrorCompanyNameAlreadyExists=Company name %s already exists. Choose another one. +ErrorSetACountryFirst=Set the country first +SelectThirdParty=Select a third party +ConfirmDeleteCompany=Are you sure you want to delete this company and all related information? +DeleteContact=Delete a contact/address +ConfirmDeleteContact=Are you sure you want to delete this contact and all related information? +MenuNewThirdParty=New Third Party +MenuNewCustomer=New Customer +MenuNewProspect=New Prospect +MenuNewSupplier=New Vendor +MenuNewPrivateIndividual=New private individual +NewCompany=New company (prospect, customer, vendor) +NewThirdParty=New Third Party (prospect, customer, vendor) +CreateDolibarrThirdPartySupplier=Create a third party (vendor) +CreateThirdPartyOnly=Create third party +CreateThirdPartyAndContact=Create a third party + a child contact +ProspectionArea=Prospection area +IdThirdParty=Id third party +IdCompany=Company Id +IdContact=Contact Id +ThirdPartyContacts=Third-party contacts +ThirdPartyContact=Third-party contact/address +Company=Company +CompanyName=Company name +AliasNames=Alias name (commercial, trademark, ...) +AliasNameShort=Alias Name +Companies=Companies +CountryIsInEEC=Country is inside the European Economic Community +PriceFormatInCurrentLanguage=Price display format in the current language and currency +ThirdPartyName=Third-party name +ThirdPartyEmail=Third-party email +ThirdParty=Third-party +ThirdParties=Third-parties +ThirdPartyProspects=Prospects +ThirdPartyProspectsStats=Prospects +ThirdPartyCustomers=Customers +ThirdPartyCustomersStats=Customers +ThirdPartyCustomersWithIdProf12=Customers with %s or %s +ThirdPartySuppliers=Vendors +ThirdPartyType=Third-party type +Individual=Private individual +ToCreateContactWithSameName=Will automatically create a contact/address with same information as the third party under the third party. In most cases, even if your third party is a physical person, creating a third party alone is enough. +ParentCompany=Parent company +Subsidiaries=Subsidiaries +ReportByMonth=Report per month +ReportByCustomers=Report per customer +ReportByThirdparties=Report per thirdparty +ReportByQuarter=Report per rate +CivilityCode=Civility code +RegisteredOffice=Registered office +Lastname=Last name +Firstname=First name +PostOrFunction=Job position +UserTitle=Title +NatureOfThirdParty=Nature of Third party +NatureOfContact=Nature of Contact +Address=Address +State=State/Province +StateCode=State/Province code +StateShort=State +Region=Region +Region-State=Region - State +Country=Country +CountryCode=Country code +CountryId=Country id +Phone=Phone +PhoneShort=Phone +Skype=Skype +Call=Call +Chat=Chat +PhonePro=Bus. phone +PhonePerso=Pers. phone +PhoneMobile=Mobile +No_Email=Refuse bulk emailings +Fax=Fax +Zip=Zip Code +Town=City +Web=Web +Poste= Position +DefaultLang=Default language +VATIsUsed=Sales tax used +VATIsUsedWhenSelling=This defines if this third party includes a sale tax or not when it makes an invoice to its own customers +VATIsNotUsed=Sales tax is not used +CopyAddressFromSoc=Copy address from third-party details +ThirdpartyNotCustomerNotSupplierSoNoRef=Third party neither customer nor vendor, no available referring objects +ThirdpartyIsNeitherCustomerNorClientSoCannotHaveDiscounts=Third party neither customer nor vendor, discounts are not available +PaymentBankAccount=Payment bank account +OverAllProposals=Proposals +OverAllOrders=Orders +OverAllInvoices=Invoices +OverAllSupplierProposals=Price requests +##### Local Taxes ##### +LocalTax1IsUsed=Use second tax +LocalTax1IsUsedES= RE is used +LocalTax1IsNotUsedES= RE is not used +LocalTax2IsUsed=Use third tax +LocalTax2IsUsedES= IRPF is used +LocalTax2IsNotUsedES= IRPF is not used +WrongCustomerCode=Customer code invalid +WrongSupplierCode=Vendor code invalid +CustomerCodeModel=Customer code model +SupplierCodeModel=Vendor code model +Gencod=Barcode +##### Professional ID ##### +ProfId1Short=Prof. id 1 +ProfId2Short=Prof. id 2 +ProfId3Short=Prof. id 3 +ProfId4Short=Prof. id 4 +ProfId5Short=Prof. id 5 +ProfId6Short=Prof. id 6 +ProfId1=Professional ID 1 +ProfId2=Professional ID 2 +ProfId3=Professional ID 3 +ProfId4=Professional ID 4 +ProfId5=Professional ID 5 +ProfId6=Professional ID 6 +ProfId1AR=Prof Id 1 (CUIT/CUIL) +ProfId2AR=Prof Id 2 (Revenu brutes) +ProfId3AR=- +ProfId4AR=- +ProfId5AR=- +ProfId6AR=- +ProfId1AT=Prof Id 1 (USt.-IdNr) +ProfId2AT=Prof Id 2 (USt.-Nr) +ProfId3AT=Prof Id 3 (Handelsregister-Nr.) +ProfId4AT=- +ProfId5AT=EORI number +ProfId6AT=- +ProfId1AU=Prof Id 1 (ABN) +ProfId2AU=- +ProfId3AU=- +ProfId4AU=- +ProfId5AU=- +ProfId6AU=- +ProfId1BE=Prof Id 1 (Professional number) +ProfId2BE=- +ProfId3BE=- +ProfId4BE=- +ProfId5BE=EORI number +ProfId6BE=- +ProfId1BR=- +ProfId2BR=IE (Inscricao Estadual) +ProfId3BR=IM (Inscricao Municipal) +ProfId4BR=CPF +#ProfId5BR=CNAE +#ProfId6BR=INSS +ProfId1CH=UID-Nummer +ProfId2CH=- +ProfId3CH=Prof Id 1 (Federal number) +ProfId4CH=Prof Id 2 (Commercial Record number) +ProfId5CH=EORI number +ProfId6CH=- +ProfId1CL=Prof Id 1 (R.U.T.) +ProfId2CL=- +ProfId3CL=- +ProfId4CL=- +ProfId5CL=- +ProfId6CL=- +ProfId1CO=Prof Id 1 (R.U.T.) +ProfId2CO=- +ProfId3CO=- +ProfId4CO=- +ProfId5CO=- +ProfId6CO=- +ProfId1DE=Prof Id 1 (USt.-IdNr) +ProfId2DE=Prof Id 2 (USt.-Nr) +ProfId3DE=Prof Id 3 (Handelsregister-Nr.) +ProfId4DE=- +ProfId5DE=EORI number +ProfId6DE=- +ProfId1ES=Prof Id 1 (CIF/NIF) +ProfId2ES=Prof Id 2 (Social security number) +ProfId3ES=Prof Id 3 (CNAE) +ProfId4ES=Prof Id 4 (Collegiate number) +ProfId5ES=Prof Id 5 (EORI number) +ProfId6ES=- +ProfId1FR=Prof Id 1 (SIREN) +ProfId2FR=Prof Id 2 (SIRET) +ProfId3FR=Prof Id 3 (NAF, old APE) +ProfId4FR=Prof Id 4 (RCS/RM) +ProfId5FR=Prof Id 5 (numéro EORI) +ProfId6FR=- +ProfId1ShortFR=SIREN +ProfId2ShortFR=SIRET +ProfId3ShortFR=NAF +ProfId4ShortFR=RCS +ProfId5ShortFR=EORI +ProfId6ShortFR=- +ProfId1GB=Registration Number +ProfId2GB=- +ProfId3GB=SIC +ProfId4GB=- +ProfId5GB=- +ProfId6GB=- +ProfId1HN=Id prof. 1 (RTN) +ProfId2HN=- +ProfId3HN=- +ProfId4HN=- +ProfId5HN=- +ProfId6HN=- +ProfId1IN=Prof Id 1 (TIN) +ProfId2IN=Prof Id 2 (PAN) +ProfId3IN=Prof Id 3 (SRVC TAX) +ProfId4IN=Prof Id 4 +ProfId5IN=Prof Id 5 +ProfId6IN=- +ProfId1IT=- +ProfId2IT=- +ProfId3IT=- +ProfId4IT=- +ProfId5IT=EORI number +ProfId6IT=- +ProfId1LU=Id. prof. 1 (R.C.S. Luxembourg) +ProfId2LU=Id. prof. 2 (Business permit) +ProfId3LU=- +ProfId4LU=- +ProfId5LU=EORI number +ProfId6LU=- +ProfId1MA=Id prof. 1 (R.C.) +ProfId2MA=Id prof. 2 (Patente) +ProfId3MA=Id prof. 3 (I.F.) +ProfId4MA=Id prof. 4 (C.N.S.S.) +ProfId5MA=Id prof. 5 (I.C.E.) +ProfId6MA=- +ProfId1MX=Prof Id 1 (R.F.C). +ProfId2MX=Prof Id 2 (R..P. IMSS) +ProfId3MX=Prof Id 3 (Profesional Charter) +ProfId4MX=- +ProfId5MX=- +ProfId6MX=- +ProfId1NL=KVK nummer +ProfId2NL=- +ProfId3NL=- +ProfId4NL=Burgerservicenummer (BSN) +ProfId5NL=EORI number +ProfId6NL=- +ProfId1PT=Prof Id 1 (NIPC) +ProfId2PT=Prof Id 2 (Social security number) +ProfId3PT=Prof Id 3 (Commercial Record number) +ProfId4PT=Prof Id 4 (Conservatory) +ProfId5PT=Prof Id 5 (EORI number) +ProfId6PT=- +ProfId1SN=RC +ProfId2SN=NINEA +ProfId3SN=- +ProfId4SN=- +ProfId5SN=- +ProfId6SN=- +ProfId1TN=Prof Id 1 (RC) +ProfId2TN=Prof Id 2 (Fiscal matricule) +ProfId3TN=Prof Id 3 (Douane code) +ProfId4TN=Prof Id 4 (BAN) +ProfId5TN=- +ProfId6TN=- +ProfId1US=Prof Id (FEIN) +ProfId2US=- +ProfId3US=- +ProfId4US=- +ProfId5US=- +ProfId6US=- +ProfId1RO=Prof Id 1 (CUI) +ProfId2RO=Prof Id 2 (Nr. Înmatriculare) +ProfId3RO=Prof Id 3 (CAEN) +ProfId4RO=Prof Id 5 (EUID) +ProfId5RO=Prof Id 5 (EORI number) +ProfId6RO=- +ProfId1RU=Prof Id 1 (OGRN) +ProfId2RU=Prof Id 2 (INN) +ProfId3RU=Prof Id 3 (KPP) +ProfId4RU=Prof Id 4 (OKPO) +ProfId5RU=- +ProfId6RU=- +ProfId1DZ=RC +ProfId2DZ=Art. +ProfId3DZ=NIF +ProfId4DZ=NIS +VATIntra=VAT ID +VATIntraShort=VAT ID +VATIntraSyntaxIsValid=Syntax is valid +VATReturn=VAT return +ProspectCustomer=Prospect / Customer +Prospect=Prospect +CustomerCard=Customer Card +Customer=Customer +CustomerRelativeDiscount=Relative customer discount +SupplierRelativeDiscount=Relative vendor discount +CustomerRelativeDiscountShort=Relative discount +CustomerAbsoluteDiscountShort=Absolute discount +CompanyHasRelativeDiscount=This customer has a default discount of %s%% +CompanyHasNoRelativeDiscount=This customer has no relative discount by default +HasRelativeDiscountFromSupplier=You have a default discount of %s%% from this vendor +HasNoRelativeDiscountFromSupplier=You have no default relative discount from this vendor +CompanyHasAbsoluteDiscount=This customer has discounts available (credits notes or down payments) for %s %s +CompanyHasDownPaymentOrCommercialDiscount=This customer has discounts available (commercial, down payments) for %s %s +CompanyHasCreditNote=This customer still has credit notes for %s %s +HasNoAbsoluteDiscountFromSupplier=You have no discount credit available from this vendor +HasAbsoluteDiscountFromSupplier=You have discounts available (credits notes or down payments) for %s %s from this vendor +HasDownPaymentOrCommercialDiscountFromSupplier=You have discounts available (commercial, down payments) for %s %s from this vendor +HasCreditNoteFromSupplier=You have credit notes for %s %s from this vendor +CompanyHasNoAbsoluteDiscount=This customer has no discount credit available +CustomerAbsoluteDiscountAllUsers=Absolute customer discounts (granted by all users) +CustomerAbsoluteDiscountMy=Absolute customer discounts (granted by yourself) +SupplierAbsoluteDiscountAllUsers=Absolute vendor discounts (entered by all users) +SupplierAbsoluteDiscountMy=Absolute vendor discounts (entered by yourself) +DiscountNone=None +Vendor=Vendor +Supplier=Vendor +AddContact=Create contact +AddContactAddress=Create contact/address +EditContact=Edit contact +EditContactAddress=Edit contact/address +Contact=Contact/Address +Contacts=Contacts/Addresses +ContactId=Contact id +ContactsAddresses=Contacts/Addresses +FromContactName=Name: +NoContactDefinedForThirdParty=No contact defined for this third party +NoContactDefined=No contact defined +DefaultContact=Default contact/address +ContactByDefaultFor=Default contact/address for +AddThirdParty=Create third party +DeleteACompany=Delete a company +PersonalInformations=Personal data +AccountancyCode=Accounting account +CustomerCode=Customer Code +SupplierCode=Vendor Code +CustomerCodeShort=Customer Code +SupplierCodeShort=Vendor Code +CustomerCodeDesc=Customer Code, unique for all customers +SupplierCodeDesc=Vendor Code, unique for all vendors +RequiredIfCustomer=Required if third party is a customer or prospect +RequiredIfSupplier=Required if third party is a vendor +ValidityControledByModule=Validity controlled by the module +ThisIsModuleRules=Rules for this module +ProspectToContact=Prospect to contact +CompanyDeleted=Company "%s" deleted from database. +ListOfContacts=List of contacts/addresses +ListOfContactsAddresses=List of contacts/addresses +ListOfThirdParties=List of Third Parties +ShowCompany=Third Party +ShowContact=Contact-Address +ContactsAllShort=All (No filter) +ContactType=Contact type +ContactForOrders=Order's contact +ContactForOrdersOrShipments=Order's or shipment's contact +ContactForProposals=Proposal's contact +ContactForContracts=Contract's contact +ContactForInvoices=Invoice's contact +NoContactForAnyOrder=This contact is not a contact for any order +NoContactForAnyOrderOrShipments=This contact is not a contact for any order or shipment +NoContactForAnyProposal=This contact is not a contact for any commercial proposal +NoContactForAnyContract=This contact is not a contact for any contract +NoContactForAnyInvoice=This contact is not a contact for any invoice +NewContact=New contact +NewContactAddress=New Contact/Address +MyContacts=My contacts +Capital=Capital +CapitalOf=Capital of %s +EditCompany=Edit company +ThisUserIsNot=This user is not a prospect, customer or vendor +VATIntraCheck=Check +VATIntraCheckDesc=The VAT ID must include the country prefix. The link %s uses the European VAT checker service (VIES) which requires internet access from the Dolibarr server. +VATIntraCheckURL=http://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vieshome.do +VATIntraCheckableOnEUSite=Check the intra-Community VAT ID on the European Commission website +VATIntraManualCheck=You can also check manually on the European Commission website %s +ErrorVATCheckMS_UNAVAILABLE=Check not possible. Check service is not provided by the member state (%s). +NorProspectNorCustomer=Not prospect, nor customer +JuridicalStatus=Business entity type +Workforce=Workforce +Staff=Employees +ProspectLevelShort=Potential +ProspectLevel=Prospect potential +ContactPrivate=Private +ContactPublic=Shared +ContactVisibility=Visibility +ContactOthers=Other +OthersNotLinkedToThirdParty=Others, not linked to a third party +ProspectStatus=Prospect status +PL_NONE=None +PL_UNKNOWN=Unknown +PL_LOW=Low +PL_MEDIUM=Medium +PL_HIGH=High +TE_UNKNOWN=- +TE_STARTUP=Startup +TE_GROUP=Large company +TE_MEDIUM=Medium company +TE_ADMIN=Governmental +TE_SMALL=Small company +TE_RETAIL=Retailer +TE_WHOLE=Wholesaler +TE_PRIVATE=Private individual +TE_OTHER=Other +StatusProspect-1=Do not contact +StatusProspect0=Never contacted +StatusProspect1=To be contacted +StatusProspect2=Contact in process +StatusProspect3=Contact done +ChangeDoNotContact=Change status to 'Do not contact' +ChangeNeverContacted=Change status to 'Never contacted' +ChangeToContact=Change status to 'To be contacted' +ChangeContactInProcess=Change status to 'Contact in process' +ChangeContactDone=Change status to 'Contact done' +ProspectsByStatus=Prospects by status +NoParentCompany=None +ExportCardToFormat=Export card to format +ContactNotLinkedToCompany=Contact not linked to any third party +DolibarrLogin=Dolibarr login +NoDolibarrAccess=No Dolibarr access +ExportDataset_company_1=Third-parties (companies/foundations/physical people) and their properties +ExportDataset_company_2=Contacts and their properties +ImportDataset_company_1=Third-parties and their properties +ImportDataset_company_2=Third-parties additional contacts/addresses and attributes +ImportDataset_company_3=Third-parties Bank accounts +ImportDataset_company_4=Third-parties Sales representatives (assign sales representatives/users to companies) +PriceLevel=Price Level +PriceLevelLabels=Price Level Labels +DeliveryAddress=Delivery address +AddAddress=Add address +SupplierCategory=Vendor category +JuridicalStatus200=Independent +DeleteFile=Delete file +ConfirmDeleteFile=Are you sure you want to delete this file? +AllocateCommercial=Assigned to sales representative +Organization=Organization +FiscalYearInformation=Fiscal Year +FiscalMonthStart=Starting month of the fiscal year +SocialNetworksInformation=Social networks +SocialNetworksFacebookURL=Facebook URL +SocialNetworksTwitterURL=Twitter URL +SocialNetworksLinkedinURL=Linkedin URL +SocialNetworksInstagramURL=Instagram URL +SocialNetworksYoutubeURL=Youtube URL +SocialNetworksGithubURL=Github URL +YouMustAssignUserMailFirst=You must create an email for this user prior to being able to add an email notification. +YouMustCreateContactFirst=To be able to add email notifications, you must first define contacts with valid emails for the third party +ListSuppliersShort=List of Vendors +ListProspectsShort=List of Prospects +ListCustomersShort=List of Customers +ThirdPartiesArea=Third Parties/Contacts +LastModifiedThirdParties=Latest %s Third Parties which were modified +UniqueThirdParties=Total number of Third Parties +InActivity=Open +ActivityCeased=Closed +ThirdPartyIsClosed=Third party is closed +ProductsIntoElements=List of products/services mapped to %s +CurrentOutstandingBill=Current outstanding bill +OutstandingBill=Max. for outstanding bill +OutstandingBillReached=Max. for outstanding bill reached +OrderMinAmount=Minimum amount for order +MonkeyNumRefModelDesc=Return a number in the format %syymm-nnnn for the customer code and %syymm-nnnn for the vendor code where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0. +LeopardNumRefModelDesc=The code is free. This code can be modified at any time. +ManagingDirectors=Manager(s) name (CEO, director, president...) +MergeOriginThirdparty=Duplicate third party (third party you want to delete) +MergeThirdparties=Merge third parties +ConfirmMergeThirdparties=Are you sure you want to merge the chosen third party with the current one? All linked objects (invoices, orders, ...) will be moved to the current third party, after which the chosen third party will be deleted. +ThirdpartiesMergeSuccess=Third parties have been merged +SaleRepresentativeLogin=Login of sales representative +SaleRepresentativeFirstname=First name of sales representative +SaleRepresentativeLastname=Last name of sales representative +ErrorThirdpartiesMerge=There was an error when deleting the third parties. Please check the log. Changes have been reverted. +NewCustomerSupplierCodeProposed=Customer or Vendor code already used, a new code is suggested +KeepEmptyIfGenericAddress=Keep this field empty if this address is a generic address +#Imports +PaymentTypeCustomer=Payment Type - Customer +PaymentTermsCustomer=Payment Terms - Customer +PaymentTypeSupplier=Payment Type - Vendor +PaymentTermsSupplier=Payment Term - Vendor +PaymentTypeBoth=Payment Type - Customer and Vendor +MulticurrencyUsed=Use Multicurrency +MulticurrencyCurrency=Currency +InEEC=Europe (EEC) +RestOfEurope=Rest of Europe (EEC) +OutOfEurope=Out of Europe (EEC) +CurrentOutstandingBillLate=Current outstanding bill late +BecarefullChangeThirdpartyBeforeAddProductToInvoice=Be carefull, depending on your product price settings, you should change thirdparty before adding product to POS. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/compta.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/compta.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8329346c163 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/compta.lang @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - compta +MenuFinancial=Billing | Payment +TaxModuleSetupToModifyRules=Go to Taxes module setup to modify rules for calculation +TaxModuleSetupToModifyRulesLT=Go to Company setup to modify rules for calculation +OptionMode=Option for accountancy +OptionModeTrue=Option Incomes-Expenses +OptionModeVirtual=Option Claims-Debts +OptionModeTrueDesc=In this context, the turnover is calculated over payments (date of payments). The validity of the figures is assured only if the book-keeping is scrutinized through the input/output on the accounts via invoices. +OptionModeVirtualDesc=In this context, the turnover is calculated over invoices (date of validation). When these invoices are due, whether they have been paid or not, they are listed in the turnover output. +FeatureIsSupportedInInOutModeOnly=Feature only available in CREDITS-DEBTS accountancy mode (See Accountancy module configuration) +VATReportBuildWithOptionDefinedInModule=Amounts shown here are calculated using rules defined by Tax module setup. +LTReportBuildWithOptionDefinedInModule=Amounts shown here are calculated using rules defined by Company setup. +Param=Setup +RemainingAmountPayment=Amount payment remaining: +Account=Account +Accountparent=Parent account +Accountsparent=Parent accounts +Income=Income +Outcome=Expense +MenuReportInOut=Income / Expense +ReportInOut=Balance of income and expenses +ReportTurnover=Turnover invoiced +ReportTurnoverCollected=Turnover collected +PaymentsNotLinkedToInvoice=Payments not linked to any invoice, so not linked to any third party +PaymentsNotLinkedToUser=Payments not linked to any user +Profit=Profit +AccountingResult=Accounting result +BalanceBefore=Balance (before) +Balance=Balance +Debit=Debit +Credit=Credit +Piece=Accounting Doc. +AmountHTVATRealReceived=Net collected +AmountHTVATRealPaid=Net paid +VATToPay=Tax sales +VATReceived=Tax received +VATToCollect=Tax purchases +VATSummary=Tax monthly +VATBalance=Tax Balance +VATPaid=Tax paid +LT1Summary=Tax 2 summary +LT2Summary=Tax 3 summary +LT1SummaryES=RE Balance +LT2SummaryES=IRPF Balance +LT1SummaryIN=CGST Balance +LT2SummaryIN=SGST Balance +LT1Paid=Tax 2 paid +LT2Paid=Tax 3 paid +LT1PaidES=RE Paid +LT2PaidES=IRPF Paid +LT1PaidIN=CGST Paid +LT2PaidIN=SGST Paid +LT1Customer=Tax 2 sales +LT1Supplier=Tax 2 purchases +LT1CustomerES=RE sales +LT1SupplierES=RE purchases +LT1CustomerIN=CGST sales +LT1SupplierIN=CGST purchases +LT2Customer=Tax 3 sales +LT2Supplier=Tax 3 purchases +LT2CustomerES=IRPF sales +LT2SupplierES=IRPF purchases +LT2CustomerIN=SGST sales +LT2SupplierIN=SGST purchases +VATCollected=VAT collected +StatusToPay=To pay +SpecialExpensesArea=Area for all special payments +VATExpensesArea=Area for all TVA payments +SocialContribution=Social or fiscal tax +SocialContributions=Social or fiscal taxes +SocialContributionsDeductibles=Deductible social or fiscal taxes +SocialContributionsNondeductibles=Nondeductible social or fiscal taxes +DateOfSocialContribution=Date of social or fiscal tax +LabelContrib=Label contribution +TypeContrib=Type contribution +MenuSpecialExpenses=Special expenses +MenuTaxAndDividends=Taxes and dividends +MenuSocialContributions=Social/fiscal taxes +MenuNewSocialContribution=New social/fiscal tax +NewSocialContribution=New social/fiscal tax +AddSocialContribution=Add social/fiscal tax +ContributionsToPay=Social/fiscal taxes to pay +AccountancyTreasuryArea=Billing and payment area +NewPayment=New payment +PaymentCustomerInvoice=Customer invoice payment +PaymentSupplierInvoice=vendor invoice payment +PaymentSocialContribution=Social/fiscal tax payment +PaymentVat=VAT payment +AutomaticCreationPayment=Automatically record the payment +ListPayment=List of payments +ListOfCustomerPayments=List of customer payments +ListOfSupplierPayments=List of vendor payments +DateStartPeriod=Date start period +DateEndPeriod=Date end period +newLT1Payment=New tax 2 payment +newLT2Payment=New tax 3 payment +LT1Payment=Tax 2 payment +LT1Payments=Tax 2 payments +LT2Payment=Tax 3 payment +LT2Payments=Tax 3 payments +newLT1PaymentES=New RE payment +newLT2PaymentES=New IRPF payment +LT1PaymentES=RE Payment +LT1PaymentsES=RE Payments +LT2PaymentES=IRPF Payment +LT2PaymentsES=IRPF Payments +VATPayment=Sales tax payment +VATPayments=Sales tax payments +VATDeclarations=VAT declarations +VATDeclaration=VAT declaration +VATRefund=Sales tax refund +NewVATPayment=New sales tax payment +NewLocalTaxPayment=New tax %s payment +Refund=Refund +SocialContributionsPayments=Social/fiscal taxes payments +ShowVatPayment=Show VAT payment +TotalToPay=Total to pay +BalanceVisibilityDependsOnSortAndFilters=Balance is visible in this list only if table is sorted on %s and filtered on 1 bank account (with no other filters) +CustomerAccountancyCode=Customer accounting code +SupplierAccountancyCode=Vendor accounting code +CustomerAccountancyCodeShort=Cust. account. code +SupplierAccountancyCodeShort=Sup. account. code +AccountNumber=Account number +NewAccountingAccount=New account +Turnover=Turnover invoiced +TurnoverCollected=Turnover collected +SalesTurnoverMinimum=Minimum turnover +ByExpenseIncome=By expenses & incomes +ByThirdParties=By third parties +ByUserAuthorOfInvoice=By invoice author +CheckReceipt=Check deposit +CheckReceiptShort=Check deposit +LastCheckReceiptShort=Latest %s check receipts +NewCheckReceipt=New discount +NewCheckDeposit=New check deposit +NewCheckDepositOn=Create receipt for deposit on account: %s +NoWaitingChecks=No checks awaiting deposit. +DateChequeReceived=Check receiving date +NbOfCheques=No. of checks +PaySocialContribution=Pay a social/fiscal tax +PayVAT=Pay a VAT declaration +PaySalary=Pay a salary card +ConfirmPaySocialContribution=Are you sure you want to classify this social or fiscal tax as paid ? +ConfirmPayVAT=Are you sure you want to classify this VAT declaration as paid ? +ConfirmPaySalary=Are you sure you want to classify this salary card as paid? +DeleteSocialContribution=Delete a social or fiscal tax payment +DeleteVAT=Delete a VAT declaration +DeleteSalary=Delete a salary card +ConfirmDeleteSocialContribution=Are you sure you want to delete this social/fiscal tax payment ? +ConfirmDeleteVAT=Are you sure you want to delete this VAT declaration ? +ConfirmDeleteSalary=Are you sure you want to delete this salary? +ExportDataset_tax_1=Social and fiscal taxes and payments +CalcModeVATDebt=Mode %sVAT on commitment accounting%s. +CalcModeVATEngagement=Mode %sVAT on incomes-expenses%s. +CalcModeDebt=Analysis of known recorded documents even if they are not yet accounted in ledger. +CalcModeEngagement=Analysis of known recorded payments, even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger. +CalcModeBookkeeping=Analysis of data journalized in Bookkeeping Ledger table. +CalcModeLT1= Mode %sRE on customer invoices - suppliers invoices%s +CalcModeLT1Debt=Mode %sRE on customer invoices%s +CalcModeLT1Rec= Mode %sRE on suppliers invoices%s +CalcModeLT2= Mode %sIRPF on customer invoices - suppliers invoices%s +CalcModeLT2Debt=Mode %sIRPF on customer invoices%s +CalcModeLT2Rec= Mode %sIRPF on suppliers invoices%s +AnnualSummaryDueDebtMode=Balance of income and expenses, annual summary +AnnualSummaryInputOutputMode=Balance of income and expenses, annual summary +AnnualByCompanies=Balance of income and expenses, by predefined groups of account +AnnualByCompaniesDueDebtMode=Balance of income and expenses, detail by predefined groups, mode %sClaims-Debts%s said Commitment accounting. +AnnualByCompaniesInputOutputMode=Balance of income and expenses, detail by predefined groups, mode %sIncomes-Expenses%s said cash accounting. +SeeReportInInputOutputMode=See %sanalysis of payments%s for a calculation based on recorded payments made even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger +SeeReportInDueDebtMode=See %sanalysis of recorded documents%s for a calculation based on known recorded documents even if they are not yet accounted in Ledger +SeeReportInBookkeepingMode=See %sanalysis of bookeeping ledger table%s for a report based on Bookkeeping Ledger table +RulesAmountWithTaxIncluded=- Amounts shown are with all taxes included +RulesResultDue=- It includes outstanding invoices, expenses, VAT, donations whether they are paid or not. Is also includes paid salaries.
- It is based on the billing date of invoices and on the due date for expenses or tax payments. For salaries defined with Salary module, the value date of payment is used. +RulesResultInOut=- It includes the real payments made on invoices, expenses, VAT and salaries.
- It is based on the payment dates of the invoices, expenses, VAT and salaries. The donation date for donation. +RulesCADue=- It includes the customer's due invoices whether they are paid or not.
- It is based on the billing date of these invoices.
+RulesCAIn=- It includes all the effective payments of invoices received from customers.
- It is based on the payment date of these invoices
+RulesCATotalSaleJournal=It includes all credit lines from the Sale journal. +RulesSalesTurnoverOfIncomeAccounts=It includes (credit - debit) of lines for product accounts in group INCOME +RulesAmountOnInOutBookkeepingRecord=It includes record in your Ledger with accounting accounts that has the group "EXPENSE" or "INCOME" +RulesResultBookkeepingPredefined=It includes record in your Ledger with accounting accounts that has the group "EXPENSE" or "INCOME" +RulesResultBookkeepingPersonalized=It show record in your Ledger with accounting accounts grouped by personalized groups +SeePageForSetup=See menu %s for setup +DepositsAreNotIncluded=- Down payment invoices are not included +DepositsAreIncluded=- Down payment invoices are included +LT1ReportByMonth=Tax 2 report by month +LT2ReportByMonth=Tax 3 report by month +LT1ReportByCustomers=Report tax 2 by third party +LT2ReportByCustomers=Report tax 3 by third party +LT1ReportByCustomersES=Report by third party RE +LT2ReportByCustomersES=Report by third party IRPF +VATReport=Sale tax report +VATReportByPeriods=Sale tax report by period +VATReportByMonth=Sale tax report by month +VATReportByRates=Sale tax report by rates +VATReportByThirdParties=Sale tax report by third parties +VATReportByCustomers=Sale tax report by customer +VATReportByCustomersInInputOutputMode=Report by the customer VAT collected and paid +VATReportByQuartersInInputOutputMode=Report by Sale tax rate of the tax collected and paid +VATReportShowByRateDetails=Show details of this rate +LT1ReportByQuarters=Report tax 2 by rate +LT2ReportByQuarters=Report tax 3 by rate +LT1ReportByQuartersES=Report by RE rate +LT2ReportByQuartersES=Report by IRPF rate +SeeVATReportInInputOutputMode=See report %sVAT encasement%s for a standard calculation +SeeVATReportInDueDebtMode=See report %sVAT on flow%s for a calculation with an option on the flow +RulesVATInServices=- For services, the report includes the VAT regulations actually received or issued on the basis of the date of payment. +RulesVATInProducts=- For material assets, the report includes the VAT received or issued on the basis of the date of payment. +RulesVATDueServices=- For services, the report includes VAT invoices due, paid or not, based on the invoice date. +RulesVATDueProducts=- For material assets, the report includes the VAT invoices, based on the invoice date. +OptionVatInfoModuleComptabilite=Note: For material assets, it should use the date of delivery to be more fair. +ThisIsAnEstimatedValue=This is a preview, based on business events and not from the final ledger table, so final results may differ from this preview values +PercentOfInvoice=%%/invoice +NotUsedForGoods=Not used on goods +ProposalStats=Statistics on proposals +OrderStats=Statistics on orders +InvoiceStats=Statistics on bills +Dispatch=Dispatching +Dispatched=Dispatched +ToDispatch=To dispatch +ThirdPartyMustBeEditAsCustomer=Third party must be defined as a customer +SellsJournal=Sales Journal +PurchasesJournal=Purchases Journal +DescSellsJournal=Sales Journal +DescPurchasesJournal=Purchases Journal +CodeNotDef=Not defined +WarningDepositsNotIncluded=Down payment invoices are not included in this version with this accountancy module. +DatePaymentTermCantBeLowerThanObjectDate=Payment term date can't be lower than object date. +Pcg_version=Chart of accounts models +Pcg_type=Pcg type +Pcg_subtype=Pcg subtype +InvoiceLinesToDispatch=Invoice lines to dispatch +ByProductsAndServices=By product and service +RefExt=External ref +ToCreateAPredefinedInvoice=To create a template invoice, create a standard invoice, then, without validating it, click on button "%s". +LinkedOrder=Link to order +Mode1=Method 1 +Mode2=Method 2 +CalculationRuleDesc=To calculate total VAT, there is two methods:
Method 1 is rounding vat on each line, then summing them.
Method 2 is summing all vat on each line, then rounding result.
Final result may differs from few cents. Default mode is mode %s. +CalculationRuleDescSupplier=According to vendor, choose appropriate method to apply same calculation rule and get same result expected by your vendor. +TurnoverPerProductInCommitmentAccountingNotRelevant=The report of Turnover collected per product is not available. This report is only available for turnover invoiced. +TurnoverPerSaleTaxRateInCommitmentAccountingNotRelevant=The report of Turnover collected per sale tax rate is not available. This report is only available for turnover invoiced. +CalculationMode=Calculation mode +AccountancyJournal=Accounting code journal +ACCOUNTING_VAT_SOLD_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for VAT on sales (used if not defined on VAT dictionary setup) +ACCOUNTING_VAT_BUY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for VAT on purchases (used if not defined on VAT dictionary setup) +ACCOUNTING_VAT_PAY_ACCOUNT=Accounting account by default for paying VAT +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER=Accounting account used for customer third parties +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CUSTOMER_Desc=The dedicated accounting account defined on third party card will be used for Subledger accounting only. This one will be used for General Ledger and as default value of Subledger accounting if dedicated customer accounting account on third party is not defined. +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUPPLIER=Accounting account used for vendor third parties +ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_SUPPLIER_Desc=The dedicated accounting account defined on third party card will be used for Subledger accounting only. This one will be used for General Ledger and as default value of Subledger accounting if dedicated vendor accounting account on third party is not defined. +ConfirmCloneTax=Confirm the clone of a social/fiscal tax +ConfirmCloneVAT=Confirm the clone of a VAT declaration +ConfirmCloneSalary=Confirm the clone of a salary +CloneTaxForNextMonth=Clone it for next month +SimpleReport=Simple report +AddExtraReport=Extra reports (add foreign and national customer report) +OtherCountriesCustomersReport=Foreign customers report +BasedOnTwoFirstLettersOfVATNumberBeingDifferentFromYourCompanyCountry=Based on the two first letters of the VAT number being different from your own company's country code +SameCountryCustomersWithVAT=National customers report +BasedOnTwoFirstLettersOfVATNumberBeingTheSameAsYourCompanyCountry=Based on the two first letters of the VAT number being the same as your own company's country code +LinkedFichinter=Link to an intervention +ImportDataset_tax_contrib=Social/fiscal taxes +ImportDataset_tax_vat=Vat payments +ErrorBankAccountNotFound=Error: Bank account not found +FiscalPeriod=Accounting period +ListSocialContributionAssociatedProject=List of social contributions associated with the project +DeleteFromCat=Remove from accounting group +AccountingAffectation=Accounting assignment +LastDayTaxIsRelatedTo=Last day of period the tax is related to +VATDue=Sale tax claimed +ClaimedForThisPeriod=Claimed for the period +PaidDuringThisPeriod=Paid for this period +PaidDuringThisPeriodDesc=This is the sum of all payments linked to VAT declarations which have an end-of-period date in the selected date range +ByVatRate=By sale tax rate +TurnoverbyVatrate=Turnover invoiced by sale tax rate +TurnoverCollectedbyVatrate=Turnover collected by sale tax rate +PurchasebyVatrate=Purchase by sale tax rate +LabelToShow=Short label +PurchaseTurnover=Purchase turnover +PurchaseTurnoverCollected=Purchase turnover collected +RulesPurchaseTurnoverDue=- It includes the supplier's due invoices whether they are paid or not.
- It is based on the invoice date of these invoices.
+RulesPurchaseTurnoverIn=- It includes all the effective payments of invoices done to suppliers.
- It is based on the payment date of these invoices
+RulesPurchaseTurnoverTotalPurchaseJournal=It includes all debit lines from the purchase journal. +RulesPurchaseTurnoverOfExpenseAccounts=It includes (debit - credit) of lines for product accounts in group EXPENSE +ReportPurchaseTurnover=Purchase turnover invoiced +ReportPurchaseTurnoverCollected=Purchase turnover collected +IncludeVarpaysInResults = Include various payments in reports +IncludeLoansInResults = Include loans in reports +InvoiceLate30Days = Invoices late > 30 days +InvoiceLate15Days = Invoices late > 15 days +InvoiceLateMinus15Days = Invoices late +InvoiceNotLate = To be collected < 15 days +InvoiceNotLate15Days = To be collected in 15 days +InvoiceNotLate30Days = To be collected in 30 days diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/contracts.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/contracts.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9ac308142a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/contracts.lang @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - contracts +ContractsArea=Contracts area +ListOfContracts=List of contracts +AllContracts=All contracts +ContractCard=Contract card +ContractStatusNotRunning=Not running +ContractStatusDraft=Draft +ContractStatusValidated=Validated +ContractStatusClosed=Closed +ServiceStatusInitial=Not running +ServiceStatusRunning=Running +ServiceStatusNotLate=Running, not expired +ServiceStatusNotLateShort=Not expired +ServiceStatusLate=Running, expired +ServiceStatusLateShort=Expired +ServiceStatusClosed=Closed +ShowContractOfService=Show contract of service +Contracts=Contracts +ContractsSubscriptions=Contracts/Subscriptions +ContractsAndLine=Contracts and line of contracts +Contract=Contract +ContractLine=Contract line +Closing=Closing +NoContracts=No contracts +MenuServices=Services +MenuInactiveServices=Services not active +MenuRunningServices=Running services +MenuExpiredServices=Expired services +MenuClosedServices=Closed services +NewContract=New contract +NewContractSubscription=New contract or subscription +AddContract=Create contract +DeleteAContract=Delete a contract +ActivateAllOnContract=Activate all services +CloseAContract=Close a contract +ConfirmDeleteAContract=Are you sure you want to delete this contract and all its services? +ConfirmValidateContract=Are you sure you want to validate this contract under name %s? +ConfirmActivateAllOnContract=This will open all services (not yet active). Are you sure you want to open all services? +ConfirmCloseContract=This will close all services (active or not). Are you sure you want to close this contract? +ConfirmCloseService=Are you sure you want to close this service with date %s? +ValidateAContract=Validate a contract +ActivateService=Activate service +ConfirmActivateService=Are you sure you want to activate this service with date %s? +RefContract=Contract reference +DateContract=Contract date +DateServiceActivate=Service activation date +ListOfServices=List of services +ListOfInactiveServices=List of not active services +ListOfExpiredServices=List of expired active services +ListOfClosedServices=List of closed services +ListOfRunningServices=List of running services +NotActivatedServices=Inactive services (among validated contracts) +BoardNotActivatedServices=Services to activate among validated contracts +BoardNotActivatedServicesShort=Services to activate +LastContracts=Latest %s contracts +LastModifiedServices=Latest %s modified services +ContractStartDate=Start date +ContractEndDate=End date +DateStartPlanned=Planned start date +DateStartPlannedShort=Planned start date +DateEndPlanned=Planned end date +DateEndPlannedShort=Planned end date +DateStartReal=Real start date +DateStartRealShort=Real start date +DateEndReal=Real end date +DateEndRealShort=Real end date +CloseService=Close service +BoardRunningServices=Services running +BoardRunningServicesShort=Services running +BoardExpiredServices=Services expired +BoardExpiredServicesShort=Services expired +ServiceStatus=Status of service +DraftContracts=Drafts contracts +CloseRefusedBecauseOneServiceActive=Contract can't be closed as there is at least one open service on it +ActivateAllContracts=Activate all contract lines +CloseAllContracts=Close all contract lines +DeleteContractLine=Delete a contract line +ConfirmDeleteContractLine=Are you sure you want to delete this contract line? +MoveToAnotherContract=Move service into another contract. +ConfirmMoveToAnotherContract=I choosed new target contract and confirm I want to move this service into this contract. +ConfirmMoveToAnotherContractQuestion=Choose in which existing contract (of same third party), you want to move this service to? +PaymentRenewContractId=Renew contract line (number %s) +ExpiredSince=Expiration date +NoExpiredServices=No expired active services +ListOfServicesToExpireWithDuration=List of Services to expire in %s days +ListOfServicesToExpireWithDurationNeg=List of Services expired from more than %s days +ListOfServicesToExpire=List of Services to expire +NoteListOfYourExpiredServices=This list contains only services of contracts for third parties you are linked to as a sale representative. +StandardContractsTemplate=Standard contracts template +ContactNameAndSignature=For %s, name and signature: +OnlyLinesWithTypeServiceAreUsed=Only lines with type "Service" will be cloned. +ConfirmCloneContract=Are you sure you want to clone the contract %s? +LowerDateEndPlannedShort=Lower planned end date of active services +SendContractRef=Contract information __REF__ +OtherContracts=Other contracts +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_contrat_internal_SALESREPSIGN=Sales representative signing contract +TypeContact_contrat_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Sales representative following-up contract +TypeContact_contrat_external_BILLING=Billing customer contact +TypeContact_contrat_external_CUSTOMER=Follow-up customer contact +TypeContact_contrat_external_SALESREPSIGN=Signing contract customer contact +HideClosedServiceByDefault=Hide closed services by default +ShowClosedServices=Show Closed Services +HideClosedServices=Hide Closed Services diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/cron.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/cron.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4fd2220dea6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/cron.lang @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - cron +# About page +# Right +Permission23101 = Read Scheduled job +Permission23102 = Create/update Scheduled job +Permission23103 = Delete Scheduled job +Permission23104 = Execute Scheduled job +# Admin +CronSetup=Scheduled job management setup +URLToLaunchCronJobs=URL to check and launch qualified cron jobs from a browser +OrToLaunchASpecificJob=Or to check and launch a specific job from a browser +KeyForCronAccess=Security key for URL to launch cron jobs +FileToLaunchCronJobs=Command line to check and launch qualified cron jobs +CronExplainHowToRunUnix=On Unix environment you should use the following crontab entry to run the command line each 5 minutes +CronExplainHowToRunWin=On Microsoft(tm) Windows environment you can use Scheduled Task tools to run the command line each 5 minutes +CronMethodDoesNotExists=Class %s does not contains any method %s +CronMethodNotAllowed=Method %s of class %s is in blacklist of forbidden methods +CronJobDefDesc=Cron job profiles are defined into the module descriptor file. When module is activated, they are loaded and available so you can administer the jobs from the admin tools menu %s. +CronJobProfiles=List of predefined cron job profiles +# Menu +EnabledAndDisabled=Enabled and disabled +# Page list +CronLastOutput=Latest run output +CronLastResult=Latest result code +CronCommand=Command +CronList=Scheduled jobs +CronDelete=Delete scheduled jobs +CronConfirmDelete=Are you sure you want to delete these scheduled jobs? +CronExecute=Launch scheduled job +CronConfirmExecute=Are you sure you want to execute these scheduled jobs now? +CronInfo=Scheduled job module allows to schedule jobs to execute them automatically. Jobs can also be started manually. +CronTask=Job +CronNone=None +CronDtStart=Not before +CronDtEnd=Not after +CronDtNextLaunch=Next execution +CronDtLastLaunch=Start date of latest execution +CronDtLastResult=End date of latest execution +CronFrequency=Frequency +CronClass=Class +CronMethod=Method +CronModule=Module +CronNoJobs=No jobs registered +CronPriority=Priority +CronLabel=Label +CronNbRun=Number of launches +CronMaxRun=Maximum number of launches +CronEach=Every +JobFinished=Job launched and finished +Scheduled=Scheduled +#Page card +CronAdd= Add jobs +CronEvery=Execute job each +CronObject=Instance/Object to create +CronArgs=Parameters +CronSaveSucess=Save successfully +CronNote=Comment +CronFieldMandatory=Fields %s is mandatory +CronErrEndDateStartDt=End date cannot be before start date +StatusAtInstall=Status at module installation +CronStatusActiveBtn=Schedule +CronStatusInactiveBtn=Disable +CronTaskInactive=This job is disabled (not scheduled) +CronId=Id +CronClassFile=Filename with class +CronModuleHelp=Name of Dolibarr module directory (also work with external Dolibarr module).
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for module is
product +CronClassFileHelp=The relative path and file name to load (path is relative to web server root directory).
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for class file name is
product/class/product.class.php +CronObjectHelp=The object name to load.
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for class file name is
Product +CronMethodHelp=The object method to launch.
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for method is
fetch +CronArgsHelp=The method arguments.
For example to call the fetch method of Dolibarr Product object /htdocs/product/class/product.class.php, the value for paramters can be
0, ProductRef +CronCommandHelp=The system command line to execute. +CronCreateJob=Create new Scheduled Job +CronFrom=From +# Info +# Common +CronType=Job type +CronType_method=Call method of a PHP Class +CronType_command=Shell command +CronCannotLoadClass=Cannot load class file %s (to use class %s) +CronCannotLoadObject=Class file %s was loaded, but object %s was not found into it +UseMenuModuleToolsToAddCronJobs=Go into menu "Home - Admin tools - Scheduled jobs" to see and edit scheduled jobs. +JobDisabled=Job disabled +MakeLocalDatabaseDumpShort=Local database backup +MakeLocalDatabaseDump=Create a local database dump. Parameters are: compression ('gz' or 'bz' or 'none'), backup type ('mysql', 'pgsql', 'auto'), 1, 'auto' or filename to build, number of backup files to keep +WarningCronDelayed=Attention, for performance purpose, whatever is next date of execution of enabled jobs, your jobs may be delayed to a maximum of %s hours, before being run. +DATAPOLICYJob=Data cleaner and anonymizer +JobXMustBeEnabled=Job %s must be enabled +# Cron Boxes +LastExecutedScheduledJob=Last executed scheduled job +NextScheduledJobExecute=Next scheduled job to execute +NumberScheduledJobError=Number of scheduled jobs in error diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/deliveries.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/deliveries.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd8a36e6c70 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/deliveries.lang @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - deliveries +Delivery=Delivery +DeliveryRef=Ref Delivery +DeliveryCard=Receipt card +DeliveryOrder=Delivery receipt +DeliveryDate=Delivery date +CreateDeliveryOrder=Generate delivery receipt +DeliveryStateSaved=Delivery state saved +SetDeliveryDate=Set shipping date +ValidateDeliveryReceipt=Validate delivery receipt +ValidateDeliveryReceiptConfirm=Are you sure you want to validate this delivery receipt? +DeleteDeliveryReceipt=Delete delivery receipt +DeleteDeliveryReceiptConfirm=Are you sure you want to delete delivery receipt %s? +DeliveryMethod=Delivery method +TrackingNumber=Tracking number +DeliveryNotValidated=Delivery not validated +StatusDeliveryCanceled=Canceled +StatusDeliveryDraft=Draft +StatusDeliveryValidated=Received +# merou PDF model +NameAndSignature=Name and Signature: +ToAndDate=To___________________________________ on ____/_____/__________ +GoodStatusDeclaration=Have received the goods above in good condition, +Deliverer=Deliverer: +Sender=Sender +Recipient=Recipient +ErrorStockIsNotEnough=There's not enough stock +Shippable=Shippable +NonShippable=Not Shippable +ShowShippableStatus=Show shippable status +ShowReceiving=Show delivery receipt +NonExistentOrder=Nonexistent order +StockQuantitiesAlreadyAllocatedOnPreviousLines = Stock quantities already allocated on previous lines diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/dict.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/dict.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0524cf1ca18 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/dict.lang @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - dict +CountryFR=France +CountryBE=Belgium +CountryIT=Italy +CountryES=Spain +CountryDE=Germany +CountryCH=Switzerland +# Warning, country code GB is for United Kingdom. UK Does not exists as country code in ISO standard. +CountryGB=United Kingdom +CountryUK=United Kingdom +CountryIE=Ireland +CountryCN=China +CountryTN=Tunisia +CountryUS=United States +CountryMA=Morocco +CountryDZ=Algeria +CountryCA=Canada +CountryTG=Togo +CountryGA=Gabon +CountryNL=Netherlands +CountryHU=Hungary +CountryRU=Russia +CountrySE=Sweden +CountryCI=Ivory Coast +CountrySN=Senegal +CountryAR=Argentina +CountryCM=Cameroon +CountryPT=Portugal +CountrySA=Saudi Arabia +CountryMC=Monaco +CountryAU=Australia +CountrySG=Singapore +CountryAF=Afghanistan +CountryAX=Åland Islands +CountryAL=Albania +CountryAS=American Samoa +CountryAD=Andorra +CountryAO=Angola +CountryAI=Anguilla +CountryAQ=Antarctica +CountryAG=Antigua and Barbuda +CountryAM=Armenia +CountryAW=Aruba +CountryAT=Austria +CountryAZ=Azerbaijan +CountryBS=Bahamas +CountryBH=Bahrain +CountryBD=Bangladesh +CountryBB=Barbados +CountryBY=Belarus +CountryBZ=Belize +CountryBJ=Benin +CountryBM=Bermuda +CountryBT=Bhutan +CountryBO=Bolivia +CountryBA=Bosnia and Herzegovina +CountryBW=Botswana +CountryBV=Bouvet Island +CountryBR=Brazil +CountryIO=British Indian Ocean Territory +CountryBN=Brunei Darussalam +CountryBG=Bulgaria +CountryBF=Burkina Faso +CountryBI=Burundi +CountryKH=Cambodia +CountryCV=Cape Verde +CountryKY=Cayman Islands +CountryCF=Central African Republic +CountryTD=Chad +CountryCL=Chile +CountryCX=Christmas Island +CountryCC=Cocos (Keeling) Islands +CountryCO=Colombia +CountryKM=Comoros +CountryCG=Congo +CountryCD=Congo, The Democratic Republic of the +CountryCK=Cook Islands +CountryCR=Costa Rica +CountryHR=Croatia +CountryCU=Cuba +CountryCY=Cyprus +CountryCZ=Czech Republic +CountryDK=Denmark +CountryDJ=Djibouti +CountryDM=Dominica +CountryDO=Dominican Republic +CountryEC=Ecuador +CountryEG=Egypt +CountrySV=El Salvador +CountryGQ=Equatorial Guinea +CountryER=Eritrea +CountryEE=Estonia +CountryET=Ethiopia +CountryFK=Falkland Islands +CountryFO=Faroe Islands +CountryFJ=Fiji Islands +CountryFI=Finland +CountryGF=French Guiana +CountryPF=French Polynesia +CountryTF=French Southern Territories +CountryGM=Gambia +CountryGE=Georgia +CountryGH=Ghana +CountryGI=Gibraltar +CountryGR=Greece +CountryGL=Greenland +CountryGD=Grenada +CountryGP=Guadeloupe +CountryGU=Guam +CountryGT=Guatemala +CountryGN=Guinea +CountryGW=Guinea-Bissau +CountryGY=Guyana +CountryHT=Haïti +CountryHM=Heard Island and McDonald +CountryVA=Holy See (Vatican City State) +CountryHN=Honduras +CountryHK=Hong Kong +CountryIS=Iceland +CountryIN=India +CountryID=Indonesia +CountryIR=Iran +CountryIQ=Iraq +CountryIL=Israel +CountryJM=Jamaica +CountryJP=Japan +CountryJO=Jordan +CountryKZ=Kazakhstan +CountryKE=Kenya +CountryKI=Kiribati +CountryKP=North Korea +CountryKR=South Korea +CountryKW=Kuwait +CountryKG=Kyrgyzstan +CountryLA=Lao +CountryLV=Latvia +CountryLB=Lebanon +CountryLS=Lesotho +CountryLR=Liberia +CountryLY=Libyan +CountryLI=Liechtenstein +CountryLT=Lithuania +CountryLU=Luxembourg +CountryMO=Macao +CountryMK=Macedonia, the former Yugoslav of +CountryMG=Madagascar +CountryMW=Malawi +CountryMY=Malaysia +CountryMV=Maldives +CountryML=Mali +CountryMT=Malta +CountryMH=Marshall Islands +CountryMQ=Martinique +CountryMR=Mauritania +CountryMU=Mauritius +CountryYT=Mayotte +CountryMX=Mexico +CountryFM=Micronesia +CountryMD=Moldova +CountryMN=Mongolia +CountryMS=Monserrat +CountryMZ=Mozambique +CountryMM=Myanmar (Burma) +CountryNA=Namibia +CountryNR=Nauru +CountryNP=Nepal +CountryAN=Netherlands Antilles +CountryNC=New Caledonia +CountryNZ=New Zealand +CountryNI=Nicaragua +CountryNE=Niger +CountryNG=Nigeria +CountryNU=Niue +CountryNF=Norfolk Island +CountryMP=Northern Mariana Islands +CountryNO=Norway +CountryOM=Oman +CountryPK=Pakistan +CountryPW=Palau +CountryPS=Palestinian Territory, Occupied +CountryPA=Panama +CountryPG=Papua New Guinea +CountryPY=Paraguay +CountryPE=Peru +CountryPH=Philippines +CountryPN=Pitcairn Islands +CountryPL=Poland +CountryPR=Puerto Rico +CountryQA=Qatar +CountryRE=Reunion +CountryRO=Romania +CountryRW=Rwanda +CountrySH=Saint Helena +CountryKN=Saint Kitts and Nevis +CountryLC=Saint Lucia +CountryPM=Saint Pierre and Miquelon +CountryVC=Saint Vincent and Grenadines +CountryWS=Samoa +CountrySM=San Marino +CountryST=Sao Tome and Principe +CountryRS=Serbia +CountrySC=Seychelles +CountrySL=Sierra Leone +CountrySK=Slovakia +CountrySI=Slovenia +CountrySB=Solomon Islands +CountrySO=Somalia +CountryZA=South Africa +CountryGS=South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands +CountryLK=Sri Lanka +CountrySD=Sudan +CountrySR=Suriname +CountrySJ=Svalbard and Jan Mayen +CountrySZ=Swaziland +CountrySY=Syrian +CountryTW=Taiwan +CountryTJ=Tajikistan +CountryTZ=Tanzania +CountryTH=Thailand +CountryTL=Timor-Leste +CountryTK=Tokelau +CountryTO=Tonga +CountryTT=Trinidad and Tobago +CountryTR=Turkey +CountryTM=Turkmenistan +CountryTC=Turks and Caicos Islands +CountryTV=Tuvalu +CountryUG=Uganda +CountryUA=Ukraine +CountryAE=United Arab Emirates +CountryUM=United States Minor Outlying Islands +CountryUY=Uruguay +CountryUZ=Uzbekistan +CountryVU=Vanuatu +CountryVE=Venezuela +CountryVN=Viet Nam +CountryVG=Virgin Islands, British +CountryVI=Virgin Islands, U.S. +CountryWF=Wallis and Futuna +CountryEH=Western Sahara +CountryYE=Yemen +CountryZM=Zambia +CountryZW=Zimbabwe +CountryGG=Guernsey +CountryIM=Isle of Man +CountryJE=Jersey +CountryME=Montenegro +CountryBL=Saint Barthelemy +CountryMF=Saint Martin + +##### Civilities ##### +CivilityMME=Mrs. +CivilityMR=Mr. +CivilityMLE=Ms. +CivilityMTRE=Master +CivilityDR=Doctor +##### Currencies ##### +Currencyeuros=Euros +CurrencyAUD=AU Dollars +CurrencySingAUD=AU Dollar +CurrencyCAD=CAN Dollars +CurrencySingCAD=CAN Dollar +CurrencyCHF=Swiss Francs +CurrencySingCHF=Swiss Franc +CurrencyEUR=Euros +CurrencySingEUR=Euro +CurrencyFRF=French Francs +CurrencySingFRF=French Franc +CurrencyGBP=GB Pounds +CurrencySingGBP=GB Pound +CurrencyINR=Indian rupees +CurrencySingINR=Indian rupee +CurrencyMAD=Dirham +CurrencySingMAD=Dirham +CurrencyMGA=Ariary +CurrencySingMGA=Ariary +CurrencyMUR=Mauritius rupees +CurrencySingMUR=Mauritius rupee +CurrencyNOK=Norwegian krones +CurrencySingNOK=Norwegian kronas +CurrencyTND=Tunisian dinars +CurrencySingTND=Tunisian dinar +CurrencyUSD=US Dollars +CurrencySingUSD=US Dollar +CurrencyUAH=Hryvnia +CurrencySingUAH=Hryvnia +CurrencyXAF=CFA Francs BEAC +CurrencySingXAF=CFA Franc BEAC +CurrencyXOF=CFA Francs BCEAO +CurrencySingXOF=CFA Franc BCEAO +CurrencyXPF=CFP Francs +CurrencySingXPF=CFP Franc +CurrencyCentEUR=cents +CurrencyCentSingEUR=cent +CurrencyCentINR=paisa +CurrencyCentSingINR=paise +CurrencyThousandthSingTND=thousandth +#### Input reasons ##### +DemandReasonTypeSRC_INTE=Internet +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_MAIL=Mailing campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_EMAIL=EMailing campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_PHO=Phone campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_CAMP_FAX=Fax campaign +DemandReasonTypeSRC_COMM=Commercial contact +DemandReasonTypeSRC_SHOP=Shop contact +DemandReasonTypeSRC_WOM=Word of mouth +DemandReasonTypeSRC_PARTNER=Partner +DemandReasonTypeSRC_EMPLOYEE=Employee +DemandReasonTypeSRC_SPONSORING=Sponsorship +DemandReasonTypeSRC_SRC_CUSTOMER=Incoming contact of a customer +#### Paper formats #### +PaperFormatEU4A0=Format 4A0 +PaperFormatEU2A0=Format 2A0 +PaperFormatEUA0=Format A0 +PaperFormatEUA1=Format A1 +PaperFormatEUA2=Format A2 +PaperFormatEUA3=Format A3 +PaperFormatEUA4=Format A4 +PaperFormatEUA5=Format A5 +PaperFormatEUA6=Format A6 +PaperFormatUSLETTER=Format Letter US +PaperFormatUSLEGAL=Format Legal US +PaperFormatUSEXECUTIVE=Format Executive US +PaperFormatUSLEDGER=Format Ledger/Tabloid +PaperFormatCAP1=Format P1 Canada +PaperFormatCAP2=Format P2 Canada +PaperFormatCAP3=Format P3 Canada +PaperFormatCAP4=Format P4 Canada +PaperFormatCAP5=Format P5 Canada +PaperFormatCAP6=Format P6 Canada +#### Expense report categories #### +ExpAutoCat=Car +ExpCycloCat=Moped +ExpMotoCat=Motorbike +ExpAuto3CV=3 CV +ExpAuto4CV=4 CV +ExpAuto5CV=5 CV +ExpAuto6CV=6 CV +ExpAuto7CV=7 CV +ExpAuto8CV=8 CV +ExpAuto9CV=9 CV +ExpAuto10CV=10 CV +ExpAuto11CV=11 CV +ExpAuto12CV=12 CV +ExpAuto3PCV=3 CV and more +ExpAuto4PCV=4 CV and more +ExpAuto5PCV=5 CV and more +ExpAuto6PCV=6 CV and more +ExpAuto7PCV=7 CV and more +ExpAuto8PCV=8 CV and more +ExpAuto9PCV=9 CV and more +ExpAuto10PCV=10 CV and more +ExpAuto11PCV=11 CV and more +ExpAuto12PCV=12 CV and more +ExpAuto13PCV=13 CV and more +ExpCyclo=Capacity lower to 50cm3 +ExpMoto12CV=Motorbike 1 or 2 CV +ExpMoto345CV=Motorbike 3, 4 or 5 CV +ExpMoto5PCV=Motorbike 5 CV and more diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/donations.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/donations.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d512abb2eea --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/donations.lang @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - donations +Donation=Donation +Donations=Donations +DonationRef=Donation ref. +Donor=Donor +AddDonation=Create a donation +NewDonation=New donation +DeleteADonation=Delete a donation +ConfirmDeleteADonation=Are you sure you want to delete this donation? +PublicDonation=Public donation +DonationsArea=Donations area +DonationStatusPromiseNotValidated=Draft promise +DonationStatusPromiseValidated=Validated promise +DonationStatusPaid=Donation received +DonationStatusPromiseNotValidatedShort=Draft +DonationStatusPromiseValidatedShort=Validated +DonationStatusPaidShort=Received +DonationTitle=Donation receipt +DonationDate=Donation date +DonationDatePayment=Payment date +ValidPromess=Validate promise +DonationReceipt=Donation receipt +DonationsModels=Documents models for donation receipts +LastModifiedDonations=Latest %s modified donations +DonationRecipient=Donation recipient +IConfirmDonationReception=The recipient declare reception, as a donation, of the following amount +MinimumAmount=Minimum amount is %s +FreeTextOnDonations=Free text to show in footer +FrenchOptions=Options for France +DONATION_ART200=Show article 200 from CGI if you are concerned +DONATION_ART238=Show article 238 from CGI if you are concerned +DONATION_ART885=Show article 885 from CGI if you are concerned +DonationPayment=Donation payment +DonationValidated=Donation %s validated +DonationUseThirdparties=Use an existing thirdparty as coordinates of donators diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ecm.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ecm.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc18bed4a29 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ecm.lang @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ecm +ECMNbOfDocs=No. of documents in directory +ECMSection=Directory +ECMSectionManual=Manual directory +ECMSectionAuto=Automatic directory +ECMSectionsManual=Manual tree +ECMSectionsAuto=Automatic tree +ECMSections=Directories +ECMRoot=ECM Root +ECMNewSection=New directory +ECMAddSection=Add directory +ECMCreationDate=Creation date +ECMNbOfFilesInDir=Number of files in directory +ECMNbOfSubDir=Number of sub-directories +ECMNbOfFilesInSubDir=Number of files in sub-directories +ECMCreationUser=Creator +ECMArea=DMS/ECM area +ECMAreaDesc=The DMS/ECM (Document Management System / Electronic Content Management) area allows you to save, share and search quickly all kind of documents in Dolibarr. +ECMAreaDesc2=* Automatic directories are filled automatically when adding documents from card of an element.
* Manual directories can be used to save documents not linked to a particular element. +ECMSectionWasRemoved=Directory %s has been deleted. +ECMSectionWasCreated=Directory %s has been created. +ECMSearchByKeywords=Search by keywords +ECMSearchByEntity=Search by object +ECMSectionOfDocuments=Directories of documents +ECMTypeAuto=Automatic +ECMDocsBy=Documents linked to %s +ECMNoDirectoryYet=No directory created +ShowECMSection=Show directory +DeleteSection=Remove directory +ConfirmDeleteSection=Can you confirm you want to delete the directory %s? +ECMDirectoryForFiles=Relative directory for files +CannotRemoveDirectoryContainsFilesOrDirs=Removal not possible because it contains some files or sub-directories +CannotRemoveDirectoryContainsFiles=Removal not possible because it contains some files +ECMFileManager=File manager +ECMSelectASection=Select a directory in the tree... +DirNotSynchronizedSyncFirst=This directory seems to be created or modified outside ECM module. You must click on "Resync" button first to synchronize disk and database to get content of this directory. +ReSyncListOfDir=Resync list of directories +HashOfFileContent=Hash of file content +NoDirectoriesFound=No directories found +FileNotYetIndexedInDatabase=File not yet indexed into database (try to re-upload it) +ExtraFieldsEcmFiles=Extrafields Ecm Files +ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=Extrafields Ecm Directories +ECMSetup=ECM Setup +GenerateImgWebp=Duplicate all images with another version with .webp format +ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=If you confirm, you will generate an image in .webp format for all images currently into this folder (subfolders are not included)... +ConfirmImgWebpCreation=Confirm all images duplication +SucessConvertImgWebp=Images successfully duplicated diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/errors.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..45b2c258c41 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/errors.lang @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - errors + +# No errors +NoErrorCommitIsDone=No error, we commit +# Errors +ErrorButCommitIsDone=Errors found but we validate despite this +ErrorBadEMail=Email %s is incorrect +ErrorBadMXDomain=Email %s seems incorrect (domain has no valid MX record) +ErrorBadUrl=Url %s is incorrect +ErrorBadValueForParamNotAString=Bad value for your parameter. It appends generally when translation is missing. +ErrorRefAlreadyExists=Reference %s already exists. +ErrorLoginAlreadyExists=Login %s already exists. +ErrorGroupAlreadyExists=Group %s already exists. +ErrorEmailAlreadyExists=Email %s already exists. +ErrorRecordNotFound=Record not found. +ErrorFailToCopyFile=Failed to copy file '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToCopyDir=Failed to copy directory '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToRenameFile=Failed to rename file '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToDeleteFile=Failed to remove file '%s'. +ErrorFailToCreateFile=Failed to create file '%s'. +ErrorFailToRenameDir=Failed to rename directory '%s' into '%s'. +ErrorFailToCreateDir=Failed to create directory '%s'. +ErrorFailToDeleteDir=Failed to delete directory '%s'. +ErrorFailToMakeReplacementInto=Failed to make replacement into file '%s'. +ErrorFailToGenerateFile=Failed to generate file '%s'. +ErrorThisContactIsAlreadyDefinedAsThisType=This contact is already defined as contact for this type. +ErrorCashAccountAcceptsOnlyCashMoney=This bank account is a cash account, so it accepts payments of type cash only. +ErrorFromToAccountsMustDiffers=Source and targets bank accounts must be different. +ErrorBadThirdPartyName=Bad value for third-party name +ErrorProdIdIsMandatory=The %s is mandatory +ErrorBadCustomerCodeSyntax=Bad syntax for customer code +ErrorBadBarCodeSyntax=Bad syntax for barcode. May be you set a bad barcode type or you defined a barcode mask for numbering that does not match value scanned. +ErrorCustomerCodeRequired=Customer code required +ErrorBarCodeRequired=Barcode required +ErrorCustomerCodeAlreadyUsed=Customer code already used +ErrorBarCodeAlreadyUsed=Barcode already used +ErrorPrefixRequired=Prefix required +ErrorBadSupplierCodeSyntax=Bad syntax for vendor code +ErrorSupplierCodeRequired=Vendor code required +ErrorSupplierCodeAlreadyUsed=Vendor code already used +ErrorBadParameters=Bad parameters +ErrorWrongParameters=Wrong or missing parameters +ErrorBadValueForParameter=Wrong value '%s' for parameter '%s' +ErrorBadImageFormat=Image file has not a supported format (Your PHP does not support functions to convert images of this format) +ErrorBadDateFormat=Value '%s' has wrong date format +ErrorWrongDate=Date is not correct! +ErrorFailedToWriteInDir=Failed to write in directory %s +ErrorFoundBadEmailInFile=Found incorrect email syntax for %s lines in file (example line %s with email=%s) +ErrorUserCannotBeDelete=User cannot be deleted. Maybe it is associated to Dolibarr entities. +ErrorFieldsRequired=Some required fields have been left blank. +ErrorSubjectIsRequired=The email subject is required +ErrorFailedToCreateDir=Failed to create a directory. Check that Web server user has permissions to write into Dolibarr documents directory. If parameter safe_mode is enabled on this PHP, check that Dolibarr php files owns to web server user (or group). +ErrorNoMailDefinedForThisUser=No mail defined for this user +ErrorSetupOfEmailsNotComplete=Setup of emails is not complete +ErrorFeatureNeedJavascript=This feature need javascript to be activated to work. Change this in setup - display. +ErrorTopMenuMustHaveAParentWithId0=A menu of type 'Top' can't have a parent menu. Put 0 in parent menu or choose a menu of type 'Left'. +ErrorLeftMenuMustHaveAParentId=A menu of type 'Left' must have a parent id. +ErrorFileNotFound=File %s not found (Bad path, wrong permissions or access denied by PHP openbasedir or safe_mode parameter) +ErrorDirNotFound=Directory %s not found (Bad path, wrong permissions or access denied by PHP openbasedir or safe_mode parameter) +ErrorFunctionNotAvailableInPHP=Function %s is required for this feature but is not available in this version/setup of PHP. +ErrorDirAlreadyExists=A directory with this name already exists. +ErrorFileAlreadyExists=A file with this name already exists. +ErrorDestinationAlreadyExists=Another file with the name %s already exists. +ErrorPartialFile=File not received completely by server. +ErrorNoTmpDir=Temporary directy %s does not exists. +ErrorUploadBlockedByAddon=Upload blocked by a PHP/Apache plugin. +ErrorFileSizeTooLarge=File size is too large. +ErrorFieldTooLong=Field %s is too long. +ErrorSizeTooLongForIntType=Size too long for int type (%s digits maximum) +ErrorSizeTooLongForVarcharType=Size too long for string type (%s chars maximum) +ErrorNoValueForSelectType=Please fill value for select list +ErrorNoValueForCheckBoxType=Please fill value for checkbox list +ErrorNoValueForRadioType=Please fill value for radio list +ErrorBadFormatValueList=The list value cannot have more than one comma: %s, but need at least one: key,value +ErrorFieldCanNotContainSpecialCharacters=The field %s must not contains special characters. +ErrorFieldCanNotContainSpecialNorUpperCharacters=The field %s must not contain special characters, nor upper case characters and cannot contain only numbers. +ErrorFieldMustHaveXChar=The field %s must have at least %s characters. +ErrorNoAccountancyModuleLoaded=No accountancy module activated +ErrorExportDuplicateProfil=This profile name already exists for this export set. +ErrorLDAPSetupNotComplete=Dolibarr-LDAP matching is not complete. +ErrorLDAPMakeManualTest=A .ldif file has been generated in directory %s. Try to load it manually from command line to have more information on errors. +ErrorCantSaveADoneUserWithZeroPercentage=Can't save an action with "status not started" if field "done by" is also filled. +ErrorRefAlreadyExists=Reference %s already exists. +ErrorPleaseTypeBankTransactionReportName=Please enter the bank statement name where the entry has to be reported (Format YYYYMM or YYYYMMDD) +ErrorRecordHasChildren=Failed to delete record since it has some child records. +ErrorRecordHasAtLeastOneChildOfType=Object has at least one child of type %s +ErrorRecordIsUsedCantDelete=Can't delete record. It is already used or included into another object. +ErrorModuleRequireJavascript=Javascript must not be disabled to have this feature working. To enable/disable Javascript, go to menu Home->Setup->Display. +ErrorPasswordsMustMatch=Both typed passwords must match each other +ErrorContactEMail=A technical error occured. Please, contact administrator to following email %s and provide the error code %s in your message, or add a screen copy of this page. +ErrorWrongValueForField=Field %s: '%s' does not match regex rule %s +ErrorFieldValueNotIn=Field %s: '%s' is not a value found in field %s of %s +ErrorFieldRefNotIn=Field %s: '%s' is not a %s existing ref +ErrorsOnXLines=%s errors found +ErrorFileIsInfectedWithAVirus=The antivirus program was not able to validate the file (file might be infected by a virus) +ErrorSpecialCharNotAllowedForField=Special characters are not allowed for field "%s" +ErrorNumRefModel=A reference exists into database (%s) and is not compatible with this numbering rule. Remove record or renamed reference to activate this module. +ErrorQtyTooLowForThisSupplier=Quantity too low for this vendor or no price defined on this product for this vendor +ErrorOrdersNotCreatedQtyTooLow=Some orders haven't been created because of too-low quantities +ErrorModuleSetupNotComplete=Setup of module %s looks to be uncomplete. Go on Home - Setup - Modules to complete. +ErrorBadMask=Error on mask +ErrorBadMaskFailedToLocatePosOfSequence=Error, mask without sequence number +ErrorBadMaskBadRazMonth=Error, bad reset value +ErrorMaxNumberReachForThisMask=Maximum number reached for this mask +ErrorCounterMustHaveMoreThan3Digits=Counter must have more than 3 digits +ErrorSelectAtLeastOne=Error, select at least one entry. +ErrorDeleteNotPossibleLineIsConsolidated=Delete not possible because record is linked to a bank transaction that is conciliated +ErrorProdIdAlreadyExist=%s is assigned to another third +ErrorFailedToSendPassword=Failed to send password +ErrorFailedToLoadRSSFile=Fails to get RSS feed. Try to add constant MAIN_SIMPLEXMLLOAD_DEBUG if error messages does not provide enough information. +ErrorForbidden=Access denied.
You try to access to a page, area or feature of a disabled module or without being in an authenticated session or that is not allowed to your user. +ErrorForbidden2=Permission for this login can be defined by your Dolibarr administrator from menu %s->%s. +ErrorForbidden3=It seems that Dolibarr is not used through an authenticated session. Take a look at Dolibarr setup documentation to know how to manage authentications (htaccess, mod_auth or other...). +ErrorNoImagickReadimage=Class Imagick is not found in this PHP. No preview can be available. Administrators can disable this tab from menu Setup - Display. +ErrorRecordAlreadyExists=Record already exists +ErrorLabelAlreadyExists=This label already exists +ErrorCantReadFile=Failed to read file '%s' +ErrorCantReadDir=Failed to read directory '%s' +ErrorBadLoginPassword=Bad value for login or password +ErrorLoginDisabled=Your account has been disabled +ErrorFailedToRunExternalCommand=Failed to run external command. Check it is available and runnable by your PHP server user. Check also the command is not protected on shell level by a security layer like apparmor. +ErrorFailedToChangePassword=Failed to change password +ErrorLoginDoesNotExists=User with login %s could not be found. +ErrorLoginHasNoEmail=This user has no email address. Process aborted. +ErrorBadValueForCode=Bad value for security code. Try again with new value... +ErrorBothFieldCantBeNegative=Fields %s and %s can't be both negative +ErrorFieldCantBeNegativeOnInvoice=Field %s cannot be negative on this type of invoice. If you need to add a discount line, just create the discount first (from field '%s' in thirdparty card) and apply it to the invoice. +ErrorLinesCantBeNegativeForOneVATRate=Total of lines (net of tax) can't be negative for a given not null VAT rate (Found a negative total for VAT rate %s%%). +ErrorLinesCantBeNegativeOnDeposits=Lines can't be negative in a deposit. You will face problems when you will need to consume the deposit in final invoice if you do so. +ErrorQtyForCustomerInvoiceCantBeNegative=Quantity for line into customer invoices can't be negative +ErrorWebServerUserHasNotPermission=User account %s used to execute web server has no permission for that +ErrorNoActivatedBarcode=No barcode type activated +ErrUnzipFails=Failed to unzip %s with ZipArchive +ErrNoZipEngine=No engine to zip/unzip %s file in this PHP +ErrorFileMustBeADolibarrPackage=The file %s must be a Dolibarr zip package +ErrorModuleFileRequired=You must select a Dolibarr module package file +ErrorPhpCurlNotInstalled=The PHP CURL is not installed, this is essential to talk with Paypal +ErrorFailedToAddToMailmanList=Failed to add record %s to Mailman list %s or SPIP base +ErrorFailedToRemoveToMailmanList=Failed to remove record %s to Mailman list %s or SPIP base +ErrorNewValueCantMatchOldValue=New value can't be equal to old one +ErrorFailedToValidatePasswordReset=Failed to reinit password. May be the reinit was already done (this link can be used only one time). If not, try to restart the reinit process. +ErrorToConnectToMysqlCheckInstance=Connect to database fails. Check database server is running (for example, with mysql/mariadb, you can launch it from command line with 'sudo service mysql start'). +ErrorFailedToAddContact=Failed to add contact +ErrorDateMustBeBeforeToday=The date must be lower than today +ErrorDateMustBeInFuture=The date must be greater than today +ErrorPaymentModeDefinedToWithoutSetup=A payment mode was set to type %s but setup of module Invoice was not completed to define information to show for this payment mode. +ErrorPHPNeedModule=Error, your PHP must have module %s installed to use this feature. +ErrorOpenIDSetupNotComplete=You setup Dolibarr config file to allow OpenID authentication, but URL of OpenID service is not defined into constant %s +ErrorWarehouseMustDiffers=Source and target warehouses must differs +ErrorBadFormat=Bad format! +ErrorMemberNotLinkedToAThirpartyLinkOrCreateFirst=Error, this member is not yet linked to any third party. Link member to an existing third party or create a new third party before creating subscription with invoice. +ErrorThereIsSomeDeliveries=Error, there is some deliveries linked to this shipment. Deletion refused. +ErrorCantDeletePaymentReconciliated=Can't delete a payment that had generated a bank entry that was reconciled +ErrorCantDeletePaymentSharedWithPayedInvoice=Can't delete a payment shared by at least one invoice with status Paid +ErrorPriceExpression1=Cannot assign to constant '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression2=Cannot redefine built-in function '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression3=Undefined variable '%s' in function definition +ErrorPriceExpression4=Illegal character '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression5=Unexpected '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression6=Wrong number of arguments (%s given, %s expected) +ErrorPriceExpression8=Unexpected operator '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression9=An unexpected error occured +ErrorPriceExpression10=Operator '%s' lacks operand +ErrorPriceExpression11=Expecting '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression14=Division by zero +ErrorPriceExpression17=Undefined variable '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression19=Expression not found +ErrorPriceExpression20=Empty expression +ErrorPriceExpression21=Empty result '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression22=Negative result '%s' +ErrorPriceExpression23=Unknown or non set variable '%s' in %s +ErrorPriceExpression24=Variable '%s' exists but has no value +ErrorPriceExpressionInternal=Internal error '%s' +ErrorPriceExpressionUnknown=Unknown error '%s' +ErrorSrcAndTargetWarehouseMustDiffers=Source and target warehouses must differs +ErrorTryToMakeMoveOnProductRequiringBatchData=Error, trying to make a stock movement without lot/serial information, on product '%s' requiring lot/serial information +ErrorCantSetReceptionToTotalDoneWithReceptionToApprove=All recorded receptions must first be verified (approved or denied) before being allowed to do this action +ErrorCantSetReceptionToTotalDoneWithReceptionDenied=All recorded receptions must first be verified (approved) before being allowed to do this action +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater0=HTTP request failed with error '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater1=Invalid JSON format '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater2=Missing parameter '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater3=The requested data was not found in result +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater4=SOAP client failed with error '%s' +ErrorGlobalVariableUpdater5=No global variable selected +ErrorFieldMustBeANumeric=Field %s must be a numeric value +ErrorMandatoryParametersNotProvided=Mandatory parameter(s) not provided +ErrorOppStatusRequiredIfAmount=You set an estimated amount for this lead. So you must also enter it's status. +ErrorFailedToLoadModuleDescriptorForXXX=Failed to load module descriptor class for %s +ErrorBadDefinitionOfMenuArrayInModuleDescriptor=Bad Definition Of Menu Array In Module Descriptor (bad value for key fk_menu) +ErrorSavingChanges=An error has occurred when saving the changes +ErrorWarehouseRequiredIntoShipmentLine=Warehouse is required on the line to ship +ErrorFileMustHaveFormat=File must have format %s +ErrorFilenameCantStartWithDot=Filename can't start with a '.' +ErrorSupplierCountryIsNotDefined=Country for this vendor is not defined. Correct this first. +ErrorsThirdpartyMerge=Failed to merge the two records. Request canceled. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnOrder=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new order. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnInvoice=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new invoice. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnShipment=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new shipment. +ErrorStockIsNotEnoughToAddProductOnProposal=Stock is not enough for product %s to add it into a new proposal. +ErrorFailedToLoadLoginFileForMode=Failed to get the login key for mode '%s'. +ErrorModuleNotFound=File of module was not found. +ErrorFieldAccountNotDefinedForBankLine=Value for Accounting account not defined for source line id %s (%s) +ErrorFieldAccountNotDefinedForInvoiceLine=Value for Accounting account not defined for invoice id %s (%s) +ErrorFieldAccountNotDefinedForLine=Value for Accounting account not defined for the line (%s) +ErrorBankStatementNameMustFollowRegex=Error, bank statement name must follow the following syntax rule %s +ErrorPhpMailDelivery=Check that you don't use a too high number of recipients and that your email content is not similar to a Spam. Ask also your administrator to check firewall and server logs files for a more complete information. +ErrorUserNotAssignedToTask=User must be assigned to task to be able to enter time consumed. +ErrorTaskAlreadyAssigned=Task already assigned to user +ErrorModuleFileSeemsToHaveAWrongFormat=The module package seems to have a wrong format. +ErrorModuleFileSeemsToHaveAWrongFormat2=At least one mandatory directory must exists into zip of module: %s or %s +ErrorFilenameDosNotMatchDolibarrPackageRules=The name of the module package (%s) does not match expected name syntax: %s +ErrorDuplicateTrigger=Error, duplicate trigger name %s. Already loaded from %s. +ErrorNoWarehouseDefined=Error, no warehouses defined. +ErrorBadLinkSourceSetButBadValueForRef=The link you use is not valid. A 'source' for payment is defined, but value for 'ref' is not valid. +ErrorTooManyErrorsProcessStopped=Too many errors. Process was stopped. +ErrorMassValidationNotAllowedWhenStockIncreaseOnAction=Mass validation is not possible when option to increase/decrease stock is set on this action (you must validate one by one so you can define the warehouse to increase/decrease) +ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusDraftToBeValidated=Object %s must have status 'Draft' to be validated. +ErrorObjectMustHaveLinesToBeValidated=Object %s must have lines to be validated. +ErrorOnlyInvoiceValidatedCanBeSentInMassAction=Only validated invoices can be sent using the "Send by email" mass action. +ErrorChooseBetweenFreeEntryOrPredefinedProduct=You must choose if article is a predefined product or not +ErrorDiscountLargerThanRemainToPaySplitItBefore=The discount you try to apply is larger than remain to pay. Split the discount in 2 smaller discounts before. +ErrorFileNotFoundWithSharedLink=File was not found. May be the share key was modified or file was removed recently. +ErrorProductBarCodeAlreadyExists=The product barcode %s already exists on another product reference. +ErrorNoteAlsoThatSubProductCantBeFollowedByLot=Note also that using kits to have auto increase/decrease of subproducts is not possible when at least one subproduct (or subproduct of subproducts) needs a serial/lot number. +ErrorDescRequiredForFreeProductLines=Description is mandatory for lines with free product +ErrorAPageWithThisNameOrAliasAlreadyExists=The page/container %s has the same name or alternative alias that the one your try to use +ErrorDuringChartLoad=Error when loading chart of accounts. If few accounts were not loaded, you can still enter them manually. +ErrorBadSyntaxForParamKeyForContent=Bad syntax for param keyforcontent. Must have a value starting with %s or %s +ErrorVariableKeyForContentMustBeSet=Error, the constant with name %s (with text content to show) or %s (with external url to show) must be set. +ErrorURLMustEndWith=URL %s must end %s +ErrorURLMustStartWithHttp=URL %s must start with http:// or https:// +ErrorHostMustNotStartWithHttp=Host name %s must NOT start with http:// or https:// +ErrorNewRefIsAlreadyUsed=Error, the new reference is already used +ErrorDeletePaymentLinkedToAClosedInvoiceNotPossible=Error, delete payment linked to a closed invoice is not possible. +ErrorSearchCriteriaTooSmall=Search criteria too small. +ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusActiveToBeDisabled=Objects must have status 'Active' to be disabled +ErrorObjectMustHaveStatusDraftOrDisabledToBeActivated=Objects must have status 'Draft' or 'Disabled' to be enabled +ErrorNoFieldWithAttributeShowoncombobox=No fields has property 'showoncombobox' into definition of object '%s'. No way to show the combolist. +ErrorFieldRequiredForProduct=Field '%s' is required for product %s +ProblemIsInSetupOfTerminal=Problem is in setup of terminal %s. +ErrorAddAtLeastOneLineFirst=Add at least one line first +ErrorRecordAlreadyInAccountingDeletionNotPossible=Error, record is already transferred in accounting, deletion is not possible. +ErrorLanguageMandatoryIfPageSetAsTranslationOfAnother=Error, language is mandatory if you set the page as a translation of another one. +ErrorLanguageOfTranslatedPageIsSameThanThisPage=Error, language of translated page is same than this one. +ErrorBatchNoFoundForProductInWarehouse=No lot/serial found for product "%s" in warehouse "%s". +ErrorBatchNoFoundEnoughQuantityForProductInWarehouse=No enough quantity for this lot/serial for product "%s" in warehouse "%s". +ErrorOnlyOneFieldForGroupByIsPossible=Only 1 field for the 'Group by' is possible (others are discarded) +ErrorTooManyDifferentValueForSelectedGroupBy=Found too many different value (more than %s) for the field '%s', so we can't use it as a 'Group by' for graphics. The field 'Group By' has been removed. May be you wanted to use it as an X-Axis ? +ErrorReplaceStringEmpty=Error, the string to replace into is empty +ErrorProductNeedBatchNumber=Error, product '%s' need a lot/serial number +ErrorProductDoesNotNeedBatchNumber=Error, product '%s' does not accept a lot/serial number +ErrorFailedToReadObject=Error, failed to read object of type %s +ErrorParameterMustBeEnabledToAllwoThisFeature=Error, parameter %s must be enabled into conf/conf.php to allow use of Command Line Interface by the internal job scheduler +ErrorLoginDateValidity=Error, this login is outside the validity date range +ErrorValueLength=Length of field '%s' must be higher than '%s' +ErrorReservedKeyword=The word '%s' is a reserved keyword +ErrorNotAvailableWithThisDistribution=Not available with this distribution +ErrorPublicInterfaceNotEnabled=Public interface was not enabled +ErrorLanguageRequiredIfPageIsTranslationOfAnother=The language of new page must be defined if it is set as a translation of another page +ErrorLanguageMustNotBeSourceLanguageIfPageIsTranslationOfAnother=The language of new page must not be the source language if it is set as a translation of another page +ErrorAParameterIsRequiredForThisOperation=A parameter is mandatory for this operation +ErrorDateIsInFuture=Error, the date can't be in the future +ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory +ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly +ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account +ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. + +# Warnings +WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. +WarningPasswordSetWithNoAccount=A password was set for this member. However, no user account was created. So this password is stored but can't be used to login to Dolibarr. It may be used by an external module/interface but if you don't need to define any login nor password for a member, you can disable option "Manage a login for each member" from Member module setup. If you need to manage a login but don't need any password, you can keep this field empty to avoid this warning. Note: Email can also be used as a login if the member is linked to a user. +WarningMandatorySetupNotComplete=Click here to setup mandatory parameters +WarningEnableYourModulesApplications=Click here to enable your modules and applications +WarningSafeModeOnCheckExecDir=Warning, PHP option safe_mode is on so command must be stored inside a directory declared by php parameter safe_mode_exec_dir. +WarningBookmarkAlreadyExists=A bookmark with this title or this target (URL) already exists. +WarningPassIsEmpty=Warning, database password is empty. This is a security hole. You should add a password to your database and change your conf.php file to reflect this. +WarningConfFileMustBeReadOnly=Warning, your config file (htdocs/conf/conf.php) can be overwritten by the web server. This is a serious security hole. Modify permissions on file to be in read only mode for operating system user used by Web server. If you use Windows and FAT format for your disk, you must know that this file system does not allow to add permissions on file, so can't be completely safe. +WarningsOnXLines=Warnings on %s source record(s) +WarningNoDocumentModelActivated=No model, for document generation, has been activated. A model will be chosen by default until you check your module setup. +WarningLockFileDoesNotExists=Warning, once setup is finished, you must disable the installation/migration tools by adding a file install.lock into directory %s. Omitting the creation of this file is a grave security risk. +WarningUntilDirRemoved=All security warnings (visible by admin users only) will remain active as long as the vulnerability is present (or that constant MAIN_REMOVE_INSTALL_WARNING is added in Setup->Other Setup). +WarningCloseAlways=Warning, closing is done even if amount differs between source and target elements. Enable this feature with caution. +WarningUsingThisBoxSlowDown=Warning, using this box slow down seriously all pages showing the box. +WarningClickToDialUserSetupNotComplete=Setup of ClickToDial information for your user are not complete (see tab ClickToDial onto your user card). +WarningFeatureDisabledWithDisplayOptimizedForBlindNoJs=Feature disabled when display setup is optimized for blind person or text browsers. +WarningPaymentDateLowerThanInvoiceDate=Payment date (%s) is earlier than invoice date (%s) for invoice %s. +WarningTooManyDataPleaseUseMoreFilters=Too many data (more than %s lines). Please use more filters or set the constant %s to a higher limit. +WarningSomeLinesWithNullHourlyRate=Some times were recorded by some users while their hourly rate was not defined. A value of 0 %s per hour was used but this may result in wrong valuation of time spent. +WarningYourLoginWasModifiedPleaseLogin=Your login was modified. For security purpose you will have to login with your new login before next action. +WarningAnEntryAlreadyExistForTransKey=An entry already exists for the translation key for this language +WarningNumberOfRecipientIsRestrictedInMassAction=Warning, number of different recipient is limited to %s when using the mass actions on lists +WarningDateOfLineMustBeInExpenseReportRange=Warning, the date of line is not in the range of the expense report +WarningProjectDraft=Project is still in draft mode. Don't forget to validate it if you plan to use tasks. +WarningProjectClosed=Project is closed. You must re-open it first. +WarningSomeBankTransactionByChequeWereRemovedAfter=Some bank transaction were removed after that the receipt including them were generated. So nb of cheques and total of receipt may differ from number and total in list. +WarningFailedToAddFileIntoDatabaseIndex=Warning, failed to add file entry into ECM database index table +WarningTheHiddenOptionIsOn=Warning, the hidden option %s is on. +WarningCreateSubAccounts=Warning, you can't create directly a sub account, you must create a third party or an user and assign them an accounting code to find them in this list +WarningAvailableOnlyForHTTPSServers=Available only if using HTTPS secured connection. +WarningModuleXDisabledSoYouMayMissEventHere=Module %s has not been enabled. So you may miss a lot of event here. +ErrorActionCommPropertyUserowneridNotDefined=User's owner is required +ErrorActionCommBadType=Selected event type (id: %n, code: %s) do not exist in Event Type dictionary +CheckVersionFail=Version check fail +ErrorWrongFileName=Name of the file cannot have __SOMETHING__ in it +ErrorNotInDictionaryPaymentConditions=Not in Payment Terms Dictionary, please modify. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/eventorganization.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67a242e640a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/eventorganization.lang @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2021 Florian Henry +# Copyright (C) 2021 Dorian Vabre +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# +ModuleEventOrganizationName = Event Organization +EventOrganizationDescription = Event Organization through Module Project +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong= Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page +# +# Menu +# +EventOrganizationMenuLeft = Organized events +EventOrganizationConferenceOrBoothMenuLeft = Conference Or Booth + +# +# Admin page +# +EventOrganizationSetup = Event Organization setup +Settings = Settings +EventOrganizationSetupPage = Event Organization setup page +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABEL = Label of tasks to create automatically when project is validated +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = When you validate an organized event, some tasks can be automatically created in the project

For example:
Send Call for Conference
Send Call for Booth
Receive call for conferences
Receive call for Booth
Open subscriptions to events for attendees
Send remind of event to speakers
Send remind of event to Booth hoster
Send remind of event to attendees +EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_CONF = Category to add to third-parties automatically created when someone suggests a conference +EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_BOOTH = Category to add to third-parties automatically created when they suggests a booth +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_CONF = Template of email to send after receiving a suggestion of a conference. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_ASK_BOOTH = Template of email to send after receiving a suggestion of a booth. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_AFT_SUBS_BOOTH = Template of email to send after a subscription to a booth has been paid. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_AFT_SUBS_EVENT = Template of email to send after a subscription to an event has been paid. +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_SPEAKER = Template of email of massaction to attendes +EVENTORGANIZATION_TEMPLATE_EMAIL_BULK_ATTENDES = Template of email of massaction to speakers +EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_CAT = Filter thirdpartie's select list in attendees creation card/form with category +EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_TYPE = Filter thirdpartie's select list in attendees creation card/form with customer type + +# +# Object +# +EventOrganizationConfOrBooth= Conference Or Booth +ManageOrganizeEvent = Manage event organisation +ConferenceOrBooth = Conference Or Booth +ConferenceOrBoothTab = Conference Or Booth +AmountOfSubscriptionPaid = Amount of subscription paid +DateSubscription = Date of subscription +ConferenceOrBoothAttendee = Conference Or Booth Attendee + +# +# Template Mail +# +YourOrganizationEventConfRequestWasReceived = Your request for conference was received +YourOrganizationEventBoothRequestWasReceived = Your request for booth was received +EventOrganizationEmailAskConf = Request for conference +EventOrganizationEmailAskBooth = Request for booth +EventOrganizationEmailSubsBooth = Subscription for booth +EventOrganizationEmailSubsEvent = Subscription for an event +EventOrganizationMassEmailAttendees = Communication to attendees +EventOrganizationMassEmailSpeakers = Communication to speakers + +# +# Event +# +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestConf=Allow unknown people to suggest conferences +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestConfHelp=Allow unknown people to suggest conferences +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestBooth=Allow unknown people to suggest booth +AllowUnknownPeopleSuggestBoothHelp=Allow unknown people to suggest booth +PriceOfRegistration=Price of registration +PriceOfRegistrationHelp=Price of registration +PriceOfBooth=Subscription price to stand a booth +PriceOfBoothHelp=Subscription price to stand a booth +EventOrganizationICSLink=Link ICS for events +ConferenceOrBoothInformation=Conference Or Booth informations +Attendees = Attendees +DownloadICSLink = Download ICS link +EVENTORGANIZATION_SECUREKEY = Secure Key of the public registration link to a conference +SERVICE_BOOTH_LOCATION = Service used for the invoice row about a booth location +SERVICE_CONFERENCE_ATTENDEE_SUBSCRIPTION = Service used for the invoice row about an attendee subscription to a conference +NbVotes=Number of votes +# +# Status +# +EvntOrgDraft = Draft +EvntOrgSuggested = Suggested +EvntOrgConfirmed = Confirmed +EvntOrgNotQualified = Not Qualified +EvntOrgDone = Done +EvntOrgCancelled = Cancelled +# +# Public page +# +SuggestForm = Suggestion page +RegisterPage = Page for conferences or booth +EvntOrgRegistrationHelpMessage = Here, you can vote for an event, or suggest a new conference or booth for the project +EvntOrgRegistrationConfHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new conference for the project +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothHelpMessage = Here, you can suggest a new booth for the project +ListOfSuggestedConferences = List of suggested conferences +ListOfSuggestedBooths = List of suggested booths +SuggestConference = Suggest a new conference +SuggestBooth = Suggest a booth +ViewAndVote = View and vote for suggested events +PublicAttendeeSubscriptionPage = Public link of registration to a conference +MissingOrBadSecureKey = The security key is invalid or missing +EvntOrgWelcomeMessage = This form allows you to register as a new participant to the conference : '%s' +EvntOrgDuration = This conference starts on %s and ends on %s. +ConferenceAttendeeFee = Conference attendee fee for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s. +BoothLocationFee = Booth location for the event : '%s' occurring from %s to %s +EventType = Event type +LabelOfBooth=Booth label +LabelOfconference=Conference label +ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s + +# +# Vote page +# +EvntOrgRegistrationWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference or booth suggestion page. +EvntOrgRegistrationConfWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the conference suggestion page. +EvntOrgRegistrationBoothWelcomeMessage = Welcome on the booth suggestion page. +EvntOrgVoteHelpMessage = Here, you can view and vote for the suggested events for the project +VoteOk = Your vote has been accepted. +AlreadyVoted = You have already voted for this event. +VoteError = An error has occurred during the vote, please try again. + +# +# SubscriptionOk page +# +SubscriptionOk = Your subscription to this conference has been validated +# +# Subscription validation mail +# +ConfAttendeeSubscriptionConfirmation = Confirmation of your subscription to a conference +# +# Payment page +# +Attendee = Attendee +PaymentConferenceAttendee = Conference attendee payment +PaymentBoothLocation = Booth location payment diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/exports.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb652229825 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/exports.lang @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - exports +ExportsArea=Exports +ImportArea=Import +NewExport=New Export +NewImport=New Import +ExportableDatas=Exportable dataset +ImportableDatas=Importable dataset +SelectExportDataSet=Choose dataset you want to export... +SelectImportDataSet=Choose dataset you want to import... +SelectExportFields=Choose the fields you want to export, or select a predefined export profile +SelectImportFields=Choose the source file fields you want to import and their target field in database by moving them up and down with anchor %s, or select a predefined import profile: +NotImportedFields=Fields of source file not imported +SaveExportModel=Save your selections as an export profile/template (for reuse). +SaveImportModel=Save this import profile (for reuse) ... +ExportModelName=Export profile name +ExportModelSaved=Export profile saved as %s. +ExportableFields=Exportable fields +ExportedFields=Exported fields +ImportModelName=Import profile name +ImportModelSaved=Import profile saved as %s. +DatasetToExport=Dataset to export +DatasetToImport=Import file into dataset +ChooseFieldsOrdersAndTitle=Choose fields order... +FieldsTitle=Fields title +FieldTitle=Field title +NowClickToGenerateToBuildExportFile=Now, select the file format in the combo box and click on "Generate" to build the export file... +AvailableFormats=Available Formats +LibraryShort=Library +ExportCsvSeparator=Csv caracter separator +ImportCsvSeparator=Csv caracter separator +Step=Step +FormatedImport=Import Assistant +FormatedImportDesc1=This module allows you to update existing data or add new objects into the database from a file without technical knowledge, using an assistant. +FormatedImportDesc2=First step is to choose the kind of data you want to import, then the format of the source file, then the fields you want to import. +FormatedExport=Export Assistant +FormatedExportDesc1=These tools allow the export of personalized data using an assistant, to help you in the process without requiring technical knowledge. +FormatedExportDesc2=First step is to choose a predefined dataset, then which fields you want to export, and in which order. +FormatedExportDesc3=When data to export are selected, you can choose the format of the output file. +Sheet=Sheet +NoImportableData=No importable data (no module with definitions to allow data imports) +FileSuccessfullyBuilt=File generated +SQLUsedForExport=SQL Request used to extract data +LineId=Id of line +LineLabel=Label of line +LineDescription=Description of line +LineUnitPrice=Unit price of line +LineVATRate=VAT Rate of line +LineQty=Quantity for line +LineTotalHT=Amount excl. tax for line +LineTotalTTC=Amount with tax for line +LineTotalVAT=Amount of VAT for line +TypeOfLineServiceOrProduct=Type of line (0=product, 1=service) +FileWithDataToImport=File with data to import +FileToImport=Source file to import +FileMustHaveOneOfFollowingFormat=File to import must have one of following formats +DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information +StarAreMandatory=* are mandatory fields +ChooseFormatOfFileToImport=Choose the file format to use as import file format by clicking on the %s icon to select it... +ChooseFileToImport=Upload file then click on the %s icon to select file as source import file... +SourceFileFormat=Source file format +FieldsInSourceFile=Fields in source file +FieldsInTargetDatabase=Target fields in Dolibarr database (bold=mandatory) +Field=Field +NoFields=No fields +MoveField=Move field column number %s +ExampleOfImportFile=Example_of_import_file +SaveImportProfile=Save this import profile +ErrorImportDuplicateProfil=Failed to save this import profile with this name. An existing profile already exists with this name. +TablesTarget=Targeted tables +FieldsTarget=Targeted fields +FieldTarget=Targeted field +FieldSource=Source field +NbOfSourceLines=Number of lines in source file +NowClickToTestTheImport=Check that the file format (field and string delimiters) of your file matches the options shown and that you have omitted the header line, or these will be flagged as errors in the following simulation.
Click on the "%s" button to run a check of the file structure/contents and simulate the import process.
No data will be changed in your database. +RunSimulateImportFile=Run Import Simulation +FieldNeedSource=This field requires data from the source file +SomeMandatoryFieldHaveNoSource=Some mandatory fields have no source from data file +InformationOnSourceFile=Information on source file +InformationOnTargetTables=Information on target fields +SelectAtLeastOneField=Switch at least one source field in the column of fields to export +SelectFormat=Choose this import file format +RunImportFile=Import Data +NowClickToRunTheImport=Check the results of the import simulation. Correct any errors and re-test.
When the simulation reports no errors you may proceed to import the data into the database. +DataLoadedWithId=The imported data will have an additional field in each database table with this import id: %s, to allow it to be searchable in the case of investigating a problem related to this import. +ErrorMissingMandatoryValue=Mandatory data is empty in the source file for field %s. +TooMuchErrors=There are still %s other source lines with errors but output has been limited. +TooMuchWarnings=There are still %s other source lines with warnings but output has been limited. +EmptyLine=Empty line (will be discarded) +CorrectErrorBeforeRunningImport=You must correct all errors before running the definitive import. +FileWasImported=File was imported with number %s. +YouCanUseImportIdToFindRecord=You can find all the imported records in your database by filtering on field import_key='%s'. +NbOfLinesOK=Number of lines with no errors and no warnings: %s. +NbOfLinesImported=Number of lines successfully imported: %s. +DataComeFromNoWhere=Value to insert comes from nowhere in source file. +DataComeFromFileFieldNb=Value to insert comes from field number %s in source file. +DataComeFromIdFoundFromRef=Value that comes from field number %s of source file will be used to find the id of the parent object to use (so the object %s that has the ref. from source file must exist in the database). +DataComeFromIdFoundFromCodeId=Code that comes from field number %s of source file will be used to find the id of the parent object to use (so the code from source file must exist in the dictionary %s). Note that if you know the id, you can also use it in the source file instead of the code. Import should work in both cases. +DataIsInsertedInto=Data coming from source file will be inserted into the following field: +DataIDSourceIsInsertedInto=The id of parent object was found using the data in the source file, will be inserted into the following field: +DataCodeIDSourceIsInsertedInto=The id of parent line found from code, will be inserted into following field: +SourceRequired=Data value is mandatory +SourceExample=Example of possible data value +ExampleAnyRefFoundIntoElement=Any ref found for element %s +ExampleAnyCodeOrIdFoundIntoDictionary=Any code (or id) found into dictionary %s +CSVFormatDesc=Comma Separated Value file format (.csv).
This is a text file format where fields are separated by a separator [ %s ]. If separator is found inside a field content, field is rounded by round character [ %s ]. Escape character to escape round character is [ %s ]. +Excel95FormatDesc=Excel file format (.xls)
This is the native Excel 95 format (BIFF5). +Excel2007FormatDesc=Excel file format (.xlsx)
This is the native Excel 2007 format (SpreadsheetML). +TsvFormatDesc=Tab Separated Value file format (.tsv)
This is a text file format where fields are separated by a tabulator [tab]. +ExportFieldAutomaticallyAdded=Field %s was automatically added. It will avoid you to have similar lines to be treated as duplicate record (with this field added, all lines will own their own id and will differ). +CsvOptions=CSV format options +Separator=Field Separator +Enclosure=String Delimiter +SpecialCode=Special code +ExportStringFilter=%% allows replacing one or more characters in the text +ExportDateFilter=YYYY, YYYYMM, YYYYMMDD: filters by one year/month/day
YYYY+YYYY, YYYYMM+YYYYMM, YYYYMMDD+YYYYMMDD: filters over a range of years/months/days
> YYYY, > YYYYMM, > YYYYMMDD: filters on all following years/months/days
< YYYY, < YYYYMM, < YYYYMMDD: filters on all previous years/months/days +ExportNumericFilter=NNNNN filters by one value
NNNNN+NNNNN filters over a range of values
< NNNNN filters by lower values
> NNNNN filters by higher values +ImportFromLine=Import starting from line number +EndAtLineNb=End at line number +ImportFromToLine=Limit range (From - To). Eg. to omit header line(s). +SetThisValueTo2ToExcludeFirstLine=For example, set this value to 3 to exclude the 2 first lines.
If the header lines are NOT omitted, this will result in multiple errors in the Import Simulation. +KeepEmptyToGoToEndOfFile=Keep this field empty to process all lines to the end of the file. +SelectPrimaryColumnsForUpdateAttempt=Select column(s) to use as primary key for an UPDATE import +UpdateNotYetSupportedForThisImport=Update is not supported for this type of import (only insert) +NoUpdateAttempt=No update attempt was performed, only insert +ImportDataset_user_1=Users (employees or not) and properties +ComputedField=Computed field +## filters +SelectFilterFields=If you want to filter on some values, just input values here. +FilteredFields=Filtered fields +FilteredFieldsValues=Value for filter +FormatControlRule=Format control rule +## imports updates +KeysToUseForUpdates=Key (column) to use for updating existing data +NbInsert=Number of inserted lines: %s +NbUpdate=Number of updated lines: %s +MultipleRecordFoundWithTheseFilters=Multiple records have been found with these filters: %s +StocksWithBatch=Stocks and location (warehouse) of products with batch/serial number diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/externalsite.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/externalsite.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..452100c65b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/externalsite.lang @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - externalsite +ExternalSiteSetup=Setup link to external website +ExternalSiteURL=External Site URL of HTML iframe content +ExternalSiteModuleNotComplete=Module ExternalSite was not configured properly. +ExampleMyMenuEntry=My menu entry diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ftp.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ftp.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..254a2a698ce --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ftp.lang @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ftp +FTPClientSetup=FTP or SFTP Client module setup +NewFTPClient=New FTP/FTPS connection setup +FTPArea=FTP/FTPS Area +FTPAreaDesc=This screen shows a view of an FTP et SFTP server. +SetupOfFTPClientModuleNotComplete=The setup of the FTP or SFTP client module seems to be incomplete +FTPFeatureNotSupportedByYourPHP=Your PHP does not support FTP or SFTP functions +FailedToConnectToFTPServer=Failed to connect to server (server %s, port %s) +FailedToConnectToFTPServerWithCredentials=Failed to login to server with defined login/password +FTPFailedToRemoveFile=Failed to remove file %s. +FTPFailedToRemoveDir=Failed to remove directory %s: check permissions and that the directory is empty. +FTPPassiveMode=Passive mode +ChooseAFTPEntryIntoMenu=Choose a FTP/SFTP site from the menu... +FailedToGetFile=Failed to get files %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/help.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/help.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..048de16d3c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/help.lang @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - help +CommunitySupport=Forum/Wiki support +EMailSupport=Emails support +RemoteControlSupport=Online real-time / remote support +OtherSupport=Other support +ToSeeListOfAvailableRessources=To contact/see available resources: +HelpCenter=Help Center +DolibarrHelpCenter=Dolibarr Help and Support Center +ToGoBackToDolibarr=Otherwise, click here to continue to use Dolibarr. +TypeOfSupport=Type of support +TypeSupportCommunauty=Community (free) +TypeSupportCommercial=Commercial +TypeOfHelp=Type +NeedHelpCenter=Need help or support? +Efficiency=Efficiency +TypeHelpOnly=Help only +TypeHelpDev=Help+Development +TypeHelpDevForm=Help+Development+Training +BackToHelpCenter=Otherwise, go back to Help center home page. +LinkToGoldMember=You can call one of the trainers preselected by Dolibarr for your language (%s) by clicking their Widget (status and maximum price are automatically updated): +PossibleLanguages=Supported languages +SubscribeToFoundation=Help the Dolibarr project, subscribe to the foundation +SeeOfficalSupport=For official Dolibarr support in your language:
%s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/holiday.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0527f4c0788 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/holiday.lang @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - holiday +HRM=HRM +Holidays=Leave +CPTitreMenu=Leave +MenuReportMonth=Monthly statement +MenuAddCP=New leave request +NotActiveModCP=You must enable the module Leave to view this page. +AddCP=Make a leave request +DateDebCP=Start date +DateFinCP=End date +DraftCP=Draft +ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval +ApprovedCP=Approved +CancelCP=Canceled +RefuseCP=Refused +ValidatorCP=Approver +ListeCP=List of leave +Leave=Leave request +LeaveId=Leave ID +ReviewedByCP=Will be approved by +UserID=User ID +UserForApprovalID=User for approval ID +UserForApprovalFirstname=First name of approval user +UserForApprovalLastname=Last name of approval user +UserForApprovalLogin=Login of approval user +DescCP=Description +SendRequestCP=Create leave request +DelayToRequestCP=Leave requests must be made at least %s day(s) before them. +MenuConfCP=Balance of leave +SoldeCPUser=Leave balance is %s days. +ErrorEndDateCP=You must select an end date greater than the start date. +ErrorSQLCreateCP=An SQL error occurred during the creation: +ErrorIDFicheCP=An error has occurred, the leave request does not exist. +ReturnCP=Return to previous page +ErrorUserViewCP=You are not authorized to read this leave request. +InfosWorkflowCP=Information Workflow +RequestByCP=Requested by +TitreRequestCP=Leave request +TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID +TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code +TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day +DateStartInMonth=Start date in month +DateEndInMonth=End date in month +EditCP=Edit +DeleteCP=Delete +ActionRefuseCP=Refuse +ActionCancelCP=Cancel +StatutCP=Status +TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request +ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? +ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. +CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. +NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. +NoDateFin=You must select an end date. +ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. +TitleValidCP=Approve the leave request +ConfirmValidCP=Are you sure you want to approve the leave request? +DateValidCP=Date approved +TitleToValidCP=Send leave request +ConfirmToValidCP=Are you sure you want to send the leave request? +TitleRefuseCP=Refuse the leave request +ConfirmRefuseCP=Are you sure you want to refuse the leave request? +NoMotifRefuseCP=You must choose a reason for refusing the request. +TitleCancelCP=Cancel the leave request +ConfirmCancelCP=Are you sure you want to cancel the leave request? +DetailRefusCP=Reason for refusal +DateRefusCP=Date of refusal +DateCancelCP=Date of cancellation +DefineEventUserCP=Assign an exceptional leave for a user +addEventToUserCP=Assign leave +NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver +MotifCP=Reason +UserCP=User +ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. +AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. +MenuLogCP=View change logs +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for +PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance +NewSoldeCP=New Balance +alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request +BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests +HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update +ManualUpdate=Manual update +HolidaysCancelation=Leave request cancelation +EmployeeLastname=Employee last name +EmployeeFirstname=Employee first name +TypeWasDisabledOrRemoved=Leave type (id %s) was disabled or removed +LastHolidays=Latest %s leave requests +AllHolidays=All leave requests +HalfDay=Half day +NotTheAssignedApprover=You are not the assigned approver +LEAVE_PAID=Paid vacation +LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave +LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave +LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation +## Configuration du Module ## +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation +UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. +Module27130Name= Management of leave requests +Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests +ErrorMailNotSend=An error occurred while sending email: +NoticePeriod=Notice period +#Messages +HolidaysToValidate=Validate leave requests +HolidaysToValidateBody=Below is a leave request to validate +HolidaysToValidateDelay=This leave request will take place within a period of less than %s days. +HolidaysToValidateAlertSolde=The user who made this leave request does not have enough available days. +HolidaysValidated=Validated leave requests +HolidaysValidatedBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been validated. +HolidaysRefused=Request denied +HolidaysRefusedBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been denied for the following reason: +HolidaysCanceled=Canceled leaved request +HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. +FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. +NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter +GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests +TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF +FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF +WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests +HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve +NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/hrm.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/hrm.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..da098e10bdb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/hrm.lang @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - en_US - hrm +# Admin +HRM_EMAIL_EXTERNAL_SERVICE=Email to prevent HRM external service +Establishments=Establishments +Establishment=Establishment +NewEstablishment=New establishment +DeleteEstablishment=Delete establishment +ConfirmDeleteEstablishment=Are you sure you wish to delete this establishment? +OpenEtablishment=Open establishment +CloseEtablishment=Close establishment +# Dictionary +DictionaryPublicHolidays=Leave - Public holidays +DictionaryDepartment=HRM - Department list +DictionaryFunction=HRM - Job positions +# Module +Employees=Employees +Employee=Employee +NewEmployee=New employee +ListOfEmployees=List of employees diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/install.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1ffee936d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/install.lang @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - install +InstallEasy=Just follow the instructions step by step. +MiscellaneousChecks=Prerequisites check +ConfFileExists=Configuration file %s exists. +ConfFileDoesNotExistsAndCouldNotBeCreated=Configuration file %s does not exist and could not be created! +ConfFileCouldBeCreated=Configuration file %s could be created. +ConfFileIsNotWritable=Configuration file %s is not writable. Check permissions. For first install, your web server must be able to write into this file during configuration process ("chmod 666" for example on a Unix like OS). +ConfFileIsWritable=Configuration file %s is writable. +ConfFileMustBeAFileNotADir=Configuration file %s must be a file, not a directory. +ConfFileReload=Reloading parameters from configuration file. +PHPSupportPOSTGETOk=This PHP supports variables POST and GET. +PHPSupportPOSTGETKo=It's possible your PHP setup does not support variables POST and/or GET. Check the parameter variables_order in php.ini. +PHPSupportSessions=This PHP supports sessions. +PHPSupport=This PHP supports %s functions. +PHPMemoryOK=Your PHP max session memory is set to %s. This should be enough. +PHPMemoryTooLow=Your PHP max session memory is set to %s bytes. This is too low. Change your php.ini to set memory_limit parameter to at least %s bytes. +Recheck=Click here for a more detailed test +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportSessions=Your PHP installation does not support sessions. This feature is required to allow Dolibarr to work. Check your PHP setup and permissions of the sessions directory. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportGD=Your PHP installation does not support GD graphical functions. No graphs will be available. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportCurl=Your PHP installation does not support Curl. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportCalendar=Your PHP installation does not support php calendar extensions. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportUTF8=Your PHP installation does not support UTF8 functions. Dolibarr cannot work correctly. Resolve this before installing Dolibarr. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportIntl=Your PHP installation does not support Intl functions. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupportxDebug=Your PHP installation does not support extend debug functions. +ErrorPHPDoesNotSupport=Your PHP installation does not support %s functions. +ErrorDirDoesNotExists=Directory %s does not exist. +ErrorGoBackAndCorrectParameters=Go back and check/correct the parameters. +ErrorWrongValueForParameter=You may have typed a wrong value for parameter '%s'. +ErrorFailedToCreateDatabase=Failed to create database '%s'. +ErrorFailedToConnectToDatabase=Failed to connect to database '%s'. +ErrorDatabaseVersionTooLow=Database version (%s) too old. Version %s or higher is required. +ErrorPHPVersionTooLow=PHP version too old. Version %s is required. +ErrorConnectedButDatabaseNotFound=Connection to server successful but database '%s' not found. +ErrorDatabaseAlreadyExists=Database '%s' already exists. +IfDatabaseNotExistsGoBackAndUncheckCreate=If the database does not exist, go back and check option "Create database". +IfDatabaseExistsGoBackAndCheckCreate=If database already exists, go back and uncheck "Create database" option. +WarningBrowserTooOld=Version of browser is too old. Upgrading your browser to a recent version of Firefox, Chrome or Opera is highly recommended. +PHPVersion=PHP Version +License=Using license +ConfigurationFile=Configuration file +WebPagesDirectory=Directory where web pages are stored +DocumentsDirectory=Directory to store uploaded and generated documents +URLRoot=URL Root +ForceHttps=Force secure connections (https) +CheckToForceHttps=Check this option to force secure connections (https).
This requires that the web server is configured with an SSL certificate. +DolibarrDatabase=Dolibarr Database +DatabaseType=Database type +DriverType=Driver type +Server=Server +ServerAddressDescription=Name or ip address for the database server. Usually 'localhost' when the database server is hosted on the same server as the web server. +ServerPortDescription=Database server port. Keep empty if unknown. +DatabaseServer=Database server +DatabaseName=Database name +DatabasePrefix=Database table prefix +DatabasePrefixDescription=Database table prefix. If empty, defaults to llx_. +AdminLogin=User account for the Dolibarr database owner. +PasswordAgain=Retype password confirmation +AdminPassword=Password for Dolibarr database owner. +CreateDatabase=Create database +CreateUser=Create user account or grant user account permission on the Dolibarr database +DatabaseSuperUserAccess=Database server - Superuser access +CheckToCreateDatabase=Check the box if the database does not exist yet and so must be created.
In this case, you must also fill in the user name and password for the superuser account at the bottom of this page. +CheckToCreateUser=Check the box if:
the database user account does not yet exist and so must be created, or
if the user account exists but the database does not exist and permissions must be granted.
In this case, you must enter the user account and password and also the superuser account name and password at the bottom of this page. If this box is unchecked, database owner and password must already exist. +DatabaseRootLoginDescription=Superuser account name (to create new databases or new users), mandatory if the database or its owner does not already exist. +KeepEmptyIfNoPassword=Leave empty if superuser has no password (NOT recommended) +SaveConfigurationFile=Saving parameters to +ServerConnection=Server connection +DatabaseCreation=Database creation +CreateDatabaseObjects=Database objects creation +ReferenceDataLoading=Reference data loading +TablesAndPrimaryKeysCreation=Tables and Primary keys creation +CreateTableAndPrimaryKey=Create table %s +CreateOtherKeysForTable=Create foreign keys and indexes for table %s +OtherKeysCreation=Foreign keys and indexes creation +FunctionsCreation=Functions creation +AdminAccountCreation=Administrator login creation +PleaseTypePassword=Please type a password, empty passwords are not allowed! +PleaseTypeALogin=Please type a login! +PasswordsMismatch=Passwords differs, please try again! +SetupEnd=End of setup +SystemIsInstalled=This installation is complete. +SystemIsUpgraded=Dolibarr has been upgraded successfully. +YouNeedToPersonalizeSetup=You need to configure Dolibarr to suit your needs (appearance, features, ...). To do this, please follow the link below: +AdminLoginCreatedSuccessfuly=Dolibarr administrator login '%s' created successfully. +GoToDolibarr=Go to Dolibarr +GoToSetupArea=Go to Dolibarr (setup area) +MigrationNotFinished=The database version is not completely up to date: run the upgrade process again. +GoToUpgradePage=Go to upgrade page again +WithNoSlashAtTheEnd=Without the slash "/" at the end +DirectoryRecommendation=IMPORTANT: You must use a directory that is outside of the web pages (so do not use a subdirectory of previous parameter). +LoginAlreadyExists=Already exists +DolibarrAdminLogin=Dolibarr admin login +AdminLoginAlreadyExists=Dolibarr administrator account '%s' already exists. Go back if you want to create another one. +FailedToCreateAdminLogin=Failed to create Dolibarr administrator account. +WarningRemoveInstallDir=Warning, for security reasons, once the install or upgrade is complete, you should add a file called install.lock into the Dolibarr document directory in order to prevent the accidental/malicious use of the install tools again. +FunctionNotAvailableInThisPHP=Not available in this PHP +ChoosedMigrateScript=Choose migration script +DataMigration=Database migration (data) +DatabaseMigration=Database migration (structure + some data) +ProcessMigrateScript=Script processing +ChooseYourSetupMode=Choose your setup mode and click "Start"... +FreshInstall=Fresh install +FreshInstallDesc=Use this mode if this is your first install. If not, this mode can repair a incomplete previous install. If you want to upgrade your version, choose "Upgrade" mode. +Upgrade=Upgrade +UpgradeDesc=Use this mode if you have replaced old Dolibarr files with files from a newer version. This will upgrade your database and data. +Start=Start +InstallNotAllowed=Setup not allowed by conf.php permissions +YouMustCreateWithPermission=You must create file %s and set write permissions on it for the web server during install process. +CorrectProblemAndReloadPage=Please fix the problem and press F5 to reload the page. +AlreadyDone=Already migrated +DatabaseVersion=Database version +ServerVersion=Database server version +YouMustCreateItAndAllowServerToWrite=You must create this directory and allow for the web server to write into it. +DBSortingCollation=Character sorting order +YouAskDatabaseCreationSoDolibarrNeedToConnect=You selected create database %s, but for this, Dolibarr needs to connect to server %s with super user %s permissions. +YouAskLoginCreationSoDolibarrNeedToConnect=You selected create database user %s, but for this, Dolibarr needs to connect to server %s with super user %s permissions. +BecauseConnectionFailedParametersMayBeWrong=The database connection failed: the host or super user parameters must be wrong. +OrphelinsPaymentsDetectedByMethod=Orphans payment detected by method %s +RemoveItManuallyAndPressF5ToContinue=Remove it manually and press F5 to continue. +FieldRenamed=Field renamed +IfLoginDoesNotExistsCheckCreateUser=If the user does not exist yet, you must check option "Create user" +ErrorConnection=Server "%s", database name "%s", login "%s", or database password may be wrong or the PHP client version may be too old compared to the database version. +InstallChoiceRecommanded=Recommended choice to install version %s from your current version %s +InstallChoiceSuggested=Install choice suggested by installer. +MigrateIsDoneStepByStep=The targeted version (%s) has a gap of several versions. The install wizard will come back to suggest a further migration once this one is complete. +CheckThatDatabasenameIsCorrect=Check that the database name "%s" is correct. +IfAlreadyExistsCheckOption=If this name is correct and that database does not exist yet, you must check option "Create database". +OpenBaseDir=PHP openbasedir parameter +YouAskToCreateDatabaseSoRootRequired=You checked the box "Create database". For this, you need to provide the login/password of superuser (bottom of form). +YouAskToCreateDatabaseUserSoRootRequired=You checked the box "Create database owner". For this, you need to provide the login/password of superuser (bottom of form). +NextStepMightLastALongTime=The current step may take several minutes. Please wait until the next screen is shown completely before continuing. +MigrationCustomerOrderShipping=Migrate shipping for sales orders storage +MigrationShippingDelivery=Upgrade storage of shipping +MigrationShippingDelivery2=Upgrade storage of shipping 2 +MigrationFinished=Migration finished +LastStepDesc=Last step: Define here the login and password you wish to use to connect to Dolibarr. Do not lose this as it is the master account to administer all other/additional user accounts. +ActivateModule=Activate module %s +ShowEditTechnicalParameters=Click here to show/edit advanced parameters (expert mode) +WarningUpgrade=Warning:\nDid you run a database backup first?\nThis is highly recommended. Loss of data (due to for example bugs in mysql version 5.5.40/41/42/43) may be possible during this process, so it is essential to take a complete dump of your database before starting any migration.\n\nClick OK to start migration process... +ErrorDatabaseVersionForbiddenForMigration=Your database version is %s. It has a critical bug, making data loss possible if you make structural changes in your database, such as is required by the migration process. For his reason, migration will not be allowed until you upgrade your database to a layer (patched) version (list of known buggy versions: %s) +KeepDefaultValuesWamp=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from DoliWamp, so values proposed here are already optimized. Change them only if you know what you are doing. +KeepDefaultValuesDeb=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from a Linux package (Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora...), so the values proposed here are already optimized. Only the password of the database owner to create must be entered. Change other parameters only if you know what you are doing. +KeepDefaultValuesMamp=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from DoliMamp, so the values proposed here are already optimized. Change them only if you know what you are doing. +KeepDefaultValuesProxmox=You used the Dolibarr setup wizard from a Proxmox virtual appliance, so the values proposed here are already optimized. Change them only if you know what you are doing. +UpgradeExternalModule=Run dedicated upgrade process of external module +SetAtLeastOneOptionAsUrlParameter=Set at least one option as a parameter in URL. For example: '...repair.php?standard=confirmed' +NothingToDelete=Nothing to clean/delete +NothingToDo=Nothing to do +######### +# upgrade +MigrationFixData=Fix for denormalized data +MigrationOrder=Data migration for customer's orders +MigrationSupplierOrder=Data migration for vendor's orders +MigrationProposal=Data migration for commercial proposals +MigrationInvoice=Data migration for customer's invoices +MigrationContract=Data migration for contracts +MigrationSuccessfullUpdate=Upgrade successful +MigrationUpdateFailed=Failed upgrade process +MigrationRelationshipTables=Data migration for relationship tables (%s) +MigrationPaymentsUpdate=Payment data correction +MigrationPaymentsNumberToUpdate=%s payment(s) to update +MigrationProcessPaymentUpdate=Update payment(s) %s +MigrationPaymentsNothingToUpdate=No more things to do +MigrationPaymentsNothingUpdatable=No more payments that can be corrected +MigrationContractsUpdate=Contract data correction +MigrationContractsNumberToUpdate=%s contract(s) to update +MigrationContractsLineCreation=Create contract line for contract ref %s +MigrationContractsNothingToUpdate=No more things to do +MigrationContractsFieldDontExist=Field fk_facture does not exist anymore. Nothing to do. +MigrationContractsEmptyDatesUpdate=Contract empty date correction +MigrationContractsEmptyDatesUpdateSuccess=Contract empty date correction done successfully +MigrationContractsEmptyDatesNothingToUpdate=No contract empty date to correct +MigrationContractsEmptyCreationDatesNothingToUpdate=No contract creation date to correct +MigrationContractsInvalidDatesUpdate=Bad value date contract correction +MigrationContractsInvalidDateFix=Correct contract %s (Contract date=%s, Starting service date min=%s) +MigrationContractsInvalidDatesNumber=%s contracts modified +MigrationContractsInvalidDatesNothingToUpdate=No date with bad value to correct +MigrationContractsIncoherentCreationDateUpdate=Bad value contract creation date correction +MigrationContractsIncoherentCreationDateUpdateSuccess=Bad value contract creation date correction done successfully +MigrationContractsIncoherentCreationDateNothingToUpdate=No bad value for contract creation date to correct +MigrationReopeningContracts=Open contract closed by error +MigrationReopenThisContract=Reopen contract %s +MigrationReopenedContractsNumber=%s contracts modified +MigrationReopeningContractsNothingToUpdate=No closed contract to open +MigrationBankTransfertsUpdate=Update links between bank entry and a bank transfer +MigrationBankTransfertsNothingToUpdate=All links are up to date +MigrationShipmentOrderMatching=Sendings receipt update +MigrationDeliveryOrderMatching=Delivery receipt update +MigrationDeliveryDetail=Delivery update +MigrationStockDetail=Update stock value of products +MigrationMenusDetail=Update dynamic menus tables +MigrationDeliveryAddress=Update delivery address in shipments +MigrationProjectTaskActors=Data migration for table llx_projet_task_actors +MigrationProjectUserResp=Data migration field fk_user_resp of llx_projet to llx_element_contact +MigrationProjectTaskTime=Update time spent in seconds +MigrationActioncommElement=Update data on actions +MigrationPaymentMode=Data migration for payment type +MigrationCategorieAssociation=Migration of categories +MigrationEvents=Migration of events to add event owner into assignment table +MigrationEventsContact=Migration of events to add event contact into assignment table +MigrationRemiseEntity=Update entity field value of llx_societe_remise +MigrationRemiseExceptEntity=Update entity field value of llx_societe_remise_except +MigrationUserRightsEntity=Update entity field value of llx_user_rights +MigrationUserGroupRightsEntity=Update entity field value of llx_usergroup_rights +MigrationUserPhotoPath=Migration of photo paths for users +MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=Migration of users fields social networks (%s) +MigrationReloadModule=Reload module %s +MigrationResetBlockedLog=Reset module BlockedLog for v7 algorithm +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +ShowNotAvailableOptions=Show unavailable options +HideNotAvailableOptions=Hide unavailable options +ErrorFoundDuringMigration=Error(s) were reported during the migration process so next step is not available. To ignore errors, you can click here, but the application or some features may not work correctly until the errors are resolved. +YouTryInstallDisabledByDirLock=The application tried to self-upgrade, but the install/upgrade pages have been disabled for security (directory renamed with .lock suffix).
+YouTryInstallDisabledByFileLock=The application tried to self-upgrade, but the install/upgrade pages have been disabled for security (by the existence of a lock file install.lock in the dolibarr documents directory).
+ClickHereToGoToApp=Click here to go to your application +ClickOnLinkOrRemoveManualy=If an upgrade is in progress, please wait. If not, click on the following link. If you always see this same page, you must remove/rename the file install.lock in the documents directory. +Loaded=Loaded +FunctionTest=Function test diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/interventions.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef5df43e546 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/interventions.lang @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - interventions +Intervention=Intervention +Interventions=Interventions +InterventionCard=Intervention card +NewIntervention=New intervention +AddIntervention=Create intervention +ChangeIntoRepeatableIntervention=Change to repeatable intervention +ListOfInterventions=List of interventions +ActionsOnFicheInter=Actions on intervention +LastInterventions=Latest %s interventions +AllInterventions=All interventions +CreateDraftIntervention=Create draft +InterventionContact=Intervention contact +DeleteIntervention=Delete intervention +ValidateIntervention=Validate intervention +ModifyIntervention=Modify intervention +DeleteInterventionLine=Delete intervention line +ConfirmDeleteIntervention=Are you sure you want to delete this intervention? +ConfirmValidateIntervention=Are you sure you want to validate this intervention under name %s? +ConfirmModifyIntervention=Are you sure you want to modify this intervention? +ConfirmDeleteInterventionLine=Are you sure you want to delete this intervention line? +ConfirmCloneIntervention=Are you sure you want to clone this intervention? +NameAndSignatureOfInternalContact=Name and signature of intervening: +NameAndSignatureOfExternalContact=Name and signature of customer: +DocumentModelStandard=Standard document model for interventions +InterventionCardsAndInterventionLines=Interventions and lines of interventions +InterventionClassifyBilled=Classify "Billed" +InterventionClassifyUnBilled=Classify "Unbilled" +InterventionClassifyDone=Classify "Done" +StatusInterInvoiced=Billed +SendInterventionRef=Submission of intervention %s +SendInterventionByMail=Send intervention by email +InterventionCreatedInDolibarr=Intervention %s created +InterventionValidatedInDolibarr=Intervention %s validated +InterventionModifiedInDolibarr=Intervention %s modified +InterventionClassifiedBilledInDolibarr=Intervention %s set as billed +InterventionClassifiedUnbilledInDolibarr=Intervention %s set as unbilled +InterventionSentByEMail=Intervention %s sent by email +InterventionDeletedInDolibarr=Intervention %s deleted +InterventionsArea=Interventions area +DraftFichinter=Draft interventions +LastModifiedInterventions=Latest %s modified interventions +FichinterToProcess=Interventions to process +TypeContact_fichinter_external_CUSTOMER=Following-up customer contact +PrintProductsOnFichinter=Print also lines of type "product" (not only services) on intervention card +PrintProductsOnFichinterDetails=interventions generated from orders +UseServicesDurationOnFichinter=Use services duration for interventions generated from orders +UseDurationOnFichinter=Hides the duration field for intervention records +UseDateWithoutHourOnFichinter=Hides hours and minutes off the date field for intervention records +InterventionStatistics=Statistics of interventions +NbOfinterventions=No. of intervention cards +NumberOfInterventionsByMonth=No. of intervention cards by month (date of validation) +AmountOfInteventionNotIncludedByDefault=Amount of intervention is not included by default into profit (in most cases, timesheets are used to count time spent). Add option PROJECT_INCLUDE_INTERVENTION_AMOUNT_IN_PROFIT to 1 into home-setup-other to include them. +InterId=Intervention id +InterRef=Intervention ref. +InterDateCreation=Date creation intervention +InterDuration=Duration intervention +InterStatus=Status intervention +InterNote=Note intervention +InterLine=Line of intervention +InterLineId=Line id intervention +InterLineDate=Line date intervention +InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention +InterLineDesc=Line description intervention +RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention +ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template +ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/intracommreport.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/intracommreport.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93c46f112bb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/intracommreport.lang @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +Module68000Name = Intracomm report +Module68000Desc = Intracomm report management (Support for French DEB/DES format) +IntracommReportSetup = Intracommreport module setup +IntracommReportAbout = About intracommreport + +# Setup +INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_AGREMENT=Numéro d'agrément (délivré par le CISD de rattachement) +INTRACOMMREPORT_TYPE_ACTEUR=Type d'acteur +INTRACOMMREPORT_ROLE_ACTEUR=Rôle joué par l'acteur +INTRACOMMREPORT_NIV_OBLIGATION_INTRODUCTION=Niveau d'obligation sur les introductions +INTRACOMMREPORT_NIV_OBLIGATION_EXPEDITION=Niveau d'obligation sur les expéditions +INTRACOMMREPORT_CATEG_FRAISDEPORT=Catégorie de services de type "Frais de port" + +INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_DECLARATION=Numéro de déclarant + +# Menu +MenuIntracommReport=Intracomm report +MenuIntracommReportNew=New declaration +MenuIntracommReportList=List + +# View +NewDeclaration=New declaration +Declaration=Declaration +AnalysisPeriod=Analysis period +TypeOfDeclaration=Type of declaration +DEB=Goods exchange declaration (DEB) +DES=Services exchange declaration (DES) + +# Export page +IntracommReportTitle=Preparation of an XML file in ProDouane format + +# List +IntracommReportList=List of generated declarations +IntracommReportNumber=Numero of declaration +IntracommReportPeriod=Period of analysis +IntracommReportTypeDeclaration=Type of declaration +IntracommReportDownload=download XML file + +# Invoice +IntracommReportTransportMode=Transport mode diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/knowledgemanagement.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..99425830e53 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2021 SuperAdmin +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# + +# Module label 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementName' +ModuleKnowledgeManagementName = Knowledge Management System +# Module description 'ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc' +ModuleKnowledgeManagementDesc=Manage a Knowledge Management (KM) or Help-Desk base + +# +# Admin page +# +KnowledgeManagementSetup = Knowledge Management System setup +Settings = Settings +KnowledgeManagementSetupPage = Knowledge Management System setup page + + +# +# About page +# +About = About +KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management +KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page + +KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management +MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base +ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles +NewKnowledgeRecord = New article +ValidateReply = Validate solution +KnowledgeRecords = Articles +KnowledgeRecord = Article +KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/languages.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..023edb64c52 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/languages.lang @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - languages +Language_am_ET=Ethiopian +Language_ar_AR=Arabic +Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) +Language_ar_SA=Arabic +Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) +Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani +Language_bn_BD=Bengali +Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) +Language_bg_BG=Bulgarian +Language_bs_BA=Bosnian +Language_ca_ES=Catalan +Language_cs_CZ=Czech +Language_da_DA=Danish +Language_da_DK=Danish +Language_de_DE=German +Language_de_AT=German (Austria) +Language_de_CH=German (Switzerland) +Language_el_GR=Greek +Language_el_CY=Greek (Cyprus) +Language_en_AU=English (Australia) +Language_en_CA=English (Canada) +Language_en_GB=English (United Kingdom) +Language_en_IN=English (India) +Language_en_NZ=English (New Zealand) +Language_en_SA=English (Saudi Arabia) +Language_en_SG=English (Singapore) +Language_en_US=English (United States) +Language_en_ZA=English (South Africa) +Language_es_ES=Spanish +Language_es_AR=Spanish (Argentina) +Language_es_BO=Spanish (Bolivia) +Language_es_CL=Spanish (Chile) +Language_es_CO=Spanish (Colombia) +Language_es_DO=Spanish (Dominican Republic) +Language_es_EC=Spanish (Ecuador) +Language_es_GT=Spanish (Guatemala) +Language_es_HN=Spanish (Honduras) +Language_es_MX=Spanish (Mexico) +Language_es_PA=Spanish (Panama) +Language_es_PY=Spanish (Paraguay) +Language_es_PE=Spanish (Peru) +Language_es_PR=Spanish (Puerto Rico) +Language_es_US=Spanish (USA) +Language_es_UY=Spanish (Uruguay) +Language_es_GT=Spanish (Guatemala) +Language_es_VE=Spanish (Venezuela) +Language_et_EE=Estonian +Language_eu_ES=Basque +Language_fa_IR=Persian +Language_fi_FI=Finnish +Language_fr_BE=French (Belgium) +Language_fr_CA=French (Canada) +Language_fr_CH=French (Switzerland) +Language_fr_CI=French (Cost Ivory) +Language_fr_CM=French (Cameroun) +Language_fr_FR=French +Language_fr_GA=French (Gabon) +Language_fr_NC=French (New Caledonia) +Language_fr_SN=French (Senegal) +Language_fy_NL=Frisian +Language_gl_ES=Galician +Language_he_IL=Hebrew +Language_hi_IN=Hindi (India) +Language_hr_HR=Croatian +Language_hu_HU=Hungarian +Language_id_ID=Indonesian +Language_is_IS=Icelandic +Language_it_IT=Italian +Language_it_CH=Italian (Switzerland) +Language_ja_JP=Japanese +Language_ka_GE=Georgian +Language_km_KH=Khmer +Language_kn_IN=Kannada +Language_ko_KR=Korean +Language_lo_LA=Lao +Language_lt_LT=Lithuanian +Language_lv_LV=Latvian +Language_mk_MK=Macedonian +Language_mn_MN=Mongolian +Language_nb_NO=Norwegian (Bokmål) +Language_ne_NP=Nepali +Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) +Language_nl_NL=Dutch +Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) +Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) +Language_pt_PT=Portuguese +Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) +Language_ro_RO=Romanian +Language_ru_RU=Russian +Language_ru_UA=Russian (Ukraine) +Language_tr_TR=Turkish +Language_sl_SI=Slovenian +Language_sv_SV=Swedish +Language_sv_SE=Swedish +Language_sq_AL=Albanian +Language_sk_SK=Slovakian +Language_sr_RS=Serbian +Language_sw_SW=Kiswahili +Language_th_TH=Thai +Language_uk_UA=Ukrainian +Language_uz_UZ=Uzbek +Language_vi_VN=Vietnamese +Language_zh_CN=Chinese +Language_zh_TW=Chinese (Traditional) +Language_zh_HK=Chinese (Hong Kong) +Language_bh_MY=Malay diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ldap.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ldap.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b6f0864215 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ldap.lang @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - ldap +YouMustChangePassNextLogon=Password for user %s on the domain %s must be changed. +UserMustChangePassNextLogon=User must change password on the domain %s +LDAPInformationsForThisContact=Information in LDAP database for this contact +LDAPInformationsForThisUser=Information in LDAP database for this user +LDAPInformationsForThisGroup=Information in LDAP database for this group +LDAPInformationsForThisMember=Information in LDAP database for this member +LDAPInformationsForThisMemberType=Information in LDAP database for this member type +LDAPAttributes=LDAP attributes +LDAPCard=LDAP card +LDAPRecordNotFound=Record not found in LDAP database +LDAPUsers=Users in LDAP database +LDAPFieldStatus=Status +LDAPFieldFirstSubscriptionDate=First subscription date +LDAPFieldFirstSubscriptionAmount=First subscription amount +LDAPFieldLastSubscriptionDate=Latest subscription date +LDAPFieldLastSubscriptionAmount=Latest subscription amount +LDAPFieldSkype=Skype id +LDAPFieldSkypeExample=Example: skypeName +UserSynchronized=User synchronized +GroupSynchronized=Group synchronized +MemberSynchronized=Member synchronized +MemberTypeSynchronized=Member type synchronized +ContactSynchronized=Contact synchronized +ForceSynchronize=Force synchronizing Dolibarr -> LDAP +ErrorFailedToReadLDAP=Failed to read LDAP database. Check LDAP module setup and database accessibility. +PasswordOfUserInLDAP=Password of user in LDAP diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/link.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/link.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1ffcd41a18b --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/link.lang @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - languages +LinkANewFile=Link a new file/document +LinkedFiles=Linked files and documents +NoLinkFound=No registered links +LinkComplete=The file has been linked successfully +ErrorFileNotLinked=The file could not be linked +LinkRemoved=The link %s has been removed +ErrorFailedToDeleteLink= Failed to remove link '%s' +ErrorFailedToUpdateLink= Failed to update link '%s' +URLToLink=URL to link +OverwriteIfExists=Overwrite file if exists diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/loan.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/loan.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d271ed0c140 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/loan.lang @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - loan +Loan=Loan +Loans=Loans +NewLoan=New Loan +ShowLoan=Show Loan +PaymentLoan=Loan payment +LoanPayment=Loan payment +ShowLoanPayment=Show Loan Payment +LoanCapital=Capital +Insurance=Insurance +Interest=Interest +Nbterms=Number of terms +Term=Term +LoanAccountancyCapitalCode=Accounting account capital +LoanAccountancyInsuranceCode=Accounting account insurance +LoanAccountancyInterestCode=Accounting account interest +ConfirmDeleteLoan=Confirm deleting this loan +LoanDeleted=Loan Deleted Successfully +ConfirmPayLoan=Confirm classify paid this loan +LoanPaid=Loan Paid +ListLoanAssociatedProject=List of loan associated with the project +AddLoan=Create loan +FinancialCommitment=Financial commitment +InterestAmount=Interest +CapitalRemain=Capital remain +TermPaidAllreadyPaid = This term is allready paid +CantUseScheduleWithLoanStartedToPaid = Can't use scheduler for a loan with payment started +CantModifyInterestIfScheduleIsUsed = You can't modify interest if you use schedule +# Admin +ConfigLoan=Configuration of the module loan +LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CAPITAL=Accounting account capital by default +LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_INTEREST=Accounting account interest by default +LOAN_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_INSURANCE=Accounting account insurance by default +CreateCalcSchedule=Edit financial commitment diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mailmanspip.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mailmanspip.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bab4b3576b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mailmanspip.lang @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - mailmanspip +MailmanSpipSetup=Mailman and SPIP module Setup +MailmanTitle=Mailman mailing list system +TestSubscribe=To test subscription to Mailman lists +TestUnSubscribe=To test unsubscribe from Mailman lists +MailmanCreationSuccess=Subscription test was executed successfully +MailmanDeletionSuccess=Unsubscription test was executed successfully +SynchroMailManEnabled=A Mailman update will be performed +SynchroSpipEnabled=A Spip update will be performed +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_ADMINPW=Mailman administrator password +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_URL=URL for Mailman subscriptions +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_UNSUB_URL=URL for Mailman unsubscriptions +DescADHERENT_MAILMAN_LISTS=List(s) for automatic inscription of new members (separated by a comma) +SPIPTitle=SPIP Content Management System +DescADHERENT_SPIP_SERVEUR=SPIP Server +DescADHERENT_SPIP_DB=SPIP database name +DescADHERENT_SPIP_USER=SPIP database login +DescADHERENT_SPIP_PASS=SPIP database password +AddIntoSpip=Add into SPIP +AddIntoSpipConfirmation=Are you sure you want to add this member into SPIP? +AddIntoSpipError=Failed to add the user in SPIP +DeleteIntoSpip=Remove from SPIP +DeleteIntoSpipConfirmation=Are you sure you want to remove this member from SPIP? +DeleteIntoSpipError=Failed to suppress the user from SPIP +SPIPConnectionFailed=Failed to connect to SPIP +SuccessToAddToMailmanList=%s successfully added to mailman list %s or SPIP database +SuccessToRemoveToMailmanList=%s successfully removed from mailman list %s or SPIP database diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mails.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1c0dd638eeb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mails.lang @@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - mails +Mailing=EMailing +EMailing=EMailing +EMailings=EMailings +AllEMailings=All eMailings +MailCard=EMailing card +MailRecipients=Recipients +MailRecipient=Recipient +MailTitle=Description +MailFrom=Sender +MailErrorsTo=Errors to +MailReply=Reply to +MailTo=Receiver(s) +MailToUsers=To user(s) +MailCC=Copy to +MailToCCUsers=Copy to users(s) +MailCCC=Cached copy to +MailTopic=Email subject +MailText=Message +MailFile=Attached files +MailMessage=Email body +SubjectNotIn=Not in Subject +BodyNotIn=Not in Body +ShowEMailing=Show emailing +ListOfEMailings=List of emailings +NewMailing=New emailing +EditMailing=Edit emailing +ResetMailing=Resend emailing +DeleteMailing=Delete emailing +DeleteAMailing=Delete an emailing +PreviewMailing=Preview emailing +CreateMailing=Create emailing +TestMailing=Test email +ValidMailing=Valid emailing +MailingStatusDraft=Draft +MailingStatusValidated=Validated +MailingStatusSent=Sent +MailingStatusSentPartialy=Sent partially +MailingStatusSentCompletely=Sent completely +MailingStatusError=Error +MailingStatusNotSent=Not sent +MailSuccessfulySent=Email (from %s to %s) successfully accepted for delivery +MailingSuccessfullyValidated=EMailing successfully validated +MailUnsubcribe=Unsubscribe +MailingStatusNotContact=Don't contact anymore +MailingStatusReadAndUnsubscribe=Read and unsubscribe +ErrorMailRecipientIsEmpty=Email recipient is empty +WarningNoEMailsAdded=No new Email to add to recipient's list. +ConfirmValidMailing=Are you sure you want to validate this emailing? +ConfirmResetMailing=Warning, by re-initializing emailing %s, you will allow the re-sending this email in a bulk mailing. Are you sure you want to do this? +ConfirmDeleteMailing=Are you sure you want to delete this emailing? +NbOfUniqueEMails=No. of unique emails +NbOfEMails=No. of EMails +TotalNbOfDistinctRecipients=Number of distinct recipients +NoTargetYet=No recipients defined yet (Go on tab 'Recipients') +NoRecipientEmail=No recipient email for %s +RemoveRecipient=Remove recipient +YouCanAddYourOwnPredefindedListHere=To create your email selector module, see htdocs/core/modules/mailings/README. +EMailTestSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=When using test mode, substitutions variables are replaced by generic values +MailingAddFile=Attach this file +NoAttachedFiles=No attached files +BadEMail=Bad value for Email +ConfirmCloneEMailing=Are you sure you want to clone this emailing? +CloneContent=Clone message +CloneReceivers=Cloner recipients +DateLastSend=Date of latest sending +DateSending=Date sending +SentTo=Sent to %s +MailingStatusRead=Read +YourMailUnsubcribeOK=The email %s is correctly unsubscribe from mailing list +ActivateCheckReadKey=Key used to encrypt URL used for "Read Receipt" and "Unsubscribe" feature +EMailSentToNRecipients=Email sent to %s recipients. +EMailSentForNElements=Email sent for %s elements. +XTargetsAdded=%s recipients added into target list +OnlyPDFattachmentSupported=If the PDF documents were already generated for the objects to send, they will be attached to email. If not, no email will be sent (also, note that only pdf documents are supported as attachments in mass sending in this version). +AllRecipientSelected=The recipients of the %s record selected (if their email is known). +GroupEmails=Group emails +OneEmailPerRecipient=One email per recipient (by default, one email per record selected) +WarningIfYouCheckOneRecipientPerEmail=Warning, if you check this box, it means only one email will be sent for several different record selected, so, if your message contains substitution variables that refers to data of a record, it becomes not possible to replace them. +ResultOfMailSending=Result of mass Email sending +NbSelected=Number selected +NbIgnored=Number ignored +NbSent=Number sent +SentXXXmessages=%s message(s) sent. +ConfirmUnvalidateEmailing=Are you sure you want to change email %s to draft status? +MailingModuleDescContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=Contact with customer filters +MailingModuleDescContactsByCompanyCategory=Contacts by third-party category +MailingModuleDescContactsByCategory=Contacts by categories +MailingModuleDescContactsByFunction=Contacts by position +MailingModuleDescEmailsFromFile=Emails from file +MailingModuleDescEmailsFromUser=Emails input by user +MailingModuleDescDolibarrUsers=Users with Emails +MailingModuleDescThirdPartiesByCategories=Third parties (by categories) +SendingFromWebInterfaceIsNotAllowed=Sending from web interface is not allowed. +EmailCollectorFilterDesc=All filters must match to have an email being collected + +# Libelle des modules de liste de destinataires mailing +LineInFile=Line %s in file +RecipientSelectionModules=Defined requests for recipient's selection +MailSelectedRecipients=Selected recipients +MailingArea=EMailings area +LastMailings=Latest %s emailings +TargetsStatistics=Targets statistics +NbOfCompaniesContacts=Unique contacts/addresses +MailNoChangePossible=Recipients for validated emailing can't be changed +SearchAMailing=Search mailing +SendMailing=Send emailing +SentBy=Sent by +MailingNeedCommand=Sending an emailing can be performed from command line. Ask your server administrator to launch the following command to send the emailing to all recipients: +MailingNeedCommand2=You can however send them online by adding parameter MAILING_LIMIT_SENDBYWEB with value of max number of emails you want to send by session. For this, go on Home - Setup - Other. +ConfirmSendingEmailing=If you want to send emailing directly from this screen, please confirm you are sure you want to send emailing now from your browser ? +LimitSendingEmailing=Note: Sending of emailings from web interface is done in several times for security and timeout reasons, %s recipients at a time for each sending session. +TargetsReset=Clear list +ToClearAllRecipientsClickHere=Click here to clear the recipient list for this emailing +ToAddRecipientsChooseHere=Add recipients by choosing from the lists +NbOfEMailingsReceived=Mass emailings received +NbOfEMailingsSend=Mass emailings sent +IdRecord=ID record +DeliveryReceipt=Delivery Ack. +YouCanUseCommaSeparatorForSeveralRecipients=You can use the comma separator to specify several recipients. +TagCheckMail=Track mail opening +TagUnsubscribe=Unsubscribe link +TagSignature=Signature of sending user +EMailRecipient=Recipient Email +TagMailtoEmail=Recipient Email (including html "mailto:" link) +NoEmailSentBadSenderOrRecipientEmail=No email sent. Bad sender or recipient email. Verify user profile. +# Module Notifications +Notifications=Notifications +NotificationsAuto=Notifications Auto. +NoNotificationsWillBeSent=No automatic email notifications are planned for this event type and company +ANotificationsWillBeSent=1 automatic notification will be sent by email +SomeNotificationsWillBeSent=%s automatic notifications will be sent by email +AddNewNotification=Subscribe to a new automatic email notification (target/event) +ListOfActiveNotifications=List of all active subscriptions (targets/events) for automatic email notification +ListOfNotificationsDone=List of all automatic email notifications sent +MailSendSetupIs=Configuration of email sending has been setup to '%s'. This mode can't be used to send mass emailing. +MailSendSetupIs2=You must first go, with an admin account, into menu %sHome - Setup - EMails%s to change parameter '%s' to use mode '%s'. With this mode, you can enter setup of the SMTP server provided by your Internet Service Provider and use Mass emailing feature. +MailSendSetupIs3=If you have any questions on how to setup your SMTP server, you can ask to %s. +YouCanAlsoUseSupervisorKeyword=You can also add the keyword __SUPERVISOREMAIL__ to have email being sent to the supervisor of user (works only if an email is defined for this supervisor) +NbOfTargetedContacts=Current number of targeted contact emails +UseFormatFileEmailToTarget=Imported file must have format email;name;firstname;other +UseFormatInputEmailToTarget=Enter a string with format email;name;firstname;other +MailAdvTargetRecipients=Recipients (advanced selection) +AdvTgtTitle=Fill input fields to preselect the third parties or contacts/addresses to target +AdvTgtSearchTextHelp=Use %% as wildcards. For example to find all item like jean, joe, jim, you can input j%%, you can also use ; as separator for value, and use ! for except this value. For example jean;joe;jim%%;!jimo;!jima%% will target all jean, joe, start with jim but not jimo and not everything that starts with jima +AdvTgtSearchIntHelp=Use interval to select int or float value +AdvTgtMinVal=Minimum value +AdvTgtMaxVal=Maximum value +AdvTgtSearchDtHelp=Use interval to select date value +AdvTgtStartDt=Start dt. +AdvTgtEndDt=End dt. +AdvTgtTypeOfIncudeHelp=Target Email of third party and email of contact of the third party, or just third-party email or just contact email +AdvTgtTypeOfIncude=Type of targeted email +AdvTgtContactHelp=Use only if you target contact into "Type of targeted email" +AddAll=Add all +RemoveAll=Remove all +ItemsCount=Item(s) +AdvTgtNameTemplate=Filter name +AdvTgtAddContact=Add emails according to criteria +AdvTgtLoadFilter=Load filter +AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter +AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter +AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter +AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties +OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails +InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails +OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) +DefaultOutgoingEmailSetup=Same configuration than the global Outgoing email setup +Information=Information +ContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=Contacts with third-party filter +Unanswered=Unanswered +Answered=Answered +IsNotAnAnswer=Is not answer (initial email) +IsAnAnswer=Is an answer of an initial email +RecordCreatedByEmailCollector=Record created by the Email Collector %s from email %s +DefaultBlacklistMailingStatus=Default contact status for refuse bulk emailing +DefaultStatusEmptyMandatory=Empty but mandatory diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/main.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6c1ef6aa659 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/main.lang @@ -0,0 +1,1151 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - main +DIRECTION=ltr +# Note for Chinese: +# msungstdlight or cid0ct are for traditional Chinese (traditional does not render with Ubuntu pdf reader) +# stsongstdlight or cid0cs are for simplified Chinese +# To read Chinese pdf with Linux: sudo apt-get install poppler-data +FONTFORPDF=helvetica +FONTSIZEFORPDF=10 +SeparatorDecimal=. +SeparatorThousand=, +FormatDateShort=%m/%d/%Y +FormatDateShortInput=%m/%d/%Y +FormatDateShortJava=MM/dd/yyyy +FormatDateShortJavaInput=MM/dd/yyyy +FormatDateShortJQuery=mm/dd/yy +FormatDateShortJQueryInput=mm/dd/yy +FormatHourShortJQuery=HH:MI +FormatHourShort=%I:%M %p +FormatHourShortDuration=%H:%M +FormatDateTextShort=%b %d, %Y +FormatDateText=%B %d, %Y +FormatDateHourShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p +FormatDateHourSecShort=%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p +FormatDateHourTextShort=%b %d, %Y, %I:%M %p +FormatDateHourText=%B %d, %Y, %I:%M %p +DatabaseConnection=Database connection +NoTemplateDefined=No template available for this email type +AvailableVariables=Available substitution variables +NoTranslation=No translation +Translation=Translation +CurrentTimeZone=TimeZone PHP (server) +EmptySearchString=Enter non empty search criterias +EnterADateCriteria=Enter a date criteria +NoRecordFound=No record found +NoRecordDeleted=No record deleted +NotEnoughDataYet=Not enough data +NoError=No error +Error=Error +Errors=Errors +ErrorFieldRequired=Field '%s' is required +ErrorFieldFormat=Field '%s' has a bad value +ErrorFileDoesNotExists=File %s does not exist +ErrorFailedToOpenFile=Failed to open file %s +ErrorCanNotCreateDir=Cannot create dir %s +ErrorCanNotReadDir=Cannot read dir %s +ErrorConstantNotDefined=Parameter %s not defined +ErrorUnknown=Unknown error +ErrorSQL=SQL Error +ErrorLogoFileNotFound=Logo file '%s' was not found +ErrorGoToGlobalSetup=Go to 'Company/Organization' setup to fix this +ErrorGoToModuleSetup=Go to Module setup to fix this +ErrorFailedToSendMail=Failed to send mail (sender=%s, receiver=%s) +ErrorFileNotUploaded=File was not uploaded. Check that size does not exceed maximum allowed, that free space is available on disk and that there is not already a file with same name in this directory. +ErrorInternalErrorDetected=Error detected +ErrorWrongHostParameter=Wrong host parameter +ErrorYourCountryIsNotDefined=Your country is not defined. Go to Home-Setup-Edit and post the form again. +ErrorRecordIsUsedByChild=Failed to delete this record. This record is used by at least one child record. +ErrorWrongValue=Wrong value +ErrorWrongValueForParameterX=Wrong value for parameter %s +ErrorNoRequestInError=No request in error +ErrorServiceUnavailableTryLater=Service not available at the moment. Try again later. +ErrorDuplicateField=Duplicate value in a unique field +ErrorSomeErrorWereFoundRollbackIsDone=Some errors were found. Changes have been rolled back. +ErrorConfigParameterNotDefined=Parameter %s is not defined in the Dolibarr config file conf.php. +ErrorCantLoadUserFromDolibarrDatabase=Failed to find user %s in Dolibarr database. +ErrorNoVATRateDefinedForSellerCountry=Error, no vat rates defined for country '%s'. +ErrorNoSocialContributionForSellerCountry=Error, no social/fiscal taxes type defined for country '%s'. +ErrorFailedToSaveFile=Error, failed to save file. +ErrorCannotAddThisParentWarehouse=You are trying to add a parent warehouse which is already a child of a existing warehouse +MaxNbOfRecordPerPage=Max. number of records per page +NotAuthorized=You are not authorized to do that. +SetDate=Set date +SelectDate=Select a date +SeeAlso=See also %s +SeeHere=See here +ClickHere=Click here +Here=Here +Apply=Apply +BackgroundColorByDefault=Default background color +FileRenamed=The file was successfully renamed +FileGenerated=The file was successfully generated +FileSaved=The file was successfully saved +FileUploaded=The file was successfully uploaded +FileTransferComplete=File(s) uploaded successfully +FilesDeleted=File(s) successfully deleted +FileWasNotUploaded=A file is selected for attachment but was not yet uploaded. Click on "Attach file" for this. +NbOfEntries=No. of entries +GoToWikiHelpPage=Read online help (Internet access needed) +GoToHelpPage=Read help +DedicatedPageAvailable=There is a dedicated help page related to your current screen +HomePage=Home Page +RecordSaved=Record saved +RecordDeleted=Record deleted +RecordGenerated=Record generated +LevelOfFeature=Level of features +NotDefined=Not defined +DolibarrInHttpAuthenticationSoPasswordUseless=Dolibarr authentication mode is set to %s in configuration file conf.php.
This means that the password database is external to Dolibarr, so changing this field may have no effect. +Administrator=Administrator +Undefined=Undefined +PasswordForgotten=Password forgotten? +NoAccount=No account? +SeeAbove=See above +HomeArea=Home +LastConnexion=Last login +PreviousConnexion=Previous login +PreviousValue=Previous value +ConnectedOnMultiCompany=Connected on environment +ConnectedSince=Connected since +AuthenticationMode=Authentication mode +RequestedUrl=Requested URL +DatabaseTypeManager=Database type manager +RequestLastAccessInError=Latest database access request error +ReturnCodeLastAccessInError=Return code for latest database access request error +InformationLastAccessInError=Information for latest database access request error +DolibarrHasDetectedError=Dolibarr has detected a technical error +YouCanSetOptionDolibarrMainProdToZero=You can read log file or set option $dolibarr_main_prod to '0' in your config file to get more information. +InformationToHelpDiagnose=This information can be useful for diagnostic purposes (you can set option $dolibarr_main_prod to '1' to remove such notices) +MoreInformation=More information +TechnicalInformation=Technical information +TechnicalID=Technical ID +LineID=Line ID +NotePublic=Note (public) +NotePrivate=Note (private) +PrecisionUnitIsLimitedToXDecimals=Dolibarr was setup to limit precision of unit prices to %s decimals. +DoTest=Test +ToFilter=Filter +NoFilter=No filter +WarningYouHaveAtLeastOneTaskLate=Warning, you have at least one element that has exceeded the tolerance time. +yes=yes +Yes=Yes +no=no +No=No +All=All +Home=Home +Help=Help +OnlineHelp=Online help +PageWiki=Wiki page +MediaBrowser=Media browser +Always=Always +Never=Never +Under=under +Period=Period +PeriodEndDate=End date for period +SelectedPeriod=Selected period +PreviousPeriod=Previous period +Activate=Activate +Activated=Activated +Closed=Closed +Closed2=Closed +NotClosed=Not closed +Enabled=Enabled +Enable=Enable +Deprecated=Deprecated +Disable=Disable +Disabled=Disabled +Add=Add +AddLink=Add link +RemoveLink=Remove link +AddToDraft=Add to draft +Update=Update +Close=Close +CloseAs=Set status to +CloseBox=Remove widget from your dashboard +Confirm=Confirm +ConfirmSendCardByMail=Do you really want to send the content of this card by mail to %s? +Delete=Delete +Remove=Remove +Resiliate=Terminate +Cancel=Cancel +Modify=Modify +Edit=Edit +Validate=Validate +ValidateAndApprove=Validate and Approve +ToValidate=To validate +NotValidated=Not validated +Save=Save +SaveAs=Save As +SaveAndStay=Save and stay +SaveAndNew=Save and new +TestConnection=Test connection +ToClone=Clone +ConfirmCloneAsk=Are you sure you want to clone the object %s? +ConfirmClone=Choose the data you want to clone: +NoCloneOptionsSpecified=No data to clone defined. +Of=of +Go=Go +Run=Run +CopyOf=Copy of +Show=Show +Hide=Hide +ShowCardHere=Show card +Search=Search +SearchOf=Search +SearchMenuShortCut=Ctrl + shift + f +QuickAdd=Quick add +QuickAddMenuShortCut=Ctrl + shift + l +Valid=Valid +Approve=Approve +Disapprove=Disapprove +ReOpen=Re-Open +Upload=Upload +ToLink=Link +Select=Select +SelectAll=Select all +Choose=Choose +Resize=Resize +ResizeOrCrop=Resize or Crop +Recenter=Recenter +Author=Author +User=User +Users=Users +Group=Group +Groups=Groups +NoUserGroupDefined=No user group defined +Password=Password +PasswordRetype=Retype your password +NoteSomeFeaturesAreDisabled=Note that a lot of features/modules are disabled in this demonstration. +Name=Name +NameSlashCompany=Name / Company +Person=Person +Parameter=Parameter +Parameters=Parameters +Value=Value +PersonalValue=Personal value +NewObject=New %s +NewValue=New value +OldValue=Old value %s +CurrentValue=Current value +Code=Code +Type=Type +Language=Language +MultiLanguage=Multi-language +Note=Note +Title=Title +Label=Label +RefOrLabel=Ref. or label +Info=Log +Family=Family +Description=Description +Designation=Description +DescriptionOfLine=Description of line +DateOfLine=Date of line +DurationOfLine=Duration of line +Model=Doc template +DefaultModel=Default doc template +Action=Event +About=About +Number=Number +NumberByMonth=Total reports by month +AmountByMonth=Amount by month +Numero=Number +Limit=Limit +Limits=Limits +Logout=Logout +NoLogoutProcessWithAuthMode=No applicative disconnect feature with authentication mode %s +Connection=Login +Setup=Setup +Alert=Alert +MenuWarnings=Alerts +Previous=Previous +Next=Next +Cards=Cards +Card=Card +Now=Now +HourStart=Start hour +Deadline=Deadline +Date=Date +DateAndHour=Date and hour +DateToday=Today's date +DateReference=Reference date +DateStart=Start date +DateEnd=End date +DateCreation=Creation date +DateCreationShort=Creat. date +IPCreation=Creation IP +DateModification=Modification date +DateModificationShort=Modif. date +IPModification=Modification IP +DateLastModification=Latest modification date +DateValidation=Validation date +DateSigning=Signing date +DateClosing=Closing date +DateDue=Due date +DateValue=Value date +DateValueShort=Value date +DateOperation=Operation date +DateOperationShort=Oper. Date +DateLimit=Limit date +DateRequest=Request date +DateProcess=Process date +DateBuild=Report build date +DatePayment=Date of payment +DateApprove=Approving date +DateApprove2=Approving date (second approval) +RegistrationDate=Registration date +UserCreation=Creation user +UserModification=Modification user +UserValidation=Validation user +UserCreationShort=Creat. user +UserModificationShort=Modif. user +UserValidationShort=Valid. user +DurationYear=year +DurationMonth=month +DurationWeek=week +DurationDay=day +DurationYears=years +DurationMonths=months +DurationWeeks=weeks +DurationDays=days +Year=Year +Month=Month +Week=Week +WeekShort=Week +Day=Day +Hour=Hour +Minute=Minute +Second=Second +Years=Years +Months=Months +Days=Days +days=days +Hours=Hours +Minutes=Minutes +Seconds=Seconds +Weeks=Weeks +Today=Today +Yesterday=Yesterday +Tomorrow=Tomorrow +Morning=Morning +Afternoon=Afternoon +Quadri=Quadri +MonthOfDay=Month of the day +DaysOfWeek=Days of week +HourShort=H +MinuteShort=mn +Rate=Rate +CurrencyRate=Currency conversion rate +UseLocalTax=Include tax +Bytes=Bytes +KiloBytes=Kilobytes +MegaBytes=Megabytes +GigaBytes=Gigabytes +TeraBytes=Terabytes +UserAuthor=Ceated by +UserModif=Updated by +b=b. +Kb=Kb +Mb=Mb +Gb=Gb +Tb=Tb +Cut=Cut +Copy=Copy +Paste=Paste +Default=Default +DefaultValue=Default value +DefaultValues=Default values/filters/sorting +Price=Price +PriceCurrency=Price (currency) +UnitPrice=Unit price +UnitPriceHT=Unit price (excl.) +UnitPriceHTCurrency=Unit price (excl.) (currency) +UnitPriceTTC=Unit price +PriceU=U.P. +PriceUHT=U.P. (net) +PriceUHTCurrency=U.P (net) (currency) +PriceUTTC=U.P. (inc. tax) +Amount=Amount +AmountInvoice=Invoice amount +AmountInvoiced=Amount invoiced +AmountInvoicedHT=Amount invoiced (excl. tax) +AmountInvoicedTTC=Amount invoiced (inc. tax) +AmountPayment=Payment amount +AmountHTShort=Amount (excl.) +AmountTTCShort=Amount (inc. tax) +AmountHT=Amount (excl. tax) +AmountTTC=Amount (inc. tax) +AmountVAT=Amount tax +MulticurrencyAlreadyPaid=Already paid, original currency +MulticurrencyRemainderToPay=Remain to pay, original currency +MulticurrencyPaymentAmount=Payment amount, original currency +MulticurrencyAmountHT=Amount (excl. tax), original currency +MulticurrencyAmountTTC=Amount (inc. of tax), original currency +MulticurrencyAmountVAT=Amount tax, original currency +MulticurrencySubPrice=Amount sub price multi currency +AmountLT1=Amount tax 2 +AmountLT2=Amount tax 3 +AmountLT1ES=Amount RE +AmountLT2ES=Amount IRPF +AmountTotal=Total amount +AmountAverage=Average amount +PriceQtyMinHT=Price quantity min. (excl. tax) +PriceQtyMinHTCurrency=Price quantity min. (excl. tax) (currency) +PercentOfOriginalObject=Percent of original object +AmountOrPercent=Amount or percent +Percentage=Percentage +Total=Total +SubTotal=Subtotal +TotalHTShort=Total (excl.) +TotalHT100Short=Total 100%% (excl.) +TotalHTShortCurrency=Total (excl. in currency) +TotalTTCShort=Total (inc. tax) +TotalHT=Total (excl. tax) +TotalHTforthispage=Total (excl. tax) for this page +Totalforthispage=Total for this page +TotalTTC=Total (inc. tax) +TotalTTCToYourCredit=Total (inc. tax) to your credit +TotalVAT=Total tax +TotalVATIN=Total IGST +TotalLT1=Total tax 2 +TotalLT2=Total tax 3 +TotalLT1ES=Total RE +TotalLT2ES=Total IRPF +TotalLT1IN=Total CGST +TotalLT2IN=Total SGST +HT=Excl. tax +TTC=Inc. tax +INCVATONLY=Inc. VAT +INCT=Inc. all taxes +VAT=Sales tax +VATIN=IGST +VATs=Sales taxes +VATINs=IGST taxes +LT1=Sales tax 2 +LT1Type=Sales tax 2 type +LT2=Sales tax 3 +LT2Type=Sales tax 3 type +LT1ES=RE +LT2ES=IRPF +LT1IN=CGST +LT2IN=SGST +LT1GC=Additionnal cents +VATRate=Tax Rate +RateOfTaxN=Rate of tax %s +VATCode=Tax Rate code +VATNPR=Tax Rate NPR +DefaultTaxRate=Default tax rate +Average=Average +Sum=Sum +Delta=Delta +StatusToPay=To pay +RemainToPay=Remain to pay +Module=Module/Application +Modules=Modules/Applications +Option=Option +Filters=Filters +List=List +FullList=Full list +FullConversation=Full conversation +Statistics=Statistics +OtherStatistics=Other statistics +Status=Status +Favorite=Favorite +ShortInfo=Info. +Ref=Ref. +ExternalRef=Ref. extern +RefSupplier=Ref. vendor +RefPayment=Ref. payment +CommercialProposalsShort=Commercial proposals +Comment=Comment +Comments=Comments +ActionsToDo=Events to do +ActionsToDoShort=To do +ActionsDoneShort=Done +ActionNotApplicable=Not applicable +ActionRunningNotStarted=To start +ActionRunningShort=In progress +ActionDoneShort=Finished +ActionUncomplete=Incomplete +LatestLinkedEvents=Latest %s linked events +CompanyFoundation=Company/Organization +Accountant=Accountant +ContactsForCompany=Contacts for this third party +ContactsAddressesForCompany=Contacts/addresses for this third party +AddressesForCompany=Addresses for this third party +ActionsOnCompany=Events for this third party +ActionsOnContact=Events for this contact/address +ActionsOnContract=Events for this contract +ActionsOnMember=Events about this member +ActionsOnProduct=Events about this product +NActionsLate=%s late +ToDo=To do +Completed=Completed +Running=In progress +RequestAlreadyDone=Request already recorded +Filter=Filter +FilterOnInto=Search criteria '%s' into fields %s +RemoveFilter=Remove filter +ChartGenerated=Chart generated +ChartNotGenerated=Chart not generated +GeneratedOn=Build on %s +Generate=Generate +Duration=Duration +TotalDuration=Total duration +Summary=Summary +DolibarrStateBoard=Database Statistics +DolibarrWorkBoard=Open Items +NoOpenedElementToProcess=No open element to process +Available=Available +NotYetAvailable=Not yet available +NotAvailable=Not available +Categories=Tags/categories +Category=Tag/category +By=By +From=From +FromDate=From +FromLocation=From +to=to +To=to +ToDate=to +ToLocation=to +at=at +and=and +or=or +Other=Other +Others=Others +OtherInformations=Other information +Quantity=Quantity +Qty=Qty +ChangedBy=Changed by +ApprovedBy=Approved by +ApprovedBy2=Approved by (second approval) +Approved=Approved +Refused=Refused +ReCalculate=Recalculate +ResultKo=Failure +Reporting=Reporting +Reportings=Reporting +Draft=Draft +Drafts=Drafts +StatusInterInvoiced=Invoiced +Validated=Validated +ValidatedToProduce=Validated (To produce) +Opened=Open +OpenAll=Open (All) +ClosedAll=Closed (All) +New=New +Discount=Discount +Unknown=Unknown +General=General +Size=Size +OriginalSize=Original size +Received=Received +Paid=Paid +Topic=Subject +ByCompanies=By third parties +ByUsers=By user +Links=Links +Link=Link +Rejects=Rejects +Preview=Preview +NextStep=Next step +Datas=Data +None=None +NoneF=None +NoneOrSeveral=None or several +Late=Late +LateDesc=An item is defined as Delayed as per the system configuration in menu Home - Setup - Alerts. +NoItemLate=No late item +Photo=Picture +Photos=Pictures +AddPhoto=Add picture +DeletePicture=Picture delete +ConfirmDeletePicture=Confirm picture deletion? +Login=Login +LoginEmail=Login (email) +LoginOrEmail=Login or Email +CurrentLogin=Current login +EnterLoginDetail=Enter login details +January=January +February=February +March=March +April=April +May=May +June=June +July=July +August=August +September=September +October=October +November=November +December=December +Month01=January +Month02=February +Month03=March +Month04=April +Month05=May +Month06=June +Month07=July +Month08=August +Month09=September +Month10=October +Month11=November +Month12=December +MonthShort01=Jan +MonthShort02=Feb +MonthShort03=Mar +MonthShort04=Apr +MonthShort05=May +MonthShort06=Jun +MonthShort07=Jul +MonthShort08=Aug +MonthShort09=Sep +MonthShort10=Oct +MonthShort11=Nov +MonthShort12=Dec +MonthVeryShort01=J +MonthVeryShort02=F +MonthVeryShort03=M +MonthVeryShort04=A +MonthVeryShort05=M +MonthVeryShort06=J +MonthVeryShort07=J +MonthVeryShort08=A +MonthVeryShort09=S +MonthVeryShort10=O +MonthVeryShort11=N +MonthVeryShort12=D +AttachedFiles=Attached files and documents +JoinMainDoc=Join main document +DateFormatYYYYMM=YYYY-MM +DateFormatYYYYMMDD=YYYY-MM-DD +DateFormatYYYYMMDDHHMM=YYYY-MM-DD HH:SS +ReportName=Report name +ReportPeriod=Report period +ReportDescription=Description +Report=Report +Keyword=Keyword +Origin=Origin +Legend=Legend +Fill=Fill +Reset=Reset +File=File +Files=Files +NotAllowed=Not allowed +ReadPermissionNotAllowed=Read permission not allowed +AmountInCurrency=Amount in %s currency +Example=Example +Examples=Examples +NoExample=No example +FindBug=Report a bug +NbOfThirdParties=Number of third parties +NbOfLines=Number of lines +NbOfObjects=Number of objects +NbOfObjectReferers=Number of related items +Referers=Related items +TotalQuantity=Total quantity +DateFromTo=From %s to %s +DateFrom=From %s +DateUntil=Until %s +Check=Check +Uncheck=Uncheck +Internal=Internal +External=External +Internals=Internal +Externals=External +Warning=Warning +Warnings=Warnings +BuildDoc=Build Doc +Entity=Environment +Entities=Entities +CustomerPreview=Customer preview +SupplierPreview=Vendor preview +ShowCustomerPreview=Show customer preview +ShowSupplierPreview=Show vendor preview +RefCustomer=Ref. customer +InternalRef=Internal ref. +Currency=Currency +InfoAdmin=Information for administrators +Undo=Undo +Redo=Redo +ExpandAll=Expand all +UndoExpandAll=Undo expand +SeeAll=See all +Reason=Reason +FeatureNotYetSupported=Feature not yet supported +CloseWindow=Close window +Response=Response +Priority=Priority +SendByMail=Send by email +MailSentBy=Email sent by +NotSent=Not sent +TextUsedInTheMessageBody=Email body +SendAcknowledgementByMail=Send confirmation email +SendMail=Send email +Email=Email +NoEMail=No email +AlreadyRead=Already read +NotRead=Unread +NoMobilePhone=No mobile phone +Owner=Owner +FollowingConstantsWillBeSubstituted=The following constants will be replaced with the corresponding value. +Refresh=Refresh +BackToList=Back to list +BackToTree=Back to tree +GoBack=Go back +CanBeModifiedIfOk=Can be modified if valid +CanBeModifiedIfKo=Can be modified if not valid +ValueIsValid=Value is valid +ValueIsNotValid=Value is not valid +RecordCreatedSuccessfully=Record created successfully +RecordModifiedSuccessfully=Record modified successfully +RecordsModified=%s record(s) modified +RecordsDeleted=%s record(s) deleted +RecordsGenerated=%s record(s) generated +AutomaticCode=Automatic code +FeatureDisabled=Feature disabled +MoveBox=Move widget +Offered=Offered +NotEnoughPermissions=You don't have permission for this action +SessionName=Session name +Method=Method +Receive=Receive +CompleteOrNoMoreReceptionExpected=Complete or nothing more expected +ExpectedValue=Expected Value +ExpectedQty=Expected Qty +PartialWoman=Partial +TotalWoman=Total +NeverReceived=Never received +Canceled=Canceled +YouCanChangeValuesForThisListFromDictionarySetup=You can change values for this list from menu Setup - Dictionaries +YouCanChangeValuesForThisListFrom=You can change values for this list from menu %s +YouCanSetDefaultValueInModuleSetup=You can set the default value used when creating a new record in module setup +Color=Color +Documents=Linked files +Documents2=Documents +UploadDisabled=Upload disabled +MenuAccountancy=Accounting +MenuECM=Documents +MenuAWStats=AWStats +MenuMembers=Members +MenuAgendaGoogle=Google agenda +MenuTaxesAndSpecialExpenses=Taxes | Special expenses +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetup=Dolibarr limit (Menu home-setup-security): %s Kb, PHP limit: %s Kb +ThisLimitIsDefinedInSetupAt=Dolibarr limit (Menu %s): %s Kb, PHP limit (Param %s): %s Kb +NoFileFound=No documents uploaded +CurrentUserLanguage=Current language +CurrentTheme=Current theme +CurrentMenuManager=Current menu manager +Browser=Browser +Layout=Layout +Screen=Screen +DisabledModules=Disabled modules +For=For +ForCustomer=For customer +Signature=Signature +DateOfSignature=Date of signature +HidePassword=Show command with password hidden +UnHidePassword=Show real command with clear password +Root=Root +RootOfMedias=Root of public medias (/medias) +Informations=Information +Page=Page +Notes=Notes +AddNewLine=Add new line +AddFile=Add file +FreeZone=Free-text product +FreeLineOfType=Free-text item, type: +CloneMainAttributes=Clone object with its main attributes +ReGeneratePDF=Re-generate PDF +PDFMerge=PDF Merge +Merge=Merge +DocumentModelStandardPDF=Standard PDF template +PrintContentArea=Show page to print main content area +MenuManager=Menu manager +WarningYouAreInMaintenanceMode=Warning, you are in maintenance mode: only login %s is allowed to use the application in this mode. +CoreErrorTitle=System error +CoreErrorMessage=Sorry, an error occurred. Contact your system administrator to check the logs or disable $dolibarr_main_prod=1 to get more information. +CreditCard=Credit card +ValidatePayment=Validate payment +CreditOrDebitCard=Credit or debit card +FieldsWithAreMandatory=Fields with %s are mandatory +FieldsWithIsForPublic=Fields with %s are shown in public list of members. If you don't want this, uncheck the "public" box. +AccordingToGeoIPDatabase=(according to GeoIP conversion) +Line=Line +NotSupported=Not supported +RequiredField=Required field +Result=Result +ToTest=Test +ValidateBefore=Item must be validated before using this feature +Visibility=Visibility +Totalizable=Totalizable +TotalizableDesc=This field is totalizable in list +Private=Private +Hidden=Hidden +Resources=Resources +Source=Source +Prefix=Prefix +Before=Before +After=After +IPAddress=IP address +Frequency=Frequency +IM=Instant messaging +NewAttribute=New attribute +AttributeCode=Attribute code +URLPhoto=URL of photo/logo +SetLinkToAnotherThirdParty=Link to another third party +LinkTo=Link to +LinkToProposal=Link to proposal +LinkToOrder=Link to order +LinkToInvoice=Link to invoice +LinkToTemplateInvoice=Link to template invoice +LinkToSupplierOrder=Link to purchase order +LinkToSupplierProposal=Link to vendor proposal +LinkToSupplierInvoice=Link to vendor invoice +LinkToContract=Link to contract +LinkToIntervention=Link to intervention +LinkToTicket=Link to ticket +CreateDraft=Create draft +SetToDraft=Back to draft +ClickToEdit=Click to edit +ClickToRefresh=Click to refresh +EditWithEditor=Edit with CKEditor +EditWithTextEditor=Edit with Text editor +EditHTMLSource=Edit HTML Source +ObjectDeleted=Object %s deleted +ByCountry=By country +ByTown=By town +ByDate=By date +ByMonthYear=By month/year +ByYear=By year +ByMonth=By month +ByDay=By day +BySalesRepresentative=By sales representative +LinkedToSpecificUsers=Linked to a particular user contact +NoResults=No results +AdminTools=Admin Tools +SystemTools=System tools +ModulesSystemTools=Modules tools +Test=Test +Element=Element +NoPhotoYet=No pictures available yet +Dashboard=Dashboard +MyDashboard=My Dashboard +Deductible=Deductible +from=from +toward=toward +Access=Access +SelectAction=Select action +SelectTargetUser=Select target user/employee +HelpCopyToClipboard=Use Ctrl+C to copy to clipboard +SaveUploadedFileWithMask=Save file on server with name "%s" (otherwise "%s") +OriginFileName=Original filename +SetDemandReason=Set source +SetBankAccount=Define Bank Account +AccountCurrency=Account currency +ViewPrivateNote=View notes +XMoreLines=%s line(s) hidden +ShowMoreLines=Show more/less lines +PublicUrl=Public URL +AddBox=Add box +SelectElementAndClick=Select an element and click on %s +PrintFile=Print File %s +ShowTransaction=Show entry on bank account +ShowIntervention=Show intervention +ShowContract=Show contract +GoIntoSetupToChangeLogo=Go to Home - Setup - Company to change logo or go to Home - Setup - Display to hide. +Deny=Deny +Denied=Denied +ListOf=List of %s +ListOfTemplates=List of templates +Gender=Gender +Genderman=Male +Genderwoman=Female +Genderother=Other +ViewList=List view +ViewGantt=Gantt view +ViewKanban=Kanban view +Mandatory=Mandatory +Hello=Hello +GoodBye=GoodBye +Sincerely=Sincerely +ConfirmDeleteObject=Are you sure you want to delete this object? +DeleteLine=Delete line +ConfirmDeleteLine=Are you sure you want to delete this line? +ErrorPDFTkOutputFileNotFound=Error: the file was not generated. Please check that the 'pdftk' command is installed in a directory included in the $PATH environment variable (linux/unix only) or contact your system administrator. +NoPDFAvailableForDocGenAmongChecked=No PDF were available for the document generation among checked record +TooManyRecordForMassAction=Too many records selected for mass action. The action is restricted to a list of %s records. +NoRecordSelected=No record selected +MassFilesArea=Area for files built by mass actions +ShowTempMassFilesArea=Show area of files built by mass actions +ConfirmMassDeletion=Bulk Delete confirmation +ConfirmMassDeletionQuestion=Are you sure you want to delete the %s selected record(s)? +RelatedObjects=Related Objects +ClassifyBilled=Classify billed +ClassifyUnbilled=Classify unbilled +Progress=Progress +ProgressShort=Progr. +FrontOffice=Front office +BackOffice=Back office +Submit=Submit +View=View +Export=Export +Exports=Exports +ExportFilteredList=Export filtered list +ExportList=Export list +ExportOptions=Export Options +IncludeDocsAlreadyExported=Include docs already exported +ExportOfPiecesAlreadyExportedIsEnable=Export of pieces already exported is enable +ExportOfPiecesAlreadyExportedIsDisable=Export of pieces already exported is disable +AllExportedMovementsWereRecordedAsExported=All exported movements were recorded as exported +NotAllExportedMovementsCouldBeRecordedAsExported=Not all exported movements could be recorded as exported +Miscellaneous=Miscellaneous +Calendar=Calendar +GroupBy=Group by... +ViewFlatList=View flat list +ViewAccountList=View ledger +ViewSubAccountList=View subaccount ledger +RemoveString=Remove string '%s' +SomeTranslationAreUncomplete=Some of the languages offered may be only partially translated or may contain errors. Please help to correct your language by registering at https://transifex.com/projects/p/dolibarr/ to add your improvements. +DirectDownloadLink=Public download link +PublicDownloadLinkDesc=Only the link is required to download the file +DirectDownloadInternalLink=Private download link +PrivateDownloadLinkDesc=You need to be logged and you need permissions to view or download the file +Download=Download +DownloadDocument=Download document +ActualizeCurrency=Update currency rate +Fiscalyear=Fiscal year +ModuleBuilder=Module and Application Builder +SetMultiCurrencyCode=Set currency +BulkActions=Bulk actions +ClickToShowHelp=Click to show tooltip help +WebSite=Website +WebSites=Websites +WebSiteAccounts=Website accounts +ExpenseReport=Expense report +ExpenseReports=Expense reports +HR=HR +HRAndBank=HR and Bank +AutomaticallyCalculated=Automatically calculated +TitleSetToDraft=Go back to draft +ConfirmSetToDraft=Are you sure you want to go back to Draft status? +ImportId=Import id +Events=Events +EMailTemplates=Email templates +FileNotShared=File not shared to external public +Project=Project +Projects=Projects +LeadOrProject=Lead | Project +LeadsOrProjects=Leads | Projects +Lead=Lead +Leads=Leads +ListOpenLeads=List open leads +ListOpenProjects=List open projects +NewLeadOrProject=New lead or project +Rights=Permissions +LineNb=Line no. +IncotermLabel=Incoterms +TabLetteringCustomer=Customer lettering +TabLetteringSupplier=Vendor lettering +Monday=Monday +Tuesday=Tuesday +Wednesday=Wednesday +Thursday=Thursday +Friday=Friday +Saturday=Saturday +Sunday=Sunday +MondayMin=Mo +TuesdayMin=Tu +WednesdayMin=We +ThursdayMin=Th +FridayMin=Fr +SaturdayMin=Sa +SundayMin=Su +Day1=Monday +Day2=Tuesday +Day3=Wednesday +Day4=Thursday +Day5=Friday +Day6=Saturday +Day0=Sunday +ShortMonday=M +ShortTuesday=T +ShortWednesday=W +ShortThursday=T +ShortFriday=F +ShortSaturday=S +ShortSunday=S +one=one +two=two +three=three +four=four +five=five +six=six +seven=seven +eight=eight +nine=nine +ten=ten +eleven=eleven +twelve=twelve +thirteen=thirdteen +fourteen=fourteen +fifteen=fifteen +sixteen=sixteen +seventeen=seventeen +eighteen=eighteen +nineteen=nineteen +twenty=twenty +thirty=thirty +forty=forty +fifty=fifty +sixty=sixty +seventy=seventy +eighty=eighty +ninety=ninety +hundred=hundred +thousand=thousand +million=million +billion=billion +trillion=trillion +quadrillion=quadrillion +SelectMailModel=Select an email template +SetRef=Set ref +Select2ResultFoundUseArrows=Some results found. Use arrows to select. +Select2NotFound=No result found +Select2Enter=Enter +Select2MoreCharacter=or more character +Select2MoreCharacters=or more characters +Select2MoreCharactersMore=Search syntax:
| OR (a|b)
* Any character (a*b)
^ Start with (^ab)
$ End with (ab$)
+Select2LoadingMoreResults=Loading more results... +Select2SearchInProgress=Search in progress... +SearchIntoThirdparties=Third parties +SearchIntoContacts=Contacts +SearchIntoMembers=Members +SearchIntoUsers=Users +SearchIntoProductsOrServices=Products or services +SearchIntoBatch=Lots / Serials +SearchIntoProjects=Projects +SearchIntoMO=Manufacturing Orders +SearchIntoTasks=Tasks +SearchIntoCustomerInvoices=Customer invoices +SearchIntoSupplierInvoices=Vendor invoices +SearchIntoCustomerOrders=Sales orders +SearchIntoSupplierOrders=Purchase orders +SearchIntoCustomerProposals=Commercial proposals +SearchIntoSupplierProposals=Vendor proposals +SearchIntoInterventions=Interventions +SearchIntoContracts=Contracts +SearchIntoCustomerShipments=Customer shipments +SearchIntoExpenseReports=Expense reports +SearchIntoLeaves=Leave +SearchIntoTickets=Tickets +SearchIntoCustomerPayments=Customer payments +SearchIntoVendorPayments=Vendor payments +SearchIntoMiscPayments=Miscellaneous payments +CommentLink=Comments +NbComments=Number of comments +CommentPage=Comments space +CommentAdded=Comment added +CommentDeleted=Comment deleted +Everybody=Everybody +PayedBy=Paid by +PayedTo=Paid to +Monthly=Monthly +Quarterly=Quarterly +Annual=Annual +Local=Local +Remote=Remote +LocalAndRemote=Local and Remote +KeyboardShortcut=Keyboard shortcut +AssignedTo=Assigned to +Deletedraft=Delete draft +ConfirmMassDraftDeletion=Draft mass delete confirmation +FileSharedViaALink=File shared with a public link +SelectAThirdPartyFirst=Select a third party first... +YouAreCurrentlyInSandboxMode=You are currently in the %s "sandbox" mode +Inventory=Inventory +AnalyticCode=Analytic code +TMenuMRP=MRP +ShowCompanyInfos=Show company infos +ShowMoreInfos=Show More Infos +NoFilesUploadedYet=Please upload a document first +SeePrivateNote=See private note +PaymentInformation=Payment information +ValidFrom=Valid from +ValidUntil=Valid until +NoRecordedUsers=No users +ToClose=To close +ToRefuse=To refuse +ToProcess=To process +ToApprove=To approve +GlobalOpenedElemView=Global view +NoArticlesFoundForTheKeyword=No article found for the keyword '%s' +NoArticlesFoundForTheCategory=No article found for the category +ToAcceptRefuse=To accept | refuse +ContactDefault_agenda=Event +ContactDefault_commande=Order +ContactDefault_contrat=Contract +ContactDefault_facture=Invoice +ContactDefault_fichinter=Intervention +ContactDefault_invoice_supplier=Supplier Invoice +ContactDefault_order_supplier=Purchase Order +ContactDefault_project=Project +ContactDefault_project_task=Task +ContactDefault_propal=Proposal +ContactDefault_supplier_proposal=Supplier Proposal +ContactDefault_ticket=Ticket +ContactAddedAutomatically=Contact added from contact thirdparty roles +More=More +ShowDetails=Show details +CustomReports=Custom reports +StatisticsOn=Statistics on +SelectYourGraphOptionsFirst=Select your graph options to build a graph +Measures=Measures +XAxis=X-Axis +YAxis=Y-Axis +StatusOfRefMustBe=Status of %s must be %s +DeleteFileHeader=Confirm file delete +DeleteFileText=Do you really want delete this file? +ShowOtherLanguages=Show other languages +SwitchInEditModeToAddTranslation=Switch in edit mode to add translations for this language +NotUsedForThisCustomer=Not used for this customer +AmountMustBePositive=Amount must be positive +ByStatus=By status +InformationMessage=Information +Used=Used +ASAP=As Soon As Possible +CREATEInDolibarr=Record %s created +MODIFYInDolibarr=Record %s modified +DELETEInDolibarr=Record %s deleted +VALIDATEInDolibarr=Record %s validated +APPROVEDInDolibarr=Record %s approved +DefaultMailModel=Default Mail Model +PublicVendorName=Public name of vendor +DateOfBirth=Date of birth +SecurityTokenHasExpiredSoActionHasBeenCanceledPleaseRetry=Security token has expired, so action has been canceled. Please try again. +UpToDate=Up-to-date +OutOfDate=Out-of-date +EventReminder=Event Reminder +UpdateForAllLines=Update for all lines +OnHold=On hold +Civility=Civility +AffectTag=Affect Tag +CreateExternalUser=Create external user +ConfirmAffectTag=Bulk Tag Affect +ConfirmAffectTagQuestion=Are you sure you want to affect tags to the %s selected record(s)? +CategTypeNotFound=No tag type found for type of records +CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard +InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. +ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel +EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/margins.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/margins.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ad5406409b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/margins.lang @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - marges + +Margin=Margin +Margins=Margins +TotalMargin=Total Margin +MarginOnProducts=Margin / Products +MarginOnServices=Margin / Services +MarginRate=Margin rate +MarkRate=Mark rate +DisplayMarginRates=Display margin rates +DisplayMarkRates=Display mark rates +InputPrice=Input price +margin=Profit margins management +margesSetup=Profit margins management setup +MarginDetails=Margin details +ProductMargins=Product margins +CustomerMargins=Customer margins +SalesRepresentativeMargins=Sales representative margins +ContactOfInvoice=Contact of invoice +UserMargins=User margins +ProductService=Product or Service +AllProducts=All products and services +ChooseProduct/Service=Choose product or service +ForceBuyingPriceIfNull=Force buying/cost price to selling price if not defined +ForceBuyingPriceIfNullDetails=If buying/cost price not provided when we add a new line, and this option is "ON", the margin will be 0 on the new line (buying/cost price = selling price). If this option is "OFF" (recommended), margin will be equal to the value suggested by default (and may be 100% if no default value can be found). +MARGIN_METHODE_FOR_DISCOUNT=Margin method for global discounts +UseDiscountAsProduct=As a product +UseDiscountAsService=As a service +UseDiscountOnTotal=On subtotal +MARGIN_METHODE_FOR_DISCOUNT_DETAILS=Defines if a global discount is treated as a product, a service, or only on subtotal for margin calculation. +MARGIN_TYPE=Buying/Cost price suggested by default for margin calculation +MargeType1=Margin on Best vendor price +MargeType2=Margin on Weighted Average Price (WAP) +MargeType3=Margin on Cost Price +MarginTypeDesc=* Margin on best buying price = Selling price - Best vendor price defined on product card
* Margin on Weighted Average Price (WAP) = Selling price - Product Weighted Average Price (WAP) or best vendor price if WAP not yet defined
* Margin on Cost price = Selling price - Cost price defined on product card or WAP if cost price not defined, or best vendor price if WAP not yet defined +CostPrice=Cost price +UnitCharges=Unit charges +Charges=Charges +AgentContactType=Commercial agent contact type +AgentContactTypeDetails=Define what contact type (linked on invoices) will be used for margin report per contact/address. Note that reading statistics on a contact is not reliable since in most cases the contact may not be defined explicitely on the invoices. +rateMustBeNumeric=Rate must be a numeric value +markRateShouldBeLesserThan100=Mark rate should be lower than 100 +ShowMarginInfos=Show margin infos +CheckMargins=Margins detail +MarginPerSaleRepresentativeWarning=The report of margin per user use the link between third parties and sale representatives to calculate the margin of each sale representative. Because some thirdparties may not have any dedicated sale representative and some third parties may be linked to several, some amounts may not be included into this report (if there is no sale representative) and some may appear on different lines (for each sale representative). diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/members.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/members.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8b9c2f59f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/members.lang @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - members +MembersArea=Members area +MemberCard=Member card +SubscriptionCard=Subscription card +Member=Member +Members=Members +ShowMember=Show member card +UserNotLinkedToMember=User not linked to a member +ThirdpartyNotLinkedToMember=Third party not linked to a member +MembersTickets=Members Tickets +FundationMembers=Foundation members +ListOfValidatedPublicMembers=List of validated public members +ErrorThisMemberIsNotPublic=This member is not public +ErrorMemberIsAlreadyLinkedToThisThirdParty=Another member (name: %s, login: %s) is already linked to a third party %s. Remove this link first because a third party can't be linked to only a member (and vice versa). +ErrorUserPermissionAllowsToLinksToItselfOnly=For security reasons, you must be granted permissions to edit all users to be able to link a member to a user that is not yours. +SetLinkToUser=Link to a Dolibarr user +SetLinkToThirdParty=Link to a Dolibarr third party +MembersCards=Business cards for members +MembersList=List of members +MembersListToValid=List of draft members (to be validated) +MembersListValid=List of valid members +MembersListUpToDate=List of valid members with up-to-date subscription +MembersListNotUpToDate=List of valid members with out-of-date subscription +MembersListExcluded=List of excluded members +MembersListResiliated=List of terminated members +MembersListQualified=List of qualified members +MenuMembersToValidate=Draft members +MenuMembersValidated=Validated members +MenuMembersExcluded=Excluded members +MenuMembersResiliated=Terminated members +MembersWithSubscriptionToReceive=Members with subscription to receive +MembersWithSubscriptionToReceiveShort=Subscription to receive +DateSubscription=Subscription date +DateEndSubscription=Subscription end date +EndSubscription=Subscription Ends +SubscriptionId=Subscription id +WithoutSubscription=Without subscription +MemberId=Member id +NewMember=New member +MemberType=Member type +MemberTypeId=Member type id +MemberTypeLabel=Member type label +MembersTypes=Members types +MemberStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +MemberStatusDraftShort=Draft +MemberStatusActive=Validated (waiting subscription) +MemberStatusActiveShort=Validated +MemberStatusActiveLate=Subscription expired +MemberStatusActiveLateShort=Expired +MemberStatusPaid=Subscription up to date +MemberStatusPaidShort=Up to date +MemberStatusExcluded=Excluded member +MemberStatusExcludedShort=Excluded +MemberStatusResiliated=Terminated member +MemberStatusResiliatedShort=Terminated +MembersStatusToValid=Draft members +MembersStatusExcluded=Excluded members +MembersStatusResiliated=Terminated members +MemberStatusNoSubscription=Validated (no subscription needed) +MemberStatusNoSubscriptionShort=Validated +SubscriptionNotNeeded=No subscription needed +NewCotisation=New contribution +PaymentSubscription=New contribution payment +SubscriptionEndDate=Subscription's end date +MembersTypeSetup=Members type setup +MemberTypeModified=Member type modified +DeleteAMemberType=Delete a member type +ConfirmDeleteMemberType=Are you sure you want to delete this member type? +MemberTypeDeleted=Member type deleted +MemberTypeCanNotBeDeleted=Member type can not be deleted +NewSubscription=New subscription +NewSubscriptionDesc=This form allows you to record your subscription as a new member of the foundation. If you want to renew your subscription (if already a member), please contact foundation board instead by email %s. +Subscription=Subscription +Subscriptions=Subscriptions +SubscriptionLate=Late +SubscriptionNotReceived=Subscription never received +ListOfSubscriptions=List of subscriptions +SendCardByMail=Send card by email +AddMember=Create member +NoTypeDefinedGoToSetup=No member types defined. Go to menu "Members types" +NewMemberType=New member type +WelcomeEMail=Welcome email +SubscriptionRequired=Subscription required +DeleteType=Delete +VoteAllowed=Vote allowed +Physical=Individual +Moral=Corporation +MorAndPhy=Corporation and Individual +Reenable=Re-Enable +ExcludeMember=Exclude a member +ConfirmExcludeMember=Are you sure you want to exclude this member ? +ResiliateMember=Terminate a member +ConfirmResiliateMember=Are you sure you want to terminate this member? +DeleteMember=Delete a member +ConfirmDeleteMember=Are you sure you want to delete this member (Deleting a member will delete all his subscriptions)? +DeleteSubscription=Delete a subscription +ConfirmDeleteSubscription=Are you sure you want to delete this subscription? +Filehtpasswd=htpasswd file +ValidateMember=Validate a member +ConfirmValidateMember=Are you sure you want to validate this member? +FollowingLinksArePublic=The following links are open pages not protected by any Dolibarr permission. They are not formatted pages, provided as example to show how to list members database. +PublicMemberList=Public member list +BlankSubscriptionForm=Public self-subscription form +BlankSubscriptionFormDesc=Dolibarr can provide you a public URL/website to allow external visitors to ask to subscribe to the foundation. If an online payment module is enabled, a payment form may also be automatically provided. +EnablePublicSubscriptionForm=Enable the public website with self-subscription form +ForceMemberType=Force the member type +ExportDataset_member_1=Members and subscriptions +ImportDataset_member_1=Members +LastMembersModified=Latest %s modified members +LastSubscriptionsModified=Latest %s modified subscriptions +String=String +Text=Text +Int=Int +DateAndTime=Date and time +PublicMemberCard=Member public card +SubscriptionNotRecorded=Subscription not recorded +AddSubscription=Create subscription +ShowSubscription=Show subscription +# Label of email templates +SendingAnEMailToMember=Sending information email to member +SendingEmailOnAutoSubscription=Sending email on auto registration +SendingEmailOnMemberValidation=Sending email on new member validation +SendingEmailOnNewSubscription=Sending email on new subscription +SendingReminderForExpiredSubscription=Sending reminder for expired subscriptions +SendingEmailOnCancelation=Sending email on cancelation +SendingReminderActionComm=Sending reminder for agenda event +# Topic of email templates +YourMembershipRequestWasReceived=Your membership was received. +YourMembershipWasValidated=Your membership was validated +YourSubscriptionWasRecorded=Your new subscription was recorded +SubscriptionReminderEmail=Subscription reminder +YourMembershipWasCanceled=Your membership was canceled +CardContent=Content of your member card +# Text of email templates +ThisIsContentOfYourMembershipRequestWasReceived=We want to let you know that your membership request was received.

+ThisIsContentOfYourMembershipWasValidated=We want to let you know that your membership was validated with the following information:

+ThisIsContentOfYourSubscriptionWasRecorded=We want to let you know that your new subscription was recorded.

+ThisIsContentOfSubscriptionReminderEmail=We want to let you know that your subscription is about to expire or has already expired (__MEMBER_LAST_SUBSCRIPTION_DATE_END__). We hope you will renew it.

+ThisIsContentOfYourCard=This is a summary of the information we have about you. Please contact us if anything is incorrect.

+DescADHERENT_AUTOREGISTER_NOTIF_MAIL_SUBJECT=Subject of the notification email received in case of auto-inscription of a guest +DescADHERENT_AUTOREGISTER_NOTIF_MAIL=Content of the notification email received in case of auto-inscription of a guest +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_AUTOREGISTER=Email template to use to send email to a member on member autosubscription +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_MEMBER_VALIDATION=Email template to use to send email to a member on member validation +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_SUBSCRIPTION=Email template to use to send email to a member on new subscription recording +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_REMIND_EXPIRATION=Email template to use to send email reminder when subscription is about to expire +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_CANCELATION=Email template to use to send email to a member on member cancelation +DescADHERENT_EMAIL_TEMPLATE_EXCLUSION=Email template to use to send email to a member on member exclusion +DescADHERENT_MAIL_FROM=Sender Email for automatic emails +DescADHERENT_ETIQUETTE_TYPE=Format of labels page +DescADHERENT_ETIQUETTE_TEXT=Text printed on member address sheets +DescADHERENT_CARD_TYPE=Format of cards page +DescADHERENT_CARD_HEADER_TEXT=Text printed on top of member cards +DescADHERENT_CARD_TEXT=Text printed on member cards (align on left) +DescADHERENT_CARD_TEXT_RIGHT=Text printed on member cards (align on right) +DescADHERENT_CARD_FOOTER_TEXT=Text printed on bottom of member cards +ShowTypeCard=Show type '%s' +HTPasswordExport=htpassword file generation +NoThirdPartyAssociatedToMember=No third party associated to this member +MembersAndSubscriptions= Members and Subscriptions +MoreActions=Complementary action on recording +MoreActionsOnSubscription=Complementary action, suggested by default when recording a subscription +MoreActionBankDirect=Create a direct entry on bank account +MoreActionBankViaInvoice=Create an invoice, and a payment on bank account +MoreActionInvoiceOnly=Create an invoice with no payment +LinkToGeneratedPages=Generate visit cards +LinkToGeneratedPagesDesc=This screen allows you to generate PDF files with business cards for all your members or a particular member. +DocForAllMembersCards=Generate business cards for all members +DocForOneMemberCards=Generate business cards for a particular member +DocForLabels=Generate address sheets +SubscriptionPayment=Subscription payment +LastSubscriptionDate=Date of latest subscription payment +LastSubscriptionAmount=Amount of latest subscription +LastMemberType=Last Member type +MembersStatisticsByCountries=Members statistics by country +MembersStatisticsByState=Members statistics by state/province +MembersStatisticsByTown=Members statistics by town +MembersStatisticsByRegion=Members statistics by region +NbOfMembers=Total number of members +NbOfActiveMembers=Total number of current active members +NoValidatedMemberYet=No validated members found +MembersByCountryDesc=This screen shows you the statistics of members by countries. Graphs and charts depend on the availability of the Google online graph service as well as on the availability of a working internet connection. +MembersByStateDesc=This screen show you statistics of members by state/provinces/canton. +MembersByTownDesc=This screen show you statistics of members by town. +MembersByNature=This screen show you statistics of members by nature. +MembersByRegion=This screen show you statistics of members by region. +MembersStatisticsDesc=Choose statistics you want to read... +MenuMembersStats=Statistics +LastMemberDate=Latest membership date +LatestSubscriptionDate=Latest subscription date +MemberNature=Nature of the member +MembersNature=Nature of the members +Public=Information is public +NewMemberbyWeb=New member added. Awaiting approval +NewMemberForm=New member form +SubscriptionsStatistics=Subscriptions statistics +NbOfSubscriptions=Number of subscriptions +AmountOfSubscriptions=Amount collected from subscriptions +TurnoverOrBudget=Turnover (for a company) or Budget (for a foundation) +DefaultAmount=Default amount of subscription +CanEditAmount=Visitor can choose/edit amount of its subscription +MEMBER_NEWFORM_PAYONLINE=Jump on integrated online payment page +ByProperties=By nature +MembersStatisticsByProperties=Members statistics by nature +VATToUseForSubscriptions=VAT rate to use for subscriptions +NoVatOnSubscription=No VAT for subscriptions +ADHERENT_PRODUCT_ID_FOR_SUBSCRIPTIONS=Product used for subscription line into invoice: %s +NameOrCompany=Name or company +SubscriptionRecorded=Subscription recorded +NoEmailSentToMember=No email sent to member +EmailSentToMember=Email sent to member at %s +SendReminderForExpiredSubscriptionTitle=Send reminder by email for expired subscription +SendReminderForExpiredSubscription=Send reminder by email to members when subscription is about to expire (parameter is number of days before end of subscription to send the remind. It can be a list of days separated by a semicolon, for example '10;5;0;-5') +MembershipPaid=Membership paid for current period (until %s) +YouMayFindYourInvoiceInThisEmail=You may find your invoice attached to this email +XMembersClosed=%s member(s) closed +XExternalUserCreated=%s external user(s) created +ForceMemberNature=Force member nature (Individual or Corporation) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/modulebuilder.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/modulebuilder.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..23a098be2e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/modulebuilder.lang @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - loan +ModuleBuilderDesc=This tool must be used only by experienced users or developers. It provides utilities to build or edit your own module. Documentation for alternative manual development is here. +EnterNameOfModuleDesc=Enter name of the module/application to create with no spaces. Use uppercase to separate words (For example: MyModule, EcommerceForShop, SyncWithMySystem...) +EnterNameOfObjectDesc=Enter name of the object to create with no spaces. Use uppercase to separate words (For example: MyObject, Student, Teacher...). The CRUD class file, but also API file, pages to list/add/edit/delete object and SQL files will be generated. +ModuleBuilderDesc2=Path where modules are generated/edited (first directory for external modules defined into %s): %s +ModuleBuilderDesc3=Generated/editable modules found: %s +ModuleBuilderDesc4=A module is detected as 'editable' when the file %s exists in root of module directory +NewModule=New module +NewObjectInModulebuilder=New object +ModuleKey=Module key +ObjectKey=Object key +ModuleInitialized=Module initialized +FilesForObjectInitialized=Files for new object '%s' initialized +FilesForObjectUpdated=Files for object '%s' updated (.sql files and .class.php file) +ModuleBuilderDescdescription=Enter here all general information that describe your module. +ModuleBuilderDescspecifications=You can enter here a detailed description of the specifications of your module that is not already structured into other tabs. So you have within easy reach all the rules to develop. Also this text content will be included into the generated documentation (see last tab). You can use Markdown format, but it is recommended to use Asciidoc format (comparison between .md and .asciidoc: http://asciidoctor.org/docs/user-manual/#compared-to-markdown). +ModuleBuilderDescobjects=Define here the objects you want to manage with your module. A CRUD DAO class, SQL files, page to list record of objects, to create/edit/view a record and an API will be generated. +ModuleBuilderDescmenus=This tab is dedicated to define menu entries provided by your module. +ModuleBuilderDescpermissions=This tab is dedicated to define the new permissions you want to provide with your module. +ModuleBuilderDesctriggers=This is the view of triggers provided by your module. To include code executed when a triggered business event is launched, just edit this file. +ModuleBuilderDeschooks=This tab is dedicated to hooks. +ModuleBuilderDescwidgets=This tab is dedicated to manage/build widgets. +ModuleBuilderDescbuildpackage=You can generate here a "ready to distribute" package file (a normalized .zip file) of your module and a "ready to distribute" documentation file. Just click on button to build the package or documentation file. +EnterNameOfModuleToDeleteDesc=You can delete your module. WARNING: All coding files of module (generated or created manually) AND structured data and documentation will be deleted! +EnterNameOfObjectToDeleteDesc=You can delete an object. WARNING: All coding files (generated or created manually) related to object will be deleted! +DangerZone=Danger zone +BuildPackage=Build package +BuildPackageDesc=You can generate a zip package of your application so your are ready to distribute it on any Dolibarr. You can also distribute it or sell it on marketplace like DoliStore.com. +BuildDocumentation=Build documentation +ModuleIsNotActive=This module is not activated yet. Go to %s to make it live or click here +ModuleIsLive=This module has been activated. Any change may break a current live feature. +DescriptionLong=Long description +EditorName=Name of editor +EditorUrl=URL of editor +DescriptorFile=Descriptor file of module +ClassFile=File for PHP DAO CRUD class +ApiClassFile=File for PHP API class +PageForList=PHP page for list of record +PageForCreateEditView=PHP page to create/edit/view a record +PageForAgendaTab=PHP page for event tab +PageForDocumentTab=PHP page for document tab +PageForNoteTab=PHP page for note tab +PageForContactTab=PHP page for contact tab +PathToModulePackage=Path to zip of module/application package +PathToModuleDocumentation=Path to file of module/application documentation (%s) +SpaceOrSpecialCharAreNotAllowed=Spaces or special characters are not allowed. +FileNotYetGenerated=File not yet generated +RegenerateClassAndSql=Force update of .class and .sql files +RegenerateMissingFiles=Generate missing files +SpecificationFile=File of documentation +LanguageFile=File for language +ObjectProperties=Object Properties +ConfirmDeleteProperty=Are you sure you want to delete the property %s? This will change code in PHP class but also remove column from table definition of object. +NotNull=Not NULL +NotNullDesc=1=Set database to NOT NULL. -1=Allow null values and force value to NULL if empty ('' or 0). +SearchAll=Used for 'search all' +DatabaseIndex=Database index +FileAlreadyExists=File %s already exists +TriggersFile=File for triggers code +HooksFile=File for hooks code +ArrayOfKeyValues=Array of key-val +ArrayOfKeyValuesDesc=Array of keys and values if field is a combo list with fixed values +WidgetFile=Widget file +CSSFile=CSS file +JSFile=Javascript file +ReadmeFile=Readme file +ChangeLog=ChangeLog file +TestClassFile=File for PHP Unit Test class +SqlFile=Sql file +PageForLib=File for the common PHP library +PageForObjLib=File for the PHP library dedicated to object +SqlFileExtraFields=Sql file for complementary attributes +SqlFileKey=Sql file for keys +SqlFileKeyExtraFields=Sql file for keys of complementary attributes +AnObjectAlreadyExistWithThisNameAndDiffCase=An object already exists with this name and a different case +UseAsciiDocFormat=You can use Markdown format, but it is recommended to use Asciidoc format (omparison between .md and .asciidoc: http://asciidoctor.org/docs/user-manual/#compared-to-markdown) +IsAMeasure=Is a measure +DirScanned=Directory scanned +NoTrigger=No trigger +NoWidget=No widget +GoToApiExplorer=API explorer +ListOfMenusEntries=List of menu entries +ListOfDictionariesEntries=List of dictionaries entries +ListOfPermissionsDefined=List of defined permissions +SeeExamples=See examples here +EnabledDesc=Condition to have this field active (Examples: 1 or $conf->global->MYMODULE_MYOPTION) +VisibleDesc=Is the field visible ? (Examples: 0=Never visible, 1=Visible on list and create/update/view forms, 2=Visible on list only, 3=Visible on create/update/view form only (not list), 4=Visible on list and update/view form only (not create), 5=Visible on list end view form only (not create, not update).

Using a negative value means field is not shown by default on list but can be selected for viewing).

It can be an expression, for example:
preg_match('/public/', $_SERVER['PHP_SELF'])?0:1
($user->rights->holiday->define_holiday ? 1 : 0) +DisplayOnPdfDesc=Display this field on compatible PDF documents, you can manage position with "Position" field.
Currently, known compatibles PDF models are : eratosthene (order), espadon (ship), sponge (invoices), cyan (propal/quotation), cornas (supplier order)

For document :
0 = not displayed
1 = display
2 = display only if not empty

For document lines :
0 = not displayed
1 = displayed in a column
3 = display in line description column after the description
4 = display in description column after the description only if not empty +DisplayOnPdf=Display on PDF +IsAMeasureDesc=Can the value of field be cumulated to get a total into list? (Examples: 1 or 0) +SearchAllDesc=Is the field used to make a search from the quick search tool? (Examples: 1 or 0) +SpecDefDesc=Enter here all documentation you want to provide with your module that is not already defined by other tabs. You can use .md or better, the rich .asciidoc syntax. +LanguageDefDesc=Enter in this files, all the key and the translation for each language file. +MenusDefDesc=Define here the menus provided by your module +DictionariesDefDesc=Define here the dictionaries provided by your module +PermissionsDefDesc=Define here the new permissions provided by your module +MenusDefDescTooltip=The menus provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->menus into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), menus are also visible into the menu editor available to administrator users on %s. +DictionariesDefDescTooltip=The dictionaries provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->dictionaries into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), dictionaries are also visible into the setup area to administrator users on %s. +PermissionsDefDescTooltip=The permissions provided by your module/application are defined into the array $this->rights into the module descriptor file. You can edit manually this file or use the embedded editor.

Note: Once defined (and module re-activated), permissions are visible into the default permissions setup %s. +HooksDefDesc=Define in the module_parts['hooks'] property, in the module descriptor, the context of hooks you want to manage (list of contexts can be found by a search on 'initHooks(' in core code).
Edit the hook file to add code of your hooked functions (hookable functions can be found by a search on 'executeHooks' in core code). +TriggerDefDesc=Define in the trigger file the code you want to execute for each business event executed. +SeeIDsInUse=See IDs in use in your installation +SeeReservedIDsRangeHere=See range of reserved IDs +ToolkitForDevelopers=Toolkit for Dolibarr developers +TryToUseTheModuleBuilder=If you have knowledge of SQL and PHP, you may use the native module builder wizard.
Enable the module %s and use the wizard by clicking the on the top right menu.
Warning: This is an advanced developer feature, do not experiment on your production site! +SeeTopRightMenu=See on the top right menu +AddLanguageFile=Add language file +YouCanUseTranslationKey=You can use here a key that is the translation key found into language file (see tab "Languages") +DropTableIfEmpty=(Destroy table if empty) +TableDoesNotExists=The table %s does not exists +TableDropped=Table %s deleted +InitStructureFromExistingTable=Build the structure array string of an existing table +UseAboutPage=Disable the about page +UseDocFolder=Disable the documentation folder +UseSpecificReadme=Use a specific ReadMe +ContentOfREADMECustomized=Note: The content of the README.md file has been replaced with the specific value defined into setup of ModuleBuilder. +RealPathOfModule=Real path of module +ContentCantBeEmpty=Content of file can't be empty +WidgetDesc=You can generate and edit here the widgets that will be embedded with your module. +CSSDesc=You can generate and edit here a file with personalized CSS embedded with your module. +JSDesc=You can generate and edit here a file with personalized Javascript embedded with your module. +CLIDesc=You can generate here some command line scripts you want to provide with your module. +CLIFile=CLI File +NoCLIFile=No CLI files +UseSpecificEditorName = Use a specific editor name +UseSpecificEditorURL = Use a specific editor URL +UseSpecificFamily = Use a specific family +UseSpecificAuthor = Use a specific author +UseSpecificVersion = Use a specific initial version +IncludeRefGeneration=The reference of object must be generated automatically +IncludeRefGenerationHelp=Check this if you want to include code to manage the generation automatically of the reference +IncludeDocGeneration=I want to generate some documents from the object +IncludeDocGenerationHelp=If you check this, some code will be generated to add a "Generate document" box on the record. +ShowOnCombobox=Show value into combobox +KeyForTooltip=Key for tooltip +CSSClass=CSS for edit/create form +CSSViewClass=CSS for read form +CSSListClass=CSS for list +NotEditable=Not editable +ForeignKey=Foreign key +TypeOfFieldsHelp=Type of fields:
varchar(99), double(24,8), real, text, html, datetime, timestamp, integer, integer:ClassName:relativepath/to/classfile.class.php[:1[:filter]] ('1' means we add a + button after the combo to create the record, 'filter' can be 'status=1 AND fk_user = __USER_ID AND entity IN (__SHARED_ENTITIES__)' for example) +AsciiToHtmlConverter=Ascii to HTML converter +AsciiToPdfConverter=Ascii to PDF converter +TableNotEmptyDropCanceled=Table not empty. Drop has been canceled. +ModuleBuilderNotAllowed=The module builder is available but not allowed to your user. +ImportExportProfiles=Import and export profiles diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mrp.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mrp.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2414a92cefb --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/mrp.lang @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +Mrp=Manufacturing Orders +MOs=Manufacturing orders +ManufacturingOrder=Manufacturing Order +MRPDescription=Module to manage production and Manufacturing Orders (MO). +MRPArea=MRP Area +MrpSetupPage=Setup of module MRP +MenuBOM=Bills of material +LatestBOMModified=Latest %s Bills of materials modified +LatestMOModified=Latest %s Manufacturing Orders modified +Bom=Bills of Material +BillOfMaterials=Bill of Materials +BOMsSetup=Setup of module BOM +ListOfBOMs=List of bills of material - BOM +ListOfManufacturingOrders=List of Manufacturing Orders +NewBOM=New bill of materials +ProductBOMHelp=Product to create (or disassemble) with this BOM.
Note: Products with the property 'Nature of product' = 'Raw material' are not visible into this list. +BOMsNumberingModules=BOM numbering templates +BOMsModelModule=BOM document templates +MOsNumberingModules=MO numbering templates +MOsModelModule=MO document templates +FreeLegalTextOnBOMs=Free text on document of BOM +WatermarkOnDraftBOMs=Watermark on draft BOM +FreeLegalTextOnMOs=Free text on document of MO +WatermarkOnDraftMOs=Watermark on draft MO +ConfirmCloneBillOfMaterials=Are you sure you want to clone the bill of materials %s ? +ConfirmCloneMo=Are you sure you want to clone the Manufacturing Order %s ? +ManufacturingEfficiency=Manufacturing efficiency +ConsumptionEfficiency=Consumption efficiency +ValueOfMeansLoss=Value of 0.95 means an average of 5%% of loss during the production +ValueOfMeansLossForProductProduced=Value of 0.95 means an average of 5%% of loss of produced product +DeleteBillOfMaterials=Delete Bill Of Materials +DeleteMo=Delete Manufacturing Order +ConfirmDeleteBillOfMaterials=Are you sure you want to delete this Bill Of Materials? +ConfirmDeleteMo=Are you sure you want to delete this Bill Of Materials? +MenuMRP=Manufacturing Orders +NewMO=New Manufacturing Order +QtyToProduce=Qty to produce +DateStartPlannedMo=Date start planned +DateEndPlannedMo=Date end planned +KeepEmptyForAsap=Empty means 'As Soon As Possible' +EstimatedDuration=Estimated duration +EstimatedDurationDesc=Estimated duration to manufacture (or disassemble) this product using this BOM +ConfirmValidateBom=Are you sure you want to validate the BOM with the reference %s (you will be able to use it to build new Manufacturing Orders) +ConfirmCloseBom=Are you sure you want to cancel this BOM (you won't be able to use it to build new Manufacturing Orders anymore) ? +ConfirmReopenBom=Are you sure you want to re-open this BOM (you will be able to use it to build new Manufacturing Orders) +StatusMOProduced=Produced +QtyFrozen=Frozen Qty +QuantityFrozen=Frozen Quantity +QuantityConsumedInvariable=When this flag is set, the quantity consumed is always the value defined and is not relative to the quantity produced. +DisableStockChange=Stock change disabled +DisableStockChangeHelp=When this flag is set, there is no stock change on this product, whatever is the quantity consumed +BomAndBomLines=Bills Of Material and lines +BOMLine=Line of BOM +WarehouseForProduction=Warehouse for production +CreateMO=Create MO +ToConsume=To consume +ToProduce=To produce +QtyAlreadyConsumed=Qty already consumed +QtyAlreadyProduced=Qty already produced +QtyRequiredIfNoLoss=Qty required if there is no loss (Manufacturing efficiency is 100%%) +ConsumeOrProduce=Consume or Produce +ConsumeAndProduceAll=Consume and Produce All +Manufactured=Manufactured +TheProductXIsAlreadyTheProductToProduce=The product to add is already the product to produce. +ForAQuantityOf=For a quantity to produce of %s +ForAQuantityToConsumeOf=For a quantity to disassemble of %s +ConfirmValidateMo=Are you sure you want to validate this Manufacturing Order? +ConfirmProductionDesc=By clicking on '%s', you will validate the consumption and/or production for the quantities set. This will also update the stock and record stock movements. +ProductionForRef=Production of %s +AutoCloseMO=Close automatically the Manufacturing Order if quantities to consume and to produce are reached +NoStockChangeOnServices=No stock change on services +ProductQtyToConsumeByMO=Product quantity still to consume by open MO +ProductQtyToProduceByMO=Product quantity still to produce by open MO +AddNewConsumeLines=Add new line to consume +ProductsToConsume=Products to consume +ProductsToProduce=Products to produce +UnitCost=Unit cost +TotalCost=Total cost +BOMTotalCost=The cost to produce this BOM based on cost of each quantity and product to consume (use Cost price if defined, else Average Weighted Price if defined, else the Best purchase price) +GoOnTabProductionToProduceFirst=You must first have started the production to close a Manufacturing Order (See tab '%s'). But you can Cancel it. +ErrorAVirtualProductCantBeUsedIntoABomOrMo=A kit can't be used into a BOM or a MO +Workstation=Workstation +Workstations=Workstations +WorkstationsDescription=Workstations management +WorkstationSetup = Workstations setup +WorkstationSetupPage = Workstations setup page +WorkstationList=Workstation list +WorkstationCreate=Add new workstation +ConfirmEnableWorkstation=Are you sure you want to enable workstation %s ? +EnableAWorkstation=Enable a workstation +ConfirmDisableWorkstation=Are you sure you want to disable workstation %s ? +DisableAWorkstation=Disable a workstation +DeleteWorkstation=Delete +NbOperatorsRequired=Number of operators required +THMOperatorEstimated=Estimated operator THM +THMMachineEstimated=Estimated machine THM +WorkstationType=Workstation type +Human=Human +Machine=Machine +HumanMachine=Human / Machine +WorkstationArea=Workstation area +Machines=Machines +THMEstimatedHelp=This rate makes it possible to define a forecast cost of the item diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/multicurrency.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/multicurrency.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26313c6bfb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/multicurrency.lang @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - multicurrency +MultiCurrency=Multi currency +ErrorAddRateFail=Error in added rate +ErrorAddCurrencyFail=Error in added currency +ErrorDeleteCurrencyFail=Error delete fail +multicurrency_syncronize_error=Synchronization error: %s +MULTICURRENCY_USE_RATE_ON_DOCUMENT_DATE=Use the date of the document to find the currency rate, instead of using the latest known rate +multicurrency_useOriginTx=When an object is created from another, keep the original rate from the source object (otherwise use the latest known rate) +CurrencyLayerAccount=CurrencyLayer API +CurrencyLayerAccount_help_to_synchronize=You must create an account on website %s to use this functionality.
Get your API key.
If you use a free account, you can't change the source currency (USD by default).
If your main currency is not USD, the application will automatically recalculate it.

You are limited to 1000 synchronizations per month. +multicurrency_appId=API key +multicurrency_appCurrencySource=Source currency +multicurrency_alternateCurrencySource=Alternate source currency +CurrenciesUsed=Currencies used +CurrenciesUsed_help_to_add=Add the different currencies and rates you need to use on your proposals, orders etc. +rate=rate +MulticurrencyReceived=Received, original currency +MulticurrencyRemainderToTake=Remaining amount, original currency +MulticurrencyPaymentAmount=Payment amount, original currency +AmountToOthercurrency=Amount To (in currency of receiving account) +CurrencyRateSyncSucceed=Currency rate synchronization done successfuly +MULTICURRENCY_USE_CURRENCY_ON_DOCUMENT=Use the currency of the document for online payments +TabTitleMulticurrencyRate=Rate list +ListCurrencyRate=List of exchange rates for the currency +CreateRate=Create a rate +FormCreateRate=Rate creation +FormUpdateRate=Rate modification +successRateCreate=Rate for currency %s has been added to the database +ConfirmDeleteLineRate=Are you sure you want to remove the %s rate for currency %s on %s date? +DeleteLineRate=Clear rate +successRateDelete=Rate deleted +errorRateDelete=Error when deleting the rate +successUpdateRate=Modification made +ErrorUpdateRate=Error when changing the rate +Codemulticurrency=currency code +UpdateRate=change the rate +CancelUpdate=cancel +NoEmptyRate=The rate field must not be empty diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/oauth.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/oauth.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..075ff49a895 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/oauth.lang @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - oauth +ConfigOAuth=OAuth Configuration +OAuthServices=OAuth Services +ManualTokenGeneration=Manual token generation +TokenManager=Token Manager +IsTokenGenerated=Is token generated ? +NoAccessToken=No access token saved into local database +HasAccessToken=A token was generated and saved into local database +NewTokenStored=Token received and saved +ToCheckDeleteTokenOnProvider=Click here to check/delete authorization saved by %s OAuth provider +TokenDeleted=Token deleted +RequestAccess=Click here to request/renew access and receive a new token to save +DeleteAccess=Click here to delete token +UseTheFollowingUrlAsRedirectURI=Use the following URL as the Redirect URI when creating your credentials with your OAuth provider: +ListOfSupportedOauthProviders=Enter the credentials provided by your OAuth2 provider. Only supported OAuth2 providers are listedd here. These services may be used by other modules that need OAuth2 authentication. +OAuthSetupForLogin=Page to generate an OAuth token +SeePreviousTab=See previous tab +OAuthIDSecret=OAuth ID and Secret +TOKEN_REFRESH=Token Refresh Present +TOKEN_EXPIRED=Token expired +TOKEN_EXPIRE_AT=Token expire at +TOKEN_DELETE=Delete saved token +OAUTH_GOOGLE_NAME=OAuth Google service +OAUTH_GOOGLE_ID=OAuth Google Id +OAUTH_GOOGLE_SECRET=OAuth Google Secret +OAUTH_GOOGLE_DESC=Go to this page then "Credentials" to create OAuth credentials +OAUTH_GITHUB_NAME=OAuth GitHub service +OAUTH_GITHUB_ID=OAuth GitHub Id +OAUTH_GITHUB_SECRET=OAuth GitHub Secret +OAUTH_GITHUB_DESC=Go to this page then "Register a new application" to create OAuth credentials +OAUTH_STRIPE_TEST_NAME=OAuth Stripe Test +OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_NAME=OAuth Stripe Live diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/opensurvey.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/opensurvey.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7d26151fa16 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/opensurvey.lang @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - opensurvey +Survey=Poll +Surveys=Polls +OrganizeYourMeetingEasily=Organize your meetings and polls easily. First select the type of poll... +NewSurvey=New poll +OpenSurveyArea=Polls area +AddACommentForPoll=You can add a comment into poll... +AddComment=Add comment +CreatePoll=Create poll +PollTitle=Poll title +ToReceiveEMailForEachVote=Receive an email for each vote +TypeDate=Type date +TypeClassic=Type standard +OpenSurveyStep2=Select your dates among the free days (grey). The selected days are green. You can unselect a day previously selected by clicking again on it +RemoveAllDays=Remove all days +CopyHoursOfFirstDay=Copy hours of first day +RemoveAllHours=Remove all hours +SelectedDays=Selected days +TheBestChoice=The best choice currently is +TheBestChoices=The best choices currently are +with=with +OpenSurveyHowTo=If you agree to vote in this poll, you have to give your name, choose the values that fit best for you and validate with the plus button at the end of the line. +CommentsOfVoters=Comments of voters +ConfirmRemovalOfPoll=Are you sure you want to remove this poll (and all votes) +RemovePoll=Remove poll +UrlForSurvey=URL to communicate to get a direct access to poll +PollOnChoice=You are creating a poll to make a multi-choice for a poll. First enter all possible choices for your poll: +CreateSurveyDate=Create a date poll +CreateSurveyStandard=Create a standard poll +CheckBox=Simple checkbox +YesNoList=List (empty/yes/no) +PourContreList=List (empty/for/against) +AddNewColumn=Add new column +TitleChoice=Choice label +ExportSpreadsheet=Export result spreadsheet +ExpireDate=Limit date +NbOfSurveys=Number of polls +NbOfVoters=No. of voters +SurveyResults=Results +PollAdminDesc=You are allowed to change all vote lines of this poll with button "Edit". You can, as well, remove a column or a line with %s. You can also add a new column with %s. +5MoreChoices=5 more choices +Against=Against +YouAreInivitedToVote=You are invited to vote for this poll +VoteNameAlreadyExists=This name was already used for this poll +AddADate=Add a date +AddStartHour=Add start hour +AddEndHour=Add end hour +votes=vote(s) +NoCommentYet=No comments have been posted for this poll yet +CanComment=Voters can comment in the poll +CanSeeOthersVote=Voters can see other people's vote +SelectDayDesc=For each selected day, you can choose, or not, meeting hours in the following format:
- empty,
- "8h", "8H" or "8:00" to give a meeting's start hour,
- "8-11", "8h-11h", "8H-11H" or "8:00-11:00" to give a meeting's start and end hour,
- "8h15-11h15", "8H15-11H15" or "8:15-11:15" for the same thing but with minutes. +BackToCurrentMonth=Back to current month +ErrorOpenSurveyFillFirstSection=You haven't filled the first section of the poll creation +ErrorOpenSurveyOneChoice=Enter at least one choice +ErrorInsertingComment=There was an error while inserting your comment +MoreChoices=Enter more choices for the voters +SurveyExpiredInfo=The poll has been closed or voting delay has expired. +EmailSomeoneVoted=%s has filled a line.\nYou can find your poll at the link: \n%s +ShowSurvey=Show survey +UserMustBeSameThanUserUsedToVote=You must have voted and use the same user name that the one used to vote, to post a comment diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/orders.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/orders.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5dab5b99bf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/orders.lang @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - orders +OrdersArea=Customers orders area +SuppliersOrdersArea=Purchase orders area +OrderCard=Order card +OrderId=Order Id +Order=Order +PdfOrderTitle=Order +Orders=Orders +OrderLine=Order line +OrderDate=Order date +OrderDateShort=Order date +OrderToProcess=Order to process +NewOrder=New order +NewSupplierOrderShort=New order +NewOrderSupplier=New Purchase Order +ToOrder=Make order +MakeOrder=Make order +SupplierOrder=Purchase order +SuppliersOrders=Purchase orders +SaleOrderLines=Sale order lines +PurchaseOrderLines=Puchase order lines +SuppliersOrdersRunning=Current purchase orders +CustomerOrder=Sales Order +CustomersOrders=Sales Orders +CustomersOrdersRunning=Current sales orders +CustomersOrdersAndOrdersLines=Sales orders and order details +OrdersDeliveredToBill=Sales orders delivered to bill +OrdersToBill=Sales orders delivered +OrdersInProcess=Sales orders in process +OrdersToProcess=Sales orders to process +SuppliersOrdersToProcess=Purchase orders to process +SuppliersOrdersAwaitingReception=Purchase orders awaiting reception +AwaitingReception=Awaiting reception +StatusOrderCanceledShort=Canceled +StatusOrderDraftShort=Draft +StatusOrderValidatedShort=Validated +StatusOrderSentShort=In process +StatusOrderSent=Shipment in process +StatusOrderOnProcessShort=Ordered +StatusOrderProcessedShort=Processed +StatusOrderDelivered=Delivered +StatusOrderDeliveredShort=Delivered +StatusOrderToBillShort=Delivered +StatusOrderApprovedShort=Approved +StatusOrderRefusedShort=Refused +StatusOrderToProcessShort=To process +StatusOrderReceivedPartiallyShort=Partially received +StatusOrderReceivedAllShort=Products received +StatusOrderCanceled=Canceled +StatusOrderDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +StatusOrderValidated=Validated +StatusOrderOnProcess=Ordered - Standby reception +StatusOrderOnProcessWithValidation=Ordered - Standby reception or validation +StatusOrderProcessed=Processed +StatusOrderToBill=Delivered +StatusOrderApproved=Approved +StatusOrderRefused=Refused +StatusOrderReceivedPartially=Partially received +StatusOrderReceivedAll=All products received +ShippingExist=A shipment exists +QtyOrdered=Qty ordered +ProductQtyInDraft=Product quantity into draft orders +ProductQtyInDraftOrWaitingApproved=Product quantity into draft or approved orders, not yet ordered +MenuOrdersToBill=Orders delivered +MenuOrdersToBill2=Billable orders +ShipProduct=Ship product +CreateOrder=Create Order +RefuseOrder=Refuse order +ApproveOrder=Approve order +Approve2Order=Approve order (second level) +ValidateOrder=Validate order +UnvalidateOrder=Unvalidate order +DeleteOrder=Delete order +CancelOrder=Cancel order +OrderReopened= Order %s re-open +AddOrder=Create order +AddSupplierOrderShort=Create order +AddPurchaseOrder=Create purchase order +AddToDraftOrders=Add to draft order +ShowOrder=Show order +OrdersOpened=Orders to process +NoDraftOrders=No draft orders +NoOrder=No order +NoSupplierOrder=No purchase order +LastOrders=Latest %s sales orders +LastCustomerOrders=Latest %s sales orders +LastSupplierOrders=Latest %s purchase orders +LastModifiedOrders=Latest %s modified orders +AllOrders=All orders +NbOfOrders=Number of orders +OrdersStatistics=Order's statistics +OrdersStatisticsSuppliers=Purchase order statistics +NumberOfOrdersByMonth=Number of orders by month +AmountOfOrdersByMonthHT=Amount of orders by month (excl. tax) +ListOfOrders=List of orders +CloseOrder=Close order +ConfirmCloseOrder=Are you sure you want to set this order to delivered? Once an order is delivered, it can be set to billed. +ConfirmDeleteOrder=Are you sure you want to delete this order? +ConfirmValidateOrder=Are you sure you want to validate this order under name %s? +ConfirmUnvalidateOrder=Are you sure you want to restore order %s to draft status? +ConfirmCancelOrder=Are you sure you want to cancel this order? +ConfirmMakeOrder=Are you sure you want to confirm you made this order on %s? +GenerateBill=Generate invoice +ClassifyShipped=Classify delivered +DraftOrders=Draft orders +DraftSuppliersOrders=Draft purchase orders +OnProcessOrders=In process orders +RefOrder=Ref. order +RefCustomerOrder=Ref. order for customer +RefOrderSupplier=Ref. order for vendor +RefOrderSupplierShort=Ref. order vendor +SendOrderByMail=Send order by mail +ActionsOnOrder=Events on order +NoArticleOfTypeProduct=No article of type 'product' so no shippable article for this order +OrderMode=Order method +AuthorRequest=Request author +UserWithApproveOrderGrant=Users granted with "approve orders" permission. +PaymentOrderRef=Payment of order %s +ConfirmCloneOrder=Are you sure you want to clone this order %s? +DispatchSupplierOrder=Receiving purchase order %s +FirstApprovalAlreadyDone=First approval already done +SecondApprovalAlreadyDone=Second approval already done +SupplierOrderReceivedInDolibarr=Purchase Order %s received %s +SupplierOrderSubmitedInDolibarr=Purchase Order %s submitted +SupplierOrderClassifiedBilled=Purchase Order %s set billed +OtherOrders=Other orders +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_commande_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up sales order +TypeContact_commande_internal_SHIPPING=Representative following-up shipping +TypeContact_commande_external_BILLING=Customer invoice contact +TypeContact_commande_external_SHIPPING=Customer shipping contact +TypeContact_commande_external_CUSTOMER=Customer contact following-up order +TypeContact_order_supplier_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up purchase order +TypeContact_order_supplier_internal_SHIPPING=Representative following-up shipping +TypeContact_order_supplier_external_BILLING=Vendor invoice contact +TypeContact_order_supplier_external_SHIPPING=Vendor shipping contact +TypeContact_order_supplier_external_CUSTOMER=Vendor contact following-up order +Error_COMMANDE_SUPPLIER_ADDON_NotDefined=Constant COMMANDE_SUPPLIER_ADDON not defined +Error_COMMANDE_ADDON_NotDefined=Constant COMMANDE_ADDON not defined +Error_OrderNotChecked=No orders to invoice selected +# Order modes (how we receive order). Not the "why" are keys stored into dict.lang +OrderByMail=Mail +OrderByFax=Fax +OrderByEMail=Email +OrderByWWW=Online +OrderByPhone=Phone +# Documents models +PDFEinsteinDescription=A complete order model (old implementation of Eratosthene template) +PDFEratostheneDescription=A complete order model +PDFEdisonDescription=A simple order model +PDFProformaDescription=A complete Proforma invoice template +CreateInvoiceForThisCustomer=Bill orders +CreateInvoiceForThisSupplier=Bill orders +NoOrdersToInvoice=No orders billable +CloseProcessedOrdersAutomatically=Classify "Processed" all selected orders. +OrderCreation=Order creation +Ordered=Ordered +OrderCreated=Your orders have been created +OrderFail=An error happened during your orders creation +CreateOrders=Create orders +ToBillSeveralOrderSelectCustomer=To create an invoice for several orders, click first onto customer, then choose "%s". +OptionToSetOrderBilledNotEnabled=Option from module Workflow, to set order to 'Billed' automatically when invoice is validated, is not enabled, so you will have to set the status of orders to 'Billed' manually after the invoice has been generated. +IfValidateInvoiceIsNoOrderStayUnbilled=If invoice validation is 'No', the order will remain to status 'Unbilled' until the invoice is validated. +CloseReceivedSupplierOrdersAutomatically=Close order to status "%s" automatically if all products are received. +SetShippingMode=Set shipping mode +WithReceptionFinished=With reception finished +#### supplier orders status +StatusSupplierOrderCanceledShort=Canceled +StatusSupplierOrderDraftShort=Draft +StatusSupplierOrderValidatedShort=Validated +StatusSupplierOrderSentShort=In process +StatusSupplierOrderSent=Shipment in process +StatusSupplierOrderOnProcessShort=Ordered +StatusSupplierOrderProcessedShort=Processed +StatusSupplierOrderDelivered=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderDeliveredShort=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderToBillShort=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderApprovedShort=Approved +StatusSupplierOrderRefusedShort=Refused +StatusSupplierOrderToProcessShort=To process +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedPartiallyShort=Partially received +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedAllShort=Products received +StatusSupplierOrderCanceled=Canceled +StatusSupplierOrderDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +StatusSupplierOrderValidated=Validated +StatusSupplierOrderOnProcess=Ordered - Standby reception +StatusSupplierOrderOnProcessWithValidation=Ordered - Standby reception or validation +StatusSupplierOrderProcessed=Processed +StatusSupplierOrderToBill=Delivered +StatusSupplierOrderApproved=Approved +StatusSupplierOrderRefused=Refused +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedPartially=Partially received +StatusSupplierOrderReceivedAll=All products received diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/other.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea280968ef4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/other.lang @@ -0,0 +1,297 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - other +SecurityCode=Security code +NumberingShort=N° +Tools=Tools +TMenuTools=Tools +ToolsDesc=All tools not included in other menu entries are grouped here.
All the tools can be accessed via the left menu. +Birthday=Birthday +BirthdayAlertOn=birthday alert active +BirthdayAlertOff=birthday alert inactive +TransKey=Translation of the key TransKey +MonthOfInvoice=Month (number 1-12) of invoice date +TextMonthOfInvoice=Month (text) of invoice date +PreviousMonthOfInvoice=Previous month (number 1-12) of invoice date +TextPreviousMonthOfInvoice=Previous month (text) of invoice date +NextMonthOfInvoice=Following month (number 1-12) of invoice date +TextNextMonthOfInvoice=Following month (text) of invoice date +PreviousMonth=Previous month +CurrentMonth=Current month +ZipFileGeneratedInto=Zip file generated into %s. +DocFileGeneratedInto=Doc file generated into %s. +JumpToLogin=Disconnected. Go to login page... +MessageForm=Message on online payment form +MessageOK=Message on the return page for a validated payment +MessageKO=Message on the return page for a canceled payment +ContentOfDirectoryIsNotEmpty=Content of this directory is not empty. +DeleteAlsoContentRecursively=Check to delete all content recursively +PoweredBy=Powered by +YearOfInvoice=Year of invoice date +PreviousYearOfInvoice=Previous year of invoice date +NextYearOfInvoice=Following year of invoice date +DateNextInvoiceBeforeGen=Date of next invoice (before generation) +DateNextInvoiceAfterGen=Date of next invoice (after generation) +GraphInBarsAreLimitedToNMeasures=Grapics are limited to %s measures in 'Bars' mode. The mode 'Lines' was automatically selected instead. +OnlyOneFieldForXAxisIsPossible=Only 1 field is currently possible as X-Axis. Only the first selected field has been selected. +AtLeastOneMeasureIsRequired=At least 1 field for measure is required +AtLeastOneXAxisIsRequired=At least 1 field for X-Axis is required +LatestBlogPosts=Latest Blog Posts +Notify_ORDER_VALIDATE=Sales order validated +Notify_ORDER_SENTBYMAIL=Sales order sent by mail +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_SENTBYMAIL=Purchase order sent by email +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_VALIDATE=Purchase order recorded +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_APPROVE=Purchase order approved +Notify_ORDER_SUPPLIER_REFUSE=Purchase order refused +Notify_PROPAL_VALIDATE=Customer proposal validated +Notify_PROPAL_CLOSE_SIGNED=Customer proposal closed signed +Notify_PROPAL_CLOSE_REFUSED=Customer proposal closed refused +Notify_PROPAL_SENTBYMAIL=Commercial proposal sent by mail +Notify_WITHDRAW_TRANSMIT=Transmission withdrawal +Notify_WITHDRAW_CREDIT=Credit withdrawal +Notify_WITHDRAW_EMIT=Perform withdrawal +Notify_COMPANY_CREATE=Third party created +Notify_COMPANY_SENTBYMAIL=Mails sent from third party card +Notify_BILL_VALIDATE=Customer invoice validated +Notify_BILL_UNVALIDATE=Customer invoice unvalidated +Notify_BILL_PAYED=Customer invoice paid +Notify_BILL_CANCEL=Customer invoice canceled +Notify_BILL_SENTBYMAIL=Customer invoice sent by mail +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_VALIDATE=Vendor invoice validated +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_PAYED=Vendor invoice paid +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_SENTBYMAIL=Vendor invoice sent by mail +Notify_BILL_SUPPLIER_CANCELED=Vendor invoice cancelled +Notify_CONTRACT_VALIDATE=Contract validated +Notify_FICHINTER_VALIDATE=Intervention validated +Notify_FICHINTER_ADD_CONTACT=Added contact to Intervention +Notify_FICHINTER_SENTBYMAIL=Intervention sent by mail +Notify_SHIPPING_VALIDATE=Shipping validated +Notify_SHIPPING_SENTBYMAIL=Shipping sent by mail +Notify_MEMBER_VALIDATE=Member validated +Notify_MEMBER_MODIFY=Member modified +Notify_MEMBER_SUBSCRIPTION=Member subscribed +Notify_MEMBER_RESILIATE=Member terminated +Notify_MEMBER_DELETE=Member deleted +Notify_PROJECT_CREATE=Project creation +Notify_TASK_CREATE=Task created +Notify_TASK_MODIFY=Task modified +Notify_TASK_DELETE=Task deleted +Notify_EXPENSE_REPORT_VALIDATE=Expense report validated (approval required) +Notify_EXPENSE_REPORT_APPROVE=Expense report approved +Notify_HOLIDAY_VALIDATE=Leave request validated (approval required) +Notify_HOLIDAY_APPROVE=Leave request approved +Notify_ACTION_CREATE=Added action to Agenda +SeeModuleSetup=See setup of module %s +NbOfAttachedFiles=Number of attached files/documents +TotalSizeOfAttachedFiles=Total size of attached files/documents +MaxSize=Maximum size +AttachANewFile=Attach a new file/document +LinkedObject=Linked object +NbOfActiveNotifications=Number of notifications (no. of recipient emails) +PredefinedMailTest=__(Hello)__\nThis is a test mail sent to __EMAIL__.\nThe lines are separated by a carriage return.\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailTestHtml=__(Hello)__
This is a test mail sent to __EMAIL__ (the word test must be in bold).
The lines are separated by a carriage return.

__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentContract=__(Hello)__\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendInvoice=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find invoice __REF__ attached \n\n__ONLINE_PAYMENT_TEXT_AND_URL__\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendInvoiceReminder=__(Hello)__\n\nWe would like to remind you that the invoice __REF__ seems to have not been paid. A copy of the invoice is attached as a reminder.\n\n__ONLINE_PAYMENT_TEXT_AND_URL__\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendProposal=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find commercial proposal __REF__ attached \n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendSupplierProposal=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find price request __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendOrder=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find order __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendSupplierOrder=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find our order __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendSupplierInvoice=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find invoice __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendShipping=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find shipping __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendFichInter=__(Hello)__\n\nPlease find intervention __REF__ attached\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentLink=You can click on the link below to make your payment if it is not already done.\n\n%s\n\n +PredefinedMailContentGeneric=__(Hello)__\n\n\n__(Sincerely)__\n\n__USER_SIGNATURE__ +PredefinedMailContentSendActionComm=Event reminder "__EVENT_LABEL__" on __EVENT_DATE__ at __EVENT_TIME__

This is an automatic message, please do not reply. +DemoDesc=Dolibarr is a compact ERP/CRM supporting several business modules. A demo showcasing all modules makes no sense as this scenario never occurs (several hundred available). So, several demo profiles are available. +ChooseYourDemoProfil=Choose the demo profile that best suits your needs... +ChooseYourDemoProfilMore=...or build your own profile
(manual module selection) +DemoFundation=Manage members of a foundation +DemoFundation2=Manage members and bank account of a foundation +DemoCompanyServiceOnly=Company or freelance selling service only +DemoCompanyShopWithCashDesk=Manage a shop with a cash desk +DemoCompanyProductAndStocks=Shop selling products with Point Of Sales +DemoCompanyManufacturing=Company manufacturing products +DemoCompanyAll=Company with multiple activities (all main modules) +CreatedBy=Created by %s +ModifiedBy=Modified by %s +ValidatedBy=Validated by %s +SignedBy=Signed by %s +ClosedBy=Closed by %s +CreatedById=User id who created +ModifiedById=User id who made latest change +ValidatedById=User id who validated +CanceledById=User id who canceled +ClosedById=User id who closed +CreatedByLogin=User login who created +ModifiedByLogin=User login who made latest change +ValidatedByLogin=User login who validated +CanceledByLogin=User login who canceled +ClosedByLogin=User login who closed +FileWasRemoved=File %s was removed +DirWasRemoved=Directory %s was removed +FeatureNotYetAvailable=Feature not yet available in the current version +FeatureNotAvailableOnDevicesWithoutMouse=Feature not available on devices without mouse +FeaturesSupported=Supported features +Width=Width +Height=Height +Depth=Depth +Top=Top +Bottom=Bottom +Left=Left +Right=Right +CalculatedWeight=Calculated weight +CalculatedVolume=Calculated volume +Weight=Weight +WeightUnitton=ton +WeightUnitkg=kg +WeightUnitg=g +WeightUnitmg=mg +WeightUnitpound=pound +WeightUnitounce=ounce +Length=Length +LengthUnitm=m +LengthUnitdm=dm +LengthUnitcm=cm +LengthUnitmm=mm +Surface=Area +SurfaceUnitm2=m² +SurfaceUnitdm2=dm² +SurfaceUnitcm2=cm² +SurfaceUnitmm2=mm² +SurfaceUnitfoot2=ft² +SurfaceUnitinch2=in² +Volume=Volume +VolumeUnitm3=m³ +VolumeUnitdm3=dm³ (L) +VolumeUnitcm3=cm³ (ml) +VolumeUnitmm3=mm³ (µl) +VolumeUnitfoot3=ft³ +VolumeUnitinch3=in³ +VolumeUnitounce=ounce +VolumeUnitlitre=litre +VolumeUnitgallon=gallon +SizeUnitm=m +SizeUnitdm=dm +SizeUnitcm=cm +SizeUnitmm=mm +SizeUnitinch=inch +SizeUnitfoot=foot +SizeUnitpoint=point +BugTracker=Bug tracker +SendNewPasswordDesc=This form allows you to request a new password. It will be sent to your email address.
Change will become effective once you click on the confirmation link in the email.
Check your inbox. +BackToLoginPage=Back to login page +AuthenticationDoesNotAllowSendNewPassword=Authentication mode is %s.
In this mode, Dolibarr can't know nor change your password.
Contact your system administrator if you want to change your password. +EnableGDLibraryDesc=Install or enable GD library on your PHP installation to use this option. +ProfIdShortDesc=Prof Id %s is an information depending on third party country.
For example, for country %s, it's code %s. +DolibarrDemo=Dolibarr ERP/CRM demo +StatsByNumberOfUnits=Statistics for sum of qty of products/services +StatsByNumberOfEntities=Statistics for number of referring entities (no. of invoices, or orders...) +NumberOfProposals=Number of proposals +NumberOfCustomerOrders=Number of sales orders +NumberOfCustomerInvoices=Number of customer invoices +NumberOfSupplierProposals=Number of vendor proposals +NumberOfSupplierOrders=Number of purchase orders +NumberOfSupplierInvoices=Number of vendor invoices +NumberOfContracts=Number of contracts +NumberOfMos=Number of manufacturing orders +NumberOfUnitsProposals=Number of units on proposals +NumberOfUnitsCustomerOrders=Number of units on sales orders +NumberOfUnitsCustomerInvoices=Number of units on customer invoices +NumberOfUnitsSupplierProposals=Number of units on vendor proposals +NumberOfUnitsSupplierOrders=Number of units on purchase orders +NumberOfUnitsSupplierInvoices=Number of units on vendor invoices +NumberOfUnitsContracts=Number of units on contracts +NumberOfUnitsMos=Number of units to produce in manufacturing orders +EMailTextInterventionAddedContact=A new intervention %s has been assigned to you. +EMailTextInterventionValidated=The intervention %s has been validated. +EMailTextInvoiceValidated=Invoice %s has been validated. +EMailTextInvoicePayed=Invoice %s has been paid. +EMailTextProposalValidated=Proposal %s has been validated. +EMailTextProposalClosedSigned=Proposal %s has been closed signed. +EMailTextOrderValidated=Order %s has been validated. +EMailTextOrderApproved=Order %s has been approved. +EMailTextOrderValidatedBy=Order %s has been recorded by %s. +EMailTextOrderApprovedBy=Order %s has been approved by %s. +EMailTextOrderRefused=Order %s has been refused. +EMailTextOrderRefusedBy=Order %s has been refused by %s. +EMailTextExpeditionValidated=Shipping %s has been validated. +EMailTextExpenseReportValidated=Expense report %s has been validated. +EMailTextExpenseReportApproved=Expense report %s has been approved. +EMailTextHolidayValidated=Leave request %s has been validated. +EMailTextHolidayApproved=Leave request %s has been approved. +EMailTextActionAdded=The action %s has been added to the Agenda. +ImportedWithSet=Importation data set +DolibarrNotification=Automatic notification +ResizeDesc=Enter new width OR new height. Ratio will be kept during resizing... +NewLength=New width +NewHeight=New height +NewSizeAfterCropping=New size after cropping +DefineNewAreaToPick=Define new area on image to pick (left click on image then drag until you reach the opposite corner) +CurrentInformationOnImage=This tool was designed to help you to resize or crop an image. This is the information on the current edited image +ImageEditor=Image editor +YouReceiveMailBecauseOfNotification=You receive this message because your email has been added to list of targets to be informed of particular events into %s software of %s. +YouReceiveMailBecauseOfNotification2=This event is the following: +ThisIsListOfModules=This is a list of modules preselected by this demo profile (only most common modules are visible in this demo). Edit this to have a more personalized demo and click on "Start". +UseAdvancedPerms=Use the advanced permissions of some modules +FileFormat=File format +SelectAColor=Choose a color +AddFiles=Add Files +StartUpload=Start upload +CancelUpload=Cancel upload +FileIsTooBig=Files is too big +PleaseBePatient=Please be patient... +NewPassword=New password +ResetPassword=Reset password +RequestToResetPasswordReceived=A request to change your password has been received. +NewKeyIs=This is your new keys to login +NewKeyWillBe=Your new key to login to software will be +ClickHereToGoTo=Click here to go to %s +YouMustClickToChange=You must however first click on the following link to validate this password change +ConfirmPasswordChange=Confirm password change +ForgetIfNothing=If you didn't request this change, just forget this email. Your credentials are kept safe. +IfAmountHigherThan=If amount higher than %s +SourcesRepository=Repository for sources +Chart=Chart +PassEncoding=Password encoding +PermissionsAdd=Permissions added +PermissionsDelete=Permissions removed +YourPasswordMustHaveAtLeastXChars=Your password must have at least %s chars +YourPasswordHasBeenReset=Your password has been reset successfully +ApplicantIpAddress=IP address of applicant +SMSSentTo=SMS sent to %s +MissingIds=Missing ids +ThirdPartyCreatedByEmailCollector=Third party created by email collector from email MSGID %s +ContactCreatedByEmailCollector=Contact/address created by email collector from email MSGID %s +ProjectCreatedByEmailCollector=Project created by email collector from email MSGID %s +TicketCreatedByEmailCollector=Ticket created by email collector from email MSGID %s +OpeningHoursFormatDesc=Use a - to separate opening and closing hours.
Use a space to enter different ranges.
Example: 8-12 14-18 +SuffixSessionName=Suffix for session name + +##### Export ##### +ExportsArea=Exports area +AvailableFormats=Available formats +LibraryUsed=Library used +LibraryVersion=Library version +ExportableDatas=Exportable data +NoExportableData=No exportable data (no modules with exportable data loaded, or missing permissions) +##### External sites ##### +WebsiteSetup=Setup of module website +WEBSITE_PAGEURL=URL of page +WEBSITE_TITLE=Title +WEBSITE_DESCRIPTION=Description +WEBSITE_IMAGE=Image +WEBSITE_IMAGEDesc=Relative path of the image media. You can keep this empty as this is rarely used (it can be used by dynamic content to show a thumbnail in a list of blog posts). Use __WEBSITE_KEY__ in the path if path depends on website name (for example: image/__WEBSITE_KEY__/stories/myimage.png). +WEBSITE_KEYWORDS=Keywords +LinesToImport=Lines to import + +MemoryUsage=Memory usage +RequestDuration=Duration of request +ProductsPerPopularity=Products/Services by popularity +PopuProp=Products/Services by popularity in Proposals +PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders +ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics +NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders +SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/partnership.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..606c3a0df3b --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/partnership.lang @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2021 NextGestion +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# +ModulePartnershipName=Partnership management +PartnershipDescription=Module Partnership management +PartnershipDescriptionLong= Module Partnership management + +AddPartnership=Add partnership +CancelPartnershipForExpiredMembers=Partnership: Cancel partnership of members with expired subscriptions +PartnershipCheckBacklink=Partnership: Check referring backlink + +# +# Menu +# +NewPartnership=New Partnership +ListOfPartnerships=List of partnership + +# +# Admin page +# +PartnershipSetup=Partnership setup +PartnershipAbout=About Partnership +PartnershipAboutPage=Partnership about page +partnershipforthirdpartyormember=Partner status must be set on a 'thirdparty' or a 'member' +PARTNERSHIP_IS_MANAGED_FOR=Partnership managed for +PARTNERSHIP_BACKLINKS_TO_CHECK=Backlinks to check +PARTNERSHIP_NBDAYS_AFTER_MEMBER_EXPIRATION_BEFORE_CANCEL=Nb of days before cancelling status of a partnership when a subscription has expired +ReferingWebsiteCheck=Check of website referring +ReferingWebsiteCheckDesc=You can enable a feature to check that your partners has added a backlink to your website domains on their own website. + +# +# Object +# +DeletePartnership=Delete a partnership +PartnershipDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Partnership dedicated to this third party +PartnershipDedicatedToThisMember=Partnership dedicated to this member +DatePartnershipStart=Start date +DatePartnershipEnd=End date +ReasonDecline=Decline reason +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason +PartnershipAlreadyExist=Partnership already exist +ManagePartnership=Manage partnership +BacklinkNotFoundOnPartnerWebsite=Backlink not found on partner website +ConfirmClosePartnershipAsk=Are you sure you want to cancel this partnership? +PartnershipType=Partnership type + +# +# Template Mail +# +SendingEmailOnPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceled=Partnership will soon be canceled +SendingEmailOnPartnershipRefused=Partnership refused +SendingEmailOnPartnershipAccepted=Partnership accepted +SendingEmailOnPartnershipCanceled=Partnership canceled + +YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledTopic=Partnership will soon be canceled +YourPartnershipRefusedTopic=Partnership refused +YourPartnershipAcceptedTopic=Partnership accepted +YourPartnershipCanceledTopic=Partnership canceled + +YourPartnershipWillSoonBeCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership will soon be canceled (Backlink not found) +YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been refused. +YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. +YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. + +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + +# +# Status +# +PartnershipDraft=Draft +PartnershipAccepted=Accepted +PartnershipRefused=Refused +PartnershipCanceled=Canceled +PartnershipManagedFor=Partners are diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/paybox.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/paybox.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f320c03181 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/paybox.lang @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - paybox +PayBoxSetup=PayBox module setup +PayBoxDesc=This module offer pages to allow payment on Paybox by customers. This can be used for a free payment or for a payment on a particular Dolibarr object (invoice, order, ...) +FollowingUrlAreAvailableToMakePayments=Following URLs are available to offer a page to a customer to make a payment on Dolibarr objects +PaymentForm=Payment form +WelcomeOnPaymentPage=Welcome to our online payment service +ThisScreenAllowsYouToPay=This screen allow you to make an online payment to %s. +ThisIsInformationOnPayment=This is information on payment to do +ToComplete=To complete +YourEMail=Email to receive payment confirmation +Creditor=Creditor +PaymentCode=Payment code +PayBoxDoPayment=Pay with Paybox +YouWillBeRedirectedOnPayBox=You will be redirected on secured Paybox page to input you credit card information +Continue=Next +SetupPayBoxToHavePaymentCreatedAutomatically=Setup your Paybox with url %s to have payment created automatically when validated by Paybox. +YourPaymentHasBeenRecorded=This page confirms that your payment has been recorded. Thank you. +YourPaymentHasNotBeenRecorded=Your payment has NOT been recorded and the transaction has been canceled. Thank you. +AccountParameter=Account parameters +UsageParameter=Usage parameters +InformationToFindParameters=Help to find your %s account information +PAYBOX_CGI_URL_V2=Url of Paybox CGI module for payment +CSSUrlForPaymentForm=CSS style sheet url for payment form +NewPayboxPaymentReceived=New Paybox payment received +NewPayboxPaymentFailed=New Paybox payment tried but failed +PAYBOX_PAYONLINE_SENDEMAIL=Email notification after payment attempt (success or fail) +PAYBOX_PBX_SITE=Value for PBX SITE +PAYBOX_PBX_RANG=Value for PBX Rang +PAYBOX_PBX_IDENTIFIANT=Value for PBX ID +PAYBOX_HMAC_KEY=HMAC key diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/paypal.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/paypal.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5eb5f389445 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/paypal.lang @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - paypal +PaypalSetup=PayPal module setup +PaypalDesc=This module allows payment by customers via PayPal. This can be used for a ad-hoc payment or for a payment related to a Dolibarr object (invoice, order, ...) +PaypalOrCBDoPayment=Pay with PayPal (Card or PayPal) +PaypalDoPayment=Pay with PayPal +PAYPAL_API_SANDBOX=Mode test/sandbox +PAYPAL_API_USER=API username +PAYPAL_API_PASSWORD=API password +PAYPAL_API_SIGNATURE=API signature +PAYPAL_SSLVERSION=Curl SSL Version +PAYPAL_API_INTEGRAL_OR_PAYPALONLY=Offer "integral" payment (Credit card+PayPal) or "PayPal" only +PaypalModeIntegral=Integral +PaypalModeOnlyPaypal=PayPal only +ONLINE_PAYMENT_CSS_URL=Optional URL of CSS stylesheet on online payment page +ThisIsTransactionId=This is id of transaction: %s +PAYPAL_ADD_PAYMENT_URL=Include the PayPal payment url when you send a document by email +NewOnlinePaymentReceived=New online payment received +NewOnlinePaymentFailed=New online payment tried but failed +ONLINE_PAYMENT_SENDEMAIL=Email address for notifications after each payment attempt (for success and fail) +ReturnURLAfterPayment=Return URL after payment +ValidationOfOnlinePaymentFailed=Validation of online payment failed +PaymentSystemConfirmPaymentPageWasCalledButFailed=Payment confirmation page was called by payment system returned an error +SetExpressCheckoutAPICallFailed=SetExpressCheckout API call failed. +DoExpressCheckoutPaymentAPICallFailed=DoExpressCheckoutPayment API call failed. +DetailedErrorMessage=Detailed Error Message +ShortErrorMessage=Short Error Message +ErrorCode=Error Code +ErrorSeverityCode=Error Severity Code +OnlinePaymentSystem=Online payment system +PaypalLiveEnabled=PayPal "live" mode enabled (otherwise test/sandbox mode) +PaypalImportPayment=Import PayPal payments +PostActionAfterPayment=Post actions after payments +ARollbackWasPerformedOnPostActions=A rollback was performed on all Post actions. You must complete post actions manually if they are necessary. +ValidationOfPaymentFailed=Validation of payment has failed +CardOwner=Card holder +PayPalBalance=Paypal credit diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/printing.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/printing.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16494583550 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/printing.lang @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - printing +Module64000Name=Direct Printing +Module64000Desc=Enable Direct Printing System +PrintingSetup=Setup of Direct Printing System +PrintingDesc=This module adds a Print button to various modules to allow documents to be printed directly to a printer without needing to open the document in another application. +MenuDirectPrinting=Direct Printing jobs +DirectPrint=Direct print +PrintingDriverDesc=Configuration variables for printing driver. +ListDrivers=List of drivers +PrintTestDesc=List of Printers. +FileWasSentToPrinter=File %s was sent to printer +ViaModule=via the module +NoActivePrintingModuleFound=No active driver to print document. Check setup of module %s. +PleaseSelectaDriverfromList=Please select a driver from list. +PleaseConfigureDriverfromList=Please configure the selected driver from list. +SetupDriver=Driver setup +TargetedPrinter=Targeted printer +UserConf=Setup per user +PRINTGCP_INFO=Google OAuth API setup +PRINTGCP_AUTHLINK=Authentication +PRINTGCP_TOKEN_ACCESS=Google Cloud Print OAuth Token +PrintGCPDesc=This driver allows sending documents directly to a printer using Google Cloud Print. +GCP_Name=Name +GCP_displayName=Display Name +GCP_Id=Printer Id +GCP_OwnerName=Owner Name +GCP_State=Printer State +GCP_connectionStatus=Online State +GCP_Type=Printer Type +PrintIPPDesc=This driver allows sending of documents directly to a printer. It requires a Linux system with CUPS installed. +PRINTIPP_HOST=Print server +PRINTIPP_PORT=Port +PRINTIPP_USER=Login +PRINTIPP_PASSWORD=Password +NoDefaultPrinterDefined=No default printer defined +DefaultPrinter=Default printer +Printer=Printer +IPP_Uri=Printer Uri +IPP_Name=Printer Name +IPP_State=Printer State +IPP_State_reason=State reason +IPP_State_reason1=State reason1 +IPP_BW=BW +IPP_Color=Color +IPP_Device=Device +IPP_Media=Printer media +IPP_Supported=Type of media +DirectPrintingJobsDesc=This page lists printing jobs found for available printers. +GoogleAuthNotConfigured=Google OAuth has not been setup. Enable module OAuth and set a Google ID/Secret. +GoogleAuthConfigured=Google OAuth credentials were found into setup of module OAuth. +PrintingDriverDescprintgcp=Configuration variables for printing driver Google Cloud Print. +PrintingDriverDescprintipp=Configuration variables for printing driver Cups. +PrintTestDescprintgcp=List of Printers for Google Cloud Print. +PrintTestDescprintipp=List of Printers for Cups. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/productbatch.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..763af20c6b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/productbatch.lang @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# ProductBATCH language file - Source file is en_US - ProductBATCH +ManageLotSerial=Use lot/serial number +ProductStatusOnBatch=Yes (lot required) +ProductStatusOnSerial=Yes (unique serial number required) +ProductStatusNotOnBatch=No (lot/serial not used) +ProductStatusOnBatchShort=Lot +ProductStatusOnSerialShort=Serial +ProductStatusNotOnBatchShort=No +Batch=Lot/Serial +atleast1batchfield=Eat-by date or Sell-by date or Lot/Serial number +batch_number=Lot/Serial number +BatchNumberShort=Lot/Serial +EatByDate=Eat-by date +SellByDate=Sell-by date +DetailBatchNumber=Lot/Serial details +printBatch=Lot/Serial: %s +printEatby=Eat-by: %s +printSellby=Sell-by: %s +printQty=Qty: %d +AddDispatchBatchLine=Add a line for Shelf Life dispatching +WhenProductBatchModuleOnOptionAreForced=When module Lot/Serial is on, automatic stock decrease is forced to 'Decrease real stocks on shipping validation' and automatic increase mode is forced to 'Increase real stocks on manual dispatching into warehouses' and can't be edited. Other options can be defined as you want. +ProductDoesNotUseBatchSerial=This product does not use lot/serial number +ProductLotSetup=Setup of module lot/serial +ShowCurrentStockOfLot=Show current stock for couple product/lot +ShowLogOfMovementIfLot=Show log of movements for couple product/lot +StockDetailPerBatch=Stock detail per lot +SerialNumberAlreadyInUse=Serial number %s is already used for product %s +TooManyQtyForSerialNumber=You can only have one product %s for serial number %s +ManageLotMask=Custom mask +CustomMasks=Option to define a different numbering mask for each product +BatchLotNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of lot number +BatchSerialNumberingModules=Numbering rule for automatic generation of serial number (for products with property 1 unique lot/serial for each product) +QtyToAddAfterBarcodeScan=Qty to add for each barcode/lot/serial scanned +LifeTime=Life span (in days) +EndOfLife=End of life +ManufacturingDate=Manufacturing date +DestructionDate=Destruction date +FirstUseDate=First use date +QCFrequency=Quality control frequency (in days) + +#Traceability - qc status +OutOfOrder=Out of order +InWorkingOrder=In working order diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/products.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bf34efe3f79 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/products.lang @@ -0,0 +1,401 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - products +ProductRef=Product ref. +ProductLabel=Product label +ProductLabelTranslated=Translated product label +ProductDescription=Product description +ProductDescriptionTranslated=Translated product description +ProductNoteTranslated=Translated product note +ProductServiceCard=Products/Services card +TMenuProducts=Products +TMenuServices=Services +Products=Products +Services=Services +Product=Product +Service=Service +ProductId=Product/service id +Create=Create +Reference=Reference +NewProduct=New product +NewService=New service +ProductVatMassChange=Global VAT Update +ProductVatMassChangeDesc=This tool updates the VAT rate defined on ALL products and services! +MassBarcodeInit=Mass barcode init +MassBarcodeInitDesc=This page can be used to initialize a barcode on objects that does not have barcode defined. Check before that setup of module barcode is complete. +ProductAccountancyBuyCode=Accounting code (purchase) +ProductAccountancyBuyIntraCode=Accounting code (purchase intra-community) +ProductAccountancyBuyExportCode=Accounting code (purchase import) +ProductAccountancySellCode=Accounting code (sale) +ProductAccountancySellIntraCode=Accounting code (sale intra-Community) +ProductAccountancySellExportCode=Accounting code (sale export) +ProductOrService=Product or Service +ProductsAndServices=Products and Services +ProductsOrServices=Products or Services +ProductsPipeServices=Products | Services +ProductsOnSale=Products for sale +ProductsOnPurchase=Products for purchase +ProductsOnSaleOnly=Products for sale only +ProductsOnPurchaseOnly=Products for purchase only +ProductsNotOnSell=Products not for sale and not for purchase +ProductsOnSellAndOnBuy=Products for sale and for purchase +ServicesOnSale=Services for sale +ServicesOnPurchase=Services for purchase +ServicesOnSaleOnly=Services for sale only +ServicesOnPurchaseOnly=Services for purchase only +ServicesNotOnSell=Services not for sale and not for purchase +ServicesOnSellAndOnBuy=Services for sale and for purchase +LastModifiedProductsAndServices=Latest %s products/services which were modified +LastRecordedProducts=Latest %s recorded products +LastRecordedServices=Latest %s recorded services +CardProduct0=Product +CardProduct1=Service +Stock=Stock +MenuStocks=Stocks +Stocks=Stocks and location (warehouse) of products +Movements=Movements +Sell=Sell +Buy=Purchase +OnSell=For sale +OnBuy=For purchase +NotOnSell=Not for sale +ProductStatusOnSell=For sale +ProductStatusNotOnSell=Not for sale +ProductStatusOnSellShort=For sale +ProductStatusNotOnSellShort=Not for sale +ProductStatusOnBuy=For purchase +ProductStatusNotOnBuy=Not for purchase +ProductStatusOnBuyShort=For purchase +ProductStatusNotOnBuyShort=Not for purchase +UpdateVAT=Update vat +UpdateDefaultPrice=Update default price +UpdateLevelPrices=Update prices for each level +AppliedPricesFrom=Applied from +SellingPrice=Selling price +SellingPriceHT=Selling price (excl. tax) +SellingPriceTTC=Selling price (inc. tax) +SellingMinPriceTTC=Minimum Selling price (inc. tax) +CostPriceDescription=This price field (excl. tax) can be used to capture the average amount this product costs to your company. It may be any price you calculate yourself, for example, from the average buying price plus average production and distribution cost. +CostPriceUsage=This value could be used for margin calculation. +SoldAmount=Sold amount +PurchasedAmount=Purchased amount +NewPrice=New price +MinPrice=Min. selling price +EditSellingPriceLabel=Edit selling price label +CantBeLessThanMinPrice=The selling price can't be lower than minimum allowed for this product (%s without tax). This message can also appears if you type a too important discount. +ContractStatusClosed=Closed +ErrorProductAlreadyExists=A product with reference %s already exists. +ErrorProductBadRefOrLabel=Wrong value for reference or label. +ErrorProductClone=There was a problem while trying to clone the product or service. +ErrorPriceCantBeLowerThanMinPrice=Error, price can't be lower than minimum price. +Suppliers=Vendors +SupplierRef=Vendor SKU +ShowProduct=Show product +ShowService=Show service +ProductsAndServicesArea=Product and Services area +ProductsArea=Product area +ServicesArea=Services area +ListOfStockMovements=List of stock movements +BuyingPrice=Buying price +PriceForEachProduct=Products with specific prices +SupplierCard=Vendor card +PriceRemoved=Price removed +BarCode=Barcode +BarcodeType=Barcode type +SetDefaultBarcodeType=Set barcode type +BarcodeValue=Barcode value +NoteNotVisibleOnBill=Note (not visible on invoices, proposals...) +ServiceLimitedDuration=If product is a service with limited duration: +FillWithLastServiceDates=Fill with last service line dates +MultiPricesAbility=Multiple price segments per product/service (each customer is in one price segment) +MultiPricesNumPrices=Number of prices +DefaultPriceType=Base of prices per default (with versus without tax) when adding new sale prices +AssociatedProductsAbility=Enable Kits (set of several products) +VariantsAbility=Enable Variants (variations of products, for example color, size) +AssociatedProducts=Kits +AssociatedProductsNumber=Number of products composing this kit +ParentProductsNumber=Number of parent packaging product +ParentProducts=Parent products +IfZeroItIsNotAVirtualProduct=If 0, this product is not a kit +IfZeroItIsNotUsedByVirtualProduct=If 0, this product is not used by any kit +KeywordFilter=Keyword filter +CategoryFilter=Category filter +ProductToAddSearch=Search product to add +NoMatchFound=No match found +ListOfProductsServices=List of products/services +ProductAssociationList=List of products/services that are component(s) of this kit +ProductParentList=List of kits with this product as a component +ErrorAssociationIsFatherOfThis=One of selected product is parent with current product +DeleteProduct=Delete a product/service +ConfirmDeleteProduct=Are you sure you want to delete this product/service? +ProductDeleted=Product/Service "%s" deleted from database. +ExportDataset_produit_1=Products +ExportDataset_service_1=Services +ImportDataset_produit_1=Products +ImportDataset_service_1=Services +DeleteProductLine=Delete product line +ConfirmDeleteProductLine=Are you sure you want to delete this product line? +ProductSpecial=Special +QtyMin=Min. purchase quantity +PriceQtyMin=Price quantity min. +PriceQtyMinCurrency=Price (currency) for this qty. (no discount) +VATRateForSupplierProduct=VAT Rate (for this vendor/product) +DiscountQtyMin=Discount for this qty. +NoPriceDefinedForThisSupplier=No price/qty defined for this vendor/product +NoSupplierPriceDefinedForThisProduct=No vendor price/qty defined for this product +PredefinedItem=Predefined item +PredefinedProductsToSell=Predefined Product +PredefinedServicesToSell=Predefined Service +PredefinedProductsAndServicesToSell=Predefined products/services to sell +PredefinedProductsToPurchase=Predefined product to purchase +PredefinedServicesToPurchase=Predefined services to purchase +PredefinedProductsAndServicesToPurchase=Predefined products/services to purchase +NotPredefinedProducts=Not predefined products/services +GenerateThumb=Generate thumb +ServiceNb=Service #%s +ListProductServiceByPopularity=List of products/services by popularity +ListProductByPopularity=List of products by popularity +ListServiceByPopularity=List of services by popularity +Finished=Manufactured product +RowMaterial=Raw Material +ConfirmCloneProduct=Are you sure you want to clone product or service %s? +CloneContentProduct=Clone all main information of the product/service +ClonePricesProduct=Clone prices +CloneCategoriesProduct=Clone linked tags/categories +CloneCompositionProduct=Clone virtual products/services +CloneCombinationsProduct=Clone the product variants +ProductIsUsed=This product is used +NewRefForClone=Ref. of new product/service +SellingPrices=Selling prices +BuyingPrices=Buying prices +CustomerPrices=Customer prices +SuppliersPrices=Vendor prices +SuppliersPricesOfProductsOrServices=Vendor prices (of products or services) +CustomCode=Customs|Commodity|HS code +CountryOrigin=Country of origin +RegionStateOrigin=Region of origin +StateOrigin=State|Province of origin +Nature=Nature of product (raw/manufactured) +NatureOfProductShort=Nature of product +NatureOfProductDesc=Raw material or manufactured product +ShortLabel=Short label +Unit=Unit +p=u. +set=set +se=set +second=second +s=s +hour=hour +h=h +day=day +d=d +kilogram=kilogram +kg=Kg +gram=gram +g=g +meter=meter +m=m +lm=lm +m2=m² +m3=m³ +liter=liter +l=L +unitP=Piece +unitSET=Set +unitS=Second +unitH=Hour +unitD=Day +unitG=Gram +unitM=Meter +unitLM=Linear meter +unitM2=Square meter +unitM3=Cubic meter +unitL=Liter +unitT=ton +unitKG=kg +unitG=Gram +unitMG=mg +unitLB=pound +unitOZ=ounce +unitM=Meter +unitDM=dm +unitCM=cm +unitMM=mm +unitFT=ft +unitIN=in +unitM2=Square meter +unitDM2=dm² +unitCM2=cm² +unitMM2=mm² +unitFT2=ft² +unitIN2=in² +unitM3=Cubic meter +unitDM3=dm³ +unitCM3=cm³ +unitMM3=mm³ +unitFT3=ft³ +unitIN3=in³ +unitOZ3=ounce +unitgallon=gallon +ProductCodeModel=Product ref template +ServiceCodeModel=Service ref template +CurrentProductPrice=Current price +AlwaysUseNewPrice=Always use current price of product/service +AlwaysUseFixedPrice=Use the fixed price +PriceByQuantity=Different prices by quantity +DisablePriceByQty=Disable prices by quantity +PriceByQuantityRange=Quantity range +MultipriceRules=Automatic prices for segment +UseMultipriceRules=Use price segment rules (defined into product module setup) to auto calculate prices of all other segments according to first segment +PercentVariationOver=%% variation over %s +PercentDiscountOver=%% discount over %s +KeepEmptyForAutoCalculation=Keep empty to have this calculated automatically from weight or volume of products +VariantRefExample=Examples: COL, SIZE +VariantLabelExample=Examples: Color, Size +### composition fabrication +Build=Produce +ProductsMultiPrice=Products and prices for each price segment +ProductsOrServiceMultiPrice=Customer prices (of products or services, multi-prices) +ProductSellByQuarterHT=Products turnover quarterly before tax +ServiceSellByQuarterHT=Services turnover quarterly before tax +Quarter1=1st. Quarter +Quarter2=2nd. Quarter +Quarter3=3rd. Quarter +Quarter4=4th. Quarter +BarCodePrintsheet=Print barcode +PageToGenerateBarCodeSheets=With this tool, you can print sheets of barcode stickers. Choose format of your sticker page, type of barcode and value of barcode, then click on button %s. +NumberOfStickers=Number of stickers to print on page +PrintsheetForOneBarCode=Print several stickers for one barcode +BuildPageToPrint=Generate page to print +FillBarCodeTypeAndValueManually=Fill barcode type and value manually. +FillBarCodeTypeAndValueFromProduct=Fill barcode type and value from barcode of a product. +FillBarCodeTypeAndValueFromThirdParty=Fill barcode type and value from barcode of a third party. +DefinitionOfBarCodeForProductNotComplete=Definition of type or value of barcode not complete for product %s. +DefinitionOfBarCodeForThirdpartyNotComplete=Definition of type or value of barcode non complete for third party %s. +BarCodeDataForProduct=Barcode information of product %s: +BarCodeDataForThirdparty=Barcode information of third party %s: +ResetBarcodeForAllRecords=Define barcode value for all record (this will also reset barcode value already defined with new values) +PriceByCustomer=Different prices for each customer +PriceCatalogue=A single sell price per product/service +PricingRule=Rules for selling prices +AddCustomerPrice=Add price by customer +ForceUpdateChildPriceSoc=Set same price on customer's subsidiaries +PriceByCustomerLog=Log of previous customer prices +MinimumPriceLimit=Minimum price can't be lower then %s +MinimumRecommendedPrice=Minimum recommended price is: %s +PriceExpressionEditor=Price expression editor +PriceExpressionSelected=Selected price expression +PriceExpressionEditorHelp1="price = 2 + 2" or "2 + 2" for setting the price. Use ; to separate expressions +PriceExpressionEditorHelp2=You can access ExtraFields with variables like #extrafield_myextrafieldkey# and global variables with #global_mycode# +PriceExpressionEditorHelp3=In both product/service and vendor prices there are these variables available:
#tva_tx# #localtax1_tx# #localtax2_tx# #weight# #length# #surface# #price_min# +PriceExpressionEditorHelp4=In product/service price only: #supplier_min_price#
In vendor prices only: #supplier_quantity# and #supplier_tva_tx# +PriceExpressionEditorHelp5=Available global values: +PriceMode=Price mode +PriceNumeric=Number +DefaultPrice=Default price +DefaultPriceLog=Log of previous default prices +ComposedProductIncDecStock=Increase/Decrease stock on parent change +ComposedProduct=Child products +MinSupplierPrice=Minimum buying price +MinCustomerPrice=Minimum selling price +NoDynamicPrice=No dynamic price +DynamicPriceConfiguration=Dynamic price configuration +DynamicPriceDesc=You may define mathematical formulae to calculate Customer or Vendor prices. Such formulas can use all mathematical operators, some constants and variables. You can define here the variables you wish to use. If the variable needs an automatic update, you may define the external URL to allow Dolibarr to update the value automatically. +AddVariable=Add Variable +AddUpdater=Add Updater +GlobalVariables=Global variables +VariableToUpdate=Variable to update +GlobalVariableUpdaters=External updaters for variables +GlobalVariableUpdaterType0=JSON data +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelp0=Parses JSON data from specified URL, VALUE specifies the location of relevant value, +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelpFormat0=Format for request {"URL": "http://example.com/urlofjson", "VALUE": "array1,array2,targetvalue"} +GlobalVariableUpdaterType1=WebService data +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelp1=Parses WebService data from specified URL, NS specifies the namespace, VALUE specifies the location of relevant value, DATA should contain the data to send and METHOD is the calling WS method +GlobalVariableUpdaterHelpFormat1=Format for request is {"URL": "http://example.com/urlofws", "VALUE": "array,targetvalue", "NS": "http://example.com/urlofns", "METHOD": "myWSMethod", "DATA": {"your": "data", "to": "send"}} +UpdateInterval=Update interval (minutes) +LastUpdated=Latest update +CorrectlyUpdated=Correctly updated +PropalMergePdfProductActualFile=Files use to add into PDF Azur are/is +PropalMergePdfProductChooseFile=Select PDF files +IncludingProductWithTag=Include products/services with tag +DefaultPriceRealPriceMayDependOnCustomer=Default price, real price may depend on customer +WarningSelectOneDocument=Please select at least one document +DefaultUnitToShow=Unit +NbOfQtyInProposals=Qty in proposals +ClinkOnALinkOfColumn=Click on a link of column %s to get a detailed view... +ProductsOrServicesTranslations=Products/Services translations +TranslatedLabel=Translated label +TranslatedDescription=Translated description +TranslatedNote=Translated notes +ProductWeight=Weight for 1 product +ProductVolume=Volume for 1 product +WeightUnits=Weight unit +VolumeUnits=Volume unit +WidthUnits=Width unit +LengthUnits=Length unit +HeightUnits=Height unit +SurfaceUnits=Surface unit +SizeUnits=Size unit +DeleteProductBuyPrice=Delete buying price +ConfirmDeleteProductBuyPrice=Are you sure you want to delete this buying price? +SubProduct=Sub product +ProductSheet=Product sheet +ServiceSheet=Service sheet +PossibleValues=Possible values +GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers +ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product +UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) +PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging +PackagingForThisProductDesc=On supplier order, you will automaticly order this quantity (or a multiple of this quantity). Cannot be less than minimum buying quantity +QtyRecalculatedWithPackaging=The quantity of the line were recalculated according to supplier packaging + +#Attributes +VariantAttributes=Variant attributes +ProductAttributes=Variant attributes for products +ProductAttributeName=Variant attribute %s +ProductAttribute=Variant attribute +ProductAttributeDeleteDialog=Are you sure you want to delete this attribute? All values will be deleted +ProductAttributeValueDeleteDialog=Are you sure you want to delete the value "%s" with reference "%s" of this attribute? +ProductCombinationDeleteDialog=Are you sure want to delete the variant of the product "%s"? +ProductCombinationAlreadyUsed=There was an error while deleting the variant. Please check it is not being used in any object +ProductCombinations=Variants +PropagateVariant=Propagate variants +HideProductCombinations=Hide products variant in the products selector +ProductCombination=Variant +NewProductCombination=New variant +EditProductCombination=Editing variant +NewProductCombinations=New variants +EditProductCombinations=Editing variants +SelectCombination=Select combination +ProductCombinationGenerator=Variants generator +Features=Features +PriceImpact=Price impact +ImpactOnPriceLevel=Impact on price level %s +ApplyToAllPriceImpactLevel= Apply to all levels +ApplyToAllPriceImpactLevelHelp=By clicking here you set the same price impact on all levels +WeightImpact=Weight impact +NewProductAttribute=New attribute +NewProductAttributeValue=New attribute value +ErrorCreatingProductAttributeValue=There was an error while creating the attribute value. It could be because there is already an existing value with that reference +ProductCombinationGeneratorWarning=If you continue, before generating new variants, all previous ones will be DELETED. Already existing ones will be updated with the new values +TooMuchCombinationsWarning=Generating lots of variants may result in high CPU, memory usage and Dolibarr not able to create them. Enabling the option "%s" may help reduce memory usage. +DoNotRemovePreviousCombinations=Do not remove previous variants +UsePercentageVariations=Use percentage variations +PercentageVariation=Percentage variation +ErrorDeletingGeneratedProducts=There was an error while trying to delete existing product variants +NbOfDifferentValues=No. of different values +NbProducts=Number of products +ParentProduct=Parent product +HideChildProducts=Hide variant products +ShowChildProducts=Show variant products +NoEditVariants=Go to Parent product card and edit variants price impact in the variants tab +ConfirmCloneProductCombinations=Would you like to copy all the product variants to the other parent product with the given reference? +CloneDestinationReference=Destination product reference +ErrorCopyProductCombinations=There was an error while copying the product variants +ErrorDestinationProductNotFound=Destination product not found +ErrorProductCombinationNotFound=Product variant not found +ActionAvailableOnVariantProductOnly=Action only available on the variant of product +ProductsPricePerCustomer=Product prices per customers +ProductSupplierExtraFields=Additional Attributes (Supplier Prices) +DeleteLinkedProduct=Delete the child product linked to the combination +PMPValue=Weighted average price +PMPValueShort=WAP diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/projects.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77fc9970303 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/projects.lang @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - projects +RefProject=Ref. project +ProjectRef=Project ref. +ProjectId=Project Id +ProjectLabel=Project label +ProjectsArea=Projects Area +ProjectStatus=Project status +SharedProject=Everybody +PrivateProject=Project contacts +ProjectsImContactFor=Projects for which I am explicitly a contact +AllAllowedProjects=All project I can read (mine + public) +AllProjects=All projects +MyProjectsDesc=This view is limited to the projects that you are a contact for +ProjectsPublicDesc=This view presents all projects you are allowed to read. +TasksOnProjectsPublicDesc=This view presents all tasks on projects you are allowed to read. +ProjectsPublicTaskDesc=This view presents all projects and tasks you are allowed to read. +ProjectsDesc=This view presents all projects (your user permissions grant you permission to view everything). +TasksOnProjectsDesc=This view presents all tasks on all projects (your user permissions grant you permission to view everything). +MyTasksDesc=This view is limited to the projects or tasks that you are a contact for +OnlyOpenedProject=Only open projects are visible (projects in draft or closed status are not visible). +ClosedProjectsAreHidden=Closed projects are not visible. +TasksPublicDesc=This view presents all projects and tasks you are allowed to read. +TasksDesc=This view presents all projects and tasks (your user permissions grant you permission to view everything). +AllTaskVisibleButEditIfYouAreAssigned=All tasks for qualified projects are visible, but you can enter time only for task assigned to selected user. Assign task if you need to enter time on it. +OnlyYourTaskAreVisible=Only tasks assigned to you are visible. If you need to enter time on a task and if the task is not visible here, then you need to assign the task to yourself. +ImportDatasetTasks=Tasks of projects +ProjectCategories=Project tags/categories +NewProject=New project +AddProject=Create project +DeleteAProject=Delete a project +DeleteATask=Delete a task +ConfirmDeleteAProject=Are you sure you want to delete this project? +ConfirmDeleteATask=Are you sure you want to delete this task? +OpenedProjects=Open projects +OpenedTasks=Open tasks +OpportunitiesStatusForOpenedProjects=Leads amount of open projects by status +OpportunitiesStatusForProjects=Leads amount of projects by status +ShowProject=Show project +ShowTask=Show task +SetProject=Set project +NoProject=No project defined or owned +NbOfProjects=Number of projects +NbOfTasks=Number of tasks +TimeSpent=Time spent +TimeSpentByYou=Time spent by you +TimeSpentByUser=Time spent by user +TimesSpent=Time spent +TaskId=Task ID +RefTask=Task ref. +LabelTask=Task label +TaskTimeSpent=Time spent on tasks +TaskTimeUser=User +TaskTimeNote=Note +TaskTimeDate=Date +TasksOnOpenedProject=Tasks on open projects +WorkloadNotDefined=Workload not defined +NewTimeSpent=Time spent +MyTimeSpent=My time spent +BillTime=Bill the time spent +BillTimeShort=Bill time +TimeToBill=Time not billed +TimeBilled=Time billed +Tasks=Tasks +Task=Task +TaskDateStart=Task start date +TaskDateEnd=Task end date +TaskDescription=Task description +NewTask=New task +AddTask=Create task +AddTimeSpent=Create time spent +AddHereTimeSpentForDay=Add here time spent for this day/task +AddHereTimeSpentForWeek=Add here time spent for this week/task +Activity=Activity +Activities=Tasks/activities +MyActivities=My tasks/activities +MyProjects=My projects +MyProjectsArea=My projects Area +DurationEffective=Effective duration +ProgressDeclared=Declared real progress +TaskProgressSummary=Task progress +CurentlyOpenedTasks=Curently open tasks +TheReportedProgressIsLessThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=The declared real progress is less %s than the progress on consumption +TheReportedProgressIsMoreThanTheCalculatedProgressionByX=The declared real progress is more %s than the progress on consumption +ProgressCalculated=Progress on consumption +WhichIamLinkedTo=which I'm linked to +WhichIamLinkedToProject=which I'm linked to project +Time=Time +TimeConsumed=Consumed +ListOfTasks=List of tasks +GoToListOfTimeConsumed=Go to list of time consumed +GanttView=Gantt View +ListWarehouseAssociatedProject=List of warehouses associated to the project +ListProposalsAssociatedProject=List of the commercial proposals related to the project +ListOrdersAssociatedProject=List of sales orders related to the project +ListInvoicesAssociatedProject=List of customer invoices related to the project +ListPredefinedInvoicesAssociatedProject=List of customer template invoices related to the project +ListSupplierOrdersAssociatedProject=List of purchase orders related to the project +ListSupplierInvoicesAssociatedProject=List of vendor invoices related to the project +ListContractAssociatedProject=List of contracts related to the project +ListShippingAssociatedProject=List of shippings related to the project +ListFichinterAssociatedProject=List of interventions related to the project +ListExpenseReportsAssociatedProject=List of expense reports related to the project +ListDonationsAssociatedProject=List of donations related to the project +ListVariousPaymentsAssociatedProject=List of miscellaneous payments related to the project +ListSalariesAssociatedProject=List of payments of salaries related to the project +ListActionsAssociatedProject=List of events related to the project +ListMOAssociatedProject=List of manufacturing orders related to the project +ListTaskTimeUserProject=List of time consumed on tasks of project +ListTaskTimeForTask=List of time consumed on task +ActivityOnProjectToday=Activity on project today +ActivityOnProjectYesterday=Activity on project yesterday +ActivityOnProjectThisWeek=Activity on project this week +ActivityOnProjectThisMonth=Activity on project this month +ActivityOnProjectThisYear=Activity on project this year +ChildOfProjectTask=Child of project/task +ChildOfTask=Child of task +TaskHasChild=Task has child +NotOwnerOfProject=Not owner of this private project +AffectedTo=Allocated to +CantRemoveProject=This project can't be removed as it is referenced by some other objects (invoice, orders or other). See tab '%s'. +ValidateProject=Validate projet +ConfirmValidateProject=Are you sure you want to validate this project? +CloseAProject=Close project +ConfirmCloseAProject=Are you sure you want to close this project? +AlsoCloseAProject=Also close project (keep it open if you still need to follow production tasks on it) +ReOpenAProject=Open project +ConfirmReOpenAProject=Are you sure you want to re-open this project? +ProjectContact=Contacts of project +TaskContact=Task contacts +ActionsOnProject=Events on project +YouAreNotContactOfProject=You are not a contact of this private project +UserIsNotContactOfProject=User is not a contact of this private project +DeleteATimeSpent=Delete time spent +ConfirmDeleteATimeSpent=Are you sure you want to delete this time spent? +DoNotShowMyTasksOnly=See also tasks not assigned to me +ShowMyTasksOnly=View only tasks assigned to me +TaskRessourceLinks=Contacts of task +ProjectsDedicatedToThisThirdParty=Projects dedicated to this third party +NoTasks=No tasks for this project +LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party +TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. +ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back +ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. +IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. +CloneTasks=Clone tasks +CloneContacts=Clone contacts +CloneNotes=Clone notes +CloneProjectFiles=Clone project joined files +CloneTaskFiles=Clone task(s) joined files (if task(s) cloned) +CloneMoveDate=Update project/tasks dates from now? +ConfirmCloneProject=Are you sure to clone this project? +ProjectReportDate=Change task dates according to new project start date +ErrorShiftTaskDate=Impossible to shift task date according to new project start date +ProjectsAndTasksLines=Projects and tasks +ProjectCreatedInDolibarr=Project %s created +ProjectValidatedInDolibarr=Project %s validated +ProjectModifiedInDolibarr=Project %s modified +TaskCreatedInDolibarr=Task %s created +TaskModifiedInDolibarr=Task %s modified +TaskDeletedInDolibarr=Task %s deleted +OpportunityStatus=Lead status +OpportunityStatusShort=Lead status +OpportunityProbability=Lead probability +OpportunityProbabilityShort=Lead probab. +OpportunityAmount=Lead amount +OpportunityAmountShort=Lead amount +OpportunityWeightedAmount=Opportunity weighted amount +OpportunityWeightedAmountShort=Opp. weighted amount +OpportunityAmountAverageShort=Average lead amount +OpportunityAmountWeigthedShort=Weighted lead amount +WonLostExcluded=Won/Lost excluded +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_project_internal_PROJECTLEADER=Project leader +TypeContact_project_external_PROJECTLEADER=Project leader +TypeContact_project_internal_PROJECTCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_project_external_PROJECTCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_project_task_internal_TASKEXECUTIVE=Task executive +TypeContact_project_task_external_TASKEXECUTIVE=Task executive +TypeContact_project_task_internal_TASKCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_project_task_external_TASKCONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +SelectElement=Select element +AddElement=Link to element +LinkToElementShort=Link to +# Documents models +DocumentModelBeluga=Project document template for linked objects overview +DocumentModelBaleine=Project document template for tasks +DocumentModelTimeSpent=Project report template for time spent +PlannedWorkload=Planned workload +PlannedWorkloadShort=Workload +ProjectReferers=Related items +ProjectMustBeValidatedFirst=Project must be validated first +FirstAddRessourceToAllocateTime=Assign a user resource as contact of project to allocate time +InputPerDay=Input per day +InputPerWeek=Input per week +InputPerMonth=Input per month +InputDetail=Input detail +TimeAlreadyRecorded=This is time spent already recorded for this task/day and user %s +ProjectsWithThisUserAsContact=Projects with this user as contact +TasksWithThisUserAsContact=Tasks assigned to this user +ResourceNotAssignedToProject=Not assigned to project +ResourceNotAssignedToTheTask=Not assigned to the task +NoUserAssignedToTheProject=No users assigned to this project +TimeSpentBy=Time spent by +TasksAssignedTo=Tasks assigned to +AssignTaskToMe=Assign task to myself +AssignTaskToUser=Assign task to %s +SelectTaskToAssign=Select task to assign... +AssignTask=Assign +ProjectOverview=Overview +ManageTasks=Use projects to follow tasks and/or report time spent (timesheets) +ManageOpportunitiesStatus=Use projects to follow leads/opportinuties +ProjectNbProjectByMonth=No. of created projects by month +ProjectNbTaskByMonth=No. of created tasks by month +ProjectOppAmountOfProjectsByMonth=Amount of leads by month +ProjectWeightedOppAmountOfProjectsByMonth=Weighted amount of leads by month +ProjectOpenedProjectByOppStatus=Open project|lead by lead status +ProjectsStatistics=Statistics on projects or leads +TasksStatistics=Statistics on tasks of projects or leads +TaskAssignedToEnterTime=Task assigned. Entering time on this task should be possible. +IdTaskTime=Id task time +YouCanCompleteRef=If you want to complete the ref with some suffix, it is recommanded to add a - character to separate it, so the automatic numbering will still work correctly for next projects. For example %s-MYSUFFIX +OpenedProjectsByThirdparties=Open projects by third parties +OnlyOpportunitiesShort=Only leads +OpenedOpportunitiesShort=Open leads +NotOpenedOpportunitiesShort=Not an open lead +NotAnOpportunityShort=Not a lead +OpportunityTotalAmount=Total amount of leads +OpportunityPonderatedAmount=Weighted amount of leads +OpportunityPonderatedAmountDesc=Leads amount weighted with probability +OppStatusPROSP=Prospection +OppStatusQUAL=Qualification +OppStatusPROPO=Proposal +OppStatusNEGO=Negociation +OppStatusPENDING=Pending +OppStatusWON=Won +OppStatusLOST=Lost +Budget=Budget +AllowToLinkFromOtherCompany=Allow to link project from other company

Supported values:
- Keep empty: Can link any project of the company (default)
- "all": Can link any projects, even projects of other companies
- A list of third-party ids separated by commas: can link all projects of these third partys (Example: 123,4795,53)
+LatestProjects=Latest %s projects +LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects +OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks +NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you +# Comments trans +AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks +AllowCommentOnProject=Allow user comments on projects +DontHavePermissionForCloseProject=You do not have permissions to close the project %s +DontHaveTheValidateStatus=The project %s must be open to be closed +RecordsClosed=%s project(s) closed +SendProjectRef=Information project %s +ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized +NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required +TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent +TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent +OneLinePerUser=One line per user +ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines +InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project +ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. +ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity +ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent +Usage=Usage +UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity +UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks +UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time +InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use +NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention +OneLinePerTask=One line per task +OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period +OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration +RefTaskParent=Ref. Parent Task +ProfitIsCalculatedWith=Profit is calculated using +AddPersonToTask=Add also to tasks +UsageOrganizeEvent=Usage: Event Organization +PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE=Classify project as closed when all its tasks are completed (100%% progress) +PROJECT_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_WHEN_ALL_TASKS_DONE_help=Note: existing projects with all tasks at 100 %% progress won't be affected: you will have to close them manually. This option only affects open projects. +SelectLinesOfTimeSpentToInvoice=Select lines of time spent that are unbilled, then bulk action "Generate Invoice" to bill them diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/propal.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/propal.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..edbc08236d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/propal.lang @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - propal +Proposals=Commercial proposals +Proposal=Commercial proposal +ProposalShort=Proposal +ProposalsDraft=Draft commercial proposals +ProposalsOpened=Open commercial proposals +CommercialProposal=Commercial proposal +PdfCommercialProposalTitle=Commercial proposal +ProposalCard=Proposal card +NewProp=New commercial proposal +NewPropal=New proposal +Prospect=Prospect +DeleteProp=Delete commercial proposal +ValidateProp=Validate commercial proposal +AddProp=Create proposal +ConfirmDeleteProp=Are you sure you want to delete this commercial proposal? +ConfirmValidateProp=Are you sure you want to validate this commercial proposal under name %s? +LastPropals=Latest %s proposals +LastModifiedProposals=Latest %s modified proposals +AllPropals=All proposals +SearchAProposal=Search a proposal +NoProposal=No proposal +ProposalsStatistics=Commercial proposal's statistics +NumberOfProposalsByMonth=Number by month +AmountOfProposalsByMonthHT=Amount by month (excl. tax) +NbOfProposals=Number of commercial proposals +ShowPropal=Show proposal +PropalsDraft=Drafts +PropalsOpened=Open +PropalStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +PropalStatusValidated=Validated (proposal is open) +PropalStatusSigned=Signed (needs billing) +PropalStatusNotSigned=Not signed (closed) +PropalStatusBilled=Billed +PropalStatusDraftShort=Draft +PropalStatusValidatedShort=Validated (open) +PropalStatusClosedShort=Closed +PropalStatusSignedShort=Signed +PropalStatusNotSignedShort=Not signed +PropalStatusBilledShort=Billed +PropalsToClose=Commercial proposals to close +PropalsToBill=Signed commercial proposals to bill +ListOfProposals=List of commercial proposals +ActionsOnPropal=Events on proposal +RefProposal=Commercial proposal ref +SendPropalByMail=Send commercial proposal by mail +DatePropal=Date of proposal +DateEndPropal=Validity ending date +ValidityDuration=Validity duration +SetAcceptedRefused=Set accepted/refused +ErrorPropalNotFound=Propal %s not found +AddToDraftProposals=Add to draft proposal +NoDraftProposals=No draft proposals +CopyPropalFrom=Create commercial proposal by copying existing proposal +CreateEmptyPropal=Create empty commercial proposal or from list of products/services +DefaultProposalDurationValidity=Default commercial proposal validity duration (in days) +UseCustomerContactAsPropalRecipientIfExist=Use contact/address with type 'Contact following-up proposal' if defined instead of third party address as proposal recipient address +ConfirmClonePropal=Are you sure you want to clone the commercial proposal %s? +ConfirmReOpenProp=Are you sure you want to open back the commercial proposal %s? +ProposalsAndProposalsLines=Commercial proposal and lines +ProposalLine=Proposal line +ProposalLines=Proposal lines +AvailabilityPeriod=Availability delay +SetAvailability=Set availability delay +AfterOrder=after order +OtherProposals=Other proposals +##### Availability ##### +AvailabilityTypeAV_NOW=Immediate +AvailabilityTypeAV_1W=1 week +AvailabilityTypeAV_2W=2 weeks +AvailabilityTypeAV_3W=3 weeks +AvailabilityTypeAV_1M=1 month +##### Types de contacts ##### +TypeContact_propal_internal_SALESREPFOLL=Representative following-up proposal +TypeContact_propal_external_BILLING=Customer invoice contact +TypeContact_propal_external_CUSTOMER=Customer contact following-up proposal +TypeContact_propal_external_SHIPPING=Customer contact for delivery +# Document models +DocModelAzurDescription=A complete proposal model (old implementation of Cyan template) +DocModelCyanDescription=A complete proposal model +DefaultModelPropalCreate=Default model creation +DefaultModelPropalToBill=Default template when closing a business proposal (to be invoiced) +DefaultModelPropalClosed=Default template when closing a business proposal (unbilled) +ProposalCustomerSignature=Written acceptance, company stamp, date and signature +ProposalsStatisticsSuppliers=Vendor proposals statistics +CaseFollowedBy=Case followed by +SignedOnly=Signed only +IdProposal=Proposal ID +IdProduct=Product ID +PrParentLine=Proposal Parent Line +LineBuyPriceHT=Buy Price Amount net of tax for line + diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/receiptprinter.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/receiptprinter.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..746d175e0c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/receiptprinter.lang @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - receiptprinter +ReceiptPrinterSetup=Setup of module ReceiptPrinter +PrinterAdded=Printer %s added +PrinterUpdated=Printer %s updated +PrinterDeleted=Printer %s deleted +TestSentToPrinter=Test Sent To Printer %s +ReceiptPrinter=Receipt printers +ReceiptPrinterDesc=Setup of receipt printers +ReceiptPrinterTemplateDesc=Setup of Templates +ReceiptPrinterTypeDesc=Description of Receipt Printer's type +ReceiptPrinterProfileDesc=Description of Receipt Printer's Profile +ListPrinters=List of Printers +SetupReceiptTemplate=Template Setup +CONNECTOR_DUMMY=Dummy Printer +CONNECTOR_NETWORK_PRINT=Network Printer +CONNECTOR_FILE_PRINT=Local Printer +CONNECTOR_WINDOWS_PRINT=Local Windows Printer +CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT=Cups Printer +CONNECTOR_DUMMY_HELP=Fake Printer for test, does nothing +CONNECTOR_NETWORK_PRINT_HELP=10.x.x.x:9100 +CONNECTOR_FILE_PRINT_HELP=/dev/usb/lp0, /dev/usb/lp1 +CONNECTOR_WINDOWS_PRINT_HELP=LPT1, COM1, smb://FooUser:secret@computername/workgroup/Receipt Printer +CONNECTOR_CUPS_PRINT_HELP=CUPS printer name, example: HPRT_TP805L +PROFILE_DEFAULT=Default Profile +PROFILE_SIMPLE=Simple Profile +PROFILE_EPOSTEP=Epos Tep Profile +PROFILE_P822D=P822D Profile +PROFILE_STAR=Star Profile +PROFILE_DEFAULT_HELP=Default Profile suitable for Epson printers +PROFILE_SIMPLE_HELP=Simple Profile No Graphics +PROFILE_EPOSTEP_HELP=Epos Tep Profile +PROFILE_P822D_HELP=P822D Profile No Graphics +PROFILE_STAR_HELP=Star Profile +DOL_LINE_FEED=Skip line +DOL_ALIGN_LEFT=Left align text +DOL_ALIGN_CENTER=Center text +DOL_ALIGN_RIGHT=Right align text +DOL_USE_FONT_A=Use font A of printer +DOL_USE_FONT_B=Use font B of printer +DOL_USE_FONT_C=Use font C of printer +DOL_PRINT_BARCODE=Print barcode +DOL_PRINT_BARCODE_CUSTOMER_ID=Print barcode customer id +DOL_CUT_PAPER_FULL=Cut ticket completely +DOL_CUT_PAPER_PARTIAL=Cut ticket partially +DOL_OPEN_DRAWER=Open cash drawer +DOL_ACTIVATE_BUZZER=Activate buzzer +DOL_PRINT_QRCODE=Print QR Code +DOL_PRINT_LOGO=Print logo of my company +DOL_PRINT_LOGO_OLD=Print logo of my company (old printers) +DOL_BOLD=Bold +DOL_BOLD_DISABLED=Disable bold +DOL_DOUBLE_HEIGHT=Double height size +DOL_DOUBLE_WIDTH=Double width size +DOL_DEFAULT_HEIGHT_WIDTH=Default height and width size +DOL_UNDERLINE=Enable underline +DOL_UNDERLINE_DISABLED=Disable underline +DOL_BEEP=Beep sound +DOL_PRINT_TEXT=Print text +DateInvoiceWithTime=Invoice date and time +YearInvoice=Invoice year +DOL_VALUE_MONTH_LETTERS=Invoice month in letters +DOL_VALUE_MONTH=Invoice month +DOL_VALUE_DAY=Invoice day +DOL_VALUE_DAY_LETTERS=Inovice day in letters +DOL_LINE_FEED_REVERSE=Line feed reverse +InvoiceID=Invoice ID +InvoiceRef=Invoice ref +DOL_PRINT_OBJECT_LINES=Invoice lines +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_FIRSTNAME=Customer first name +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_LASTNAME=Customer last name +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_MAIL=Customer mail +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_PHONE=Customer phone +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_MOBILE=Customer mobile +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_SKYPE=Customer Skype +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_TAX_NUMBER=Customer tax number +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_ACCOUNT_BALANCE=Customer account balance +DOL_VALUE_MYSOC_NAME=Your company name +VendorLastname=Vendor last name +VendorFirstname=Vendor first name +VendorEmail=Vendor email +DOL_VALUE_CUSTOMER_POINTS=Customer points +DOL_VALUE_OBJECT_POINTS=Object points diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/receptions.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/receptions.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..338602e722e --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/receptions.lang @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - receptions +ReceptionsSetup=Product Reception setup +RefReception=Ref. reception +Reception=Reception +Receptions=Receptions +AllReceptions=All Receptions +Reception=Reception +Receptions=Receptions +ShowReception=Show Receptions +ReceptionsArea=Receptions area +ListOfReceptions=List of receptions +ReceptionMethod=Reception method +LastReceptions=Latest %s receptions +StatisticsOfReceptions=Statistics for receptions +NbOfReceptions=Number of receptions +NumberOfReceptionsByMonth=Number of receptions by month +ReceptionCard=Reception card +NewReception=New reception +CreateReception=Create reception +QtyInOtherReceptions=Qty in other receptions +OtherReceptionsForSameOrder=Other receptions for this order +ReceptionsAndReceivingForSameOrder=Receptions and receipts for this order +ReceptionsToValidate=Receptions to validate +StatusReceptionCanceled=Canceled +StatusReceptionDraft=Draft +StatusReceptionValidated=Validated (products to ship or already shipped) +StatusReceptionProcessed=Processed +StatusReceptionDraftShort=Draft +StatusReceptionValidatedShort=Validated +StatusReceptionProcessedShort=Processed +ReceptionSheet=Reception sheet +ConfirmDeleteReception=Are you sure you want to delete this reception? +ConfirmValidateReception=Are you sure you want to validate this reception with reference %s? +ConfirmCancelReception=Are you sure you want to cancel this reception? +StatsOnReceptionsOnlyValidated=Statistics conducted on receptions only validated. Date used is date of validation of reception (planed delivery date is not always known). +SendReceptionByEMail=Send reception by email +SendReceptionRef=Submission of reception %s +ActionsOnReception=Events on reception +ReceptionCreationIsDoneFromOrder=For the moment, creation of a new reception is done from the order card. +ReceptionLine=Reception line +ProductQtyInReceptionAlreadySent=Product quantity from open sales order already sent +ProductQtyInSuppliersReceptionAlreadyRecevied=Product quantity from open supplier order already received +ValidateOrderFirstBeforeReception=You must first validate the order before being able to make receptions. +ReceptionsNumberingModules=Numbering module for receptions +ReceptionsReceiptModel=Document templates for receptions +NoMorePredefinedProductToDispatch=No more predefined products to dispatch +ReceptionExist=A reception exists diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/recruitment.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/recruitment.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6b0e8117254 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/recruitment.lang @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2020 Laurent Destailleur +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# + +# Module label 'ModuleRecruitmentName' +ModuleRecruitmentName = Recruitment +# Module description 'ModuleRecruitmentDesc' +ModuleRecruitmentDesc = Manage and follow recruitment campaigns for new job positions + +# +# Admin page +# +RecruitmentSetup = Recruitment setup +Settings = Settings +RecruitmentSetupPage = Enter here the setup of main options for the recruitment module +RecruitmentArea=Recruitement area +PublicInterfaceRecruitmentDesc=Public pages of jobs are public URLs to show and answer to open jobs. There is one different link for each open job, found on each job record. +EnablePublicRecruitmentPages=Enable public pages of open jobs + +# +# About page +# +About = About +RecruitmentAbout = About Recruitment +RecruitmentAboutPage = Recruitment about page +NbOfEmployeesExpected=Expected nb of employees +JobLabel=Label of job position +WorkPlace=Work place +DateExpected=Expected date +FutureManager=Future manager +ResponsibleOfRecruitement=Responsible of recruitment +IfJobIsLocatedAtAPartner=If job is located at a partner place +PositionToBeFilled=Job position +PositionsToBeFilled=Job positions +ListOfPositionsToBeFilled=List of job positions +NewPositionToBeFilled=New job positions + +JobOfferToBeFilled=Job position to be filled +ThisIsInformationOnJobPosition=Information of the job position to be filled +ContactForRecruitment=Contact for recruitment +EmailRecruiter=Email recruiter +ToUseAGenericEmail=To use a generic email. If not defined, the email of the responsible of recruitment will be used +NewCandidature=New application +ListOfCandidatures=List of applications +RequestedRemuneration=Requested remuneration +ProposedRemuneration=Proposed remuneration +ContractProposed=Contract proposed +ContractSigned=Contract signed +ContractRefused=Contract refused +RecruitmentCandidature=Application +JobPositions=Job positions +RecruitmentCandidatures=Applications +InterviewToDo=Interview to do +AnswerCandidature=Application answer +YourCandidature=Your application +YourCandidatureAnswerMessage=Thanks you for your application.
... +JobClosedTextCandidateFound=The job position is closed. The position has been filled. +JobClosedTextCanceled=The job position is closed. +ExtrafieldsJobPosition=Complementary attributes (job positions) +ExtrafieldsApplication=Complementary attributes (job applications) +MakeOffer=Make an offer diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/resource.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/resource.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8574dc680f --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/resource.lang @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - resource +MenuResourceIndex=Resources +MenuResourceAdd=New resource +DeleteResource=Delete resource +ConfirmDeleteResourceElement=Confirm delete the resource for this element +NoResourceInDatabase=No resource in database. +NoResourceLinked=No resource linked +ActionsOnResource=Events about this resource +ResourcePageIndex=Resources list +ResourceSingular=Resource +ResourceCard=Resource card +AddResource=Create a resource +ResourceFormLabel_ref=Resource name +ResourceType=Resource type +ResourceFormLabel_description=Resource description + +ResourcesLinkedToElement=Resources linked to element + +ShowResource=Show resource + +ResourceElementPage=Element resources +ResourceCreatedWithSuccess=Resource successfully created +RessourceLineSuccessfullyDeleted=Resource line successfully deleted +RessourceLineSuccessfullyUpdated=Resource line successfully updated +ResourceLinkedWithSuccess=Resource linked with success + +ConfirmDeleteResource=Confirm to delete this resource +RessourceSuccessfullyDeleted=Resource successfully deleted +DictionaryResourceType=Type of resources + +SelectResource=Select resource + +IdResource=Id resource +AssetNumber=Serial number +ResourceTypeCode=Resource type code +ImportDataset_resource_1=Resources + +ErrorResourcesAlreadyInUse=Some resources are in use +ErrorResourceUseInEvent=%s used in %s event diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/salaries.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12905040b1a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/salaries.lang @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - salaries +SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_PAYMENT=Accounting account used for user third parties +SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_PAYMENT_Desc=The dedicated accounting account defined on user card will be used for Subledger accounting only. This one will be used for General Ledger and as default value of Subledger accounting if dedicated user accounting account on user is not defined. +SALARIES_ACCOUNTING_ACCOUNT_CHARGE=Accounting account by default for wage payments +CREATE_NEW_SALARY_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=By default, leave empty the option "Automatically create a total payment" when creating a Salary +Salary=Salary +Salaries=Salaries +NewSalary=New salary +NewSalaryPayment=New salary card +AddSalaryPayment=Add salary payment +SalaryPayment=Salary payment +SalariesPayments=Salaries payments +SalariesPaymentsOf=Salaries payments of %s +ShowSalaryPayment=Show salary payment +THM=Average hourly rate +TJM=Average daily rate +CurrentSalary=Current salary +THMDescription=This value may be used to calculate the cost of time consumed on a project entered by users if module project is used +TJMDescription=This value is currently for information only and is not used for any calculation +LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries +AllSalaries=All salaries +SalariesStatistics=Salary statistics +SalariesAndPayments=Salaries and payments +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/sendings.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/sendings.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b94891d79c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/sendings.lang @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - sendings +RefSending=Ref. shipment +Sending=Shipment +Sendings=Shipments +AllSendings=All Shipments +Shipment=Shipment +Shipments=Shipments +ShowSending=Show Shipments +Receivings=Delivery Receipts +SendingsArea=Shipments area +ListOfSendings=List of shipments +SendingMethod=Shipping method +LastSendings=Latest %s shipments +StatisticsOfSendings=Statistics for shipments +NbOfSendings=Number of shipments +NumberOfShipmentsByMonth=Number of shipments by month +SendingCard=Shipment card +NewSending=New shipment +CreateShipment=Create shipment +QtyShipped=Qty shipped +QtyShippedShort=Qty ship. +QtyPreparedOrShipped=Qty prepared or shipped +QtyToShip=Qty to ship +QtyToReceive=Qty to receive +QtyReceived=Qty received +QtyInOtherShipments=Qty in other shipments +KeepToShip=Remain to ship +KeepToShipShort=Remain +OtherSendingsForSameOrder=Other shipments for this order +SendingsAndReceivingForSameOrder=Shipments and receipts for this order +SendingsToValidate=Shipments to validate +StatusSendingCanceled=Canceled +StatusSendingCanceledShort=Canceled +StatusSendingDraft=Draft +StatusSendingValidated=Validated (products to ship or already shipped) +StatusSendingProcessed=Processed +StatusSendingDraftShort=Draft +StatusSendingValidatedShort=Validated +StatusSendingProcessedShort=Processed +SendingSheet=Shipment sheet +ConfirmDeleteSending=Are you sure you want to delete this shipment? +ConfirmValidateSending=Are you sure you want to validate this shipment with reference %s? +ConfirmCancelSending=Are you sure you want to cancel this shipment? +DocumentModelMerou=Merou A5 model +WarningNoQtyLeftToSend=Warning, no products waiting to be shipped. +StatsOnShipmentsOnlyValidated=Statistics are only for validated shipments. Date used is the date of validation of shipment (planned delivery date is not always known) +DateDeliveryPlanned=Planned date of delivery +RefDeliveryReceipt=Ref delivery receipt +StatusReceipt=Status delivery receipt +DateReceived=Date delivery received +ClassifyReception=Classify reception +SendShippingByEMail=Send shipment by email +SendShippingRef=Submission of shipment %s +ActionsOnShipping=Events on shipment +LinkToTrackYourPackage=Link to track your package +ShipmentCreationIsDoneFromOrder=For the moment, creation of a new shipment is done from the order card. +ShipmentLine=Shipment line +ProductQtyInCustomersOrdersRunning=Product quantity from open sales orders +ProductQtyInSuppliersOrdersRunning=Product quantity from open purchase orders +ProductQtyInShipmentAlreadySent=Product quantity from open sales order already sent +ProductQtyInSuppliersShipmentAlreadyRecevied=Product quantity from open purchase orders already received +NoProductToShipFoundIntoStock=No product to ship found in warehouse %s. Correct stock or go back to choose another warehouse. +WeightVolShort=Weight/Vol. +ValidateOrderFirstBeforeShipment=You must first validate the order before being able to make shipments. + +# Sending methods +# ModelDocument +DocumentModelTyphon=More complete document model for delivery receipts (logo...) +DocumentModelStorm=More complete document model for delivery receipts and extrafields compatibility (logo...) +Error_EXPEDITION_ADDON_NUMBER_NotDefined=Constant EXPEDITION_ADDON_NUMBER not defined +SumOfProductVolumes=Sum of product volumes +SumOfProductWeights=Sum of product weights + +# warehouse details +DetailWarehouseNumber= Warehouse details +DetailWarehouseFormat= W:%s (Qty: %d) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/sms.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/sms.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..055085eb16a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/sms.lang @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - sms +Sms=Sms +SmsSetup=SMS setup +SmsDesc=This page allows you to define global options on SMS features +SmsCard=SMS Card +AllSms=All SMS campaigns +SmsTargets=Targets +SmsRecipients=Targets +SmsRecipient=Target +SmsTitle=Description +SmsFrom=Sender +SmsTo=Target +SmsTopic=Topic of SMS +SmsText=Message +SmsMessage=SMS Message +ShowSms=Show SMS +ListOfSms=List SMS campaigns +NewSms=New SMS campaign +EditSms=Edit SMS +ResetSms=New sending +DeleteSms=Delete SMS campaign +DeleteASms=Remove a SMS campaign +PreviewSms=Previuw SMS +PrepareSms=Prepare SMS +CreateSms=Create SMS +SmsResult=Result of SMS sending +TestSms=Test SMS +ValidSms=Validate SMS +ApproveSms=Approve SMS +SmsStatusDraft=Draft +SmsStatusValidated=Validated +SmsStatusApproved=Approved +SmsStatusSent=Sent +SmsStatusSentPartialy=Sent partially +SmsStatusSentCompletely=Sent completely +SmsStatusError=Error +SmsStatusNotSent=Not sent +SmsSuccessfulySent=SMS correctly sent (from %s to %s) +ErrorSmsRecipientIsEmpty=Number of target is empty +WarningNoSmsAdded=No new phone number to add to target list +ConfirmValidSms=Do you confirm validation of this campaign? +NbOfUniqueSms=No. of unique phone numbers +NbOfSms=No. of phone numbers +ThisIsATestMessage=This is a test message +SendSms=Send SMS +SmsInfoCharRemain=No. of remaining characters +SmsInfoNumero= (international format i.e.: +33899701761) +DelayBeforeSending=Delay before sending (minutes) +SmsNoPossibleSenderFound=No sender available. Check setup of your SMS provider. +SmsNoPossibleRecipientFound=No target available. Check setup of your SMS provider. +DisableStopIfSupported=Disable STOP message (if supported) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/stocks.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c1f0abc43a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/stocks.lang @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stocks +WarehouseCard=Warehouse card +Warehouse=Warehouse +Warehouses=Warehouses +ParentWarehouse=Parent warehouse +NewWarehouse=New warehouse / Stock Location +WarehouseEdit=Modify warehouse +MenuNewWarehouse=New warehouse +WarehouseSource=Source warehouse +WarehouseSourceNotDefined=No warehouse defined, +AddWarehouse=Create warehouse +AddOne=Add one +DefaultWarehouse=Default warehouse +WarehouseTarget=Target warehouse +ValidateSending=Delete sending +CancelSending=Cancel sending +DeleteSending=Delete sending +Stock=Stock +Stocks=Stocks +MissingStocks=Missing stocks +StockAtDate=Stocks at date +StockAtDateInPast=Date in the past +StockAtDateInFuture=Date in the future +StocksByLotSerial=Stocks by lot/serial +LotSerial=Lots/Serials +LotSerialList=List of lot/serials +Movements=Movements +ErrorWarehouseRefRequired=Warehouse reference name is required +ListOfWarehouses=List of warehouses +ListOfStockMovements=List of stock movements +ListOfInventories=List of inventories +MovementId=Movement ID +StockMovementForId=Movement ID %d +ListMouvementStockProject=List of stock movements associated to project +StocksArea=Warehouses area +AllWarehouses=All warehouses +IncludeEmptyDesiredStock=Include also negative stock with undefined desired stock +IncludeAlsoDraftOrders=Include also draft orders +Location=Location +LocationSummary=Short name of location +NumberOfDifferentProducts=Number of unique products +NumberOfProducts=Total number of products +LastMovement=Latest movement +LastMovements=Latest movements +Units=Units +Unit=Unit +StockCorrection=Stock correction +CorrectStock=Correct stock +StockTransfer=Stock transfer +TransferStock=Transfer stock +MassStockTransferShort=Mass stock transfer +StockMovement=Stock movement +StockMovements=Stock movements +NumberOfUnit=Number of units +UnitPurchaseValue=Unit purchase price +StockTooLow=Stock too low +StockLowerThanLimit=Stock lower than alert limit (%s) +EnhancedValue=Value +EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value +UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user +AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product +RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties +WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals +WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders +UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users +MainDefaultWarehouse=Default warehouse +MainDefaultWarehouseUser=Use a default warehouse for each user +MainDefaultWarehouseUserDesc=By activating this option, during creation of a product, the warehouse assigned to the product will be defined on this one. If no warehouse is defined on the user, the default warehouse is defined. +IndependantSubProductStock=Product stock and subproduct stock are independent +QtyDispatched=Quantity dispatched +QtyDispatchedShort=Qty dispatched +QtyToDispatchShort=Qty to dispatch +OrderDispatch=Item receipts +RuleForStockManagementDecrease=Choose Rule for automatic stock decrease (manual decrease is always possible, even if an automatic decrease rule is activated) +RuleForStockManagementIncrease=Choose Rule for automatic stock increase (manual increase is always possible, even if an automatic increase rule is activated) +DeStockOnBill=Decrease real stocks on validation of customer invoice/credit note +DeStockOnValidateOrder=Decrease real stocks on validation of sales order +DeStockOnShipment=Decrease real stocks on shipping validation +DeStockOnShipmentOnClosing=Decrease real stocks when shipping is set to closed +ReStockOnBill=Increase real stocks on validation of vendor invoice/credit note +ReStockOnValidateOrder=Increase real stocks on purchase order approval +ReStockOnDispatchOrder=Increase real stocks on manual dispatching into warehouse, after purchase order receipt of goods +StockOnReception=Increase real stocks on validation of reception +StockOnReceptionOnClosing=Increase real stocks when reception is set to closed +OrderStatusNotReadyToDispatch=Order has not yet or no more a status that allows dispatching of products in stock warehouses. +StockDiffPhysicTeoric=Explanation for difference between physical and virtual stock +NoPredefinedProductToDispatch=No predefined products for this object. So no dispatching in stock is required. +DispatchVerb=Dispatch +StockLimitShort=Limit for alert +StockLimit=Stock limit for alert +StockLimitDesc=(empty) means no warning.
0 can be used to trigger a warning as soon as the stock is empty. +PhysicalStock=Physical Stock +RealStock=Real Stock +RealStockDesc=Physical/real stock is the stock currently in the warehouses. +RealStockWillAutomaticallyWhen=The real stock will be modified according to this rule (as defined in the Stock module): +VirtualStock=Virtual stock +VirtualStockAtDate=Virtual stock at date +VirtualStockAtDateDesc=Virtual stock once all the pending orders that are planned to be processed before the chosen date will be finished +VirtualStockDesc=Virtual stock is the calculated stock available once all open/pending actions (that affect stocks) are closed (purchase orders received, sales orders shipped, manufacturing orders produced, etc) +AtDate=At date +IdWarehouse=Id warehouse +DescWareHouse=Description warehouse +LieuWareHouse=Localisation warehouse +WarehousesAndProducts=Warehouses and products +WarehousesAndProductsBatchDetail=Warehouses and products (with detail per lot/serial) +AverageUnitPricePMPShort=Weighted average price +AverageUnitPricePMPDesc=The input average unit price we had to expense to get 1 unit of product into our stock. +SellPriceMin=Selling Unit Price +EstimatedStockValueSellShort=Value for sell +EstimatedStockValueSell=Value for sell +EstimatedStockValueShort=Input stock value +EstimatedStockValue=Input stock value +DeleteAWarehouse=Delete a warehouse +ConfirmDeleteWarehouse=Are you sure you want to delete the warehouse %s? +PersonalStock=Personal stock %s +ThisWarehouseIsPersonalStock=This warehouse represents personal stock of %s %s +SelectWarehouseForStockDecrease=Choose warehouse to use for stock decrease +SelectWarehouseForStockIncrease=Choose warehouse to use for stock increase +NoStockAction=No stock action +DesiredStock=Desired Stock +DesiredStockDesc=This stock amount will be the value used to fill the stock by replenishment feature. +StockToBuy=To order +Replenishment=Replenishment +ReplenishmentOrders=Replenishment orders +VirtualDiffersFromPhysical=According to increase/decrease stock options, physical stock and virtual stock (physical stock + open orders) may differ +UseRealStockByDefault=Use real stock, instead of virtual stock, for replenishment feature +ReplenishmentCalculation=Amount to order will be (desired quantity - real stock) instead of (desired quantity - virtual stock) +UseVirtualStock=Use virtual stock +UsePhysicalStock=Use physical stock +CurentSelectionMode=Current selection mode +CurentlyUsingVirtualStock=Virtual stock +CurentlyUsingPhysicalStock=Physical stock +RuleForStockReplenishment=Rule for stocks replenishment +SelectProductWithNotNullQty=Select at least one product with a qty not null and a vendor +AlertOnly= Alerts only +IncludeProductWithUndefinedAlerts = Include also negative stock for products with no desired quantity defined, to restore them to 0 +WarehouseForStockDecrease=The warehouse %s will be used for stock decrease +WarehouseForStockIncrease=The warehouse %s will be used for stock increase +ForThisWarehouse=For this warehouse +ReplenishmentStatusDesc=This is a list of all products with a stock lower than desired stock (or lower than alert value if checkbox "alert only" is checked). Using the checkbox, you can create purchase orders to fill the difference. +ReplenishmentStatusDescPerWarehouse=If you want a replenishment based on desired quantity defined per warehouse, you must add a filter on the warehouse. +ReplenishmentOrdersDesc=This is a list of all open purchase orders including predefined products. Only open orders with predefined products, so orders that may affect stocks, are visible here. +Replenishments=Replenishments +NbOfProductBeforePeriod=Quantity of product %s in stock before selected period (< %s) +NbOfProductAfterPeriod=Quantity of product %s in stock after selected period (> %s) +MassMovement=Mass movement +SelectProductInAndOutWareHouse=Select a source warehouse and a target warehouse, a product and a quantity then click "%s". Once this is done for all required movements, click on "%s". +RecordMovement=Record transfer +ReceivingForSameOrder=Receipts for this order +StockMovementRecorded=Stock movements recorded +RuleForStockAvailability=Rules on stock requirements +StockMustBeEnoughForInvoice=Stock level must be enough to add product/service to invoice (check is done on current real stock when adding a line into invoice whatever the rule for automatic stock change) +StockMustBeEnoughForOrder=Stock level must be enough to add product/service to order (check is done on current real stock when adding a line into order whatever the rule for automatic stock change) +StockMustBeEnoughForShipment= Stock level must be enough to add product/service to shipment (check is done on current real stock when adding a line into shipment whatever the rule for automatic stock change) +MovementLabel=Label of movement +TypeMovement=Direction of movement +DateMovement=Date of movement +InventoryCode=Movement or inventory code +IsInPackage=Contained into package +WarehouseAllowNegativeTransfer=Stock can be negative +qtyToTranferIsNotEnough=You don't have enough stock from your source warehouse and your setup does not allow negative stocks. +qtyToTranferLotIsNotEnough=You don't have enough stock, for this lot number, from your source warehouse and your setup does not allow negative stocks (Qty for product '%s' with lot '%s' is %s in warehouse '%s'). +ShowWarehouse=Show warehouse +MovementCorrectStock=Stock correction for product %s +MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse +InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code +NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order +ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) +UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception +OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated +ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created +ProductStockWarehouseUpdated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly updated +ProductStockWarehouseDeleted=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly deleted +AddNewProductStockWarehouse=Set new limit for alert and desired optimal stock +AddStockLocationLine=Decrease quantity then click to add another warehouse for this product +InventoryDate=Inventory date +NewInventory=New inventory +inventorySetup = Inventory Setup +inventoryCreatePermission=Create new inventory +inventoryReadPermission=View inventories +inventoryWritePermission=Update inventories +inventoryValidatePermission=Validate inventory +inventoryDeletePermission=Delete inventory +inventoryTitle=Inventory +inventoryListTitle=Inventories +inventoryListEmpty=No inventory in progress +inventoryCreateDelete=Create/Delete inventory +inventoryCreate=Create new +inventoryEdit=Edit +inventoryValidate=Validated +inventoryDraft=Running +inventorySelectWarehouse=Warehouse choice +inventoryConfirmCreate=Create +inventoryOfWarehouse=Inventory for warehouse: %s +inventoryErrorQtyAdd=Error: one quantity is less than zero +inventoryMvtStock=By inventory +inventoryWarningProductAlreadyExists=This product is already into list +SelectCategory=Category filter +SelectFournisseur=Vendor filter +inventoryOnDate=Inventory +INVENTORY_USE_INVENTORY_DATE_FOR_DATE_OF_MVT=Stock movements will have the date of inventory (instead of the date of inventory validation) +inventoryChangePMPPermission=Allow to change PMP value for a product +ColumnNewPMP=New unit PMP +OnlyProdsInStock=Do not add product without stock +TheoricalQty=Theorique qty +TheoricalValue=Theorique qty +LastPA=Last BP +CurrentPA=Curent BP +RecordedQty=Recorded Qty +RealQty=Real Qty +RealValue=Real Value +RegulatedQty=Regulated Qty +AddInventoryProduct=Add product to inventory +AddProduct=Add +ApplyPMP=Apply PMP +FlushInventory=Flush inventory +ConfirmFlushInventory=Do you confirm this action? +InventoryFlushed=Inventory flushed +ExitEditMode=Exit edition +inventoryDeleteLine=Delete line +RegulateStock=Regulate Stock +ListInventory=List +StockSupportServices=Stock management supports Services +StockSupportServicesDesc=By default, you can stock only products of type "product". You may also stock a product of type "service" if both module Services and this option are enabled. +ReceiveProducts=Receive items +StockIncreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Increase by correction/transfer +StockDecreaseAfterCorrectTransfer=Decrease by correction/transfer +StockIncrease=Stock increase +StockDecrease=Stock decrease +InventoryForASpecificWarehouse=Inventory for a specific warehouse +InventoryForASpecificProduct=Inventory for a specific product +StockIsRequiredToChooseWhichLotToUse=Stock is required to choose which lot to use +ForceTo=Force to +AlwaysShowFullArbo=Display full tree of warehouse on popup of warehouse links (Warning: This may decrease dramatically performances) +StockAtDatePastDesc=You can view here the stock (real stock) at a given date in the past +StockAtDateFutureDesc=You can view here the stock (virtual stock) at a given date in the future +CurrentStock=Current stock +InventoryRealQtyHelp=Set value to 0 to reset qty
Keep field empty, or remove line, to keep unchanged +UpdateByScaning=Fill real qty by scaning +UpdateByScaningProductBarcode=Update by scan (product barcode) +UpdateByScaningLot=Update by scan (lot|serial barcode) +DisableStockChangeOfSubProduct=Deactivate the stock change for all the subproducts of this Kit during this movement. +ImportFromCSV=Import CSV list of movement +ChooseFileToImport=Upload file then click on the %s icon to select file as source import file... +SelectAStockMovementFileToImport=select a stock movement file to import +InfoTemplateImport=Uploaded file needs to have this format (* are mandatory fields):
Source Warehouse* | Target Warehouse* | Product* | Quantity* | Lot/serial number
CSV character separator must be "%s" +LabelOfInventoryMovemement=Inventory %s +ReOpen=Reopen +ConfirmFinish=Do you confirm the closing of the inventory ? This will generate all stock movements to update your stock to the real qty you entered into the inventory. +ObjectNotFound=%s not found +MakeMovementsAndClose=Generate movements and close +AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity +ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab +CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration +FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/stripe.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/stripe.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a536ffd81e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/stripe.lang @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - stripe +StripeSetup=Stripe module setup +StripeDesc=Offer customers a Stripe online payment page for payments with credit/cebit cards via Stripe. This can be used to allow your customers to make ad-hoc payments or for payments related to a particular Dolibarr object (invoice, order, ...) +StripeOrCBDoPayment=Pay with credit card or Stripe +FollowingUrlAreAvailableToMakePayments=Following URLs are available to offer a page to a customer to make a payment on Dolibarr objects +PaymentForm=Payment form +WelcomeOnPaymentPage=Welcome to our online payment service +ThisScreenAllowsYouToPay=This screen allow you to make an online payment to %s. +ThisIsInformationOnPayment=This is information on payment to do +ToComplete=To complete +YourEMail=Email to receive payment confirmation +STRIPE_PAYONLINE_SENDEMAIL=Email notification after a payment attempt (success or fail) +Creditor=Creditor +PaymentCode=Payment code +StripeDoPayment=Pay with Stripe +YouWillBeRedirectedOnStripe=You will be redirected on secured Stripe page to input you credit card information +Continue=Next +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePayment=URL for %s payment +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnOrder=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a sales order +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnInvoice=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a customer invoice +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnContractLine=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a contract line +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnFreeAmount=URL to offer a %s online payment page of any amount with no existing object +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnMemberSubscription=URL to offer a %s online payment page for a member subscription +ToOfferALinkForOnlinePaymentOnDonation=URL to offer a %s online payment page for payment of a donation +YouCanAddTagOnUrl=You can also add url parameter &tag=value to any of those URL (mandatory only for payment not linked to an object) to add your own payment comment tag.
For the URL of payments with no existing object, you may also add the parameter &noidempotency=1 so the same link with same tag can be used several times (some payment mode may limit the payment to 1 for each different link without this parameter) +SetupStripeToHavePaymentCreatedAutomatically=Setup your Stripe with url %s to have payment created automatically when validated by Stripe. +AccountParameter=Account parameters +UsageParameter=Usage parameters +InformationToFindParameters=Help to find your %s account information +STRIPE_CGI_URL_V2=Url of Stripe CGI module for payment +CSSUrlForPaymentForm=CSS style sheet url for payment form +NewStripePaymentReceived=New Stripe payment received +NewStripePaymentFailed=New Stripe payment tried but failed +FailedToChargeCard=Failed to charge card +STRIPE_TEST_SECRET_KEY=Secret test key +STRIPE_TEST_PUBLISHABLE_KEY=Publishable test key +STRIPE_TEST_WEBHOOK_KEY=Webhook test key +STRIPE_LIVE_SECRET_KEY=Secret live key +STRIPE_LIVE_PUBLISHABLE_KEY=Publishable live key +STRIPE_LIVE_WEBHOOK_KEY=Webhook live key +ONLINE_PAYMENT_WAREHOUSE=Stock to use for stock decrease when online payment is done
(TODO When option to decrease stock is done on an action on invoice and the online payment generate itself the invoice ?) +StripeLiveEnabled=Stripe live enabled (otherwise test/sandbox mode) +StripeImportPayment=Import Stripe payments +ExampleOfTestCreditCard=Example of credit card for test: %s => valid, %s => error CVC, %s => expired, %s => charge fails +StripeGateways=Stripe gateways +OAUTH_STRIPE_TEST_ID=Stripe Connect Client ID (ca_...) +OAUTH_STRIPE_LIVE_ID=Stripe Connect Client ID (ca_...) +BankAccountForBankTransfer=Bank account for fund payouts +StripeAccount=Stripe account +StripeChargeList=List of Stripe charges +StripeTransactionList=List of Stripe transactions +StripeCustomerId=Stripe customer id +StripePaymentModes=Stripe payment modes +LocalID=Local ID +StripeID=Stripe ID +NameOnCard=Name on card +CardNumber=Card Number +ExpiryDate=Expiry Date +CVN=CVN +DeleteACard=Delete Card +ConfirmDeleteCard=Are you sure you want to delete this Credit or Debit card? +CreateCustomerOnStripe=Create customer on Stripe +CreateCardOnStripe=Create card on Stripe +ShowInStripe=Show in Stripe +StripeUserAccountForActions=User account to use for email notification of some Stripe events (Stripe payouts) +StripePayoutList=List of Stripe payouts +ToOfferALinkForTestWebhook=Link to setup Stripe WebHook to call the IPN (test mode) +ToOfferALinkForLiveWebhook=Link to setup Stripe WebHook to call the IPN (live mode) +PaymentWillBeRecordedForNextPeriod=Payment will be recorded for the next period. +ClickHereToTryAgain=Click here to try again... +CreationOfPaymentModeMustBeDoneFromStripeInterface=Due to Strong Customer Authentication rules, creation of a card must be done from Stripe backoffice. You can click here to switch on Stripe customer record: %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/supplier_proposal.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/supplier_proposal.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a68319fb2df --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/supplier_proposal.lang @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - supplier_proposal +SupplierProposal=Vendor commercial proposals +supplier_proposalDESC=Manage price requests to suppliers +SupplierProposalNew=New price request +CommRequest=Price request +CommRequests=Price requests +SearchRequest=Find a request +DraftRequests=Draft requests +SupplierProposalsDraft=Draft vendor proposals +LastModifiedRequests=Latest %s modified price requests +RequestsOpened=Open price requests +SupplierProposalArea=Vendor proposals area +SupplierProposalShort=Vendor proposal +SupplierProposals=Vendor proposals +SupplierProposalsShort=Vendor proposals +AskPrice=Price request +NewAskPrice=New price request +ShowSupplierProposal=Show price request +AddSupplierProposal=Create a price request +SupplierProposalRefFourn=Vendor ref +SupplierProposalDate=Delivery date +SupplierProposalRefFournNotice=Before closing to "Accepted", think to grasp suppliers references. +ConfirmValidateAsk=Are you sure you want to validate this price request under name %s? +DeleteAsk=Delete request +ValidateAsk=Validate request +SupplierProposalStatusDraft=Draft (needs to be validated) +SupplierProposalStatusValidated=Validated (request is open) +SupplierProposalStatusClosed=Closed +SupplierProposalStatusSigned=Accepted +SupplierProposalStatusNotSigned=Refused +SupplierProposalStatusDraftShort=Draft +SupplierProposalStatusValidatedShort=Validated +SupplierProposalStatusClosedShort=Closed +SupplierProposalStatusSignedShort=Accepted +SupplierProposalStatusNotSignedShort=Refused +CopyAskFrom=Create a price request by copying an existing request +CreateEmptyAsk=Create blank request +ConfirmCloneAsk=Are you sure you want to clone the price request %s? +ConfirmReOpenAsk=Are you sure you want to open back the price request %s? +SendAskByMail=Send price request by mail +SendAskRef=Sending the price request %s +SupplierProposalCard=Request card +ConfirmDeleteAsk=Are you sure you want to delete this price request %s? +ActionsOnSupplierProposal=Events on price request +DocModelAuroreDescription=A complete request model (logo...) +CommercialAsk=Price request +DefaultModelSupplierProposalCreate=Default model creation +DefaultModelSupplierProposalToBill=Default template when closing a price request (accepted) +DefaultModelSupplierProposalClosed=Default template when closing a price request (refused) +ListOfSupplierProposals=List of vendor proposal requests +ListSupplierProposalsAssociatedProject=List of vendor proposals associated with project +SupplierProposalsToClose=Vendor proposals to close +SupplierProposalsToProcess=Vendor proposals to process +LastSupplierProposals=Latest %s price requests +AllPriceRequests=All requests +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_SHIPPING=Vendor contact for delivery +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_BILLING=Vendor contact for billing +TypeContact_supplier_proposal_external_SERVICE=Representative following-up proposal diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/suppliers.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/suppliers.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca9ee174d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/suppliers.lang @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - vendors +Suppliers=Vendors +SuppliersInvoice=Vendor invoice +SupplierInvoices=Vendor invoices +ShowSupplierInvoice=Show Vendor Invoice +NewSupplier=New vendor +History=History +ListOfSuppliers=List of vendors +ShowSupplier=Show vendor +OrderDate=Order date +BuyingPriceMin=Best buying price +BuyingPriceMinShort=Best buying price +TotalBuyingPriceMinShort=Total of subproducts buying prices +TotalSellingPriceMinShort=Total of subproducts selling prices +SomeSubProductHaveNoPrices=Some sub-products have no price defined +AddSupplierPrice=Add buying price +ChangeSupplierPrice=Change buying price +SupplierPrices=Vendor prices +ReferenceSupplierIsAlreadyAssociatedWithAProduct=This vendor reference is already associated with a product: %s +NoRecordedSuppliers=No vendor recorded +SupplierPayment=Vendor payment +SuppliersArea=Vendor area +RefSupplierShort=Ref. vendor +Availability=Availability +ExportDataset_fournisseur_1=Vendor invoices and invoice details +ExportDataset_fournisseur_2=Vendor invoices and payments +ExportDataset_fournisseur_3=Purchase orders and order details +ApproveThisOrder=Approve this order +ConfirmApproveThisOrder=Are you sure you want to approve order %s? +DenyingThisOrder=Deny this order +ConfirmDenyingThisOrder=Are you sure you want to deny this order %s? +ConfirmCancelThisOrder=Are you sure you want to cancel this order %s? +AddSupplierOrder=Create Purchase Order +AddSupplierInvoice=Create vendor invoice +ListOfSupplierProductForSupplier=List of products and prices for vendor %s +SentToSuppliers=Sent to vendors +ListOfSupplierOrders=List of purchase orders +MenuOrdersSupplierToBill=Purchase orders to invoice +NbDaysToDelivery=Delivery delay (days) +DescNbDaysToDelivery=The longest delivery delay of the products from this order +SupplierReputation=Vendor reputation +ReferenceReputation=Reference reputation +DoNotOrderThisProductToThisSupplier=Do not order +NotTheGoodQualitySupplier=Low quality +ReputationForThisProduct=Reputation +BuyerName=Buyer name +AllProductServicePrices=All product / service prices +AllProductReferencesOfSupplier=All references of vendor +BuyingPriceNumShort=Vendor prices diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ticket.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5615415ef28 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/ticket.lang @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +# en_US lang file for module ticket +# Copyright (C) 2013 Jean-François FERRY +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +# +# Generic +# + +Module56000Name=Tickets +Module56000Desc=Ticket system for issue or request management + +Permission56001=See tickets +Permission56002=Modify tickets +Permission56003=Delete tickets +Permission56004=Manage tickets +Permission56005=See tickets of all third parties (not effective for external users, always be limited to the third party they depend on) + +TicketDictType=Ticket - Types +TicketDictCategory=Ticket - Groupes +TicketDictSeverity=Ticket - Severities +TicketDictResolution=Ticket - Resolution + +TicketTypeShortCOM=Commercial question +TicketTypeShortHELP=Request for functionnal help +TicketTypeShortISSUE=Issue or bug +TicketTypeShortPROBLEM=Problem +TicketTypeShortREQUEST=Change or enhancement request +TicketTypeShortPROJET=Project +TicketTypeShortOTHER=Other + +TicketSeverityShortLOW=Low +TicketSeverityShortNORMAL=Normal +TicketSeverityShortHIGH=High +TicketSeverityShortBLOCKING=Critical, Blocking + +ErrorBadEmailAddress=Field '%s' incorrect +MenuTicketMyAssign=My tickets +MenuTicketMyAssignNonClosed=My open tickets +MenuListNonClosed=Open tickets + +TypeContact_ticket_internal_CONTRIBUTOR=Contributor +TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=Assigned user +TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=Customer contact / incident tracking +TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=External contributor + +OriginEmail=Reporter Email +Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=Send ticket message by email + +# Status +Read=Read +Assigned=Assigned +InProgress=In progress +NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback +NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback +Answered=Answered +Waiting=Waiting +SolvedClosed=Solved +Deleted=Deleted + +# Dict +Type=Type +Severity=Severity +TicketGroupIsPublic=Group is public +TicketGroupIsPublicDesc=If a ticket group is public, it will be visible in the form when creating a ticket from the public interface + +# Email templates +MailToSendTicketMessage=To send email from ticket message + +# +# Admin page +# +TicketSetup=Ticket module setup +TicketSettings=Settings +TicketSetupPage= +TicketPublicAccess=A public interface requiring no identification is available at the following url +TicketSetupDictionaries=The type of ticket, severity and analytic codes are configurable from dictionaries +TicketParamModule=Module variable setup +TicketParamMail=Email setup +TicketEmailNotificationFrom=Notification email from +TicketEmailNotificationFromHelp=Used into ticket message answer by example +TicketEmailNotificationTo=Notifications email to +TicketEmailNotificationToHelp=Send email notifications to this address. +TicketNewEmailBodyLabel=Text message sent after creating a ticket +TicketNewEmailBodyHelp=The text specified here will be inserted into the email confirming the creation of a new ticket from the public interface. Information on the consultation of the ticket are automatically added. +TicketParamPublicInterface=Public interface setup +TicketsEmailMustExist=Require an existing email address to create a ticket +TicketsEmailMustExistHelp=In the public interface, the email address should already be filled in the database to create a new ticket. +PublicInterface=Public interface +TicketUrlPublicInterfaceLabelAdmin=Alternative URL for public interface +TicketUrlPublicInterfaceHelpAdmin=It is possible to define an alias to the web server and thus make available the public interface with another URL (the server must act as a proxy on this new URL) +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHomeLabelAdmin=Welcome text of the public interface +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHome=You can create a support ticket or view existing from its identifier tracking ticket. +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHomeHelpAdmin=The text defined here will appear on the home page of the public interface. +TicketPublicInterfaceTopicLabelAdmin=Interface title +TicketPublicInterfaceTopicHelp=This text will appear as the title of the public interface. +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHelpMessageLabelAdmin=Help text to the message entry +TicketPublicInterfaceTextHelpMessageHelpAdmin=This text will appear above the message input area of the user. +ExtraFieldsTicket=Extra attributes +TicketCkEditorEmailNotActivated=HTML editor is not activated. Please put FCKEDITOR_ENABLE_MAIL content to 1 to get it. +TicketsDisableEmail=Do not send emails for ticket creation or message recording +TicketsDisableEmailHelp=By default, emails are sent when new tickets or messages created. Enable this option to disable *all* email notifications +TicketsLogEnableEmail=Enable log by email +TicketsLogEnableEmailHelp=At each change, an email will be sent **to each contact** associated with the ticket. +TicketParams=Params +TicketsShowModuleLogo=Display the logo of the module in the public interface +TicketsShowModuleLogoHelp=Enable this option to hide the logo module in the pages of the public interface +TicketsShowCompanyLogo=Display the logo of the company in the public interface +TicketsShowCompanyLogoHelp=Enable this option to hide the logo of the main company in the pages of the public interface +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddress=Also send a notification to the main email address +TicketsEmailAlsoSendToMainAddressHelp=Enable this option to also send an email to the address defined into setup "%s" (see tab "%s") +TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnly=Restrict the display to tickets assigned to the current user (not effective for external users, always be limited to the third party they depend on) +TicketsLimitViewAssignedOnlyHelp=Only tickets assigned to the current user will be visible. Does not apply to a user with tickets management rights. +TicketsActivatePublicInterface=Activate public interface +TicketsActivatePublicInterfaceHelp=Public interface allow any visitors to create tickets. +TicketsAutoAssignTicket=Automatically assign the user who created the ticket +TicketsAutoAssignTicketHelp=When creating a ticket, the user can be automatically assigned to the ticket. +TicketNumberingModules=Tickets numbering module +TicketsModelModule=Document templates for tickets +TicketNotifyTiersAtCreation=Notify third party at creation +TicketsDisableCustomerEmail=Always disable emails when a ticket is created from public interface +TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessage=Send email(s) when a new message/comment is added to a ticket +TicketsPublicNotificationNewMessageHelp=Send email(s) when a new message is added from public interface (to assigned user or the notifications email to (update) and/or the notifications email to) +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmail=Notifications email to (update) +TicketPublicNotificationNewMessageDefaultEmailHelp=Send an email to this address for each new message notifications if the ticket doesn't have a user assigned to it or if the user doesn't have any known email. +# +# Index & list page +# +TicketsIndex=Tickets area +TicketList=List of tickets +TicketAssignedToMeInfos=This page display ticket list created by or assigned to current user +NoTicketsFound=No ticket found +NoUnreadTicketsFound=No unread ticket found +TicketViewAllTickets=View all tickets +TicketViewNonClosedOnly=View only open tickets +TicketStatByStatus=Tickets by status +OrderByDateAsc=Sort by ascending date +OrderByDateDesc=Sort by descending date +ShowAsConversation=Show as conversation list +MessageListViewType=Show as table list + +# +# Ticket card +# +Ticket=Ticket +TicketCard=Ticket card +CreateTicket=Create ticket +EditTicket=Edit ticket +TicketsManagement=Tickets Management +CreatedBy=Created by +NewTicket=New Ticket +SubjectAnswerToTicket=Ticket answer +TicketTypeRequest=Request type +TicketCategory=Ticket categorization +SeeTicket=See ticket +TicketMarkedAsRead=Ticket has been marked as read +TicketReadOn=Read on +TicketCloseOn=Closing date +MarkAsRead=Mark ticket as read +TicketHistory=Ticket history +AssignUser=Assign to user +TicketAssigned=Ticket is now assigned +TicketChangeType=Change type +TicketChangeCategory=Change analytic code +TicketChangeSeverity=Change severity +TicketAddMessage=Add a message +AddMessage=Add a message +MessageSuccessfullyAdded=Ticket added +TicketMessageSuccessfullyAdded=Message successfully added +TicketMessagesList=Message list +NoMsgForThisTicket=No message for this ticket +Properties=Classification +LatestNewTickets=Latest %s newest tickets (not read) +TicketSeverity=Severity +ShowTicket=See ticket +RelatedTickets=Related tickets +TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket +ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' +ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting +TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success +TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed +TicketDurationAuto=Calculated duration +TicketDurationAutoInfos=Duration calculated automatically from intervention related +TicketUpdated=Ticket updated +SendMessageByEmail=Send message by email +TicketNewMessage=New message +ErrorMailRecipientIsEmptyForSendTicketMessage=Recipient is empty. No email send +TicketGoIntoContactTab=Please go into "Contacts" tab to select them +TicketMessageMailIntro=Introduction +TicketMessageMailIntroHelp=This text is added only at the beginning of the email and will not be saved. +TicketMessageMailIntroLabelAdmin=Introduction to the message when sending email +TicketMessageMailIntroText=Hello,
A new response was sent on a ticket that you contact. Here is the message:
+TicketMessageMailIntroHelpAdmin=This text will be inserted before the text of the response to a ticket. +TicketMessageMailSignature=Signature +TicketMessageMailSignatureHelp=This text is added only at the end of the email and will not be saved. +TicketMessageMailSignatureText=

Sincerely,

--

+TicketMessageMailSignatureLabelAdmin=Signature of response email +TicketMessageMailSignatureHelpAdmin=This text will be inserted after the response message. +TicketMessageHelp=Only this text will be saved in the message list on ticket card. +TicketMessageSubstitutionReplacedByGenericValues=Substitutions variables are replaced by generic values. +TimeElapsedSince=Time elapsed since +TicketTimeToRead=Time elapsed before read +TicketTimeElapsedBeforeSince=Time elapsed before / since +TicketContacts=Contacts ticket +TicketDocumentsLinked=Documents linked to ticket +ConfirmReOpenTicket=Confirm reopen this ticket ? +TicketMessageMailIntroAutoNewPublicMessage=A new message was posted on the ticket with the subject %s: +TicketAssignedToYou=Ticket assigned +TicketAssignedEmailBody=You have been assigned the ticket #%s by %s +MarkMessageAsPrivate=Mark message as private +TicketMessagePrivateHelp=This message will not display to external users +TicketEmailOriginIssuer=Issuer at origin of the tickets +InitialMessage=Initial Message +LinkToAContract=Link to a contract +TicketPleaseSelectAContract=Select a contract +UnableToCreateInterIfNoSocid=Can not create an intervention when no third party is defined +TicketMailExchanges=Mail exchanges +TicketInitialMessageModified=Initial message modified +TicketMessageSuccesfullyUpdated=Message successfully updated +TicketChangeStatus=Change status +TicketConfirmChangeStatus=Confirm the status change: %s ? +TicketLogStatusChanged=Status changed: %s to %s +TicketNotNotifyTiersAtCreate=Not notify company at create +Unread=Unread +TicketNotCreatedFromPublicInterface=Not available. Ticket was not created from public interface. +ErrorTicketRefRequired=Ticket reference name is required + +# +# Logs +# +TicketLogMesgReadBy=Ticket %s read by %s +NoLogForThisTicket=No log for this ticket yet +TicketLogAssignedTo=Ticket %s assigned to %s +TicketLogPropertyChanged=Ticket %s modified: classification from %s to %s +TicketLogClosedBy=Ticket %s closed by %s +TicketLogReopen=Ticket %s re-open + +# +# Public pages +# +TicketSystem=Ticket system +ShowListTicketWithTrackId=Display ticket list from track ID +ShowTicketWithTrackId=Display ticket from track ID +TicketPublicDesc=You can create a support ticket or check from an existing ID. +YourTicketSuccessfullySaved=Ticket has been successfully saved! +MesgInfosPublicTicketCreatedWithTrackId=A new ticket has been created with ID %s and Ref %s. +PleaseRememberThisId=Please keep the tracking number that we might ask you later. +TicketNewEmailSubject=Ticket creation confirmation - Ref %s (public ticket ID %s) +TicketNewEmailSubjectCustomer=New support ticket +TicketNewEmailBody=This is an automatic email to confirm you have registered a new ticket. +TicketNewEmailBodyCustomer=This is an automatic email to confirm a new ticket has just been created into your account. +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTicket=Information for monitoring the ticket +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackId=Ticket tracking number: %s +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrl=You can view the progress of the ticket by clicking the link above. +TicketNewEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlCustomer=You can view the progress of the ticket in the specific interface by clicking the following link +TicketEmailPleaseDoNotReplyToThisEmail=Please do not reply directly to this email! Use the link to reply into the interface. +TicketPublicInfoCreateTicket=This form allows you to record a support ticket in our management system. +TicketPublicPleaseBeAccuratelyDescribe=Please accurately describe the problem. Provide the most information possible to allow us to correctly identify your request. +TicketPublicMsgViewLogIn=Please enter ticket tracking ID +TicketTrackId=Public Tracking ID +OneOfTicketTrackId=One of your tracking ID +ErrorTicketNotFound=Ticket with tracking ID %s not found! +Subject=Subject +ViewTicket=View ticket +ViewMyTicketList=View my ticket list +ErrorEmailMustExistToCreateTicket=Error: email address not found in our database +TicketNewEmailSubjectAdmin=New ticket created - Ref %s (public ticket ID %s) +TicketNewEmailBodyAdmin=

Ticket has just been created with ID #%s, see information:

+SeeThisTicketIntomanagementInterface=See ticket in management interface +TicketPublicInterfaceForbidden=The public interface for the tickets was not enabled +ErrorEmailOrTrackingInvalid=Bad value for tracking ID or email +OldUser=Old user +NewUser=New user +NumberOfTicketsByMonth=Number of tickets per month +NbOfTickets=Number of tickets +# notifications +TicketNotificationEmailSubject=Ticket %s updated +TicketNotificationEmailBody=This is an automatic message to notify you that ticket %s has just been updated +TicketNotificationRecipient=Notification recipient +TicketNotificationLogMessage=Log message +TicketNotificationEmailBodyInfosTrackUrlinternal=View ticket into interface +TicketNotificationNumberEmailSent=Notification email sent: %s + +ActionsOnTicket=Events on ticket + +# +# Boxes +# +BoxLastTicket=Latest created tickets +BoxLastTicketDescription=Latest %s created tickets +BoxLastTicketContent= +BoxLastTicketNoRecordedTickets=No recent unread tickets +BoxLastModifiedTicket=Latest modified tickets +BoxLastModifiedTicketDescription=Latest %s modified tickets +BoxLastModifiedTicketContent= +BoxLastModifiedTicketNoRecordedTickets=No recent modified tickets +BoxTicketType=Distribution of open tickets by type +BoxTicketSeverity=Number of open tickets by severity +BoxNoTicketSeverity=No tickets opened +BoxTicketLastXDays=Number of new tickets by days the last %s days +BoxTicketLastXDayswidget = Number of new tickets by days the last X days +BoxNoTicketLastXDays=No new tickets the last %s days +BoxNumberOfTicketByDay=Number of new tickets by day +BoxNewTicketVSClose=Number of today's new tickets versus today's closed tickets +TicketCreatedToday=Ticket created today +TicketClosedToday=Ticket closed today diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/trips.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c9a6c792077 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/trips.lang @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - trips +ShowExpenseReport=Show expense report +Trips=Expense reports +TripsAndExpenses=Expenses reports +TripsAndExpensesStatistics=Expense reports statistics +TripCard=Expense report card +AddTrip=Create expense report +ListOfTrips=List of expense reports +ListOfFees=List of fees +TypeFees=Types of fees +ShowTrip=Show expense report +NewTrip=New expense report +LastExpenseReports=Latest %s expense reports +AllExpenseReports=All expense reports +CompanyVisited=Company/organization visited +FeesKilometersOrAmout=Amount or kilometers +DeleteTrip=Delete expense report +ConfirmDeleteTrip=Are you sure you want to delete this expense report? +ListTripsAndExpenses=List of expense reports +ListToApprove=Waiting for approval +ExpensesArea=Expense reports area +ClassifyRefunded=Classify 'Refunded' +ExpenseReportWaitingForApproval=A new expense report has been submitted for approval +ExpenseReportWaitingForApprovalMessage=A new expense report has been submitted and is waiting for approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApproval=An expense report has been submitted for re-approval +ExpenseReportWaitingForReApprovalMessage=An expense report has been submitted and is waiting for re-approval.
The %s, you refused to approve the expense report for this reason: %s.
A new version has been proposed and waiting for your approval.
- User: %s
- Period: %s
Click here to validate: %s +ExpenseReportApproved=An expense report was approved +ExpenseReportApprovedMessage=The expense report %s was approved.
- User: %s
- Approved by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportRefused=An expense report was refused +ExpenseReportRefusedMessage=The expense report %s was refused.
- User: %s
- Refused by: %s
- Motive for refusal: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportCanceled=An expense report was canceled +ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s
- Canceled by: %s
- Motive for cancellation: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid +ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s +TripId=Id expense report +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. +TripSociete=Information company +TripNDF=Informations expense report +PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report +ExpenseReportLine=Expense report line +TF_OTHER=Other +TF_TRIP=Transportation +TF_LUNCH=Lunch +TF_METRO=Metro +TF_TRAIN=Train +TF_BUS=Bus +TF_CAR=Car +TF_PEAGE=Toll +TF_ESSENCE=Fuel +TF_HOTEL=Hotel +TF_TAXI=Taxi +EX_KME=Mileage costs +EX_FUE=Fuel CV +EX_HOT=Hotel +EX_PAR=Parking CV +EX_TOL=Toll CV +EX_TAX=Various Taxes +EX_IND=Indemnity transportation subscription +EX_SUM=Maintenance supply +EX_SUO=Office supplies +EX_CAR=Car rental +EX_DOC=Documentation +EX_CUR=Customers receiving +EX_OTR=Other receiving +EX_POS=Postage +EX_CAM=CV maintenance and repair +EX_EMM=Employees meal +EX_GUM=Guests meal +EX_BRE=Breakfast +EX_FUE_VP=Fuel PV +EX_TOL_VP=Toll PV +EX_PAR_VP=Parking PV +EX_CAM_VP=PV maintenance and repair +DefaultCategoryCar=Default transportation mode +DefaultRangeNumber=Default range number +UploadANewFileNow=Upload a new document now +Error_EXPENSEREPORT_ADDON_NotDefined=Error, the rule for expense report numbering ref was not defined into setup of module 'Expense Report' +ErrorDoubleDeclaration=You have declared another expense report into a similar date range. +AucuneLigne=There is no expense report declared yet +ModePaiement=Payment mode +VALIDATOR=User responsible for approval +VALIDOR=Approved by +AUTHOR=Recorded by +AUTHORPAIEMENT=Paid by +REFUSEUR=Denied by +CANCEL_USER=Deleted by +MOTIF_REFUS=Reason +MOTIF_CANCEL=Reason +DATE_REFUS=Deny date +DATE_SAVE=Validation date +DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date +DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date +ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report +ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval +ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) +NOT_AUTHOR=You are not the author of this expense report. Operation cancelled. +ConfirmRefuseTrip=Are you sure you want to deny this expense report? +ValideTrip=Approve expense report +ConfirmValideTrip=Are you sure you want to approve this expense report? +PaidTrip=Pay an expense report +ConfirmPaidTrip=Are you sure you want to change status of this expense report to "Paid"? +ConfirmCancelTrip=Are you sure you want to cancel this expense report? +BrouillonnerTrip=Move back expense report to status "Draft" +ConfirmBrouillonnerTrip=Are you sure you want to move this expense report to status "Draft"? +SaveTrip=Validate expense report +ConfirmSaveTrip=Are you sure you want to validate this expense report? +NoTripsToExportCSV=No expense report to export for this period. +ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment +ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve +ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay +ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges +ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules +ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers +ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report +expenseReportOffset=Offset +expenseReportCoef=Coefficient +expenseReportTotalForFive=Example with d = 5 +expenseReportRangeFromTo=from %d to %d +expenseReportRangeMoreThan=more than %d +expenseReportCoefUndefined=(value not defined) +expenseReportCatDisabled=Category disabled - see the c_exp_tax_cat dictionary +expenseReportRangeDisabled=Range disabled - see the c_exp_tax_range dictionay +expenseReportPrintExample=offset + (d x coef) = %s +ExpenseReportApplyTo=Apply to +ExpenseReportDomain=Domain to apply +ExpenseReportLimitOn=Limit on +ExpenseReportDateStart=Date start +ExpenseReportDateEnd=Date end +ExpenseReportLimitAmount=Limite amount +ExpenseReportRestrictive=Restrictive +AllExpenseReport=All type of expense report +OnExpense=Expense line +ExpenseReportRuleSave=Expense report rule saved +ExpenseReportRuleErrorOnSave=Error: %s +RangeNum=Range %d +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationError=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s +byEX_DAY=by day (limitation to %s) +byEX_MON=by month (limitation to %s) +byEX_YEA=by year (limitation to %s) +byEX_EXP=by line (limitation to %s) +ExpenseReportConstraintViolationWarning=Constraint violation id [%s]: %s is superior to %s %s +nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) +nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) +nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) +nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) +CarCategory=Vehicle category +ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s +RangeIk=Mileage range +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/users.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6aeaf128838 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/users.lang @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - users +HRMArea=HRM area +UserCard=User card +GroupCard=Group card +Permission=Permission +Permissions=Permissions +EditPassword=Edit password +SendNewPassword=Regenerate and send password +SendNewPasswordLink=Send link to reset password +ReinitPassword=Regenerate password +PasswordChangedTo=Password changed to: %s +SubjectNewPassword=Your new password for %s +GroupRights=Group permissions +UserRights=User permissions +Credentials=Credentials +UserGUISetup=User Display Setup +DisableUser=Disable +DisableAUser=Disable a user +DeleteUser=Delete +DeleteAUser=Delete a user +EnableAUser=Enable a user +DeleteGroup=Delete +DeleteAGroup=Delete a group +ConfirmDisableUser=Are you sure you want to disable user %s? +ConfirmDeleteUser=Are you sure you want to delete user %s? +ConfirmDeleteGroup=Are you sure you want to delete group %s? +ConfirmEnableUser=Are you sure you want to enable user %s? +ConfirmReinitPassword=Are you sure you want to generate a new password for user %s? +ConfirmSendNewPassword=Are you sure you want to generate and send new password for user %s? +NewUser=New user +CreateUser=Create user +LoginNotDefined=Login is not defined. +NameNotDefined=Name is not defined. +ListOfUsers=List of users +SuperAdministrator=Super Administrator +SuperAdministratorDesc=Global administrator +AdministratorDesc=Administrator +DefaultRights=Default Permissions +DefaultRightsDesc=Define here the default permissions that are automatically granted to a new user (to modify permissions for existing users, go to the user card). +DolibarrUsers=Dolibarr users +LastName=Last name +FirstName=First name +ListOfGroups=List of groups +NewGroup=New group +CreateGroup=Create group +RemoveFromGroup=Remove from group +PasswordChangedAndSentTo=Password changed and sent to %s. +PasswordChangeRequest=Request to change password for %s +PasswordChangeRequestSent=Request to change password for %s sent to %s. +IfLoginExistPasswordRequestSent=If this login is a valid account, an email to reset password has been sent. +IfEmailExistPasswordRequestSent=If this email is a valid account, an email to reset password has been sent. +ConfirmPasswordReset=Confirm password reset +MenuUsersAndGroups=Users & Groups +LastGroupsCreated=Latest %s groups created +LastUsersCreated=Latest %s users created +ShowGroup=Show group +ShowUser=Show user +NonAffectedUsers=Non assigned users +UserModified=User modified successfully +PhotoFile=Photo file +ListOfUsersInGroup=List of users in this group +ListOfGroupsForUser=List of groups for this user +LinkToCompanyContact=Link to third party / contact +LinkedToDolibarrMember=Link to member +LinkedToDolibarrUser=Link to Dolibarr user +LinkedToDolibarrThirdParty=Link to Dolibarr third party +CreateDolibarrLogin=Create a user +CreateDolibarrThirdParty=Create a third party +LoginAccountDisableInDolibarr=Account disabled in Dolibarr. +UsePersonalValue=Use personal value +InternalUser=Internal user +ExportDataset_user_1=Users and their properties +DomainUser=Domain user %s +Reactivate=Reactivate +CreateInternalUserDesc=This form allows you to create an internal user in your company/organization. To create an external user (customer, vendor etc. ..), use the button 'Create Dolibarr User' from that third-party's contact card. +InternalExternalDesc=An internal user is a user that is part of your company/organization, or is a partner user outside of your organization that may need to see more data than data related to his company (the permission system will define what he can or can't see or do).
An external user is a customer, vendor or other that must view ONLY data related to himself (Creating an external user for a third-party can be done from the contact record of the third-party).

In both cases, you must grant permissions on the features that the user need. +PermissionInheritedFromAGroup=Permission granted because inherited from one of a user's group. +Inherited=Inherited +UserWillBe=Created user will be +UserWillBeInternalUser=Created user will be an internal user (because not linked to a particular third party) +UserWillBeExternalUser=Created user will be an external user (because linked to a particular third party) +IdPhoneCaller=Id phone caller +NewUserCreated=User %s created +NewUserPassword=Password change for %s +NewPasswordValidated=Your new password have been validated and must be used now to login. +EventUserModified=User %s modified +UserDisabled=User %s disabled +UserEnabled=User %s activated +UserDeleted=User %s removed +NewGroupCreated=Group %s created +GroupModified=Group %s modified +GroupDeleted=Group %s removed +ConfirmCreateContact=Are you sure you want to create a Dolibarr account for this contact? +ConfirmCreateLogin=Are you sure you want to create a Dolibarr account for this member? +ConfirmCreateThirdParty=Are you sure you want to create a third party for this member? +LoginToCreate=Login to create +NameToCreate=Name of third party to create +YourRole=Your roles +YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=Your quota of active users is reached ! +NbOfUsers=Number of users +NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=Only a superadmin can downgrade a superadmin +HierarchicalResponsible=Supervisor +HierarchicView=Hierarchical view +UseTypeFieldToChange=Use field Type to change +OpenIDURL=OpenID URL +LoginUsingOpenID=Use OpenID to login +WeeklyHours=Hours worked (per week) +ExpectedWorkedHours=Expected hours worked per week +ColorUser=Color of the user +DisabledInMonoUserMode=Disabled in maintenance mode +UserAccountancyCode=User accounting code +UserLogoff=User logout +UserLogged=User logged +DateOfEmployment=Employment date +DateEmployment=Employment +DateEmploymentstart=Employment Start Date +DateEmploymentEnd=Employment End Date +RangeOfLoginValidity=Access validity date range +CantDisableYourself=You can't disable your own user record +ForceUserExpenseValidator=Force expense report validator +ForceUserHolidayValidator=Force leave request validator +ValidatorIsSupervisorByDefault=By default, the validator is the supervisor of the user. Keep empty to keep this behaviour. +UserPersonalEmail=Personal email +UserPersonalMobile=Personal mobile phone +WarningNotLangOfInterface=Warning, this is the main language the user speak, not the language of the interface he choosed to see. To change the interface language visible by this user, go on tab %s diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/website.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc2ec2c0b3d --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/website.lang @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - website +Shortname=Code +WebsiteSetupDesc=Create here the websites you wish to use. Then go into menu Websites to edit them. +DeleteWebsite=Delete website +ConfirmDeleteWebsite=Are you sure you want to delete this web site? All its pages and content will also be removed. The files uploaded (like into the medias directory, the ECM module, ...) will remain. +WEBSITE_TYPE_CONTAINER=Type of page/container +WEBSITE_PAGE_EXAMPLE=Web page to use as example +WEBSITE_PAGENAME=Page name/alias +WEBSITE_ALIASALT=Alternative page names/aliases +WEBSITE_ALIASALTDesc=Use here list of other name/aliases so the page can also be accessed using this other names/aliases (for example the old name after renaming the alias to keep backlink on old link/name working). Syntax is:
alternativename1, alternativename2, ... +WEBSITE_CSS_URL=URL of external CSS file +WEBSITE_CSS_INLINE=CSS file content (common to all pages) +WEBSITE_JS_INLINE=Javascript file content (common to all pages) +WEBSITE_HTML_HEADER=Addition at bottom of HTML Header (common to all pages) +WEBSITE_ROBOT=Robot file (robots.txt) +WEBSITE_HTACCESS=Website .htaccess file +WEBSITE_MANIFEST_JSON=Website manifest.json file +WEBSITE_README=README.md file +WEBSITE_KEYWORDSDesc=Use a comma to separate values +EnterHereLicenseInformation=Enter here meta data or license information to fille a README.md file. if you distribute your website as a template, the file will be included into the temptate package. +HtmlHeaderPage=HTML header (specific to this page only) +PageNameAliasHelp=Name or alias of the page.
This alias is also used to forge a SEO URL when website is ran from a Virtual host of a Web server (like Apacke, Nginx, ...). Use the button "%s" to edit this alias. +EditTheWebSiteForACommonHeader=Note: If you want to define a personalized header for all pages, edit the header on the site level instead of on the page/container. +MediaFiles=Media library +EditCss=Edit website properties +EditMenu=Edit menu +EditMedias=Edit medias +EditPageMeta=Edit page/container properties +EditInLine=Edit inline +AddWebsite=Add website +Webpage=Web page/container +AddPage=Add page/container +PageContainer=Page +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=Requested page with id %s has no content yet, or cache file .tpl.php was removed. Edit content of the page to solve this. +SiteDeleted=Web site '%s' deleted +PageContent=Page/Contenair +PageDeleted=Page/Contenair '%s' of website %s deleted +PageAdded=Page/Contenair '%s' added +ViewSiteInNewTab=View site in new tab +ViewPageInNewTab=View page in new tab +SetAsHomePage=Set as Home page +RealURL=Real URL +ViewWebsiteInProduction=View web site using home URLs +SetHereVirtualHost=Use with Apache/NGinx/...
Create on your web server (Apache, Nginx, ...) a dedicated Virtual Host with PHP enabled and a Root directory on
%s +ExampleToUseInApacheVirtualHostConfig=Example to use in Apache virtual host setup: +YouCanAlsoTestWithPHPS=Use with PHP embedded server
On develop environment, you may prefer to test the site with the PHP embedded web server (PHP 5.5 required) by running
php -S 0.0.0.0:8080 -t %s +YouCanAlsoDeployToAnotherWHP=Run your web site with another Dolibarr Hosting provider
If you don't have a web server like Apache or NGinx available on internet, you can export and import your web site onto another Dolibarr instance provided by another Dolibarr hosting provider that provide full integration with the Website module. You can find a list of some Dolibarr hosting providers on https://saas.dolibarr.org +CheckVirtualHostPerms=Check also that the virtual host user (for example www-data) has %s permissions on files into
%s +ReadPerm=Read +WritePerm=Write +TestDeployOnWeb=Test/deploy on web +PreviewSiteServedByWebServer=Preview %s in a new tab.

The %s will be served by an external web server (like Apache, Nginx, IIS). You must install and setup this server before to point to directory:
%s
URL served by external server:
%s +PreviewSiteServedByDolibarr=Preview %s in a new tab.

The %s will be served by Dolibarr server so it does not need any extra web server (like Apache, Nginx, IIS) to be installed.
The inconvenient is that the URLs of pages are not user friendly and start with the path of your Dolibarr.
URL served by Dolibarr:
%s

To use your own external web server to serve this web site, create a virtual host on your web server that points on directory
%s
then enter the name of this virtual server in the properties of this website and click on the link "Test/Deploy on the web". +VirtualHostUrlNotDefined=URL of the virtual host served by external web server not defined +NoPageYet=No pages yet +YouCanCreatePageOrImportTemplate=You can create a new page or import a full website template +SyntaxHelp=Help on specific syntax tips +YouCanEditHtmlSourceckeditor=You can edit HTML source code using the "Source" button in editor. +YouCanEditHtmlSource=
You can include PHP code into this source using tags <?php ?>. The following global variables are available: $conf, $db, $mysoc, $user, $website, $websitepage, $weblangs, $pagelangs.

You can also include content of another Page/Container with the following syntax:
<?php includeContainer('alias_of_container_to_include'); ?>

You can make a redirect to another Page/Container with the following syntax (Note: do not output any content before a redirect):
<?php redirectToContainer('alias_of_container_to_redirect_to'); ?>

To add a link to another page, use the syntax:
<a href="alias_of_page_to_link_to.php">mylink<a>

To include a link to download a file stored into the documents directory, use the document.php wrapper:
Example, for a file into documents/ecm (need to be logged), syntax is:
<a href="/document.php?modulepart=ecm&file=[relative_dir/]filename.ext">
For a file into documents/medias (open directory for public access), syntax is:
<a href="/document.php?modulepart=medias&file=[relative_dir/]filename.ext">
For a file shared with a share link (open access using the sharing hash key of file), syntax is:
<a href="/document.php?hashp=publicsharekeyoffile">

To include an image stored into the documents directory, use the viewimage.php wrapper:
Example, for an image into documents/medias (open directory for public access), syntax is:
<img src="/viewimage.php?modulepart=medias&file=[relative_dir/]filename.ext">
+#YouCanEditHtmlSource2=
To include a image shared publicaly, use the viewimage.php wrapper:
Example with a shared key 123456789, syntax is:
<img src="/viewimage.php?hashp=12345679012...">
+YouCanEditHtmlSource2=For an image shared with a share link (open access using the sharing hash key of file), syntax is:
<img src="/viewimage.php?hashp=12345679012...">
+YouCanEditHtmlSourceMore=
More examples of HTML or dynamic code available on the wiki documentation
. +ClonePage=Clone page/container +CloneSite=Clone site +SiteAdded=Website added +ConfirmClonePage=Please enter code/alias of new page and if it is a translation of the cloned page. +PageIsANewTranslation=The new page is a translation of the current page ? +LanguageMustNotBeSameThanClonedPage=You clone a page as a translation. The language of the new page must be different than language of source page. +ParentPageId=Parent page ID +WebsiteId=Website ID +CreateByFetchingExternalPage=Create page/container by fetching page from external URL... +OrEnterPageInfoManually=Or create page from scratch or from a page template... +FetchAndCreate=Fetch and Create +ExportSite=Export website +ImportSite=Import website template +IDOfPage=Id of page +Banner=Banner +BlogPost=Blog post +WebsiteAccount=Website account +WebsiteAccounts=Website accounts +AddWebsiteAccount=Create web site account +BackToListForThirdParty=Back to list for the third-party +DisableSiteFirst=Disable website first +MyContainerTitle=My web site title +AnotherContainer=This is how to include content of another page/container (you may have an error here if you enable dynamic code because the embedded subcontainer may not exists) +SorryWebsiteIsCurrentlyOffLine=Sorry, this website is currently off line. Please comme back later... +WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTS=Enable the web site account table +WEBSITE_USE_WEBSITE_ACCOUNTSTooltip=Enable the table to store web site accounts (login/pass) for each website / third party +YouMustDefineTheHomePage=You must first define the default Home page +OnlyEditionOfSourceForGrabbedContentFuture=Warning: Creating a web page by importing an external web page is reserved for experienced users. Depending on the complexity of source page, the result of importation may differ from the original. Also if the source page uses common CSS styles or conflicting javascript, it may break the look or features of the Website editor when working on this page. This method is a quicker way to create a page but it is recommended to create your new page from scratch or from a suggested page template.
Note also that the inline editor may not works correclty when used on a grabbed external page. +OnlyEditionOfSourceForGrabbedContent=Only edition of HTML source is possible when content was grabbed from an external site +GrabImagesInto=Grab also images found into css and page. +ImagesShouldBeSavedInto=Images should be saved into directory +WebsiteRootOfImages=Root directory for website images +SubdirOfPage=Sub-directory dedicated to page +AliasPageAlreadyExists=Alias page %s already exists +CorporateHomePage=Corporate Home page +EmptyPage=Empty page +ExternalURLMustStartWithHttp=External URL must start with http:// or https:// +ZipOfWebsitePackageToImport=Upload the Zip file of the website template package +ZipOfWebsitePackageToLoad=or Choose an available embedded website template package +ShowSubcontainers=Show dynamic content +InternalURLOfPage=Internal URL of page +ThisPageIsTranslationOf=This page/container is a translation of +ThisPageHasTranslationPages=This page/container has translation +NoWebSiteCreateOneFirst=No website has been created yet. Create one first. +GoTo=Go to +DynamicPHPCodeContainsAForbiddenInstruction=You add dynamic PHP code that contains the PHP instruction '%s' that is forbidden by default as dynamic content (see hidden options WEBSITE_PHP_ALLOW_xxx to increase list of allowed commands). +NotAllowedToAddDynamicContent=You don't have permission to add or edit PHP dynamic content in websites. Ask permission or just keep code into php tags unmodified. +ReplaceWebsiteContent=Search or Replace website content +DeleteAlsoJs=Delete also all javascript files specific to this website? +DeleteAlsoMedias=Delete also all medias files specific to this website? +MyWebsitePages=My website pages +SearchReplaceInto=Search | Replace into +ReplaceString=New string +CSSContentTooltipHelp=Enter here CSS content. To avoid any conflict with the CSS of the application, be sure to prepend all declaration with the .bodywebsite class. For example:

#mycssselector, input.myclass:hover { ... }
must be
.bodywebsite #mycssselector, .bodywebsite input.myclass:hover { ... }

Note: If you have a large file without this prefix, you can use 'lessc' to convert it to append the .bodywebsite prefix everywhere. +LinkAndScriptsHereAreNotLoadedInEditor=Warning: This content is output only when site is accessed from a server. It is not used in Edit mode so if you need to load javascript files also in edit mode, just add your tag 'script src=...' into the page. +Dynamiccontent=Sample of a page with dynamic content +ImportSite=Import website template +EditInLineOnOff=Mode 'Edit inline' is %s +ShowSubContainersOnOff=Mode to execute 'dynamic content' is %s +GlobalCSSorJS=Global CSS/JS/Header file of web site +BackToHomePage=Back to home page... +TranslationLinks=Translation links +YouTryToAccessToAFileThatIsNotAWebsitePage=You try to access to a page that is not available.
(ref=%s, type=%s, status=%s) +UseTextBetween5And70Chars=For good SEO practices, use a text between 5 and 70 characters +MainLanguage=Main language +OtherLanguages=Other languages +UseManifest=Provide a manifest.json file +PublicAuthorAlias=Public author alias +AvailableLanguagesAreDefinedIntoWebsiteProperties=Available languages are defined into website properties +ReplacementDoneInXPages=Replacement done in %s pages or containers +RSSFeed=RSS Feed +RSSFeedDesc=You can get a RSS feed of latest articles with type 'blogpost' using this URL +PagesRegenerated=%s page(s)/container(s) regenerated +RegenerateWebsiteContent=Regenerate web site cache files +AllowedInFrames=Allowed in Frames +DefineListOfAltLanguagesInWebsiteProperties=Define list of all available languages into web site properties. +GenerateSitemaps=Generate website sitemap file +ConfirmGenerateSitemaps=If you confirm, you will erase the existing sitemap file... +ConfirmSitemapsCreation=Confirm sitemap generation +SitemapGenerated=Sitemap file %s generated +ImportFavicon=Favicon +ErrorFaviconType=Favicon must be png +ErrorFaviconSize=Favicon must be sized 16x16, 32x32 or 64x64 +FaviconTooltip=Upload an image which needs to be a png (16x16, 32x32 or 64x64) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/withdrawals.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3773a427a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/withdrawals.lang @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - withdrawals +CustomersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Direct debit orders +SuppliersStandingOrdersArea=Payments by Credit transfer +StandingOrdersPayment=Direct debit payment orders +StandingOrderPayment=Direct debit payment order +NewStandingOrder=New direct debit order +NewPaymentByBankTransfer=New payment by credit transfer +StandingOrderToProcess=To process +PaymentByBankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders +PaymentByBankTransferLines=Credit transfer order lines +WithdrawalsReceipts=Direct debit orders +WithdrawalReceipt=Direct debit order +BankTransferReceipts=Credit transfer orders +BankTransferReceipt=Credit transfer order +LatestBankTransferReceipts=Latest %s credit transfer orders +LastWithdrawalReceipts=Latest %s direct debit files +WithdrawalsLine=Direct debit order line +CreditTransferLine=Credit transfer line +WithdrawalsLines=Direct debit order lines +CreditTransferLines=Credit transfer lines +RequestStandingOrderToTreat=Requests for direct debit payment order to process +RequestStandingOrderTreated=Requests for direct debit payment order processed +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferToTreat=Requests for credit transfer to process +RequestPaymentsByBankTransferTreated=Requests for credit transfer processed +NotPossibleForThisStatusOfWithdrawReceiptORLine=Not yet possible. Withdraw status must be set to 'credited' before declaring reject on specific lines. +NbOfInvoiceToWithdraw=No. of qualified customer invoices with waiting direct debit order +NbOfInvoiceToWithdrawWithInfo=No. of customer invoice with direct debit payment orders having defined bank account information +NbOfInvoiceToPayByBankTransfer=No. of qualified supplier invoices waiting for a payment by credit transfer +SupplierInvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Vendor invoice waiting for payment by credit transfer +InvoiceWaitingWithdraw=Invoice waiting for direct debit +InvoiceWaitingPaymentByBankTransfer=Invoice waiting for credit transfer +AmountToWithdraw=Amount to withdraw +NoInvoiceToWithdraw=No invoice open for '%s' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. +NoSupplierInvoiceToWithdraw=No supplier invoice with open 'Direct credit requests' is waiting. Go on tab '%s' on invoice card to make a request. +ResponsibleUser=User Responsible +WithdrawalsSetup=Direct debit payment setup +CreditTransferSetup=Credit transfer setup +WithdrawStatistics=Direct debit payment statistics +CreditTransferStatistics=Credit transfer statistics +Rejects=Rejects +LastWithdrawalReceipt=Latest %s direct debit receipts +MakeWithdrawRequest=Make a direct debit payment request +MakeBankTransferOrder=Make a credit transfer request +WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded +BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded +ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code +NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. +ClassCredited=Classify credited +ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? +TransData=Transmission date +TransMetod=Transmission method +Send=Send +Lines=Lines +StandingOrderReject=Issue a rejection +WithdrawsRefused=Direct debit refused +WithdrawalRefused=Withdrawal refused +CreditTransfersRefused=Credit transfers refused +WithdrawalRefusedConfirm=Are you sure you want to enter a withdrawal rejection for society +RefusedData=Date of rejection +RefusedReason=Reason for rejection +RefusedInvoicing=Billing the rejection +NoInvoiceRefused=Do not charge the rejection +InvoiceRefused=Invoice refused (Charge the rejection to customer) +StatusDebitCredit=Status debit/credit +StatusWaiting=Waiting +StatusTrans=Sent +StatusDebited=Debited +StatusCredited=Credited +StatusPaid=Paid +StatusRefused=Refused +StatusMotif0=Unspecified +StatusMotif1=Insufficient funds +StatusMotif2=Request contested +StatusMotif3=No direct debit payment order +StatusMotif4=Sales Order +StatusMotif5=RIB unusable +StatusMotif6=Account without balance +StatusMotif7=Judicial Decision +StatusMotif8=Other reason +CreateForSepaFRST=Create direct debit file (SEPA FRST) +CreateForSepaRCUR=Create direct debit file (SEPA RCUR) +CreateAll=Create direct debit file (all) +CreateFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create file for credit transfer +CreateSepaFileForPaymentByBankTransfer=Create credit transfer file (SEPA) +CreateGuichet=Only office +CreateBanque=Only bank +OrderWaiting=Waiting for treatment +NotifyTransmision=Record file transmission of order +NotifyCredit=Record credit of order +NumeroNationalEmetter=National Transmitter Number +WithBankUsingRIB=For bank accounts using RIB +WithBankUsingBANBIC=For bank accounts using IBAN/BIC/SWIFT +BankToReceiveWithdraw=Receiving Bank Account +BankToPayCreditTransfer=Bank Account used as source of payments +CreditDate=Credit on +WithdrawalFileNotCapable=Unable to generate withdrawal receipt file for your country %s (Your country is not supported) +ShowWithdraw=Show Direct Debit Order +IfInvoiceNeedOnWithdrawPaymentWontBeClosed=However, if invoice has at least one direct debit payment order not yet processed, it won't be set as paid to allow prior withdrawal management. +DoStandingOrdersBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a direct debit payment order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by direct debit to generate and manage the direct debit order. When direct debit order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. +DoCreditTransferBeforePayments=This tab allows you to request a credit transfer order. Once done, go into menu Bank->Payment by credit transfer to generate and manage the credit transfer order. When credit transfer order is closed, payment on invoices will be automatically recorded, and invoices closed if remainder to pay is null. +WithdrawalFile=Debit order file +CreditTransferFile=Credit transfer file +SetToStatusSent=Set to status "File Sent" +ThisWillAlsoAddPaymentOnInvoice=This will also record payments on invoices and will classify them as "Paid" if remain to pay is null +StatisticsByLineStatus=Statistics by status of lines +RUM=UMR +DateRUM=Mandate signature date +RUMLong=Unique Mandate Reference +RUMWillBeGenerated=If empty, a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) will be generated once the bank account information is saved. +WithdrawMode=Direct debit mode (FRST or RECUR) +WithdrawRequestAmount=Amount of Direct debit request: +BankTransferAmount=Amount of Credit Transfer request: +WithdrawRequestErrorNilAmount=Unable to create direct debit request for empty amount. +SepaMandate=SEPA Direct Debit Mandate +SepaMandateShort=SEPA Mandate +PleaseReturnMandate=Please return this mandate form by email to %s or by mail to +SEPALegalText=By signing this mandate form, you authorize (A) %s to send instructions to your bank to debit your account and (B) your bank to debit your account in accordance with the instructions from %s. As part of your rights, you are entitled to a refund from your bank under the terms and conditions of your agreement with your bank. A refund must be claimed within 8 weeks starting from the date on which your account was debited. Your rights regarding the above mandate are explained in a statement that you can obtain from your bank. +CreditorIdentifier=Creditor Identifier +CreditorName=Creditor Name +SEPAFillForm=(B) Please complete all the fields marked * +SEPAFormYourName=Your name +SEPAFormYourBAN=Your Bank Account Name (IBAN) +SEPAFormYourBIC=Your Bank Identifier Code (BIC) +SEPAFrstOrRecur=Type of payment +ModeRECUR=Recurring payment +ModeFRST=One-off payment +PleaseCheckOne=Please check one only +CreditTransferOrderCreated=Credit transfer order %s created +DirectDebitOrderCreated=Direct debit order %s created +AmountRequested=Amount requested +SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR +SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST +ExecutionDate=Execution date +CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS +END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction +USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag +ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date +NoDefaultIBANFound=No default IBAN found for this third party +### Notifications +InfoCreditSubject=Payment of direct debit payment order %s by the bank +InfoCreditMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been paid by the bank
Data of payment: %s +InfoTransSubject=Transmission of direct debit payment order %s to bank +InfoTransMessage=The direct debit payment order %s has been sent to bank by %s %s.

+InfoTransData=Amount: %s
Method: %s
Date: %s +InfoRejectSubject=Direct debit payment order refused +InfoRejectMessage=Hello,

the direct debit payment order of invoice %s related to the company %s, with an amount of %s has been refused by the bank.

--
%s +ModeWarning=Option for real mode was not set, we stop after this simulation +ErrorCompanyHasDuplicateDefaultBAN=Company with id %s has more than one default bank account. No way to know wich one to use. +ErrorICSmissing=Missing ICS in Bank account %s +TotalAmountOfdirectDebitOrderDiffersFromSumOfLines=Total amount of direct debit order differs from sum of lines diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/workflow.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adfe7f69609 --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/workflow.lang @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - workflow +WorkflowSetup=Workflow module setup +WorkflowDesc=This module provides some automatic actions. By default, the workflow is open (you can do things in the order you want) but here you can activate some automatic actions. +ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=There is no workflow modifications available with the activated modules. +# Autocreate +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=Automatically create a sales order after a commercial proposal is signed (the new order will have same amount as the proposal) +descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a commercial proposal is signed (the new invoice will have same amount as the proposal) +descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a contract is validated +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=Automatically create a customer invoice after a sales order is closed (the new invoice will have same amount as the order) +# Autoclassify customer proposal or order +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as billed when sales order is set to billed (and if the amount of the order is the same as the total amount of the signed linked proposal) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the signed linked proposal) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +# Autoclassify purchase order +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) +descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) +descWORKFLOW_BILL_ON_RECEPTION=Classify receptions to "billed" when a linked supplier order is validated +# Autoclose intervention +descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=Close all interventions linked to the ticket when a ticket is closed +AutomaticCreation=Automatic creation +AutomaticClassification=Automatic classification +# Autoclassify shipment +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/zapier.lang b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/zapier.lang new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b4cc4ccba4a --- /dev/null +++ b/htdocs/langs/tg_TJ/zapier.lang @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# Copyright (C) 2019 Frédéric FRANCE +# +# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or +# (at your option) any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program. If not, see . + +ModuleZapierForDolibarrName = Zapier for Dolibarr +ModuleZapierForDolibarrDesc = Zapier for Dolibarr module +ZapierForDolibarrSetup=Setup of Zapier for Dolibarr +ZapierDescription=Interface with Zapier +ZapierAbout=About the module Zapier +ZapierSetupPage=There is no need for a setup on Dolibarr side to use Zapier. However, you must generate and publish a package on zapier to be able to use Zapier with Dolibarr. See documentation on this wiki page. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/accountancy.lang index 99d12afed14..c1bc497e562 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=รายการบัญชีที่บัญชี UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=การส่งออกคลาสสิก Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/admin.lang index 9fdd0e3090a..c82f31c9758 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=ไม่สามารถใช้ได้เมื่ออาแจ็กซ์ปิดการใช้งาน AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=ปิดใช้งาน JavaScript UsePreviewTabs=ใช้แท็บตัวอย่าง ShowPreview=แสดงตัวอย่าง @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=ข้อ จำกัด และความถูกต้อง MenuIdParent=ID เมนูผู้ปกครอง DetailMenuIdParent=ID ของเมนูปกครอง (ที่ว่างเปล่าสำหรับเมนูด้านบน) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=เรียงลำดับหมายเลขในการกำหนดตำแหน่งที่เมนู AllMenus=ทั้งหมด NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=องค์ประกอบเฉพาะจาก โมดูลที่เปิดใช้งาน จะแสดง ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=คลิกเพื่อกดติดตั้งโมด ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/cashdesk.lang index 461f60e430f..1441f0c6080 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/errors.lang index 337c107080e..e6586993332 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/eventorganization.lang index 8e53798586d..3a1b9726442 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = ประเภทเหตุการณ์ LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/holiday.lang index 72c08f6f446..8615a182474 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=รอการอนุมัติ ApprovedCP=ได้รับการอนุมัติ CancelCP=ยกเลิก RefuseCP=ปฏิเสธ -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=คำขอฝาก LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=คำขอฝาก TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=จำนวนวันของวันหยุดบริโภค -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=แก้ไข @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=ลบคำขอลา ConfirmDeleteCP=ยืนยันการลบคำขอออกจากนี้หรือไม่? ErrorCantDeleteCP=ข้อผิดพลาดของคุณไม่ได้มีสิทธิ์ในการลบคำขอลานี้ CantCreateCP=คุณไม่ได้มีสิทธิที่จะขอลา -InvalidValidatorCP=คุณต้องเลือก approbator การร้องขอการลาของคุณ +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=คุณต้องเลือกวันที่เริ่มต้น NoDateFin=คุณต้องเลือกวันที่สิ้นสุด ErrorDureeCP=คำขอลาของคุณไม่ได้มีวันทำงาน @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=ผู้ใช้งาน ErrorAddEventToUserCP=เกิดข้อผิดพลาดในขณะที่เพิ่มการลาพิเศษ AddEventToUserOkCP=นอกเหนือจากการลาพิเศษเสร็จเรียบร้อยแล้ว MenuLogCP=ดูบันทึกการเปลี่ยนแปลง -LogCP=เข้าสู่ระบบการปรับปรุงวันวันหยุดใช้ได้ -ActionByCP=ดำเนินการโดย -UserUpdateCP=สำหรับผู้ใช้ +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=คงเหลือก่อนหน้า NewSoldeCP=นิวบาลานซ์ alreadyCPexist=คำขอลาได้ทำไปแล้วในเวลานี้ -FirstDayOfHoliday=วันแรกของวันหยุด -LastDayOfHoliday=วันสุดท้ายของวันหยุด +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=การปรับปรุงรายเดือน ManualUpdate=การปรับปรุงคู่มือการใช้งาน @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=ปรับปรุงเรียบร้อยแล้ว Module27130Name= การบริหารจัดการของการร้องขอลา Module27130Desc= การบริหารจัดการของการร้องขอลา @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=คำขอลาสำหรับ% s% s ได้ถู FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/interventions.lang index d93029a85ec..5270cf869d5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=เปิดใหม่ ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/knowledgemanagement.lang index 8440ea40221..91b3519b91b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = เกี่ยวกับ KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = บทความ KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/languages.lang index 7892f55a64e..c24fc29c4b8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=ภาษาอาหรับ Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=ภาษาอาหรับ Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=ประเทศบังคลาเทศ Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=ดัตช์ (เบลเยี่ยม) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=โปแลนด์ +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=โปรตุเกส (บราซิล) Language_pt_PT=โปรตุเกส Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/mails.lang index 16ab255fce2..69831da693d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/main.lang index 3c1200a884b..367ef49849e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/other.lang index 49c22bb16a5..34e0eaa80d0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = ใกล้ diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/partnership.lang index 826f7f7c345..575d6124b0d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/products.lang index feb1e200dde..909672e9325 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/projects.lang index 2bf666b09d8..d67fb8bc7cd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=ไม่มีงานสำหรับโครงการนี​ LinkedToAnotherCompany=เชื่อมโยงไปยังบุคคลที่สาม TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=เวลาที่ใช้เป็นที่ว่างเปล่า +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=การดำเนินการนี้จะลบงานทั้งหมดของโครงการ (% s งานในขณะนี้) และปัจจัยการผลิตทั้งหมดของเวลาที่ใช้ IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=หากวัตถ​​ุบางอย่าง (ใบแจ้งหนี้การสั่งซื้อ ... ) เป็นของอีกบุคคลที่สามจะต้องเชื่อมโยงกับโครงการที่จะสร้างให้ที่ว่างเปล่านี้จะมีโครงการที่เป็นบุคคลที่สามหลาย CloneTasks=งานโคลน @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=เวลาที่ใช้ TimeSpentForInvoice=เวลาที่ใช้ OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=ใบแจ้งหนี้ใหม่ +NewInter=การแทรกแซงใหม่ OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/stocks.lang index 5af47838e5b..a2676058270 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=ค่าโกดัง UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=การโอนหุ้นของผลิตภั InventoryCodeShort=Inv. / Mov รหัส NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=จำนวนมากนี้ / หมายเลขประจำเครื่อง (% s) อยู่แล้ว แต่ด้วยความแตกต่างกันหรือ eatby วัน sellby (ที่พบ% s แต่คุณป้อน% s) -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/ticket.lang index 9e48df55a19..a619e7944bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=ที่รอ -Closed=ปิด +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=การแทรกแซงสร้าง -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/trips.lang index cb415fa7e65..e8c51fee2c7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=รายงานค่าใช้จ่าย Id -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=คนที่จะแจ้งให้สำหรับการตรวจสอบ +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=ข้อมูล บริษัท TripNDF=ข้อมูลรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย PDFStandardExpenseReports=แม่แบบมาตรฐานในการสร้างเอกสาร PDF สำหรับรายงานค่าใช้จ่าย @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=ปฏิเสธวัน DATE_SAVE=วันที่ตรวจสอบ DATE_CANCEL=วันที่ยกเลิก DATE_PAIEMENT=วันที่ชำระเงิน -BROUILLONNER=เปิดใหม่ ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=ตรวจสอบและส่งเพื่อขออนุมัติ ValidatedWaitingApproval=การตรวจสอบ (รอการอนุมัติ) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/withdrawals.lang index 8390f78c1e3..9d602fe680c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=จำแนกเครดิต ClassCreditedConfirm=คุณแน่ใจว่าคุณต้องการที่จะจำแนกได้รับการถอนนี้เป็นเครดิตในบัญชีธนาคารของคุณ? TransData=วันที่ส่ง @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/workflow.lang index e55fdf4eb92..b2b4d53e354 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/th_TH/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/th_TH/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/accountancy.lang index ad3952cc025..70eee5e61c0 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Avrupa Ekonomi Topluluğu'nda Olmayan Ülkeler CountriesInEECExceptMe=%s hariç Avrupa Ekonomi Topluluğu ülkeleri CountriesExceptMe=%s hariç tüm ülkeler AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=Muhasebe hesapları listesi UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Bilinmeyen üçüncü parti hesabı. %s kullanacağız UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Bilinmeyen üçüncü parti hesabı. Engelleme hatası -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Klasik dışa aktarım Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=EBP için dışa aktarım Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/admin.lang index 9b954487839..fffaaf1b329 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Bayt Sayısı SearchString=Arama dizisi NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ajax devre dışı olduğunda kullanılamaz AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Bir üçüncü parti belgesinde, başka bir üçüncü partiye bağlantılı bir proje seçilebilir +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript devre dışı UsePreviewTabs=Önizleme sekmelerini kullan ShowPreview=Önizleme göster @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Çoklu para birimi ayarları MenuLimits=Sınırlar ve Doğruluk MenuIdParent=Ana menü Kimliği DetailMenuIdParent=Ana menü Kimliği (bir üst menü için boş) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Menü konumunu tanımlamak için sıralamanumarası AllMenus=Tümü NotConfigured=Modül/Uygulama yapılandırılmadı @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Özellik sadece resmi olarak kararlı sürümlerde BoxesDesc=Ekran etiketleri, bazı sayfaları özelleştirmek için ekleyebileceğiniz çeşitli bilgileri gösteren bileşenlerdir. Hedef sayfayı seçip 'Etkinleştir' seçeneğini tıklayarak ekran etiketini göstermeyi veya çöp kutusuna tıklayarak devre dışı bırakıp göstermemeyi seçebilirsiniz. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Yalnızca etkinleştirilmiş modüllerin öğeleri gösterilir. ModulesDesc=Modüller/uygulamalar yazılımda hangi özelliklerin kullanılabileceğini belirler. Bazı modüller, modülü etkinleştirdikten sonra kullanıcılara izin verilmesini gerektirir. Bir modülü/uygulamayı etkinleştirmek veya devre dışı bırakmak için her modülün %s açma/kapama düğmesini tıklayın. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Internette dış web sitelerinde indirmek için daha çok modül bulabilirsiniz... ModulesDeployDesc=Dosya sisteminizdeki izinler imkan veriyorsa harici bir modül kurmak için bu aracı kullanabilirsiniz. Modül daha sonra %s sekmede görünecektir. ModulesMarketPlaces=Dış uygulama/modül bul @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Aşağıdaki iki bölümün kurulumu zorunludur (Ayarlar menü SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Uygulamanızın varsayılan davranışını özelleştirmek için kullanılan temel parametreler (ör. ülkeyle ilgili özellikler için). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Bu yazılım birçok modül/uygulama paketidir. Gereksinimlerinizle ilgili modüller etkinleştirilmeli ve yapılandırılmalıdır. Bu modüllerin etkinleştirilmesiyle menü girişleri görünecektir. SetupDescription5=Ayarlar menüsündeki diğer girişler isteğe bağlı parametreleri yönetmenizi sağlar. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Denetlenen güvenlik olayları NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Hiçbir güvenlik olayı denetlenmez. Bunları %s menüsünden etkinleştirebilirsiniz Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=TıklaAra modülü kurulumu ClickToDialUrlDesc=Telefon picto tıklandığında URL aranır. URL’de, aranacak kişinin telefon numarasıyla değiştirilecek
__PHONETO__ etiketleri kullanabilirsiniz
__PHONEFROM__ bu aramanın telefon numarasıyla değiştirilir kişi (sizinki)
__LOGIN__ tuşla arama ile değiştirilecek (kullanıcı kartında tanımlı)
__PASS__ tıklama-çevirme şifresiyle değiştirilecek (kullanıcıda tanımlı kartı). ClickToDialDesc=Bu modül, bir masaüstü bilgisayar kullanırken telefon numaralarını tıklanabilir bağlantılara dönüştürür. Bir tıklama numarayı arayacaktır. Bu, masaüstünüzde yazılım telefonu kullanırken veya SIP protokolüne dayalı bir CTI sistemi kullanırken telefon görüşmesini başlatmak için kullanılabilir. Not: Akıllı telefon kullanırken telefon numaraları her zaman tıklanabilir. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Telefon numaraları üzerinde yalnızca bir "tel:" linki kullan -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Satış Noktası CashDeskSetup=Satış Noktası modülü kurulumu @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=PDF'deki üst boşluk MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=PDF'deki alt kenar boşluğu MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=PDF'deki logo için yükseklik MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Bu modül için gerekli özel bir kurulum yok. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Eğer bu grup diğer grupların bir hesaplaması ise bunu evet olarak ayarlayın @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Şundan daha büyük IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Bir nesnenin izleme kimliği e-postada bulunursa veya e-posta bir e-postanın hemen toplanan ve bir nesneye bağlanan bir cevabıysa, oluşturulan olayın otomatik olarak bilinen ilgili nesneye bağlanacağını unutmayın. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Bir GMail hesabıyla, 2 adımlı doğrulamayı etkinleştirdiyseniz, https://myaccount.google.com/ adresinden kendi hesap şifrenizi kullanmak yerine uygulama için özel bir ikinci şifre oluşturmanız önerilir. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Başarıyla işlendiğinde e-postayı başka bir etikete/dizine taşımak istenen bir davranış olabilir. Bu özelliği kullanmak için burada dizinin adını ayarlamanız yeterlidir (isimde özel karakterler KULLANMAYIN). Ayrıca bir okuma/yazma oturum açma hesabı kullanmanız gerektiğini unutmayın. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Veritabanınızdaki mevcut bir cari bulmak ve yüklemek için e-posta içeriğini kullanmak için bu eylemi kullanabilirsiniz. Bulunan (veya oluşturulan) cari, ihtiyaç duyan aşağıdaki eylemler için kullanılacaktır. Parametre alanında, örneğin 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\s([^\\s]*)' kullanabilirsiniz, eğer cari adını gövdeden çıkarmak istiyorsanız 'Ad: bulunacak ad' yapınız. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=%s için bitiş noktası: %s DeleteEmailCollector=E-posta toplayıcıyı sil ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Bu e-posta toplayıcıyı silmek istediğinizden emin misiniz? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Bu kimliği almak için bankanızla iletişime geçin AdvancedModeOnly=İzin yalnızca Gelişmiş izin modunda mevcuttur ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Conf dosyası herhangi bir kullanıcı tarafından okunabilir veya yazılabilir. Yalnızca web sunucusu kullanıcısına ve grubuna izin verin. MailToSendEventOrganization=Etkinlik organizasyonu +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Formdan bir olay oluştururken varsayılan olay durumu YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=PHP işlevlerini devre dışı bırakmalısınız IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/cashdesk.lang index 8987db08445..14bfb898812 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/errors.lang index 3c5f5780afe..7854a0a7d63 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=PHP'nizdeki upload_max_filesize (%s) parametresi, post_max_size (%s) PHP parametresinden daha yüksek. Bu tutarlı bir kurulum değil. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/eventorganization.lang index a11ed713d9f..26ffec0d0d7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Etkinlik türü LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/holiday.lang index 09c1add6c15..0b50bc05051 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Onay bekleyen ApprovedCP=Onaylandı CancelCP=İptal edildi RefuseCP=Reddedildi -ValidatorCP=Onaylayan +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=İzin Listesi Leave=İzin isteği LeaveId=İzin Kimliği @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=İzin isteği TypeOfLeaveId=İzin Kimlik türü TypeOfLeaveCode=İzin kod türü TypeOfLeaveLabel=İzin etiketi türü -NbUseDaysCP=Tüketilen tatil gün sayısı -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Tüketilen gün -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Düzenle @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=İzin isteği sil ConfirmDeleteCP=Bu izin isteğinin silinmesini onaylıyor musunuz? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Hata, bu izin isteğini silmek için yetkiniz yok. CantCreateCP=İzin isteği yapmak için yetkiniz yok. -InvalidValidatorCP=İzin isteğiniz için bir onaylayıcı seçmelisiniz. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Bir başlama tarihi seçmelisiniz. NoDateFin=Bir bitiş tarihi seçmelisiniz. ErrorDureeCP=İzin isteğiniz çalışma günü içermiyor. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Kullanıcı ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Özel izin eklenirken hata oluştu. AddEventToUserOkCP=Özel izin eklenmesi tamamlanmıştır. MenuLogCP=Değişiklik kütüklerini incele -LogCP=Uygun tatil günlerinin güncellenme kayıtı -ActionByCP=Uygulayan -UserUpdateCP=Kullanıcı için +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Önceki Bakiye NewSoldeCP=Yeni Bakiye alreadyCPexist=Bu dönem için bir izin isteği zaten yapılmış. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Tatilin birinci günü -LastDayOfHoliday=Tatilin son günü +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Değiştirilen son %s izin isteği HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Aylık güncelleme ManualUpdate=Elle güncelleme @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Hastalık izni LEAVE_OTHER=Diğer izin LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=İzin dağıtımının en son otomatik güncelleme -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=İzin dağıtımının en son otomatik güncelleme ayı +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Güncelleme başarılı Module27130Name= İzin istekleri yönetimi Module27130Desc= İzin istekleri yönetimi @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=%s - %s arası izin isteğiniz iptal edilmiştir. FollowedByACounter=1: Bu türdeki bir izin isteği bir sayaçla izlenmelidir. Bu sayaç elle ya da otomatik olarak arttırılır ve bir izin isteği doğrulandığında sayaç azaltılır.
0: Bir sayaçla izlenmez. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Bir sayaçla izlenmek üzere tanımlanan hiç izin isteği yok. GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Farklı izin türlerini ayarlamak için Giriş - Ayarlar - Sözlükler - İzin türleri bölümüne gidin -HolidaySetup=Tatil modülü kurulumu -HolidaysNumberingModules=İzin istekleri numaralandırma modelleri +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=İzin istek PDF'leri için taslaklar FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=PDF'deki serbest metin WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Taslak izin isteklerindeki filigranlar HolidaysToApprove=Onaylanacak izinler NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Hiçkimsenin tatilleri onaylamaya izini yoktur. +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/interventions.lang index 0ef4a245b2c..3979c7823c9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Müdahele satır süresi InterLineDesc=Müdahele satır açıklaması RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Yeniden aç ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/knowledgemanagement.lang index 77c5f26dc57..02e3e0b6d74 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Hakkında KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Mal KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/languages.lang index 5fe2f181776..9c45adb49c5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arapça Language_ar_EG=Arabça (Mısır) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arapça Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengalce Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Flemenkçe (Belçika) Language_nl_NL=Flemenkçe Language_pl_PL=Lehçe +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portekizce (Brezilya) Language_pt_PT=Portekizce Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/mails.lang index 75bde1b544b..5aae8cceddf 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Süzgeç sil AdvTgtSaveFilter=Süzgeç kaydet AdvTgtCreateFilter=Süzgeç oluştur AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Yeni süzgeç adı -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Kategorisi olan hiç bir kişi/adres bulunamadı -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Kategorisi olan hiç bir kişi/adres bulunamadı +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/main.lang index 8c98987dae2..4ba4b533599 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/other.lang index 8d0776849f3..e08b2d55d6e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Kapat diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/partnership.lang index 9774cb8741f..ac9320e07a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/products.lang index 8fc25d0e9ab..5f711516b30 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Ürün belgesi ServiceSheet=Hizmet belgesi PossibleValues=Olası değerler GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Nitelik varyantlarını hazırlamak için (renk, boyut gibi...) %s - %smenüsüne gidin -UseProductFournDesc=Müşterilere yönelik açıklamalara ek olarak, tedarikçiler tarafından belirlenen ürün açıklamalarını tanımlamak için bir özellik ekleyin +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Ürün için tedarikçi açıklaması UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Paketleme diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/projects.lang index b421d91d87d..baac1442e8c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Bu proje için hiçbir görev yok LinkedToAnotherCompany=Diğer üçüncü partiye bağlantılı TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Görev kullanıcıya atanmadı. Görevi şimdi atamak için '%s' düğmesini kullanın. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Harcanan süre boş +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Bu eylem aynı zamanda projenin tüm görevlerini (şu andaki %s görevleri) ve tüm harcanan süre girişlernii siler . IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Eğer bazı nesneler başka bir üçüncü partiye aitse (fatura, sipariş, ...), oluşturulması için bu projeye bağlanmalıdır, projenin birden çok üçüncü partiye bağlı olması için bunu boş bırakın. CloneTasks=Görevlerin kopyasını oluştur @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Değiştirilen son %s proje OtherFilteredTasks=Diğer filtrelenmiş görevler NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Görevlere kullanıcı yorumlarına izin ver @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Harcanan süre TimeSpentForInvoice=Harcanan süre OneLinePerUser=Kullanıcı başına bir satır ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Yeni fatura +NewInter=Yeni müdahale OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/stocks.lang index 2cfdc3bbde2..7473e78d2b3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Depolar değeri UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Kullanıcı oluştururken otomatik olarak bir kullanıcı deposu oluştur AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Her bir ürün için minimum ve istenen stok değerini yönetmenin yanı sıra her bir eşleştirme (ürün-depo) için de minimum ve istenen stok değerini de yönetin RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=%s ürününün başka bir depoya stok aktarılması InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. kodu NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Bu parti/seri numarası (%s) zaten var fakat farklı tüketme ya da satma tarihli bulundu (%s ama sizin girdiğiniz bu %s). -OpenAll=Bütün işlemler için açık -OpenInternal=Yalnızca iç eylemler için aç +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/ticket.lang index 051e4afd181..30dcb92f658 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Cevaplandı Waiting=Bekliyor -Closed=Kapalı +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Silindi # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Önem seviyesi ShowTicket=Destek bildirimini gör RelatedTickets=İlgili destek bildirimleri TicketAddIntervention=Müdahale oluştur -CloseTicket=Destek bildirimini kapat -CloseATicket=Bir destek bildirimini kapat +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Destek bildirimi kapatmayı onayla +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Lütfen destek bildirimi silmeyi onaylayın TicketDeletedSuccess=Destek bildirimi başarı ile silindi TicketMarkedAsClosed=Destek bildirimi kapalı olarak işaretlendi diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/trips.lang index f0f98c42769..ef386fa1d63 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Gider raporu %s iptal edildi.
- Kullanıcı: %s ExpenseReportPaid=Bir gider raporu ödendi ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Gider raporu %s ödendi.
- Kullanıcı: %s
- Ödeyen: %s
Gider raporunu görüntülemek için buraya tıklayın: %s TripId=Gider raporu kimliği -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Doğrulama için bilgilendirilecek kişi +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Firma bilgisi TripNDF=Gider raporu bilgileri PDFStandardExpenseReports=Bu gider raporu için PDF belgesi oluşturulacak standart şablon @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Ret tarihi DATE_SAVE=Onay tarihi DATE_CANCEL=İptal etme tarihi DATE_PAIEMENT=Ödeme tarihi -BROUILLONNER=Yeniden aç ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Doğrula ve onay için gönder ValidatedWaitingApproval=Doğrulanmış (onay bekliyor) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Gider raporu ödemesi ExpenseReportsToApprove=Onaylanacak gider raporları ExpenseReportsToPay=Ödenecek gider raporları ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Bu gider raporunun kopyasını oluşturmak istediğinizden emin misiniz? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Gider raporu kuralları ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Otomobilin kategorisi +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Kilometre aralığı AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Satırı yüklenen bir belgeye ekleyin diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/withdrawals.lang index fbe921943da..3d6fcd14ddd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Üçüncü parti banka kodu NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Alacak olarak sınıflandır ClassCreditedConfirm=Bu para çekme makbuzunu bankanıza alacak olarak sınıflandırmak istediğinizden emin misiniz? TransData=Havale tarihi @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Otomatik ödeme dosyası oluşturun -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/workflow.lang index 84e8e7d722a..92738b9117b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/tr_TR/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Müşteri faturası doğrulandığı descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Müşteri faturası doğrulandığında (ve faturanın tutarı bağlantılı siparişin toplam tutarı ile aynı ise) bağlantılı kaynak müşteri siparişini "faturalandı" olarak sınıflandır descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Bir sevkiyat doğrulandığında (ve tüm sevkiyatlardan sonra sevk edilen miktar siparişteki miktar ile aynı ise) bağlantılı kaynak müşteri siparişini "sevk edildi" olarak sınıflandır +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Tedarikçi faturası doğrulandığında (ve faturanın tutarı bağlantılı teklifin toplam tutarı ile aynı ise) bağlantılı kaynak tedarikçi teklifini "faturalandı" olarak sınıflandır descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Tedarikçi faturası doğrulandığında (ve faturanın tutarı bağlantılı siparişin toplam tutarı ile aynı ise) bağlantılı kaynak tedarikçi siparişini "faturalandı" olarak sınıflandır diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/accountancy.lang index 905d8175026..82ce30618c6 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/admin.lang index 79742de6191..3112098e092 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Кількість байт SearchString=Рядок пошуку NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Недоступно, коли Ajax відключений AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=В документі контрагента можна вибрати проект, пов'язаний з іншим контрагентом +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript відключений UsePreviewTabs=Використовуйте вкладки попереднього перегляду ShowPreview=Показати попередній перегляд @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Налаштування багато-валютних про MenuLimits=Обмеження та точність MenuIdParent=ID батьківського меню DetailMenuIdParent=ID батьківського меню (порожній для кореневого меню) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=впорядкуйте номери, щоб визначити положення меню AllMenus=Всі NotConfigured=Модуль/додаток не налаштовано @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Функція доступна лише в офі BoxesDesc=Віджети - це компоненти, які показують певну інформацію, яку ви можете додати, щоб персоналізувати деякі сторінки. Ви можете вибрати, показувати віджет чи ні, вибравши цільову сторінку та натиснувши "Активувати", або натиснувши смітник, щоб відключити його. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Відображаються лише елементи з включених модулів. ModulesDesc=Модулі/додатки визначають, які функції доступні в програмному забезпеченні. Деякі модулі вимагають надання дозволів користувачам після активації модуля. Натисніть кнопку включення/вимкнення %s кожного модуля, щоб увімкнути або вимкнути модуль/додаток. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Ви можете знайти більше модулів для завантаження на зовнішніх веб-сайтах в Інтернеті ... ModulesDeployDesc=Якщо дозволи у вашій файловій системі це дозволяють, ви можете використовувати цей інструмент для розгортання зовнішнього модуля. Потім модуль буде видно на вкладці %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Знайти зовнішні додатки/модулі @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/cashdesk.lang index 8630dee62ee..25dc253585e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/eventorganization.lang index fa5536fe20a..2a5e2cce088 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/holiday.lang index e28139cf3ca..a8dca3ca09e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/interventions.lang index 3f9dd22d33d..7d76e4cda2e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/knowledgemanagement.lang index 8aa25200226..8ec127fc0ea 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/languages.lang index 47156a02965..3283f285924 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Арабська Language_ar_EG=Арабська (Єгипет) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Арабська Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Бенгальська Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Голандська (Бельгія) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Польський +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Португальська (Бразилія) Language_pt_PT=Португальська Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/mails.lang index 1deee89618c..139ebd0d94c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/main.lang index 7583ada65b5..aa033e7463e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/other.lang index e0c1ab7baec..92f595cb018 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/partnership.lang index 8941504dbc9..e07b1cc02f8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/products.lang index 7977dd1f9bd..b612bebfa18 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/projects.lang index 15baef10d78..3cf2523a9d9 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Новий рахунок-фактура +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/stocks.lang index 21bb7f12ff4..3566cdc9a94 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/ticket.lang index e6c26245057..01fdc2ef48f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Зачинено +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Видалено # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/trips.lang index a6ebadf6c2a..06fc769a5c4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Дата платежу -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/withdrawals.lang index c3e1100a0c3..95a52f15a41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uk_UA/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/accountancy.lang index dfe94e2a6a4..25b8e41e60a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/accountancy.lang @@ -246,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Uchinchi tomon mijozlari va sotuvchilari ro'yxati va ularni ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Uchinchi tomon hisobi noma'lum. Biz %s dan foydalanamiz UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Uchinchi tomon hisobi noma'lum. Bloklash xatosi -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Uchinchi tomon hisobi aniqlanmagan yoki uchinchi tomon noma'lum. Biz %s dan foydalanamiz +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=To'lovda aniqlanmagan uchinchi shaxs noma'lum va subledger. Biz subledger hisob qiymatini bo'sh holda saqlaymiz. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Uchinchi tomon hisobi aniqlanmagan yoki uchinchi tomon noma'lum. Bloklash xatosi. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Noma'lum uchinchi tomon hisobi va kutish hisobi aniqlanmagan. Bloklash xatosi PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=To'lov hech qanday mahsulot / xizmatga bog'liq emas OpeningBalance=Balansni ochish @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=CEGID Expert Comptabilité uchun eksport Modelcsv_COALA=Sage Coala uchun eksport Modelcsv_bob50=Sage BOB 50 uchun eksport -Modelcsv_ciel=Sage Ciel Compta yoki Compta Evolution uchun eksport +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Quadratus QuadraCompta uchun eksport Modelcsv_ebp=EBP uchun eksport Modelcsv_cogilog=Cogilog uchun eksport diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/admin.lang index becc16f45ca..dfc9a08097c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Baytlar soni SearchString=Qidiruv qatori NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ajax o'chirib qo'yilganda mavjud emas AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Uchinchi shaxsning hujjatida boshqa uchinchi tomon bilan bog'langan loyihani tanlashi mumkin +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript o'chirilgan UsePreviewTabs=Oldindan ko'rish yorliqlaridan foydalaning ShowPreview=Oldindan ko'rishni ko'rsatish @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Ko'p valyutani sozlash MenuLimits=Cheklovlar va aniqlik MenuIdParent=Ota-ona menyusi identifikatori DetailMenuIdParent=Asosiy menyu identifikatori (yuqori menyu uchun bo'sh) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Menyu holatini aniqlash uchun raqamni saralash AllMenus=Hammasi NotConfigured=Modul / dastur tuzilmagan @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Xususiyat faqat rasmiy barqaror versiyalarida mavju BoxesDesc=Vidjetlar - bu ba'zi sahifalarni shaxsiylashtirish uchun qo'shishingiz mumkin bo'lgan ba'zi ma'lumotlarni aks ettiruvchi komponentlar. Maqsadli sahifani tanlash va "Faollashtirish" tugmachasini bosish yoki o'chirish uchun axlat qutisini bosish orqali vidjetni ko'rsatish yoki ko'rsatmaslik o'rtasida tanlov qilishingiz mumkin. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Faqat yoqilgan modullarining elementlari ko'rsatilgan. ModulesDesc=Modullar / dasturlar dasturiy ta'minotda qaysi funktsiyalar mavjudligini aniqlaydi. Ba'zi modullar modulni faollashtirgandan so'ng foydalanuvchilarga ruxsat berilishini talab qiladi. Modul / dasturni yoqish yoki o'chirish uchun har bir modulning %s tugmachasini bosing. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Internetda tashqi veb-saytlarda yuklab olish uchun ko'proq modullarni topishingiz mumkin ... ModulesDeployDesc=Agar sizning fayl tizimingizdagi ruxsatnomalar bunga yo'l qo'ysa, siz ushbu vositadan tashqi modulni joylashtirish uchun foydalanishingiz mumkin. Keyin modul %s yorlig'ida ko'rinadi. ModulesMarketPlaces=Tashqi ilova / modullarni toping @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Quyidagi ikkita bo'lim majburiydir (O'rnatish menyusidagi ikki SetupDescription3= %s -> %s

Ilovangizning standart xatti-harakatlarini sozlash uchun ishlatiladigan asosiy parametrlar (masalan, mamlakat bilan bog'liq). SetupDescription4= %s -> %s

Ushbu dastur ko'plab modullar / ilovalar to'plamidir. Sizning ehtiyojlaringiz bilan bog'liq modullarni yoqish va sozlash kerak. Ushbu modullar yoqilganda menyu yozuvlari paydo bo'ladi. SetupDescription5=Boshqa O'rnatish menyusi yozuvlari ixtiyoriy parametrlarni boshqaradi. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Tekshiriladigan xavfsizlik hodisalari NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=Hech qanday xavfsizlik hodisalari tekshirilmaydi. Siz ularni %s menyusidan faollashtirishingiz mumkin Audit=Xavfsizlik tadbirlari @@ -1216,7 +1222,7 @@ DisplayDesc=Dolibarr tashqi ko'rinishiga va xatti-harakatlariga ta'sir qiladigan AvailableModules=Mavjud ilova / modullar ToActivateModule=Modullarni faollashtirish uchun o'rnatish maydoniga o'ting (Uy-> O'rnatish-> Modullar). SessionTimeOut=Mashg'ulot uchun vaqt tugadi -SessionExplanation=This number guarantees that the session will never expire before this delay, if the session cleaner is done by Internal PHP session cleaner (and nothing else). Internal PHP session cleaner does not guarantee that the session will expire after this delay. It will expire, after this delay, and when the session cleaner is run, so every %s/%s access, but only during access made by other sessions (if value is 0, it means clearing of session is done only by an external process).
Note: on some servers with an external session cleaning mechanism (cron under debian, ubuntu ...), the sessions can be destroyed after a period defined by an external setup, no matter what the value entered here is. +SessionExplanation=Ushbu raqam, agar sessiyani tozalovchi ichki PHP sessiyasini tozalash vositasi tomonidan amalga oshirilsa (va boshqa hech narsa), bu kechikishdan oldin sessiya hech qachon tugamasligini kafolatlaydi. PHP sessiyasining ichki tozalagichi ushbu kechikishdan keyin sessiya tugashiga kafolat bermaydi. Bu kechikishdan keyin va seansni tozalash vositasi ishga tushirilganda tugaydi, %s/%sshuning uchun har bir jarayon).
Eslatma: tashqi seansni tozalash mexanizmi bo'lgan ba'zi serverlarda (debian, ubuntu ... ostida cron), bu erda kiritilgan qiymatdan qat'i nazar, tashqi o'rnatish bilan belgilangan muddatdan so'ng sessiyalar yo'q qilinishi mumkin. SessionsPurgedByExternalSystem=Ushbu serverdagi sessiyalar tashqi mexanizm (cron, debian, ubuntu ...) bilan tozalanadigandek tuyuladi, ehtimol har bir %s soniya (= session.gc9f88 Server ma'muridan sessiyaning kechikishini o'zgartirishni so'rashingiz kerak. TriggersAvailable=Mavjud triggerlar TriggersDesc=Triggerlar - bu htdocs / core / triggers katalogiga ko'chirilgandan so'ng, Dolibarr ish oqimini o'zgartiradigan fayllar. Ular Dolibarr tadbirlarida faollashtirilgan yangi harakatlarni amalga oshiradilar (yangi kompaniya yaratish, hisob-fakturani tasdiqlash, ...). @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=Sizning PHP-da SSL funktsiyalari mavjud emas DownloadMoreSkins=Yuklab olish uchun ko'proq terilar SimpleNumRefModelDesc=%syymm-nnnn formatidagi mos yozuvlar raqamini qaytaradi, bu erda yy yil, mm oy va nnnn ketma-ket avtomatik ortib boruvchi raqam SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=%s-nnnn formatidagi mos yozuvlar raqamini qaytaradi, bu erda nnnn qayta tiklanmagan ketma-ket avtomatik ko'paytiruvchi raqam -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=Manzillari ko'rsatilgan professional identifikatorni ko'rsating +ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hamjamiyat ichida QQS raqamini yashirish TranslationUncomplete=Qisman tarjima MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=Meteorologik ko'rinishni o'chirib qo'ying MeteoStdMod=Standart rejim @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=To Dial modulini o'rnatish uchun bosing ClickToDialUrlDesc=Telefon piktogrammasi bosilganda url chaqirdi. URL, siz foydalanishingiz mumkin tags
__PHONETO__ deb
__PHONEFROM__ ClickToDial bilan almashtiriladi shaxs (seniki) qo'ng'iroq telefon raqamini
__LOGIN__ bilan almashtiriladi, deb qo'ng'iroq qilish shaxsning telefon raqami bilan almashtiriladi kirish (foydalanuvchi kartasida belgilangan)
__PASS__ , bu klikktodial parol bilan almashtiriladi (foydalanuvchi kartasida aniqlangan). ClickToDialDesc=Ushbu modul statsionar kompyuterdan foydalanilganda telefon raqamlarini bosish mumkin bo'lgan havolalarga o'zgartiradi. Bir marta bosish raqamga qo'ng'iroq qiladi. Bu ish stolida yumshoq telefondan foydalanilganda yoki masalan, SIP protokoliga asoslangan CTI tizimidan foydalanilganda telefon qo'ng'irog'ini boshlash uchun ishlatilishi mumkin. Eslatma: Smartfondan foydalanganda telefon raqamlari doim bosilishi mumkin. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Telefon raqamlarida faqat "tel:" havolasidan foydalaning -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Agar sizning foydalanuvchilaringizda softphone yoki dastur interfeysi bo'lsa, brauzer bilan bitta kompyuterda o'rnatilgan bo'lsa va brauzeringizda "tel:" bilan boshlangan havolani bosganingizda qo'ng'iroq qilsa, ushbu usuldan foydalaning. Agar sizga "sip:" bilan boshlanadigan havola yoki to'liq server echimi kerak bo'lsa (mahalliy dasturiy ta'minotni o'rnatishga hojat yo'q), uni "Yo'q" ga o'rnatishingiz va keyingi maydonni to'ldirishingiz kerak. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Sotish punkti CashDeskSetup=Savdo modulini o'rnatish nuqtasi @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=PDF-dagi eng yaxshi margin MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=PDF-dagi pastki hoshiya MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=PDF-dagi logotip uchun balandlik MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Taklif qatoriga rasm qo'shing +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=PDF-ga elektron belgini qo'shing NothingToSetup=Ushbu modul uchun maxsus sozlash talab qilinmaydi. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Agar bu guruh boshqa guruhlarning hisob-kitobi bo'lsa, buni "ha" ga sozlang @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Undan kattaroq IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=E'tibor bering, agar elektron pochtada ob'ektning kuzatuv identifikatori topilgan bo'lsa yoki elektron pochta manzili to'plangan va ob'ekt bilan bog'langan elektron pochta xabarining javobi bo'lsa, yaratilgan voqea avtomatik ravishda ma'lum tegishli ob'ektga bog'lanadi. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=GMail hisob qaydnomasi yordamida, agar siz 2 bosqichli tekshiruvni yoqsangiz, https://myaccount.google.com/ manzilidagi o'zingizning shaxsiy parol so'zingiz o'rniga dastur uchun maxsus ikkinchi parolni yaratish tavsiya etiladi. EmailCollectorTargetDir=Muvaffaqiyatli ishlov berilganda elektron pochtani boshqa yorliq / katalogga ko'chirish istalgan xatti-harakatlar bo'lishi mumkin. Ushbu xususiyatdan foydalanish uchun faqat katalog nomini o'rnating (Ismda maxsus belgilarni ishlatmang). E'tibor bering, siz o'qish / yozish uchun kirish qayd yozuvidan foydalanishingiz kerak. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Ma'lumotlar bazangizda mavjud bo'lgan uchinchi tomonni topish va yuklash uchun elektron pochta manzilidan foydalanish uchun ushbu amaldan foydalanishingiz mumkin. Topilgan (yoki yaratilgan) uchinchi tomon unga kerak bo'lgan quyidagi harakatlar uchun ishlatiladi. Parametrlar maydonida, masalan, uchinchi tomon nomini 'Name: name to find' qatoridan ajratib olishni istasangiz, 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' dan foydalanishingiz mumkin. tanasi. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=%s uchun yakuniy nuqta: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Elektron pochta kollektorini o'chirish ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Ushbu elektron pochta kollektorini o'chirishni xohlaysizmi? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Ushbu identifikatorni olish uchun bankingizga murojaat qilin AdvancedModeOnly=Ruxsat faqat kengaytirilgan ruxsat rejimida mavjud ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=Conf fayli har qanday foydalanuvchilar tomonidan o'qilishi yoki yozilishi mumkin. Faqat veb-server foydalanuvchisi va guruhiga ruxsat bering. MailToSendEventOrganization=Tadbirni tashkil etish +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Shakldan voqea yaratishda odatiy hodisa holati YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=PHP funktsiyalarini o'chirib qo'yishingiz kerak IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Agar siz tizim buyruqlarini maxsus kodda ishlatishingiz kerak bo'lsa, siz PHP funktsiyalarini o'chirib qo'yasiz @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Ma'lumotlar bazasi paroli conf faylida buzilgan DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Ma'lumotlar bazasi paroli conf faylida buzilmaydi APIsAreNotEnabled=API modullari yoqilmagan YouShouldSetThisToOff=Buni 0 ga yoki o'chirib qo'yishingiz kerak +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/cashdesk.lang index 1a12e00f821..2a590a78f16 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=To'lov usulini chiptalarga chop eting | kvitansiyal WeighingScale=Tarozi o'lchovi ShowPriceHT = Ustunni narxni soliqsiz hisobga olgan holda ko'rsatish (ekranda) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/errors.lang index 8f68f2242be..4c79e1f6f59 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/errors.lang @@ -88,9 +88,9 @@ ErrorRecordIsUsedCantDelete=Yozuvni o‘chirib bo‘lmadi. U allaqachon ishlatil ErrorModuleRequireJavascript=Ushbu xususiyat ishlashi uchun Javascript o'chirib qo'yilmasligi kerak. Javascriptni yoqish / o'chirish uchun Home-> Setup-> Display menyusiga o'ting. ErrorPasswordsMustMatch=Yozilgan har ikkala parol bir-biriga mos kelishi kerak ErrorContactEMail=Texnik xatolik yuz berdi. Iltimos, administrator bilan bog'laning. %s elektron pochta manziliga va sizning xabaringiz nusxasida ushbu ekranning nusxasini yoki sizning ekraningizda nusxa ko'chirish xatosini yuboring %s , -ErrorWrongValueForField=Field %s: '%s' does not match regex rule %s +ErrorWrongValueForField=Maydon %s : ' %s ' regex qoida %s ErrorFieldValueNotIn=Dala %s : « %s " bir qiymati dala %s topilmadi %s -ErrorFieldRefNotIn=Field %s: '%s' is not a %s existing ref +ErrorFieldRefNotIn=Maydon %s : ' %s ' %s emas ErrorsOnXLines=%s xatolar topildi ErrorFileIsInfectedWithAVirus=Antivirus dasturi faylni tekshira olmadi (faylga virus yuqishi mumkin) ErrorSpecialCharNotAllowedForField="%s" maydoni uchun maxsus belgilarga ruxsat berilmaydi @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Xato, miqdor majburiydir ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Xato, foizni to'g'ri to'ldiring ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=Avval hisob qaydnomangizni o'rnatishingiz kerak ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=%s kodli shablonni topib bo'lmadi +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=PHP parametringiz upload_max_filesize (%s) PHP post_max_size (%s) parametridan yuqori. Bu izchil o'rnatish emas. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/eventorganization.lang index 24143ece722..529ac2422f4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Tadbir turi LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/holiday.lang index 588515a37cd..9d08032a03d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/holiday.lang @@ -132,3 +132,5 @@ FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=PDF-dagi bepul matn WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Dam olish ta'tiliga yuborilgan so'rovlar bo'yicha moybo'yoqli belgilar HolidaysToApprove=Bayramlarni tasdiqlash NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Bayramlarni tasdiqlash uchun hech kimning ruxsati yo'q +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/interventions.lang index 073442f5831..a3bf96d3835 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Chiziq davomiyligi aralashuvi InterLineDesc=Chiziq ta'rifi aralashuvi RepeatableIntervention=Interventsiya shabloni ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=Oldindan belgilangan yoki takrorlanadigan aralashuvni yaratish uchun umumiy aralashuvni yarating va uni aralashuv shabloniga o'zgartiring -Reopen=Qayta oching ConfirmReopenIntervention=Siz aralashuvni qayta ochishni xohlaysizmi %s ? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/languages.lang index e9108eee59b..e3a1985892f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=Efiopiya Language_ar_AR=Arabcha Language_ar_EG=Arab (Misr) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabcha Language_ar_TN=Arab (Tunis) Language_ar_IQ=Arab (Iroq) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/mails.lang index da80f446e87..2570819bab8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Filtrni o'chirish AdvTgtSaveFilter=Filtrni saqlash AdvTgtCreateFilter=Filtr yaratish AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Yangi filtr nomi -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Kategoriya bilan aloqa / manzil topilmadi -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Kategoriya bilan aloqa / manzil topilmadi +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Chiquvchi elektron pochta xabarlari InGoingEmailSetup=Kiruvchi elektron pochta xabarlari OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Chiquvchi elektron pochta xabarlari (%s moduli uchun) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/main.lang index 210dcffff78..29e37a25e01 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Buferga nusxa olindi InformationOnLinkToContract=Ushbu miqdor faqat shartnomadagi barcha satrlarning jami hisoblanadi. Vaqt tushunchasi hisobga olinmaydi. ConfirmCancel=Bekor qilishni xohlaysizmi? EmailMsgID=MsgID-ga elektron pochta orqali yuboring +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/other.lang index 4674d6d348b..7ef5d6d14fd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Buyurtmalardagi mashhurligi bo'yicha mahsulotlar / xizmatlar ProductStatistics=Mahsulotlar / xizmatlar statistikasi NbOfQtyInOrders=Buyurtmalar soni SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Uning statistikasini ko'rish uchun ob'ektni tanlang ... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/partnership.lang index 30202792dbc..98b020074bd 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=Sizning sheriklik so'rovingiz rad etilganligi haqi YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=Sizga sheriklik so'rovingiz qabul qilinganligi to'g'risida xabar beramiz. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=Sizning hamkorligingiz bekor qilinganligi haqida xabar beramiz. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Rad etish sababi + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/products.lang index eb578f78fee..3cbcf64f53b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Mahsulot varag'i ServiceSheet=Xizmat varaqasi PossibleValues=Mumkin bo'lgan qiymatlar GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Atribut variantlarini tayyorlash uchun (ranglar, o'lchamlar, ... kabi) %s - %s menyusiga o'ting. -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Mahsulot uchun sotuvchining tavsifi UseProductSupplierPackaging=Paketni etkazib beruvchilar narxlarida ishlating (etkazib beruvchilar hujjatlaridagi qatorni qo'shish / yangilashda etkazib beruvchining narxida belgilangan qadoqlarga muvofiq miqdorlarni qayta hisoblang) PackagingForThisProduct=Paket diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/projects.lang index 7557a0e4f79..cba0f1c70f2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Ushbu loyiha uchun hech qanday vazifa yo'q LinkedToAnotherCompany=Boshqa uchinchi tomon bilan bog'langan TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Vazifa foydalanuvchiga berilmagan. Vazifani hozir tayinlash uchun ' %s ' tugmachasidan foydalaning. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=O'tkazilgan vaqt bo'sh +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Ushbu amal shuningdek, loyihaning barcha vazifalarini ( %s vazifalari) va sarf qilingan barcha vaqtlarni o'chirib tashlaydi. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Agar boshqa uchinchi tomonga tegishli bo'lgan ba'zi bir ob'ektlar (hisob-faktura, buyurtma, ...) loyihani yaratish uchun bog'langan bo'lishi kerak bo'lsa, loyihani ko'p uchinchi shaxslar bo'lishini ta'minlash uchun uni bo'sh qoldiring. CloneTasks=Klon vazifalari @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Oxirgi %s o'zgartirilgan loyihalar OtherFilteredTasks=Boshqa filtrlangan vazifalar NoAssignedTasks=Belgilangan vazifalar topilmadi (loyihani / vazifalarni joriy foydalanuvchiga vaqtni belgilash uchun yuqori tanlangan maydonchadan belgilang) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Hisob-kitob qilish imkoniyatiga ega bo'lish uchun loyihada uchinchi shaxs aniqlanishi kerak. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Hisob-kitob qilish imkoniyatiga ega bo'lish uchun loyihada uchinchi shaxs aniqlanishi kerak. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Sizga hali tayinlanmagan vazifani tanlang # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Vazifalar bo'yicha foydalanuvchi sharhlariga ruxsat berish @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Axborot loyihasi %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled="Ish haqi" moduli ishchilarning soatlik stavkasini aniqlash uchun sarflangan vaqtni aniqlash uchun yoqilishi kerak NewTaskRefSuggested=Vazifa allaqachon ishlatilgan, yangi vazifa talab qilinadi TimeSpentInvoiced=Hisob-kitob qilingan vaqt +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=O'tkazilgan vaqt OneLinePerUser=Har bir foydalanuvchi uchun bitta qator ServiceToUseOnLines=Qatorlarda foydalanish uchun xizmat InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=%s hisob-fakturasi loyihaga sarf qilingan vaqtdan boshlab tuzildi +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Loyiha vazifalari bo'yicha ish jadvalini kiritganingizni tekshiring va loyiha buyurtmachisiga hisob-kitob qilish uchun hisob varag'idan hisob-kitob (lar) yaratishni rejalashtiryapsiz (kiritilgan ish jadvallariga asoslanmagan hisob-faktura yaratishni rejalashtirayotganingizni tekshirmang). Izoh: Hisob-fakturani yaratish uchun loyihaning "sarflangan vaqt" yorlig'iga o'ting va qo'shiladigan qatorlarni tanlang. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Imkoniyatni kuzatib boring ProjectFollowTasks=Vazifalarni yoki sarflangan vaqtni kuzatib boring @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Foydalanish: imkoniyat UsageTasks=Foydalanish: Vazifalar UsageBillTimeShort=Foydalanish: hisob-kitob vaqti InvoiceToUse=Hisob-fakturani ishlating +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Yangi hisob-faktura +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=Har bir topshiriq uchun bitta qator OneLinePerPeriod=Har bir davr uchun bitta qator OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=Har safar o'tkazilgan deklaratsiya uchun bitta satr diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/stocks.lang index be37586c73a..2122bffb53d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Haqiqiy miqdorni kutilgan miqdor bilan to'ldiring ShowAllBatchByDefault=Odatiy bo'lib, mahsulot "stok" yorlig'ida partiyaning tafsilotlarini ko'rsating CollapseBatchDetailHelp=Qimmatbaho qog'ozlar moduli konfiguratsiyasida partiyaning tafsilotlari bo'yicha standart displeyni o'rnatishingiz mumkin FieldCannotBeNegative="%s" maydoni salbiy bo'lishi mumkin emas +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/ticket.lang index 44910075d82..3d3e2659656 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Muxbirlarning fikri kutilmoqda NeedMoreInformationShort=Fikr-mulohaza kutilmoqda Answered=Javob berdi Waiting=Kutish -Closed=Yopiq +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=O'chirildi # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Jiddiylik ShowTicket=Chiptani ko'ring RelatedTickets=Tegishli chiptalar TicketAddIntervention=Aralashuvni yarating -CloseTicket=Chiptani yoping -CloseATicket=Chiptani yoping +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Chipta yopilishini tasdiqlang +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Iltimos, chipta o'chirilishini tasdiqlang TicketDeletedSuccess=Muvaffaqiyat bilan chipta o'chirildi TicketMarkedAsClosed=Chipta yopiq deb belgilangan diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/trips.lang index 6fb2b804578..4633b882a25 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Sana rad etilsin DATE_SAVE=Tasdiqlash sanasi DATE_CANCEL=Bekor qilish sanasi DATE_PAIEMENT=To'lov sanasi -BROUILLONNER=Qayta oching ExpenseReportRef=Ref. xarajatlar to'g'risidagi hisobot ValidateAndSubmit=Tasdiqlang va tasdiqlash uchun topshiring ValidatedWaitingApproval=Tasdiqlangan (tasdiqlashni kutmoqda) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/withdrawals.lang index 7ecbde76347..d77bdacdc08 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Ijro sanasi CreateForSepa=To'g'ridan-to'g'ri debet faylini yarating -ICS=To'g'ridan-to'g'ri debet uchun kreditor identifikatori CI -ICSTransfer=Bank o'tkazmasi uchun kreditor identifikatori CI +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML yorlig'i - bitim uchun yagona identifikator USTRD="Strukturasiz" SEPA XML yorlig'i ADDDAYS=Ijro sanasiga kunlarni qo'shing diff --git a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/workflow.lang index 5c089e446b0..7002ba88526 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/uz_UZ/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Mijozlarning hisob-fakturasi tasdiql descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Mijozlarning hisob-fakturasi tasdiqlanganda (va agar schyot-faktura miqdori bog'langan buyurtmaning umumiy miqdori bilan bir xil bo'lsa) bog'langan manbalarni sotish buyurtmasini billing sifatida tasniflang. descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Mijozlarning hisob-fakturasi to'lash uchun o'rnatilganda (va agar schyot-faktura miqdori bog'langan buyurtmaning umumiy miqdori bilan bir xil bo'lsa) bog'langan manbalarni sotish buyurtmasini billing sifatida tasniflang. descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Bog'langan manbalarni sotish buyurtmasini jo'natma tasdiqlanganda jo'natilgan deb tasniflang (va agar barcha jo'natmalar tomonidan jo'natilgan miqdor yangilanish uchun buyurtma bilan bir xil bo'lsa) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Bog'langan manba etkazib beruvchisi taklifini sotuvchi hisob-fakturasi tasdiqlangandan keyin hisob-kitob sifatida tasniflang (va agar faktura miqdori bog'langan taklifning umumiy miqdori bilan bir xil bo'lsa) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Sotib oluvchi hisob-fakturasi tasdiqlanganda bog'langan manbadan sotib olish buyurtmasini billing sifatida tasniflang (va agar schyot-fakturaning miqdori bog'langan buyurtmaning umumiy miqdori bilan bir xil bo'lsa) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/accountancy.lang index 51ede68ef22..72f11f3d50b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Các nước không thuộc EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Các quốc gia trong EEC ngoại trừ %s CountriesExceptMe=Tất cả các quốc gia trừ %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Tham khảo tại đây danh sách khách hàng và nhà cu ListAccounts=Danh sách các tài khoản kế toán UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Không biết tài khoản bên thứ ba. Chúng ta sẽ sử dụng %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Không biết tài khoản bên thứ ba. Lỗi chặn -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Tài khoản bên thứ ba không được xác định hoặc không biết bên thứ ba. Chúng ta sẽ sử dụng %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Bên thứ ba không xác định và người đăng ký không được xác định trên thanh toán. Chúng tôi sẽ giữ giá trị tài khoản subledger trống. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Tài khoản bên thứ ba không được xác định hoặc không biết bên thứ ba. Lỗi chặn. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Không biết tài khoản bên thứ ba và tài khoản đang chờ không xác định. Lỗi chặn PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Thanh toán không được liên kết với bất kỳ sản phẩm/ dịch vụ nào OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Xuất dữ liệu cổ điển Modelcsv_CEGID=Xuất dữ liệu cho CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Xuất dữ liệu cho Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Xuất dữ liệu cho Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Xuất dữ liệu cho Sage Ciel Compta hoặc Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Xuất dữ liệu cho Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Xuất dữ liệu cho EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Xuất dữ liệu Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/admin.lang index a61b7477d58..f9f6ce98b0f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Số byte SearchString=Chuỗi tìm kiếm NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Hiện không có sẵn khi Ajax bị vô hiệu AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=Trên tài liệu của bên thứ ba, có thể chọn dự án được liên kết với bên thứ ba khác +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=Vô hiệu JavaScript UsePreviewTabs=Sử dụng chế độ xem sơ lược tab ShowPreview=Hiển thị xem trước @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Thiết lập đa tiền tệ MenuLimits=Giới hạn và độ chính xác MenuIdParent=ID menu chính DetailMenuIdParent=ID menu chính (rỗng nếu là menu gốc) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sắp xếp chữ số để xác định vị trí menu AllMenus=Tất cả NotConfigured=Mô-đun/ Ứng dụng chưa được cấu hình @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Tính năng chỉ khả dụng trên các phiên b BoxesDesc=Widget là các thành phần hiển thị một số thông tin mà bạn có thể thêm để cá nhân hóa một số trang. Bạn có thể chọn giữa hiển thị tiện ích hoặc không bằng cách chọn trang đích và nhấp vào 'Kích hoạt' hoặc bằng cách nhấp vào thùng rác để tắt nó. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Chỉ có các yếu tố từ module kích hoạt được hiển thị. ModulesDesc=Các mô-đun / ứng dụng xác định các tính năng có sẵn trong phần mềm. Một số mô-đun yêu cầu quyền được cấp cho người dùng sau khi kích hoạt mô-đun.. Bấm nút bật/tắt %scủa từng module để cho phép hoặc tắt một mô-đun / ứng dụng +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=Bạn có thể tìm thấy nhiều mô-đun để tải về ở các websites trên Internet ... ModulesDeployDesc=Nếu quyền trên hệ thống tệp của bạn cho phép, bạn có thể sử dụng công cụ này để triển khai mô-đun bên ngoài. Mô-đun sau đó sẽ hiển thị trên tab %s . ModulesMarketPlaces=Tìm ứng dụng bên ngoài/ mô-đun @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=Hai phần sau đây là bắt buộc (hai mục đầu tiên SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s
Phần mềm này là một bộ gồm nhiều mô-đun/ứng dụng, tất cả đều ít nhiều độc lập nhau. Các mô-đun liên quan đến nhu cầu của bạn phải được kích hoạt và cấu hình. Các mục/tùy chọn sẽ được thêm vào menu với sự kích hoạt của một mô-đun. SetupDescription5=Các menu thiết lập khác quản lý các tham số tùy chọn. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url được gọi khi nhấp chuột vào hình ảnh điện thoại được thực hiện. Trong URL, bạn có thể sử dụng thẻ
__PHONETO__ sẽ được thay thế bằng số điện thoại của người cần gọi
__PHONEFROM__ sẽ được thay thế bằng số điện thoại của người gọi (của bạn)
__LOGIN__ sẽ được thay thế bằng đăng nhập clicktodial (được xác định trên thẻ người dùng)
__PASS__ sẽ được thay thế bằng mật khẩu clicktodial (được xác định trên thẻ người dùng). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Chỉ sử dụng một liên kết "tel:" trên các số điện thoại -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Điểm bán hàng CashDeskSetup=Thiết lập mô-đun Điểm bán hàng @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Lề trên PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Lề dưới PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=Không có thiết lập cụ thể cần thiết cho mô-đun này. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Đặt cái này thành Có nếu nhóm này là sự tính toán của các nhóm khác @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Lớn hơn IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=Với tài khoản GMail, nếu bạn đã bật xác thực 2 bước, bạn nên tạo mật khẩu thứ hai dành riêng cho ứng dụng thay vì sử dụng mật khẩu tài khoản của riêng bạn từ https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=Bạn có thể sử dụng hành động này để sử dụng nội dung email để tìm và tải một bên thứ ba hiện có trong cơ sở dữ liệu của bạn. Phần thứ ba được tìm thấy (hoặc được tạo) sẽ được sử dụng cho các hành động sau đây cần nó. Trong trường tham số, bạn có thể sử dụng ví dụ 'EXTRACT: BODY: Name: \\ s ([^ \\ s] *)' nếu bạn muốn trích xuất tên của bên thứ ba từ một chuỗi 'Name: name to find' được tìm thấy trong phần nội dung +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=Điểm kết thúc cho %s: %s DeleteEmailCollector=Xóa trình thu thập email ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Bạn có chắc chắn muốn xóa trình thu thập email này? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/cashdesk.lang index 100cd049586..58a083a655c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/errors.lang index 0eb21183959..ee6054991e5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Tham số PHP của bạn upload_max_filesize (%s) cao hơn tham số PHP post_max_size (%s). Đây không phải là một thiết lập phù hợp. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/eventorganization.lang index 53b30dbd5d6..8eea9ed22d2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Loại sự kiện LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/holiday.lang index 5eeff8a8553..ac7356b7053 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Đang chờ phê duyệt ApprovedCP=Đã phê duyệt CancelCP=Đã hủy RefuseCP=Bị từ chối -ValidatorCP=Người duyệt +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=Danh sách nghỉ phép Leave=Yêu cầu rời LeaveId=ID Người nghỉ @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Yêu cầu rời TypeOfLeaveId=ID Loại nghỉ phép TypeOfLeaveCode=Mã Loại nghỉ phép TypeOfLeaveLabel=Nhãn Loại nghỉ phép -NbUseDaysCP=Số ngày nghỉ đã tiêu thụ -NbUseDaysCPHelp=Việc tính toán có tính đến những ngày không làm việc và những ngày nghỉ được xác định trong từ điển. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Ngày đã tiêu thụ -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Số ngày đã tiêu thụ trong tháng -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%slà một ngày không làm việc +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Ngày bắt đầu trong tháng DateEndInMonth=Ngày kết thúc trong tháng EditCP=Chỉnh sửa @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Xóa yêu cầu nghỉ ConfirmDeleteCP=Xác nhận việc xóa yêu cầu nghỉ này? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Lỗi bạn không có quyền xóa yêu cầu nghỉ phép này. CantCreateCP=Bạn không có quyền thực hiện các yêu cầu nghỉ phép. -InvalidValidatorCP=Bạn phải chọn một approbator để yêu cầu nghỉ phép của bạn. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=Bạn phải chọn một ngày bắt đầu. NoDateFin=Bạn phải chọn ngày kết thúc. ErrorDureeCP=Yêu cầu nghỉ phép của bạn không có một ngày làm việc. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=Người dùng ErrorAddEventToUserCP=Đã xảy ra lỗi khi thêm ngày nghỉ đặc biệt. AddEventToUserOkCP=Việc bổ sung nghỉ đặc biệt đã được hoàn thành. MenuLogCP=Lịch sử thay đổi -LogCP=Nhật kí cập nhận ngày nghỉ lễ -ActionByCP=Thực hiện bởi -UserUpdateCP=Đối với người dùng +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Cân bằng trước NewSoldeCP=Tạo cân bằng alreadyCPexist=Một yêu cầu nghỉ phép đã được thực hiện vào thời gian này. -FirstDayOfHoliday=Ngày đầu tiên của kỳ nghỉ -LastDayOfHoliday=Ngày cuối cùng của kỳ nghỉ +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=%s yêu cầu nghỉ phép mới được sửa HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Cập nhật hàng tháng ManualUpdate=Cập nhật thủ công @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Nghỉ ốm LEAVE_OTHER=Nghỉ phép khác LEAVE_PAID_FR=Kỳ nghỉ có trả lương ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Cập nhật tự động phân bổ nghỉ phép mới nhất -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Cập nhật tự động phân bổ nghỉ phép tháng mới nhất +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Cập nhật thành công. Module27130Name= Quản lý các yêu cầu nghỉ Module27130Desc= Quản lý các yêu cầu nghỉ phép @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Yêu cầu nghỉ phép của bạn cho% s đến% s đã FollowedByACounter=1: Loại nghỉ phép này cần phải được theo sau bởi một bộ đếm. Bộ đếm được tăng bằng tay hoặc tự động và khi yêu cầu nghỉ được xác thực, bộ đếm bị giảm.
0: Không được theo dõi bởi một bộ đếm. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=Chưa xác định rõ loại nghỉ phép cần thiết cho việc bộ đếm theo dõi GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Vào Trang chủ - Cài đặt - Từ điển - Loại nghỉ phép để thiết lập các loại nghỉ phép khác nhau. -HolidaySetup=Thiết lập mô-đun Nghỉ lễ -HolidaysNumberingModules=Mô hình ghi số các yêu cầu nghỉ phép +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template cho các yêu cầu nghỉ PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Chữ tủy thích trên PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Hình mờ trên yêu cầu nghỉ phép HolidaysToApprove=Ngày lễ để phê duyệt NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Không ai được phép xác nhận ngày nghỉ lễ +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/interventions.lang index 282ab4f63ff..410b4171765 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Thời hạn dòng Can thiệp InterLineDesc=Mô tả dòng Can thiệp RepeatableIntervention=Mẫu can thiệp ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Mở lại ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/knowledgemanagement.lang index c6893b41233..ecb9713bde7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = Về KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Điều KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/languages.lang index f1299789e8e..87f1865ef05 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Ả Rập Language_ar_EG=Ả Rập (Ai Cập) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Ả Rập Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Tiếng Bengal Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Hà Lan (Bỉ) Language_nl_NL=Hà Lan Language_pl_PL=Ba Lan +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Bồ Đào Nha (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Bồ Đào Nha Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/mails.lang index 2b9f6f9bd28..67b98858565 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Xóa bộ lọc AdvTgtSaveFilter=Lưu bộ lọc AdvTgtCreateFilter=Tạo bộ lọc AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Tên bộ lọc mới -NoContactWithCategoryFound=Không có liên lạc/địa chỉ với một danh mục được tìm thấy -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=Không có liên lạc/địa chỉ với một danh mục được tìm thấy +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/main.lang index e59f3484fde..a5b7c670839 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/other.lang index 40d5904d04b..5551849343e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Sản phẩm/dịch vụ phổ biến trong Đơn hàng ProductStatistics=Thống kê sản phẩm/dịch vụ NbOfQtyInOrders=Số lượng đã đặt hàng SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Đóng diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/partnership.lang index 5fec8be4894..4766b8adac3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/products.lang index fe2daf23a60..65496ad31fc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Sản phẩm ServiceSheet=Sheet dịch vụ PossibleValues=Các giá trị có thể GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Vào menu %s - %s để chuẩn bị các biến thể thuộc tính (như màu sắc, kích thước, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Thêm một tính năng để xác định các mô tả sản phẩm được mô tả bởi các nhà cung cấp bên cạnh các mô tả cho khách hàng +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Mô tả sản phẩm của nhà cung cấp UseProductSupplierPackaging=Sử dụng đóng gói theo giá của nhà cung cấp (tính toán lại số lượng theo bao bì được đặt theo giá của nhà cung cấp khi thêm / cập nhật dòng trong tài liệu của nhà cung cấp) PackagingForThisProduct=Đóng gói diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/projects.lang index c0282207a0e..efc6c68cd86 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=Không có tác vụ nào cho dự án này LinkedToAnotherCompany=Được liên kết đến các bên thứ ba TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Nhiệm vụ không được giao cho người dùng. Sử dụng nút ' %s ' để phân công nhiệm vụ ngay bây giờ. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Thời gian đã qua đang trống +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=Thao tác này sẽ xóa toàn bộ các tác vụ của dự án (%s các tác vụ ở thời điểm hiện tại) và toàn bộ dữ liệu đã nhập vào trong suốt thời gian vừa qua. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=Nếu một số đối tượng (hóa đơn, đơn hàng, ...), thuộc về một bên thứ ba khác, phải có liên kết đến dự án để tạo, giữ phần này trống để dự án có sự tham gia của nhiều bên thứ ba khác CloneTasks=Nhân bản tác vụ @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Dự án sửa đổi %s mới nhất OtherFilteredTasks=Các nhiệm vụ được lọc khác NoAssignedTasks=Không tìm thấy nhiệm vụ được giao (chỉ định dự án / nhiệm vụ cho người dùng hiện tại từ hộp chọn trên cùng để nhập thời gian vào nó) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Một bên thứ ba phải được xác định trong dự án để có thể lập hóa đơn. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=Một bên thứ ba phải được xác định trong dự án để có thể lập hóa đơn. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Chọn một cônng việc chưa gán cho bạn # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Cho phép người dùng nhận xét về các nhiệm vụ @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Thông tin dự án %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Mô-đun "Tiền lương" phải được bật để xác định mức lương hàng giờ của nhân viên để có thời gian được định giá NewTaskRefSuggested=Tham chiếu nhiệm vụ đã được sử dụng, yêu cầu một tham chiếu nhiệm vụ mới TimeSpentInvoiced=Thời gian đã qua được lập hóa đơn +TimeSpentForIntervention=Thời gian đã qua TimeSpentForInvoice=Thời gian đã qua OneLinePerUser=Một dòng trên mỗi người dùng ServiceToUseOnLines=Dịch vụ được sử dụng trên các dòng InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Hóa đơn %s đã được tạo từ thời gian dành đã qua trên dự án +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Kiểm tra xem bạn nhập bảng thời gian vào các nhiệm vụ của dự án VÀ bạn có kế hoạch tạo (các) hóa đơn từ bảng chấm công để lập hóa đơn cho khách hàng của dự án (không kiểm tra xem bạn có kế hoạch tạo hóa đơn không dựa trên bảng thời gian đã nhập không). Lưu ý: Để tạo hóa đơn, hãy chuyển đến tab 'Thời gian sử dụng' của dự án và chọn các dòng để đưa vào. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Theo dõi cơ hội ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Cách dùng: Cơ hội UsageTasks=Cách dùng: Nhiệm vụ UsageBillTimeShort=Cách dùng: Hóa đơn thời gian InvoiceToUse=Hoá đơn dự thảo sử dụng +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=Hóa đơn mới +NewInter=Can thiệp mới OneLinePerTask=Dòng dòng một công việc OneLinePerPeriod=Một dòng cho một khoảng thời gian OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/stocks.lang index 03a000c78d7..69b50adbcf7 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Giá trị kho UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Tự động tạo người dùng kho khi tạo người dùng AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Quản lý đồng thời giá trị cho tồn kho tối thiểu và mong muốn trên mỗi cặp (sản phẩm - kho) ngoài giá trị cho tồn kho tối thiểu và mong muốn trên mỗi sản phẩm RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Chuyển tồn kho của sản phẩm %s vào kho khác InventoryCodeShort=Mã chuyển/kiểm kho NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=Không chờ tiếp nhận do đơn đặt hàng mua mở ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=Số lô/sê-ri này ( %s ) đã tồn tại nhưng với hạn sử dụng hoặc hạn bán khác nhau (tìm thấy %s nhưng bạn nhập %s ). -OpenAll=Mở cho tất cả các hành động -OpenInternal=Chỉ mở cho các hành động nội bộ +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Sử dụng trạng thái trình công văn (phê duyệt / từ chối) cho các dòng sản phẩm khi nhận đơn đặt hàng OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Tùy chọn "một vài mức giá cho mỗi phân khúc" được bật. Điều đó có nghĩa là một sản phẩm có nhiều giá bán nên không thể tính được giá trị bán ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Giới hạn tồn kho để cảnh báo và tồn kho tối ưu mong muốn được tạo chính xác @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/ticket.lang index a5be7d8cb6a..5f0ec994cbc 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Đã trả lời Waiting=Đang chờ -Closed=Đã đóng +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Đã xóa # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Mức độ nghiêm trọng ShowTicket=Xem vé RelatedTickets=Vé liên quan TicketAddIntervention=Tạo sự can thiệp -CloseTicket=Đóng vé -CloseATicket=Đóng vé +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Xác nhận đóng vé +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Vui lòng xác nhận xóa vé TicketDeletedSuccess=Vé đã xóa thành công TicketMarkedAsClosed=Vé được đánh dấu là đã đóng diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/trips.lang index af64ab0659d..d477a5d9a03 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=Báo cáo chi phí %s đã bị hủy.
- Ngư ExpenseReportPaid=Một báo cáo chi phí đã được thanh toán ExpenseReportPaidMessage=Báo cáo chi phí %s đã được thanh toán.
- Người dùng: %s
- Được trả bởi: %s
Nhấn vào đây để hiển thị báo cáo chi phí: %s TripId=ID Báo cáo chi phí -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Người để thông báo xác nhận. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Thông tin công ty TripNDF=Thông tin báo cáo chi phí PDFStandardExpenseReports=Mẫu chuẩn để tạo tài liệu PDF cho báo cáo chi phí @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Ngày từ chối DATE_SAVE=Ngày xác nhận DATE_CANCEL=Ngày hủy DATE_PAIEMENT=Ngày thanh toán -BROUILLONNER=Mở lại ExpenseReportRef=Tham chiếu báo cáo chi phí ValidateAndSubmit=Xác nhận và trình phê duyệt ValidatedWaitingApproval=Xác nhận (chờ phê duyệt) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Thanh toán báo cáo chi phí ExpenseReportsToApprove=Báo cáo chi phí để phê duyệt ExpenseReportsToPay=Báo cáo chi phí phải trả ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Bạn có chắc chắn muốn sao chép báo cáo chi phí này? -ExpenseReportsIk=Báo cáo chi phí chỉ số milles +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Quy tắc báo cáo chi phí ExpenseReportIkDesc=Bạn có thể sửa đổi cách tính chi phí km theo danh mục và phạm vi người được xác định trước đó. d là khoảng cách tính bằng km ExpenseReportRulesDesc=Bạn có thể tạo hoặc cập nhật bất kỳ quy tắc tính toán. Phần này sẽ được sử dụng khi người dùng tạo một báo cáo chi phí mới @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=theo ngày (không giới hạn) nolimitbyEX_MON=theo tháng (không giới hạn) nolimitbyEX_YEA=theo năm (không giới hạn) nolimitbyEX_EXP=theo dòng (không giới hạn) -CarCategory=Danh mục xe +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Số tiền offset: %s RangeIk=Phạm vi số dặm AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Đính kèm dòng vào một tài liệu được tải lên diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/withdrawals.lang index 2b2c1e76554..63c347dcaf2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s yêu cầu thanh toán ghi nợ trực tiếp được g BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Mã ngân hàng của bên thứ ba NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=Không có hóa đơn ghi nợ thành công. Kiểm tra xem hóa đơn có trên các công ty có IBAN hợp lệ không và IBAN có UMR (Tham chiếu ủy quyền duy nhất) với chế độ %s . +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Phân loại tín dụng ClassCreditedConfirm=Bạn có chắc chắn muốn phân loại biên nhận rút tiền này là ghi có trên tài khoản ngân hàng của bạn không? TransData=Ngày chuyển @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Ngày thi hành CreateForSepa=Tạo tập tin ghi nợ trực tiếp -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END=Thẻ SEPA XML "EndToEndId" - Id duy nhất được gán cho mỗi giao dịch USTRD=Thẻ SEPA XML "không cấu trúc" ADDDAYS=Thêm ngày vào Ngày thực hiện diff --git a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/workflow.lang index 5926b4e4b9b..674f242e16e 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/vi_VN/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Phân loại đề xuất nguồn đ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Phân loại đơn đặt hàng bán nguồn được liên kết là đã xuất hóa đơn khi hóa đơn của khách hàng được xác nhận(và nếu số tiền hóa đơn giống với tổng số tiền của đơn hàng được liên kết) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Phân loại đơn đặt hàng bán nguồn được liên kết là đã xuất hóa đơn khi hóa đơn của khách hàng được đặt thành thanh toán (và nếu số tiền của hóa đơn giống với tổng số tiền của đơn hàng được liên kết) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Phân loại đơn đặt hàng bán nguồn được liên kết khi vận chuyển khi một lô hàng được xác nhận (và nếu số tiền vận chuyển của tất cả các lô hàng giống như trong đơn hàng để cập nhật) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Phân loại đề xuất nhà cung cấp nguồn được liên kết là đã xuất hóa đơn khi hóa đơn của nhà cung cấp được xác nhận (và nếu số tiền hóa đơn giống với tổng số tiền của đề xuất được liên kết) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Phân loại đơn đặt hàng mua nguồn được liên kết là đã xuất hóa đơn khi hóa đơn của nhà cung cấp được xác nhận (và nếu số tiền hóa đơn giống với tổng số tiền của đơn hàng được liên kết) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/accountancy.lang index 8a549782450..fb19f6024c2 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=非欧共体国家 CountriesInEECExceptMe=欧共体国家除了%s CountriesExceptMe=除%s以外的所有国家/地区 AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=会计科目清单 UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=付款未与任何产品/服务相关联 OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=典型的导出 Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/admin.lang index 01242313797..7800a27b5e3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=字节数 SearchString=搜寻字串 NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Ajax 禁用时不可用 AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=在合作方的文档上，可以选择链接到另一个合作方的项目 +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=禁用 JavaScript UsePreviewTabs=使用预览标签 ShowPreview=显示预览 @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=多币种设置 MenuLimits=精确度 MenuIdParent=父菜单ID DetailMenuIdParent=父菜单ID (空表示顶级菜单) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=排序编号，以确定菜单位置 AllMenus=全部 NotConfigured=模块或应用未配置 @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=功能仅适用于官方稳定版本 BoxesDesc=资讯框是一些页面中显示信息的屏幕区域。你可以选择目标页面并点击“启用”或垃圾桶按钮来显示或禁用这些信息域。 OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=仅显示 已启用模块 的元素。 ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=你能在外部互联网查找到并下载更多的功能模块... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=更多模块... @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=点击拨号模块设置 ClickToDialUrlDesc=当点击手机图片完成时，网址会被呼叫。在网址中，您可以使用标记为
__ PHONETO __ ，这些标记将替换为要拨打电话号码的人员的电话号码
__ PHONEFROM __ 将替换为通话电话号码person（你的）
__ LOGIN __将替换为clicktodial登录（在用户卡上定义）
__ PASS __ 将替换为clicktodial密码（在用户上定义）卡）。 ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=在电话号码上链接 "tel:" -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=PDF的上边距 MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=PDF的底部边距 MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=如果此组是其他组的计算，则将此值设置为yes @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/cashdesk.lang index 068b5c083ca..ec4c5ae1a54 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/errors.lang index 6104b84e4fd..b5a25051391 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/eventorganization.lang index 46e13a3af84..110863f923d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = 活动类型 LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/holiday.lang index 748f61839d6..80eb27aebf5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=等待批准 ApprovedCP=批准 CancelCP=取消 RefuseCP=拒绝 -ValidatorCP=同意 +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=请假条 LeaveId=请假申请 ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=请假条 TypeOfLeaveId=请假ID的类型 TypeOfLeaveCode=请假类型 TypeOfLeaveLabel=请假标签的类型 -NbUseDaysCP=消耗的休假天数 -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=消耗的天数 -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=一个月消耗的天数 -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=以月开始日期 DateEndInMonth=截止日期 EditCP=编辑 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=删除请假条 ConfirmDeleteCP=确认删除该请假申请？ ErrorCantDeleteCP=错误，您没有权限删除这个请假条。 CantCreateCP=您无权做请假条。 -InvalidValidatorCP=你必须选择同意你自己的请假申请。 +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=起始日期为必选。 NoDateFin=结束日期为必选。 ErrorDureeCP=你的请假申请不在工作时间内即是说你不需要请假因为不是工作时间呀请什么假呀。 @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=用户 ErrorAddEventToUserCP=添加外部请假时出错异常。 AddEventToUserOkCP=外部请假添加成功。 MenuLogCP=查看变更日志 -LogCP=可用休假天数的更新日志 -ActionByCP=执行人 -UserUpdateCP=用户 +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=上一条平衡 NewSoldeCP=新建平衡 alreadyCPexist=这个期间已有请假申请了。 -FirstDayOfHoliday=假期第一天 -LastDayOfHoliday=假期最后一天 +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=最近变更的 %s 份请假申请 HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=每月更新 ManualUpdate=手动更新 @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=病假 LEAVE_OTHER=其他请假 LEAVE_PAID_FR=带薪休假 ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=更新成功。 Module27130Name= 管理请假申请 Module27130Desc= 管理请假申请 @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=你的请假申请 %s 到 %s 已取消。 FollowedByACounter=1：这种假期需要一个计数器。计数器手动或自动递增，当验证请假时，计数器递减。
0：无计数器。 NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=没有定义的休假类型需要由计数器跟随 GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/interventions.lang index dc11371f4cc..04f905bb97f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=线路持续时间干预 InterLineDesc=线描述干预 RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=重新打开 ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/knowledgemanagement.lang index c34af640995..1dd4ec72abe 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = 关于 KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = 项目 KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/languages.lang index c76f9240de0..6ce6fa506d5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=阿拉伯语 Language_ar_EG=阿拉伯语（埃及） +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=阿拉伯语 Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=荷兰语（比利时） Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=波兰语 +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=葡萄牙语（巴西） Language_pt_PT=葡萄牙 Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/mails.lang index 57d3caf2bc0..4b5f909e543 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=删除筛选 AdvTgtSaveFilter=保存筛选 AdvTgtCreateFilter=创建筛选 AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=新筛选器的名称 -NoContactWithCategoryFound=分类没有联系人/地址 -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=分类没有联系人/地址 +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/main.lang index f41cc602ff4..1ad1be5f149 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/other.lang index da40db325fc..797dae05e1b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = 关闭 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/partnership.lang index c6e60620deb..e2d2129eabb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/products.lang index ea8d0a935c5..80145c86117 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=产品表 ServiceSheet=服务单 PossibleValues=可能的值 GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=继续菜单%s - %s准备属性变体（如颜色，大小......） -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/projects.lang index 42f1c27b628..8eb7fcfb5a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=该项目没有任务 LinkedToAnotherCompany=链接到其他合作方 TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=任务未分配给用户。使用按钮“ %s ”立即分配任务。 ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=所花费的时间是空的 +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=这一行动也将删除所有项目任务 (%s 任务的时刻) ，花全部的时间都投入。 IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=如果某些对象(发票，订单，...)，属于其他合作方，必须与该项目以创建，保持这个空项目多的合作方。 CloneTasks=复制任务 @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=最新的%s编辑过的项目 OtherFilteredTasks=其他过滤任务 NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=允许用户对任务发表评论 @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=信息项目%s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=所花费的时间 TimeSpentForInvoice=所花费的时间 OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=新建发票 +NewInter=新的干预 OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/stocks.lang index e57e352e059..768d89c2c4b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=仓库价值 UserWarehouseAutoCreate=创建用户时自动创建用户仓库 AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=库存调拨移转 %s 到其他仓库库位中 InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. 代码 NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=此批/序号（ %s ）已存在，但具有不同的吃饭或卖出日期（找到 %s 但您输入 %s ）。 -OpenAll=打开所有操作 -OpenInternal=仅对内部操作打开 +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=选项“每个段的几个价格”已开启。这意味着一个产品有几个销售价格，因此无法计算出售价值 ProductStockWarehouseCreated=正确创建警报和所需最佳库存的库存限制 @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/ticket.lang index 72ecda956a0..7aa1360822b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=回答 Waiting=等候 -Closed=关闭 +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=删除 # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=严重 ShowTicket=看票 RelatedTickets=相关票据 TicketAddIntervention=创建干预 -CloseTicket=关票据 -CloseATicket=关票据 +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=确认票据关闭 +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=请确认删除票据 TicketDeletedSuccess=票证已成功删除 TicketMarkedAsClosed=票据标记为已关闭 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/trips.lang index 613da69a9f4..03d7154e5f8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=费用报告%s被取消。
- 用户：%s
ExpenseReportPaid=支付了费用报告 ExpenseReportPaidMessage=费用报告%s已付款。
- 用户：%s
- 支付方式：%s
点击此处显示费用报告：%s TripId=费用报表ID号 -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=通知人确认。 +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=公司资料信息 TripNDF=费用报表信息 PDFStandardExpenseReports=用于生成费用报表PDF文档的标准模板 @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=否认日期 DATE_SAVE=验证日期 DATE_CANCEL=取消日期 DATE_PAIEMENT=付款日期 -BROUILLONNER=重新打开 ExpenseReportRef=参考。开支报告 ValidateAndSubmit=同意验证和提交 ValidatedWaitingApproval=验证 (等待审批) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=支付费用报表 ExpenseReportsToApprove=批准费用报表 ExpenseReportsToPay=支付费用报表 ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=您确定要克隆此费用报告吗？ -ExpenseReportsIk=费用报告milles指数 +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=费用报告规则 ExpenseReportIkDesc=您可以按类别和范围修改公里费用的计算。 d 是以千米为单位的距离 ExpenseReportRulesDesc=您可以创建或更新任何计算规则。当用户创建新的费用报表时，将使用此部分 @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=按天（没有限制） nolimitbyEX_MON=按月（无限制） nolimitbyEX_YEA=按年（无限制） nolimitbyEX_EXP=按行（没有限制） -CarCategory=汽车类别 +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=抵消金额：%s RangeIk=里程范围 -AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the new line to an existing document +AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/withdrawals.lang index c21b3b1f702..c1dd0079b59 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s记录了直接付款请求 BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=分类记 ClassCreditedConfirm=你确定要分类这一撤离收据上记入您的银行帐户？ TransData=数据传输 @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=执行日期 CreateForSepa=创建直接付款文件 -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/workflow.lang index d327a5e148d..65b1e6e7c10 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_CN/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/accountancy.lang index 27be673dd9c..771f0a83e7b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=Countries not in EEC CountriesInEECExceptMe=Countries in EEC except %s CountriesExceptMe=All countries except %s AccountantFiles=Export source documents -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=View by accounting account VueBySubAccountAccounting=View by accounting subaccount @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=Consult here the list of third-party customers and vendors ListAccounts=List of the accounting accounts UnknownAccountForThirdparty=Unknown third-party account. We will use %s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=Unknown third-party account. Blocking error -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. We will use %s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=Third-party unknown and subledger not defined on the payment. We will keep the subledger account value empty. -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Third-party account not defined or third party unknown. Blocking error. +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=Unknown third-party account and waiting account not defined. Blocking error PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=Payment not linked to any product / service OpeningBalance=Opening balance @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=Classic export Modelcsv_CEGID=Export for CEGID Expert Comptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=Export for Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=Export for Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage Ciel Compta or Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=Export for Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=Export for EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=Export for Cogilog diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/admin.lang index 73004a3c8b1..f52c28a9da3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/admin.lang @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=Number of Bytes SearchString=Search string NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=Not available when Ajax disabled AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=On document of a third party, can choose a project linked to another third party +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=Prevent recording time spent after the following number of months JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript disabled UsePreviewTabs=Use preview tabs ShowPreview=Show preview @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=Multi-currency setup MenuLimits=Limits and accuracy MenuIdParent=Parent menu ID DetailMenuIdParent=ID of parent menu (empty for a top menu) +ParentID=Parent ID DetailPosition=Sort number to define menu position AllMenus=All NotConfigured=Module/Application not configured @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=Feature only available on official stable versions BoxesDesc=Widgets are components showing some information that you can add to personalize some pages. You can choose between showing the widget or not by selecting target page and clicking 'Activate', or by clicking the trashcan to disable it. OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=Only elements from enabled modules are shown. ModulesDesc=The modules/applications determine which features are available in the software. Some modules require permissions to be granted to users after activating the module. Click the on/off button %s of each module to enable or disable a module/application. +ModulesDesc2=Click the wheel button %s to configure the module/application. ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=You can find more modules to download on external websites on the Internet... ModulesDeployDesc=If permissions on your file system allow it, you can use this tool to deploy an external module. The module will then be visible on the tab %s. ModulesMarketPlaces=Find external app/modules @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=The following two sections are mandatory (the two first entrie SetupDescription3=%s -> %s

Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). SetupDescription4=%s -> %s

This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. SetupDescription5=Other Setup menu entries manage optional parameters. +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=Security events that are audited NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=No security events are audited. You can enable them from menu %s Audit=Security events @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=Click To Dial module setup ClickToDialUrlDesc=Url called when a click on phone picto is done. In URL, you can use tags
__PHONETO__ that will be replaced with the phone number of person to call
__PHONEFROM__ that will be replaced with phone number of calling person (yours)
__LOGIN__ that will be replaced with clicktodial login (defined on user card)
__PASS__ that will be replaced with clicktodial password (defined on user card). ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=Use just a link "tel:" on phone numbers -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=Point of Sale CashDeskSetup=Point of Sales module setup @@ -1989,6 +1995,8 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=Top margin on PDF MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=Bottom margin on PDF MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=Height for logo on PDF MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF NothingToSetup=There is no specific setup required for this module. SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=Set this to yes if this group is a computation of other groups @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=Larger than IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=With a GMail account, if you enabled the 2 steps validation, it is recommanded to create a dedicated second password for the application instead of using your own account passsword from https://myaccount.google.com/. EmailCollectorTargetDir=It may be a desired behaviour to move the email into another tag/directory when it was processed successfully. Just set name of directory here to use this feature (Do NOT use special characters in name). Note that you must also use a read/write login account. -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it. In the parameter field you can use for example 'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' if you want to extract the name of the thirdparty from a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body. +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=End point for %s : %s DeleteEmailCollector=Delete email collector ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=Are you sure you want to delete this email collector? @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=Contact your bank to get this ID AdvancedModeOnly=Permision available in Advanced permission mode only ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=The conf file is readable or writable by any users. Give permission to web server user and group only. MailToSendEventOrganization=Event Organization +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=Default event status when creating a event from the form YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=You should disable PHP functions IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=Except if you need to run system commands in custom code, you shoud disable PHP functions @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=Database password is obfuscated in conf file DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=Database password is NOT obfuscated in conf file APIsAreNotEnabled=APIs modules are not enabled YouShouldSetThisToOff=You should set this to 0 or off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/cashdesk.lang index c9d0f7fcd0a..3bc383ed2a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=Print payment method on tickets|receipts WeighingScale=Weighing scale ShowPriceHT = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on screen) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = Display the column with the price excluding tax (on the receipt) +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/errors.lang index 85b90ca4991..45b2c258c41 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=Error, amount is mandatory ErrorAPercentIsRequired=Error, please fill in the percentage correctly ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=You must first setup your chart of account ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=Failed to find template with code name %s +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=Duration not defined on service. No way to calculate the hourly price. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=Your PHP parameter upload_max_filesize (%s) is higher than PHP parameter post_max_size (%s). This is not a consistent setup. diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/eventorganization.lang index f361e6bc192..67a242e640a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/eventorganization.lang @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = Event type LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/holiday.lang index eb2cd89adf1..0527f4c0788 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/holiday.lang @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ ToReviewCP=Awaiting approval ApprovedCP=Approved CancelCP=Canceled RefuseCP=Refused -ValidatorCP=Approbator +ValidatorCP=Approver ListeCP=List of leave Leave=Leave request LeaveId=Leave ID @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ TitreRequestCP=Leave request TypeOfLeaveId=Type of leave ID TypeOfLeaveCode=Type of leave code TypeOfLeaveLabel=Type of leave label -NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of vacation consumed -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. -NbUseDaysCPShort=Days consumed -NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days consumed in month -DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non working day +NbUseDaysCP=Number of days of leave used +NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPShort=Days of leave +NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=Days of leave in month +DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s is a non-working day DateStartInMonth=Start date in month DateEndInMonth=End date in month EditCP=Edit @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TitleDeleteCP=Delete the leave request ConfirmDeleteCP=Confirm the deletion of this leave request? ErrorCantDeleteCP=Error you don't have the right to delete this leave request. CantCreateCP=You don't have the right to make leave requests. -InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose an approbator to your leave request. +InvalidValidatorCP=You must choose the approver for your leave request. NoDateDebut=You must select a start date. NoDateFin=You must select an end date. ErrorDureeCP=Your leave request does not contain working day. @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=User ErrorAddEventToUserCP=An error occurred while adding the exceptional leave. AddEventToUserOkCP=The addition of the exceptional leave has been completed. MenuLogCP=View change logs -LogCP=Log of updates of available vacation days -ActionByCP=Performed by -UserUpdateCP=For the user +LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +ActionByCP=Updated by +UserUpdateCP=Updated for PrevSoldeCP=Previous Balance NewSoldeCP=New Balance alreadyCPexist=A leave request has already been done on this period. -FirstDayOfHoliday=First day of vacation -LastDayOfHoliday=Last day of vacation +FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request +LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=Latest %s modified leave requests HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update ManualUpdate=Manual update @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=Sick leave LEAVE_OTHER=Other leave LEAVE_PAID_FR=Paid vacation ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Latest automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of latest automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation UpdateConfCPOK=Updated successfully. Module27130Name= Management of leave requests Module27130Desc= Management of leave requests @@ -125,10 +125,12 @@ HolidaysCanceledBody=Your leave request for %s to %s has been canceled. FollowedByACounter=1: This type of leave need to be followed by a counter. Counter is incremented manually or automatically and when a leave request is validated, counter is decremented.
0: Not followed by a counter. NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=There is no leave types defined that need to be followed by a counter GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=Go into Home - Setup - Dictionaries - Type of leave to setup the different types of leaves. -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Holiday -HolidaysNumberingModules=Leave requests numbering models +HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave +HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests TemplatePDFHolidays=Template for leave requests PDF FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=Free text on PDF WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=Watermarks on draft leave requests HolidaysToApprove=Holidays to approve NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=Nobody has permission to validate holidays +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=Monthly update of holiday balance +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/interventions.lang index 51079fca278..ef5df43e546 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=Line duration intervention InterLineDesc=Line description intervention RepeatableIntervention=Template of intervention ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=To create a predefined or recurring intervention, create a common intervention and convert it into intervention template -Reopen=Reopen ConfirmReopenIntervention=Are you sure you want to open back the intervention %s? +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/knowledgemanagement.lang index 68f5cced76c..99425830e53 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = About KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = Article KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/languages.lang index da8ad5376a1..023edb64c52 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/languages.lang @@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ Language_am_ET=Ethiopian Language_ar_AR=Arabic Language_ar_EG=Arabic (Egypt) +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=Arabic Language_ar_TN=Arabic (Tunisia) +Language_ar_IQ=Arabic (Iraq) Language_az_AZ=Azerbaijani Language_bn_BD=Bengali Language_bn_IN=Bengali (India) @@ -83,6 +85,7 @@ Language_ne_NP=Nepali Language_nl_BE=Dutch (Belgium) Language_nl_NL=Dutch Language_pl_PL=Polish +Language_pt_AO=Portuguese (Angola) Language_pt_BR=Portuguese (Brazil) Language_pt_PT=Portuguese Language_ro_MD=Romanian (Moldavia) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/mails.lang index 24c86cc885a..1c0dd638eeb 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/mails.lang @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ AdvTgtDeleteFilter=Delete filter AdvTgtSaveFilter=Save filter AdvTgtCreateFilter=Create filter AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=Name of new filter -NoContactWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No contact/address with a category found +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=Outgoing emails InGoingEmailSetup=Incoming emails OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=Outgoing emails (for module %s) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/main.lang index 863b94af564..6c1ef6aa659 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/main.lang @@ -1137,3 +1137,15 @@ CopiedToClipboard=Copied to clipboard InformationOnLinkToContract=This amount is only the total of all the lines of the contract. No notion of time is taken into consideration. ConfirmCancel=Are you sure you want to cancel EmailMsgID=Email MsgID +SetToEnabled=Set to enabled +SetToDisabled=Set to disabled +ConfirmMassEnabling=mass enabling confirmation +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to enable the %s selected record(s)? +ConfirmMassDisabling=mass disabling confirmation +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=Are you sure you want to disable the %s selected record(s)? +RecordsEnabled=%s record(s) enabled +RecordsDisabled=%s record(s) disabled +RecordEnabled=Record enabled +RecordDisabled=Record disabled +Forthcoming=Forthcoming +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/other.lang index bb35099ab82..ea280968ef4 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/other.lang @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=Products/Services by popularity in Orders ProductStatistics=Products/Services Statistics NbOfQtyInOrders=Qty in orders SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=Select an object to view its statistics... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = Are you sure you want to "%s" ? +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = Confirm your action +CloseDialog = Close diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/partnership.lang index 2fb10e8159e..606c3a0df3b 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has be YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=We inform you that your partnership request has been accepted. YourPartnershipCanceledContent=We inform you that your partnership has been canceled. +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=Decline reason + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/products.lang index fecbe7450c2..bf34efe3f79 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/products.lang @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=Product sheet ServiceSheet=Service sheet PossibleValues=Possible values GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=Go on menu %s - %s to prepare attribute variants (like colors, size, ...) -UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the descriptions of products defined by the vendors in addition to descriptions for customers +UseProductFournDesc=Add a feature to define the product description defined by the vendors (for each vendor reference) in addition to the description for customers ProductSupplierDescription=Vendor description for the product UseProductSupplierPackaging=Use packaging on supplier prices (recalculate quantities according to packaging set on supplier price when adding/updating line in supplier documents) PackagingForThisProduct=Packaging diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/projects.lang index 6c96fadb5c1..77fc9970303 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=No tasks for this project LinkedToAnotherCompany=Linked to other third party TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=Task not assigned to user. Use button '%s' to assign task now. ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=Time spent is empty +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=This action will also delete all tasks of project (%s tasks at the moment) and all inputs of time spent. IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=If some objects (invoice, order, ...), belonging to another third party, must be linked to the project to create, keep this empty to have the project being multi third parties. CloneTasks=Clone tasks @@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ LatestModifiedProjects=Latest %s modified projects OtherFilteredTasks=Other filtered tasks NoAssignedTasks=No assigned tasks found (assign project/tasks to the current user from the top select box to enter time on it) ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=A third party must be defined on project to be able to invoice it. ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=Choose a task not yet assigned to you # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=Allow user comments on tasks @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=Information project %s ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=Module 'Salaries' must be enabled to define employee hourly rate to have time spent valorized NewTaskRefSuggested=Task ref already used, a new task ref is required TimeSpentInvoiced=Time spent billed +TimeSpentForIntervention=Time spent TimeSpentForInvoice=Time spent OneLinePerUser=One line per user ServiceToUseOnLines=Service to use on lines InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Invoice %s has been generated from time spent on project +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=Check if you enter timesheet on tasks of project AND you plan to generate invoice(s) from the timesheet to bill the customer of the project (do not check if you plan to create invoice that is not based on entered timesheets). Note: To generate invoice, go on tab 'Time spent' of the project and select lines to include. ProjectFollowOpportunity=Follow opportunity ProjectFollowTasks=Follow tasks or time spent @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=Usage: Opportunity UsageTasks=Usage: Tasks UsageBillTimeShort=Usage: Bill time InvoiceToUse=Draft invoice to use +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=New invoice +NewInter=New intervention OneLinePerTask=One line per task OneLinePerPeriod=One line per period OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=One line for each time spent declaration diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/stocks.lang index d39791932a3..c1f0abc43a8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/stocks.lang @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ EnhancedValueOfWarehouses=Warehouses value UserWarehouseAutoCreate=Create a user warehouse automatically when creating a user AllowAddLimitStockByWarehouse=Manage also value for minimum and desired stock per pairing (product-warehouse) in addition to the value for minimum and desired stock per product RuleForWarehouse=Rule for warehouses -WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on third-party +WarehouseAskWarehouseOnThirparty=Set a warehouse on Third-parties WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringPropal=Set a warehouse on Commercial proposals WarehouseAskWarehouseDuringOrder=Set a warehouse on Sale orders UserDefaultWarehouse=Set a warehouse on Users @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ MovementTransferStock=Stock transfer of product %s into another warehouse InventoryCodeShort=Inv./Mov. code NoPendingReceptionOnSupplierOrder=No pending reception due to open purchase order ThisSerialAlreadyExistWithDifferentDate=This lot/serial number (%s) already exists but with different eatby or sellby date (found %s but you enter %s). -OpenAll=Open for all actions -OpenInternal=Open only for internal actions +OpenAnyMovement=Open (all movement) +OpenInternal=Open (only internal movement) UseDispatchStatus=Use a dispatch status (approve/refuse) for product lines on purchase order reception OptionMULTIPRICESIsOn=Option "several prices per segment" is on. It means a product has several selling price so value for sell can't be calculated ProductStockWarehouseCreated=Stock limit for alert and desired optimal stock correctly created @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=Fill real quantity with expected quantity ShowAllBatchByDefault=By default, show batch details on product "stock" tab CollapseBatchDetailHelp=You can set batch detail default display in stocks module configuration FieldCannotBeNegative=Field "%s" cannot be negative +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/ticket.lang index a1bed39c21d..5615415ef28 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/ticket.lang @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=Waiting for reporter feedback NeedMoreInformationShort=Waiting for feedback Answered=Answered Waiting=Waiting -Closed=Closed +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=Deleted # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=Severity ShowTicket=See ticket RelatedTickets=Related tickets TicketAddIntervention=Create intervention -CloseTicket=Close ticket -CloseATicket=Close a ticket +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=Confirm ticket closing +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=Please confirm ticket deleting TicketDeletedSuccess=Ticket deleted with success TicketMarkedAsClosed=Ticket marked as closed diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/trips.lang index 654f14d6bf7..c9a6c792077 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/trips.lang @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ ExpenseReportCanceledMessage=The expense report %s was canceled.
- User: %s< ExpenseReportPaid=An expense report was paid ExpenseReportPaidMessage=The expense report %s was paid.
- User: %s
- Paid by: %s
Click here to show the expense report: %s TripId=Id expense report -AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to inform for validation. +AnyOtherInThisListCanValidate=Person to be informed for validating the request. TripSociete=Information company TripNDF=Informations expense report PDFStandardExpenseReports=Standard template to generate a PDF document for expense report @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=Deny date DATE_SAVE=Validation date DATE_CANCEL=Cancelation date DATE_PAIEMENT=Payment date -BROUILLONNER=Reopen ExpenseReportRef=Ref. expense report ValidateAndSubmit=Validate and submit for approval ValidatedWaitingApproval=Validated (waiting for approval) @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ ExpenseReportPayment=Expense report payment ExpenseReportsToApprove=Expense reports to approve ExpenseReportsToPay=Expense reports to pay ConfirmCloneExpenseReport=Are you sure you want to clone this expense report ? -ExpenseReportsIk=Expense report milles index +ExpenseReportsIk=Configuration of mileage charges ExpenseReportsRules=Expense report rules ExpenseReportIkDesc=You can modify the calculation of kilometers expense by category and range who they are previously defined. d is the distance in kilometers ExpenseReportRulesDesc=You can create or update any rules of calculation. This part will be used when user will create a new expense report @@ -145,7 +144,7 @@ nolimitbyEX_DAY=by day (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_MON=by month (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_YEA=by year (no limitation) nolimitbyEX_EXP=by line (no limitation) -CarCategory=Category of car +CarCategory=Vehicle category ExpenseRangeOffset=Offset amount: %s RangeIk=Mileage range AttachTheNewLineToTheDocument=Attach the line to an uploaded document diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/withdrawals.lang index 059b3451c11..a3773a427a1 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/withdrawals.lang @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ WithdrawRequestsDone=%s direct debit payment requests recorded BankTransferRequestsDone=%s credit transfer requests recorded ThirdPartyBankCode=Third-party bank code NoInvoiceCouldBeWithdrawed=No invoice debited successfully. Check that invoices are on companies with a valid IBAN and that IBAN has a UMR (Unique Mandate Reference) with mode %s. +WithdrawalCantBeCreditedTwice=This withdrawal receipt is already marked as credited; this can't be done twice, as this would potentially create duplicate payments and bank entries. ClassCredited=Classify credited ClassCreditedConfirm=Are you sure you want to classify this withdrawal receipt as credited on your bank account? TransData=Transmission date @@ -132,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=Execution date CreateForSepa=Create direct debit file -ICS=Creditor Identifier CI for direct debit -ICSTransfer=Creditor Identifier CI for bank transfer +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML tag - Unique id assigned per transaction USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML tag ADDDAYS=Add days to Execution Date diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/workflow.lang index 494a0424a75..adfe7f69609 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_HK/workflow.lang @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=Classify linked source proposal as b descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=Classify linked source sales order as billed when customer invoice is set to paid (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is validated (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=Classify linked source vendor proposal as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked proposal) descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=Classify linked source purchase order as billed when vendor invoice is validated (and if the amount of the invoice is the same as the total amount of the linked order) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/accountancy.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/accountancy.lang index 16603c5910a..385954b95b3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/accountancy.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/accountancy.lang @@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ CountriesNotInEEC=非歐盟國家 CountriesInEECExceptMe=除了%s以外的歐盟國家 CountriesExceptMe=除了%s以外的所有國家 AccountantFiles=匯出來源文件 -ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp=With this tool, you can export the source events (list in CSV and PDFs) that were used to generate your accountancy. +ExportAccountingSourceDocHelp2=To export your journals, use the menu entry %s - %s. VueByAccountAccounting=依會計科目檢視 VueBySubAccountAccounting=依會計子分類帳檢視 @@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ InvoiceLinesDone=已關聯的各式發票 ExpenseReportLines=費用報表關聯數 ExpenseReportLinesDone=已關連的費用報表 IntoAccount=會計項目的關聯 -TotalForAccount=Total accounting account +TotalForAccount=總會計科目 Ventilate=關聯 @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ Codejournal=日記帳 JournalLabel=日記帳標籤 NumPiece=件數 TransactionNumShort=交易編號 -AccountingCategory=Custom group +AccountingCategory=自定義群組 GroupByAccountAccounting=Group by general ledger account GroupBySubAccountAccounting=Group by subledger account AccountingAccountGroupsDesc=您可定義某些會計科目大類。他們可以在個人化會計報表中使用。 @@ -245,9 +246,9 @@ DescThirdPartyReport=在此處查詢合作方客戶和供應商及其會計帳 ListAccounts=各式會計科目清單 UnknownAccountForThirdparty=未知的合作方科目。我們將使用%s UnknownAccountForThirdpartyBlocking=未知的合作方科目。阻止錯誤 -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=未定義的合作方科目或未知的合作方。我們將使用%s +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknown=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. We will use %s ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownSubledgerIgnored=未知合作方與付款中未定義分類帳。我們會將分類帳帳戶值保留為空。 -ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=未定義合作方帳戶或未知的合作方。封鎖錯誤。 +ThirdpartyAccountNotDefinedOrThirdPartyUnknownBlocking=Subledger account not defined or third party or user unknown. Blocking error. UnknownAccountForThirdpartyAndWaitingAccountNotDefinedBlocking=未定義的未知合作方帳戶和等待帳戶。封鎖錯誤 PaymentsNotLinkedToProduct=付款未連結到任何產品/服務 OpeningBalance=初期餘額 @@ -338,7 +339,7 @@ Modelcsv_normal=典型匯出 Modelcsv_CEGID=匯出為CEGID ExpertComptabilité Modelcsv_COALA=匯出為Sage Coala Modelcsv_bob50=匯出為Sage BOB 50 -Modelcsv_ciel=匯出為Sage Ciel Compta或Compta Evolution +Modelcsv_ciel=Export for Sage50, Ciel Compta or Compta Evo. (Format XIMPORT) Modelcsv_quadratus=匯出為Quadratus QuadraCompta Modelcsv_ebp=匯出為EBP Modelcsv_cogilog=匯出為Cogilog @@ -417,8 +418,8 @@ FECFormatSubledgerAccountLabel=Subledger account number (CompAuxLib) FECFormatPieceRef=Piece ref (PieceRef) FECFormatPieceDate=Piece date creation (PieceDate) FECFormatLabelOperation=Label operation (EcritureLib) -FECFormatDebit=Debit (Debit) -FECFormatCredit=Credit (Credit) +FECFormatDebit=借記（借記） +FECFormatCredit=貸記（貸記） FECFormatReconcilableCode=Reconcilable code (EcritureLet) FECFormatReconcilableDate=Reconcilable date (DateLet) FECFormatValidateDate=Piece date validated (ValidDate) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/admin.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/admin.lang index 6b38f18be42..1702182c31c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/admin.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/admin.lang @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ InternalUser=內部用戶 ExternalUser=外部用戶 InternalUsers=內部用戶 ExternalUsers=外部用戶 -UserInterface=User interface +UserInterface=使用者介面 GUISetup=顯示設定 SetupArea=設定 UploadNewTemplate=上傳新的範本 @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ NumberOfBytes=位元數 SearchString=尋找字串 NotAvailableWhenAjaxDisabled=當 Ajax 不啓動時，此停用。 AllowToSelectProjectFromOtherCompany=在合作方的文件上，可選擇已連結專案到另外合作方。 +TimesheetPreventAfterFollowingMonths=避免在以下幾個月後記錄花費的時間 JavascriptDisabled=JavaScript 不啓動 UsePreviewTabs=使用預覽分頁 ShowPreview=顯示預覽 @@ -117,6 +118,7 @@ MultiCurrencySetup=多國幣別設定 MenuLimits=限制及精準度 MenuIdParent=母選單ID DetailMenuIdParent=母選單的ID（母選單為空白） +ParentID=父ID DetailPosition=排序編號以定義選單位置 AllMenus=所有 NotConfigured=模組/應用程式未設定偏好 @@ -209,6 +211,7 @@ FeatureAvailableOnlyOnStable=在官方穩定版本中可用的功能 BoxesDesc=小工具是顯示一些訊息的元件，您可以增加這些訊息來個性化某些頁面。通過選擇目標頁面並點擊“啟用”，或點擊垃圾桶將其禁用，可以選擇顯示小工具或是不顯示小工具。 OnlyActiveElementsAreShown=僅顯示已啟用模組中的元件。 ModulesDesc=模組/應用程式决定軟體中可用的功能。某些模組需要在啟用模組後授予用戶權限。點擊開啟/關閉按鈕%s以啟用/禁用模組/應用程式。 +ModulesDesc2=按下滑鼠按鍵%s設定模組/應用程式 ModulesMarketPlaceDesc=您可在外部網站中找到更多可下載的模組... ModulesDeployDesc=如果檔案系統權限允許，則可以使用此工具部署外部模組。然後，該模組將在分頁%s上顯示。 ModulesMarketPlaces=找外部 app / 模組 @@ -567,7 +570,7 @@ Module55Desc=條碼或QR code管理 Module56Name=信用轉帳付款 Module56Desc=Management of payment of suppliers by Credit Transfer orders. It includes generation of SEPA file for European countries. Module57Name=銀行直接轉帳付款 -Module57Desc=Management of Direct Debit orders. It includes generation of SEPA file for European countries. +Module57Desc=管理直接轉帳付款訂單。它包括為歐洲國家產生的SEPA檔案。 Module58Name=點選撥打 Module58Desc=點選撥打系統(Asterisk, ...)的整合 Module60Name=貼紙 @@ -1043,7 +1046,7 @@ DictionaryMeasuringUnits=計算單位 DictionarySocialNetworks=社群網路 DictionaryProspectStatus=公司的潛在狀態 DictionaryProspectContactStatus=聯絡人的潛在狀態 -DictionaryHolidayTypes=離職 - 離職類型 +DictionaryHolidayTypes=休假-休假類型 DictionaryOpportunityStatus=專案/潛在的潛在狀態 DictionaryExpenseTaxCat=費用報表 -交通類別 DictionaryExpenseTaxRange=費用報表 - 依交通類別劃分範圍 @@ -1190,6 +1193,9 @@ SetupDescription2=以下兩個部分是必需的（“設定”選單中的前 SetupDescription3=  %s-> %s

用於自訂您的應用程式預設行為的基本參數（例如 跟國家相關的功能）。 SetupDescription4=  %s-> %s

此軟體是許多模組/應用程式的套件。必須啟用和配置與您的需求相關的模組。這些模組啟動後將會顯示在選單上。 SetupDescription5=其他設定選單項目管理可選參數。 +SetupDescriptionLink=%s - %s +SetupDescription3b=Basic parameters used to customize the default behavior of your application (e.g for country-related features). +SetupDescription4b=This software is a suite of many modules/applications. The modules related to your needs must be enabled and configured. Menu entries will appears with the activation of these modules. AuditedSecurityEvents=已審計的安全性事件 NoSecurityEventsAreAduited=無已審計的安全性事件。您可以啟用從選單 %s Audit=安全事件 @@ -1261,8 +1267,8 @@ YourPHPDoesNotHaveSSLSupport=您的PHP中無法使用SSL功能 DownloadMoreSkins=更多佈景主題下載 SimpleNumRefModelDesc=Returns the reference number in the format %syymm-nnnn where yy is the year, mm is the month and nnnn is a sequential auto-incrementing number with no reset SimpleNumRefNoDateModelDesc=Returns the reference number in the format %s-nnnn where nnnn is a sequential auto-incrementing number with no reset -ShowProfIdInAddress=Show professional ID with addresses -ShowVATIntaInAddress=Hide intra-Community VAT number +ShowProfIdInAddress=顯示含有地址的專業 ID +ShowVATIntaInAddress=隱藏歐盟內增值稅號 TranslationUncomplete=部分翻譯 MAIN_DISABLE_METEO=停用氣象顯示 MeteoStdMod=標準模式 @@ -1524,7 +1530,7 @@ LDAPDolibarrMapping=Dolibarr 映射 LDAPLdapMapping=LDAP 映射 LDAPFieldLoginUnix=登入（Unix系統） LDAPFieldLoginExample=範例: uid -LDAPFilterConnection=搜尋過濾器 +LDAPFilterConnection=搜尋篩選器 LDAPFilterConnectionExample=範例: &(objectClass=inetOrgPerson) LDAPGroupFilterExample=範例: &(objectClass=groupOfUsers) LDAPFieldLoginSamba=登入 (samba, activedirectory) @@ -1645,7 +1651,7 @@ YouCanUseDOL_DATA_ROOT=您可使用在 Dolibarr "文件"資料夾的日誌檔案 ErrorUnknownSyslogConstant=常數 %s 不是一個已知的 Syslog 常數 OnlyWindowsLOG_USER=On Windows, only the LOG_USER facility will be supported CompressSyslogs=除錯記錄檔案的縮壓及備份(由記錄除錯模組產生的) -SyslogFileNumberOfSaves=Number of backup logs to keep +SyslogFileNumberOfSaves=要保留的備份日誌數 ConfigureCleaningCronjobToSetFrequencyOfSaves=清除偏好設定的排程工作以設定週期備份日誌 ##### Donations ##### DonationsSetup=捐贈模組設定 @@ -1701,7 +1707,7 @@ AdvancedEditor=進階編輯器 ActivateFCKeditor=啟用進階編輯器： FCKeditorForCompany=所見即所得建立/編輯元件的描述和註釋（產品/服務除外） FCKeditorForProduct=所見即所得產品/服務建立/編輯的描述和說明 -FCKeditorForProductDetails=WYSIWIG creation/edition of products details lines for all entities (proposals, orders, invoices, etc...). Warning: Using this option for this case is seriously not recommended as it can create problems with special characters and page formatting when building PDF files. +FCKeditorForProductDetails=所見即所得為所有項目（提案/建議書，訂單，發票等）建立/編輯產品明細行。 警告：在這種情況下，強烈建議不要使用此選項，因為在產生PDF文件時，它會產生特殊字元和頁面格式的問題。 FCKeditorForMailing= 以所見即所得建立/編輯電子郵件 ( 工具 --> 電子郵件 ) FCKeditorForUserSignature=以所見即所得建立/編輯用戶簽名檔 FCKeditorForMail=以所見即所得建立/編輯全部電子郵件( 除了工具 --> 電子郵件) @@ -1762,13 +1768,13 @@ CREATE_NEW_VAT_WITHOUT_AUTO_PAYMENT=Keep the checkbox “Automatically create th ##### Agenda ##### AgendaSetup=事件和應辦事項模組設定 PasswordTogetVCalExport=授權匯出連結秘鑰 -SecurityKey = Security Key +SecurityKey = 安全金鑰 PastDelayVCalExport=不要匯出早於以下時間的事件 AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE=使用事件類型（在選單設定->分類->應辦事項類型中管理） AGENDA_USE_EVENT_TYPE_DEFAULT=在事件建立表單中自動為事件類型設定此預設值 AGENDA_DEFAULT_FILTER_TYPE=在應辦事項視圖的搜索過濾器中自動設定此類事件 AGENDA_DEFAULT_FILTER_STATUS=在應辦事項視圖的搜索過濾器中自動為事件設定此狀態 -AGENDA_DEFAULT_VIEW=Which view do you want to open by default when selecting menu Agenda +AGENDA_DEFAULT_VIEW=當選擇應辦事項選單時預設要打開的分頁 AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER=Enable event reminder on user's browser (When remind date is reached, a popup is shown by the browser. Each user can disable such notifications from its browser notification setup). AGENDA_REMINDER_BROWSER_SOUND=啟用音效警告 AGENDA_REMINDER_EMAIL=Enable event reminder by emails (remind option/delay can be defined on each event). @@ -1779,7 +1785,7 @@ ClickToDialSetup=點擊撥號模組設定 ClickToDialUrlDesc=當點選電話圖示時則呼叫網址。在網址中，你可使用標籤
__PHONETO__，他可取代個人撥打的電話號碼
__PHONEFROM__，他可以取代個人的電話號碼(您自己的)
__LOGIN__，他可以取代點選撥打登錄(在用戶卡中定義)
__PASS__，他可以取代點選撥打密碼(在用戶卡中定義)。 ClickToDialDesc=This module change phone numbers, when using a desktop computer, into clickable links. A click will call the number. This can be used to start the phone call when using a soft phone on your desktop or when using a CTI system based on SIP protocol for example. Note: When using a smartphone, phone numbers are always clickable. ClickToDialUseTelLink=在電話號碼中使用 "tel:" 連線 -ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill next field. +ClickToDialUseTelLinkDesc=Use this method if your users have a softphone or a software interface, installed on the same computer as the browser, and called when you click on a link starting with "tel:" in your browser. If you need a link that start with "sip:" or a full server solution (no need of local software installation), you must set this to "No" and fill the next field. ##### Point Of Sale (CashDesk) ##### CashDesk=銷售點 CashDeskSetup=銷售點模組設定 @@ -1835,8 +1841,8 @@ IfSetToYesDontForgetPermission=如果設定為非null值，請不要忘記為允 GeoIPMaxmindSetup=GeoIP Maxmind 模組設定 PathToGeoIPMaxmindCountryDataFile=包含Maxmind ip到國家/地區轉換檔案的路徑。
範例：
/usr/local/share/GeoIP/GeoIP.dat
/usr/share/GeoIP/GeoIP.dat
/usr/share/GeoIP/GeoLite2-Country.mmdb NoteOnPathLocation=請注意您的 IP 到國家資料檔案必須在您 PHP 資料夾中且可以讀取（檢查您 PHP 中 open_basedir 設定和檔案系統權限）。 -YouCanDownloadFreeDatFileTo=您可以從%s下載Maxmind GeoIP國家/地區文件的免費演示版本 。 -YouCanDownloadAdvancedDatFileTo=您也可以在%s的 Maxmind GeoIP國家文件下載更完整更新版本 +YouCanDownloadFreeDatFileTo=您可以從%s下載Maxmind GeoIP國家/地區檔案的免費展示版本 。 +YouCanDownloadAdvancedDatFileTo=您也可以在%s的 Maxmind GeoIP國家檔案下載更完整更新版本 TestGeoIPResult=IP轉換測試 - > 國家 ##### Projects ##### ProjectsNumberingModules=專案編號模組 @@ -1988,8 +1994,10 @@ MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_RIGHT=PDF右邊邊距 MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_TOP=PDF頂部邊距 MAIN_PDF_MARGIN_BOTTOM=PDF底部邊距 MAIN_DOCUMENTS_LOGO_HEIGHT=PDF上Logo的高度 -MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=Add picture on proposal line -MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=Add electronic sign in PDF +MAIN_GENERATE_PROPOSALS_WITH_PICTURE=在提案/建議書行加入圖片 +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTTERM=Hide payments conditions +PROPOSAL_PDF_HIDE_PAYMENTMODE=Hide payment mode +MAIN_PDF_PROPAL_USE_ELECTRONIC_SIGNING=在 PDF 中增加電子簽名 NothingToSetup=此模組不需要特別的設定。 SetToYesIfGroupIsComputationOfOtherGroups=若此群組是其他群組的計算值，則將其設定為 "是" EnterCalculationRuleIfPreviousFieldIsYes=Enter calculation rule if previous field was set to Yes.
For example:
CODEGRP1+CODEGRP2 @@ -2030,7 +2038,7 @@ NothingProcessed=什麼都沒做 XEmailsDoneYActionsDone=%s電子郵件合格，%s電子郵件已成功處理（對於%s記錄/已完成操作） RecordEvent=記錄電子郵件事件 CreateLeadAndThirdParty=建立潛在(必要時建立合作方) -CreateTicketAndThirdParty=Create ticket (and link to third party if it was loaded by a previous operation) +CreateTicketAndThirdParty=建立服務單(如果之前已執行讀取也連結至合作方) CodeLastResult=最新結果代碼 NbOfEmailsInInbox=來源資料夾中的電子郵件數量 LoadThirdPartyFromName=在%s載入合作方搜尋 (僅載入) @@ -2089,7 +2097,7 @@ LargerThan=大於 IfTrackingIDFoundEventWillBeLinked=Note that If a tracking ID of an object is found into email, or if the email is an answer of an email aready collected and linked to an object, the created event will be automatically linked to the known related object. WithGMailYouCanCreateADedicatedPassword=對於GMail帳戶，如果啟用了兩步驗證，建議您為應用程序建立專用的第二個密碼，而不要使用來自https://myaccount.google.com/的帳戶密碼。 EmailCollectorTargetDir=當成功地寄出電子郵件後，您可能想將電子郵件移動到另一個標籤/資料夾。只需在此處設定一個值即可使用此功能。請注意，您還必須使用可讀/寫的登入帳戶。 -EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=您可以使用此操作來使用電子郵件內容在資料庫中尋找並載入現有的合作方。找到（或建立）的合作方將用於需要他的後續操作。在參數欄位中您可以使用例如如果您想要從合作方字串'Name: name to find'中將提取的姓名傳送進到內容中您可以使用欄位參數'EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*)' +EmailCollectorLoadThirdPartyHelp=You can use this action to use the email content to find and load an existing thirdparty in your database. The found (or created) thirdparty will be used for following actions that need it.
For example, if you want to create a thirdparty with a name extracted a string 'Name: name to find' found into the body, use sender email as email, you can set the parameter field like this:
'email=HEADER:^From:(.*);name=EXTRACT:BODY:Name:\\s([^\\s]*);client=SET:2;'
EndPointFor=%s的端點：%s DeleteEmailCollector=刪除電子郵件收集器 ConfirmDeleteEmailCollector=您確定要刪除此電子郵件收集器嗎？ @@ -2128,6 +2136,7 @@ AskThisIDToYourBank=請聯絡您的銀行以獲取此ID AdvancedModeOnly=僅在進階權限模式下可用的權限 ConfFileIsReadableOrWritableByAnyUsers=conf 檔案可由任何用戶讀取或寫入。請變更為Web伺服器用戶和群組擁有權限。 MailToSendEventOrganization=事件組織 +MailToPartnership=Partnership AGENDA_EVENT_DEFAULT_STATUS=從表單建立事件時預設的事件狀態 YouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=您應該停用 PHP 功能 IfCLINotRequiredYouShouldDisablePHPFunctions=除非您需要在自定義代碼中執行系統命令，否則您應該停用 PHP 功能 @@ -2135,7 +2144,7 @@ PHPFunctionsRequiredForCLI=對於 shell 目的（如計劃備份工作或執行 NoWritableFilesFoundIntoRootDir=在您的根目錄中找不到一般程式可寫入的檔案或目錄（好） RecommendedValueIs=建議：%s Recommended=推薦的 -NotRecommended=Not recommended +NotRecommended=不建議 ARestrictedPath=受限路徑 CheckForModuleUpdate=檢查外部模組更新 CheckForModuleUpdateHelp=此操作將連接到外部模組的編輯器以檢查是否有新版本。 @@ -2148,3 +2157,5 @@ DatabasePasswordObfuscated=資料庫密碼在conf檔案中為加密 DatabasePasswordNotObfuscated=資料庫密碼在conf檔案中不是加密 APIsAreNotEnabled=未啟用 API 模組 YouShouldSetThisToOff=您應該將此設定為 0 或off +InstallAndUpgradeLockedBy=Install and upgrades are locked by the file %s +OldImplementation=Old implementation diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/bills.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/bills.lang index eba5290bb5f..32cd94313ab 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/bills.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/bills.lang @@ -522,9 +522,9 @@ PDFCrabeDescription=發票PDF範本Crabe。完整的發票範本（Sponge範本 PDFSpongeDescription=發票PDF範本Sponge。完整的發票範本 PDFCrevetteDescription=發票PDF範本Crevette。狀況發票的完整發票範本 TerreNumRefModelDesc1=標準發票在格式%syymm-nnnn的退回編號和信用票據格式%syymm-nnnn中yy為年,mm為月,nnnn是一個連續自動遞增沒有中斷的數字而且不為0 -MarsNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices, %syymm-nnnn for replacement invoices, %syymm-nnnn for down payment invoices and %syymm-nnnn for credit notes where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +MarsNumRefModelDesc1=退回編號格式,標準發票退回格式為%syymm-nnnn，替換發票為%syymm-nnnn，預付款/訂金發票為%syymm-nnnn，信用票據為 %syymm-nnnn，其中yy是年,mm是月,nnnn不間斷且不返回0的序列 TerreNumRefModelError=以$ syymm開頭的帳單已經存在，並且與該序列模型不符合。將其刪除或重新命名以啟動此模組。 -CactusNumRefModelDesc1=Return number in the format %syymm-nnnn for standard invoices, %syymm-nnnn for credit notes and %syymm-nnnn for down payment invoices where yy is year, mm is month and nnnn is a sequencial auto-incrementing number with no break and no return to 0 +CactusNumRefModelDesc1=退回編號格式，標準發票的退回格式為%syymm-nnnn，信用票據格式為%syymm-nnnn，預付款/訂金發票格式為%syymm-nnnn，其中yy為年，mm為月，nnnn為不間斷且不返回0的序列 EarlyClosingReason=提前關閉原因 EarlyClosingComment=提前關閉註記 ##### Types de contacts ##### diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/cashdesk.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/cashdesk.lang index 9aff2e91dae..38402b75c5d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/cashdesk.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/cashdesk.lang @@ -128,3 +128,4 @@ PrintPaymentMethodOnReceipts=在收據上列印付款方式 WeighingScale=秤重 ShowPriceHT = 顯示不包含稅金的欄位(在畫面中) ShowPriceHTOnReceipt = 顯示不含稅價格的欄位（在收據上） +CustomerDisplay=Customer display diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/companies.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/companies.lang index 1242c63a563..0b4336be905 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/companies.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/companies.lang @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ ListOfContactsAddresses=通訊錄/地址清單 ListOfThirdParties=合作方清單 ShowCompany=合作方 ShowContact=聯絡人-地址 -ContactsAllShort=全部（不過濾） +ContactsAllShort=全部（不篩選） ContactType=連絡型式 ContactForOrders=訂單連絡人 ContactForOrdersOrShipments=訂單或送貨連絡人 @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ UniqueThirdParties=合作方總數 InActivity=開放 ActivityCeased=關閉 ThirdPartyIsClosed=合作方已關閉 -ProductsIntoElements=映射到 %s 的產品/服務清單 +ProductsIntoElements=%s相關的產品/服務清單 CurrentOutstandingBill=目前未付款帳單 OutstandingBill=未付款帳單的最大金額 OutstandingBillReached=已達最大金額的未付款帳單 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/compta.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/compta.lang index cde0f870a95..ced5d65ca96 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/compta.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/compta.lang @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ RulesResultInOut=-它包括發票，費用，營業稅和薪水的實際付款 RulesCADue=-它包括客戶的到期發票，無論是否已付款。
-它基於這些發票的開票日期。
RulesCAIn=-包括從客戶收到的所有有效發票付款。
-此基於這些發票的付款日期
RulesCATotalSaleJournal=它包括“銷售”日記帳中的所有信用額度。 -RulesSalesTurnoverOfIncomeAccounts=It includes (credit - debit) of lines for product accounts in group INCOME +RulesSalesTurnoverOfIncomeAccounts=它包括（貸記 - 借記）INCOME群組中產品帳戶的行 RulesAmountOnInOutBookkeepingRecord=它包括分類帳中具有“ 費用”或“ 收入”組的會計帳戶中的記錄 RulesResultBookkeepingPredefined=它包括分類帳中具有“ 支出”或“ 收入”組的會計帳戶中的記錄 RulesResultBookkeepingPersonalized=它顯示會計帳戶分類帳中的記錄， 並依個性化組別分組 @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ PurchaseTurnoverCollected=採購營業額 RulesPurchaseTurnoverDue=-它包括供應商的到期發票，無論是否已付款。
-它基於這些發票的發票日期。
RulesPurchaseTurnoverIn=-它包括對供應商的所有有效發票付款。
-此基於這些發票的付款日期
RulesPurchaseTurnoverTotalPurchaseJournal=它包括採購日記帳中的所有借方行。 -RulesPurchaseTurnoverOfExpenseAccounts=It includes (debit - credit) of lines for product accounts in group EXPENSE +RulesPurchaseTurnoverOfExpenseAccounts=它包括（貸記 - 借記）EXPENSE群組中產品帳戶的行 ReportPurchaseTurnover=已開票營業額 ReportPurchaseTurnoverCollected=採購營業額 IncludeVarpaysInResults = 在報告中包括各種付款 @@ -289,6 +289,6 @@ IncludeLoansInResults = 在報告中包括貸款 InvoiceLate30Days = 發票延遲 > 30 天 InvoiceLate15Days = 發票延遲 > 15 天 InvoiceLateMinus15Days = 發票延遲 -InvoiceNotLate = To be collected < 15 days -InvoiceNotLate15Days = To be collected in 15 days -InvoiceNotLate30Days = To be collected in 30 days +InvoiceNotLate = 收集小於15 天內 +InvoiceNotLate15Days = 收集15天內 +InvoiceNotLate30Days = 收集30 天內 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ecm.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ecm.lang index 8646dcbb472..ee74086e2e8 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ecm.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ecm.lang @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ ReSyncListOfDir=重新同步目錄清單 HashOfFileContent=檔案內容的雜湊值 NoDirectoriesFound=找不到目錄 FileNotYetIndexedInDatabase=檔案尚未編入資料庫（嘗試重新上傳） -ExtraFieldsEcmFiles=額外欄位 Ecm 檔案 -ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=額外欄位 Ecm 目錄 +ExtraFieldsEcmFiles=Ecm 檔案補充屬性 +ExtraFieldsEcmDirectories=Ecm目錄補充屬性 ECMSetup=ECM設定 GenerateImgWebp=用 .webp 格式複製所有影像到另一種版本 -ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=如果您確認，您將對目前所有影像生成 .webp 格式檔案至此資料夾 (不包含子資料夾),,, +ConfirmGenerateImgWebp=如果您確認，您將為目前此資料夾中所有影像檔案轉換為.webp格式 (不包含子資料夾),,, ConfirmImgWebpCreation=確認所有影像複製 SucessConvertImgWebp=影像已複製成功 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/errors.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/errors.lang index ae1a3d5e0f9..0e811d40c7f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/errors.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/errors.lang @@ -264,6 +264,7 @@ ErrorAnAmountWithoutTaxIsRequired=錯誤，金額為必填項目 ErrorAPercentIsRequired=錯誤，請正確填寫百分比 ErrorYouMustFirstSetupYourChartOfAccount=您必須先設定會計項目表 ErrorFailedToFindEmailTemplate=無法找到代號為 %s 的模板 +ErrorDurationForServiceNotDefinedCantCalculateHourlyPrice=未在服務中定義時間範圍.無法計算時薪. # Warnings WarningParamUploadMaxFileSizeHigherThanPostMaxSize=您的PHP參數upload_max_filesize（%s）高於PHP參數post_max_size（%s）。這不是相同的設定。 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/eventorganization.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/eventorganization.lang index 9861ca188a2..6603fede993 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/eventorganization.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/eventorganization.lang @@ -17,22 +17,22 @@ # # Generic # -ModuleEventOrganizationName = 事件組織 -EventOrganizationDescription = 使用專案模組組織事件 -EventOrganizationDescriptionLong= Manage Event organization for conference, attendees, speaker, and attendees, with public subcription page +ModuleEventOrganizationName = 活動組織 +EventOrganizationDescription = 使用專案模組組織活動 +EventOrganizationDescriptionLong= 使用公共訂閱頁面管理會議、與會者、演講者和與會者的組織活動 # # Menu # EventOrganizationMenuLeft = Organized events -EventOrganizationConferenceOrBoothMenuLeft = Conference Or Booth +EventOrganizationConferenceOrBoothMenuLeft = 會議或展位 # # Admin page # -EventOrganizationSetup = Event Organization setup +EventOrganizationSetup = 活動組織設定 Settings = 設定 -EventOrganizationSetupPage = 事件組織設定頁面 -EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABEL = Label of tasks to create automatically when project is validated +EventOrganizationSetupPage = 活動組織設定頁面 +EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABEL = 當專案驗證時自動地建立任務標籤 EVENTORGANIZATION_TASK_LABELTooltip = When you validate an organized event, some tasks can be automatically created in the project

For example:
Send Call for Conference
Send Call for Booth
Receive call for conferences
Receive call for Booth
Open subscriptions to events for attendees
Send remind of event to speakers
Send remind of event to Booth hoster
Send remind of event to attendees EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_CONF = Category to add to third-parties automatically created when someone suggests a conference EVENTORGANIZATION_CATEG_THIRDPARTY_BOOTH = Category to add to third-parties automatically created when they suggests a booth @@ -48,19 +48,19 @@ EVENTORGANIZATION_FILTERATTENDEES_TYPE = Filter thirdpartie's select list in att # # Object # -EventOrganizationConfOrBooth= Conference Or Booth +EventOrganizationConfOrBooth= 會議或展位 ManageOrganizeEvent = Manage event organisation -ConferenceOrBooth = Conference Or Booth -ConferenceOrBoothTab = Conference Or Booth -AmountOfSubscriptionPaid = Amount of subscription paid -DateSubscription = Date of subscription -ConferenceOrBoothAttendee = Conference Or Booth Attendee +ConferenceOrBooth = 會議或展位 +ConferenceOrBoothTab = 會議或展位 +AmountOfSubscriptionPaid = 已支付訂閱金額 +DateSubscription = 訂閱日期 +ConferenceOrBoothAttendee = 會議或展位參加者 # # Template Mail # -YourOrganizationEventConfRequestWasReceived = Your request for conference was received -YourOrganizationEventBoothRequestWasReceived = Your request for booth was received +YourOrganizationEventConfRequestWasReceived = 已收到您的會議請求 +YourOrganizationEventBoothRequestWasReceived = 已收到您的展位申請 EventOrganizationEmailAskConf = Request for conference EventOrganizationEmailAskBooth = Request for booth EventOrganizationEmailSubsBooth = Subscription for booth @@ -119,6 +119,8 @@ EventType = 事件類別 LabelOfBooth=Booth label LabelOfconference=Conference label ConferenceIsNotConfirmed=Subcription not available, conference is not confirmed yet +DateMustBeBeforeThan=%s must be before %s +DateMustBeAfterThan=%s must be after %s # # Vote page diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/exports.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/exports.lang index 13c3a18d0de..eae7f2a77c3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/exports.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/exports.lang @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ TypeOfLineServiceOrProduct=類型（0 =產品，1 =服務） FileWithDataToImport=匯入有資料的檔案 FileToImport=欲匯入的來源檔案 FileMustHaveOneOfFollowingFormat=要匯入的檔案必須是以下格式 -DownloadEmptyExample=Download template file with field content information -StarAreMandatory=* are mandatory fields +DownloadEmptyExample=下載帶有欄位內容資料的範本檔案 +StarAreMandatory=* 為必填欄位 ChooseFormatOfFileToImport=通過點選%s圖示選擇要匯入的檔案格式... ChooseFileToImport=上傳檔案，然後點擊%s圖示以選擇要匯入的檔案... SourceFileFormat=來源檔案格式 @@ -125,13 +125,13 @@ NoUpdateAttempt=沒有嘗試執行更新，僅插入 ImportDataset_user_1=用戶（員工或非員工）和屬性 ComputedField=計算欄位 ## filters -SelectFilterFields=如果要過濾某些值，請在此處輸入值。 -FilteredFields=已過濾欄位 -FilteredFieldsValues=過濾數值 +SelectFilterFields=如果要篩選某些值，請在此處輸入值。 +FilteredFields=已篩選欄位 +FilteredFieldsValues=篩選值 FormatControlRule=格式控制規則 ## imports updates KeysToUseForUpdates=用於更新現有資料的鍵（欄） NbInsert=已插入的行數：%s NbUpdate=已更新的行數：%s -MultipleRecordFoundWithTheseFilters=使用過濾器找到了多個記錄：%s +MultipleRecordFoundWithTheseFilters=使用篩選器找到了多個記錄：%s StocksWithBatch=具有批次/序號產品的庫存和位置（倉庫） diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/externalsite.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/externalsite.lang index 1cfac37b239..55d5e5c1226 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/externalsite.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/externalsite.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - externalsite ExternalSiteSetup=設定連結到外部網站 -ExternalSiteURL=External Site URL of HTML iframe content +ExternalSiteURL=HTML iframe 內容的外部網站網址 ExternalSiteModuleNotComplete=外部網站模組設定不正確。 ExampleMyMenuEntry=我的選單條目 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/holiday.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/holiday.lang index e091d0dd7c4..f65e5cd4e89 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/holiday.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/holiday.lang @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ TypeOfLeaveId=休假ID類型 TypeOfLeaveCode=休假代碼類型 TypeOfLeaveLabel=休假標籤類型 NbUseDaysCP=已休假天數 -NbUseDaysCPHelp=The calculation takes into account the non-working days and the holidays defined in the dictionary. +NbUseDaysCPHelp=此計算考慮了分類中定義的非工作日和假期。 NbUseDaysCPShort=休假天數 NbUseDaysCPShortInMonth=月休假天數 DayIsANonWorkingDay=%s 是非工作日 @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ UserCP=用戶 ErrorAddEventToUserCP=增加特殊假期時發生錯誤。 AddEventToUserOkCP=特別假期的增加已經完成。 MenuLogCP=檢視變更日誌 -LogCP=Log of all updates made to "Balance of Leave" +LogCP=休假餘額更新日誌 ActionByCP=更新者 -UserUpdateCP=Updated for +UserUpdateCP=更新為 PrevSoldeCP=剩餘假期 NewSoldeCP=新剩餘假期 alreadyCPexist=在此期間之休假申請已完成。 -FirstDayOfHoliday=Beginning day of leave request -LastDayOfHoliday=Ending day of leave request +FirstDayOfHoliday=假期的第一天 +LastDayOfHoliday=假期的最後一天 BoxTitleLastLeaveRequests=最新%s筆已修改的休假申請 HolidaysMonthlyUpdate=每月更新 ManualUpdate=手動更新 @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ LEAVE_SICK=病假 LEAVE_OTHER=事假 LEAVE_PAID_FR=年假 ## Configuration du Module ## -LastUpdateCP=Last automatic update of leave allocation -MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=Month of last automatic update of leave allocation +LastUpdateCP=假期分配的最新自動更新 +MonthOfLastMonthlyUpdate=假期分配的月最新自動更新 UpdateConfCPOK=已更新成功。 Module27130Name= 休假管理 Module27130Desc= 休假管理 @@ -124,11 +124,13 @@ HolidaysCanceled=已取消的休假申請 HolidaysCanceledBody=您從%s到%s的休假申請已被取消。 FollowedByACounter=1：這種類型的休假需有計數器追蹤。計數器手動或自動遞增，並且當休假申請通過驗證後，計數器遞減。
0：沒有被計數器追蹤。 NoLeaveWithCounterDefined=沒有休假類型被定義成需要被計數器追蹤 -GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=前往首頁-設定-字典-休假類型以設定不同類型的休假。 -HolidaySetup=Setup of module Leave -HolidaysNumberingModules=Numbering models for leave requests +GoIntoDictionaryHolidayTypes=前往首頁-設定-分類-休假類型以設定不同類型的休假。 +HolidaySetup=假期模組設定 +HolidaysNumberingModules=休假申請編號模型 TemplatePDFHolidays=休假PDF範本 FreeLegalTextOnHolidays=PDF上的自由文字 WatermarkOnDraftHolidayCards=休假申請草案上的浮水印 HolidaysToApprove=可批准假期 NobodyHasPermissionToValidateHolidays=沒有人有權限驗證假期 +HolidayBalanceMonthlyUpdate=每月更新假期餘額 +XIsAUsualNonWorkingDay=%s is usualy a NON working day diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/install.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/install.lang index af06bbdb7c7..9628f63e784 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/install.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/install.lang @@ -203,10 +203,10 @@ MigrationRemiseExceptEntity=更新llx_societe_remise_except實體欄位數值 MigrationUserRightsEntity=更新llx_user_rights實體欄位數值 MigrationUserGroupRightsEntity=更新llx_usergroup_rights實體欄位數值 MigrationUserPhotoPath=移轉用戶照片路徑 -MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=移轉用戶領域社交網絡（%s） +MigrationFieldsSocialNetworks=用戶社群網路欄位（%s）轉移 MigrationReloadModule=重新載入模組%s MigrationResetBlockedLog=為v7 algorithm重置模組"被阻止的日誌(Blocked log)" -MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=Migration of import or export profiles (%s) +MigrationImportOrExportProfiles=匯入或匯出設定的遷移(%s) ShowNotAvailableOptions=顯示不可用的選項 HideNotAvailableOptions=隱藏不可用的選項 ErrorFoundDuringMigration=在移轉過程中出現了錯誤，因此無法進行下一步。要忽略錯誤，可以點擊此處 ，但是在解決錯誤之前，該應用程序或某些功能可能無法正常運行。 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/interventions.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/interventions.lang index 873f2fa1afd..ef2b004ef19 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/interventions.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/interventions.lang @@ -64,5 +64,5 @@ InterLineDuration=週期干預行 InterLineDesc=干預行描述 RepeatableIntervention=干預模板 ToCreateAPredefinedIntervention=要創建預定義或定期干預，請創建一個通用乾預並將其轉換為乾預模板 -Reopen=重新打開 ConfirmReopenIntervention=您確定要打開干預 %s 嗎？ +GenerateInter=Generate intervention diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/intracommreport.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/intracommreport.lang index 1cb77c19dc7..cd2cbc0b134 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/intracommreport.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/intracommreport.lang @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -Module68000Name = 通訊報告 -Module68000Desc = Intracomm report management (Support for French DEB/DES format) -IntracommReportSetup = Intracommreport module setup -IntracommReportAbout = About intracommreport +Module68000Name = 內部通訊報告 +Module68000Desc = 內部通訊報告管理（支援法國 DEB/DES 格式） +IntracommReportSetup = 內部通訊報告模組設定 +IntracommReportAbout = 關於內部通訊報告 # Setup -INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_AGREMENT=Numéro d'agrément (délivré par le CISD de rattachement) +INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_AGREMENT=批准文號（由CISD附件簽發） INTRACOMMREPORT_TYPE_ACTEUR=Type d'acteur INTRACOMMREPORT_ROLE_ACTEUR=Rôle joué par l'acteur INTRACOMMREPORT_NIV_OBLIGATION_INTRODUCTION=Niveau d'obligation sur les introductions @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ INTRACOMMREPORT_CATEG_FRAISDEPORT=Catégorie de services de type "Frais de port" INTRACOMMREPORT_NUM_DECLARATION=Numéro de déclarant # Menu -MenuIntracommReport=通訊報告 -MenuIntracommReportNew=New declaration +MenuIntracommReport=內部通訊報告 +MenuIntracommReportNew=新報單 MenuIntracommReportList=清單 # View -NewDeclaration=New declaration -Declaration=Declaration +NewDeclaration=新報單 +Declaration=報單 AnalysisPeriod=分析期間 -TypeOfDeclaration=Type of declaration +TypeOfDeclaration=報單類型 DEB=貨物交換報關單（DEB） -DES=Services exchange declaration (DES) +DES=服務交換報單(DES) # Export page IntracommReportTitle=Preparation of an XML file in ProDouane format @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ IntracommReportTitle=Preparation of an XML file in ProDouane format IntracommReportList=List of generated declarations IntracommReportNumber=Numero of declaration IntracommReportPeriod=Period of analysis -IntracommReportTypeDeclaration=Type of declaration +IntracommReportTypeDeclaration=報單類型 IntracommReportDownload=download XML file # Invoice diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/knowledgemanagement.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/knowledgemanagement.lang index 4556692999f..7cab74c7912 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/knowledgemanagement.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/knowledgemanagement.lang @@ -37,15 +37,7 @@ About = 關於 KnowledgeManagementAbout = About Knowledge Management KnowledgeManagementAboutPage = Knowledge Management about page -# -# Sample page -# KnowledgeManagementArea = Knowledge Management - - -# -# Menu -# MenuKnowledgeRecord = Knowledge base ListKnowledgeRecord = List of articles NewKnowledgeRecord = New article @@ -53,3 +45,5 @@ ValidateReply = Validate solution KnowledgeRecords = Articles KnowledgeRecord = 物品 KnowledgeRecordExtraFields = Extrafields for Article +GroupOfTicket=Group of tickets +YouCanLinkArticleToATicketCategory=You can link an article to a ticket group (so the article will be suggested during qualification of new tickets) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/languages.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/languages.lang index bd3940ba997..64badd596ef 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/languages.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/languages.lang @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Language_am_ET=衣索比亞 Language_ar_AR=阿拉伯語 Language_ar_EG=阿拉伯語（埃及） +Language_ar_MA=Arabic (Moroco) Language_ar_SA=阿拉伯語 Language_ar_TN=阿拉伯語（突尼斯） Language_ar_IQ=阿拉伯語（伊拉克） diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/mails.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/mails.lang index c1f07ef0a6e..71f675104a3 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/mails.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/mails.lang @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ # Dolibarr language file - Source file is en_US - mails -Mailing=發送電子郵件 +Mailing=寄送電子郵件 EMailing=電子郵件 EMailings=電子郵件 AllEMailings=所有電子郵件 @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ MailFrom=寄件人 MailErrorsTo=錯誤收件箱 MailReply=回覆 MailTo=收件人 -MailToUsers=發送給用戶 +MailToUsers=寄送給用戶 MailCC=副本 MailToCCUsers=CC MailCCC=CCC -MailTopic=Email subject +MailTopic=電子郵件主題 MailText=郵件內容 MailFile=附加檔案 MailMessage=電子郵件內容 @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ TestMailing=測試電子郵件 ValidMailing=有效的電子郵件 MailingStatusDraft=草案 MailingStatusValidated=已驗證 -MailingStatusSent=發送 -MailingStatusSentPartialy=部分發送 -MailingStatusSentCompletely=完全發送 +MailingStatusSent=已寄出 +MailingStatusSentPartialy=已部分寄出 +MailingStatusSentCompletely=已完全寄出 MailingStatusError=錯誤 -MailingStatusNotSent=不發送 +MailingStatusNotSent=尚未寄送 MailSuccessfulySent=已成功接收電子郵件（從%s到%s） MailingSuccessfullyValidated=電子郵件成功驗證 -MailUnsubcribe=退訂 +MailUnsubcribe=取消訂閱 MailingStatusNotContact=不要再聯繫 -MailingStatusReadAndUnsubscribe=讀取和退訂 +MailingStatusReadAndUnsubscribe=已讀取且取消訂閱 ErrorMailRecipientIsEmpty=電子郵件收件人是空的 WarningNoEMailsAdded=沒有新的電子郵件可增加到收件人清單。 ConfirmValidMailing=您確定要驗證此電子郵件嗎？ @@ -63,11 +63,11 @@ BadEMail=電子郵件地址不正確 ConfirmCloneEMailing=您確定要複製此電子郵件嗎？ CloneContent=複製訊息 CloneReceivers=複製收件人 -DateLastSend=最新發送的日期 -DateSending=發送日期 -SentTo=發送到%s -MailingStatusRead=讀取 -YourMailUnsubcribeOK=電子郵件%s已正確從郵件清單中退訂 +DateLastSend=最新寄送的日期 +DateSending=寄送日期 +SentTo=寄送到%s +MailingStatusRead=已讀取 +YourMailUnsubcribeOK=電子郵件%s已正確地從郵件清單中取消訂閱 ActivateCheckReadKey=用於“讀取回條”和“取消訂閱”功能的加密網址密鑰 EMailSentToNRecipients=電子郵件已發送給%s收件人。 EMailSentForNElements=已發送有關%s元件的電子郵件。 @@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ ResultOfMailSending=批次電子郵件發送的結果 NbSelected=已選擇數量 NbIgnored=已忽略數量 NbSent=已發送數量 -SentXXXmessages=已發送%s訊息 +SentXXXmessages=已寄送%s筆訊息 ConfirmUnvalidateEmailing=您確定要將電子郵件%s更改為草稿狀態嗎？ -MailingModuleDescContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=有客戶過濾器的聯絡人 +MailingModuleDescContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=有客戶篩選器的聯絡人 MailingModuleDescContactsByCompanyCategory=合作方類別的聯絡人 MailingModuleDescContactsByCategory=依類別聯絡 MailingModuleDescContactsByFunction=依職位聯絡 @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ MailingModuleDescEmailsFromUser=用戶輸入的電子郵件 MailingModuleDescDolibarrUsers=擁有電子郵件的用戶 MailingModuleDescThirdPartiesByCategories=合作方（依類別） SendingFromWebInterfaceIsNotAllowed=不允許從Web界面發送。 -EmailCollectorFilterDesc=All filters must match to have an email being collected +EmailCollectorFilterDesc=所有過濾條件必須符合才能收集電子郵件 # Libelle des modules de liste de destinataires mailing LineInFile=在檔案%s的行 @@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ NotificationsAuto=自動通知 NoNotificationsWillBeSent=沒有為此類型事件和公司計畫的自動電子郵件通知 ANotificationsWillBeSent=1條自動通知將以電子郵件寄送 SomeNotificationsWillBeSent=%s的自動通知將以電子郵件寄送 -AddNewNotification=Subscribe to a new automatic email notification (target/event) -ListOfActiveNotifications=List of all active subscriptions (targets/events) for automatic email notification -ListOfNotificationsDone=List of all automatic email notifications sent +AddNewNotification=訂閱一個新的自動電子郵件提醒(目標/事件 ) +ListOfActiveNotifications=自動電子郵件提醒的所有活動訂閱（目標/事件）清單 +ListOfNotificationsDone=列出所有已寄送的自動電子郵件通知 MailSendSetupIs=電子郵件發送的設定已設定為“ %s”。此模式不能用於發送批次電子郵件。 MailSendSetupIs2=您必須先使用管理員帳戶進入選單%s首頁-設定-EMails%s以將參數'%s'更改為使用模式 '%s'。使用此模式 ，您可以輸入Internet服務供應商提供的SMTP伺服器的設定，並使用批次電子郵件功能。 MailSendSetupIs3=如果對如何設定SMTP伺服器有任何疑問，可以詢問%s。 @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ UseFormatFileEmailToTarget=匯入檔案的格式必須為電子郵件; UseFormatInputEmailToTarget=輸入字串格式為電子郵件; 姓;名;其他 MailAdvTargetRecipients=收件人（進階選項） AdvTgtTitle=填寫輸入欄位以預先選擇合作方或聯絡人/地址 -AdvTgtSearchTextHelp=Use %% as wildcards. For example to find all item like jean, joe, jim, you can input j%%, you can also use ; as separator for value, and use ! for except this value. For example jean;joe;jim%%;!jimo;!jima%% will target all jean, joe, start with jim but not jimo and not everything that starts with jima +AdvTgtSearchTextHelp=使用%%作為通用字元。例如，要尋找像是jean，joe，jim的所有項目，可以輸入 j%% ，也可以使用;作為數值的分隔字元，並使用！排除此值。例如 %%jean;joe;jim%%;!jimo;!jima% 將會指向所有沒有jimo與所有以jima開始的jean,joe AdvTgtSearchIntHelp=使用空格選擇整數或浮點值 AdvTgtMinVal=最小值 AdvTgtMaxVal=最大值 @@ -154,22 +154,22 @@ AdvTgtTypeOfIncude=目標電子郵件類型 AdvTgtContactHelp=僅用於您將聯絡人定位為“目標電子郵件類型”時使用 AddAll=全部加入 RemoveAll=移除全部 -ItemsCount=項目 -AdvTgtNameTemplate=過濾器名稱 +ItemsCount=品項 +AdvTgtNameTemplate=篩選器名稱 AdvTgtAddContact=根據條件加入電子郵件 -AdvTgtLoadFilter=載入過濾器 -AdvTgtDeleteFilter=刪除過濾器 -AdvTgtSaveFilter=儲存過濾器 -AdvTgtCreateFilter=建立過濾器 -AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=新過濾器名稱 -NoContactWithCategoryFound=找不到具有類別的聯絡人/地址 -NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=找不到具有類別的聯絡人/地址 +AdvTgtLoadFilter=載入篩選器 +AdvTgtDeleteFilter=刪除篩選器 +AdvTgtSaveFilter=儲存篩選器 +AdvTgtCreateFilter=建立篩選器 +AdvTgtOrCreateNewFilter=新篩選器名稱 +NoContactWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some contacts/addresses +NoContactLinkedToThirdpartieWithCategoryFound=No category found linked to some thirdparties OutGoingEmailSetup=外送電子郵件 InGoingEmailSetup=收到的電子郵件 -OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=外送電子郵件（用於模組%s） +OutGoingEmailSetupForEmailing=外送電子郵件（用於%s模組） DefaultOutgoingEmailSetup=與全域寄送電子郵件設定相同的配置 Information=資訊 -ContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=帶有合作方過濾器的聯絡人 +ContactsWithThirdpartyFilter=帶有合作方篩選器的聯絡人 Unanswered=未回應 Answered=已回覆 IsNotAnAnswer=未回應（原始電子郵件） diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/main.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/main.lang index 68196c1bc0c..4831cc97e5d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/main.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/main.lang @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ RemainToPay=保持付款 Module=模組/應用程式 Modules=模組/應用程式 Option=選項 -Filters=過濾器 +Filters=篩選器 List=清單 FullList=全部清單 FullConversation=全部轉換 @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Response=反應 Priority=優先權 SendByMail=以電子郵件寄送 MailSentBy=寄件人 -NotSent=不發送 +NotSent=未寄送 TextUsedInTheMessageBody=電子郵件正文 SendAcknowledgementByMail=傳送確認電子郵件 SendMail=傳送電子郵件 @@ -1128,12 +1128,24 @@ EventReminder=事件提醒 UpdateForAllLines=更新所有行 OnHold=On hold Civility=稱謂或頭銜 -AffectTag=影響標籤 +AffectTag=設定標籤/類別 CreateExternalUser=建立外部用戶 -ConfirmAffectTag=批量標籤影響 -ConfirmAffectTagQuestion=您確定要影響對%s所選記錄的標籤嗎？ +ConfirmAffectTag=批量設定標籤/類別 +ConfirmAffectTagQuestion=您確定要設定%s所選記錄的標籤/分類嗎？ CategTypeNotFound=找不到記錄類型的標籤類型 CopiedToClipboard=複製到剪貼簿 InformationOnLinkToContract=這個金額只是合約所有行的總和。沒有考慮時間的因素。 ConfirmCancel=您確定要取消？ EmailMsgID=電子郵件訊息 ID +SetToEnabled=設定為啟用 +SetToDisabled=設定為停用 +ConfirmMassEnabling=批次啟用確認 +ConfirmMassEnablingQuestion=您確定您想要啟用%s筆選擇的紀錄嗎? +ConfirmMassDisabling=批次停用確認 +ConfirmMassDisablingQuestion=您確定您想要停用%s筆選擇的紀錄嗎? +RecordsEnabled=已啟用%s筆紀錄 +RecordsDisabled=已停用%s筆紀錄 +RecordEnabled=紀錄已啟用 +RecordDisabled=紀錄已停用 +Forthcoming=即將推出 +Currently=Currently diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/other.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/other.lang index ad8c0fde085..7f378dbb0ae 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/other.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/other.lang @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ MessageOK=退貨頁面上有關已驗證付款的訊息 MessageKO=退貨頁面上關於已取消付款的訊息 ContentOfDirectoryIsNotEmpty=此資料夾的內容不是空的。 DeleteAlsoContentRecursively=確認以遞歸方式刪除所有內容 -PoweredBy=供給者 +PoweredBy=技術提供 YearOfInvoice=發票日期年份 PreviousYearOfInvoice=發票日期的上一年 NextYearOfInvoice=發票日期的下一年 @@ -291,3 +291,7 @@ PopuCom=依照在訂單中受歡迎程度列出的產品/服務 ProductStatistics=產品/服務統計 NbOfQtyInOrders=訂單數量 SelectTheTypeOfObjectToAnalyze=選擇一個項目以查看其統計資訊... + +ConfirmBtnCommonContent = 您確定要“%s”嗎？ +ConfirmBtnCommonTitle = 確認您的操作 +CloseDialog = 關閉 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/partnership.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/partnership.lang index f28af8cf442..8950834eeab 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/partnership.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/partnership.lang @@ -77,6 +77,10 @@ YourPartnershipRefusedContent=我們通知您，您的合作請求已被拒絕 YourPartnershipAcceptedContent=我們通知您，您的合作請求已被接受。 YourPartnershipCanceledContent=我們通知您，您的合作夥伴關係已被取消。 +CountLastUrlCheckError=Number of errors for last URL check +LastCheckBacklink=Date of last URL check +ReasonDeclineOrCancel=拒絕原因 + # # Status # diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/productbatch.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/productbatch.lang index 31fa9757e65..7c45b2505df 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/productbatch.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/productbatch.lang @@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ FirstUseDate=首次使用日期 QCFrequency=品質控制頻率（天） #Traceability - qc status -OutOfOrder=Out of order +OutOfOrder=亂序 InWorkingOrder=在生產訂單中 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/products.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/products.lang index 1885cb18f9d..e3d5b99dc1f 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/products.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/products.lang @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ ParentProductsNumber=母套裝產品數 ParentProducts=母產品 IfZeroItIsNotAVirtualProduct=如果為0，則此產品不是套件 IfZeroItIsNotUsedByVirtualProduct=如果為0，則表示此產品未用於任何套件 -KeywordFilter=關鍵字過濾 +KeywordFilter=關鍵字篩選器 CategoryFilter=分類篩選器 ProductToAddSearch=用搜索新增產品 NoMatchFound=未找到符合的項目 @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ ProductSheet=產品表 ServiceSheet=服務表 PossibleValues=可能的值 GoOnMenuToCreateVairants=前往選單%s-%s以準備屬性（例如顏色，大小等） -UseProductFournDesc=增加供應商已定義產品描述的功能，以針對客戶的描述 +UseProductFournDesc=增加一個可以定義產品描述的功能,此由供應商(每一位供應商)為客戶增加描述 ProductSupplierDescription=產品的供應商說明 UseProductSupplierPackaging=按照供應商價格使用包裝（在供應商文件中增加/更新行時，根據供應商價格上設定的包裝重新計算數量） PackagingForThisProduct=包裝 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/projects.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/projects.lang index 5137b622b09..40694108374 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/projects.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/projects.lang @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ NoTasks=此專案沒有任務 LinkedToAnotherCompany=連結到其他合作方 TaskIsNotAssignedToUser=任務未分配給用戶。現在使用按鈕'%s'分配任務。 ErrorTimeSpentIsEmpty=花費的時間是空的 +TimeRecordingRestrictedToNMonthsBack=Time recording is restricted to %s months back ThisWillAlsoRemoveTasks=此操作將刪除專案（此刻%s任務）的所有任務和所有輸入的花費時間。 IfNeedToUseOtherObjectKeepEmpty=如果必須將屬於另一個合作方的某些項目（發票，訂單等）連結到要建立的專案，請將該欄位保留為空白以使此專案為多個合作方。 CloneTasks=複製任務 @@ -238,9 +239,10 @@ Budget=預算 AllowToLinkFromOtherCompany=允許連結其他公司的專案

支援的值：
-保留為空：可以連結公司的任何專案（預設）
-“全部”：可以連結任何專案，甚至其他公司的專案
-用逗號分隔的合作方ID清單：可以連結這些合作方的所有專案（例如：123,4795,53）
LatestProjects=最新%s的專案 LatestModifiedProjects=最新%s件修改專案 -OtherFilteredTasks=其他過濾任務 +OtherFilteredTasks=其他已篩選任務 NoAssignedTasks=找不到分配的任務（從頂部選擇框向目前用戶分配專案/任務以輸入時間） ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=必須在專案上定義合作方才能開立發票。 +ThirdPartyRequiredToGenerateInvoice=必須在專案上定義合作方才能開立發票。 ChooseANotYetAssignedTask=選擇一個尚未分配給您的任務 # Comments trans AllowCommentOnTask=允許用戶對任務發表評論 @@ -252,10 +254,12 @@ SendProjectRef=專案%s的資訊 ModuleSalaryToDefineHourlyRateMustBeEnabled=必須啟用“工資”模組來定義員工的每小時工資，以使所花費的時間保持平衡 NewTaskRefSuggested=任務參考已使用，需要新的任務參考 TimeSpentInvoiced=花費時間已計費 +TimeSpentForIntervention=花費時間 TimeSpentForInvoice=花費時間 OneLinePerUser=每位用戶一行 ServiceToUseOnLines=行上使用的服務 InvoiceGeneratedFromTimeSpent=根據專案花費的時間產生了發票%s +InterventionGeneratedFromTimeSpent=Intervention %s has been generated from time spent on project ProjectBillTimeDescription=請勾選如果您輸入了有關專案任務的時間表，並計劃從此時間表中產生發票以向此專案的客戶開立帳單（不要勾選如果您打算建立不基於輸入時間表的發票）。注意：要產生發票，請前往專案的“花費時間”分頁上，並選擇要包括的行。 ProjectFollowOpportunity=追蹤機會 ProjectFollowTasks=追蹤任務或花費的時間 @@ -264,7 +268,9 @@ UsageOpportunity=用法：機會 UsageTasks=用法：任務 UsageBillTimeShort=用法：帳單時間 InvoiceToUse=發票草稿 +InterToUse=Draft intervention to use NewInvoice=新發票 +NewInter=新干預 OneLinePerTask=每個任務一行 OneLinePerPeriod=每個週期一行 OneLinePerTimeSpentLine=一行為一筆時間花費申報 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/recruitment.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/recruitment.lang index beb5762cbe2..3cb922a6516 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/recruitment.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/recruitment.lang @@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ NbOfEmployeesExpected=預期員工人數 JobLabel=工作職位標籤 WorkPlace=工作地點 DateExpected=預計的日期 -FutureManager=展望管理員 -ResponsibleOfRecruitement=負責招聘 +FutureManager=職位管理員 +ResponsibleOfRecruitement=招募負責人 IfJobIsLocatedAtAPartner=如果職缺位於合作夥伴地點 PositionToBeFilled=工作職稱 PositionsToBeFilled=工作職位 @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ NewPositionToBeFilled=新職位 JobOfferToBeFilled=職位空缺 ThisIsInformationOnJobPosition=工作職位空缺訊息 -ContactForRecruitment=招聘連絡人 -EmailRecruiter=電子郵件招聘者 -ToUseAGenericEmail=使用普通電子郵件。如果未定義，將使用招聘負責人的電子郵件 +ContactForRecruitment=招募連絡人 +EmailRecruiter=電子郵件招募者 +ToUseAGenericEmail=使用普通電子郵件。如果未定義，將使用招募負責人的電子郵件 NewCandidature=新申請 ListOfCandidatures=申請清單 RequestedRemuneration=要求的薪資 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ InterviewToDo=面試事項 AnswerCandidature=申請回覆 YourCandidature=您的申請 YourCandidatureAnswerMessage=感謝您的申請。
... -JobClosedTextCandidateFound=此職位已關閉。此職位已招聘完成。 +JobClosedTextCandidateFound=此職位已關閉。職位已招募完成。 JobClosedTextCanceled=此職位已關閉。 ExtrafieldsJobPosition=補充屬性（職位） ExtrafieldsApplication=補充屬性（工作申請） diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/salaries.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/salaries.lang index 8770b38b150..e602b2dcaff 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/salaries.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/salaries.lang @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ TJM=平均日薪 CurrentSalary=目前薪資 THMDescription=如果使用此模組項目，則此值可用於計算用戶輸入的項目所花費的時間成本 TJMDescription=目前數值僅用於提供信息，不用於任何計算 -LastSalaries=Latest %s salaries -AllSalaries=All salaries +LastSalaries=最新%s筆支付薪資 +AllSalaries=所有薪資 SalariesStatistics=薪資統計 SalariesAndPayments=薪資與支付 -ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=Do you want to delete this salary payment ? +ConfirmDeleteSalaryPayment=您要刪除此筆薪資支付嗎? diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/stocks.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/stocks.lang index 318a92ed1a9..5b887fdb56a 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/stocks.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/stocks.lang @@ -256,3 +256,8 @@ AutofillWithExpected=用預期數量填入實際數量 ShowAllBatchByDefault=預設,在產品"庫存"分頁顯示批次詳細資料 CollapseBatchDetailHelp=您可以在庫存模組設定中設定預設顯示批次詳細資料 FieldCannotBeNegative=欄位“%s”不能為負值 +ErrorWrongBarcodemode=Unknown Barcode mode +ProductDoesNotExist=Product does not exist +ErrorSameBatchNumber=Same batch number found in inventory list +ProductBatchDoesNotExist=Product with batch/serial does not exist +ProductBarcodeDoesNotExist=Product with barcode does not exist diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ticket.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ticket.lang index ccc31d1e214..c66af0fb06d 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ticket.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/ticket.lang @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ TypeContact_ticket_internal_SUPPORTTEC=已分配用戶 TypeContact_ticket_external_SUPPORTCLI=客戶聯絡人/事件追踪 TypeContact_ticket_external_CONTRIBUTOR=外部合作者 -OriginEmail=Reporter Email +OriginEmail=報告者Email Notify_TICKET_SENTBYMAIL=以電子郵件發送服務單訊息 # Status @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ NeedMoreInformation=等待作者回覆 NeedMoreInformationShort=等待回覆 Answered=已回覆 Waiting=等待中 -Closed=已關閉 +SolvedClosed=Solved Deleted=已刪除 # Dict @@ -186,9 +186,11 @@ TicketSeverity=嚴重程度 ShowTicket=查閱服務單 RelatedTickets=相關服務單 TicketAddIntervention=建立干預 -CloseTicket=關閉服務單 -CloseATicket=關閉服務單 +CloseTicket=Close|Solve ticket +AbandonTicket=Abandon ticket +CloseATicket=Close|Solve a ticket ConfirmCloseAticket=確認關閉服務單 +ConfirmAbandonTicket=Do you confirm the closing of the ticket to status 'Abandonned' ConfirmDeleteTicket=請確認要刪除服務單 TicketDeletedSuccess=服務單刪除成功 TicketMarkedAsClosed=服務單標記為已關閉 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/trips.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/trips.lang index 2a19c0f088f..15d3fdae32c 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/trips.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/trips.lang @@ -90,7 +90,6 @@ DATE_REFUS=拒絕日期 DATE_SAVE=驗證日期 DATE_CANCEL=刪除日期 DATE_PAIEMENT=付款日期 -BROUILLONNER=重新打開 ExpenseReportRef=費用報表參考 ValidateAndSubmit=驗證並提交批准 ValidatedWaitingApproval=已驗證（等待批准） diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/users.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/users.lang index 5c1503adeb5..9e1e3162a55 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/users.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/users.lang @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ LoginToCreate=登入建立 NameToCreate=合作方的名稱建立 YourRole=您的角色 YourQuotaOfUsersIsReached=你的活躍用戶達到配額！ -NbOfUsers=Number of users -NbOfPermissions=Number of permissions +NbOfUsers=用戶數 +NbOfPermissions=權限數 DontDowngradeSuperAdmin=只有超級管理員可以降級超級管理員 HierarchicalResponsible=主管 HierarchicView=分層視圖 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/website.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/website.lang index 196b4e91773..c08a8a6b798 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/website.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/website.lang @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AddWebsite=新增網站 Webpage=網頁/容器 AddPage=新增 頁面/容器 PageContainer=頁面 -PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=The preview of your website %s is not yet available. You must first 'Import a full website template' or just 'Add a page/container'. +PreviewOfSiteNotYetAvailable=您的網站%s預覽尚不可用。您必須先“ 導入完整的網站模板 ”或僅“ 新增頁面/容器 ”。 RequestedPageHasNoContentYet=要求ID為%s的頁面尚無內容，或暫存檔案.tpl.php被刪除。編輯頁面內容以解決此問題。 SiteDeleted=網站'%s'已刪除 PageContent=頁面/內容 @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ SetHereVirtualHost=使用Apache/NGinx/...
建立您的網頁伺服器 ExampleToUseInApacheVirtualHostConfig=在Apache虛擬主機設定中使用的範例： YouCanAlsoTestWithPHPS=在開發環境中使用嵌入式PHP伺服器
, 您也許想要使用
php -S 0.0.0.0:8080 -t %s 來測試此嵌入式PHP伺服器 (需要PHP 5.5) 的網站 YouCanAlsoDeployToAnotherWHP=在其他Dolibarr網站託管供應商執行您的網站
如果您在網路上沒有Apache或NGinx之類的Web伺服器，則可以將網站匯出並匯入到另一個由Dolibarr網站託管供應商提供且有完整整合網站模組。您可以在 https://saas.dolibarr.org 上找到一些Dolibarr網站託管服務供應商的清單。 -CheckVirtualHostPerms=Check also that the virtual host user (for example www-data) has %s permissions on files into
%s +CheckVirtualHostPerms=同時請確認虛擬主機使用者(例如www-data)擁有檔案
%s的%s權限 ReadPerm=閱讀 WritePerm=寫入 TestDeployOnWeb=上線 測試/部署 @@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ PagesRegenerated=已重新產生%s頁面/容器 RegenerateWebsiteContent=重新產生網站快取檔案 AllowedInFrames=允許在框架中 DefineListOfAltLanguagesInWebsiteProperties=在網站屬性中定義所有可用語言的清單。 -GenerateSitemaps=Generate website sitemap file -ConfirmGenerateSitemaps=If you confirm, you will erase the existing sitemap file... -ConfirmSitemapsCreation=Confirm sitemap generation -SitemapGenerated=Sitemap file %s generated -ImportFavicon=Favicon -ErrorFaviconType=Favicon must be png -ErrorFaviconSize=Favicon must be sized 16x16, 32x32 or 64x64 -FaviconTooltip=Upload an image which needs to be a png (16x16, 32x32 or 64x64) +GenerateSitemaps=產生網站地圖檔案 +ConfirmGenerateSitemaps=如果您確認，您將刪除現有的網站地圖檔案... +ConfirmSitemapsCreation=確認產生網站地圖 +SitemapGenerated=網站地圖檔案%s已產生 +ImportFavicon=圖示 +ErrorFaviconType=圖示必須為png格式 +ErrorFaviconSize=圖示的尺寸必須為16x16, 32x32 或 64x64 +FaviconTooltip=上傳的影像檔案必須為 png (16x16、32x32 或 64x64) diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/withdrawals.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/withdrawals.lang index 3d27a5d350c..d6afa375bf5 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/withdrawals.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/withdrawals.lang @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ SEPARCUR=SEPA CUR SEPAFRST=SEPA FRST ExecutionDate=執行日期 CreateForSepa=建立直接轉帳付款檔案 -ICS=直接借記的債權人確認CI -ICSTransfer=銀行轉帳的債權人確認 CI +ICS=Creditor Identifier - ICS END_TO_END="EndToEndId" SEPA XML標籤- 每筆交易分配的唯一ID USTRD="Unstructured" SEPA XML標籤 ADDDAYS=將天數加到執行日期 diff --git a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/workflow.lang b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/workflow.lang index 0c32f533241..c62f2262432 100644 --- a/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/workflow.lang +++ b/htdocs/langs/zh_TW/workflow.lang @@ -6,13 +6,14 @@ ThereIsNoWorkflowToModify=已啟動的模組無法可修改的工作流程。 descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_ORDER=簽署商業提案/建議書後自動創建銷售訂單（新訂單的金額將與提案/建議書相同） descWORKFLOW_PROPAL_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=在簽署商業提案/建議書後自動創建客戶發票（新發票將與提案/建議書相同的金額） descWORKFLOW_CONTRACT_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=當合約生效，自動建立客戶發票 -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=關閉銷售訂單後自動創建客戶發票（新發票的金額將與訂單金額相同） +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_AUTOCREATE_INVOICE=關閉銷售訂單後自動建立客戶發票（新發票的金額將與訂單金額相同） # Autoclassify customer proposal or order -descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=將銷售訂單設置為開票時（如果訂單金額與已簽名的連接提案之總金額相同），將連接之提案分類為已開票 +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=將銷售訂單設定為開票時（如果訂單金額與已簽名的連接提案之總金額相同），將連接之提案分類為已開票 descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_PROPAL=當已開立客戶發票時（如果發票金額與已簽名的連接之提案的總金額相同），將連接之提案分類為已開票 descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=當已開立客戶發票（如果發票金額與連接訂單的總金額相同），將連接的銷售訂單分類為開票 descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_CLASSIFY_BILLED_ORDER=當客戶發票設置為已付款時（如果發票金額與連接訂單的總金額相同），將連接的銷售訂單分類為開票 descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING=當已確認裝運後（並且如果所有裝運的裝運數量與更新訂單中的數量相同），將鏈接的銷售訂單分類為已裝運 +descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_SHIPPED_SHIPPING_CLOSED=Classify linked source sales order as shipped when a shipment is closed (and if the quantity shipped by all shipments is the same as in the order to update) # Autoclassify purchase order descWORKFLOW_ORDER_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_PROPOSAL=當供應商發票已確認時（如果發票金額與連接提案的總金額相同），將連接供應商提案分類為開票 descWORKFLOW_INVOICE_AMOUNT_CLASSIFY_BILLED_SUPPLIER_ORDER=當供應商發票已確認時（如果發票金額與連接訂單的總金額相同），將連接的採購訂單分類為開票 @@ -22,4 +23,4 @@ descWORKFLOW_TICKET_CLOSE_INTERVENTION=關閉服務單後，關閉與服務單 AutomaticCreation=自動建立 AutomaticClassification=自動分類 # Autoclassify shipment -descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=Classify linked source shipment as closed when customer invoice is validated +descWORKFLOW_SHIPPING_CLASSIFY_CLOSED_INVOICE=驗證客戶發票後，將已連結的裝運來源分類為已關閉